ANNOTATIONS THE PENTATEUCH ®r tfit iFtbe 15ooft6 o( Mosti; THE PSALMS OF DAVID; SONG OF SOLOMON. BY HENKY AINSWORTH. WITH A MEMOIR OF THE AUTHOR. VOL. II. BLACKIE & SON, QUEEN STREET, GLASGOW ; SOUTH COLLEGE STREET, EDINBURGH ; AND WARWICK SQUARE, LONDON. MDCCCXLVI. GLASGOW: I.ACKIB AND CO.. PRINTERS, BOOK OF NUMBERS CHAP. XI. 1. The people complaining, God punisheth them with fire, which at Moses' prayer is quenched. 4. They lust for flesh, and loath manna. 10. Moses, grieved at their murmuring, complaincth to God of his charge. 16. God dimdeth his burden unto seventy elders which hear it with him, 18, and promiseth to give the people flesh. 24. The severity elders have the spirit of prophecy. 31. God by a wind hringeth quails into the camp, which the people gathering and eating, do die of a plague at Ki- broth-Juittaavah. 35. The camp removeth to Hazeroth. 'And the people was when they were complamers, evil m the ears of Jehovah : and Jehovah heard, and his anger was kindled ; and a fire of Jehovah burnt among them and consumed them in the Ver. 1. — And the people,] Hitherto in this book, God's grace to his people hath been manifested in the ordering, directing, and go- verning of them in the wilderness, towards theirpromised inheritance: nowfolloweth their unthankfulness and unwortliy carriage among so great blessings, by their many murmurings and rebellions ; whereby both the disobe- dient nature of man, and the impossibility of the law to bring men unto God, is declared. When they were complainers,] Or, as complainers; that is, even complainers, very murmtirers j grudging, and showing them- selves discontented with their estate; and (as is likely) for their so long travel in the wilderness, ' three days journey ' before they came to a resting place, Num. x. 33, and thus Sol. Jarchi here expoundeth it. So whereas they should have rejoiced in the Lord now among them, they showed them- selves as mourners, sorrowful, and (as the Gr. translateth) murmuring. Of such 'murmur- ers ' and ' complainers,' the apostle also speak- eth, Jude ver. 16. Evil,] This seemeth to V'OL. II, have reference to the first, the people was evil, that is, wicked, and so displeasing the Lord: the Gr. referreth it to the latter, the people murmured evil things before the Lord. A fire of JEHOVAH,] That is, as the Gr. ex- poundeth \i,from the Lord, and the Chald. from before the Lord : though it may also mean a great and vehement fire. Their re- bellions before the law was given at mount Sinai, God punished not, Exod. xiv. 11 — 15; XV. 24, 26 ; xvi. 2—4, 9, 20, 27, 28; xvii. 2 — 5, save only when they made the molten calf at the mount, Exod. xxxii. 27, 28, 35. But their sins committed after, he punisheth severely, as here and after is to be seen : for, ' the law worketh wrath,' Rom. iv. 15. And ' all these things happened unto them for en- samples to us,' 1 Cor. X. 5 — 11. Consumed,] Or, devoured, Heb. did eat. The Gr. trans- lateth, ' devoured a part of the camp. In that the fire consumed ' in the utmost part/ it is probable that there the sin began among them that were faint and weary with travel ; as Deut. xxv. 18. NUMBERS. utmost part of the camp. * And tlie people criea out unto Moses, and Moses prayed unto Jehovah, and the fire sunk down. ^ And he called the name of tliat place Taberah, because the fire of Je- hovah burnt among them. "* And the mixed multitude tliat was among them lusted with lust, and the sons of Israel also returned and wept ; and said, Wlio shall give us flesh to eat ? * We remem- ber tlie fish wliich we did cat in Egypt for nought : tlie cucumbers, and the melons, and tlie leeks, and the onions, and tlie garlick. * But now our soul is dried away, there is nothing at all, only our Ver. 2. — Sunk down,] Tiiat is, went out, they had ' for nought,' without price, getting or, was quenched; in Gr. ceased. Thiir them out of the rivers freely ; or, /or wow^/i^, seeliing to the Lord in their afllictions, and that is, for very little, very cheap; as nothing his mercies towards tliem, are mentioned in is used for very little, Acts xxvii. 33 ; John Psal. Ixxviii. 34—38. Ver. 3. — He called,] That is, Moses called: or, as the Gr. translateth, the name of that place was called : see the notes on Gen. xvi. 14. Taberaii,] That is, 6ur?i. ing : which name was given to imprint a memorial of their sin and of God's judg- ments in their hearts, as Moses after meti- tioneth them, in Dent. ix. 7, 22, 24. Ver. 4. — The mixed multitude,] Or, the gathered mtiltitude; so called in Hel). of gathering ; in Gr. and Chald. of mixture: and in the Chald. said to be Jonathans, they aie called, the strangers that were gathered amo7ig them. Tliese were that ' mixed peo- ple ' that came up with Israel out of Egypt, mentioned in Exod. xii. 38. Lusted with i,ust,] That is, lusted greatly and greedily. Returned and wept,] That is, againircpt, the Gr. saith, they sat and wept. The Is- raelites that a little before complained, were punished, and repented ; now again, by the example of the strangers among them, return to their sinful course. Chazkuni here saith, " After that (the sons of IsraeJ) had mur- mured already themselves alone, (ver. 1,) thc^ turned and murmured with the mixed multitude, and wept for desire of flesh." So this was another mutiny, diO'ering from that forespuken of; though in time and place near together. Who shall give,] A wish, meaning, O that some would give us Jlcsh: and a tentation, as not believing that God could do it. This their lusting is rehearsed, iu Psal. cvi. 14; Ixxviii. 18—20, ' tliey tempted God in their heart, asking meat for their soul (or lust:) and they spake against God, they said, Can God furnish a table in the wilderness? Behold he smote the rock, and the waters gvished out, and streams ovi^r- flowed: can he give bread also? or can he prepare flesh for his people? Ver. 5. — We remember,] They stirred aud inflamed their lust with remembrance of their former Egyptian diet. FoR nought,] This may be referred to the ' fish ' which xviii. 20, no7ie for very few, Jer. viii. 6; 1 Cor. ii. 8. It may also have reference to the former, we rememher for nought, that is, in vain: so the Heb. chinnam, and Gr. do- rcan, sometimes signifieth a thing done or spoken iu vain and without eflect, as Prov. i. 17; Ezek. vi. 10; Gal. ii. 21. Garlic,] These gross meats used to be eaten by the poorer sort in Egyjit, and by the Israelites when they were slaves there, they now re- member, (forgetting their slavery;) and pre- fer before the mainia which God gave tliem from heaven, which was both pleasant and wholesome. Of the things liere spoken of, and other the like, the Ilebs. themselves say: " Some meats are exceeding evil, and it is not meet that a man should ever cat of them, as great fishes that are salted and old, &c. and some meats are evil, but not so bad; therefore it is not meet for a man to eat of them, save a little and very seldom; and he may not use to make them his meat, or to eat them with liis meat continually, as great fishes, cheese, &c. and leeks, and onions, and garlic, &c. these meats are naught, which a man should eat of but a very little, and in winter days: but in summer not at all," Maim, in Misn. torn. i. in Degnoth, chap. iv. sect. 9. Ver. 6. — Our soul is pried,] The soul is often put for the body, or whole man, and for the appetite or desire of meat, drink, and other things: so here they complain that they had no nourishment by the ' wheat of heaven' (as manna is called, Psal. Ixxviii. 24,) nei- ther was their appetite satisfied: and here- upon it is said, they asked ' meat for their souls,' Psal. Ixxviii. 18, to satisfy their fleshly lust. Our eyes are,] Or, our eyes behold only the inuntia; that is, we see no other food; neither can we expect for any other, but depend upon manna only. For ' the eyes uuto' any, signify hope and expectation, as Psal. xxv. J 5; cxli. 8. Manua was unto them both a corporal food, and a spiritual, figuring Christ himself, with his word and CHAP. XI. 3 eyes are unto the manna. ' And the manna was as coriander seed, and tlie colour of it as the colour of bdellium. " The people went about and gathered it, and ground it in mills ; or beat it in a mor- tar ; and baked it in pans, and made cakes of it ; and the taste of it was, as the taste of the best moisture of oil, ^ And when the dew fell down upon the camp in the night, the manna fell down upon it. " And Moses lieard the people weeping throughout their families ; everi/ man in the door of his tent ; and tlie anger of Je- hovah was kindled greatly, and in the eyes of Moses it was evil. " And Moses said unto Jehovah, Wherefore hast thou done evil to tliy servant ? and wherefore have I not found grace in thine eyes, that thou layest the burden of all this people upon me? grace, John vi. 31—33; 1 Cor. x. 3. So the loathiDg of manna, and longing for the meats of Egypt, figured the rejecting of Cln-ist and his graces, for to have nourish- ment and life ijy the works and righteousness of men, Gal. iii. 3, 10; iv. 9. Such men's 'eyes' cannot see the 'manna which is hid,' Rev. ji. 17. Ver. 7. — Manna,] In Heb. man: the reason of this name, see in the notes on Exod. xvi. 14. Cliazkuni on that place saith, " Man, in the Egyptian tongue, is as mah, (that is, what) in the Heb. : and they asked one of another, man, that is, what is this?" Coriander,] Of it, see Exod. xvi. 31. These are the words of Moses, con- demning the people's ingratitude, by the de- scription of manna, which they disdained. The colour,] Hel). the eye, that is, the col- our, or appearance, as the Gr. and Chald. explain it: so eye is used for colour, 8rc. in Lev. xiii. 55; Ezek. i. 16; viii. 2 ; x. 9. Bdelltom,] In Heb. bdolach, in Gr. (and hy Sol. Jarchi's exposition) crystal: which is white and transparent: so manna is said to be ' white,' Exod. xvi. 31. Of bdellium, see Gen. ii. 12. Ver. 8 Went about,] Or, went to and fro, to search, find, espy, as in Jer. v. 1 ; Amos viii. 12 ; Dan. xii. 4, therefore this word is applied sometimes to the eye, as in 2 Chron. xvi. 9. It figured the labour and diligence that men should use to get ' the meat which endureth unto eternal life,' John vi. 27. Ground it,] The grinding and beating of it, &c. figured also the afllictions of Christ, whereby he was prepared to be for us tlie bread of life, John vi. 48—5! ; Hel). ii. 9, 10; 1 Pet. iii. 18. But though the manna was thus hard as wheat to be ground, yet it used to melt as it lay on the earth, with the heat of the sun, that they gathered it only in the morning, Exod. xvi. 21. Baked,] Or, boiled, cooked; the word is sometimes used for bakin", as in 2 Sam. xiii. 8, though usually it signifieth to boil. The BEST moisture OF OIL,] Fresh oil, which hath no lank favour. The Heb. leshad, is the best oily moisture in man's body, Ps. xxxii, 4, so here it is the best sweet mois- ture of oil, which is the uppermost part. It had also the taste of ' wafers with honey,' Exod. xvi. 31. And here the Gr. translatetb it 'wafers of oil,' and the Chald. paste, (or cakes) with oil.' So it was both pleasant and wholesome food, and the taste of ' oil ' and 'honey' figured the sweetness of grace, which we by faith perceive in Clirist the true manna, Ps. cxix. 103; Song v. 10 ; 1 Pet. ii. 3. Ver. 9. — Fell down upon it,] And upon the manna fell dew again, which when it was drawn up by the sun, then the man- na appeared, Exod. xvi. 13, 14, so the man- iia lay as it were hidden between two dews. But after was manifested, and given them of God freely every day, a wheat which they sowed not, nor laboured for, but had for the taking up, a meat which they knew not, neither had their fathers known it: whereby they were taught, that man liveth not by bread only, but by every word that proceed- elh out of the mouth of the Lord, Deut. viii. 3. Ver. 10. — Throughout,] Or, by their fa- milies; so the sin was generally spread among the people. In the door,] That is, openly; and sinned not in secret only, but as it were proclaimed their iniquity, and stirred up themselves, and one another, to follow their lusts. Ver. 11. — Done evil to thy servant,] That is, afflicted me: for «;// when it cometh from God, meaneth trouble and affliction wherewith he chastiseth his servants, and exerciseth their faith and patience; as Jer. xviii. 8 ; Is. xlv. 7; Amos iii. 6. That thou layest,] Heb. /or to lay, or to put: so it hath reference to the foimer part of the speech. See the notes on Gen, vi. 19. The NUMBERS. '- Have I conceived all this people ? have I begotten them, that thou shouldest say unto me. Bear them in thy bosom, as a nursing father beareth the suckmg child, imto the land which thou swarest unto their fathers ? ^^ Whence should I have flesh to give unto all this people ? for they weep unto me, saying. Give us flesh that we may eat. '* I am not able myself alone to bear all this people, for it is too heavy for me. '^ x'\nd if thou do thus unto me, kill therefore fear him ; he lespecteth uot any that are wise of heart.' And so it is not lawful for him to govern them with contemp- tuous carriage ; although they be the (com- mon) people of the land: neither may he tread upon the heads of the holy people, al- though they be unlearned and base, they are the sons of Abraham, Isaac and Jacob, and the armies of the Lord that brought them out of the land of Egypt by great might, and by strong hand ; but he must bear the toil of the congregation, and their burden ; as Moses our master, of whom it is said, ' As a nursing father beareth the sucking child,'" &c. Maim, in Misn. torn. 4, in Sanhedrin, chap. xxv. sect. 1, 2. That which Moses speaketh of a ' nursing father,' the Chald. that goeth in the name of Jonathan, and Targum Jerusalemy, calleth pedagoga, which word Paul useth, when he saith, 'the law was our pedagogue (or schoolmaster) unto Christ,' Gal. iii. 24, whose graces were figured by that ' land ' whither Moses now was to lead them ; as is showed in the annot. on Gen. xii. 5. Ver, 13. — Flesh to give,] By these complaints Moses showeth his insufficiency to govern this people, and to supply their wants: neither indeed could he bring them into the promised land, but died ere they came thither, Deut. xxxiv. whereby the im- possibility of the law was signified, that it could not bring men unto God, or satisfy, or restrain the lusts that reign in our members, though the law itself ' is holy,' Rom. vii. 5 — 12. 'But what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God (hath done) sending his own Son,' Rom. viii. 3, who giveth us not flesh to satisfy our carnal lusts, but his own flesh to be the food of our souls, which he hath given ' for the lile of the world,' and which whoso eateth, ' hath eternal life,' John vi. 51, 54. Ver. 15. — If thou do thus,] To leave the whole burden upon me still. Here the word thou, spoken to God, is of the feminine gender, contrary to common rule of speech, ut, for attah: which some think doth intimate Moses' trouble of mind, as if he could not perfectly utter his words: and the like is in Deut. v. 27, where the people, teirified with the majesty of God when he gave his law, said unto Moses, ' Speak thou (at) unto us,' BURDEN,] The weighty care and charge: so in Deut. i. 12. The Gr. here translateth it anger; but after in ver. 17, violence, or a*- sault. This showeth the great charge that lieth upon governors: so Paul meationeth ' the care of all the churches,' which came upon him daily, 2 Cor. xi. 28. Ver. 12. — Have i conceived,] So also the Gr. translateth it; but the Chald. saith, " Am I the father of all this people ? are they my sons?" Begotten them,] Heb. begotten it; or, brought it forth ; speaking of the people, as of one man, begotten, as by a father; or brought forth, as by a mother. So the apostle applieth both similes to himself, saying to the Corinthians, 'Ye have not many fathers ; for in Christ Jesus I have be- gotten you through the gospel,' 1 Cor. iv. 15, and to the Gal. ' My children of whom I travel in birth again, until Christ be formed in you,' Gal. iv. 19. In this complaint of Moses, the weakness of the law is signified, which begetteth no children to God, Rom. vii. 4, 5, &c.; viii. 3, but by the word of truth, the gospel, and by belief in Christ, we are born of God, Jam, i. 18; 1 Pet. i. 23 — 25; 1 John v. 1. In thy bosom,] That is, lovingly, tenderly, carefully: which Moses the lawgiver could not do as is done by Christ, of whom it is said, ' He shall feed his flock like a shepherd, he shall gather his lambs with his arm, and bear them in his bosom, he shall gently lead those that are with young,' Is. xl. 11. A ncjrsing father,] This showeth the love, mildness, gentleness which should be in governors ; and so it is said unto the church, ' Kings shall be thy nursing fathers,' &c. Is. xlix. 23. And the apostle saith, ' We were gentle among you, even as a nurse cherisheth her children: we exhorted, and comforted, and charged every one of you, as a father doth his childion,' I Thes. ii. 7, 11. Accordingly the Hebs. have this rule for all governors of the church, " It is unlawful for a man to gov rn with stateliness over the congregation, ia\A with liaughtiness of spirit, but with meekness and fear. And every pastor that bringeth more terror upon the congregation than is lor the name of God, he shall be punished, and shall not see himself to have a learned wise son: as it is said, (in Job xxxvii. 24,) ' Men do CHAP. XL me I pray thee, kill me, if I have found grace in thine eyes, and let me not see mine evil. ^^ And Jehovah said unto Moses, Gather unto me seventy men Sol. Jarchi here saith, " The strength of Moses became feeble as a womaD, when the holy blessed (God) showed him the punish- ments that he would bring upon them (the people) for this he said before him, ' If thus, kill me first.' " Kill me,] Or, killing me: that is, kill me quite, and vut of hand ; the word is doubled, for more vehemency and speed. See mine evil,] That is, my misery and affliction. By 'seeing evil,' is meant the feeling or suffering of misery ; as to ' see death,' is to die, Luke ii. 26 ; Ps. Ixxxix. 49, and as on the contrary, ' to see the salva- tion of God,' meaneth the fruition or enjoy- ing thereof, Ps. 1. 23 j xci. 16. Com- pare with this, Elijah's speech, 1 Kings xix. 4. Ver. 16. — Gather unto me,] In Chald. gather before me; and Thargum Jonathan ex- plaineth it, gather in my name seventy worthy men. This is answerable to the number of the seventy souls of the house of Israel, which went down into Egypt, Gen. xlvi. 27 ; Exod. i. 5; Deut. x. 22, and to the seventy elders which went up unto the Lord at mount Sinai, Exod. xxiv. 1, 9. From hence the Hebs. in their commonwealth, continued their chiefest senate in Jerusalem of seventy- one elders, as here there were seventy, and Moses the prince. So they record in Tal- mud Bab. in Sanhedrin, chap. i. and Maim, in Sanhedrin, chap. i. sect. 3—5, explaineth it thus ; " there was in Israel, first a great court (or judgment hall) in the sanctuary ; and that was called the great Synedrion, and their number was seventy-one, as it is writ- ten, 'Gather to me seventy men,' &c. and Moses was chief over them, as it is said, ' And let them stand there with thee,' Num. xi. 16, lo here are seventy-one. The great- est in wisdum among them all, they set him for head over them, and he was called Nasi (the prince) in every place, and he stood in- stead of Moses our master. And they placed the greatest among the seventy, next unto the head, and he sat on his right hand, and was called Abbethdin (the father o^ the judgment hall.) And the residue of the seventy sat before him, according to their years and according to their dignity: whoso- ever was in wisdom greater than his fellow, WHS nearer unto the prince on his left hand. And they sat as in the form of an half circle round, so that the prince, with the father of the court, might see them all. Moreover they set two judgment halls, each of twenty- three judges, the one at the door of the court (of the sanctuary,) the other at the door of the temple. And in eveiy city of Israel wherein were 120, (fathers of families) or more, they set a lesser Synedrion, which sat in the gate of the city, as it is written, ' And establish judgment in the gate,' (Amos v. 15.) And their number was twenty-three judges, and the wisest among them was head of them ; and the residue sat in a round-like half a circle, that he which was head might see them all. If it were a city wliich had not 120 men in it, they set therein three judges, for there is no judgment hall of les3 than three, that there might be more or fewer, if there happened to be among them dissension in judgment. But every city which had not in it two wise men, the one fit to teach the whole law, and the other skilful to hear, and skilful to demand and make answer ; they set no synedrion therein, although it had in it two thousand Israelites," &c. The officers,] In Gr. the scribes; and Thargum Jonathan addeth, " in Egypt:" as if these were such as are mentioned in Exod. v. 14, and of them Sol. Jarclii also understandeth it. What these ' officers ' were after in the commonwealth of Israel, is noted on Deut. xvi. IS. Here it seemeth to be meant of such elders and officers as were well known and had approved themselves for wisdom and good carriage, for which they might with comfort be preferred to this higji senate: 'for they that have ministered well, (as the apostle saith,) purchase to themselves a good degree,' 1 Tim. iii, 13. Afterwards in Israel about the choice of these chief ma- gistrates, it is thus recorded; " Our wise men have said, that from the great synedrion they sent into all the land of Israel, and made diligent inquiry; whomsoever they found to be wise, and afraid to sin, and meek, &c. they made him a judge in his city. And from thence they preferred him to the gate of the mountain of the house (of the Lord:) and from thence they promoted him to the gate of the court (of the sanc- tuary,) and from thence they advanced him to the great judgment-hall," Maim, in San- hedrin, chap. ii. sect. 8. Stand there,] Oi-, present themselves there with thee. They were to stand before the tabernacle, to present themselves unto God, and to receive authority from him ; and with Moses, who was to be chief over them. The Hebs. from the word with, gather a likeness unto Moses, saying, " They constitute none in the synedrion but priests, Levites and Israelites whcse gene- alogy is known, &c. as it is said (in Num. xi. 16,) ' with theej' whicli aro like tl«->e in N U M B E R S. of the elders of Israel, whom thou knowest, that tliey are tlic elders of the people and the officers of them, and take them unto the tent of the congregation, tliat they may stand there witii thee. *' And I will come down and will speak with thee there, and I will take of the spirit which is upon thee, and will put it upon tliem, and they shall bear with thee the burden of the people, and thou shalt not bear it thyself alone. ''^ And say thou unto tlie people, sanctify yourselves against to-morrow, and ye shall eat liesii ; for ye have wept in the ears of Jehovah, saying, Wlio shall give us flesh to eat ? for it was well with us in Egypt; therefore Jehovah will give you flesh, and ye shall eat. *^ Ye shall not eat one day, nor two days, nor five days, nor ten days, nor twenty days. ^" Un- til a month of days, until it come out at your nostrils, and it be unto you loathsome, because that you have despised Jehovah who is among you, and have wept before him, saying. Wherefore now came we forth out of Egypt ? ^' And Moses said. The people amongst whom I am, are six hundred tliousand footmen ; and thou hast said, I will give them flesh, and they shall eat it a month of days. ^^ Shall the flocks and the herds be slain for them to suffice t-isdoin, religion, and genealogy," Maim, in transgresseth," Sif Maim, in Sanhediin, Sanhedrin, chap. ii. sect. 1. VeR. 17.— I WILL COME DOWN,] To wit, in sign or apparition; as tlie Cliald. translat- eth, / will reveal myself; and Tliargum Jonathan addeth, " I will rev^-al myself in the glory of my majesty ;" this was in the cloud, ver. 25. I will take,] Or, will se- parate ; iu Chald. will increase of the spirit that is on thee; meaning, the gifts of the Spirit, as ' prophecy,' ver. 25, and other meet for their charge: for ' thi re are diversi- ties of gifts, but the same Spirit,' L Cor. xii. 4. So 'spirits' are named for 'spiritual gifts,' 1 Cor. xiv. 12, 32, and the ' Holy Spirit,' for the gifts of the Holy Spirit, John vii. 39 ; Acts xix. 2,G. Thus the 'spirit of Elijah rested on Elisha,' 2 Kings ii. 15, when he had the same gifts and power of prophecy, miracles, &c. Neither was Moses' spirit hereby diminished ; for as Sol. Jarchi saith, " Moses in that hour was like unto the lamp that was left (burning) on the candle- stick, (in the sanctuary) from which all the other lamps were lighted, yet the light there- of was not lessened any whit." God showed hereby, that none without gifts of his Spirit, are fit for office and government, Exod. xviii. 21; Deut. i. 13 ; Acts vi. 3. The Hebs. have this rule, " Any synedrion, king, or governor, that shall set up a judge for Israel, that is not fit, and is not wise in the wisdom ot Ihe law, and meet to be a judge; although he be wholly amiable, and have in him other good things, yet he that settcth him up. chap, iii. sect. S. Ver. 18. — Sanctify,] In Chald. prepare yourselves: so to ' sanctify war,' is to prepare therefore, Jer. vi. 4 ; Ii. 28. It meaneth an holy preparation to receive the gifts that they desired. Sol. Jarchi expoundeth it, " Prepare yourselves for vengeance ; and so he saith (in Jer. xii. 3,) Sanctify (that is, prepare) them for the day of slaughter:" the twentieth verse showeth that this may be implied. Wept in the ears,] In ver. 20, ' wept be- fore' the Lord; and so the Chald. turneth it here. It meaneth, that the Lord had seen and heard their complaint: for weeping is often joined with lifting up the voice, or cry- ing out; as Gen. xxvii. 39; Judg. ii. 4; xxi. 2; 1 Sam. xi. 4; xxiv. 16; xxx. 4. Ver. 20. — Until a month of days,] To wit, ye shall eat, as the Gr. expresseth. Meaning a * whole month ;' as a ' year of days ' is an whole year, 2 Sam. xiv. 2S. So in Gen. xxix. 14. Loathsome,] Heb. to loathsomeness or alienation; which the Gr. translateth to choler; the Chald. to offence, that is, offensive. Have despised,] Or, contemptuously refused, set at noiight; which the Gr. translateth, disobeyed the Lord; the Chald. rejected the word of the Lord. Who IS,] The Chald. saith, whose majesty (or di- vine presence) remaineth among you, Veu. 22. — To SUFFICE them,] So the Gr. and Chald. expound the Heb. nuitsa, which usually sigiiifieth to find ; b\it here is used for obtaining that which is sufficient: so CHAP. XI. tliem ? or shall all the fislics of tlie sea be gathered together for them to suffice them. ^^ And Jehovah said unto Moses, Is Jehovah's hand waxed sliort ? tliou shalt see now, whether my word shall come to pass unto thee, or not. ^* And Moses went out, and spake unto the people the v.'ords of Jehovah ; and he gatliered the seventy men of the elders of the people, and made them stand round about the tent. ^^ And Jehovah came down in a cloud, and spake unto liim, and took of tlie spirit that ivas upon him; and gave it unto the seventy men the elders ; and it was when the spirit rested upon tlicm, they pro- phesied, and did not add. ^^ And there remained two of the men in the camp ; the name of the one was Eldad ; and the name of tlie second, Medad ; and the spirit rested upon them ; and they were of them that were written, but went not out unto the tent, and they prophesied in the camp. people; see Exod. vii. I ; Gen xx. 7. And thus Paul saith, ' He that prophesieth, speak- eth unto men to edification, and exhortation, and^ comfort,' 1 Cor. xiv. 3. Sometimes it was a singing of praise unto God ; as they that prophesied ' with harps, with psalteries and with cymbals ; to confess and to praise the Lord,' 1 Chron. xxv. 1, 3. Did not ADD,] That is, prophesied no more but that day, as God spake the ten commandments, and ' added not,' that is, spake no more, or after such a manner to the people, Deut. lii. 2. Thus the Gr. here translateth, and they added no more: and Sol. Jarchi saith, " they did not add, i. e. they prophesied not save that day only ; so it is expounded in Siphre." Howbeit the Chald. translateth it, ceased not; in a contrary signification, which sometimes is in the Heb. words. But seeing the Chald. so expoundeth that also in Deut. v. 22, tliat the Lord ' ceased not,' which seemeth to mean a continuance till all those ten words were finished ; we may likewise understand him here to mean a continuance for that day; (as Saul in Naioth ' prophesied all that day and all that night,' 1 Sam. xix. 24,) and not a continuance always ; for this seemeth to be a temporary gift and miracle for confirmation of their office ; as iu 1 Sam. x. 6, 11. Ver. 26.W— Medad,] In Gr. Modad. The SPIRIT,] In Chald, the spirit of prophecy. That were written,] By Moses in a book ; or in papers (as the Hebs. think) and so were appointed among the rest to come to the tabernacle, ver. 16, 24. But went not OUT,] For what cause, the scripture sheweth not: but by comparing this their fact with others, it is probable, that as Saul when he should have been made king, withdrew and hid ' himself among the stufl,' 1 Sam. x. 22, so these two, unwilling to take the charge upon them, withdrew their shoulders, and in Jo=;h. xvii. 16 ; Judg. xxi. 14. Here Moses showeth that tha thing promised was impossible in man's judgment ; both in re- spect of the multitude of men, and length of time: and therefore he mentioneth beasts and fishes which also are flesh, 1 Cor. xv. 39, but speaketh not of fowls, as thinking least of all that they should be filled with them: yet God sufficed them with such, ver. 31. So Philip said unto Christ, 'Two hun- dred pennyworth of bread is not sufficient for (this multitude) that every one may have a little,' John vi. 7, 9. Ver. 23. — Hand waxed short,] That is, power abated; the Gr. expoundeth it, Hhall nut the Lord's hand be sufficient ? the Chald. thus, Shall the tvord of the Lord be hindered? Hand is often used for 'power,' as being the instrument wherewith power is shewed, Deut. xxxii. 36 ; Josh. iv. 24 ; viii. 20, ' shortness ' signifieth lessening; and is applied sometimes to the Lord's Spirit, as in Mic. ii. 7, ' is the Spirit of Jehovah short- teued?' Sometimes to his hand, as here, and in Is. lix. 1, 'Behold Jehovah's hand is not shortened, that it cannot save:' and in Is. 1. 2, ' Is my hand shortened at all, that it cannot redeem ? or have I no power to deli- ver?' where the latter sentence explaineth the former. Ver. 25. — They prophesied,] This was a gift and eflect of God's Spirit upon them: and is elsewhere so explained : as, ' upon the handmaids in those days, I will pour out my Spirit,' Joel ii. 29, that is, ' I will pour out of my Spirit, and they shall prophecy,' Acts ii. IS. So iu Acts xix. 2, 6. And when Saul was anointed to be king, ' the Spirit of God came upon him, and he prophesied,' 1 Sam. X. 6, 10. Prophesying was not only a foretelling of things to come, but sometimes a declaring of the word of God unto the NUMBERS. ^' xVnd there ran a yonug man, and told Moses, and said, Eldad and Medad do prophesy in the camp. '* And Joshua the son of Nun, the minister of Moses, one of his choice young men, answered and said, My lord Moses, forbid thou tlicm. '' And Moses said unto him, Enviest tliou for me ? but O who shall give that all the people of Jehovah were prophets; that Jehovah would give his Spirit upon them. '" And Moses gatliered himself into tlie camp; he, and the elders of Israel. ^* And there went forth a wind from Jehovah, and brought quails from tlie sea, and let them fall by tlie camp, as it were a day's journey on this side, and as it were a day's came not to the tabernacle: yet the Lord by his Spirit found them out: for whither shall men go from his spirit ? or whither shall they flee from his presence ? Ps. cxxxix. 7. The Hebs. have here their uncertain conjec- tures : Sol. Jarchi saith, " They were all written expressly by their names, and should have been taken by lots. For the count was made for the twelve tribes, out of every tribe six, except two tribes, of which were but five. Moses took seventy-two papers (or scrolls) and on seventy of them he wrote an elder, and on two, a part : and he chose six out of every tribe, so there were seventy and two. Then he said unto them, Take up your papers out of the basket. Whoso took up with his hand (a paper on which was written) an elder, he was sanctified (to that office:) but he in whose hand came up a part, unto him he said, the Lord will not have thee." Ver. 28. — Of his choice youiVJ wen,] In Gr. his chosen one : the Chald. saith, o/ his young men. The original word signifieth also youth: whereupon some translate it. the minister of Moses from his youth: but this seemetli not fit, for Moses's shepherd's life in Midian, from which he came but a little before this, argueth the contrary. Forbid THOU THEM,] Tliis he spake of envious zeal for his master Moses' sake, (as the ver. fol- lowing showeth ;) that he would not have the use of the gift of prophecy common; or, because they obeyed not Moses to come out as he commanded. So the disciples forbade one that cast out devils in Christ's name, because he followed not with them, Luke ix. 49, 50, Mark ix. 38. Thargum Jonathan explaineth it, ' my lord Moses, request mercy from before the Lord, and forbid them the spirit of prophecy.' Ver. 29. — Enviest thou,] Or, hast thou envious zeal or jealousy for my sake ? which is a prohibition, have it not: as 'think ye that I am come to give peace on earth?" Luke xii. 51 ; that is, ' think it not,' Matt. x. 34, But O who shall give,] Or, and O who, &c.; this is an earnest wish, as would God, or the lilje: the word and, setteth forth the earnestness of his passion, as Acts xxiii. 3 ; Ps. ii. 6. His spirit,] That is, the gifts of his spirit ; as the Chald. saith, ' his spirit of prophesy.' So Paul wisheth that all the church could prophesy, and saith, ' follow after love, and zealously desire spiritual gifts , but ra- ther that ye may prophesy, 1 Cor. xiv. 1. Ver. so. — Gathered,] That is, got him- self, or as the Gr. saith, departed. The elders,] Who were authorised of God to be of the high counsel or synedrion with Moses and his assistants: and thus they differed from those inferior magistrates which had been appointed before by Jethro's advice, Exod. xviii. 21, 25. And as then all hard causes were brought unto Moses, Exod. xviii. 26 ; so after this, such causes were brought to the high court or synedrion first ordained here. This is showed by the Heb. canons in Talmud Bab. Sanhedrin, chap. 1 ; and Maim, in Sanhedrin, chap. v. thus : " they set up no king but by the mouth of the senate of seventy-one (elders:) neither make they any lesser synedrion for every tribe and for every city, but by the senate of seventy-one. Neither judge they a whole tribe revolted, (to idolatry,) nor a false prophet, nor the high priest in judgment of life and death, but by the great synediion. But money matters are judged by the court of three judges. Likewise, they make (or judge) no elder re- bellious, (Deut. xvii.) nor any city drawn to idolatry, (Deut. xiii.;) neither cause they the suspected woman to drink the bitter water, (Num. v.) hut in the great synedrion. Neither do they add unto (or enlarge) the city or the court-yard, neither go they forth to permitted wai," &c. [whereof see the notes on Deut. xx. I,] but by the great syne- drion ; as it is said, (in Exod. xviii. 22,) ' e\ery great matter they shall bring unto thee.' Ver. 31. — A wind,] God ' made an ea^t wind to pass forth in heaven ; and brought on a south wind by his strength,' Ps, Ixxviii. 26. Brought quails,] Such fowls as he had fed them with before, in Exod. xvi. 13 ; them now God again brought swiftly, and as CHAP. XI. y journey on that side, round about the camp : and as it were two cubits above the face of the earth. ^^ And the people stood up all tliat day, and all the night, and all the next day, and they gathered the quails ; he that gathered least, gathered ten homers : and spread- ing they spread them for themselves round about the camp. ^^ The flesli was yet between their teeth ; it was not yet cut off, when the anger of Jehovah was kindled against the people, and Jehovah smote the people with a very great plague. " And he called the name of that place Kibroth-hattaavah, because there they buried the people that lusted. ^' From Kibroth-hattaavah, tlie people journeyed unto Hazeroth : and tliey were in Hazeroth. with violence ; which the Chald. translateth made to fly. Let them fall,] Or, spread them abroad ^ so this word is Englished in 1 Sam. XXX. 16. Two cubits,] Sol. Jarchi saith, " they flew so high as against a man's heart, that he was not toiled in getting them, either by reaching high or by stooping low. Ver. 32 — Ten homers,] Or, ten heaps, as the Chald. translateth: for the Heb. homer sometimes signifieth an heap, as in Exod. viii. 3 ; sometimes a kind of measure con- taining ten ephahs or bushels, Ezek. xlv. 11 ; the which measure is called also a cor, Ezek. xlv. 14 ; and so Thargum Jerusalem inter- preteth it here. Thus also the Gr. translat- eth it ten cors ; (for of the Heb. cor, tlie Gr. coros, in Luke xvi. 7 ; and Lat. cortis are derived.) And Chazkuni here explaineth it, " ten homers ; there are in an homer thirty seahs (or pecks,) so ten homers contain three hundred seahs: lo he that gathered least, had every day ten seahs." Of the seah or peck, see the notes on Gen. xviii. 6. This abun- dance of fowls was miraculous, whereupon it is said, ' God rained flesh upon them as dust ; and feathered fowls as the sand of the sea,' Ps. Ixxviii. 27. And with these they filled their greedy lust ; (' feeding themselves without fear,' as Jude ver. 12;) though the Lord had threatened to punish them, ver. 20. Ver. 33. — Not yet cot off,] To wit, from their mouth, that is, not taken fiom them, which the Gr. translateth before it (that is, the flesh) failed. Thus the phrase is opened in Joel i. 5, ' the new wine is cut ofl' from your mouth ;' that is, taken away from you. Or, by cutting may be meant chewing. The psalmist alleging this, saith, * they ■were not estranged from their desire ; Voi>. II. the meat was yet in their mouth when the anger of God came up against them,' &c. Ps. Ixxviii. 30, 31. And here Chazkuni observ- eth how they were plagued of God, " after that he had sufficed all of them with flesh ; that men should not say he had not plagued them, but because he was not able to suffice them all with flesh. A very great flagoe,] Or, vehement great smiiing : Abr. Ezra writ- eth, that ' it was the pestilence; God gave them their request when tliey lusted for flesh; but sent leanness into their soul,' Ps. cvi. 14, 15. ' The anger of God came up against them, and slew of the fat of them ; and smote down the choice young men of Israel,' Ps. Ixxviii. 31. Ver. 34. — He called,] meaning, Moses called, and by the name of the place, left a memorial of their sin and punishment, for a warning to them after, Deut. ix. 22 ; and to us, ' that we should not lust after evil things as they lusted,' 1 Cor. x. 6. Or, as the Gr. translateth it, ' the name of the place was called;' see ver. 3. Kibroth-hattaavah,] That is, as the Gr. expoundeth it, graves (or monuments) of lust. Where lust may be used for the men that lusted : as circumcision, in Rom. ii. 26, is for men circumcised ; pride, for the proud man, Jer. 1. 31, 32 ; Ps. xxxvi. 12; and many the like. See the notes on Gen. xlv. 7. Ver. 35. — Were in Hazeroth,] Or, Chatseroth, in Gr. Aseiroih ; here they were that is, abode or continued, (as Daniel was, that is, continued, Dan. i. 21 ; and they were, that is, continued there, Pv.uth i. 2.) The cause of which abode, was a new trouble which Moses' sister and brother raised against him, Num. xii. 10 N U M B E R S. CHAP. XII. 1. Mary and Aaron speak against Moses about his wife and office. 4. The Lord caUeth them all before him, justijieth Moses, magnijieth his office, rebuketh the murmurers, and departeth in anger. 10. Mary is made a leper, Aaron confesseth sin, Moses prayeth God to heal her. 1 4. The Lord commandeth her to be shut out of the camp seven days. 1 5. The people's journey is stayed till she mas brought in again ; then they go on into Pharan. ^ And Mary and Aaron spake against Moses, because of tlie Ethiopian woman whom he had taken : for he had taken an Ethio- pian woman. ^ And they said, Hath Jehovah spoken only indeed by Moses ? liath he not spoken also by us ? And Jehovah heard Ver. 1. — Mary,] In Heb. Mirjam; in Gr. Miriam ; she was a piophetess, sister of Moses and Aaron, Excel, xv. 20; and she it was that began the quarrel, as in tlie ori- ginal it appeareth, ' Mary she spake ;' there- fore she, not Aaron, was plagued with le- prosy, V. 10. As Satan prevailed first with Eve, then liy her with Adam, Gen. i. 3; so here first with Mary, and then by her, with Aaron the high priest. And as the former sin of lust for flesh began among the baser sort. Num. xi. 4; so this sin of ambition and vain glory began among the chiefest of the church: for these three, Moses, Aaron, and Mary, were the chief guides whom God sent before his people, Micah vL 4. Because,] Or, itpon occasion, for the sake. Ethio- pian,] Heb. Cushite ; which the Gr. traiis- latetli Ethiopian. This seemeth to be no other than Zipporah the Midianitess, whom Moses had married, Exod. ii. 16^ 21; and because the Midianites dwelt in Cush his land, they were called Ciishites (or Ethio- pians;) and it may be also because they were tawny coloured like them. For otherwise Cush was tlie son of Cham, Gen. x. 6; whereas Midian was the son of Abraham, the son of Shem, Gen. xxv. 1, 2. The Chald. instead of Cushith, saitli Fair, which may be spoken by the contrary. Josephus, Philo, and some others take this wife not to be Zipporah, but another Ethiopian. Taken,] To wit, to tvife, that is, married ; so in 1 Chron. ii. 19, 21 ; 2 Chrou. xi. 20; Neh. vi. 18; X. 30. By this it seemeth, the mar- rying of that woman (who was not of the stock of Israel, and who hindered him from circumcising his son, Exod. iv. 24 — 26,) was the occasion of their murmuring. Howbeit, the Heb. doctors make his not companying with liis wife, to be the occasion: for that he being a prophet, daily conversant with the Lord, and frequenting his tabernacle, ab- stained from her lest he should have legal pollution, which would have kept him from the sanctuary, Lev. xv. IG — 31. Compare also Exod. xix. 15. Thus the Chald. ex- poundeth it, " for he had put away (or ab- stained from) the fair wife which he had taken." And Sol. Jarchi thus, " for he had taken a Cushite woman, and had now put her away." Ver. 2. — By Moses,] Or in Moses ; as speaking of inward revelation by the Spirit: the Thargum called Jonathan's, paraphraseth thus ; " hath the Lord spoken only indeed with Moses, who is separated fiom copulation of the bed," meaning with his wife. Also by us.] Or, in us : as David said ' the Spirit of Jehovah spake in me,' 2 Sam. xxiii. 2. Here Sol. Jarchi addeth for explanation, " hath he not spoken also by us, and yet we have not separated ourselves from the way of tlieearth;"meaning,from mutual society,s»ich as is between man and wife ; a phrase taken from Gen. xix. 31. But it may be under- stood, as before is noted, that they would not have Moses esteemed the only prophet, who had so stained himself by marriage with a strange woman. Their drift was by disgrac- ing Moses for his infirmity, to grace and ad- vance themselves; against which it is said, ' let us not be desirous of vain-gloiy, provok- ing one another, envying one another,' Gal. V. 26. Heard it,] That is, took notice of this their speech, to reprove and punish it. So of Reuben's sin, it is said, ' Israel heard it,' Gen. xxxv. 22. Or, God is said to hear it, as a witness of that wliich it may be they murmured in secret: as in Ps. lix. S, ' swords CHAP. XI 11 it. ^ Now tlie man Moses was very meek, above all the men wliich were upon the face of the eartli. * And Jehovah said suddenly unto Moses, ^nd unto Aaron, and unto Mary, Come out ye three unto the tent of tlie congregation, and they three went out. ^ And Jehovah came down in tlie pillar of the cloud, and stood in the door of the tent, and called Aaron and Mary : and they two came fortli. ^ And he said. Hear now my words : if there shall be a prophet among you, I Jehovali will make myself known unto him in a vision, I will speak unto liim in a dream. ' My servant Moses is not so, lie is faithful in all mine are in their lips, for who (say they) doth hear ? and in Ps. Iv. 20, * God will hear and afflict them.' See also Ps. xciv. 7, 8, 9. Vkb. 3. — Meek,] The original word hath affinity with affliction and lowliness, for by affliction, this virtue is furthered. Lam. iii. 27 — 30 ; and is seated in the heart and spi- rit, as the apostle mentioneth ' a meek and quiet spirit,' 1 Pet. iii. 4. As Moses, so Christ is set forth for an example of meek- ness. Matt. xxi. 5; xi. 29. It is a virtue which kuepeth a mean in anger, and avenging of ourselves when we are otfeiided, wronged, and contemned. Above all the men,] Or, more than any man. This commendation the Spirit of God giveth of Moses, though by Moses' own pen (as the apostle also writeth in his own behalf, 2 Cor. xi. 5, 6, 10, 22, &c. ; xii. 11, 12;) although Moses is noted to have been very angry sundry times, Exod. xi. 8; xvi. 20; xxxii. 19; Lev. x. 16; Num. xvi. 15; xxxi. 14; xx. 10, 11; com- pared with Ps. cvi. 32, 33. Ver. 4. — Said suddenly,] So showing the greatness of his displeasure against them, which suffered no delay, Ps. Ixiv. 7; Prov. vi. 15 ; Is. XXX. 1 3 ; and preventing any that might think Moses complained to God and sought revenge. Thus God who will be a swiit witness against evil doers, Alal. iii. 5 ; suddenly rose to plead the cause of his meekest servant. Compare Ps. 1. 19, 20, 21. Ye three,] Both parties are judicially summoned to appear before the Lord in the tent of his habitation ; as he riseth up to judgment, ' to save all the meek of the earth,' Ps. Ixxvi. 9. So in Num. xvi. 16. Ver. 5.— Came down,] In Chald. reveal- ed himself: see Gen. xi. 5. Of the cloud,] As the throne of his glory, out of which he used to appear and speak unto them, Ps. xcix. 7 ; Num. xvi. 42. Unto these appearances those visions of John hath reference. Rev. x. 1, 2, 3; xiv. 14, &c. Ver. 6. — A prophet among you,] Or, of you ; Heb. yoicr prophet : which the Chald. expoundelh, " if there shall be pro- phets to (or among) you." What this word prophet meaneth, see in the notes on Gen. XX. 7; Exod. vii. 1. I Jehovah,] So the Chald. also explaineth it: or it may be inter- preted, of Jehovah ; that is, a prophet of the Lord : so the G r. translateth, a prophet of you to the Lord. In a vision,] Or, by a vision or sight ; that is, as the Chald. saith, in vi- sions ; so God appeared to Abi aham the prophet in a vision. Gen. xx. 7 ; xv. 1 ; and to Jacob, Gen. xlvi. 2 ; to Ezekiel, Ezek. i. 1 ; to Daniel, Dan. viii. 2; and others, Job iv. 13 ; 2 Cor. xii. 1 ; Acts ii. 17 ; where- upon a prophesy is called a vision. Is. i. I ; Obad. i. 1 ; Nahum i. 1. In a dream,] Chald. in dreams : another way by which God revealed his word to the prophets. Gen. xxxi. 11 ; Deut. xiii. 1 ; 1 Kings iii. 5; Jer. xxiii. 25, 28, 32. Dreams are in the night, and then as it were in darkness God spake with the other prophets ; but as R. Menachem here noteth, " it was not so with Moses, for God spake not with him but by day." Moreover, dreams and visions do soon vanish and fly away. Job xx. 8. Ver. 7. — Not so,] Is not such a prophet that I should speak to him by dreams and visions. Faithful in all mine house,] That is, in all my church ; for the house of God is expounded ' the church of the living God,' 1 Tim. iii. 15 ; and so the Chald. here translateth it " in all my people ;" and Jona- than, " in all the house of Isiael my people;" and Chazkuni explaineth it thus, " all the men of my house hold him for faithful." This is further opened by the apostle, saying, ' consider the apostle and high priest of our profession, Christ Jesus, who was faithful to him that made him, as also Moses was in all his house, &c. And Moses verily was faith- ful in all his house, as a servant, for a testi- mony of those things which were to be spoken after, but Christ as the Son over his own house ; whose house we are, if we hold fast the confidence and the rejoicing of the hope firm unto the end,' Heb. iii. 1 — 6. Touching Moses' faithfulness, and the confi- dence that Israel reposed in him, see the notes on Exod. xix. 9. 12 NUMBERS. liouse. ^ Moutli to moutli will I speak with him, and in vision, and not in dark speeches ; and the similitude of Jehovah shall he be- Ver. 8. — Mouth to mouth,] That is, familiarly, plainly, in mine own presence, without any interposed mean ; as the Chald. translateth, speech tvith speech. So when Joseph spake without an interpreter, he said, ' it is my mouth that speaketh unto you,' Gen. xlv. 12; and the apostle opposeth it to speech by writing ; as, 'I would not write with paper and ink, but I trust to come unto you and speak mouth to mouth, that our joy may be full,' 2 John ver. xii ; and 3 John xiv. A like phrase is in Exod. xxxiii. 11, ' Jehovah spake unto Moses face to face, as a man speaketh unto his friend:' and in this manner of communication, Moses excelled all the other prophets, Deut. xxxiv. 10. The Heb. doctors have explained this matter thus; " it is one of the foundations of the law, to know that God maketh the sons of men to prophesy ; and prophesy resteth not but on a wise man, great in wisdom, mighty in his virtuous qualities, that his affections (or natural corruption) prevail not over him in any thing in the world, but he prevaileth by his knowledge over his affections continually, &c. On such a man the Holy Spirit dwel- leth, and when the Spirit resteth upon him, his soul is associated to the degree of angels which are called men, and he is turned to another man, and perceiveth in his own knowledge that he is not so as he was, but that he is advanced above the degree of other wise men, as it is said of Saul, ' and thou shalt prophesy with them, shalt be turned to another man,' (1 Sam. x. 6.) The prophets were of divers degrees : as in wisdom one wise man is greater than another, so in prophesy, one prophet was greater than another. And all of them saw not the vision of prophesy but by dreamj by vision of the night, or iu the day time, after that a deep sleep was fallen upon them, Num. xii. 6 ; and all of them when they prophesied, their joints trembled, and strength of body failed, and their thoughts were troubled, and the mind was left changed to understand that which was seen ; as it is said of Abraham, ' and, lo, a terror, a great darkness fell upon him,' (Gen. xv. ;) and as is said of Daniel, ' and my vigour was turned in me unto cor- ruption, and I retained no strength,' (Dan. X. 8.) The. things that were made known to a prophet by vision prophetically, were made known to him by way of parable, and forth- with the interpretation of the parable was written in his heart, and he knew what it was. As the ladder that Jacob our father did see, and the angels ascending and des- cending on it, (Gen. xxviii. 12 :) and the living creatures which Ezekiel saw, (Ezek. i.) and the seething pot and almond rod which Jeremiah saw, (Jer. i.;)and the epliah which Zechariah saw, (Zech. v.) and so the other prophets, of whom some spake the parable and the interpretation thereof, some the interpre- tation only ; and sometime they uttered the parable only without the interpretation, as part of Ezekiel's and Zechariah's words: and they all prophesied by parables and after the way of dark speeches. None of the prophets prophesied at all times when they would ; but prepared their understanding, and sat joyful, and with cheerful heart, and with contem- plation. For prophesy cometh not upon men, either when they are sorrowful, or when they are slothful, but w hen they are joyful : there- fore the sons of the prophets had before them psalteries, and timbrels, and pipes, and harps, (1 Sam. X. 5 ;) and they sought for prophesy; and this is that which is written, ' and they prophesying,' (1 Sam. x. 5 ;) as if he should say, walking in the way of prophesy, until they do prophesy. Those which forget to prophesy, are called sons of the prophets : and although they prepared their wits (or under- standing,) it might be the Holy Spirit would come down upon them, and it might be not. All these things that we have spoken of, were the way of prophesy for all the former and latter prophets, except Moses our master, the master of all the prophets. And what differ- ence was there between the prophesy of Moses, and of all the other prophets ? All the prophets prophesied by dreams or by vi. sion: but Moses prophesied when he was waking and standing ; as it is written, ' and when Moses was gone into the tent of the congregation, to speak with him, then he heard the voice of one speaking unto hiin,' (Num. vii. 89.) All the prophets prophesit'l by the hands of an angel, therefore they did see that which they saw in parables and dark speeches: Moses prophesied not by the hands of an angel, as it is said, ' mouth to mouth, I will speak with him,' (Num. xii. 8 ;) it is also said, ' the Lord spake unto Moses face to face,' (Exod. xxxiii. 11 ;) and again it is said, ' and the similitude of the Lord shall he behold, (Num. xii. 8 ;) as if he should say, there is no parable there, but he seeth the thing concerning his Creator, without dark speech, without parable. He it is of whom the law testilieth, ' apparently, and not in dark speeches," (Num. xii. 8 ;) for he pro- phesied not by dark speech, but apparently, for he saw the thing concerning his Creator. All the prophets were afraid, and troubled, and fainted, but Moses was not so ; for the CHAP. xir. 13 hold : and wherefore were ye not afraid to speak against my ser- vant, against Moses ? ^ And the anger of Jehovah was kindled against them, and he went away. " And the cloud departed from Scripture saith, ' as a man speaketh unto his friend,' (Exod. xxxiii. 11;) as if he should say. As a man is not troubled to hear the words of his friend, so there was strength in the mind of Moses to understand the words of prophesy, and he stood on his place safe and well. None of the prophets prophesied at all times when they would: but Moses was otherwise, for at any time when he would, the Holy Spirit clothed him, and pro- phesy came upon him ; and he needed not to prepare his mind and make himself ready for it, for he was prepared and ready, and stood as the angels of ministry, therefore he prophesied at all times, as it is said, ' stand still, and I will hear what the Lord will com- mand concerning you,' (Num. ix. 8.) And this God caused him to trust upon, as it is said, ' but as for thee, stand thou here with me, &c. (Deut. v. 31 :) whereby thou mayest learn that all the prophets, when prophesy was taken up from them, retui-ned to their tents, which was for things necessary to the body of them all, as the rest of the people ; therefore they were not separated from their wives: but Moses our master returned not to his first tent, therefore he was separated from his wife for ever ; and his mind was fast bound unto God the rock everlasting, and his glory was never taken up from upon him, but the skin of his face shined, and he was sanctified as the angels." Maim, in Misn. torn. i. ; in Jesude haturah, chap. vii. sect. 1 — 6, Now as the apostle compareth Christ with Moses, and preferreth him before Moses, Heb. iii. ; so in this gift of prophesy he did excel him: for ' the Lord gave him the tongue of the learned, that he knew how to speak a word in season,' Is. 1. 4 ; and this he learned not by dreams or visions, nor by a'.igels, nor by speech communicated mouth to mouth ; but by clean seeing of God, (which no man ever did at any time ;) and being ' in the bosom of the Father,' John i. 18; and having the Spirit, not by measure, he testified what he had seen and heard with his Father, John iii. 32, 34; viii. 38 ; and in him all fulness dwell, even ' the fulness of the Godhead bodily,' Col. i. 19; ii. 9. Will I speak,] That is, I asuallp speak : the time to come is used to signify a continu- ed action. In vision,] Or, by sight^ or a^- pearance, that is apparently : the Gr. trans- lateth, in an appearance or sight : which word is opposed (in 2 Cor. v. 7 ;) to faith, which is of things not seen, Heb. xi. 1; and here the Lord opposeth it to dark speeches, 80 it meancth an apparent or clear revelation. Aben Ezra explaineth it thus, '' I will show him the thing as it is, as the form of the tabernacle, (Exod. xxv. 40,) and not in a dark speech, (or riddle), like (that in Ezek. xvii. 2;) a great eagle with great wings, &c. Dark speeches,] Or, hidden speeches, rid- dles : a dark speech is called in Heb. Chidah, of sharpness, because it requireth sharpness of wit, both to propound and expound the same, as we have an example in Samson's riddle, Judg, xiv. 13, 14, &c. ; and it is of the nature of a parable, as in Ezek. xvii. 2, 3, ' Son of man put forth a riddle, and speak a parable to the house of Israel ; a great eagle with great wings, long winged, full of feathers which had divers colours, came unto Lebanon,* &c. And all close and hidden doctrine is called a riddle, Ps. xlix. 5. And the Holy Spirit translateth it in Gr. sometime Ainigma, a riddle, 1 Cor. xiii. 12; (as the common Gr. version here hath,) sometime 'hidden things,' Matt. xiii. 35; from Ps. Ixxviii. 2; and so the Chald. of Jonathan expoundeth it here. The apostle showeth the meaning of this word, when he said, ' now we see through a glass in a riddle, (that is, darkly,) but then (we shall see) face to face,' 1 Cor. xiii. 12. The similitude,] Or, the likeness, image, which the Gr. inter- preteth the glory of the Lord. Sol Jarchi saith, " this was the sight of (God's) back- parts," mentioned in Exod. xxxiii. 23. And this prerogative Moses had above all Israel, which saw no similitude of God, Deut. iv. 12, 15; and above all prophets, who saw no vision of God so clear as he did. For even Moses himself could not see the face of God, Exod. xxxiii. 20. ' No man hath seen God at any time,' John i. IS ; neither can see,' 1 Tim. vi. 16. Against my servant, .^gainst Moses,] A manner of speech both earnest and elegant, like that in Gen. xxi. 10, ' with my son, with Isaac;' and that in 2 Sam. vii. 23, ' like my people, like Israel.' Sol. Jarchi noteth, " he saith not against my servant Moses ; but against my servant, against Moses ; against my servant though he were not Moses ; against Moses, for though he were not my servant, it were meet ye should fear before him, how much more see- ing he is my servant ? According to this the apostle speaketh in 2 Pet. ii. 10, ' they are not afraid to speak evil of dignities.' Ver. 9. — He went away,] Withdrew the sign of his glorious presence, not vouch- safing to hear their answer; which was a token of his gi'eat displeasure. Ver. 10. — The cloud pepartep,] The 14 NUMBERS. off the tent; and, behold, Mary became leprous as snow: and Aaron looked upon Mary, and, behold, she was leprous. " And Aaron said unto Moses, Alas ! my Lord, I beseech thee, lay not the sin upon us, wherein we liave done foolishly, and wlierein we have sinned. ^^ I beseech thee, let her not be as one dead, of whom when he Cometh out of hismotlier's womb, half liis flesh is even consumed. ■^ And Moses cried unto Jehovah, saying, O God, I beseech thee. Ileal her now. ^* And Jehovah said unto Moses, And if her father had spitting spitted in her face, should she not be ashamed seven days ? let her be shut seven days out from the camp ; and after let her be ga- Ver. 12. — As ONE DEAD,] By continu. ance of the leprosy upon her, whereby she should be shut out of tlie communion of the church, Num. v. 2 ; should defile all that touched her as do the dead ; and in the end be consumed, and die utterly with that fret- ting plague, as the words following show. The Chald. expoundeth this veise thus ; "let her not now be separated iVom among us, for she is our sister: pray now for this dead flesh that is in her, that it may be healed." Is EVEN CONSUMED,] Or, is even eaten, to wit, with the disease: and by coming out of his mother's womb, the Gr. understaudeth and translateth, an tintimely birth and coming out, &c. for as of such a dead birth the flesh is half consumed, so is the flesh of a leper. Ver. 13 Cried out,] That is, as the Chald. translateth, prayed, but earnestly, and as grieved for her affliction ; so the word usually signifieth. O God,] Hebr. jEI, which is one of God's names, signifying his might, and including his mercy; as is noted on Gen. xiv. 18. So in Thargum Jonathan, it is here explained, " And Moses prayed, and besought mercy before the Lord, saying, I beseech for mercy of the merciful God, I beseech God that hath power of the spirits of all flesh, heal her I beseech thee," Ver. 14. — Had spitting spitted,] That is, had but spitted, to wit, in anger. The Chald. expoundeth it, had rehiihed. Spitting on the face, is a sign of anger, shame, and contempt, Job xxx. 10 ; Is. 1. 6 ; which, if it had been from her earthly father, should have made her ashamed and sorrowful seven days: how much more now that it is from her Father which is in heaven ? Seven DAYS,] So long every leper was to be shut up by the law, for ^\%xy trial ; and also at his cleansing ; see Lev. xiii. 4, 5, 21, 26 ; xiv. viii. So long was he unclean that touched a dead man. Num. xix. 11. Gathered,] That is, received in, or as the Gr. translat- eth, enter in. So gathering is used for re- ceiving or taking in, after that one is neglect- ed or forsaken, Juilg. xix. 15; Josh. xx. 4; cloud of the g'ory of the divine presence of the Lord, saith Thargum Jonathan. Leprous as snow,] That is, leprous white as snow ; and this was the sorest leprosy, and most incur- able, see Exod. iv. &; 2 Kings v. 27; and they that had this disease, were put out of the Lord's camp as unclean, Lev. xiii. ; and therefoie God departed now away, for (as Chazkuni here saith,) " It is not the way of the earth, that holiness should stay in an un- clean place." This punishment was very memorable, both for the suddenness and sore- ness of it ; wherefore it is after said, ' re- member what Jehovah thy God did unto Mary bj' the way, after that ye were come forth out of Egypt,' Deut. xxiv. 9. And if God did thus unto so great a woman for Moses' sake, what will he do to such as rebel against Christ, who is ' counted worthy of more glory than Moses,' Heb. iii. 3. ' For if they escaped not, who refused him that spake on earth ; much more shall not we es- cape if we turn away from him that speaketh from heaven,' Heb. xii. 25. For Christ is not the servant, but the Son, even ' the Lord from heaven, 1 Cor. xv. 47. Ver. 11. — Alas, my lord,] Or, Ok, my lord, Heb. ttnto me, to wit, have respect ,' the Chald. explaineth it, we pray thee, my lord: see this phrase in Gen. xliii. 20. Aaron as unworthy of access himself unto God now departed, maketh request unto Moses, hon- oureth him (though Aaron himself was both the elder brother and the high priest,) with the title of his lord,confesseth theirsin against him, craveth pardon ; and by Moses' media- tion, to have their sister cured. Sin,] That is, the punishment of sin, (as Lev. xxii. 9 ; Num. xviii. 32 ;) which he desireth that by Moses' intercession, it might not be laid upon them of God. Wherein we have done FOOLISHLY,] Or, because ive are become fool- ish : the Gr. translateth, because ve have done ignorantly in that we have sinned : in which sense it is a lessening of their sin, as done through unadvisedness and oversight, not maliciously CHAP. XIII. 15 tliered in. " And Mary was shut out from tlie camp seven days; and the people journeyed not till Mary was gathered in again. '* And afterward the people journeyed from Hazeroth, and en- camped m the wilderness of Pharan. Ps. xxvii. 10. Here Thargum Jonathan was a special honour unto Mary above other atldeth this paraphrase, " And I will cause to stay, for thy sake, the cloud of my gloiy, and the tabernacle, and the ark, and all Israel, until the time that she is healed, and after- ward she shall be gathered in." Ver. J 5. — Mary was shut,] In Gr. was separated: this was an example of jus- tice against sinners, without respect of per- sons: therefore they are after desired to re- member this, Deut. xxiv. 9. And even kings when they were lepers, were separated, and dwelt apart, 2 Chron. xxvi. 20, 21. The people journeyed not,] But stayed mourning for her, till she was cured ; which lepers, for whom there was no such stay. Num. V. 2, 4. Because this Mary was one of those whom God sent before his people, Mic. vi. 4; Exod. xv. 20. Sol. Jarchi saith, " The Loid imparted this honour unto her, because she once stayed for Moses when he was cast into the river, as it is written, And his sister stood afar oHi" &c. Exod. ii. 4. Ver. 16. — Wilderness of pharan,] Or, of Paran; which had been ' Ishmael's' habi- tation, Gen. xxi. 21, and the place where they pitched in this wilderness was called ' Rithmah,' Num. xxxiii. 18, and ' Cadesh- baruea,' Num. xiii. 3, 26 ; Deut. i. 19, &c. CHAP. XIII. 1. The Lord enjoinetli Moses to send one man of every tribe, to search the land of Canaan. 4. Their names and tribes. 17. Their instruc- tions. 21. Their acts and return after forty days. 26. Their relation of the goodness of the land, and strength of the inhabitants. 30. Caleb eneourageth the people, but the others discourage them, and bring up an evil report upon the land. 233 ' And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying, ^ Send thou men, that they may search the land of Canaan, wliich I give to the sons of Israel: one man, one man for a tribe of his fathers, shall 33 3 Here beginiieth the thirty-seventh section of the law: see Gen. vi. 9. Ver. 1. — Jehovah spake,] By Moses' re- lationafter^it appeareth, thatwhenGodhad led his people from mount Horeb toCadesh Barnea, through the great and fearful wilderness, and they were come to the mountain of the Amo- rites; then Moses said, 'See, the Lord thy God hath given the land before thee ; go up, possess it. And all the people came near unto Moses, and said. We will send men before us, and they shall search out the land fur us, and bring us word again, by what way we shall go up, &c. That word liked Moses well; and he took of them twelve men, and sent them to spy out the land,' Deut. i. 19 — 24. So where here it is said, ' Jehovah spake,' &c. it is not meant, that this motion came first from the Lord; but the people first spake of it to Moses, he consulted with the Lord about it; and the Lerd approved. or at least, permitted the thing which they desired, Ver. 2. — Send thou,] Or, send for thee: which Sol. Jarchi expoundeth to this sense; " I command thee not ; if thou pleasest, send: forasmuch as Israel came and said, we will send men," &c. Deut. i. 22. That they may search,] Oi', and let them search, or espy, by searching round about: and the word implieth the action of the heart and mind, not of the eyes only, Eccl. i. 13 ; vii. 25. Thus God let them go search or espy the land, which he himself before ' had espied for them,' Ezek. xx. 6, and went before them in the way, to search them out a place to pitch their tents in, in fire by night, and in a cloud by day, Deut. i. 33. Of Canaan,] That is, as the Gr. translateth, of the Ca- naanites: named as the chief, for it was the land of seven mighty nations,' Deut. vii. 1. I GiVE.l Or, am giving: so he speaketh as of a IG NUMBERS. ye send every one a ruler among them. ^ And Moses sent liiem irom the wilderness of PJiaran, at the mouth of Jehovah : all those men were heads of the sons of Israel. * And tliese were their names: Of the tribe of Reuben, Shammua tlie son of Zaccur. * Of the tribe of Simeon, Shaphat the son of Hori. ® Of the tribe of Judali, Caleb tlie son of Jeplmnneh. ' Of the tribe of Issachar, Jigal the son of Joseph. ®0f tlie tribe of Ephraim, Hosliea the son of Nun. ^ Of the tribe of Benjamin, Palti the son of Raphu. '" Of the tribe of Zabulon, Gaddiel the son of Sodi. " Of the tribe of Joseph, of the tribe of Manasses, Gaddi the son of Susi. ^^ Of the tribe of Dan, Ammiel the son of Gemalli. ^^ Of the tribe of Aser, Setlmr the son of Michael. " Of the tribe of Naphtali, Nalibi the son of Vophsi. '^ Of the tribe of Gad, Gevel the son of Machi. '® Tliese are the names of the men which Moses sent here; and sometime Joseph is named for Ephraim, Ezek. xxxvii. 16, 19; Rev. \ii. 8. Here he is named as father of Manas- seh, who was liis first-born, Josh. xvii. 1, although the Heb. give another reason; namely, " Because both of them uttered an ill report ; Joseph, of liis brethren, (Gen. xxxvii. 2,) and the prince of Manasseh, of the land: which Hoshea of Ephraim did not," • Chazkuni on Num. xiii. Ver. 13.— Sethur.] In Gr. Sadour. Ver. 14. — Nahbi,] Or Nachbi; in Gr. Naabi son of Sabi. Ver. 15. — Gevel,] In Gr. Goudiel. Ver. 16.— These are the names,] Chaz- kuni here observeth, " He sent no spy of the tribe of Levi, because he had no portion in the land." Nun,] Called also, Non, 1 Chron. vii. 27, in Gr. Nave. Joshua,] Or, Jehoshua, called sometime ' Jeshuah,' Neh. viii. 17, in Gr. Jesus; and so the New Tes- tament writeth him. Acts vii. 45, Heb. iv. 8, that signifieth a 'Saviour,' Mat. i. 21. And this name Moses gave him by the Spirit of God ; either as foreseeing that he should be his successor, and save the people from their enemies the Canaanites ; or, (as Sol. Jarchi here notetli) praying for him, that the Lord would save him from the counsel of the (wicked) spies. But Chazkuni expound- eth it, " Moses had called Hoshea the son of Nun, Joshua, not that he now first called him Joshua, but before when he vvas made his minister, and found grace in his eyes." We find him called ' Joshua,' before they came to mount Sinai, Exod. xvii. 9, and after this, when Moses is ready to die, he is called ' Hoshea,' in Deut. xxxii. 44. Where Chaz- kuni saith thus ; " At the first when he was taken to be Moses' minister, Moses called him Joshua; for so is the manner of kings, to change the name of their ministers, Gen. xli. 45 ; Dan. i. 7. But now when he ia thing present, for more assurance. One MAN, ONE man,] An Hebrew phrase, mean- ing, of every tribe one man, excepting the tribe of Levi, for of them none was sent; because they were to have no inheritance in the land, Deut. xviii. 1. A ruler,] Or, a prince ; not of the baser sort, because the business was weighty: whereupon their re- bellion following was of the more note. Ver. 3. — At the mouth,] Oi-, accord- ing to the mouth, that is, the word of the Lord, as the Chald. translateth ; and the Gr. by the voice of the Lord: and this Sol. Jar- chi expoundeth, '' by his permission." So in the commentary called Phesikta, fol. 47, it is said, " The election of the spies was according to the mouth of the Lord; not that God commanded them to send them. If thou sayest, why did he not forbid them to send? To accomplish tlieir desire, and to render them their recompense, and to give unto Joshua and Caleb a good reward." Heads,] That is, as the Gr. saith, chief- rulers ; and Chazkuni expoundetii them, " captains over thousands:" as in Exod. xviii. 25. Ver. 4. — Sh.\mmua,] In Gr. Samiel son of Zacchour Veb. 5. — Shai'Hat,] In Gr. Saphat son of Souri, Ver. 6.— Caleb,] In Gr. Chaleb son of Jephonne. See 1 Chron. iv. 15. His name signifielh hearty : and he brought Moses woid again, as it was in his heart. Josh. xiv. 7. Ver. 7. — Jigal,] In Gr. Jgad. Ver. 8. — Hoshea,] In Gr. Auses son of Nave. Ver. 9.— Palti,] Or, as in Gr. Phalti. Ver, 10.— Gaddiel,] In Gr. Goudiel son of Saudi. Ver. 11 — Of Joseph,] He was father of Ephraim in ver. 8, as well as of Manasseh CHAP. XII T. 17 to spy out the land : and Moses called Hosliea the son of Nun, Josliua. " And Moses sent them to search tlie land of Canaan, and said unto them, Go up this way southward, and go up into the mountain. '^ And see the land what it is, and the people that dwelleth thereon, whether they be strong or weak, whether they he few or many. '^ And what the land is that they dwell in, whether it be good or bad, and what the cities be that they dwell in : whe- ther in tents or in strong-holds ^^ i^nd wliat the land is, wliether it he fat or lean, whether there be wood therein or not : and be ye of good courage, and take of the fruit of tlie land ; (Now the days were the days of the first ripe grapes.) ^' And they went up made king himself, his first name is restored: nevertheless, through all the scripture he is called Joshua, because he was accustomed tliereto already." By this reason, the change of his name should seem to diminish from his dignity ; whereas it was changed for his hon- our ; as were the names of Abram, Sarai, Jacob, and others, Gen. xvii. 5, 15; xxxii. 2S; Neh. ix. 7; Is. Ixii. 2; Mark iii. 16, 17. Ver. 17. — Southward,] Or, by the south; as in ver. 22, meaning, " the south part of the land of Canaan," as Chazkuni explaineth it. For that was nearest unto them, and the worst part of the land, because it was wilder, ness, and waterless, as the original word Neyeb signifieth dry ground: and Caleb's daughter said to her father, ' Thou hast given me a south (that is, a dry) land, give me also spiings of water,' Judg. i, 15, and, 'rivers in the south,' Ps. cxxvi. 4, meaneth, refresh- ing after bondage and affliction. The Gr. here translateth, go up by this iviiderness: and so in that part was a wilderness, Josh. XV. 1 — 3. And Sol. Jarchi saith, "Go up this way by the south; that was the worst part of the land of Israel : for so is the manner of merchants ; they show the worst things first, and afterward they show the best." The mountain,] Which was inhabited by Amak'kiteSjCanaanites, and Amorites, Num. siv. 40, 45; Deut. i, 44. Of this, Chazku- ni giveth a reason thus; "And when ye shall know how to subdue the mountain, the valley will be easy to subdue." Ver. is. — The land what it is,] This is again repeated in ver. 19, and the third time in ver. 20, which may thus be distin- guished: by 'the land' here, is meant, 'the people' of the land, as after Moses explain- eth it; by 'the land,' in ver. 19, is meant, the air of the country, and the cities, villages, tents, which were by the hand of man set therenn ; and by ' the land,' in ver. 20, is meant the soil or ground itself, and fruits that grew thereon. And the people,] And is liere i'or explanation, that is, or, 1 mean the Vol. II. ( people: see the notes on Gen. xiii. 15. So ia Ps. Ixvi. 4, ' Let all the earth bow down to thee,' that is, all peoples of the earth: likewise in Ps. xcvi. 1, and ex. 1, and often in the scriptures. So, ' house ' for household, or people in it, Gen. xlv. 11, 18. ' Cities ' for citizens, Josh. xvii. 12. Whether THEV,] Hub. whether it be strong, &c. speak- ing of the people, as one in multitude. Ver. 19. — Good or bad,] This seemeth to respect the wholesomeness of the country, for air, waters, &c. as in 2 Kings ii. J 9, ' the situation of this country is good, but the water is bad, and the land causeth to mis- carry.' To this Chazkuni referreth it, saying, "or bad, if it cause the inhabitants thereof to miscarry, or to be barren," as 2 Kings ii. 19, and hereupon they answered, 'It is a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof,' Num. xiii. 32. In tents,] Or, in camps, troops' the Chald. calleth them, villages (or unwalled towns,) the Gr. changeth the order saying, in ivalled or in unwalled towtis. Ver. 20. — Fat or lean,] This respect- eth the soil itself, which if it be ' fat,' is fer- tile ; if ' lean,' barren. The Chald. chang- eth the metaphor, saying, "whether it be rich or poor." So in Neh. ix. 25, 35, ' They took strong cities, and a fat land ;' and in Ezek. xxxiv. 14, ' fat pasture.' Wood,] Or, trees, as the Gr. and Chald. interpret it, and Thargum Jonathan, trees of food ; that is, of fruit to be eaten. Be ye of good courage,] Or, strengthen, encourage your- selves. The first ripe grapes,] Or, the first fruits of grapes. And then, as Chaz- kuni observeth, " They had need to have courage, because the keepers (of the vine- yards) watched them there. Ver. 21.— Of zin,] Or, of Tsin : there was a wilderness into which they came be- fore, called ' Sin/ so named of an Egyptian city Sin near it, Exod, xvi. 1 ; Ezek. xxx. 16, 16. This desert of * Zin,' seemeth to be so named, as being a thorny wilderness; for ZAnnim (in the form plural) signifieth 'thorns,' Job v. 5. And as the former 18 NUMBERS. and searched the land, from tlie wilderness of Zin, unto Rehoh, to the entrance of Hamath, ^' And they went up by the south, and he came unto Cliebron : and there were Ahiman, Sheshai and Tal- mai, the childi-en of Anak : now Hebron was built seven years, before Zoan in Egypt. ^ And they came unto the bourne of Esh- col, and cut down from tlience a branch, and one cluster of grapes ; ' Sin' bordered upon 'Egypt,' so ' Zin ' bor- " Who is my brother?" and that he was so dered on the land of 'Canaan,' Num. xxxiv. called, because "none in the world was bro- 3, 4; Josh. XV. 3. Rehob,] Or, Reckob, ther to him (that is, like unto him) in called in Gr. Roob, (as ' Rechabham or Re- hoboam,' 1 Kings xii. 1, is written in Gr. by the Holy Spirit, 'Ruboam,' Malt. i. 7.) This ' Rehob ' was a city in the west part of the land of Canaan, near unto Sidon, which fell by lot to the tribe of Aser, Josh. xix. 2S ; Judg. i. 31. To THE ENTRANCE,] Or, to the entering in of Hamath : so in Num. xxxiv. 8; Josh. xiii. 5; Judg. iii. 3; Amos vi. 14, and so the Chald. here translateth it, Hamath or Chamath, called also ' Hemath the great,' Amos vi. 2, was a city on the north part of Canaan, and on the east side, (as ' Rehob' was on the west) Num. xxxiv. 8 ; Josh. xiii. 5. By this description of their voyage, they went from south to north, and from west to east, so viewing the whole land. This ' Hamath' is in Thargum Jona- than called ' Antiochia,' (and so Hamath was after named of king' Antiochus:) and it was situated under mount Lebanon, by the river Jabok. Ver. 22. — By the south,] Or, south- ward; Gr. ly the wilderness: see ver. 17. And he came to chebron,] Or, unto He- Iron; a place in the south parts of Canaan, w here Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, with their wives, had been buried, Gen. xxiii. 2, 19; xlix. 31, see the notes on Gen. xiii. IS. By ' he came,' Sol. Jarchi and others, under- stand " Caleb only;" as if the twelve spies went not in one company, but one or two of them together: and Caleb's coming thither is specially mentioned in Josh. xiv. 9, ' the land whereon thy feet have trodden, shall be thine inheritance;' and in ver. 12, 'now therefore give me this mountain, whereof the Loid spake in that day;' and in ver. 14, Chebron ' therefore became the inheritance of Caleb. Others understand 'he came,' that is, ''they came;" as Chazkuni saith, " It is the manner of the scripture, to speak of many spies and liers in wait, in the singu- lar number; as (in Josh. viii. 19,) The lier in ambufh rose quickly out of his place.'' TheGr. translateth, " they came;" the Chald. hath in some copies " Atha, he came;" in other some " Atho, they came." Ahi.man,] Or, as the Gr. writeth h\m, Achiman: he was one on the heathen giants dwelling in Chebron: the Hebs. interpret his name. strength:" yet Caleb slew him and his two brethren; Josh. xv. 14; Judg. i. 10. She- shai,] In Gr. Sesei. Talmai,] In Gr. Thclamei. Children of Anak,] In Gr. generations of Enak: in Chald. sons of the giant (or, of the mighty man.) Anak was the son of Arba, whereupon Chebron was in former times called Kirjah Arba, that is, 'the city of Arba,' Josh. xv. 13; Gen. xxiii. 2. Before Zoan,] Or, Tsoati, called in Gr. and Chald. Tancs: (as of Tsor or Zor, is Tyrus in Gr.) This declai'eth not only the antiquity of Chebron, but by consequence the goodness of the land. For the Anakims which reigned over all, seated themselves in the best places. Sol. Jarchi saith; "It may be that Cham builded Chebron for his younger son Canaan, before he builded Zoan for Miz- raim his elder son, &c. Of all countries, none excelled Egypt; as it is written, 'Like the garden of the Lord, like the land of Egypt,' (Gen. xiii. 10.) And Zoan was the most excellent in the land of Egypt, for there the kings dwelt, as it is written, ' For his princes were at Zoan,' (Is. xxx 4,) but Chebron was seven times belter than it." Ver. 23. — Bourne,] Or, valley, brook. The Hel). nachal signifieth both ' a valley,' Gen. xxvi. 17, 19, and 'a river' or 'brook' running in a valley: our English word ' bourne,' answereth to them both. ' Eshcol' signifieth a 'cluster;' and of the Israelites cutting of the cluster, this place had the name, for a memorial, ver. 24. The Gr. translateth it, the valley of the cluster: this place is reported to have been in the tribe oi Dan, within a little of the valley ' Sorek ' mentioned in Judg. xvi. 4. A branch,] To wit, of a vine, " and one cluster of grapes upon it,'' as the Gr. version saith; and so Jarchi explaineth it, " a branch of a vine, and a cluster of grapes hanging upon it." On a staff,] Or, 071 a bar; the Gr. translateth, on bars (or levers) and omitteth the words following, 'by two:' which seemeth to favour the exposition that Chazkuni giveth heie, " they bar it on a bar of the branch, with two other bars." But the more simple and plain meaning is set down in Thargum Jona- than, thus, " on a bar, on the shoulders oi two of them." CHAP. XIII. 19 and they bare it on a staff, by two : and (they broiujht) of the pomegranates, and of the figs. ^^ TJiat place was called the bourne of Eshcol, because of the cluster whicli the sons of Israel cut down from thence. ^^ And they returned from searching the land at the end of forty days. ^^ And they went and came to Moses and to Aaron, and to all the congregation of the sons of Israel, unto the wilderness of Pharan, to Kadesh : and brought back word unto them and unto all the congregation ; and sliewed them the iVuit of the land. ^' And they told him, and said, We came unto tlie land whither thou sentest us : and surely it fioweth with milk and honey, and this is the fruit of it. ^^ Nevertheless, the people is strong that dwelleth in the land ; and tlie cities fenced very great : and moreover, we saw the children of Anak there. ^^ Ama- lek dwelleth in the land of the south : and the Chetliite, and the Jebusite, and tlie Amorite dwelleth in the mountain ; and the Ca- Fenced,] With strong holds, high walls and munition ; the Gr. expresseth it by two Ver. 25. — At the end of forty days,] In Gr. after forty days. In Thargnm Jona- than there is added, " in the month of Ab (which we call July) at the end of forty days." And Chazkuni explaineth it further, that they began on the twenty-ninth "of Sl- van (which we name May) and ended on the eighth of Ab (or July.") So many days, our Lord Christ after his resurrection, viewed his disciples, 'being seen of them forty days,' Acts i. 3. And according to this number of days, the Israelites had years allotted them to wander and perish in the wilderness, because they believed not God, but refused to go into the good land proffered them. Num. xiv. 33, 34. Of the mystery in this number forty, see more in the notes on Deut. xxv. 3. Ver. 26.— To Kadesh,] Called also'Ka- desh-barnea,' Deut. i. 19. There was a city of the Edomites called ' Kadesh,' Num. xx. 16, whereupon the wilderness by it was called also ' Kadesh,' Ps. xxix. 8, and the same was called ' the wilderness of Zin,' Num. xxxiii. 36. Chazkuni here saith, "The wilderness of Pharan, and the wilderness of Zin, and Hazeroth, and Kadesh-barnea, and Ilithmah, (Num. xxxiii. IS,) were one near to another." This Kadesh in Gr. Kades. The Ciiald. nameth Rekam. Ver. 27.— They told him,] To wit, Moses, in the hearing of all the congrega. tion. And honey,] That is, with all good things: see the notes on Exod. iii. 8. Thus they acknowledged the truth of God's promises ; they said, 'It is a good land which the Lord our God doth give unto us,' Deut. i. 25. Ver. 28 — Nevertheless,] Or, but that. This latter part of the speech, was from the ten spies (not from Caleb or Joshua) who here take occasion to terrify the people from going to possess the land, Deut. i. 28. words, fenced, walled: in Deut. i. 28, and ix. 1, it is said, 'fenced up to heaven:' and in Deut. iii. 5, ' fenced with high walls, gates and bars.' ChildreiX of Anak,] In Gr. the generation of Enak, in Chald. sons of the giant : so in Deut. i. 28, the Gr. translateth them, sons of the giants; see be- fore on ver. 20. Of these there went a pro- verb, ' Who can stand before the sons of Anak?' Deut. ix. 2. And of the Gr. bor- rowed the word Aiiakes, to signify kings: and by interpretation Anak signifieth ' a chain,' Pi-ov. i. 9, which is an ornament for kings and great personages, and of old, upon their beasts' necks also, Judg. viii. 26. And many such men were chained with 'pride,' as Ps. Ixxiii. 6. Ver, 29. — Amalek,] That is, the Ama- lehites, the posterity of Amalek the son of Esau; of whom see Exod. xvii. 8, &c. "Be- cause they had been smitten by Amalek, (Deut. xxv. 17, 18,) the spies do now make mention of him, to make them afraid," saith Jarchi on Num. xiii. This Amalek (who was the 'first of the nations,' Num. xxiv. 20, and an enemy to Israel) would hinder, as they thought, their entrance on the south side. In the mountain,] That is, the moun- tains, or, as the Gr. translateth, the moun- tain?/ part, for these nations here reckoned, were the most mighty; and the Chethites possessed mount Thabor, the Jebusites Jeru- salem and mountains about it, the Amorites mount Heres, &c. Judg. xxi. 34 — 36, and these Amorites were high as cedars, and strong as oaks, Amos ii. 9, so the land seemed in their eyes impossible to be con- quered. The coast,] Or, side, Heb. the hand of Jordan ; which was towards the east, as the sea was to the west. NUMBERS. naanite dwelleth by the sea, and by the coast of Jordan. ^^ And Caleb stilled the people before Moses, and said, Going up, let us go up and possess it, for we are well able to overcome it. ^' But the men tliat went up with him, said, We be not able to go up against tlie people ; for they are stronger than we. ^^ And they brought up an evil report of tlie land which they liad searched, unto the sons of Israel, saying. The land through wliicli we have gone to search it, is a land that eateth up the inhabitants thereof; and all the people that we saw within it are men of stature. ^^ And there we saw the giants, the sons of Anak, which come of the giants : and we were in our own eyes as grasshoppers, and so we were in their eyes. Ver. 30 — Caleb,] And Joshua nith him afterward. Num. xiv. 6, 7 ; though now at first it may be Joshua purposely held his peace in prudence, because he was Moses' minister, and let Caleb speak. Stilled THE people before Moses,] Or made the people to keep silence before (or unto) Moses: that is, the people beginning to murmur and speak unto Moses and against him, Caleb stilled them. The Chald. expoundeth it, " he made the people to attend (that is, to hearken) unto Moses ;" and Jonathan in his Thargum saith, " he stilled the people, and caused them to attend unto Moses." And it appeareth by Deut. i. 29, 30 ; that Moses himself spake to encourage the people ; but they would not obey. And said,] That is, Caleb said, as the 31st ver. manifesteth ; and the Gr. addeth, he said unto him. We are WELL able to overcome vt,^Oi; prevailing we shall prevail over it meaning the land ; which the Gr. explaineth, over them, the peo- ple. And this was a speech of faith, believ- ing in the power and promise of God, lor Caleb now spake as it was in his heart. Josh, xiv. 7. Ver. 31.' — But the men,] Heb. and the men; meaning ten of the twelve, all the other spies except Joshua, Num. xiv. 6. Ver. 32. — An evil report,] aninfamy or defamation : of which Solomon saith, ' he that uttereth it is a fool,' Prov. x. 18. And for this their sin, these men ' died by a plague before the Lord,' Num. xiv. 37. This infamy, the Chald. calleth an evil name ; the Gr. here, a dread of the land ; but in Num. xiv. 36, the Gr. expoundeth it, evil tvords. And whereas the Heb. Dibbah, signifieth hut a speech or report, though commonly of faults which may be done without sin ; the word evil is added by Moses, in Num. xiv. 37; to show that this their defamation was very sin- ful. Eateth up,] consumeth ; in Chald. killeth the inhabitants ; which may be under- stood of their civil wars, whereby they de- voured one another. For the Amorites had conquered the Moabites, Num. xxi. 28, 29; the Caphtorims (or Philistines) had destroyed the Avims, Deut. ii. 23. This phrase was afterwards used against the land, when the heathens had destroyed the Israelites in it, ' thou (land) eatest up men, and hast bereav- ed thy nations, Ezek. xxxvi. 13. Of sta- tures,] Or, of dimensions of measures ; that is, of great stature, tall, and great ; as the Gr. translateth, exceeding tall men. And as the prophet openeth it, ' high as cedars, strong as oaks, Amos ii. 9. An example of such a man of stature, we have in 2 Sam. xxi. 20, ' that had on every hand six fingers, and on every foot six toes,' &c. ; and ano- ther of an Egyptian five cubits high, with a spear in his hand ' like a weaver's beam,' 1 Chron. xi. 23. So in Jer. xxii. 14, a house of measures, (or of statures,) is for a large high house. Ver. 33. — Giants,] Heb. Nephilim, such as were before Noah's flood; see Gen. vi. 4, with the annot. As grasshoppers,] Or, as locusts ; that is, low, weak, base in compa- rison with them. So it is said of God, ' he sitteth upon the circle of the earth, and the inhabitants thereof are as grasshoppers,' Is. xl. 22. In their eyes,] That is, they so es- teemed us. And by reason hereof, it may be the spies passed through their land more safely, while these mighty men despised and neglected them, as the Philistine disdained to meddle with little David, 1 Sam. xvii. 24. The Heb. doctors to show this, feign this ex- planation, " we heard them say one to ano- ther. There are pismires in the vineyards, like unto men." Chazkuni on Num. xiii. 33. CHAP. XIV. 21 CHAP. XIV. 1 . The Israelites meep and murmur at the news that the spies hrought out of Canaan ; and speak of returning into Egypt. 6. Joshua and Caleb labour to still and encourage them, hut the Israelites mould have stoned them. W.God threateneth to destroy the people. 13. Moses cntreateth for them, and obtaineth pardon. 23. The murmurers are deprived of entering into the land, and condemned to wander forty years in the wilderness and die there. 36. The spies who raised the evil re- port, die by a plague. 39. The people hearing the sentence of God against them, mourn, and offer themselves to go up ; hut Moses forbid- deth them. 44. Yet they presume to go up, and are smitten by their enemies. ' And all the congregation lifted up, and gave their voice, and tlie people wept that night. ^ And all the sons of Israel murmured against Moses and against Aaron : and all the congregation said unto them. Oh that we had died in the land of Egypt ! or, in this wilderness, oh that we might die! And wherefore doth Jehovah bring us into this land, to fall by the sword ? our wives and our little ones shall be for a prey -, were it not better for us to return into Egypt ? * And they said every man unto his brother, let us Ver. 1. — Lifted up,] To wit, their voice, as after foUoweth, and as is expressed in Gen. xxi. 16, ' she lifted up her voice and wept.' Or, all the congregation took up, that is, re- ceived, to wit, the evil report which the spies gave of the land, Num. xiii. 32. So the phrase is used, in Exod. xxiii. 1, ' thou shalt not take up a vain report.' This latter, the Gr. version favoureth. Gave their voice,] That is, cried out. This manner of speech is used to signify any loud voice, noise, or cry of any creature, or of God himself; as in Ps. xviii. 14, ' the Most High gave his voice;' in Jer. ii. 15, ' the lions gave their voice ;' in Ps. civ. 12, ' the fowls give the voice ;' in Ps. Ixxvii. 18, ' the skies gave a voice ;' in Hab. iii. 10, ' the deep gave his voice ;' and in 2 Chron. xxiv. 9, men are said to give a voice, when they made a pro- clamation through Judah and Jerusalem. So this people here openly rebelled, and uttered their evil hearts without fear or shame. That night,] Heb. in or through that night, which the Gr. expjaineth, that whole night. Ver. 2. — And against Aaron,] Which were the Lord's ministeis, therefore their murmuring was not against them only, but against the Lord, as Moses told them, in Exod. xvi. 2, 8 ; and as after appeareth in ver, 3. Oh, that we might die,] Or, (would God) that we were dead: they are words of unbelief and despair, and of great unthankfulness : compare Exod. xvi. 3; Ps. cvi. 24, 25. The Gr. translateth, if we were dead: which is a form of wishing, both in the Gr. and Heb. tongues, as in 1 Chron. iv. 10, 'if thou wilt bless me,' that is, ' oh, that thou wouldest bless me ;' so in Luke xii. 49, ' if it were (for, oh, that it were) already kindled ;' and so the Syriac version there explaineth it. Ver. 3. — To fall,] i. e. that we should full, that is, die by the sword. Here they murmur against God himself through unbe- lief; as David saith, * they contemptuously refused the land of desire, (the pleasant land,) they believed not his word, but murmured in their tents ; they heard not the voice of Je- hovah,' Ps. cvi, 24, 25. Were it not bet- ter,] Or, were it not good? The Gr. changeth the phrase thus, ' now, therefore, it is better for us to turn back into Egypt.' 50, ' are they not written,' 2 Kings xx. 20; is explained thus, ' behold they are written,' 2 Chron. xxxii. 32. Ver. 4.— Let us make a Captain,] Heb. let us give a head : whereby give is meant make or appoint, as the Chald. ex- poundeth it ; and by head they mean a cap- tain or chief governor ; as in Num. xxv. 4 ; 1 Chron. iv. 42 ; xii. 20; and as the Gr. here explaineth it. Thargum Jonathan pa- 22 NUMBERS. make a captain, and let us return into Egypt. * And Moses and Aaron fell on their faces before all the assembly of the congrega- tion of the sons of Israel. "^ And Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, which icere of them that searched the land, rent their clothes. ' And they said unto all the congregation of the sons of Israel, saying, Tlie land which we passed through to search it, is an exceeding good land, ^ If Jeliovah delight in us, then he will bring us into this land, and will give it unto us, a land which floweth with milk and honey. " Only rebel not ye against Jehovah, and you fear not the people of the land, for they are bread for us : their shadow is departed from them, and Jehovah is with us, fear them not. '" But all the congregation said, to stone them with stones : and the glory of Jeliovah appeared in the tent of the congregation before all the sons of Israel. " And Jehovah apostates (or revolters) from the Lord: the raphraseth thus, " let us appoint a king over us for head." Of this their sin, the Scrip- ture saith, ' they dealt proudly, and harden- ed their necks, and hearkened not to God's commandments ; and refused to hear, and were not mindful of the wonders that he had done among them: but hardened their necks, and in their rebellion appointed a captain (or made a head) to return to their bondage,' Neh. ix. 16, 17. So their evil words and purpose is counted unto them as the deed done. Sol. Jarclii openeth their words thus, ' let us appoint a king over us ; and he saith, the Rabbins have expounded this, as meaning idolatry. The same is also noted by R. Menachem, who further liken- eth this sin to theirs that builded the tower of Babel, Gen. xi. So their sin was against God, who is ' exalted as head above all,' 1 Chron. xxix. 11. Ver. 5. — Fell on their faces,] As much afl'ected with the murmuring of the people, and they fell down, either to pray unto God for them, as in Num. xix. 22 ; or to entreat them not to proceed in their re- bellion as it followeth, ' before all the assem- bly.' And elsewhere it appeareth, that Moses spake to encourage the people, saying, * dread not, neither be afraid of them : Jeho- vah your God, who goeth before you, he shall fight for you,' &c. Deut. i. 29, SO. Ver, 6. — That searched the land,] As appeareth in Num. xiii. 7, 9, 17. Rent their clothes,] In sign of sorrow, for the people's r-ebellion and blasphemy; for they said, ' the Lord had brought them out of Egypt, because he hated them,' &c. ; neither did they believe the Lord their God, for all that Moses spake unto them, Deut. i. 27 — 32. Of rending garments in sorrow, see Gen. xxxvii. 29; Lev. x. G, in the annot. Ver. 9. — Only,] Or, but rebel not ye; which the Gr. interpreteth, but be not ye Chald. but rebel not ye against the ivord of the Lord. Are bread for us,] Or, shall be our bread, our food, that is, we shall de- vour and consume them. The Chald. ex- poundeth it, ' they are delivered into our liand.' So Balaam prophesied of Israel, ' he shall eat up the nations his enemies,' Num. xxiv. S. And in Ps. Ixxix. 7, ' he hath eaten up Jacob,' that is, consumed: and in Ps. xiv. 4, ' they eat my people as they eat bread.' Also in Deut. vii. 16, ' thou shalt eat (that is, consume) all the people. Their SHADOW,] That is, God their defence, covert, protection ; which the Chald. cxpoundeth, their strength ; so in Is. xxx. 2, ' the strength of Pharaoh, and the shadow of Egypt,' do ex- plain one another ; and shadow is used often for defence: as, ' the shadow of the Al- mighty,' Ps. xci. 1 ; and ' Jehovah thy shadow,' Ps. cxxi. 5 ; and God saith, ' I have covered thee in the shadow of mine hand,* Is. li. 16 ; xlix. 2, Jehovah is with us,] The Chald. explaineth it, the tvord of the Jjord is for our help. Ver. 10. — Said to stone them,] That is, spake one to another, that they should stone Joshua and Caleb. An example of notorious obstinacy and outrage ; and at ano- ther time, they had almost done the like unto Moses, Exod. xvii. 4. So after this Jeru- salem stoned the prophets, which spake the things pertaining to her peace, Matt, xxiii. 37. Appeared in the tent,] The Gr, explaineth it, appeared in the cloud over the tent of the testimony. This is confirmed by the like appearance in Num. xvi. 42 ; and Sol. Jarchi here saith, " the cloud descended there. It was an extraordinary appearance, to restrain the people's fury, and to help his faithful witnesses. Ver. 11. — Provoke me,] Or, despite, Maspheine, contemptuously provoke me. So CHAP. XIV. 23 said unto Moses, How long will this people provoke me ? and Iiow long will they not believe in me, for all the signs which 1 liave done amongst them ? '^ I will smite them with the pestilence, and dis- inherit them, and will make of thee a nation greater and mightier tlian they. '^ And Moses said unto Jehovah, Then the Egyptians shall liear it ; for thou brouglitest up this people in thy might, from among them. '* And they will say to the inhabitants of this land, for they liave heard that thou Jehovah art among tliis people, that thou Jehovah art seen eye to eye, and that thy cloud standeth over them, and in a pillar of cloud thou goest before them by day, and in a pillar of fire by night. '^ Now if thou shalt kill this people as one man, then the nations will say, which have heard the fame of thee, saying, '" Because Jehovah was not able to bring tliis people into the land which he sware unto them ; therefore he hath slain tlieni in the wilderness. ^^ And now, I beseech tliee, let tlie power of the Lord be great, according as thou hast spoken, saying, '^ Jehovah is long-suffering, and much in mercy, forgiving iniquity the apostle expoundeth this word blaspheme, ill Rom. ii. 24; from Is. lii. 5; and it im- plieth also a coutempt or despising, Prov. i. 30 ; XV. 5 ; Is. V. 24. Not believe in BiE,] In Gr. not believe me ; which the Chald. explaiiietli, not believe in my tvord. This unbelief is noted as a chief cause of their re- bellion, and so of their destruction after in the wilderness, Deut. i. 32 ; Heb. iii. IS, 19. For all the signs,] Though many signs and wonders had been showed, yet tliey be- lieved not: so of their posterity it is said, ' though Jesus had doiie so many signs be- fore them, yet they believed not in him,' John xii. 37. Among them,] Heb. in the midst thereof, to wit, of the people. Ver. 12.— Smite them,] Heb. smite him, that is, the people, spoken of as one man: see ver. 15. Pestilence,] In Gr. and Chald. death : see the notes on Exod. v. 3. Disinherit them,] Deprive them of the land promised unto their fathers: the Gr. and Chald. translate, destroy them,. Make OF thee,] Heb. make them to a nation : the like speech God used, when they had made the golden calf, Exod. xxxii. 10. The Gr. here addeth, ' I will make thee and thy fa- ther's house,' &c. Ver. 14. — They will say,] That which after followeth in ver. 16. To the inhabi- tants,] Or, ivith the inhabitants, meaning the Canaanites; so both the one and the other people will take occasion to blaspheme. The Heb. word which usually signifieth unto, is sometimes used for with; as in 1 Sam. xxiii. 23 ; Ezra ii. 63. Thou Jehovah ART,] The Chald. expoundeth it, that thy divine presence (or majesty) abideth among Ms peojile. Art seen,] Or, hast been seeii eye to eye ,• that is, visibly, apparently, plain- ly, according to the like phrase in Num. xii. 8, ' mouth to mouth;' and in Exod. xxxiii. 11 ; and Deut. v. 4, ' face to face.' The Chald. here explaineth it thus, that with their eyes they have seen the majesty of thy glory; and by Thargnm Jonathan, this is refei red to the giving of the law upon mount Sinai. Standeth over them,] As protecting them from evil; wliich in Thaigum Jonathan is explained, " that they should not be liurt with heat or with rain." Compare Exod. xiii. 21, 22 : Num. ix. 17, &c. Ver. 15. — As one man,] Tiiat is, all of them together and suddenly. The fame of thee,] The hearsay or report of thee ; which the Gr. translateth, thy name; the Chald. the fame of thy might. Ver. 16 Was not able,] Elsewhere Moses showeth that he had respect unto two things by which God's name and glory might be impeached among the Gentiles; because he could not, or because he would not, but hated his people, Deut. ix. 2S ; Exod. xxxii. 12. And this is the first argument of Moses' supplication, that God's name might not be blasphemed among the heathens. Ver. 17. — The power of the Lord,] Or, the might, as in ver. 13; that is, as the Gr. explaineth it, the power of thee, 0 Lord. Lord is here in Heb. Adonai, which the Chald. expresseth by the letters for Jehovah, and it signifietli my stays or sustainers : see the notes on Gen. xv. 2. Be great, ] That is, be showed to be great ; the Gr. translat- eth it, be exalted. Ver. 18. — Long-suffering,] Heb. long of anger ; that is, long ere he be angry. Here Moses mentioneth that name of God, 24 NUMBERS. and trespass : and clearing will not clear (the guilty ;) visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the sons unto the third and unto the fourth generatioJi. " Pardon, I beseech thee, the iniquity of this people, according unto tlie greatness of tliy mercy, and as thou hast forgiven this people from Egypt, even until now. ^'' And Je- hovah said, I have pardoned, according to thy word. ^^ But as- suredly, as I live, all the earth shall be filled with the glory of Jehovah, ^^ For all the men which have seen my glory, and my signs which I did in Egypt, and in the wilderness, and liave tempted me these ten times, and have not hearkened to my voice ; ^^ If they which was proclaimed at mount Sinai, when the people had formerly sinned in making the golden calf, Exod. xxxiv. 5 — 7. In mercy,] The Gr. addeth, and true; from Exod. xxxiv. 6. Forgiving,] Or, as the Gr. trans- lateth, taking away. Inkjuities,] In Gr. iniquities, and unrir/hteousnesses, and sins ,• the Chald. also addeth the word sins, as was in Exod. xxxiv. 7. This is the second rea- son of Moses' request from the nature and covenant of God. The guilty,] This word is supplied also in the Gr. version. Tlie Chald. paraphraseth, ' being merciful unto them that turn to his law, but not clearing them that turn not.' Visiting,] That is, puni.shing ; in Gr. recompensing ; see Exod. XX. 5. Upon the sons,] Or children ; in Chald. upon the rebellious sons. The third,] In Chald. unto the third generation and unto the fourth generation. Thus Moses requested an absolute pardon for all ; but that God would in wrath remember mercy, though in justice he punished the chief transgressors. Ver. 19.. — Even until now,] Or, hither- to ; as for example, when they sinned in mak- ing the calf, Exod. xxxii. (besides other times,) at which time God destroyed them not as they deserved, but some of them only perished. Ver. 20. — I have pardoned,] Or, / do pardon, as the Gr. explaineth it, in the time present. Howbeit, Chazkuni understandeth it of the time past, that God should say, he had pardoned them once when they made the calf; but now he would not pardon them, but execute vengeance. The former sense seemeth best with the limitation following, 'according to thy word,' viz. that he would not destroy them all ' as one man,' at once with the pes- tilence, having respect to the glory of his name. For which CBUse he spared them at other times also, both before and after, as he showeth by the prophets, Ezek. x. 8, 9, 13, 14, 2-1, 22, &c. ; Ps. cvi. 7, 8. And here- upon the people after confessed, ' Thou art a God of pardons, gracious, and merciful, long- suffering, and of great kindness, and forsakest them not,' Neh. ix. 17. Ver. 21. — As I live,] ^\<ih. and assured- ly I live, and all the earth shall be Jilled : which is a form of oath, often used of the Lord, Ezek. xviii. 3; xx. 33 ; v. 11, \Vhereupon it is said, ' and thou shalt swear Jehovah liveth,' &c. Jer. iv. 2; and where he saith in the prophet, ' 1 have swoni by myself,' Is. xlv. 23 ; the apostle expressetii it with these words, ' I live, saith the Lord,' Rom. xiv. 11. And the sign of an oath was the lifting up of the hand ; so both of them are joined in Deut. xxxii. 40, ' I lift up my hands to heaven, and say, I live for ever : Wherefore the oath which God here sware, is signified by the lifting up of his hand, in Ps. cvi. 26 ; Ezek. xx. 15. Filled with the glory,] That is, all peoples of the earth shall see and acknowledge the powerful and just administration of the Lord, unto his glo- ry and honour. Compare Is. vi, 3 ; and Ps. Ixxii. 19, where Christ's kingdom is prophe- sied of, with whose glory all the earth is full. Ver. 22.- — My glory,] Under this, all God's glorious works are comprehended; as powers are used for powerful works. Matt, vii. 22 ; xi. 20 ; 1 Cor. xii. 10 ; 2 Cor. xii. 12. Signs,] That is, miracles, miraculous and significant works. Ten times,] Hereby may be meant no certain number, but many times, as in Gen. xxxi. 7; Job xix. 3; so ten is for many, in Lev. xxvi. 26. It may also be taken properly, for now they had sin- ned ten times ; first, at the Red sea, Exod. xiv. 11, 12; then in Marah, Exod. xv. 23, 24; again in the wilderness of Sin, Exod. xvi. 2 ; then twice about manna, Exod. xvi, 20, 27, 28 ; after that at Rephidim, Exod. xvii. 1 — 3 ; then by the calf at Horeb, Exod. xxxii,; at Taberah, Num. xi. I ; and again at Kibroth-hattaavah, Num. xi. 4 ; and now the tenth time by their rebellion in Pharan. Ver. 23. — If they shall see,] That is, as the Gr. translateth it, surely they translate not see. This also is an oath, whereby God sweareth they shall not see, that is, not go in to enjoy the land, as is explained by David, in Ps. xcv. 11, 'I swear in my anger, if they shall enter into my rest;' which the CHAP. XI v. sliall see the land which I sware unto their fathers, neither sliall any of them that provoked me see it, " But my servant Caleb, because there was another spirit in him, and he followed me fully ; even him will I bring into the land, wherehito he went ; and his seed shall possess it. ^' (Now the Amalekite and the Canaanite dwelt in the valley :) to-morrow, tm-n ye, and journey you into the wilderness, by the way of the Red sea. apostle openeth tlius, ' he sware that thny should not enter into his rest,' Heb. iii. 18. So ' if a sign be given,' Mark viii. 12; is more plainly expounded, ' a sign shall not be given,' Matt. xvi. 4. Which I sware UNTO,] That is, ' which I sware to give unto your lathers,' Deut. i. 35; this was the land of Canaan, Gen. xii. 5, 7; called ' the holy land,' Zech. ii. 12 ; ' the land of Jehovah,' Hos. ix. 3 ; the land of Emmanuel,' that is, of Christ, Is. viii. S ; for it was a sign of the heavenly inheritance to be obtained by Christ, Heb, xi. 9, 10 ; therefore the keeping of them out of this land, figured also the ex- cluding of them, and of all unbelievers out of the kingdom of heaven, Heb. iii. 12 — 19; iv. 1—11. Ver. 24.— Spirit in him,] Or, tvith him ; That is, he was guided by another spirit than the ten spies. The same is to be understood of Joshua, as appeareth by Num. xxxii, 12, though not here mentioned. This other spirit was the spirit of faith, which the law cannot give. Gal. iii. 2 ; the spirit of adop- tion of sons, not of bondage to fear again, Rom. viii. 14, 15; by the guidance of this spirit Caleb constantly followed the Lord, and obtained the promised inheritance. He FOLLOWED JIE FULLY,] Heb. he followed after me : so in Deut. i. 36 ; Josh. xiv. 8 ; ix. 14. By this manner of speech, is meant a full and constant following and obedience unto the end ; the contrary whereof was in Solomon, of whom it is said, ' he followed not after the Lord, as did David his father, 1 Kings xi. 6 ; and in this people of Israel now generally, of whom God saith, ' they followed not after me,' Num. xxxii. 11. The Gr. translateth it, he followed me ; the Chald he fulfilled (or accomplished) after my fear Chazkuni expoundeth it, " he hath aecom plished the word after me ;" and compareth it with that phrase in 1 Kings i. 14, ' I will come in after thee, and fulfil (that is, con. firm) thy words. His seed.] In Chald. his sons. Shall possess it,] Shall inherit it : thus both the Gr. and Chald. do interpret it; or shall cause to inherit it, that is, leave it to their posterity for an inheritance ; as it is written, ' it shall be thine inheritance, and thy children's for ever,' Josh. xiv. 9. The word is also used in a contrary meaning, to Vol. II. D disinherit, as before in ver. 2 ; and so it may be translated, shall disinherit it, that is, dis- inherit and drive out the inhabitants of it, and seize upon it, as in Josh. viii. 7, ' ye shall disinherit (or seize upon) the city ;' and thus it agreeth with Caleb's speech, ' if so be the Lord will be with me, then I will dis- inherit them (or drive them out) as the Lord said,' Josh. xiv. 12. In this latter sense, Sol. Jarchi here expoundeth it, " drive it out, that is, they shall drive out the Anakims and people that are therein." This promise Moses related unto Caleb, and in the name of the Lord, he sware unto him for the per- formance of it, Josh. xiv. 9. Ver. 25. — Now,] Heb. And. Dwelt,] Or, dwelleth, Heb. sitteth iti the valley: after in ver. 45 ; they are said to dwell (or sit) in the mountain; and sitting as it is often put for dwelling, so sometimes for lying in wait, as in Josh. viii. 9 ; which may be meant here. Chazkuni expoundeth this place thus ; that " as the spies were afraid of Amalek (Num. xiii. 29,) so with them the holy bles- sed (God) made them afraid." And where- as it is here said, in the valley ; and in ver. 45, in that mountain ; lie accordeth them thus, that " the most of them sat in the valley, and some few of them in the moun- tain, and those fe\v warred against them, and therefore it is written, ' which sat in that mountain,' to imply that there were of them which sat in another place; or it may be they dwelt in the valley, and when they heard that the sons of Israel came against them, they went up into the mountain and lay in wait for them there: and we find that sitting sometimes meaneth lying in wait, as it is written (in Ps. x. 8,) ' he sitteth in the waiting place of the villages.' " To-mor- row turn ye,] Tlie people were now in Kadesh, from whence they sent the spies. Num. xiii. 26; Deut. i. 19; and after this their rebellion, and the slaughter following, they ' abode in Kadesh many days, and then turned and journeyed into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea,' Deut. i. 46; ii. 1. Chazkuni here saith, " to-morrow meaneth after this time ; for lo, they abode in Kadesh many days before they began to compass about mountSeir: and itis like thatphrase(Exod.xii. 34,) when thy son shall ask thee to-morrow." 26 NUMBERS. ^^ And Jeliovali spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying, *' How long fshafl I pardo7i) this evil congregation wliicli murmur against me ? I liave heard the murmurings of the sons of Israel, which they murmur against me. ^^ Say unto them. As I live, as- suredly saith Jeliovah, if I do not so unto you, as ye have spoken in mine ears. ^^ Your carcasses shall fall in this wilderness, and all that were mustered of you, according to your whole number, from twenty years old and upward, which liavc murmured against me. ^° If you shall come into the land concerning which I lifted up my hand to make you dwell therein, save Caleb the son of Jephunneli, and Joshua tlie son of Nun. ^' And your little ones, which ye said should be for a prey, even them will I bring in, and they shall know the land which ye liave despised. ^' But as ^r you, your carcasses sliall fall in this wilderness. ^^ And your children shall feed in the wilderness forty years, and shall bear your wliore- JouRNEY YOU,] Or, joumey for you, whic^h some understand to mean, for your good, see Gi;n. xii. 1. The wav of the Red sea,] That is, the way toivards the Red sea: see the notes on Exod. xiii. 17. In this Red sea the people had been baptized, 1 Cor. x. 1, 2; Exod. xiv. Baptism was unto repent- ance, and with conlession of sins, and unto the death of Christ, Mat. iii. 6, 1 1 ; Rom. vi. 3; so this sending them back into the wilderness towards the Red sea, was to hum- ble them by repentance, that through faith in Clii ist they might have entrance into the kingdom of heaven ; otherwise they should perish for ever, as their carcasses perished in this wilderness. Ver. a? How LONG,] To wit, shall I pardon, (as in ver. 19, 20,) or shall J bear with. An imperfect speech, such as men use in passion of mind, when through grief they utter not all their words, as may be seen in Moses, Exod. xxxii. 32; Ps. xc. 13; in David, Fs. vi. 4 ; and sundry the like. Which murmur,] Or which cause (the peo- ple) to murmur, as in ver. 36. Thus Sol. Jarchi expoundeth it, referring the congre- gation forementioned to the ten spies ; but the Gr. and Chald. translate, ivhich murmur; so in the sentence following. Ver. 2S. — I live,] It is an oath, as in ver. 21 ; whereby the Lord sweareth in his anger, that they should not enter into his rest, Ps. xcv. 11 ; Heb. iii. 18 ; Num. xxxii. 10, 11. Assuredly saith,] Or, the faithful saying ; see Gen. xxH. l(j. If I do not,] That is, as the Gr. explaineth it, surely I ivill do : see belore on ver. 23. Spoken in mine ears,] In Chald. spoken before me : this hath reference to their words in ver. 2, where they wished they might die in the wilder- Ver. 29. — Your carcasses,] The Gr- calleth them Cola, that is, members, which word the apdstle also useth in Heb. iii. 17, for carcasses or dead bodies. So in Lev. xxvi. 30. Fall,] That is, die, being destroyed of the destroyer, 1 Cor. x. 10. Mustered,] Numbered as able men for the war, Num. i. This sentence was executed upon them, as is after showed in Num. xxvi. 04, 65. Ver. 30. — I lifted up my hand,] That is, sivare, as the Chald. expoundeth it, / sware by my word : see Deut. 32, 40 ; and the notes before on ver. 21 ; and Gen. xiv. 22. Ver. 31. — Your little ones,] Your children under twenty years of age : see ver. 3. Shall know,] In Gr. shall inherit, rightly explaining the sense: for to know the land is to enjoy the same. And so Moses relating this promise, saith, ' they shall pos- sess the land,' Deut. i. 39. Ver. 32. — But as for you, your car- casses] Heb. and your carcasses, you: where the latter you is for explanation, to exempt their children, you or yours only. Ver. 33. > — Shall feed,] Or, shall be feeding; so likewise the Gr. translateth it: by feed, meaning wander as sheep for pas- ture in the wilderness: the Chald. of Onkelos expoundeth it, " tarry or abide ;" but Jona- than saith, "wander;" and Chazkuni ex- plaineth it, " feed as sheep sometimes here and sometimes there, so your sous shall remove hither and thither till their carcasses be con- sumed." Thus may we understand that in the prophet, * the Lord will feed them as a lamb in a large place,' Rosea iv. 16; that is, will let them wander to destruction. So in other languages, wander is used for feeding, as in Virgil, Bucol. eclog. 2, mille meas Sicu- lis errant in montibus agnce. Forty ye.4RS,J CHAP. XIV. 27 doms, until your carcasses be consumed in the wilderness. " After the number of the days in which ye searched the land, forty days, a day for a year, a day for a year ye shall bear your iniquities, forty years ; and ye shall know my breach (of promise.) ^' I Je- hovah liave spoken, if I do not this unto all this evil congregation, tliat are gathered together against me ; in this wilderness they shall be consumed, and there tliey shall die. '' And the men wliich Moses had sent to search the land, and which returned, and made all the congregation to murmur against him, by bringing up an evil report upon the land ; ^' Even the men died that did bring up Implying the time past also, from their com- ing out of Egypt: for one whole year, and part of the second were now past already, when God gave this sentence against them, Num. X. 11. Bear your whoredoms,] That is, bear the punishment of your sins ; as theChald. for whoredoms translateth sins; tliough this name whoredom is commonly used for idolatry, Jer. iii. 9 ; Ezek. xvi. 15—17, &c. See Exod. xxxiv. 15, 16; Lev. xvii. 7. Ver. 34. — After,] Or, according to the number ; in the Heb. in is used for as, or according to, as the Gr. translatetli it: see the notes on Lev. xxv. 15. A day for a YEAR, A DAY FOR A YEAR,] That is, each day for a year, or a year for every day : so in Ezek. iv. 6, where the prophet in a figure, bare the iniquity of Israel so many days as they had sinned years. Hereupon in pro- phecies, days are put for years, Dan. ix. 24, &c. ; Rev. xi. 3. Ye shall kxow my BREACH,] To wit, of promise; or simply, my breaking off: that is, ye shall know and have experience by the punishment which you shall suffer, how great your sin is in breaking promise and disannuling your word and cove- nant with me, and in breaking off from me. Thus my breach may be understood, breach, or breaking with me, or from me, as, ' he that eateth my bread,' Ps. xli. 10, is ex- pounded, ' he that eateth bread with me,' John xiii. IS. Or my breach, that is, when I brake promise with you, or break off from you, ye shall know how great evil is upon you. For when men forsake God, he also forsaketh them, and breaketh his covenant with them, that is, perfoi-meth not his pro., mise, which is conditional if men continue in Ids faith, Deut. xxxi. 16, 17 ; Zech. xi. 10; Jude v. 5; Rom. xi. 22. The Gr. translateth, " ye shall know the wrath (or in- dignation) of mine anger:" the Chald. " ye shall know that ye have murmured against me." Sol. Jarchi expoundeth it, " my breach in that ye have broken (that is, turn- ed away) your heart from (following) after me. This word is after used bv Moses, in Num.xxxii. 23, 'wherefore break ye the heart (that is, discourage ye) the sons of Israel from going,' &c. ; and in Num. xxx. 5, ' if her father break (that is, disallow) her, disannul her promise.' Ver. 35.— Have spoken,] The Chald. explaineth it, have decreed by my word. If I DO NOT,] That is, surely I will do, as the Gr. expoundeth it: it is an oath, as before in ver. 23. This sentence decreed, seized upon them, that all this generation died in the wilderness, Num. xxvi. C4, 65; and upon this occasion, Moses made the xc. Psalm, wherein hebewaileth the shortness and misery of man's life, being finished now in 70 or 80 years ; and entreateth God for mercy. And of this and other the like puiiishments, the apostle saith, ' they happened unto them for ensamples ; and they are written for our ad- monition, upon whom the ends of the world are come,' 1 Cor. x. 11 ; * so we see that they could not enter in (to the rest of God) because of unbelief: let us study therefore to enter into that rest, lest any man fall after the same example of unbelief,' Heb. iii. 19 ; iv. 11. Ver. 36. — The men,] The ten spies. Made tO murmur,] And murmured them- selves ; as the Heb. signifieth both their own act and that which they caused in others. So the Gr. translateth it, " murmured against it, unto (or before) the congregation. A- gainst him,] Against Moses, as in ver. 2, or, as the Gr. translateth, against it ; for they murmured also against the land. Num. xiii. 32 ; xiv. 3. Evil report,] Or, defamation ; in Gr. evil words; in Chald. an evil name. The word evil is expressed in the next ver. see the notes on Num. xiii. 32. Ver. 27. — The plague before Jeho- vah,] That is, by an extraordinary plague from the hand of God ; either the pestilence before threatened, ver. 12 ; or some other death. And before Jehovah may mean sud- den death there by the sanctuary, where ' the glory of Jehovah appeared,' ver. 10 ; as it is said of Uzzah, ' there he died before God,' 1 Chron. xiii. 10 ; which another prophet 28 NUMBERS, the evil report of the land, by the plague, before Jeliovah. '^ But Joshua the son of Nun, and Caleb the son of Jephunneh, lived, of those men that went to search the land. ^^ And Moses spake these words unto all the sons of Israel, and the people mourned greatly. *" And they rose up early in the moniing, and went up into the top of the mountain, saying, Lo, we be here, and will go up unto the place which Jehovah hath said, for we have sinned. ^' And Moses said, Wherefore now do you transgress the mouth of Jeho- vah? but it shall not prosper. *^ Go not up, for Jehovali is not among you, that ye be not smitten before youi* enemies. ^' For the Amalekite and the Canaanite is there before you, and ye shall fall by the sword, for because ye are turned from after Jehovah, and Jehovah will not be with you. " But they loftily presumed to go up to the top of the mountain : but the ark of the covenant of explaineth, ' there he died by the ark of God,' 2 Sam. vi. 7. The Heb. (as Sol. Jar- clii and Thargum Jonathan on this place) re- port these men's death to have been by an inflammation of their tongues, and worms issuing out of them, as a just recompense, be- cause witli their tongues they had sinned. Ver. 3S. — Lived,] That is, remained alive, safe, and in health. So the Judge of all the earth did jud^'ment, and would not slay the righteous with the wicked ; as Gen. xviii. 25. And they survived not only the other spies, but all the rebellious Israelites, and went in and possessed the land of pro- mise, Josh. xix. 10 ; xix. 49. This showeth the small number of God's elect, though many be called to the profession of the faith. The Heb. doctors, speaking of Jer. iii. 14, where it is written, " I will take you one of a city, and two of a family, and I will bring you to Zion, do say, as of six hundred thousand Is- raelites, only two entered into the land of promise, to wit, Joshua and Caleb; so shall it also be in the days of Christ." Talmud, in Sanhedrin. chap. xi. ; wherein they bear witness against themselves, that they fulfilled the measure of their fathers in rebelling against Christ, and despising the gospel of their salvation. Ver. 40. — And went up,] That is, gird- ed their weapons of war about them, and pressed forward of themselves to go up, as Moses explaineth it, in Deut. i. 41. For things which men endeavour and are ready to do, are said to be done by them, as Reuben delivered Joseph out of his brethren's hand, when he endeavoured, by exhorting and per- suading them, ' that he might deliver him, (ien. xxxvii. 21, 22. See also the annot. on I'.xod. viii. IS. Will go up,] And fight, Deut. i. 41. We have sinned,] Against Jehovah, Deut. i. 41. Thus they showed a kind of repentance and sorrow for their sin, which was not sincere, nor a godly sorrow, for they turned from one evil to another, and overthrew themselves. Ver. 4J. — Moses said,] Being first com- manded of the Lord so to say, Deut. i. 42. The mouth,] That is, as the Gr. translateth, " the word of the Lord:" and the Chald. addeth, " against the decree of the word of the Lord." But it,] Or, /or it, that is, the thing which ye do shall not prosper, that is, not have good success: in Gr. " it shall not be prosperous unto you." R. Menachem re- ferieth this word it, to Shechinah, the divine majesty which would not prosper them ; and compareth herewith a like phrase in Ezek. i. 13, 'it went up and down among the living creatures.' Ver. 42. — Jehovah is not among you,] Thus, God bade him say, ' for I am not among you,' Deut. i. 42. The Chald. ex- poundeth it, " for Shechinah (the majesty or presence) of the Lord is not among you." Not smitten,] In Chald. not broken; in Gr. and ye shall fall before your enetnics. Ver. 43. — From after Jehovah,] In Chald. "from after the service of tht Lord;" which the Gr. translateth, " disobeying (or not believing) the Lord." Chazkuni ex- plaineth it thus, " Because the spies made you afraid of the Canaanite and Amalekite that abide there, ye are turned from after the Lord, and are afraid to go into the land, and you trust not in him, therefore he will not be with you if you transgress his mouth, to go to fight till after 40 years. Jehovah will not be with you,] This the Chald. expoundeth, " the word of the Lord will not be for your help." Ver. 44. — They loftily presumed,] Or, took upon them by violence with a lofty presumptuous mind: in the Chald. " they dealt wickedly or turbulently." The origi- nal word Aphal, (from which Ophel a tower CHAP. XV 29 Jehovah and Moses, departed not from within tlie camp. ^* And the Amalekite came down, and the Canaanite, which dwelt in that mountain ; and smote them, and discomfited them even unto Hor- mah. or fort is derived, 2 Cliron. xxxiii. 14,) sig- iiifisth ' lifting up,' as in Abak. ii. 4, which the apostle showeth, to mean a ' drawing back' from God by unbelief, Heb. x. 3S, 39. So here in this their presumptuous enterprise, their souls were lifted up in them, but with- drawn from God. And Moses explaineth this by two other words, ' ye pressed forward,' Deut. i. 41, and ' ye were presumptuous,' Deut. i. 43. The Heb. commentary Tan- chuma, compareth it with another like word which signifieth darkness, and explaineth it, *' they went dark (or obscure) for that they went without leave from God:" and Thargum Jonathan, thus; "they set forward in tlie dark, before day dawning:" to which the Lat. version agreeth, translating it " darkened." Departed not,] In Gr. moved not. The ark removed not, but at the removal of the cloud. Num. ix. 15, &c., which God not taking up, showed thereby his dislike of their action, Moses obeying the Lord, would not accompany the presumptuous sinners: so they went without the Lord, and without the signs of his grace, or company of his ministers. Vek. 45. — The canaanite,] That is, the Amorite, Deut. v. 44, which was of the pos- terity of Canaan, Gen. x. 15, 16. Which dwelt,] Or, which sat, lay in wait. Dis- comfited THEM,] Pursued them as bees do, and destroyed them, Deut. i. 44. Because ' they rebelled against God, and vexed his Holy Spirit, therefore he was turned to be their enemy, he fought against them,' Is. Ixiii. 10. Unto Hormah,] In Gr. Hcrma, the name of a place, so called of the event, signifying utter destruction, or anathema: so after in Num. xxi. 3. After this discomfi- ture, the Israelites ' returned and wept before the Lord:' but he would not hear their voice, nor give ear unto them; so they abode in Kadesh many days, Deut. i. 45, 46. These things which ' happened unto them for types,' 1 Cor. X. 11, do show the nature of man, of his free will, and works without faith, that they procure nothing but wrath from God, and destruction unto men. And as Israel carried themselves under Moses, so did they under Christ: for the Lord Jesus himself, and John the Baptist (as Joshua and Caleb) faithfully testified the truth of God's promise, and persuaded the people to enter into the kingdom of God, Matt. iii. 1 — 3 ; iv. 17. But the priests, scribes, and pharisees (like the unfaithful spies) discouraged the people, and would neither go themselves into the kingdom of heaven, nor suffer them that were entering, to go in. Matt, xxiii. 13, but pretended worldly fears, John xi. 48. Yet after they would seem to enter by force, ' going about to establish their own righteous- ness,' but not submitting themselves ' unto the righteousness of God,' Rom. x. 3, so they pleased not God, but filled up their sins al- way, and wrath came upon them to the utter- most, 1 Thes. ii. 15, 16. CHAP. XV 1. The Lord teacheth Israel how they should sacrifice unto him in the land of Canaan, and what measure of meat-offerings and drink- offerings should he for every sacrifice. 13. The stranger is under the same law. 17. The law of the first of the dough for an heave-offering. 22. The sacrifice for sin of ignorance, done hy Israelite or stranger. 30. The -punishment of sin done with an high hand. 32. A man that was found gathering sticks on the Sabbath, is by the com- mandment of God stoned to death. 37. The law of fringes on the bor- ders of their garments, and use that the people should make of them. ' And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying, ^ Speak unto the sons of Israel, and say unto them : When ye be come into the Ver. 1. — Spake unto Moses,] After the judgment upon the disobedient Israelites, who should perish in the wilderness, God now re- peateth and enlargeth the law of sacrificing, 30 NUMBERS. land of your habitations which I give unto you. ^ And ye will make a five-offering unto Jehovah, a burnt-offering or a sacrifice, to separate a vow, or a voluntary offering ; or in your solemn feasts, to make a savour of rest, unto Jehovah, of the herd, or of the flock. * Then he that offereth his oblation unto Jehovah, shall they be the oblation of the congregation, or of a private person, or the lamb of a woman after child-birth (Lev. xii. 6,) and those that the high priest offereth, forasmuch as tliey are burnt-offerings, they are charged to have meat and drink-offerings. But the (burnt offerings of) fowls, and the trespass and sin- offerings, they bring no meat or drink-of- ferings with them, save witli the sin-offering of the leper, and his trespass-offering, whose meat-offerings are expressed in the law," (Lev. xiv. 10,) Maim, in Magn. hakor- banoth, chap. ii. sect. 2. To separate,] Or, in separating a vow: whereof see the notes on Lev. xxvii. 2. Voluntary offering,] What these are, and how they differ one from another, is noted on Lev. vii. 16, After in ver. 8, it is called ' peace-offerings.'' And from hence the Hebs. gather, that sin and trespass-offerings were not required to have meat and drink-oU'erings with them; for, "sin and trespass-offerings, and first- fruits, and tithes, and the passover, for as much as they come not by vow or voluntary oflering, they are not charged with the meat and drink-offerings," Maim, in Magnas. ha- Aorio72o<A, chap. ii. sect. 3. Solemn feasts,] Whereof see Lev. xxiii. So the peace-of- ferings of the chagigah (or passover men- tioned in Deut. xvi. 1, 2, &c.) and the burnt-offerings, were to have meat and drink- offerings with them: Maim. ibid. chap. ii. sect. 3. Savour of rest,] That is, of sweet smell, as the Gr. translateth it; which the Chald. expoundeth, to be accepted with favour: see the notes on Gen. viii. 21; Lev. i. 9. Or of the flock,] To except the burnt-offering of fowls, as before is noted. Ver. 4. — His oblation,] In Gr. his gift; so the Heb. korban is interpreted, a gift, in Mark vii. 11. Shall bring near,] Or, shall offer: so after. Meat-uFFEring,] Iu Heb. minchah: of it, and the signification tliereof, see the notes on Lev. ii. A tenth PART,] To wit, of an ephah, as is expressed in Num. xxviii. 5, and as the Gr. version here addetli: of the 'ephah' or bushel, see Exod. xvi. 36. Hence the Heb. gather, as Chazkuni here noteth from R. Nathan, "that whosoever would voluntarily offer a meat-of- fering, might not bring less than a tenth deal. An hin,] a measure in the sanctuary for liquid things. "The hin is twelve logs," saith Maim, in Magnas. hakorbanoth, chap. ii. sect. 7. The log was as much as six which their children should observe in the land of Canaan: whereby their reconciliation unto him, and his grace towards them in Christ, was figured: thus after the curse of the law for sin, is annexed the grace of the gospel through faith. In like manner after the destruction of twenty-four thousand for the sin of Baal-pehor, in Num. xxv. the Lord causeth the people to be mustered. Num. xxvi. and appointeth the land to be given them for inheritance, and repeateth again the law of saciificing at the solemn feasts, in Num. xxviii. and xxix. that upon the exam- ple of wrath on the sinful parents, he might show his remembrance of mercy in Christ, unto the repentant believing children. Ver. 2. — Land of your habitations,] Wherein you shall dwell: not in the wilder- ness, but in the land of promise, (which figured the state of grace in Christ) did God require the sacrifices of his people, and pro- miseth to accept them. So after by the pro- phet Ezekiel, he saith, ' I will bring you into the wilderness of the people, and there will I plead with you face to face. Like as I pleaded with your fathers in the wilderness of the land of Egypt, so will I plead with you, saith the Lord God. And I will cause you to pass under the rod, &c. and I will purge out from among you the rebels, and them that transgress against me, &c. For in the mountain of mine holiness, in the mountain of the height of Israel, saith the Lord God, there shall all the house of Israel, all of them in the land, serve mel there will I accept them, and there will I require your offerings, and the first fruits of your oblations, with all your holy things; with a savour of rest will I accept you,' &c. Ezek. xx. 35 — 38, 40, 4L Ver. 3. — A fire-offering,] In Chald. an oblation before the Lord. Burnt-offer- ing,] The law whereof was given in Lev. i. A sacrifice,] To wit, of peace-offerings, as the Chald. explaineth it: the law concern- ing them, see in Lev. iii. And the word 'sacrifice' being put absolutely, is often used for ' peace-ofl'erings ;' as in Exod. xviii. 12; Lev. xvii. 5,8; xxiii. 37; Deut. xii. 27. So it is meant here ; for the meat and drink- offerings following, were not added to the sin or trespass-oflerings. The Heb. canons say, "They are not charged with meat and drink-offerings, save for the burnt-ofleriug of beasts, and for peace-olleiings only ; whether CHAP. XV. 51 bring near a meat-offering of a tenth part of fine flour, mingled witli the fourth part of an hin of oil. * And the fourth part of an hin of wine for a drink-offering, shalt thou make ready for the burnt- offering, or for the sacrifice, for one lamb. ^Or for a ram thou shalt make a meat-offering of two tenth parts of fine flour, mingled with the third part of an hin of oil. ' And for a drink- offering, the third joar^ of an hin of wine shalt thou offer ^br a sa- vour of rest unto Jehovah. ^ And wlien thou shalt make a young- ling of the herd, a burnt-offering or a sacrifice, to separate a vow or peace-offerings unto Jehovah ; ^ Then shall he bring near with tlie youngling of the lierd, a meat-offering of three tenth parts of fine flour, mingled with half an hin of oil. " And thou shalt offer for a drink-offering, half an hin of wine for a fire-offering of a savour of rest unto Jehovah. ^' Thus shall it be done for one bullock, or for one ram, or for a lamb of the sheep, or of the goats. '^ According to tlie number that ye shall make ready, so eggs, as is noted on Lev. xiv. 10; Exod. XXX. 24. So the 'hin' contained as much as seventy-two eggs: the fourth part of an hin, as much as eighteen eggs. Oil,] To wit, oil olive, as in Thargum Jonathan is ex- Ver. 5. — Wine,] Expounded in Thargum Jonathan, red wine of the grapes. So in those that follow. It is called 'shecar,' or, ' strong wine,' in Num. xxviii. 7. A drink- offering,] Or, an effusion, a poured out offering, because it was " poured out upon the altar, but not upon the fire," as Maim, showeth, in Magn. hakorbanoth, chap. ii. sect. 1. Or for the sacrifice,] To wit, of peace-offerings, as the Chald. expoundeth it; and by this word or, he showeth that he is to bring " for the one by itself, and for the other by itself;" saith Chazkuni on Num. xv. For one,] That \s, for every one severally, as in ver. 12. Ver. 6. — Or for a ram,] The Gr. inter- preteth it, ayid for a ram. A ram was of the second year, or upward: the lamb of the first year. Two tenth parts,] Two omers, which was double the measure for a lamb, ver. 4, and this the Hebs. understand for the ram only, not for the ewe, or goat; as they write, "The quantity of the meat and drink- offerings, for an he-lamb, or she-lamb, is a tenth of flour, and the fourth part of an hin of wine. Likewise for a goat, whether it be little or great, male or female; also for an ewe, though she be great. But for a ram, two tenth deals of flour, &c. and the third part of an hin of wine," Maim, in Magnas. hakorbanoth, chap. ii. sect. 4. Ver. 7. — Of rest,] In Gr. of stveet smell, or good odour: as in ver. 3. Ver. 8.— When thou shalt make,] In Gr, if ye shall make, that is, shall sacrifice. YocNGLiNG,] Heb. a son of the herd: mean- ing a bullock: as in Exod. xxix. 1. And here is no difference between young or old, as was before between lamb and ram ; but one quantity is for the calf, and for the bull. " The bullock or the calf, be it male or female, hath for the meat-offering three tenth deals of flour," &c. Maim. ibid. chap. ii. sect. 4. Ver. 9, — He bring,] Or, he offer: here the person is changed; before he said, 'when thou,' ver. 8, now he saith, 'then shall he;' the Gr. keepeth the person as before, then shall ye offer. Three tenth parts,] Three omers ; that is, three times so much as for a lamb, ver. 4. Ver. 10. — A fire-offering,] In Chald. an oblation. This is meant, as Sol. Jarchi saith, "but. of the meat-offering and of the oil: for the wine was no fire-offering, because it was not put upon the fire." Ver. 11. — Or of the goats,] Be it kid, or goat-buck, male or female, old or young; for the law putteth no difference, as is ob- served; and so noted by Chazkuni here. As for the manner of offering these meat-offer- ings, the Heb. canons say, that they wei'e not charged to bring ' frankincense' with them (as they were with the meat-offerings that were brought alone. Lev. ii. ],) but they were charged to have 'salt,' (according to the law in Lev. ii. 13,) "and this meat of- fering was all of it burnt upon the altar in the courtyard, (whereas of all the other meat- offering, an handful only was burnt, and the residue eaten by the priests. Lev. ii. 2, 3,) and the wine was poured upon the altar," Maim. in Magnas. hakorbanoth, chap. ii. sect. 1. Ver. 12. — So shall ve make ready,] 32 NUMBERS. shall ye make ready for (every) one, according to their number. '^ Every home-born of the country shall thus do these things, to offer a five-offering of a savour of rest unto Jehovah. " And if a stranger sojourn with you, or vfho-soever be among you in your generations, and will make a fire-offering of a savonr of rest unto Jehovah ; as ye do, so he shall do. ^* Ye of the church, one statute shall be for you, and for the .stranger that so- journeth: a statute /or ever in your generations; as ye are, so shall the stranger be before Jehovah. ''* One law, and one manner shall be for you, and for the stranger that sojourneth with you. " And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying, '^ Speak unto tlie Or, thus shall ye do: the Hebs. say, " These meat and drink-offerings, whether they be for bumt-ofTerings or peace-offerings, must be ac- cording to this measure for every one; (Num. XV. 12,) they may not add more to these mea- sures, nor diminish ought from them : and if they do diminish, or add more, the whole is made unlawful. Except it be the lamb of burnt-offering which they bring ou the day that they wave the omer of first-frnits (Lev. xxiii. 12, 13,) fof the meat-offering thereof is two tenth deals of fine flour, mingled with the third part of an hin of oil: but though the flour thereof be doubled, yet Is not the wine doubled, but the wine for the drink-offering, is the fourth part of an hin. When they measure the meat or drink-offering, either of a particular person, or of the congregation, they mete it not by a measure of three tenth deals for a bullock, or of two for a ram ; but they measure all in one tenth deal, which is in the sanctuary, and likewise the oil, &c. The flour with the oil of the meat-ofl'erings, hinder not the wine ; neither doth the wine hinder them: neither do the meat or drink- offerings hinder the sacrifice. But a man may bring his oblation to-day, and his meat and drink-offerings ten days after; provided that he have not sanctified them in a minis- tering vessel. For if he have put them into a ministering vessel (of the sanctuary) if they abide all night, they become thereby unlaw- ful. They may bring no meat or drink-of- ferings, save of the common things ; they may not bring them of the heave oflering, nor of the second tithe, nor of the first-fruits, but of common things only," Maim, in Magnas. hakorbanoih, chap. ii. sect. 5, 8, 12, 13. The b<n-nt and peace-oflerings, served (as other sacrifices) ' to make atone- ment for the house of Israel,' Ezek. xlv. 17 ; Lev. i. 4, and figured Christ's oblation of himself, to reconcile us unto God his Father, and to be our peace, Heb. ix. 14 ; x. 8, 10; Eph. ii. 14 — 16. The meat-ofl'ering (besides the signification that it had of Christ, Eph. V. 2,) figured in special manner the faith and sanctification of his people, and of their ser- vice of God, Is. Ixvi. 20; Rom. xv. 16; I's. cxli. 2; Mai. i. 10, 11. So the Lord by this addition of the meat-offering to the other sacrifices in Canaan, taught his people sanc- tity in the faith and profession of the gospel, both touching their persons and actions: and the drink-oflerings, of wine poured out upon, and sanctified by the altar, were not only a type of Christ's blood shed ' for remission of sins,' Matt. xxvi. 28, 29, but of our fellow- ship with him in his afliictions, even to be 'poured out upon the sacrifice and service' of Christian's faith, Phil. ii. 17 ; 2 Tim. iv. 6. See the annot. on Lev. ii. Ver. 13. — HoME.BORN,] The natural Is- raelite. Ver. 14. — Stranger,] In Gr. proselyte: the Gentile converted to the Jewish religion. In your generations,] Or, throughout, that is, in all ages successively: so in ver. 15. Ver. 15. — Ye of the chorch,] Or, 0 church, or congregation : or, concerning the church; which in Thargum Jonathan is ex- pounded, " the whole church." Before Je- hovah,] In the exercises of religion before the Lord: for in civil things there was not one law for both Israelites and strangers. Ver. 16.. — One manner,] That is, otie manner of practice and obedience, and tme punishment for transgression: Heb. one judg- ment. So in ver. 24. Ver. 17. — And jehovah spake,] A se- cond ordinance by the Lord's authority, is here imposed upon them that should come into the land of Canaan ; that they should give him a caUe of the first of their dough: which law is nowhere mentioned by Moses, save in this place. And as the former law for sacrificing taught them holiness by faith in Christ, who should be sacrificed for his church ; so this commandment of first-fruits, taught them to show forth the fruits of faith, by good works, which God appointed his ])eople to walk in. Ver, is. — When ye come into tub CHAP. XV. 33 sons of Israel, and say unto them, When ye come into tlie land whither I bring you ; '^ Then it shall be, when ye eat of the bread of the land, ye shall heave an heave- offering unto Jehovah. '"' Of the first of your dough, a cake shall ye heave for an heave- LAND,] As a promise is here included, tliat God would bring them into tliat good land: so a duty of thankfulness is commanded, that they might remember and acknowledge his mercy, and have his blessing continued upon them. The Hebs. do observe, that "this com- ing differetli from all the comings mentioned in the law; for, in them all it is said. When thou art (or shalt) come; when ye are come, meaning, after the possession thereof, and dwelling therein; but here it is said, when ye come, meaning, afier they were entered into it, and did eat of the bread thereof, they were bound to give the cake," saith Sol Jarchi on Num. XV. Now this they did, before the land was parted for iuheritance, as appeareth in Josh. v. Jl, 12, where ' they did eat of the old corn of the land;' and then 'the manna ceased.' And as an omer of manna was r. served before the Lord, for the genera- tions of Israel, that they might see and thankfully remember ' the bread ' which God gave them to eat ' in the wilderness,' Exod. xvi. 32, 33, so a cake of the bread which he should give them in Canaan, was to be given unto him, that they might acknowledge him to be the preserver and nourisher of them in the land ; for it is he ' that giveth bread unto all flesh, because his mercy endureth for ever,' Ps. exxxvi. 25. Whither i bring von,1 Or, am bringing you thither. Hence the Hebs. say, " They were not bound by the law to give the cake save in the land of Israel only, and when all Israel were there, &c. Fruits without the land, that are brought into the land, owe the cake: but the fruits of the land, that are carried out of the land, are discharged ; as it is said, ' whither I bring you :' there are you bound, both concerning the fruits of the land, and the fruits without the land. But by the doctrine of the scribes, they were to separate a cake also out of the .and, that the law of the cake might not be forgotten out of Israel," Maim, in Biccurim (or treatise of first-fruits,) chap. v. sect. 5 —7. Ver. 19. — Of the bread,] That is, of the bread-corn, as in Is. xxviii. 28. ' Bread that is, corn) is bruised ; and out of the earth cometh bread,' Job xxviii. 5; Ps. civ. 14. The Chald. of Jonathan here para- phraseth thus ; " Of the bread of the revenue of the land: and not of rice, and millet, and lesser seeds." So by the Heb. canons; " Nothing oweth the cake, but the five kinds of grain only ; which are, wheat, and barley, Vol. II. and rye, and fox- ear barley, and oats: for nothing is called bread, save that which is made of these. But he tiiat maketh meat of rice, millet, or other like pulse (or seeds) they owe no cake at all," Maim, in Biccurim chap. v. sect. 2, and Talmud Bab. in Chal- lah. chap. i. Ye shall heave,] That is, shall offer up; or, as the Gr. and Chald. translate, shall separate; for it was separated by the owner, and oflered to the Lord ; and so was one of the • heave-ofl'erings ' which God gave unto his priests. Num. xviii. 19. Wherefore it was holy, and " whosoever se- parated a cake, he first blessed God who sanctified them by his commandments, and commanded them to separate a cake," Maim. \n Biccurim,, c\\&\i. v. sect. 11. " An hea- then that separated a cake, though in the land of Israel, it was no cake," Ibid. chap, vi. sect. 10. Unto jbhcvah,] In Chald. before the Lord. Not that it was brought into the sanctuary, or offered on the altar, but given to the Lord's minister: as it is written, ' Ye shall also give unto the priest, the first of your dough,' Ezek. xliv. 30. By the Heb. canons, " The first-fruits, and the heave-oflijrings, and the cake, and the prin- cipal, and the fifth part, [spoken of in Num. V. 7, 8,] and the gifts of the beast [that is killed, Deut. xviii. 3,] these are the priests' goods: with them he may buy servants, and lands, and unclean beasts, and pay his debts, or wives' dowry, and buy books," Maim, in Biccurim, chap. iv. sect. 14. Ver. 20. — Of the first,] Or, the first- fruits: with the first-fruits of all things, God was to be honoured, Prov. iii. 9, that thereby all the rest of their food might he sanctified unto them: 'For if the first-fruit be holy, the lump (or dough) is also holy,' Rom. xi. 16, and a promise of 'plenty' is added to them that thus do, Prov. iii. 10, as of this particular it is said, ' ye shall also give unto the priest the first of your dough, that he may cause the blessing to rest in thine house,' Ezek. xliv. 30. Of your dough,] Of your paste, or lump. They gave of their corn, first-fruits and tithes, and other gifts, to the priests, Levites, and poor, when they first reaped and threshed it, Exod. xxiii. 19; Num. xviii. 12, 26; Lev. xxiii. 22. After them, when they made bread of it, they separated also this cake. And as the Levites separated an heave-oHi^ring, out of their tithe. Num. xviii. 26, so the poor that gleaned, separated of their doui;h; as the 34 NUMBERS. offering, as the he^ye-offering of the tlireshing floor, so shall yo heave it. ^' Of the first of your dough, ye shall give unto Jeho- vah an hea,ve -offering in your generations. Hebs. write, " That which is gleaned, and which is forgotten (Deut. xxiv. 19.) and the corner, Lev. xix. 9, &c. though they be free from the trumah (or heave-oflering) yet they owe the cake. Likewise the first tithes," &c. Maim, in Biccurim, chap. vi. sect. 3. And though other seeds or pulse, owe not the cake, as is before noted, yet they say, " He that mixeth the meal of wheat, and the meal of rice, and maketh dough of them, if it have the taste of the wheat, it oweth the cake; and if not, it is discharged. Though it be but the leaven of wheat among dough of rice, if it have any taste of the wheat, it oweth the cake. Dough that is kneaded with wine, or oil, or honey, &c. if they bake it in an oven, or on the hearth, or pan, or in a frying pan, &c. oweth the cake. But he that maketh dough to dry it in the sun only, or to boil it in a cauldron, it is discharged of tlie cake, &c. Also parched corn, that is kneaded with water, or honey, and eaten without baking, is discharged; for nothing oweth the cake, but dough, the end whereof is to be bread baken for man's meat," Ibid, sect. 11, 12. And for the quantity of dough, out of which a cake is to he given, they say, " An omer full of meal, whether it be of one of the five sorts of grain, or of all of them mixed together, the dough thereof oweth a cake. And it is unlawful for a man to make his dough of a lesser quantity, that it may be free from paying the cake," Ibid. sect. 15, 16. Wiiat the omer is, see Exod. xvi. 36. And fiom that measure of manna which God gave ewry one for a day, did they gather their quantity, that an omer of meal should pay a cake to the Lord, as Sol. Jarehi on this place showbth. A cake,] Or, loaf, made of the dough aforesaid. "He that separateth meal for his cake, it is no cake: but the resi- due of the dough oweth a cake. When they put water to it, and the meal is mixed with the water, they separate a cake of the first thing which is kneaded, as it is written. The first of your dough. That dough which oweth a cake by the law, he that eateth thereof is to be beaten," Maim, in Biccu- rim, chap. viii. sect. 1, 2, 6. Of the THRESHING-FLOOR,] That IS, of the corn in the thresliing- flour; as it is your duty reli- giously to separate first-fruits of your corn in the floor; so of the dough in your houses. Thus the ' floor' is used for the ' corn* there- in, in Deut. xvi. 13. Sol. Jarehi under- standeth it thus; " as the heave-oflering of the flooi-, of which there is no stinted mea- sure (by the law;) and not as the heave-ofler- ing of the tithes, whereof there is a stinted measure:" so for the quantity, it should be voluntary, so much as men would give. Howbeit, their wise men (they say) set a measure; viz. "that they should separate the four and twentieth part of the dough, that it might be a gift meet to be given. But the baker, that maketh bread to sell in the street, separateth the eight and fortieth part: for because his dough is much, there is in this quantity sufficient for a gift," Maim, in Biccurim, chap. v. sect. 2. So the Chald. of Jonathan expoundeth this verse, "The first-fruits of your dough, a cake, one of twenty-four, (that is, the four and twentieth part) shall ye separate as a separated ofTering for the priest," &c. Ver. 21. — Ye shall give,] The repeat- ing of the commandment, showeth it to be of importance; and though the priest had it, yet was it given ' to the Lord,' whose bles- sing therefore was promised to the observers of this law, Ezek. xliv. 30. And as all things given unto God, were to be holy, pure, and clean ; so of this the Hebs. write, " A man may not make his dough in uncleaimess at all; but is to be admonished, and must be careful that he be clean, both he and his ves- sels, that he may separate a pure cake," Maim, in Biccurim, chap. ix. sect. 11. (n your,] Or, throughout your generations, in all ages: wherefore this ordinance was kept by Israel, after they were returned out of Babylon, Neh. x. 37. And besides that all their bread was sanctified unto them by these first-fruits, and God was honoured, by whose word man liveth, and not by bread only, Deut. viii. 3, it seemeth to have a further significa- tion of the chosen people of God, as Paul ap- plieth this phrase of the first-fruits, and of the lump of dough, unto the state of Israel, Rom. xi. 16, as the prophet speaking of the first-fruits also saith, ' Israel was holiness to the Lord, the first-fruits of his increase; all that eat him shall be guilty,' &c. Jer. ii 3. And thus the Jews of old understood this " commandment of the cake, that it sig- nified in mystery the congregation of Israel, called the first-fruits of the world ; which when it is put into the oven that burneth with the fire of the holy blessed God, it is necessary to separate therefrom a cake, that it be not partaker of severe judgment; and therefrom is a blessing reserved in the world," (Ezek. xliv. SO,) R. Meuachem on Num. XV. CHAP. XV. 35 ^ And when ye shall have sinned ignorantly, and have not done all these commandments which Jehovah hath spoken unto Moses : ^ Even all that Jeliovah hath commanded you by the hand of Moses, from the day that Jehovah commanded Moses, and lience- forward, througliout your generations: ^* Then it shall be, if Ver. 22. — When ye shall have sinned IGNORANTLY,] Or, if ye have erred, tliat is, done unadvisedly of ignorance, error, or oversight; whereto is opposed sinning 'with an high hand,' ver. 30. See the annot. on Lev. iv. 2. As in the two former laws, the Lord repeated and enlarged the doctrines of faith, and of good works: so here he doth the like concerning the forgiveness of sins, which his people through infirmity do fall into; that all the chief points of Christian religion are here renewed unto them. Have NOT DONE ALL,] The words of this law dif- fer from the former in Lev. iv. 2, 13, which spake of doing that ' which should not be done ;' whereas this speaketh of not doing all which should be done. There also, the sa- crifice, which the congregation should bring, was ' a bullock for a sin-ofi'ering,' Lev. iv. 14, here (in ver. 24,) they are willed to bring ' a bullock for a burnt-offering ; and a goat- buck, for a sin-ofTering.' Whether is this difl'ereiice, in respect of the commandments, forbidding evil works, and requiring good, as the woids seem to import? Or, as the Hebs. expound it, doth this here respect the sin of idolatiy only? Or, as others understand it, is that for all the tribes generally, and this for the several tribes, cities and towns as they were severed in the land of Canaan? Or, is this (in mystery) an increase of the sacri- fice in Canaan ; as in prophesy of the days of the gospel, the meat and drink-offerings (which Christians should spiritually offer with their sacrifices) are of greater quantity, than those which were ofltred under Moses, Ezek. xlvi. 5, 11, compared with Num. xv. 4 — 7; xxviii. 20, &c. Ver. 23.— Even all,] This showeth the large extent of this law, and the weight thereof, by repeating things so expressly. The Hebs. which understand this of idolatry only, say, "that that one commandment is as all the commandments, &c. and that this showeth, that whosoever professeth idolatry, is as if he denied all the law wholly, and all that the prophets have prophesied ; as it is written, And hence forward:" Sol. Jarchi on Num. XV., and Maim. torn. i. treat, oi Idola- try, chap. ii. sect. 4. Ver. 24. — By ignorance,] In Gr. un- willingly: see Lev. iv. 2. From the eyes,] Understand, hidden from the eyes, as is ex- pressed in Lev. iv. 13. This the Heb. doc- tors understand of things eiioneously taiijhi by the governors, and practised by the peo- ple, concerning idolatry ; as is showed in the annot. on Lev. iv. 13, and so Sol. Jarchi ex- poundeth this place. Shall make ready,] That is, shall offer for a sacrifice, Lev. iv. 14. And this the Hebs. understand not of one sacrifice for the twelve tribes, but for every tribe so much. " If the error be in idolatry, that they (the governois) have erred, and taught it ; they bring a bullock for a burnt-offering, and a goat-buck for a sin- oflering, for every tiibe, and this oblation is that which is spoken of in Num. xv.," saith Maim, in Shegogoth, chap. xii. sect. 1, and Talmud in Horajoth, chap. ii. See the notes on Lev. iv. 1 4. This exposition for the number, may seem probable, because the people returned from captivity, offered 'for all Israel,' in burnt-ofl'erings ' twelve bullocks, and twelve goat-bucks for a sin-offering,' ac- cording to the number of the tribes, Ezra viii. 35. Youngling,] Heb. son of the herd: a bullock was always of the second year or upward: so, the goat-buck following. Burnt-offering,] Which signified atone- ment and sanctification by the death of Christ, as is showed on Lev. i. Of rest,] That is, of sweet smell, as the Gr. translat- eth: the Chald. saith, "to be accepted with favour before the Lord." To the manner,] Or, right, ordinance: Heb. to the judgment: meaning, the measure prescribed of God, in ver. 9, 10. For a sin-offering,] In Gr. for sin. This word in Heb. is written with want of a letter, which elsewhere usually is expressed: whereupon Sol. Jarchi iioteth, "that it is not as other sin-offerings; for all sin-offerings that are by the law brought with the burnt-oflering, the sin-oflering is before the burnt-oflering, as it is said, (in Lev. v. 10.) And the second he shall make a burnt- offering, but this burnt-offering is before the sin-offering." The manner of offering this sin-oflering was like the bullock, in Lev. iv, it was killed in the court-yard, the blood was carried into the sanctuary, and sprinkled seven times before the Lord ; the fat was burned on the altar in the court-yard ; and the body of the beast was carried forth, and burnt without the camp: so figuring Christ, who should be slain for the sins of his people, and by his own blood enter into heaven ; his body being crucified without the gate of Je- rusalem, Heb. ix. 11, 12, 24; xiii. 11, 12. "If the ereat assize (of magistrates) igno. 36 NUMBERS. ought be done by ignorance, from the eyes of the congregation, that all the congregation shall make ready one bullock, a young- ling of the herd, for a burnt-offering, for a savour of rest unto Jehovah; and his meat-offering, and his drink-offering, according to the manner: and one goat-buck of the goats, for a sXw-offering. ^ And the priest shall make atonement for all the congregation of the sons of Israel, and it shall be mercifully forgiven them : for it is an ignorance, and they have brought their oblation, a fire-q/^er- ing unto Jehovah, and their sin-offering before Jehovah, for their ignorance. ^® And it shall be mercifully forgiven, all tlie congre- gation of the sons of Israel, and the stranger that sojoumeth among them, because all the people was in ignorance. ^' And if one soul sin tlu'ough ignorance, then it shall bring near a she -goat of her first year for a sin-offering. ^^ And the priest shall make atonement for the soul that sinneth ignorantly, when it hath sinned by ignorance, before Jehovah, to make atonement for him, and it shall be mercifully forgiven him. ^® For the home- born amongst tlio^sons of Israel, and for the stranger that sojourn- eth among tiieni, one law sliall be to you for him that doth tlnough ignorance. ^° But the soul that shall do with an high hand, whe- rantly sin in teaching idolatry, the whole sons in the Godhead, to whom sacrifices for congregation bringeth twelve bullocks for bunit-oflerings, and twelve goats for sin-ofier- ings, and they are burned, because their blood is carried into the sanctuary, &c. Though but one tribe only commit (the sin) if it be the most part of the church; then all the congregation bring, for idolatry, twelve bullocks, and twelve goats," Maim, in She- gagoth, chap. xii. sect. I. Ver. 26. — For all the congregation,] Or, for every congregation; whereby may be implied the several tribes, cities, towns, and synagogues. So in ver. 26. An ignorance,] Or, an error, in Gr. an tcnwiliing sin, so in ver. 26. Brought their oblation,] In Gi'. have brought the gift thereof, A fire- offering,] In Chald. an oblation before the Lord: and this is meant of " the bullock the burnt-ofleriiig," as Sol. Jarchi noteth. Their sin-offering,] "This is the goat," saith Sul. Jarchi. Before jehovah,] R. Mena- chem from former authors speaketh of these phrases here used, "unto the Lord, and be- fore the Lord, that it is meant of him and his judgment-hall;" whereby it appeareth that the mystery of the Trinity in the God- head, was of old believed by the Jews, though now they oppugn it. For there was no court or judgment-hall in Israel, less than of three judges: and being by them here and in other places applied unto God, and in case of sacrifice and expiation of sin, which they did hold peculiar unto God alone; it showeth that they once acknowledged a Trinity of per- the sins of men were offered. Ver. 26. — And the stranger,] The be- lieving Gentile, as the Gr. translaleth, and the proselyte that cometh unto you. Thus the Lord showed himself to be ' the God of the Gentiles also,' Rom. iii. 29. Ver. 27. — Of one soul,] Or, any soul; that is, any person: the Chald. expoundet.i it, one man. So in Lev. iv. 27. Through ignorance,] In Gr. unwillingly. This also by the Hebs. (as Sol. Jarchi here) is ex- pounded of the sin of idolatry. Of her first year,] Heb. daughter of her year, in Gr. a yearling: see the notes on Exod. xii. 6 ; Lev. iv. 32; he might also bring an ewe- lamb for his sin ; which may likewise be understood here. But Sol. Jarchi saith, " For other transgressions, a particular man bringeth an ewe-lamb, or a she-goat: but for this (of idolatry) a she-goat is appointed. Ver. 29. — One law shall be to you,] That is, ye shall have one latv: the Gr. trans- lateth, one law shall be among them (or for them.) That doth,] Or, that committeth, to wit, the sin, through ignorance: in Gr. whosoever doth untvillingly. Thus the law promiseth grace in Christ, in that it appointed sacrifices and priests that can have ' compas- sion on the ignorant, and on them that err,' Heb. v. 2. In this faith, David piayeth unto God, ' Ignorances (or, unadvised eriors) who doth understand? cleanse thou me from secret sins,' Ps. xix. IS. Ver. 30.— The soul,] In Chald. th CHAP. XV. 37 thei he be home-born, or a stranger, the same reproacheth Jehovah ; and tliat sonl shall be cut off from among his people. ^' Because he liath despised tlie word of Jehovah, and hatli broken his com- mandment, that soul shall utterly be cut off, liis iniquity shall be upon him. ^^ And the sons of Israel were in the wilderness : and they found With AN HIGH HAND,] That is, 5o/rf/y, ye frustrate the commandment of God.' man, proudly and presumptuously, as the G lateth, with the hand of pride; and Tharpum Jonathan, with pride, {or presumption ) This phrase, when it is spoken of good worLs, rncan- eth boldness, courage and magnanimity, in heart and carriage; as, Israel went out of Egypt ' with an high hand,' Num. xxxiii. 3; Exod. xiv. 8, but liere of evil, it meaneth pride and presumption showing itself openly and boldly; which Onkelos in Chaid. ex- poundeth, " with an uncovered head," as being not ashamed of the deed (for when meti were ashamed, they used to ' cover their heads,' Jer. xiv. 4.) Of like sort, is 'the high arm,' in Job xxxviii-. 15, where the Gr. also expoundeth it, the arm of the proud:) and ' the high (or lolty) eyes,' Ps. xviii. 28; cxxxi. 1. Reproacheth,] Or, Wai'joAeTW^iA; which the Gr. and Chald. translate, provoketh to anger. It meaneth a reproaching with words, as 2 Kings xix. 6, 22, and is applied here unto deeds, as also in Ezek. xx. 27, 'yet in this your fathers have reproached (or blasphemed) me, in that they have trespassed a trespass against me.' So a presumptuous sinner is counted as a blasphemer of God, and hath no sacrifice for his sin, but is to be cut off; And this word Christ hath respect unto, in Luke xii. 10, 'unto him that blas- phemeth against the Holy Spirit, it shall not be forgiven.' That soul,] In Chald. that man. Cut off,] In Gr. and Chald. des- troyed: which phrase the apostle useth in Acts iii. 23, ' shall be destroyed from among the people.' That word meaneth destruction by the hand of God, as in 1 Cor. x. 10; Heb. xi. 28. So the Heb. doctors under- stand the cutting oft; mentioned in the law of Moses : which sometimes is so explained, as in Lev. xvii. 10. God saith, ' I will cut him off from among his people.' But if there were witnesses of the fact, the magis- trates punished them, either by death, or beating: see the notes on Deut. xxv. 2. Ver. 31. — Despised the word,] Or, contemned, set it at nought, as vile; dis- honoured it. Hereupon is that proverb, ' He that despiseth the word, shall be destroyed ; but he that feareth the commandment, shall be rewarded,' Prov. xiii. 13. Broken,] Or, disannulled, frustrated; made void: it is op posed unto establishing or confirming. This xvord Christ useth in Mark vii. 9, ' Full well Usually it is applied to the breaking of the 'covenant' of God, as in Gen. xvii. 14; Lev. XV. 44, and often in the prophets; some- times ol' the law and commandments, Ps. cxix. 126; Ezra ix. 14; Heb. x. 28. Shall UTTERLY BE COT OFF,] Or, shall be cut off with cutting off: the doubling of the woid, is for more certainty, and speed ; and as the Heb. doctors gather from it, " in this world, and in the world to come:" see the annot. on Gen. xvii. 14. So R. Menachem here saith, " Although we find apostates (from God) to live more than fifty years, and that they are not cut off from the life of this world ; yet know that their deserts hang upon them in this world, and vengeance shall be taken on them abundantly in the world to come." His iniquity,] Or, the iniquity of it, (of the soul, that is, of the person) shall be upon it; or, in it; or, with it. By ini- quity, understanding punishment for iniquity, as in Gen. xix. 15, and as sin, is for the punishment of sin, Lev. xxii. 9. Or, we may take iniquity properly ; as Sol. Jarchi expoundeth it, " when iniquity is in him, that he repenteth not." R. Menachem here allegeth an exposition ef the ancients, " that soul shall be cut ofl, and the iniquity thereof with it: as if he should say, the iniquity shall cleave unto it after it is cut off, to be punished for ever; according to that (in Is. Ixvi. 24.) Their worm shall not die ; which Jonathan (the Chald. paraphrast) expoundeth. Their soul shall not die. And our doctors have said. It shall be cut off in this world, it shall be cut off' from the world to come." So the Chald. on Moses, which goeth under the name of Jonathan paraphraseth, " that man shall be destroyed in the world that is to come, and shall give account of his sin at the great day of judgment." Ver. 32. — Were in the wilderness,] " For so (saith Chazkuni) it was decreed con- cerning them, that they should not come into the land (of Canaan.) In the former com- mandments of the drink-offerings, and cake, it was written. When ye be come into the land, &c. to teach, that they were not to practise them save in the land: but the Sab- bath was to be kept both within the land and without, though it were in the wilderness ; and therefore it is written concerning it. In the wilderness. NUMBERS. a man gathering sticks on the Sabbath day. ^^ And they that found him gathering sticks, brought him near unto Moses, and unto Aaron, and unto all the congregation. ^* And they put liim in ward, because it was not declared what should be done to him. ^^ And Jehovah said unto Moses, The man shall be made to die the death : all tlie congregation shall stone him with stones without the camp. ^^ And all the congregation brought him forth without the camp, and stoned him with stones, and he died, as Jehovah commanded Moses. ^^ And Jehovah said unto Moses, saying, ^^ Speak unto the sons the judgment-hall, as Sol. Jarchi noteth. So they dealt with Stephen, casting him out of the city, and stoning him, Acts vii. 58, like- wise with Naboth, 1 Kings xxi. 13, also with the blasphemer, Lev. xxiv. 15, which was a circumstance that aggravated the punishment, being a kind of ' reproach,' as the apostle noteth, Heb. xiii. 11 — 13. And this se- verity showeth of what weight the command, ment touching the Sabbath is, the profana- tion whereof God would have thus to be avenged. And it further signified the eter- nal death of such as do not keep the Sabbath of Christ, entering into the rest of God by faith, and ceasing from their own works, as God did from his, Heb. iv. 1—4, 10, 11. Ver. 37. — And jehovah said,] After the violating of the Sabbath, and punishment for it, God giveth a law, and ordaineth a sign of remembrance, to further the sanctification of his people, that they might think upon hia commandments, and do them. Ver. 38. — Sons of Israel,] This law for fringes concerned Israel only, not other na- tions; and as the Hebs. say, "men only were bound to wear them, not women. Women and servants, and little children, are not bound by the law to wear the fringe. But by the words of the scribes, every child that knoweth to clothe himself, is bound to wear the fringe, to the end he may be trained up in the commandments. And women and servants that will wear them, may so do, but they bless not [God, as men do when they put them on:] and so all other command- ments which women are not bound unto, if they will do them, they do them without blessing first," Maim. torn. i. in Zizith, (or treat, of Fringes) chap. iii. sect. 9. That THEY WAKE,] They themselves, and not hea- thens for ihem: " a fringe which is made by an heathen, is unlawful; as it is written, Speak to the sons of Israel, that they make unto them,'' Maim, in Zizith, chap. i. sect. 12. A FRINGE,] That is, fringes, as in Deut. xxii. 12. Moses speak eth of many: and so the Gr. and Chald. translate it here. A fringe is in Heb. called Tsitsith (or Zizith) Ver. 34. — In ward,] That is, in prison. So they dealt with the blasphemer, in Lev. xxiv. 12. It was not declared,] In Gr. they had not judged, or determined. Where- fore was it thus? seeing the law had twice said, that the breaker of the Sabbath should die, Exod. xxxi. 4; xxxv. 2. Sol. Jarchi saith, " it was not declared what manner of death he should die: but they knew that he that profaned the Sabbath was to die." And the Chald. called Jonathan's paraphraseth thus ; " This judgment was one of the four judgments that came before Moses the pro- phet, which he judged according to the word of the holy (God.) Some of them were judgments of lesser moment, and some of them judgments of life and death. In the judgments of les- ser moment (of pecuniary matters) Moses was ready, but in judgments of life and death he made delays. Aud both in the one and in the other, Moses said, I have not heard, [viz. what God would have done.] For to teach the heads (or chief) of the Syne- drions (or assizes) that should rise up after him, that they should be ready to dispatch in- ferior causes (or money matters) but not hasty in matters of life and death. And that they should not be ashamed to inquire, in causes that are too hard for them; seeing Moses who was the master of Israel, had need to say, F have not heard. Therefore he impri- soned him ; because as yet it was not de- clared, what sentence should pass upon him." The four judgments which he speaketh of, were about the unclean that would keep the passover. Num. ix. 7, 8, and the daughters of Zeiophehad that claimed possession in the land, Num. xxvii. 4, 5, (these were the causes of less importance;) about the blasphemer. Lev. xxiv., and the Sabbath-breaker here: both which he kept in ward, till he had an answer from the Lord. Ver. 35.— StoiNe him,] This was es- teemed the heaviest of all the four kinds of death that malefactors suflered in Israel: see the notes on Exod. xxi. 12. Without the CAMP,] Hereupon they used to carry such out of the cities, and execute them far off from CHAP. XV. 39 of Israel, and say unto them ; that they make unto them a fiinge on the skirts of their clothes, throughout their generations; and that they put upon the fringe of the skirt, a ribband of blue. which iu Ezek. viii. 3, is used for a ' lock of hair' of the head; and is here applied to a fringe, the threads whereof hang down as locks of hair. And the Heb. doctors call it also Gnanaph, that is, a branch, because it bangeth as branches or twigs of a tree. "The branch which they make upon the skirt of a garment, is called Tsitsith, because it is like to (Tsitsith) a lock of the head, Ezek. viii. 3. And this branch is called white, because we are not commanded to dye (or colour) it. And for the threads of this branch, there is no set number byjhe law. And they take a thread of wool, which is died like the colour of the firmament, and tie it upon the branch (or fringe;) and this thread is called blue," Maim, in Zizith, chap. i. sect. 1, 2. The fringe is called in Gr. craspeda, and this word is used by the Holy Spirit in Matt. xxiii. 5, and of it, the Chald. also calleth it cruspedin. The word gedilim, used for fringes, in Deut. xxii. 12, were the thrums of the cloth which was woven: and Tsitsith the fringe here spoken of, were threads tied unto those thrums with knots. On the SKIRTS,] Heb. on the wings. This is ex- pounded in Deut. xxii. 12, 'on the four skirts' (or wings.) The skirt end, or border of a garment, is usually called a wing, as in Ruth iii. 9; 1 Sam. xv. 27; xxiv. 5, 1 1 ; Deut. xxii. 30; Zach. viii. 23; Ezek. v. 3; Hag. ii. 12, so the foui- ends or corners of the earth, are called the ' four wings ' thereof. Job xxxvii. 3; xxxviii. 13; Is. xi. 12; Ezek. vii. 2. " The garment which a man is bound to make the fringe on by the law, is a garment which hath four skirts, or more than four: and it is a garment of woollen or of linen only. But a garment of other stuff, as of silk, or cotton, or camels' hair, or the like, are not bound to have the fringe, save by the words of our wise men, that men may be admonished to keep the precept of the fringe. For all clothes spoken of in the law absolutely, are not, save of woollen and linen only. When he maketh a fringe on a garment that has five or six skirts, he maketh it but on four of the skirts, as it is said. Upon the four skirts, Deut. xxii. 12. A garment that is borrowed, is not bound to have the fringe for thirty days; after and thencefor- vrard it is bound. A garment of wool, they make the white thereof of threads of wool: and a garment of flax (or linen) they make the white thereof of threads of flax; and so of every garment after the kind thereof, &c. Every man that is bound to do this command- ment, if he put upon him a garment which is meet to have the fringe, must put on the fringe, and then put the garment on; and if he put it on without the fringe, he breaketh the commandment. But clothes meet to have the fringe so long as a man puts them not on, but foldeth and layeth them up, they are not bound to have the fringe: for it is not a duty in respect of the garment, but in res- pect of the man which hath the garment," Maim, in Zizith, chap. iii. sect. 1 — 5, 10. Upon the fringe,] Or, with the fringe. A RIBBAND,] Or, a thread, as the word is Englished in Judg. xvi. 9, or, a lace, as ia Exod. xxxix. 31, it hath the name of twist- ing or wreathing. The Gr. and Chald. translate it, a thread : and so it is explained by the He b. doctors ; who also say, " whe- ther they were threads of white, or threads of blue, if he would make them of twisted threads, he might so do ; and though the thread were twisted of eight threads, and a ribband made of them, it was counted but one thread. The threads of the fringe, whe- ther white or blue, must be spun for the fringe by name," Maim, in Zizith, chap. i. sect. 11. Of blue,] Or, of sky-colour. The Hebs. say, "the blue spoken of in the law in every place, is wool dyed, and like the clear firmament. And the blue for the fringe must be dyed in a known dye that will continue in the fair colour and not change: and whatsoever is not so dyed, is unlawful for the fringe, though it be like the colour of the firmament. The dye for this blue was made (they say) with the blood of the Chala- zon, which is a fish of blue colour, and the blood of it is black as ink, and it is found in the salt sea. And with that blood they mix Vermillion, &c. Also it must be dyed for the fringe by name," Maim, in Zizith, chap. ii. sect. 1 — 3, and Talmud iu Menachoth, chap, iv. As for the fringe (which they usually call the white, because it was not commanded to be dyed, it might be of any colour, as the garment itself, except blue, whereof they write thus ; " The garment which is all red, or green, or of other dyed colours, they make the white threads (or fringe) thereof, like the dyed colour thereof; green, if it be green ; or red, if it be red. If it be all blue, then they make the white (the fringe) thereof of other colours, any save black, for that will turn and appear bluish: and they tie upon all, one thread of blue, like as they do in other fringes which are not dyed," Maim. ibid, chap. ii. sect. 8. By reason of this differ- ent colour, they also say, " There are found in this commandment (of the fringe) two 40 NUMBERS. ^' And it shall be unto you for a fringe j that ye may see it, and remember all the commandments of Jehovah, and do them ; and that ye seek not after your own heart, and after your own eyes, after commandments; that a man make on the skirt, a branch issuing out of it; and that he tie upon the branch a thread of blue, (Num. XV. 38.) And the blue hindereth not the white ; neither doth the white hinder the blue. As if a man have no blue, he maketh the white alone, &c. Though one hindereth not another, yet are they not two command- ments, but one. Our former wise men have said (from these words,) And it shall be unto you for a fringe, Num. xv. 39, this teacheth that both of iliem are one commandment. And the four fiinges (on the four skirts) do hinder one anotlier [so that one may be with- out anotlierj for tliey four are one command- ment (Deut. xxii. 12.) And he that weareth a garment wliereiu is the white (fringe) or the blue (ribband) or both of them together, he keepetli one commanding precept," Maim, ju Zizith, chap. i. sect. 3 — 5. Ver. 39. — For a fringe,] By the insti- tution of God it was made unto them a fringe, and so a religious sign to help their memo- ries, and to further their sanctification: where- fore they used to sanctify this, as all other like divine ordinances, by prayer; and when they put on this garment, they " blessed the Lord their God, the King of the world, which sanctified them by his commandments, and commanded them to array themselves with fringes. And whensoever they clothed them- selves herewith in the day-time, they blessed for them before they put them on. But they blessed not for the fringes at the time of tlie making of them, because the end of the com- mandment is, that they should be arrayed herewith," Maim, in Zizith, chap. iii. sect. 8. That ye may see it,] Or, and ye shall see (or look upon) it; on yourselves, and on one another. Wherefore the Hebs. say, " A blind man was bomid to wear the fringe: for though he saw it not, others did see it," Maim, in Zizith, chap. iii. sect. 7. By many means of sundry sorts, God warned his people of old, to walk religiously and holily before him; and it is observed by some of themselves, " that the holy blessed God left nothing in the world, wheieiu he gave not some commandment to Israel: if they went out to plow, (he said) ' Thou shalt not plow with an ox and an ass together,' Deut. xii. 10; if to sow, ' Thou shalt not sow with divers kinds,' Lev. xix. 19; if to reap, 'Thou shalt not wholly reap the corner of thy field,' &;c. Lev. xix. 9; if to knead their dough, 'Of the first of your dough, ye shall offer a cake,' Num. XV. 20 ; if they killed (a beast,) ' They shall give unto the priest, the shoulder and the two cheek?,' &c. Deut. xviii. 3 ; if they found a bird's nest, ' Thou shalt send away the dam,' Deut. xxii. 6, 7; if they caught wild beast or fowl, ' He shall pour out the blood thereof, and cover it with dust,' Lev. xvii. 13; if they planted, ' Ye shall count as uncir- cumcised the uncircumcision thereof,' &c. Lev. xix. 23 ; if they had a man-child born, ' The fore-skin of his flesh shall be circum- cised,' Lev. xii. 2; if they buried the dead, ' Ye shall not cut yourselves,' &c. Deut. xiv. 1 ; if they shaved themselves, ' Ye shall not round a corner of your head,' &c. Lev. xix. 27; if they bnilded an house, 'Thou shalt make a battlement,' &c. Deut. xxii. 8 ; ' And thou shalt write them upon the posts,' &c. Deut. vi. 9 ; if they clothed themselves, ' Ye shall make ye a fringe,' " &c. Chazkuni on Num. xv. And remember all,] This was the spiritual use of this ordinance, that it might lead them unto a continual remem- brance and practice of all the law; without which the tmtward rite was vain. The many threads of the fringes on the four skirts of their garment, signified the many commandments of God which they should put upon them, to be as it were clothed with them, and to walk in them: the heaven-col- oured riband, taught them an heavenly afl'ec tion to all the law, and an holy conversation; and led them spiritually to put on the ' wed- ding garment,' Matt. xxii. 11; 'the Lord Jesus Christ,' Rom. xiii. 14; 'the whole armour of God,' Eph. vi. 11; 'and the new man, which after God is created in righteous- ness and holiness of truth,' Eph. iv. 24 ; that their conversation might be ' in heaven,' Phil. iii. 20. From these words, the Heb. doctors say, " A man should always be care- ful to array himself with such a garment as was bound to have the fringe, that he might keep this commandment: and in the time of prayer, he is to be warned hereof more espe- cially. It is a great shame for wise men, that they should pray, and not be arrayed herewith. A man must for ever be warned of this commandment of the fringe, for the scripture maketh it of great weight, and all the commandments, every one depend upon it," Maim, in Zizith, chap. iii. sect. 11, 12. But they abused this, as other divine ordi- nances, to superstition and hypocrisy; and were reproved by our Saviour for making their ' phylacteries ' broad, and enlarging ' the borders (or fringes) of their garments,' Matt, xxiii. 5. And this their vanity (neg- lecting the spiritual end) appeareth in their writings ; for unto the thrums or threads of CHAP. XV. 41 which you go a whoring. *" That ye may remember and do all my commandments, and be holy unto your God. " I am Jehovah your God, which brought you forth out of the land of Egypt, to be unto you a God j I am Jehovah your God. the garment, " which were three inches, they fastened threads doubled in the midst, whose length (they say) might not be less than four inches, but more than so they might be, though a cubit, or two cubits," Maim, in Zizith, chap. i. sect. 6. And for the virtue hereof, they say, "Whoso dili. gently keepeth this law of fringes, is made worthy, and shall see the face of the majesty of God :" (Baal hatturim on Num. xv.) " and when a man is clothed with the fringe, and goeth out therewith to the door of his habita- tion, he is safe, and God rejoiceth, and the destroying angel departeth from thence, and the man shall be delivered from all hurt, and from all destruction," &c. (R. Menachem on Num. XV.) Thus easy it is for men to abuse holy things, and to pervert the right use and end of them by their own inventions. See the annot. on Exod. xiii. 9. And although they put so great religion in these fringes, yet as they have lost the spirit and life of this commandment, so God hath deprived them of the outward rite, that they have not at this day, (by their own confession) the blue or heaven-coloured riband ; " The blue {teceleth) is not found in our hands at this day, because we know not to make the dye (or colour) of it: for every blue in wool is not called teceleth. But the teceleth (or blue spoken of in the law,) it is known that it is impossible to make it at this day; and there- fore we make the white only," saith Rambam (or Maim.) in his exposition on Talmud Bab. in Menachoth, chap. iv. And that ye seek NOT,] Or, and ye shall not seek, (or search, as Num. xiv. 30,) which word Solomon ap. plieth to his heart, 'searching out' things by wisdom, Eccl. i. 13; vii. 25. The Gr. here translateth it, turn aside; the Chald. err, (or go astray.) Your heart,] In Chald. the imagination of your heart. Here God ealleth men from their own wisdom and inventions to his law only ; for 'every ima- gination of the thoughts of man's heart, is only evil e.ve,ry day,' Gen. vi. 5. And 'he that trusteth in his own heart, is a fool,' Prov. xxviii. 26. Your eyes,] In Chald. the sight of your eyes. So the Holy Spirit saith, ' Walk in the ways of thine heart, and in the sight of thine eyes; but know thou, that for all these things God will bring thee into judgment,' Eccl. xi. 9. And the apos- tle mentioneth ' the lust of the eyes, as that Vol. II. which is not of the Father, but of the world,' 1 John ii. 16. The Hebs. say, "The heart and the eyes are the spies of the body, and brokers to bring it into transgression ; the eye seeth, and the heart lusteth, and the body acteth the transgression," Sol. Jarchi on Num. xv. The Loid condemning the heart, which is the most noble of all the inward parts, and the eyes which are the most excellent of all the outward, teacheth that the whole man is corrupted throughout, and to he reformed by the law and Spirit of God. For, ' except a man be born of water and of the Spirit, he cainiot enter into the kingdom of God,' John iii. 5. You GO a whoring,] In Chald. ycu err (or go astray.) To go a whoring after other gods, is a usual phrase for idolatry, Exod. xxxiv. 15; Deut. xxxi. 16; 1 Chron. V. 25; Judg. ii. 17, the same is implied here, as God saith, 'I am broken with their whorish heart, which hath departed from me; and with their eyes, which go a whoring after their idols,' Ezek. vi. 9, but it meaneth also all other sins which men's unclean hearts and impure eyes carry them unto, with con- sent and delight: see Lev. xx. 5, 6 ; Ps. cvi. 39; Jam. iv. 4. The Hehs. say, "If any man be drawn after the thoughts of his heart, he will be found a waster of the world, because of the slenderness (or shortness) of his understanding. As, sometimes he will search after idolatry, and sometimes will think peculiarly of the Creator, whether there be any or none : what is above, and what beneath; what was before, and what slrall be after. And sometimes of prophesy, whether it be truth or no; and sometimes of the law, whethei- it be from heaven or no. And he knoweth not what to jvidge of them, till he know the truth concerning his Creator, but will be found a revolter unto heresies. Con- cerning this thing is that warning in the law, where it is said. And ye shall not seek after your heart, and after your eyes, after svhich ye go a whoring, Num. xv. 39, as if he should say. There shall not any one of you be drawn after his own slender understanding (or knowledge,) as to imagine that his cogitation can attain to the truth: so have our wise men said, After your heart ; this (meaneth) here- sies ; and after your eyes, this is whoredom. And this is an occasion for a man to deprive himself of the world (or life) that is to come," Maim, treat, of Idolatry chap. ii. sect. 3. 42 NUMBERS. CHAP. XVI. 1 Korah, Dathan, Ahiram,and On, with 250 princes, rise up against Moses and Aaron, about the priesthood and government of the church. 5. Moses refcrreth the trial of the cause unto God, and reproveth Ko- rah's ambition. 12. He sendethfor Dathan and Abiram, mho reproach him, and mill not come up. 15. He prayeth against them, l6, and ga- thereth Korah and his company mith their censers, before the taber- nacle. 20. The Lord threateneth to consume the rebels, and commandeth the people to separate from them. 31. The earth smalloiveth tip Dathan, Abiram, and all Korah' s men, and a fire from the Lord devoureth the 250 that burned incense. 36. The censers are reserved to cover the altar, for a sign unto Israel. 41. All the congregation murmur against Moses and Aaron, as they that had killed the Lord's people. 44. The Lord Tiilleth 1 4700 of them mith a plague. 46. Aaron by incense stayed the plague. ' And Korah the son of Izhar, the son of Kohath, the son of Levi, he took men ; and Dathan and Abiram the sons of Eliab, and On the son of Peleth, sons of Reuben. ^ And they rose up before D 3 3 Here beginnetli the thirty-eighth lecture of the law, which the Hebs. call Korah, because his rebellion is the principal thing here treated of: see Gen. vi. 9. Ver. i. — Korah] Or Korach ; in Gr. Kore, Jude ver. 11. Izhar] In Gr. Isaar. Ko- hath] In Gr. Kaath. He took] To wit, men with : so Koiah is noted as the princi- pal in the rebellion, which the apostle there- fore called 'tlie gain-sayiug of Kore,' Jude ver. 11, and in Num. xxvii. 3, only Korah's company is mentioned, where speech is of this mutiny. The Gr. translat- elli, he spake, to signify that he took others by persuading them to his faction. The Chald. understands it of taking, that is, with- drawing of himself, saying, " And Korah separated himself." Thus Sol. Jarchi also expoundeth it, " he took himself a side to be a part from the congregation." And Da- than AND Abiram,] this may be understood, that they also took men and separated them- selves: or rather, that Kore took these men unto him, and so to read it, " he took Dathan and Abiram," or, " he took both Dathan and Abiram-," for the word and in Heb. may sometime be omitted in our English speech, as is showed on Gen. viii, 6. or be inter- preted both, as explaining the former words: see the annot. on Gen. xxxvi. 24. And thus Chazkuni expoundeth it, " And Korah took: it meaneth the taking of men, and whom took he ? Dathan and Abiram, &c. And before Dathan, is redundant here, as often elsewhere." Abiram,] In Gr. Abeiron. Eliab,] In Gr. Eliam, he was son to Phallu the son of Reuben, Num. xxvi. 7, 8, 9 ; Gen. xlvi. 9. On,] In Gr. Aun, and Atman. Peleth,] In Gr. Phaleth. Sons of Reu- ben,] Dathan, Abiram, and On, were all sons, that is, of the posterity of Reuben, who was the first-born of Israel, but lost his hon- our by his sin, 1 Chron. v. 1, which his sons by vnilawful means seek to recover. And these Reubenites camped next unto Korah and the Kohathites, on the south side of the tabernacle, (as is showed in Num. ii.) and so being neighbours in situation, associated themselves in evil, which Sol. Jarchi observ. iug, saith thereupon, " Wo be to the wicked, and wo unto his neighbour." Korah being a Levite of the Kohathites, which was the chief family of the Levites, as is noted on Num. iii. 28, he took oflence, as Jarchi on this place saith, " and envied at the prefer- ment of Elizaphan the son of Uzziel, whom Moses had made prince over the sons of Ko- hath," Num iii. 30, when he was of the youngest brother Uzziel, and Korah himself was of Izhar, elder than he: see Num. iii. 27, 30. But by the sequel here it appear- eth, that he lift up himself not only against Elizaphan, but against Moses and Aaron, and sought ' the priesthood also.' ver. 10. Ver. 2. And men], that is, Korah and men, as appeareth by ver. 5, 16, 17, where CHAP. XV^I. 43 Moses, and men of the sons of Israel, two hundred and fifty, princes of the congregation, the called of the assembly, men of name. And they gathered themselves together, against Moses and against Aaron, and said unto them. Ye take too much upon you; for all the congregation, all of them are holy, and Jeliovah is among them ; and wherefore lift ye up yourselves above the church of Jeliovah ? * And Moses heard it, and fell upon his face. * And lie spake unto Korah, and unto all his congregation, saying, these are called Korah's congregation. The CALLED OF THE ASSEMBLY,] Senators called to the assembly, (and as the Gr. translateth it, council,) of the governors: in ch. i. 16, such are named, ' the called of the congrega- tion,' and in ch. xxvi. 9, Dathan and Abiram are named ' the called of the congre- gation, who strove against Moses,' &c. So these were statesmen, famous and re- nowned, whereby the conspiracy was the stronger. Men of name,] That is, of renown ; this title is given to the giants before the flood. Gen. vi. 4. Whereupon Baal batturim here noteth, '"Men of name for wisdom and wealth ; and they condemned themselves: as did the generation of the flood, w hich were of old, men of name. Ver. 3. — Ye take too much upon you,] Or, let it suffice you, as this phrase is translated in Dent. iii. 26. Heb. 7nuch to you, or, enough for you, which Sol. Jarchi expound- eth thiH, " ye have taken to yourselves great- ness, much more than enough." So after in ver. 7. Holy,] and therefore may approach unto God and offer their sacrifices. This they meant, as Moses' answer sheweth in ver. 5, 10. So the presumption of their own holiness, brought them to ambition and affectation of the priesthood, an honour which no man should take to himself ' but he that is called of God, as was Aaron,' Heb. v. 4. Jehovah is,] In Chald. the divine presence (or majesty) of the Lord dwelleth among ihem, Ver. 4. — Fall on his face,] As afTected with their words, humbling himself, and, (in likelihood) praying unto God, as in ver. 22. Chazkuni saith, " He was abashed, and cast down his face on the ground unto prayer : and there it was said unto him (of God) what he should say unto Korah." Like gesture he used at their former murmuring. Num. xiv. 5, and after in Num. xx. 6. Ver. 5. — Even in the morning,] Or, the morni)ig (shall come) and Jehovah will make hnovn, &c. Judgment is deferred till the morrow morning, so they had that time to consider of their fact: and the morning is usually the time of judgment, both by men, as, ' In the mornings I will suppress all the wicked of the land,' Ps. ci. 8. ' Judge judgment in the morning,' Jer. xxi. 12, and by God himself; as, 'Morning by morning doth he bring his judgment to light,' Zeph. iii. 5, and, 'my rebuke is in the monn'ngs,' Ps. Ixxiii. 14. So in the morning judgment came upon Sodom, Gen. xix. 23, 24 ; and the plagues of Egypt, Exod. vii. 15 ; viii. 20 ; IX. 13; X. 13; and the pestilence on Israel, 2 Sam. xxiv. 15; and so shall evil come upon sinners, and they shall • not know the morn- ing thereof,' Ps. xlvii, 11. Boker, the morn- ing, is derived of Baker, he inquired, or looked out ; whereupon the Gr. interpreters reading without vowels, translated it, "The Lord hath looked out and known those that are his:" but the Chald. saith, "in the morning, them the Lord will make known, &c. Make known him,] Or, make known those that are his, so the Gr. translateth, "knoweth, (or hath known) those that are his:" which very words Paul (from this his- tory) applieth to God's knowledge, care and love of his elect whom he sanctifieth, and keepeth from falling away, as did certain heretics in those days, 2 Tim. ii. 17 — 20. This, therefore, is a speech of faith, whereby Moses testifieth his confidence in God, who had separated Aaron unto the priesthood, and himself unto the government in Israel; and would maintain their cause and calling against all opposers. And be- cause these two offices figured the grace given by Christ unto his elect, whom he hath ' made kings and priests, even a kingly priesthood, and an holy nation,' Rev. i. 6 ; V. 10 ; 1 Pet. ii. 9; therefore the apostle (in 2 Tim. ii.) fitly citeth these words for the comfort of the saints, and faithful minis- ters of Christ, against revolters: even as an- other apostle applieth also against such, ' the way of Cain, the error of Balaam, and the contradiction (or rebellion) of Kore ;' wherein they perish,' Jude, ver. 11. The Chald. translateth it, " and will make known him that is fit for him." And who is holy,] or, and the holy one, that is, him whom he hath sanctified and separated unto the priest's office. So David (speaking of this rebellion) calleth ' Aaron the holy one (or saint) of Je- hovah,* Ps. cvi. 16 ; and he wore on the golden plate this engraving, ' Holiness to 44 NUMBERS. Even in the morning Jehovah will make known him that is Jiis, and who is holy, and whom he will cause to come near unto him : even him whom lie hath chosen, he will cause to come near unto him. * This do ye -. take unto you censers, Korah and all his con- gregation. ' And put ye fire in them, and put incense on them before Jehovah to-morrow, and it shall be, that the man whom Jehovah doth choose, he shall be holy : ye take too much upon you, ye sons of Levi. ® And Moses said unto Korah, Hear, I pray you, ye sons of Levi. ^ Is it a small thing for you, that the God of Jehovah,' Exod. xxviii. 36 ; for he figured our high priest, Christ, who was ' holy, harm- less, undefiled, separate from sinners, and made higher than the heavens,' Heb. vii. 26 ; and who ' glorified not himself to be made an high priest,' but had the honour given him of his father, Heb. v. 5, 6 ; and Korah's rebellion against Aaron was a type of men's rebellion against Christ, as the apostles have taught us. The Gr. translat- eth (as before) plurally, saying, "and the holy ones he hath brought near unto himself. Cause to come near,] Or, briiii/ near, to wit, to minister unto him, as the Chald. interpreteth it. And this honour of priest- hood, given row unto all saints, who are ' to offer up spiritual sacrifices, acceptable to God by Jesus Christ, 1 Pet. ii. 5, is commended by David, when he saith, ' Blessed is he whom thou choosest, and causest to come near unto thee, that he may dwell in thy courts,' Ps. Ixv. 5 ; which bringing near, (or, access) we all have through Christ « by one spirit unto the Fa- ther, with confidence by the faith of him,' Eph. ii. 18; iii. 12. This latter part of the verse, is by the Gr. interpreted thus; "And those whom he hath not chosen to himself, he hath not brought near unto him- self." Veb. 6. — Censers,] Or, _fire vessels, as the Gr. translateth W., fire-pans, whereof see Exod. xxvii. 3 ; called sometimes incense- vessels, (because incense was burnt in them) 2 Chron. xxvi. 19; Ezek. viii. II; which name the apostle foUoweth in the Gr; Heb. ix. 4. Veb. 7 Put ye fire,] Heb. give ye fire and put incense. DOTH CHOOSE,] Or, shall choose, that is, declare by manifest signs that he chooseth and liketh. He shall BE HOLY,] That is, shall be declared to be holy, and so to be a priest unto God. Be- cause the burning of incense in the censer, was the means of atonement and expiation before God, as after is showed by Aaron's fact, in ver. 46 — 4S ; and was the pecu- liar work of the priest. Lev. xvi. 12, 13 ; 2 Chron. xxvi. IS ; wherein they that trans- gressed were in danger of death, as the ex- ample of Nadab and Abihu showeth, Lev. x. and it figured in special manner the prayers and mediation of Christ for his church, Ps. cxli. 2; Rev. viii. 3; 1 John ii. 1; there- fore the trial of the priesthood is put upon this work, i-ather than on any other sacrifice; and the holiness whereof Korah boasted, ver. 3, should either be appioved or reproved of God. For no man hath right to the honour of priesthood, unless it be given him of God, Heb. V. 4, 5 ; nor can without divine au- thority, that is, without the commandment and promise of God, please him, or appease his wiath towards himself or others. There- fore, it is a great prerogative and comfort unto all saints, that they are by Christ made priests unto God, and through him may boldly offer up their prayers and praises unto the Father, Rev. i. 6 ; 1 Pet. ii. 5; Heb. xiii. 15 , I John, v 14 — 16. Ye take too MUCH UPON YOU,] Or, let it sufSce you, that you have thus far provoked the Lord, and now leave oR'. Thus Moses returned the blame upon themselves, which they had un- justly laid upon him, in ver. 3. So Ejias doth upon Ahab, 1 Kings xviii. 17, IS. Ver. 9. — Is it a small thing,] Or seemeth it too little for you : meaning, on the contrary, that it was a great thing, and that they should therewith have been contented ; for the tribe of Levi were in the place of all the first-born of Israel, Num. iii. 41. So here he reproveth their unthankfulness to God. Separated you from the congregation,] As Israel was separated from all other peo- ple, to be the Lord's peculiar people. Lev. XX. 26 ; 1 Kings viii. 53 ; so were the Le- vites separated from the sons of Israel, to be the Lord's, Num. viii. 14, And hereupon the scripture speaketh of the Levites, as dis- tinct from the Israelites, 1 Chron. ix. 2 ; Ps. cxxxv. 19, 20. bo the ministers of Christ are said to be ' separated unto the gospel of Got,' Rom. i. 1; Gal. i. 15; Acts xiii. 2. The service of the tabernacle,] The works belonging to the service of God therein being assistants to the priests ; see Num. viii. 11, 15, 16; xviii. 21, 23. To stand before the CHAP. XVI. 45 Israel hath separated you, from the congregation of Israel, to bring you near unto him, to serve the service of the tabernacle of Jehovah, and to stand before the congregation to minister unto them ? " And he hath brought thee near, and all thy brethren the sons of Levi with thee ; and seek ye the priesthood also ? '^ For which cause, thou and all thy congregation are gathered together against Jehovah : and Aaron what is he, that ye murmur against him ? '^ And Moses sent to call Dathan and Abiram, the sons of Eliab : and they said. We will not come up. '^ Is it a small thing that thou hast brought us up out of the land that floweth with milk and honey, to kill us in the wilderness : that tliou makest CONGREGATION,] Standing is a sign of service, and used for it ; as tlie scripture in one place saith, which ' stood before the king,' Jer. lii. 12; and in another, ' a servant of the Iving,' 2 Kings. XXV. 8. Whereupon the standing of the Levites is used for their service, in Neh. xii. 44; and as they were to stand before the Lord, to minister unto him, Deut. X. 8 ; so here it is said, ' to stand before the congregation, to minister unto them ;' thus they were servants of God, and of his church ; as Josiah said unto them, ' Serve now tlie Lord your God, and his people Israel, 2 Chron. xxKv. 3; Ezek. xliv. 11. Ver. 10. — The priesthood,] Tn Chald. The high-priesthood ; in Gr. to do the priests' office. That was in degree above the Levites, who were to minister unto the priests, but not to come nigh the altar, as did the priests, Num. xviii. 2, 3. ' For the Levites were appointed unto all manner of service of the tabernacle of the house of God: but Aaron and his sons ofl'ered on the altar of burnt-offering, and on tlie altar of incense, (and were) for all tlie work of the most holy place, and to make atonement for Israel,' 1 Chron. vi, 4S, 49. ' And Aaron was separated [to wit, from tlie other Levites] that he should sanctify the most holy things, he and his sons for ever, to burn (incense) before the Lord, to minis- ter unto him, and to bless in his name foi- ever,' 1 Chron. xxiii. 13. To usurp, affect, or seek this office of priesthood, without the calling of God, was a great sin against divine order and authority, severely punished here in Korah and his company, in king Uzziah, 2 Chron. xxvi. 19 — 21 ; and others. Ver. 11. — Against Jehovah,] because it was against his ordinance and minister, it is said to be against the Lord himself. So when the people refused Samuel's govern- ment, God said, ' They have not rejected thee, but they have rejected me, that I should not reign over them,' 1 Sam. viii. 7. and Christ said to his ministers, ' He that heareth you, hearelh me ; and he that des- piseth you, despiseth me ; and he tliat des- piseth me, despiseth him that sent me. He that receiveth whomsoever I send, receiveth me ; and he that receiveth me, receiveth him that sent me,' Luke x. 16; John xiii. 20. ' Aaron, what is he ?' to wit, other than the minister of God. So the apostle saith, ' Who is Paul? and who is Apollo? but min- isters by whom ye believed, 1 Cor. iii. 5. And thus had Moses said in their former murmurings, ' What are we that ye murmur against us ? your murmurings are not against us, but against Jehovah, Exod. xvi. 7, 8, Ver. 12. — We will not come up,] An obstinate answer, and refusal of the means of\ their conviction by Moses debating the mat- ter with them; so might they have been per- suaded to desist from their evil course, and have found mercy. By coming up, is meant unto tlie public place of judgment, whither (in the Scripture phrase) men are said to go up, as in Deut. xxv. 7; Ruth, iv. 1. And in Ezra x. 7, 8; whosoever would not go to Jerusalem at the time appointed by the princes and the elders, ' all his substance should be forfeited, and himself separated from the church of those that had been in captivity.' Of Dathan and Abiram, Sol. Jarchi here observeth, that "Their own mouth caused them to offend (or signified their fall :) they were not but to go down," to wit, alive into hell, ver. 33. Ver. 13 Out of the land,] Of Egypt, as is added in Thargum Jonathan : which having been the place of their bondage and misery, an iron furnace unto them, Deut. iv. 20, they here call it a land ' flowing with milk and honey:' so despising their redemp- tion and God their Redeemer, who laid their bringing from thence, for a ground of their obedience unto him, Exod. xix. 4, 5 ; xx. 2. Even making,] Or also making thyself a prince^ tliat is, without God, of thine own presumption advancing thyself only, wholly, and continually. The doubling of the word, is to aggravate their crimination. This latter branch the Gr. translateth, " Thou art a prince." as if it were spoken in dtrisiou. 46 NUMBERS. thyself a prince over us, even making thyself a prince ? " More- over, thou hast not brought us into a land that flowetli with milk and lioney, and given unto us an inheritance of field and vineyard: wilt tliou dig out the eyes of these men? we will not come up. '* And Moses was very wroth : and he said unto Jeliovah, Respect not tliou their offering ; I have not taken one ass from them nei- ther liave I hurt one of tliem. '" And Moses said unto Korah, thou and all thy congregation, be ye before Jehovah ; thou and they, and Aaron, to morrow. " And take ye every man his cen- ser, and put incense on them ; and bring ye near before Jehovah, every man liis censer, two hundred and fifty censers : and thou and Aaron, each man his censer. ^'^ And they took every man liis cen- ser, and put fire on them, and put incense on them -. and they stood at the door of the tent of the congregation, and Moses and Aaron. " And Korah gathered against them, all the congregation, unto Ver. 14. — Not brought us,] According to promise, Exod. iii. 8; xxxiii. 3; Lev. XX. 2-1. Of field,] that is, as the Chald. explaineth it, " of fields and vineyards :" one named generally for many, as is noted on Gen. iii. 2. Dig out the eyes,] that is, make them blind, as the Chald. expoundeth it : so in Judg. xvi. 21 ; 1 Sam. xi. 2. Of THESE MEN,] Or, as the Gr. translateth it, of those men ; wliich may be meant, of the whole congregation, as if they were so blind that they could not espy his fraud ; or it may have special reference to Korah and his com- pany. And tlms Clvazkuni here explaineth it, " thou hopest to dig out Uie eyes of Korah, and of all his congregation ; as though Uiey had no eyes to see and understand this of- fence, tliat thou hast brought us up from the good land of Egypt, and hast not performed unto us that which thou promisedst, to bring us into a land that floweth with milk and honey ; but hast said, in this wilderness they shall be consumed, and there they shall die," (Num. xiv. 35.) Moreover, thou hast per- verted judgment against us, and therefore we will not come up unto thee, for we be- lieve thee not, concerning the trial of this matter. Ver. 15 — Vert wroth,] Or, very much grieved j see the notes on Gen. iv. 5. Re- spect not, J Or, look not, turn not the face unto; which the Chald. expoundeth, "Ac- cept not with favour their oblation." Their offering,] Or, their meat-offering, their Minchah ; whereof see the annot. on Lev. ii. and on Gen. iv. 3. This Sol. Jarchi ex- pounded, " their incense which they shall offer before thee to-morrow:" so it hath refer- ence to Korah and his company, ver. 7, 17. But others (as he saith) explain it thus ; "I know that they have a part in the daily sacri- fices of the congregation, let not their part be accepted before thee." And thus some under- stand this imprecation to be against Dathan and Abiram only, as Chazkuiii saith, " The reason why Moses cursed Dathan and Abi- ram, was because when Moses sent to call them, they said, We will not come up. It was not their intent to convert ; for though the Lord should have said, I have chosen , Aaron, yet they would have mutinied against the priesthood. But Korah and the 250 men which took upon them to take every man his censer, because Uiey were in hope that the Lord had not sent him concerning his brother Aaron, but that he had done it of his own mind, he would not curse. One ass,] That is, not the vilest beast, the Gr. translati3th it, the desire of any of them, that is, any desirable thing. They mistook and read Chamud for Chamur, because the Heb. letters i D and a B be one like ano- ther, as is also noted on Gen. iv. 18. But Jo- sippus noteth it to be one of the thirteen places which the seventy-two interpreters changed purposely, lest Ptolemy the king (at whose ' request they turned the law into Gr.) should say, " He took no ass, but some other gift he did take." Ver. 16. — Thou and all thy congre- gation,] The Gr. expoundeth it. Sanctify thy congregation, and be ye ready before the Lord, &c. Because their rebellion was against God, ver. 11 ; therefore Moses com- mitteth the deciding of the controversy unto God. Ver. 18. — At the door,] In the court- yard of the sanctuary. And moses and AARON,] Thargum Jonathan explaineth it, " they on the one side, and Moses and Aaron on the other side." Ver. 19. — Assembled against them ALL,] not only the 250 foremeutioned, but the general multitude, too ready to incline to his CHAR XVI. 47 the door of the tent of the congregation, and the glory of Jehovali appeared unto all the congregation, ^•^ And Jehovah spake unto Moses, and unto Aaron, saying, ^' Separate yourselves from among this congregation, and I will consume them, as in a moment. " And tliey fell upon tlieir faces, and said, O God, the God of the spirits of all flesh, shall one man sin, and wilt thou be fervently wroth with all the congregation ? ^^ And Jeliovah spake unto Moses, saying. Speak unto the con- gregation, saying, ^^ Get you up from about the tabernacle of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram. '^ And Moses rose up and went unto Dathan and Abiram : and the elders of Israel went after him. ^® And he spake unto the congregation, saying, Depart, I pray you, from the tents of these wicked men, aiid touch not any thing tliat is theirs, lest ye be consumed in all their sins. ^' And they went up from the tabernacle of Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, on every side ; and Dathan and Abiram came out and stood in the door of their tents, and their wives, and their sons, and their little ones. faction. See ver. 41. Glory of jehovah,] In the cloud over the sanctuary, as it did at other times in the like cases, ver. 42 ; Num. xii. 6; xiv. 10. Ver. 21. — As in a moment,] Or, even in a moment ; suddenly, and as the Gr. trans- lateth, at once. So in ver. 45 ; and thus God had before threatened, after they had made the calf, Exod. xxxiii. 5. Ver. 22. — God of the spirits of ai,l FLESH,] By all flesh, is meant, all mankind; as in Gen, vi. 13; Is. xl. 5, 6; Ezek. xx. 48 ; xxi. 4, 5 ; Joel ii. 28 ; and so it is ex- plained in Job xii. 10., * the spirit of all flesh of man.' And the Lord is called God of the spirit of men, both as he is creator of them, who 'formeth the spirit of man within him,' Zach. xii. 1 ; called therefore, 'the Father of spirits,' Heb. xii. 9 ; and as the preservation, ordering, and government of them is in his hand, both in life and death ; ' lu whose hand is the soul of all living, and the spirit of all flesh of man,' Job xii. 10. Therefore Moses useth the like phrase, when he prayeth that a governor might be substi- tuted in his stead. Num. xxvii. IG. Thar- gum Jonathan explaineth it, "God that put- test the spirit of the soul in the bodies of all the sons of men: " and Thargum Jerusalemy thus: " God which rulest over the souls of all flesh ;" Chazkuni saith, " which knowest the spirit of every one of them." The Gr. translateth, God of the fathers, and of all flesh; understanding (as it seemeth) by spirits, such as the apostle calleth 'the spirits of just men made perfect,' Heb. xii. 23; the spirits of the fathers which were returned tj God who gave them; as Eccl. xii. 7. Shall one man sinJ In Gr. if one man hath sinned: as if they should say, All have not sinned, why wilt thou be wroth with all? Upon this intercession, the Lord spareth the people, that would depart from the rebels, ver. 24. Ver. — 24. The tabernacle,] This seemeth to be put for tabernacles, or divell- ings; the Gr. translateth it, the congregatiuji; so in ver. 27, where the Gr. also keepeth the word tabernacle, which in ver. 26, is called tents. Ver.— 25. The elders,] The Gr. addeth, all the elders. Went after him,] In Gr. tfent with him, that is, accompanied him. Ver. — 2ti. These wicked men,] In Gr. these hard men : the original word properly signifieth o-estlcss, turbulent, and such as for their sins are worthy to be ' condemned:' see the notes on Ps, i. 1. Touch not any- thing,] Because as they themselves, so all things of theirs, were unclean and execra- ble, and therefore to perish with them, ver. 32. Ver. 27.— Came out and stood,] Heb. came out standing; which the Gr. explaineth, came out and stood: and these two phrases are one; as where it is said that Jesus ' blessed, and breaking gave ' to the disciples. Matt. xiv. 19; the other evangelists explain it, he ' blessed, and brake, and gave,' Luke ix. 16; Mark vi. 41, so, ' Saying unto them,' Matt. xxi. 2, is, 'And saith unto them,' Mark xi. 2. This their 'standing up,' argueth their boldness, in so bad a cause: for 'stand- ing up' is a gesture denoting courage. Job xx°xiii. 5; xii. 10; 1 Sam. xvii. 8, 16. Thus ' Pride went before destruction, and an haughty spirit before a fall;' as Prov. xvi. 18. 48 NUMBERS. ^^ And Moses said, Hereby ye shall know that Jehovali hath sent me to do all these works : for (/ do thein) not of mine own heart. *^^ If these men die, as all men die, and they be visited after the vi- sitation of all men, Jehovah hath not sent me. ^^ But if Jeliovah create a new tiling, and tlie earth open her mouth, and swallow up them, and all that appertain unto them, and they go down alive unto hell j then ye shall know, that these men have provoked Je- hovah. ^' And it was as he had made an end of speaking all these words, that the ground clave asunder wliich was under them. ^'^And the earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up them and their liouses, and all the men that appertained unto Korah, and all their substance. ^^ And they, and all that appertained unto them, went down alive into hell : and the earth closed upon them, and they perished from among tlie church. ^^And all Israel that were romid about them, fled at the voice of them -. for they said, Lest the earth Veb. 28. — All these works,] Both the former, in appointing Aaron to tlie priest- liood, and tlie Levites instead of the first- born; and these latter, in appointing Korah and his company to bring their censers with incense, &c. Of mine own heart,] which the Chald explaineth, of mint own will; the Gr., of mi/self. For things devised of one's own heart, are noted for evil, 1 Kings xii. 33; Ezek. xiii. 17. Ver. 29. — As ALL men die,] their oidi- iiary natural death; which the Gr. translateth, after the death of all men. Ver. 30. — Create a new thing,] Heb. create a creature, that is, do a new and won- derful work, to kill them with such a death as never man died before them. Of this word create, see the notes on Gen. i. 1. It is applied here to a strange and extraordinary work of judgment, as in Isa. xlv. 7. God is said to 'create evil;' and in Exod. xxxiv. 10, to create marvels; and in Isa. xlviii, 6, 7, ' new and hidden things' God would create. And as evil, so good things which are new and strange, are said to be created of God. Isa. Ixv. IS. Alive,] Living, hale and sound; not consumed with sickness, as ordi- narily men are before death and burial. Un- to HELL,] Into the grave, or state of death: see the notes on Gen. xxxvii. 35. To this judgment the prophet hath reference, praying against his enemies, ' Let them godown alive to hell, Ps. Iv. 16. Ver. 32. — Swallowed np them,] To wit, Dathan and Abiram, as in Ps. cvi. 17. ' The earth opened and swallowed up Dathan, and covered over the congregation of Abiram.' So David prayed against his enemies, ' swal- low them up O Lord,' Ps. Iv. 10. Their HOUSES,] That is, households ; as the Chald. expoundeth it, the men of their houses. Ap- pertained UNTO Korah,] The Gr. trans- lateth, and all the men that were icith Korah, and the Chald. the men that pertaiyied to Korah, but the sons of Korah are to be ex- cepted, for they, either not partaking with, or forsaking their father's sins, died not: see Num. xxvi. 11. And whereas mention was made of On, the son of Reuben, in ver. 1,, but not here nor anywhere of his death, neither in ver. 12, of liis calling, or refusal, to come up; it is to be thought, that either he repented upon Moses' reproof, and so was spared from destruction; or if not so, he is implied among the rest, though not named in particular. Their saBSTANCE,] Or, their goods; which the Gr. translateth, i!Aeir cattle; and so the original word implieth, as in 1 Chron. xxvii. 31; 2 Chron. xxxi. 3; xxxv. 7; see the notes on Gen. xii. 5. And not tlieir cattle only, but all their other goods, even ' their tents,' were swallowed unto the earth, Deut. xi. 6. Here we may behold the truth of that proverb ; ' Riches profit not in the day of wrath: but justice delivereth from death, Prov. xi. 4. Ver. 33.— Closed upon them,] Or, covered over them, : so there was no hope left for their recovery. Against such judgment David prayeth, ' Let not the gulf swallow me, neither let the pit shut her mouth upon me,' Psa. Ixix. 16. Ver. 34. — At the voice oe them,] At their cry or noise, which they made when they perished. So in Jer. xlix. 21. 'At the voice (or noise) of their fall, the earth is moved,' &c. and, ' I made the nations to shake, at the noise of his fall,' Ezek. xxxi. 16. Lest the earth swallow us,] An imperfect speech, through fear: such as is often used in dangers ; as in Ps. xxxviii. 17; Rom. xi. 21. Thus the present judgment CHAP. XVI. 49 swallow up thus. ^* And a fire came forth from Jehovah, and de- voured the two hundred and fifty men that offered incense. ^« And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saymg, ^l Speak unto Ele- azar the sous of Aaron the priest, that he take up the censers out of the burning ; and scatter thou the fire yonder, for they are hal- lowed. ^^ The censers of these sinners against their own souls, and let them make them broad plates, for a covering of the altar ; for they offered tliem before Jehovah, and they are hallowed, and they shall be for a sign unto the sons of Israel. *^ And Eleazar the priest took the brazen censers, whicli they that were burnt had of- fered, and they were made broad plates, for a covering of the altar. '" A memorial unto the sons of Israel, that not any stranger, which is not of the seed of Aaron, come near to offer incense before Je- hovah ; that he be not as Korah, and as his congregation, as Jehovah spake by the hand of Moses unto him. terrified them ; and, ' When the scorner is pu- nished, the simple is made wise,' Pro v. xxi. 11. Ver.35. — Devoured,] 0\;dideattke 250 men, they sinned in burning incense, which belonged to the priests only; and with burn- ing they were punished, like the judgment on Aaron's sons, that transgressed also therein, Lev. X. 1, 2. Of this David singeth, 'A fire burned in their congregation, a flame burnt up the wicked,' Ps. cvi. 18. Veb. 37. — Unto ELEAZAR,]Chazkuni here observeth, that God "would not have Aaron to be defiled (by going among the dead,) be- cause he was one of them that offered," ver. 17. Oct of the burning,] That is, as the Gr. well explaineth it, from among those that are burnt. So in Num. xxi. 1, 'captivity,' is for a company of captives ; and in 2 Kings xxiv. 14, 'poverty' for a company of poor peo- ple; and many the like. The FIRE,] which is in the censers, ver. 7. The Gr. saith, the strange fire; as Lev. x. 1. Yonder, Li Gr. there; which Sol. Jarchi expoundeth, "on the earth out of the censers:" others, out of the court of the sanctuary. By casting away the fire, the Lord signifieth the rejecting of their service as piofaue. So in Rev. viii. 5, ' the angel took the censer, and filled it with fire of the altar, and cast it into the earth ; and there were voices, and thunderings,' &c. U'iiich being compared with ver. 3, 4, seem- eth to teach likewise a rejecting of the ser- vice of antichristians, which abuse and de- spise Christ's mediation; and therefore it is turned unto them to judgment. Ver. 38. — Sixners against their souls,] Sinners are here and often used for notorious wicked persons; as, ' destroy the sinners, the Amalekites, ISam. xv. 18, and, ' the men of Sodom were evil and sinners,' Gen. xiii. IS. And they sinned 'against their souls,' in caus- VoL. IL G ing their own death and destruction: for the ' soul' is often used for the life, as in Gen.xix. 17 ; xxxvii. 21. So he that ' provoketh a king to anger, sinneth against his own soul,' Prov. XX. 2. Broad plates,] Hel). out spread- ings of plates, that is, plates beaten out and spread broad, to cover the brazen altar with them. And thev are hallowed,] Or, sanctified : and so (as Sol. Jarchi explaineth it) "unlawful for common use, because they had made them for vessels of ministry." Or, they were now sanctified of God (before whom they sinfully offered them,) to be an holy sign unto the people. For a sign,] and ' a me- morial to the sons of Israel,' ver. 40, to make them remember the transgression ol these sinners, and to warn them that none hereafter do the like. So Aaron's rod was kept for a sign, Num. xvii. 10; and God threateneth by destroying the wicked, to make him ' a sign, and a proverb,' Ezek. xiv. 8. ' Now all these things happened unto them for ensamples: and they are written for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world are come,' 1 Cor. x. 11. Ver. 40. — Not any stranger,] Or, no man which is o stranger. Seed of aaron,] that is, sons, or posterity of Aaron: so all Israelites or Levites (save Aaron's sons only,) are counted strangers in this case of priest- hood. That he be not,] Heb. and he be not as KoTjh, like him in rebellion, and in punishment. Therefore Moses afterward rehearseth this history; to keep the people in obedience, Deut. xi, 6 — 8. &c. Unto him,] Or, or of him, having reference to Moses' speech in ver. 29, 30, that the truth of the judgment denounced might be mani- fest. So the apostle pronounceth wo unto such, and saith they ' perish in the gain-say- ing of Korah, Jude, ver. 11. 50 NUMBERS. " And on the morrow, all the congregation of tlie sons of Israel murmured against Moses, and against Aaron, saying. You liave killed the people of Jehovah. ^^ And it was when the congrega- tion was gathered against Moses, and against Aaron, that they looked towards the tent of the congregation ; and behold the cloud covered it, and the glory of Jehovah appeared. *^ And Moses and Aaron came before the tent of the congregation. ** And Jeliovah spake unto Moses, saying, "^ Get you up from among this congregation ; and I will consume them as in a moment : and they fell upon their faces. ^^ And Moses said unto Aaron, Take tlie censer, and put fire thereon from off the altar, and put on incense, and go quickly unto the congregation, and make atone- ment for them -. for fervent wrath is gone out from before Jehovah, tlie plague is begun, ''^ And Aaron took as Moses had spoken, and ran into the midst of the church, and behold the plague was begun among the people : and lie put on incense, and made atonement for the people. ^^ And he stood between the dead and the living, and Ver. 41.' — Yon HAVE killed,] Or, as tlie Chald. ex|ilaiiieth it, " you have caused the death." Though they had prayed for the peo- ple, ver. 22, and the strangeness of the pun- ishments showed unto all that they were of God, and the judgments were still even be- fore the eyes of the congregation; yet do they thus break out into a new rebellion. Ver. 42. — The glory of jehovah,] It appeared to help his servants, and to repress and punish the rebellious ; now as in former times, Num. xii. 5; xiv. 10; xvi. 19. Ver. 45 — Get you up,] That is, depart, or, separate yourselves; as he said before, iu ver. 21. As in a moment,] In Gr. at once: See the notes on ver. 21. Fell on their FACE5,]To pray, as Thargum Jonathan addeth, and as they did before, in ver. 22. So did David and the elders of Israel, in 1 Chron. xxii, 16. Ver. 46. — From off the altar,] Of this, Chazkuni sailh, "he warned liim here- of, that he might not err through haste, and offer strange fire, as Nadab and Abihu, (Lev. X.) and these other had done." Incense,] " Incense that caused death, when it was not in the hand of the priest, giveth life when it is in the priest's hand," saith Chazkuni on this place. Hereby the mediation of Christ for sinners was figured ; who is represented by the angel standing at the altar, having a golden censer, and much incense given unto him, to offer it with the prayers of all saints, Rev. viii. 3. Go quickly,] Or, make to go with speed; that is, as the Chald. and Gr. trans- lated, "carry quickly, or in haste." The PLAGUE,] In Chald. "death ;" the Gr. trans- lateth, "he hath begun to break (that is, de- stroy) the people. Ver. 47. — He put on incense,] To make atonement, and to appease God's wrath; as it is said of the priests, ' they shiill put incense in thy nostril (or, in thine anger) &c. and favourably accept thou (O Lord) the work of his hands;' Deut. xxxiii. 10, 11. Herein ' he figured Christ our mediator, ' who made intercession for the transgressors. Is. liii. 12, Luke xxiii. 34. So the Hebs. (as R. Men- achem on Num. xvi.) apply that prophesy of Isaiah touching Christ, unto this work of Aai'on, saying, ' the meaning of this, and he stood between the living and the dead, is like that (in Is. liii. 12,) 'he hath poured out his soul unto death,' &c. Ver. 48. — Between the dead and the LIVING,] So interposing, and as it were ex- posing himself to the wrath of God for the people ; that by the atonement which he now made, the plague might be stayed from the living which yet remained. ' For to him that is joined to all the living, there is hope, &c. but the dead know not any thing, &c. neither have they any more a portion for ever, in any thing that is done under the sun, &c. There is no work, nor device, nor knowledge, nor wisdom, in the grave whither, ihou goest,' Eccl. ix. 4 — 6, 10. 'The dead praise not the Lord, neither any that go down into si- lence,' Ps. cxv. 17. 'They that go down into the pit, cannot hope for the truth (of God)' Is. xxxviii. 18, ' for alter death, com- eth the judgment,' Heb. ix, 27. And so by the Heb. doctors it is said, " There is no atonement for the dead." Maimoiiy in Misn. torn. 3 in Pesulei hamukdashin, chap. XV. sect. 9. And the Chald. paraphrast on Eccl. i. 15, hath this saying; " A man whose ways are rebellious in this world, and he dieth CHAP. XVII. 51 tlie plague was stayed. ^^ And they that died in the plagne, were fourteen thousand and seven hundred, beside them that died about the matter of Korah. ^^ And Aaron returned unto Moses, unto the door of the tent of the congregation, and the plague was stayed. in them, and turneth not by repentance, he hath no power to reform himself after his death: and a man that faileth of the law and precepts while he liveth, he hath no means, after his death, to be reckoned with the just men in the garden of Eden, (or paradise of God.") And on Eccl. vi. 6, the Chald. para- phraseth thus; "yea, though the days of the life of a man be two thousand years, if he have not exercised himself in the law, and hath not done judgment and justice; by the oath of the word of the Lord which (shall be) in the day of his death, his soul goeth down to Gehenna (or hell torments,) unto one place, whither all sinners do go." So there was no estimation, nor price of the dead, for any vow, in Israel, as is noted on Lev. xxvii. 8. The plague was stayed,] This showeth how greatly the prayers and actions of his servants do prevail with God, when they are faithful, fervent, and according to his will. Jam. v. 16; 1 John v. 14, and fore-showeth the power and efficacy of Christ's mediation; for God heareth him always,' John xi. 42, 'and he is the atonement for our sins, 1 John ii. ' and for his sake, God before whom the pes- tilence goeth, in wrath remembereth mercy,* Hab. iii. 5, 2. ' And as the blood of the pasch^il lamb (figuring the blood of Christ,' 1 Cor. v. 7,) stayed the angel which destroy- ed the Egyptians, from touching the Israel- ites, Exod. xii. 23; Heb. xi. 28, so the smoke of Aaron's incense (figuring the mediation of Christ, Ps. cxli. 2 ; Rev. viii. 4,) stayed the plague here from the Israelites which sur- vived ; that as it is written of the pestilence in David's time, ' the Lord repented him of the evil, and said to the angel that destroyed the people, It is enough, staynow thine hand,' 2 Sam. xxiv. 16, so in this case. Some footsteps of the understanding of this mystery may be seen in the Heb., though super- stitiously depraved: as when they say, that • all hurtful and destroying (spirits) flep away at the odour of the incense of sweet spices. Thargum on Song iv. 6. Ver. 49. — About the matter,] Or, as the Gr. explaineth it, " for the cause of Korah," which the Chald.calleth" the division of Korah." Ver. 50. — Unto the door of the tent,] Into the court-yard of the sanctuary, where Moses remained : both to signify unto Moses the effect and fruit of his action, through the mercifulness of God; and to give thanks unto the Lord, who had so graciously accepted the work of his hands. As David ' oftered burnt-offerings and peace-offerings ; after that the Lord was intreated for the land, and the plague was stayed from Israel, 2 Sam. xxiv. 25 ; 1 Chron. xxi. 26, 27. CHAP. XVII. 1 . Twelve rods of the tribes of Israel being laid in tlie tabernacle, on the morrom Aaron^s rod only among them all, fiourisheth and heareth almonds. 10. It is left in the tabernacle for a monument against tJie rebels. 12. The people show Moses their fear of death, ' And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying, ^ Speak unto the sons of Israel, and take of them a rod for every father's house. Ver. 2. — Speak unto,] When God saw the continual murmurings of the people, how they ceased not, he commandeth this that foUoweth to be done, that so by miracle the priesthood of Aaron might be confirmed, and a full end put to all strife thereabout ; as ver. 10. A ROD FOR EVERY FATHER'S HOUSE,] Heb. " a rod a rod, for (or according to) the house of a father ;" which the Gr. explaineth thus ; " take of them a rod, a rod of all their princes, according to their fathers' houses." A rod (or stafT) was such as men use to carry in their hands, Gen. xxxviii. 18; Exod. iv. 2 ; the same word (called in Heb. Matteh) is often used for a tribe, as in Num. i. 4, 16, 21, &c. ; either because of this writing of their names upon rods, or because the twelve tribes grew out of the stock of Israel, as rods or branches out of a tree. The princes also carried staves in their hands, as 52 NUMBERS. of all their princes, according to the house of their fathers, twelve rods : every man's name tliou shalt wa-ite upon his rod, ^ And Aaron's name thou shalt write upon the rod of Levi ; for one rod shall he for the head of the house of their fathers. * And thou shalt lay them up in tlie tent of the congregation, before the testimony, where I will meet with you. * And it shall be, that the man whom I shall choose, his rod shall bud ; and I will make to cease from me the murmurings of the sons of Israel, wherewith they murmur against you. ^ And Moses spake unto the sons of Israel ; and all their princes gave unto him, a rod for one prince, a rod for one prince, according to the house of their fathers, twelve rods ; and the rod of Aaron was among their rods. ' And Moses laid up tlie rods before Jehovah, in the tent of the testimony. ® And it was on tlie morrow that Moses went in to the tent of the testimony j and be- Ver. 8. — Blossoms,] Or flowers. Yield- appeareth by Num. xxi. 18. And with this may be compared that in Ezek. xxxvii. 16, 17, &c. where the prophet wrote the names of tribes upon sticks, which were joined to- gether as one in his hand, to signify the unit- ing of the divided tribes. The house,] That is, as the Gr. expoundeth it, '* the houses:" see the notes on Num. i. 2. Ver. S.— For one rod shall be,] The Gr. explaineth it thus, "for it is one rod: according to the tribe of their fathers' house shall they give." The tribe of Levi, though they were distinguished into priests and Le- vites, yet as all came by one father Levi, so one rod was for them all. Sol. Jarchi here expoundeth it, " although I have divided them into two families, the family of the priests and the family of the Levites ; not- withstanding it is one tribe." Of this their division, see Num. iii. ; xviii. 1 — 7. Ver. 4. — Lay them up,] Or, leave them, or as the Gr. translateth, " put them." Tent of the congregation,] Or, tent of meeting. The testimony,] That is, the ark wherein the tables of the law (called the testimony) were kept. See the notes on Exod. XXV. 16. Where I will meet,] That is, where I use to meet with you, according to the promise in Exod. xxv. 22; xxx. 36. And this is the reason why the tabernacle was caU- ed " the tent of meeting or of congregation." Ver. 5. — I shall choose,] That is, shall like of, and approve to administer the priest- hood ; as in Thargum Jonathan this is added, " to minister before me." Rod shall bud,] Or shall flourish : see ver. 8. Will make TO cease from me,] In Gr. will take away from thee. This word is spoken of the ceas- ing or assuaging of waters, Gen. viii. 1 ; and of wrath, Est. ii. 1 ; and is here applied to the murmurings of the people, which were like raging waters, foaming out their own sliume. ED,] Or, ripened, (as the word is Englished, ir Is. xviii. 5,) that is, brought forth ripe almonds. Almonds,] In Gr. and in Thargum Jonathan, nuts. An almond, in Heb. Shaked, is named Shakad, which signifieth with care, haste, and watchfulness, to look unto and perform a thing. And because the almond tree blos- someth and beareth fruit sooner than other trees, therefore hath it this name. And So- lomon for the same cause, likeneth the white hairs which soon grow upon us in age, to the ' flourishing of the almond tree,* Eccl. xli. 5. By this miracle, God did confirm the priesthood unto Aaron, as by the vision ot the vine-branches budding, blossoming, and bringing forth ripe grapes, &c , he signified the confirmation of office unto Pharaoh's but- ler. Gen. xl. 10 — 13. He signified further by the buds, the continuance and propagation of the priesthood to his posterity ; who should sprout and grow out of him, by the blessing of God, who maketh ' the dry tree to bud (or flourish,) Ezek. xvii. 24; as also it is prophesied of the church, ' he shall causo them that come of Jacob to take root; Israel shall blossom and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit,' Is. xxvii. 6. And the ori- ginal word for buds, is also used for young- lings or youth, as in Job xxx. 12. The blossoming (or flourishing) of this rod, figured also the comfortable and glorious eflect of the administration of the priest's office: as Christ is said to ' look forth at the window, flourish- ing through the lattice,' Song ii. 9; that we all with open face may behold as in a glass ' the glory of the Lord,' 2 Cor. iii. 1« ; and this, to the shame of his enemies, Ps. cxxxii. 18. The almonds figured the fruits of his administration, which hastily sliould show forth themselves, to the comfort of the saints, and punishment of all that should resist him ; as unto Jeremiah, (one of Aaron's sons,) God CHAP. XVII. 53 hold, the rod of Aaron for the house of Levi had budded, and brought forth buds, and bloomed blossoms, and yielded almonds. * And Moses brought out all the rods from before Jehovah, unto all the sons of Israel : and they saw, and took every man liis rod. ^^ And Jehovah said unto Moses, Bring Aaron's rod again before the testimony, to be kept for a sign against the sojis of rebellion ; and thou slialt quite take away their murmurings from me, that they die not. '^ And Moses did as Jehovah commanded him : so did he. '"" x\nd the sons of Israel said unto Moses, saying. Behold, we give up the ghost, we perish, we all of us perisli. ^* Every one showed in a vision the rod of an almond tree, (which hath the name of hastening.) and opened the same unto him thus, ' thou hast well seen; for I will hasten my word to perform it,' Jer. i. 11, 12. Therefore as soon as Uzziah the king rose up to usurp the priest's office, ' the leprosy even rose up in his fore- head,' 2 Chrou. xxvi. 18, 19. Ver. 10. — Bring again,] Or, return Aaron's rod. Before the testimony,] In Gr. the testimonies; meaning the tables of the covenant in the ark ; as is noted on ver. 4j before which it was laid up, and not in it; * for nothing was in the ark save the two tables of stone,' 1 Kings viij. 9. The Hebs. record how in Solomon's temple, " there (vas a stone in the most holy place, in the west part thereof, on which they set the ark: and before it was the golden pot of manna and the rod of Aaron." Maim, torn. iii. in Beth habchirah, chap. iv. sect. 1. To be kept, Heb. ybr a keeping (or reservation.) As the manna was kept in the golden pot within the most holy place of the sanctuary, for a reser- vation and monument to the Israelites, that the generations after might see the bread which God had given their fathers to eat in the wilderness, Exod. xvi. 32 — 34 ; so this rod was kept in the same place for a reserva- tion and for a sign, that all generations might know the confirmation of their priesthood in Aaron's line. Both did lead them unto Christ ; the manna figuring the flesh of Christ, the true bread from heaven, wherewith the faithful should be nourished unto life eternal, John vi. 31 — 33,61; and the rod, the priest- hood of Christ, whereby they should be recon- ciled unto God, Heb. ix. 11, 12. Therefore the apostle mentioneth this budding rod, with the pot of manna among the most memorable things that were kept in the holy of holies, Heb. ix. 3, 4. The sons of rebellion,] Which theGr. translateth, " the disobedient sons ;" meaning the Israelites, called sous (or children of rebellion,) because they were so much addicted thereunto, as if rebellion itself had been their mother: so that Moses testi- fied, ' Ye have been rebellious against the Lord, from the day that I knew you,' Deut. ix. 24. This phrase is common in the Scrip- tures, a.s, ' a son of injurious evil (or of wick- edness,') Ps. viii. 23 ; for an injurious or wicked person: ' and sons of affliction,' Prov. xxxi. 5; for afflicted persons: so, 'sons of Belial,' Deut. xiii. 13 ; 1 Sam. ii. 12 ; ' sons of disobedience,' Eph. ii. 2 ; v. 6 ; ' sons of the light and of the day,' 1 Thes. V. 5 ; * children of wisdom,' Matt. xi. 19; ' children of obedience,' 1 Pet. i. 14; and sundry the like. Thou shalt quite take AWAY,] Or, shalt consume, shalt wholly end their murmurings: the Gr. translateth it, " and let their murmurings cease from me, and they shall not die." Ver. 12. — We give up the ghost,] Or, have given up the ghost, that is, died : or, as the Gr. translateth, " are consumed." This may be taken as an unjust complaint of theirs, for the punishments that they had felt and should still feel for their sins. Or rather, as a serious complaint of their own misery, be- ing under sin, and so by the law under punish- ment and wrath: like that which the apostle saith, ' I was alive without the law once ; but when the commandment came, sin re- vived, and I died ; and the commandment which (was ordained) unto life, I found (to be) unto death,' Rom. vii. 9, 10. The Chald. parapliraseth upon tliese words, thus, " Be- hold the sword hath killed some of us, and behold the earth hath swallowed some of us, and behold some of us are dead with the pes- tilence." And Thargum Jonathan thus, " Behold some of us are consumed with flaming fire, and some of us are swallowed up into the eailh and perished ; behold we think that as they, so we all shall perish." Ver. 13. — That cometh near,] In Gr. that tousheth the tabernacle. Shall we be consumed in giving up the ghost ?] That is, shall we die every one ? This seemeth to be a deprecation, whereby acknowledging their sins to be worthy of death, they pray for mercy : for so questions are often used in ear- NUMBERS. that cometh near, that cometh near unto the tabernacle of Jehovah, shall die : shall we be consumed m giving up the ghost? nest deprecations, as, ' wilt thou be angry with us for ever?' &c. Ps. Isxxv. 6 ; ' wilt tJiou utterly reject us ?' Lam. v. 22 ; ' wilt thou hold thy peace, and afflict us very sore ? Is. Ixiv. 12 ; and many the lilie. CHAP. XVIII. 1. The different charges of the priests, and of the Levites adjoined iinto them. 9. The priests' portion of the people's offerings, and hal. lowed things, and the use of them. 21. The Levites' portion is the tithes of the Israelites, but no inheritance in the land. 26. The Levites must give unto the priests the tenth of their tithes, as the Lord's heave-offer- ing : and the rest themselves should enjoy for a reward of their service. ' And Jehovah said unto Aaron, Thou, and thy sons, and thy father's house with thee, shall bear the iniquity of the sanctuary : and thou, and thy sons with thee, shall bear the iniquity of your priesthood. ^ And thy brethren also, the tribe of Levi, tlie tribe of thy father, bring thou near with thee, that they may be joined Ver. 1. — Said unto Aaron,] Because of the people's fear and complaint, in the end of the former chapter, God here taketh order for the watch of the sanctuary, that the care thereof should lie upon the priests, that the people might not transgress and perish. So the remedy for terrors of conscience wrought hy the law, is faith in Christ, whose priest- hood was fore-shadowed in Aaron's, and which should ' deliver them who through fear of deatli, were all their life-time subject to bond- age,' Heb. ii. 15. Thy father's house,] The house or posterity of Levi, who was father to all the priests and Levites. The iniooity OF THE SANCTUARY,] That is, shall bear the punishment for all the iniquity that is done in the sanctuary ; at your hands will I re- quire it. Thus Jarchi expoundeth it, " upon you I will bring the punishment of the stran- gers that shall sin concerning the sanctified things that are delivered unto you." And as ihe sanctuary comprehended both the taber- nacle and the court-yard, with all things in them : so this is generally spoken concerning the priests and Levites (which were of Aaron's fatlier's house,) who were all toward the sanctuary, though in distinct places, as jhall after be showed. Iniquity of your /RiESTHOOD,] That is, the punishment for 1.11 iniquity done about your priest's office. And this is special concerning the priests, whose care and charge was over the Levites also, which might not come near some things belonging to the priesthood. R. Menachem here saith, that " by this admonition was signified how the priests should not intermed- dle with the service of the Levites, nor the ' Levites with the service of the priests. Whereof, see more on ver. 3. Ver. 2.— The tribe,] The Heb. here hath two words, Matteh (the tribe) of Levi, and Shebet (the tribe) of thy father: of which the former signifieth a stafi ; the latter, a rod : both of them applied to a tribe or kin- dred, which did spring and grow out of Levi, as rods, staves, or branches from the stock of a tree. Of this name tribe, see what is not- ed on Gen. xlix. 16. That they may be JOINED,] Or, and let them be joined ; as the Gr. translateth, " and let them be added unto thee." Here is an allusion to Levi's name, which signifieth joined. The Father Levi had the name, because at his birth his mother said, ' now my husband will be join- ed unto me,' Gen. xxix. 34 ; his children (called of him, Levites,) are according to the notation of their name, made adjoints to the priests. And this word is after used and applied to such as adjoined themselves to the Lord, and to his people, Is. Ivi. 3, 6 ; Jer. 1. 5 ; Esth. ix. 27 ; so in the New Testa- ment, Acts v. 14; xi. 24; ii, 41, 47. Minister unto thee,] So in Num. iii. 6 ; the Levites are appointed to minister unto Aaron: elsewhere they are said to minister unto the congregation. Num. xvi. 9 ; and \into the Lord, Deut. x. 8; 1 Sam. iii. 1 ; 2 Chron. xxix. 11 ; and ' in the name of the Lord,' Deut. xviii. 6, 7 ; and are called the ministers of his house, Ezek. xlv. 5. Be- CHAP. XVIII. 55 unto thee, and minister unto thee -. but thou, and thy sons with thee, (shall minister) before the tent of the testimony. ^ And tliey shall keep thy charge, and tlie charge of all the tent : but they shall not come nigli unto the vessels of holiness,, and unto the altar, that tliey die not, both they and you. * And they shall be joined unto thee, and shall keep the charge of the tent of the congregation, for all the service of the tent ; and a stranger shall not come nigh unto you. * And ye FORE THE TENT,] Herein is the difference between the priests and Levites' office, tliat the priests served at the altar, and in the holy place ; the Levites served the outer services, lielped to kill, slay, take the blood, &c., and gave it to the priests, who sprinkled the blood received I'rom their hands, 2 Cinon. xxx. 16; xxix. 34 ; 1 Chron. xxiii. 2S — 32. Of the TESTIMONY,] That is, of the law, written on the two tables kept in an ark within the tent or tabernacle ; and thereof it had this name, as is noted on Exod. xxv. 16. Ver. 3. — Shall keep thy charge,] Or, rbi-erve thy observation, thy custody, or thy ward; at thy appointment doing their ser- vice: see Num. iii. 7. The vessels of HOLINESS,] In Gr. the holy vessels : to come nigh unto them, to serve with them at the altar, or iu the holy place the Levites might not: which the Heb. canons explain thus, " all the Levites are forbidden the service at the altar, as it is said (^in Num. xviii. 3.) But they shall not come nigh unto the ves- sels, &c. They shall not come nigh to the service; but to touch them it was lawful." Maim. torn. iii. in Cle hamikdash, chap. iii. sect. 9. So in Num. iii. 8, the Levites were appointed to keep all the vessels of the tabernacle. Both they and you,] They for doing so, you for suflering it. But from these words the Hebs. say, " as the Levites are forbidden to do the service of the priests, so the priests are forbidden to do the ser- vice of the Levites, as it is written, both they and you." Maim, in Cle hamikdash, chap, iii. sect. x. Ver. 4. — The charge,] Or, the custody ; in Gr. the custodies, or the wards, watches : for so the word is used for keeping watch by night also, as in Ps. xc. 4. See the notes on Exod. xiv. 24. A stranger,] Any of Israel that is not a Levite, is counted a stran- ger in this business: and in the priests' af- fairs, the Levites themselves were counted strangers, ver. 7. See the notes on Num. iii. 10. Ver. 5. — Keep the charge of the holy PLACE,] Heb. observe the observation of the holiness; which the Gr. translateth, " of the holies:" by this name the apostle calleth the first tabernacle, wherein was the candlestick, tablij, and show-bread ; as the inmost part of the tabernacle is called holy of holies, that is, the holiest of all, Heb. ix. 2, 3. To ket-p the charge, or observe the observation, is to have continual care day and night, that all things be kept pure and uncorrupted, and administered according to the will of God: as they that kept the charge (or ward) of the house of Saul, were such as endeavoured to keep and maintain the kingdom in Saul's family, 1 Chron. xii. 29. This duty of the priests and Levites in the tabernacle, con- tinued also in the temple, where some were porters, ' keepers of the gates, and lodged round about the house of God; some had cliarge of tlie ministering vessels, that they should bring them in and out by tale ; some of the fine flour, and the wine, and the oil, and the frankincense, and of the spices, and of the show-bread ; some were singers em- ployed in that work night and day,' &c. 1 Chron. ix. 19, 23—33. Of their manner of keeping the temple, the Hebs. have thus re- corded: " the keeping of the sanctuary is a thing commanded, yea though they be no fear of enemies or of thieves ; for the keeping thereof is but for the honour thereof. And this keeping is commanded to be all the night: and the keepers are the priests and the Levites, as it is said, ' and thou and thy sons with thee (shall be) before the tent of the testimony,' (Num. xviii. 2 ;) as if he should say, you shall be the keepers (or watch- men) thereof. Moreover, it is said of the Levites, ' and they shall keep the charge of the tent,' (Num. xviii. 4.) It is also said, ' and they tliat encamp before tlie tabernacle, foremost before the tent of the congregation eastward, (shall be) Moses and Aaron, and his sons, keeping the charge of the holy place,' (Num. iii. 38.) And if they leave off the keeping of it, they transgress against a prohi- bition. The commandment of keeping it, is, that the priests be the keepers in the inner (places), and the Levites in the outer. And twenty-four companies kept it every night continually in twenty-four places ; the priests in three places, and the Levites in one and twenty places, &c. The priests that ward, ed, slept not in their priestly garments, but folded them up and laid them at their head--, and put on their own garments, and slept on the ground, as is the manner of all that ward 50 NUMBERS. shall keep the charge of the holy place, and the charge of tlie altar, tliat there be no fervent wrath any more upon the sons of Israel. •^ And I, behold I have taken your brethren the Levites from among the sons of Israel : to you they are given as a gift for Jeho- vah, to serve the service of the tent of the congregation. ' And thou, and thy sons with thee, shall keep your priest's office for every thing of the altar, and within the vail, and ye shall serve : I have given your priest's office as a service of gift j and the stran- ger that cometh nigli shall be put to death. ^ And Jehovah spake unto Aaron, And I, benold I have given unto thee the charge of mine lieave- offerings of all the holy things kings' courts, that they sleep not on beds. Anc! they set one provost over all the wards (or custodies) of the keepers, and he was called the man of the mountain of the house (of God.) And he went round about unco every ward, all the night with torches burn- ing before him ; and every warder that did not stand and say, Thou man of the mountain of the house, peace be unto thee, it was known that he was asleep, and he did beat him with his stati". And he had authority to burn his garment, so that (sometimes) they said in Jerusalem, What noise is in the court ? It is the cry of a Levite that is beaten, and his garments burnt, because he slept at his watch. In the morning, the provost of the sanctuary came and knocked at the gate for the priests that were in the place of burning, (the holy things,) and they opened unto him. He took a key and opened the little gate, that was be- tween the place of burning and the courtyard, and went from the burning place into the courtyaid, and the priests went in after him. And two torches of fire were in their hand, and they divided themselves into two com- panies; one company went eastward, and ano- ther westward ; and they searched and went through all the court-yard, till both compa- nies came to the place where they made the priests' meat-offering, (spoken of in Lev. vi. 20, 21.) When both sides came thither, they said, Peace, all is peace, and they set those that made the meat- offering to make the same. After this order did they every night, save the nights of the Sabbath: for tlieu they had not fire (torches) in their hand, but searched with the lamps that were lighted there on the evening of the Sabbath." Maim, ill torn. iii. in Beth habchirah, chap. 8. No FERVENT WRATH ANY MORE,] For transgressing, as in former time, when fer- vent wrath went out from the Lord, Num. xvi. 46. See also Num. viii. 19. Ver. 6. — I HAVE TAKEN,] Instead of all the first-born of Israel, who otherwise should have ministered unto me: see Num. iii. 12: and the annot. there. A gift for Jeho- vah,] Or, unto Jehovah, as the Gr. saith, "to the Lord;" the Chald. " before the Lord." See Num. iii. 9, 12 ; viii. 13, 16, 19 ; where they were offered unto the Lord, and given unto him, and by him given unto Aaron. Ver. 7. — Within the vail,] Not only the second vail, (as it is called in Heb. ix. 3,) but the first vail, within which ' the priests went always, accomplishing the ser- vices,' Heb. ix. 6 ; ' as to burn incense,' Luke i. 9 ; ' to trim the lamps,' Exod. xxvii. 20, 21 ; 'to set on the show-bread every Sabbath,' Lev. xxiv. 8, 9, and the like. I HAVE given,] Heb. / will give ; which form of speech, noteth a continuance of the gift. A SERVICE OF GIFT,] A Service freely given you ; which Sol. Jarchi and Chazkuni explain thus, " 1 have given it unto you by gift, that none should say, ye are come into it of your- selves. The stranger,] Any Israelite, Le- vite, or whosoever is not of Aaron's seed: see the notes on Num. iii. 10. Ver. 8. — I have given,] After the office of the priests and Levites prescribed, God here provideth for their maintenance and livelihood, which they should have from the people for their service. The equity whereof remaineth perpetual, as the apostle observeth, saying, ' Do ye not know that they which minister about holy things, eat of the things of the temple ? and they which wait at the altar, are partakers of the altar ? Even so hath the Lord ordained, that they which preach the gospel, should live of the gospel,' 1 Cor. ix. 13, 14. The charge,] Heb. " the keeping (or observation) of mine heave- offerings;" which the Gr. translateth, " the keeping of my first-fruits ;" in Chald. " the keeping of my separated things." They are said to be a charge or keeping, because they were carefully to be taken, and used holiiy, as gifts from the Lord. Sol. Jarchi explaineth it, " which thou must keep in cleanness (or pu- rity.) Therefore they are called holy things, and were to be eaten (some of them) in tha CHAP. XVIII. 57 of the sons of Israel ; unto thee have I given them, for the anoint- ing, and to thy sons, by a statute for ever. ' This shall be thine of the holy of holies, (reserved) from the fire : every oblation of theirs, of every meat-offering of tlieirs, and of every ^in-offering of theirs, and of every trespass- o/?erm^ of theirs, which they sliall render unto me, it shall be holy of holies for thee, and for thy sons. '" In the holy of liolies shalt thou cat it : every male shall eat it ; holy place, and by clean persons only ; as in ver. 9 — 11, &c. And in the Heb, canons it is said, " It is unlawful to defile the heave- olTering (or first-lVuits) of the land of Israel, like as other holy tilings, or to bring it into the estate of uncleanness ; but it is to be eaten being clean, and to be burnt if it be unclean." Maim. torn. iii. in Trumoth, chap. xii. sect. 1. Of all the holy THINGS,] Or, " with all the holy things," as Chazkuni here explaineth it: see the notes on Num. v. 9. The Gr. translateth, " of all things sanctified unto me by the sons of Israel." For the anointing,] That is, for the oflice sake whereunto thou art anointed: that as thou art consecrated with the holy oil, to at- tend upon mine holy things, Lev. xxi. 10 — 12 ; so thou shalt have mine holy things to keep and live upon. Thus anointing is also used in Lev. vii. 35, ' This is the anointing of Aaron, and the anointing of his sons.' For this cause the nation of the Jews was cursed with a curse, as having robbed God, because they kept back their tithes and ofl'erings, which ihey should have brought into the store-house, that there might have been meat in the house of God for his ministers, Mai. iii. 8—10. Ver. 9. — Of the holy of holies,] Heb. of the holiness of holinesses, that is, of the most holy things, which the Gr. translateth, " of the hallowed (or sanctified) holy things. Some oblations in the sanctuary are called holy, (and by the Heb. doctors, light holy things,) some holy of holies, that is, most holy things ; of which difference, see the annot. on Lev. vi. 17. With these he here beginneth, which the priests only were to eat, and that within the sanctuary, ver. 10; then he pro- ceedeth to the light holy things which the priests and their families were to eat within the camp, (and in ages following, within the walls of Jerusalem:) last of all, he speaketh of other gifts which were common, and might \e eaten by any, and in any place, ver. 14, &c. From the fire,] In Chald. left (or remaining) from the fire, meaning the fire of the altar, where some part of the most holy things were burned to the Lord. Every OBLATION,] This may be understood as the general ; and the meat-offering, sin-offering, &c., as the particulars thereof: or, if it be Vol. II. meant of things diflerent, it may be referred to those oblations appointed for the congrega- tion, in Lev. xxiii. 17 — 20. Thus Jarchi here explaineth it, " the peace-offerings of the congregation." And there were no peace-offerings of the congregation, but only those mentioned in Lev. xxiii.; as is noted on Lev. iv. 14 ; xxiii. 19. But Chazkuni un- derstandeth it of the two loaves, in Lev. xxiii. 17 ; and of the shew-bread, saying, " what o!)lation is this ? We find afterward the sin- otlisring, (to be expressed) and after that the trespass-offering, which were holy of holies. If, (we understand it) of the burnt-offering, that was not eaten : if of the peace-offerings, they were not holy of holies. Behold he speaketh not but of the two loaves, (Lev. xxiii.) and of the shew-bread." Now both these were most holy, and for the priests only to eat, as is showed on Lev. xxiii. 20 ; xxiv. 9. Meat-offering,] The remainder where- of was most holy for the priests only to eat in the holy place, by the law in Lev. vi. 16, 17. Sin-offering,] Which the priests were to eat also in the holy place, as in Lev. vi. 26. Trespass-offering,] Which likewise was most holy, and for the priests only to eat, as the law showeth in Lev. vii. 1 — 6. Which they shall render,] Or *Aa// re- turn (shall restore) unto me. This may be referred to the sacrifice forementioned : and by reason of this word render (or restore) and for that the Gr. translateth it, "whatsoever things they shall render to me ;" it may in special be understood of that ram of atone- ments which was given for a trespass-oflering when a man restored unto the Lord the thing which he had robbed ; according to the law in Num. v. 8 ; compared with Lev. vi. 2 — 6. And unto that particular does Jarchi and Chazkuni here refer it. Now that ram was most holy, because it was a trespass- oflering : but the thing itself which was stolei; and restored to the priest, was of the com- mon things, as after shall be showed. Ver. 10. — In the holy of holies,] Ob- serve how the court of the sanctuary is here called the holy of holies, or most holy place, in respect of the camp of Israel and city of Jerusalem, which were holy places for the light holy things, as the passover, peace-offer- ings, ajid tlie like, to be eaten in ; as also in 58 NUMBERS. holy shall it be unto thee, " And this shall he thine, the lieave- offering of their gift, with all the wave -offerings of the sons of Is- rael, unto thee have I given them, and to tliy sons and to tliy daughters with thee, by a statute for ever : every clean person in thine liouse shall eat it. '- All tlie fat of the new oil, and all the out the sanctuary. The heave, offering OF THEIR GIFT,] That is, which the Israeliteii give to tlie priest out of their heave-ofi'erings. such were (as Jarchi also here explainethj " the heave-oflering of the sacrifice of confes- sion, and of the peace-ofFering, and of the Nazaj'ite's ram:" whereof see Lev. vii. 11, 12, 14, 32, 34 ; and Num. vi. 17—20. In Deut. xii. 6, 17, there is mentioned * the heave-ofTering of your hand,' which is meant of the first-fruits spoken of in Deut. xxvi. See the annot. on those places. The wave- offerings,] As the breast of the peace-ofi'er- ings. Lev. vii. 30, 31, 34 ; for that was waved as the shoulder was heaved. Thy daughters,] Understand, whiles they re- mained in their father's house : but being married to strangers they might not eat of the holy things: see Lev. xxii. 12, 13. Every clean person,] Though the priest's slave, bought into, or born in his house ; but no stranger nor hired servant. Lev. xxii. 10,' 1 1 ; neither might any unclean person eat of it, Lev. vii. 20, 21. Ver. 12. — All the fat,] That is, as the Chald. expoundeth it, all the best ; which the Gr. translateth, all the _first -fruits. The fat is often used for that whicli is good, and best of things, not of beasts only, but of wheat, as Deut. xxxii. 14 ; Ps. Ixxxi. 17 ; cxlvii. 14 ; and here, of oil and wine; and so of the land in general, as Gen. xxvii. 28; xlv. 18. And as after God saith to the Le- vites, in ver. 30, ' when ye have heaved the fat thereof:' so this concerned all the people that they should do the like. " They heave not up any but the fairest," saith Maim, in Trumoth, chap. v. sect. 1. See the annot. on Gen. iv. 4. The new oil,] \n Gr. the oil : so after, of the wine. The law con- cerning these, is repeated in Deut. xviii. 4, thus, ' the first-fruits of thy corn, of thy new wine, and of thy new oil, &c., shall thou give uuto him,' that is, unto the priest. Under these thiee, all other of like sort are compre- hended; which the Hebs. explain thus; "all man's meat that is kept, which groweth out of the earth, is bound (to pay) the heave-ofler- ing (or first-fruits.) And it is a command- ment to separate out of it the first-fruits for the priest, Deut. xviii. 4. As corn, wine, oil, are man's meat, and grow out of the earth, and have owners, as it is written, thy corn: so whatsoever is of like sort, is bound (to pay) the heave-offering, and likewise the comparison with the great court for the peo- ple which was without the priest's court, 2 Chron. iv. 9 ; Ezek. xlii. 14. For that which is commonly called the holy of holies, or most holy place, (which was in the taber- nacle after the second vail,) was not a place to eat in, or for any to come into, save for the high priest once in the year to make atonement. Lev. xvi. ; Heb. ix. 3, 7. Nei- ther might they eat in the tabernacle, but in the court; and that is here meant, as the law showtth, ' in the holy place, in the court of the tent of the congregation they shall eat it,' Lev. vi. 16. And in the court of the temple there were chambers for such uses, Neh. xiii. 5, 9; whereupon in Ezek. xlii. 13, he speaketh of ' holy chambers, where the priests that approach unto the Lord shall eat the most holy things; there shall they lay the most holy things, and the meat-ofTeriiig, and the sin-ofleiing, and the trespass-ofi'ering, for the place is holy.' And whereas Ezekiel there prophesieth of the third temple, the temple of the gospel which Clirist should build, at which time the legal priesthood of Aaron should have an end, Heb. vii.; these ordinances did signify (besides the ministers' maintenance forespoken of, 1 Cor. ix. 13, 14,) that they which should by Christ be made priests unto God his Father, Rev. i. 6, (as all true Christians aie, 1 Pet. ii. 5, 9,) should be made partakers of Christ (who is both our meat-oHering, our sin and trespass-oflering ;) and feeding on his flesh by faith, should be nourished unto life eternal, John vi. 35, 60, 31 ; compared with Heb. xiii. 10 — 15. Every male,] And not the female : for the priest's wives and daughters might not eat of the most holy things, as they did eat of the holy and common things, ver. 11, 13, 19; Lev. vi. 18, 29 ; vii. 6. But now for our partaking of Christ, ' there is neither male nor female, for we are all one in Chiist Jesus,' Gal. iii. 28. Holy,] Heb. holiness : in Gr. holy things shall they be tmto thee : meaning that only the priests, and they in their holi- ness and cleanness should eat thereof. The blemished priests might eat, but the unclean might not, Lev. xxi. 21, 22; xxii. 3 — 6. The flesh itself also must be holy, for if any unclean thing touched it, it was burnt and might not be eaten, Lev. vii. 19. Ver. 11 — And this,] Here he passeth on to the light holy things, which might be eaten by the priests, male and female, with- CHAP. XVIII. 59 fat of tlic new wine, and of the corn ; tlie fiv^t fruits of tlicm wliich tliey shall give unto Jeliovali, them have I given unto tliee. '^ The hat tithes.'' Maim, in Trumoth, chap. ii. sect. 1. See after on ver. 21, for the tithes. As fur the first-fruits which the owners brought into the sanctuary, Deut. xxvi. the Hebs. say, they were hut of seven things only, as is noted on Exod. xxii. 29. Observe, therefore, a dilierence between the first-fruits left for the priests, and the first-fruits brought before the Lord, and there given to the priest: for tliese were two gifts, as after shall be showed. The first-fruits,] Called in Heb. Reshith, that is, the first or the beginning: after in ver. 13, he speaketli of first-lruits, called in Heb. Biccurim; of them he saith, "which they shall bring unto Jehovah," to wit, into the sanctuary, according to the law, in Deut. xxvi. 2, 3, &c. ; of these he saith, " which they shall give unto Jehovah ;" for they were not bouud to bring them out of their place, but the priests came where they were, and took them. These, (for distinction's sake) the Hebs. call " the great heave-offering ;" the other they call " the first-fruits." So in this place, Sol. Jarchi saith, " the first-fruits of them, this is the great heave-offering.'' And of these, the Heb. canons say, " the Israel- ites are not bound to take pains about the heave-offering, and to bring it from the corn- floor to the city, or from the wilderness to the inhabited land ; but the priests go out to the corn-floors, and the Israelites give them their portion there. And if (the priests) come not, then he separateth it, and leaveth it in the corn-floor. And if there be wild beasts or cattle that will devour it there, and there be none to keep it from them, our wise-men have ordained that they should then bring it to the city, and be paid of the priest for the bringing of it. For if he separate it, and leave it for the beasts, he profaneth the name (of God.)" Maim, in Trumoth, chap. xii. sect. 17. For the practice of these ordi- nances, see Neh. x. 35 — 39 ; how the peo- ple brought their first-fruits and tithes to the house of God. Which they shall give,] The law saith not how much they should give, but leaveth it to the people's liberality. How- beit, in Ezek. xlv. 13, it is written, ' this is the heave-oflering which ye shall heave up; the eixth part of an ephah of an homer of wheat,' &c; that was the sixtieth part, for an homer contained ten ephahs, Ezek. xlv. 11 ; whereupon the wise men of Israel or- dained that none should give for his first-fruits, less than the sixtieth part. " The great heave-offering hath do set measure by the law, for it is said (in Deut. xviii. 4.) The first (fruits) of thy corn, &c. But a man may not separate, save according to the measure which our wise men have set, &c. And i measure is that ? A good eye, [that is, a liberal per.-^on,] one of forty ; and a mean (eye,) one of fifty; an evil [eye, that is, a niggard,] one of sixty. And lie may not give less than one of sixty." Maim, in Trumoth, chap. iii. sect. 1, 2. The like measure they set for the other first-fruits brought into the sanctuary. Maim, in Biccurim (or first- fruits,) chap. ii. sect 17. See the notes on Exod. xxii. 29. According hereunto is that saying of Ben. Syrach, ' give the Lord his honour with a good eye, and diminish not the first-fruits of thine hands, Eccl. xxxv. 8. Unto Jehovah,] Tliey were given unto the Lord, in that they were given by his appointment to his priests, for their anointing (ver. 8,) and service in his sanctuary; there, fore they were holy. For this cause the priests were not to receive them after any base or servile manner, but as gifts due to the Lord, and to them from him ; and as the Heb. canons show, the Israelites " were to give them their portion with honour. And it was unlawful (for the priests or Levites) to snatch away the heave-offerings or the tithes: yea, if they did ask their portion with their mouth, it was unlawful ; but they were to receive them with honour. For at the Lord's table they did eat, and at his table they did drink; these gifts were the Lord's, and he did vouch- safe them unto them ; as it is written, ' I have given unto thee the charge of mine heave-offerings,' (Num. xviii. 8.)" Maim, in Trumoth, chap. xii. sect. 18, &c. Given UNTO thee,] Namely, for the priest to eat, drink, and anoint himself with tliem, accord- ing to the ordinary use of the creatures. " The (great) heave-ofi'ering is given for meat, and for drink, and for anointing: for anointing is as drinking, as it is said, ' and let it enter as water into his inward part, and as oil into his bones,' (Ps. cix. 18.) And drinking is comprehended under eating; that he is to eat that which is wont to be eaten, and drink that which is wont to be drunk, and anoint with that which they use to anoint with, not with wine or vinegar. But they anoint with oil that is clean, and burn (in lamps) that which is unclean." Maim, in Trumoth, chap. xi. sect. 1. Who they were that might eat, and who might not eat of these heave-offerings, is showed in Lev. xxii. 3, &c. Ver. 13.— The first-fruits,] These were another gift which the people brought into the sanctuary, made confession over them unto the Lord, and then gave them to his priest: whereof see Deut. xxvi. 2, &c. 60 NUMBERS first-fruits of all which shall be in their land, which they shall bring unto Jehovah, shall be thine : every clean person in thine house shall eat it. '* Every devoted thing in Israel shall be thine. '* Every thing that openeth the womb, of all flesh which they shall bring near unto Jehovah, of man or of beast, shall be thine : but redeeming thou shalt redeem the first-born of man ; and the first- ling of the unclean beast shalt thou redeem. '^ And those that are to be redeemed of him, from a month old, shalt thou redeem, by thy estimation ; for the silver of five shekels, by the shekel of the sanc- These were paid before all other duties, be- fore the great heave-offering forementioned, or the tithes after spoken of in ver. 21. The Hebs. say, " when men separate the heave- offering, and the tillie, they are to separate them in order: as, he separateth the first- fruits [spoken of in Deut. xxvi.] first of all ; and after them, the great heave-offering ; and after that, the first tithe, [which was given to the Levites, ver. 21 ;] and after that, the second tithe, or tithe of the poor, [whereof, see Deut. xiv. 22, 23, 2S, 29.]" Maim, in Trumoth, chap. iii. sect. 23. Shall eat IT,] In Gr. shall eat them. Of the clean per- son in the priest's house, see ver. 11. The eating of these first-fruits was to be only in Jerusalem, the holy city: "and whosoever eateth of that gift wherein holiness is, blesseth (God) who sanctified them with the sanctifi- cation of Aaron, and commanded them to eat so or so." Maim, in Biccurim, chap. i. sect. 2. Ver. 14. — Devoted thing,] In Heb. Chcrem : of this the Hebs. say, some things were devoted absolutely ; and such are spoken of here, and given to the priests: some things were devoted in special unto God or to his sanctuary, and they, or the price of them, went to the sanctuary. See the annot. on Lev. chap, xxvii. ver. 2S, &c. Shall be THINE,] The use of these is not restrained to the sanctuary, or holy city, or to the priests alone; but (by the Hebs.) " these were the priest's due in every place, and were common things." Maim, in ijiccurim, chap. i. sect. 7. Ver. 15. — That opeketh the womb,] Heb. every opening of the womb : which the Gr. translateth, eveiy thing that openeth every womb (or 7natrice.) Heieby the first-born only is meant, as the law showeth in Exod. xiii. 2 ; and such as were males, Deut. xv. 19 ; Exod. xxxiv. 19. Redeeming thou SHALT REDEEM,] Tliat IS, thou shalt surely, or in any case ledeem: the father was to give, the priest to take the redemption money. It figured the redemption of God's people, call- ed ' the church of the first-born, which are written in heaven,' Heb. xii. 23 ; ' wlio are not redeemed with corruptible tilings, as sil- ver and gold, &c., but with the precious blood of Christ,' 1 Pet. i. 18, 19. So being ' bought from among men, they are the first- fruits unto God, and to the Lamb,' Rev. xiv. 4. Of the UNCLEAN BEAST,] This is trans- lated in Gr. of ■unclean beasts, as implying all sorts, elsewhere the law mentioneth the ass, it may be for an instance, Exod. xiii. 13; xxxiv. 20. But the Hebs. say, " the unclean beast spoken of here, is the ass only." Maim, in Biccurim, chap. xii. sect. 3. Thou SHALT REDEEM,] The ass was to be redeemed with a lamb, or else the owner was to break the neck of the ass: see the notes on Exod. xiii. 13 ; xxxiv. 20. The Hebs, say, " these two commandments (of redeeming it with a lamb, or of breaking the neck of it) were of force in every place, and at every time; and the commandment of redeeming it, was be- fore the commandment of breaking the neck of it. The lamb wherewith it was redeemed was given to the priest. Num. xviii. 15. The fiist-born ass was unlawful to be used (or made profit of) till it were ledeemed. And if he sold it before it were redeemed, the price of it was unlawful, &c. Priests and Levites are freed from redeeming the first- born ass; for it is said (in Num. xviii. 15.) The first-born of man, and the first-born of the unclean beast, thou shalt redeem. Who- soever was charged to redeem the first-born of man, was likewise for the unclean beast: and he that was free fiom the one, was free from the other. Maim, in Biccurim, chap, xii. See other things noted hereabout, on Exod. xxxiv. 20. Ver. 16.' — Redeemed of him,] Or of them, meaning the men fore-spoken of: the Gr. tianslateth, "the redemption of him:" and Thargum Jonathan addeth for explana- tion, "of the son of man." From a month OLD,] Heb. from the son of a tnonth. See the annot. on Lev. xxvii. 6. The silver of FIVE shekels,] that is, five shekels of silver. This sum was before given for every fiist- born. Num. iii. 45, 46. Twenty Gerahs.J The gerah weighed 16 barley corns, the shekel of the sanctuary (or holy shekel) weighed 320 barley-corns, as is before noted CllAP. XVIII. 61 tuary, which is twenty gerahs. '' But the firstling of a cow, or the firstling of a sheep, or the firstlmg of a goat thou shalt not redeem, they are holy : their blood thou shalt sprinkle upon the altar, and their fat thou shalt burn,^r a Rre-qffering, for a savour of rest unto Jehovah. ^^ And the flesh of them shall be thme : as the wave breast, and as the right shoulder, shall it be thine. " All the heave - on Lev. xxvii. 25. The Hebs. hold, that this redemption of the son, might be " either with money, or money's worth, so as it were of movable goods, but not with lands, nor with servants, nor with bills (or writings;) and if he redeemed his son with them, he was not redeemed." Maimony in Biccurim, chap, xi. sect. 6. Now because the tribe of Levi was taken instead of all the first-born of Israel, Num. iii. therefore they and theirseed were free from this redemption: and so the Heb. canons say, " Priests and Levites are freed from the redemption of their sons, and further, an Israelite that cometh of a woman of Levi is free; for the case dependeth not on the father, but on the mother; as it is said, that which openeth the womb, &c. Maim, ibidem, chap. xi. sect. 9. Ver. 17. — The firstling,] Or, the first- horn: in Gr., the firstling of coivs , &c. under- stand, being a male firstling, as Exud.xxxiv. 19, otherwise it was not sanctified, or given to the p»iest," A firstling which is both male and female, hath no holiness in it at all ; but is as a female, whereto the priest hath no right." Maimony in Becoroth, chap. ii. sect. 5. Shalt not redeem,] Thou mayest not give the worth of it, or any other for it ; but the beast itself is to be given: neither may the owner use, or make profit of it, or of the wool, or any thing thereon, Deut. xv. 19. They are holy,] And therefore must be hallowed (or sanctified) to the Lord, Exod. xiii. 2. The Hebs. say, a man " is command- ed to sanctify the firstborn of his clean beast, and to say, Behold this is holy. All are bound (to sanctify) the firstling of a clean beast; both Priests, Levites, and Israelites: although the firstling is the priest's. If he have a firstling born, he is to ofl'er the blood and fat (on the altar) and to eat the rest of the flesh, according to the law of the firstlings." Maim, in Bechoroth, chap. i. sect. 4, 7. A savour OF REST,] That is, as the Gr. translateth, of sweet smell ; which the Chald. explaineth, "that it may be accepted with favour before the Lord." But if it were blemished, it might not be oH'ered by the law. Lev. xxii. 20, 21, &c. What did they then with their blemished firstlings? The law showeth in Deut. XV. and the Hebs. explain it, " The firstling of the clean beast is slain in the court-yard (of the sanctuary) as other liglit holy things: they sprinkle the blood, and burn the fat, and the residue of the flesh is eaten by the priests. If the firstling have a blemish, whether it be born with his blemish, or a blemish fall on it after it is perfect, yet it is the priest's. If he will, he may eat it in any place, or he may sell it, or feed others with it, whom he will, though it be an heathen : for it is a common thing ; as it is written (in Deut. xv. 21, 22.) And if there be any blemish therein, &c. thou shalt eat it within thy gates ; the unclean and the clean shall eat it alike, as the roebuck, and as the hart: and lo that is the priest's goods." Maim, in Bechoroth, chap. i. sect. 2, 3. Ver. 18. — As the wave breast,] The parts of the peace-ofTerings given to the priests, Lev. iii. 34. See also before, on ver. 11. Ver. 19. — All the heave-offerings,] The Gr. and Chald. expound it, every sepa- rated thing. This conclusion includeth all other holy gifts, expressed iu other places of the law, though not enumerated here. And this showeth God's bounty to his priests, in allowing them so large means of livelihood, for their service of him; 'that they might be encouraged in the law of the Lord;' as is said in 2 Chron. xxxi. 4. There was none of them that did ' shut the doors of God's sanctuary, or kindle fire on his altar for nought,' Mai. i. 10. And when the people neglected their duty, in not giving such things as were appointed, then was the house of God forsaken: and the godly governors looked to the redress hereof, Neh. xiii. 10, U, 12, &c. The Heb. doctors write of twenty-four several gifts, which God bestowed on the priests, with the order and use of them all. " Four and twenty gifts were given to the priests, and they are all expressed in the law: and concerning them all, was the covenant made with Aaron, and whosoever eateth of any gift wherein holiness is, blesseth (God) who sanctified him with the holiness of Aarun, and commanded him to eat so and so. Eight of these gifts, the priests did eat no where but in the sanctuary, within the wall of the court- yard. And five gifts they did not eat but in Jerusalem, within the walls of the city. And five gifts were not due unto them by the law, but in the land of Israel only. And five gifts were due unto them, both within the G2 NUMBERS. offerings of the holy things, which the sons of Israel shall offer unto Jehovah, 1 have given to tliee, and to thy sons, and to thy daughters with thee, by a statute^or ever : it is a covenant of salt Jbr ever before Jeliovah, to thee and to thy seed with thee. ^" And Jehovah said unto Aaron j thou slialt have no inheritance in tlieir land, neither shalt thou have a part among them ; I am thy part, ' 2. The redemption of the first-born son. (Num. xviii. 15.) ' 3. The firstling of the ass, (Exod. iv. 20j Num. xviii.) ' 4. The restitution of that which is taken by rapine from a stranger, (Num. v. 8.) ' 5. The devoted things, (Num. xviii. 14.)' These five are common thmgs, in all re- spects. The gift due unto them Imm the sanctu- ary, was: ' 1. The skins of the burnt-offering, (Lev. vii. 8.) And the same law was for the skins of the other most holy things: they all were the firiests. ' The gifts which the females had part in, as well as the male (priests) were five. 1. The lieave- offering (or first-fruits.) 2. The heave-offering of the tithe. S. The cake. 4. The gifts of the beast, (Deut. xviii. 3.) 5. And the first of the fleece." Maimony in Biccurim, chap. i. sect. 1, &c. 'A cove- nant OF SALT,] That is, a stable, firm and incorruptible covenant. So the kingdom over Israel was given to David and to his sons, by a covenant of salt, 2 Chron. xiii. 5. and there the Gr. explaineth it, "an ever- lasting covenant. Ver. 20. — Thou shalt have,] This con- cerneth not so much Aaron himself, (who died before he came into the land. Num. xx. 28.) as his posterity; and not them only, but all the Levites ; as after Moses showeth in Deut. xviii. 1. 'The priests the Levites, all the tribe of Levi, shall have no part nor in- heritance with Israel.' Inheritance IN THEIR land,] Which was divided by lot to the other tribes, according as God numbered them, when the tribe of Levi was numbered apart, Num. xxvi. 53, 55, 57, 62. Not- withstanding, they had cities to dwell in, and suburbs given from the other tribes, Num. XXXV. and in Ezek. xlviii. 10, &c. an holy oblation, out of the spiritual land, is given to the priests and Levites. A part,] Or, a portion, a share among them. This word, though often it be spoken of a part or portion of land, as in Jos. xv. 13; xix. 9 ; xviii. 5, &c. yet also it is meant of a part in the spoils or prey, as in Num. xxxi. 36; 1 Sam. xxx. 24. And so it seemeth to be intended here, of the spoils gotten by war of the Canaan- land, and without the land. And one gift was due unto them from the sanctuary. The eight gifts which they did not eat but within the sanctuary, were these : ' 1. The flesh of tlie sin-offering, whether fowl or beast (Lev. vi. 25, 26.) ' 2. The flesh of the trespass-ofiering, (Lev. vii. 1, 6.) ' 3. The peace-offerings of the congrega- tion, (Lev. xxiii. 19, 20.) ' 4. The remainder of the Omer (or Sheaf, Lev. xxiii. 10, &c.) ' 5. The remnants of the meat-ofTerings of the Israelites, (Lev. vi. 16.) ' 6. The two loaves, (Lev. xxiii. 17.) ' 7. The shew-bread, (Lev. xxiv. 9.) ' 8. The leper's log of oil, (Lev. xiv. 10, &c.) ' These were not eaten but in the sanctu- ary.' The five which they might not eat but in Jerusalem, [and before that, within the (;amp of Israel, to which Jerusalem afterwards was answerable, as is noted on Num. ii. 28.] were these: ' 1. The breast and shoulder of the peace, offerings, (Lev. v. 31, 34.) '2. The heave-ofiering of the sacrifice of confession, (Lev. v. 7, 12, 14. ' 3. The heave-ofiering of the Nazarite's Ram, (Num. vi. 17, 20.) '4. The firstling of the clean beast, (Num. xviii. 15; Deut. xv. 19, 20.) ' 6. The first-fruits, (Num. xviii. 13.) These were not eaten but in Jerusalem." The five things due from the land of Israel only were: ' 1. The heave offering (or first-fruits, (Num. xviii. 12.) ' 2. The heave-ofTering of the tithe, (Num. xviii. 28.) ' 3. The cake, (Num. xv. 20.) * And these three were holy. ' 4, The first-fruits of the fleece, (Deut. xviii. 4.) ' 5. The field of possession, (Num. xxxv.) and both of these were common. These were not due unto them by the law, save in the land of Israel.' The five things due to the priests in every place, were: • 1. The gifts (of the beasts slain, Deut. xviii. 3.) CHAP. XVIII. 63 and thine inheritance, among the sons of Israel. ^' And to the sons of Levi, behold I have given all tlie tenth in Israel, for an inheritance for their service which they serve, the service of the tent of the congregation. ^^ And the sons of Israel shall not come nigh henceforth, nnto the tent of the congregation, to beai ites, which were of great worth, as appear- eth hy Deut. ii. 35 ; iii. 7; vi. 11, so that Joshua said to some of the people, ' Return with much riches unto your tents, and uith \ery much cattle, and with silver, and with gold, and with brass, and with iron, and with very much raiment,' &c. Jos. xxii. 8, yet Levi might have none, because the Lord had given him his portion in the holy things; and he was to war another warfare in the Lord's sanctuary, Num. iv. 23, and according to the apostle's doctrine, ' No man that warreth, entangleth himself with the affairs of this life ; that he may please him who hath chosen him to he a soldier,' 2 Tim. ii. 4. Of this matter the Hebs. say; " All the tribe of Levi are warned that they have no inheritance in the land of Canaan ; likewise they are warned that they take no part of the spoil, at the time when they conquer the cities, Deut. xviii. 1. * And a son of Levi, that taketh a part of the spoil, is to be beaten: and if he have received an inheritance in the land, they are to take it away from him. It seemeth unto me, that these things are not spoken but of the land, ivhich was promised by covenant to Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob, &c. But all other lands, which any of the kings of Israel should sub- due, the priests and Levites were for tho e lands, and the spoils of them, like all other Israelites. And why had Levi no right of inheritance in the land of Israel, and spoils thereof, with his brethren? Because he was separated to serve the Lord, and to minister unto him, and to teach his right ways, and his just judgments unto many,' as Deut. xxxiii. 10. Therefore were they separated from the ways of the woild ; they wage not war, like other Israelites, neither have they inheritance, &c. but they are the Lord's power, as it is written, ' Bless Lord his power,' Deut. xxxiii. 11, and the blessed (God) himself is their reward, as he saith, I am thy part and thine inheritance." Maim. torn. iii. treat, of the Release and Jubilee, chap. xiii. sect. 10, 11, 12. So in Ezek. xliv. 28. God saith of the priests, ' Ye shall give them no possession in Israel, I am their possession.' I am thy part,] Both by the gifts fore-appointed, (as is said in Deut. xviii. 1, ' The fire offerings of Jehovah, and his inheritance, shall they eat;') and by other blessings, wherewith he would abundantly recompence their worldly want, administering unto them his heavenly graces. Hereupon the godly testified their faith, and hope in God, by these and such like speeches ; ' God is my part for ever,' Ps. Ixxiii. 26. • Thow art my part, in the land of the living,' Ps. cxlii. 6. ' Jehovah is my part, saith my soul ; therefore will I hope in him,' Lam. iii. 24. ' I rejoice at thy word, as one that findetb great spoil,' Ps. cxix. IC2. Ver. 21. — And to the sons of levi,] Now followeth the law concerning the Le- vites, who were joined to the priests in ser- vice, and so in provision for their mainten- ance. And this word and, Chazkuni here noteth as an addition to that which went be- fore, saying " that the covenant of salt for ever, was to the Levites also. All the TENTH,] Or, all the tithe. Tliis is the fir>t tithe which the Israelites payed to the Le- vites ; after which they separated a second tithe, which they themselves did eat before the Lord, the first year and the second, and every third year gave it to the Levites and poor: whereof see Deut. xiv. 22, 23, &c. Touching this, the Heb. say, that the Israel- ites, " After they liad separated the great heave-offering (or first-fruits spoken of in Num. xviii. 12,) they separated one of ten out of that which remained, and this is called the first tithe ; and it is that which is spoken of izi Num. xviii. 24, and this tithe was for the males and females of the Levites. They pay no tithe but of the choice (or best) as it is said (in Num. xviii. 30.) When ye have heaved the fat thereof, &c. as the tithe which the Levites separate, is to be of the fat thereof; so the tithe which the Israelites sepa- rate from the floor or winepress, is to be of the fat. They pay not the tithe but by mea- sure, or by weight, or by number. He that separateth this tithe blesseth (God) first, as they use to bless for other commandments: so he blesseth for the second tithe, and for the poor man's tithe, and for the tithe of the tithe, lie blesseth for every one severally.' Maim, tom. iii. treat, of tithes, chap. i. sect. i. 13, 14. 16. Ver. 22. — Not come nigh any more,] To serve in the tabernacle, as they did in the rebellion of Korah, Num. xvi. To bear sin,] That is, lest they suffer the punishment for their sin. So in ver. 23, ' bear their ini- quity, as in ver. 1. To die,] Or, and die; see the notes on Gen. ii. 3, this showeth the punishment to be death: the Gr. translateth it, deadly (or death procurin/f) sin. 64 NUMBERS. sill, to die. -^ But the Levito, he shall serve the service of the tent of tlie congregation ; and they shall bear their iniquity : it shall be a statute /or ever throughout your generations, that among thesojis of Israel they sliall not inherit any inlieritance. ^* But the titlie of the sons of Israel, which they shall offer up unto Jehovah, for an iieave-offering, I have given to the Levites for an inheritance : tiierefore I have said unto them, among the sons of Israel they shall not inherit any inheritance. ^^ And Jeliovah spake unto Moses, saying ; ^^ And unto the Levites thou shalt speak, and say unto them ; when ye take of* the sons of Israel the titlie, whicli T liave given unto you from them, for your inheritance, then ye shall offer up thereof, the lieave-offering of Jehovah, the tithe of the tithe. •^^ And your lieave-offering shall be counted unto you as the corn of the threshing floor, and as the fulness of the wine-press. ^^ Tlius you also shall offer tlie heave-offering of Jehovah, of all your tithe wliich ye receive of the sons of Israel, and ye shall give Ver. 23.— Bear their iniquity,] That is, bear the punishment of their own ini- quity, if they transgress; and of the people's, if they sufier them to transgress. Thus Sol. Jarchi expoundeth it; "They (the Levites) shall hear the iniquity of the Israelites; for it is their duty to warn strangers from coming near unto them." Ver. 24.— Heave up,] In Gr. and Chald., separate unto the Lord: so in ver. 26. This showeth the tithes to be an oblation to the Lord, and a sign of the Israelites' homage, subjection and thankfulness unto him for his blessings. And upon this ground, the apostle proveth Melchisedec to be a greater priest than Abraham, or Aaron; because Abraham (and all the Levites and priests in his loins) paid tithes to Melchisedec, Gen. xiv. Heb. vii. 'Now consider how great this man was, unto whom even the patriarch Abraham gave the tenth of the spoils, Heb. vii. 4. Ver. 26. — The tithe of the tithe,] Or, a tenth part of the tenth. Ver. 27. — As the fulness,] Or, as the plenty, that is, the plentiful increase; or, the full, that is, ripe liquor: the Gr. translateth it, as the separated thing. Sol. Jarchi saith, "Fulness meaneththe ripe fruit which isfuU." See thenotes onExod. xxii. 29, where this word is also used for full-ripe fruit. From hence the Hebs. gather, that seeing the Levites' first tithes (out of which they paid the priest's tithes) were as the corn of the floor, and li- quor of the press; therefore they were as common things. "The first tithe is lawful to be eaten by Israelites, and lawful to be eaten in uncleanness, for there is in it no holinessat all: and wheresoeverholiness, or re- demption of the tithe is spoken of, [as in Lev. xxvii.] it is not meant bnt of the second tithe. And they count the first tithes as common things, because it is said, 'And your heave-ofTering shall be reckoned unto you as the corn of the floor, &c. as the floor and wine-press are common for evejy thing, so the first tithe (out of which the heave -offer- ing is taken) is common foi* every thing." Maim, treat, of tithes, chap. i. sect. 2. This is to be understood, after the Levites had se- parated the tenth of the tithe, then the rest should be common, like the corn of the floor, as is explained in ver. 30. Ver. 28. — Thus you also,] Or, so you also ; you Levites as well as other Israelites, though you have no inheritance in the land, yet shall you honour the Lord with an heave- ofleriiig out of your first tithe: and it shall be reckoned or imputed into you, as if you had lands and possessions, and ofl'ercd tithes out of them. To Aaron,] And so to his posterity the priests, as was observed in the ages following, as it is written, ' And the priest the son of Aaron, shall be with the Levites, when the Levites take tithes; and the Levites shall bring up the tithe of the tithe, unto the house of God, to the chambers in the treasure house,' Neh. x. 38. Thus also are we to understand the apostle, when he saith that the priests, 'the sons of Levi who receive the office of priesthood, have a commandment to take tithes of the people according to the law,' &c., Heb. vii. 5, that the Levites took them of the people immediately, and the priests mediately, in taking the tithe of the tithe from the Levites, as this place showeth, compared with Neh. x. 37, 38. CHAP, xviir. 05 tJicreof the lieavc- offering of Jeliovali, to Aaron the priest. ^^ Ont of all your gifts ye shall offer every lieave- offering of Jehovah, of all the fat thereof, the hallowed part thereof out of it. ^" And thou shalt say unto them, Wlien ye have heaved the fat thereof from it, then it shall be counted mito the Levites, as the revenue of the threshing floor, and as the revenue of the wine-press. ^' And ye shall eat it in every place ; you, and your house : for it is a re- ward unto you for your service in the tent of the congregation. ^- And ye shall not bear sin for it, when ye have heaved the fat thereof from it : and ye shall not profane the holy things of the sons of Israel, that ye die not. Ver. 29. — Out of all your gifts,] This is more general, and seemeth to imply, besides the tenth of their tithe, the tenth also of other things, as of their own ground, the suburbs and fields which were given to the Levites, Num. xxxv. 4. So Chazkuni here saith, " Out of all your gifts, ye shall heave up: to teach that even of the fruit that grew in the fields of the suburbs of the Levites' cities, they were bound to give unto the priests," &c. And it is proportionable, that as God was to be honoui'ed with the tithes of other men's lands, so of the Levites, that they also hereby might signify their homage and thankfulness to God. Yea the Hebs. bring the priests themselves also under this duty, saying; " Levites and priests do separate the first tithe, for to separate out of it the heave- ofl'ering of the tithe. And so the priests do separate the other heave-offerings and the tithe for themselves, that the priest may re- ceive of all. Lest they should eat their fruits uiitithed, the scripture saith, ' Thus you also shall heave up,' (Num. xviii. 28,) which we have heard expounded thus ; you, these are the Levites; also you, this implieth the priests." Maim, treat, of tithes, chap. i. sect. 3. The fat,] That is, as the Chald. expoundeth, the best, or fairest: in Gr., the frst-fruiis: see before on ver. 12, 21. So Chazkuni here saith, " Of all the best and of all the fairest thereof, ye shall separate out of it the hallowed part thereof, that it may be an heave-ofl'ering. Ver. 30. — The revenue,] In Gr. the fruit of the threshing-floor. This word revenue, as the Hebs. distinguish it, " is corn after it is eared; and after it is threshed and fanned, it is called (dagan) corn." Maim, tom. 1. in Beracoth, chap. iii. sect. 1. Ver. 31. — In every place,] Sol. Jarchi explaineth it, though it be in the place of burial; and that was an unclean place. The first tithes therefore which were paid to Vol. IL the Levites, might be eaten by them as com- mon things, in every place : but the second tithe (which the owners separated after the first, and did eat themselves) might not be eaten every where, but before the Lord only, that is, within the city of Jerusalem, after the temple was buHt therein. See Deut. xiv. 22, 23, &c. YoDR HOUSE,] That is, your household; as the Chald. translateth it, the men of your house. A reward,] Or wages; and so your due for your service: so the apostle speaking of the honour due to the ministers of Christ, saith, 'The labourer is worthy of his reward,' 1 "Tim. v. 17, 18, and Christ himself, sending his disciples to preach, said unto them, * And in the same house re- main, eating and drinking such things as they give: for the labourer is worthy of his reward. Go not from house to house,' Luke X. 7. Ver. 32. — Bear sin for it,] That is, bear the punishment of sin for the tithe: which the Levites should do, if they heaved (or separated) not a tenth part of the best of that tithe from it, as is before commanded. Profane the holy thing,] Heb. the holi. ness. This is a general warning both to priests and Levites, that the holy things of the people be not profaned by them, nor suffered to be profaned by others. And holy things might be profaned, if either they were eaten out of the time limited by God, as in Lev. xix. 7, 8, or if the priests were unclean when they did eat them, as Lev. xxii. 2, 3, 9, or if others did them, to whom they did not pertain, as Lev. xxii. 10, 15, 16, or if other the like unlawful actions were done or suffered . The ministers of God therefore had this charge upon them, by all means to sanctify the Lord, his tabernacle and holy things; that so they might procure the wel- fare and salvation both of themselves and others: as 1 Tim. iv. 16. 66 NUMBER S. CHAP. XIX. 1. The Lord commandetli a red heifer io he slain hy the priest, sortie of her blood to be sprinkled, the residue, rvith her body, to be burned, to- gether with cedar wood, hyssop, and scarlet ; and the ashes of all these to be gathered up and kept for the congregation, to make therewith a water of separation and purification from sin. 11. The lam for the use of it, in purif cation of the unclean by tJie dead. 335 ^ And Jehovah spake unto Moses and unto Aaron, saying, ^ This IS the ordinance of the law v/hich Jehovah hath commanded, saying, Speak unto the sons of Israel, that they take unto thee a red heifer, perfect, wherein is no blemish, upon which never came yoke. BBS Here is the thirty-ninth section of the law, after the Hebrews' account: see Gen. vi. 9. Ver. 2. — The ordinance,] Or, the sta- tute, constitution, the prescript ordinance ; in Gr. the distinction of the latv. As in the former chapter, God gave order for his mini- sters, the tribe of Levi, by whom the service in his tabernacle should be performed, and his people should come near unto him, to offer all their sacrifices: so here he giveth a law for a]l men generally, how they should be purified from their uncleanness, whensoever they were to come into his sanctuary with their sacrifices, and for the service of his holy Majesty; that their hearts might be confirm- ed in his grace, against their own infirmities. Take u.nto thee,] That is, take and bring unto thee: see the like phrase in Gen. xv. 9; Exod. XXV. 2; Lev. xxiv. 2. This heifer was taken of the people, to show the interest that they all had in it ; and by faith in that which it figured Chiist. A red HEIFER,] Thargum Jonathan addeth, " a three yearling:" so in the Heb. canons they say, " It is commanded that the red heifer be of the third year, or of the fourth year, and jt may be older." Maim, in Pharah adum- mah, (or treat, of the Red heifer,) chap. i. sect. I. Perfect,] In Gr. without blemish. As all sacrifices wei-e to be unblemished. Lev. xxii. so this ; but the perfection here spoken of, the Hebs. refer to the colour also, that it be " perfect in redness, because if it have but two hairs black, it is unlawful," saitl) Sol. Jarchi. The same is affirmed also by Maim. " if it have two hairs white or black, &c. it is to be refused." Maim, in Pharah, chap. i. sect. 2. No blemish,] "If it hath had a weu (or wart) and it be cut off, though red hairs be grown in the place, yet is it disallowable. All blemishes that disable the holy thing, disable this heifer. If it have been cut out of the mother's body, or been the price of a dog, or hire of an whore, (Deut. xxiii. 18,) or been torn, or been abused by mankind, (Lev. xx. 15,) it is un- lawful. For whatsoever maketh holy things unlawful for the altar, maketh the heifer un- lawful." Maim, in Pharah, chap. i. sect. 6, 7. Yoke,] That is, which hath not been used of men for any work: and this is pecu- liar to this heifer, for other sacrifices were not disabled by the yoke or any work, save the heifer for expiation of murder, Deut. xxi. 3. " This heifer excelleth other holy things, for work done by it disableth it. As the yoke spoken of concerning the heifer, (Deut. xxi.) maketh all other works like the yoke: so in this heifer, &c. But the yoke disableth her, whether it be in the time of working or not: whereas other works disable her not, save in the time of working. As, if one bind a yoke upon her, although she hath not ploughed with it, she is unlawful: but if one took her in to tread out corn, (as Deut. xxv. 4,) she is not made disallowable, until he tread out corn with her; and so in all like cases." Maim, in Pharah, chap. i. sect. 7. As other sacrifices of beasts prefigured Christ, so this in special figured him ; red, in his human nature and participation of our afflic- tions, Is. Ixiii. 1, 2; Heb. ii. 14, 17, 18; perfect and without blemish of sin, both in his nature and actions, Luke i. 25; 1 Pet. i. 19 ; ii. 22 ; without yoke, as being free from the bondage of sin and corruption, and from servitude to the ordinance of men in religion, and as doing voluntarily the things that per- tained to our redemption, Lam. i. 14 ; John CHAP. XIX. 67 3 And ye sliall give her unto Eleazar the priest, and he shall bring her. forth without the camp, and one shall slay her before his face. * And Eleazar the priest sliall take of her blood witli liis finger, and shall sprinkle of her blood directly before the tent of the con- gregation seven times. ^ And one shall burn the lieifer in his eyes; her skin, and her flesh, and her blood, with her dung, shall he burn. viii. .33—36; 1 Tim. vi. 1; 1 Cor. vii. 23 John X. 17, 18. Ver. 3. — Unto Eleazar,] He was Aaron's son, and by doing this work he was unclean, ver. 7 ; wherefore Aaron himself, who was high priest, did it not. Hence the Hebs. say, that " an ordinary priest was fit for to burn the heifer: for it is said, give her unto Eleazar the priest, and yet Aaron him- self was living. And by word of mouth we have been taught, that this was done by Eleazar; and all other heifers (were dont) either by the high priest or by a common priest. And he that did it, was arrayed with the four ornaments of a common priest, whether he were the high priest or an ordi- naiy priest that did it." Maim, in Pharah, chap. i. sect. 11, 12. It figured, that the work iif our redemption and purification from sin, should be the work of Christ's priestly office, Heb. ix. 9, 13, 14. He in perform- ing the truth of this type, was both priest and sacrifice. He shall bring,] The Gr. translateth, " they shall bring ;" and so after, they shall slay ; as if, not Eleazar himself, but some other at his appointment did it. And the words following, ' he shall slay her before his face,' seem to imply so much, that some other man did slay her before Eleazar's face. And it is frequent in Scripture to make one the doer of a thing which he com- mandeth to be done , as Pilate gave the body of Christ to Joseph, Mark xv. 45 ; that is, commanded it to be given, Matt, xxvii. 58. See the annot. on Exod. vii. 17; Gen. xxxix. 22; xlviii. 22. Without the camp,] Which figured Christ's suffering without the gates of Jerusalem, Heb. xiii. 11, 12. So in ages following, they burned this heifer without Jerusalem, as in the Heb. records it is said, " they burnt not the heifer, but with- out the mountain of the house (of God) as it is written, and he shall bring her forth with- out the camp, (Num. xix. 3,) and they use to burn it on mount Olivet." Maim, in Pharah, chap. iii. sect. 1. Without the camp, malefactors were to be put to death. Lev. xxiv. 10 ,- Num. xv. 36. One shall SLAY her,] " A stranger (or other man) did slay her, and Eleazar beheld it," saith Sol. Jarchi on this place. So in ver. 5, ' he shall burn the heifer in his eyes,' that is, another man shall burn her in Eleazar's sight: which is confirmed by ver. 7, 8, where first the priest (Eleazar) is commanded to wash his clothes, and after, he that burned her was to wash his clothes ; so that these were divers men. Hence also the Hebs. say, " they may not slay two red heifers at once, for it is written, and he shall slay her." Maim, in Pharah, chap. iv. sect. i. Ver. 4. — With his finger,] Figuring the finger, that is, the Spirit of our priest Christ Jesus, whereby he hath sprinkled the way for us into heaven, and our hearts from an evil conscience, that we may have access thither by his blood, Heb. ix. 22—24 ; x. 19, 20, 22. For as ' the finger of God,' Luke xi. 20 ; is interpreted ' the Spirit of God,' Matt. xii. 28 ; so the finger of the priest here, signified the Spirit of our high priest Christ, by the power whereof our way is pre- pared into the kingdom of God, through the applying and sprinkling of his own blood, Heb. xii, 24; X. 19; 1 Pet. i. 2; I Cor. vi. 11. The Hebs. gather from this precept, that it was " unlawful to receive the blood in a vessel, because it is said, the priest shall take of her blood with his finger. Maim, in Pharah, chap. iv. sect. 4. Directly be- fore the tent,] That is, towards the fore- part or door of the tabernacle. The priest stood without the camp where the heifer was slain, and there sprinkled towards the sanc- tuary seven times, (which is a full and com- plete number, as is noted on Lev. iv. 6 ;) and that place being a figure of heaven, Heb. ix. 24 ; this sprinkling thitherward figured out how liberty should be procured for God's people, ' to enter into the holiest by the blood of Jesus, by the new and living way which he hath consecrated for us,' Heb. x. 19, 29. By the Heb. canons, " if he sprin- kled (the blood) and not towards the sanc- tuary, it was unlawful. Likewise, if he did slay or burn her, and not over against the sanctuary, it was unlawful." Maim, in Pharah, chap. iv. sect. 5. Ver. 5. — One shall burn,] That is, some shall burn in Eleazar's sight ; or Elea- zar shall cause it to be bumt before his eyes. For another man burned it, as appeareth by ver. S ; wherefore Thargum Jonathan ex- plaineth, " another priest shall burn." The burning of the heifer without the camp, figur- ed ' how Jesus, that he might sanctify the 6S NUMBER S. * And the priest shall take cedar wood, and hyssop, and scarlet, and shall cast them into the midst of the burning of the lieifer. ' And the priest shall wash his clothes, and he shall bathe his flesh in water, and afterward he shall come into the camp, and the priest people with his own blood, should sufler with- out the gate (of Jerusalem,') Heb. xiii. 11, 12. Ver. 6. — Cedar wood,] This, with the hyssop and scarlet following, were used in the cleansing of lepers that were healed, Lev. xiv. 4. See the annot. on that place. The cedar is one of the greatest and tallest trees, (opposed to the hyssop as the lowest, 1 Kings iv. 33 ;) it is durable wood and rotteth not, being choice (or excellent,) Song v. 15 ; fi- guring the perpetual efficacy of the death of Christ, who, ' by one oflering hath perfected for ever them that are sanctified,' Heb. x. 14. Eyzop,] Or, hyssop, whereof see Exod. xii. 22. As here it was burned with the heifer, so after in ver. 18, a sprinkle was made with it, figuring the virtue and fragrance of Christ's death, to purge our sins, and to sprinkle'our hearts ' from an evil conscience,' Heb. i. 3 ; X. 22. Scarlet,] Or, twice dyed scarlet, called in Heb. Sheni tholagnath; whereof see Exod. xxv. 4. This bloody co- lour sometimes signifieth sins. Is. i. 18 ; and it is the death and blood of Christ that cleanseth us from all sin, Rom. vi. 10 ; 1 -Tohn i. 7; the preaching hereof maketh the lips ' like a thread of scarlet,' Song iv. 3. Into the midst of the borning,] The lyianner of burning this heifer in the ages fol- lowing, is described by the Hebs. thus: " they made a bank (or causey) from the mountain of tlie house of God (in Jerusalem) unto mount Olivet; [the mountain which our Lord Jesus used to frequent, Luke xxi. 37; Jolui xviii. 2 ; whither he went the jiight that he was betrayed to death, Luke xxii. 39, 40, &c. ; and it was ' over against the tumple,' Mark xiii. 3 ; and from thence, after his resurrection, he ascended up into heaven. Acts i. 9 — 12 ;] and the heifer, and he that burned her, and all that assisted him in the burning of her, went out of the mount of the temple, unto mount Olivet upon that bank. The elders of Israel went before them on their feet to mount Olivet, and there was a phice to baptize (or wash) in: and the priest and they that assisted him to burn the heifer, went on the bank and came to mount Olivet, &c. and the elders imposed their hands upon the priest, and said unto him. Wash once. lie went down and washed, and came up and wiped himself. And there was wood laid in a row, wood of cedar, and oak, and fir-tree, and fig-tiee, which they took and made a jiile of like a lower, &r., and the fore-part was towards the west [that was towards the i temple.] Then they bound the heifer, and ! laid her upon the pile of wood, with her head J to the south, and her face to the west ; and 1 the priest stood on the east-side, with his face j to the west. He killed her with his right hand, and took the blood in his left hand, and sprinkled with the finger of his right hand, | of the blood that was in the palm of his left hand, seven times toward the most holy place (of tlie temple.) At every sprinkling, he ' dipped his finger in the blood, and the resi- due of the blood which was on his finger, was . i unlawful to sprinkle with ; therefore, at every ] sprinkling he wiped his finger on the body of the heifer. When he had made an end of i sprinkling, he wiped his hands on the heifer's body, and came down from the pile, and kin. i died the fire with small sticks, which he put | under the sticks of the pile, and the fire be- gan to burn, and the priest stood afar oil' and observed it, till the fire burned upon her and her belly cleft asunder. And afterward he took cedar wood and hyssop, not less than an handbreadth, and wool dyed in scarlet, five I shekels weight, &c. And he bound the hys- sop with the cedar, with the tongue [or long piece] of scarlet, and cast them into her belly, (Num. xix. 6.) And he cast them not in j before the fire was kindled upon the bulk ] of her body, nor after that she was burnt to ' ashes; and if he did, it was unlawful ; for it is said, into the midst of the burning, not he- fore the fire is kindled on her body, nor after she is turned to ashes." Maim, in Pharah , adwnimah, chap. iii. sect. 1,2. j Ver. 7. — Wash his clothes,] Which was a sign of purification from uncleanuess, ! as is noted on Lev. xi. 25 ; xv. 6. The i same was concerning him that burned the heifer, ver. 8 ; and the clean man that ga- | thered np her ashes, ver. 9, 10. Hereby the imperfection of the legal priesthood was showed, in that the priests which prepared the means of sanctification for the church, | were themselves polluted in the preparing and doing of them, as may be gathered by \ proportion from Heb. vii. 27, 28 ; x. 1 — 3. ' The sin also of the priests and others that procured the death of Christ (though it was ■ the life of the world), seemeth hereby to be signified. Matt. xxvi. C5, C6, &c. ; Acts ij. , 22, 23, 38 I iii. 14, 15, 17—19. Albeit, by the tradition of the Hebs. they were very j careful al)out the clearuiess of their priests when they did this wotk: for the priests ihaj CHAP. XIX. shall be unclean until the evening. ^ And he tliat burnetii lier shall wash his clothes in water, and bathe his flesh in water, and shall be unclean until the evening. ^ And a man that is clean shall gather up the ashes of the heifer, and lay them up without the burned this heifer, " they separated him (from his house) to a chamber prepared in the court (of the temple) which was called the stone chamber, because all the vessels tliereof were of stone, which do receive no unclean- iiess, and he ministered in a vessel of stone, all the seven days tliat he was separated, and his brethren the priests might not touch him for the more care of his cleanness. Seven days before the burning of the heifer, they separated the priest that burned her from his house, as they separated the high priest for liis service on atonement day, (whereof see the notes on Lev. xvi. 33.) Also they sepa- rated him from his wife, lest he should have her disease, and so he bj unclean seven days, (as Lev. xv. 24.) Every one of those seven days of his separation, they sprinkled him with the water of purification (lest he should be un- clean by the dead, and not know it,) and with the ashes of the heifer that had been burned already (before.)" Maim, in Pharah, chap, ii. Notwithstanding all this care, " Whoso- I'ver busy themselves about this heifer, from the beginning to the end, do make their gar- ments unclean, and are bound to wash them- selves, and are unclean till the evening. And wheresoever the law speaketh of washing of clothes for uncleanness, it is to teach us, that not the clothes only upon him are unclean, but every cloth or vessel which this unclean person shall touch, while his uncleanness is on him, is made unclean. And not this hei- *'er only, but all sin-offerings that are burnt, (without the camp,) whether bullocks or goats ; he that burneth them, defileth his clothes the time of the burning of them till they be turned to ashes," (Lev. xvi. 28.) Maim. ibid. chap. v. VeR. 9. — A M.'iN THAT IS CLEAN,] This man is said in Thargum Jonathan, to be "a priest." The ashes,] It is reported, that " after they had finished the burning of her, they beat her with staves, her, and all the wood of the pile wherewith she was burned, and sifted all with sieves: and whatsoever was black, which possibly they could pound and make it ashes, either of her flesh or of the wood, they pounded it till it was made ashes; and that which had no ashes in it, they left the same ; and every one of her I)ones that remained luiburnt they pounded." Maim, in Pharah^ chap. iii. sect. 3. As the buiii- ing of the heifer signified the suflerings of Christ, Heb. xiii. 11, 12 ; so the ashes were the monument of his most base and utmost afflictions ; for ashes were used as greatest signs of sorrow and misery, 2 Sam. xiii. 19; Job XXX. 19 ; xiii. 6 ; Jer. vi. 26 ; and to be brought to ashes upon the earth, is noted for tlie extremity of God's fiery judgments, Ezek. xxviii. 18. But the memorial of Christ's most ignominious death, is to be kept as a most glorious monument of our life, justi- fication and sanctification through faith in his name, I Cor. xi.24, 26; Gal. vi. 14; Phil. iii. 8 — 10. Without the camp,] To signify that they which would have part in the death of Christ, ' must go forth unto him, without tlie camp, bearing his reproach,' Heb. xiii. 13. In a clean place,] Figuring a clean heart and pure conscience, in which only the monuments of Clirist's death are reserved by faith. Acts xv. 9 ; Heb. x. 22 ; Eph. iii. 17. The Hebs. say, *' they gatliered not any of her ashes to lay up in the court (of the sanctuary:) but they divided all the ashes into three parts. One put they put in (the place called) the Cheil, [the fort or frontier,] and another part in mount Olivet, and the third was parted to all the wards (or custo- dies of the Levites ) That which was parted to all the wards, the priests sanctified there- with ; and that which was put in mount Oli- vet, the Israelites sprinkled with it : and that which was put in the Cheil, was reserved and laid up, as it is written, ' and it shall be for the congregation for a reservation, to teach that they laid up some of it.' And thus they laid up some of every heifer which they burned, in the Cheil. And they did (burn) nine red heifers, after they were com- manded this precept, till the desolation of the second temple. The first was done by Moses our master, the second by Ezra, and seven after Ezra, till the temple was destroyed. And the tenth shall be done by the King Christ, who shall be revealed with speed. Amen, so be the good will of God." RIaim. in Pharah, chap. iii. sect. 4. This last speech of the Jew, showed their zeal with- out knowledge ; for " we know that the Son of God is come, and hath given us an under- standing, that we may know him that is true, and we are in him that is true, even in his Son Jesus Christ,' 1 John v. 20 ; and by him was this legal type (as all other) accom- plished ; as it is written, " If the ashes of an heifer sprinkling the unclean sanctifieth to the purifying of the flesh, how much more shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Soirit oflered himself witho'it spot to fO jN U M B E R S. camp in a clean place j and it shall be for a reservation for the con- gregation of the sons of Israel, for a water of separation, it is a purification for sin, '" And he that gathereth the ashes of the heifer shall wash his clothes, and shall be unclean until the evening -. and it shall be unto the sons of Israel, and unto the stranger that so- journeth among them, for a statute far ever. " He that toucheth the dead of any soul of man, he shall be even unclean seven days. God, purge your conscience from dead works to serve the living God?' Heb. ix. 13, 14. Wherefore Christ the King liath been reveal, cd, and they have done unto iiim whatsoever they would: but even unto this day, when Moses is read, a vail is laid upon their heart, so that they cannot stedfastly look to the end of that which is abolished ; ' nevertheless, when it shall turn to the Lord, the vail shall be taken away,' 2 Cor. iii. 15, 16. Then shall they look upon him ' whom they have pierced, and they shall mourn for him, as one mourneth for his only son, and shall be in bitterness for him,' &c. Zach. xii. 10. And this day, God cause to come with speed, Amen. For a reservation,] Or, for an asservation, a keeping, that is, to be reserved or kept. See the like phrase in Exod. xvi. 32—34 ; Num. xvii. 10, Sol. Jarchi here saith, " tliat which was in the Cheil (or fort) was put there for a reservation," according to that fore-noted out of Maimony. But this may be understood of all the ashes, (and not of a third part only,) which was kept for the use of Israel, as after followeth. For the CONGREGATION,] Hence the Hebs. say, that " all Israelites were fit to keep it. There- fore, any of the common people which bring- eth a vessel out of his house, though an earthen vessel, and saith, this vessel is clean for the sin (water,) lo, it is clean, they sanctify in it, and sprinkle out of it ; though that vessel is unclean for the sanctuary, and for the heave- offering. And so any of the common people that shall say, I am clean for the sin-water, or that hath the sin -water by him, and saith it is clean, he is to be trusted : for there is no man of Israel too vile for it." Maim, in Pharah, chap. xiii. sect. 12. Water of separation,] That is, water to be sprinkled for separation, to be sprinkled on such as are separated and removed because of unclean- ness, from other people. This appeareth by ver. 13, where it is said, ' because the water of separation was not sprinkled upon him.' The Heb. Niddah, which properly signifieth a separation or removal for uncleanness, is sometimes figuratively used for uncleanness itself, which is to be done away; as in 2 Chron. xxix, 5 ; Ezra ix. 11. Whereupon the water which cleanseth it, is called " the water of separation;" which the Gr. and Chald. version call " water of sprinkling, be cause it vras sprinkled on the unclean to pu- rify him, ver. 18, 19. According to which phrase, Christ's blood is called ' the blood of sprinkling,' Heb. xii. 24 ; because it purifi- eth the conscience, and was figured by this sprinkling water, Heb. ix. 13, 14. A pu- rification for sin,] Heb. a sin : which word as it is often used for a sin-offering, or sacrifice that expiateth sin, as in Lev. iv. 3, &c. ; so here it is the name of that water which purified sin, as after is manifested in ver. 12, &c. Wherefore the Gr. translateth, " it is a sanctification or purification." And these two names here given to this water, the prophet useth when he foretelleth the grace of Christ, ' in that day there shall be a foun- tain opened to the house of David, and to the inhabitants of Jerusalem, for sin and for sepa- ■ ration/ Zach. xiii. 1, that is, for a purifica- tion for sin, and for a water of separation for uncleanness, which the Gr. there interpreteth, " for a removal away, and for a sprinkling." Ver. 10 Shall wash,] As when any of the blood of the sin-offering was sprinkled on a garment, it was to be washed, Lev. vi. 27 ; so here, he that gathered up ashes was to wash his clothes, for it could not be but some of the ashes would light upon them. See the notes on ver. 7. The stranger that sojourneth,] In Gr. the proselytes that are adjoined. Ver. 11. — Of any soul of man,] That is, of any dead man, or any corpse of man : the soul is here used for the dead body, as is noted on Lev. xix. 26; and Num. vi. 6 ; and this is an explanation of the former dead, that it is meant of man only: for he that touched a dead beast was not unclean seven days, but one day only, Lev. xi. 24, 27, 39 ; neither was he to be sprinkled with these ashes. Sol. Jarchi here saith, it is spoken " to except the soul of a beast, for the uncleanness thereby needeth no sprinkling," Unclean seven days,] During which time of his uncleanness he might not come into the sanctuary, nor touch any holy thing. Lev. vii. 19, 21 ; nor be in the Lord's camp. Num. vi. 2 ; (unto which the city Jerusalem was answerable in the ages following, called there- fore the ' holy city,' Neh. xi. 1, 18; Matt, iv 5 ) And hereby was figured such as were CHAP. XIX. 71 " He shall purify lumself with it in the third day, and in the seventh day he shall be clean ; and if he purify not liimself in the third day, and in the seventh day, he shall not be clean. " Who- soever touched the dead, the soul of a man that is dead, and puri- dead in trespasses and sins, Eph. ii. I ; and such as have their consciences defiled by dead works, Heb. ix. 13, 14 ; which may not en- ter during their uncleanness, into the city of God, Rev. xxi. 27. Of this legal pollution, the Hebs. have these sayings ; " a dead per- son defileth by touching, and by bearing, and by the tent, with seven days' uncleanness. The uncleanness by touching, and by the tent, are expressed in the law, Num. xix. 11, 14. Uncleanness by bearing, is by tradition [gathered by consequence.] For if a dead beast which maketh one unclean but till even- ing, and defileth not by the tent, doth defile by bearing, as is written by Lev. xi. 25 ; how much more doth a dead man. And as a dead beast, which, in touching defileth till even- ing, defileth also till evening by bearing,; so a dead man which by touching defileth seven days, defileth also seven days by bearing. Uncleanness by touching, spoken of in every place, whether of a dead man or other unclean things, is, when a man with his flesh toucheth the unclean thing itself, whether it be with his hand, or with his foot, or with any other part of his flesh, &c. Uncleanness by beari n g, spoken of in any place, either of a dead man, or of other unclean things, is when a man, beareth the unclean thing, although he touch it not, although a stone be betwixt him and it. For- asmuch as he beareth it, he is unclean ; whe- ther he bear it on his head, or on his hand, or with any other part of his body: Yea, though the unclean thing hang by a thread, or by a hair, if he hang the thread on his hand, and lilt up the unclean thing by it, lo, he beareth it, and is unclean. Nothing is defiled by beating, save man only: not ves- sels. As, if a man hold in his hand ten ves- sels, one above another, and a dead carcase, or any the like thing be in the uppermost vessel, the man is unclean by bearing the carcase, and the vessels upon his hand are all clean, save the uppermost vessel which the unclean thing toucheth ; and so in all like cases, &c. There is no kind of living thing which is defiled while it is alive, or that doth defile while it is alive, save man only, and he that is of Israel, &c. A dead man defileth not till his soul be departed from him, as it is written, ' the soul of a man that is dead,' Num. xix. 13. A dead un- timely birth, &c. defileth by touching, by bearing, and by tent, as a great man which is dead ; as it is written, ' he that toucheth the dead of any soul of man,' Num. xix. 11. Likewise so much as an olive of a dead man's flesh, cither moist or dry as a potsherd, defil- eth as doth a whole dead man. A limb cut off from a living man, is as an whole dead man, and defileth by touching, by bearing, and by tent, though it be but a little limb of a child of a day old, &c. A limb separated from a dead man defileth also by touching, by bearing, and by tent, as doth the dead man," &c. Maim. torn. iii. in Tumath meth, chap. i. and ii. These and other the like legal pollutions, teach God's people how care- ful they should be, that they defile not them- selves with sin, or communion with dead sinful works, as the apostle saith, ' touch not the unclean thing,' 2 Cor. vi. 17 ; 'be not partaker of other men's sins, keep thyself pure,' 1 Tim. v. 22. Ver. 12. — He shall purify himself,] By sprinkling the foresaid water; as the Chald. expoundeth it, he shall sprinkle; the Gr. he shall be purified. The original word signifieth to purify from sin ; which showeth that this outward uncleanness figured the pollution of the soul by sin, and the purifica- tion here commanded, signified 'repentance from dead works, and faith towards God, which purifieth the heart,' Heb. vi. 1 ; Acts XV. 9. With it,] With the water fore- spoken of, ver. 9, and the ashes, as Thargum Jonathan here expresseth: the manner where- of followeth. He shall be clean,] That is, as the Gr. translateth, and he shall be dean. And in the seventh,] Chazliuui here observeth, " Lest any should think, it' he forget and be not sprinkled in the third day, he maybe sprinkled twice on the seventLi day, and it will serve the turn as if he were sprinkled on the third day, and on the seventh; therefore the scripture saith, If he purify not himself in the third day, and in the seventh, &c. for it is necessary that there be three days between sprinkling and sprinkling. Ver. 13.— The soul,] That is, the corpse, as before is showed. That is dead,] In Gr. if he be dead. From these words the Hebs. gather, " that the dead defile not, till his soul be departed," Maim, in Tumath meth, chap. i. sect. 15. For death is the departing of the soul from the body, Geu. XXXV. 18; Ps. cxlvi. 4. He defileth the tabernacle,] If he come in that estate into the court of the taben\acle: yea though he have waslied himself, " yet if he have not been sprinkled the third day and the seventh day, he defileth it," as Jarchi here noteth, NUMBERS. fietli not himself, he dcfileth tJie tabernacle of Jehovah, and that soul sliall be ent off from Israel : because the water of separation was not sprinkled upon him, he shall be unclean ; his uncleanness is yet upon him. ^^ This is the law: When a man dieth in a tent, all that come into tlie tent, and all that is in the tent, shall be un- clean seven days. '^ And every open vessel, which hath no cover- ing bound upon it, it is unclean. '^ And whosoever toucheth in the are not made unclean by tliem," Maim, in Tumath meth, chap. i. sect. 10 — 13. Un- clean SEVEN DAYS,] This is the ordinary time for the uncleanness of men or of ves- sels that are defiled by the dead ; but those which touch such a defiled man, are unclean but until evening, ver. 22 Ver. 15. — Every open vessel,] The Chald. translateth it, every open earthen ves- sel (or vessel of potter's day:) and so the Heb. doctors expound this law, as Jarchi saith, " The scripture speaketh of an earthen vessel which receiveth no uncleanness in the outside of it, but in the inside," &c. So Maim, in Ttimath meth, chap. xxi. Of vessels and their uncleanness, see the annot. on Lev. xi. 32, 33. No covering bound UPON IT,] In Gr. not bound with a bond upon it: by covering, some understand a cloth upon it. The vessel was so to be stopped, that the air of the tent might not go into it: then both it and all things in it were clean, other- wise they were unclean. From hence the Hebs. gather also by inference, that if ano- ther tent were within the tent of the dead, the things in it were clean, because they were hid or covered ; and likewise, if the un. clean thing were swallowed up by a living creature. But nothing put up in vessels free from uncleanness, except the vessel had a covering bound upon it. Neither was any thing clean by being buried in the gi-ound under the tent or house: but if an house were unclean, and vessels hidden in the floor thereof, though an hundred cubits under- neath, they were unclean, Maim, in Tumath meth, chap. xx. Ver. 16. — In the face of the field,] That is, in the open field where no tent is, there pollution is by touching only. Slain WITH THE sword,] Or With any instrument ; the sword is named for an instance. There- fore in Num. xxxi, 19, the law saith more generally, ' whosoever hath killed any per- son, and whosoever hath touched any slain,' &c. Thargum Jonathan here addeth, "one that is slain with the sword, or the sword wherewith he was slain." So in the Heb. canons it is said, " the sword is as the dead person, to wit, for defiling him that toucheth it," Maim, in Tmnath meth, chap. v. sect. 3. The word sometimes is used for wounded, and Moses after showeth. That soul shall BE CUT OFF,] In Chald. that man shall be destroyed. This is meant if he come in pre- sumptuously ; but if he do it ignorantly, he is to bring a sacrifice, Lev. v. 3 — 6. So the Hebs. explain this law, Maim, in Biath hamikdash, chap. iii. sect. xii. See the notes on Num. vi. The water of separa- tion,] In Gr. and Chald. the water of sprink- ling. This signified, that when any have sinned he cannot be cleansed from it before God, by any of his own works, nor satisfy by his own sufierings, but only by having his conscience sprinkled with the blood of Christ by his Spirit; for that is it which ' cleauseth us from all sin,' 1 John i. 7; Heb. ix. 13, 14. Ver. \A. — In a tent,] And in like man- ner, in a honse, as the Gr. here translateth it ; for a tent is named, because the people then dwelt in tents in the wilderness. But for uncleanness the Hebs. say, " that only a tent was unclean, and to be sprinkled," as is after noted on ver. 18. And all that is in the TENT,] The pollution by the dead is in this re=pect above all other pollutions as the Hebs. say, " The uncleanness of the tent is not like other uncleannesses, but by the dead only. And whether there come into the tent of the dead man or vessel, or the dead be brought into the tent where men or vessels are, or that the dead be with men or vessels under the same tent, they are unclean. Whether he come wholly into the tent of the dead, or come but some part of him, he is unclean by the tent. Though he do but put in his hand, or the tops of his fingers, &c. he is all un- clean, &c. Whether the dead person be an Israelite or an heathen, he defileth by being touched or carried, but an heathen defileth not by tent. This is by tradition, for lo he saith of the war of Midian, whosoever hath touched any slain, Num. xxxi. 19, and he mentioneth not there the tent. Likewise an heathen is not made unclean by the dead, but an heathen that toucheth the dead, or beareth him, or conieth into the tent where the dead is, lo he is not as if he had not touched him. And why? because he is as a beast that toucheth the dead, &c. And this is not for the dead only, but for all other un- cleannesses every one, heathens and beasts CHAP. XIX. 73 face of tlie field, one that is slain witli the sword, or a dead bodi/, or a bone of a man, or a grave, he shall be unclean seven days. " And they shall take for the unclean person, of the dust of the burnt heifer of purification for sin ; and he shall put thereto living though not dead, as in Ps. Ixix. 27; cix. 22. Hereupon the Hebs. say, " A limb cut oil" from a living man, it is as an whole dead man, and maketh unclean by touching, by bearing, and by tent, though it be but a small limb of a child of a day old. For there is no stinted measure of limbs, as it is wiitten. Whosoever toucheth in the face of the field one that is slain with the sword, and it is a known thing, that it is all one, whether he be slain with the sword, or with a stone, or with other things. This teacheth that he is unclean, wliich toucheth a limb that the sword hath cut off; provided that it be a whole limb as it is created of flesh, sinews and bones," Maim, in Tumath ineth, chap. ii. sect. 3. Or a dead body,] Though not siaiii by violence, but dying alone. A BONE OF A MAN,] By reason of this unclean- ness by dead men's bones, the prophet saith, ' When any seeth a man's bone, he shall set up a sign by it, till the buriers have buried it,' &c. Ezek. xxxix. 15. The Hebs. w)ite, " that the blood also of a dead man defileth as doth the dead man: but the blood of a living man (they say) is clean, so long as he is alive," Maim, in Tumath meth, chap. ii. A GRAVE,] Or, a sepulchre, to wit, wherein any dead have been buried. " A grave, all the wliile that uncleanness is within it, defileth by touching and by tent, as doth the dead person, by the sentence of the law, Num. xix. 16. And whether one touch the top of a grave, or touch the sides of it (he is un- clean.) A field wherein a grave is ploughed up, and the bones of the dead are consumed into dust, the dust defileth by touching and by bearing," Maim, in Tumath meth, chap. ii. sect. 16, 16. Thus the pollution by man- kind being dead, is above all other legal pol- lutions whatsoever: which lively showeth the fruit and effect of sin, which caused death, Rom. vi. 23, and the horror of death, hold- ing men in subjection, until by the voice of Christ they be raised and brought out of their graves, John v. 28, 29. The Hebs. say, "The cause of the uncleanness of the dead, is by means of the angel of death [the devil] that brought poison into man," R. Menachem on Num. xix. Hereby also was figured the estate of such as are dead in sin, even dead while they are alive, Col. ii. 13; 1 Tim. v. C, whose throat is * an open grave,' Ps. v. 10, so that their corrupt words and sinful works do infect others, 2 Tim. ii. 17, IS; 1 Cor. v. 6. Vol. II. Ver. 17. — And they shall take,] That is, some shall take, some clean man, as ver. 18. For the unclean,] To cleanse him. Of the dust,] That is, of the ashes, as the Gr. explaineth it. Of the burnt heifer OF purification for sin,] W&h.ofthc burn- ing of sin, that is, of the sin-oirering (the heifer) that is burned, ver. 9. He shall put,] That is, some clean man shall put. Living water,] That is, as the Chald. ex- poundeth it, spring (or welling) tiiater, which for the continual motion is called living water, as is noted on Lev. xiv. 5; Gen. xxvi. 19. In a vessel,] Touching the manner of per- forming this rite, the Hebs. have many ob- servations. " The water on which the hei- fer's ashes are put, is not filled but in a ves- sel, and out of fountains that spring, or of rivers derived from them: and the putting of the ashes upon the water that is filled is called sanctifying. And the water on which the ashes are put, is called the water of pu- rification from sin, and sanctified water, and the scripture calleth it water of separation, (Num. xix. 9.) It is lawful for any to fill the water, save for the deaf, and the fool, and the child; and lawful for any to sanctify, save for the deaf, the fool, and the child : and they sanctify not but in a vessel, neither do they sprinkle, but out of a vessel ; and the filling and sanctifying may be done by night, but they do not sprinkle, nor wash, but by day ; and all the day long they may sprinkle or wash. In any vessel they may fill, and sprinkle, and sanctify, though vessels of stone, of earth, &c. He that turneth a spring into his wine-press, or into a cistern, and then filleth a vessel out of that press or cistern, it is unlawful: for it is necessary to take the water out of the spring into a ves- sel at the first. The main sea, as the ga- thering together of water, is not as a spring: therefore they fill not out of it to sanctify, &c. When they sanctify the water with the ashes, he putteth the water which is filled by the name of sin-water, into a vessel, and putteth the ashes upon the face of the water, and mixeth all together; and if he put in the ashes fiist, and afterward the water, it is unlawful. And whereas it is said in the law. And he shall put thereto living water, (Num. xix. 17,) it is meant to mix the ashes with the water. He that sanctifieth, must do it purposely, and put the ashes with his hand oi\ the water; as it is said, And they shall take for the unclean person ; so that he must 74 NUMBERS. water in a vessel. '^ And a clean man sliall take hyssop, and dip it in the water, and shall sprinkle it npon tlie tent, and upon all the vessels, and npon the souls whicli were there, and upon him that touched a bone, or one slain, or one dead, or a grave. ^^ And have an intent to sanctify, and to fill, and to sprinkle, &c. He tliat dolivereth sanctified water, or water filled for sanctification, to HTi imclean person to keep it, it is become unlawful. He that is hired is unlawful to sanctify or to sprinkle, but not unlawful to fill the water, &c. he may receive wages for filling, or for carrying the water; but he must sanctify for nothing, and he that sprink- leth must sprinkle for nothing," Maim, in Pharah adurnmak, chap. vi. sect. 1, &c. ; chap. ix. sect. 1, &c. ; and chap. vii. sect. 2. Vek. 18. — A CLEAN MAN,] Either he that took the ashes and put them on the water, or any other: see the notes on ver. 9. " He that filleth the water for sanctification, it is not necessary that it be he himself that saucti- fieth, and that sprinkleth ; but one may sanc- tify, and another may sprinkle," Maim, in Pharah, chap. xix. Hyssop,] That herb which was used in cleansing of the leper, whereof see Lev. xiv. 4. " A clean man taketh three stalks of hyssop, and bindeth them in a bunch, &c. and dippeth the tops of the branches in the water of separation wliich is in a vessel, and purposely sprinkleth on the man, or on the vessels," &c. Maim, in Pharah, chap. xi. sect. 1. Dip it in the WATER,] " He that sprinkleth, needelh not to dip for every sprinkling, but dippeth the hyssop, and sprinkleth one time after another, till the water be ended. And he may sprinkle with one sprinkling on many men, or on many vessels at once, though they be an hundred: whatsoever the water toucheth, it is clean every whit, if so be he that sprink- leth do intend to sprinkle upon it," Maim, ill Pharah, chap. x. sect. 8. Upon the TENT,] In Gr. ujjoH the house. The tent was unclean by the dead, though it touched it not, as this law showeth. " Tlie tent it- Belf, whereinto the uncleanness came, though the uncleanness touched it not, yet is it un- clean with seven days' uncleanness by the law, and is as cloths that touch the dead corpse; for it is said. And he shall sprinkle upon the tent," Maim, in Tumath meth, chap. V. sect. 12. All the vessels,] No- thing but this water could purify the vessels; though they were melted in the fire, yet they were in part unclean, as it is said, ' Every thing that may abide tlie fire, ye shall make it go through the fire, and it shall be clean: nevertheless it shall be purified with the water of separation,' Num. xxxi. 32. The SOULS,] The living persons, or men, as Thar- gum Jonathan explaineth it. And this is spoken largely Avithout limitation, though tliey had other uncleanness upon them, than by the dead. And so the Hebs. explain it largely, saying, " All that are unclean do re- ceive the sprinkling; as men or women that have running issues, women separated for their disease, and women in child-bed, which are defiled by the dead, they sprinkle upon them in the third day, and in the seventh, and lo they are cleansed from the uncleanness by the dead, although they are unclean still with other uncleanness, for it is said (in Num. xix. 19,) 'And a clean person shall sprinkle upon the unclean,' &c. whereby thou must learn, that the sprinkling is available for him, though he be unclean. And so an uncir- cumcised person receiveth the sprinkling; as an uncircumcised person that is unclean by the dead, and one sprinkle upon him in the third day and in the seventh, lo he is clean from uncleanness by the dead; and when he is circumcised, he washeth (or baptizeth) and eateth of the holy things at evening," Maim, in Pharah, chap. xi. sect. 3. And for the eflect of this sprinkling, they say, "A man defiled by the dead, and one hath sprinkled on him, when any of the water of separation hath touched any place of the skin of his flesh who was unclean, the sprinkling is available for him, though it fall but upon the top of his finger, or of his lip, &c. And so for an unclean vessel sprinkled, when any whit of the water toucheth the body of the vessel, the sprinkling is available for it," Maim. ibid. chap. xii. sect. 1. A bone,] That is, a mart's hone, as the Gr. translat- eth, and as was expressed in ver. 16. Ver. 19. — In the third day,] To wit, after his uncleanness being certainly known. " Whoso is unclean by the dead, and tarricth many days without sprinkling, when he com- eth to be sprinkled, he countelh before him three days, and they sprinkle on him in the third day, and in the seventh," &c. Maim. in Pharah, chap. xi. sect. 2. And in the SEVENTH,] Which is the day of the accom- plishment of his purification: the third day was mystical, having reference to the resur- rection of Christ, which was on the thi id day after his death, 1 Cor. xv. 4, whereof see th? annot. on Gen. xxii. 4. The seventh ds; was also mystical, as being the number o: perfection of the Sabbath, and of accompli«ii ing a work, as is noted on Gen. ii. 2; Exod. xii. 15 ; Lev. iv. 6 and so it figured our full CHx\P. XIX. 75 a clean person shall sprinkle upon the unclean, in the third day, and in the seventli day; and lie shall purify himself in the seventh day, and shall wash his clothes, and bathe (his flesh) in water, and shall be clean at evening, ^" And the man that shall be unclean, and shall not purify liimself, that soul shall even be cut off from among the church, because lie hath defiled the sanctuary of Jeho- vah ; the water of separation hath not been sprinkled upon him, lie is unclean. ^' x\nd it shall be unto them for a statute j^r ever; we perfect holiness in the fear of God,' 2 Cor. vii. I. Of these mysteries the Heb. doctors, though estranged from the true life and ligiit of Christ, retained some knowledge; for they say, " When the living water is mixed with the ashes, it purifieth the unclean, whereas before that, wliile the ashes were alone, they defiled all tiiat were employed about them. And behold, the living water signified the water that is on high, which taketh away uncleanness from the ashes, &c. And lo when it is sprinkled on the unclean, the uncleanness fleeth from him, &c. and a clean spirit resteth upon him, and purifieth him," R. Menachem on Num. xix. Ver. 20. — Unclean,] By any of the things aforesaid, about the dead. Not purl- FV HIMSELF,] Or, not be purified, to wit, bi/ having the water spriiikled upon him, as the Cliald. explaineth it; and the latter part of this verse manifesteth. That soul,] In Chald. that man. Cut off,] In Gr. and Chald. destroyed. Defiled the sanctuary,] By coming into it before he hath been puri- fied. For such were shut out of the host, Num. V. 2, how much more out of the sanc- tuary? Therefore porters were set there at the gates, ' that none which was unclean in any thing should enter in,' 2 Chron. xxiii. 19. ' An unclean person that cometh into the sanctuary presumptuously, his punish- ment is cutting ofli' Num. xix. 20; 'if igno- rantly, then he is to bring the sacrifice ap- pointed,' Lev. vii.. Maim, in Biath hamik- dash, chap. iii. sect. 12. See the annot. on Lev. V. 2, 3. Ver. 21. — Wash his clothes,] As being unclean, and so to continue until evening; likewise he that toucheth the water of sepa- ration shall wash his clothes, and be unclean until evening. This interpretation Chazkuni here giveth of it, that in the former branch uncleanness is implied until evening; and in the latter branch, the washing of his clothes also is implied, though not expressed. This is one of the mysteries of this law, that a clean man (as he is called in ver. 18, 19,) was made unclean, by sprinlding or touching the holy water, which sanctified those that Mere unclean, and so it had contrary effects to purify the unclean, and to pollute the clean ; cleansing, and ceasing from our sinful and dead works, after that we are sprinkled with the blood of Jesus, and water of his Spirit, Heb. iv. 9, 10; ix. 13, 14. Wash his clothes,] Which was a common rite, for all that were defiled with other uncleannesses; whereof see Lev. xi. 25; xiv. 8, 9; i. 55. Bathe his flesh,] In Gr. tvash his body: the word flesh is expressed before in ver. 7, and it is meant of his whole body, or ' all his flesh,' as Lev. xv. 16. Clean at evening,] After the sun is set, at what time a new day beginneth; and so in mystery, a new life to begin. This cleansing of the defiled by the dead, figured Christ's work of grace upon dead and sinful men; of him it is prophesied, ' He shall sprinkle many nations,' Is. Hi. 15, and of him doth the apostle open this figure, saying, ' If the blood of bulls and goats, and the ashes of an heifer, sprinkling the unclean, sanctitkth to the purifying of the flesh ; how much more shall the blood of Christ, who through the eternal Spirit offered himself without blemish unto God, purge your con- science from dead works to serve the living God?' Heb. ix. 13, 14. The sprinkling of the ashes of the heifer, figured the applying unto us of Christ's death, whereunto ' he was delivered for our ofTences, and was raised again for our justification,' Rom. iv. 25. The living water wherewith the ashes were mixed, figured the Spirit of God, which they that believe in Christ do receive, John vii. 38, 39, of which he gave this promise, ' Then will 1 sprinkle clean water upon you, and ye shall be clean,' Ezek. xxxvi. 25. These being applied unto our consciences by faith (as with hyssop) which purifieth the heart. Acts xv. 9, and by the preaching thereof. Gal. iii. 2, do baptize us into Christ's death, that like as he was raised up from the dead, unto the glory of the Father ; even so we also should walk ' in newness of life,' Rom. vi. 3, 4. And so we draw near unto God, ' with a true heart, in full assurance of faith, having our hearts sprinkled from an evil conscience, and our bodies washed with pure water, and our robes washed, and made white in the blood of the Lamb,' Heb. x. 22; Rev. vii. 14, and cleansing ourselves ' from all filthiness of tho fl"»i> -"ri anirit. 76 NUMBERS. and lie that sprinkleth the water of separation, shall wash his clothes ; and he that toucheth the water of separation, shall be mi- clean untU the evening. ^^ And whatsoever the unclean person toucheth, shall be unclean ; and the soul that toucheth, sliall be unclean until the evening. as the sun melteth wax, and hardeneth clay. Hereby the Holy Spirit seemeth to signify the imperfection and insufficiency of these legal rites, which in their greatest virtue did but sanctify 'to the purifying of the flesh,' as the apostle saith, Heb. ix. 13, and yet even then also, left the purifier himself in micleanness, which he had not before. That by consideration of these efTects, the people might be led unto Christ and his Spirit, who is able to ' purge the conscience from dead works, and to save them to the uttermost that come unto God by him,' Heb. ix. 14; vii. 25. The Hebs. understand this of such as sprinkled or touched the water, when there was no need as when no unclean person or vessel was to be sprinkled with it, Maim, in Pkarah, chap. xv. Ver. 22. — Whatsoever,] Or, whomso- ever; Heb. all, implying men, vessels, &c. The unclean,] To wit, by the dead, of whom was spoken before. Shall be un- clean,] To wit, until evening, as the end of the verse showeth : and this is an inferior de- gree of uncleanness; for the man or vessel polluted by the dead, was unclean seven days, ver. 11, 14, but that which such an unclean man or vessel touched, was unclean till the end of that day. So in the Heb. canons, "A man which is defiled by the dead, and the vessels which that man touch- eth, are unclean seven days, as it is said, ' And ye shall wash your clothes in the seventh day, and ye shall be clean,' (Num. xxxi. 24.) But a man that shall touch a man which is defiled by the dead, whether he touch him after that he is separated from the things that defiled him, or touch him while he toucheth the dead, lo this second man is unclean till the evening, as it is said, (in Num. xix. 22,) 'And the soul that touch- eth, shall be unclean until the evening," Maim, in Tumath mcth, chap. v. sect. 2. The soul,] In Chald. the man. That toucheth,] To wit, him that is defiled, as before is noted ; or, it, the thing which is defiled by the touch of an unclean man. Thus pollution passed from one thing to ano- ther, and from that other to a third; whereby God figured the congregation of sin, spread- ing abroad, and infecting where it goeth; leaving uncleanness till the end of that day, and beginning of a new: then washing our- selves by repentance and faith in the blood of Christ, we are clean. ' For we are buried with him by baptism into death, that like as Christ was raised up from the dead, by the glory of the Father, even so we also should walk in newness of life,' Rom. vi. 4. CHAP. XX. 1. The children of Israel came to Zin, where Mary dieth. 2. They murmur for want of water. 7. The Lord desireth Moses to speak to the rock, and it should give forth water. 11. Moses smiteth the rock, and water cometh out. 12. The Lord is angry with Moses and Aaron for their unbelief. 14. Moses at Kadesh desireth passage through Edom, which is denied him. 22. At mount Hor, Aaron resigneth his place to Eleazar his son, and dieth. ^ And the sons of Israel, even the whole congregation, came into the wilderness of Zin, in the first month ; and tlie people abode Ver. 1. — The whole congregation,] To wit, of the next generation of the Israelites, when their fathers (according to the judgment threatened in Num. xiv. 29, &c.) were for the most part now dead in the wilderness, as appeareth by Deut. ii. 14, 15. Zin,] Or Tsin: whereof see the notes on Num. xiii. 21. Between Hazeroth, mentioned in Num. xii. 16; and this place in Zin, where now they camped, there where eighteen other stations or resting places, whither the Israelites had come, Num. xxxiii. 18 — 36. CHAP. XX. 77 ill Kadesh, and Mary died tliere, and was buried there. " And there was no water for the congregation ; azid they gathered them- selves together agamst Moses and against Aaron. ^ And tlie peo- The first month,] To wit, of the fortieth year, after they were come up out of Egypt, as appeareth by Num. xxxiii. 38 ; compared with the 28th ver. of this chap., and Deut. ii. 1 — 7. So this was the last year of Israel's travel in the wilderness : and from the send- ing of the spies, Num. xiii. unto this time, was about thirty-eight years, Deut. i. 22, 23; ii. 14. In all whicli space, we see how few things are recorded concerning Israel ; and the things that are mentioned, are partly their murmurings and rebellions, by which they provoked God, and for which they were punished : partly the means of grace, recon- ciliation and sanctification, taught them of the Lord, to be obtained by Jesus Christ, figured by the sacrifices and ordinances which Moses showed them, that it might appear, that ' where sia abounded, grace did much more abound,' Rom. v. 20. Abode IN K.\DESH,] About four months they stayed here; then removing to mount Hor, there Aaron died, the first day of the fifth month. Num. xxxiii. 38. This Kadesh (which the Chald. named Rekam,) was either another wilderness, or another place in the wilder- ness, than that from which the spies were sent. Num. xiii. 26; called ' Kadesh baniea,' Deut. i. 19. Chazkuni here saith, " This is not the Kadesh whereof it is said, ' and ye abode in Kadesh many days,' (Deut. i. 46 ;) for that Kadesh is El-Pharan, Gen. xiv. 6; and is called Kadesh-barnea, and from thence the spies were sent ; but this Kadesh in Num. XX. is in the wilderness of Zin, in the border of the land of Edom." After the re- belUon of the spies, God sent the people back again through the wilderness towards the red sea, Num. xiv. 25 ; (where they might renew the memorial of their baptism, 1 Cor. x. 2;) and from Eziongaber (which is a port ' on the shore of the red sea,' 1 Kings ix. 26;) they removed next to this Kadesh, Num. xxxiii, 36. So Jephthah saith, Israel ' walked through the wilderness unto the Red sea, and came to Kadesh, Judg. xi. 16. Mary,] Heb. Mirjam ; in Gr. Mariam : she was sister to Moses and Aaron, and a prophetess, by whom God guided the Israelites in their travels, as it is written, ' I sent before thee, Moses, Aaron, and Mary, Mic. vi. 4. Of her, see Exod. xv. 20; Num. xii. In this fortieth year of Israel's travel, God took from them by death, Mary their prophetess, in the first month; Aaron their priest, in the fifth month, Num. xxxiii. 38 ; and Moses their king in tlie end of the year, Deut. i. 3; and xxxiv. 6. When these three ministers of the law were deceased, Jesus the son of Nun (a figure of Jesus the son of God) bringetli them into the promised land, Jos. i. 1, 2. &c. ; so after the abrogating of the law, our Lord Jesus Christ bringeth us into the king- dom of God, Mark i. 15 ; Rom. vii. 4, 5, 6. Dan. ix. 24. Vee. 2. — There w.\s no water,] In the first year, when they were come out of Egypt to Rephidim in the wilderness, they wanted water, Exod. xvii ; and in this last, the fortieth year, they wanted water again: here God tried the children, as he had done ■ the fathers, and they also rebelled against him. And many things were like in both places. That Rephidim was the tenth encamping place or station from Egypt: this in Kadesh was the tenth encamping place before they entered Canaan, as by their rehearsal of tlieir journeys in Num. xxxiii. is to be seen. There the people iu their thirst, instead of praying unto God, contended with Moses, and murmured for that he had brought them out of Egypt, Exod. xvii. 2, 3 ; here they do the same, ver. 3, 4. There Moses cried unto the Lord for the outrage of the people, Exod. xvii. 4; here Moses and Aaron fall down before the Lord, ver. 6. There God promised and gave them water out of the rock, Exod. xvii. 6 ; here he doth likewise ver. 8. There God willed Moses to take Iris rod : here also he commandeth him, ' Take the rod.' There the Lord promised to stand before Moses, Exod. xvii. 6 ; here his glory appeareth unto him and Aaron, ver. 6. There Moses by commandment smiting the rock with his rod, waters came out of it : here he smiting the rock without command- ment, waters came out. There the place was named Meribah or Contention, Exod. xvii. 7 ; here the place is named Meribah, ver. 13. That was the people's sixth rebel- lion, after they were come out of Egypt, as is noted on Num. xiv. 22 ; this was their sixth rebellion after they were come from mount Sinai, (if we except the private mur- muring of Mary and Aaron against Moses, Num. xii.) For the first was at Taberah, Num. xi. 1, 3; the next at Kibroth hatta- avah, Num. xi. 24; then in the wilderness of Pharan, Num. xiv. 1, 2; after that fol- lowed the rebellion of Korali and his company. Num. xvi. and after it, of all the congrega- tion, for the death of those rebels. Num. xvi. 41 ; now the sixth is in Kadesh. Ver. 3. — Contended,] Chode with bitter and reproachful words, which the Gr. trans- lateth, reviled; see Exod. xvii. 2. And 78 NUMBER S. pie contended with Moses ; and they said, saying, And oh that v/e had given up the ghost, when our brethren gave up the ghost be- fore Jehovali. ^ And why have ye brought the churcli of Jehovah into this wilderness to die there, we and our cattle ? ^ And wliy have ye made us to come up out of Egypt to bring us in, unto this evil place ? it is no place of seed, or of figs, or vines, or of pome- granates, neither is there any water to drink. ^ And Moses and Aaron went from tiie presence of the church unto the door of the tent of the congregation, and they fell upon their faces, and the glory of Jehovah appeared unto them. And Jehovah spake imto Moses, saying, ® Take the rod, and gather together the congre- OH,] Or, ^nd tvould God. The word, And, slioweth the passion of mind, out of which they spake abruptly: see the notes ou Gen. xxvii. 2S; Num. xi. 29. We had given UP THE GHOST,] In Chald. we had died: in Gr. we had perished in the perdition of our brethren, before the Lord: whereby they seem specially to mean the pestilence (the last plague wherewith their brethren died, Num. xvi. 49;) which pestilence above other judgments, cometh most immediately from the hand of God, as David acknowledgeth, 2 Sam. xxiv, 14, 15. And this evil they wished, as being easierthan to perish with hun- ger or thirst: as the prophet also complaineth, ' They that be slain with the sword, are bet- ter than they that be slain with hunger : for these pine away, stricken through for the fruits of the field, Lam. iv. 9. VV^herefore they here use the word giving up (or breath' itig out) the ghost ; which seemeth to mean a more easy kind of death, than that which is by force of sword, or by hunger, or thirst, or other like violent means. So the Heb. explain, giving 7/p the ghost, to be a death without pain or long sickness. Veb. 4. — To DIE THERE,] Understand, that we should die there with thirst; the Gr. translateth, to hill us and our children, which words they spake in Exod. xvii. 3. Veb. 6. — Of seed,] To sow seed in, or to plant fig-trees, vines, &c., for the wilderness was a ' land of deserts and of pits, a land of drought and of the shadow of death, a laud that no man passed through, and where no man dwelt,' Jer. ii. C. Otherwise had there oeun commodiousness of place, the Israelites might have sown and reaped, planted and gathered .fruits in those thirty-eight years, which they abode therein, Deut. ii. 14. Ver. 6. — From the presence, Or, from the face, for fear of them, and because of their outrage; so in Rev. xii. 14; Ps. iii. 1. Fell ON their faces,] In prayer unto God, whose glory resided in that sanctuary: so in Exod. xvii. 4; ' Moses cried unto the Lord. See Num. xvi. 4. 45. Appeared,] In the cloud, as Num. xii. 5 ; a sign that he heard their prayer, and would save them: see Num. xiv. 10; xvi. 19, 42. Ver. 8. — Take the rod,] In Gr. Take thy rod: so God spake before, in Exod. xvii. 5 ; but here, some gather from ver. 9. that it was the rod of Aaron which had budded, and was laid up ' before the testimony,' Num. xvii. 10; Chazkuni saith, " This was Aaron's rod, for lo, it is here written (in ver. 9.) And Moses took the rod from before the Lord, and this was the rod of Aaron, as it is . written (in Num. xvii. 10.) Bring Aaron's rod again before the testimony, to be kept for a sign against the sons of rebellion: and for- asmuch as Aaron's rod was a sign against the sons of rebellion, hereupon Moses said (in ver 10.) Hear now ye rebels." How- beit Moses lod (wliich is also called the ' rod of God,' Exod. iv. 20; xvii. 9.) might be kept also in the sanctuary: and after in ver. 11. it is said, Moses smote the rock 'with his rod.' Speak ye unto the rock,] He saith not, smite the rock: yet in ver. II. Moses ' smote the rock ; and in ver. 10. he spake to the people ; but it is not said tlmt he spake to the rock, as here he was com. manded. Some others think, that God's in- tention in bidding him. Take the rod, was to smite the rock with it; and that he sinned, not in smiting it, but in unbelief, for which he is blamed in ver. 12. It shall give forth his water,] Or, the waters of it; this promise of God, was that whereon the faith of Moses and Aaron should liave rested. Thou shalt bring forth,] God was he that brought forth, and gave water to tlie people, as is often mentioned to his glory; ' He clave the rock in the wilderness, and gave drink as out of the great deeps, and brought forth streams out of the rock,' &c. Ps. Ixxviii. 15, 16. So in Ps. cv. 41 ; cxiv. 8; Deut. viii. 15. Neh. ix. 15, 20. But that work is here ascribed to Moses minis- terially, for that the waters should come out at his speaking. So in other works of grace, the ministers of the word are called saviours, CHAP. XX. 79 gation, thou and Aaron thy brotlier, and speak ye unto the rock before their eyes, and it shall give forth his water -. and thou shalt give fortli to tliem water out of the rock ; and tliou shalt give the congregation and their cattle drink. ^ And Moses took the rod from before Jehovah, as he commanded him. " And Moses and Aaron gathered together the church before the rock, and he said unto them, Hear now, ye rebels, shall we bring forth water for you out of tliis rock ? " And Moses lifted ap his hand, and he smote the rock with his rod twice ; and much water came out, and tlie congregation drank, and their cattle. *^ And Jehovah said unto Moses and unto Aaron, Because ye Obad. ver. 21 ; for in the faithful perfoim- aiice of their office, they both save them- selves, and those that hear them, 1 Tim. iv. 16. Ver. 9. — From before jehovah,] Tliat is, out of the tabernacle ; for so the phrase importeth, as hi Num. xvii. 7 ; Exod. xvi. 13, 34. Ver. 10.' — Hear now ye rebels,] As here he speaketh to the people, who was bidden speak 'to the rock,' ver. 8; so the manner of his speech showeth great passion of mind, more than at other times: and the scripture noteth, that now the people had ' bitterly provoked his spirit, so that he spake unadvisedly (uttering his anger) with his lips/ Ps. cvi. 33. Shall we bring forth WATER,] A speech of doubting and unbelief, both in Moses and Aaron, as in ver. 12. God blameth them because they believed not in him. So before, when Moses said, ' shall the flocks and the herds be slain for them,' &c., he was blamed with this answer, ' Is the Lord's hand waxed short ? Num. xi. 22, 23. Moses was sore moved against this latter generation of Israelites, who had seen so many miracles, and their fathers perished for rebellion, and yet they were not bettered : he might fear, lest for their sinning like their fathers, the Lord would leave them, as he after speaketh in Num. xxxii. 14, 15. Ver. 1 1. — Lifted up his hand,] An- other sign of indignation, being joined with smiting. Twice,] the doubling of the stroke showed also the heat of his anger. Sol. Jarchl (on this place) conjectureth, that he smote it twice, " because at first it brought forth but drops, (of water) because God had not bidden him smite it, but speak unto it." Much water,] Or, man^ iraters. * He clave the rocks in the wilderness, and gave drink, as out of the great deep«, Ps. Ixxviii. 15. The unbelief of man maketh not the faith of God without eflect, Rom. iii. 3. Moses and Aaron believed not God, to sanctify him, ver. 12; yet he faithfully kept his promise, and sanctified himself, ver. 13. The con. gregation drank,] Thus the Lord knew his people ' in the wilderness^ in the land of droughts,' Hos. xiii. 5. ' And they thirsted not, when he led them through the deserts ; he caused the waters to flow out of the rocks for them : he clave the rocks also, and the waters gushed out, Isa. xlviii. 21. The water out of the rock, besides the refreshing which it gave unto their bodies, was also a 'spiritual drink, from that spiritual rock Christ,' 1 Cor. x. 4 ; who being smitten for our transgressions, Isa. liii ; with the rod of the law, which worketh wiath, Rom. iv. 15; from him proceeds the living water, where- with the Israel of God may quench their thirst for ever, John iv. 10, 14. For who. so ' believeth in him, out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water,' even the waters of the Holy Spirit, John vii. 38, 39. To these waters, ' every one that thirsteth ' is called to come freely, Isa. Iv. 1; Rev. xxii. 17. Their cattle,] That water, which was both a natural and spiritual refreshing to the people, is given also to the beasts for their natural thirst, because the signs and seals of God's grace are such in respect of the use of them, to those unto whom they are sanctified of God for that purpose. So the waters of Jordan were sanctified for baptism, unto repentance, and believing sinners. Mat. iii. 6 ; which out of that use were common waters. Aud now, not only the Israelites' cattle, but the wild beasts also of the ivilder- ness, had benefit by this mercy of God to his people: whereunto the Lord hath reference, when he saith by his prophet, ' The beasts of the field shall honour me, the dragons and the owls, because I give waters in the wil- derness, rivers in the desert, to give drink to my people, my chosen,' Isa. xliii. 20. Ver. 12. — Ye believed not in me,] The Chald. expoundeth, ye believed not in my word. Thus unbelief was here the chief sin, and cause of other sins, as before in the people, Num. xiv; so here in Moses and Aaron, who were both partners in the trans- gression. And this their sin is called a re- 80 NUMBERS. believed not in me, to sanctify me, in tlie eyes of the sons of Is- rael, therefore ye shall not bring this cluirch into the land which I liave given them. " This is the water of Meribah, because tlie sons of Israel contended with Jeliovah : and he was sanctified in them. " And Moses sent messengers from Kadesh, unto the king of venly kingdom, Rom. iv. 24, 25; v. 1, 2. &c. Gal. ii. 16; iii. 43, 14. &c. Veb. 13.— Of meribah,] That is, oi cuti- tention or strife ; which the Gr. translateth, of contradiction ; so called for a memorial of their sin, and for a warning to ages follow- ing, not to do the like; whereupon it is said by David, ' Ilaiden not your heart, as in Merihah,' Ps. xcv. 8. The same name was given to the former place in Rephidim, Ex. xvii. 7. To distinguish between them, the scripture calleth this, ' Meribah of Kadesh, in the wilderness of Zin,' Deut. xxxii. 61. Contended with jehovah,] In that they contended with Moses, ver. 3. it is accounted as contention against the Lord himself, as he told them before, in Exod. xvi. 8. The Gr. translateth it, reviled before the Lord. He was sanctified,] Or, he sanctified him- self in them. Though Moses and Aaron sanctified him not by faith and obedience, yet was he sanctified among the people, by the work of his grace, in giving waters for their thirst. Or, he was sanctified in them, that is, in Moses and Aaron, as Thargum Jonathan explaineth it: for by punishing their rebellion, he sanctified himself in them ; as it is written, " That the heathen may know me, when I shall be sanctified in thee, O God, before their eyes ;" where it is under- stood of punishment ; as it followeth, < And I will plead against him with pestilence, and with blood, &c. thus will I magnify myself, and sanctify myself, and I will be known in the eyes of many nations,' Ezek. xxxviii. 16; xxii. 23. See also the annot. on Lev. x. 3. And thus Sol. Jarchi expoundeth it, " in them, for Moses and Aaron died because of them ; for when the holy blessed God doth judgment, &c., he sanctifieth himself before his creatures ; and so it is said, ' Fearful art tiiou, O God, out of thy sanctuaries," ' Ps. Ixviii. 36. Ver. 14.— Edom,] The Edomites, the posterity of Esau, who was surnamed Edom, Gen. XXV. 30 ; xxxvi. 1. This message which Moses sent unto Edom, and all things about it following, were done by the direc- tion and word of God, as appeareth by Deut. ii. 1, 2, 4, &c. Thv brother, Israel,] So the whole nation is called, because Jacob, whose name was called Israel, Gen. xxxii. 28, was natural brother to Esau: and this title of brotherhood continued long after, as bellion against the mouth of the Lord, Num. xxvii. 14 ; and a transgression, Deut. xxxii. 51 ; which word, as R. Menachem here noteth, im^Weih, falsehood, as in Lev. vi. 2; it is joined with false denial: and the apostle saith, ' He that believeth not God hath made him a liar,' 1 John v. 10. To sanctifv ME,] Inwardly in the heart by faith, out- wardly by obedience, to do that which I com- manded ; and by both to ascribe unto me the glory of my truth and power. So when it is said, ' Sanctify the Lord of hosts,' Isa. viii. 13 ; the apostle expoundeth it, 'Sanctify the Lord God in your hearts,' 1 Pet. iii. 15. In the eyes,] The Gr. translateth it, before the sons of Israel. This seemeth to be the reason of God's severity at this time against Moses and Aaron, more than before, when Moses bewrayed also his unbelief,- in Num. xi. 21 — 23; because he now publicly dis- honoured God before all the people, (which did aggravate the sin) whereas the former time he did it not in their eyes, but in pri- vate before the Lord. Therefore,] Chaz- kuni observeth, that this word implieth an oath. Neither iudeed could Moses' repent- ance or prayer get this sentence to be re- versed: for when the Loid hath sworn, he will not repent, Ps. ex. 4. Ye shall not BRING,] This chastisement was grievous unto Moses, so that he besought the Lord that he might go over, and see the good land ; but the Lord was wroth with him for the peo- ple's sakes, and would not hear him, Deut. iii. 23 — 16. And as God here spake, so it came to pass ; for Aaron died in mount Hor, Num. XX. 24 — 28; and Moses on mount Nebo, after he had seen the land with his eyes, but might not go over thither, Deut. xxxiv. The Psalmist saith, 'Thou wast tinto them a God that forgiveth, and taking vengeance on their practices,' Ps. xcix. 8. Moses the minister of the law, though he guided Israel through the wilderness, to the borders of the promised land, yet could not bring the- people there-into, but Jesus ( or Joshua) his successor, gave them the posses- sion of it; to signify, that the law (which ' worketh wrath,' Rom. iv. 15.) and tlie works thereof (by ' which no flesh shall be justified. Gal. ii. 16.) cannot bring us into the kingdom of God, but Jesus Christ (who liath loved us, and given himself for us) giv- uth us by faith thi; inheritauce of the hea- CHAP. XX. 81 Edom : thus saith thy brother Israel ; thou knowest all the travel that hath found us. " And our fathers went down into Egypt, and we have dwelt in Egypt many days, and the Egyptians did evil to us, and to our fathers. "* And we cried out unto Jeliovah, and he heard our voice, and sent an angel, and hath brought us forth out of Egypt; and behold, we are in Kadesh, a city in the utter- most of tliy border. '^ Let us pass, I pray thee, through thy country; we will not pass through tlie fields, or through the vine- yards, neither will we drink of the water of the well : we will go by the king's way, we will not turn aside, to the right hand or to the left, until we have passed thy border. '^ And Edom said unto him. Thou shalt not pass through me, lest I come out against thee with the sword, '^ And the sons of Israel said unto him, We will go up by the high-way ; and if we drink of thy water, I and my cattle, then I will give the price of it ; only without doing any thing else, I will pass through on my feet. ^° And he said. Thou shalt in Obad. ver. 10, 12. Also the law saith, ' Thou shalt not abhor an Edomite, for he is thy brother,' Deut. xxiii. 7. Travel that HATH FOUND US,] The ivearisome mokstation that hath befallen us. See the like phrase in Exod. xviii. 8 ; Neh. ix. 32. Ver. 15. — Into egypt,] The history hereof is in Gen. xlvi. Dwelt,] Heb. sitten, that is, continued ; in Gr. sojourned. Many days,] see Exod. xii. 40. Did E%'iL,] AfHicted with rigorous bondage, and other cruelty, see Exod. i, &c. Ver. 16. — We cried out,] As is recorded in Exod. ii. 23. An Angel,] This was Christ: see Exod. iii. 2 ; xiv. 19 ; xxiii. 20, with the annot. Some of the Hebs. under- stand it of Moses, because the prophets are called Angels or Messengers, as in Judg. ii. 1 ; 2 Chron. xxxvi. 15,16; Hag. i. 13. In KADESH, A CITY,] Oi', by Kadesh, to wit, in the wilderness lying near, and having the name of Kadesh the city. Num. xxxiii. 36. The Chald. here and usually nameth it Rekam. Ver. 17. — Through thy country,] Be- cause it was the nearest way: therefore when Edom revised to let them go through, they • turned and passed by the way of the wilder- ness of Moab,' Deut. ii. 8 ; Judg. xi. 17, 18. The vineyards,] To rob, or make spoil of any man's goods. Water of the well,] That is, of the wells, or, of any ivell : the Gr. translateth, of thy ivcll: meaning either that they would not drink without paying for it, as in ver. 19 ; or, that they would drink of the rivers which were common, not of wells which were private, and digged of men for their own use. The kino's way,] That is, tfie high way, which is common for all to Vol. II. pass by, ver. 19. So again in Num. xxi. 22. Ver. 18 Not pass through me,] That is, through my country, ver. 17, as the Chald. explaineth it, through my border. See the like phrase in Deut. ii. 30; Rom. XV. 28. Lest i come,] it is a threatening which the Gr. explaineth, otherwise I will come : see the annot. on Gen. iii. 3. With the sword,] The Chald. expoundeth it, ivith them that kill ivitk the sivord ; the Gr. in war. It had been the duty of Edom, to have met their brother Israel ' with bread and with water in the way,' as God speaketh of the Moabites, Deut. xxiii. 4 ; but by this un. kindness the Lord would have his people to see, how all worldly friends and kindred after the flesh will fail them, yea, and oppose them, that their hope and strength may be in him alone, Mat. x. 21, 22. Ver. 19. — The high way,] Or causey; that which before was called ' the king's way, ver. 17 ; the Gr. here translateth it, the mountain. The price,] Heb. the sale; which both Gr. and Chald. translate, the price. This was so commanded of God, ' Ye shall buy meat of them for money, that ye may eat: and ye shall also buy water of them for money, that ye may drink. For Jehovah thy God hath blessed thee in all the work of thine hand,' Deut. ii. 6, 7. With- out doing any thing else,] Heb. without a word, that is, without any thing ; which the Chald. explaineth, any evil thing, {or word.) Ver. 20. — With much people,] Heb. with an heavy people ; which the Chald. ex^ poundeth, a great army. The scripture con- firmeth this, as that which in 1 Kings iii. 9. is written ' an heavy (or weighty) people, is 82 NUMBERS. not pass tlirougli : and Edom came out against him with much people, and witli a stronor hand, ^^ And Edom refused to give Israel, to pass through his border ; and Israel turned aside from him. ^^ And they journeyed from Kadesli, and the sons of Israel, even the whole congregation, came unto mount Hor. ^ And Jehovah said unto Moses and Aaron, in mount Hor, by the border of the land of Edom, saying. ^* Aaron shall be gatliered unto his people, for he shall not enter into the land wliicli I have given inito tlie sons of Israel, because ye rebelled against my mouth at the water of Meribah. '^^ Take Aaron and Eleazar his son, and bring them up unto mount Hor. *^ And strip Aaron of his garments, and put tliem in 2 Cliron. i. 40, expounded 'a great peo- ple.' This coming out was to resist Israel by torce and strong hand, for Edom was afraid of them, Deut. ii. 4, and trusted not their words. Ver. 21. — ToGivE,]That is, to suffer, or to ffive Israel \e&veto pass, as the Chald.expound- eth it. Notwithstanding, as they went along their coast, the Edomites sufl'ered them to buy Tictuals of them, as appeareth by Deut. ii. 28, 29. Turned aside,] And went along through the wilderness, and compassed the land of Edom, Jiidg. xi. 18. ' For the \ord had rharged them that they should not lieddle with the sons of Esau, or their pos- >;ssion,' Deut. ii. 4, 5. So Thargum Jona- )ian here paraphraseth, "they were com- manded by the woid of (the God of) heaven, that they should not wage war with them, be- rause the time was not yet come, when he would execute vengeance on Edom by their hands." Thus Israel suffered patiently the unkindness of Edom, and obeyed the Lord herein, though the way which they after went through the wilderness, was very grievous unto them, and their souls were discouraged because ol the same, Num. xxi, 4, 5. Ver. 22. — Mount hor,] A mount in the edge of the land of Edom, and the next rest.- ing place which they came unto from Kadesh, Num. xxxiii. 37. The name itself signifieth a mount, for Har in Heb. is a mountain; and Sol. Jarchi heie explaineth it, " a mountain upon a mountain:'' Thargum Jonathan nameth it, " mount Omanos." Ver. 24. — Gathered unto his people,] That is, die, and be buried, and his soul be among ' the spirits of just men made perfect,' as Heb. xii. 23. Gatliering signifieth here taking away by death, as in ver. 26, and in sa. Ivii. 1, ' merciful men are gathered, that i--, taken away:' and that which is gathered, i-i the spirit of man, as in Ps. civ. 20, thou gatherest their spirit, they give up the ghost, and return unto their dust. The people mean the fathers deceased, as is spoken of David in Acts xiii. 36, and in Judg. ii. 20, all that generation were gathered unto their fathers. So his people here, are Aaron's godly foiefathers : as David desireth the contrary, ' Gather not my soul with siimers,' Ps. xxvi. 9. See the annot. on Gen. xxv. 8. Rebelled against biy mouth,] That is, against my word, as the Chald. expoundeth it: the Gr. saith, ye provoked me. See be- fore on ver. V?.. Ver. 26 — Strip aaron,] Or, disarray Aaron of liis garments, meaning of his priestly robes, the garments of holiness, which Moses had made him 'for honour; and for beautiful glory,' Exod. xxviii. 2, and which at his con- secration to the piiesthood Moses had put upon him, Lev. viii. 7 — 9. So Thargum Jonathan expoundeth it," strip Aaron of the honourable garments of the priesthood." The taking off of these garments, and putting them upon Eleazar, signified the taking away of his office and dignity, and giving the same to another: as by a like similitude God said unto Shebna the treasurer, ' I will drive thee from thy station, and from thy state shall he pull thee down. And it shall be in that day, that I will call my servant Eliakim, the son of Hilkiah, and I will clothe him with thy robe, and strengthen him with thy girdle, and I will commit thy government unto his hand, and he shall be a father to the inhabitants of Jerusalem,' &c. Is. xxii. 15, 19 — 21. As by Aaron's offering for his own sins first, and then for the sins of the people, Lev. xvi. 6, 11, 15, the Holy Spirit showed the inability of the legal priesthood (in comparison with Christ's) to reconcile men unto God, Heb. vii. 26. — 28, so by this disarraying and death of Aaron, he signified the disantilling of that priesthood, ' for the weakness and un- profitableness thereof,' Heb. vii. 11 — 18. When therefore the same hands of Moses, CHAP. XX. 83 upon Eleazar his son, and Aaron shall be gathered and shall die there. " And Moses did as Jehovah commanded, and they went up into mount Hor, in the eyes of all the congregation. ^^ And Moses stripped Aaron of his garments, and put them upon which had put on the garments, did pull them off, and now at this time for the sin which the high priest had committed, ver. 12, Deut. xxxii. 50, 51, they and all the people were taught to expect a better priest- liood of the Son of God, ' who is perfected for evermore,' Heb. vii. 2S. Eleazar his SON,] This was a comfort to all, especially to Aaron the father, that the priestly function ended not with the death of the priest, but was derived to his posterity, and so continued through all ages, till Christ came, who is ' a priest for ever, after the order of Melchise- dek the true Eleazar, that i--, the help of God ; who is made, not after the law of a car- nal commandment, but after the power of an endless life,' Heb. vii. 11, 16. Wherefore to signify the continuance of his grace and love to the church, God promised that ' the priests the Levites should not want a man before him, to offer burnt-offerings and to kindle meat-uffeiings, and to do sacrifice con- tinually,' Jer. xxxiii. 18. So Aaron did be- hold in the clothing of his son, a type of his own, and of all Israel's salvation, that his death might not be bitter unto him, but he might depart in peace, because his eyes did see (though as afar off) the salvation of God, as Luiie ii. 29, 30. Shall be gathered,] Unto his peoples, ver. 24. And shall die,] He tliit before in the work of his priesthood, ' made atonement for the people, and stood between the dead and the living, and the plague was stayed,' Num. xvi. 47, 48, now dietli himself, for his own sin: an evident demonstration of the insufficiency of the Levitical priesthood. Whereupon the apostle teaclieth, that ' they were many priests, be- cause they were not suffered to continue by reason of death. But Christ, because he continueth ever, hath a priesthood which passeth not from one to another: wherefore he is able also to save them to the uttermost, that come unto God by him, seeing he ever liveth to make intercession for them,' Heb. vii. 23—25. Vek. 28. — Moses stripped aaron,] The actions of Moses signified the effects of his ministry and law, 2 Cor. iii. 13. Whereas thereore he unvested Aaron, by reason of sin and death which was to ensue, it showed that no priest who was a sinner, and under the power of death, could satisfy the justice of the law, and avoid the wrath of God: so the legal priesthood now might say, ' He hath stript me of my glory, and taken the crown from my head,' Job xix. 9. Again in putting the priestly garments upon Eleazar (who was before tiis, ' the prince of the princes of the Levites,' Num. iii. 32,) he signified, that ' the law had a shadow of good things to come, Heb. x. I, and therefore the blessings figured thereby, should not be frus- trated, but continue under hope by succes- sion, till He should com.; nnto whom the right of the high priesthood belonged, even 'the branch that should build the temple of the Lord, and should bear the glory, andsitand rule upon his throne, and shoind be a priest upon his throne, and the counsel of peace be between them both,' Zach. vi. 12, 13; J^r. xxxiii. 18. Thus the law was a ' schoolmaster unto Christ,' Gal. iii. 24. It may also be observ- ed, how among the Gentiles, their prophets and prophetesses, who did wear some orna- ments and ensigns of their dignity, used solemnly to put them oil before their death, as resigning them up unto God, and judging it an unmeet thing to die in them, as appear- eth by the example of Cassandra, in the Greek poet .^schylus, and of Amphiareua the prophet, in Statins Papinius, Thebaid. 7. Top of the mountain,] Things that were very memorable and significative, are often noted in scripture to be done on mountains, as being conspicuous, remarkable, and imply, ing high and heavenly mysteries. So the ark of Noah rested on mount Ararat, Gen. viii. 4. Abraham sacrificed his son on mount Moriah, Gen. xxii. 2, &c. ; as the Son of God was sacrificed on Calvary, Luke xxiii. 33. The law of Moses was given upon mount Sinai, Exod. xix.; the law of Christ came from mount Zion, Mie. iv. 1, 2; and on a mountain he preached the gospel, and expounded the law. Matt. v. 1, &c. Ezekiel in a vision was showed the city called ' Tlie Lord is there, upon a very high moun- tain,' Ezek. xlii. &c.; xlviii. 3!). John was also showed the same city upon a great high mountain, Rev. xxi. 10, &c. Moses him- self on the mountain of Nebo, viewed all the promised land, and died there, Deut. xxxiv. 1 — 5, and was with Christ when he was transfigured, and spake of his death, upon an high mountain, Malt. xvii. 1—3; Luke ix. 30, 31, and now he was with Aaron at his death, and translation of the priesthood from him unto Eleazar, where he also beheld the Levitical priesthood afar off, and so the trans- lation of it, and of the law thereof, unto Christ, whose day he desired, Heb. xi. 12. 84 NUMBERS. Eleazar his son ; and Aaron died tliere in tlie top of the mountain : and Moses and Eleazar came down from the mountain. ''^And all the congregation saw that Aaron had given up the ghost : and they wept for Aaron thirty days, even all the house of Israel. Ver. 29. — Saw that aakon had given ap THE GHOST,] seeing is here iov perceiving by knowledge and understanding, as by the relation of Moses and Eleazar, as also that Aaron came not down with them. ' So Jacob saw that there was corn in Egypt, when he heard thereof,' Gen. xlii. 1 ; Acts vii. 12. The people ' saw the voices,' Exod. XX. 18, and sundry the like. Here also they might see the hand of God, chastising their sin upon Aaron, who died not only for his own transgression, but for their sakes,' as Moses after speaketh of himself, ' The Lord was wroth with me for your sakes,' Deut. iii. 26, yet in beholding his priesthood continued in liis son, they might also behold God's mercy towards them in Christ, who should perfectly reconcile them unto God, when the priesthood of the law, which now began to die away, should utterly be abolished. They WEPT,] That is, thei/ mourned. For public persons, the whole congregation mourned, as here for Aaron, so for the death of his sons, Lev. X. 6, and for the death of Moses, Deut, xxxiv. 8. Thirty days,] See the aniiot. on Gen. 1. 10. Mourning for the dead is hon- ourable, and here the people mourn for Aaron thirty days, whom they had dishonoured by rebelling against him forty years. So long also they wept for Moses, Deut. xxxiv. S, and it is the lot of many of the servants of God, to have more honour after their death, than in their life. As Mary the sister, the prophetess of Israel, died in the first month, ver. 1, so Aaron the high priest died ' in the first day of the fifth month, in the fortieth year after their coming out of Egypt, when he was 123 years old,' Num. xxxiii. 38, 39. His burial also (though here omitted) is spoken of in Deut. x. 6. CHAP. XXI. 1. The Canaanites fight with Israel, and take some of them captive hut Israel hy a vow, obtain help of God, and destroy them and their cities. 4. The people murmuring because of their wants in the rvay, are plagued imth fiery serpents. 7. Tliey repenting, are healed by a brazen serpent. 10. Sundry journeys of the Israelites. 16. Their song at Beer, for mater, which God gave them. 21. They requesting passage through the Amorites' country are denied it. 24. Israel van- quisheth them, and Sihon their king, and possesseth their cities. 27. Proverbs or prophecies of Sihon' s overthrow. 33. Og, king of Bashan, fighteth against Israel^ and is also vanquished, and Israel his land. And the Canaanite the king of Arad, which dwelt in the south, lieard tliat Israel came the way of the spies : and lie fouglit Ver. 1.— King of arad,] Arad seemeth to be the name of the city where the king reigned, as in Jos. xii. 14, and so the Chald. here explain it. In the south,] The south part in the land of Canaan, Num. xxxiii. 40 The way of the spies,] Or, the ivay of ^tharim, as the Gr. version retaineth the Heb. name, as proper; and it might be a way so caMed, and well known in that time. But the Chald. translateth it, the tvay of the spies} meaning that they came towards Canaan, after they had been turned back to- wards the Red sea, Num. xiv. 25, and had been at Ezion-gaber, Num. xxxiii. 35, they returned towards Canaan again, along by Edom's coast, to come unto the land which the spies had searched, Num. xiii. A cap- tivity,] That is, some captives, or prisoners. So captivity is used for captives, or people taken in war. Num. xxxi. 12; Judg. v. 12; 2 Chrou. xxviii. 5, and often: as 'poverty,' for a company of poor people, 2 Kings xxiv. 10; and 'spoil,' for spoiled people, Amos v. 9 ; ' thanksgivings,' for a company of tharks- CHAP. XXI. 80 against Israel, and took captive of them, a captivity : ' And Is- rael vowed a vow unto Jehovah, and said. If giving thou wilt give this people into my hand, then I will utterly destroy tlieir cities. ^ And Jehovah hearkened to the voice of Israel, and gave up the Canaanite, and they utterly destroyed them and their cities : and he called the name of the place Hormah. * And they journeyed from mount Hor, by the way of the red givers, Neh. xii. 31 ; and many the like. Tlie Canaanites having heard of the over- throw which was given Israel, thirty -eight years before, Num. xiv. 45; and of the hand of God against them so long in the wilder- ness, were hardened and emboldened to en- counter them now when they heard again of their coming ; and Satan endeavoured hereby to discourage Israel, that as their fathers through unbelief being afraid, entered not into the promised land, Deut. i. 27, 32, 35; so the children also might be deprived. And God, for a chastisement of their sins, and for the trial of their faith, suffereth the enemy at first to prevail, that his people might know that they should not conquer the land by their own strength or for their own worthiness, Ps. xliv. 3, 4 ; Deut. ix. 4. Ver. 2. — Vowed a vow,] calling upon God for help, and religiously promising to devote unto him their enemies and all their substance. See the annot. on Gen. xxviii. 20. If giving thou wilt give,] That is, if thou wilt indeed give; and it implieth a prayer, which often is uttered after this man- ner: as, ' Jabez called on the God of Israel, saying. If blessing thou wilt bless me,* &c. 1 ChroQ. iv. 10. Utterly destroy,] Or, devote ; in Gr. anathematize ; things devoted after this manner, the persons were to die, their goods confiscate to the Lord, Lev. xxvii. 28, 29. So when Jericho was devoted, the people and beasts were killed, the city burnt, the goods carried into the Lord's treasury, Jos. vi. 17, 19, 21, 24. Ver. 3. — Hearkened to the voice,] That is, as the Chald. explaineth it, received the prayer of Israel. Gave up the Can- aanite,] To wit, into their hand, as the Gr. here repeateth from ver. 2. They utterly destroyed] Heb. he utterly destroyed or de- voted, speaking of Israel, as of one body. But how could they, being so far ofi" in the wilderness, destroy their cities, lying within Canaan, Num. xxxiii. 40 ; into which they came not, till after Moses' death? It seem- eth the accomplishment of this vow was per- formed long after, when they were come into the land. For the king of Arad is reckoned for one of those that Joshua conquered, Jos. xii. 14. See also Judg. i. IC, 17. They now conquered the Canaanite's army that came out against them, and devoted the spoils which they took ; and when their cities came into their possession, they utterly de- stroyed and devoted them, and so paid their vow, which now they promised. He CALLED,] Or, they called, meaning Israel, unless it be applied in special to Moses. The Gr. translateth, they called. Hor- mah,] Or Chormah ; in Gr. Anathema, that is, devotement, or utter destruction. By this name they both set up a memorial of God's mercy, who gave their enemies into their hand ; and of their duty, to keep the vow which they had promised. Ver. 4. — To compass the land,] Be- cause Edom had denied them passage through it, Num. XX. 18, 21, by reason whereof their travel was increased. Soul of the people WAS shortened,] Or, ivas straitened, that is, tvas grieved, or discouraged. This word, when it is applied to the hand, signifieth in- ability, as in Num. xi. 23 ; Isa. xxxvii. 27; 2 Kings xix. SG , unto the soul (as in this place) it meaneth grief, vexation, or discom- fort; so in Judg. xvi. 16. Samson's soul was shortened, i^that is, vexed) unto death ; and in Judg. x. 16, the Lord's soul was shortened, (that is, grieved) for the misery of Israel: and sometimes it is with a kind of lothing, as in Zach. xi. 8 ; ' my soul was shortened for them,' that is, lotked them. A like phrase is of the shortness of the spi- rit, which also signifieth anguish, trouble and vexation, as in Exod. vi. 6 ; Job xxi. 4 ; and want of power, as in Mic. ii. 7. The Gr. here translateth, the people wire feeble- minded, or of small soul, or courage. Be- cause of the way,] Or, in the way: but m often noteth the cause of a thing ; as, the Lord's ' soul was grieved in (that is, for, or because of) the misery of Israel,' Judg. x. 16, or according to the like phrase in Zach. xi. 8 ; their soul lothed the way, both for the longsomeness of it, and for the many wants and troubles that they found therein, as in ver. 5. So the Gr. interpreteth it,/or the way : and Sol. Jarchi in like manner, saying, " Because it was heard unto them, they said, we were now near to enter into the land, and we turned backward; so our fa- thers turned, and lingered thirty-nine years unto this day ; therefore their soul was short- NUMBERS. sea, to compass the land of Edom ; and the soul of the people was shortened, because of the way. ^ And tlie people spake against God, and against Moses, Wherefore have ye brought us up out of Kgypt, to die in the wilderness? for there is no bread, neither is there water, and our soul lotheth this light bread. ® And Jehovah sent among the people fiery serpents, and they bit ened for the afflictions of the way." This way into the land of promise, figured the way into the kingdom of God, through the wilderness of this world, ' the wilderness of peoples,' as in Ezek. xx. 35 ; into which kingdom we cannot enter, but 'through much tribulation,' Acts xiv. 22 ; ' because the gate is strait, and the way is narrow that leadeth unto life,' Mat. vii. 14; and we are to go 'through fire and through water,' Ps. Ixvi. 12. The discouragement of this people, showeth hu- man frailty and infirmity, through want of faith and patience: for as they erred in heart, and knew not the Lord's ways, Ps. xcv. 10, so many, ' when tribulation or per- secution ariseth because of the word, by and by they are ofTended,' Mat. xiii. 21. Ver. 5. — Spake against god,] The Chald. expoundeth it, murmured before the Lord, and contended with Moses, and so in ver. 7. This was their wonted carriage, in their tentations: see Exod. xiv. II ; xv. 24 ; xvi. 2, 3 ; xvii. 2, 3 ; Num. xi. 1, 4, 6 ; xvi. 13, 14; XX. 3—3. By God here is meant Christ, the Angel of God's face or presence, in whom his name was, Exod. xxiii. 20, 21 ; Isa. Ixiii. 9 ; as the apostle openeth this place, saying, • Neither let us tempt Clirist, as some of them also tempted, and were destroyed of serpents,' 1 Cor. x. 9. This light bread,] Meaning manna; as the Ciiald. explaineth it, this manna the light meat : in Gr. this vain (or empty) bread. So they call it, either because it was light of digestion, that they felt it not in their hot stomachs ; or in contempt, counting it base and vile, in comparison with other meats: See Num. xi. 5, 6, 8. This manna being rained upon them from heaven, Ps. Ixxviii. 23, 24, was both corporal and spiritual food unto them, a figure of the hidden manna, which Christ feedeth his people with, unto life eternal. Rev. ii. 17; Job vi. 48 — 51. So the contempt thereof, was the contempt of Christ and his grace: and into this sin do all they fall, that lothe and leave Christ and his gospel, for the momentary pleasures of this life ; ' the enemies of the cross of Christ, whose end is destruction, whose God is their belly, and whose glory is in their shame, wiio mind earthly things,' Phil. iii. 18, 19. Ver. 6— Fiery serpents,] Or, bttrninj serpents, as the Chald. translateth: the Gr. in tliis place calleth them deadly (or kiUing) serpents. In the Heb. they are named sera- phim, that is, burners, because when they bite a man, he bunieth with extreme heat and thirst, it may be also in respect of their colour, for some serpents are of a fiery colour; Nicander in Theriacis. Of the Heb. saraph, the Gr. by changing the order of letters, have borrowed the name prester, which is a kind of venomous serpent, called also dipsas, and causon; of which it is reported, that who is stung therewith, he hath such a vehement thirst, " that he cannot be satisfied, but is tormented with it continually, and though he drink never so largely, yet is he presently as thirsty as before. And again, that the bit- ings of these serpents were left of the most ancient (physicians) as altogether incurable," Dioscorid. lib. vi. cap. 38, 40. They are said to be like unto vipers, but their bit- ing more hurtful ; for the heart of a man is inflamed with their biting, and his lips are parched and dry with thirst, as Nicander writeth of them. Sol. Jarchi saith, " they are called seraphim (burners) because they burned men with the venom of their teeth." The prophet Isaiah mentioneth ' the flying fiery serpent,' in Is. xiv. 29; xxx. 6, where- by it seemeth to be a kind of serpent with wings. With these and other serpents, the wilderness through which they went, did abound, as Moses showeth in Deut. viii. 15, but God, who guided them through it, kept them from hurting his people, till now for their sin, he gave them power to bite and kill them: as he saith elsewhere, 'I will command the serpent, and he shall bite them,' Amos iii. 9. Here also there was a re- tnembrance of the first sin that came into mankind by the serpent, and the death that followed thereupon. Gen. iii. ; for as the venom of the serpents killeth the body, so the venom of satan, which is sin, killeth both body and soul: and as the serpent biting any one part, the venom and contagion spreadeth over all the body, and killeth the whole man, so the poison of sin, which entered by one man, hath infected and killed all the lump of mankind, Rom. v. 15 — 18. Died,] The judgments of God are both inevitable and in- curable of man, Jer. viii. 17; Amos v. 19 — 23; ix. 1—3; Deut. xxviii. 27. And as no salve or medicine could heal the bodies of those that were bitten : so can no work of man cure the biting of that old serpent or CHAP. XXI. 87 tlie people, and much people of Israel died. ' And the people came to Moses, and said. We have sinned: for we have spoken against Jehovah, and against thee ; Pray unto Jehovah, that he take away the serpents from us ; and Moses prayed for the people. * And stitig of sin, but the venom thereof rageth and reigneth, tormenting the conscience unto death, Rom. v. 12, 14.21; iii. 20. Ver. 7. — We have sinxed,] The afflic- tions which God layeth upon his people, are a meaa (through his grace) to bring them to the sight and acknowledgment of their sins, and seeking unto him, as it is said, ' When he slew them, then they sought him: and they returned, and inquired early after God,' Ps. Ixxviii. 34. Yea, the wicked are often forced hereby, to confess and seek help of God, as did Pharaoh, Exod. ix. 27, 2S. That he TAKE AWAY,] Or, and let him take away the serpents; in Heb. the serpent, put for the multitude of them; as in Exod. viii. 6, the frog, is ior frugs, and in Exod. viii. 17, the louse, for lice, and many the like. They de- sire the removing of the punishment, after repentance and confession of sin; without which, plagues are not only continued, b\it increased, Lev. xxvi. 21, 23, 24, 28. Hovv- beit God did not presently take away the ser- pents, but gave a remedy for such as were bitten, ver. 8, 9. Moses prayed,] As at other times, so still he showeth himself an example of meekness, unmiadfulness of in- juries, and readiness to forgive the wrongs done unto him. Thus Samuel also did in like case, and said, ' Far be it that I should sin against the Lord, in ceasing to pray for you; but I will teach you the good and the right way,' 1 Sam. xii. 19, 23 Ver. 8. — Make thee a fiery serpent,] Or, a burning serpent, Heb. saraph, which the Gr. translateth, a serpent: hereby is meant, * a serpent of brass,' ver. 9, a simili- tude of one of those fiery serpents, a figure of Christ, as himself hath opened it, saying, ' As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wildei- ness, even so must the Son of man be lifted up,' John iii. 14. For as this had the simi- litude of a serpent, but had no venom ; so Christ had the similitude of a sinful man, 'yet without sin,' Heb. iv. 15. Upon a POLE,] Or, /or a sign; the original nes signi- fieth an ensign or banner lifted up on high, and is here by the Gr. and Chald. translated a sign, meaning a pole or perch, which is usually set up for a sign or signification of something. And hereupon our Saviour useth the word of * lifting up,' or ' setting on high,' in John iii. 14, meaning of his cross, npon which he was lifted up at his death, or of the preaching of him crucified: as elsewhere he likewise saith, ' When ye have lifted up the Son of man,' John viii. 28; and again, when he signified ' what death he should die,' he said, 'And I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me,' John xii, 32. So the setting of this serpent on a pole or sign, was a figure unto them of Christ to be crucified, and preached unto the world for salvation. When he looketh upon it, shall live,] Or, then he shall see (or look upon) it, and he shall live; so implying both a commandment and a promise. And this was the reason of the putting it upon a pole, that the people which were far ofT might pre- sently see it, every man from his place. As the serpent lifted up, was a figure of Christ; so the looking upon it signified faith in Christ, as it is wTitten, ' At that day shall a man look to his Maker, and his eyes shall have respect to the holy One of Israel,' Is. xvii. 7. And thus our Lord himself ex- poundeth it, ' As Moses lifted up the serpent in the wilderness, even so must the Son of man be lifted up; that whosoever believeth in him should not perish, but have eternal life,' John iii. 14, 15. Likewise among the Hebs. Thargum Jonathan explaineth it thus, " He shall look upon it and live, if his heart be attent unto the name of the word of the Lord." And Sol. Jarchi saith, "when they submitted their heart unto their Father which is in heaven, they were healed, otherwise they perished." Shall live,] That is, shall be healed, and have his life and health continued; as in Is. xxxviii. 21, 'he shall live,' that is, shall recover, or be cured. And by this recovery and continuance of na- tural life, was figured life eternal to all that believed in Christ, John iii. 15, who is 'the root of Jesse, standing up for an ensign of the people, whereunto the nations should seek,' Is. xi. 10. And the work of grace was hereby lively signified. As they that were bitten with these serpents, if they looked upon their sores, and not to the sign erected of God, they died: so they that are bitten with sin, if they fix their eyes thereon, though with repentance, and look not unto Christ, do despair and die, Matt, xxvii. 3 — 5. As they, if they sought to surgeons or physicians, or used salves or medicines of their own or others, perished: so whosoever seeketh to any but Christ, or endeavoureth by his own works or sufferings to have life with God, dieth in his sins, John viii. 24; Gal. V. 4. As the brazen serpent was an unlikely thing in human reason, to heal such deadly S8 NUMBERS. Jehovah said unto Moses, Make thee a fiery serpent, and put it upon a pole ; and it shall be, that every one that is bitten, when he looketli upon it, shall live. ^ And Moses made a serpent of brass, and put it upon a pole •, and it was, that if a serpent had bitten a man, when he beheld the serpent of brass, he lived. " And the sons of Israel journeyed, and encamped in Oboth. " And they journeyed from (Jbotli, and encamped in Ije Abarim, in the wilderness which is before Moab, toward the sun-rising. wounds: so 'Christ crucified, is unto the Jews a stumbling-block, and unto the Greeks foolishness; but unto them which are called, both Jews and Greeks, Christ is the power of God, and the wisdom of God,' ] Cor. i. 23, 24. VeR. 9. A SERPENT OF BRASS,] Which metal, besides that it is of a fiery colour, Ezek. i. 7; Rev. i. 15, and so might resem- ble the colour of the serpents; it is also strong and durable, and in that respect might figure out the strength of Christ, who was enabled by the power of the Godhead to en- dine and overcome all his tribulations, other- wise than any man could: whereupon Job saith in his sorrows, ' Is my strength the strength of stones? or is my flesh of brass?' Job vi. 12. But unto the prophet Christ showed himself ' a man, whose appearance was like the appearance of brass,' tzek. xl. 3. Upon a pole,") Or, for a sign, as in ver. 8. This was the work of Moses; whereupon it is said, • As Moses lilted up the serpent in the wilderness,' John iii. 14, and it signified how 'Moses' law was our schoolmaster unto Christ, that we might be justified by faith,' Gal. iii. 24, by his writings, Christ is lifted up as an ensij;n unto all peoples, for he wrote of Christ, John v. 46, and by the rigour of his law, which urgeth satisfaction for sin, and curseth all transgressors, Christ was lifted u|) upon the cross, ' God sending his own Son in the likem ss of sinful flesh,' who by his sacrifice 'for sin, condemned sin in tlie flesh.' Gal. iii. 10—13; Rom. viii. 3. If a serpent,] Or, as the Gr. translateth, when a serpent hit a man} so that the serpents were not taken away from the people, as tliey desired, in ver. 7, but continued still as a chastisement, to nurture the disobedient people: only God provideth a remedy to heal the repentant and believing sinners. Where- fore also the brazen serpent was not left standing in that place, but they carried it along through tiie wilderness, even into the land of Canaan, where it continued many years, 2 Kings xviii. 4. Such is the work of grace towards us in tliis life, for neitlier are our sins utterly taken from us in this life, but we have forgiveness of them by the blood of Christ, 1 John i. 7 — 10; Jam. iii. 2: neither are our tentations and afflictions wholly re- moved, though we beseech the Lord there- fore ; but we receive grace from him, which is suflicient for us, and his ' strengtli is made perfect in weakness,' 2 Cor. xii. 7 — 9. When he beheld,] Or, and if he beheld (or looked unto) the serpent of brass, then he lived: where Thargum Jonathan addeth again, " and directed his heart to the name of the word of the Lord, then he lived." And the author of the Book of Wisdom, speaking of , this serpent, (which he calleth 'a sign of sal- vation') saith, 'He that turned himself to- wards it, was not saved by the thing that he saw, but by thee [O God] that art tiie Saviour of all,' Wisdom xvi. 6, 7. This showeth the truth of God's promises and signs, that they give life to them that obey and believe in Christ: and when God pro- miseth to pour out the Spirit of grace upon his people, it is with these words, ' They shall look upon me whom they have pierced,' Zed), xii. lo. Thus 'the just shall live by his faith,' Hab. ii. 4, and he that heareth the word of Christ, and believeth on him that sent him, ' hath everlasting life, and shall not come into condemnation, but is passed from death unto life,' John v. 24. ' For the wages of sin is death ; but the gift of God is eternal life, through Jesus Christ our Lord,' Rom. vi. 23. Ver. 10 — Oboth,] Of these places and journeys, see Num. xxxiii., where they are reckoned in order ; for here some are named, and others omitted. Ver. 11. — Before Moab,] Before the Moaliites' country. The posterity of Moab and Ammon the sons of Lot, Gen. xix. 36 — 38, had vanquished the giants (called Emims and Zamzummims) which before dwelt in those parts, and succeeded them, and dwelt in their stead, Deut. ii. 10, 11, 20, 21. Through the wilderness, along by their coasts did Israel pass, but were forbid- den to war with them, or with the Edomites. Deut. ii. 5, 9, 19. CHAP. XX 80 '^ From thence they journeyed, and camped in tlie valley of Zared. '^ From thence they journeyed, and camped on tlie other side of Arnon, which is in the wilderness, which cometh out of the border of the Amorite ; for Arnon is the border of Moab, between Moab and the Amorite. " Wherefore it is said in the book of the wars of Jehovah, Va- heb in a whirlwind, and the brooks of Arnon. '^ And the stream of the brooks which declineth to the situation of Ar, and leanetli upon the border of Moab. "^ And from thence to Beer, that is, the Ver. 12. — The valley of zared,] Or, usually signifieth whirlwind or storm) to lie the bourn of Zared, or Zered: which word bourn (as also the Heb. nachal) is both a val- ley, and a river running through a valley: and so this Zared was a river or brook also, over which Israel passed: see Deut. ii. 13. Ver. 14 It is said,] Heb. it shall be said. The time to come, noteth a continued or common saying; so he speaketh as of a known speech. The book,] Or, the narra- tion, (the rehearsal) of the wars of Jehovah: what book this was, is uncertain; whether some writing of Israel, not now extant; or, some writing of the Amorites, which con- tained songs and triumphs of their king Si- hon's victories ; out of which Moses may cite this testimony, as Paul sometimes doth out of heathen poets, Acts xvii. 28; Tit. i. 12. Vaheb,] This is thought by some to be the name of the king of Moab, whom Sihon vanquished, ver. 26, by others, to be the name of a place or city. The Gr. interpreters here mistaking a Z T for a V 1 (which in Heb. are one like another) read it Zoob, and give this sense, " Therefore it is said in the book, The war of the Lord hath set on fire (or burned) Zoob, and the brooks of Arnon." The Chald. paraphrast (whom others also follow) taketh it for no proper name, but ex- poundeth it thus: " The wars that the Lord did at the Red sea, and the mighty works at the brooks of Arnon." In a whirlwind,] Or, luith a tempest} understand, the Lord (by the war of Sihon against Moab) hath con- sumed Faheb in a whirlivind, or ivith a tem- pest. So wars are often set forth by the simili- tude of fire, tempest, whirlwinds, and the like; as, ' I will kindle a fire in the wall of Rahab, and it shall devour the palaces there- of, with shouting in the day of battle, with a tempest in the day of the whirlwind,' Amos i. 14, and, Thou shalt be visited of the Lord of hosts with thunder, &c. with whirlwind and tempest, and the flame of devouring fire,' Is. xxix. 6, and again, ' The Lord will come with fire, and with chariots like a whirlwind,' Is. Ixvi. 15. So in Nah. i. 3; Is. v. 28; Jer. iv. 13. And thus the Gr. explaineth it, "The war of the Lord hath set Zoob on fire." Some take the Heb. supkah (which Vol. II. here the name of a place, the same that is called suph in Deut. i. 1, which also is the name of the Red sea, as is noted on Exod. x. 9, so the Chald. interpreteth it, the Red sea. And the brooks,] Or, the bourns of Arnon, to wit, the Lord hath consumed, or (as in ver. 2S,) the flame hath consumed the bourns of Arnon. It may also be expounded, " The Lord warred with Vaheb in a whirlwind, and with the brooks of Arnon." Moses intend- eth by this testimony, to show how the Is- raelites had right to this country: for it being sometimes Moab's land, with whom Israel might not meddle, Deut. ii. 9, the Lord had before Israel's coming, stirred up the spirit of Sihon king of the Amorites, to fight against the king of Moab, and to take this part of his country from him, as is after mentioned, Num. xxi. 28, 29. Then Israel coming, and being commanded of God to war against the Amorites, Deut. ii. 24, took it again out of Sihon 's hand, and so became law- ful possessor of this land by conquest. This right Jephthah defended for Israel, when after many years the Ammonites (brethren to Moab) required these lands to be restored again; see the story in Judg. xi. 12, 13 — 27. For the Moabites and Ammonites were neighbours; and Chazkuni noteth on Num. xxi. 23, that, " As Sihon had taken the land of Moab on the south side, from Jordan unto the river Arnon; so he had taken on the north-side, the land of the sons of Ammon unto Jabbok: and for this cause it was un lawful for Israel (to possess it:) and this is that which our doctors have said, Moab and Ammon were purified by Sihon." Ver. 15. — And the stream,] Or, the shedding the effusion of the brooks. This ver. seemeth to be a continuance of the former testimony out of the book of the wars of Jehovah, to show the limits and bounds of this country which Sihon had won, and how it was distin- guished from Moab's land. Ar,] A city of Moab, ver. 28, called inGr. Er. Leaneth upon the border,] That is, as the Gr. ex- plaineth it, lieth by, or is adjoined to the bor- ders of Moab. Ver. 16. — Froim the.xce to beer,] Or, M 90 NUMBERS. well whereof Jehovah said unto Moses, Gather together the people, and I will give them water. " Then sang Israel this song. Spring up, O well ; answer ye unto it. ^^ The well, the princes digged it, the nobles of the people to the well ; for so Beer signifieth; and the Gr. traiislateth it, from thence the well (or pe7.) Some unrlerstand here, from thence they journeyed to Beer: the Chald. paraphrast expoundeth it, " from thence was given unto them the well." Of this Beer there is no mention among the journeys of the people in Num. xxxiii. I avill give them water,] The Gr. addeth, water to drink. The Lord who before had suffered the people to thiist, and gave them water when they muimured against him, Exod. xvii. ; Num. xx. ; doth now of his grace give them a well of water, when they murmured not, to leach them to depend upon him hy faith, for ' they that seek the Lord shall not want any good thing,' Ps. xxxiv. 10. Wherefore the people were to be assembled, that ail might behold the goodness of God, and sing his praise. And this water of the well had also a like spiri- tual signification, as the waters of the rock ; far as ' the rock was Christ,' 1 Cor. x. 4; so the well figured him, who is ' the fountain of the gaidens, the well of living waters.' Song iv. 15 ; and the waters signified ' the Spirit, which they that believe on him shall receive,' John vii. 38, 39; Is. xliv. 3; of which water, ' whosoever drinketh, shall never thirst, but the water that Christ shall give him, shall be in him a well of water springing up into everlasting life,' John iv. 14. This grace he promised of old to his people, saying, ' the poor and needy seek water, and there is none ; their tongue fail- eth for thirst: I Jehovah will hear them, I the God of Israel will not forsake them. 1 will open rivers in high places, and fountains in the midst of the valleys ; I will make the wilderness a pool of water, and the dry land springs of water, &c. That they may see, and know, and consider, and understand to- gether, that the hand of Jehovah hath done this, and the Holy One of Israel hath created it,' Is. xli. 17, 18, 20. And again, ' a fountain shall come forth of the house of the Lord, aaid shall water the valley of Shittim,' Joel iii. IS. Ver. 17. — Then sang Israel,] Singing here was in them a sign of mirth and joy, as iu Jam. v. 13 ; aud of belief in God, and thankfulness, as in Ps. cvi. 12 ; and typified the spiritual joy which the faithful have in Christ: concerning which it is prophesied, ' with joy shall ye draw water out of the wells of salvation. And in that day shall ye say, Praise Jehovah, call upon his name, de- clare his doings among the people,' &c. Is. xij. 3, 4. Spring up,] Or, ascerid 0 well. Answer ye to it,] I'hat is, sing (or shout) ye to it, or sing ye of it. The word answer, here meaneth to sing one after another, as when they sung at the Red sea, Mary an- swered them, that is, sung after the men, Exod. XV. 21 ; and in 1 Sam. xviii. 7, 'the women answered one another,' as they played on instruments and sung the victory. So in Ps. cxlvii. 7, ' answer ye (that is, sing ye) to Jehovah with confession.' And the order of the words may be thus, ' answer (or sing ye unto it,) spring up, O well.' A like phrase is in Is. xxvii. 2, ' a vineyard of red wine, answer ye unto her; or, answer (that is, sing) ye unto her, a vineyard of red wine.' For the Scripture itself often changeth the order of words and sentences; as, ' I will put my laws into their mind, and write them on their heart,' Heb. viii. 10; or, 'put them into their heart, and write them on their mind,' Heb. X. 16. So in Is. vi. 1, compared with Rom. X. 20 ; and Deut. v. IC, with Eph. vi. 2; Matt. xxi. 13, with Mark xii. 8; and many the like. See the notes on Gen. V. 6. By this song they celebrate the mira- cle and memory of the well which God gave them: and if they sung it at first when they assembled to dig it, it showed also their faith iu the promise of God, who had said, he would give them water ; and so they speali unto the well (as Moses was ordered to speak to the rock, Num. xx. 8 ;) that it should ascend or spring up, according to the word of the Lord. Thus Thargum Jonathan explaineth it, " as- cend O well, ascend O well, did they sing unto it, and it ascended." Or if they sang it alter, it is a memorial and celebration of God's goodness and faithfulness, as he had spoken unto them ; ascend O well, that is, come up into our heart or memory ; answer (or sing) ye of it, that it may never be for- gotten. And ascending or coming up, is often used in this sense, as in Jer. iii. 16, ' neither shall it ascend (or come up) on the heart, neither shall they remember it;' and in Jer. li. 60, ' remember the Lord afar ofl', and let Jerusalem ascend upon your heart,' that is, come into your mind. Ver. 18. — The well, the princes dig- ged IT,] Or, O well, which the princes dig- ged, which the nobles of the people delved : where digged aud delved are two woids of the same meaning, as in the Heb. Caphar and Carah. The princes and nobles of Israel CHAP. XXI. 91 delved it, with the lawgiver, with their staves. And from the wil- derness (they journeyed) to Mattanah ; '^ And from Mattanah to Nahaliel ; and from Nahaliel to Bamoth ; ^^ And from Bamotli to the valley which is in the field of Moab, the head of Pisgah, and it looketh toward Jeshimon. digging this well, and the memory thereof, thus celebrated by the song of Israel, settetli forth the glory of this gracious gift of God unto his people, and figured the labours and industry of the governors of the church, to bring forth the waters of the Spirit, by the preaching of the word, and opening of the scriptures, 2 Chron. xvii. 7 — 9 ; Gal. iii. 2; 1 Tim. V. 17, 18; Heb. xiii. 7, 17; 1 Pet. i. 10 — 12. So in ages following, this well was renowned, being called Beer Elim, that is, ' the well of the mighty ones. Is. xv. 8. With the lawgiver,] Or, by the lawgiver, that is, together with hira, and by his direc- tion, as in ver. 16, understanding by the law- giver, Moses, as in Deut. xxxiii. 21 : or God himself, as in Is. xxxiii. 22, ' the Lord is our lawgiver,' and the lawgiver in Israel was a figure of Christ, Gen. xlix. 10; James iv. 12. The Chald. taketh one here to be used for many, and translateth it the scribes, 8.9 Ezra the priest is called ' a scribe of the words of the commandment of the Lord, and of his statutes to Israel,' Ezra vii. 11. With THEIR STAVES,] A staff or rod in the hand of governors, was a sign of their power and au- thority from God; wherefore the scripture useth these words for such signification. Num. xvii. 2, 3, &c. ; Ps. xxiii. 4 ; ex. 2 ; Jer. xlviii. 17 ; 1 Cor. iv. 21. So the Gr. trans- lateth this here, When they ruled over them. The Hebs. have feigned many things of this well, of the springing and running of it from place to place, and of the mysteries of it con- cerning Israel: but our Saviour is the best expositor, who hath taught us to apply the brazen serpent fore-spoken of, to himself and his dying for the people, John iii. 14; and this well of water (which was the next token of gi-ace to Israel in the wilderness) to the waters of the Spirit, which is a well springing up to eternal life, in such as believe in him, John iv. 10—14 ; vii. 37—39. Also the Hebs. themselves do thus far testify in Midrash Ko- heleth, on Eccl. i. 9; 'as the first Redeemer (Moses) brought down manna,' Exod. xvi.; ' so the last Redeemer (Christ) shall do,' Ps. Ixxii. 16. ' And as the first Redeemer caused a well to spring up: so the last Re- deemer shall cause waters to spring up ; as it is said. And a fountain shall come forth of the house of the Lord, and shall water the valley of Shittim,* Joel iii. 18. To Mattanah,] Which is by interpretation a gift, and is likely to be the name of a place, (as the Gr. vei-sion also confirmeth) though neither it, nor those that here follow, are rehearsed by these names in Num. xxxiii. where all their journeys are told : neither is it here expressed by Moses that they journeyed to these places; but such words may well be understood. Chazkuni (on this scripture) saith, ♦' this is added to that before (in ver. 13.) They camped on the other side of Arnon, which is in the wilderness, &c., and from that other side which is in the wilderness, which (in Num. xxxiii. 46,) is Almon Diblathaim, they came to Mattanah, called in Num. xxxiii. 47, the mounts of Abarim before Nebo, the name of a place on the north side of the river Arnon, in the beginning of the land of Sihon ; and it is called Mattanah (a gift) because there began the gift of the land unto Israel," (Deut. ii. 24, 31.) But after- ward he showeth another interpretation, that " from the wilderness, a place of drought, water was given them for a gift:" and so the Chald. interpreteth it, " fiom the wilderness it was given unto thee:" and Thargum Jo- nathan, " from the wilderness it was given them for a gift." Ver. 19. — To Nahaliel,] By interpre- tation, the valley (or bourn) of God : the Gr. calleth it Naadiel. Chazkuni saith, " this is that which in Num. xxxiii. 48, is called the plains of Moab." To Bamoth,] By inter- pretation high places : that is, called Beth Jesimoth (saith Chazkuni^ in Num. xxxiii. 49. Ver. 20. — In the field,] That is, in the country of Moab. This valley, as Chazkuni saith, is called in Num. xxxiii. 49, -'Vhel Shittim in the plains of Moab. The head OF pisgah,] By head may be understood the top of the mount Pisgah, or the beginni[ig of the same : the Gr. translateth it fro/n the top. Chazkuni expoundeth it thus, " that Samah (or high place) which is in the field of Moab, is the head of Pisgah (or of the hill) that looketh toward Jeshimon, which is a great wilderness." And it looketh,] That is, the hill Pisgah looketh ; and so the Gr. version referreth it thereto. And Sol. Jarchi saith, " that Pisgah looketh toward the place named Jeshimon, which signifieth a wilder- ness because it is desolate. Jeshimon,] In Gr. the wilderness, and so the word is used for a wilderness, in Deut. xxxiii. 10 ; Ps, 92 NUMBER S. *' And Israel sent messengers unto Sihon king of the Amorites, saying, ^^ Let me pass tlirough thy land : we will not turn aside into field or into vineyard ; we will not drink of the waters of the well ; we will go in the king's way until we be past thy border. " x\nd Sihon would not grant Israel to pass through his border .- but Silion gathered together all his people, and went out against Israel into the wilderness : and he came to Jahaz, and fought against Israel. ^* And Israel smote him witli the edge of the sword, and possessed his land, from Arnon unto Jabbok, even unto the sons of Ammon : for tlie border of the sons of Ammon was strong. ^' And Ixviii. 8; Ixxviii. 40, and elsewhere. All these places are bytheChald. paraphrast referr- ed to the well aforesaid, thus; " and from (the place) where it was given unto them, it des- cended with them to the valleys, and from the valleys it ascended with them to the high places, and from the high places to the valley that is in the field of Moab," &c. So Thar- guni Jonathan to the like, and others. Ver. 21.— Israel sent messengers,] In Gr. Moses sent messengers : which seem- eth to be taken from Deut. ii. 26; where Moses saith, ' I sent messengers.' For it is very frequent, when things aje done by a multi- tude where one is chief, that the action is as- cribed either to the multitude, or to him that is cliief, indifTerently; as, ' they made peace with David, and served him.,* 1 Chron. xix. 19; or, ' they made peace with Israel, and served them,' as another prophet recordeth it, 2 Sam. x. 19. So ' Jehoiada, he brought forth the king's son, and he put the crown upon him,' 2 Kings xi. 12; or, ' they brought fortii the king's son, and they put upon him the cjown,' 2 Chron. xxiii. 11 ; and ' they offered burnt oflerings,' 1 Chron. xvi. 1 ; or, ' David offered burnt-offerings,' 2 Sam. vi. 17 ; and many the like. The occasion of this message now sent by Israel, was the commandment of God, who willed them to go war against Sihon, and to possess his land, Deut. ii. 24, 25. Sihon,] Or Sichon ; in Gr. Seon, king of the Amorites ; his chief city was Heshbon, Deut. ii. 26. Saying,] The Gr. version addeth (from Deut. ii. 26,) ' with peaceable words, saying. Ver. 22. — Let me pass,] In Gr. let us pass : which phrases are often used indifl'er- eiitly, when tliey are spoken of a multitude: and so the scripture setteth it down both ways, ' let me pass,' as here, and in Deut. ii. 27; and, ' let us pass,' Judges xi. 19. Through thy land,] That so I may come into the land of • Canaan, uiito my place,' Judg. xi. 19; Deut. ii. 29. We will not TORN,] In Deut. ii. 27, ' I will not turn,' speaking of the multitude jis of dut man. Into FIELD, OR INTO VINEYARD,] Tu the right hand or to the left, Deut. ii. 27. See Num. xx. 17. Of the WELL,] In Gr. of thy well, mean- ing of any of his wells for nought; but they would buy their water of him for money, Deut. ii. 28. The king's way,] The high way common for all, which in Deut. Ii. 27, is set down thus, ' by the way, by the way.' Sue also Num. xx. 17. Ver. 23. — Would not grant,] Heb. granted (or gave) Tiot I that is, would not give or suffer: as where it is said, ' David re- moved not the ark,' 1 Chron. xiii. 13; ano- ther prophet openeth it thus, ' David would uot remove the ark,' 2 Sam. vi. 10. And so Moses explains this in Deut. ii. 30, ' But Sihon king of Heshbon, would not let us pass through him.' The cause why he would not, was fear and distrust, as it is written, ' but Sihon trusted not Israel to pass through his coast," Judg. xi. 20; but chiefly it was of the Lord, who purposed to destroy the Amo- rites, as Moses saith, ' for Jehovah thy God hardened his spirit, and made his heart strong, that he might give him into thine hand,' Deut. ii. 30. Jahaz,] Or, JaAafo; in Gr. Jasia ; in Lat. Jasa } the name of a city mentioned also in Deut. ii. 32; Judges xi. 20; Is. XV. 4 ; Jer. iv. 21, 34. Ver. 24.. — Israel smote him,] For, ' Je- hovah the God of Israel, delivered Sihon and all his people into Israel's hand,' Judg. xi. 21; Deut. ii. 23. Therefore the glory of this victory is ascribed unto God, in Ps. cxxxv. 10, 11 ; exxxvi. 17 — 19. And in Amos ii. 9, God saith, ' I destroyed the Amorite before them, whose height was like the height of the cedars, and he was strong as the oaks ; yet I destroyed his fruit from above, and his roots from beneath.' Was strong,] By reason that it was fenced with Jabbok, which was a river, and by mountains and cities on them, Deut. ii. 37 ; therefore the Ammonites held their territories beyond Jabbok, so that Sihon took them not from them: and as for Israel, they might not war against the Ammonites, Deut. ii. 19. Ver. 25. — Took all these cities,] Ut- terly destroying men, women, and children. CHAP. XXI. 93 Israel took all these cities, and Israel dwelt in all the cities of the Amorite, in Heslibon, and in all the daugliters thereof. '^^ lor Heslibon was the city of Sihon the khig of the Amorites, and iie had fought against the former king of Moab, and taken all his land out of liis hand, even unto Arnon. ^' Wherefore tliey tliat speak in proverbs, say, Come into Heshbon, let tlie city of Sihon be built and prepared. ^ For a fire is gone out from Heshbon, a flame from the city of Sihon ; it hath consumed Ar of Moab, the lords of the high of every city, but the cattle and spoil of the cities they took also, Deut. ii. 34, 35. The DAUGHTERS,] That IS, as the Chald. explain- eth it, the toivns er villages thereof : for the chief cities are counted as mothers, the vil- lages about them as daughters, throughout the scriptures, Ezek. xvi. 44 — 46, 48, 53. Therefore, as here it is said, Heshbon and her daughters: so elsewhere we read, Hesh- bon and all her cities, Josh. xiii. 17. And that which is called ' a city and a mother in Israel,' 2 Sam. xx. 19 ; is in tlie Gr. inter- preted, ' a city and a mother city (metropo- lis) in Israel. These daughters Moses call- eth ' unwalled cities,' Deut. iii. 5. Ver. 27. — That speak in proverbs,] Or, thcit speak parables ; in Gr. JEnigma- tists, they that sp!ij.k riddles : such in Isiael were the prophets, they used to speak by pa- rables, as Ezek. xvii. 2 ; xx. 49. But it is also used for proverbs and bye- words, to the reproach of persons that are brought down from high estate to misery ; as Deut. xxviii. 37; 2 Chron. vii. 20 ; Jer. xxiv. 9; Hab. ii. 6 ; and so it is meant iu this place. The Hebs. Tanchuma, and Sol. Jarchi, expound these that spake in proverbs, to be Balaam and Beor his father, (as we read that Ba.aam took up his parable against Amalek and others, when he prophesied their destruction. Num. xxiv. 20 — 23.) Jarchi saith, that " Sihon was not able to subdue them, and he weot and hired Balaam to curse them ; and here- upon Balak said unto him, (in Num. xxii. 6,) I know that he whom thou blessest is bless- ed," &c. But this is an uncertainty, and it may be also understood of the Israelites, that they used these parables in rehearsing the works and wars of the Lord. Come into Heshbon,] Or, into Chesbon ; in Gr. Ese- bon. Chazkuni expoundeth it, " come to dwell in Heshbon, for now it shall be esta- blished, after that Sihon hath the dominion of it: for so long as it was in the hand of the king of Moab, they were afraid to dwell within it, because the king was weak." Let the city of Sihon,] In Gr. thus, that the city of Seon may be fuilt : by which it appear- «lh, that this proverb was first taken up alter Sihon had won Heshbon out of Moab's hand. Prepared,] Or, firmly established ; mean- ing more than in former times it had been ; or, as Jarchi saith, " prepared in Sihon's name for to be his city." Ver. 28. — A Fire,] By fire and fame wars that consume are usually meant, as ir Is. xlvii. 14 ; Dan. xi. 33 ; Amos i. 7, I(»^ 12, 14; ii. 2, 5; Obad. i. IS; Ps. Ixxviii. 63. So this is spoken of Sihon's wars against the Moabites. The Chald. expoundeth it. " a strong eastwnd like fire, and warriors like a flame :" and the Jerusalemy Thargnm thus, " a people strong and burning like firs, and warriors like a flame of fire." From THE city of Sihon,] From the city which now is Sihon's, as Chazkuni explaineth it. These parables are aftei' by Jeremiah apjilied against the Moabites, ' they that fled, stood under the shadow of Heshbon, because of l.e force (of the enemy): but a fire is gone out of Hesbon, and a flame from the midst of Silio.<, [that is, of the city of Sihon] and hath consumed the corner of Moab,' &c., Jer. xlviii. 45. Consumed Ar,] Or, eaten ni> (dev iredj Ar of Moab. The Chald. explain- eth it, " hath killed the people of Lechajaih of Moab." And this stemeth to be riglit, that the people was destroyed, and not tht city or country. For Ar (which the Chald, calleth Lechajath) remained still the posses- sion of the Moabites, Deut. ii. 9, IS, 29 ; Is. XV. 1. Instead of this, Jeremiah saith, ' the corner of Moab,' Jer. xlviii. 45. " Ar is the name of that country in the Hebrew ; and in Syriac it is called Lewijath," saith Sol. Jarchi on Num. 21. The Lords,] Or, the masters patrons of the high places of Ar- non. These the Chald. expoundeth Chema. rims (or priests) which served in the God's house {or temple) of the high place of Arnon : the Gr. translateth it, the pillars of Arnon. The prophet calleth them, ' the crown of the head, (that is, the chief or principal) of the sons of tumult,' Jer. xlviii. 45. High Places,] \Vhere they used to serve their God ; as appeareth also by the prophet, say- ing, ' I will cause to cease in Moab, saith Jehovali, him that oflin th in the high place, 94 NUMBER S. places of Anion. ^^ Wo to thee, Moab, tliou art perished, O peo- ple of Chemosh -. he hath given his sons that escaped, and his daughters into captivity, unto Sihon the king of the Amorites. ^" And their lamp is perished from Heshbon, even unto Dibon ; and we have laid them waste even unto Nophali, which reacheth unto Medeba. ^' And Israel dwelt in the land of the Amorite. ^- And and him that burneth incense to his God,' Jer. xlviii. 35. So Thargum Jerusalemy expoundeth this place of Moses thus; '• kill- ed the priests that sacrificed before their idols in Arnoii." Ver. 29. — Wo TO THEE, Moab,] In Chald. wo to you, Moabites. It is a continu- ance of the parable taken up against them. People of Chemosh,] In Gr. of Chamos ; which the Chald. explaineth, joeojo/e that serve Chemosh. So in Jer. xlviii. 46, " Wo to tkee, Moab, the people of Chemosh is perish- ed.' Tiiis ' Chemosh was the god of the Moabites,' 1 Kings i. 33; and it seemeth also of the Ammonites, Judg. xi. 24 ; for their service of which idol, they are called the people of Chemosh, as the Israelites are usually called the people of Jehovah. He HATH GIVEN,] That is, Chemosh hath given, or suffered his sons that escaped the sword to be taken captives. Thus Moab's idolatry is here upbraided as the cause of their ruin : and so Jeremiah after saith of them, ' Moab shall be ashamed of Chemosh, as the house of Israel was ashamed of Bethel their confi- dence,' Jer. xlviii. 13. And again, ' Che- mosh shall go forth into captivity, with his priests and his princes together,' Jer. xlviii. 7. Likewise, another prophet saith, * when it is seen that Moab is weary on his high place, he shall come to his sanctuary to pray, but he shall not prevail,' Is. xvi. 12. And though Chemosh was an idol, and so nothing in the world, as the apostle saith, 1 Cor, viii. 4 ; and therefore could not do evil, neither was it in him to do good, Jer. x. 5 ; yet thus it is spoken of him, he hath given according to the speech and opinion of the idolaters ; as Jephthah also said to the king of Ammon, ' wilt not thou possess that which Chemosh thy god giveth thee to possess ?' Judg. xi. 24. But indeed the God of Israel was he that brought this judgment upon the Moabites for their idolatry, Jer. xlviii. 12, 13. Ver. 30.. — Their lamp is perished,] their light is lost, that is, as the Gr. translat- eth it, their seed is perished ; by seed, mean- ing such as should inherit the kingdom; and so the Chald. paraphrast explaineth it, " the kingdom is ceased from Heshbon:" and Thar- gum Jerusalemy giveth the same exposition, " the kingdom is ceased from Heshbon, and ruler from Uibon." The like metaphor is also used ; as, ' and unto his son will I give one tribe, that David my servant may have a lamp alway before me in Jerusalem,' that is, a seed or son to reign in Jerusalem, 1 Kings xi. 36. So in 1 Kings xv. 4, ' for David's sake did the Lord his God give him a lamp in Jerusalem, to set up his sons after him ;' where the lamp is expounded " his son." Thus the Hebs. here also expound it, " their lamp is perished," that is, saith Jarchi, "their kingdom is perished." And Chazkuni thus, " the city Heshbon hath lost her heir, from over all the land unto Dibon, so that no heir of Moab shall inherit it any more:" a lamp meaneth an heir, as in 1 Kings xi. 36. To this sense the old Lat. saith, " their yoke is perished from Heshbon:" for a yoke signifieth dominion, as in Jer. xxvii. 8, 11 ; xxviii. 2, 14. " A lamp signifieth a kingdom, and a yoke, and dominion," saith Sol. Jarchi. It may also be translated, " and we have shot at them:" so it agreeth with that which fol- loweth, ' and we have laid them waste ;' and they are the words of Sihon and his favour- ites, triumphing for their conquest over Moab. Dibon,] One of the high places and cities in Moab's country, Is. xv. 2 ; Jer. xlviii. 18, 22. The Chald. expoundeth it, " the dominion is departed from Dibon. Which reacheth unto Medeba,] The Chald. saith, which is adjoined 7into Medeba, that was another city in Moab's land, Is. xii. 2. The word which, (in Heb. asher,) is noted extraordinarily in the Heb. with pricks over it, for some hidden meaning. Baal- hatturim saith of it thus; " R (in asher) is pricked, and there remaineth (that letter be- ing taken away) ash, (that is, fire,) because it was burnt with fire, and the R of it is taken away." The Gr. favoureth this, for it trans- lateth, " yet they kindled fire upon Moab." Ver. 31.' — The land of the Amorite,] In Gr. all the cities of the Amorites. This country, which before had been the Moabites, was conquered by the Amorites, and so be- came their land, and was taken from them by Israel, and inhabited, as is after showed in Num. xxxii. 33, 34, &c. Ver. 32, — Jazer,] A city also that had been sometime the Moabites', Jer. xlviii, 32; but now the Amorites' ; the land about it was goodly pasture ground, and it was after given to the tribe of Gad, Nam, xxxii. 1, 3, 34 CHAP. XXII. 95 Moses sent to spy out Jazer, and they took tlie daughters thereof, and drove out tJie Amorite that was there. ^^ And they turned and went up the way of Bashan ; and Og the king of Bashan went out agamst them, he, and all his people, to the battle at Edrei. ^^ And Jehovah said unto Moses, Fear him not, for into thy hand have I given hira, and all liis people, and his land; and thou slialt do unto him as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt in Heshbon. ^^ And they smote him, and liis sons, and all his people, until there was none left him remaining, and they possessed his land. 35. Daughters,] That is, the towns or villages, as the Gr. and Chald. explain it: see ver. 25. Ver. 33 — The way of Bashan,] That is, as the Gr. traiislateth, the way which lead- eth unto Bashan. Tliis Bashan (which the Chald. calleth Matnan) was a goodly soil, the pastures nourished strong and fat cattle, whereto the Scripture hath often reference, as in Deut. xxxii. 14 ; Amos iv. 1 ; Mic. vii. 14; Jer. 1. 19. Og,] Another king of the Amorites, a giant of great stature: see Deut. iii. ; where this history is repeated and enlarged. Ver. 35. — They possessed,] Or, they in- herited his land. These countries God gave unto Israel, as the first-fruits of their inheri- tance, after their wearisome travels and trou- bles in the wilderness ; by which they were to be encouraged against the residue of their enemies beyond the river, as Moses afterward saith, ' thine eyes have seen all that Jeho- vah your God hath done unto these two kings ' so will Jehovah do unto all the kingdoms whither thou passest: ye shall not fear them, for Jehovah your God he will fight for you. And Jehovah will do unto them as he did to Sihon and to Og, kings of the Amorites, and the land of them whom he destroyed,' Deut. iii. 21,22: xxxi. 4. For which also they were to be thankful unto God, and sing his praises, as David after teacheth them, say- ing, ' confess ye to Jehovah, for he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever. To him which smote great kings, for his mercy en- dureth for ever. And slew famous kings, for his mercy endureth for ever. Sihon king of the Amorites, for his mercy endureth for ever. And Og the king of Bashan, for his mercy endureth for ever. And gave their land for an heritage, for his mercy endureth for ever. Even an heritage unto Israel his servant, for his mercy endureth for ever, Ps. cxxxvi. 1, 17—22. CHAP. XXII. 1 . Balah king of Moab, sendeth for Balaam a prophet, to curse Is- rael. 8. Balaam consulting with the Lord, is forbidden to go. 15. Baldk sendeth the second time, and Balaam asking again of the Lord, is permitted to go. 22. An angel mould have slain him, if his ass Juid not turned aside, which dumb beast speaking with man's voice, forbade the prophefs foolishness. 31. Balaam^ s eyes being opened, seeth the angel, confesseth his sin, and offereth to turn back, but is suffered to go forward. 36. Balak goeth forth to meet Balaam, and entertaineth him royally. ^ And the sons of Israel set forward and encamped in the plains of Moab, on this side Jordan, by Jericho. Set forward,] Removed their camp been Moab's, afterward the Amorites', and 'from the mountains of Abarim, Num. now Israel's by conquest. These plains xxxiii. 48. The plains of moab,] Or, reached unto the river Jordan, in that part champagne country, which sometime had which was near to, or over against Jericho, 96 NUMBERS 333 * And Balak the son of Zippor, saw all that Israel had done to the Amorites. ^ And Moab was sore afraid of the people, because they were many, and Moab was irked because of the sons of Israel. * And Moab said unto the elders of Midian, Now will this (the first city which they conquered in Canaan, Joshua vi.) and therefore it is called ' Jordan of Jericho : ' and here they remained till Moses died, encamping in these plains ' from Bethjesimoth unto Abelshittim,' Num. xxxiii. 49. Here many notable things occurred, even all that are recorded from this place to the end of Deut., and in the beoiniiing of Joshua; their deliverance from Balaam's curse, their mustering for the inheritance of Canaan, their victory over the Midianites, the addition of sundry divine ordinances, especially the repeating and ex- plaining of the whole law, and renewing of the covenant between God and them, by Moses in Deut., and the like: whereupon God saith unto their posterity, ' 0 my peo- ple, remember now what Balak king of Moab consulted, and what Balaam the son of Bfor answered him, from Shittim unto Gilgal, [that is, the many good things which fell out between Shittim where now they were, and Gilgal where Joshua circumcised them, Joshua v.] that ye may know the righteousness of the Lord,' Mic. vi. 5. t' tJ D Here beginneth the fortieth lec- ture of the law, as it was divided to be read in the Jewish synagogues: see Gen. vi. 9. Ver. 2. — Balak the son of zippor,] in Gr. the son of Sepphor. This Balak was now king of Moab, ver. 4, a man of note, both for policy and power, Mic. vi. 5; Judg. xi. 25; ' he saw all that Israel had done, but with an evil eye, and looked not upon it to receive instruction, as do the wise,' Prov. xxiv. 32. Ver. 3. — Afraid of the people,] Or, becmise of the people. Thus the prophecy was fulfilled, ' The mighty men of Moab trembling, shall take hold upon them,' Exod. XV. 15. Moab was irked,] That is, grieved, distressed in themselves, pricked in their hearts with a lothing of this people. The same is spoken of the Egyptians. ' they were irked because of the sons of Israel, Exod. i. 12. There was no cause for the Moabites thus to fret: for Israel passed by them in peace, and touched not their border, being forbidden of God, Deut. ii. 9. They had also by the slaughter of the Amorites, freed them from evil neighbours, which had before taken away a part of their land, and were likely in time to have taken more, Num. xxi. 26. And they were allied unto Israel, for Moab was the posterity of Lot, unto whom Abraham the father of Israel was uncle, and whom Abraham had rescued out of captivity. Gen. xix. 36, 37 ; xiv. 12, 16. But being now degenerate from the faith of their father Lot, and fallen to idolatry. Num. xxi. 29 ; they feared (as do the wicked)'where no lear was,' Ps. lili. 5; and do lothe the peo- ple of the God of Abraham and Lot their father. Ver. 4. — Elders of midian,] In Gr. the senate of Madiam. These elders were senators, such as governed the state, called afterwards ' princes,' ver. 7, 8 ; and the Midianites were by nature the children of Abraham, Gen. xxv. 1, 2; and so brethren unto Israel ; but now conspired against them ; being also fallen from Abraham's faith to idolatry with Baal-Pehor, Num. xxv. 17, 18. They were neighbours to the Moabites, and as it seemeth had been confederates with them in former wars; as when Hadad king of Edom smote Midian in the field of Moab, 1 Chron. i. 46. These were not the people against whom Israel should war ; neither had they occasion to be offended at the Amorites' overthrow, who held them in subjection : for the five kings of Midian that combined with Moab, and perished for the same. Num. xxxi. 8, are called 'the dukes of Sihon,' Jos. xiii. 21. They had cause therefore, to have been thankful unto Israel, who freed them from Sihou's tyrannical yoke, and to have rejoiced with the joy, and for the pro- sperity of their brethren. This company,] Or, the church ; in Gr. this synagogue or congregation. Lick up,] That is, devour, or consume, as the Chald. explaineth it. So fire that consumeth, is said to lick up in I Kings xviii. 38; but here the similitude is taken from oxen that lick up the grass as they feed. And not unfitly doth Moab hereby, as it were, prophesy of their own destruction: for the strength and beauty of Israel may well be likened hereto, as Joseph's was by IVIoses to his first-bo)-n bullock, Deut. xxxiii. 17 ; and the wicked are as grass, and shall soon be cut down, and wither as the green herbs, Ps. xlvii. 2. And though at this time Israel might not meddle with Moab, (for they had other enemies to prey upon, and the ox loweth not when he hath fodder, Job vi. 5;) yet Balaam their prophet foretold of a star and sceptre that should rise out of Israel, ' and smite the corners of Moab,' Num. xxiv. 17; which was fulfilled in part CHAP. XXII. 97 company lick up all that are round about us, as the ox lickeih up tlie green grass of the field : and Balak the son of Zipper, was king of Moab at that time. ' And he sent messengers unto Ba- laam the son of Beor, to Pethor, wliich is by tlie river of the land of the sons of his people, to call him, saying, Behold a people is by David, who smote Moab, and they became his servants, 1 Chron. xviii, 2. And God further prophesieth their destruction afterward, ' I have broken Moab like a vessel wherein is no pleasure, saith the Lord.' Jer. xlviii. 38. Ver. 5. — Balaam,] So written after the Gr. and the New Tes. Rev. ii. 14 ; in Heb. Bilghnam. He was a diviner, or sooth- sayer, as is said in Jos. xiii. 22. Balaam ' also the son of Beor, the diviner, did the sons of Israel slay with the sword :' where the name diviner, (or soothsayer) is to be under- stood of the son Balaam, not of the father Beor, as the like phrase in Isa. xxxvii. 2, showeth, where it is said. Unto Esaias the son of Amos the prophet: which another scripture explaineth thus. Unto Esaias the the prophet, the son of Amos, 2 Kings xix. 2. And that Balaam was indeed such a kind of man, is after showed by Moses, in Num. xxiv. 1. The apostle calleth him a prophet, 2 Pet. ii. 16 ; and false prophets are called diviners, Jer. xxvii. 9; and their pro- phesying divination, Ezek. xiii. 6, 7, 23. What a diviner was, is showed on Deut. xviii. Son of beor,] So the Gr. here writeth that which in Heb. is Beghnor : but the apostle Peter writing fromBabylon, 1 Pet. V. 13, calleth him the son of Bosor, 2 Pet. ii. 15. For in the Babylonian or Chald. language, the Heb. letter >> Ghnajn, is often pronounced like S, whereupon the Gr. inter- preters sometime put S instead thereof; as Gnammiud, Num. i. 10 ; is in Gr. Semioud, and in Jer. xlvi. 17. Saon heghnebir, the interpreters (taking it for a proper name) ex- press it in Gr. thus, Sao neesbeie : so ' Je- hojadangh,' in Jer. xxix. 26, is in Gr. jodese ; ' Hcsheangh,' in Num. xiii. S, is Auses ; and ' Jeshuangh,' Ezra ii. 2, \s Jesus, and many the like. Pethor,] In Gr. Pha- thourra ; it was a city in Mesopotamia, or Aram, Num. xxiii. 7 ; Deut. xxiii. 4 ; the country where Abraham first dwelt, Acts vii. 2; Gen. xxiv. 4, 10; and there he served strange gods, Jos. xxiv. 2. In this country all the patriarchs (except Benjamin) the heads of the tribes of Israel were born and brought up, Gen. XXXV. 26; till Jacob their father fled the land, after he had there served for a wife, and for a wife had kept sheep, Hos. xii 12; Gen. xxxi. 21. Jacob's posterity hereupon professed their father to be an Aramite, or Syrian, Deut. xxvi. 5; and from Aram is Vol. II. N Balaam now sent for to curse them. And as it was in the east country, Num. xxiii. 7; so the eastern land was infamous for divina- tion and such like arts: see Isa. ii. 6, By THE RIVER,] To wit, Euphrates, called the river by excellency, because it was the great- est, Gen. XV. 18; so in Jos. xxiv. 2, 15; 2 Sam. X. 16; 1 Kings iv. 24; 1 Chron. xix. 16. And thus the Chald. here explain- eth it, to Pethor of Arum, ivfiich is by Eu- phrates. They cover,] Heb. it covereth, speaking of the people as of one. The scrip- ture useth the singular or plural number in- diflerentiy, as is noted on Gen. xxii. 19. The eye,] That is, the face, or sight, (as the Gr. translateth) of the land (or earth.) See the like phrase in Exod. x. 5, 15. Abide,] Sit, or dwell over against me. These words implied reasons to persuade Balaam to come; for their coming out of Egypt, intimateth that they, being strangers, had no right to invade the land ; their cover- ing the face of the land, showed their num- ber to be great ; and they having subdued the Amorites, and filled their land, could not easily be resisted ; their abiding over against Moab, was a sign (as they thought) that Is- rael would next invade their country. But in all this the truth of Israel's case and car- riage was concealed, for there is no mention how God had of old promised them the land of Canaan, Gen. xv. 18; or, how the Can- aanites' wickedness was grown so great, that their land should spue them out. Lev. xviii. 24, 25 ; neither speaketh he of their wrong- ful oppression and bondage in Egypt, and miraculous deliverance from thence, Exod. i. &c., nor how Israel being come, had not harmed either Edom or Moab, but passed by them in peace, Deut. ii. 4, 8, 9, 13 ; and warred only with the cursed Canaanites de- voted unto destruction. Though Moab could not but know these things as well as Edom, Num. xx. 14, 15, &c. yet would he mention none of them; neither was he con- tent that his brother Israel should do to the Canaanites, as Moab himself, and Edom, and Amnion had done before to the Emims, Horims, and Zamzummims, whom they had cast out of their inheritances, and dwelt in their steads, Deut. ii. 9, 10, 12, 20, 21. For this conspiracy with Balaam, and hia endeavour to destroy God's people, it is said, ' Balak arose and warred against Israel,' Jos. xxiv. 9. 98 NUMBERS. come out of Egypt, behold tliey cover the eye of tlie land, and they abide over against me. ® Now tlierefore come I pray thee. VeR. 6. Now THEREFORE COME,] Heb. And noiv come. His purpose being by a curse upon tliem, to bereave them of God's favour and protection, he would have him to come, that by nearness of his person, and by beholding them, his speech might have more vehemeiiry of spirit, and better eflect, as he supposed. So Elisha the prophet turned back and looked on the children whom he cursed in the name of the Lord, 2 Kings ii. 24. And on the contrary, when Isaac would bless his son, he called him near and kissed him, and smelling the savour of his garments, he uttered a more powerful blessing, Gen. xxvii, 26, 27; and so did Jacob to Joseph's children, Gen. xlviii. 9, 10, &c. And for this cause Balak led Balaam (when he was come) unto high mountains, from whence he might view them whom he was to curse, Num. xxii. 41; xxiii. 9, 14, 2S. Curse ME THIS,] Or, curse for me this people. The curse was first laid upon the creatures by God himself for sin. Gen. iii. ; and heavy eflects followed thereof : the earth cursed, brought forth thorns and briers instead of wholesome fruits, Gen. iii. 17, 18 ; and cursed again for Cain's wickedness, it yielded no more the strength thereof. Gen. iv. 12 ; the fig-tree cursed by Christ, suddenly with- ered, Mark xi. 21. And when the curse is duly pronounced by prophets, and men of God, it wanted not efiect; as the curse bring- ing water of jealousy, which should cause the belly of the polluted to swell, and her thigh to rot. Num. v. 21, 22, 27; and the children <'ursed by Elisha, were rent in pieces of bears, 2 Kings ii. 24. Wherefore the plot which Balak laid, was most dangerous and wicked, and the most likely course to obtain bis desire. For those whom God blesseth, their enemies flee, and fall before them, Deut. xxviii. 7; but they whom he curseth, are exposed to all misery, and made a prey unto their enemies, Deut. xxviii. 25, 33. And if now the king could have obtained from God a curse upon Israel, he might soon have vanquished them, 'for they that are cursed of him shall be cut ofT,' Ps. xxxvii. 22. How curses were pronounced by the* prophets of God, may be seen in Gen. ix.' 25; Ps. cix. 6, 20; Jos. vi. 26; Jer. xvii. 5, 6. Thev are MIGHTIER,] Heb. it is mightier than I; meaning both in number and strength, and so too mighty for him to encounter with. This was udoq Israel a fruit of God's blessing, who had promised that Abraham should be a mighty nation, Gen, xviii. 18; and performed it, whiles in the land of their affliction, ' he made them migliter than their enemies,' Ps. cv. 24. astheir enemy himself acknowledged, Exod i. 9. And Balak here confessing himself unable to match them in might, seeketh therefore to weaken them first by magical execrations. Peradventijre,] Or, if so he; or, as the Gv.iraxislaiet'h'it, if perhaps; which phrase Peter useth in Acts viii. 22; ' if perhaps the thought of tliine heart may be forgiven thee.' It is a word that implieth difficulty in a thing but with good hope to be attained. See the Notes on Exod. xxxii. 30. I shall be able TO smite them,] Or, / sltall prevail, and vie shall smite them, and I shall drive them, &c. The Gr. translateth, / sltall be able to smite of them, and cast them out. In ver. 11, it is repeated thus, ' I shall be able to fight against them, (or, overcome them in battle ;■') and so the Chald. explainetli it here, / shall be able to fight against them. Wars were wont to be taken in hand holily ; and the Lord useth this phrase, ' Sanctify war against her,' Jer. vi. 4; he commandetli that the camp of his people should be holy, and no uncleanness in it, Deut. xxiii. 9, 10, 14; he appointed priests with holy instru- ments, and silver trumpets, to sound an alanii, Num. x. 9; xxxi. 6; and they were to fight ' the battles of the Lord,' 1 Sam. xxv. 28 ; and he was with them as their captain, as it is said, ' And behold, God is with us for our captain, and his priests with sounding trumpets, to carry alarm against you : O chil- dren of Israel, fight ye not against Jehovah the God of your fathers, for ye shall not prosper,' 2 Chron. xiii. 12. Hereupon his people were wont to ask counsel of him and to have his direction in their wars, Judg. i. 1; XX. 18, 27, 28; 1 Chron. xiv. 10, 14, 15, 16. And after victories they used to praise tlie Lord with songs, Judg. v; Ps. xviii; and to honour him with the spoils of their enemies, consecrated to his house and service, Num. xxxi. 50; 1 Chron. xxvi. 26, 27. And this the nations of the world after a sort practised, save that instead of seeking to the Lord according to his word, they sought by divination and unlawful arts, as Balak now did by Balaam the soothsayer; Nebuchadnezzar by divination consulting with teraphims, and looking in the liver and entrails of beasts, Ezek. xxi. 21 . Agam- emnon by sacrifice to Jupiter and praying to him for victory over the Trojans, Homer, Iliad ii. and other the like. Moreover, as Balak sought to turn the favour of God from Israel, and to bring his curse upon them by Balaam's means: so other nations are said to use, before they warred against any peo- CHAP. XXII. 99 curse me this people, for they are mightier than I, peradventure I shall be able to smite them, and shall drive them out of the land: for I know that he whom thou blessest is blessed, and he whom thou cursest is cursed. ' And the elders of Moab, and the elders of Midian went, and divinations in their hand, and they came unto Balaam, and spake unto him the words of Balak. ^ And he said in their armies (as the Philistines did their gods, which David burnt with fire, 1 Chron. xiv. 12.) they foolishly imitated God's peo- ple, who sometimes carried the ark of his covenant (the token of his presence,) before them in their battles, 1 Sam. iv. 3, 4, 8; Num. xiv. 44. He whom thou blessest,] Or, wh(m\ thou shall bless ; the Gr. traiislat- eth it plurally, they whom thou blessest, are blessed; and they whom thou cursest, are cursed. By this it appeareth of how great reputation Balaam vvas among men, as Simon Magus in Samaria was esteemed ' The great power of God,' Acts viii. 10. But the Lord doth curse the blessings, and bless the cur- ses of his own priests and people, when they do them amiss, Mai. ii. 2; Ps. cix. 28; how much more when they are done by soothsayers and profane. ' The curse causeless shall not come,' Prov. xxvi. 2; and if Balaam had cursed Israel without the Lord, it had no more prevailed than Goliah's words, who before he fought, cursed David by his gods, 1 Sam. xvii. 43. Ver. 7. — Divinations,] That is, the wages or reward of divinations was in their hand ; ' the wages of unrighteousness,' as the apostle calleth it, 2 Pet. ii. 15 ; being for a wicked art, and to an unrighteous end ; so Thargum Jonathan expoundeth it, " the fruits of divination sealed in their hand." And thus, ' Besorah,' i. e. good tidings, is used for the reward of good tidings, in 2 Sam iv. 10. In Israel, when the heads judged for reward, the priests taught for;.hire, and the prophets divined for money;' the Lord threateneth that for their sake Zion should be ploughed as a field, and Jerusalem become heaps, Micah iii. 11, 12. Balaamites see their reward in this world in the hands of men, and that they follow ; but the people of God walk by faith, not by sight ; and their reward is in heaven hid with God, not in the hands of man, 2 Cor. v. 7 ; Matt. v. 11, 12. Ver. 8. — I will bring you word again,] Or, / will return you word ; which the Gr. explaineth, / tvill answer you the things which the Lord shall speak until me. He would have them lodge there that night, because he would ask counsel of God, who used to speak to the prophets by dreams and visions of the night. Num. xii. 6; Job iv. 13; xxxiii. 14, 15; Jer. xxiii. 25,28. He consulteth with Jehovah the true God, whose prophet pie, to endeavour by prayers, sacrifices and enchantments, to turn the favour of God from them. Before the heathen Romans besieged any city, their priests called out the god, under whose tutelage the city was, and pro- mised him more ample honour or place among them, Plin. Nat. Hist. 1. 28. c. 2. The same is also testified by others ; and the manner of doing it is recorded to be first with a supplication to the gods, and that god specially which had taken upon him the de- fence of the city, that he would forsake the people, city, places, temples, and holy things; and having stricken a fear and forgetfulness in that people and city, would come into Rome to accept of them, their places, tem- ples, holy things, and city, and to be provost unto them, their people and soldiers, vowing if so he would do, to honour him with tem- ples and games. When thus they did, they offered also sacrifices, and looked for divina- tion in the entrails of beasts. And having thus called out the gods, the dictator or em- peror devoted (or cursed) the enemy's city and army, that they might be filled with flight, fear, terror; and that whosoever of them carried arms against their legions or army, might both they, their countries, fields, cities, &c., be deprived of light from above, and reputed for devoted and conse- crated, as any the greatest enemies whoso- ever, &c. Macrob. Saturnal. lib. 3. cap. 9. Hereupon their poets, when countries were conquered, ascribed it to the departure of their gods from them ; as in Virgil, iEiieid 2. " Excessere omnes, aditis, arisque reliitis, Dii quibus imperium hoc steterat," In which heathenish opinions and practises, there may some footsteps be seen of the an- cient true religion: for when God would de- liver up Jerusalem into the hands of the Chaldeans, he first by a sign to his prophets, signified his departure from, and forsaking of his temple that stood herein, Ezek. x. 1, 4, 18, 19; xi. 22, 23. When Caleb and Jo- shua would encourage the people to war against the Canaanites, they used this argu- ment, ' They are but bread for us, their shadow (meaning God their defence) is de- parted from them, and Jehovah is with us, fear them not. Num. xiv. 9. So when the heathens carried images and idols with them 100 NUMBERS. unto them, Lodge here this night, and I will bring you word again, as Jehovah shall speak unto me : and the princes of Moab abode with Balaam. ^ And God came unto Balaam, and said, What men are these with thee ? '" And Balaam said unto God, Balak tlie son of Zippor, king of Moab hath sent unto me. " Behold, a peo- ple is come out from Egypt, and covereth the eye of the land: now come, curse me them, peradventure I shall be able to fight against them, and shall drive them out. '^ And God said unto Balaam, Thou shalt not go with them, thou shalt not curse tlie people, for they are blessed. '^ And Balaam rose up in the morn- ing, and said unto the princes of Balak, Go you into your land, for he would seem to be, and calleth him his God, ver. 18; and because the business con- cerned the people of Jehovah, of him he was to inquire. But his promise to bring them word what Jehovah said, he performed not faithfully, as appeareth by comparing ver. 13, with ver. 12. The princes of Moab,] And also of Midian, which are here to be under- stood from ver, 7 ; where they were called elders. Ver. 9. — God came,] To wit, by night, as in ver. 20; which the Chald. expoundeth, word came from before the Lord. So ' God i-ame to Abimelech in a dream by night,' Gen. XX. 3 ; and ' God came to Laban the Syrian in a dream by night,' Gen. xxxi. 24. Sometimes for his people's sake, and some- times for their own, God revealed his coun- sels of old unto men that were wicked, Gen. xli. 25; Dan. ii. 45; iv, 21, 22. So still he giveth gifts of knowledge and understand- ing in his word, to men that are none of his, Matt. vii. 22, 23 ; xxiv. 24 ; 2 Tim. iii. 8. The eye,] The face, as ver. 5. Curse me them,] The word curse here, is another word in the original, than that before used in ver. 6 ; but of the same signification, as ap- peareth also after in Num. xxiii. 7, 8. It meaneth a piercing or striking through with evil speeches, and so is used for cursing or blaspheming: see the notes on Lev. xxiv. 11. Be able to fight,] Or, prevail in fighting (or warring) agaiyist them, as the word is used for prevailing, in Is. vii. 1 ; see before on ver. 6. Here Balaam having to deaj with God that knoweth all things, would not cor- rupt their speech, but fully related the mes- sage sent unto him: but in his answer to the princes he dealeth otherwise, ver. 13. Ver. 12. — Not curse,] As the message had two branches, to go, and to curse ; so God answereth unto, and forbiddeth both, adding a reason, because they were blessed. And as he forbade him to go to any other place, so he forbade him to curse them in any place, or where now he was. So that Balaam here might know the whole will of God about this business, and needed not to inquire what the Lord would speak unto him more, as he did in ver. 19. And though Israel had often provoked the Lord by their sins in the wilderness, yet would he not suf- fer the wicked to curse them, but made them heirs of that blessedness, which belongeth to those ' whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered,' Rom. iv. 6, 7. Are BLESSED,] And therefore may not be cursed of any ; ' for the gifts and calling of God are without repentance,' Rom. xi. 29. And when Jacob the father of this people had got the blessing of Isaac unawares, Esau could not get him to reverse it, but Isaac said, ' I have blessed him, yea, and he shall be bless- ed,' Gen. xxvii. 33 ; neither could Balaam, with all his altars and sacrifices, procure God to change, but was himself forced also to bless them three times. Num. xxiv. 10. Where- fore they are after put in mind of this mercy, ' the Lord thy God would not hearken unto Balaam, but the Lord thy God turned the curse into a blessing unto thee, because the Lord thy God loved thee,' Dent, xxiii. 5. Ver. 13. — Jehovah refuseth to give ME,] The Chald. explaineth it, it pleaseth not the Lord to suffer me ; and in Gr. God per- mitteth me not. Here Balaam telleth them but the first part of God's speech, concealing the other, and the reason which God gave, wherein the weight of the answer lay. If he had faithfully showed them the whole counsel of God, it might have stayed this evil enter, prise, and cut ofl' all occasion of further send- ing. But as a man loth to displease, and loving the proffered gain, he useth a faint and favourable speech, as if he should have said, I could be content and glad to gratify the king herein, but God will not suffer me at this time to go ; the fault is not mine, therefore 1 pray thee have me excused. The contrary duty is showed in Jer. xxiii. 28. ' The pro- phet that hath the dream, let him tell the dream ; and he that hath my word, let him CHAP. XXII. 101 Jehovah refuseth to give me leave to go with you. " And the princes of Moab rose up and came unto Balak, and said, Balaam refuseth to come with us. '^ And Balak yet again sent princes more and more honourable tlian they. '^ And they came to Balaam, and said to him. Thus saith Balak, tlie son of Zippor, Be not tliou letted, I pray thee, from coming unto me. " For honouring I will honour thee very greatly : and wliatsoever thou shalt say unto me, I will do : come, therefore, I pray thee, curse me this people. '® And Balaam answered, and said unto the servants of Balak, If Balak would give me his house full of silver and gold, I can- speak my wood faithfully,' &c. ; and in the apostles' practice, who saith, ' I have not shunned to declare unto you all the counsel of God,' Acts XX. 27. Ver. 14. — Balaam refuseth to come, J In Gr. Balaam will not come. Observe Satan's practice against God's word, seeking to lessen the same, and that by degrees from hand to hand, till either he bring it to no- thing, or, at least pervert it to a wrong pur- pose. Balaam told the princes less than God tpake to him ; and they relate to Balak less than Balaam told them ; that when the an- swer came to the king, it was not now the word of God, but of man: it was only Balaam refuseth to come ; as if God had not forbidden or hindered this action, but only there wanted a will in the prophet; there being no word brought either of the Lord's will touching his people, or of their blessed state, as was sig- nified in ver. 12. Hereupon grew occasion for this mischief to be further followed ; and Balaam was the second time solicited with stronger temptations than before, ver. 15, 16, &c. Ver. '15. — More and more honour- able,] Or, greater and more honourable. Of theHebs. Sol. Jarchi gathereth from Balaam's words, ' to go with you,' ver. 13, that he being haughty and of a proud spirit, insinuat- ed thereby, as if with them he might not go, but with other greater than they might: but this is uncertain. The Holy Spirit showeth rather, how Balaam's word (as it was related) was so far from causing the king to leave off his wicked purpose, that it was as a whetstone to sharpen it; and caused him to attempt it afresh, with stronger assaults both in persons and proffers. Ver. 16. — Be not letted,] Or, be not forbidden or -withholden ; the Gr. translateth, I pray thee delay not (or slack not) to come unto me : which phrase is used in Acts ix. 38, where the disciples send to ' Peter, de- siring him that he would not delay to come to them.' It meaneth here, that Balaam neither of his own will, nor by any other means would be stayed or hindered from com- ing. Ver. 17. — Honouring I will honour thee,] That is, I will surely and highly hon- our thee, which the Gr. explaineth, / will honourably honour thee. This offer, as it agreed with the majesty of the king, so with the ambition and covetousness of the prophet: and Satan so carried the matter between them, as made most for his advantage. By this bait he allured the woman to eat of the for- bidden fruit, promising unto her opening of eyes, and likeness unio God, Gen. iii. ; and by it he hoped to have taken Christ himself, when he promised to give him ' all the king- doms of the world, and the glory of them,' Matt. iv. 8, 9 ; and now with it he prevaileth over Balaam, and still doth over prophets of Balaam's spirit. I will do,] In Gr. / will do unto thee. The kings of the earth, if they may have their desires fulfilled, will honour tlieir prophets, and do all that they say. Thus the prophets of Baal were fed at Jezebel's table, when the prophets of the Lord were fed in eaves * with bread and water,' 1 Kings xviii. 13, 19 ; and the wit- nesses of Christ prophesy in sackcloth, Rev. xi. 3. Ver. 18. — I cannot go beyond,] Or, / may not transgress. The word signifieth sometimes inability, whereby a man cannot ; somes unlawfulness, whereby one may not, and consequently will not do a thing ; as in Gen. xxxiv. 14; xliii. 32; xliv. 26. Ba- laam's speech here, seemeth to imply all ; for as he might not lawfully, being forbidden of God ; so neither could he, being restrained of God, who would not sutler him to curse Israel. But for Balaam's will, it was cor- rupt, being in love with ' the wages of un- righteousness,' 1 Pet. ii. 15; therefore he sought of God that he might have done it, Num. xxiii. 1, 14 ; but the Lord would not hear him, Deut. xxiii. 5. The mouth,] That is, as the Gr. openeth it, the word i in Chald. the decree of the word of the Lord. Jeho- vah MY God,] By this it appearelh, that im NUMBERS. not go beyond tlie nioutli of Jeliovah my God, to do less or more. '^ And now, I pray you, tarry you also here this night, that I may know what Jeliovah will speak unto me more. ^^ And God came unto Balaam 6^/ night, and said unto him. If the men be come to call thee, rise up, go with them : but yet the word which I shall speak unto thee, that shalt thou do. ^' And Balaam rose up in the morning, and saddled his ass, and went with the princes of Balaam the Syrian (and so the people to "horn he was a prophet,) did know and wor- sliip the true God, though corruptly, and it may be other gods also with him. And that other peoples, as the Temanites, Shuliites, Naamathites, and Buzites, kept the know- ledge and service of the true God, is manifest by Job's history, Job ii. 11 ; xxxii. 2; xlii. 7 — 9. Also the name of God, Jehovali, was both known and pronounced by Balaam, and other people, together with the Hebrews, who now many ages since have abstained from pronouncing of it, as is noted on Num. vi. 24. Less or more,] Or, little or great : understand little thing or c/reat, (as the phrase is more fully expressed in 1 Sam. xx. 2 ; xxii. 15; xxv. 36;) meaning any thing at all ; to which the Gr. addeth, of mine oiun mind. In Balaam liere is a picture of cove- tous hypocrites, which pretend they would not do against the word of God for an house full of gold, when they will do it for an hand- ful: as this prophet laboured with all his might to do the thing which God had for- bidden him. Ver. 19.— That I may know,] Or, a7id Iwillknoiv, (that is, inquire,) what Jehovah will add to speak with me, that is, will speak more unto me. Here he beginneth to disco- ver himself and his love to Balak's wages, in that he rested not in God's will, plainly re- vealed to him before: and that he tempteth God by this second consultation, as if he were changeable like himself, and would respect the person of the king or prophet, to speak otherwise than he had done. For where he pretended to know more, he intended and de- sired to hear otherwise, and contrary to that which he knew to be the mind of God. But God's people should rest in that which they know to be his word and will : and if any teach otherwise, let him be accursed, Gal. i. 8, 9. Ver. 20 — If the men be come,] That K, forasmuch as, or seeing the men are come. So the word if, meaneth also in Song i. 8. Go WITH THEM,] God's permitting of Balaam to go with these second ambassadors, when he had forbidden him to go with the first, was in wrath against the prophet, who stood not in the Lord's first counsel; and therefore he was in danger to have died by the sword of the angel, ver. 33 ; and was indeed slain by the sword of Israel, Josh. xiii. 22. In the meantime, both he and the king had hope that they might effect their evil purpose, see- ing that God himself seemed to change his mind: so being hardened, they went on with altars and sacrifices, to procure leave from God to curse his people, Num. xxiii. 1. For when men will not hearken to the voice of the Lord, he wilhdraweth his grace, and giv- eth them up to the perverse intentions of their own heart, and suffers them to walk * in their own counsels,' Ps. Ixxxi. 12, 13. But YET,] Or, but surely the word, &c. By this restraint, God signifieth the continuance of his good will towards Israel, though in such words, as Balaam might still conceive hope to obtain his desire: for the first answer was plain, ' thou shalt not curse the people ' ver. 12 ; in which he not resting, hath now a darker oracle, ' thou shalt do the woid that I shall speak unto thee,' when he knew not what God would speak. Thus, when the will of God is known and not regarded, he taketh from men the certainty of their know- ledge, and causeth his word to be dark and doubtful unto them, so that ' they stumble at it,' I Pet. ii. 8 ; the sun goeth down over the prophets, and the day is dark over them, Mic. iii. C. Balaam thought he should have heard more from God, but heareth less, and loseth that which he had learned before. That shalt thou do,] This both taught Balaam his duty, that he ought to do it wil- lingly, and closely signified that that he should do, though against his will. For, ' the Lord bringeth to nought the counsel of the heathen, he maketh of none effect the devices of the people : but the counsel of the Lord standeth for ever,' Ps. xxxiii. 10, 11. And he re- straineth the wicked of their will, putting his hook in their nose, and his bridle in their lips. Is. xxxvii. 29 ; even Satan himself is limited, (as in Job's case, Job i. 12 ; ii. 6;) and cannot hurt the very swine, without leave from the Lord, Matt. viii. 31, 32. Ver. 21.' — In the morning,] As Abra- ham being spoken to of God to sacrifice his son, ' rose early in the morning and saddled his ass, and took two of his young men with him,' &c.. Gen. xxii. 3; showing his readi- ness to obey the will of the Lord, though with CHAP. XXII. 103 Moab. ^ And God's anger was kindled because he went, and the angel of Jehovah set himself in the way for an adversary against him : and he was riding upon his ass, and two of his young men were with him. ^^ And tlie ass saw the angel of Jehovah standing in the way, and his sword drawn in his hand, and the ass turned aside out of the way and went into the field: and Balaam smote the the loss of his only son whom he loved: so Balaam here ' riseth early ia the morning, saddleth his ass, and taketh two of his young men with him,' ver. 22 ; showing his greedi- ness to get preferment, and the wages of ini- quity which he loved, though with the loss of the favour of God. and (in the end) of his own life, God's children ruo not so fast in • the way of his commandments,' when he enlargeth their heart, Ps. cxix. 32 ; but the children of Satan run as fast ' to evil, and make haste to shed innocent blood,' Is. lix. 7. ' They turn and prepare themselves without iniquity in God's people,' Ps. lix. 4, 5: 'So are the ways of every one that is greedy of gain, which taketh away the life of the owners thereof,' Prov. i. 16, 19. Ver. 22. — God's angee was kindled,] In Gr. God ivas angry in wrath. The judg- ments of God are • a great depth,' Ps. xxxvi. 7 ; he is often ofiended, and that justly, when men do that which he saith do, because they do it not with that mind, and to that end which he requireth, Is. x. 6, 7; and his word or leave, is in displeasure against sinners that have no love to the truth. The young prophets of Jericho would have leave to send fifty men to seek Elijah's body, but Elisha forbade them : after by their importunacy he said. Send. They sent, and sought, but found him not: then Elisha gave them this reproof, ' did not I say unto you, Go not, 2 Kings ii. 16 — IS. As they ought to have rested in the prophet's first word, so should Balaam have done here in the first answer of God ; and for not doing it wrath from the Lord was upon him. The angel of Jeho- vah,] This angel speaketh as the Lord him- self, ' only the word that I shall speak unto thee, that shalt thou speak,' ver. 35. Where- fore this seemeth to be Christ, ' the angel which redeemed Jacob from all evil,' Gen. xlviii. 16; and now cometh to redeem Jacob's children from the curse intended against them, the angel that was sent before Israel, to keep them in their way, in whom Jehovah's name was, Exod. xxiii. 20, 21 ; even Michael the great prince, which standeth for his people, Dan. X. 21; xii. 1. An adversary,] In Heb. Satan, which name when it is used for an adversary to God's people, usually mean- eth the devil. Job i. 6; Matt. iv. 10; Rev. xii. 9 : XX. 2 ; but here being spoken of an adversary to the wicked, and defender of the church, is applied to an holy angel, or to the prince of angels and men. And here the love of God unto Israel appeareth, that when he giveth a wicked man leave to go out against them, forthwith he sendeth his angel to resist him, and to stand for the help of his chosen; as ' all the angels are minister- ing spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of salvation,' Heb. i. 14. Two OF HIS YOUNG MEN,] That is, of his ser- vants: see the notes on Exod. xxxiii. 11. So Abraham went with two of his young men.' Gen. xxii. 3. Ver. 23. — The ass saw the angel,] It pleaseth God to confoimd the wisdom of the wise and arrogant, by base and contemptible means, ' for the foolishness of God is wiser than (the wisdom of) men,' 1 Cor. i. 25. Balaam was a great prophet, accustomed to visions and revelations, yet saw not with his eyes, neither knew with all his skill (ver. 34,) that the angel stood against him, whom his ass, a rude and silly beast, did see and avoid to the safety of his master: and he thnt could advertise others of things that should befal them. Num. xxiv. 14, could not adver- tise himself of the danger of death which was before him. So God ' destroyeth the wisdom of the wise, and bringeth to nought the un- derstanding of the prudent,' 1 Cor. i. 19. Wheu visions appeared, the prophets were wont to see them, and otliers in their com- pany saw them not, as in Dan. x. 7; Acts ix. 7 ; here the prophet seeth nothing, but the beast under him hath the eyes opened to see the appearance. His sword drawn,] A sign of wrath and vengeance; so David saw the angel that plagued Israel with ' a drawn sword in his hand,' 1 Chron. xxi. 16; and Joshua the like in that angel's hand, who, as captain of the Lord's host, was to destroy the Canaanites, Josh. v. 13, 14. Balaam went with a purpose to curse Israel, and after to have them killed with the sword : his curses would have been ' like the piercings of a sword,' Prov. xii. 18 ; he had whetted his ' tongue as a sword, and bent his arrow, even a bitter word,' Ps. Ixiv. 4; the Lord to re- ward him according to his works, sendeth out a sword against him. The ass turned aside,] The beasts, and fowls, and other bru- tish creatures, are often taken to teach and lOi NUMBERS. ass to turn her into the way. ^* And the angel of Jehovah stood in a path of the vineyards, a wall being on this side, and a wall on that side. ^^ And the ass saw the angel of .Jeliovah, and she thrust herself unto the wall, and thrust Balaam's foot against tlie wall : and he smote lier again. ^^ And the angel of Jeho- vah Avent further and stood in a narrow place, where was no way to turn aside, to the right hand or to the left. ^' And tlie ass saw the angel of Jehovah, and slie fell down under Balaam ; and Balaam's anger was kindled, and he smote the ass with a staff. ^^ And Jehovah opened tlie mouth of the ass, and she said unto Balaam, What have I done unto thee, that thou hast smitten me convince men, Job xii. 7, 8 ; Is. i. 3 ; Jer. viii. 7 ; and Balaam's folly was reproved here by the action of this dumb beast, as after it was by words, Num. xxii. 28, 30 ; 2 Pet. ii. IC. Balaam's way was perverse before the Lord, ver. 32; he had forsaken the right way, and went astray, 2 Pet. ii. 15 ; the ass turning aside out of the way, might have taught him to have desisted from his evil course. The ass avoideth the danger and evil before his eyes ; the master being blind- ed with ambition and covetousness, seeth it not, but would go on to destruction, ver. 33. SiMOTE THE ASS,] The Gr. here addeth, with his rod (or staff,) which is taken from ver. 27. As he that judgeth another, condemneth himself doing the same things, Rom. ii. 1 ; so the prophet in smiting his beast, showed himself to be worthy of more stripes, doing much worse than it. ' A whip for the horse, a bridle for the ass, and a rod for the fool's back,' Prov. xxvi. 3. Ver. 24. — And a wall,] In Chald. ayid another wall. The angel needed not have chosen such places ; but these things happen- ed unto Balaam for ensamples, and are writ- ten ior oiH' admoniMon; for when men goon in a way not good, if they escape one peril, they fall into auother greater, and at last into inevitable danger; as the prophet signifieth by ' fear, and pit, and suare ; he that fleeth from the fear shall fall into the pit ; and he that getteth up out of the pit shall be taken in the snare,' Jer. xlviii. 43, 44. Ver. 25. — And thrust Balaam's foot,] Or pressed, crushed his foot. This word is used in 2 Kings vi. 32, where the king's messenger, who was sent to take away Eli- sha's head, was • pressed (or crushed) in the door.' God by this second sign came nearer unto Balaam, who went on in his perverse way, and withal discovereth the vanity of his art, who, being a diviner, could not presage the evil that should befal him, though such things as these happened in his way, which, in tlie opinion of vain men, are signs of ill luck: and therefore by the grounds of his own craft, should have turned him back, or made him to suspect at least, tliat this jour- ney should be unfortunate: see 1 Sam. vi. 2, 3, 9. But God ' taketh the wise in their own craftiness, and the counsel of the fio- ward is carried headlong: they meet with darkness in the day time, and grope in the noon day, as in the night. But he saveth the poor from the sword, from their mouth, and from the hand of the mighty,' Job v. 13 — 15. The children of God have the angels to keep them in all their ways, and to bear them up, lest they dash their foot against a stone, Ps. xci. 11, 12. But Balaam tempt- ing the Lord, hath his angel to withstand him, whereby his foot is crushed against the wall; yet maketh he no good use thereof. Ver. 26. — No way to torn aside,] In this carriage of the angel, the Lord would have us see the proceeding of his judgments against siimers ; first more mildly, shaking his rod at them, but letting tlrem go untouch- ed ; then coming nearer, he toucheth them with an easy correction, as it were wringing their foot against a wall ; but bringing them at last to such a strait, as they can no way escape his hand, but must fall before him. Ver. 27. — Balaam's anger was kin- dled,] 'The wrath of man worketh not the righteousness of God,' James i. 20; ' but a furious man aboundeth in transgression,' Prov. xxix. 22. Balaam learned no good by this strange carriage of his beast, but is more enraged and smiteth it, not knowing that by means of it his own life was saved, ver. 33. This foolishness cf the prophet the dumb beast reproveth, ver. 28, &c. and in him God would let us see the nature of wicked men, which make no good use of his works, neither see his providence in the creatures, the service whereof he lendeth unto them. Ver. 28.— Opened the mouth of thk ass,] That ' the dumb ass spake with man's voice,' 2 Pet. ii. 16, by which miracle the prophet had not only a rebuke, but a cause of fear and astonishment, yet hardened he him- self against it also, and pleaded for to main- tain his folly, ver. 29, so no works, signs or CHAR XXII. 105 these three times ? " And Balaam said unto the ass, Because tliou hast mocked me ; I would there were a sword m mine hand, for now I would kill thee. ^" And the ass said unto Balaam, Am not I thine ass which tliou hast ridden upon ever since I was tliine unto this day, was I ever wont to do so unto thee ? ^' And he said, Nay. And Jehovah uncovered the eyes of Balaam, and he saw the angel of Jehovah standing in the way, and his sword drawn in his hand, and he bended down the head, and bowed himself down on his face, ^^ And the angel of Jehovali said unto him, Wherefore hast thou smitten thine ass these three times ? Behold, I came out miracles, are able to change the hardness of man's heart, but grace from God only, John xii. 37, 38. And here we may observe how the devil, to draw into sin, chose the serpent for his instrument, the most subtile beast of the field, Gen. iii. 1, but God to rebuke and convince the wicked, usetb the ass, the most silly of all beasts: showing as in a figure, how Satan's continual practice is to corrupt men's minds from the simplicity that is in Christ, ' by deceitful workers, by the sleight of men, and cunning craftiness, whereby they lie in wait to deceive,' 2 Cor. xi. 3, 13; Eph. iv. 14, while Chiist sendeth men to preach the gospel, ' not with wisdom of words,' but with the plain demonstration of the truth, and chooseth ' the foolish things of the world to confound the wise, the weak things of the world to confound the mighty, and base things of the world, and things des- pised, yea and things which are not, to bring to nought things that are,' 1 Cor. i. 17, 27, 28. ' For the children of this world are in their generation wiser than the children of light,' Luke xvi. 8. VeR. 29.— I WOULD KILL THEE,] The prophet is neither dismayed with the speak- ing of his dumb beast, nor abated from his wrath, but increaseth in evil, who before he knew or inquired of the cause, would pre- sently kill the ass that saved his life. ' A righteous man re^ardeth the life of his beast, but the bowels of the wicked are cruel,' Prov. xii. 10. If Balaam looked for such good service of the brute beast, and would not be mocked or abused thereby, he being a reasonable creature, and wiser than many, should much less have mocked with God, and resisted his counsel: but by his own words against his ass, he condemneth him- self, being guilty of death for his sin against God, as the angel showeth in ver. 32, 33. Ver. 30. — Ever since I was thine,] Or, since thou hast had me : the Gr. trans- lateth it. from thy youth: the Chald. since thou hast been: and the Heb. phrase some- time so meaneth, as in Gen. xlviii. 15, ' since I was;' where tlie Gr. also expoundeth Vol. 1 1. it, /row my youth. Was I ever wont.] Oi-, have I accustoming been accustomed? By this demand, the beast conviuceth the prophet's foolishness, who should have ga- thered that some extraordinary cause moved it thus to do, seeing it had never done so be- fore: and teacheth us, that when the crea- tures depart from their kind and customed obedience unto us, we should look for the cause thereof in ourselves: for our sins against God occasion the creatures to rebel against us, Lev. xxvj. 20—22. Ver. 31. — Uncovered the eyes,] Open- ed them to see the angel as the ass did before him, ver. 23, signifying, that as men cannot see the marvellous things of his law, unless he uncover their eyes, Ps. cxix. 18, so nei- ther can they behold the deaths and dangers that are to come on them for the transgres- sion of his law, unless he reveal them, Is. xlvii. 11. 'The way of the wicked is as darkness, they know not at what they stum- ble,' Prov. iv. 19. Bowed himself down ON HIS FACE,] Or, to his face; as the Gr. translateth, he bowed down to his face, that is, worshipped the face or person of the angel. Ver. 32. — Wherefore hast thou smit- ten, &c.] The angel rebuketh the misusage of his beast, which ought not to be smitten without cause ; how much less then might ho smite innocent men with the curse of his tongue? And God, who • saveth man and beast,' Ps. xxxvi. 7, and commanded that the beasts also should rest from their toil on the Sabbath day, Deut. v. 14, and defendeth their innocency against their cruel masters, will much more defend the cause of his people against their wrongful oppressors, Exod. xxii. 23. Thy way is perverse,] Or, the way which thou goest is perverse, that is, thy purpose and intent in going this journey, is contrary to my will which I first revealed unto thee, ver. 12. The Chald. paraphras- eth thus, " because it is manifest before me, that thou wouldest go in a way against me." The apostle openeth and applieth it against the Balaamites of his time, in these words; ' an heart they have exercised with roveloui 106 NUMBER S. to be ail adversary, because thy way is perverse before me. ^^ And the ass saw me, and turned aside before me these three times: un- less she had turned aside from me, surely now also I had slain thee and saved her alive. ^' And Balaam said unto the angel of Jeho- vah, I have sinned, for I knew not that thou stoodst against me in the way : and now if it be evil in tliine eyes, I will get me back again. ^^ And tlie angel of Jehovah said unto Balaam, Go with the men, but only the word that I shall speak unto tliee, that shalt tJiou speak : and Balaam went with the princes of Balak. ^® And Balak lieard that Balaam was come, and he went out to meet him, unto a city of Moab which is by the border of Anion, which is in the utmost of the border. ^' And Balak said unto Balaam, Did not I sending send unto thee to call thee ? Wherefore camest thou practices, children of the curse, which have forsaken the right way, and are gone astray, following the way of Balaam (the son) of Bosor, who loved the wages of unrighteous- ness,' 2 Pet. ii. 14, 15. The apostle Jude (in ver. 11,) calleth it 'the error of Balaam.' Ver. 33. — Turned aside before me,] Or, at nit/ face or presence: so after, turned aside from tne, or, from my face or pre- sence. 1 HAD SLAIN thee,] Or, killed theei ill tlie angel's former words the justice of his judgment is implied; for if Balaam did smite his ass, for turning aside out of the way, ver. 23, and would have killed her for falling down under him, though thereby his life was saved, ver. 29, how much more de- served he himself to be smitten and killed, for departing out of the Lord's way, and fol- lowing his own crooked ways, with a purpose to destroy the lives of his people Israel. Therefore a wo is pronounced on those that run greedily after Balaam's error for reward, Jude ver. 11. Saved her alive,] As we have an example in the prophet, who being disobedient unto the mouth of the Lord, 'a lion met him by the way and slew him, but the ass whereon he rode was not torn,' 1 Kings xiii. 23, 24, 26, 28. Ver. 34 — I have sinned,] Thisseemeth to be acknowledged, for his smiting of the ass, and his reason following so showeth: but the sin that lay hid in his heart, his wicked purpose and covetousness, he dissembleth, and prosecuteth still unto the end. If it be EVIL IN thine eyes,] That is, as the Gr. translateth, if it please thee not; meaning, that he should go on his journey. He could not be ignorant, that his evil intent to curse God's people for his own promotion, was most evil in the Lord's eyes, and the cause why the angel came out against him; but concealing that, he speaketh of his outward actions, and faintly offereth to turn back, with an 'if it were evil.' His love to the wages of unrighteousness caused him thus to speak, together with the leave which God had given him, in ver. 20, fain he would go, but if necessity constrain him he will turn back. Ver. 35. — Go with the men,] When neither the first words of God who foibade him, ver. 12, nor the signs and dangers which met him by the way, could turn his heart, or de- liver him from his error, the Lord again bid- deth him go on, so giving him up to his own lusts; which he followed to his destruction. See the notes on ver. 20. So Jarchi ex- plaineth these words, " Go with the men, for thy portion is with them, and thine end to perish out of the world." Ver. 36. — He went out to meet him, | For to welcome him, and entertain him with honour; as Moses to like end, went out to meet his father-in-law, Exod. xviii. 7, and Joseph went out to meet Israel his father, Gen. xlvi. 29, and the kings of Sodom and of Salem, to meet Abraham, Gen. xiv. 17, IS; Heb. vii. 1. It showeth how greatly Balaam was respected of the king, as false prophets have always been of wicked rulers, because they serve their lusts. It had been Moab's duty to have met their brother Israel with bread and water in the way when they came out of Egypt: but lo the king of Moab goeth out (even to the utmost border of his land) to meet this soothsayer, whom he had hired to curse Israel; therefore God com- mandetli his people not to seek their peace or good lor ever, Deut. xxiii. 3 — 6. Arnon,] The border between Moab and the Amorites, Num. xxi. 13, 26. Ver. 37. — Did not I sending send,] That is, earnestly send unto thee. Am I not able indeed,] a vain boast, and such as had no eflect; for he was not able indeed to honour Balaam in the end, but sent him away in wrath, and with disgrace, confessing that the Lord had kept him back from hon- CHAP. XXII. 107 not unto me ? Am I not able indeed to honour thee ? '^ And Ba- laam said unto Balak, Lo I am come unto thee ; now am I able at all to speak any thing ? the word that God shall put in my mouth, that shall I speak. ^^ And Balaam went with Balak, and they came unto Kirjath-huzoth. *" And Balak slew oxen and sheep, and sent to Balaam, and the princes that were with him. ^' And it was in the morning that Balak took Balaam, and brought him up into tlie high places of Baal, that he might see from thence the utmost part of the people. our, Num. xxiv. 10, 11. But &s satau him- self proudly offereth the kingdoms and glory of the world to those that will worship him. Matt. iv. 8, 9, so wicked princes do offer promotion to false prophets and flatterers, which oftentimes God suflereth them not to perform: and they turn the edge of their sword against the Israel of God, which they are often forced to put up empty into the sheath, the Lord turning their intended curse into a blessing. Ver. 38. — Am I able at all,] The word is doubled for more vehemency, can- ning can I speak; that is, surely I cannot in any wise. He speaketh to excuse himself, signifying his willingness to gratify the king, as appeared by his coming to him, but show- ing withal his inability to do ought against God or his people. For the Lord their re- deemer, he ' frustrateth the tokens of the liars, and maketh diviners mad; he turneth wise men backward, and maketh their know- ledge foolish, Is. xliv. 25. Ver. 39. — Kirjath-huzoth,] Which is by interpretation, the city of the outmost parts, or the city of streets. It is the name of a city, of the situation in the utmost part of the land ; as the Chald. interpreteth it, the city of his borders; and the old Lat. ver- sion calleth it, " the city which was in the utmost borders of his kingdom:" which some think to be Ar, forementioned in Num. xxi. 28, called ' the corner of Moab,' in Jer. xlviii. 45- Sol. Jarchi in his annot. on this place expoundeth it, •' a city full of streets, men, and children in the outer parts of it." Ver. 40. — Balak slew oxen,] Either for sacrifice, (as the word is often used for sacri- ficing) or for a feast to welcome Balaam, or for both; as the Moabites used such idolatrous feasts whereof the people did eat. Num. xxv. 1, 2. Thus Balak rejoiced at the coming of his friend, and received him with all royal solemnity. Wherein as we see the enter- tainment that this wicked prophet had, that his honour and good cheer might make him to foiget the perils which he had passed, and might again fall into by the hand of God: so may we observe the contraiy dealing of the Lord, and of this king. The angel of the Ltird came out as an adversary to withstand him; the king as a friend to welcome him. The king blameth him for coming no sooner; the angel for going so soon. The angel met him with a sword, to signify that that should be his end if he went on in his wickedness: the king receiveth him with a banquet, and all honourable entertainment, that by it, and hope of more gain and preferment, he might be encouraged to go on with his wicked en- terprise. Between these two, Balaam choos- eth the worse part for the honour of this world, though even that also was taken away from him. • As the partridge sitteth on eggs, and hatcheth them not: so he that getteth riches and not by right, shall leave them in the midst of his days, and at his end shall be a fool,' Jer. xvii. 11. Ver. 41. — In the morning,] That is, the next day early after the feast. Thus Balak delayeth no time to accomplish his evil pur- pose, beginning the day with mischief. David was diligent in the mornings to destroy all the wicked of the land, Ps. ci. S. Balak risetb early to destroy the people of God, and is of them whose ' feet run to evil, and they make haste to shed blood,' Prov. i. 16. The high PLACES OF Baal,] In Gr. the pillar of Baal; the Chald. expoundeth it, the high place of his fear, meaning of his god or idol whom he feared, (as God is called 'the fear,' in Ps. Ixxvi. 12,) and Thargum Jonathan nameth it "the fear (or id.il) of Peor;" whereof see Num. xxv, 3. Baal (by inter- pretation, a lord, master or patron) is a name given to the idols of many nations, which they used to worship on high places, hills or mountains, Deut. xii. 2. And here do Balak and Balaam build altars and offer sacrifices. Num. xxiii. 1, that they might curse Israel; for as God sendeth his people help from his sanctuary, and supporteth them out of Zion, Ps. XX. 2, and cometh unto them to bless them, in all places where lie putteth the memorial of his name, Exod. xx. 24, so the idolators thought of their high places, that they were the fittest to obtain their requests in, from the hand of God, 108 NUMBERS. though it were to curse his people. That HE MIGHT SEE,] Or, and he saw, meaning Balaam: the Gr. translatefh, and he (to wit, Balak) showed him a part of the people, to wit, of Israel : whom he would have him to behold, that his curse might be the more powerful and effectual. See Num. xxiii. 13. CHAP. XXIII. 1 , Balaam and Balak offer sacrifices. 4. God meeteth Balaam, and putteth in his mouth a blessing, which offendeth Balak. 1 3. They come to another place to curse the people of the Lord, and there again they offer sacrifices. 16. God meeteth Balaam, and putteth in his mouth a more ample hlessiiig. 26. Balak being more offended, bringeth Balaam to a third place, where also they sacrifice. * And Balaam said unto Balak, Build me here seven altars, and prepare me here seven bullocks, and seven rams. * And Balak did Ver. 1. — Build me here,] Or, build for me in this place seven altars. Balaam here bewiayelh his impiety, when instead of dis- suading the king from his evil enterprise, by the word of God, who had forbidden him to curse Israel, Num. xxii. 12, he attempteth together with him, to effect his wicked pur- pose; and that (which is worst of all) under the colour of religious actions, building altars, and ofl'ering sacrifices to God, hereby to in- treat and obtain leave of him to curse his people. For it was the manner in those days to seek the Lord, and obtain his favour by sa- crifice, Gen. xlvi. 1, 2, &c.; 1 Sam. xiii. 9, 12 ; Hos. v. 6. Thus Balaam had soon for- gotten the oracle of God, the sword of the angel, and dangers that he so hardly escaped by the way, and greedily runneth after the error of his evil heart, fulfilling the saying of the prophet, ' Let favour be shewed to the wicked, yet will he not learn righteousness,' Is. xxvi. 10. Prepare me,] Or, prepare for me. As Balak said, 'Curse me Jacob, and defy Israel:' so Balaam saith, ' Build me altars, and prepare me sacrifices;' his intent being not to honour God, but to curse his people. Thus religion is made a cloak of wickedness. ' The sacrifice of the wicked is abomination: how much more when he bring- eth it with a wicked mind,' Prov. xxi. 27. God desireth ' mercy and not sacrifice,' Hos. vi. 6. But Balaam was of their religion which • think that gain is godliness,' 1 Tim. vi. 5, and for the wages of iniquity, abuseth the ordinances of the blessed God, unto curs- ing and cruelty. Seven bullocks,] As bullocks and rams were sacrifices which God himself required in the law, Lev. i., and which the patriarchs had learned from God vf old a so seven was a number sanctified of God for many mysteries, (as is noted on Lev. iv. 6,) and particularly in sa- crifices, as he said to Job's friends, ' Take unto you now seven bullocks and seven rams, and gc to my servant Job, and offer up for yourselves a burnt-ofTeriiig,' Job xlii. 8. So at the bringing up of the ark, David and the elders of Israel ' offered seven bullocks and seven rams,' 1 Chron. xv. 26, and Ezekias with the rulers * brought seven bullocks, and seven rams, and seven lambs, and seven he- goats for a sin-offering for the kingdom,' &c. 2 Chron. xxix. 21. Wherefore the Aramites, Moabites, and other nations, having learned from their ancestors the manner of sacrificing unto God, retained it till Moses' time, and long after, though corrupted with their own superstitions, and abused to much impiety. Hereupon Balaam sacrificeth to the Lord in this sort, to purchase favour of him, and vainly boasteth unto God himself of his good work, ver. 4. And according to this number, it is seven times said of Balaam, that ' he took up his parable,' Num. xxiii. 7, 18; xxiv. 3, 15, 20, 21, 23. Ver, 2 — Balak did,] Though Chemosh was Balak's god. Num. xxi. 29, yet now by Balaam's counsel he sacrificeth to Jehovah, the God of Israel, ver. 3, 17, as unstable men in hope to obtain their purposes are easily drawn to communicate with all religions true or false, and to make a sinful mixture of them, 2 Kings xvii. 28, 29—33; Ezra iv. 1, 2; Acts xvii. 23. On an altar,] That is, as the Chald. explaineth it, on every altar. The altar being an holy ordinance, which sancti- fieth the offering, Matt, xxiii. 19, and a figure of Christ, Heb. xiii. 10 : Job xvii. 19, they, for the more sanctification, offer their gifts on several altars. Wherein they add CHAP. XXI If. 109 as Balaam liad spoken, and Balak and Balaam offered a bullock and a ram on an altar. ^ And Balaam said unto Balak ; Stand by thy burnt- offering, and I will go, perad venture Jeliovali will come to meet me, and what word soever he showeth me, I will tell thee : and he went to an high place. * And God met Balaam, and he said unto him, I have prepared seven altars, and I have offered a bullock and a ram on an altar. ^ And Jehovah put a word in Balaam's mouth, and said. Return unto Balak, and thus thou shalt speak. ^ And he returned unto him, and lo he stood by his burnt offering ; he, and all the princes of Moab. ^ And he took up his parable, and said, Balak the king of Moab hath brought superstition to the religion received from the fathers: for holy men used one altar in a place, though many sacrifices, Gen. viii. 20; xii. 7; xiii. 4, 18; xxvi. 25; xxxiii. 20; XXXV. 3; Exod. xvii. 15; xxiv. 4, but idolaters accustomed themselves to many altars, 2 Kings xviii. 22 ; Jer. xi. 13 ; Hos. X. 1 ; xii. 11; Amos iii. 14; Isa. xvii. 8, such many altars were multiplied to sin, Hos. viii. 11. Veb. 3. — Stand,] Or, present thyself, to wit, unto God, here by ihy burnt-offering, and go not with me, as they were wont to stand by their sacrifices whilst they burned, and present themselves tliere unto the Lord, who first had respect unto the offerer, and then unto the gift, Gen. iv. 4, 5. So Balak and his princes were to stay there, if perhaps God would respect their persons. Perad - VENTURE JEHOVAH WILL COME,] Or, as the Gr. translateth, if perhaps the Lord will appear. Balaam went now to meet with enchantments, or signs of good luck. Num. xxiv. 1, which after the manner of false pro- phets he coloureth with the name of the Lord. What word,] Or, what thing soever. To AN HIGH PLACE,] To o cUft of the rock: or solitary, to a solitary place ; and thus the Chald. expounds it, he went alone. He went as soothsayers were wont, to an high and solitary place, to make his prayers, and to observe signs if any should appear. Ver. 4 — God met Balaam,] In Gr. God appeared to Balaam; in Chald. the word from before the Lord met (or came unto) Balaam : and so again in ver. 16. Though he sought the Lord both by an unlawful means of enchantment. Num. xxiv. 1 ; Deut. xviii. 10, and to a wicked end that he might curse Israel, Deut. xxiii. 4, 5, yet the Lord meeteth with him, and putteth his word in his mouth, for the good of his people. So when Nebuchadnezzar used divinations, and consulted with idols, being unresolved whether he should first war against the Jews or the Ammonites, the Lord so disposed of it, that he first fell upon tlie Jews, and signified the same to his prophet, Ezek. xxi. 19 — 23. He said,] That is, as the Gr. explaineth it, Balaam said. I HAVE PREPARED,] Or, / have ordered. He vainly glorieth of his re- ligious works ])efore God, supposing that he would be pleased with his many altars and sacrifices wherewith he honoured him, and withal implying his request that he might have leave to cui-se Israel: but the Lord •would not hear Balaam,' Deut. xxiii. 5, for he hath not so great delight in burnt- offerings and sacrifices, as in obedience to his voice, 1 Sam. xv. 22. ' To do justice and judgment is more acceptable to the Lord, than sacrifice,' Prov. xxi. 3. Ver. 5. — Pot a word in Balaam's MOUTH,] The Lord giveth no _nswer to Balaam's boasting speech, nor showeth any regard of his altars and sacrifices, which were an abomination unto him, Prov. xv. 8, but sendeth him back with a blessing upon his people, contrary to his own and the king's desire and expectation. ' The preparations of the heart in man, and the answer of the tongue, is from the Lord,' Prov. xvi. 1. Ver. 7. — He took up his parable,] " The parable of his prophecy," saith Thar- gum Jonathan. By taking up, is meant a pronouncing with an high voice ; so God would have them all take knowledge of his word against them, and for his people. By a parable or proverb, is meant a grave speech, which groweth into common use among men. And it is used both in the good part, for ex- cellent matter of doctrine and comfort, as Job xxxvii. 1 ; xxix. 1; Prov. i. 1, and in the evil part, for proverbs of reproach and repre- hension, as in Deut. xxviii. 37; Isa. xiv. 4. Parables also are opposed to plain and fami- liar speeches easy to be understood, Ezek. XX. 49 ; Job xvi. 25, so now God speaketh by Balaam to the wicked Moabites, but in parables ; ' that seeing they might not see ; and hearing they might notunderstand,'as in Luke viii. 10. Brought me from aram,] To no NUMBERS. nie from Aram from the mountains of the east, {saying,^ Come curse me Jacob, and come defy Israel. ^ How shall I cui'se whom God hath not cursed, and how shall I defy whom Jehovah hath not defied ? ^ For from the top of the rocks I see him, and from the hUls I behold liim ; lo the people shall dwell alone, and shall not be reckoned among the nations. '" Who can count the dust wit, from Aram rather Aj im, or Mesopo- tamia, as Moses showeth in Deut. xxiii. 4, and so the Gr. here translateth, sent for me out of Mesopotamia, and Thargum Jonathan explaineth it, " Aram which is by Euphrates." See the notes on Gen. xxiv. 10 ; Num. xxii. 5. Of the east,] Situate eastward from Moab's and Israel's land, that country was infamous for sorcery and divination, Isa. ii. 6. DEpy.J Or, detest with angry threats, and hateful indignation, as the word signi- fieth in Dan. xi. 30. The Gr. translateth it, Accurse. Ver. 8 — Whom god hath not cursed,] Thus the Gr. also readeth, adding the word whom, such wants the scripture sometimes Eupplieth ; as this house is high, 1 Kings ix. 8, for this house which is high, 2 Chron. vii. 21. Otherwise it maybe translated, Howskall I curse ? God hath not cursed. Thargum Jonathan explaineth it, " How shall I curse, when the word of the Lord blessed them ?" Here God by Balaam's own mouth reproveth the error of the king, who had sent so far twice to fetch him, that of himself was able to do nothing in this business ; and taxeth the vanity of this art of magic or divination, which is not able either to help or hurt any without leave from God. So the Babylonian is convinced by the prophet, saying, ' Stand now with thine enchantments, and with the multitude of thy sorceries, wherein thou hast laboured from thy youth, if so be thou shall be able to profit, if so be thou mayest prevail. Thou art wearied in the multitude of thy counsels, let now the astrologers, the star- gazers, the monthly prognosticators, stand up, and save thee from these things that shall come upon thee. Behold, they shall be as stubble, the fire shall burn them,' &c, Isa. xlvii. 12—14. Ver. 9. — For from the top,] Or, when from the top, (Heb. the head) of the rocks, I see him, meaning the people, spoken of as one body. I behold him,] In Gr. / con- sider him, s^eakmg again of the people: as Thargum Jonathan explaineth it, " I con- sider this people." Balak brought him to the mountains, that seeing the people from thence, he might the more easily curse them: but the sight of them did so amaze him, as he blessed them. Thus, all occasions and cir- cumstances which the wicked chose for their advantage, God turneth against Uiem, and for the accomplishment of his own will. Shall dwell alone,] Separated from other people. And this further signifieth, how they should be sufBciently provided for of God ; having neither need nor fear of other people ; for so dwelling alone, implieth a security from evil; as in Jer. xlix. i^l. And thus Moses blessing them said, ' Israel shall dwell in confident safety alone,' Dent, xxxiii. 28. Shall not be reckoned,] Or, shall not reckon themselves : this respecteth their faith in God and service of him, where- by they were his peculiar, and separated from other people, asExod.xix. 6; Lev. xx. 24,26; Ezra ix. 2. So Christ hath chosen his church out of the world, John xv. 19; 1 Pet. ii. 9, and this grace the faithful apply unto themselves, as it is said, ' We know that we are of God, and the whole world lieth in wickedness,' 1 John v. 19. Ver. 10. — Who can count,] That is, none can count, they are so many, Heb. ffho counteth ; which the Chald. expoundeth, who am (or, is able to) count. And thus the scriptm-e sometime explaineth itself; as, ' Not that which goeth into the mouth, defileth a man,' Matt. xv. 11, that is, ' can defile him,' Mark vii. 15. See the annot. on Gen. xiii. 6. So after in ver. 20. The dust of JACOB,] That is, the children of Jacob ; as the Gr. translateth it, the seed of Jacob. Here Balaam's mouth confirmeth the promise which God made of old unto Jacob, saying, ' Thy seed shall be as the dust of the earth,' Gen. xxviii. 14, and the like was before unto Abraham, ' I will multiply thy seed as the stars of heaven, and as the sand which is upon the sea-shore,' Gen. ii. 17. And thus the Chald. here expoundeth it, " Who can count the little ones of the house of Jacob, of whom it was said, they shall be multiplied as the dust of the earth." Of the fourth PART,] Or, of a quarter, as the Chald. ex- plaineth it, of one of the four camps of Israel : for they camped about the tabernacle in four quarters. Num. ii. Whereas, the promise of the blessing to Abraham consisted of two branches ; 1. That God would give the land of Canaan to him and to his seed for ever : 2. And that he would make \\U seed as the dust of the earth. Gen. xiii. 15^ 16, under which, spiritual graces in Christ CHAP. XX I II, 111 of Jacob, and the number of tlie fourth part of Israel ? Let my soul die the death of the righteous men^ and let my last end be like his. " And Balak said unto Balaam, What hast thou done unto me? I took thee to curse mine enemies ; and behold, blessing thou hast blessed thejn. '^ And he answered, and said, Must I not take heed to speak that wliich Jeliovah liath put in my mouth ? '^ And Balak said unto him. Come, I pray thee with me unto were also comprehended: the Lord causeth Balaam here to ratify them, both for their dwelling alone iu the land, and for their in- numerable increase. And whereas Balak envied their multitude, and would therefore have them cursed that they might be dimin- ished, Num. xxii. 3, 5, 6. Balaam is here forced to niter a blessing for their further in- crease. Thus God resisteth him in all his counsels and enterprises. Let my soul die,] That is, Let me die : an Heb. phrase, where- by the soul is put for the person, I, thou, or he: and death is the departure of the soul from the body, Gen. xxxv. 18. ' Then dust returneth unto the earth as it was, and the soul returns to God who gave it,' Eccl. xii. 7. So Samson said, ' Let my soul die with the Philistines,' Judg. xvi. 30. The death of THE RIGHTEOUS MEN,] The Gr. translateth, with the souls of the just men; meaning the righteous of Israel, as the Chald. explaineth it, the death of the just men thereof, that is, of that people. Balaam, who lived the life of the wicked, desireth (as many do) to die the death of the righteous : but as he lived, so he died among the enemies of God, by the sword of Israel, Num. xxxi. 8. Howbeit, he prenounceth here a greater blessing upon Israel, as they that were happy not only in life, but in death, For, 'righteousness which is by faith in Christ,' Phil. iii. 9 ; ' delivereth from death: but when a wicked man dieth, his expectation perisheth,' Prov. xi. 4, 7. Here also Balaam testifieth of the soul's im- mortality ; and different case of good and bad: for otherwise what were the death of the righ- teous better than of the wicked ? Let my LAST end,] Or, let my posterity. The ori- ginal word sometimes signifieth the end, op- posed to the beginning, as in Dent. xi. 12 : Prov. xix. 20, and so the Chald. trans- lateth it here, let my end be like theirs : some- times it is, the posterity, or children which come after, as in Dan. xi. 4 ; Amos v. 2; Psal. cix. 13, and in this sense the Gr. in- terpreters understood it here, saying, and let my seed be like their seed : thus Balaam pro- phesieth a blessing also to the seed of every righteous Israelite according to the promise made unto Abraham and his seed after him, Gen. xvii. 7. And farther, this word end is often used for reward, which is after labours, Prov. xxiii. 15 ; xxiv. 20; 1 Pet. i. 19, which also may be implied here, of a blessed reward which the righteous have after this life in heaven. Matt. v. 12. But Ba- laam being a minister of satan, though trans- formed as a minister of righteousness, his end was according to his works, as the apostle telleth us of all such, 2 Cor. xi. 15. VeR. 11. 1 TOOK THEE TO CURSE MINE ENEMIES,] Balak who had before build ed altars and offered sacrifices, as to serve the Lord with great devotion, being now croBsid in his purpose, manifesteth his hypocrisy, pride, malice, and notorious profanation of religious exercises ; in that he regarded not, nor rested in the answer of God by Balaam, but opposed his own will, as that which the prophet should have fulfilled ; unjustly call- eth the Israelites his enemies, who passed by him in peace ; repineth against their bless- ing, and blameth the prophet for pronounc- ing it. Ver. 12. — Must i not take heed to SPEAK.] Or, Shall I not observe to speak. Thougn Balaam's will was bent to curse Is- rael for Balak's wages, yet could he not, be- cause God restrained him: wherefore he bare his blame at the king's hand. And now to excuse himself, he signifieth not only the ne- cessity laid upon him by the Lord, but a pre- tended care and observance in himself to speak his word only: thus the hypocrites mocked one with another; and he that sitteth in the heavens, laughed; the Lord had them both in derision, Ps. ii. 4. Ver. 13. — See but the utmost part OF them.] Or, but apart of him, and shall not see him all : speaking of Israel, as one body. The king gathered from Balaam's words, in ver. 9, that by seeing the whole multitude, he was dismayed ; (so looking to the secondary cause, not to God the princi- pal :) wherefore though he failed of his pur- pose at the first he secondeth it in another place, with hope to prevail ; as the Syrians being foiled by Israel in the mountains, would ' fight against them in the plain, hop- ing there to be stronger than they,' 1 Kings XX. 20 — 23. And when he could not have the whole people cursed, he briogeth Balaam to see a part of them: as when the dragon could not hurt the woman (the church) that 112 NUMBERS. another place, that thou mayest see tliem from thence ; thou shalt see but the utmost part of them, and shalt not see them all, and curse me them from thence. " And he took him to tlie field of Zophim, to the top of Pisgah, and lie built seven altars, and offered a bullock and a ram on an altar, '^ And he said unto Balak, Stand here by thy burnt-offer- ing, and I will meet yonder. '^ And Jehovah met Balaam, and put a word in his mouth, and said. Return unto Balak, and thus thou shalt speak. '' And lie came unto him, and lo, he stood by his burnt-offering, and the princes of Moab with him, and Balak said unto liim, What hath Jehovah spoken ? ^^ And he took up his parable, and said. Rise up Balak, and hear, hearken unto me, thou son of Zippor. '' Gfod is not a man that he should lie, or the son of Adam that he should repent : hath he said, and shall lie not do ? and hath he spoken, and shall he not confirm it ? ^ Behold I have received to bless, and he hath blessed, and I can not reverse it. escaped his persecution with her eagles' wings; he being wroth, ' went to make war with the remnant of her seed,' Rev. xii. 13 — 17 ; and as Amalek, ' who smote the hind- most of Israel, even all that were feeble be- hind them,' Deut. xxv. 17, 18. Ver. 14. — Field of zophim,] That is, by interpretation, of the spies, (or scmit-watch- es:) and the Gr. interpreteth it, the scout- watch of the field ; it seemeth to be a place where they kept the watch of the country against enemies; as Sol. Jarchi here saith, ' It was an high place, where the spy stood to watch whether any forces came against the city. Of Pisgah,] Or (f the kill, which the Chald. expoundeth of the high place. Such hills and high places idolaters used to sacri- fice upon, Deut. xii. 2. And Balak thought them lucky to achieve his purposes, but all in vain ; as it is written, ' truly in vain is salvation hoped for from the hills, and from the multitude of mountains: truly ia Jeho- vah our God is the salvation of Israel,' Jer. iii. 23. Seven altars,] So prosecuting their wickedness still, under colour of religion : see the notes on ver. 1, 2. Ver. 15. — I will meet yonder,] To wit, with Jehovah; and so the Greek ex- plaineth it, / will go to enquire of God. See before in ver. 3, 4, &c. Ver. 18.— Rise up Balak,] To hear the word of God with reverence ; for at it even kings were wont to rise up, when it was spoken: as afterward Eglon king of Moab also did, in Judg. iii. 20. Hearken unto ME,] That is, as the Chald. explaineth it, unto my word. Ver. 19.— God is not a man, &c.,] The Chald. paraphraseth thus, " the word of God is not like the speeches of the sons of man ; for the sons of man do say and lie." By ly- ing, is failing in the performance of that which is spoken, as in Hab. ii. 3 ; Ps. Ixxxix. 35, 36 ; 2 Kings iv. 16. That he should REPENT,] The like testimony Samuel beareth of God before king Saul, ' the strength of of Israel will not lie nor repent ; for he is not a man that he should repent,' 1 Sam. xv. 25. Though the scripture speaketh some- time of God, that he repenteth, as in Amos vii. 3, 6 ; Jer. xviii. 8 ; yet that is spoken of him, according to our capacity, because his work is changed, when he himself contiiiueth unchangeable, for with him is ' no variable- ness, neither shadow of turning,' James i. 17. See the notes on Gen. vi. 6. In this speech of Balaam there is a reproof of Balak's error, who thought by his endeavours to turn God's affection from Israel, and therefore rested not iu the word before revealed, but struggled against it still, as if God were false or variable. Shall he not confirm it ?3 Meaning, he will doubtless confirm and sta- blish it ; as the Chald. expoundeth it, " he confirmeth all his words," TheGr. translateth " shall he speak, and shall he not continue ?" that is, constantly perform it ? So to con- firm a thing, is by the Holy Spirit expound, ed, • to continue to do it,' Gal. iii. 10 ; from Deut. xxvii. 26. Ver, 20. — I have received to bless,] Understand, received a commandment to bless. See the annot. on Gen. xxiv. 33. And I CANNOT reverse IT,] Or, shall not turn it away ; which the Chald. explaineth, ' and I shall not turn my blessing from them.' The Gr, translateth, ' I shall bless, and shall not reverse." Here Balaam preacheth the sta- CHAP. XXIII. 113 ^' He hatli not beheld iniquity in Jacob, neither hath he seen per- verseness in Israel; Jehovah his God is with him, and the shout of a king is among them. ^^ God brought them forth out of Egypt ; bleness of God's love unto his people ; and how all powers and potentates, all magical enchantments and divinations, and what things else soever, are not able to separate God's people from his love and blessing in Christ. Ver. 21.— He hath not beheld,] Or, he (that is, God) beholdeth not iniqtciti/. Here Balaam blesseth Israel the second time, pronouncing first their justification in the sight of God, even that blessedness which they have, ' whose iniquities are forgiven, and wliose sins are covered,' Rom. iv. 7. For not to behold, or see iniquity in sinful men, is (as David speaketh) to hide his face from their sins, and to blot out all their ini- quities, Ps. li. II, the contrary whereof is, when God setteth men's iniquities before him, and to the light of his face, Ps. xc. 8; cix. 14, 15. And this is opened by the pro- phet, when the Lord saith, ' The iniquity of Isi'ael shall be sought for, and there shall be lione ; and the sins of Judah, and they shall iot be found: for I will pardon them whom I reserve, Jer. 1. 20 Iniquity,] This word, in Heb. aven, is of large signification, applied to all kind of sin, which causeth pain, sor- row, and misery; and in particular to idola- try, 1 Sam. XV. 22, and Aven is an idol, in Is. Ixvi. 3, and to this the Chald. here re- ferreth it, saying, "no servers uf idols in the house of Jacob ;" so doth Thargum Jonathan likewise; and the old Lat. version saitli; " There is no idol in Jacob," meaning among the Israelites, the posterity of Jacob. But the word being more general, implieth this and all other iniquity, original or actual, all which God in mercy pardoned to his people, that it was no more seen of him, to be im- puted unto them. And as iniquity is often used for the punishment of the same, so is this word Aven in Ps. xc. 10; Hab. i. 3, in which meaning the Gr. interpreters translate it here, there shall be no painftdness (or misery) in Jacob. Perverseness,] Or, mo- lestation: a word which signifieth both sin and affliction for sin, Ps. xciv. 20; xxv. IS; Ixxiii. 5. The Chald. takelh it in the first sense, for them that do falsehood ; and this is most fit: but the Gr. translateth it pain. His God is with him,] This the Chald. ex- poundeth, " the word of the Lord their God is for their help." Hereby is signified the cause and author of their former blessedness, to be God himself in the midst of them; as Moses said, ' Let the Lord now go amongst us ; for it is a stiff-necked people ; and pardon thou our im'quity and our sin,' &c. Exod. xxxiv. 9. •Vol. II. And his presence with them was a sign of their estate in grace, otherwise they could have had no communion with him, 1 John i. 6, 7, as himself said, whilst they were in their sins, ' I will not go up in the midst of thee, for thou art a stiff-necked people, lest I consume thee in the way,' Exod. xxxiii. 3, and by his being with them, they were se- cured both from Balaam's curse, and from all fear of evil, Ps. xxiii. 4; xci. 15. The SHOUT OF A king,] Or, the alarm {the somiding shout) of a king, that is, of God. He hath reference to the silver trumpets which Israel used in their wars, by the ordi- nance of God, who also promised, that they should be remembered before the Lord their God, and saved from their enemies. Num. x. 9. Whereupon Abijah said, ' Behold, God is with us for a captain, and his priests with sounding trumpets to cry alarm against you: O sons of Israel, fight ye not against the Lord the God of your fathers, for ye shall not pros- per,' 2 Cliron. xiii. 12. So by the shout or alarm of this king among his people, they now were saved fiom the evils that Balak and Balaam conspired against them. Here- with also may be compared the sounding of trumpets, and shout at the seige of Jericho, Josh. vi. 16, 20, and in the battle of Gideon, Judg. vii. 20. And thus Jesus Christ, the king and defender of the church, causeth con- tinual joy and triumph in the hearts of his people, justifying, sanctifying, and preserving them in peace with God, who always causeth them to triumph in Christ, 2 Cor. ii. 14, and giveth them salvation from the hands of their enemies. Wherein they rejoice and say, * Who shall lay any thing to the charge of God's elect? It is God that justifieth: who is he that condemneth.?' Rom. viii. 33, 34. Among them,] Heb. in hi)n, tliat is, in Jacob: which phrase may also signify the faith that his people have in God their king. The Chald. expo\indeth it, the presence (or habitation) of their king is among them. Vee. 22. — God brought them,] Or, God the bringer of them. This answereth Balak's complaint, there i^ «a people come out of Egypt,' Num. xxii. 5. Balaam tell- eth him, they came not of themselves, (as he imputed unto them for evil,) but they were brought up of God. So again in Num. xxiv. 8. He hath,] Or, to him is. It may be understood first of God, and then of Israel, unto whom God giveth strength, Ps. Ixviii. 36. The strengths of an unicorn,] Or, as the Gr. translateth it, the glory of an lU NUMBERS. he liatli as the strengtlis of an unicorn. " Surely there is no en ' chantment against Jacob, nor divination against Israel ; according to this time, it shall be said of Jacob, and of Israel, What hath God wrought ? '^* Behold, the people shall rise up as a courageous unicorn. The unicorn is a beast commended in the scripture for the excellency of his horn : whereupon the prophet saith, ' My horn shall be exalted as the unicorn's,' Ps. xcii. 11, and for his strength; as it is said, ' Wilt thou trust him, because his strength is great?' Job xxxix. 11. Therefore the prowess of a people against their enemies is set forth by this similitude ; as Moses saiili of Joseph ' His horns, the horns of an unicorn, with them he shall push the peoples together,' Deut. xxxiii. 17. And m this sense Ba- laam speaketh here of Israel, as in his third blessing he explaineth it, ' He hath as the strengths of an unicorn, he shall eat up the nations his enemies, and shall break their bones,' &c. Num. xxiv. 8. And Christ being delivered from the power of his ene- mies, saith, ' Thou hast answered me fjom the horns of unicorns,' Ps. xxii. 21. And God himself showeth the nature of this beast to be such, as he will not be tamed, or made serviceable to man, nor bide by the crib, nor plough, or harrow, or biing home the seed into the barn. Job xxxix. 9, 10, 12. The ori- ginal word of strengths here used, (which the Gr. translateth glory, the Chald. strength;') is properly such lustiness, courage and prow- ess, as whereby one endureth labour without weariness or fainting. Hereby then is sig- nified, that as God himself is Almighty, so of his grace he communicateth to his people such strength, as whereby they shall van- quish their enemies, but shall be vanquished of none, for being strong in faith, and the word of God abiding in them, they overcome the world, and the wicked one (satan,) 1 John V. A; ii. 14, sin shall not have dominion over them, Rom. vi. 14, neither are they ' the servants of men,' 1 Cor. vii. 23, they renew their strength, they run and are not weary, they walk and faint not, Is. xl. 31. Ver. 23. — SaRELY THERE IS,] Or, as the Gr. and Chald. interpret it, ybr there is' so making this that foUowt-th a reason of the former comparison. And whereas human writers leport a S]3ecial virtue to be in the unicorn's horn against poison, some apply that to the poison of enchantment and divina- tion next spoken of, which could not prevail against Israel, because of the virtue of God's giace given to his people. No enchant- ment,] Or, no observing of fortunes; a sin- ful art, when by observing the events of things, they gathered signs of good or evil luck to themselves or others: see the annot. on Lev. xix. 20 ; Deut. xviii. 10. Against Jacob,] Or, in Jacob: but in is ofien used fur against, as in Num. xii. 1. In this sense he teacheth that no devilish arts could hurt God's people, for the gates of hell shall not prevail against the church of Christ, Matt. xvi. 18. Although therefore Balak had led him from place to place, to try if one were more lucky for him than another, that Israel miglit be cursed ; and Balaam had now twice gone to meet with enchantments, that he might have cursed them, Num. xxiv. 1, yet all was in vain, for God would not sufTer it. But the Chald. giveth the latter sense, as if no such enchantments v.ere pleasing unto, or in use among this people, being forbidden them of God, Lev. xix. Deut. xviii. Di- vinations,] That is, presaging or foretel- ling of things to come: see the notes on Deut. xviii. 10. According to this time,] Or, even at this time it shall be said: that is, not hereafter only, but even now, it shall be said by me, who am to prophesy of this people, what great things God hath wrought and will work for them. It may also be re- ferred unto time to come, as Chazkuni ex- poundeth it, " The next year, after they are gone over Jordan, about this time, it shall i)e said concerning Jacob and Israel, how many (great) works the holy blessed (God) hath wrought for them." See the like phrase in the annot. on Gen, xviii. 10;xxv. 31. What hath God wrought!] That is, hoio won- derful things God hath wrought for them. The Gr. translatetli it, what God shall per- form. He teacheth that all the valiant acts of Israel should not be done by themselves, but by God for them, as it is showed in Ps. xliv. 1, 2, &c. Wherefore it is written, ' Lord, thou wilt ordain peace for us: for thou also hast wrought all our works in us,' Is. xxvi. 12. And so the apostle saith, ' It is God which worketh in you both to will, and to do, of his good pleasure,' Phil. ii. 13; and, ' he which hath begun a good work in you, will perform it, until the day of Jesus Christ,' Phil. i. 6. Veb. 24. — As A COURAGEOUS lion,] Of these names of lions, see the annot. on Gen. xlix. 9. Of the lion's nature, Solomon saitli, ' it is strongest among beasts, and tmneth not away for any,' Prov. xxx. 30. Here, the blessing which was specially given to the tribe of Judah, Gen. xlix., is applied to all Israel, which were in Christ, ♦ the Lion of the tribe of Judah,' Rev. v. 5: for, CHAP. XXIII. 115 lion, and lift up himself as a renting lion : he shall not lie down until he eat the prey, and drink the blood of the slain. ^'■' And Balak said unto Balaam, Neither cursing carse him, nor blessing' bless him. ^^ And Balaam answered and said unto Balak ; Spake I not unto thee, saying. All that Jehovali speaketh that I must do ? ^' And Balak said unto Balaam, Come I pray thee, I will take thee unto another place ; peradventure it will be riglit in the eyes of God that thou slialt curse me tlicm from thence. ^ And Balak took Balaam unto the top of Peor that looketh toward Jeshimon. ^^ And Balaam said unto Balak, Build me here seven altars, and prepare me here seven bullocks and seven rams. ^" And long-suflfering, hy kindness, by the Holy Spirit, by love luifeigned, by the word of truth, by the power of God, by the armour of righteousness on the right hand, and on the left,' &e. 2 Cor. vi. 4—7. For even Christ himself, when he was called ' the Lion of the tribe of Judah,' appeared like ' a lamb as it had been slain,' Rev. v. 5, 6 ; and his people for his sake ' are killed all the day long,' are counted 'as sheep for the slaughter;' and yet in all these things, ' are more than conqueiors, through him that loved them,' Rom. viii. 36, 37. Ver. 25. — Neither cursing curse him,] In Gr. neither curse me Mm with curses, neither blessing bless him: that is, neither curse Israel at all, nor bless him at all. Here Balak's indignation against Balaam, and sin against God, is increased: rejecting his own prophet, resisting the word of the Lord now the second time: and when he could do no evil to Israel, he would hinder them from good. Ver. 27.— Per.^dventure it will be RIGHT in the eyes OF GoD,] That is, it will please God, as the Chald. expoundeth it; and so the Gr. saith, if it may please God. This is Balak's third and last attempt against the church of Christ in another place; as satan tempted Christ himself thrice in three several places, which not succeeding, he then left him, Matt. iv. 1 — 11. And whereas before, the king supposed that Balaam's see- ing of the whole multitude, was the let why he did not curse them ; he now perceiveth God to be the cause, and therefore by sacri- fices in a place idolatrous, he seekelh to ob- tain his favour. Ver. 28. — The top of peor,] The name of a mountain, called in Gr. Phogor; and in Chald. the top of the high place of Peor, where the Moabites used to sacrifice unto their idol, called Baal-peor, Num. xxv. 2, 3, 18; and there they had a temple called Beth- peor, or ' the house of Peor,' Deut. iii. 29 and near it was a city called Betk-peor which the Israelites had taken from king ' just men are bold as a lion,' Prov. xxviii. 1. Lift up himself,] A sign of stoutness, courage, and majesty. By this, and the former rising up, is meant the valiant onset which they should make upon their enemies the Canaanites, whereof the book of Joshua is a testimony: and under them were figured the spiritual enemies of the salvation of Israel; satan, sin, the world, &c. which the church of Christ should resist and overcome by faith, 1 Pet. v. 9; ii. 11; 1 John v. 4. Until he eat the prey,] That is, as the Chald. and Thargum Jonathan expound it, " until he have killed his enemies." Signi- fying hereby Israel's constant fighting of the Lord's battles not lying down, or giving themselves rest, till they have gotten a full victory. This was in part fulfilled in the conquest of Canaan, at the end whereof the two tribes and an half returned with much riches, cattle, silver, gold, &c. to divide the spoil of their enemies, with their brethren. Josh. xxii. 3, 4, 8. And when David hav- ing fought the battles of the Loid, sang unto his praise, 'I have pursued mine enemies, and destroyed them, and turned not again, until I had consumed them,' 2 Sam. xxii. 33. But chiefly it is performed by the grace of God in Christ, against the enemies of our souls; whereof it is thus prophesied, ' And the remnant of Jacob shall be among the na- tions, in the midst of many peoples, as a renting lion among the beasts of the forest, as a young lion among the flocks of sheep; who if he go through, both treadeth down, and teareth in pieces, and none can deliver. Thine hand shall be lifted up upon thine ad- versaries, and all thine enemies shall be cut ofT,' Rlic. v. 8, 9. And this spiritual war- fare is not like the battles of the world, ' with confused noise, and garments rolled in blood,' Is. ix. 5, but with the ' sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God,' Eph. vi. 17, 'in much patience, and afflictions, in necessities, in distresses, in stripes, in imprisonments, in tossings to and fro, in labours, in watchings, in fastings, by pureness, by knowledge, by 116 NUMBERS. Balak did as Balaam had said, and lie offered a bullock and a ram on an altar. Sihoii, and it was after given for a possession to the Reulienites, Josh, xiii. 15, 20. In this idolatrous mountain, the king hoping to be heard of God, maketh snpplication with new altars and sacrifices; so continuing the abuse of his religion, bent against the will ol God, and to the destruction of his people. CHAP. XXIV. 1. Balaam leaving enchantments, prophesklh hy the Spirit of God the happiness of Israel. 10. Balak in anger dismisseth him ; 14. hut he fore his departure he prophesieth of the star of Jacoh, and the des- truction of some nations. ' And Balaam saw that it was good in the eyes of Jehovah to bless Israel ; and lie went not as at other times, to meet with en- chantments, but he set his face toward the wilderness. ^ And Ba- laam lifted up his eyes, and he saw Israel abiding in tents, accord- ing to their tribes, and the Spirit of God was upon him. ^ And lie Ver. I. — He went not as at other TIMES,] Or, not at this time, as the t/mel>e- fore, (which the Gr. Iranslateth, according to his cxistom,) to meet toitfi enchant me7its. This slioweth, that all his former altars, and sacrifices, and consultations with the Lord, were by that wicked art of encliantment, or observing of fortunes, such as the prophets and diviners of the nations used, Deut. xviii. 10, 14. Which thing he now left, as seeing it not available for his purpose; but that his evil heart was not changed, appeareth by his going with the king to mount Peor, to see if from thence he might curse Israel, by his commanding of altars and sacrifices as before, Num. xxiii. 27 — 30, and by his pestilent counsel which he gave the king after this, for the destruction of God's people. Num. xxxi. 16; llev. ii. 14. Set his face toward THE WILDERNESS,] Where Israel lay encamp- ing, that he might as it were prevent God, and suddenly utter a curse against his people. The Chald. paraphraseth, "he set his face towards the calf that Israel had made in the wilderness," (Exod. xxxii.) as if, looking upon their sins, he thought for them he might have cursed Israel: and so in Thargum Je- vusalemy it is explained, " He set his face toward the wilderness, and remembered con- cerning them the work of the calf, and would have cursed Israel." Ver. 2. — Abiding in tents,] Or, dwel- ling; which the Gr. translateth, camping, or having tlieir army, or leaguer. The ord&r wherein God hail placed the armies of Israel about his sanctuary. Num. ii. they always kept, when they pitched in the ivilderness: the sight whereof astonished the enemy, so that he could not curse them as he desiixd, but blessed them the third time. The Spirit OF God was upon him,] That is, as the Chald. explaineth it, the spirit of prophecy frmn before the Lord rested upon liiin : and as Sol. Jarchi here noteth, " it came into his heart that he should not curse them." The like phrase was before in Num. xi. 26, 'the Spirit rested upon them, and they pro- phesied:' and again in ver. 29, 'would God that all the Lord's people were prophets, and that the Lord would put his Spirit upon them.' This was God's powerful work, chaiigiirg Balaam's heart when he intended evil ; as when Saul and his messengers went with an evil purpose to have taken David in Naioth, 'the Spirit of God was upon them, and they also prophesied,' 1 Sam. xix. 19 — 23. And when wicked men, being thus overruled, uttered divine oracles, as now Ba- laam did, they spake not of themselves, as it is said of the holy prophets, ' For prophecy came not at any time by the will of man ; but holy men of God spake, being moved (or carried) by the Holy Spirit,' 2 Pet. i. 21. Ver. 3. — He took up his parable,] That is, prophesied; see Num. xxiii. 7. As- suredly saith,] Or, affirmeth, averreth: a word appropriate to the oracle of God, which is 'a faithful saying,' 1 Tim. i. 15. See the annot. on Gen. xxii. 16. Here Balaam be- ginncth his third blessing with a solemn pre- CHAP. XX. 117 took np liis parable and said, Balaam the son of Beor assuredly saith, and the man whose eye is open, assuredly saith. * He as- suredly saith, which heard the oracles of God, which saw the vision of the Almighty, falling and having his eyes uncovered. ^ How goodly are thy tents, O Jacob, thy tabernacles, O Israel ! ^ As the face, avonching the truth and constancy of it from God; against \vhose will the more he struggleth, the stronger he is resisted. The MAN WHOSE EYE IS OPEN,] Which the Chald. expoundeth, the man that is far-sighted, that seeth ivell; the Gr. translateth, the true man: lie seemeth herehy to signify that he was a prophet, who in old time was called a seer, I Sam. ix. 9. Shethum the original word, used only here, and in ver. 15, is of contrary signification to sethum, that is, closed, or shut up: howbeit some take it to be of the same meaning, which may then be explained thus, " The man who had his eye sliut, but now open." And eye is put for eyes, understanding the eyes of liis mind opened by the spirit of prophecy: tliough some of the Hibs. (as Jarchi here observeth) have from hence conjectured, that Balaam was blind of one eye. Ver. 4. — The oracles of God,] Or, the sayings of God, as the Chald saith, the word from before God: but the Gr. translateth, strong oracles, because God (in Heb. El) is so named of being strong or mighty. Vi- sion OF THE Almighty,] Or, of the All- sufficient, that is, as the Gr. translateth, of God. Falling,] Understand, into a trance, or deep sleep, or falling on my face to the ground : for even the holy men of God, when they saw divine visions, used to fall down on their faces, and into deep sleeps, as dead men. So ' a deep sleep (or trance) fell upon Abra- ham,' Gen. XV. 12, and Daniel ^vas afraid, and fell on his face, and ' was in a deep sleep' ou his face toward the ground, Dan. viii. 17, 18; and John ' fell at his feet as dead,' Rev. i. 17; and Ezekiel fell on his face, Ezek. i. 2S; iii. 23; xliii. 3; xliv. 4. Likewise when the spirit of prophecy came upon men, they are said to fall, or lie down, as did Saul, 1 Sam. xix. 24. And in this place of Ba- laam, the Chald. translateth it, lying down; the Gr. in a sleep; so after, in ver. 16. Eyes uncovered,] Or, unvailed, to wit, to see the vision, as the Chald. saith, " and it was revealed unto him." Ver. 5. — How goodly,] Or, how good! which word implieth profit, pleasure, beauty, joy, delight, &c. See the notes on Gen. i. 4. Thy tents,] In Gr. thy houses, or dwellings; but tents are a movable habita- tion, fitting the people of God in this world, Heb. xi. 9, and a warlike life, Jer. vi. 3. Afterward the Church is called ' the tents of Jacob,' Mai. ii. 12, and ' the tents of Judah, Zech. xii. 7. And Jacob their father is noted to have dwelled in tents, Gen. xxv. 27. Moreover, when this people were seated in Canaan, their dwelling-places were called their tents, 2 Chron. x. 16; vii. 10. So this is meant of the state of the church, not only then present, but throughout all ages. Thy tabernacles,] Or, thy habitacles, dwelling-places; which have their name of vicinity, or nearness altogether. This there- fore noteth the communion of the church with Christ, and one with another; and is by Thargum Jonathan expounded, " the taber- nacle of the congregation which is set among you, and your tabernacles which are round about it, O house of Israel." O Israel,] That is, 0 Israelites. Tlie church is named after their father Jacob and Israel; Jacob is their name in respect of their own infirmi- ties, (whereupon it is said, ' Fear not, thou worm Jacob,' Is. xli. 14, and, 'by whom shall Jacob arise? for he is small,' Amos vii. 2, 5,) but Israel is the name of their power and prevailing with God and men. See tlie ainiot. on Gen. xxxii. 28. Ver. 6. — Spread forth,] Or stretched out, implying both length and breadth, and large extent of Israel's habitations; compared therefore to valleys or bourns, which are long, large, pleasant to behold, and watered with rivers, whereby they are fiuitful, as Song vi. II. As gardens,] Which are enclosed, set with pleasant and wholesome plants, and i)y rivers are made always fresh, green, and fruitful. Wherefore the Scriptures likeneth the church to a garden full of pleasant fruits. Song iv. 12 — 16; Is. Ixi. 11. By the RIVER,] In Gr. by rivers ; whereby the gar- dens are made green and fruitful, without which they wither. Therefore, when God threateneth judgment to Israel, he saith, yo shall be ' as a garden that hath no water,' Is. ]. 30 ; and promising mercy, he saith, ' thou shalt be like a watered garden,' Is. Iviii. 11. Hereby was signified that ' river of God full of water,' Ps. Ixv, 9 ; 'the river, the streams whereof make glad the city of God,' Ps. xlvi. 4 ; even the word and Spirit of the Lord, which refresheth and comforteth his people, as it is written, ' their soul shall be as a watered garden, and they shall not sorrow any more at all,' Jer. xxxi. 12. Lign-aloes- TREES,] Or, as some think, Saniall-trecs, in Heb. Akalim, which hath affinity with tbo lis NUMBERS. valleys are they spread forth as gardens by the river side: as lign- aloes -trees, which Jehovah hath planted, as cedar trees beside the waters. ^ He shall pour waters out of his buckets, and his seed shall be in many waters, and his king shall be higher than Agag, and his kingdom shall be exalted. ^ God brought him forth out of Egypt ; he hatli as the strength of an unicorn : he shall eat up the nations his disti'essers, and shall break their bones, and pierce them name of ^loes derived of it. The Gr. trans- lateth it Tents ; but the Chald. Spices. Tlie Ligii-aloes is a tree growing in Arabia and India, which giveth a sweet odour, and is like the thyine-wood mentioned in Rev. xviii. 12 ; and is here used to signify the good fame of the church, and report of her graces which is as a sweet smell. Jehovah hath PLANTED,] This significth the excellency of this tree above others, and the growth in the natural place where it best prospereth: so the cedars are said to be planted by him, in Ps. civ. 16 ; and he is the planter of his church. Jer. ii. 21. Cedars by the waters,] The cedar is one of the goodliest trees, for tall- iitss, bigness, strength, and durance ; with the timber of it the temple was built, 1 Kings vi. 9, 10, &c. ; and hy the wateis it best flourisheth, and signifieth the glory of the kingdom of Israel ; as it is written of the kingdom of Assyria, ' behold the Assyrian was a cedar in Lebanon, with fair branches, and with a shadowing shroud, and of an high stature, &c. The waters made him great, the deep set him up on high, with her rivers running round about his plants,' &c. Ezck. xxxi. 3, 4. See also Ps. i. 3. Ver. 7. — He shall pour waters,] Or, tvater shall flow out of his buckets : speaking of Israel. This parable is translated by the Gr. interpreters thus; "there shall come forth a man out of his seed, and shall have dominion over many nations, and his king- dom shall be higher than Gog, and his king- dom shall be increased." And by the Chald. paraphrast thus ; " there shall grow up a king, which shall be anointed of his sons, and shall have dominion over many people ; and his king shall be mightier than Agag, and his kingdom shall be exalted." And Thargum Jonathan expoundelh it to the like eflect; and the exposition accordeth with other scriptures which speak of the propaga- tion of children, by the similitude of waters, fountains, cisterns, and the like; as "hear ye this, O house of Jacob, &c. which are come forth out of the waters of Judah,' Is. xlviii. 1 ; ' and ye of the fountain of Israel,' Ps. Ixviii. 27. And Solomon speaking of wife and children in the lawful state of mar- riage, saith, ' drink waters out of thine own cistern, and running waters out of thine o-wn well. Let thy fountains be dispersed abroad, and rivers of waters in the streets ; let them be only thine own,' &c. Prov. v. 15 — 18. And again, speaking of the harlot, he saitli, ' stolen waters are sweet,' Prov. ix. 17. Thus Balaam prophesieth here of Israel's great increase, and of the glory of their king, dom in David and Solomon, but chiefly in Christ. Otherwise^ by waters may be un- derstood the word and Spirit of God, as John iii. 6; iv. 10; vii. 38, 39; which should plentifully be poured out in the church, that they might ' with joy draw water out of the well of salvation, as Is. xii. 3. Ills SEED IN MANY WATERS,] This Seed may be understood as before, of children; and ^any waters, of many people, as in Rev. xvii. 15; Is. Ivii. 19; Ps. cxliv. 7. Or seed may mean corn, sown in wateiy, moist, and fruit- ful places, to bring forth much increase ; as, ' blessed are ye that sow beside all waters, that send forth thither the feet of the ox and the ass. Is. xxxii. 20. Higher than Agag,] Tlie king of the Amalekiles, whom Saul the king of Israel subdued, 1 Sam. xv. 8 ; and it seemeth this was a common name to all the kings of Amalek, as Pharaoh was to all the kings of Egypt. Spiritually the king of Is- rael is Christ, John i. 49 ; xii. 13, 15; who is ' higher than the kings of the earth, Ps. Ixxxix. 28 ; amongst whom Agag sometime excelled. His kingdom,] The kingdom of Israel, exalted by David and Solomon, but above all by Christ, whose church and king- dom is above all kingdoms, in grace, glory, and incorruption. Is. ii. 2: Dan. ii. 44; Rev. xi. 15. Ver. 8. — Of an unicorn,] This simili- tude is here repeated and enlarged from the former blessing, in Num. xxiii. 22. Eat UP,] i. 6. consume the nations, as the seven nations in Canaan, Dent. vii. 1 ; and all other subdued by faith, as it is said, ' the nation and kingdom that will not serve thee, shall perish ; yea, those nations shall be utter- ly wasted,' Is. Ix. 12. See also Num. xiv. 9. Break their bones,] In Gr. iinmarroio (or cat out the marrow of) their fat l/uncs. It signifieth an utter weakening of them, that tliey should never recover their strength. Pierce them,] In Gr. shoot through the cncmi/ with his arrows, Anows are often CHAP, XXIV. 119 through with his arrows. He couched, he lay down as a renting lion, and as a courageous lion, who shall stir him up ? Blessed be every one of them that bless thee ; and cursed he every one of them that curse thee. '" And Balak's anger was kindled against Balaam, and he smote his liands together ; and Balak said unto Balaam, I called thee to curse mine enemies ; and, behold, blessing thou hast blessed them these three times. " And now flee thou unto tliy place : I said, honouring, I will honour thee ; but lo, Jehovali hath kept thee back from honour. ^^ And Balaam said unto Balak, Spake I not also to thy messengers wliich thou sentest unto me, saying, '^ If Balak would give me his house full of silver and gold, I cannot go beyond the mouth of Jehovah, to do good or evil out of mine own heart : what Jehovah shall speak, that will I speak. " And now, nifintlnned amoiifj other instruments of war, Jar. 1. 9, 14; liril ; Zech. ix. 14. These pierce inwardly, and are figuratively applied to piercing words, Ps. Ixiv. 4 ; and spiritually to the words of Clirist, whose ' arrows are sharp in the heart of the king's enemies.' Ps. xlv. 6. Ver. 9. — He couched,] Here Balaam applieth unto Israel that blessing which Jacob gave iHito his son Judah, the father of our Lord Christ, the lion of that tribe, Gen. xlix. 9 ; and it signifieth tlie victory of the church over their enemies: see also Num. xxiii. 24. Who shall stir hkm up.] Who dare provoke him ? meaning, none. So the victory gotten shall quietly he held ; and the peace of the church after her warfare, is here foretold, but accomplished in Christ. Blessed be every ONE OF them,] The conclusion of this bles- sing, is the same wherewith Isaac ended the blessing upon Jacob the father of this people. Gen. xxvii. 29; and like that which God gave unto Abraham, Gen. xii. 3. Thus God continneth his grace to the faithful and their seed for ever ; and here, by Balaam's own mouth, curseth all this wicked plot and practice of the king and prophet, who had endeavoured with their utmost craft to curse the people whom God had blessed, and Ba- laam is condemned of himself. Ver. 10. — He smote his hands,] Or, clapped the palms of his hands; a sign of indignation and grief in the king, with a contempt of the prophet; as elsewhere it is said, ' men shall clap their hands at him, and shall hiss him out of his place,' Job xxvii. 23 ; and, ' all that pass by the way clapped their hands at thee, tliey hissed and wag their liead,' &c. Lam. ii. 15. Ver. 11.— Flee thou,] Or, flee for thy- self, that is, get thee gone speedily, so flee- ing is used for speedy departing, in Is. xlviii. 20 ; Zech. ii. 6 ; Job ix. 25; xiv. 2 ; Amos vii. 12. Here Balak being out of hope to efl'ect his purpose, leadeth not Balaam to another place as he had done before, bnt turneth him off with ignominy. Unto thy place,] Thy country Mesopotamia, as the place of the Canaanites, &c. in Exod. iii. 8, is their country, and in Exod. xxiii. 20 ; the place, is in Gr. the land. Or, unto the city Pethor, as, ' unto »he place of Sichem,' Gen. xii. G ; is the city of Sichem: see Amos iv. 6. Kept thee back,] In Gr. deprived thee of honour. Here Balaam, who ambitiously sought after iionour and riches, is sent away with shame, and misseth of the wages of un- righteousness which he loved: for, ' the wicked worketh a deceitful work ; but to him that soweth righteousness, shall be a sure re- ward,' Prov. xi. 18. Ver. 13. — Go beyond the mouth,] la Gr. transgress the word : see Num. xxii. 18. Out of mine own heart,] In Gr. of my- self. Ver. 14. — I will counsel thee what THIS PEOPLE SHALL DO,] This seemeth to be an imperfect speech, which the Chald. paia- phrast well explaineth thus ; " I will counsel thee what thou shalt do, and I will show thee what this people shall do." For the scrip- tures have many like brief speeches, as is noted on Exod. iv. 5; xiii. 8; and Moses after showeth, that Balaam gave Balak wick- ed counsel against Israel, to draw them into idolatry and fornication, Num. xxxi. 16 ; and our Saviour calleth it the doctrine of Balaam, who taught Balak ' to cast a stum- bling-block before the children of Israel, to eat things sacrificed unto idols, and to com- mit fornication,' Rev. ii. 14 ; the history whereof followeth in Num. xxv. And thus the Hebs. also expound this place: Chazkuni in these words, " I will counsel thee; Moses 120 NUMBERS. behold I go unto my people : come, I will counsel thee what this people shall do to thy people in the latter days. '^ And he took up his parable, and said, Balaam the son of Beor assuredly saith, and the man ivhose eye is open assuredly saith. '^ He assuredly saith, which heard the oracles of God, and knew the knowledge of the most High, ichich saw the vision of the Almighty, falling, and having his eyes uncovered. ^' I shall see him, but not our teacher concealeth the counsel, because Balaam said it to Balak in secret:" but in Num. xxxi. 16, ' it is revealed.' To like eflect writeth Sol. Jarchi, saying, " This scripture is brief, I will counsel thee to cause them to stumble (or fall) and I will tell thee what evil they shall do to Moab in the latter days;" and Thargum Jonathan openeth it by Num. xxv. 1, 2, &c. In the latter DAYS,] That is, the days after following: see the like in Gen xlix. 1. For the time pre- sent, Israel minht not meddle wilh the people of Moab, cut. ii. 9 ; but after in David's days, ' he smote Moab and measured them with a line, casting them down to the ground : even with two lines measured he to put to death, and with one full line to keep alive ;' and so the Moabites became David's ser- vants' 2 Sam. viii. 2. Again in Jer. xlviii. there is a large prophecy of Moab's destruc- tion with a promise of the returning of their captivity in the latter days. Ver. 15. — Took dp his parable,] That is, prophesied, l)ut darkly and in parables: see ver. 3. Whose eye is open,] In Gr. the true man : see the notes on ver. 3. Ver. 16. — The knowledge of the most HIGH,] In Chald. knowledge from before the Most High, that is, made known to him of God. This sentence is here added more than in ver. 4. Baal-hatturim here nolcth, that " he saith this, because he would reveal the days of Christ." Falling,] Into a trance; the Gr. translateth it, in a sleep : see this opened on ver. 4. Ver. 17. — I shall see him,] Or, shall see it; meaning the person or tbing that now he is to speak of; namely, David, and his kingdom, the accomplishment whereof should be in Christ and his church. Sol. Jarchi ex- plaineth it thus; " I see the praise of Jacob, and their greatness: but it is not now, but after a time." Chazkuni here saith, " He prophesieth of David." But not nigh,] 'That is, as the Chald. explaineth it, his com- ing is not nigh. Tliis may be understood of Clirist, for of him he after prophesieth ; whom Balaam saith, he shall behold, (for 'every eye shall see him, and they also which pierced him,' Rev. i 17,) but he had not Job's faith, to behold him his ' Redeemer,' Job xix. 26, 27. Shall proceed a star,] Or, a star hath proceeded, speaking after the manner of prophecy of a thing to come, as already done. The Gr. translateth, a star shall arise: which the Chald. expoundeth, " A king shall arise out of the house of Jacob." This is to be understood in part of David, and chiefly of Christ our Lord, who thus testifieth of himself, ' I am the root and the ofl-spring of David, the bright and morning star.' Thus also the Hebs. understood it of old ; for the false Christ that arose unto the Jews in the days of Trajan the emperor, was called (in allusion to this prophecy) Bar Choc.hab, that is, the son of the star: but being after slain in battle, the Jews seeing themselves de- ceived, called him Bar Coziha, that is, the son of falsehood. Of him tlieie is mention in Thalmud Bab. in Sanhedrin, cap. Che- lek: and Maim, in treat, of Kings, chap. ii. sect. 3, saith of R. Akiba, " who was the armour-bearer of Ben Coziba the king, that he said of him, he was the king Christ. And he and all the wise men of his age thought he was the king Christ, until he was killed for iniquity: when he was killed, they knew he was not." A sceptre,] Or, a rod, a staff, a sign of kingdom and government: see the notes on Gen. xlix. 10. The Gr. translateth it, a man shall rise out of Israel; the Chald. sailh, " Messias (or Christ) shall be anointed of the house of Israel." As David and other kings had scej)tres, so Christ is said to have rod or sceptre, as, ' The scep- tre of thy kingdom is a sceptre of righteous- ness,' Ps. xlv. 7; Heb. i. 8; and, 'Thou shalt rule them with a rod (or sceptre) of iron,' Ps. ii. 9. The corners,] Or, the sides, (the quarters) of Moab; meaning a conquest of the whole country, in every quarter and corner of it. The Gr. interpre- ters understood it figuratively, the dukes of Moab; likewise the Chald. paraphrast, say- ing, "he shall kill the piinces of JVIoab." This was literally fulfilled by David, who ' smote Moab, and cast them down to the ground,' &c. 2 Sam. viii. 2, spiritually by Christ, destroying idolaters and antichris- tians in religion like Moabites. Shall un- wall,] Shall cast down the walls, that is, conquer and subdue, which the Gr. expound- eth, shall captive (or make a prey;) the Chald. shall rule or have dominion. The CHAP. XXIV. 121 now J I sliall beliold him, but not nigh. There shall proceed a star out of Jacob, and a sceptre shall rise out of Israel ; and shall smite tlu-ough the corners of Moab, and shall unwall all the sons of Setii. '^ And Edom shall be a possession, and Seir shall be a possession for his enemies, and Israel shall do valiantly. '^ And he shall have dominion out of Jacob, and shall destroy him that remaineth, out SONS OF Seth,] Who was the son of Adam, Ver. 18. — Edom,] The Edomites the pos- set in Abel's room, whom Cain killed, Gen. terity of E=;au ; these became a possession to iv. 25, and all Cain's race being drowned in David, 1 Chron. xviii. 13, after that unto the flood, only Seth's posterity in Noah re- Christ; as it is written, 'Who is this that maiued: so that all the world now are the sons of Seth, as of Adam: wherefore the Chald. explaineth it, "he shall have do- minion over all the sons of men." So it is a prophrcy of Christ, whom all kings should worship, all nations should serve, Ps. Ixxii. 11, and the ends of the earth should be his possession, Ps. ii. 8; 'That at the name of Jesus every knee should bow,' Phil. ii. 10. And this conquest is gotten by the preaching of the gospel, as it is written, ' The weapons of our warfare are not carnal, but mighty through God, to the pulling down of strong holds, casting down imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God, and bringing into captivi- ty every thought to the obedience of Clirist, and having in a readiness to revenge all dis- obedience,' 2 Cor. X. 4 — 6. Some take Seth here to be meant not of a man's name, but to signify the hinder part., and to mean the people then behind Balaam, as the Ammon- ites, Rlidiain'tes, and the like: but besides the Chald. foi e-mentioned, the Gr. also trans- lateth it, all the sons of Seth: and the Hebs. do most so expound it ; as Sol. Jarchi saith, "all the sons of Seth, i. e. all peoples, which do all come of Seth the son of Adam the tirst." Maim, in Misn. torn. iv. treat, of kings, chap. xi. sect. 1, explaineth Balaam's prophecy thus ; " I shall see him, but not now: this is David: I shall behold him, but not nigh; this is the king Christ. There sliall proceed a star out of Jacob; this is David : and a sceptre shall rise out of Israel ; this is the king Christ: and shall smite through the corners of Moab ; this is David, as it is written (in 2 Sam. viii. 2,) ' And he smote Moab,' &c. And he shall unwall all the sons of Seth; this is the king Christ, of whom it is written (in Ps. Ixxii. 8,) ' He shall have dominion from sea to sea.' And lidom shall be a possession to David, as it is said, ' And all they of Edom became David's servants,' 2 Sam. viii. 14. And Seir shall be a possession ; this is unto the king Christ: as it is said, ' And saviours shall come up on mount Sion, to judge the mount of Esau, and the kingdom shall be the Lord's,' Obad. ver. 21. Vol. ii. * Cometh from Edom?' &c. Is. Ixiii. 1 — 6. Seir,] The mountain where Esau dwelt. Gen. xxxvi. 7, S, wherefore the Gr. instead of Seir, nameth Esau. Shall do valiant- ly,] Or, do valiantli/, valiant acts: which phrase is sometimes understood of wars and victories, as in 1 Sam. xiv. 48, sometimes of getting wealth and riches, as in Ezek. xxviii. 4. Both may be here meant, and the Chald. expouudeth it of the latter. And as this was answerable to the name of Israel, which signified his power and prevailing ' with God and with men,' Gen. xxxii. 20, so David, after he had vanquished the Edomites, cele- brated the truth of this promise, saying, ' Tlu-ough God we shall do valiantly, and he will tread down our enemies,' Ps. Ix. 14. Ver. 19. — And he shall have do- minion,] He, that is, one of the house of Jacob, as the Chald. expresseth it. So Thar- gum Jonathan saith, " And a ruler shall rise up out of the house of Jacob." And it may bo understood of David first, then and chiefly of Christ, Sol. Jarchi openeth it thus, "And yet there shall be another ruler out of Jacol), and he shall destroy him that remaineth out of the city. Of the king Christ he speaketh thus, of whom it is said, (in Ps. Ixxii.) ' he shall have dominion from sea to sea." Oft OF THE CITY,] That is, of every city, to wit, of the Edomites, as ver. 18, or more gene- rally, of all cities; as the Chald. expoimdeth it, the city of the peojile. Chazkuni refer- leth it to Joab, David's captain, of whom it is said, ' Six months did Joab remain there with all Israel, until he had cut olF every male in Edom,' 1 Kings xi. 15, IG. But it liath reference also to further victories, as is said, ' The house of Jacob shall be a fire, and the house of Joseph a flame, and the house of Esau for stubble, and they shall kindle in them, and devour them, and there shall not be any remaining oi the house of Esau, for the Lord hath spoken it,' Obad. v. 18. The Thargum calUd Jonathan's, nameth it Con- stantinople: by which it is evident, that tlie authiir ol that work was not Jonathan ben Uzziel, who paraphrased on the prophets, and was of the apostles' age, but some later Jew, 12: NUMBERS. of the city. ^^ And he looked on Amalek ; and he took np his parable, and said, Amalek was the first of the nations ; but liis lat- ter end shall be, that he perish for ever. -' And he looked on the Kenite, and took up his parable, and said, Strong is thy dwelling-place, and thou puttest thy nest in a rock. ^^ Nevertheless, Kain shall be wasted, until iVshur shall carry thee away captive. ^^ And he took up liis parable, and said, Alas, who shall live wlien God doth this. ^^ And sliips (shall come) from the coasts of Kitim, and shall af- who put forth his work in that Jonathan's name. Ver. 20. — He looked on Amalek,] On the country or people of the Amalekites, tlie posterity of Esau, Gen. xxxvi. 12. As the sight of Israel oixasioned Balaam to bless them, ver. 2, &c. so tlie beholding of the wicked occasioned the utterance of their judgment and curse. The first,] Or, the beginuhig of the natmis; meaning either the chiefest of tliem, or, as the Chald. ex- poundeth it, " the Srst of them that warred against Israel ;" for which God threatened their ruin before, in Exod. xvii. as now he foretelleth it again by Balaam, as Israel was the Lord's ' first-fruits,' Jer. ii. 3, and there- fore by liim preserved: so Amalek being the first-fruits of the wicked nations, is devoted to destruction, fulfilled in part by Saul, 1 Sam. XV. and after in Mordecai's time, Es. vii., but spiritually accomplished by Christ. Thus Jericho the first-fruits of the Canaan cities, was also devoted and destroyed, Josh. vi. His latter end,] 0\; his posterity; as the Gr. translateth, his seed: see Ps. xxxvii. 38. That he perish for ever,] Or, unto perdition; which the Gr. translateth, shall perish; the Chald. shall perish for ever: so in ver. 24. Ver. 21. — The Kenite,] That is, the Kenites, or Kemcans; these the Chald. call- eth Salmeans; so that he took them for those Kenites mentioned in Gen. xv. 19. But Thargum Jonathan expoundeth it of ' Jethro, tliat became a proselyte,' Exod. xviii. And so in Jiidg. i. Ifi, it is said, ' tlie children of the Kenite, Moses' father- in-law, went up,' &c. And these are men- tioned here next Amalek, because they dwelt with them; as is written, 'And Saul said unto the Kenites; Go, depart, get you do"u from among the Amalekites,' &c. 1 Sam. xv. 6. Thou puttest thy nest,] Heb. to put thy nest, of which phrase see the annot. on Gen. vi. 19. And here the Heb. Ken, which is a nest, liath allusion to the Kenites' name: by nest, meaning an habitation, as in Jub xxix. 18, a similitude taken from eaglc^, which build their nests on high rocks; see Obad. ver. 4; Hab. ii. 9, So hereby was signified the secure dwellings of the Kenites by Israel, without disturbance, till the As- syrian wasted all. Ver. 22.— Kain,] That is, the Kenite, who came, as it seemeth, of a man named Kain, and so is by the Chald. expounded as before, the Sabsiaan. Some think it to be the name of a place where they dwelt. Wasted,] Or, eaten up, to wit, by enemies. Until Ashdr,] Or, whiles Assur; the As- syrians, and Babylonians, who carried away captive the ten tribes of Israel, 2 Kings xvii. 6, and the Jews into Babylon, 2 Kings XXV., and so the Kenites with them, as ap- peareth by this prophesy; and after the re- turn of the people out of Babylon, there is mention of these Kenites also, in 1 Chron. ii. 55. Ver. 23. — Alas, who shall live,] The Chald. explaineth it, tro to the sin7iers that shall live, 8iC.. He signifieth hereby extra- ordinary and grievous calamities. Doth THIS,] Heb. putteth, or disposeth this, to wit, this that followeth. Thargum Jonathan explaineth it, " When the word of the Lord shall be revealed, to give a good reward unto tlie just, and to take vengeance on the wicked," &c. Ver. 24. — From the coast of Kitim,] Heb. from the hand of Kitim, which the Chald. expoundeth, /row; the Romans; the old Latin version, _/ro?« Italy; the Gr. keep- cth the Heb. phrase, fro7n the hand of the Kitaans. Kitim (or Chittim) was one of tlie sons of Javan, the son of Japliet, the son of Noah, Gen. x. 4. His posterity seated in Cilicia, Macedonia, Cypru?, and Italy also, as Josephus observeth in Antiq. lib. iv. cap. 22. Wherefore Kitim is taken sometime for the one, and sometimes for the other. Here it may imply both the troubles that be- fel the Assyrians and Jews, by the Greeks CHAP. XXV. 123 flict Asliiir, and shall afflict Hcber, and lie also shall perish for ever. ^' xliid Balaam rose up, and went and returned to his place ; and Balak also went to his way. and Selucidae in the troublous days of Aiitio- chus, according to that in Dan. xi. 30. ' For tlie ships of Kitim shall come against him:' and after calamities that befel the Hebrews, hum the Romans. Shall afflict Assur,] Tliey, the ships, that is, the armies of Kitim shall afflict tiie Assyrians, which come of Assur, tlie son of Shem, the son of Noah, Gun. X. 22. Heber,] Ov, Eber, that is, Hfilers children, as the Gr. translateth it, the Hebrews, of Heber: see Gen. x. 22, 24. All Israel were his posterity, afflicted by Greeks and Romans. Christ was the chief- est d Eber, Luke iii. 23, 35, he was killed by Pilate the Roman deputy. Since that time, Rome by Antichrist there reigning, hath afflicted Christ in his members. He ALSO,] That is, Kitim shall perish for ever ; vr, shall go unto perdition. Thus Balaam, as he began with the blessing of Israel, end- eth with the destruction of their enemies: God by his mouth confirming the promises made unto Abraham, and to his seed for ever; the accomplishment of all which, is in Christ. Ver. 25. — Returned to his place,] That is, went away with a purpose to return home, but was stayed by the Midiaiiites, and among them was kilKd by the sword of Is- rael, Num. xxxi. iS. But this is here so sig- nified, to show how God disappointed theii' plots and piactices, that Balaam returned as he came, and could not curse Israel, bnt de- nounced woes against their enemies. Things which men purpose and endeavour to do, are said to be done by them, though perhaps not eflec^ted; as is noted on Exod. viii. 18 : Num. xiv. 40. It might also be, that Balaam in- deed returned to his place, and afterward came again to the Midianites. So Chazkuni (on Num. xxxi) saith, "After th;it he had returned to his place, to Mesopotamia, he came again to Midian, to receive money of the elders of Midian, when he heard say of the plague which had been in Israel by his counsel." CHAP. XXV. 1. Israel at Shitthn commit whoredom with the dauc/hters of Moah, and idolatry with Baal-Peor. 4. The idolaters are commanded to be slain. 6. Phinehas killeth Zimri and Cozbi. 10. God tlierefore giveth him an everlasting priesthood. 16. The Midianites are to be vexed for their wiles against Israel. ' And Israel abode in Sliittim, and the people began to commit whoredom with the daugliters of Moab. ^ And they called the peo Ver. 1. — Abode in shittim,] A place in the wilderness, in the plains of Moab. near Jordan, called Abel-Shittim, in Num. xxxiii. 48, 49. In this place Israel did sit, or abide, until after Moses' death ; and from thence Joshua removed them to Jordan, where they passed over to Gilgal, Josh. ii. 1; iii. 1. Wherefore God after willed the people to re- member the things that befel unto them, from Shittim to Gilgal, that they might ' know the righteousness of the Lord,' Mic. vi. 5. And the history now following showeth, how when Balak, the princes of Moab and Midian, and Balaam their prophet, had plotted and prac- tised with all their art and might, to with- draw God's favour and blessing from his peo- ple, but prevailed nothing; the prophet gave Balak and the Midianites counsel to put a stumbling-block before the Israelites, to see if they could withdraw the people from the love, fear, and obedience of the Lord their God, that Israel sinning, might fall and bring themselves into the curse, (which Ba- laam could not biing upon them) and so perish. By this wicked counsel they pre- vailed against many, to the death of twenty- four thousand Israelites: but the state and body of the church was by God's grace still preserved, the wicked being taken away by his judgment. The PEorLE,] Some of the 124 NUMB E R S. pie unto the sacrifices of their gods : and the people did eat, and bowed themselves down to their gods, ^ x\nd Israel was joined to people of Israel; for they that fell to this wickedness, did all peiish; but they that cleaved to the Lord, remained alive, Dent. iv. 3, 4. To COMMIT WHOREDOM,] Or, to commit fornication] which the Chald. ex- ponndetli, to err (or go astray) after the daughters of Moah; understanding also, the daughters of Midian, as appeareth by ver. 6, 17, IS. This evil they fell into, by tlie wicked counsel and doctrine of Balaam, who taught Balak 'to cast a stuinbling-block before the sons of Israel, to eat things sacrificed to idols, and to commit fornica- tion,' Rev. ii. 14. So Moses likewise saith, * Behold these (women) caused the sons of Israel, through the word of Balaam, to com- mit trespass against Jehovah in the matter of Poor,' Num. xxxi. 16. Tiiat hyjx)crite who had so often blessed Israel, and pronounced those accursed which cursed them, who had heard and uttered the oracles of God, had his eyes opened, had escaped the sword of the angel, &e. to the end that he should not speak or do any thing but what the Lord commanded : yet after all this, he was the author of this mischief; that it might appear how ' evil meu and seducers wax worse and worse, deceiv- ing, and being deceived,' 2 Tim. iii. 13, and that meu might beware of false prophets, which come in sheep's clothing, but inwardly are ravening wolves, Matt. vii. 15. Ver. 2. — Thev called,] Tiiat is, the daughters of Moah called, oi- invited. Thus tile intended war, of Moab against Israel, was turned to a pretended peace, and feigned amity, alluring people by fleshly baits, to de- file the bodies and souls with whoredom and idolatry. By the women of Moab, and of other strange peoples, Solomon the wise was also drawn into sin, 1 Kings xi. 1, 4. S.\- CRiFicEs OF THEIR GODS,] Or, of their god', in Gr. and Chald. of their idols: meaning of Baal-Peor: whereof David speaketh thus, ' They were joined unto Baal-Peor, and ate the sacrifices of the dead,' Ps. cvi. 28. By the dead, meain'ng idols, unto which the scriptures do oppose ' the living and true God,' 1 Thes. i. 9; Jer. x. 9, 10. DiD EAT,] And so communicated with their ido- latry; for they who eat of the sacrifices, are partakers of the altar, 1 Cor. x. 18. Tliis sin God in special manner had forewarned them of, in Exod. xxxiv. 14, 15. Bou'ed TO their GODS,] In Gr. and Chald. to their idols. This people whom God had guided through the wilderness forty years, who had seen God's works, and felt his punishments fur their own and their fathers' sins, were de- livered from many enemies round about, and now abiding in Shittim, were ready to enter into the promised land, are here prevented and oveithrowu through their own corrup- tion, Ver. 3. — Was joined,] Or, was coupled, was yoked: unto which word the apostle seemeth to have respect, when he saitli, ' Be ye not unequally yoked together with unbe- lievers,' 2 Cor. vi. 14. To Baal-Peor,] Which the Chald. expoundeth, to them that served Baal-Peor, that was the idol of the Moabites and Midiai.ites, called in Gr. Bel- phegor. Baal is by interpietation a lord or patron: by which name it is probalile that the heathens called the sun, or some star, as is noted on Lev. xviii. 21. Peor or Phegor, was the name of a mountain, Num. xxiii. 28, and of the idol there worshipped. Num. xxv. 17: Josh. xxii. 17. And because Baal was a common name to many idols, and much reverenced of the people, through cor- ruption the Israelites called also the Lord, Baal : but he blameth them for it, saying, ' Thou shalt call me no more Baali,' Hos. ii. 16, and in detestation of the name, the pro- phets put Bosheth, that is, shame, instead of Baal, that is, Lord: as it is written, 'They went to Baal-Peor, and separated themselves unto that shame,' Hos. ix. 10, and the Gr. interpreters in 1 Kings xviii. 25, translate Baal, Shame: yea and the Heh. piophets sometimes put one for another, as Jerub-Baal (who was Gideon) Judg. viii. 35; ix. 1, is called Jerub-Besheth, 2 Sam. xi. 21; Esh. Baal, 1 Chron. viii. 33; is called Ish-Bo- sheth, 2 Sam. ii. 10; and Merib-Baal, 1 Chron. viii. 34 ; is Mephi-Bosheth, 2 Sam. ii. 10. Hereupon it is said, ' Ye set up altars to that shame, even altars to burn in- cense unto Baal,' Jer. xi. 13. Peor hath the signification of opening the mouth, and was the name of this idol, as some think, of filthi- iiess and fornication committed together with idolatry, (as this history showeth) and to be that which in other language was called Pria- pus. But as Nebo the god of Babylon hath his name of prophesying, so Peor might like- wise be so called of opening the mouth in speech and prophecy; as the scripture men- tioueth ' the prophets of Baal,' 1 Kings xviii. 22, and of the prophets that prophesied by Baal, Jer. ii. 8; xxiii. 13. The anger OF Jehovah,] 'They provoked him to in- dignation by their actions, and the plague brake in upon them,' Ps. cvi. 29. Thus Ba- laam by his counsel brought them into sin, and so under wrath and curse through their own default; which he could not obtain of God otherwise against them by any means. CHAP. XXV. 125 Baal-Peor, and the anger of Jeliovali was kindled against Israel. * And Jehovah spake unto Moses, Take all the heads of the people, and hang them up before Jehovah, against the sun, tliat tlie fierce anger of Jehovah may be turned away from Israel. ^ And Moses said unto the judges of Israel, Slay ye every man his men that were joined unto Baal-Peor. '^ And behold, a man of the sons of Israel came, and brought near unto his brethren a Midianitess, in the eyes of Moses, and in tlie eyes of all the congregation of the sons of Israel : and they were weeping at the door of tlie tent of the con- gregation. ' And PJiinehas the son of Eleazar, the son of Aaron tlie priest, saw it ; and he rose up from amongst the congregation, and took a javelin in his hand. * And lie went in after the man of Israel, into the tent, and thrust both of them througli, tJie man of Israel, and the woman, through her belly ; and tlie plague was stayed from the sons of Israel. ^ And tliose that died in tlie plague, were four and twenty thousand. Ver. 4.— Thk heads,] That is, as the Gr. translateth, the captains of the people, such as were chief in tiie transgression. Hang them dp,] The Gr. translateth it, ?na/ce them a public example: the Chald. judge and kill him that is ivorthy to be killed: but Thargiim Jonathan expouiideth it, "crucify them." The law after saith, ' he that is hanged is the curse of God, that is, accursed of God,' Deut. xxi. 23, so the sinners brought the curse upon themselves. Before Jehovah,] Or, for, or unto Jeho- vah; to his honour, in doing vengeance on his enemies. Both these phrases are used as one, in 2 Sam. xxi., ' we will hang them up unto Jehovah,' ver. 6, ' and they hanged them be- fore Jehovah,' ver. 9. That the fierce ANGER,] Or, as the Gr. translateth, and the fierce anger (or heat of the anger) of the Lord shall be turned away. Signifying that the rooting out of sinners turneth away Go.l's anger from a people: for, ' to do justice and judgment, is more acceptable to the Lord than sacrifice,' Prov. xxi. 3. Ver. 5. — His men,] The men under his government, as they were distributed in Exod. xviii. 25. Although the Midianites were the beginners of this mischief, yet God first punisheth and purgeth his church, and after he giveth order to destroy the Midian- ites, ver. 17; Num. xxxi. 2, for 'judgment must begin at the house of God,' 1 Pet. iv. 17; Ezek. ix. 6. Compare herewith the judgment inflicted for the golden calf, Exod, xxxii. 27, &c. Ver. 6 Brought near,] This word sjgnifieth a bringing to commit fornication, as in Gen. xx. 4, ' Ahimelech had not come near unto her:' see the notes on Lev. xviii. 6. They were weeping,] These circum- stances show the sin to be done with au high hand, in contempt of Moses, of the congre- gation, of God liimself and his judgments (for which the people now wept:) and so of all religion ; and with a purpose to stir up the people unto open rebellion. Ver. 8. — Into the tent,] The original word used here for a tent, is not the ordinary name, but such as signifieth a cave or hollow place ; and is thought to mean such a tent as was made for fornication: and so it more showeth the height of his impiety, that erected such a place of wickedness. Her belly,] In Chald. her botvcls; in Gr. her womb (or matrice.) The plagoe was stayed,] Or, was restrained : this plague, which the Chald. calleth death, seemeth to a be pestilence which God sent among the people, as the like speech elsewhere showeth, Nimi. xvi. 50. 1 Chron. xxi. 22, as also in that David saith, 'the plague brake in upMi them,' Ps. cvi. 29. Howbeit the word is sometime used for slaughter by the sword, as in 1 Sam. iv. 17. Ver. 9. — Twenty-four thousand,] All the men that had followed Baal-Peor, the Lord destroyed them from among his people, Deut. iv. 3. The apostle speaki.ng hereof, saith, ' Neither let us commit fornication, as some of them committed, and fell in one day three and twenty thousand,' 1 Cor. x. 8. It seemeth that one thousand were slain by the judges, ver. 5, and twenty-three thousand by the hand of God, of which latter number the apostle speaketh: or, one thousand of the chief were hanged, and the rest slain by the sword. 126 N [J M B E R S. S S 3 '" And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying, " Phinehas the soi\ of Eleazar, the son of Aaron the priest, hatli turned my wrath away from the sons of Israel, while he was zealous with my zeal among them, tliat I consumed not tlie sons of Israel in my zeal. '' Therefore say, Behold I give unto him my covenant of peace. '^ i\nd there shall be to him, and to his seed after him, the covenant of an everlasting priesthood, because he was zealous for his God, S S 5 Here the Hebs. begin the forty-first section or lecture of the law, which they call Phinehas. Ver. 11. — Hath turned away,] InGr. hath caused my wrath to cease. The fact of Phinehas, who was but a priest's son, no ordinary magistrate, and who proceeded not with the malefactoi'S judicially, but carried with zeal of God, thrust them through sud- denly, might seem blame-wortliy in the eyes of men, and might procure him much ill-will considering the persons whom he killed, the man being a prince in Israel, and the woman a prince's daughter of Midian: therefore God here justifieth and rewardeth his work done by the motion of his Spirit. He was ZEALOUS WITH MY ZEAL,] Or, he tvas jeal- mis ivith my jealousy; for God's cause, not his own. The apostle hath a like speech, ' I am jealous over you with jealousy of God, that is, with godly jealousy.' Zeal or jeal- ousy, (Ijoth which are signified by one word in the Heb.) meaneth both a fervent indigna- tion against the sinners, and a fervent love unto the Lord, showed in his former, act, as Thargum Jonathan addeth for explanation, "and he killed the guilty among them." In my ZEAL,] Or, in my jealousy; it is the word before used, and applied here to God, as in Exod. xx. 5, and often. Ver. 12 — 1 give,] In Chald. /. decree. Of peace,] Understand, my covenant, (tlie covenant of) peace: so God saith of Levi, • my covenant was with him, (the covenant of) life and peace ; and I gave them unto him, for the fear wherewith he feared me,' &c. Mai. ii. 3. So in this place Thargum Jonathan paraphraseth, "Behold I decree unto him my covenant of peace, and I will make him the messenger of my covenant, and he shall live for ever, to preach the gos- pel of redemption in the end of days." By which words Phinehas in his covenant was a figure of Christ, who is called ' the messenger of the covenant,' Mai. iii. 1, and hath an everlasting priesthood, ' after the power of an endless life,' Heb. vii, 10, 17, and hath both wrought and preached redemption in these latter days, Heb. i. 1—3. Ver. 13. — Of an everlasting prjest- HOOD,] Meaning until Christ's coming, to whom the priesthood of Aaron was to give place, Heb. vii. 1), &c. Phinehas himself lived to a great old age, as appeareth by Judg. XX. 28, his sons successively were high priests till tlie captivity of Babylon, 1 Chron. vi. 4, 15, and at the return out of captivity, Ezra the great priest and scrihe was of his line, Ezia vii. 1, 5. And God by his prophet promiseth, that ' David shall never want a man to sit upon the throne of the house of Israel: neither shall the priests the Levites want a man befoie me, to ofler burnt-ofler- ings, and to kindle meat-oflerings, and to do sacrifice continually,' Jer. xxxiii. 17, IS, 21, 22. Both which are accom- plished in Christ, Luke i. 32, 33; Heb. iii. 1; V. 1 — 5; viii. 1 — 3, &c. Zealous FOR HIS God,] Oy, jealous for his Goof, that is, for the dishonour done unto his God ; as God himself is said to be jealous for Jerusa- lem, when he was sore displeased with the heathens that afflicted it, Zach. i. 14, 15. ' It is good to be zealously ati'ected always in a good thing,' Gal. iv. 18, that God showeth liere in rewarding Phinehas' zeal, who 'stood up and executed judgment, and the plague was stayed : and it was counted to him for justice, to generation and generation for ever,' Ps. cvi. 30, 31. The Hebs. in ages follow- ing mentioned his glory ; as Ben Sirach saith, ' Because he had zeal in the fear of the Lord, and stood up with good courage of heart, when the people were tiu'ned back, and made atonement for Israel; therefore was there a covenant of peace made with him, that he should be the chief of the sanc- tuary, and of his people; and that he and his posterity should have the dignity of the priest- iiood for ever,' Eccl. xlv. 23, 24. The scripture noteth the contrary of Eli (who came of Ithamar the brother of Eleazar) for when his own sons committed whoredom with tlie women of Israel, that assembled at the door of the tabernacle of the congrega- CHAP. XXV 127 and made atonement for the sons of Israel. " And the name of tlie man of Israel, that ivas smitten, that was smitten with the Midiani- tess, was Zimri, the son of Salu, a prince of a fatltcr's house, of the Simeonites. '^ And the name of the woman, the Midianitess that was smitten, ivas Cozbi the daughter of Zur, he was an head of nations, of a father's house of Midian. tion, and made themselves vile, ' he res- trained them not,' but honoured his sous above the Lord: therefore God threatened to cut off his arm, and the arm of his father's house, that there should not be an old man in his house for ever. And he ' sware unto the house of Eli, that the iniquity of Eli's house should not be purged with sacrifice, nor oii'cr- ing for ever,' I Sam. ii. 22, 29, 31; iii. 13, 14. Made atoneiMent,] Or, made recori- ciliation, pacified God's wrath through faith: this word used for atonement by sacrifice, is here applied to the executing of judgment upon tlie malefactors ; whereupon God stayed the plague which had begun upon the con- gregation. As oftentimes for the sin of some, God is wroth with the whole congre- gation, Josh. vii. ], 12; xxii. 17, IS, so here for the just fact of Phinehas his wrath was turned away, ver. 11, and atonement is made. So the proverb was fulfilled, ' The king's wrath is as messengers of death ; but a wise man will pacify it,' Prov. xvi. 14. Thus David also made atonement by doing justice on Saul's house, 2 Sam. xxi. 3, &c. Ver. 14. — Smitten,] That is, killed, as the Chald. explaineth it: so in ver. 15, and 17. ZiMRr,] In Gr. Zamhri son of Salo; the notation of this name agreeth with his end; for Zimri signifieth cutting off", as su- perfluous boughs are pruned, or rut oil' from the vine : Salo signifieth treading binder foot; so as a fruitless branch he was cut oil" from the vine of Israel, and trodden down of God and men; as it is written, ' Thou hast trodden down all them that go astray from thy statutes; for their deceit is falsehood,' Ps. cxix. 118. Among the Simeonites,] In Chald. of the tribe of Siineon. And being a prince, and bringing that harlot ' un- to his brethren,' ver. 6, it is likely that many of that tribe took part with him, and perished in the plague aforesaid. For whereas that tribe at the former mustei-, had fifty-nine thou- sand and three hundred men of war among them, Num. i. 22, 23, they were diminished now after this plague thirty-seven thousand and one hundred, that there remained at the next muster, but twenty-two thousand and two hundred men, Num. xxvi. I, 14. Ver. 15. — Cozbi,] In Gr. Chasbi daugh- ter of Sour. Cozbi signifieth lying or false- hood, Zur is a rock. An head of nations,] That is, a governor of people; for he was a prince of Midian, ver. 17, and afterward he is said to be one of the five kings of Midian, Num. xxxi. 8. And as Balaam with his wicked counsel and doctrine, is named as a figure of antichristiau seducers, corrupting the Christian church with fornication and idolatry, Rev. ii. 14, so in this prince of Mi- dian, and the harlot his daughter, we may behold the type of antichrist, who by the spirit and doctrine of Balaam hath drawn the church unto fornication and idolatry with false gods and heresies. His false prophets, like the daughters of Moab, allure men unto those abominations: for as the wisdom of God (in Christ) sendeth forth her maidens to in- vite the simple to come and eat of her bread, and drink of the wine that she hath mingled, Prov. ix. 1 — 5, so ' the foolish woman,' (or whore of Babylon, Rev. xvii. 1, 5,) hath also her toll-guests, 'the spirits of devils, working miracles, which go forth unto the kings of the earth,' &c. Rev. xvi. 13, 14, and she calleth ' passengers, who go right on their ways to partake of her stolen waters which are sweet, and bread in secret, which is pleasant, and many do follow her pernicious ways, yea, many strong men have been slain by 'her,'' Prov. ix. 13-18; vii. 26; 2 Pet. ii. 1, 2. The kings also of the earth have committed fornication with her, Rev. xviii. 3, and brought her by their laws unto the brethren and subjects. And as the harlot's name was Cozbi, that is, a lie or falsehood, the daugliter of Zur, that is, a rock, a prince of Midian of Abraham's degenerate children, Gen. XXV. 1, 2; so is the church of anti- christ, false and deceitful, yet the pretended daughter of the Rock, which Christ hath pro- mised to build his church upon. Matt. xvi. IS, though being departed from the true faith of Christ, as the Midianites were from the faith of their father Abiaham. For those antichristiau idolatries, God sendeth forth his plagues. Rev. xvi. But when with the sword of the Spirit, (which is the word of God, Epii. vi. 17,) those abominations are cut off, and the arithors of them thrust through, as in Zach. xiii. 2, 3, the wrath of God which now is kindled against the sinners, shall be turned away. Of a father's house,] Sol. Jai'chi here noteth from Gen. xxv. 4, thai " Midian had five father's houses, Ephah, and Eplier, 128 NUMBERS. '^ And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying, '" Vex thoii the Mi- dianites, and smite ye tliem. '® For they vex you with their wiles, wherewith tliey Jiave beguiled you in the matter of Peor, and in the matter of Cozbi, the daughter of a prince of Midian their sis- ter, wliicli was smitten in the day of the plague, for Peor's sake. and Hanoch, and Ahida, and Eldaah: and tliis man was king of one of them." Ver. 17.' — Vex the Midianites,] Or, distress, that is, war against the Midianites; as the Gr. translateth, use enmity against them : fleh. to vex, or to distress, of which phrase see the notes on Exod. xiii. 3, God who had first punished his own people for their sins, doth now decree vengeance against tlieir enemies, which was done by Moses be- fore his deatli, Num. xxxi. 2. For as God saith to the nations, ' Lo I begin to bring evil on the city, upon which my name is called ; and should ye be utterly unpunished? ye shall not be unpunished,' Jer. xxv. 29. He speakcth this against the Midianites, ra- ther than against the Moabites (whom he had forbidden Israel to vex or distress, Deut. ii. 9.) because they were chief in the mischief. For though Balaam gave the coimsel to the king of Moab, Rev. ii. 14, and the Moabit- ish women were prostitutes also unto whore- dom, Num. xxv. 1, yet Balak at first did not much regard that counsel, but turned Balaam away with shame. Num. xxiv. 11, 25; but the Midianites retained him, and amongst them he was slain, Num. xxxi. 8. And Cozbi a king's daughter of Midiau was a principal instrument of evil tnito Isiael, as God showeth in ver. 18, therefore the Mi- dianites were first in the punishment. Smite YE THEM,] That is, as the Chald. expound- eth it, kill ye them. Ver. 18. — For they vex you,] Or, dis- tress you, not with war, but with wiles and deceits. So God saith of Babylon, < Reward her even as she hath rewarded you,' Rev. xviii. 6. The reward of unrighteous works, is righteous judgment. Their wiles,] Or, their guiles, deceits, crafts. Beguiled YOU,] Or, dealt wilily and craftily with you: as the Egyptians when they thought to deal wisely for the suppressing of Israel, Exod. i. 10, are said to 'deal craftily,' Ps. cv. 25, and Joseph's brethren, when they craftily conspired his death, Gen. xxxvii. IS. By this it appeareth, that the amity of the Midianites was but feigned, and that they plotted the destruction of Israel. Matter,] Heb. word of Peor; the idolatry with Baal- Peor, which Israel was drawn unto, ver. 2, .". So ' the matter (or word) of Cozbi,' is meant the fornication w ith her, ver. 6. Fon Peor's sake,] Heb. for the tvord of Peor, that is, which plague came on Israel for Peor's sake or cause. CHAP. XXVI. 1. The sum of all the men of Israel, from twenty years old and tip- ward, is taken in the plains of Moab. 5. The families and mimbers of Reuben. \2. Simeon. 15. Gad. \9. Judah. 23. Issachar. 26. Za- bulon. 29. Manasseh. 35. Ephraim. 38. Be7ijamin. 42. Dan. 44. Aser. 48. Naphtali. 51. The sum of them all. 52. The law of divid- ing among them the inheritance of the land. 57. The families and num- ber of the Levites. 62. The cause why they were not numbered among the Israelites. G3. None were left of them which were numbered at Sina, but Caleb and Joshua. 'And it was after the plague that Jehovah said unto Moses, Ver. 1. — After the plague,] After the death of the twenty-four thousand that perish- ed for the sin of Peor, (Num. xxv. 9 ;) tlie Lord commandeth the people to be number- ed, which should have inheritance in his land; to signify his love and care of tiiose that cleaved unto him, Deut. iv. 3, 4. The Hebs. explain it by " the similitude of a shepherd, who, when wolves have gotten among his flock, and worried some of them, CHAP. XXVI. 120 and unto Eleazar, the son of Aaron the priest, saying, ^ Take ye the sum of all the congregation of the sons of Israel, from twenty years old and upward, according to the house of their fathers, every one that goeth forth with the army in Israel. ^ And Moses and Eleazar the priest spake witli them in tlie plains of Moab, by Jor- dan near Jericho, saying, * From twenty years old and upward, as Jehovah commanded Moses, and the sons of Israel whicli went forth out of the land of Egypt. ^ Reuben the first-born of Israel ; the sons of Reuben, o/' Enoch, tlie family of the Enochites ; of Phallu, the family of the Phallu- ites. * Of Hezron, the family of the Hezronites ; of Carmi, the family of the Carmites. ^ Tliese are the families of the Reuben - ites, and they that were mustered of them were three and forty thousand, and seven Imndred and thirty. ^ And the sons of Phallu, Eliab. ® And the sons of Eliab, Nemuel, and Dathan and Abiram: tliis is that Dathan and Abiram, the called of the congregation, who strove against Moses and against Aaron, in the congregation of Korah, when they strove against Jehovah. '" And the earth he counteth them, to know the number of those that are left." Again, " as when they came out of Egypt, and were delivered to Moses, they were delivered him by tale, (Exod. xxxviii. 26,) so now when Moses was ready to die, and to deliver his flock again, he delivered them by tale." Sul. Jar- chi on Num. xxvi. Eleazar,] Who now was high priest after the death of Aaron his father, who had before numbered them with Moses, Num. i. 3. And this Eleazar was he, who after with Joshua divided the land of Canaan to this people, Josh. xiv. ], &c. Ver. 2 The sum,] Heb. the head; which the Chald. expoundeth, the count or sum: see Exod. xxx. 12. This was the third time that Israel was numbered for to fight the Lord's battle against the Canaan- ites, and to receive their land for an inheri- tance. See the annot. on Num. i. 2. Twen- ty YEARS OLD, J Heb. son of tiventy years. See Num. i. 3. House,] That is, as the Gr. explaineth it, houses of their fathers. Jarchi saith, " they were reckoned by the tribe of the father, and not after the mother:" so in Num. i. 2. Goeth forth with the army,] Able to go out to war the warfare of the Lord: see the notes on Num. i. 3. Ver. 3. — Spake with them,] In Chald. spake, and said to number them : but Thar- gum Jonathan addetli, " spake with the princes, and said to number them." So it accordeth with Num. i. 4. Plains.] Or, campaign country of Moab : see Num. xxii. 1. Ver. 4. — From twenty years old,] Heb._/ro7» a son of twenty years : as ver. Vol. II. R 2, and here is to be understood, the people are to be numbered or the like. Ver. 5.. — The first-born,] Reuben for this cause is here first numbered, as also in Num. i, 5, 20, though he lost his dignity by his sin, I Chron. v. 1 ; and was put down to the second quarter, as they encamped about the sanctuary, and marched towards Canaan, Num. ii. 10 — 16. Enoch,] In Heb. Chanoch : see Gen. v. 18 ; xlvi. 9. Of the Enochites,] Heb. of the Enochite, (or Chanochite,) the singular number for the plu- ral: so after throughout this chapter. See the annot. on Gen. x. 6. And here Reuben hath four families according to Gen. xlvi. 9 ; 1 Chron. v. 3. Ver. 7. — Mustered,] Or numbered; Heb. visited. See the notes on Num. i. 3. FouRTY-THREE THOUSAND, &c. — At the for- mer muster they were ' forty-six thousand and five hundred,' Num. i. 21 ; so they in- creased not, but decreased while tliey tra- velled in the wilderness. Ver. 9. — The called,] That is, re- nowned, famous : see Num. i. 16; xvi. 1, 2, &c. Strove,] In Gr. made insurrection; in Chald. gathered themselves together. This mutiny stirred by the chief of the tribe, seem- eth to be one cause of their decrease by the hand of Gcd against them. Ver. 10. — And Korah,] That is, men and goods that pertained unto Korah, as Num. xvl. 32. The congregation died,] In Gr. his congregation, meaning KoraVs, as Num. xvi. 40. Two hundred and fifty men,] That oflered incense, Num. xvi. 35. For a SIGN,] Or for an ensign, a banner ; the Gr. 130 NUMBERS. opened lier mouth and swallowed up them, and Korah, when the congregation died j wJien tlie fire devoured two hundred and fifty men, and they were for a sign. " But the sons of Korah died not. '^ The sons of Simeon, according to tlieir families ; of Nemuel, the family of the Nemuelites ; of Jamin, the family of the Jamin- ites ; of Jachin, the family of the Jachinites. ^^ Of Zerali, the fa- mily of the Zerahitesj of Saul, the family of the Saulites. " These are the families of the Simeonites ; two and twenty thousand and two hundred. " The sons of Gad, according to their families ; of Zeplion, the family of tlie Zephonites ; of Haggi, tlie family of the Haggites ; of Shuni, the family of tlie Shunites. ^° Of Ozni, the family of the Oznites ; of Eri, the family of the Erites. '' Of Arod, the family of tlie Arodites ; of Areli, tlie family of the Arelites. '^ These are the families of the sons of Gad, according to those that were mustered of them, forty thousand and five hundred. " The sons of Judali were Er and Onan : and Er and Onan died in the land of Canaan. ^^ And the sons of Judah, accordittg to their fami- and Chald. translate it, a sign : whereby God signified his anger to be displayed against all that should rebel in like manner. In Num. xvi. 40, it is called, ' a memorial un- to the sons of Israel, that no stranger, &c., come near to offer incense before Jehovah ; that he be not as Korah,' &c. Of such thiugs the apostle saith, ' they were our examples,' 1 Cor. X. 6. Ver. 11.— Died not,] To wit, either by that fire, or by the swallowing up of the earth, Num. xvi. 32, 35. It seemeth they con- sented not to their father's rebellion, or at least repented at the warning given by Moses, Num. xvi. 5, &c. The sods of Korah, were Assir, and Elkanah, and Abjasaph, Exod. vi. 24 ; these and their posterity lived, and kept their office in Israel ; for their genealogy is reckoned in 1 Chron. vi. 22 — 3S ; and they were appointed by David to be singers ' in the house of the Lord,' 1 Chron. vi. 31, 32; and of them came Samuel the prophet, 1 Chron. vi. 33, 34, compared with 1 Sam. i. 20 J and Heman, who, with his offspring were singers, 1 Chron. vi. 33 ; xxv. 4' — 6. And many psalms have in their titles, ' to the sons of Korah,' as Ps. xlii. ; xliv. ; xv. ; xlvi. ; xlvii. ; xlviii. ; xlix. ; Ixxxiv. ; Ixxxv. Ixxxvii. ; Ixxxviii. Ver. 12. — Nemuel,] Called also Jemuel, in Gen. xlvi. 10; and Exod. vi. 15 ; in Gr. here, Namovel. So in 1 Chron. iv. 24. Jachin,] In Gr. Achein : he is called Jarib, in 1 Chron. iv. 24. Ver. 13. — Zerah,] In Gr. Zara; so in 1 Chron. iv. 24 ; elsewhere called Zophar, Gen. xlvi. 10; Exod. vi. 15. Saul,] 'the son of a Canaanitess,' Gen. xlvi. 10. Ver. 14. — These are the families,] To wit, which remained: for there was one family more of Obad, Gen. xlvi. 10; Exod. vi. 15 ; but that was extinct in the wilder- ness, and therefore omitted here and in 1 Chron. iv. 24. Twenty-two thousand AND TWO HUNDRED,] Their number was greatly diminished ; for at the former muster they were fifty-nine thousand and three hun- dred. Num. i. 23. Among other sins that forementioned in Num. xxv. 14, seemeth to be a special cause hereof. And Moses bless- ing all the other tribes before his death, mak- eth no express mention of Simeon's, in Deut. xxxiii. Ver. 15. — Gad,] Though he was not the next born to Simeon, nor of that mother, yet is he mustered in the third place, because he was joined with Reuben and Simeon in the south quarter, as they encamped about the sanctuary. Num. ii. 10, 14. Zephon,] In Gr. Saphon, he was called also Zaphion, in Gen. xlvi. 16, Ver. 16. — Ozni,] In Gr. Azenj. : in Gen. xlvi. 16, he is named Ezbon. Ver. 17. — Arod,] In Gr. Aroadi, and in Gen. xlvii. 16, Arodi. Ver. 18. — And five hundred,] So this tribe had fewer now by five thousand one hundred and fifty men, than at the former muster. Num. ii. 15. Ver. 19.' — And Onan died,] Both of CHAP. XXVI. 131 lies, were, of Slielah, the family of the Shelanites ; of Pharez, the family of tlie Pharzitcs ; of Zarah, the family of the Zarhites. ^' And the sons of Pharez were of Hezron, the family of the Hez- ronites ; of Hamul, tlie family of the Hamulites. ^^ These are the families of Judah, according to those that were mustered of them, seventy and six thousand, and five hundred, ^ The sons of Issachar, according to their families ; of Thola, the family of tlie Tholaites ; of Phuva, the family of the Phun- ites. ^* Of Jaslmb, the family of the Jaslmbites ; of Simron, the fa- mily of the Simronitcs. ^* These are the families of Issachar, accord- ing to those that were mustered of them, sixty and four tliousand, and three hundred. ^* The sons of Zabulon, according to their families, of Sered, the family of the Sardites ; of Elon, the family of the Elonites ; of Jahleel, the family of the Jahleelites. '" These are the families of the Zabulonites, according to tJiose that were mustered of them, sixty thousand, and five hundred. ^^ The sons of Joseph, according to the families, icere Manasses and Ephraim. ^^ Tlie sons of Manasses ; of Machir, the family of the Machirites ; and Machir begat Gilead ; of Gilead, the family them died without issue, God did cut them oO' for their wickedness in their youth, Gen. xxxviii. 7, 10. Ver. 20. — Selah,] In Gr. Scion. Ver. 21.— Of Phaeez,] The sons of Ju- dah were five in all, Gen. xxxviii.; so noted by the Holy Spirit in 1 Chron. ii. 4 ; they were all to liave been heads of families, but two dying childless, here are taken two of his son's sons (Hezron and Hamul) in their stead ; and these were of Pharez, (the second brother of the twins, Gen. xxxviii. 28, 29 ,) of wliom our Lord Christ came according to the tlesli, Matt. i. So Judah hath five fa- milies continued, according to the number of his five sons. Ver. 22. — And six thousand,] At the first muster he had but seventy-four tiiousand and six hundred, Num. ii. 4; now he is increased nineteen hundred more: and as he, so all the tribes under his standard were in- creased also ; whereas in Reuben's they were all diminished. For Judah prevailed above his brethren, for the honour of Christ, who was to come of his stock: see 1 Chron. v. 2; Gen. xlix. S— 10; Heb. vii. 14. Veb. 23. — Issachar,] He is numbered next Judah, for he was next him under his star.dard. Num. ii. 5 ; next him grav- ed on the high priest's breast-plate, Exod. xxviii. ; born next of the same mother Leah, Gen. xxx. 17, 18. Of him and his four families here reckoned : see the notes on Gen, xlvi. 13. Phovah,] Called also Phua in 1 Chron. vii. 1 ; and so here in Gr. Phova. Ver. 24. — Jashub,] He is called Job in Gen. xlvi. 13. Ver. 25. — Sixty-four thousand,] He had before but fifty-funr thousand and four hundred, Num. ii. 6 ; so that his tribe is in- creased nine thousand and nine hundred men of war. Ver. 26. — Zabulon,] Or, Zeoulim, he was next brother to Issachar, Gen. xxx. 19, 20; next him on Aaron's breast-plate, Exod. xxviii. ; and next him in marching and camping about the tabernacle, Num. ii. His three families continue here, as they were in Gen. xlvi. 14. Ver. 27. — Sixty thousand, &c.,] Who were before fifty-seven thousand and four hun- dred. Num. ii. 8 ; so they are increased, three thousand and one hundred men. Ver. 28. — Joseph,] Of him came two tribes, for he had the first birth-right, a double portion, 1 Chron. v. 2 ; Gen. xlviii. 1,5. Ver. 29. — Manasses,] He, though the elder brother, was put down to the second place by Jacob's prophesy. Gen. xlviii. 14, 19, 20 ; and by God's disposition of the tribes, Num. ii. 18, 20; yet here he is mustered be- fore Ephraim the standard-bearer; as his army was increased in the wilderness, when Ephraim's was diminished, which after doth appear. Machir,] He was the son of Ma- nasses, by ' his concubine an Aramitess,' 1 132 NUMBERS. of the Gileadites. ^^ These are the sons of Gilead; o/'Jeezer, the family of the Jeezerites; of Helek, the family of the Helekites. ^' And of Asriel, the family of the Asrielites ; and of Shechem, the family of the Shechemites. ^^ And of Shemida, the family of the Shemidaitesj and of Hepher, the family of the Hepherites. ^^ And Zelophehad the son of Hepher had no sons, but daugliters : and tlie names of tlie daughters of Zelophehad, were Machlah and Noah, Hoglah, Milcah, and Tirzah. " These are the families of Manasses, and those that were mustered of them, two and fifty thou- sand, and seven Imndred. ^^ These are the sons of Ephraim, according to their families ; of Shuthelah, tlie family of the Shuthalhites ; of Becher, the family of the Baclirites ; of Tahan, fhe family of the Tahanites. ^^ And these are tlie sons of Shuthelali ; of Eran, the family of the Eran- ites. ^' These are the families of the sons of Ephraim, according to those that were mustered of tliem, two and thirty thousand, and five hundred ; these are the sons of Joseph, according to their fa- milies. ^^ The sons of Benjamin according to their families ; of Bela, the family of the Belaites ; of Ashbel, the family of the Ashbelites ; of Aliiram, the family of the Ahiramites. ^^ Of Shephupham, the family of the Shuphamites; of Hupham, the family of the Huphamites. Chron. vii. 11. Gilead,] In Gr. Galaad. There was also a place called Gilead, which the sons of this Machir conquered, and had it for their possession, Num. xxxii. 39, 40; Josh. xvii. 1. Ver. 30. — Jeezer,] In Gr.Achiezer : in Josh. xvii. 2, Ahiezer. Here not only the son's sons, (as was noted before of Judah, ver. 21,) but the son's son's sons are made heads of families in the tribe of Manasses: the like whereof is not in any other tribe. This honour hath Joseph above his biethreii ; who also while he lived, ' saw unto Ephraim sons of the third jjeneration: also the sons of Machir, son of Manasses, M'ere borne upon Joseph's knees,' Gen. 1. 23. And Manasses here hath eight families, when no other tribe hath so many. Ver. 33. — Zelophehad,] Or, Zelophehad, in Gr. Salpaad. The names,] Heb. the name. Machlab,] In Gr. there names are written, Maala, Nova, ^igla, Melcha, and Thersa : Of these daughters, see Num. xxvii. 1, &c. ; Num. xxxvi. 11 ; Josh. xvii. 3. Ver. 34. — Fifty-two thousand, &r.] He had before but thirty-two thousand and two hundred, Num. ii. 21 ; so that now he was increased twenty thousand and five hun- dred men of war : none of all the other tribes had half so much increase. Thus Jacob's prophecy is fulfilled, ' Joseph shall be the son of a fruitful vine,' Cvu. xlix. 22. Ver. 35. — Shuthelah,] In Gr. Southala. Becher,] This some think to be he which is called Bered, in 1 Chron. vii. 20, Tahan,] Or Tachan ; in Gr. Tanach, by transposition of letters Ver. 36.— Eran,] In 1 Chron. vii. 26 ; called Edan (or Laadan :) so the Gr. here writeth him Eden, for the likeness of the Heb. letters, whereof see the annot. on Gen. iv. 18 ; and Num. ii, 14. Of this Eran (or EdanJ) came Joshua the son of Nun, 1 Chron. vii, 26, 27. And here Ephraim's son's son is head of a family, as was before in Judah 's tribe, ver. 21. Ver. 37. — Thirty-two thousand, &c.,] He had before forty tlwusand, Num. ii. 19 ; so eight thousand of this tribe are now dimi- nished. Ver. 38.— Bela,] In Gr. Bale : he was Benjamin's first-born, 1 Chron. viii. 1. Ash- bel,] Called Jediael, 1 Chron. vii. 6; Ben- jamin's second son, 1 Chron. viii. 1, The Gr. here writeth him ^suher, or as some copies have it, Asuhel. Ahiram,] Or,Achi- ram, in Gr. Aeheiran : elsewhere he is nam- ed .33chi, Gen. xlvi. 22 ; and Achrab the third son of Benjamin, 1 Chron. viii. 1. Ver. 39.— Shephupham,] In Gr. Sophan, in I Chron. vii. 12, he is called Shuppim, in Gen. xlvi. 22, Muppiw,. Hupham,] Other- wise, Huppiin, Gen. xlvi. 22 ; 1 Chron. vii. 12. CHAP. XXVI. 133 *" And the sons of Bela were Ard and Naaman, the family of the Ardites ; of Naaman, the family of the Naamites. " These are the sons of Benjamin, according to tlieir families, and those that were mustered of them, five and forty thousand, and six hundred. ^^ TJiese are the sons of Dan, according to their families ; of Shuham, the family of the Shuhamites : these are the families of Dan, according to tlieir families. *^ AW the families of the Shu- liamites, according to those that were mustered of them, sixty and four thousand and four hundred. " The sons of Aser, according to their families ; of Jimnah, the family of the Jinmaites ; of Jisvi, the family of the Jisvites ; of Beriah, the family of the Beriites. "' Of the sons of Beriah ; of Cheber, the family of the Chebrites ; of Malchiel, the family of the Malcliiclites. ^^ And. tlie name of the daughter of Aser was Serah. ^' Tliese are the families of the sons of Aser, according to those that were mustered of them, tluree and fifty thousand and four hundred. / The sons of Naphtali, according to their families ; of Jachzeel, tlie family of the Jachzeelites ; of Gmii, the family of the Gunites. ^^ Of Jezer, the family of the Jezrites j of Silem, the family of the Silemites. *° These are the families of Naphtali, according to their families, and they that ivere mustered of them, five and forty thou- sand, and four hundred. Ver. 40. — Ard,] In Gr. Ader : so in 1 Chron. viii. 3, tiie Heb. wiiteth him Adav. The family,] Understand (as the Gr. also supplietli) of Ard, the family of the Ardites. Here Benjamin hath but seven families, who, in Gen. xlvi. 21, had ten. Ver. 41. — Fortv-five thousand, &c.,] He had before but thirty-five thousand and four hundred, Num. ii. 23; now his number is increased ten thousand and two hundred ; that though his families were diminished, yet he had the greatest increase of men of war amongst all the tribes, save Manasseh and Aser. Ver. 42. — Shuham,] Or, Shucham,, call- ed by transplacing of letters, Hushim (or Chushim,) in Gen. xlvi. 23; in Gr. Same. Ver. 43. — Sixty-fodr thousand, &c.,] Of one family of Dan there sprang so many thousand me[i, that none of all the tribes save Judah have the like multitude: and he is increased seventeen hundred men more than at the former numbering. Num. ii. 26, Ver. 44. — Jimnah,] In Gr. Jainein. Jisvi,] In Gr. Jesovi. Between these there was another called Jisvah, Gen. xlvi. iT; whose family here omitted, seemeth to be perished. Ver. 45. — Cheber,] Or, Hcber ; in Gr. Chober : of his posterity, see 1 Chron. vii. 32. Here Asers son's sons are also heads of families, as were before in Judah and Eph- raim, ver. 21 and 36. Ver. 46.' — Serah,] Or Serach ; in Gr. Sara: mentioned also in Gen. xlvi. 17; 1 Chron. vii. 30. Ver. 47. — Fifty-three thousand, &c.,] When before he had but forty-five thousand and five hundred, Num. ii. 28 ; that his in- crease in the wilderness was eleven thousand and nine hundred men of war: none but Manasseh was before him. Ver. 48.— Naphtali,] In Gr. Nephtha- leim. .Jachzeel,] In Gr. Asiel. The four families of Naphtali continue, as in Gen. xlvi, 24. Ver. 50. — Forty-five thousand, &c.,] Whereas before he had been fifty-three thou- sand and four hundred. Num. ii. 30; so that eight thousand fewer are at the last than at the first. Ver. 51. — And a thousand, &c.,] The number of all at the former count was six hundred thousand, and three thousand and five hundred and fifty, Num. ii. 32 ; so that now in the whole sum the host of Israel is decreased in the thirty-eight years' travel, eighteen hundred and twenty men, exempt- ing the Levites which were numbered apart. Wherein God's work for them all in general, 134 NUMBERS. " These were tJie mustered of the sons of Israel : six hundred thousand, and a thousand seven hundred and tliirty. and for the tiibes and families in particular is to be regarded, Wiieii tliey were under bondage and affliction in Egypt, they multi- plied like fish, and filled the land, Exod. i. (for outward persecution increaseth the church, and lesseneth it not:) but when they were eome out from that iron furnace, and car- risd of God as on eagles' wings, through the wilderness in safety, they po provoked him by their murmuring^;, rebellions, and idola- tries, that 'he consumed their days in vanity, and their years in hasty terror,' Ps. Ixxviii. 17 — 33. And though amongst other bles- sings, God gave them Ins laws to direct them, Exod. XX. &c., and his ' good Spiiit to in- struct them,' Neh. ix. 20; and led them like a flock, ' by ilie hand of Moses and Aaron,' Ps, Ixxvii. 21 ; yet learned they not obe- dience, but mount Sinai gendered to bon- dage. Gal. iv. 24 ; and the law wrought wrath, Rom. iv. 15 ; and Moses their law- giver could not bring them into the promised land, but left that unto his successor, Joshua the son of Nun, who figured Jesus the Son of God, by whom cometh grace and truth, and the inheritance of the kingdom of heaven, Deut. xxxi. 2, 7, 1 4 ; John i. 17 ; Rom. vi. 23. The special hand of God touching the tribes, and the mothers that bare them, and the families and persons that proceeded of them, may thus be viewed Seven of the twelve tribes did increase in multitude as they travelled, besides the tribe of Levi, which also was a thousand at the last numbering more than at the first, ver, 62. 1. Judah increased, 1900. 2. Issachar, 9900. 3, Zabulon, 3100. 4. Manasseh, 20,500. 5. Benjamin, 10,200. 6. Dan, 1700. 7. Aser, 11,900. The sum of all increased, was nine and fifty thousand and two hundred, besides the thousand Levites. Notwithstanding the de- crease of the five tribes was more: for, 1. Reuben decreased, 2770. 2. Simeon, 37,100. 3. Gad, 5150. 4. Ephraim, 8009. 5. Naphtali, 8C00. So the sum of all that were diminished, was one and sixty thousand and twenty men. Observe also the work of God in respect of Jacob's wives, the four mothers of the tribes, Leah, Rachel, Zilpah, and Bilhah, whom the Holy Spirit mentioneth in Gen. xlvi. 15, IS, 19, 25. 1. Leah was multiplied in Judah 1900 ; in Issachar, 9900; in Zabulon, 3100. So the fruit of Leah's body increased in the wilderness fouiteen thousand and nine hun- dred, besides the thousand of Levi. 2. Rachel was multiplied in Manasseh, 20,500 ; in Benjamin, 10,200. So Rachel's increase was thirty thousand and seven liundred 3. Zilphah, Leah's handmaid, increased in her son Aser, eleven thousand and nine hun- dred. 4. Bilhah, Rachel's handmaid, was mul- tiplied in her son Dan, seventeen hundred. Thus God imparted liis blessing amongst them all, but chiefly to Rachel whom Jacob loved, for her increase was more than of all the other three. They were likewise all of them partakers of his chastisements in their posterity: for 1. Leah was diminished in Reuben, two thousand seven hundred and seventy ; in Si- meon, thirty-seven thousand one hundred; so she lost of her increase in the wilderness, nine and thirty thousand eight hundred and seventy men. 2. Rachel was diminished in Ephraim, eight thousand. 3. Zilphah lost in Gad her son, five thou- sand one hundred and fifty. 4. Bilhah lost in Naphtali, eight thousand men. So tlie far greatest loss was Leah's, who now might weep for her children, because they w ere not ; as long after befel unto Ra- chel, Mat. ii. IS. Again, as the twelve tribes camped in four quarters about the tabernacle, Num. ii; so the hand of God for the increase and dimin- ishing of their camps may be seen thus: In the first and chiefest quarter eastward, were Judah, Issachar, and Zabulon, all in- creased. Judah was the father and figure of Christ, under whose standard, all that camp and march are blessed. In the second quarter southward, were Reuben, Simeon, and Gad, who were all di- minished ; as Reuben for his sin lost his hon- our and birthright, 1 Chron. v. 1 ; so his sons rebelled. Num. xvi. ; and Simeon sin- ned with an high hand. Num. xxv. In the third quarter westward, were Eph- raim, Manasseh, and Benjamin ; of whom the first was diminished, the other two in- creased. In the fourth quarter northward, were Dan, Aser, and Naphtali; of whom the two for- mer were multiplied, the third and last dimi- nished. Concerning the families of the tribes (ex- cepting Levi,) they are 57 in all. For here are families, 1. Of Manasseh, 8. 2, Of Benjamin, 7. CHAP. XXVI. 135 '^ And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying, '^ Unto these the land shall be divided for an inheritance, according to the number of names. " To the many tliou shalt give them the more inheritance, and to the few thou shalt give them the less inheritance : to every man according to those that were mustered of him, shall his inheri- tance be given. " Notwithstanding, the land shall be divided by 3. Of Gad, 7. 4. Of Simeon, 5. 5. Of Judah, 5. 6. Of Aser, 5. 7. Of Reuben, 4. 8. Of Issachar, 4. 9. Of Ephraim, 4. 10. Of Naphtali, 4. 11. Of Zabulon, 3. 12. Of Dan, 1. The sum of all the families is fifty-seven: to whom if we add the twelve tribes, and Ja- cob himself the father of them all, the whole number is seventy, which was the number of the souls of Jacob's house that went into Egypt, Gen. xlvi. 27. But comparing these now, with the heads of families named in Gen. xlvi. we shall see five families rooted out ; one of Simeon, Leah's son ; one of Aser, the son of Leah's handmaid ; and three of Benjamin, Rachel's son ; whose ten families are decayed unto seven. \n these numbers, increase and decrease of the tribes and fami- lies of Israel, we may behold that which Job saith of God's works; ' Who knoweth not in all these, that the hand of the Lord hath wrought this ? in whose hand is the soul of every living thing, and the breath of all flesh of man. Behold he hreaketh down, and it cannot be built again: he shutteth up a man and there can be no opening. He increaseth the nations, and destroyeth them : he enlarg- eth the nations, and straiteneth them,' Job xii. 9, 10, 14, 23. Ver. 53. — Unto these the land shall BE DIVIDED,] So the natural sons of Israel only had inheritance ; but under the gospel it is prophesied, that the strangers also should have inheritance among the tribes, Ezek. xlvii. 22, 23. By this also it appeareth, that the tribes diminished had a double pun- ishment, loss of men, and a lesser inheritance in the holy land : both which are opposed to the covenant and promise made to their fa- thers, which stood on these two branches, multitude of children, and inheritance of the land, Gen. xii. 2,7; xiii. 15, 16; xv. 5, 8, 18; xvii. 2, 6, 8 ; xxii. 17 ; xxvi. 3, 4; xxviii. 13, 14 ; xxxv. II, 12. Sol. Jarchi here saith, " to these and not to them that are less than twenty years old, although they came to full twenty before the division of the land. For lo, the land was seven years in conquering, &c. ; yet none had portion in the land but these six hundred thousand, and one thousand: and if one of them had six sons, they received but their father's portion only." But Chazkuiii referreth it to the fa- milies, saying, " to these, the fifty-seven families reckoned here, shall the land be di- vided for inheritance by the number of names, fifty-seven portions according to the fifty- seven heads of families." So it is written in Num. xxxiii. 54, ' ye shall divide the land by lot, for an inheritance among your families.' This figured, that only such shall have their part in the kingdom of heaven, as are chosen and called of God, and have their names written in the Lamb's book of life, Rom. viii. 28—30; 1 Pet. i. 2—5; Rev. xxi. 27. Ver. 64 — To the many,] To the tribe and family which hath many persons in it, " thou shalt give them the more (Heb. thou shalt multiply his) inheritance." So the por- tions were not all equal in quantity, but pro- portioned to the multitude of men in the tribes and families. " To the tribes which had the greater multitudes, they gave the gi'eater portion, though the portions were not equal: for lo, every tribe had his portion ac- cording to his multitude," saith Sol. Jarchi on Num. xxvi. Hereupon the sons of Joseph complained of their small portion in respect of their great multitude. Josh. xvii. 14. Ver. 65. — By lot,] Although Eleazar the high priest, Joshua the governor, and twelve princes of the tribes, (appointed ot God, Num. xxxiv. 17, 18, &c ueie to di- vide the land ; yet to cut off contention, and to show the providence and disposition of God, according to the purpose of his will, he commandeth lots to be cast; for, ' the lot causeth contention to cease, and parteth be- tween tlie mighty,' Prov. xviii. 18 ; and ' the lot is cast into the lap, but the whole disposing thereof is of the Lord,' Prov. xvi. 33. And the Heb. doctors say, " the por- tions were not made but by lot, and the lot •was by the mouth of the Holy Spirit." Sol. Jarchi on Num. xxvi. Tiie manner of doing it was thus; first, the land was by men di- vided into parts, according to the number of the tribes; as Joshua sent men to divide the land which remained into seven parts, and to describe it according to the inheritance of them, and so to bring the description unto him, that he miglit cast lots for them before the Lord. And they described it by cities, into seven parts, in a book, and brought it to Joshua, who cast lots for them in Shiloh be- 13G NUMBERS. lot, according to tlie names of the tribes, of tlieir fatliers they shall inherit. ^^ According to the lot shall the inheritance tliereof be divided between many and few, " And these are they that were mustered of the Levites, accord- ing to their families ; of Gershon, the family of the Gershonites ; of Kohatli, the family of the Kohathites ; of Merari, the family of the Merarites. ^^ Tliese are the families of the Levites, the family of the Libnites, the family of the Hebronites, the family of the Mahlites, tlie family of the Musliites, the family of the Korachites : and Koliath begat Amram. ''^ And the name of Amram's wife was Jochebed, the daughter of Levi, whom she bare to Levi in Egypt : and she bare unto Amram, Aaron, and Moses, and Mary their fore the Lord ; and so every tribe received as their lot came up, 'according to their families, Josh, xviii. 4 — 11, &c. Moreover, in the Heb. records it is said, that " it was not di- vided but by Urim and Thummin, [which was the oracle of God in the breast-plate of the high priest, Exod. xxviii.; Num. xxvii. 21 ;] as it is said, (in Num. xxvi. 56,) ac- cording to (or at the mouth of) the lot. When Eleazar was clothed with Urim and Tlium- mim, and Joshua, and all Israel stood before him, there was a kalphi, [a vessel vvhereinto the lots were put, whereof see the annot. on Lev. xvi. 8,] of the tribes' names, and a kalphi of the names of the limits (or bounds of the country) set before him ; and he being directed by the Holy Spirit, said, Naphtali Cometh up, tlie limit Genesareth cometh up: he took out of the kalphi of the tribes, and Naphtali came up in his hand; out of the kalphi of the limits, and the limit Genesareth came up in his hand. And so for every tribe." Talmud Bab. in Baba bathra, chap, viii. in Gtmaia, and Sol. Jarchi in Num. xxvi. But observe that the land within Jordan was divided only to nine tribes and an half, because two tribes and an half had their portion on the outside of Jordan, Num. xxxiv. 13 — 15. By reason of this dividing the land by lot, the scripture calleth inheri- tances by the name of lots, as, ' come up with me into my lot,' Judg. i. 3. And not lands only, but whatsoever befalleth unto men from the hand of God, is called a lot; as, ' this is the portion of them that spoil us, and the lot of them that rob us,' Is. xvii. 14; and ' thoii hast neither part nor lot in this matter,' Acts viii. 21 ; and^ ' that they may receive forgiveness of sins, and a lot (that is, inheritance) among them which are sanctified by faith,' &c. Acts xxvi. 18; and, ' the part of the lot (that is, of the inheritance J of the saints in light,' Col. i. 12. So that in the Gi- used by the apostles, Cleros, a lot, and Clerotiomia, a division by lot, is the com- mon name of an inheritance, 1 Pet. v. 3 ; Eph. i. 14, 18. Ver. 56 — According to the lot,] Heb. at (or upo7i) the mouth of the lot : as the lot whereon the name of the tribe, (or of the inhe- ritance is written) shall speak. This lot be- ing of the Lord, figured the diversities of gifts in the Church, which the Spirit of God di- videth ' to every man severally as he will,' 1 Cor. xii. 4 — 11 ; as also the dispensation of his graces concerning our heavenly inheri- tance, wliich the election only obtaineth, ' that the purpose of God according to elec- tion might stand, not of works, but of him that calleth,' Rom. xi. 7 ; ix. 11. Ver. 57. — Of the Levites,] Who though they had no inheritance in the land, ver. 62, yet were they to have forty-eight cities and their suburbs for their habitation, Num. 35 ; which also fell unto them by lot, Josh. xxi. 4, &n. Ver. 68. — Korachites,] Or, Korhites, of Korah tlie son of Izhar, the sous of Kohath, the son of Levi, Num. xvi. 1 ; Korah himself died in the rebellion, but his sons died not, Num. xxvi. 1 1 ; therefore they are reckoned here for a family in the fourth generation from Levi, which is one degree further than the other families. And whereas in Exod. vi. 16, &c. there are reckoned of Gershon two sons, Liboi and Shemei ; here the family of the Libnites is mustered, but Shemei leit out. There Kohath hath four sons, Amram, and Ishar, and Hebron, and Uzziel ; here Uzziel is omitted ; neither is Ishar named, but in his sons the Korhites. Ver. 59. — She kare to Levi,] By she understand Levi's wife, or Jochebed's mother; Sol. Jarchi expoundeth it, " his wife bare her in Egypt." She bare to Amram,} That is, Jochebed Amram's wife, (who was also his aunt,) bare to Amram, Exod vi. 20. Mary,] Heb. Mirjam : she was a prophetess ; see Exod. xv. 20 ; Num. xii. 1. CHAP. XXVII. 137 sister, ^" And unto Aaron was born Nadab and Abilm, Eleazar and Ithamar. " And Nadab and Abilm died, when they offered strange fire before Jehovah. "^^ And those that were mustered of them, were tlnce and twenty thousand, all males, from a month old and upward, for they were not mustered among the sons of Israel, because there was no inheritance given to them among the sons of Israel. ^^ These are they that were mustered by Moses and Eleazar the priest, who mustered the sons of Israel in the plains of Moab by Jordan, near Jericho. " And among these, there was not a man of tliose that were mustered by Moses and Aaron the priest, who mustered the sons of Israel in the wilderness of Sinai, ^^ For Je- hovah had said of them, Dying they shall die in the wilderness ; and there was not left a man of them, save Caleb the son of Je- phunneh, and Joshua the son of Nun, Ver. 60. — Unto Aaron was born,] of God's judgment is here showed. And Here Moses' children, Gershon and Eliezer, Joshua,] In Gr. Jesus the son of Nun : are again omitted; see the notes on Num. iii. these two survived, because they faithfully 38. followed the Lord, Num. xiv. 24, 38. See Ver. 61. — And Abihu died,] And they the annot. there. In that all the rest were had no sous, Num. iii. 4. See the history dead save these two, it showeth that all the in Lev. X. COO thousand men now mustered, which Ver. 62. — Twenty-three thousand,] should conquer Canaan, were a valiant com- Who, at the former numbering were but paiiy, between 20 and CO years of age, (none twenty-two thousand, Num. iii. 39. So being above 60 but Caleb and Joshua,) and they increased in the wilderness a thousand as they were in body, so in mind, being train- males, ed up these 38 years in the study of the Ver. 65. — Dying they shall die,] i. e. law and ordinances of God, and beholding they shall surely die: this was threatened for his works, having Moses and Aaron for their their rebellion, and refusing to go into the leaders, and God's good Spirit for their in- promised land. Num. xiv. ; and the fulfilling structor, Neh. ix, 20. CHAP. XXVII. 1. The daughters of ZcJophehad sue for an inheritance. 5. Moses hr'mgeth their cause before the Lord, who granteth their request. 8. The law of inheritances, when a man dieth without a son. 1 2. Moses is hidden to go up and see the land, and is told of his death for his tres- pass. 15. He requesteth of the Lord that a man may be set governor in this place. 18. The Lord appointeth Joshua to succeed him. 22. And Moses by imposition of hands, ordaineth him to his office. ' Then came the daughters of Zelophehad the son of Heplier, the son of Gilead, the son of Machir, the son of Manasses, of the Ver. 1. — Then came,] Heb. and they paad son of Opher, son of Galaad,&c. See came near (or approached,) to wit, unto Num. xxvi. 33. Of the families,] Or, Moses, &c. V. 2. Thargum Jonathan saith, ivith (among) the families of Matiasseh ; as " they came to the place of judgment. Ze- coming before when all the other families LOPHEHAD,] Or, Zelophehad; in Gr. Sal- came to be mustered, chap, xxvi.; but the Gr. VoL.U. S 138 NUMBERS. families of Manasses the son of Joseph : and tliese are tlie names of Ills daughters, Machlah, Noali, and Hoglah, and Milcah, and Tirzah. ^ And they stood before Moses, and before Eleazar the. priest, and before the princes and all the congregation, at tlie door of tlie tent of the congregation, saying, ^ Our father died in the wilderness, and he was not among the congregation of tliem that gatliered themselves together against Jeliovah, in the congregation of Korah -. but in liis sin he died, and he had no sons. * Why should the name of our father be done away from among his family because he hath no son ? Give unto us a possession among the translatcth of the family of Manasses. Of Joseph,] What needeth he to be named here ? Sol. Jarchi auswereth, " because Joseph loved the land, as it is said, (in Gen. 1. 25,) and ye shall cany up my bones from hence: and his daughters loved the land, as it is said, (in Num. xxvii, 4,) give unto us a possession," &c. Machlah,] Or, Mahlah, Nognah, Choglah, &c.; in Gr. Maala, Nova, Aigla, &c. : the Scripture nameth them four times, here, and in chap, xxvii. 33; xxxvi. 11 ; and Josh. xvii. 3. The order of their names is altered in Num. xxxvi. 11, Mach- lah, Tirzah, and Hoglah, &c. ; whereupon Jarchi here saith, " they were all of like esteem one as another, therefore the order of them is changed." Ver. 3. — Of Kokah,] Who was a rebel, Num. xvi. Zelophehad was not among other rebels, whereby he and his posterity might be deprived of his inheritance. In his sin,] In (or for) his own sin, as other men died in the wilderness: and he had not been a mean to draw other men into sin, as did Korah, and other rebellious persons. Ver. 4. — Why should the name of OUR FATHER BE DONE AWAY ?] Or, he dl- •minished; that is, let not his name be done away ; as the Gr. translateth kt not our fa- ther's name be blotted out : see the notes on Exod. xxxii. 11. It was esteemed as a curse to have their father's name abolished ; as it is written, ' in the generation following let his name be blotted out,' Ps. cix. 13. Give UNTO us a possession,] These daughters, as they honoured their father deceased, in seek- ing to have his name continued, so they showed faith in God, believing that the land should be given them for inheritance, which the men of Israel before believed not, and therefore could not come into it, but it was promised to their children, Num. xiv. And though these were women, no warriors, not mustered among the army, Num. xxvi. ; yet believed they the promise to belong unto them ; as the inheritance was given to Abra- ham by promise, not by the law^ Gal. iii. 18. Wherefore, in claiming right in the holy land, they figuratively claimed inheritance in the kingdom of heaven, which shall be given to them that work not, but believe in him ' which justifieth the ungodly,' Rom. iv. 5, 6, &c. So these five virgins may be consi- dered as the five wise virgins, ' which took oil in their vessels with their lamps,' that they might be ready to go in with the bride- groom to the marriage, Matt. xxv. 1 — 10 ; and they are our examples, that we should seek comfort and assurance (in the wilderness of this world, where we are weak and or- phans) of our inheritance with those that are sanctified by faith in Christ: and to claim this portion in the land of the living, without respecting either our works or weakness, by virtue of the covenant of grace confirmed by Christ, in whom there is neither Jew nor Gentile, bond nor free, male nor female ; but all are one: and whosoever are ' Christ's, are Abraham's seed, and heirs according to the promise,' Gal. iii. 28, 29. Their names also seem not to be without mystery: for Zelophehad by interpretation signifieth ' the shadow of fear, or of dread:' his first daugh- ter Machlah, ' infirmity ;' the second, Nogh- nah, 'wandering ;' the third, Choglah, ' turn- ing about for joy, or dancing ;' the fourth Milcah, ' a queen ;' the filth, Tirzah, ' well- pleasing, or acceptable.' By these names we may observe the degrees of our reviving by grace in Christ: for we all are born as of the shadow of fear, being brought forth in sjn, and for fear of death were all our life time subject to bondage, Ileb. ii. 15. This be- getteth ' infirmity, cr sickness,' grief of heart for our estate ; after which, * wandering abroad for help and comfort, we find it in Christ, by whom our sorrow is turned into joy. He commuuicateth to us of his royalty, making us kings and priests unto God his Father, Rev. i. 6 ; and shall be presented unto him glorious, and without blemish, Eph. V. 27. So the church is ' beautiful as Tir- zah,' Song vi. 3. CHAP. XXVII. 139 brethren of our father. * And Moses brouglit their cause before Jehovah. ^ And Jehovah said unto Moses, saying, ' The daugliters of Zelopliehad speak right ; giving tliou shalt give them a possession of an inheritance among the brethren of their father : and thou slialt cause the inheritance of their father to pass unto them. ^ And thou shalt speak unto the sons of Israel, saying. If a man' die^, and he liave no son, tlien ye shall cause his inheritance to pass unto his daughter. ^ And if lie have no daughter, then ye shall give his inlieritance unto his brethren. " And if he have no brethren, then ye shall give his inheritance unto the brethren ot his father. " And if his father have no brethren, then ye shall "Ver. 5. — Brought their cause,] Or, brought near their judgment, that is, their cause to be judged of, as m difficult cases he used to do. Four principally are observed, of which this was one: see the amiot. ou Num. XV. 34. Ver. 7. — Speak right,] Speak that which is just and meet to be done: so God approv- eth their desire and request of faitli, and showeth himself to be ' the Father of the fa- therless,' Ps. Ixviii. 5. And of them Sol. Jarchi here observeth, " that their eyes saw that which Moses' eyes saw not." Giving Tiiou SHALT Gi\-E THEM,] That is, thou shalt surely give them without fail. This com- mandmeut was fulfilled in Josh. xvii. 4. Here the word them, (as Chazkuni also not- eth,) is of the male or masculine gender, though he speaketh of females: which may be either in respect of their faith and con- science, such as might beseem men ; or of God's gift (especially of his grace in Christ hereby figured) which he giveth without difiereiK'e of ' male and female,' Gal. iii. 28. The Hebs. (in Talmud. Bab. in Baba bathra, chap, viii.) have recorded, that "tlie daughters of Zelophehad had three portions for inheritance, their father's portion, because he was one of them that came out of Egypt ; and his portion with his brethren in the goods of Hepher (his father) and because he was the first-born, he had two portions." Which Rambam in his annot. on that place, explain, eth thus, " all that came out of Egypt were to have part in the land ; and if the father and his son both came out, each of them had a portion alike. And Zelophehad and Hepher were both of them that came out of Egypt: so Zelophehad was to have had his part, and to have had by inheritance of Hepher, two parts, because he was the first-born," &c. Ver. 8. — If a man,] Or, any man when he dicth and have no son. Here God passeth from the special case of these virgins, and giveth a general law for inheritances, that they should pass to the female, if the father died without male issue: but otherwise the daughters had no part in the inheritance with the sous. Ver. 11. — Unto his kinsman,] Or, un- to his near kin; of which words, see the notes on Lev. xviii. G. From this word, and that which followeth, ' next to him,' Sol. Jarchi noteth he should be "of his family; and none is called a family but on the father's side." Touching the right of inheritances, the Heb. canons lay it down thus; " Whoso dieth, his children do inherit that which is his, and they are before all other. And the males are before the females. But the female never inheriteth with the male. If he have no children, his father shall be his heir; or if it be a mother, she is heir to her children ; and this thing is by tradition. And whoso- ever is first by inheritance, is of them that first come out of the thigh (that is, are be- gotten first.) Therefore whoso dieth, be it man or woman, if they leave a son, he in- heriteth all; if his son be not found alive, they look next to the seed of that son. If any of his seed be found, whether males or females, though it be the son's daughter's daughter's daughter to the end of the world, she inheriteth all. If he have no male issue, they turn to the daughter. If he have a daughter, she inheriteth all. If his daugh- ter be not found in the world, they look unto the daughter's seed, which if any be found, whether males or females to the world's end, it inheriteth all. If the daughters have no seed, the inheritance returneth to his father. If his father be not living, they look next to the seed of the father, which are the brethren of him that is dead. If he have a brother found, or brother's seed, he inherits all: if not, they turn to the sisters; if he have a sister or sister's seed, it inherits all. And if there be neither brother's seed nor sister's seed, forasmuch as the father hath no seed, the inheritance leturneth to the father's 140 NUMBERS. give his inheritance unto his kinsmen that is next to liim of his family, and he shall inherit it, and it shall be unto the sons of Is- rael for a statute of judgment, as Jehovah commanded Moses. father. If the grandfather be not living, they look to the grandfather's seed, which are the brethren of his father that is deceased: and there the males are before the females, and the seed of the males before the females, as was the right of the seed of the dead him- self. If none of his father's brethren, nor of their seed be found, the inheritance return- eth to the great grandfather: and after this manner it proceedeth upwards. Thus the son is before the daughter, and all the issue of the son before the daughter, and the daugh- ter is before her grandfather, and all her issue are before her grandfather. And the father of the deceased is before the bretln-en of the deceased, and the brother before the sister, and all the brother's issue before the sister: and the sister before her grandfather, and all the sister's issue before her grandfather. The grandfather is before the brethren of the fa- ther of him that is deceased, and his father's brethren are before his father's sisters, and all that come out of the thigh of his father's brother, are before his father's sisters, and his father's sisters are before the father's grand, fathei- of him that is deceased; and so all that come out of the thigh of his father's sis- ter are before his father's grandfather: and after this manner it proceedeth and ascendeth until the beginning of the geneiations. There- fore there is no man of Israel that is without heirs. Whoso dieth and leaveth a son, and a son's daughter, though it be a son's daugh- ter's daughter's daughter, to the end of many generations, she is foremost and heir of all, and the (first man's) daughter hath nothing. And the same law is for the brother's daugh- ter with the sister, and for the daughter of his father's brother's son, with his father's sister, and so all in like sort. Whoso hath two sons, and they both die while he liveth, and the one son leave three sons, and the other son leave one daughter, afterward when the old man dieth, the three sons of his son shall inherit the half of his heritage, and the daughter of his (other) son shall inherit the (other) half; for each of them was to inherit a portion of his father: and after this manner do the sons of brethren divide, and the sons of the father's brother, mito the beginning of the generations. The family of the mother is not called a family, neither is their inheri- tance but to the family of the father: there- fore brethren by the mother are not heirs one of another, but brethren by the father are heirs one of another; and this, whether it be his brother by his father only, or his brother by his father and his mother. All that are near (in blood) by transgression do inherit, as they which are lawfully begotten; as if one have a bastard son, or a bastard brother, lo they are as other sons and as other brethren for inheritance. But the sons of a bond- woman, or of a strange woman, is not counted a son for any matter, neither is he an heir at all," Maim. torn. 4, in Nachaloth (or treat, of Inheritances) chap. i. sect. 1 — 7. As the sons had their father's inheritance divided among them, (the first-born having a double portion. Dent. xxi. 17,) so for relief of the widow, and of the daughters, the Hebs. had these laws. " A widow is to be sustained by the goods of the heirs all the time of her widowhood, until she receive her dowry; and after she hath received hei" dowry in the judg- ment-hall, she hath not that sustenance. As they sustain her (with food) after her hus- band's death with his goods; so they give her raiment, and household-stulf, and dwelling; or she remaineth in the dwelling which she had while her husband lived. If the widow die, her husband's heirs are bound to buiy her. Our wise men have commanded that a man should give a little of his goods to his daughter, &c. If a father die and leave a daughter, they measure his purpose how much was in his heart to give unto her for her live- lihood, and they give it her: and his acquain. tance are they that measure his purpose. If they know it not, the magistrates rate it, and give her a tenth part of his goods for her livelihood. If he leave many daughters, every one of them when she cometh to be married, hath a tenth of his goods. And she which is after her, hath a tenth part of that which remaineth of the first: and she which is after he)-, hath a tenth of that which is left of the second. And if they come all to be married at once, the first receiveth a tenth part, and the second a tenth part of that which remaineth of the first, and the third a tenth part of that which remaineth of the second; and so (the rest) though they be ten, &c. and the residue of the goods are the bre- thren's. If the brethren have sold or mort- gaged their father's lands, the daughter tak- eth her livelihood from the purchasers, even as a creditor taketh his debt of the purchasers. Whoso commandeth at his death, that they should give his daughters no livelihood of his goods, they do hearken unto him ; for this is not of the nature of a dowry," Maim. torn. 2, treat, of wives, chap, xviii. sect. 1, &c.j and chap. xx. sect. I, &c. CHAP. XXVII. 141 '' And Jehovah said unto Moses, Go thou up into this mountain of i\.barim, and see the land which I have given to the sons of Is- rael. '^ And thou shalt see it, and thou also shalt be gathered unto tliy people, as Aaron thy brother was gatliered. '* For ye rebelled against my mouth in the wilderness of Zin, in the strife of the congregation, to sanctify me at the water before their eyes ; that is the water of Meribah of Kadesh, in tlie wilderness of Zin. '^ And Moses spake unto Jehovah, saying, '® Let Jehovah the God of the spirits of all llesh, set a man over the congregation : ''' Which may go out before them, and which may go in before of Kadesh, and the Chald. i/ie strife of Re- fcam. By this name Kadesh it is distin- guished from the other Meribah spoken of in Exod. xvii. 7. So in Deut. xxxii. 51. Ver. 15. — Of the spirits of all flesh,"] The Gr. translateth, of the spirits, and of all flesh: so before in Num. xvi. 22. It meaiieth that God is both the Creator of all men's souls or spirits, Eccl. xii. 7; Zach. xii. 1, and he that giveth them spiritual gifts of wisdom, knowledge, grace, &c. as spirits are used for 'spiritual gifts,' 1 Cor. xiv. 12. Set,] Or, visit, that is, provide and consti- tute for bishop or overseer ; who therefore is called in ver. 17, a shepherd, or pastor. Though for the people's sake the Lord was angry with Moses, and would not let him go into the good laud. Dent. iv. 21, yet such was Moses' love unto tliem, and care for their welfare, that he procureth what in him lieth, their good after his decease, by having a faithful governor set over them of God, which is a blessing unto a land or people, Eccl. x. 17. Ver. 17. — Go out before them,] By this phrase of going out, and coming in, and that which followeth, leading out and bring- ing in, is signified the administration of the oflicer, and government of his people, both in time of peace and of war: wherefore when Moses was old, and the time of his admini- stration expired, he said, ' I can no more go out and come in,' Deut. xxxi. 2. So the priests' administration in the Lord's house, is called a going in thereto, 1 Chron. xxiv. 19. The similitude is taken from a shepherd, whose duty is to go before the sheep, and to lead them out, that by his guidance they may go in aud out, and find pasture, as is spoken of our great Shepherd, the Lord Jesus, whom this Jesus the successor of Moses prefigured, John X. 3, 4, 9. Which have no shep- herd,] Or, 710 pastor: which estate is mi. serable, as is noted of our Saviour, that ' when he saw the multitudes, he was moved with compassion on them, because they fainted and were scattered abroad, as sheep having no shepherd,' Matt. ix. 36. Ver. 12. — This mountain of Abarim,] There were many ' mountains of Abarim,' Num. xxxiii. 47, by this mountain therefore is meant one special, which was called Nebo, ' which was in the land of Moab, over against Jericho,' Deut. xxxii. 49. And they were called Abarim, of the fords or passages which were by them over Jordan into the land ot Canaan. Wherefore the Gr. version saith, " Go thou up into the mountain which is on this side (Jordan) of mount Naban (or this mount Nabau:) and Mos. Gerundens ex- plaineth it thus: " The mountain of Abarim is mount Nebo, as is expounded in Deut. xxxii., and is so called, because it is by the fords of Jordan, where they pass over into the land of Canaan." See the land,] The land of Canaan, saith the Gr. : and so Closes expresseth it in Deut. xxxii. 49. Though this were some comfort unto Moses, to see the land afar ofl", and salute the same (as the faith- ful fathers are said to do the promises which they received not, Heb. xi. 13,) yet his desire and earnest suit unto the Lord was, that he might have gone over and seen it: but he would not grant it him, because he had sinned, and God had denounced his death before, Deut. iii. 23—26; Num. xx. 12. See the annot. on Deut. xxxiv., where his viewing of the land is described. Vee. 13. — Be gathered unto thy peo- ple,] In Gr. be added unto thy people: meaning, that he should die there, and be buried, Deut. xxxii. 50; xxxiv. 5, 6, and his soul should be gathered unto his godly fore- fathers: see Num. xx. 24. Ver. 14. — For ye rebelled,] Or, for- asmuch as ye rebelled against 7ny month, that is, as the Gr. and Chald. expound it, against my ivord: so in Num. xx. 24. To SANCTIFY me,] That is, which word and com- mandment of mine was, that ye by faith should sanctify me, but ye sanctified me not. Wherefore the G r. here translateth, ye sanc- tified me not: and so it is explained in Deut. xxxii. 51, 'because ye sanctified me not.' Meribah of Kadesh,] Or, strife of Kadesh; as the Gr. translateth it, of the contradiction 142 NUMBERS. them, and wliicli may lead them out, and which may bring them in : that the congregation of Jehovah be not as sheep which have no shepherd. '^ And Jehovali said unto Moses, Take unto thee Joshua the son of Nun, a man in whom is the spirit, and lay thine liand upon him. '^ And cause him to stand before Eleazar the priest, and before all the congregation, and charge thou him before their eyes. ^" And tliou shalt give of thine honour upon him, tliat all the congregation of the sons of Israel may hear, ^* And he shall stand before Eleazar the priest, and he shall ask (counsel J for Ver. 18 Joshua the son of Nun,] In Gr. Jesus ike so)i of Nun : so in the New Testament he is called Jesus, Acts vii. 45; Heb. iv. S. The Spirit,] To wit, the Spi- rit of God; meaning the gifts and graces of the Spirit, as wisdom, Deut. xxxiv. 9, and the hke. The Ciiald. expoundeth it, i/ie spirit of propheci/; and TJiargum Jonathaa saith, " the spirit of piophecy from before the Lord remaineth upon liim:" which accordeth with Num. xi. 24. But whether in prophecy or other graces, he was but a shadow of Jesus the Son of God, to whom he ' gave not the Spirit by measuie,' John iii. 34. Lay thine HAND,] Or, impose thine hand, that is, thine hands, as the Gr. translateth, and as Moses after slioweth in ver. 23, which was a sign of his calling and ordination to his office, as in Num. viii. 10, with whicli also it seemeth he received a greater measure of the Spirit; as it is said, 'And Joshua the son of Nun was full of the spirit of wisdom; for Moses had laid his hands upon him,' Deut. xxxiv. 9. Ver. 19. — Charge thou him,] Or, com- mand him; give him a charge for the faith- ful executing of his office; such as we read of in Deut. xxxi. 7, 8. Besides that which was now done by Moses, God himself did after give him a charge in the tabernacle, Dent. xxxi. 14, 15. Ver. 20. — Give of thine honour,] Or, give (that is, put) of thy glory, or of thy inajesty: whereby the gifts fitting the gov- ernment of Israel seem to be meant, as wis- dom, according to Deut. xxxiv. 9, or some other exterior sign of his calling liom God, whereby the people might be obedient to him. As it is said of Solomon, when he sat on the throne of the Lord, and all Israel obeyed him, that ' the Lord magnified Solomon exceed- ingly before tlie eyes of all Israel, and gave upon him the honour of the kingdom, (or royal majesty) such as had not been on any king before him in Israel,' 1 Chron. xxix. 23, 25. And the contrary is spoken of An- tiochus, that vile person, ' they shall not give upon him the honour of the kingdom ; but he shall come in peaceably, and obtain the king- dom by flatteries,' Dan. xi. 21. The Chald. tianslateth, thou shalt give of thy bright- ness (in Gr. thy glory) upon him : as refer- ring it to the shining of Moses' face spoken of in Exod. xxxiv. 30, 35, and so other Hebs. expound it, as Sol. Jarchi here saith, " This is the shining of the skin of his face;" and R. Menachem from the judgment of former doctors saith thus, " of thine honour, and not all thine honour: hereupon they say, The face of Moses was like the face of the sun ; the face of Joshua like the face of the moon." Though Joshua had not all the honour of Moses, for ' there arose not a prophet since in Israel like unto Moses,' Deut. xxxiv. 10, yet Jesus Christ ' was counted worthy of more glory than Moses,' Heb. iii. 3. May HEAR,] That is, hear him, as the Gr. trans- lateth, and so obey his authority. Thus it is opened in Deut. xxxiv. 9, ' Moses had laid his hands upon him, and the sons of Israel hearkened unto him,' that is, obeyed him: which is further manifested by their words unto him, in Josh. i. 16 — 18. Herein Jesus the son of Nun was a figure of Jesus the Son of God, of whom it is written, ' We were eye-witnesses of his majesty, for he re- ceived from God the Father honour and glory, when there came such a voice to him from the excellent glory, This is my be- loved Son, in whom I am well pleased, hear ye him,' 2 Pet. i. 16, 17; Matt. xvii. 5. Ver. 21. — And he shall ask for him,] That is, Eleazar shall ask counsel of God for Joshua in all doubtful cases, in all their wars, &c. Or, and he shall ask of him, that is, Joshua shall ask of Eleazar: this the Gr. favoureth, translating, and they shall ask of him the judgment of Urim (or of manifestations.) By the judgment of Urisi,] By the breast-plate of judgment, wherein were Urim and Thummim; whereof see the annot. on Exod. xxviii. 30. Thus Saul inquired of the Lord by Urim, but he answered him not, 1 Sam. xxviii. 6. At HIS MOUTH,] In Chald. at his word; by his understanding God's mouth, or Eleazar's mouth, speaking from the Lord : so in Thar- gum Jonathan it is expounded, "At the woid of Eleazar the pjiest they shall go out." CHAP. XXVIII. 143 him, by the judgment of Urim, before Jehovah : at liis mouth shall they go out, and at his mouth shall they come hi ; he, and all the sons of Israel with him, and all the congregation, ^^ And Moses did as Jehovah commanded him : and he took Joshua and caused him to stand before Eleazar the priest, and before all the congregation. "^ And he laid his hands upon him, and charged him, as Jehovah spake by the hand of Moses. But therein is implied the Lord's word, by which the priest was to give answer: for it is a rule among the Heb. doctors, " Every priest that speaketh not by the Holy Spirit, and the divine Majesty residing on him, they ask not (counsel) by him," Talmud. Bab. in loma, cap. vii. in Geniara. For in such consultations, though they inquired by the priest, yet the answer came from the Lord ; as there is an example in David, 1 Sam. xxiii. 9 — 12. Shall they go o0t,] Out to war, and in again from the same; and so in all weighty aflairs which were extraordinary. Wherefore it was an over-sight in Joshua and Israel that they made peace with the Gibeon- ites, and ' asked not (counsel at) the mouth of the Lord,' Josh. ix. 14, 15. He,] That is, Joshua himself, and all the people. Whereas the high priest with Urim and Thummim, lights and perfections, was a figure of Christ, (as is shoned on Exod. xxviii. 30,) the Lord by this ordinance signi- fied, that all governors and peojle should have their administrations directed by the mouth of Christ: 'For God who commanded the light to shine out of darkness, hath shined in our hearts, to give the light of the knowledge of the glory of God, in the face of Jesus Christ,' 2 Cor. iv. 6 CHAP. XXVIII 1. The Lord's oblations are commanded to he offered in the time ap- pointed. 3. The continual hurnt-offerings every day, tvith their meat and drink-offerings. 9. The offerings in the Sahhath ; ll.m the hegin- nings of the months ; 16. at the passover ; 26. and in the day of first- fruits, or Pentecost. ^ And Jeliovali spake unto Moses, saying, ^ Command the sons of Israel, and say unto them : Mine oblation, my bread for my Ver. 2. — Command the sons of Israel,] After that God had numbered the people, and appointed them their inheritance, he now re- peateth and explaineth former laws concern- ing his service which they should do unto him in that their inheritance, daily, weekly, monthly, and at their solemn feasts as they fell every year: for he therefore would give uuto them ' the lands of the heathens,' and they should inherit ' the labour of the people, that they might observe his statutes, and keep his laws,' Ps. cv. 44, 45. And because they had omitted tlie solemnizing of these feasts now thirty-eight years, (from the keeping of the passover in the wilderness in the second year. Num. ix., until the circumcision and passover at Gilgal, Josh, v.) by reason of their travels, wherein the sanctuaiy, altar, and holy things were folden up and removed from place to place, and the generation which had been before mustered was dead. Num. xxvi. 64, 65, therefore lest the ordinances formerly given should be forgotten or neg- lected, and the people continue to do as now they did, ' every man whatsoever was right in his own eyes,' Deut. xii. 8, the Lord causeth the law of sacrificing to be again commanded. Which sacrifices being all figures of Christ, and our service of God by him, (as hath been showed in the book of Leviticus,) teach us to serve the Lord under the gospel of his Son in spirit and truth: for thereof were these legal feasts a figure, Is. Ixvi. 23; Zach. xiv. 16—19; 1 Cor. v. 7, 8; Col. ii. 16, 17; Heb. xiii. 15. Mine OBLATION,] That is, mine oblations; In Gr. my gifts: Heb. my korban, which is an of- fering or gift by which men drew nigh unto 144 NUMBERS. ^re-offerings, the savour of my rest, ye shall observe to offer unto me in his appointed time. ^ And thou shalt say unto them, Tliis is tlie ^ve-offering whicli ye sliall offer unto Jehovah ; Two he- lambs of the first year, perfect, day by day, ^r a continual burnt- offering, * The one lamb thou shalt make ready in the morning, and the other lamb thou slialt make ready between the two even- God, through faith in Clirist. See the notes on Lev. i. 2. My bread for my fire-of- ferings,] The Chalii. expoundeth it, the bread ordained for my oblations. Under the name of bread all food is implied, and the flesh itself, or fat of the sacrifices, as is noted on Lev. iii. 11. The savour of my REST,] The savour or odour of sacrifices which may quiet or pacify my spirit and anger, and make you and your service pleas- mg and acceptable to me. The Gr. trans- lateth it, /or a savour of sweet smell; the Chald. to be accepted with favour. See Lev. i. 9. In his appointed time,] Every one in the time appointed therefore of God: the Gr. saith, in my feasts; foi- the same vvord which signifieth an appointed time, is also used for a solemn feast appointed of God, Lev. xxiii. 2. Hereby God limiteth every sacrifice to his proper day and time ; which if it were let slip, that oblation might not be offered in another day or time. This is fur- ther manifested in ver. 10, where he saith, ' The burnt-ofTering of the Sabbath in his Sabbath;' which the Hebs. expound thus, "and not the burnt-offering of one Sabbath, in another Sabbath," Maim. tom. 3, in Ta- midin, chap. i. sect. 7. And it is a common proverb among them, " Gnabar zeman, gna- bar korban; If the time be past, the oblation is past:" and it is prophesied of Antiochus the wicked, that he should ' think to change the times and the laws,' Dan. vii. 25. And Jeroboam king of Israel, who kept the feast of the seventh month, in the eighth month, is taxed for it in the sciipture, which calleth it 'the month which he had devised of his own heart,' 1 Kings xii. 32, 33. Ver. 3. — The fire-offering,] The sa- crifices to be burned with fire unto the Lord; which fire signified both the work of God's Spirit, and the fiery trials and afflictions through which Christ and his children should be consecrated unto God, Matt. iii. 11 ; Heb. ix. 14; 1 Pet. iv. 12 — 14. Of the first year,] Heb. son of the year: so after often in this and the next chapter: of which phrase see the annot. on Exod. xii. 5. Perfect,] That is, perfect lambs, withont blemish or corruption; what this meant is showed on Lev. i. 3; xxii. 23. Day by day,] Or,/o)' a day, that is, daily. A coNTiNaAL bornt- OFFERINg,] Heb. a brirjit- offering of con- titiuation, which should be oflered without intermission. See the notes on Exod. xxix. 42; Lev. i. Ver. 4. — Make ready,] Or, do, that is, kill, sprinkle the blood, cut in pieces, burn on the altar, and all otlier rites pertaining to sacrificing, showed in Lev. i. Between the two evenings,] That is, in the after- noon : of which phrase, see the annot. on Exod. xii. 6. God setteth no hours for the morning or evening sacrifices, because they might occasionally be changed. By the Heb. canons, the ordinary time of killing the morning sacrifice, was before " sun-rising, after that the face of all the east was light- ened," that is, between day-breaking and sun-rising. The time of killing the evening sacrifice, though it might be all the after- ' noon, yet they used not to kill it till ' half an hour after two of the clock:' and this they did by reason of the sacrifices of particular per- sons, or of the congregation, " because it vvas unlawful to offer any oblation at all, before the continual burnt-offering of the morning: neither killed they any oblation after the con- tinual evening sacrifice, save the oblation of the passover only: for it was impossible for all Israel to offer their passovers in two hours: so they killed not the passover, but after the daily evening sacrifice," Maim, in Ta7nidin, chap. i. sect. 3, 4. By this daily sacrifice morning and evening, was signified the re- conciliation of the church unto God by faith , in Christ; notwithstanding their continual infirmities which they fell into night and day, (as one end of the burnt-offering was to make atonement for sins, Job i. 5,) and that being reconciled, they should both show their thankfulness for it unto God, and expect from him a blessing upon them, their labours, and their rest. Wherefore at such times, special favours were showed of God unto his people ; as, * in the morning, when the meat-offering was offered,' the country was miraculously filled with water, for Israel, when they were in distress, 2 Kings iii. 9, 10, 20. And 'about the time of the evening oblation,' God answered unto Daniel's prayers, by sending the angel Gabriel unto him, who foretold him when Christ should come for the salvation of his people, Dan. ix, 20 — 22, &c. See also the notes on Exod. xxix. 39. Veb. 5. — A tenth part,] That is, an CHAP. XXVIII. 145 ings. * And a tenth part of an cpliali of flue flour for a meat-of- fering, mingled with the fourth part of an hin of beaten oil. •^ The continual burnt-offering which was made in mount Sinai for a savom- of rest, a fire-qffering unto Jehovah. ' And the drink- offering thereof s/iall be the fourth part of an hin for the lamb ; in the holy place shalt thou cause to be poured out a drink-offering of strong ici7ie unto Jehovah. * And the other lamb thou shalt make ready between the two evenings: as the meat-offering of the morn- ing, and as the drink-offering thereof, thou shalt makerea</^/; a fire-offering , a savour of rest unto Jehovah, ° And in the Sabbatli day, two he -lambs of the first year perfect, omer; for that was the tenth deal of an ephah was the lamb, and to dili'ered from the meat- vhereof an 'handful only or bushel, as is showed in Exod. xvi. 36. Fine flour,] Meaning, wheaten flour, as Excd. xxix. 2. So Chazkuni here saith, " as the flour spoken of in the consecration (of the priests) was of wheat ; so all the flour spoken of in the law is of wheat." The FOURTH PART, 3 That was somewhat less than a quart of oil; for an hin contained twelve logs, and a log held as much as six eggs: see the annot. on Exod. xxx. 24; Lev. xiv. 10. When God showed unto Ezekiel the spiritual temple which Christ should build, and the service therein, (declared after the similitude of the legal service of Moses) he saith, that eveiy lamb should have for the meat-otl'eritig ' the sixth part of an ephah, and the third part of an liin of oil,' Ezek. xlvi. 13, 14, where the quantity is increased moi-e than was oflered under Moses : to teach, that as God's grace and blessing aboundeth towards us in Ciirist, so should our thankfulness again towards him, abound more than under the law, by a more cheerful obedience unto him, and more ample fruits of the Spirit, figured by the flour and oil. Beaten oil,] Oil sig- nified grace; beating of it signified afflic- tions, whereby the grace of God is more per- fected in us, 2 Cor. i. 21; xii. 9, 10. " The oil was beaten in a mortar: and they strained it out with bands, and pressed it not out in an (oil) press, to the end there might be found no dregs in it," saith Chazkuni on Num. xxviii. Ver. 6. — Which was made,] That is, u'/itc/i (oi- such is) icas offered; as in Thar- gum Jonathan it is expounded, " such as was oirered at the mount of Sinai." Or, by made, understand ordained of God, having reference to the ordinance in Exod. xxix. 38 — 42. Thus God calleth them throughout their ge- nerations, unto his first institution, which they were to keep, till he himself made a change of the law. And here observe, that the lamb, the flour, and the oil, are all of them together called a burnt-oll'ering, as also in Ezek. xlvi. 15, because the meat-oflering with the oil was all burned ou the altar, as Vol. II. oflering in Lev. ii.. was burned. Ver. 7. — Drink- offering,] So named of pouring out upon the altar, as is noted on Num. XV. 5. In the holy place,] The court of the sanctuary; Heb. in the holiness. Strong wine.] In Heb. shecar, which nanie the Gr. retaineth, calling it sikcra, and so in Uie evangelist's writing, Luke i. 15. It is generally used for all strong drink, which causeth mirth, fulness, and (if it be taken ex- cessively) drunkenness : see the notes on Gen. xliii. 24. The Chald. here translateth it, old wine, and that is better than new, Luke v. 39. Thus God required the best liquor, wine; and the best sort of wine to be given with his sacrifice: which was a figure, not only of the blood of Christ, (the memorial whereof he hath still left unto his church in wine, Matt. xxvi. 27—29,) but of the blood also of his servants, poursd out in martyrdom, 'upon the sacrifice and service of the faith,' (as in the holy place,) Phil. ii. 17. See the annot. on Num. xv. 12. Ver. 9 The Sabbath pay,] Heb. the day of Sabbath, that is, of rest, which tlie Gr. expresseth in the form plural, the day of Sabbaths, and so in the New Testament, Luke iv. 16; Acts xiii. 14; xvi. 13. Two he- lambs,] Understand, as the Gr. version add- elh, ye shall bring two he-laynbs: these were over and beside the daily sacrifices fore-mentioned, ver. 10. The Sabbath was a remembrance of the creation of the world, Exod. XX. 11; of Israel's coming out of Egypt, Deut. v. 15; a sign of their sanctifi- cation by the Lord, Ezek. xx. 12, and a figure of grace and rest, which should come by faith in Christ, Heb. iv. As therefore this day was a sign of more than ordinary favours from the Lord, so he required greater testimonies of their thankfulness and sancti- fication. And Ezekiel prophesying of the church's service under the gospel, under the figure of these legal ordinances, he saith, ' And the burnt-ofleriog that the priuce shall T 14G N u M B p:: r s. and two tenth parts of fine ^om fur a meat-offering, mingled witli oil, and the drink-offering tliereof, '" The burnt-offering of the Sabbath, in his Sabbath, beside the continual burnt- offering, and his drink-offering. '^ And in the beginnings of your months ye shall offer a burnt- offering unto Jehovah : Two bullocks, younglings of the lierd, and one ram ; seven lie -lambs of the first year, perfect, '^ And three tenth jiarts of fine flour for a meat-offering, mingled with oil, for one bullock : and two tenth parts of flour for a meat-offering, mingled with oil for one ram. '^ And a several tenth part of fine offer unto the Lord, in the Sabbath day, shall be six lambs perfect, and a ram peifect: and the meat^oflering shall be an ephah for a ram ; and the mtat-ofiering for the lambs shall be the gift of his hand, and an hin of oil to an ephah,' Ezek. xlvi. 4, 5, signifying that the service of God now in spirit and truth should exceed the legal services of old. Ver. 10.— In his Sabbath,] The Chald. expoundeth it, that shall be done in the Sab- bath; it meaneth, that on the Sabbath it should be oti'ered, and not deferred till another day or week, as is before noted, ver. 2. The like is for the month in vei-. 14. Vee. 11.— The beginnings of your MONTHS,] That is, as the Gr. translateth it, the new moons; for in Israel they began the month with the new moon; and it was pro- claimed by the synedrion, or magistrates, as Maimony showeth in Kiddttsh bachodesh, chap. i. These new moons were days sanctified to the service of God, by special sacrifices appointed, as after foUoweth ; then did they blow with the silver trumpets in the sanctuary, Num. x. 10, and for burnt-ofier- ings on the Sabbaths, new-moons, and solemn feasts, was Solomon's temple dedicated, 2 Chron. ii. 4. Then also did they throughout the coasts of Israel repair unto the prophets, or other ministers of God, for to hear his word, as appeareth by 2 Kings iv. 23, ' Wherefore wilt thou go to him (to the man of God) to-day? it is neither new-moon, nor Sabbath.' Then also tliey kept religious feasts, 1 Sam. xx. 5, 6; neither was it law- ful to buy or sell, or do other like worldly works, Amos viii. 5, but they were to medi- tate of their light, sanctification, graces, and comforts to come by Christ, whereof these and other holy days were a shadow, Col. ii. 16, 17. And in Clnist we spiritually keep this feast (as the apostle speaketh of the pass- over, 1 Cor. v. 7, 8,) for so it is prophesied, ' From one new-moon to anotlier, and from one Sabbath to another, shall all flesh come to worship before me, saith the Lord,' Is. Ixvi. 23. Not that we are now bound to * observe days, and months, and times, and years,' Gal. iv. 10, but are taught by those figurative speeches in the prophets, to ' wor- ship the Father in spirit and in truth,' John iv. 21, 23, who will accept of our service performed in Christ, in every place, as he did at Jerusalem, Mai. i. 11, and at all times, as he did at the solemn feasts of Israel. The renewing of the moon, (which borroweth her light of tlie sun) might figure the renew- ing of the church (said to be ' fair as tlie moon,' Song vi. 10,) by Christ 'the Sun of righteousness,' Mai. iv. 2, while her light and joy is by him increased and continued; as it is written, ' Tliy sun shall no more go down, neither shall thy moon withdraw it- self: for the Lord shall be thine everlasting light, and the days of thy mourning shall be ended,' Is. Ix. 20. And Ezekiel (prophesy- ing of the days of Cln-ist) saith of the 'gate of the inner court of the sanctuary, that looketh toward the east, which should be shut the six working days, that in the Sabbath, and in the day of the new-moon, it should be opened,' Ezek. xlvi. 1. The Hebs. say, "As the beginning of the months are sanc- tified and renewed in this world, so shall Israel be sanctified and renewed in time to come," Pirke Eliezer, per 51. Two bul- locks,] The service at tlie new-moon «as much more than in the Sabbath, for that was but two lambs, ver. 9, but this at the new- moon, is 'two bullocks, one ram, and seven lambs,' all burnt-ofierings, and 'one goat- buck, for a sin-oflering,' ver. 11, 15. These sacrifices were ofl'ered, beside the daily burnt- ofl'ering, and after the same: but Ezekiel foretelleth a lessening of this service, speak- ing but of one bullock, six lambs, and a ram, which the prince should ofier, Ezek. xlvi. 6. Ver. 12. — Three tenth parts,] Of an ephah or bushel, as ver. 5, that is, three omers. The like quantity was prescribed in Num. XV. 9, and so two omers for a ram. Num. XV. 6. But in Ezek. xlvi. 7, the meat-oflerings is increased; ' an ephah for a bullock, and an ephah for a ram; and for the lambs, according as his hand shall attain unto.' See before on ver. 9. CHAP. XXV III. 147 flour, for a meat offering mingled witli oil, for one lamb : for a burnt-offering, a savour of rest, a five-offering unto Jehovah. " And their drink-offerings, lialf an hin of wine shall be for a bullock, and the third part of an liin for a ram, and the fourth part of an liin for a lamb : This is the burnt- offering of the month, in the month, throughout the months of the year. '^ And one goat-buck of the goats for a sin-offering unto Jehovah : it sJiall be made ready beside the continual burnt-offering, and liis drink-of- fering. " And in tlie first month, in the fourteenth day of the month, shall be tlie passover unto Jehovah. '^ And in the fifteenth day of this month shall be the feast : seven days shall unleavened cakes be eaten. '^ In the first day shall be a convocation of holiness ; ye shall not do any servile work. '^ But ye shall offer a Rre-offering for a burnt-offering unto Jehovah; tvv'o bullocks, younglings of the herd, and one ram, and seven he-lambs of the first year, perfect shall they be unto you. ^" x^nd their meat-offering, fine flour mingled with oil ; three tenth parts shall ye make readj/ for a bullock, and two tenth parts for a ram. ^' A several tenth part shalt thou make readg for one lamb, tlirougliout tlie seven lambs. ^^ And one goat-buck for a sin-offering, to make atonement for you. ""^^ Beside the burnt-offering of the morning, which is for a con- Ver. 13. — a several tenth part,] Heb. a tenth part a tenth part, that is, for every one a tenth part; or, (as Moses ex- plaiueth it in Num. xxix. 4,) 'one tenth part for one lamb.' So after in ver. 21, 29, and chap. xxix. 10, 15. With oil,] With the fourth part of an hin of beaten oil, as was de- clared in ver. 5. But when there was an ephah of flour for a meat-ofleiing, there was 'an hin of oil to an ephah,' Ezek. xlvi. 5, 7, 11. Ver. 15. — For a sin-offerixg,] In Gr. for sin; this was to make atonement for them, ver. 22, tiie law for sin-ofli;rings was given in Lev. iv. And whereas some sin- oiieriiigs were eaten by the priests, and others (whose blood was carried into the holy place) were not eaten, but burnt without the camp, Lev. vi. 26, 30, of this the Hebs. say, " The odering (or doing) of the sin-oflei-ings at the be- ginnings of the months, and at tlie solemn feasts, is like the ofl'ering of the sin-ollering that is eaten," Maim, in Tamklin, chap. vii. sect. 2. Ver. 16. — The first month,] Called of the Hebs. Abib, and ]\Usa?i; it answerelh in part to that which we call March: see the riotes on Exod. xii. 2; Lev. xxiii. 5. Vr,R. 17. — The feast,] Of unleavened takes, as is expressed in Lev. xxiii. 6. The passover was a figure of ' Christ our Pass- over,' to be sacrificed for us: the unleavened cakes signified 'sincerity and truth,' witli which we should 'keep the feast,' I Cor. v. 7, 8. See the annot. on Exod. xii. 15. Ver. is. — Any .servile work,] Heb. ant/ work of service: it meaneth any work save about tiiat which men should eat ; that only was to be done of them, Exod. xii. 16. See the notes there, and on Lev. xxiii. 7. Ver. 19. — Two bullocks, &c.,] The same sacrifices, and so many as were offered at the new-moons, ver. 11. Tlie meat and drink-offerings also were the same, ver. 12, 13, 20, 21. But Ezekiel prophesieth of a change, how at the passover on the fourteenth day, the prince should prepare ' for himself, and for all the people of the land, a bullock for a sin-offering. And the seven days of the feast (of unleavened cakes) he should prepare a burnt-offering to the Lord, seven bullocks, and seven rams perfect, daily the seven days; and for a sin-olTering, a goat-buck of the goats daily.' The meat-offerings also should be increased ; ' an ephah for a bullock, and an ephah for a ram, and an hin of oil for an ephah,' Ezek. xlv. 22—24. Ver. 22. — A sin-offering,] Of it the Hebs. say, " it was eaten in the second day of the passover, which was the sixteenth day of (the first month) Nisan," Maim, in Tamidin, chap. vii. sect. 3. See before on ver. 15. Ver. 23. — Beside the burnt-offering,] The daily sacrifice appointed in ver. 3, unto 148 NUMBERS. tiiiual burnt- offering, ye shall make ready these. ^^ After tliis manner ye shall make ready for every day, seven days, the bread of tlie f^re-offering of a savour of rest unto Jehovah : it shall be made ready, beside the continual burnt- offering, and his drink-offering. ^' And in tlie seventh day ye shall have a convocation of holiness, ye shall not do any servile work. ^^ And in the day of the first-fruits, when ye offer a new meat- offering unto Jehovah after your weeks, ye shall have a convoca- tion of holiness, ye shall not do any servile work. " And ye shall offer a burnt-offering for a savour of rest unto Jehovah; two bullocks, younglings of the herd, one ram, seven he -lambs of the first year. ^^ And their meat-offering, fine flour mingled with oil ; three tenth parts for one bullock, two tenth parts for one ram. ^^ And several tenth part for one lamb throughout tlie seven lambs. ^° One goat-buck of the goats, to make atonement for you. ^' Ye shall make them ready, beside the continual burnt-offering, and his meat-offering ; perfect shall they be unto you, and tlieir drink-offerings. which these sacrifices fore-mentioned were Heb. which usually signifleth in your weeks, added. And beside all these, there was the is here to be interpreted after: see the an- lamb, for a burnt-oflering, which was sacri- not. on Exod. ii. 23. ficed with the wave sheaf or omer, as was Veb. 27. — Two bullocks,] These and commanded in Lev. xxiii. 10—13. the rest following are here added to the feast, Ver. 25. — The seventh day,] ^yhich over and beside those « seven lambs, one biil- was the last day of the feast of unleavened lock, and two rams,' which were offered with cakes; and in tliis day it is said, there should the first-fruits, Lev. xxiii. 18, as is showed be ' a feast to Jehovah,' Exod. xiii. 6, called in the annot. there; and 'beside the con- here ' a convocation of hdliness,' or holy as- tinual burnt-offering,' or daily sacrifice, as semhly. So in Exod. xii. IG; Lev. xxiii. 8. after followeth in ver. 31. Ver. 26.— Day of the first-fruits,] Ver. 31. — And their drink-offerings,] Called Pentecost, Acts ii. 1, ' the feast of This seemeth to be referred not only to the harvest,' Exod. xxiii. 16, 'the feast of weeks, former, ye shall make them ready, but also of the first-fruits of wheat harvest,' Exod. to the latter, they shall be perfect: that as xxxiv. 22. A NEW meat-offering,] Called the beasts, flour and oil, were to be perfect, so in respect of the former ofiered at the unblemished, sound and sweet ; so the wine passover: the law for this was given in Lev. for drink-offerings should likewise be perfect, xxiii. 16. After your weeks,] After the (as he called it strong wine, in ver. 7,) not seven weeks, or Why days, which the Israel- dead, sour, mixed with dregs or lees, or ites were commanded to number unto them otiierwise corrupted. See the annot. oji from the passover, Lev. xxiii. 15, 16. The Gen. iv. 4. CHAP. XXIX. 1 . The offerings at the feast of trumpets on the first day of the seventh month ; 7. at the day of affecting their souls, rvMch was the tenth day of the seventh month ; 12. and on the eight days of the feast of tabernacles, which hegan on the fifteenth day of the seventh month. 'And in tlie seventh month, in the first day of the monti), ye CHAP. XXIX. 149 shall have a convocation of holiness ; ye shall not do any servile work: a day of blowing of trumpets shall it be unto you. ^And ye shall make j-eady a burnt- offering for a savour of rest unto .Je- hovali, one bullock, a youngling of the herd, one ram, seven lie- lambs, of the first year, perfect. ^ And their meat-offering shall be of fine flour mingled with oil; three ienih parts for a bullock, two tenth parts for a ram. * And one tenth part for one lamb, through- out the seven lambs. ^ And one goat-buck of the goats for a sin- offering, to make atonement for you. •^Beside the burnt- offering of the month, and his meat-offering, and the continual burnt- offering, and his meat-offering, and tlieir drink- offerings according to their manner, for a savour of rest ; a fire -offering unto Jehovah. ^ And in the tentli day of this seventh month ye shall have a convocation of holiness, and ye shall afflict your souls ; ye shall not do any v/ork. * And ye shall offer a burnt-offering unto JeJio- V ah for a savour of rest; one bullock, a youngling of the herd, one ram, seven he-lambs of the first year, perfect shall they be unto you. " And their meat-offering shall be of fine flour, mingled with oil ; three tenth parts for a buliock, two tenth parts for one Ver. I.. — The SEVENTH month,] Called in 1 Kings viii. 2, 'the month Ethanim,' of the Hebs. commonly Tisri; of us Septem- ber. This month was 'the going out of the year,' Exod. xxiii. 16, and ' the revolution of the year,' Exod. xxxiv. 22, for then the old year went out, and the new began, as touch- ing the jubilees, Lev. xxv. 9, 10, and other civil afl'airs: but by reason of Israel's coming out of Egypt in Abib, or March, that month was made mito them * the first of the months of the year,' Exod. xii. 2. So the ecclesias- tical feasts were reckoned after this order; and that which had been the first month, is here and usually called the seventh. The FIRST DAY,] Heb. the one day; of which phrase see Gen. i. 5. Blowing of trum- pets,] Of this rite, see Lev. xxiii. 24, and the annot. there. Ver. 2. — Savour of rest,] Which the Gr. translateth, of sweet smell; the Chald. to be accepted with favour before the Lord. See Gen. viii. 21. One bullock,] At every new-moon they were to ofler ' two bul- locks, one ram, and seven lambs,' Num. xxviii. 11; the same were to be offered at this new-moon, aiid this one bullock, one ram, and sevin lambs, &c. here mentioned, were added over and ' beside the burnt-ofler- ing of the month,' as is after expressed in ver. 6. So this day they sacrificed three bullocks, two rams, and fourteen lambs for burntofierings, and two goats for sin, besides the two lambs for tiie daily oblation. For as the solemnity was greater, by reason of the blowing of the trumpet', (which figured the preaching of repentance and belief in Christ, Is. Iviii. 1 ; Mark i. 1 — 4,) so their service/ and thankfulness unto God was to be testified by the more sacrifices. And if this new- moon fell to be on the Sabbath, then besides all the former oblations, they offered also the t" 0 lambs, which were added for the Sabbath, Num. xxviii. 9, 10. The order of offering is said to l)e thus; "After the daily morning sacrifice was oflered, the addition of the Sab- bath was first, and after that, the addition of the new-moon; and after it, the addition of this good day (or feast,)" Maim, in Tamidin, chap. ix. sect. 2. Ver. G.— Their manner,] Heb. their judgment, that is, the law and ordinance pre- scribed of God. So in ver. IS, 21, 24, &c. Under this word manner or judgment, the Hebs. understand the order a\so here set down : for whereas sometimes the sin-oflering was of- fered first, before the burnt-offering, Lev. v. 7, 8, 10, " in the oblations of the feast (they say^ it was not so, but they offered according to the order that is written, as it is said, ' According to their manner.' As, first the bullocks, and after them the rams, and after them the lambs, and after them the goat- burks, although the goat-bucks were sin-of- ferings, and all those before them were burnt- ofierings," Maim, in Tamidin, chap. ix. sect. 7. Ver. 7. — The tenth day,] Which was 150 NUMBERS. ram. ^" A several tenth part for one lamb, throughout the seven lambs. '' One goat-buck of the goats, for a sin-offering, beside the sin-offering of atonements, and tlie continual burnt- offering, and the meat-offering of it, and their drink-offerings. '^ And in the fifteenth day of the seventh month ye shall have a convocation of holiness; ye shall not do any servile work, and ye shall festivally keep a feast unto Jehovah seven days. '^ And ye shall offer a burnt- offering, a fixe-offering for a savour of rest unto Jehovah; thirteen bullocks, younglings of the herd, two rams, fourteen he-lambs of the first year, tliey shall be perfect. '* And their meat-offering shall be of fine flour, mingled with oil ; three tenth parts for one bullock, throughout the thirteen bullocks ; two tentli parts for each ram, of the two rams. '^ And a several tenth part for one lamb, tluoughout the fourteen lambs. "^ And one goat-buck of the goats for a sin-offering, beside the continual burnt-offering, his meat-offering, and his drink-offering. ' the day of atonements,' Lev. xxiii. 27, called ' the fast,' Acts xxvii. 9. 'i'he man- ner of atonement, and the servii'e on that day, is described at large in Lev. xvi. Af- flict YOUR sotJLS,] With fasting and absti- nence: see the annot. on Lev. xvi. 29. Ver. 11. — Beside the sin-offering of ATONEMENTS,] That goat-buck, whose blood was carried into the holy place, and the body burned without the camp. Lev. xvi. 9, 29, be- sides it, this sacrifice here commanded was to be offered, and besides the daily burut-ofiering. " On atonement day, they offer an addition according to the addition of the beginm'ng of the year, [which was the first day of the seventh month, foie-mentioned in ver. 1, 2,] a bullock and a ram, and this ram is called the people's ram ; and seven lambs, all of them for burnt-offerings, and a goat-buck for a sin-offering, and that was eaten at evening. Moreover the congregation offered a goat- buck for a sin-offering which was burnt, the fellow whereof was sent away for a scape- goat," (Lev. xvi. 9, 10,) Maim, in Tami- din, chap. x. sect. 12. This atonement was a lively figure of our reconciliation unto God, by the death of Christ, (as is showed on Lev. xvi.) the afflicting of their souls figured re- pentance and humiliation for sins, with our fellowship in the afllictions of Christ, Rom. vi. 3, 4, 6; 1 Pet. ii. 21. The sacrifices added here, signified the faith that God's people should have in Christ sacrificed, and thankfulness unto God therefore, 1 John ii. 1, 2; Heb. x. 10, 19, &c. ; Rom. xii. 1, 2. Ver. 12. — The fifteenth day,] When the feast of booths, or of tabernacles did be- gin, which lasted seven days. Lev. xxiii. 34 — 36, &c., the signification of which feast is showed in the aruiot. on that place. Ver 13. — Thirteen bullocks,] Whereas at the other feasts foie-mentioned, they of- fered but two bullocks, one ram, and seven lambs in a day; at this, they were to olTer thirteen bullocks, two rams, and fourteen lambs; both because the solemnity was greater, and at this time they had gathered in their corn and wine, and had seen the blessing of God in all their increase, and in all the works of their hands, Deut. xvi. 13, 15; therefore the Lord required more sacri- fices in sign of thankfulness. But Ezekiel prophesying of the days of Christ (under whom we keep this feast in spirit and truth, Zech. xiv. 16 — 19,) appointeth like sacrifices as were to be ofl'ered at the passover; as that the prince should prepare seven bullocks and seven rams daily for a burnt-oflering, &c. Ezek. xlv. 23, 25. Ver. 17. — Twelve bullocks,] In every of the seven days of this feast, one bullock is abated, as on the second day twelve, on the third day eleven, ver. 20, on the fomth day ten, ver. 23, and so furward, till on the seventh day they were to ofi'er seven bullocks, ver. 32, (all which, in seven days amounted to seventy bullocks) but the rams and lambs were every day alike. By this diminishing of one bullock every day, the Holy Spirit might teach their duty to grow in grace, and increase in sanctification: that their sins de- creasing, the number of their sacrifices (whereby atonement was made for their sins) should also decrease daily. Or it might sig- nify a diminishing and wearing away of the legal offerings, to lead them unto the spiritual and reasonable service, by presenting their CHAP. XXIX. 151 " And in the second day, twelve bullocks, younglings of the lierd, two rams, fourteen he-lambs of the first year, perfect. '* And their meat-offering and their di-ink-ofterings, for the bul- locks, for the rams, and for the lambs, by the number of tliem ac- cording to the manner. ^^ And one goat-buck of the goats for a &m-offering, beside the continual burnt- offering, and the meat-offer- ing tJiereof, and their drink-offerings. ^" And in the third day, eleven bullocks, two rams, fourteen he- iambs of tlie first year, perfect. ■^' And their meat-offering and their drink-offerings, for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs by the number of them, according to the manner. ^^ And one goat-buck yo;- a sin-offering, beside the continual burnt-offer- ing, and his meat-offering, and his drink-offering. ^^ And in the fourth day, ten bvillocks, two rams, fourteen he- lambs of the first year, perfect. ^* Their meat-offering, and their drink-offerings, for the bullocks, for the rains, and for the lambs, by the number of them, according to the manner. ^^ And one goat-buck of the goats for a sin-offering, beside the continual burnt-offering, his meat-offering, and his drink-offering. ^^ And in the fifth day, nine bullocks, two rams, fourteen he- lambs of tlie first year, perfect. ^' And their meat-offering, and their drink-offerings, for the bullocks, foi the rams, and for the lambs, by the number of them, according to the manner. ^ And one goat-buck for a sin-offering, beside the continual burnt-offer- ing, and his meat-offering, and his drink-offering. ^' And in tlie sixth day, eight bullocks, two rams, fourteen he- lambs of the first year, perfect. ^° And their meat-offering, and their drink-offerings, for tlie bullocks, for tlie rams, and for the lambs, by the number of them, according to the manner. ^' And one goat-buck ^or a sin-offeri7ig, beside tlie contiiuud burnt offer- ing ; his meat-offering, and his drink-offering. ^^ And in the seventh day, seven bullocks, two rams, fourteen he-lambs of the first year, perfect. ^^ And their meat-offering, and their drink-offerings, for the bullocks, for the rams, and for the lambs, by the number of them, according to the manner. ^* And one goat-buck for a sin-offering, beside the continual burnt-offering, his meat-offering, and his drink-offering. ^^ In the eighth day ye shall have a solemn assembly; ye shall not do any servile work, own bodies a living sacrifice, holy, acceptable selves; whether they were the oblations of unto God, Rom. xii. 1. the congregation, or the oMations of a parti- Veb. 18. — And for the lambs,] The cular person " Maim, in Tamidin, chap. x. Hebs. say, "that the meat and drink-offerings sect. 15. of these several sacrifices, were never to be Veb. 35. — In the eighth d.iy,] Chazku- mixed together, but the meat and drink-of- ni here observeth, " that it is not said (as ferings of the bullocks were by themselves, was of the former days) And in the eighth and the meat and drink-uflerings of the rams day; to teach that it was a good day (or by themselves, and of the Iambs by them- ftast) by itself." A solemn assembly,] 152 x\ U M ]^ E R S. '^ And ye sliall offer a burnt-ofFering, a ^re -offering for a savour of rest unto Jehovah; one bullock, one ram, seven he-lambs of the first year, perfect. ^' Their meat-offering, and their drink- offerings, for the bullock, for the ram, and for the lambs, by the number of them, according to the manner. ^** And one goat-buck for a sin-offering , beside the continual burnt-offering, and his meat-offering, and liis drink-offering. ^^ Tliese things ye shall do unto Jehovah in your solemn feasts, beside your vows, and your voluntary offerings, for your burnt- offerings, and for your meat-offerings, and for your drink- offerings, and for your peace-offerings. ^" And Moses spake unto the sons of Israel, according to all that Jehovah commanded Moses. Or, general assembly: see the notes on Lev. xxiii. 36. Ver. 36. — One bullock,] Though this was the last, and ' the great day of tlie feast,* John vii. 37, yet were the sarriflces fewer than on any other day; as if God would call them fiom the multitude of outward ohlations to his spiritual worship, as is noted on ver. 17. And our Saviour on that day called the people from their many carnal observations, (some whereof are noted on Lev. xxiii. 40,) unto himself, to drink the waters of his Spirit, John vii. 38, 39. Ver. 39. — Beside your vows, &c.] Of the difference between vows and voluntary- ofierings, see the annut. on Lev. vii. 16. The sacrifices fore-mentioned, the congrega- tion of Israel was bound to offer, every thing in his day: but all men as they had either vo«ed, oi- voluntary would, brouglit their sa- crifices at the feasts, (especially peace-offer- ings, which the owners did eat before the Lord) that according to the blessing of God upon them, they, their children and their servants, the Levites, the stranger, the fa- therless and the widow with them, might eat and drink, and rejoice before the Loid, Deut. xvi. 10, 11, 14, 15. The truth and mean- ing of all which solemnities are now fulfilled unto us by Christ, who by one offering of himsL'lf, hath reconciled us unto God, and wrought our eternal redemption, and hath given us of his Spirit, whereby we know that he abideth in us, and hath placed in ns the kingdom of God, which consisteth in righteousnes?, and peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit: ' that by him we should ofler the sa- crifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of our lips, confessing to his name, and should not forget to do good, and to com- municate, for with such sacrifices God is well pleased,' Col. ii. 16, 17; Heb. ix. 12, 26, 28: 1 John iii. 24; Rom. xiv. 17; Heb. xiii. 15, 16. CHAP. XXX. 1 . The Lord commandeth that men's vows or oaths he not profaned, hut kept. 3. A maid in her father's house, the father hath power to es~ tahllsh her vow, or to disannul it. 6. Likewise a married woman is in her hushand's power, he may confirm or disannul her vow, in the day that he heareth it. 9- But the vows of a widow, or divorced woman, are to stand. 10. Aii explanation of the case between man and wife, concerning vows or oaths. ' And Moses spake unto the lieads of the tribes, concerning tlie sons of Israel, saying, This is the thing which Jehovah com- 2 5 5 Here beginneth the forty-second lec- ture of the law: see Gen. vi. 9. Ver. 1 — The heads,] That is, as tlie Gr. translateth, the rulers (or princes) e/ CHAP. XXX. 153 nianded. ^ A man, when he shall vow a vow unto Jehovah, or swear an oath to bind a bond upon his soul, he shall not profane his word, he shall do according to all tliat proceedetli out of liis mouth. ^ And a woman, when slie shall vow a vow unto Jehovah, and bind a bond in her father's liouse in her youth : * And lier fa- ther hear hei- vow and her bond, whicli she hath bound upon her soul, and her fatlier shall hold his peace at licr ; then all her vows shall stand, and every bond which she hath bound upon her soul shall stand. ^ And if her father disannul her in the day tJiat the tribes. In the two former chapters were laws for necessary duties commanded: here followeth the law for voluntary things, which people having by vow or oath taken upon them, were bound to perform. Concerning THE SONS,] Or, to the sons of Israel ; or as the Gr. joineth it with the former, the princes of the tribes of the sons of Israel. It was spoken by Moses to the princes, that by them it might be orderly communicated unto the people; as in Exod. xii. 3, 21 ; iv. 29 ; also that the governors should look unto the people for the performance of their religious pro- mises. The thing,] Heb. the word. Ver. 2. — A vow, J A religious promise to the Lord. Of a vow, and how it differed from a voluntary gift, see the annot. on Lev. xxvii. 2 ; vii. 16 ; and of an oath, see the notes on Lev. v. 1, 4. And that alms pro- mised for the poor, is comprehended also under the name of vows, is showed on Deut. xxiii. 21. A BOND upon his soul,] That is, to bind his soid (or himself) with a bond. Hereupon is that manner of speech, ' Thy vows are upon me, O God,' Ps. Ivi. 12. Not profane his word,] Not violate or break his promise, but shall have an holy care to keep it. A like phrase is of ' profaning a covenant,' in Ps. Iv. 20 ; Ixxxix. 34. And as vows might not be broken, so neither might they be delayed, Deut. xxiii. 21. All that proceedeth out of his mouth,] That is, every word of his, as the phrase is opened in Luke iv. 4, from Deut. viii. 3. This is to be understood of good and lawful vows, and such as are in a man's power to perform: for impossible vows are to be re- pented of, and wicked vows or oaths are not to be kept, but broken, Acts xxiii. 21, &c. Ver. 3. — And bind a bond,] To wit, ' upon her soul,' as in ver. 4, that is, bound herself tvith a bond. And may here be used for or (as it is often, and as the Gr. here translateth, or determine a determination) to imply either a vow to sanctify any thing to the Lord, or a bond to restrain herself from something, as by afllicting her soul, or abstinence, as in ver. 13. In her father's house,] She abiding there, and being under Vol. ir. his power. The Hebs. (as Sol. Jarchi on this place) by house, do understand power, saying, " under the power of her father, though she be not in his house.'' In her youth,] Youth diflereth from childhood, for in her youth she understandeth what a vow is, whereof in childhood she is ignorant. The Heb. canons have limited the time both for men and women, thus : " A young man that is a son of twelve years and one day, and a young woman that is a daughter of eleven years and one day, which do swear or vow, either vows of binding (or restraint,) or vows of sanctifying (any thing to the Lord,) they do examine them, and ask questions of them. If they know to whose name they have vowed, &c. then their vows are stab- lished : but if they know not, then is there nothing in their vows or words. And this examination is necessary all that year, which is the twelfth year for a young maid, and the thirteenth year for a young man. Before this time, although they say, we know to whose name we have vowed, their vows are no vows. But after this time, when the son is a son of thirteen years and one day ; and the daughter is a daughter of twelve years and one day ; although they say, we know not to whose name we have vowed ; their words are established, and their vows are vows, &c. And this is the time of vows spoken of in every place : for as much as they are come to the years of great (or aged) per- sons, their vows are stablished," Maim, torn, 3, treat, of voivs, chap. xi. sect. 1, 3, 4. Ver. 4. — Hold his peace at her,] Or, keep silence at it: though he do not by words approve, yet by silence he seemeth to consent, therefore her vow standeth firm. Shall stand,] That is, shall be stable, firm and sure; as the field which Abraham bought, was said to stand, when by sale it was sure, Gen. xxiii. 17, 20. So one's counsel or word is said to stand, when it abideth fii m, Prov. xix. 21; Is. xiv. 24; xl. 8; Jer. xliv. 29. Ver. 5. — Disallow her,] Or, disalloto (mdlify) it, to wit, her vow: so after. The D.w th.it he heareth,] Whether it be iu loi NUMBERS. lie heareth, not any of her vows or of Iier bonds which she liath bound upon lier soul shall stand : and Jehovah will mercifully for- give her, because her father disallowed her. ^ And if having she have an husband, and her vows be upon lier, or the utterance of lier lips, wliich she hath bound upon her soul ; ' And her husband liear, and hold his peace at her in the day that he heareth: then lier vows shall stand, and her bonds wliich she hath bound upon her soul shall stand. ® But if in the day that her husband heareth he disallow her, then he shall make void her vow which is upon her, and the utterance of her lips which she hath bound upon her soul ; and Jehovah will mercifully forgive her. ^ But the vow of a widow, and of her that is put away, whatsoever she hath bound upon her soul shall stand upon her. " And if she vowed in her husband's house, or bound a bond upon her soul with an oath: " And her husband heard, and held his peace at her, and disallowed her not; then all her vows shall stand, and every bond which she the day that she vowed, or many days after that her father heareth of it. "If she vow and wait many days, and afterwards her father or her husband hear of it, then he may break it in the day that he heareth, &c. as it is said, ' lu the day that he heareth, and not in the day tliat she voweth only,' " Maim, in voivs, chap. xii. sect. 16. Will mercifully FORGIVE IIER,] In Gr. will purge (or cleanse) her : her sin in vowing, (wlien she was not in her own power, but in her father's) shall be forgiven: but she may not perform her vow, which by her father's authority is dis- annulled. So for her husband in like sort, ver. 12. Ver. 6. — If having she have a hus- band,] Heb. if being she be to a man; that is, if she be at all married. Or the ut- terance OF HER LIPS,] Or, pronunciation, that which she hath pronounced, or distinctly uttered, to wit, by oath, as appeareth by the word or, which distinguisheth it from her VOWS: and by that which followeth, 'which she hath bound upon her sou!,' that is, by oath, as in ver. 2, 10. So the pronouncing with the lips, is joined with swearing, in Lev. V. 4, and Chazkuni here saith, "the pronunciation is not (meant) but of an oath." Ver. 8. — He disallow her,] Or, dis- allow it, that is, signify his disallowance of her vow or oath. The Hebs. say, " A man maketh void, or establisheth the words of his wife, or of his daughter in any language, al- though she know it not ; for it is not of ne- cessity ihat the woman should hear the mak- ing void, or the establishment, &c. He that maketh void the words of his daughter, or of his wife, it is necessary that he utter it with his lips; and if he make it void in his heart (only) he doth not make it void:" Maim, in voivs, chap. xiii. sect. 1, 7. Ver. 9. — Put away,] To wit, /row her husband, as is expressed in Lev. xxi. 7, that is, divorced. Shall stand,] She is to peiform her vow; and this (as the Hebs. think) though she be afterward married. As, " A woman which hath no husband, and which is not under her father's power, if she say, Lo (such) flesh be unlawful to me after thirty days, and she be married within thirty days; although at the time when the vow be- ginneth, she be under the power of a husband, he cannot make it void ; because at the time of the vow (making) she was not under his power. And of this it is said (in Num. XXX. 9,) ' But the vow of a widow, and of her that is put away,' " &c. Maim, in vows, chap. xiii. sect. 16. Ver. 10.' — In her husband's house,] After that she is married, and in her hus- band's power. But what if she were be- trothed only, and remained yet in her father's house? Of this case the Hebs. say, "A maid that is betrothed, none can make her vow void, but her father and her husband jointly together. And if the one of them alone do make it void, it is not made void. If her espoused husband die, she returneth into the power of her father: and whatsoever she voweth, her father may make it void, as before her espousals. If her father die after that she is betrothed, and she make a vow after his death, her husband cannot make it void ; for an husband maketh not the vows of his wife void, until she be come into the wedding chamber, (or married,)" Maim, in vows, chap. xi. sect. 9, 10 Ver. 11. — Shall stand,] She is to keep CHAP. XXX. 155 hath bound upon lier soul sliall stand. '- But if her husband hath utterly made them void in the day that lie heard, wliatsoever pro- ceeded out of her lips concerning her vows, or concerning the bond of her soul, shall not stand ; lier husband liath made them void, and Jehovah will mercifully forgive her. '^ Every vow, and every oath of bond to afflict the soul, her husband may establish it, and her husband may make it void. " But if lier husband altogether hold his peace at her from day to day, then he establisheth all her vows, or all her bonds, which are upon her : he establisheth them, because he held his peace at her in the day that he heard them. '* But if he shall utterly make them void, after that he hath heard them, then he shall bear her iniquity. ^'^ These are the statutes, which Jehovah commanded Moses, between a man and his wife, between a father and his daughter, in her youth, in her father's house. her vow, though after her husband's death. "A young woman, whom her father hath given ill marriage, if she become a widow, or be divorced after marriage, io she is as an orphan while her father livetli, and her father cannot make her vows of none effect, al- though she be yet but a young woman," Maim. ibid. sect. 25. Ver. 12 Hath utterly made XHEiM VOID,] Or, hath any ways made them void; Heb. making void hath made them void: so in ver. 15. Veb. 13. — Oath of bond,] That is, bind- ing oath, or, bo7id confirmed with an oath. To afflict the soul,] By abstinence, fast- ing, &c. See the notes on Lev. xvi. 29. This seemeth to be added for amplification, rather than limitation or restraint: howbeit, the Hebg. from hence gather, that although the father may disannul all his daughtei-'s vows, of wliat sort soever, yet the husband hath not power to disannul the vows of his wife, unless they be of this sort, to wit, vows or bonds to afflict the soul, &c. Sol. Jarchi on Num. xxx., and Maim, in vows, chap, xii. sect. 1. May establish it,] Or, may make it stand, shall confirm it. Some understand these words to be a command- ment, and translate thus, let her husband establish it, or let her husband make it void, to wit, out of hand, and let him not defer it till afterward. Ver. 14. — Altogether hold his peace,] Heb. holding his peace shall hold his peace, (ur keep silence ) From day to day,] And do not disannul it the same day that he hear- eth it. Ver. 15. — Shall utterly make them VOID,] Or, shall any tcays make them of none effect: see this phrase in ver. 12. Shall bear her iniquity,] That is, shall bear the punishment of her iniquity; God will require her sin at his hand. " P'lom hence we learn (saith Sol. Jarchi) tliat he which is a cause of scandal (or ollence) unto his neighbour, shall come in his stead unto al' punishments." CHAP. XXXI. I . The Israelites are commanded io take vengeance on the Midianites. 5. Twelve thousand of the tribes of Israel, with Phinehas the priest, are sent to war. 7. They slay all the males, and tlie five kings of Mi- dian, and Balaam the son of Beor. 9. They take the women and chil- dren captives, and the spoil of their goods and cattle, and hum their cities. 13. Moses is wroth with the officers for saving the women alive. 19. How the soldiers with their captives and spoil are to be purified. 25. The proportion whereby the prey is to be divided. 28. The tribute levied 156 NUMBERS. unto the Lord of the divided prey, and given to the priests and Levites. 48. The captains of Israel numbering their soldiers, 7mss not a man, and, therefore, give a voluntary oblation unto the treasury of the Lord. ' And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying, - Avenge the ven- geance of the sons of Israel upon the Midianites : afterward shalt thoa be gathered unto thy people. ^ And Moses spake unto the people, saying. Arm ye some men of yourselves unto the war, and let them be against Midian, to render the vengeance of Jehovah upon Midian. * A thousand of a tribe, a thousand of a tribe, of all the tribes of Israel, shall ye send to the war, * So there were delivered of the thousands of Israel, a tliousand of a tribe, twelve tliousand armed ^r war. ^ And Moses sent them, a thousand of a tribe, to the war : them and Phinehas the son of Eleazar the priest Ver. 1. — Avenge the vengeance,] Or, revenge the revengement of the sons of Israel, that is, take vengeance for the Israelites' wrong and injury upon the Midianites, wlio vexed Israel with their wiles, and beguiled them in the matter of Peer, Num. xxv. 17, 18. The Lord, to whom vengeance and recompence belongeth, Dout. xxxii. 35 ; (and would not therefore have men avenge them- selves, Rom. xii. 19 ;) commandeth this vengeance for his people's sake, many of whom he had formerly slain for sinning with the Midianites, Num. xxv. 9 ; and now turneth his hand against their enemies, be- cause he is ' the avenger of all such,' 1 Thess. iv. 6. Therefore he calleth it here, ' the vengeance of the sons of Israel ;' but Moses calleth it ' the vengeance of Jehovah,' ver. 3. And the commandment is given to Mo- ses the magistrate, the minister of God, a revenger to execute wrath upon evil doers, Rom. xiii. 4. Midianites,] In Gr, Ma- dianites, the posterity of Midian the son of Abraham, by his wife Keturah, Gen. xxv. 1, 2. Why these were now punished rather than the Moabites (their partners in sin,) is touched on Num. xxv. 17. G.^thered UNTO THY people,] That is, die and be buri- ed : see the annot. on Num. xx. 24 ; and Gen. xxv. 8. Ver. 3. — To render,] Or, to give the vengeance of Jehovah, which phrase the apos- tle useth in 2 Thess. i. 8, ' giving (or ren- dering) vengeance on them that know not God.' That which in ver. 2, was called ' the vengeance of the sons of Israel,' is here named, ' the vengeance of the Lord,' as be- ing executed by his word, and for the injiny done unto him ; for he that toucheth his peo- ple, toucheth the apple of his eye, Zech. ii. 8. The Chald. here expoundeth it, ' the vengeance of the people of the Lord.' Ver. 4. — A thousand of a tribe, a THOUSAND,] That is, of every tribe a thou- sand, in all twelve thousand, ver, 5 ; which was but a small company in respect both of the six hundred thousands of Israel, Num. xxvi. 51 ; and of the nation of the Midian- ites, governed by five kings, ver. 8. But ' there is no restraint to the Lord, to save by many, or by few,' 1 Sam. xiv. 6. And this small number was chosen, that the victory might be acknowledged the Lord's ; as after this, he said unto Gideon, ' the people that are with thee are too many for me to give the Midianites into their hands, lest Israel vaunt themselves against me, saying, Mine own hand hath saved me,' Jiidg. vii. 2, Ver. 5. — There were delivered,] In Chald. there were chosen in Gr. tkei/ 7mm- bcred. Ver. 6 Phinehas,] The zealous priest, who had formerly slain Cozbi the prince's daughter of Midian, Num. xxv. 7 — 15. Holy instruments,] Heb. iyistnimefits (or vessels) of holiness : herel)y the ark and things belonging thereto may be meant, as appeareth by Num. xiv. 44. Or, because the ark was but one, and he speaketh here of more instruments, the trumpets may be un- derstood: and so to read it, the holy instru- ments, that is, the trumpets, &c. for a7id is sometimes used by way of explication for that is, or to tuit, as is noted on Gen. xiii. 15. But to understand hereby the Urim and Thummim, or golden plate (as some do) is improbable, because they were not in the hand of Phinehas, but of Eleazar, who was the high priest. Num. xxvii. 21 ; xx. 26. Trumpets of alarm,] To blow an alarm, that they might be remembered before the Lord their God, and saved from their ene- mies, according to the law and promise in Num. x. 9; and practised in ages following, CHAP. XXXI. 157 to the war; and the holy instruments and the trumpets of alarm in liia hand. ' And tliey warred against Midian, as Jehovah commanded Moses, and they killed every male. " And they killed the kings of Midian, beside those that were slain of tliem ; Evi, and Rekem, and Zur, and Hur, and Reba, five kings of Midian -. Balaam also the son of Beor they killed with tlie sword. ^ And the sons of Israel took the women of Midian captives, and their little ones, and took the prey of all their cattle, and all their flocks, and all their goods. '" And tliey burnt all their cities in their habitations, and all their castles with fire. " And tliey took all the spoil, and all the booty of men and of beasts. '' And tliey brought the captivity, and the booty, and the spoil, mito Moses, and unto Eleazar the priest, and unto tlie congregation of the sons of Israel, unto the camp, unto the plains of Moab, which are by Jordan, near Jericho. " And Moses and Eleazar tlie priest, and all the princes of the congregation went forth to meet them without the camp. " And Moses was wroth with the officers of the host, tlie captains of thou- 2 Chron. xiii. 12, 14, 15. Thus had they both God's commandment, and the signs of his presence and aid, to sanctify their expe- dition. Ver. 8. — Beside those,] Or, with those that were slain; for the W^h. gnal, often signi- fieth with^ as in Exod. xxxv. 22; Lev. xiv 31 ; Deut. xxii. 6; and elsewhere. Five kings,] Called elsewhere jirinces and dukes of Sihon, Josh. xiii. 21. But Sihon the Amorite be- ing slain before (Num. xxi. 23, 24 ;) these dukes of his now reigned as kings, and fought against Israel, and were overcome by faith which subdueth kingdoms, Heb. xi. 33. The antichristian Amorite (the beast) hath twice five, that is, ten kings, as horns on his head, which make wai- with the Lamb (Christ) and the Lamb overcometh them, Rev. xvii. 12, 14 ; xix. 19 — 21. Balaam also,] They killed among (or with) those that were slain of them, as is expressed in Num. xiii. 22 ; which also is added in the Gr. version here. So that either lie stayed with the Midianites, when he departed from Balak, or returned from his place unto them, as is noted on Num. xxiv. 25. And he died not the death of the righteous, (as he seemed to desire. Num. xxiii. 10,) but his iniquity was upon his bones, though he was the terror of the mighty in the land of the living; yet was he broken in the midst of the uncircumcised, and lay with them that were slain with the sword, as the prophet speaketh of others, in Ezek. xxxii. 27, 28. Ver. 10. — Castles,] Or, goodly luild- ings, or villages : see this word in Gen. xxv. 16. The Chald. here expoundeth it, their houses of worship or adoration, their temples. Ver. 12. — The captivity,] That is, the captives, women and children: see Num. xxi. 1. So after in ver. 19. The booty,] Or, the thing taken ; which being here dis- tinguished from the captives, meaneth the beasts and cattle, as appeareth by ver. 32, and 26. The sroiL,] A general word for things taken in war, Josh. xxii. 8 ; imply, ing sometimes beasts and cattle also, as in 2 Chron. XV. 11 ; and all other things, as garments, gold, silver, &c. ver. 20, 22; Josh. vii. 21 ; 2 Chron. xxviii. 15; victuals, 1 Sam. xiv. 30; and the like. These all they brought unto the governors and congre- gation, to be disposed of according to the will of God, whose the victory was. Ver. 13. — To meet them,] As Melchi- sedek king and priest went forth to meet Abram returning from the slaughter of the kings, Gen. xiv ; so Moses the king, Elea- zar the priest, and the princes go forth here to meet Abraham's children returning from the slaughter of the kings of Midian. Where- in the work of Christ (our king and priest) was figured: who after our spiritual warfare with the enemies of our salvation, meeteth us with his gracious Spirit, to sanctify and bless us, Heb. vii. Also they went out to meet them, to provide for the cleansing of the sol- diers, which were polluted by the dead, and might not therefore come into the camp be- fore they were purified, Num. v. 2, 3 ; xix. 11—13. Ver. 14. — The Officers,] Or, the bishops of the host, as both the Heb. and Greek words signify: these were the captains, as after is explained. Moses, who was the meekest man on earth in his own matters. NUMBERS. sands, and the captains of hundreds, whicli came from the battle of the war. '^ And Moses said unto them, Have ye saved alive all the females ? "^ Behold, these were to the sons of Israel through the word of Balaam, (a cause) to commit trespass against Jehovah in the matter of Peor : and there was a plague among the congre- gation of Jehovah. '^ Now, therefore, kill every male among the little ones, and kill every woman that hatli known man, by lying with a male. '^ But all tlie little ones among the women, that have not known the lying ivitli a male, keep alive for yourselves. '" And you, encamp ye witliout tlie camp, seven days, wliosoever hath killed aw?/ soul, and whosoever hath touched aw2/ slain, purify your- selves and your captivity, in the tliird day, and in the seventh day. ^^ And purify every garment, and every instrument of skin, and every work of goat's (hair,) and every instrument of wood. ^^ And Eleazar the priest said unto the men of tlie army whicli went to the war. This is the ordinance of the law, which Jehovah is yet observed to have been often angry for the Loi-d's cause, as is noted on Num. xii. 3. And he was wroth with the officers, be- cause upoa them lay the charge to direct and govern the people in the ways of God. Com- pare Acts XX. 28 ; 1 Pet. v. 2, 3 ; Rev. ii. 1 — 5, &c. The battle of the war,] The battle ray (or host) of the war : the first word signifieth warfare, at it is orderly set in array ; the second meaiieth tiie war, fight, or com- bat with the enemy Ver. 16. — The word of Balaam,] The doctrine of Balaam, as Rev. ii. 14 ; or, (as the Chald. expoundeth it) the counsel of Ba- laam ; having reference to that counsel inti- mated, Num. xxiv. 14. A cause to com- mit,] Or, an occasion to commit (Heb. to <)ive) a trespass by fornication and idolatry, Num. xxv. 1_3. The Gr. translateth to revolt and to despise the word of the Lord. The matter,] Heb. the uwrd ; in Gr. be- cause of Phogor: see Num. xxv. 3, 18. Ver. 17. — Known man by lving with A male,] The latter explaiiieth the former, which sometime is used alone in the same meaning, as in Gen. iv. 1 ; Luke i. 34. Af- ter it is said, known the lying tvith a mule : the like phrases are in Judg. xxi. II, 12. Ver. 19. — Seven days,] For so long did the pollution by the dead continue, Num. xix. 11. Any SOUL,] That is, awyper*o?i. Pu- rify,] With the water of separation, ver. 23 ; the law whereof was given in Num. xix. Your captivity,] That is, your captives, or prisoners, as in ver. 12. The Jews hold, that the heathens are not polluted by the dead, or with other like legal uncleanness, as is noted on Num. xix. 14. But in this case, when heathens are captived by Israelites, and so become their lawful possession, they are unclean, and to be purified by proportion from the law in Gen. xvii. 12, 13. Where- upon Jarchi here saith, " yourselves and your captivity, not that heathens do receive uncleanness, and need to be sprinkled ; but as you the children of the covenant, so your captives also which come into the covenant, and are unclean, have need to be sprinkled." And in the seventh day,] According to the law in Num. xix. 19 ; the signification whereof is showed there. Ver. 20. — Every garment,] Or, every cloth : the word implieth not only garments for man's body, but clothes for other use ; as in Num. iv. C — 8. Instruments,] Or ves- sel of his ; whatsoever is made of the skin of any beast : so after, every instrument (or ves- sel) of wood. Work of goat's hair,] That is, thing made of goaf s hair : the word hair may here be understood, as in Exod. xxv. 4 ; some add, of goat's skins, it may also mean any other part, as Sol. Jarchi here saith, it implieth any instrument " of the horns, and of the hoofs, and of the bones." Ver. 21. — Which went,] That is, zvhick had gone ; Ileb. ivhich came: wherefore it may also be Englished, which came from the battle : so the Gr. here translateth it; and so the Heb. word which usually signifieth to, is by the Holy Spirit in Gr. translated /ro??i or out of, as in Rom. xi. 26; from Is. lix. 20. See the like noted on Gen. xxxvi. 6. The ORDINANCE,] Or, the statute of the lavi ; which the Gr. calleth Dicaioma, that is, the just ordinance or righteous statute of the law. The same word Paul useth in Rom. ii. 26, ' if the uncircumcision (that is, the uncir- cumcised Gentile) keep the ordinances (or righteous statutes) of the law ;' and in Rom. viii. 4, < that the ordinance (the righteous sta- CHAP. XXXI. 159 commanded Moses. ^^ Only the gold, and the silver, the brass, the iron, the tin, and the lead ; ^^ Every thing that goetli through tlie fire, ye shall make it pass through the fire, and it shall be clean ; nevertheless, it shall be purified with tlie water of separation : and every thing that goeth not through the fire, ye shall make pass through tlie water. ^^ And ye shall wash your clothes in the seventh day, and ye shall be clean ; and afterward ye shall come into the camp. ^ And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying, ^^ Take tliou the sum of the booty of the captivity, of man, and of beast ; thou, and Eleazar the priest, and the lieads of the fathers of the congregation. ^^ And divide the booty into two parts, between them that took upon them the war, who went out to battle, and between all the congregation. ^^ And levy a tribute unto Jehovah, of the men of tute) of the law might be fulfilled in us.' So in Heb. ix. 1, ' ordinances of divine ser- vice.' Here Eleazar the priest declareth to the people the law which God had command- ed Moses ; as it was generally the duty of priests and Levites to teach Jacob God's judgments, and Israel his law, Deut. xxxiii. 8, 10; Hag. ii. 11, 12; Mai. ii. 7. More- over the hoifer, with whose ashes the purify- ing water was prepared, was expressly given to Eleazar, Num. xix. 3, &c. Ver. 23. — That goeth through the FIRE,] That is, will, or Tiiay abide the fire, and not be consumed therewith. Or, that Cometh in the fire. And it shall be,] Or, that it may be clean. Water of separa- tion,] In Gr. water of purification : the wa- ter mentioned in Num. xix. 9 ; which was to be sprinkled upon the vessels with hyssop, Num. xix. 18 ; after they had passed through the fire. Goeth not through the fire,] That will not abide the fire, or cometh nut in the fire. This latter, some of the Heb. ex. positors (as Jarchi and Thargum Jonathan) do follow, and understand by things that come in the fire, such vessels and instruments as are used at the fire, kettles, spits, and the like: and by things that come not in the fire, they understand cups, platters, and suchlike. But the former seemeth best. Through THB water,] To be washed therewith, and not sprinkled only with that water of separa- tion, Num. xix. By this passing through fire and water, the vessels had a legal purifi- cation from their ceremonial uncleanness ; to signify that the creatures are sanctified unto our use ' by the word of God and prayer.' 1 Tim. iv. 4, 5. And sometime by vessels the Scripture signifieth men; and by their passing through fire and water, their cleans- ing from corruption by afflictions, and through the grace and Spirit of Christ: as, « I will gather you into the midst of Jerusalem, as they gatlier silver, and brass, and iron, and lead, and tin, into the midst of the furnace, to blow the fire upon it, to melt it, so will I gather you in mine anger,' &c. Ezek. xxii. 19 — 22. 'And, in a great house there are not only vessels of gold and silver, but also of wood and of earth ; and some to honour, and some to dishonour. If a man therefore purge himselt from these, he shall be a vessel unto honour, sanctified, and meet for the master's use,' &c. 2 Tim. ii. 20, 21. Again, 'thou hast tried us as silver is tried, &c. we went through fire, and through water,' Ps. Ixvi. 10, 12. See also Zech. xiii. 9 ; Mai. iii. 3. Ver. 26,— The sum,] Heb. the head, that is, the sum or count, as the Gr. and Chald. expound it: see Num. i. 2. So after in ver. 49. Ver. 27, — Into two parts] Or, into halfs: Heb. dit'ide (or half the booty. The war and victory being the Lord's, he ilivideth the prey at his pleasure, half to the twelve thousand soldiers, and half to the congrega- tion who went not out to war. So David made it an ordinance in Israel, ' as his part is that goeth down to the battle, so shall his part be that tarrieth by the stufl': tliey shall part alike,' 1 Sam. xxx. 24, 25. And to the warriors of the two tribes and the half that fought against the Canaanites, Joshua said, ' divide the spoil of your enemies with your brethren,' Josh. xxii. 8. Ver. 28. — And i.^vy,'\Oi; and heave up, ■which the Gr. and Chald. translate, and se- parate a tribute to the Lord : by this homage and tribute, they were to acknowledge the victory to be of God, and to show their thank- fulness for his salvation. So David dedicat- ed unto the Lord, silver and gold, of all na- tions which he had subdued, 2 Sam. viii. 11, 12. And Esaias prophesieth, ' in that time 160 NUMBERS. war which went out to battle, one soul of five hundred ; of the men, and of the beeves, and of the asses, and of the sheep, ^s Qf their half shall ye take it, and thou shalt give it unto Eleazar tlie priest, for an heave-offering of Jehov^ah. ^^ And of the sons of Israel's half, thou shalt take one portion of fifty, of tlie men, of the beeves, of the asses, and of the sheep, of all beasts : and thou shalt give them unto the Levites, which keep the charge of the taberna- cle of Jehovah. ^' And Moses and Eleazar the priest did, as Jeho- vah commanded Moses. ^^ And the booty, tlie residue of the prey, which the people of the army had made prey of, was six hundred thousand, and seventy thousand, and five thousand sheep. ^^ And seventy and two thousand beeves. " And sixty and one thousand asses. ^^ And souls of mankind, of the women which had not known the lying with male, all the souls were two and tliirty thou- sand. ^® And the half, ivhich ivas the portion of them that went out to war, was, tlie number of sheep, three hundred thousand, and thirty thousand, and seven thousand, and five hundred. ^' And Jehovah's tribute of the sheep was six hundred seventy and five. ^^ And the beeves were six and thirty thousand ; and Jehovah's tri- bute of them was seventy and two. ^^ And the asses were thirty' shall a present be brought unto the Lord of hosts, of a people scattered and peeled,' &c. Is. xviii. 7. One soul of five hundred,] By sotd is here meant person of mankind, and living body of beasts, as after is explain- ed. And as the twelve thousand soldieis had much more of the spoil, considering their small number, than the other many thousands of the congregation ; so their tribute to the Lord was much less by proportion, they giv- ing but the five hundredth part, when the congregation gave the fiftietli, ver. 30. God requireth less of them, as their labour, ser- vice, and jeopardy of their lives, had been greater than their brethren's. Ver. 29. — Unto Eleazar,] The Lord, who was the inheritance of the priests and Levites, Deut. xviii. 1, 2 ; and had given them the ordinary heave -oflerings which the Israelites ofTered unto him, Num. xviii. 19; givcth them also this extraordinaiy tribute which was levied for him. So Abram gave to Melchisedek the priest, the tithe of the spoil which he had gotten in war. Gen. xiv. 20. And as the Levites had the tribes in Israel, and the priests had but a tt-nth of those tithes, Num. xviii. 21, 24, 26, 28, so is there here a like proportion allotted, while the Levites had the fiftieth part, ver. ."50 ; and the priests but the five hundredth. Ver. 30. — One portion of fiftv,] Or, one taken (or detained) of fifty : so in ver. 47. Of the sheep,] Or, of the flock -leasts, that is, of slieep and of goats, for both these are implied under the name flock; as in Lev. i. 10. Of all beasts] That is, ofallman- ner of beasts : but this seemeth to be meant of the beasts fore-named only, and not of camels, or other unclean beasts; because in the particular sums after rehearsed, ver. 32 — 39, there are no unclean but asses only spoken of. Chazkuni here saith, " if thou ask why God commanded not to take a tribute of the camels, seeing there were many camels there, as it is written in the war of Gideon, (against the Midianites,) their camels were without number, Judg. vi. 5; vii. 12; the answer is, the scripture mentioneth those only where- of they took the tribute ; ' and they took no tribute of unclean beasts, save of asses, be- cause they are sanctified by the firstling of the ass,"'Exod. xiii. 13; xxxiv. 19,20. Which KEEP the charge,] Or, observe the observa- tion, keep watch and do the service: see the notes on Num. xviii. 5. Ver. 32. — The residue of the prey,] The cattle (whose numbers follow) are call- ed the residue or remainder , either because some had been slain for the soldiers to eat, or in respect of the gold and silver and other such spoils, whereof there was no tribute levied. Ver. 33. — Seventy and two thousand,] That is, seventy thousand and tivo thousand, as was explained in the former verse. So after. Ver. 35.— Souls of mankind,] Heb, soul of Adam, meaning by soul, the persons, CHAP. XXXI. 161 tlioiisand and five hundred ; and Jeliovah's tribute of them ivas sixty and one. ^° And the souls of mankind we?'e sixteen thousand ; and Jeliovah's tribute of them was two and thirty souls. ^' And Moses gave the tribute, the heave -offering of Jeliovah, unto Elea- zar the priest, as Jehovah commanded Moses. ^^ And of the sons of Israel's half, which Moses divided from the men tliat warred. '^ (Now tlie congregation's half was, of the sheep, three hundred thousand, and tliirty tliousand, seven thousand, and five Irandred. ■*^ And beeves, six and thirty thousand. ■** And asses, thirty thou- sand and five hundred. *^ And souls of mankind, sixteen thousand.) ' And Moses took of the sons of Israel's half, one portion of fifty, of man and of beast, and gave them unto the Levites wliich kept the charge of the tabernacle of Jehovah, iis, Jeliovah commanded Moses. "^ And the officers which were over the thousands of the host, the captains of thousands, and captains of hundreds, came near unto Moses. " And they said unto Moses, Thy servants have taken the sum of the men of war wliich were in our hand, and there lacketh not a man of us, *° Therefore we have brought an obla- tion for Jehovah, what crerz/ man hatli found q/ jewels of gold, chains, and bracelets, rings, ear-rings, and tablets, to make atone- and by Adam or mankind, the women, as after is explained. For as at the first, both man and woman were called Adam, Gen. v. 2, EO the same name is often used for both sexes, as here and in ver. 40, 46, 47. VeR. 40. Two AND THIRTY,] So the M'hole number of beasts and girls (which were the Lord's tribute out of the soldier's half) was eight hundred and forty, which were given to Eleazar the priest, ver. 41. Ver. 47. — One portion of fifty,] Or, one taken of fifty, as in ver. 30. The par- ticular sums (as may he gathered by the for- mer computation) were six thousand seven hundi-ed and fifty sheep, seven hundred and twenty oxen, six hundred and ten asses, three hundred and twenty souls of young women : the whole sum of them altogether, was eight thousand and four hundred, which were taken out of the congregation's half, and given to the Levites. So the whole prize brought home from the Midiauites, and kept for the use of Israel, was of beasts and women-kind, eight hundred thousand, and forty thousand: out of which the Lord took for his priests and Levites, nine thousand two hundred and forty. Thus he enriched his people with the spoils of their enemies ; and they in homage and thankfulness to the Lord, gave him one of five hundred out of the one half, and one of fifty out of the other half ; as Abiam gave one of ten to Melchisedek the priest of God, of all the spoils that he had taken from his enemies. Gen. xiv. 20. Vol. II. X Ver. 48. — The officers,] Or bishops, as in ver. 14. Ver. 49. — In our hand,] That is, in our power, under our leading and charge: which the Gr. and Chald. translate with tis. There lacketh not,] Heb. there is not numbered or vmstered, to wit, as wanting or missing: for in such musters the number is observed, of those that are absent, as of those present. This was a rare and wonderful mercy, that twelve thousand men of Israel should van- quish so great a nation of Midian without loss of any man's life, whereas commonly ' the swoid devoureth one as well as another,' 2 Sam. xi. 25. But hereby appeareth, that ' precious ia the eyes of the Lord is the death of his saints,' Ps. cvi. 15; and a much like speech was uttered by our Saviour ; ' of them which thou gavest me, have I lost none', Job xviii. 9. Moreover, by this victory, God encouraged his people to fight the resi due of his battles against the Canaanites Ver. 50. — An oblation for Jehovah,] Or, as the Chald. explaineth it, the oblation of the Lord : in Gr. a gift to the Lord. This was a voluntary gift, whereas the former levy was commanded, ver. 25, &c. Hath found,] That is, hath gotten in this war. Jewels,] Or instruments, vessels. Atone- ment FOR OUR SOULS,] That is, for our lives which God hath spared; and that there be no plague amongst us, as Exod. xxx. 12. Herein also they might have respect uuto their sin in sparing the women alive, for 102 NUMBERS. ment for our souls before Jeliovah. " And Moses and Eleazar the prie.st took the gold of them, every wrought jewel. *''' And all the gold of the heave-offering that they offered up to Jehovah, was sixteen thousand, seven liundred and fifty shekels, of the captains of thousands, and of the captains of hundreds. *^ The men of the army had taken spoil, every man for liimself. ^^ And Moses and Eleazar the priest took the gold of the captains of thousands, and of hundreds, and brought it into the tent of the congregation, for a memorial for the sons of Israel, before Jehovah. which Moses reproved them, ver. 1 , 17. Tl\us though they found all alive, yet were tliey not proud, neither boasted ot their va- lour, hut gave the glory unto God, and in themselves they were humbled in conscience of tlii-ir unwortliiness. VEa. 51 — EvEav wrought jewel,] Hob. Jewel {or instrument) of work ; that is, cun- ningly wrought. So as the matter was the best of gold, the form also was the best. Cliazkuui here saith, " the scripture showeth that they brought no broken instrument." Ver. 52. — Shekels,] What the shekel weighed, see on Gen. xx. 16. Of the CAPTAINS,] Or, from the captains; that is, Mo=;es took the gold of them, as in ver. 51, and 51. Veb. 54. — The tent,] The Lord's ta- bernacle, where it was a memorial for them: as the like is spoken of the half shekels which the Israelites gave when they were numbered, to make atonement for their souls, Exod. XXX. 15. 1(5. CHAP. XXXII. 1 . The Reuhenites and Gadites sue for their inheritance on that side Jordan. 6. Moses reproveth them. 1 6. They offer him conditions to his content. 28. Moses commandeth Eleazar and Joshua to give them that inheritance when they had performed the conditions. 31. TJie Gadites and Reubejiites promise again to perform them. 33. Moses assigneth them the land. 34= They build fenced cities for their wives and children, and folds for their cattle. 39. The so?is of Manasses conquer the Amorites m Gilead, and have it and the villages thereof given them hy Moses for a possession. ^ Now the sons of Reuben, and the sons of Gad, had a very great multitude of cattle : and they saw the land of Jazer, and the land of Gilead ; and behold, the place was a placej^r cattle. ^ And the sons of Gad, and the sons of Reuben came, and said unto Moses, and unto Eleazar the priest, and unto the princes of the Ver. 1.. — Reuben,] He was Israel's first- born of his wife Leah, Gen. xxix. 32, and Gad was the first son of Zilpah, Leah's hand- maid, Gen. XXX. 10, 11. To these are added some of the sons of Manasses, (ver. 39, &c.) who was the son of Joseph, the eld- est son of Israel by his wife Rachel, Gen. XXX. 22, 24. Jazer,] A city taken a while before from the Amorites, Num. xxi. 32. Gilead,] In Gr. Galaaci, a mountain also of the Amorites «hich had many cities; half that mount was given to the sons of Gad, the other half to the sons of Manasses, ver. 40; Deut. iii. 12, 13; Josh. xiii. 24, 25, 31. A PLACE FOR cattle,] That is, meet to feed and nourish cattle. Therefore God promis- ing to feed his people Israel, significth the goodness of their pasture, hy the similitude of Bashan and Gilead, Mic. vii. 14; Jer. 1. 19. Ver. 2. — Sons of Gad,] They are named before the sons of Reuben, both here and in CHAP. XXXII. 163 congregation, saying, ^ Ataroth, and Dibon, and Jazcr, and Nim- rali, and Heslibon, and Elealeh, and Sliebam, and Nebo, and Boon ; * The land which Jehovah smote before the congregation of Israel, is a lander cattle, and thy servants have cattle. ^ And they said, If we have found grace in thine eyes, let this land be given unto thy servants for a possession, bring us not over Jordan, ^ And Moses said unto tlie sons of Gad, and to the sons of Reu- ben, Shall your brethren go to war, and sliall you sit liere ? ' i\nd wlierefore break ye the heart of the sons of Israel, from going over into the land wliich Jehovah liath given them ? ^ Thus did your fathers, when I sent them from Kadesh-barnea to see the land. " For tliey went up into the land of Eshcol and saw the land, and brake the heart of the sons of Israel, that they should not go into the land which Jehovali had given them. ^^ And Jeho- vah's anger was kindled in that day, and he sware, saying, " If tlie men that came up out of Egypt, from twenty years old and upward, sliall sec the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto ver. 6, 25, 29, 31, 33, so it seemeth they were first in this counsel and foremost in the suit. Ver. 3. — Ataroth, and Dibon, Sec] These were places in the country of Sihon and Og on the outside of Jordan : there was also an Ataroth within the land of Canaan, whereof see Josh. xvi. 2, 5, 7. Of Dibon, see Num. xxi. 30; Josh. xiii. 9, 17. Nim- RAH,] Called also Beth-Nimrah, in ver. 36, and Nimrim, Is. xv. 6, in Gr. Namra. This place «as given to the sons of Gad, Josh. xiii. 27. Heshbon,] The city of king Sihon, Num. xxi. 26, given to the Reuben- ites, Josh. xiii. 15, 17. Sheham,] Or, Se- bum, called also Sibmah, in ver. 38; Josh. xiii. 19, in Gr. Sebama: it was a place of vines, Is. xvi. 8, 9; Jcr. xlviii. 32. Beon,] Called in ver. 38, Baalmeon; and in Jer. xlviii. 23, Beth-mbon ; and in Josh. xiii. 17, Bethbaal-meon. The Gr. here corrupt- eth it Bailian. Ver. 4. — Jehovah smote,] That is, smote or killed the inhabitants thereof, de- livering them before his people, so that they smote them, Deut. ii. 33, but the victory is ascribed unto the Lord. FoR cattle,] In Gr. that nourishcth cattle: see ver. 1. Ver. 5. — Bring us not over,] Or, lead us not, cause us not to pass over Jordan, to wit, for to have possession there. This their request (whereat Moses was oftended) might seem at this first propounding of it, very eviJ. For, it might argue in them a covet- ous mind for their own benefit, which also might turn to the injury of their other bre- thren. They prevented the time before all lliu land was conquered. They seemed to contrary the word of God, who commanded the land to be divided by lot. Num. xxvi. 55, which they now would prevent. It might imply a distrust in them, of subduing and inheriting the land of Canaan. It might be a discouragement of their brethren. It ar- gued wa[it of love, or a neglect of duty in as- sistance. It might be an evil precedent to others, who when some part of the land should be conquered, might likewise crave the same for their inheritance; and so great trouble and confusion might ensue. Ver. 6. — Shall your brethren,] The other tribes. In this reproof, Moses teacheth brotherly duty, to love their neighbours as themselves; not to look ' every man on his own things, but every man also on the things of others,' Phil. ii. 4, and that they ought to lay down their lives for the brethren, 1 John iii. 16. Ver. 7.- Break ye the heart,] That is, discourage ye, or make ye it to turn; as the Gr. itwsUielU, pervert ye the minds. A liki! phrase is of 'melting the heart,' for dis- couraging, in Deut. i. 28. Ver. 8. — Thus did your fathers,] The Gr. expresseth this by a question, did twi your fathers thusf So where the prophet saith, ' All these my hand hath made,' Is. Ixvi. ], the Holy Spirit turneth it in Gr. ' Hath not my hand made all these?' Acts vii. 49. Ver. 9. — Valley,] Or, bourne of Esh- col, that is, as the Gr. translateth it, valley of the cluster of grapes: see Num. xiii. 23, 24. Ver. 11. — If the men,] That is, surely the men, $fc, shall not see : this is an oath : 1G4 NUMBERS. Isaac, and unto Jacob, because tliey have not followed me fully. '" Save Caleb the son of Jephunneh, the Kenizite, and Joshua tlie son of Nun, for because they have followed Jehovah fully. '^ And Jehovah's anger was kindled against Israel ; and he made them wander in the wilderness forty years, until all the generation was consumed that had done evil in the eyes of Jehovah. '* And be- hold, ye are risen up in your fathers' stead, an increase of sinful men, to augment yet tlie burning anger of Jehovah against Israel. " For if ye turn away from after him, tlien will he yet again leave them in the wilderness, and ye shall destroy all this people. " And they came near unto him, and said. We will build sheep- folds here, for our cattle, and cities for our little ones. " But we ourselves will go ready armed before the sons of Israel, until that we have brought them unto their place ; and our little ones shall dwell in the fenced cities, because of the inhabitants of the land. ^^ We will not return unto our houses, until the sons of Israel have see the notes on Num. xiv. 23. Twenty YEARS OLD,] Heb. S071 of twenty years. Followed me folly,] U idb. fu/Jilled after me, which the Chald. expounded, ftilfiUed after my fear; the Gr. followed after me : see Num. xiv. 24. A like phrase is in 1 Sam. xiii. 7, where the people trembled after Saul, that is, followed him trembling. Ver. 12. — The Kenizite,] Of the pos- terity of Kenaz, of the tribe of Judah, I Chron. iv. 13, 15. Ver. 13. — Wander,] This is an explana- tion of that phrase, ' shall feed in the wilder- ness;' whereof see Num. xiv. 33. The generation,] That is, the men of the ge- neration, a^, ' this geueiation,' Matt. xii. 42, is expounded, 'the men of this genera- tion,' Luke xi. 31. And the consuming of the Israelites in the wilderness, is before ob- served in Num. xxvi. G4, 65. Ver. 14. — An increase of sinful men,] Oi-, a crew (a multitude) of men sinners: that is, bred and biought up of men most sinful, which the Chald. expoundeth, disciples of sinful men. By sinners, is meant men given unto sin: see the notes on Gen. xiii. 13; Num. xvi. 38. The burning anger,] Heb. the burning of the anger (oi- of the nostrilj of Jehovah toward (or against) Is- rael. In this sharp rebuke, Moses upbraid- eth them with their fathers' sin also, as he doth likewise in Deut. i. 26, 27, &c. ; ix. 7— 24, and signifieth that the renewing of their sins, augmenteth wrath upon the childien, (as Christ also teacheth in Matt, xxiii. 31—36.) and upon the whole congregation, as after in ver. 15; Josh. xxii. 17, 18. Ver. 15. — From after him,] That is, ft oni following, from obeying him; which the Chald. expoundeth, /ro/« after his fear. So Christ calling James and Jolin, they ' went after him,' Mark i. 20, that is, they 'followed him,' Matt. iv. 22. Then he WILL YET AGAIN LEAVE THEM,] Heb. and he will add again, to leave him; that is, God will again leave Israel, who are spoken of as one man ; therefore the Chald. ex- poundeth it, he luill yet again detain them, or make them to tarry. But the Gr. seem- eth to understand it of their leaving of God, saying, " For ye will turn away from him, to add again to leave him in the wilderness." Destroy all this people,] Or, corrupt them, that is, occasion them to sin and so to be destroyed; for, corrupting is used both for sinning, and for destroying because of sin, as is noted on Gen. vi. 13. The Gr. translat- eth, ye shall do wickedly against this whole congregation. Ver. 17 — Will go ready armed,] Heb. will be armed, making haste, before the sons of Israel: which the Gr. explaineth, we being armed tvill go in the foreward be- fore the sons of Israel. Signifying both their ready mind to jeopard their lives in the battle, and that by leaving their wives, child- ren, and cattle behind them, they should be freed from that cumbrance which others had. Ver. 18. — We will not return,] Here they promise a continuance with their bre- thren in all their wars and troubles unto the end: which also they performed, as Joshua said unto them, ' Ye have not left your brethren these many days, unto this day, &c. And now the Lord your God hath giver, rest unto your brethren,' &c. Josh, xxii o, 4. CHAP. XXXII. 165 inherited every man his inheritance. " For we will not inherit with them on yonder side Jordan and forward, because our inheri- tance is come unto us on this side Jordan eastward, , ^" And Moses said unto them. If ye will do this thing, if ye will go armed before Jehovah to war ; ^' And will go all of you armed over Jordan before Jehovah, until he have driven out his enemies from before him. ^^ When the land is subdued before Jehovah, then afterward ye shall return, and ye shall be guiltless before Je- hovah, and before Israel; and this land shall be yours for a posses- sion before Jehovah. ^ But if ye will not do so; behold you have sinned against Jehovali : and know ye your sin which wOl find you out. "* Build ye cities for your little ones, and folds for your sheep, and do tliat which hath proceeded out of your mouth. ^ And the sons of Gad, and the sons of R euben said imto Moses, saying, Thy servants will do as my lord commandeth. ^^ Our little ones, our wives, our flocks and all our cattle shall be there Ver. 19.— AVe will not inheuit with THEM,] By taking upon them these condi- tions, they free themselves of those evils which might justly seem at first to be im- puted unto them. For they showed both faith in God, and love to their brethren, so to go in the foi-e -front of the battle, with their lives in their hands against so many and mighty enemies, leaving their weak families behind them, unto the Lord's protec- tion. And that tliey would thus do freely, without any further benefit to themselves, resting contented witii their portion now al- lotted them. Wherefore Muses changing his mind, yielded to their request, upon the per- formance of these conditions, ver. 20, &c. Veb. 20. — This thing,] Heb. ^A/« word: in Gr. according to this rvord. Before Jehovah,] The Chald. explaineth it here and in ver. 21, and Josh. iv. 13, ' before the people of the Lord.' So, 'the help of the Loid,' in Judg. v. 23, is in Cliald. the help uf the people of the Lord. See the notes on Num. xxxi. 3. Ver. 21. — All of you armed,] Or, every armed man of yoii. Thus things are carried between Moses and them, as if the land should be conquered by force of arms: but it was lest they should tempt God, by neglect of the means; and that under this warfare the good fight of faith might be fought of Israel. For though they were all bound by their promise to aid their brethren, yet Joshua took not all, but a competent number of them, namely, ' about forty thousand,' Josh. iv. 12, 13, which were much fewer than all the men of war in the two tribes of Reuben and Gad, and the half tribe of Ma- nassas, as appeareth by the last muster in Num. xxvi. 2, 7, 18, 31. It seemeth the residue were left behind, to keep their coun- try and families: or, God would not have all go to war, that the victory might appear to be his, as the church after acknowledgeth to his praise, in Ps. xliv, 2 — 4, &c., aud lest Israel should vaunt themselves against him, saying, ' Mine own hand hath saved me:' as in Judg. vii. 2. Ver. 22. — Before Jehovah,] In Chald. before the people of the Lord, as in ver. 20. So again iu ver. 27, 29, 32. Guiltless before Jehovah,] Or, from Jehovah, and from Israel, that is, innocent and free from being punished by the Lord and his people. So in 2 Sam. iii. 28. A possession before Jehovah,] Hereby is signified the Lord's ap- probation, and so their just possession of the country, as being given them not by Moses only, (as in ver. 33,) but by the Lord, as he after saith, 'Jehovah your God hath given you this land to possess it/ Deut. iii. 18. Ver. 23 — Sinned against Jehovah.] Or, unto Jehovah; which the Gr. and Chald. translate, before the Lord. Your sin,] Hereby may be meant both the guiltiness and the punishment: see the notes on Lev. xxii. 9. Which will find you,] Or, that it %uill find you out, that is, will come upon you; being referred to the punishment: see Gen. xliv. 34. The Gr. translateth, and ye shall know your sin, when evils shall over- take (or come upon) you. So the people ac- knowledge in their alllictions, ' Our sins tes- tify against us; for our transgressions are with us, and our iniquities we know them,' Is. lix. 12. Ver. 25 — Said,] Heb he said, signifying 166 NUMBERS. in the cities of Gilead. '" But tliy servants will pass over every one armed ^r war before Jehovah to battle, as my lord speaketh, ^^ So concerning them, Moses commanded Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun; and the heads of the fathers of the tribes of the sons of Israel. ^' And Moses said unto them. If the sons of Gad, and tlie sons of Reuben, will pass with you over Jor- dan, every man armed to battle before Jehovah ; and tlie land shall be subdued before you : tlien ye shall give unto them the land of Gilead for a possession. ^^ But if they will not pass over with you armed, then tlicy shall have possessions among you in tlie land of Canaan. ^' And the sons of Gad, and the sons of Reuben, answered, say- ing, As Jehovah hath spoken unto thy servants, so will we do. ^^ We will pass over armed before Jehovah into the land of Canaan; and the possession of our inheritance on this side Jordan, shall he ours. ^^ And Moses gave unto them, unto the sons of Gad, and unto the sons of Reuben, and unto half the tribe of Manasses tlie son of Josepii, tlie kingdom of Sihon king of the Amorites, and the kingdom of Og king of Bashan, the land with the cities thereof in the coasts, the cities of the land round about. ^* And the sons of Gad built Dibon, and Ataroth, and Aroer. ^' And Atroth, Shophan, and Jazer, and Jogbehah. ^"^ And Beth- Nimrah, and Beth-Haran, fenced cities, and folds for sheep. ^'' And tlic sons of Reuben built Heshbon, and Elealeli, and Kirja- tliaim. ^^ And Nebo, and Baal-Meon, (the names being clianged) and Sibniah : and they called by names, the names of the cities their joint consent to speak as one man in 1*2. With the cities thereof in the this repetition of their promise. coasts,] Or, as the Gr. translatttb, and the Ver. 29. — Then ye shall give,] Moses cities with the coasts thereof. The Heh. giveth them not the inheritance, but upon preposition lamed, is often in Gr. translated condition, if they with their brethren should and, witli good sense, as in Gen. i. C; ii. 3; subdue the land: which nas not done under Exod. xvii. 19; Lev. viii. 12; xvi. 21 his ministry, but under Eleazar and Joshua, Num. ix. 15 ; xxxiii. 2. tiie types of Christ. A figure that the law Ver. 34.— Built Dibon,] That is, re- should make nothing perfect, but the bringing paired and fortified these cities, which hid in of a better hope, Heh. vii. 19. been partly ruined before in the conquest, or Ver. 32. — Shall be ours,] Or, that it fallen into decay. So in ver. 37. 7nay be ours: Heb. with 2is, that is, remain Ver. 38. — The names being changed,] with us as our own. So in Ps. xii. 5, ' our Or, being turned in name: whicii seemeth lips are w:th u;,' that is, are ours. to be in respect of tlie former idolatry where- Ver. 33. — Half the tribe of Manas- to by name they were dedicated: for Nebo ses,] There is no mention of these before, and Baal were the names of false gods, Is. among them that sued for inheritance: but xlvi. I; Judg. vi. 31, which the Lord would because the sons of Manasses showed their not have to be mentioned, Exod. xxiii. 13. faith and valour in conquering Gilead, ver. And thus the Hehs. (as Sol. Jarchi here) ex- o9, therefore the Lord by Moses giveth them plain it, saying, " They were idolatrous a possession there. And of Machir the son names, and the Amorites had called their of Manasses, it is said, 'Because he was a cities by the names of their idols; but the man of war, therefore he had Gilead and sons of Reuben turned their nannes to other Bashan,' Josh. xvii. 1 . This half tribe had names." They called by names,] That also tlieir inheritance given them upon like is, by other names for the cause fore-men- londition as the former two tribes, Josh. iv. tioncd: the Gr. translateth, they named by CHAP. X X X 1 1 r. 167 wliich they builded. ^' And the sons of Machir, tJie son of Ma- nasses, went to Gilead and took it, and dispossessed the Amoritc wliich was in it. ^" And Moses gave Gilead unto Machir the son of Mauasses, and he dwelt tlierein. "' And Jair the son of Ma- nasses, went and took the villages, and called them the villages oi Jair. *' And Nobah went and took Kenatli, and the daughters thereof, and he called it Nobah, after his own name. their names : so it accordeth with ver. 42, where Nobah having taken Kenath, called it Nobah by his own name. Ver. 40. — Gave Gilead,] To wit, half of mount Gilead, for the other half was given to the sons of Reuben and Gad, Deut. iii. 12, 13. Unto Machir,] Seeing Machir was the first-born of Manasses, Josh. xvii. 1, and Machir's sons were borne upon Joseph's knees. Gen. 1. 23, it is not likely that Ma- chir himself was now alive, but that his pos- terity are called here by their father's name; and this is usual throughout the scriptures, to give the father's name unto the children. Ver. 41. — Jair the son of Manasses,] Jair was the son of Hezron the son of Judah by the father's side, and the son of Machir the son of Manasses by his mother, 1 Cliron. ii. 21, 22, and taking these villages with the other Manassites, he is here reckoned of that tribe. So elsewhere some of the priests are called the sons of Barzillai, 'which took a wife of the daughters of Barzillai the Gilead. its, and was called after their name,' Ezra ii. 61. The villages of Jair,] In Heb. Ha- voth Jair. There was also one Jair son of Segub, who had ' three and twenty cities in the land of Gilead,' 1 Cbron. ii. 22, and ano- ther Jair of the tribe of Manasses, who was judge of Israel twenty years: he had tiiirty sons, and they had thirty cities in the land of Gilead, which were also called Havoth-Jair, Judg. X. 3, 4. Ver. 42. — The daughters,] That is, the towns or villages, as is noted on Num. xxi. 25. So again in 1 Chron. ii. 23. These two tribes and an half, as they were the first of all Israel that had their inheri- tance assigned them, so were they of the first that for their sins were carried captives out of their land, 2 Kings xv. 29. For ' they transgressed against the God of their fathers, and went a whoring after the gods of the people of the land, whom God destroyed be- fore them. And the God of Israel stirred up the spirit of Pnl king of Assyria, and the spirit of Tilgath-pilneser king of Assyria: and he carried them away, even the Reu- benites, and the Gadites, and the half tribe of Manasses, and brought them unto Halah, and Habor, and Hara, and to the river Gozan, unto this day,' 1 Chron. v. 25, 2G. CHAP. XXX 1 1 1. 1 . Trvo and forty journeys of the Israelites ihrougli the milderness, from Egypt to Jordan. 50. A commandment to destroy the Canaanites and their monuments of idolatry. 54. The land must he divided by lot. S£33 * These are the journeys of the sons of Israel, which went forth out of the land of Egypt by their armies, by the hand of Moses and ass Here beginneth the forty-third lec- ture of the law, called the journeys: see Gen. vi. 9. Ver. 1. — The journeys,] Or, the re- nwvings, to wit from place to place, which was a sign of their unsettled estate, as not being yet come unto their rest, Deut. xii. 9. Figuring the unstayedness of the church under Moses' law, otherwise than under the gospel of Christ, where ' we which have be- lieved do enter into rest,' Htb. iv. 3. Of which unmovable state it is prophesied, ' look upon Zion, the city of our solemnities, thine eyes shall see Jerusalem a quiet habita- tion, a tabernacle that shall Dot be taken 168 NUMBERS. Aaron. '^ And Moses wrote tlieir goings out, according to tlieir journeys at the mouth of Jehovali : and these are their journeys ac- cording to their goings out. ^ And they journeyed from Rameses, in tlie first month, in the fifteenth day of the first month, on the morrow after tlie passover, tlie sons of Israel went out with an high hand, in tlie eyes of all the Egyptians. And the Egyptians buried those which Jehovah had smitten among tlicm, every first- born : upon their gods also Jehovah executed judgments. And the sons of Israel journeyed from Rameses, and encamped in Suc- coth. « And they journeyed from Succoth, and encamped in Etham, wliich is in the edge of the wilderness. ^ And they jour- neyed from Etliam, and turned again unto Pi-haliiroth, which is before Baal-zephon, and they encamped before Migdol. « And they journeyed from before Hiroth, and passed through the midst of the sea into the wilderness, and went three days journey in the down, not one of the stakes thereof shall ever be removed, neither shall any of the cords thereof be broken,' Is. xxxiii. 20. The com- plement hereof is showed by the apostle, say- ing, that this word, ' yet once more,' signifi. eth the removing of those things that are sliaken, as of things that are made ; that those things which cannot be shaken may remain: and that we receive a kingdom which can- not be moved,' Heb. xii. 27, 28. And as here Moses reckoneth forty two journeys from Egypt to the river Jordan, over which Joshua led them into Canaan: so the apostle fin Matt, i.) reckoneth two and forty generations from Abraham unto Christ, by whom we have entrance into the kingdom of God. With their armies,] Or, by their armies, being about six hundred thousand men, be- side little ones, and much mixed people with them, Exod. xii. 37, 38. They are called also the Lord's armies, Exod. vii. 4 ; xii. 41. By the hand,] Under the guidance or conduct. This Asaph mentioneth to the praise of God ; ' thou didst lead thy people like a flock, by the hand of Moses and Aaron,' Ps. Ixxvii. 21. VeR. 2. ACCORDIXG TO THEIR JOURNEVS,] Or, with their journeys (or removings) as the Gr. translateth, and their journeys ( or sta- tions.) The mouth,] That is, the ivord or commandment of Jehovah. This may be understood either of his commandment to write these journeys here, or of their journey- ings ; as it is said, ' at the mouth of Jeho- vah the sons of Israel journeyed, and at the mouth of Jehovah they encamped,' Num. ix. 18, 20. Ver. 3. — From Rameses,] A city in the land of Egypt, Gen. xlvii. 11. See also Exod. xii. 37. The first month,] Called Abib, and Nisan, Exod. xiii. 4; Neh. ii. 1, answering to that which we call March. Why it was the first month, is showed on Exod. xii. 2. The passover,] Whereof see Exod. xii. M'ith an high hand,] In. Chald. joith an uncovered head : meaning, openly, boldly, powerfully: see Exod. xiv. 8. Ver. 4. — Had smitten,] That is, as the Chald. expoundeth it, had killed ; and the Gr. all the dead ivhich the Lord had smitten : see Exod. xii. 29. Their god^,] In Chald. their idols. Some understand it of the beasts which the Egyptians worshipped. Judg- ments,] In Gi'. did (or executed) vengeance : see Exod. xii. 12; xviii. 11. Ver. 5. — Scccoth.] By interpretation. Booths : see Exod. xii. 37. Ver. 6. — Etham which is in the edge,] In Gr. Boiithan, u'hich is a part of the wit- ness : see Exod. xiii. 20. Ver. 7. — Pi-hahiroth,] Or, as the Gr. and Chald. translate, the mouth of Hiroth : for in the next verse, the place is only called Hiroth, which seem to be mountains, be- tween which was a narrow passage, called figuratively a mouth. It was by the Red sea, and there the Egyptians overtook the Israelites, Exod. xiv. 2, 9. Ver. 8.— The sea,] The Red sea, the waters whereof God divided, and led his peo- ple through it; but the Egyptians following them were drowned, Exod. xiv. 21 — 23, &c. Three days' journey,] Heb. three days' way. Etham,] Called, the wilderness of Shur, Exod. xv. 22. Marah,] That is, bitterness, as the Gr. here interpreteth it: so called of the bitter waters which the peo- ple could not drink, therefore they murmur- ed: but God sweetened the waters with a tree, Exod. xv. 23, &c. CHAP. XXXIII. 1G9 wilderness of Ethani, and encamped in Marah. ^ And tliey jom-- neyed from Marah, and came unto Elim -. and in Elim were twelve fountains of water, and seventy palm trees, and they encamped there. '° And they journeyed from Elim, and encamped by the Red sea. '' And they journeyed from the Red sea, and encamped in the wilderness of Sin. '^ And they journeyed from the wilder- ness of Sin, and encamped in Dophkah. '' And they journeyed from Dophkah, and encamped in Alush. '* And they journeyed from Alush, and encamped in Rephidim ; and there was no water there for the people to drink. '* And they journeyed from Re- phidim, and encamped in the wilderness of Sinai. '^ And tliey journeyed from the wildei'ness of Sinai, and encamped in Kibroth hattaavah. " And they journeyed from Kibroth hattaavah, and encamped in Hazeroth. '* And they journeyed from Hazeroth, and encamped in Rithmah. '^ And they journeyed from Rith- Ver. 9. — Palm-treks,] Or, date-trees : see Exod. xv. 27. There,] There by the waters, Exod. xv. 27. So Gcd relVeshed his people with waters, in fche dry and barren wilderness. Ver. 10. — By TH2 Red SfcA,] Of thin resting place, there hath bean no iri8Dt job fci> fore. Ver. 11. — Of Sin,] a ^viideniuss wiiicu adjoined unto Sin, a city of Egypt so called, Ezek. xiii. 15, 16. Hitiier they came, just a month after their departure from Rameses, ver. 3, namely, in the fifteenth day of the second month: in this wilderness they mur- mured for want of food, and God gave them quails, and rained manna from heaven, Exod. xvi. 1, 2, &c. Ver. 12. — Dophkah,] In Gr. Raphakah: putting R for D through likeness of the let- ters in Hehrew: see the notes on Gen. iv. 18. Of this place there is no mention in Exod. Ver. 13. — Alvsh,'\ In Gr. Ailous: nei- ther is this station named before, but Moses intimated them, when he said, the Israelites journeyed from the wilderness of ' Sin, after their journeys,' Exod. xvii. 1 Ver. 14.— Rephidim,] In Gr. Rephidein. No WATER,] Therefore the people contended with Moses, and almost stoned him: God gave them water out of the rock in Iloreb ; and the place was called Massah and Meri- bah, that is, tentation and contention. Here alio at Rephidim, the Amalekites fought against Israel and were overcome, Exod. xvii. Ver. 15 — Wilderness of Sinai,] The wilderness of vwu7it Sinai, Acts vii. 30. Thither they came in the beginning of the third month, Exod, xix. 1. There God gave them liis laws, statutes, and judgments. Vol. n. Exod. XX. and xxi. &c. There they sinned and made the golden calf, Exod. xxii. After- ward they made the tabernacle, Exod. xxxvi. &c. Out of it God speaking, taught them how they should serve him with sacrifices, &c. Lev. i. &e. He numhered and ordered the twelve tribes, both for their encamping about the tabernacle, and for their journey- ings with it towards Canaan, Num. i. &c. And in this place they abode, till the twen- tieth day of the second month of the second year after their coming out of Egypt, Num. X. 11, 12. Ver. 16. — Kibroth hataavah,] That is, the graves of lust, where the people lust- ing for flesh, died while the flesh was between their teeth, and were buried there, Num. xi. 4—34. Ver. 17 Hazeroth,] In this place, Mary with Aaron murmuied against Moses, and she was smitten with leprosy, Num. xii. Ver. 18. — Ritiiimah,] A place in the wil- derness of Pharan, Num. xiii. 1. It hath the name of Juniper, which eilher grew theie, or (as some of the Hebs. think) because the evil tongues of the spies which were sent from thence to view the land, (Num. xiii. 3,) and brought up an evil report thereof, were like the coals of juniper, (as in Ps. cxx. 3, 4,) and kindled a rebellion among the people. Num. xiv. Ver. 19. — Rimmon ParezJ InGr.Rhem- ban Phares : by interpretation, the pome- granate (or the lifting up) of the brcich. This place is not named before: Chazkuni thinketh they came hither after God iiad bidden them turn back into the wilderness by the way of the Red sea, Num. xiv. 25. So it might have the name of the breach or slaughter which the Amalekites and Canaan- 170 NUMBERS. mall, and encamped in Rimmon Parez. ^° And tliey jomneyed from Rimmon Parez, and encamped in Libnah. ^^ xVnd they jour- neyed from Libnah, and encamped in Rissali. ^'^ And they jonr- neyed from Rissali, and encamped in Kehelathah. '^' And they journeyed from Kehelathah, and encamped in mount Shapher. "''* And they journeyed from mount Shapher, and encamped in Haradah. ^^ And they journeyed from Haradah, and encamped in Makheloth. ^'^ And they journeyed from Makheloth, and en- camped in Tahath. ^' And they journeyed from Tahath, and encamped in Tarah. ^* And they journeyed from Tarah, and encamped in Mitlikah. '^^ And they journeyed from Mithkah, and encamped in Hashmonah. ^° And they journeyed from Hashmonah, and encamped in Moseroth. ^' And they journeyed from Moseroth, and encamped in Benejaakan. ^^ And they jour- neyed from Benejaakan, and encamped in Horhagidgad. ^^ And they journeyed from Horhagidgad, and encamped in Jotbathah. ^* And they journeyed from Jotbathah, and encamped in Ebronah. ^^ And they journeyed from Ebronah, and encamped in Ezioii- gaber, ^^ And they journeyed from Ezion-gaber, and encamped in the wilderness of Zin, which is Kadesh. ^' And they journeyed ites made among the Israelites for their pre- sumption, Num. xiv. 44, 45 ; as Perez Uzza, in 1 Chron. xiii. 11; and Baal Perazim, in 1 Chron. xiv. 11 ; were places so named of the death of Uzza, and slaughter of the Phi- listines. Ver. 20. — Libnah,] In Gr. Lembona : some think it to be that which is called La- ban, in Deut. i. 1. Ver. 21. — Rissah,] In Gr. Ressan : it is not elsewhere mentioned. Ver. 22.— Kehelath.vh,] In Gr. 3Iake- lath : signifieth asicmbliiyg. Ver. 23. — Modnt Shapher,] In Htb. Har Shapher; by interpretation, /azV mount: in Gr. Arsaphath Ver. 24. — Haradah,] Or, Charadah : in Gr. Charadath : it signifieth trembliitg. Ver. 25. — Makheloth,] In Gr. Make- doth : it is interpreted assemblies or congre- gations, and is thought of some to be so call- ed of the mutinous assemblies of Korah, Da- than, and Abiram, Num. xvi. Ver. 26.— Tahath,] In Gr. Kataath : signifying underneath or below. Ver. 27 Tarah,] Or Therach ; in Gr. Tharath. Ver. 2S. — Mithkah,] In Gr. Matkeka ; by interpretation, stveet. Ver. 29. — Hashmonah,] In Gr. Ascl- 7)1071 a. Ver. 30.— Moseroth,] In Gr. Masur- outh; in Eng. Bonds, [n Deut. x. 6, it is called singularly Moserah. Ver. 31. — Bene Jaakan,] That is, the sons of Jaakan, called in Deut. x. 6, Bee- roth Bene Jaakan, that is, the well of the sons of Jaakan : though some think that was another place. Of one Jaakan we read in 1 Chron. i. 42. Ver. 32. — Horhagidgad,] That is, the hole of Gidgad, called also Gudgod, in Deut. X. 7. Ver. 33. — Jotbathah,] In Gr. Eteba- tha : it was a land of rivers of waters, nam- ed also Jotbath, Deut. x. 7. Ver. 34. — Ebronah,] Or, Gnabronah, not elsewhere meniioiied. Ver. 35. — Ezion-gaber,] In Gr. Gcth. sion-gaber, mentioned again in Deut. ii. 8. It was by the Red sea, where was a place for shipping in Edum's land, 1 Kings ix. 20; xxii. 48. Thus Israel had been brought back again towards the Red sea, as was commanded in Num. xiv. 25; Deut. ii. I. Ver. 36. — Zin which is Kadesh,] Or, that is, Kades, which the Chald. calleth Rekam. Hither they came in the first month of their fortieth year of their travel: and here Mary the prophetess, the sister of Moses and Aaron, died. Here again the people murmured for water, which was given them out of a rock. And at this Kadesh, they sent unto Edom for leave to pass through his country, but were denied it, Num. xx. See the annot. there. Ver. 37. — In the edge,] By ihe border CHAP. XXXI 11. 171 from Kadesli, and encamped in mount Hor, in the. edge of the land of Edom. ^* And Aaron the priest went np into mount Hor at the mouth of Jeliovah, and died there, in the fortieth year after the sons of Israel wei'e come out from the land of Egypt, in the fifth month, in the first day of the month. '^'^ And Aaron was an hun- dred and twenty and tliree years old when he died in mount Hor. '° And the Canaanite, the king of Arad, which dwelt in tlie south, in tlie land of Canaan, heard of the coming of the sons of Israel. " And they journeyed from mount Hor, and encamped in Zalmo- nah. *^ And they journeyed from Zalmonali, and encamped in Pmion. ^^ And they journeyed from Punon, and encamped in Oboth. ^* And they journeyed from Oboth, and encamped in Ije- Abarim, in the border of Moab. ^^ And they journeyed from Ijim, and encamped in Dibon Gad. *" And they journeyed from Dibon Gad, and encamped in Almon Diblathaim. " And they journeyed from Almon Diblathaim, and encamped in the mountains of Aba- rim before Nebo. ^ And they jom-neyed from the mountains of Abarim, and encamped in the plains of Moab, by Jordan, near Jericho. *^ And they encamped by Jordan, from Beth-jesimoth, even unto Abel Shittim in tlie plains of Moab. of the land, Num. xx. 23 ; the Gr. translat- eth, near the land of Edom, Ver. SS.->At the mooth,] That is, as the Chald. explaineth it, at the word f inGr. hy the coinmandment of the Lord. Died THERE,] Being stript of his priestly garments which were put upon Eleazar his son : and he died there on mount Hor for his sin com- mitted at the water of Meribah in Kadesh, Num. XX. 24, 26, &c. Ver. 40. — King of Arad,] Of whom see Num. xxi. 1. Heard of the coming,] And fought against Israel, and took some of them captives ; but Israel by help from God vanquished him, Num. xxi. I — 3. Ver. 41. — From mount Hor,] By the way of the Red sea to compass the land of Edom, Num. xxi. 4. Zalmonah,] In Gr. Selviona ; which seemeth to be so nam- ed of Zelem an image, and to be meant of that place where the brazen serpent was set up, to heal those that were stung of fiery ser- pents, because they had murmured against God, Num. xxi. 5, G, &c. Ver. 42. — Punon,] Or Phunon ; in Gr. Phinon ; hereof there is no mention else- where. Ver. 43. — Oboth,] Mentioned iu Num. xxi. 10. Ver. 44. — Ije-Abarim,] That is, the heaps of Abarim; which Abarim were moun- tains, ver. 47. In the ver. following this place is called only IJim, that is, heaps. Ver. 45. — Dibon Gad,] In Gr. Baibon Gad, that is, Dibon of the Gadites: Dihon was the name of an high place and city, whereof see Num. xxi. 30. This Dibon was repaired and possessed by the sons of Gad, Num. xxxii. 34; and it is so named to distinguish it from another Dibon which was given to Reuben, Josh. xiii. 15, 17. Ver. 46. — Almon,] Or Gnalmon; in Gr. Gclmon diblathaim ; of which Diblathaim, see Jer. xlviii. 22. Ver. 47. — Before Nebo,] The name of a mountain, where afterward Moses died, Deut. xxxii. 49, 50; xxxiv. 1, 5. Ver. 4S. — Jordan near Jericho,] That part of the river Jordan which is over against Jericho, called therefore in Heb. Jarden of Jericho. Ver. 49. — Beth Jesimoth,] Which place was allotted to the Reubenites, Josh. xiii. 15, 20; mentioned also in Ezek. xxv. 9. Abel Shittim,] The Chald. expoundeth it, the plain of Shittim ; it seemeth to have the name of the Shittim trees that grew there ; as Abel Geramin is the plain of the vine- yard, Judg. xi. 33. The travels of Israel through that great and terrible wilderness, wherein was ' fiery serpents, and scorpions, and drought, where there was no water,' Deut. viii. 15 ; ' which was a land of deserts and of pits, a land of drought, and of the shadow of death, a land that no man passed througl), and where no man dwelt,' Jer. ii. 6 ; signified the many troubles and afflictions through which we must enter into the king- 172 NUMBER S. ^ And Jehovah spake unto Moses in the plams of Moab^ by Jordan, near Jericho, saying, ^' Speak unto the sons of Israel, and say unto them. When ye are passed over Jordan into the land of dom of God, Acts xiv. 22. The helps, comforts, aud deliverances which God gave unto his people in their distresses, are exam- ples of his love and mercy towards his, who comforteth them in all their tribulation, that as the suiierings of Christ abound in them, so their consolation also aboundeth in Christ, 2 Cor. i. 45. The punishments which God inflicted upon the disobedient who perished in the wilderness for their sins, ' happened unto them for ensamples, and they are writ- ten for our admonition, upon whom the ends of the world aie come,' 1 Cor. x. 1 — 11; Heb. iii. 17 — 19; iv. 1, 2. By the names of their encamping places, and histories adjoin- ed, it appeareth how Israel came sometimes into straits and troublesome ways, as at Pi- hahiroth, Exod. xiv. 2, 3, 10, &c. ; and at Zalmonah, Num. xxi. 4, &c. ; sometimes into large and ample room, as at the plains of Moab: sometimes to places of hunger and thirst, as at Rephidim and Kadesh, Exod. xvi. and xvii.; Num. xx. ; sometimes to places of refreshing, as at Elim and Bt'er, Exod. XV. 27; Num. xxi. 16; sometimes where they had wars, as at Rephidim, Ka- desh, Edrehi, Exod. xvii. 8 ; Num. xxi. 1, 3'6; sometimes where they had rest, as at mount Sinai. Sometimes they went right forward, as from Sinai toKadesh-barnea: some- times they tuined iiackward, as from Kadesh- barnea to the Red sea. Sometimes they came to mountains, as Sinai, Shepher, Ilor, Gidgad: sometimes to valleys, as Tahath, &c. ; sometimes to places of bitterness, as Marah; sometimes of sweetness, as JNIith- kah. The sins which they committed in the wilderness, were many and great; as open idolatry by the calf at Horeb, Exod. xxxii. ; and with Baal-peor, Num. xxv.; unbelief at Kadesh, Num. xiv. ; and afterwards pre- sumptuous boldness in the same place ; mur- murings against God sundry times, with tempting of Christ (as the apostle speaketh, 1 Cor. X.) Contention and lebellion against their governors often: lusting for flesh to fill their appetite, and loathing manna the hea- venly food : whoredom with the daughters of Moab, and sundry the like: that this com- plaint is after made of them, ' how oft did they provoke him in the wilderness, and grieve him in the desert !' Ps. Ixxviii. 40. All sorts of persons sinned against God, the multitude of people very often ; the mix- ed multitude of strangers among them, Num. xi. The princes, as the ten spies, Dathan, Abiram, &c. Tlie Levites, as Korah and his company. Mary the prophetess. Num. xii. Aaron the priest with her, beside his sin at Horeb, Exod. xxxii. ; and at the water of Meribah, Num. xx. Moses also himself at the same place, for which he could not come into the land of Canaan. The punish- ments laid on them by the Lord for their disobedience were many. They died by the sword of the enem}', as of the Amalekites, Exod. xvii. ; and of the Canaanites, Num. xiv. 45; and some by the sword of their bre- thren, Exod. xxxii. Some were burnt with fire. Num. xi. and xvi. ; some died with sur- feit, Num. xi. ; some were swallowed up alive into the earth, Num. xvi. ; some werti killed with serpents. Num. xxi. ; many died of the pestilence, Num. xvi. 46; v. 25 ; and generally all that generation which were first mustered after their coming out of Egypt, perished. Num. xxvi. 64, 65. God ' con- sumed their days in vanity, and their years in terror, Ps. Ixxviii. 33. Nevertheless, for his name's sake, he magnified his mercies unto them and their posterity. He had divid- ed the sea, and led them through on dry land, drowning their enemies, Exod. xiv. He led them with a cloud by day, and a pillar of fire by night continually. He gave them manna from heaven daily. He clave the rocks, and gave them water for their thirst. He fed them with qiiails when they longed for flesh. He sweetened the bitter waters. He saved them from the sword of their ene- mies. He delivered them from the fiery serpents and scorpions. Their raiment wax- ed not old upon them, neither did their foot swell these forty years, Deut. viii. 4. He delivered them from the curse of Balaam, and turned it into a blessing, because he loved them, Num. xxii. ; Deut. xxiii. 5. He came down from mount Sinai, and spake with them from heaven, and gave them 'right judgments, and true laws, good statutes, and commandments, and gave also his good Spi- rit to instruct them,' Neh. ix. 13, 20. In the times of his wrath he remembered mercy; his eye spared them from destroying them, neither did he make an end of them in the wilderness, Ezek. xx. 17, 22. He gave them kingdoms and nations, and they pos- sessed the lands of their enemies ; and he multiplied their children as the stars of hea- ven, aud brought them into the land pro- mised unto their fathers, Neh. ix. 22, 23. Now. ' whatsoever things were written afure- CHAP. XXXIII. 173 Oanaan ; *^ Tlien ye shall drive out all the inhabitants of the land from before you, and destroy all their pictures, and all their molten images ye shall destroy, and quite pluck down all their high places. " And ye shall dispossess the land and dwell therein -. for unto you have I given the land to possess it. " And ye shall divide tlie land by lot for an inlieritance among your families : to the many ye sliall give them the more inheritance ; and to the few, thou shalt give them the less inlieritance ; wlieresoever the lot shall come forth for him, liis sliall it be, accordijig to the tribes of your fathers ye shall inherit. " But if ye will not drive out the inhabitants of the land from before you, then it shall be that those which ye let remain of them, shall be pricks in your eyes, and thorns in your sides, and shall vex you in the land wherein ye dwell. ^^ And it shall be, that I will do unto you as I thought to do unto them. time were written for our learning, that we through patience and comfort of the scriptures might have hope,' Rom. xv. 4. Ver. 52. — Ye shall drive out,] Or, ye shall dispossess, as in ver. 53 ; in Gr. ye shall destroy. So Moses explaineth this law to be meant of their destruction, in Deut. vii. 1, 2. And they might not be suflered to dwell in tlie land, Exod. xxiii. 33. Their FICTDRES,] Or, their imagery works ', which the Chald. expoundeth, the house {or place) of their worship : see the anuot. on Lev. xxvi. 1. Their biolten image,] Heb, the images of their meltings, that is, which they have molten; under which name, graveji images and all other idols are implied, as is showed on Exod. xx. 4. This law is also repeated in Deut. vii. 5 ; and Deut. xii. Quite pluck down,] Or, destroy, abolish, letting nothing remain ; in Gr. tahe away their pillars : see Lev. xxvi. .30. Ver. 53. — Dispossess the land,] Or, disinherit, drive out (as in ver. 52,) the land; that is, as the Gr. translateth, destroy the iii- hahitants of the land : and so Moses explain- eth it in ver. 55. A like phrase is in Josh. xvii. 17, ' they could not dispossess (or drive out) the cities,' meaning, the inhabitants of those cities ; so house is for the household, or men of the house. Gen. xlv. 11, IS. It may also be translated, ye shall inherit the land; and so it agreeth with tlie words fol- lowing. Ver. 54. — By lot,] As was commanded before in Num. xxvi. 55. Ye shall give THEM THE MORE INHERITANCE,] Heb. ye shall multiply his inheritance : see this phrase in Num. xxvi. 54. For him,] That is, for any one, or for every one. Ver. 55. — Shall be pricks,] Or, shall be for pricks in your eyes, and fur thorns in your sides : which Joshua repeating, saith, ' scourges in your sides, and thorns in your eyes,' Josh, xxiii. 13. And the prophet speaking of the enemies of God's people, calleth them • a pricking briar unto the house ot Israel, and a grieving thorn,' Ezek. xxviii. 24. By these similitudes the hurt and mis- chief is signified, which such wicked people would do unto the church in soul and body, being a mean to draw them into sin, and to afflict them, as it is written, ' they destroy- ed not the nations, concerning whom the Lord commanded them ; but were mingled among the heathen, and learned their works, and served their idols which were a snare unto them, Ps. cvi. 34 — 36. And the trou- bles which they brought upon Israel, are set forth in the book of Judges, in the history of Jabin, Sisera, and others. So tlie Chald. expoundeth these pricks and tiiorns thus, " they shall be companies taking up arms against you, and troops causing you to fall." Shall vex you in the land,] And Joshua addeth, ' until ye perish from off this good land, which Jehovah your God hath given you,' Josh, xxiii 13. 174 NUMBERS. CHAP. XXXIV. 1 . The Lord hy Moses declareth unto Israel the borders of the land of Canaan which they should inherit. 1 6. The names of the princes that should divide the land. ' And Jehovah spake unto Moses, sayhig, ' Command the sons of Israel, and say unto them ; When ye come into tlie land of Ca- naan, that is the land that shall fall unto you for an inheritance, tlie land of Canaan with the borders thereof. ^ And your south quarter shall be from the wilderness of Zin, by the sides of Edom : and your south border sliall be the outmost coast of the salt sea eastward. * And your border shall turn about from the south to Ver. 2. — Command the sons of Israel,] After the commandment to destroy the Ca- naanites, and to root out the monuments of their idolatry, the Lord now giveth laws for Israel's quiet inheritance of the promised land: which first he limiteth out unto them, then showeth who should possess it, and ap- pointeth twelve men by name to divide the possession. And this is by command from God, to signify the weight of the precept and care which Israel should have to observe it. Shall fall unto you,] To wit, by lot, or byline: as, 'he made Ham fall by line of inheritance,' Ps. Ixxviii. 55, and, 'The lines are fallen unto me in pleasant places,' Ps. xvi. 6, and, ' there fell ten lines, (that is, ten portions) to Manasses,' Josh. xvii. 5. With THE borders,] Or, according to the borders or coasts, bounds, limits, or confines. God who ' set all the borders of the earth,' Ps. Ixxiv. 17, and limited the bounds of all men's habitations. Acts xvii. 16, doth here in spe- cial and exact manner determine the limits of the holy land, called ' the bolder of his holiness (or sanctuary,)' Ps. Ixxviii. 54, to ihe end that his people might behold his bounty and providence in giving them so large and good a land: wherefore he after ex- postulateth with Israel, whether the border of the neighbouring kingdoms were greater than their border, Amos vi. 2. Also that his people might not be defrauded of their right by other nations which sometimes fought with Israel here-about, Judg. xi. 13, &c., as the Ammonites ' ripped up the women with child of Gilead, that they might enlarge their bor- der,' Amos i. 13. Likewise, that Israel might rest contented with their limits al- lotted them of God, both generally and parti- cularly, and 'not remove the ancient bound,' Prov. xxiii. 10 j xxii. 28 ; Deut. ii. 5, 9, li?. And these limits of Canaan figured the state and condition of the church of Christ, (who rejoiceth that the lines are fallen unto him in pleasant places, and that he hath a goodly heritage, Ps. xvi. 6,) which therefore is showed to the prophet in a vision, like the land of Canaan, inherited by the tribes of Is- rael, and the borders appointed of their habi- tations, Ezek. xlvii. 13 — 15, &c. Ver. 3. — Sooth quarter,] Or, south corner, which the Chald. calleth the south- wind: as in Matt. xxiv. 31, the four winds aie put for the four quarters of the woiid. The limits here are set towards all the four quarters, south, west, north, and east: the order of proceeding is thus ; for the south- side he begiimeth at the east corner, and goeth along to the west ; the west-side be- ginneth at tlie south end, and extendeth to the north; the northern quarter is likewise from the west to the east ; and the eastern side from the north to the south. But in Ezek. xlvii. 15, &c., he beginneth with the north, which here is begun at the south, and endeth at the west, as here at the east. Wilderness of Zin,] Whereof see Num. xxxiii. 36. This was the uttermost part of the south coast, and fell by lot unto the tribe of Judah, Josh. XV. 1. The sides of Edo J!,] Heb. the hands of Edom, that is, 'the bor- der of Edom,' as is explained in Josh. xv. 1. The salt sea,] Or, 'sea of salt,' so in ver. 12. This was the lake of Sodom, called ?lso the Dead Sea, for that it had no fish or living thing in it; whereof see Gen. xiv. 3. From the end of that sea, from the tongue (or bay) thereof that looked southward, was their south border, Josh. xv. 2. This sea is in human writers called Asphaltites, Plin. 1. 5, cap. 16. Ver. 4 — Shall turn about,] That is, fetch a compass; as the Gr. tianslateth it, shall compass, for which in Josh. xv. 3, it CHAP. XXXIV. 175 the ascent of Akrabbim, and pass on to Zin ; and the gohigs out thereof sliall be from the south to Kadesh-barnea, and it shall go out to Hazar-Addar, and pass on to Azmon, * And the border shall turn about from Azmon unto tlie river of Egypt, and the goings out of it shall be at tlie sea. " And the sea border, you shall even have the great sea and tlie border thereof: tliis shall be your sea border. ' And this sliall be your north border : from tlie great sea you shall point out for you mount Hor. ® From mount Hor ye shall point out unto the entrance of Hamatli : and the goings out of the border shall be to Zedad. ^ And the border shall go ont to Ziphron, and tlie goings out of it shall be at Hazar- Enan : this shall be your north border. ^° And ye shall point out for you for the east border from Hazar-Enan, to Shepham. " And the border shall go down from Shepham to Riblah on the east side is said, 'it went out.' From the s uth,] Or, on the south side • so after. The ascent OF Akrabbim,] Or, ' Maaleh-akrabbim,' as in Josh. XV. 3, \vliich is by interpretation, the ascent (or going up) of scorpions: which place some think was so named of tiie scor- pions which were in the wilderness, Deut. viii. 15. The goings out thereof,] For this, in Josh. xv. 3, is said, ' it ascended tip.' It shall go out to Hazar-addar.] By going out is meant a ' passing along,' as is ex- pounded in Josh. XV. 3, where Hazar-addar are two places, Ilezron and Addar; for it is said, it ' passed along to Hezron, and went up to Addar.' To Azmon,] In Josh. xv. 3, 4, there is added, that it ' turned about (or fetched a compass) to Karkaa, and passed on to Azmon.' Tliis Azmon is in Thargum Jonathan called Kesam; in Gr. ylselmona. Ver. 5. — Unto the river of Egypt,] It went out unto ' the river of Egypt,' Josli. XV. 4, the river called Sihor, Josh. xiii. 3, in Thargum Jonathan, Nilos. Goings out of it,] Namely, ' of the coast (or border,') Josh. XV. 4. At the sea,] To wit, the great sea, as the Gr. translateth it, wheieof Moses speaketh in the ver. following: the Chald. calleth it, the IVest sea. Ver. 6. — The sea border,] That is, as the Chald. explaineth it, the west border: so called because the Great sea lay westward from the land of Canaan: see Gen. xii. 8. Yoo shall even have,] Or, shall be to you: which two phrases expound one another, as is noted on Gen. xii. 16. So after in ver. 7, 12. The Great sea,J So called in res- pect of the lesser inland seas, as the Salt sea, ver. 3, and the sea of Chinnereth, ver. 11. This Great sea is commonly called the Medi- terranean sea. And the border thereof,] So the Chald. here translateth it, supplying the word thereof: and so it is Englished in Josh. XV. 12, 47. The Gr. interpreteth it, the Great sea shall bound (or shall limit.) Ver. 7. — Vo0 shall point out,] Or, shall mark out, shall design; in Gr. ye shall measure out: so in ver. 8, 10. Mount Hor,] This is not that mount Hor where Aaron died, which was southward iu the edge of Edom's land, Num. xxxiii. 37, 38, but another mountain on the north side of Canaan, which in Josh. xiii. 5, is called mount Hermon, and near the entering into Hamath, as mount Hor is here. And Her- mon had many names, as JNIoses showeth in Deut. iii. 9; iv. 48. Ver. 8. — The entrance of Hamatii,] Or, the entering into Chamath: this Ha- math (in Gr. Emath) is in Amos vi. 2, called ' Heinath the great.' See the annot. on Num. xiii. 21. Hamath is also men- tioned among the northein borders of the land, in Ezek. xlvii. 16, 17. Zedad,] In Gr. Sedada: so in Ezek. xlvii. 15. Ver. 9. — Hazar-enan,] In Ezek. xlvii. 17, Hazar-enon; in Gr. ylrsenain. This was the north-east part of the land. Ver. 10. — Shepham,] Called in 1 Sam. XXX. 2S, Siphmoth: in Gr. Sepphama: by Thargum Junaihan, and some others, it is called j4pamiah. Ver. 11. — Riblah,] A city in the land of Hamath, where God executed his judgments on the kings of Judah, for their sins, by the kings of Egypt and of Babylon, 2 Kings xxiii. 33; xxv. 6, 20, 21 ; Jer. xxxix. 5, 6. East of Ain,] Ain by interpretation is an eie, or a fountain, and so is translated here in Gr. fountains: and by the old Lat. inter- preter, the fountain Daphnis. The side,] Or, the shoulder, that is, the shore of the sea The Sea of Chinnereth,] Called in Gr. Chenereth; in Chald. Ginnosar; and in the New Testament, < the lake of Gennesa- 176 NUMBERS. of Ain : and the border shall go down, and shall reacli nnto tlie side of the sea of Chnmereth eastward, '^ And the border shall go down to Jordan, and the gomgs out of it shall be at the salt sea: this shall be your land with the borders tliereof round about. '^ And Moses commanded tlie sons of Israel, saying. This is the land, which ye shall inherit by lot, which Jehovah commanded to give unto the nine tribes, and to the half tribe. '* For the tribe of the sons of the Reubenites, according to tlie house of their fa- thers ; and the tribe of the sons of the Gaddites, according to the liouse of their fathers, have received; and half the tribe of Ma- nasses have received their inheritance. '^ The two tribes, and the half tribe, have received their inheritance on this side Jordan near Jericho, eastward toward the sun rising. '" And Jehovah spake unto Moses, saying, " These are the ret,' Luke v. 1 ; and in 1 Mac. xi. 67, there is mentioned ' the water of Genuesar.' And the country adjoining was called ' the land of Gennesaret/ Matt. xiv. 34; Mark vi. 53. This sea is also named ' the sea of Galilee,' and 'the sea of Tiberias,' John vi. 1, and a lake and sea are the same; as, they )-an 'into the lake,' Luke viii. S-*^, that is, ' into the sea,' Matt. viii. 32. Of the sea Chimner- eth there is mention also in Josh. xii. 3; xiii. 27, and of a city so named, Josh. xix. 35, and of the countiy, Josh. xi. 2; 1 Kings xv. 20. It is thouj^ht to be called in Chald. Ginnosar, and Genesar, of princely gardens which were in those parts. This sea had store of fishes, and from hence our Lord took his four first apostles, fishers of Galilee, and made them ' fishers of men,' by the preach- ing of his gospel, Matt. iv. 18 — 21. On this sea Christ walked, and allayed the waves thereof, Mark vi. 45, 48, 51, 53; John vi. 16 — 21, and here he appeared to his disci- ples after his resurrection, at what time they took at one draught an lunidred fifty and three great fishes, John xxi. 1 — 11. Ver. 12. — Jordan,] In Heb. Jarden; in Gr. and in the New Testament, Jordanes. It was the goodliest river of all Canaan, famous throughout the scriptures. The waters of this river God did cut oil", and made them stand upon an heap, (at that time when Jordan overflowed all his banks) until his people Israel passed over it on dry ground into the land of Canaan, Josh. iii. 13 — 17. Elijah and Elisha the prophets di- vided also the waters thereof, and went over on dry ground, 2 Kings ii. 8, 14. Naaman the Syrian washing seven times in it, by the word of the prophet, was cleansed of his le- prosy, 2 Kings v. 10, 14. In this river our Lord Jesus himself, and the nation of the Jews, were baptized, Mark i. 5, 9. Salt SEA,] Or, sea of salt: see ver. 3. The river Jordan ran all along by the latid of Ca- naan on the east side, from the north end of the country to the south, beginning at the foot of mount Lebanon, (wheie it is said to spring out of two fountains, tlie one called Jor, and the other Dan,) and passed on to ' the lake of Merom, (by the waters whereof Joshua vanquished the Canaanites, Josh. xi. 4, 5, 7, 8,) and from thence it ran and emp- tied itself into the sea of Chinnereth fore- mentioned: and from that sea it passed along, till it ended at the Salt sea, here spoken of, where also the limits of the land began, in ver. 3. The promised land being thus en- closed and guarded with the main sea west- ward, the inland seas and the river Jordan east-ward, and at each end north and south with mountains, fore-showed God's provi- dence towards his people fur their safe de- fence on every side. And so it is written, ' As the mountains are round about Jerusa- lem, so the Lord is round about his people, from henceforth even for ever,' Ps. cxxv. 2. Ver. 14. — Sons of the Reubenites,] Heb. of the Reubenite, and after, of tlie Gadite; which the Gr. and Chald. translate, sons of Reieben, and of Gad. Of these two tribes receiving their inheritance, see Num. xxxii. Vek. 17. — Shall divide the land by inheritance unto you,] Or, shall inherit the land for you, that is, shall take posses- sion of the land for you, and in your names, and after divide it mito you, as in ver. 29. See ver. 18. Eleazar the priest, and Joshua,] In Gr. Jesus. These were the two chief princes, and both of them figures of Christ, who divideth to his people the in- heritance of the kingdom of heaven : the one figuring him in his priesthood, the other in liis kingdom: 'for if Jesus Cthat is Joshua) CHAP. XXXIV 177 names of the men which sliall divide tlic land by inheritance unto you : Eleazar tlie priest, and Joshua tlie son of Nun. ^* And ye shall take one prince, one prince of a tribe to divide the land by inheritance. '' And tlicse are the names of the men : Of the tribe of Judali, Caleb the son of Jepliunneh, -" And of the tribe of the sons of Simeon, Samuel the son of Ammihud. ^' Of the tribe of Benjamin, Elidad the son of Chislon. ^^ And the prince of the tribe of the sons of Dan, Bukki the son of Jogli. '^^ Of tlie sons of Joseph, the prince of the tribe of the sons of Manasses, Han- niel the son of Ephod. ^* And the prince of the tribe of the sons of Ephraim, Kemuel the son of Shiphtan. '^* And the prince of the tribe of the sons of Zabulon, Elizaphan the son of Parnacli. ^® And the prince of tlie tribe of the sons of Issacliar, Paltiel the son of Azzan. *^ And the prince of the tribe of the sons of Aser, Aliihud the son of Shelomi. ''* And the prince of the tribe of tlie had given them rest, then would he not after- ward have spoken of another day,' Heb. iv. 8. The priest had an hand in parting the inheritance, to signify that it was an holy work, and a shadow of heavenly things. Also, that if difficulty did arise, he might ask counsel for Joshua, ' after the judgment of Urim before Jehovah,' Num. xxvii. 21. And likewise for that the priests and Levites, though tliey had no inheritance as the other tribes, yet iiad they cities and suburbs from among their brethren, Num. xxxv., which also the Levites claimed of Eleazar the priest, and of Joshua, and the other princes, and had the cities and suburbs given them by lot be- fore the Lord, Josh. xxi. Thus also the truth of God's promise to Abraham was mani- fested ; for he had said, that in the fourth generation they should return from their af- fliction and servitude into the land of Canaan, Gen. XV. 14 — 16. And so it came to pass, for Kohath the son of Levi was one of them that went with Jacob into Egypt, Gen. xlvi. 11, 26; of Kohath proceeded Amram, of him Aaron, and of him Eleazar, 1 Chron. vi. 1—3. Ver. 18. — One prince, one prince of a TRIBE,] That is, of every tribe one prince. See the like phrase in Num. xiii. 2; xvii. 6; Josh. jii. 12; iv. 2, 4. To divipe the LAND By inheritance,] Or, to inherit the land, as the Heb. properly and usually signi- fieth; this latter some of the Hebs., as Jar- chi and Kimchi, do retain, expounding it of the princes, who instead of the people, and as their tutors and governors, first took the pos- session in the name of their tribes, and after distributed it unto them by their families. But the Chald. here, and again in Josh. xix. 49, (where the like phrase is also used) both Vol. II. the Chald. and Gr. do there translate it, cause to inherit, or divide by inheritance; and so Moses explaineth it in ver. 29. Ver, 19. — Caleb,] He was one of the spies sent to view tlie land: of whom see Num. xiii. 7, 31 ; xiv. 24 ; Josh. xiv. 6, &c. Ver. 20. — Samuel,] Or, Shemuel : the notation of which name, see in 1 Sam. i. 20. The Gr. calleth him Salamiel, by a mistak- ing from Num. i. 6. Ammihud,] In Gr. Semioud: so in Num. i. 10. Ver. 21.— Elidad,] In Gr. Eldas the son of Chaslon. Ver. 22. — ^Bukki,] In Gr. Bokkor son of Jekli. Ver. 23. — Hanniel,] In Gr. Aiiiel son of Souphid. Ver. 24. — ^Kemuel,] In Gr. Kamouel son of Saphtan. Ver. 25. — Parnach,] Or, Pharnach; in Gr. Charnach. Ver. 26.— Paltiel,] Or, Phaltiel ; in Gr. Phantiel son of Oza. Ver. 27.— Ahihod,] Or, Jchihud; in Gr. Achiod son of Seletni. Ver. 28. — Pedahel,] In Gr. Phadiel. Observe here the order of the tribes, as they were named with their princes; 1. Judah, 2. Simeon, 3. Benjamin, 4. Dan, 5. Manas- ses, 6. Ephraim, 7. Zebulon, 8. Issachar, 9. Aser, 10. Naphtali. This order agreeth not with that in Num. i., nor with that in Num. vii., nor in Num. xxvi., nor any before set down; but is thus disposed by God's wisdom and piovidence before hand, as they did after inherit the land. Judah is first, having the first lot, and he dwelt in the south part of the land, Josh. xv. 1, &c. Simeon is next him, because his inheritance ' was within the in- 178 NUMBERS. sons of Naphtali, Pedahel the son of Ammilmd. ^^ These are they w]iom Jehovah commanded to divide the inheritance unto the sons of Israel, in the land of Canaan. heritance of the sons of Judah,' Josh. xix. 1. The next was Benjamin, who had his lot by Judah, ' between the sous of Judah and the sons of Joseph,' Josh, xviii, 11. The fourth was Dan, for his lot fell by Benjamin's west- ward, in the Philistines' country, as is to be seen by his cities, in Josh. xix. 40, 41, &c. Then Manasses, and by him Ephraim his brother, whose inheritances were behind Ben- jamin's, as before is noted, Josh. xvi. xvii. Next them dwelt Zabulon and Issachar. of whose lots see Josh. xix. 10, 17. Last of all dwelt Aser and Naphtali in the north parts of Canaan, of whose lots see Josh. xix. 24, 32, &c. And as when they encamped about God's tabernacle, they were ordered according to their brotherhoods, as is noted on Num. ii., so in the dividing and inherit- ing of the land we may see the like. For Judah and Simeon, both sons of Leah, dwelt abreast one by another. Benjamin of Rachel, and Dan of Rachel's maid, dwelt next abreast, Manasses and Ephraim, both sons of Joseph, by his mother Rachel, had the next place one by another. Zabulon and Issachar, who dwelt next together, were both sons of Leah. So the last pair were Aser of Leah's maid, and Naphtali of Rachel's maid. Thus God, in nominating the princes that should divide the land, fore-signified the manner of their possession, and that they should be seated to dwell as brethren together in unity, for the mutual help and comfort one of another, as is noted of the first two, Judah and Simeon, who joined together in war against the Ca. naanites, Judg. i. I — 3. VeR. 29. To DIVIDE THE INHERITANCE UNTO,] Or, to give the sons of Israel inheri- tance. According to this commandment, so ■was it fulfilled by ' Eleazar the priest, and Joshua the son of Nun, and the heads of the fathers of the tribes of the sons of Israel,' who divided the inheritance unto the people ' by lot, in Shiloh, before the Lord, at the door of the tabernacle of the congregation,' Josh. xix. 51. CHAP. XXXV. 1 • The Lord commandeth Israel to give eight and forty cities for the Levites, with their suburbs and measure thereof. 6. Six of them are to be cities of refuge. 9. The laws of murder, when the man-slayer might have the benefit of the cities of refuge, and when he must be 'put to death. 31. No ransom might he taken for the murderer that was worthy of death. * And Jehovah spake unto Moses, in the plains of Moab by Jor- dan, near Jericho, saying, ^ Command the sons of Israel that they give unto the Levites of the inheritance of their possession, cities to dwell in ; and suburbs to tlie cities round about them, shall ye give unto the Levites. Ver. 2. — That they give,] Or, and let them give unto the Levites. The Lord hav- ing given order in chap, xxxiv. for dividing the land unto Israel, commandeth here a por- tion to be given out of all their possessions unto him, which he bestoweth on his mini- sters the Levites, for a part of their liveli- hood. The equity of which law, both for honouring the Lord with our substance, Prov. iii. 9; and for maintaining his ministers, Gal. V). 6, is perpetual. Therefore, speak- ing of the church under the gospel, according to these legal figures, he saith, ' when ye shall divide by lot the land for inheritance, ye shall ofl'er an oblation unto the Lord, an holy portion of the land,' &c. The holy por- tion of the land shall be for the priests, the ministers of the sanctuary, which shall come near to minister unto the Lord, &c., Ezek. xlv. 1, 4, 5; xlviii. 9, 10,13. Suburbs to the cities,] Or, as the Gr. translateth, the suburbs of the cities : which suburbs are call- CHAP. XXXV. 179 ^ And the cities shall be for them to dwell in, and tlie suburbs of them shall be for tlieir cattle, and for their goods, and for all tlieir beasts. * And the suburbs of the cities which ye shall give unto the Levites, shall be from the wall of the city and outward, a thou- sand cubits round about. ^ And ye shall measure from without the city on the east-side two thousand cubits, and on the south-side two thousand cubits, and on the sea-side two tliousand cubits, and on the north-side two thousand cubits, and the city shall be in tlie midst ; this sliall be to them the suburbs of the cities. And the cities which ye shall give imto the Levites, shall be the six cities of ed in Heb. Migrash, that is, a place cast out east wind: see the Notes on Num. xxxiv. 3. lying without the walls of the city Chald. Revach, that is, a space ; in Gr. Proasteia, as lying before the city ; and in ver. 3, Aphorismata, as he\ng separated from the city ; and in ver 5, homura, conjines or limits. Ver. 3. — Their goods,] Or, their suit- stance, their gathered goods : see the notes on Gen. xii. 5 ; it is a general word, and some- times implieth cattle also, as 2 Chron. xxxi. 3; xxxii. 29 ; xxxv. 7. Beasts,] In Heb. Chajah, whicli is a general name for living things ; but here translated in Gr. four- footed beasts. And from hence the Hcbs. gather, " that they gave the Levites a place of burial to every city without those bounds (or suburbs:) for they buried not their dead in the suburbs of their cities, because it is said, 'and for all their living things;' they gave it for the living and not for burial." Maim, treat, of Release and Jubilee, chap, xiii, sect. 3. That they used in Israel to bury their dead without the cities, appeareth by Luke vii. 11, 12. Ver. 4.. — A thousand cubits,] The Gr. saith, tii'o thousand cubits, as it is in the ver. following, where the Lord speaketh of two thousand cubits: so the thousand cubits here mentioned, some think to be meant of holy measure double so much as the common mea- sure, and that the latter do expound the for- mer. The Hebs. explain it thus, " the su- burbs of the cities are expressed in the law to be three thousand cubits on every side, from the wall of the city and outward, Num. xxxv. 4, 5. The first thousand are the sub- urbs, and the two thousand which they measured without the suburbs, were for fields and vineyards." Maim, treat, of the Release and Jubilee, chap. xiii. sect. 2. Ver. 5. — Without the city,] By the city, the Hebs. understand here the city with the suburbs, that is, the thousand cubits fore- mentioned, which were for their cattle, and these two thousands more for fields and vine- yards, as is before noted. East side,] Or, east quarter } in Chsld. Sea side,] That is, the west side, as the Chald. saith, the ivest wind. Moses useth to call the west the sea, as is noted on Gen. xii. 8. So in Num. xxxiv. 6. Ver. 6. — Of refuge,] That city is call- ed in Heb. Miklat, of gathering, because the man-slayer was there gathered and detained; in Gr. Phugadeuterio7i, a place oi flight and exile; in Chald. Shezabuth, of deliverance and preservation. The six cities appointed for refuge, were these: Bezer, of the Reuben- ites' country, Ramoth in Gilead of the Gad- ites, and Golan in Basan of the Manassites, these three Moses separated, Dent. iv. 41, 43; the other three appointed by Joshua, were Kedesh in Galilee in mount Naphtali, Shechem in mount Ephraim, and Kirjah- arba (which is Hebron) in the mount of Judah, Josh. xx. 7; the use of these is after showed. FoRTT-TWO cities,] These with the like cities of refuge, are declared in Josh, xxi.; how they were given out of every tribe. Of the Kohathites, the priests the sons of Aaron had thirteen cities. Josh. xxi. 19; the resi- due of the Kohathites, had ten cities. Josh, xxi. 2(3. The Gershonites had tliirteen cities. Josh. xxi. 33. The Merarites had twelve cities. Josh. xxi. 40. So 'all the cities of the Levites, within the possession of the sons of Israel, were forty and eight cities with their suburbs,' Josh. xxi. 41. Thus Jacob's prophecy of Levi was fulfilled, that he should be scattered in Israel, Gen. xlix. 5, 7. But because of the Levites' zeal for the Lord, the curse was turned into a bless- ing (as is noted on Exod. xxxii. 29,) and they were teachers of the law unto the tribes of Israel. Deut. xxxiii. 8, 10. Wherefore God gave them cities out of every tribe how- beit, whatsoever remained of these cities, be- sides the habitations of the Levites, and the suburbs forementioned, as the fields of the cities and their villages, continued under the dominion, and in the possession of the tribes, to whom they had been distributed before, as the example of Hebron given unto Caleb showeth. Josh. siv. 13, 14; xxi. 11, 12. 180 NUMBERS. refuge, which ye shall give, for the maw-slayer to flee thither ; and above them ye shall give forty and two cities. ^ All the cities which ye shall give unto the Levites, shall be forty and eight cities, them and tlieir suburbs. ^ And the cities which ye shall give for the possession of the sons of Israel, from them that have many, ye shall give many, and from them that have few, ye sliall give few ; every man according to his inheritance whicli they inherit, he shall give of liis cities unto the Levites. ^ And Jehovah spake unto Moses saying, " Speak unto the sons of Israel, and say unto them. When ye be come over Jordan into the land of Canaan, '' Tlicn ye shall appoint for you cities, cities of refuge shall they be for you, that the man slayer may flee thither, which smiteth a soul by error. '' And the cities shall be unto you for refuge from the avenger, that the »2aw-slayer die not until he stand before the congregation for judgment. " And the cities whicli ye shall give, the six cities of refuge shall be for you. " Three cities ye shall give on this side Jordan, and three cities shall ye give in the land of Canaan, cities of refuge shall they be. ^^ For the sons of Israel, and for tlie stran- Ver. 8. — Ye shall give many,] Or, yc shall multiply to give: so the tribes that had many cities, and more large inheritances, gave the more cities. For out of the tribes of the sons of Judah and of Simeon, were given nine cities, out of Benjamin four, out of Ephraim four, out of Dan four, out of the half tribe of Manasses two, out of the other half tribe of Manasses two, out of Issachar four, out of Aser four, out of Naphtali three, out of Zabulon four, out of Reuben four, out of Gad four. Josh. xxi. 9, 16, &c. Ver. 11. — Shall appoint,] Or prepare, as the Chald. explaineth it, in Gr. ye shall distinguish (or distinctly separate:) elsewhere it is called separating, Deut. iv. 41; and sanctifying. Josh. xx. 7. By error,] Or, ignorantly, unadvisedly, unawares : the Gr. translateth, univillingly ; this is opened in ver. 22, 23; and Deut. xix. 5; in Josh. XX. 3 ; it is declared by two words, by error, (or unawares), and without knowledge, (or unwittingly.) Ver. 12. — The avenger,] To wit, of the blood, as is expressed in ver. 19, and the Chald. and Gr. here add the same. Goel here Englished an avenger, elsewhere signi- fieth a redeemer, but properly one of the same blood and kindred, as Ruth ii. 20; in. 9, 12; who, if things were sold, was to re- deem them, as Lev. xxv. 25; if blood were shed was to avenge it, as in this case. And so the Gr. here and usually calleth him Jg- chisteuon, tliat is, one 7iear of kin. Of this kinsman the avenger, it is said in ver. 19, that he should put the murderer to death ; see the notes there. Before the congre- gation,] When a man had done a murder, he fled to some city of refuge, the way being always prepared, that he might flee thither without hindrance, as is noted on Deut. xix. 3. Coming thither, at the entering of the gate, he showed his cause to the elders of the city of refuge, who took him in till he was sent after, and fetched home to the city where he had done the murder, and there he stood before the congregation, Josh. xx. 4, 6; who, if they found him worthy of death, they deli- vered him to the avenger to kill him ; if not, they returned him to his city of refuge, where he lived in a kind of exile and imprisonment, until the death of the high priest, as after followeth. See Deut. xix. 12. Before the cities of refuge were appointed, the altar was a place of refuge, as is probable by Exod. xxi. 13, 14. And from that place the Hebs. gather, that " the altar was a place of re- fuge." Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. v. sect. 12. Ver. 14. — Three cities,] Which were Bezer, Ramoth, and Golan, Deut. iv. -ll, 43. And three cities,] Kedesh,S/iechcm, and Hebron, Josh. xx. 7. And if the Lord enlarged their coast, and gave them all the land, they were to add three cities more, Deut. -six. 8, 9. Ver. 15. — The stranger,] In Gr. the proselyte, meaning him that was not an Is- raelite by nature, but by religion. The so- .iourner,] That dwelt a stranger in the land CHAP. XXX v. 181, ger, and for the sojourner among them, sliall these six cities be for a refuge ; tliat every one that smiteth a soul by error may flee thither. "^ And if lie smite him with an instrument of iron, and he die, he is a man-slay ev ; tlie man-slayer shall be surely put to death. " And if he smite him with a stone of the hand, wherewith he may die, and he die, lie is a man-slayer, the wan-slayer shall be surely put to death. ^^ Or, if he smite him with an instrument of wood of the hand, wherewith he may die, and he die, he is a man-slayer ; the man-slayer shall be surely put to death. '^ The avenger of the blood, iie shall put to death the ma7i-slayer ; when he meeteth him, he shall put him to death. -" And if he thrust him of hatred, or have cast upon him by lying of wait, and he die. ^' Or in enmity smite him with his hand, and he die, the smiter shall be surely put to death, he is a man-slayer -. the avenger of the blood shall put to smote, and of him that was killed, and the place of the blow," &c. Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. iii. sect. 1, &c. of Israel, and yet not of their church and re- ligion, Deut. xiv. 21. These all had bene- fit by the cities of refuge ; but if an heathen by error killed an heathen, the cities of re- fuge received him not, saith Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. v. sect. 4. Sjiiteth a SOUL,] That is, kilkth any person ; so ver. II. Ver. 16. — If he smite him,] To wit, purposely and presumptuously, as the pun- ishment after showeth. Surely put to DEATH,] Or, put to die the death ; Heb. dy- ing he shall be put to death; so in ver. 17, IS, 21. Ver. 17. — A stone of the hand,] That is, throivn with the hand ; the Gr. translat- eth it, a stone out of the hand ; the Chald. a stone that is taken in the hand. He may DIE,] The Chald. more fully explaineth it, which is enough for him to die therewith ; so ill ver. IS. Ver. 18. — Wood of the hand,] Gr, otit of the hand j Chald. wood taken in the hand, which is sufficient for him to die thereby ; as in ver. 17. These cautions are here added to discern of murders ; the Hebs. explain them thus: " he that smiteth his fellow pre- sumptuously with a stone, or with wood, that he die, they measure the thing wherewith he smote him, and the place whereon he smote him, to see if that thing were enough to kill him upon such a member (of his body) or not, as it is wiitten, ' with a stone of the hand,' &c., so that it be enough to kill him. They measure also the might of him that smote, &c. For iron instruments the law gives no measure, Num. xxxv. 16. He is to die that killed him, though it were wiih a needle ; and whatsoever is sharp like a nee- dle, as bodkin, knife, or the like. He that smiteth his fellow without any instrument, and killeth him, as with his hand, or his foot, &c., thoy measure the strength of him that Ver. 19. — He shall put to death,] Or, he may put him to death, to wit, after he is adjudged to death by the magistrate, ver. 12. " If the avenger of blood will not, or if he be not able to kill him, or if he have no avenger of blood, then the judges shall kill the murderer with the sword." Maim, treat, of Murder, cliap. i. sect. 1. When he meeteth him,] Though it be within the cities of refuge, saith Jarchi. But this is to be understood, after lawful judgment by the magistrate ; for the elders of his city were to send and fetch him from the city of refuge, ' and deliver him into the hand of the aven- ger of blood,' Deut. xix. 12. Wherefore the Chald., instead of meeting him, saith, ' when he shall be condemned unto him by judgment.' So in ver. 21. Ver. 20.— Of hatred,] Which is inve- terate anger, and inward grudge, difl'ering from enmity or open hostility, spoken of in ver. 22. ' He that hateth, dissembleth with his lips, and layeth up deceit within him,' Prov. xxvi. 24. The Hebs. say, " he that hateth, if he kill by error (or unadvisedly) he is not kept in the city of refuge, as it is said, and he was not his enemy, (Num. xxxv. 23,) &c. And who is he that hateth ? he that for enmity's sake speaketh not unto him for three days (space.)" Maim, treat, of Mur- der, chap. vi. sect. 10. Cast upon him,] To wit, any iristrumcnt, as is expressed in ver. 22 ; and so the Gr. explaineth it here. By laying of v^'ait,] With intent and pur- pose of evil, when occasion is ofTered: so Saul laid wait (or hunted) for David's soul, 1 Sam. xxiv. 11 ; the Jews for Christ, Luke xi. 54; and for Paul's life. Acts xxiii. 21. Ver. 21. — Enmity,] Or, hostility, ill will, open and professed. 182 NUMBERS. death the man-slayer when he meeteth him. ^^ But if he thrust him suddenly, without enmity, or have cast upon liim any instru- ment witliout laying of wait. ^^ Or witli any stone, wherewith he may die, without seeing him ; and he hath caused it to fall upon liim, and he die, and he was not his enemy, nor a seeker of his evil. ^* Then tlie congregation shall judge between the smiter and the avenger of the blood, according to these judgments. ^* And the congregation sliall deliver the man-slay ev out of the hand of tlie avenger of the blood, and the congregation shall restore him unto tlie city of his refuge, whither he was fled ; and he shall abide in it until the death of the great priest, which was anointed with the oil of holiness. ^^ And if the man-slayer going shall go forth out of tlie border of the city of his refuge, whither he was fled, " And tlie avenger of the blood find him without the border of the city of liis refuge, and the avenger of the blood shall slay the ma^-slayer, no blood shall be unto him. ^^ Because he should have abiden in the city of his refuge, until the death of the great priest ; and after the death of the great priest, the wan-slayer shall return into the land of his possession. '* And these things shall be unto you for a statute of judgment, throughout your generations, in all your Ver. 22. — Suddenly,] Or, unawares, and as it were by chance. Ver. 23. — With any stone,] That is, have smitten him with any stone, as in ver. 17. Wherewith he may die,] In Chald. which is sufficient that he may die therewith : see the notes on ver. IS. Ver. 25. — Of the great priest,] A fi- gure of Clnist, called the ' great priest over tlie house of God,' Heb. x. 21 ; and the ' great high priest that is passed into the heavens,' Heb. iv. 14; 'who is the Media- tor of the New Testament, that by means of death, for the redemption of the transgres- sions under the first testament, they which are called might receive the promise of the eternal inheritance,' Heb. ix. 15. As the high priests, wliile they lived by their service and sacrificing made atonement for the sins of the people, especially one day in the year. Lev. xvi.; wherein they fignred the work of Christ for us: so at the high priest's death, by releasing such as were exiled for unwitting murdei-, there was a shadow of redemption in Israel. Ver. 26. — Going shall go forth,] That is, shall at any time, upon any occasion, go forth. So he was not only exiled from hif own city, but confined as a prisoner within the limits of the city of refuge. The Hebs. say, " he might never go out of the city of his refuge, no not though it were for a thing commanded, [as to worship at the solemn feasts, or the like,] or for to bear witness, whether it were in money matters, or to tes- tify in case of life and death," &c. Maim. treat, of Murder, chap. vii. sect. 8. Ver. 27. — Without the border,] So not the city only, but the borders and limits of the territories thereof were his refuge. " Every city of refuge, the borders thereof are a refuge as well as it, &c. and if (the avenger of blood) kill him there, he is to be killed for him. Notwithstanding though the border be a refuge, yet the man-slayer may not dwell in it ; for it is said (in ver. 25,) ' and he shall abide in it ;' in it, (the city,) and not iu the border of it." JNIaim. ibid, chap. viii. sect. 11. No blood shall be unto him,] That is, the avenger shall have no blood imputed to him; or, as the Gr. translateth it, he shall not be guilty, to wit, of blood-shed. Ver. 2S. — Into the land of his posses- sion,] Into his own city or village, that part of the land which he possessed. It is holden by the Hebs. that although by the high priest's death " atonement was made for him, yet he never returned to the princely state (or dignity) that he had (in the city,) but was debased from his greatness all his days, be- cause that great scandal came by his hand." Maim. ibid. chap. vii. sect. 14. Moreover they say, " a man-slayer upon whom sentence is past that he shall be exiled, if he die before he go into exile, they carry his bones thi- CHAP. XXXV 183 dwellings. ^" Every one tliat smiteth a soul by the mouth of wit- nesses, tile nian-slayex sliall be slain ; but one witness shall not answer against a soul to die. ^' And ye shall take no ransom for the soul of the wzaw-slayer, which is guilty of death, but he shall be surely put to death. ^^ Neither shall ye take ransom for him that is fled unto the city of his refuge, to return to dwell in the land, until the death of the priest. ^^ And ye shall not pollute the land wherein ye are, for blood, it polluteth the land ; and for the land, there sliall be no expiation for the blood tliat is shed therein, but by the blood of him that shed it. ^* And thou shalt not defile the land which ye inhabit in, witliui which I do dwell, for I Jeho- vah dwell among the sons of Israel. ther. And a man-slayer that dieth in the city of his refuge, they bury him there; and when the high priest dieth, they carry the man-flayer's bones from thence unto the se- pulchres of his fathers. Ibid. sect. 3. Ver. 30. — Every one that smiteth a SOUL,] That is, who killeth a person, to wit, him that is a murderer. By the mouth,] That is, by the testimony of three witnesses, whicli after is explained ' of two witnesses or three witnesses, Deut. xvii. 6; xix. 15. See the annot. there. Not answer,] That is, not testify, as the Gr. and Chald. trans- late it, meaning, to have the sentence of death confirmed against him: see Deut. xix. 15. To DIE,] That is, to cause him to die, or, that he should die: see the notes on Gen. vi. 19. Ver. 31. — The soul of the man-slay- er,] That is, the life of the murderer, to re- deem him from death. " Tlie judges are warned that they take no ransom of the mur- derer, and though he could give all the wealth that is in the world, and though the avenger of blood should be williug to free him ; for the soul of him that is killed, is not the possession of the avenger of blood, but the possession of the holy blessed (God.) Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. i. sect. 4. Guilty OF DEATH,] Heb. which is wicked, to die, that is, as the Gr. and Chald. explain it, guilty, or condemned to die. According to this phrase, David saith, ' when he shall be judged, let him go forth wicked, (that is, condemned,) Ps. cix. 7. Ver. 32. — For him that is fled,] Heb. to flee ; whJcL is explained by Jarchi and others, " for him that is fled." In the LAND,] fn the land of his possession, as in ver. 28. Ver. 33. — Polluteth,] Or, impiously staineth, foully deformcth the laiid. This word which Moses here useth of murder, and the prophets after apply unto spiritual whore- dom or idolatry, Jer. iii. 2, 9 ; and idola- trous blood-shed, Ps. cvi. 38 ; showeth the heinousness of this sin, that defileth not only him that doth it, but the whole land if it be not avenged. Hereupon the Hebs. say, "thou hast not any thing concerning which the law giveth such a charge, as for shedding of blood, as it is said (ia Num. xxxv. 33,) ' and ye shall not pollute the land,' " &c. Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. i. sect. 4. The blood of him that shed it,] If it were wilful murder; or by the death of the high priest, if it were unwilling manslaughter. Hereupon it is said, ' a man that doth vio- lence to the blood of any person, shall fly to the pit, let no man stay him,' Prov. xxviii. 17. Ver. 34. — I do dwell,] The land of ' Israel was the Lord's land,' Hosea ix. 3; and by his dwelling there among his people, was sanctified, and called ' the holy land.' Zech. ii. 12 ; and though he dwelt most specially in his sanctuary there, which after- ward was in Jerusalem, Ps. Ixxiv. 2 , cxxxv. 21; yet the whole land was sanctified by his habitation therein, which was a reason why the people might not pollute it, either with blood, or with any other wickedness, for holi- ness becometh his house for ever, Ps. xciii. 5. And for this cause the unclean were to be put out of the camp of Israel, in the midst whereof God did dwell,' Num. v. 3. 184 NUMBERS. CHAP. XXXVI. 1 , The inconvenience of the inheritance of daughters is remedied hy marrying in their own tribes, lest the inheritance should he removed from the tribe. 10. The daughters of Zelophehad obey the Lord's com- mandment, and marry their uncles' sons. ^ And the heads of the fathers of the family of the sons of Gi lead, the son of Machir, the son of Manasses, of the families of tlie sons of Joseph, came near, and spake before Moses and before the princes, the heads of the fathers of tlie sons of Israel. ^ And tliey said, Jehovah commanded my lord to give tlie land for an in- heritance, by lot, to the sons of Israel : and my lord was com- manded by Jehovah to give the inheritance of Zelophehad our brother unto his daughters. ^ And if they become wives to any of tlie sons of the tribes of tlie sons of Israel, tlien shall their inheri- tance be taken away from the inheritance of our fathers, and shall be put to the inheritance of the tribe unto whom they shall be j so it sliall be taken away from the lot of our inheritance. * And when the jubilee of the sons of Israel shall be, then shall their in- lieritance be put unto the inheritance of the tribe, anto whom they shall be : so their inheritance shall be taken away from the inheri- tance of the tribe of our fathers. ' And Moses commanded the sons of Israel according to the mouth of Jehovah, saying, The tribe of the sons of Joseph speak right. ® This is the thing which Jehovah doth command concern- ing the daughters of Zelophehad, saying. Let them become wives to whom it is good in their eyes, only to the family of the tribe of Ver. 1. — The HEADS,] In Gr. the princes, Ver. 3. — -Of the tribes,] Of any of the that is, the chief fathers, God having de- other tiibes, beside their own. Be takeh signed the limits of the holy land which Is- aavay,] Or, be diminished, contrary to add- rael should inheiit, in Num. xxxiv. and ap- ing or putting to, after mentioned: so the in- pointed his own portion out of the same, to heritances of this, and of other tribes by h"ke be given unto the priests and Levites, Num. accidents might in time be changed, dis- XXXV., doth now conclude his laws with an turbed, and come to confusion, contrary to ordinance for the settled continuing of the the order before set of God. inheritances unto the tribes, as they should be Ver. 4. — The juhilee shall be,] Which at first allotted unto them. The occasion of was every fiftieth year, in which the inlieri- this ordinance is a complaint made by some tances that were alienated to others, were by of the Manassites, concerning Zelopheliad's the law given in Lev. xxv. to return unto the daughters, if they should be married to men first owners; which ordinance also should by of other' tribes. Gilead,] In Gr. Galaad, such marriages be disannulled, of whom see Num. xxvii. 1. Ver. 5. — The mouth,] That is, the word Ver. 2. — My lord,] Meaning Moses, for of the Lord, as the Chald. tran'slateth ; in to him was the commandment given, Num. Gr. bi/ the commandment of the Lord. So xxvi. 52, 53, &o. ; xxvii. 6, 7. And by the answer which Moses gave, was not of this title they give honour unto Moses, and himself, but by advice from God: see Num. show their obedience ; as the scripture noteth xxvii. 5. by the like title given unto others, 1 Pet. iii. Ver. C. — Good in their eyes,] That is, fi; Matt. xxii. 44, 45. Zelophehad,] In pleaseth them. Daughters are not to be Gr. Salpaad: see Num. xxvii. 1, &c. forced to marry with such as they like not: CHAP. XXXV I. 185 their father shall they become wives. ' i\nd tlie inheritance of the sons of Israel shall not remove from tribe to tribe ; for every man of the sons of Israel shall cleave to the inheritance of the tribe of liis fatliers. ^ And every daugliter that posscsseth an inheritance of the tribes of the sons of Israel, shall be wife inito one of the family of the tribe of her father, that the sons of Israel may pos- sess, evei'y man the inheritance of his fathers. ^ And tlie inJieri- (ance shall not remove from one tribe to anotlier tribe, but evei-y man of the tribes of the sons of Israel shall cleave to his inheri- tance. '° Even as Jehovah commanded Moses, so did the daughters of Zelophehad. " For Machlah, Tirzah, and Hoglah, and Milcah, and Noah, the daughters of Zelophehad, were wives unto their ancles' sons. '^ ( To men) of the families of the sons of Manasses, the son of Josepli, they became wives ; and their inheritance was unto the tribe of the family of their father. '^ TJiese are tlie commandments and the judgments which Jeho- vah commanded, by the liand of Moses, unto the sons of Israel, in the plains of Moab, by Jordan, near Jericho. see Gen. xxiv. 57, 58. To the family,] To some of the family, or in the family ; see ver. 12. Ver. 7. — Shall cleave to the inheri- tance,] Keeping himself thereto, and (for the better perfoiinance hereof) marrying within his tribe. For this word cleave, is often used in rase of marriage, Gen. ii. 24; Dan. ii. 43. Thus God providelh that the order which he should set for the inheritances in his land, to be divided by lot, might con- tinue throughout all generations ; by which means strife also might be cut off, and peace preserved among his people. Ver. 8. — That possesseth an inheri- tance,] Oi-, that is heir of a possession; by reason that her father had no ton to inhe- rit, as in this case of Zelophehad. So here is no restraint of other women, save such as had inheritance. The priests also and Le- vites, (which might have no inheritance with Israel, Deut. xviii. 1,) had liberty to marry with the women of any tribe; as Jehoiada the priest had to wife the king's daughter of Judah, 2 Chron. xxii. 1], another 'took a wife of the daughters of Barzillai the Gilead- ite,' Ezra ii. CI, and the like. By reason of such marriages there might be kindred be- VoL. II. 2 tween Elizabeth the mother of John the Bap- tist, who was of the daughters of Aaron, and Mary the Virgin, the mother of our Lord Christ, who was of the lineage of David, of the tribe of Judah, Luke i. 5, 36; iii. 23— 31. Ver. 11. — OR Machlah,] Heb. and Machlah, &c. Of these daughters, see Num. xxvii. 1. Their uncles' sons,] The sons of their fathers' brethren. Compare Lev. xviii. 12 — 14. Ver. 12. — Was unto the tribe,] That is, remained unto (or in) the tribe. So ' Da- niel was (that is, continued) even unto the first year of king Cyrus/ Dan. i. 21 ; and ' they were (that is, continued) there, Ruth i. 2, and sundry the like. By this example and observation of the law for inheritances in the holy land, the people of God are taught to hold fast their inheritance in his promises, and right in Christ, which they enjoy by faith; that as the Father hath made them meet ' to be partakers of the inheritance of the saints in light,' Col. i. 12 ; so they may keep the faith and grace which they have obtained unto the end, 1 Kings xxi. 3 ; Ezek. xlvi. 18; Jude ver. 3; Heb. vi. 12. BOOK OF DEUTERONOMY. CHAP. I. 1. Moses" speech in the end of the fortieth year, hriejly rehearsing the story. 6. Of God's promise and offer to give Israel the land of Canaan. 9. Of officers given them. 19- Of spies sent to search the land. 34. Of God's anger for Israel's incredulity, 41. and disobedience. ' These be tlie words which Moses spake unto all Israel on this side Jordan, in the wilderness, in the plain, over against the Red sea, between Pliaran, and Tophel, and Laban, and Hazeroth, and DEUTERONOMy,] A Gr. word, by interpreta- tion, the repetition, (or second declaration) of the latv. This name is borrowed from Deut. xvii. 18, where Misneh hatorah, the copy of the law, is in Gr. translated Beuteronomion, whioh title is given to the whole book, as that ■which containeth a repetition and explana- tion of the laws before given, as ver. 5. The Hebs. call this book by the first words there- of, " Eileh Hadbarim, these be the words." And here beginneth the forty-fourth section, or lecture of the law: see the notes on Gen. vi. 9. Ver. 1. — On this side,] Or, on the out- tide; that is, beyond Jordan, as the Gr. trans- lateth. The word sigoifieth both sides, and by circumstance of place is to be understood. To those out of the land of Canaan, it was on this side ; to the Israelites in Canaan, it was beyond, or the outside of Jordan, where Moses spake these things: for Moses might not enter into the land. Here Thargum Jerusalemy (whom Onkelos the Chald. para- phrast also followeth) cxplaineth it thus: '' these be the words which Moses spake un- to all Israel ; he rebuked them, for that they had sinned on this side Jordan," &c. Hereupon the Rabbins call this book, Sephor Thoche- ehoth, that is, the book of rebukes. Jordan,] Heb. Jarden : a river springing out of mount Lebanon, in the north end of Canaan, run- ning along the country. Of it, and the mys- tery thereof, see Num. xxxiv. 12 ; Josh. iii. The plain,] To wit, of Moab's land, as ver. 5; see Num. xxii. 1. There Moses spake these things and died, Deut. xxxiv. 5. Tlie Chald. saith Moses rebuked them, " be- cause they had provoked God in the plain." The Red sea,] So both Gr. and Chald. do translate it, adding the word sea : others keep the Heb. name Suph, which signifieth faffs, such as grow by the sea and rivers' sides, Exod. ii. 3; and so expound it not of the sea Suph, called the Red sea) but of a flaggy place by the sides of Jordan towai'ds the wilderness of Arabia. So in Num. xxi. 14. Pharan,] Or, Paran, a wilderness southward from the place where Moses now was, through which Israel had passed, Num. xiii. 1 ; in it was a mountain so named, Deut. xxxiii. 2. The Chald. here addeth, " in Pharan where they murmured against the manna." Tophel,] This is thought to be a town, called afterwards Pella, which was northward from whei-e Moses now spake. Laban,] In Gr. Lobon ; of others Lybias ; a city lying from them northwest. Haze- roth,] By interpretation, court-yards, and so the Gr. expounds it: a place lying east- ward. Of Hazeroth, we read also in Num. xi. 35; xiii. 1. Unto it the Chald. here referreth it, saying, " In Hazeroth where they provoked God for flesh." Dizahaij.] A region wherein was the city Mezihab, as some suppose. Zahab signifies gold ; and so the Gr. here translateth, by the gold-mines. The Chald. refers it to the golden calf which they made. All these are limits of the place where Moses gave this Deuteronomy, which was without the holy land, and river Jordan CHAP. I. 187 Dizdhab. ^ Eleven Any s' journey from Horeb, by the way of mount Seir unto Kadesli-Barnea. ^ x\nd it was in the fortieth year, in the eleventli month, in the first day of the month, Moses spake unto the sons of Israel, according unto all tliat Jehovah com- manded him, unto them. After lie had smitten Sihon king of tlie Amorites, which dwelt in Heshbon, and Og king of Bashan, which dwelt in Ashtaroth, in Edrei. ^ On this side Jordan, in tlie land of Moab, began Moses to declare this law, saying, ' Jehovah our God spake unto us in Horeb, saying, Ye have dwelt long enough in this mountain. ' Turn you and take your journey, and go to (wherein baptism was administered, Matt, iii.) environed with places, which in name and situation, signified affliction: and teach us the u>e of this law, which is to afflict the soul by showing it sin, and to prepare us for Christ, who by faith bringelh us to his rest ill the heavenly Canaan, Heb. iv. I — 3, &c. Ver. 2. — Elevex days' journey,] So the Chald. expounds it, adding also the word journey. Some of the Hebs. think, that in eleven days, all things iu this book of Deu- teronomy were by Moses rehearsed. Neither could it be any long time, seeing Moses be- gan ' the first day of the eleventli month,' ver. 3; and having ended all things in this book, died, and was mourned for thirty days, Deut. xxxiv. 8. Then Joshua sendeth spies to view the land. Josh, ii; leadeth the people through Jordan, Josh, iii ; circumciseth them, and after keepeth the ' passover the fourteenth day of the first month,' Josh. v. Horeb,] Called also Sinai, the mount where the law was given ; see Exod. iii. 1. Mount Seir,] The mountainous country of Seir, wherein the Edomites dwelt. Gen. xxxvi. 8, 9. Kadesh-barnea,] The southern border of the land of Canaan, Num. xxxiv. 4. Though the way was so short, yet Israel for their sins wandered forty years in the wilder- ness, as God had threatened, Num. xiv. 33, 34, in which time all the fathers died. Ver. 3. — Fortieth year,] Of Israel's coming out of Egypt. In the first month of this year, Mary, Moses' sister died, Num. XX. 1, * in the first day of the fifth month thereof, Aaron his brother died,' Num. xxxiii. 38 ; and now at the end of the year, Moses himself dieth, when he had repeated the law, and renewed the covenant between God and his people Israel. Ver. 4. — Sihon,] The story hereof see in Num. xxi; and after in Deut. ii. 26, &c. The slaughter of Sihon and Og was an en- couragement to Israel, for their after wars, and an argument to move them unto thank- ful obedience to the law now repeated. In Ashtaroth, in Edrei,] He dwelt in Asta- roth, and was smitten in Edrei, where the battle was fought, Num. xxi. 33 ; or as the Gr. translattth it, he dwelt in Astaroth and in Edrei, for they were both cities in Og's land. Josh. xiii. 31 ; and Og is said to have reigned in Astaroth and Edrei, Josh. xiii. 12. In Gen. xiv. 5; it is called Astaroth Karnaim. Ver. 5.- — Began,] Or, willingly took up- on him : for the word implieth willingness and contentedness: see Gen. xviii. 27. So all ministers should feed theii" flocks 'wil- lingly, and of a ready mind,' 1 Pet. v. 2. And Moses began to declare, that is, he de- clared as Jiisns began to say unto his disci- ples, Luke xii. 1 ; that is, he said unto them, Matt. xvi. C ; and his disciples began to pluck the ears of corn. Matt. xii. 1 ; that is, they plucked, Luke vi. 1 'Jo declare,] Or, to 7)iake plaiyi, clearly mcmif est, to the under- standing of the people, as in Hab. ii. 2, a thing is said to be ' made plain,' in writing, ' that he may run that rcadeth it.' Ver. 6.— Dwelt,] Or sitte7i (that is, continued) much. They came to that mount, in the third month after their departure out of Egypt, Exod. xix. 1, 2; and removed from the mount, ' the twentieth of the second month in the second year,' Num. x. 11, 12; so they remained there almost a whole year, where they received the law, or Old Testa- ment, and had made a tabernacle for God to dwell among them: from thence God called them by word and sign, the cloud removing. Num. X. 11, 13, 33; to journey towards Canaan the land promised to Abraham, the figure of their heavenly inheritance by faith in Christ. The law is uot for men to con- tinue under, but for a time, till they be fitted and brought unto Christ: see Gal. iii. 16, 17, IS; iv. 1—5; Heb. iii. IS, 19; iv. 6—11. Ver. 7. — Amorite,] Put for Amorites, as the Gr. translateth, whose neighbours were the Canaanites, Pherizites, and other nations promised to be their possession, Exod. xxiii. 23, 28, 31. Side,] Or, seaport, which was 188 DEUTERONOMY. the mount of the Amorite, and unto all his neighbours, in the plain, in the mountain, and in tJie vale, and in the south, and by the sea side -. to the land of the Canaanite, and Lebanon, unto the gi-eat river, the river Euphrates. ® Behold, I have given the land before you, go in and possess the land which Jehovah sware unto your fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give unto them, and to their seed after them. ^ And I spake unto you at that time, saying, I am not able myself alone to bear you. '" Jehovah your God hath multiplied you : and behold you are this day, as the stars of the heavens for multitude. ^' Jehovah, God of your fathers, add unto you a thousand times so many as you are, and bless you as he hath spoken unto you. ^- How shall I bear myself alone, your cumbrance, and your burden, and your strife ? '^ Give ye for you wise men and understanding, and known among your tribes, and I will appoint them for to be your heads. '* And ye answered me and said. The word which thou hast spoken is good to do. '^ And I took the heads of your tribes, wise men and known, and gave them to be heads over you ; .rulers of thousands, and rulers their western border, Num. xxxiv. 6. Le- banon,] Which was a mount on the north part of tlie land. Euphrates,] In Heb. Phrath, whi(!h was their eastern bound, in the utmost extent without Jordan. And so far Solomon reigned, 1 Kings iv. 21. Of this Euphrates, see the notes on Gen. ii. 14. Ver. 8. — 1 HAVE GIVEN,] Or, / give : which implietli both Israel's right unto the land, Lev. xxv. 23; Judg. xi. 23, 24; and their assured victory over the inhabitants, Exod. xxiii. 27— 31. Both these proceed- ing fiom tlie gracious gilt of God: as eternal life, (sliadowed by this land,) is also ' the gift of God through Jesus Christ our Lord,' Rom. vi. 23. Seed,] That is, childrefi or posteri- ty : see the notes on Gen. xiii. )5. Ver. 9. — I said,] Moses was constrained unto this motion, not only by the conscience of his own inability, (here mentioned) but by the counsel of Jethro, and commandment of the Lord, Exod. xviii. 14, 18, 19, 21, 23. Thus the people were fuinished with all helps, for their orderly and peaceable travels. Ver. 10.— As the stars,] So the promise was fulfilled which Abraham believed, Gen. XV. 5, C. They were six hundred thousand men, besides women and children, Exod. xii. 37 ; Num. i. ; see also Deut. x. 22. Ver. 11.— Add,] That is, increase : Mo- ses envied not their multitude, but wished them still more, as David also did, Ps. cxv. 14. And the increase of the church is a special blessing, fulfilled in Christ, as Is. xlix. 20, 21; liv. 1_3. Veu. 12.— Your cumbrance,] Or, weari^ some molestation, trouble, as Is. i. 14; this showeth the magistrate's office to be weighty and laborious. And by your cumbrance, understand, the cumbrance that cometh unto me by you. For when a people is increased, the care and trouble of their governors is in- creased also, 1 Kings iii. 8, 9 ; 2 Cor. xi. 2S. Ver. 13. — Give ye,] Of your own looking out and choice. So ministers were selected, and presented by the people. Acts i. 15, 23; vi. 3, 5, 6. In Exod. xviii. 25, it is said, ' Moses chose men of ability,' &c. Here the people gave them, and after in ver. 15. Again, Moses gave, that is, made them heads: for when things are done by many, under the government of one principal, they are said to be done by them, or by him. See the annot. on Num. xxi. 21. Understand- ing,] Or, prudent ; the Gr. translateth, skil- ful, or endued with knotvledc/e ; which word the apostle useth, James iii. 13. Known,] Or, expert, as the word signifieth in Isa. liii. 3. This latter the Gr. favoureth here, and in ver. 15. Compare Exod. xviii. 21, where the qualities of rulers are set down. Heads,] That is, captains, governors, or leaders, as the Gr. here translateth; and in ver. J 5, and chap. V. ver. 23, and often elsewhere. Ver. 15. — And gave them,] That is, set them, made them, or constituted them, as the Gr. and Chald. versions explain it. So he hath given thee over them for king, 2 Chron. ix. 8 ; is expounded, ' he hath set (or con- stituted) thee king,' 1 Kings x. 9. Offi- cers,] In Hob. Shotrim : they were such as CHAP. I. 189 of hundreds, and rulers of fifties, and rulers of tens, and officers among your tribes. "^ And I commanded your judges at that time, saying. Hear between your brethren, and judge justice between a man and liis brotlier, and his stranger, " Ye shall not respect persons in judgment ; you shall hear alike tlie small and the great j you shall not be afraid of the face of man, for the judgment tliat is God's : and the cause which shall be too hard for you, bring it unto me, and I will hear it. ^^ And I commanded you at that time, all the things whicli ye should do, ^^ And we journeyed from Horeb, and went through all that great and fearful wilderness which you have seen, by the way of the mountain of the Amorites, as Jehovah our God commanded us ; and we came unto Kadesh-Barnea. ^° And I said unto you. Ye are come unto the mountain of the Amorites, which Jehovah our executed the magistrates' laws, as the Hebs. think: see the notes on Deut. xvi. 18. A- MONG,] Or, to your tribes. The Gr. trans- lateth it, to your judges : which seemeth to he a mistaking, Shophte for Shibte : although even in the Heb. text we may see one of these put for another, as judges in 1 Chron. xvii. 6, which in 2 Sam. vii. 7, is tribes. Ver. 16. — Hear between your bre- thren,] To wit, the causes and controver- sies between them ; Heb. to hear, which phrase is often used in commandments, as is noted on Exod. xiii. 3; and it may be a defective speech; for hearing, hear ye, that is, hear diligently. Judge justice,] That is, just and righteous judgment: which is opposed unto judging ' according to the ap- pearance,' John vii. 24. His stranger,] That is, the stranger that is with him, or contendeth with him: as, he that ' eateth my bread,' Ps. xli. 10 ; that is, which ' eat- eth bread with me,' John xiii. 18. Ver. 17 — Respect persons,] Or, ac knowledge faces, either by 'honouring the person of the mighty, or by countenancing a poor man in his cause,' Lev. xix. 13; Exod. xxiii. 3. Solomon noteth this as one of the things belonging to the wise, that it is ' not good to acknowledge faces (or respect persons) in judgment,' Prov. xxiv. 23. Alike the small, &c.] That is, the small as well as the great, and the great as well as the snuill : Heb. like small like great. It implieth both persons and causes. Of man,] Or, o/" any man. That is God's,] Or, of God, and belonging to him : appointed by his law. So in 2 Chron. xix. 6, ' ye judge not for man, but for the Lord.' And a like phrase is in another case, ' the battle is not yours, but God'?,' 2 Chron. xx. 15. The cadse,] Or, the word, the matter. See Exod. xviii. 22. Ver. 18. — All the things,] Heb. all the words. Thus Moses faithfully taught the judges and people all their duties, and they had a perfect law. So Christ (' who was faithful to him that appointed him, as Moses was,' Heb. iii. 2,) made known to his disci- ples all things that he had heard of his Fa- ther, John XV. 15; which they should teach also his people to observe, Matt, xxviii. 20. Ver. 19. — Journeyed,] Or, departed. Here Moses showeth the obedience which they began to show unto God, in leaving the mount of God, the place which might seem sanctified, and where men might have said, ' Lord, it is good for us to be heie:' as Matt, xvii. 4. Great,] For it bordered upon many countries. Median, Edom, Moab, &c., and feaiful for the many troubles ana teiTors in it. Num. xi. 1, &c., it was ' a land of deserts and of pits, a land of drought and of the shadow of death, a land that no man passed through, and where no man dwelt,' Jer. ii. 6 ; ' wherein were fiery serpents and scorpions,' Deut. viii. 15. It was ' the wil- derness of Pharan,' Num. x. 12 ; xiii. 1 ; where Ishmael dwelt, when his mother Agar and he had lost themselves in wandering, after that they were cast out of Abraham's house, Geu. xxi. 21. It figured the estate and dominion of the law, through which God's people pass with many wants, sins, terrors, and stings of conscience, &c. Com- pare Ps. Ixiii. 2 ; xxxii. 4; evii. 4, 5; and the healing of all these spiritual defects by the gospel, Isa. xl. 3, 4 ; Mark xvi. 18. Of the mount,] That is, ' which leadeth to the mount of the Amorites; a people high as cedars, strong as oaks, Amos ii. 9, 10. 190 DEUTERONOMY. God giveth nnto its. ^' Behold, Jehovah thy God hath given the land before thee, go up, possess it, as Jeliovah the God of thy fa- thers hath spoken unto tliee ; fear not, neither be discouraged. ^^ And ye came near unto me, all of you, and said. We will send men Ijefore us, and they shall search out for us the land, and shall bring us vrord again, by what way we shall go up, and into what cities we shall come. ^^ And the word was good in mine eyes, and I took of you twelve men, one man of a tribe. ^* And tliey turned and went up into the mountain, and came unto the valley of Eshcol : and tliey searched it out. ^* And they took in their hand of tlie fruit of the land, and brought it down unto us, and brouglit us word again and said, It is a good land which Jehovah our God giveth us. ^^ But ye would not go up, but rebelled against tlie mouth of Jeliovah your God, ^^ And murmured in your tents, and said. In the hatred of Jehovah towards us, lie hatli brouglit us forth out of the land of Egypt, to give us into the hand of the Amorite to destroy us. ^^ Vv^liither go we up ? Our brethren liave caused our heart to melt, saying. The people is greater and taller than we; tlie cities are great and walled up to lieaven : and moreover we have seen the sons of the Anakims there. '^'^ And I said unto you, Be not terrified, neither be afraid of tliem. ^^ Jehovah your God that goeth before you, lie Mdll fight Kadesh-barnea,] Called sometime Kadesh only ; it was ' in the wilderness of Pliaran,' Num. xiii. 26. Veb. 21 . — Discouraged,] Or, cast down, broken; which word, when it is applied to tlie mind, signifieth discouragement through fear. Here Moses showeth them the right that they had in the promises of God ; the ahility which they had in him to obtain them; and his commandment to take their inheri- tance set liefoi-e them. Ver. 2o. — Was good,] That is, pleased, liked me well: because it was approved, or at least permitted of the Lord, Num. xiii. 2, 3. For prudent policy (so it be not mixed with unbelief) doth well beseem us, in the execu- tion of God's commandments. So Joshua sendeth spies and useth other stratagems. Josh. ii. &c. One man of a tribe,] Or, for a tribe, of every tribe one: see Num. xiii. 2, 4, &c. where their names are set down, and the charge given them. Ver. 24.— Eshcol,] That is, the cluster of grapes, whereof the place had the name. Num. xiii. 25. Ver. 25. —The fruit,] As grapes, pome- granates, figs. Num. xiii. 23. A good land,] Flowing with milk and honey, Num. xiii. 27. Veb. 26. — Rebelled, J In Gr. disobeyed; properly it signifieth turned or ihanged, as in Ezek. v. 6 ; which figuratively is used for rebellion or disobedience, whereby God's word is as it were changed and disannulled. The mouth,] That is, the u-ord, as the Gr. translateth. So Exod. xvii. 1 ; Gen. xxiv. 57 ; and after here in ver. 43. Of their re- bellion, see Num. xiv. 2, 3, &c. Veb. 27. — In the hatred,] Or,/or the hatred of Jehovah (wherewith he hateth) us: that is, for that the Lord hateth us ; as is in the Gr. version. See the like phrase in Gen. xix. IC; xxix. 20; Hos. iii. ]. This evil saying, Moses would not have to come out of the mouth of their enemies, Deut. ix. 28; and it showeth the height of their sin, which imputed that to hatred, wherein God manifested his love, Deut. iv. 37 ; vii. 8. Ver. 28. — To welt,] That is, discour- aged, or (as the Chald. translateth it) broken. The Gr. saith, have turned away oxir heart, David ampHfieth this similitude, in Ps. xxii. 15, ' my heart is as wax, it is molten,' &c. So Josh. ii. 11 ; vii. 5; xiv. 8; Isa. xix. 1. These brethren were ten of the twelve spies, sent to view the land. Num. xiii. 23, &c. Anakims,] In Gr. and Chald. Giants: CHAP. I. 191 for you, according to all that he did for you in Egypt, before your eyes; ^' And in the wilderness, which thou hast seen, how that Jehovah thy God bare thee, as a man doth bear his son, in all the way that ye went, until ye came unto this place. ^^ Yet in this thing you did not believe in Jehovah your God. ^^ Who went before you in the way, to search you out a place to pitch your tents in : in fire by night, to show you by what way ye should go ; and in a cloud by day. ^* And Jehovah heard the voice of your words, and was wroth, and sware, saying, ^'^ If there shall a man see, of these men, of this evil generation, tlie good land wliich I sware to give unto your fathers, ^^ Except Caleb, the son of Jephunneli, he shall see it, and to him will I give the land that he hath trodden upon, and to his sons, because he hath fully followed Jehovah. " Also Jehovah was angry with me for your sakes, saying. Thou also shalt not go in thither. ^^ Joshua tlie son of Nun, wliich standeth before tliee, lie shall go in thither ; strengthen thou him, for he shall cause Israel to inherit it. ^^ And your little ones, which you said should be for a prey, and your sons which know not this day good and evil, they shall go in thither, and unto them will I give it, and they shall possess it. see Num. xiii. 28, 33 ; where it is singular Ver. 30.— He,] The Chald. paraphras- eth^ Ids word will Jight for you. Ver. 31. — Bare thee,] This word meau- eth not bearing of the body only, but bearing of their infirmities, and suffering the evils and troubles in the education of them, as a father doth in his children: which the Gr. explaiueth by etrophophorese, a word that Paul useth in Acts xiii. IS; where the Sy- riac expoundeth it, nourished, or, as some copies have it, etropophorese, he suffered their manners Ver. 32 — Yet in this thing,] Or, for this word : notwithstanding this exhortation and encouragement, you believed not. In Jehovah,] Chald. in the ivord of the Lord. This unbelief Paul noteth to be the cause why they entered not into the Lord's rest, Heb. iii. 1, 2, 18, 19 Ver. 33. — Who went,] Namely, by his ark, fire, and cloud, the signs of his presence. Num. X. 33, 34, or, who goelh, to wit, still before you. Ver. 35. — If there shall,] That is, surely there shall not : as Paul openeth the phrase, Heb. iii. 11, 18. Though Moses entreated for the people, Num. xiv. 1 3 — 19 ; and the Lord pardoned them, that tiiey were not then destroyed, Num. xiv. 20 ; yet he sware (and so it was irrevocable, and with- out repentance, Ps. ex. 4 ;) that they should not come into the promised land: see the notes on Num. xiv. See,] That is, come into and enjoy: as to see good, is to enjoy the same, Ps. cvi. 5. Ver. 36. — Caleb,] One of the twelve spies who was faithful: see Num. xiii. 6, 30 ; xiv. 6, &c. Folly followed,] Heb. /uljilkd after Jehovah ; which the Gr. trans- lateth, fulloived the things pertaining to the Lord. This he did, being guided by another spirit, Num. xiv. 24. Ver. 37. — With me,] With Aaron also; for they both were in one transgression and punishment, Num. xx. 10, 12, 24. For YOUR SAKES,] For the people ' provoked his Spirit,' whereupon he uttered his sin ' with his lips,' Ps. cvi. 32, 33 ; his sin proceeded also from unbelief: see Num. xx. 12. Thus God showed severity towards all, after many provocations: and by it the people were taught, that not Moses' law, but Jesus' gospel, should bring them into their heavenly rest. Ver. SS. — Joshua,] Or, Jehoshuah ; in Gr. Jesus ; he was another of the spies: see Num. xiii. 8, IG; xiv. 6, 38. Standeth,] That is, ministereth, or, is thy servant, as the phrase meaneth, Gen. xviii. 8 ; and so he is named ' Moses' minister,' Josh. i. 1. Strengthen,] By word and sign, which was imposition of hands, whereby Moses put off" his honour upon Jesus, and he was filled with the Spirit, Num. xxvii. 18, 20, 23; Deut. xxxiv. 9. Ver. 39. — For a prey,] To be spoiled and devoured of the enemy: of this their 192 DEUTERONOMY. ^^ But as for you, turn ye, and take your journey into tlie wil- derness, by the way of tlie Red sea. " And ye answered and said unto me, We have sinned against Jehovah : we will go up and fight, according to all tliat Jehovali our God hath commanded us : and ye girded on every man Jiis weapons of war, and pressed forward to go up into the mountain. ^^ And Jehovah said unto me. Say unto them. Go not up, neither fight, for I am not among you, that ye be not smitten before your enemies. ^^And I spake unto you, and you heard not, but rebelled against the mouth of Jehovah, and you were presumptuous, and went up into tlie mountain. " And the Amorite that dwelletli in that mountain, came out against you, and they pursued you as bees do, and destroyed you in Seir, even unto Hormah. ^* And ye returned and wept before Jehovah : but Jelio- vah heard not your voice, neither gave ear unto you. ^^ And ye abode in Kadesh many days, according to the days that ye abode there. speech, see Num. xiv. 3. They shall go IN,] After forty years' wandering in the wil- derness, and bearing their fathers' whoredoms: see Num. xiv. 31, 33. So God showeth grace to weaklings and babes in Christ, 1 Cor. i. 28 ; Matt. xi. 25. Ver. 40.— Way of,] That is, which lead- eth towards the Red sea, where Israel had been baptized, Exod. xiv.; and whither they were now led again to learn repentance and a new life. See Num. xiv. 25. Ver. 41. — Sinned,] The people mourned greatly, when they heard that evil tidings from the Lord ; confessed their sin, and of- fered amendment, Num. xiv. 39, 40; but their repentance was not according to God ; (for presently they rushed into another extre- mity ;) neither could they reverse the decree passed against them. His weapons of war,] Or the iveopons of his war, whicli is an Heb. phrase very common, translated in Gr. his weapons of war : so iti Dan. ix. 24, ' city of thy holiness, that is, thy holy city, and the house of my prayer ; and many the like. Pressed forward,] Assayed of your oivn accord, or thronged ; as the Gr. translateth, gathered together ; the Chald.;ye ie^'crw. The Heb. word is used here only: in Num. xiv. 44, theie is said, ' they loftily presumed,' or lifted up themselves ; answerable to their presumption here following. Ver. 42.— I am not,] The Chald. ex- poundeth it, my majesty (or presence) dwel- leth not among you: see Num. xiv. 42. Smitten,] In Gr. broken or crushed. The Lord threatened their fall by the sword of the Amalekites and Canaanites, Num. xiv. 43. Ver. 43. — Were presumptuous,] Or, were proud, arrogant : compare Num. xiv. 44. The people having by their evil heart and unfaithful, departed from the living God, ' would return to him by the works of their own hands ; which was a presumptuous sin, and showed their repentance not to be sin- cere, but that the flesh repined and struggled against the chastisements of God, not willing to bear the punishment of their iniquity. See the notes on Num. xiv. Ver. 44. — Amorite,] With the Araale kites; see Num. xiv. 45. Bees do,] Or, lees use to do : which, when they aie anger- ed, get them together, and fly on the faces of their provokers; see Ps. cxviii. 12. Our sins are enemies, like bees, many compact in the hive of the heart: being troubled and pro- voked, they become more eager and fierce, sting and pursue us. They cannot be sub- dued but by faith in Christ, (as they that were stung of serpents were healed by him. Num. xxi.) for, by the works of the law, no sin can be expelled, Rom. vii. 7, S, &c. HoRJiAH,] The Gr. saith, from Seir unto Hernia : see Num. xiv. 45. Ver. 45. — Returned,] The Gr. saith, pe sat dotcn and wept. Heard not,] Chald. accepted not your prayer. This figured, how ' Israel following the law of justice, could not attain unto it, because they sought it not by faith, but as it were by the works of the law,' Rom. ix. 31, 32. Ver. 46. — Kadesh,] A large wilderness, where Israel abode long, as appeareth by Num. xiii. 27; xx. 1, 14, 21; Judg. xi. 17 ; Deut. ii. 14. CHAP. II. 193 CHAP. II. 1. The story is continued, that the Israelites were not suffered to meddle with the Edomites; 9- nor with the Moabites; 1 9- nor with the Ammonites; 24. hut with S'lhon tlie Amorite; who refusing 'peace, and opposing himself, 33. was subdued by them. ^ AND we turned and took our journey into the wilderness, bj the way of the Red Sea, as Jehovah had spoken unto me : and we compassed mount Seir many days. ^ And Jehovah spake unto me, saying, ^ Ye have compassed this mountain long enough : turn you northward. "* And command thou the people, saying. Ye are to pass through the coast of your bretliren, the sons of Esau, which dwell in Seir -. and they shall be afraid of you ; and take ye great heed unto yourselves. ^ Meddle not with them, for I will not give you of their land, even to the treading of the sole of the foot, be- Ver. 1. — Had spoken,] As is before men- tioned, Deut. i. 40, which then the people were unwilling to do, but would needs go fight, till they had learned by their discom- fiture what it was to disobey, and v.^re en- forced to yield unto the word of Gnd. Mount Seir,] The mountainous country of Seir, which was Edom's land, Gen. xxxvi. 8, 9, 20 ; but they went in the wilderness and were sore cumbered in the way: see Num. XX). 4. Ver. 3. — Long enough,] A like speech God used before, Deut. i. 6, so here is men- tioned a second calling of Israel, fiom the deserts of Seir, to go northward again towards Canaan, after they had wandered almost thirty-eight years in Kadesh wilderness, about mount Seir, ver. 14, by which travel, God taught them to mortify their unruly af- fections, and by the death of so many thou- sands there, led them to seek life (by lepen- tance and faith) in the heavenly Canaan, see- ing they co\ild not come into the earthly. In the meanwhile, the Amorites, Canaaiiites, &c., (unto whom God gave this long time of repentance) were hardened in their sins, and took occasion to insult over God's people, be- holding their afflictions: but the posterity of Israel were humbled and prepared for to re- ceive the land promised. Northward,] Towards Canaan; not the way they went be- fore by Kadesh-barnea, but between the coasts of Edoni on the one hand, and of Moab and Ammon on the other ; so to enter into Ca- naan, through Sihon the Amorite's land. Thus God's word was their director, unto all places, and all actions : in which respect these histories of holy scripture excel all hu- man histories in the world. Vol. ir. 2 Ver. 4.— Afraid,] As was prophesied of them, and others, in Exod. xv. 15, &c. yet Edom was a mighty people, settled in their mountain, and fortified. See also Num. xxii. 3. Great,] Or, vehement heed; meaning, that they oflered Edom no wrong, neither suffered themselves to be overcome by them : ' Walk wisely towards them that are without,' Col. iv. 5. Ver. 5. — Meddle not,] Or, contendnot with them, to wit, in battle, as is explained in ver. 9, and so the Gr. here saith, make not war with them. As all wars should be made ' by wise counsels,' Prov. xxiv. 6, so chiefly by the mouth of God, who teacheth man's hand to war, Ps. cxliv. 1, who hath willed us, ' If it be possible, as much as lieth in you, be at peace with all men,' Rom. xii. 18. In special it was commanded, ' Thou shalt not abhor an Edomite; for he is thy brother,' Deut. xxiii. 7. To the tread- ing, &c.] That is, not a foot breadth; the Gr, translateth it, not the step (or breadth) of a foot: which phrase Luke useth, in Acts vii. 6, concerning Abraham in Canaan. Though the Edomites were wicked, yet God continued their state for a time; during which no man might lawfully disturb them. By this God teacheth also the difference between Esau's portion and Jacob's : see Rom. ix. 11, 12, &c.; Col. i. 12. See the notes on Gen. xxxvi, 43. A possession,] Or, an inheritance to Esuu; that is, (as the Gr. translateth) to the sons of Esau- 'The most High divided to the nations tlieir inheri- tance,' Deut. xxxii. 8, and Esau had their por- tion and state long before Israel, Gen. xxxvi. 8, 31, 43; Josh. xxiv. 4, with such worldly baits God's people should not be allured. B 194 DEUTERONOMY. cause I have given mount Seir^r a possession unto Esau. * Ye shall buy meat of tliem for money, that ye may eat : and ye shall also buy water of them for money, that ye may drink. ' For Je- hovah tliy God hath blessed thee in every work of thy hand ; lie knoweth thy walking through this great wilderness : tliese forty years Jehovah thy God hath been with tliee, tliou hast not lacked any tiling. ^ And we passed by from our brethren the sons of Esau, that dwelt in Seir, through the way of the plain, from Elath, and from Ezion-Gaber : and we turned and passed by, by the way of the wilderness of Moab. ^ And Jehovah said unto me, Distress not Moab, neither meddle thou with them in battle -. for I will not give thee of his land, for a possession; because I have given Ar unto the sons of Lot for a possession. '" The Emins before time dwelt therein, a people great and many, and tall as the Anakims. " Tliey also were accounted giants, as the Anakims : and tlie Moabites call them Emims. '^ And in Seir tlie Horims dwelt, before time, and the sons of Esau possessed tliem, and destroyed them from before them, and dwelt in their stead, as Israel did, unto the land of his Ver. 6. — Buy,] Heb. break: which both Gr. and Chald. translate, buy: see Gen. xli. 5fi, in the aniiot. In the stiangeis' land no- thing was to be had freely, but with money, figuring the estate of those under the law ; in Canaan they had all things freely; signifying the free grace in Christ, Deut. xi. 9, 10, &c.; Is. Iv. 1 ; Rev. xxi. 6. Money,] Heb. silver. Buy,] Heb. dig; which the Chald. translateth, bni/; the Gr. receive by vieasure. It may be meant of buying wells digged out of Edom's ground; for so they were wont; see Gen. xxvi. 18, &c. ; Num. xxi. IS, or, after the Arabic manner, which useth this ■word for buying. Ver. 7. — He knoweth,] This is meant of careful regarding their estate, wants, &c., wherefore the Chald. paraphraseth, " He hath sufficiently given thee things necessary when thou walkest." Jehovah,] In Chald. the word of the Lord. Ver. 8. — We passed by,] Though the Edomites showed great unkindness, that would not suffer Israel to pass through their country quietly, Num. xx. 14, 18, &c., yet upon warning and charge given from God, his people turned away from fight, and contented themselves in their tentations, with the pro- mises of God. See Num. xx. 21 ; Judg. xi. 17. Afterward this favour of Israel, and the ill reward of Edom, Moab, and Ammon, is remembered in the prayer of king Jehosa- phat, 2 Chron. xx. 10—12. Ezion-gaber,] These were port towns, by ' the brink of the Red Sea, in the land of Edom,' 1 Kines ix. 26. Ver. 9. — Moab,] That is the Moabites, as the next words manifest. So the Gr. deal not at enmity with the Moabites. They were the posterity of Lot, Gen. xix. 37, which dealt unkindly with Israel, as Edom had done, Judg. xi. 17, and were (for their neglect of duty) not to enter into the congre- gation of the Lord, Deut. xxiii. 3, 4. They were also become idolaters. Num. xxv. 1,2; xxi. 29, yet God suffered not Israel to hurt them, for the reasons before alleged. Med- dle,] Or, contend, as before in ver. 5. Ar,] A chief mountain, and city thereon. Num. xxi. 15, 28, put here for the whole country. The Gr. for Ar, here hath Aroer., whereof see ver. 36, so in ver. 18, 29. Ver. 10. — Emins,] In Gr. Ommeins, by interpretation, terrible ones, and so the Chald. translateth: see Gen. xiv. 5. Anakims,] In the Chald. Giants: see Num. xiii. 29. Ver. 11. — Giants.] In Heb. Rephaim, which the Gr. keepeth as a proper name Raphaein, of <'ne Kapha, who was a giant: whereupon it is a name for all giants : see tlie notes on Gen. xiv. 5, so after in Deut. iii. 11. Ver. 12. — Horims,] Or, Chorites; in Gr. Chorrcrans: see Gen. xiv. 6; xxxvi. 20. Possessed,] Or, disinherited, and so succeeded in their inheritance : the Gr. translateth, destroyed them. As Israel did,] To wit, afterward, in the days of Jo- shua : thus it is spoken by way of prophesy ; or, it may have reference to that part of Is- rael's inheritance which they had now con- quered on the outside of Jordan. By this CHAP. II. 195 possession, which Jeliovah gave unto them. '^ Now rise up, and pass you ovei- the brook Zered : and we passed over the broolc Ze- red. " And the days, in which we came from Kadesh-Barnea, un- til we passed over the brook Zered, were thirty and eight years, until all the generation of the men of war were wasted out from among the camp, as Jehovah sware unto them. '* And indeed, the liand of Jehovah was against them, to destroy them from among the camp, until they were consumed. '^ And it was, when aU the men of war were consumed, and dead, from among the people ; " Then Jehovali spake unto me, saying, ^^ Thou art to pass over this day, through Ar, the coast of Moab. '* And thou shalt come nigh, over against the sons of Ammon ; distress them not, neither meddle with them : for I will not give thee of the land of the sons of Ammou miy possession, because I have given it for a possession to the sons of Lot. ^^ That also was accounted a land of giants -. giants dwelt therein before time; and tlie Ammonites call them Zamzummims. ^' A people great, and many, and tall, as the Ana- kims : and Jehovah destroyed them from before them ; and they possessed them, and dwelt in tlieir stead. ^^ As he did to the sons of Esau, which dwelt in Seir, when he destroyed tlie Horims from before them ; and they possessed tliem, and have dwelt in their stead unto this day. ^^ And the Avims, which dwelt in Hazerim, even to Gaza : the Caphtorims, which came forth out of Caphtor, destroyed them, and dwelt in their stead. ^^ Rise ye up, take your and the like, in ver. 22, 23, God would teach monites, the posterity of Ben-ammi the son Israel not to insult upon tlieir outward con- of Lot, Gen. xix. ?>S, so in ver. 37. quests (such as he had given to other nations Ver. 20. — Giants,] Or Rephaims, as before them) but to seek for an heavenly ver. 11, Zamzummims,] That is, jBre«w?«jo- country. This he remembered to them by tuous wicked ones; in Gr. Zommein. These the prophet, Amos ix. 7, ' Are ye not as the are thought to be those that were of old called sons of Ethiopians unto me, O sons of Israel?' Zuzims, Gen. xiv. 5. The Chald. calleth &c. them Chitshbanin. Veb. 13. — Brook,] Or bourne: a valley Ver. 22. — Horims,] Or, Horites; Heb. and river running tiierein. So the Gr. the Chorite; ia Gr. the Chorraan: see Gen. saith, the valley Zareth. Of it see Num. xiv. 6. xxi. 12. Ver. 23.— Avims,] Or, Avites; in Gr. Ver. 14. — From Kadesh-barnea,] To Evites; these were the ancient inhabitants of wit, fiom the time that they came to Kadesh- the Philistians' country, Josh. xiii. 3. Caph- baniea (where they abode in the wilderness of thorims,] The Philistines: see Gen. x. 14. Kadesh many days, Dent. i. 46,) and after Though Israel fought the battles of the Lord, till they passed over Z:ired. Sware,] Or, and had their limits and territories in special had sworn: see Num. xiv. 21 — 23. manner appointed by his word, Num. xxxiv., Ver. 15. — The hand,] The Chald. ex- yet other nations also had by his secret provi- pounds \t, a plague from be/ore the Lord. dence, their times appointed, ' and the bounds This is after mentiuntd, how God ' consumed of their habitation,' Acts xvii. 26. ' He in- thcir days in vanity, and their years in hasty creaseth the nations, and destroyeth them , terror,' Ps. Ixxviii. 33, and upon occasion of he enlargeth the nations, and straiteneth this mortality, Moses made the ninetieth Ps. them,' Job xii. 23. Wherefore he saith by To destroy,] With trouble and tumult: for the prophet, ' Have not I brought up Israel the word elsewhere signifieth, ' to trouble,' out of the land of Egypt? and the Philistines Exod. xiv. 24, so in Deut. vii. 23. from Caphtor, and the Syrians from Kir?' Ver. 19.— Sons of Ammon,] The Am- Amos ix. 7. 196 DEUTERONOMY journey, and pass over the brook Anion -. see, I have given into thy liand, Sihon king of Heslibon, the Amorite, and his land j be- gin, possess it, and meddle with him in battle. ^' This day will I begin to give the dread of thee, and the fear of thee upon the peo- ple under all the heavens, wlio shall hear report of thee, and shall tremble and be in anguish because of thee. ^" And I sent messen- gers out of the wilderness of Kedemoth, unto Sihon, king of Hesli- bon, with words of peace, saying, ^'' Let me pass through thy land ; by the v/ay, by the way will I go ; I will not turn aside, to the right hand or to the left. ^* Thou shalt sell me meat for money, that I may eat ; and give me water for money, that I may drink : only, I will pass tlirough on my feet. ^^ As did unto me the sons of Esau that dwell in Seir, and the Moabites that dwell in Ar : un- til I shall pass over Jordan, into the land which Jehovah our God giveth us. ^" But Silion king of Heshbon would not let us pass through him ; for Jehovah thy God hardened his spirit, and made his heart obstinate, that he might give him into tliy Jiand, as at this day. ^' And Jehovah said unto me. Behold, I have begun to give be- fore thee, Sihon and his land ; begin, possess it, that thou mayest possess his land. ^^ And Sihon came out against us, he and all his Ver. 24. — Brook.J Or, as the Gr. tians- lateth, the valley Arnon, as ver. 13; Num. xxi. 13. Sihon,] In Gr. Seon king of Ese- bon. He had aforetime taken this country from the Moabites, Num. xxi. 26, which now God taketh again from him, and giveth to the Israelites, who else might not have taken any of Moab's possession, ver. 9. Meddle,] Or contend. Here after long travels in the wilderness, God calleth his people unto wars (which their fathers before were afraid of,) and gave them his word to embolden them, as his truth was their shield and buckler. Ver. 25. — Report,] Or fame; Heb. hearing, which the Gr. translateth name. See this promise fulfdled among the Canaan- ites, Josh. ii. 9 — 11. Be in anguish,] Have pains as a woman in travail, A similitude often used to show the terrors of conscience in the wicked, Ps. xlviii. 7, and the mighty power of God, who ' taketh away the heart of the chief of the people of the earth,' .Job xii. 24. Ver. 26. — Kedemoth,] There was a city of that name in Sihon's country, which after was given to the tribe of Reuben, Josh. xiii. 18, and by them given to the Levites, Josh. xxi. 37, near which there was a wilderness where Israel now lay, when they sent this ambassage. Of peace,] According to the law after given, Deut. xx. 10, which being refused, the war was now just before God and men. Ver. 27. — By the way, by the way,] That is, only by the way, and not turning aside 'into fields, or into vineyards:' see Num. xxi. 21, 22, where it is called, 'the kirig's way.' So in Deut. xvi. 20, 'justice, justice,' that is, only justice, and all manner of justice. Ver. 2S. — Sell,] Heb. break, as in ver. 6. Ver. 29. — Of Esac,] The Edomites, who though at first they denied Israel passage through their land, Num. xx. 18, &c., yet as they passed along their coast, they sufiered them to buy necessaries. Until, &c.] It appeareth by this, that if Sihon had sufiered them to pass thiuugh his land, they would not at this time have taken his country, but first have conquered the Canaanites beyond Jordan: but upon Sihon's denial they now set upon him. For God doth not impart all his counsel at once to the wicked; but they re- fusing to yield unto any thing, do hasten their own destruction. Compare Exod. iii. 18. So the gospel, the word of peace, is of- fered unto all ; which they that refuse, hasten their own judgment. Ver. 30. — Through him,] That is, through his country: see Num. xx. 18. Hardened,] As is spoken of Pharaoh also, and others; see Exod. iv. 21, in the annot. The like is said of the Canaanites beyond the river. Josh. xi. 20. Ver. 32. — To battle,] Or, unto war; CHAP. II. 197 people to battle, at Jahaz. ^^ And Jehovali our God delivered him before us : and we smote bim, and his sons, and all his people, ^* And we took all liis cities, at that time ; and utterly destroyed of every city the men, and the women, and the little ones ; we left none to remain. ^^ Only the cattle we took for a prey unto our- selves, and the spoil of the cities wliich we took. ^^ From Ai'oer, wliicli is by the brink of the brook Arnon, and the city wliich is by the brook, even unto Gilead, there was not a city that exalted itself above us ; Jehovah our God delivered all before us. ^'' Only mito the land of the sons of Amnion, thou ap- proachedst not, nor unto any place of the brook Jabbok, or the cities of the mountain, or whatsoever Jehovah our God commanded us. refusing peace, as they of whom David saith, ' When I speak (for peace) tliey are for war/ Ps. cxx. 7. Jahaz,] In Gr. Jassa: see Num. xxi. 23. Ver. 33 — Smote him,] < With the edge of the sword,' Num. xxi, 24. His sons,] Or, his son: the Heb. hath both readings, the one in the consonant letters, the other iu the vowels: so in Deut. xxxiii. 9. The Gr. and Chald. translate, his sons: it may intend all and every of his sons, or all the sons he had, which were but one. So Manasses ' caused his sons to pass through the fire,' 2 Chron. xxxiii. 6, which another prophet writeth, ' his son,' 2 Kings xxi. 6. See the notes on Gen. xlvi. 23. Veb. 34. — Of every city,] Or, ice des- troyed evert/ city, (consisting) of men and women, and little ones: or, city full of men, and women, &c. This was according to the law, Deut. XX. 14 — 16, and here is fulfilled upon the wicked, the judgment which is written, ' His roots shall be dried up beneath, and above shall his branch be cut off: his re- membrance shall perish from the earth,' Job xviii. 16, 17. Vek. 36. — By the brook,] Or, in the bourne (or valley) as the Gr. translateth it. This city "as Ar, Num. xxi. 15. Gilead,] The mount Galaad, as the Gr. saith. Of it see Gen. xxxi. 21, &c. Exalted itself,] That is, was too strong for us ; or, as the Gr. expounds it, escaped us. Before us,] As the Gr. saith, info our hands. Here the whole victory is ascribed unto God, ' which removeth the mountains, and they know not; which overturneth them in his anger; which shaketh the earth out of her place and the pillars thereof tremble, Job ix. 5, 6. Ver. 37. — Thou approachedst not,] In Gr. tve came not, meaning, to war against the Ammonites, or invade their possessions. Any place,] Or, all the place; Heb. all the land; in Gr. all (places) pertaining to the brook Jabbok ; to wit, on the outside there- of; for Sihon ruled from Aroer, &c., 'unto the river Jabbok, which was the border of the sons of Ammon,' Josh. xii. 2, and all that the Israelites possessed: but the land of the Ammonites, which also reached unto Jabbok, Num. xxi. 24, they took not: so that Jeph- thah answered truly, ' Israel took not away the land of Moah, nor the land of the sons of Ammon,' Judg. xi. 15. Of the moon- tain,] Possessed also by the Ammonites, whose border was strong. Num. xxi. 24. Commanded us,] Or, charged us, namely, to abstain from, that is, forbade us to meddle with. The word command is used also in things forbidden: see Deut. iv. 23. Now though the Moabites and Ammonites were thus spared by Israel, yet they ill rewarded them afterward, when they warred against God's people, to cast them out of their pos- session, Judg. xi. 4, 5, &c. ; 2 Chron. xx, 1, 10, 11, and ' ript up the women with child of Gilead, that they might enlarge their border,' Amos i. 13, and dwelt in the cities of Gad, Jer. xlix. 1. For which the Lord God of Israel plagued them, as also for their un- kindness already past, a law is enacted against them, in Deut. xxiii. 3 — 6. 198 DEUTERONOMY. CHAP. III. 1. The story of the conquest of Og king of Bashan. 11. TJie size of his bed. 1 2. The distribution of those lands to the two tribes and half. 18, Tf^ho were to go over armed before their brethren till they also had rest. 2\. Moses encourageth Joshua. 13. Prayeth that himself might go into the land. 26. Which God mould not permit, but suffereih him to see it afar off. ^ And we turned and went up the way of Bashan : and Og the king of Bashan came out against us, he and all his people, to the battle at Edrei. ^ And Jehovah said imto me, Fear him not, for into thy hand have T given him, and all his people, and his land : and thou shalt do unto him, as thou didst unto Sihon king of the Amorites, which dwelt in Heshbon, ^ And Jehovah our God gave into our hand Og also tlie king of Baslian, and all liis people : and we smote him until there was none left him remaining. * And we took all his cities at that time ; tliere was not a city which we took not from them : tlireescore cities, all the region of Argob, the kingdom of Og in Bashan. ^ All these cities tcere fenced with high walls, gates, and bars : besides unwalled cities very many. * And we utterly destroyed tliem, as we did unto Sihon king of Heshbon ; utterly destroying of every city, the men, the women, and the little ones. ^ But all the cattle and the spoil of the cities, we took for a prey to ourselves. ^ And we took at that time, out of the hand of the two kings of the Amorites, the land which is on this side Jordan, from the brook of Anion, unto mount Hermoji. ^ The Sidonians call Hermon, Shirjon ; and the Amorites call it Ver. 1. — Way of Bashan,] In Gr. the Argob,] A province or shire in Bashan fore- way that (leadeth) unto Bashan; which Ba- mentioned, 1 Kings iv. 13. shan the Chald. uameth Matnan ; so in Num. Ver. 5. — Unu'allbd,] Or, villages ; in xxi. 33. Edrei,] In Gr. Adraein. Of Heb. Perazi ; which the Gr. mistaking, this battle, see Num. xxi. 33, &c. turned cities of the Pherexites ; but it mean- Ver. 3, — His people,] In Num. xxi. eth unwalled towns, (as Esth. ix. 19; Zach. 35, his sons also are mentioned. None re- ii. 4 ;) so named of their dwelling scattered. WAiNiNG,] The Gr. translateth it, no seed: Ver. 6.' — Destroying of every city meaning none left alive, of wli'im, as of a the men,] Ov , destroying every city of vien, seed, others might spring. So when the pro- &c. as in Deut ii. 34. Thus God destroyed phet speaketh of a remnant, Is. i. 9; the apos- the Amorite before them ; though his height tie in Gr. calleth it a seed, Rom. ix. 29. was like the cedars, and his strength as the Ver. 4. — Threescore cities,] Which oaks, yet destroyed he ' his fruit from above, showeth the laige dominion of this giant Og, and his root from beneath, Amos ii. 9. who ' reigned in mount Hermon, and in Ver. 8. — The land,] The killing of the Salcah, and in all Bashan, unto the border of Amorites, and taking of their land, was a the Geshurites, and the Rlaachathites,' &c., testimony of God's goodness and love unto Josh. xii. 4, 5. Region,] In Heb. a line his people, Ps. cxxxvi. 17, 22; an encour- or cord, such as lands aie meted by, Amos agement of them to fight against the residue vii. 17; Mic. ii. 5; used figuratively for a of the heathen, Deut. iii. 21, 22; and a dis- couutry or region (as the Gr. and Chald. also comagement to the heathen themselves, Josli. translate it) which is measured by line. ii. 10, 11. CHAP. III. 199 Shenir. '" All the cities of the plain, and all Gilead, and all Ba- shan, unto Salcah and Edrei, cities of the kingdom of Og in Bashan. " For only Og king of Baslian remained of the remnant of giants; behold his bedstead was a bedstead of iron ; is it not in Rabbah of the sons of Ammon ? nine cubits was the length thereof, and four cubits the breadth tliereof, after the cubit of a man. '- And this land which we possessed at that time, from x\roer which is by the river Arnon, and half mount Gilead, and tlie cities thereof, gave I to tlie Reubenites, and to the Gadites. '^ And the rest of Gilead, and all Bashan, tlie kingdom of Og, gave I to tlie half tribe of Ma- nasses : all the region of Argob, with all Bashan, that which is called the land of giants. " Jair the son of Manasses, took all the country of Argob, mito the coast of Geshuri, and Maachatlii, and called them after Iiis own name, Bashan Havoth Jair, unto this day. '^ And to Macliir I gave Gilead. '® And to the Reubenites, and to the Gadites, I gave from Gilead, even unto the river Arnon, half the valley and tlie border: and unto the river Jabbok, the border of the sons of Ammon. " And the plain, and Jordan, and the coast thereof, from Chinnereth, and unto the sea of the plain, the sea of salt, under Aslidotli Pisgah, eastward. '® And I commanded you at that time, saying, Jehovah your God hath given you this land to pos- Vek. 9. — SiDONiANS,] The dwellers in Sidon the great city: the Gr. calleth the Phoenicians. Shirjon, In Gr. Sanior. This mount had five names, ' Hermon, Shirjon, Shenir, and Sion,' Deut. iv. 4S ; and * Hor,' Num. xxxiv. 7; for that divers people called it by divers names, and because of divers parts of this mountain: ^Therefore in Song iv. 8, Shenir and Hermon are set down as distinct: Shirjon, in Ps. xxix. 6, is by the Chald. paraphrast there expounded, the mount that hringeth forth fridts : and Shenir (in Gr. Saner) is by the Chald. here expounded, tlie Snow-mount : for it was so high that snow used to lie on the top of it. Amorites,] Heb. the Amorite they call it : which showeth the singular number to be put for the whole nation. Ver. 11. — Giants,] In Heb. Rephaim ; which name the Gr. retaineth Rephaein, as before in Deut. ii. 11. This Og seemeth to be of the remnant of those Rephaims, whom Chedorlaomer and tlie kings smote in Ash- teroth, Gen. xiv. 5; for Og reigned in Ash- teroth, Josh. xiii. 12. Is it not in Rabbah? That is, it is in Rabbah : the question mak- eth it an earnest affirmation, as the Gr. also trauslateth it. Rabbah was the chief city of the Ammonites, their royal city, 2 Sam. xii. 26. The Gr. here translateth it, the chief. Of a man,] Which ordinarily is a foot and a half; but the Chald. here translate it, the cubits of the king. Ver. 12. — Reubenites,] Heb. the Reu- benite, which the Chald. expoundeth, the tribe of Reuben, so ver. 16. Of this giit, see Num. xxxii. 1, &c. Ver. 13. — Of Manasses,] For conquer- ing the Amorites there, Num. xxxii. 39, 40. Argob,] This the Chald. calleth Tra- cona. Bashan,] In Chald. Matnan. Gi- ants,] In Heb. Rephaim which the Chald. expoundeth, mighties. Ver. 14. — Bashan Havoth Jair,] The Chald. saith, Matnan the towns of Jair : see Num. xxxii. 41. Ver. 15. — Gilead,] InGr. Galaad; that is, the rest of Galaad, as ver. 13 Ver. 17. — Chinneroth,] Or, Kinnercth, as the Gr, writeth it; which the Chald. call- eth Ginnosar i in the New Testament, Gen- nesaret, Matt. xiv. 34: see the notes on Num. xxxiv. II. Sea of salt,] Or, salt sea : see Gen. xiv. 3. Ashdoth Pisgah,] In Gr. Asedoth Phasga, by interpretation, the streams (or sheddings-out, that is, the springs) of Pisgah, (or of the hill,) and so the Chald. translateth it, the shedding (or pouring-out) of the ivaters of Ramatha. Pisgah is a hill, mentioned after in ver. 27; and Ashdoth Pisgah was afterward the name of a city there adjoining in Reuben's land, Josh. xiii. 20. So Joshua xii. 3. Ver. 18. — Yon,] He speaketh to the Reubenites, and the rest on this side Jor- dan: see Num. xxxii. 20, &c. Sons of 200 DEUTERONOMY. sess it ; ye shall pass over armed before your brethren the sons of Israel, all sons of power. '' But your wives, and your little ones, and your cattle, (I know that you have much cattle,) shall abide in your cities which I have given you. ^^ Until Jehovah shall have given rest to your brethren, as unto you ; and they also possess the land which Jehovah your God givef h tliem on that side Jordan : and then ye shall return, every man unto his possession, which I have given unto you. ^' And I commanded Joshua at that time, saying, Thine eyes have seen all that Jehovah your God hath done unto these two kings ; so will Jehovah do unto all the kingdoms whitlier thou passest. ^^ Ye shall not fear them, for Jehovah your God, he fighteth for you. D D D ^ And I besought Jehovah for grace at that time, saying, ^* O Lord Jehovah, thou hast begun to show thy servant thy greatness, and thy mighty hand; for what God {is there) in the heavens, or in the earth, that can do according to thy works, and according to thy powerful acts ? ^^ Let me pass over, I pray thee, and see the good land that is beyond Jordan, tliis good mountain and Lebanon. ^^ But Jehovah was exceeding wroth with me, for your sakes, and would not hear me : and Jeliovah said unto me, Let it suffice thee. POWER,] Or, sons of valour ; that is, able and valiant men, as in 2 Sam. xiii. 2S, ' be ye sons of valour, that is, be valiant men : so in 2 Kings ii. 16 ; 1 Chron. v. 18. The Gr. here expounds it, every prudent 7nan ; the Chald. all armed men of the army. Ver. 21. — Joshua,] In Gr. Jesus; see Num. xxvii. 18, &c. So will Jehovah DO,] The examples of God's former mercies serve for the encouragement and strengthen- ing of the faith of his people, in the like, or greater trials that may follow: such use also David made, 1 Sam. xvii. 36, 37 ; and Paul, 2 Tim. iv. 17, 18. Ver. 22. — He fighteth,] Or, he it is that fighteth, or (as the Gr. translateth) will fight. The Chald. for he, saith, his word. As Moses here encouraged Joshua the son of Nun, to fight the Lord's battles in Canaan ; so Moses and Elias, talking with Jesus the Son of God, told him ' of his departing, which he should accomplish at Jerusalem,' Luke ix. 30, 31 ; at what time this figure was fulfilled. t3 0 D Here beginneth the forty-fifth lecture of the law: see Gen. vi. 9. Ver. 23. — I besought Jehovah for GRACE,] Or, I supplicated for grace unto Jehovah. Here Moses repeating his ear- I'.est prayer to go into the land, and God's denial of his request, showeth how greatly the people's sin, and his own, displeased the Lord, Num. xx. Ver. 24 — Lord Jehovah,] Or, Lord God ; the Gr. hath, Lord, Lord : see Gen. XV. 2. For what God ?] Meaning, there is none. The Chald. turneth it thus, " that thou art God, whose glorious habitation is in the heavens above, and thou rulest in the earth beneath, and there is none that can do according to thy works." Powerful acts,] Heb. powers : whereby powerful and mighty works are often meant: as Ps. cvi. 2; cxlv. 4; Matt. vii. 22; 1 Cor. xii. 22 ; Gal. iii. 5. Ver. 25. — Mountain,] That is, moun- tain country: see Exod. xv. 17. Lebanon.] In Gi-. Antilihanon ; in Chald. the house of the sanctuary, because the temple was built of the cedars that grew on mount Lebanon, 1 Kings v. 6, 14. So the temple is called Lebanon in Zach. xi. 1. But that seemeth not to be meant here ; but rather the mount Lebanon in the north part of the land, which was both an high and fragrant mountain, with sweet and goodly trees growing thereon : whereto the Scripture hath reference in Song iv. 11. This great desire Moses had. be- cause of the promises which God had made to Israel, to be accomplished in that land, tlie figure of our heavenly heritage. Ver. 26. — For vour sakes,^ For they CHAP. IV. 201 speak no more unto me of this matter. ^' Go thou up to tlie top of Pisgah, and lift up thine eyes, seaward, and northward, and southward, and eastward, and see it witli thine eyes: for thou shalt not pass over this Jordan. ^^ But command thou Joshua, and en- courage him, and strengthen him -. for he shall pass over before this people ; and he shall cause them to inherit the land which tliou shalt see. ^^ x\nd we abode in the valley over against Beth-peor. rebelling, grieved Moses, and caused him to sin; for whicli, this wrath came upon him, Num. XX. 3—12; Ps. cvi. 32, 33. And the Lord sware that Moses therefore should not come into Canaan, Dent. iv. 21, which oath Moses, though he repented and intreated for grace, could not get reversed: for when the Lord sweareth, he repenteth not after- ward, Ps. ex. 4. Would not hear aie,] Heb. heard me not, or hearkened not unto me: whereby God's will is signified; (as David removed not the ark, 1 Chron. xiii. 13, that is, would not remove the ark, 2 Sam. vi. 10,) for, ' If we ask any thing ac- cording to his will he heareth us,' 1 John v. 14. Veb. 27.— Pisgah,] The Gr. here trans- lateth, of the hewen hill, because it seemeth they usfd to hew stones out of it, as they did out of other mounts, 2 Chron. ii. 18. The Chald. of the height calleth it Ramatha: see Deut. xxxiv. 1. Seaward,] That is, westivard, as the Chald. expresseth. As the fathers saw the promises ' afar off" and be- lieved,' Heb. xi. 13, so Moses afar ofl'view- eth the promised laiid, and is comforted: see Deut. xxxiv. 1 — 4. Ver. 28. — Joshua,] Or, Jesus ; as ver. 21. As Jesus, not Moses, bringeth Israel into the promised land. So the gospel of Jesus, not the law of Moses, bringt-th us into the kingdom of heaven, John i. 17; Gal. ii. 16; iii. 12, 13, 24. So it is said of the ta- bernacle, that it was ' brought in with Jesus, into the possession of the Gentiles,' Acts vii, 45. Ver. 29. — Beth-peor,] In Gr. the house of Phogor, an idol temple on the mount Peer, where Baal-peor was worshipped: see Num. xxiii. 28; xxv. 3; Deut. iv. 3. CHAP. IV. 1 . An exhortation to obedience unto the law, 6. hecause of the wisdom and righteousness, 9- and its miraculous giving forth. 1 5. Against images, and worshipping of creatures, 25. which provoke God's anger, and cause men's destruction, 29. unless they repent, and so find mercy with the Lord. 32. No people like Israel, who heard God speak, and saw his wonders, 37. and were his beloved and chosen. 41. Moses ap- pointeth three cities of refuge on the outside of Jc/rdan. ' And now Israel, hearken thou unto the statutes, and unto tlie judgments which I teach you for to do ; that ye may live, and go in, and possess the land, which Jehovah the God of youi- fathers Ver. 1. — Statutes,] Or ordinances, which taught the service of God, (Eleb. ix. 1,) as the next word judgments, are for du- ties towards men, and punishments of trans- gressors. These are often joined together: see Deut. v. 1 ; vi. I ; xii. 1 ; Mai. iv. 7. And that statutes mean the legal services, appeaieth by the continual use of this word, as in Exod. xii. 24, 43; xxvii. 21 ; xxix. 9; XXX. 21. Teach,] Or, «»« feachitig : this Vol. II. 2 showeth the work of the law, still urging the conscience. To do,] For, 'not the hearers of the law are just before God, but the doers of the law shall be justified,' Rom. ii. 13. May live,] Moses * describeth the justice which is of tlie law, that the man which doth those things shall live by them,' Rom. x. 5. Possess,] Oi-, inherit the land; which was a figure of our heavenly inheritance, (Gen. xii. 5,) proposed to them that do the law, but 202 DEUTERONOMY. givetli yon. " Ye shall not add unto the word wliich I command you, neither shall ye diminish from it, for to keep the command- ments of Jehovah your God, which I command you. ^ Your eyes have seen that wliich Jehovah did, because of Baal-peor: for every man which went after Baal peor, Jehovah thy God hath destroyed him from tlic midst of thee. * But ye that did cleave unto Jeho- vali your God, are alive all of you, this day. ^ Beliold, I have taught you statutes, and judgments, as Jehovah my God com- manded me, for to do so, vfithin the land, whither ye are going, to possess it. ® And ye shall keep and do them: for this is your wis- dom, and your understanding, in the eyes of the people, whicli shall hear all tliese statutes, and say. Surely, this great nation is a wise and understanding people. ' For v^^hat nation is there so great, wliich hath God nigh unto the same, as Jehovah our God is, in all that we call upon him for. ^ And what nation is there so great, which hath just statutes, and judgments, as all this law which I set before you this day ? ^ Only take heed to thyself, and keep thy soul diligently, lest thou forget the things which thine eyes have seen, and lest they depart from thine heart, all the days of tliy life : but thou shalt make them knovm to thy sons, and to thy Ver. 6 Wisdom.] Hereupon the oracles of God are often commended, as 'making wise the simple,' Ps. xix. 8, making us wiser than our enemies, and to have ' more under- standing than all our teachers, Ps. cxix. 93, 99, and 'able to make us wise unto salva- tion, through the faith which is in Christ Jesus,' 2 Tini. iii. 15. On the contrary it is said, ' They have rejected the woid of the Lord, and what wisdom is in them?' Jer. viii. 9. Surely,] Or on/i/. The Gr. turn- eth it, behold. Ver. 7. — What nation is there so GREAT?] Or, what other great nation it there f meaning, there is not any. So in ver. 8. God nigh,] Or, Gods nigh. The Heb. words are both of the plural number, yet meaning one God in the plurality of per- sons; as the like is in Deut. v. 26; Josh. xxiv. 19. The Gr. and Cha'.d. here translate given to them that are of the faith of Christ, John i. 17; Pvom. iv. 13—16; vi. 23. Ver. 2. — Not add,] Hereby all doctrines of men are condemned. Matt. xv. 9, and the all-sufBciency and authority of God's woid, stablished for ever, Gal. iii. 15; 2 Tim. iii. 16, 17. ' Add thou not unto his words, lest he reprove thee, and thou be found a liar,' Prov. XXX. 6. Diminished,] For, ' every word of God is pure,' Prov. xxx. 5, and ' profita- ble for doctrine, for reproof, for correction, for instruction in righteousness,' 2 Tim. iii. 16. ' Till heaven and earth pass, one jot, or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law/ Matt. V. 18. Fob to keep,] That is, that you may keep; understanding the persons fore-mentioned : so iu ver. 5, see the notes on Gen. vi. 19. Ver. 3. — Baal-peor,] In Gr. Beel-phe- gor, the idol of the Moabites, unto which many of Israel declined, by the counsel of Balaam: see Num. xxv. I — 18; xxxi. 16; Ps. cvi. 28. Tlie Chaid. translateth, against them that served Baal-peor. Destroyed,] Or abolished: by sending a plague, to the death of twenty-four thousand, Num. xxv. 9. This judgment was remembered after, in Josh. xxii. 17, ' Have we too little for the wickedness of Peor?' &c. Ver. 4.— Unto Jehovah,] The Chald. saith, unto the fear (or religion) of the Lord. Thus they that keep themselves pure in ge- neral defections, are saved from the common destruction, Ezek. ix. 4, 6; 2 Tim. ii. 19; Rev. XX. 4. it singularly, God. And he is said to be nigh us, especially when he heareth, and granteth our requests, Ps. cxlv. IS. So the Chald. here paraphraseth, " nigh unto the same, to receive the prayer thereof, in the time of the tribulation thereof." We like- wise are said to draw nigh unto God, when we call upon him in faith, Ps. Ixxiii. 28; Heb. vii. 19; Is. Iviii. 2, and both are con- joined in Jam. iv. 8. Ver. 9. — Thy soul,] That is, thyself: the soul is often put for the whole man. So where one evangelist saith, 'lose his soul,' Matt. xvi. 26, another saith, 'lose himself,' Luke ix. 25. Diligently,] Or, vehemetit- CHAP. IV. 203 sons' sons. '" Tlie day that tliou stoodst before Jehovali thy God in Horeb, when Jehovah said unto me, Gatlier together the people unto me, and I will make them hear my words, that they may learn to fear me, all the days tliat they live upon the earth, and that they may teach their sons. ^' And ye came near, and stood under the mountain -. and the mountain burned with fire, unto the heart of the heavens; with darkness, cloud, and thick dark- ness. ^^ And Jehovah spake unto you out of the midst of the fire : you heard a voice of words, but saw no similitude, save a voice. " And he declared unto you liis covenant, which he commanded you to do ; the ten words : and he wrote them upon two tables of stone. '* And Jehovah commanded me at that time, to teach you statutes and judgments, that ye may do them in tlie land whither ye are going over to possess it. ^' And take ye heed diligently unto your souls ; for ye saw not any similitude, in the day that Jeliovah spake unto you in Horeb, out of tlie midst of tlie fire. '^ Lest ye corrupt yourselves, and make unto you a graven thing, the similitude of any figure : the likeness of male or female. '' The likeness of any beast that is on the earth : the likeness of any winged fowl that fiieth in the heavens. '^ The likeness of any thing that creepeth on the ground : the likeness of any fish that is in the waters beneath the earth. " And lest thou lift up thine eyes to the Iiea- ly; so ver. 15, and often. The word implieth strength as well as diligence. See Deut. vi. 5. Things,] Heb. ivords, which the Gr. also and Chald. here keepeth. Lest,] Or, that they depart not: in Gr. let them not depart from thy heart. Compare Prov. iii. 1, 3; iv. 21. Ver. 10. — Horeb,] Or Choreb, called also Sinai: see Exod. xix. Paul calleth it, ' the mount that might be touched,' Heb. xii. IS. Ver. 11. — Heart,] That is, the midst : as ' the heart of the sea ' is the midst thereof, Exod. XV. 8. So here, the heart of heavm is the midst of the air. Thick darkness,] Or, tempestuous darkness, gloomy tempest, as the Gr. version, and the Holy Spirit in Heb. xii. 18, implieth. See Exod. xx. 2!. Unto this terrible mount where the law was given, Paul opposeth mount Zion, or the state of grace by the gospel, Heb. xii. IS — 22. It noteth the hidden glory of God's kingly administration in his church, Ps. xcvii. 1, 2. Ver. \2. — Voice of words,] This also Paul mentionetli, Heb. xii. J9. In the next verse Moses calleth them ten tvords, tliat U, ten commandments, whereof see the notes on Exod. xxxiv. 2S. No similitude,] To wit, of God: so after, save a voice, that is, the voice of God, as in ver. .33. Hereupon it is said, 'To whom then will ye liken God, or what likeness will ye compare unto him?' Is. xl. 18. Ver. 13. — Of stone,] Signifying the perpetuity of these words, and also the stoni- ness of men's hearts, as is noted on Exod. xxxi. 18. Ver. 14. — Statutes,] For the worship of God, as judgments were for the repressing and punishing of vice, Exod. xxi. 1. These were spokeu to Moses only, and by him writ- ten to Israel: but the ten words were spoken to all the people, and written by the finger of God. Ver. 19. — The sun,] It was a common corruption, not only amongst the heathtns, but in Israel, to worship the sun, and stars, and host of heaven, 2 Kin^s xxi. 3; xvii. 16; Amos v. 25, 26, of which sin Job clear- eth himself, Job xxxi. 20, 27. Driven away,] Or thrust, to wit, ' out of the waj,' as is atur expressed in Deut. xiii. 5, which is meant by the seduction of others, or of their own liearts. Therefore the Gr. and Chald. here well translate it, he deceived, or made to err and go astray; which the Heb. word implieth, being after used for the stray- ing of cattle, Deut. xxii. 1. Imparted,] Oi- divided^ distributed as a portion. It noteth God's bounty in giving all people the use of those creatures, (as on the contrary, false gods are said to divide or impart nothing 204 DEUTERONOMY. vens, and seest the sun, and tlie moon, and the stars, all the host of the Jieavens ; and be driven away, and bow down thyself unto tliem, and serve them : them which Jeliovali thy God hath im- parted to all people under all the heavens. '^" But Jehovah hath taken you, and brought you forth out of the furnace of iron, out of Egypt, to be unto liim a people of inheritance, as at this day. ^' And Jeiiovali was angry with me, for your sakes ; and sware. that I should not go over Jordan, and tliat I should not go in into tlie good land, which Jehovah thy God givetli tliee,yor an inheritance. ^" For I must die in this land ; I must not go over Jordan -. but ye shall go over and possess that good land. '^ Take heed unto your- selves, lest ye forget the covenant of Jehovah your God, whicli he struck with you, and make to you a graven thing, the likeness of any thing, which Jehovah tliy God hath charged tliee. ^* For Je hovah thy God, he is a consuming fire, a jealous God. ^^ When thou shalt beget children, and children's children, and ye shall have waxen old in the land, and shall corrupt yourselves, cind make a graven thing, the likeness of any thing ; and shall do evil in the eyes of Jehovah thy God, to provoke him to anger. ^^ I call tJie lieavens and the earth to witness against you, this day, that perishing ye shall perish soon, from off the land, wliereunto you pass over Jordan to possess it ; ye shall not prolong your days upon it, but shall utterly be destroyed. ^' And Jehovali will scat- unto them, Deut. xxix. 26,) and the base manded thee, that is, commanded thee 7io( mind of men, to worship such things as are given for servants unto aJl men. Ver. 20. — FuRXACE OF IRON,] That is, furnace wherein iron was melted: so Egypt is called, for the cruel oppression of Israel: likewise in 1 Kings viii. 61; Jer. xi. 4. People of inheritance,] That is, whom God shall inherit and take foi- his possession: the Gr. translateth, and inheritance. As THIS DAY,] Understand, as ye are, or, as ye see this day. Veb. 21. — Your sakes,] Or, your words: as the Gr. translateth, the things spoken by you: meaning their murmuring word^, Num. XX. 3 — 5, whereby Moses being grieved, obeyed not the commandment of God, Num. XX. 12; Ps. cvi. 32, 33. This he spake of before, Deut. iii. 20, and now again repeat- eth, to show God's severity against all trans- gressors. Ver. 23. — Stroke,] Or cut, that is, co- venanted or made. Moses doth often speak of the covenant first made between God and them, as that which was to be the ground of all religion, to them ajid their seed after them: and whatsoever men added, altered, or diminished from it, was to be reputed evil. So Paul reforming abuses in the churches, calleth them to the first institution, 1 Cor. xi. 23, 24. Charged thee,] Or com- to do, or, forbidden thee: so in Deut. ii. 37, for God's precepts in the decalogue, are fur the most part iorebudes, or prohibitions; yet usually called commandments. The whole phrase is expressed in Gen. iii. 11, 'which I commanded thee not to eat of it,' that is, which I forebade thee to eat of. Ver. 24 Fire] To consume all his ene- mies; and thine, if thou obey him, as Deut. ix. 3, and thee thyself, if thou disobey iiim, as Zeph. i. 18; Heb. xii. 29. See also Exod. xxiv. 17. The Chald. addeth, "his word is a consuming fire:" which is also true, Jer. xxiii. 29; Deut. xxxiii. 2. Jealous,] The former word signified God's power, this his will: having a jealous afltction, whereby he will not spaie; as Frov. vi. 34, 35. See Exod. XX. 5. Ver. 25. — Waxen old,] That is, con- tinued long, as the Gr. explaineth it, and become ancient itihabitants . God's blessings were by Israel abused to sin, as is here fore- told, and again in Deut. xxxii. 15. Ver. 26. — Perishing ye shall perish,] That is, surely and speedily perish: in Gr. perish with perdition : so in Deut. xxx. 18, 19, where again he calleth ' lieaven and earth to witness.' Ver. 27. — Few men,] Heb. men of num- ber, that is, soon numbered for your lewntss; CHAP. IV. 205 ter you among tlie people ; and ye sliall be left few men in num- ber, among tlie heathens, whither Jehovah shall lead you. ^^ And there ye shall serve gods, the work of men's hands, wood and stone, wliich neither see, nor hear, nor eat, nor smell. '^^ But if from thence ye shall seek Jehovah thy God, then thou shalt find him : if tliou slialt seek him with all tliy heart, and witli all thy soul. ^" When tribulation shall be on tliee, and all these tilings shall find thee, in the latter days, and thou shalt turn to Jehovali thy God, and hearken unto his voice. ^' For Jehovah thy God is a merciful God ; he will not leave thee, neither destroy thee : nei- ther will he forget the covenant of thy fathers Avhich he sware unto them. ^'^ For ask now of the days forepast, which were be- fore thee, since the day that God created man upon the earth ; and (ask) from the utmost part of the heavens, and unto the (other) utmost part of the heavens, whether there hath been (any such thing) as this great thing is; or hath been heard like it. ^^ Hatli a people heard the voice of God speaking out of the midst of the fire, as thou hast lieard, and lived ? ^^ Or, hath God assayed to as the Gr. translateth, few in number; and ill Job xvi. 22, 'years of number,' are a few years: see Gen. xxxiv. .30. This is con- trary to that promise in Gen. xv. 5. Ver. 2S. — Serve GODS,] Being given over to your own lusts, as it is written, 'God turned, and gave them up to worship the host of heaven,' Acts vii. 42. This same God threatened afterward, in Jer. xvi. 13. But the Chald. here turiieth it, " ye shall serve peoples that serve idols, the work of men's hands." Nor smell,] The vanity of idols is after this sort described in Ps. cxv. 4 — 7; Jer. X. 3—9. Ver. 29. — Seek Jehovah,] The Chald. translateth, seek the fear of the Lord; mean- ing his true service. Here Moses annexuth promises, to comfort repenting sinners: as also in Deut. xxx. 1 — 3, &c. All thy HEART,] See an example of this in 2 Chron. XV. 13. Ver. 30. — Find thee,] That is, come upon, or befall thee, as the Chald. explain- eth it. Ver. 31. — Thy fathers,] Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob. See Lev. xxvi. 42, &c. Ver. 32. — Of the heavens,] That is, from one utmost part of the world unto the ether. By the heavens are meaut the parts ot the woild under the heavens: and the Holy Spirit openeth this phrase; for in Matt, xxiv. 31, it is written, 'from the utmost parts of the heavens, unto the utmost parts of them:' for which in Murk xiii. 27, is said, ' from the utmost part of the earth, unto the utmost part of the heavens.' By which it is evident, that the heavens in this speech, is put for the earth under the heavens ; for hea- vens comprehendeth the air also, wherein we breathe, as is noted on Gen. i. 8. Great thing,] Heb. great toord. Moses hereby would teach, that God's words and works unto his church are more great and marvellous than all his actions to other people whatso- ever: and therefore ought the moi-e seriously to be considered. Ver. 33.- Voice of God,] The Chald. saith, the voice of the word of the Lord: the Gr. of the living God. And lived,] At the appearance of God, men were wont to fear they should die, Judg. xiii. 22, and vi. 22. So at the giving of the law, all Israel desired that they might hear the voice of God no more, lest they died, Exod. xx. 19; Deut. xviii. 16, which manifested the power of the law, and the weakness of men, Heb. xii. 19. So no man can see the face of Gud and live, Exod. xxxiii. 20, when God giveth his voice, the earth melteth, Ps. xlvi. 7. Ver. 34. — Hath God,] Or, hath any God; speaking of the true God, and his works unto Israel, above all other people: or of the reputed gods of the Gentiles, none of which ever did such a thing. Assayed,] Or, tempted. This is spoken not of God trying his own strength, but proving the obedience of his people, and trying the strength of his adversaries. The Chald. translateth, or the tentations, (or sigtis) which the Lord hath made to reveal himself SfC. Tentations,] i\1o-;es here reckoneth seven things about Is- rael's deliverance; Tentations, wlierel)y God, propounding his will, tried their obedience: (as when God tempted Abraham, Gen. xxii. 206 DEUTERONOMY. come to take him a nation, from the midst of a nation, by tenta- tions, by signs, and by wonders, and by war, and by a strong hand, and by a stretclied out arm, and by great terrors, according to all tliat Jehovah your God did for you in Egypt, before your eyes. ^^ Tliou liast been made see to know, that Jehovah he is God : tliere is none else besides him. ^^ Out of the lieavens he made tliee to hear his voice, to instruct thee ; and upon the earth he made thee to see his great fire ; and thou heardest his words out of the midst of the fire. ^^ And because he loved thy fathers, therefore he chose liis seed after liim ; and he brought thee out, in his sight, with his great power, out of Egypt. ^^ To drive out nations greater and mightier tlian thou, from before thee ; to brhig thee in, to give thee their land for an inheritance, as it is tliis day. ^^ iVnd thou shalt know this day, and cause it to return into tliy heart ; that Je- hovah, he is God, in the heavens above, and on the earth beneath: there is none else. ^^ And thou shalt keep liis statutes and his 1.) Signs, which many times are of ordi- nary works, and natural, as Exod. iii. 12. JVonders, which are of extraordinary, and supernatural works, as Exod. iv. 21 ; vii. 9. fVar, upon the refusal and resistance of the enemy, Exod. viii. 1, 2. Strong hand, not by cunning policies and stratagems, as men often use in wars; but by force, compelling the enemy to yield, Exod. vi. 1. Stretched- out arm, by openly manifesting his power, and plagues coiilinually upon the resisters, Is. ix. 12, 17; Exod. vi. 6, and great terrors, which wounded the hearts of the very ene- mies, Exod. ix. 20, 27, 2S: x. 7; xii. 30. Terrors,] Or fears, the Gi-. and Chald. translate, visions, or sights, which are often- times fearfvil ; but the Hel). for fears and vi- sions, aie one much like another, which might cause the mistaking. So in Deut. xxvi. 8. Ver. 35.— To know,] Tliat is, that thou mightest know, and acknoiuledge. The end of all God's works was the manifesting of his glory, to the information and salvation of his people. This Moses often urgeth in this book. Ver. 3G. — To instruct,] Or, to nurture, chastise: by restraining from vice. So Go:i's chastening, and teaching out of his law, are joined together, in Ps. xciv. 12. Though chastening be often with works (as Lev. xxvi. 18, 28; Deut. viii. 5,) yet is it also with words; as here, (where the Chald. translateth M teach ^ una Prov. ix. 7; xxxi. 1 : Ezek. xxiii. 48; Job iv. 3. The fire,] Before, he said, ' out of heaven,' and now, 'out of the midst of the fire:' " for though the voice came out of heaven, Isiael perceived it not, but only out of the fire," saith K. Menachem on E)eut. iv. Ver. 37. — Therefore he chose,] Or, a7ul chose, (that is, loved) his seed after him, therefore he brought thee out. God's love, and election out of love, is the cause of man's redemption and salvation. His seed,] That is, the seed of thy fathers, every one particularly; as the promise was made lo Abraham, then to Isaac, and after that to Ja- cob severally. The Gr. and Chald. translate it plurally, their seed (or sons) after them. In his sight,] Or, with his face (or pre- sence.) The Gr. saith, he brought thee out himself; the Chald. he brought thee out by his iDord. Thus the face or presence of God, may imply Christ, tlie WonI, the Angel of God's face. Is. Ixiii. 9. He it was that brought Israel out, as 1 Cor. x. 1,9, and the sign of his presence was in the pillar of the cloud and fire, Exod. xiii. 21 ; xiv. 19, 20. Ver. 38. — To drive odt,] To wit, out of possession, (as the original word implieth) or, to disinherit; tlie Gr. saith, to destroy, (or, root out.) As it is,] The Gr. addeth, as thou hast this day. Meaning of the land of Silion and Og, which they had now in possession, a sign of further victory, Deut. iii. 21. Ver. 39. — And thou shalt know,] Or, know (and acknowledge) therefore: see ver. 35. The knowledge of, and obedience unto God, is continually urged, upon the remem- brance of his former mercies. So 1 Chron. xxviii. 9. Cause it to return,] Or, bring again, reduce, that is, call to mind, and consider, that not only for the piesent, but al- ways after, God's true fear might continue in them. So in Deut. xxx. 1, where this phrase is used: see the annot. Ver. 40. — All days,] This may be re- ferred both to the latter, the possessing of the CHAP. V. 207 commandments, which I command thee this day, tliat it may be well with thee, and with thy sons after thee ; and that thon mayest prolong thy days upon tlie land, which Jehovah thy God givctli thee, all days. " Then Moses separated three cities on this side Jordan, towards the sun-rising. ^^ For the man-slayei- to flee thither, which should kill his neiglibour unwittingly, and he hated him not in times past : and that ho might fly unto one of these cities and live, ^^ Bezer in tlie wilderness, in the plain country of the Reubenites : and Ra- moth in Gilead, of the Gadites : and Golan in Basan, of the Ma- nassites. " And this is the law, whicli Moses set before the sons of Israel. *^ Tliese are the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which Moses spake unto the sons of Israel, after they came forth out of Egypt. *^ On this side Jordan, in the valley over against Beth-peor, in the land of Sihon, king of the Amorites, who dwelt in Heshbon : whom Moses and the sons of Israel smote, after they were come forth out of Egypt. " And they possessed Iiis land, and the land of Og, king of Bashan, two kings of the Amorites, which were on this side Jordan, toward the sun-rising. ^^ From Aroer, which is by the bank of tlie river Arnon, and unto mount Zion, that is Hermon. *^ And all the plain o^ this side Jor- dan, eastward, and unto the sea, of the plain, under Ashdoth-Pis- gah. land, and to the former, the welfare and used for affer, as is noted on Exod. ii. 23, length of life. In Matt, xxviii. 20, all so again in ver. 46 dai/s, is explained, 'unto the end of the Ver. 46. — Beth-p^ok,'] In Gr. i/ie house world.' of P/iogor, an idol temple: see Deut. iii. 29. Ver. 42. — Unwittingly,] Or, without Amorites,] Heb. Amorite: in Gr. Amor- knoiuledge thereof , unawares. See tlie law reans. Smote,] That is, yt/Z/er/, as is noted for this, in Num. xxxv. 9, 10, &c., and after on Gen. xiv. 17. This victory is here again ill Deut. xix. 2. In times past,] Or, in touched, the more to stir up the hearts of the former days; V{vh. from yesterday, and the people to obey God's law, wlio had begun to third day. See Gen. xxxi. 2. show them his power and goodness. Ver. 43. — Bezor,] In Gr. Bosor: see Ver. 48.— Bank,] Heb. lip. Zion,] In Josh. XX. 8; xxi, 36; 1 Chron. vi. 78, 80. Gr. Seon. This is not that which usually Golan,] In Gr. Gaiilon, the scripture calleth mount Zion, in Jerusa- Ver. 44, — This is,] He meaneth, that lein ; but otherwise written, and called Her- which hereafter followeth; so this belongeth mon: see Deut. iii. 9. to the next chapter, where the repetition of Ver. 49. — Sea of the plain,] The sea the laws begiu. of salt, Deut. iii. 17, the lake of Sodom, or Ver. 45. — After they came forth,] Dead sea, As,\iT)OT:H-visGAu,'\Or, thesprings Ileb. in their coming forth: but in is often of Pisgah; see the notes on Deut. iii. 17. CHAP. V. 1 . Moses rehearseth the covenant that God made with Israel at Horeh, 6. The ten. commandments; 22. the manner of the speaking and writing of them. 24. The people being afraid, did rpquest Moses to receive the law from God, and to speak it unto them. 28. The Lord approved their 208 DEUTERONOMY. motion, 30. and sent them into their tents; 31. hut tvUIed Moses to stay, and hear the law, which he was to teach Israel to observe and do, for their good. ' And Moses called unto all Israel, and said unto them. Hear O Israel, the statutes and tlie judgments wliich I speak in your ears, this day : and ye shall learn them, and keep, to do them. ^ Jehovah our God struck a covenant with us in Horeh. ^ Not with our fathers struck Jehovah this covenant, but with us ; even us, who are all of us here alive this day. * Jehovah spake unto you, face to face, in tlie mount, out of the midst of the fire. * I standing between Jehovah and you, at that time, to shew unto you the word of Jehovah ; for ye were afraid, by reason of the fire, and went not up into the mount, saying, ^ I, Jehovah thy God, which have brouglit thee out from the land of Egypt, from tlie house of servants. ' Thou shalt not have any other God's before my face. * Thou shalt not make unto thee a graven thing, any likeness, of things which are in tlie heavens above, or which are in the earth beneath, or which are in the waters beneath the earth. ^ Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, neither serve them : for I, Jehovah thy God, am a jealous God, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the sons, and upon the third and upon the fourth ge- Ver. 1. — In your ears,] That is, in your hearing, and to your understanding: the Chald. translateth it, before you. Here Moses purposing to repeat the ten comniand- ments, prepareth the ears and hearts of the people unto obedience. To do,] Or, and do: see the notes on Gen. ii. 3. Ver. 2. — Struck,] Heb. cut a covetiant, the reason of which phrase is showed on Gen. XV. 18. In Horeb,] Or, as Choreb, called also Sinai: see Exod. xix. 20; xxiv. 8. God, though he might absolutely command, yet vouchsafed to enter into covenant with his people, that by inutnal stipulation and promises, he might have not constrained, but free and voluntary obedience performed by them, to his glory, and their further good. Ver. 3. — FATiiERS,] Which are dead: hereby all the patriarchs unto Adam may be meant, who had the promise of the covenant ofClu-;st; but the covenant of the law came after, as the apostle observeth, Gal. iii. 17. Or it may mean, " our fathers only," as Jar- chi here expoundeth it, such as died in the wilderness, after the law was given. See also Deut. xi. 2. Even us,] Or, we are they, which are here this day : the Gr. translateth, and you are here all alive this day. So the covenant was yet fresh in me- mory. Also they had a greater benefit than their fathers: for though the law could not give them life, yet was it a 'schoolmaster unto Christ,' Gal. iii. 21, 24. Ver. 4. — Face to face,] That is, openly, clearly, plainly; as Exod. xxxiii. 11; Gen. xxxii. 30; Deut. xxxiv. 10; 1 Cor. xiii. 12, opposed to the dark visions, by which God before time revealed his will. Ver. 5. — I standing,] Or, stood, as the Gr. translateth, and I stood bettveen the Lord, which the Chald. calleth, the fFord of the Lord. Thus the law was given ' in the hand of a mediator,' Gal. iii. 19, for God and the people were not one, by reason of their sins: therefore they were afraid. Ver. (i. — Servants,] In Gr. and Chald. sei'vitude. God ledeemed Israel, not only from outward slavery, but from the idolatry of Egypt, Ezek. xx. 5 — 9, and from their gods,' 2 Sam. vii. 23, therefore he com- manded them to have no other gods before his face. See the annot. upon Exod. xx., where these commandments are more largely opened. Ver. 7. — Any other gods,] Or, ano- ther god: see the notes on Deut. iv. 7. Ver. 8. — Graven thing,] The Chald. translateth it, image. Any,] The Gr. saith, nor the likeness of any thing. The word or, is in Exod. xx. 4. CHAP. V 209 neration, of tliem that hate me. " And doing mercy unto thou- sands of them that love me, and of them that keep his command- ments. " Tliou shalt not take up the name of Jehovah thy God in vain; for Jeliovah will not hold him guiltless that shall take up Iiis name in vain. '^ Keep tliou the Sabbath day, to sanctify it, as Jehovah tliy God hath commanded thee. ^^ Six days shalt thou labour, and shalt do all thy work. " But the seventh day is a Sabbath to Jehovah thy God : in it thou slialt not do any work ; tliou, or thy son, or tliy daughter, or tliy man-servant, or thy woman-servant, or thine ox, or thine ass, or any of thy cattle, or thy stranger which is within thy gates, that thy man-servant and thy woman-servant may rest as well as thou. '* And thou shalt remember tliat tliou wast a servant in the land of Egypt ; and Jehovah thy God brought thee out tlience by a strong hand, and by a stretched out arm : therefore Jehovah thy God hath commanded thee to do the Sabbath day. " Honour thy father and thy mother, as Jehovah thy God hath commanded thee, that thy days may be prolonged, and that it may be well with thee, upon the land which Jehovah thy God giveth thee. " Thou shalt not kill. '^ Neither shalt thou commit adultery. " Neither shalt thou steal. Ver. 10 His commandments,] Or, his commandment; meaning all and every one of thetn, or, the whole law in general: see the notes on ver. 31. The like is in Deut. viii. 2; xxvii. 10. The Gr. and Chald. translate, my comma7idme7its , and so Moses wrote in Exod. xx. C, but here lie changeth the person, as Daniel also iu his prayer saith, ' O Lord, &c. keeping covenant and mercy to them that love him, and to them that keep his commandments.' Dan. ix. 4. We may also observe such changes in the other pro- phets; as, 'to make him a name,' 2 Sam. vii. 23, for which, in 1 Chrou. xvii. 21, is written, 'to make thee a name:' so in 2 Sam. xiv. 22. Ver. 12. — Keep,] Or, observe; for this, in Exod. xx. 8, he said, remember. As Je- hovah, &c.,] This sentence is added, more than in Exod. xx. 8. So again in the fifth commandment, ver. 16. And these two charges only are affirmative, all the other are prohibitions. Ver. 14. — Ox, &p.,] These particulars are also here added, for explanation. As WELL AS THOU,] Or, even as thou. This reason was not expressed in Exod. xx. 10. And it slioweth that the Sabbath was com- manded in part for the ease of servauts. Vol. II. 2 which were of the heathens that were round about them. Lev. xxv. 44. Ver. 16. — To po,] That is, tn celebrate: the Gr. translateth, to keep the Sabbath day, and to sanctify it. In Exod. xx. 11, the creation of the world is there rendered as a reason, which is liere omitted; and the com- ing out of Egypt (which seemeth to be on the Sabbath day,) is here made a reason of ob- serving this day. For it was a figure of de- liverance out of spiritual bondage by Christ, (as is showed upon Exodus) and so fit to be meditated oq upon the Sabbath. Ver. 16. — Be well avith thee.] Or, good may be done unto thee. This branch of the promise is more than was expressed in Exod. XX. 12, and this addition the apostle also citeth in Eph vi. 3, but putteth it there in the first place, changing the order of the words, which the scripture often doth, as may be seen in 2 Kings xi. 8, compared with 2 Ciiron. xxiii. 7; Joel ii. 28, with Acts ii. 17; 1 Kings xix. 10, with Rom. xi. 3; Is Ixv. 1, with Rom. X. 20; Matt. xxi. 13, with Mark xii. 8. Ver. is. — Neither shalt thou,] Or, and thou shalt not: and so in the precepts following; all which are joined to the former, with this copulative, and, (otherwise than D 210 DEUTERONOMY. ^^ Neither slialt thou answer a false witness against thy neigh- bour. ^' Neither shalt thou covet thy neiglibour's wife, neither shalt thou desire thy neighbom-'s house ; his field, or liis man-servant, or his woman-servant, his ox, or his ass, or any thing which is thy neighbour's. ^^ These words Jehovah spake mito all your assembly in the mount, out of the midst of the fire, of the cloud, and of the thick darkness, with a great voice, and he added no more : and lie wrote them on two tables of stones, and gave them unto me. ^^ And it was, when ye heard the voice, out of the midst of the darkness, and tlie mountain burning with fire, tliat ye came near unto me. was in Exod. xx.,) to teach the conjoining of all these commandments, as into one body of the law: whinh must be likewise in our obe- dience. Because, ' Whosoever shall keep the whole law, and yet ofl'end in one point, he is guilty of all. For he that said, Do not commit adultery ; said also, Do not kill,' &c. Jam. ii. 10, 11. Ver. 20.— False,] Or, rash, vaiti. The same word shew, used before in ver. 11, but for it in Exod. xx. Moses useth the word sheker, false: and so the Chald. hath in this place. Ver. 21.^Wife,] In Exod. xx. 17, our neighbour's house is put in the first place, and his wife in the second, otherwise than here. So they that would divide this com- mandment i[ito two, cannot show which is the ninth, and which is the tenth, seeing Moses hath purposely changed the order. Desire,] Here again Moses useth another word, tithavveh, whereas in Exod. xx. 17, he keepeth one word in all the particulars, tach- mod, covet: which are two words in sound, but one in signification ; (though it may be with some difference of degree) whereof there be sundry other examples in scripture ; as Hinneh, Behold, 1 Chron. xxvii. 1, for which another prophet saitli, Rech, See, 2 Sam. vii. 2; chajath, a troop, in 2 Sam. xxiii. 13 ; or machanah, an host, in 1 Chron. xi. 15; 'he relwuBA,' jashab, 2 Sam. vi. 20, or, 'he turned &ga.m' jissob, 1 Chron. xvi. 43 ; Jaghnal, he offered tip, 2 Sam. vi. 17, or, Jakrib, he offered, 1 Cliron. xvi. 1, and many the like: "so that from two words of like sense here cannot be gathered two sundry commandments. The like was in the ninth commandment before, in ver. 20. And if this desire be another command- ment, there were but nine given in Exod. XX. Or if there were ten, as is avouched in Exod. xxxiv. 28, then here must be eleven, contrary to Deut. x. 4. But degrees of the same sm, make not here several precepts. The Hebs. make this desire to be less than coveting, and say, " Desire bringeth a man to coveting, and coveting bringeth him to un- just taking away ; for if the owners be not willing to sell, though he would give them a great price, and he is urgent upon them, then he falleth to taking by violence, as it is said (in Mic. ii. 2,) ' And they covet fields, and take them by violence,'" Maim. torn. 4, treat, ol Rapine, &c. chap. i. sect. 10, 11. His field,] The Gr. saith, nor his field : this al-;o is added more than in Exod. xx. 17. And usually, when any thing is repeated, either by the prophets or evangelists, it is with variety of words and phrases ; of which, being compaied, there is very great use, for the understanding of the scriptures. Ver. 22. — Added no more,] Meaning, no more commandments of this sort, (^for they were but ' ten woi'ds,' Deut. iv. 13,) or no more unto the people ; the rest were spoken to Moses, Exod. xxi. 1, &c. The Chald. translateth, ceased not; see the notes on Num. xi. 25. Of stones,] Both to have them perpetual to his church. Job xix. 23, 24, and in mystery, to show the stony nature of men's hearts; see the annot. on Exod. xxxi. IS. Unto me,] That Moses might carry them to the people, and see them duly executed. So the magistrate is the keeper of both the tables of the law ; for Moses was 'king in Jeshurun,' Deut. xxxiii. 5. Ver. 23. — And the mount,] Llnder- stand, 'and saw the mount,' as Deut. xi. 16; Exod. XX. 18. The things which the people heard and saw, were terrible unto them, be- cause they were sinners; but a mean to hum- ble them, and drive them unto Christ, Heb. xii. 18—24 ; Gal. iii. 19—24. Elders,] In Gr. senates; or eldership. The people all, and even the greatest and best, fled from before the Lord, and came to Moses for to be a mediator. See Exod. xx. 18, 19, ia the annot. CHAP. V. 211 all the lieads of your tribes, and your elders. ^^ And ye said. Be- hold, Jehovah our God hath shewed us his glory and In's greatness and we have heard liis voice out of tlie midst of the fire : tliis day we liave seen, that God doth speak with man, and lie liveth. '^ And now why should we die ? for tliis great fire will consume us : if we add to hear the voice of Jehovah our God any more then we shall die. '' For who is there of all flesli, that liatli heard the voice of the livuig God, speaking out of the midst of the fire as we have, and lived ? '^ Go near thou, and hear all tliat Jehoval'i Ver. 24 — His voice,] The Chald. saitli, the voice of his JVord. So in ver. 25. Ver. 25.— Why should we die?] The Gr. tiaiislatetli, let us not die: so it is a de- precation. Tliis sieocli implietli the sen- tence of death also, which their own hearts I'rononnced agair.st them for their sins: for such a question is likewise an affirmation; as, ' \y\\Y doth he speak blasphemies?' Mark ii. 7, U expounded, 'this man blasphemeth,' Matt. ix. 3. And this showeth the effect of the 1 nv in our consciences ; it causeth ' the spirit of bondage to fear,' Rom. viii. 15, and when the voice of God in his law is heard and understood of men, it torrifieth and kill- eth; before that they think they are 'alive without the law,' Rom. vii. 9, 10. Fire,] Which signified the force of the fiery law, Deut. xxxiii. 2, that it is in man's ' heart, as a burning fire shut up in his bones,' as Jer. XX. 9, both manifesting sins, and tor- menting the conscience, wherein it diflijreth from the gospel, Heb. xii. 18. Then,] Or, stirely; Heb. and we shall die. Thus there was not ' a law given which could give life,' Gal. iii. 21, but « the letter killeth,' 2 Cor. iii. C, and 'the law is not of faith,' Gal. iii. 12, the hearing of it, and escaping death, caused them not to believe: but 'the just shall live by faith,' through the gospel of Christ,' Rom. i. 16, 17, unto whom the law was a ' schoolmaster,' Gal. iii. 24. Ver. 2G.— All flesh,] Or, who is any flesh, that is, any frail man: for, 'all flesh is grass,' Is. xl. 6. The Gr. translateth, for what flesh? Which word flesh is often used for unregenerate man, as is noted on Gen. vi. 3, and to such especially, the law is the terrors of death: though all human na- ture being in sin, is here condemned. So in Ps. cxliii. 2. The living God,] The Heb. words are both plural, implying the mystery of the Trinity, as is noted on Gen. i. 1, and he is called ' the living God,' (as here, so iu Josh. iii. 10; 1 Sam. xvii. 26; Is. xxxvii. 4 : Ps. xlii. 3 ; Hos. i. 10, and in sundry other places) to oppose him unto all false gods, which are called 'the dead,' Ps. cvi. 2s) whereupon it is said, ' Ye turned to God, from idols, to serve the living and true God,' 1 Thes. i. 9. Also to show that God is powerful in operation, being not only living in himself, (so that he ' only hath immor- tality,' 1 Tim. vi. 16,) but the giver of life unto all; 'For in him we live, and move, and have our being,' Acts xvii. 28, and he is ' the f.iuntain of living waters,' Jer. xvii. 13, who continually and abundantly lefresheth his people. It signifielh also his eternity, as he ' that liveth for ever and ever,' Rev. x. 6, of whom it is said, ' For he is the living God, and continuing fur ever,' Dan. vi. 26. Wherefore that speech of Job, ' My Re^ deemer liveth,' Job xix. 25, is translated in the Gr. the Eternal is he that shall unloose me. And lived,] Men till they be re- deemed by Christ, are ' through fear of death, all their life time subject to bondage,' Heb. ii. 15. Though God came not now to judge them, neither so much as upbraided them with their sins past, yet could they not hear his voice, but (as the apostle noteth) they that heard it, ' intreated that the word should not be spoken to them any more, for they could not endure that which was commanded,' Heb. xii. 19, 20. Ver. 27. — Go near THotr,] The people being terrified, seek for a mediator; and that is the end and use of the law, to drive men unto Christ, Wherefore their affection now pleased God, ver, 28, 29, and he gave them Moses to help them for the present, and fur- thei- promised them a prophet like unto him, which was Christ, Deut. viii. 15—18; Acts iii. 22, 26. Thou shalt speak unto us,] The office of a mediator, as he is a prophet, (Deut. xviii. 15,) is here described; which is, to go near unto God, and having received the word from him, to speak it unto the peo- ple. This was fulfilled in Christ, John i. 18; iii. 13; viii. 28. Here in the Heb. do thou speak, the words are in the feminine gender, as if they had spoken to a woman; which is thought to be a note of the people's troubled mind: see the like in Num. xi. 15. And do,] The like they promised before God spake these words, Exod. xix. 8, not know- ing the impossibility of the law; but how far 212 DEUTERONOMY. our God shall say, and do tliou speak unto us all that Jehovah our God shall speak unto thee, and we will liear, and do it. ^^ And Jehovah heard the voice of your words when ye spake unto me -. and Jeliovah said unto me, I have heard the voice of the words of this people, which they have spoken unto thee ; they liave well said, all that they have spoken. ^' Who will give that their heart may be such in them, to fear me, and to keep all my command- ments, all days, tJiat it may be well with them, and with their sons for ever. ^^ God said to them, Get you again into your tents. ^' But thou, stand thou here with me, and I will speak unto thee all the com- mandment, and the statutes, and the judgments, wliich thou shalt teach tliem, that they aiay do them in the land which I give to them to possess it. ^^ And ye shall observe to do, as Jehovah your God liath commanded you : ye shall not turn aside, to the right hand or to the left. ^^ You shall walk in all the way which Jeho- vali your God hath commanded you, that ye may live, and (that it may be) well with you, and ye may prolong your days, in the land which ye shall possess. they were from performing this, the golden by this his covenant, drawing them unt calf which they made ere forty days were ex- Christ. pired, is a witness; for which sin Moses Vek. 31. — All the commandment, brake the tables of the covenant, Exod. xxxii.; That is, the laiv in general, or coinmand- Deut. ix. 9, &c., yet their good affuctioa ments, as the Gr. translateth it, the singular pleaseth the Lord. being often put for the plural ; or, every com^ Ver. 2S. — Well said,] The Gr. trans- mandment. So in Deut. vi. 1 ; viii. 1, also lateth, they have spoken all things rightly in 1 Pet. ii. 21 ; iii. 2, (or tvell.) Ver. 32. — Observe to do,] Or, and do Ver. 29. — Who will give,] An Heb. as this phrase often signifieth: see the notes yihvtiSti, msimnig, 0 that seme would give, ov, on Gen, ii. 3. Right hand or to the O that there ivere; and so the Chald. ex- left,] This signifieth an exact care to walk plaineth it. The like is in Job vi. S ; Ps. in God's law, as in the high way, from which xiv. 7 ; Iv, 7, and elsewhere. To fear, men may not turn aside, as in Deut. ii. 27, &c.,] The things that God approveth in Therefore all aberration from the right way, men, are feai-, humility, distrust in them- is noted by the turning to the right hand or selves, and a confidence in him, with love to the left. Is. xxx. 21. So after in Deut. unto his law. Hereunto God called them, xvii. 11, 20; xxviii, 14; Prov. iv. 27. CHAP. VI. 1. Moses setting himself to explain God's com77ia?idments, exhorteth Israel unto obedience. 4. He heginneth with the first and great com- mandment, the love of the Lord, 6. and of his lam in their Mart, 7. and of teaching it to their children, 8. and professing it by outward signs. 10. He marneth them that they for salce not God hy prosperity, 1 6. nor hy adversity; 1 7. but to keep his law, for their good, 20. and to endeavour the continuance and propagation of his religion among their posterity. CHAP. VI. 213 ' And this is the commandment, the statutes and tlie judgments, which Jehovah your God commanded to teach you, to do in the land, -whither ye pass over to possess it. ^ That thou may est fear Jehovah tliy God, to keep all his statutes and his commandments, wliicli I command thee ; thou, and thy son, and thy son's son, all the days of thy life ; and that thy days may be prolonged. ^ Hear therefore, O Israel, and observe to do, tliat it may be well witli thee, and that ye may multiply mightily, as Jehovah the God of thy fathers hath spoken unto thee, in the land that floweth with milk and honey. * Hear, O Israel : Jehovah our God, Jehovah is one. ^ And thou Ver. 1. — CoJiMANDiMENT,] Put generally for coinmandments, as the Gr. traiislateth it: see Deut. v. 31. Here Moses entereth upon the explanation of the first commandment of the ten before rehearsed, in chap. v. To no,] That ye may do them, to wit, con- tinually. For practice and obedience is that which the law requireth for blessedness, Jam, i. 22, 25. And that which one prophet calleth doing the words of the covenant, 2 Chron. xxxiv. 31, another calleth stablis/mig for confirming,) 2 Kings xxiii. 3, and con- fi,rmmg is expounded by the Holy Spirit, continuing. Gal. iii. 10, from Deut. xxvii. 26. Pass over,] To wit, the river Jordan, that so they might come into Canaan. This was by the conduct of Joshua, Josh. i. 1, 2, &c., and it figured the estate of the church under Christ, by whom these commandments are fulfilled in ns that believe, Ezek. xx. 40 — 44 ; Rom. viii. 1 — 3, &c. In the mean time, the possession of Canaan and good things therein, was a gracious inducement of that people unto voluntary obedience and keeping of God's law: which notwithstanding they performed not, Ps. cv. 44, 55; Neh. ix. 24-26, 35. Ver. 2. — Fear, J This is ' the beginning of wisdom,' Ps. cxi. 10, and by it we 'depart from evil,' Prov. xvi. 6, and it comprehend- eth generally God's worship and true reli- gion, Is. xxix. ]3; Malt. xv. 8, 9, therefore it is mentioned in the first place. Pro- longed,] Under which eternal life is also implied ; for God's commandments when they are kept, do add unto men, ' length of days, and years of life, and peace,' Prov. iii. 2; 1 Pet. iii. 10, 11, &c. Ver. 3. — And honey,] Signifying hea- venly graces, as is observed on Exod. iii. 8. Ver. 4. — Hear,] The last letter of this fii'st word hear, and of the last word one, are extraordinarily great in the Heb. and so noted in the margin, to cause heed and at- tention. And here beginneth 'the first and great commandment,' as our Saviour calleth it, Mark xii. 29, .SO; Matt. xxii. 38. And this place of scripture, unto the end of the ninth verse, was one of the four paragraphs which the Jews were wont to write upon their phylacteries, as is noted on Exod. xiii. 9, and fastened to their door-posts, and read in their houses twice a day: as the Hebs. say, " Twice every day do men read the lec- ture, ' Hear O Israel,' &c. at evening and at morning, as it is written (in Deut. vi. 7,) ' when thou liest down, and when thou risest up;' at the time when men are wont to lie down, which is at night ; and at the time when men are wont to rise up, which is at day. And what is it that he readeth? Three sections; to wit, ' Hear, O Israel,' &c. (Deut. vi. 4.) ' And it shall be if you shall hearken,' &c. (Deut. xi. 13.) ' And Moses said unto the people,' &c. (Exod. xiv. 3.) And they read first the section, Hear, O Israel, because in it there is the property of God, and the love of him, and the doctrine of him, which is the great foundation, whereupon all do de- pend," Maim, in Misneh, lib. ii. in Keriath Shemangh, chap. i. sect. 1, 2. Is one,] So in Mark xii. 29, ' the Lord our God, the Lord is one:' where the word is, (which the Heb. wanteth) is supplied in the Gr. and ex- plained by a learned scribe; saying, 'Well, Master, thou hast said the truth, for there is one God, and there is none other but he,' Mark xii. 32. So Paul saith, ' There is none other God but one,' 1 Cor. viii. 4. Here it is probable, that Moses closely taught the unity of the Godhead, and trinity of persons; Jehovah, the Father ; our God, the Son ; and Jehovah, the Holy Spirit: thus many do understand these word?. But the apostle clearly openeth the mystery, saying, 'There are three that bear record in heaven ; the Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit; and these three one,' 1 John v. 7. And here is the ground of faith. Ver. 5.— Love,] ' The end of the com- mandment is love, out of a pure heart, and of a good conscience, and of faith unfeigned ' 1 2U DEUTERONOMY. slialt love Jehovah thy God, witli all thy heart, and with all thy soul, and with all thy might. ^ And these words whidi I command thee this day, shall be in thy heart. ' And thou shalt whet them on thy children, and shalt speak of them wlien thou sittest in thine liouse, and when thou walkest by the way, and v/hen thou liest down, and when thou risest up. ^ And thou shalt bmd them for a sign upon thy hand, and they shall be for phylacteries between thine eyes. ® And thou shalt write them upon the door-post of Tim. i. 5. See the notes on Exod. xx. 6. Jehovah thy God,] These imply the causes of our love of the Lord; the one, for his own nature and being, Jehovah ; the other, for the covenant of his grace, whereby he is our God. These two are often joined together by Moses and all the prophets. Heart,] Unto the heart the scripture attributeth wis- dom and understanding, 1 Kings iii. 9, 11, 12; Prov. ii. 2, 10, and belief in God, dif- fering from confession with the mouth, Rom. X. 10, and it is opposed unto hypocrisy. Matt. XV. 8. Soul,] The seat of the will and affections, Deut. xxi. 14; xxiv. 15; xii. 20, 21. Might,] In IKJi. jueod. which sigiiifieth might or vehemency, all that we can. The Chald. translatelh it riches; the Gr. power (dunamis:) but the Holy Spirit useth a more significant Gr. word (ischits) inight, or ability, Mark xii. 32, where also another word is added for explanation, dia- noia, which is the efficacy both of the mind and will, and the scribe useth a fit word, sunesis, understanding, Mark xii. 33. By which variety of words, God would teach us to love him unfeignedly, with all whatsoever is in us, and in our power; for we ought to honour him with our substance also, Prov. iii. 9. This praise is of king Josias above all kings, that he turned to the Lord, ' with all his heart, and with all his soul, and with all his might, according to all the law of Moses,' 2 Kings xxiii. 25. Moreover from this word, * with all thy might,' the Hebs. teach, " that a man is bound to bless (God) with cheerfulness of soul, for evil (or afflic- tion) even as he blesseth for good (or pros- perity) with gladness," Maim, in Berachoth, chap. X. sect. .3. And hereof we have a good example in Job, Job i. 21. Ver. G. — These words,] The oracles of God are also to be loved, as the outward means whereby we are brought to the love and obedience of God, Ps. cxix. 97, 98. In THY heart,] As the fleshly tables wherein God's law is to be written, Prov. iii. 3; vii. 3; 2 Cor. iii. 3. The Gr. addeth, " in thy heart, and in thy soul." Ver. 7.— Whet them,] That is, often, earnestly, and diligently teach them, that they may pierce the hearts of thy children, to understand and aflect them. So the Gr. and Chald. explain it, to forc-instrtict and teach. Thy children,] Or, thy sons: under this name the Hebs. understand, not the natural sons only, but scholars also, or disciples; "Because disciples are called sons, as it is written, (in 2 Kings ii. 3,) 'and the sons of the prophets came forth,'" &c. Maim, in Thalmud Torah, chap. i. sect. 2. Children are to be trained up (or catechized) in the way thiy should go, and brought up in the nurture and admonition of tlie Lord, Prov. xxii. 6; Ejih. vi, 4. Ver, 8. — Phylacteries,] Or frontlets: ornaments fastened unto the head; the Gr. therefore calleth them unmovahle. Of these, see the notes on Exod. xiii. 9, 16. By these outward rites, God would teach them to apply all their study, and all their practice unto the keeping of his law. Ver. 9. — Door posts,] By this sign to profess unto all their love unto the law, and to have it always in remembrance. So the blood of the paschal lamb was stricken on their door posts, Exod. xii. 7. Of this rite the Jews are to this day very careful, and even superstitious. The manner of observ- ing it, they have recorded thus. They wrote two several places of the law; namely; 'Hear O Israel,' &c. Deut. vi, 4—9. 'And it shall be if you shall hearken,' &c. Deut. xi. 13 — 21, upon one piece of parchment, which they rolled up, beginning at the bottom, and so to the top; that when any should open to read it, he might read from the beginning to the end. After it was rolled up, they put it within a pipe of reed, or of wood, or of any other matter, and fastened it to the door post with a nail; but blessed God before they so fastened it, who had commanded them that thing. If it were hung up on a stick, it was unlawful, for that was no fastening: or if it were laid behind the door, it was as good as nothing. The writing was fastened a good height upon the door post within, and it must be on the right hand, as a man went into the house: if it were on the left hand, it was unlawful. Tiiese things Maim, shovveth at large, in Misn. treat. Tephilin, (or of pliy CHAP. VI. 215 tliine house, and on thy gates. " And it shall be, when Jehovah thy God shall have brought thee into the land which he sware unto tiiy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give unto thee, cities great and good, which thou buildedst not ; '' And houses full of all good things, which thou filledst not ; and wells digged, which thou diggedst not; vineyards and olive-trees, which tliou plantedst not; and thou shalt have eaten and be full : '^ Take heed to thy- self, lest thou forget Jehovah, which brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of servants. ^^ Thou shalt fear 20, 21; xliv. 21; Judg. iii. 7; Jer. iii. 21 ; xviii. 15. And this we are prone unto in prosperity: tlierefore the prophet prayeth, 'Give me not riches, lest I be full, and deny thee, and say, Who is the Lord ?' Prov. xxx. 8, 9. This doctrine Moses repeateth in Deut. viii. 10, 11. Servants,] The Gr. and Chald. translate, servitude {pv bondage) Of ihis the Jews made yearly mention, when they brought their first-fruits unto God, Deut. xxvi. 5, 6, &c. Ver. 13. — Fear,] This is for the inward worship of God, as the two next are for his outward service, and profession of the same. Fear is expounded worship, JNIatt. xv. 9 ; from Is. xxix. 1.3, and so Ciirist speaketh, having reference to this scripture, Rlatt. iv. 10. See after on Deut. x. 12. Serve HIM,] The Gr. addtth, serve him only: and so Christ aliegeth it against satan, Matt. iv. 10. The like is to be understood of the other two things here mentioned. Under service, prayer is comprehended, which Chi i-t hath taught us, that it must be to our Father which is in heaven, Luke xi. 2. So of the Hebs. it is said, " We are commanded to pray every day, as it is written, ' And ye shall serve the Lord your God,' Exod. xxiii. 25. We have been taught, that this service is prayer, as it is written, ' And to serve him with all your heart:' our wise men have said, What service is tliis with the heart ? It is prayer. And there is no number of prayers by the law, neither is there any set form of this prayer by the law, nor any appointed time for prayer by the law. And therefore women and servants are bound to pray, be- cause it is a commandment, the time whereof is not determined. But the duty of this commandment is thus, That a man make supplication and prayer every day, and show forth the praise of the holy blessed (God) and afteiward ask such things as aie needful for him, by request, and by supplication; and afterward give praise and thanks unto tiie Lord for his goodness, which he abundantly ministereth unto him, every one according to his might. If he be accustomed unto it, let him use such supplication and prayer: and if lacteries,) &c. chap. v. vi. adding this in the end; "A man must be warned of the post writings, because it is every one's duty continually. And every time that he goeth in, and goeth out, he meeteth with the name of the holy blessed God, and shall remember the love of him, and awake out of his sleep, and his eriors among the vanities of the time; and know that there is nothing which abideth for ever, and for ever and ever, but the know- ledge of (God) the everlasting Rock; and forthwith he returneth to his knowledge, and walketh in the straight and even ways. Our ancient wise men have said, Whosoever hath his phylacteries on his head and on his ar.m, and fringes on his garment, and post-writing on his door, he is fortified that he shall not sin: for behold, he hath many remembran- cers, and they are the angels which deliver him from sinning; as it is written, 'The angel of the Lord encampeth round about them that fear him, and delivereth them,'" Ps. xxxiv. 8. Thus have they magnified their outward observances; and were taxed by our Saviour, for making their phylacteries broad, and the fringes of their garments large, Matt, xxiii. 5. See the annot. on Exod. xiii. 9. Ver. 10. — To give unto thee,] Under- stand, he sware that he would give unto thee: so in ver. 19. Ver. 11.— Digged,] Or hewed, to wit, out of the rock. Under these particulars, all other good things are implied: for which men ought to serve the Lord with joyfulness, and with a good heart, Deut. xxviii. 47; Prov. iii. 9, 10. And by earthly riches, the spiritual graces of God in Christ, are also understood, as 1 Cor. i. 4, 5, 7 ; Eph. i. 18; ii. 5 — 7. Full,] Or, satisfied: which also is a blessing of God, Lev. xxvi. 5. But by men's corruption may easily be abused unto lasciviousness, Deut. xxxii. 13 — 15. Ver. 12. — Forget Jehovah,] The Chald. saith, forget the fear of the Lord, that is, his true religion. The Gi. addeth, "lest thy heart be deceived, and thou forget the Lord." When men do corrupt their reli- gion, they are said to forget God, Pj. cvi. 216 DEUTERONOMY. Jehovah tliy God, and serve liim, and shalt swear by Jiis name. " Ye shall not go after other gods, of the gods of the peoples, which are round about you. ^' For Jehovah tliy God is a jealous God, in the midst of thee ; lest the anger of Jehovah thy God be kindled against thee, and he destroy thee from off the face of the eartli, '^ Ye shall not tempt Jehovah your God, as ye tempted him in Massah. '^ Keeping ye shall keep the commandments of Jehovah your God, and his testimonies, and his statutes, whicli he hath commanded thee. ^^ And tliou shalt do that which is right and good in the eyes of Jehovah, tliat it may be well witli thee, and thou mayest go in, and possess the good land which Jehovah sware unto thy fathers. '^ To drive out all thy enemies from thy face, as Jehovah hath spoken. ^^ WJien thy son shall ask thee to-morrow, saying, Wliat are the testimonies, and the statutes, and the judgments, which Jehovah our God hatli commanded you ? ^' Then tliou shalt say unto thy he be of uncircumcised lips, let him speak according as he is able, at any time when he will ; aud so they make prayers every one ac- cording to his ability," Maim, in Mis?i. treat, of Prayer, chap. i. sect. 1 — 3. Swear] Before this the Gr. addeth, and shalt cleave unto him: which words are used by Moses in Deut. x. 20, aud from thence here taken. Swearing is used for all other profession of God's name and truth: as when the prophet saitli, ' Every tongue shall swear,' Is. xlv. 23, the apostle expounds it, ' Every tongue shall confess unto God,' Rom. xiv. 11. Ver. 14. — Other gods,] Which the Chald. interpreteth, idols of the people. By going, or walking after such, is meant, worshipping oi- serving them, as afterward is showed, Deut. viii. 19; xiii. 2, 4. Ver. 15 In the midst,] The Chald. ex|)ounds it, his majesty dwelleth iii the midst of thee. God's presence, and diligent looking to the ways of his people, is hereby meant, Is. xii. 6; Rev. ii. 1, 2. Of jea- lousy, see Exod. xx. 6, by it was signified, that God would not forgive their transgres- sions, Josh. xxiv. 19. Ver. 16. — In Massah,] Or, in the tenia- lion (as the Gr. and Chald. explain it;) where in their distress and want, ' they tempted the Lord, saying, [s the Lord amongst us or no?' Exod. xvii. 1 — 7. As prosperity, so adver- sity often occasioaeth men to sin; therefore the prophet prayeth against both extremities, I'rov. XXX. 8, 9. Veh. 18.— Right,] In Gr. pleasing, which the word also signifies, as is noted ou Exod. XV. 26. Aud so our Saviour did ' al- ways those things that pleased his Father,' John viii. 29. By things right and good, are meant the things commanded of God, and the doing of them with a sincere heart. To perform this, the apostle saith, ' Be ye trans- formed by the renewing of your mind, that ye may prove what is that good, that well- pleasing and perfect will of God.' Rom. xii. 2. Ver. 19. — To drive out,] That is, he sware unto thy fathers, that he would drive out, fyc. But because the people obeyed not the voice of God, he would not drive out all from before them, Judg. ii. 1 — 3, 12, 14; iii. 1—4. Ver. 20. — To-morrow,] That is, here- after in time to come. See Exod. xiii. 14. Here followeth a brief catechism, containing the grounds of religion. What are,] That is, what mean, or signify. The word are, is supplied also in the Gr. (as before in ver. 4,) and by it the meaning of God's precepts is intended, as the answer following showeth. Here God provideth for the continuance and propagation of his true religion in Israel, in respect of the whole law, moral, ceremonial, and judicial. Commanded you,] The law was commauded the fathers, that they should make them known to their children, that tiie generation after, even children that should be born, might know, might rise up, and tell their children, Ps. Ixxviii. 5, 6. Ver. 21.— To Pharaoh,] The history hereof is in Exod. i. ii., &c., the mystery was, our servitude unto sin and satan, from which God hath redeemed us, as Rom. vi. 17, IS; Ileb. ii. 14, 15. The memorial whereof is always to be continued amongst us and our posterity, to the praise of God's CHAP. VI I. 217 son. We were servants to Pharaoh in Egypt, and Jehovah brouglit lis forth out of Egypt with a strong hand. ^'^ And Jehovah showed signs and wonders, great and evil, upon Egypt, upon Pliaraoh, and upon all his house, before our eyes. '"" And lie brought us out from thence, that he might bring us in, to give unto us the land which he sware unto oui- fathers. ^* And Jehovah commanded us to do all these statutes, to fear Jehovah our God, for good unto us all days, to preserve us alive, as (it is) this day. "^ And justice shall it be unto us, when we observe to do all this commandment, before Jehovah our God, as he hath commanded us. grace, Deut. xxvi. 5 — 9. Strong hand,] That is, by force and constraint, through great judgments: see Exod. vi. 1 ; iii. 19. Ver. 22 Evil,] That is, hurtful, grie- vous, noisome, to the enemy, as were all the plagues of Egypt, Exod. vii. and viii. &c. So in Rev. xvi. 12, ' a noisome and evil sore.' House,] That is, household, as the Chald. translateth it, me« of his house. OoR EYES,] That is, 07i,r sight. This is one of God's promises to such as trust in him ; ' with thine eyes shalt thou behold, and shalt see the reward of the wicked,' as in Ps. xci. 8. Ver. 24. — For good,] Or, as the Gr. ex- plaiiietli, that it may be well with us. The end of our redemption from misery is, that we may serve God, and keep his law, for his glory in our good and salvation, Rom. vi. 17, 18, 22. To PRESERVE, Meaning, that he may preserve us alive : the Gr. translat- eth, that we may live. Here life is promised to the doers of the law ; as also in Luke x. 28 ; but this is a legal promise, impossible for us to fulfil, Rom. viii. 3; and is ' not of faitli, (as the apostle teacheth) by which the just shall live,' Gal. iii. 11, 12. Ver. 25. — Justice,] Or righteousness; the Gr. translateth, mercy shall be to us ; so the woid justice sometimes signifieth, Ps. cxii. 9. But here it meanelh justice or righteousness, whereby men if they could do the law, might be justified before God ; and diriereth from the justification of faith which we have obtained in Christ, as Paul saith, ' Moses desrribeth the justification which is of the law, that the man which doeth these things shall live by them. But the justifica- tion which is by faith, speaketh,' &c., Rom. X. 5, 6. Thus the law was ' a schoolmaster unto Christ, that we might be justified by faith,' Gal. iii. 24. CHAP. VI I. 1. A commandment to root out the seven nations in Canaan, 4. lest they corrupted Israel. 5. To abolish their idolatry. 6. The holi- ness and election of Israel, rclience it proceedeth, 9- and what use they should make thereof. 12. The hlessiiigs promised upon the heep- ing of the law. 16. The comynandment repeated to abolish idolaters and their religion. \1. A confirmation of the faith of Israel against the multitude of their enemies, 22. whom God promiseth to destroy, hut not all at once. 25. The abomination of their idolatry. ^ When Jeliovah thy God shall have brought tliee in, into the land whither thou goest in to possess it, and hath cast out many nations from thy face ; tlie Chethite, and the Girgasite, and the Ver. 1. — Chethite.] That is, as the Israel might be drawn from the love and obe- Chald. explains them, Chethites, Girgasites, dience of God, even by communion with &c. See the notes on Gen. x. 16. Here idolaters, and their abominations, which there- Moses showeth another tentation whereby fore they ought carefully to avoid. Seven Vol. U. 2 E 218 DEUTERONOMY. Amorite, and the Canaanite, and the Perizzite, and the Hivite, and tlie Jebusite ; seven nations, greater and mightier than thou. ^ And Jehovah thy God shall have delivered them before thee, and thou shalt smite them, utterly destroying thou shalt utterly destroy them : thou shalt not strike any covenant with them, nor show them grace. ^ Neither shalt thou make marriages with them : thy daughter thou shalt not give unto his son, and liis daughter thou shalt not take unto thy son. ^ For he will turn away thy son from after me, that they may serve other gods : and the anger of Jeho- vah will be kindled against you, and will destroy thee suddenly. ^ But thus shall ye do unto them, ye shall destroy their altars, and break down their pillars, and cut down their groves, and their graven images ye shall burn with fire. For thou art an holy peo- ple unto Jehovah thy God : Jehovah thy God hath chosen thee to be unto him a peculiar people, above all people that are upon the face of the earth. ^ Not for your multitude above all people, NATIONS,] That number Paul also mention- eth in Acts xiii. 19. In rehearsing them, the Scripture sometimes reckoneth more or fewer, Gen. xv. 19; Exod. xxiii. 23. Seven is a full and perfect number: see Gen. ii. 2; and signifieth the many enemies of the church, whom God will s\ibdue, though they be mightier than we, for his ' strength is made perfect in weakness,' 2 Cor. xii. 9. Ver. 2. — Before thee,] That is, as the Gr. explaineth it here, and in ver. 23, ' into tliine hands.' So in Deut. xxiii. 14. Ut- terly DESTROY,] As accursed or anathema- tized : see the notes on Exod. xxii. 20. Compare with this law, Exod. xxxiv. II, 12, &c. Ver. 3. — Make marriages,] Or, join in affinity, by way of marriage: and this con- ceriied not the seven nations only, but all heathens, Ezra ix. 1, 2. The Heb. say, "an Israelite that lieth with an heathen woman of any other nation, by way of marriage, or an Israelitess that so lieth with an heathen man, they are to be beaten by the law, Deut. vii. 3 ; whether it be of the seven nations, or of any other people, it is within this prohibition. And so it is expounded by Ezra," &c. Maim, in Issurei biah, chap. xii. sect. 1. Ver 4.' — From after me,] That Is, from followintf me and my law. The Gr. trans- lateth from me : the Chald. from after my fear. Other gods,] The Chald. explains it, the idols of the people. This was fulfilled even in Solomon the wise, who clave in love unto strange women, and ' they turned away his heart after other gods ; and his heart was not perfect with the Lord his God,' 1 Kings xi. 2, 4. Will be kindled,] So it was against Solomon for this sin, ' the Lord was angry with him, because his heart was turned from the Lord, the God of Israel,' 1 Kings xi. 9. Ver. 6. — Pillars,] Or statues, or stand- ing images : see Exod. xxiii. 24; and Lev. xxvi. 1. This law was executed by the good kings of Judah, 2 Kings xviii. 4; xxiii. 6 — 14. Groves,] Or, trees planted for re- ligious use, whoreof see the notes on Exod. xxxiv. 13 ; here they are commanded to be cut down, in Deut. xii. 3 ; to be burnt with fire. The Hebs. say, " a tree which is planted at the first to be served (or worship- ped) is unlawful for any use, and that is, Asherah (the grove) spoken of in the law." If it were not planted for religious use at the first, but that afterward some man had " worshipped it, though all the body (or stock) be not unlawful ; all the boughs, and the leaves, and the branches, and the fruits that it bringeth forth all the while that it is worshipped, they are unlawful for any use. A tree under which they liave set up an idol, all the while that it is under it, (the tree) is unlawful for any use: if (the idol) be taken from under it, then it is lawful, because it was not the tree itself, which was worshipped." Maim, in treat, of Idolatry, chap. viii. sect. 3, 4. Graven images,] To wit, of their gods, as is expressed in ver. 25. Ver. 6.— Peculiar,] The Chald. trans- lateth it, beloved ; properly it is a peculiar treasure or jeivtl, which is dear unto any : see Exod. xix. 5. This grace proceeding from the election of God, he hath fulfilled in Christ, ' who gave himself for us, that he might redeem us from all iniquity, and pu- rify unto himself a peculiar people, zealous of good works,' Tit. ii. 14 ; Eph. i. 4, 5. Ver. 7. — Set his love,] Or, affected you, as Gen. xxxiv. 8. So the Chald. iranslateth, CHAP. VII. 219 did Jehovah set his love upon you, and choose you ; for ye were tlie fewest of all people. ® But because Jehovah loved you, and because he would keep the oath which he had sworn unto your fathers, hath Jehovah brought you out with a strong hand, and liath re< deemed thee out of the liouse of servants, out of the hand of Pha- raoh king of Egypt. ^ Know, tlierefore, that Jehovah tliy God, he is God, the faithful God, that keepeth covenant and mercy to them that love him, and that keep his commandments, to the thou- sand generation. " And repayeth tliem that hate liim unto his face, to destroy him : he will not delay to him that hateth him, unto Iiis face he will repay him. " Therefore thou sJialt keep the commandments, and the statutes, and the judgments which I com- mand tliee this day, to do them. '^ And it shall be, because ye shall hearken to these judgments, and sliall keep and do tiiem, that Jehovah thy God will keep unto takeyi pleasure ; the Gr. elected you. Tlie number of God's elect are few, Matt. xxii. 14 ; and their election is of his giace, not of their worthiness, Rom. ix. 11, 16; xi. 5, 6. Ver. 8. — The oath.- — God's irrevocal)le promise, (proceeding from grace) of which there is often mention, and the memory whereof caused him to turn away his wrath, when he would have destroyed them, Exod. xxxii. 12 — 14. ' God willing more abun- dantly to show unto the heirs of promise, the immutability of his counsel, confirmed it by an oath: that by iwo immutable things, in which it was impossible for God to lie, we might have a strong consolation,' Heb. vi. 17, 18. Servants,] In Gr. and Chald. servitude or bondage. A figure of our deli- verance from the servitude of sin and of men, John viii. 34, 36; Rom. vi. 14, 16 — 20 ; 1 Cor. vii. 23. Ver. 9. — Know therefore,] Heb. and thou shalt know: so in ver. 11. See the notes on Gen. xxxi. 44. That love him,] See the notes on Exod. xx. 6. Unto this promise, Daniel hath respect in his prayer, Dan. ix. 4 ; and Neh. i. 5. Ver. 10. — His face,] That is, the face of every one of them. So after, to destroy him, that is, every one of them : therefore the Gr. trauslateth plurally, them. The Chald. saith, in their life (time) he will repay them. Chazkuni likewise and others expound it, ' in his lifetime." And so it is said, ' behold, the righteous shall be recompensed in the earth ; much more the wicked and the sin- ner,'Prov. xi. 31. A like phrase there is of recompensing the wicked ' into their bosom,' Is. Ixv. 6. Not delay,] That is, not fail : see the notes on Exod. xxii. 29. Will repay him,] Or, recompence, reward him. to wit, with vengeance or punishment, as these are joined together in Dent, xxxii. 35, 41 ; and it is caWei payment or reivard, because it shall be according to man's work, Job xxxiv. 11 J Ps. Ixii. 13. BBS Here beginneth the xlvi. section of the law: whereof see Gen. vi. 9. Ver. 12.— Because,] The Gr. translat- eth it, when : it implieth a reward of their obedience, which God of his grace did give: as in Gen. xxii. 18. And the original word sometimes is used for a reward, as Ps. xix. 12 ; sometimes it signifieth for, or because of, Ps, v. 23. These,] The Gr. addeth all these ,• which is intended as the like phrase in Deut. xxvii. 26; is opened by the apostle. Gal. iii. 10. And under the name judg- ments, the commandments and statutes are also contained. Keep unto thee,] Under- stand again, keep and do (that is, perform) unto thee. Here by promises of communi- cating good things, and turning away evil, he exciteth them unto obedience: for ' godli- ness is profitable unto all things, having pro- mise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come,' 1 Tim. iv. 8. S«'are unto THY fathers,] The oath and promise unto the fathers, pertaineth unto the faithful chil- dren, which are all implied in the covenant, Ps. cv. 8— 11; Luke i. 55,72—74; Acts iii. 25, 26 ; Gal. iii. 29. So punishment remaineth for the wicked, from the parents to the children, for God recompenseth ' the 220 DEUTERONOMY. thee the covenant, and the mercy which he sware unto thy fa- thers. " And he will love thee, and will bless thee, and multiply thee : and he will bless the fruit of thy womb, and the fruit of thy land, tliy corn, and thy new wine, and thy new oil, the increase of tliy kine, and the flocks of thy sheep, upon the land which he sware unto tliy fathers to give unto thee, '* Blessed shalt thou be above all people : tliere shall not be a barren male, or a barren female among thee, or among thy cattle. '^ And Jehovah will take away from thee all sickness, and all the evil diseases of Egypt which thou knov,'est, he will not put upon thee, but will lay them upon all that hate tliee. '^ And thou shalt eat up all the people which Jehovah thy God giveth unto thee ; thine eye shall not spare them, neither slialt thou serve their gods, for that will be a snare unto tliee. " If tliou shalt say in thine heart. These nations are more tlian I, how shall I be able to dispossess them ? " Thou shalt not be afraid of them : remembering, thou shalt remember that wliicli Jehovah thy God did unto Pharaoh, and unto all Egypt. " The great tentations which thine eye saw, a)id the signs, and tlie wonders, and the strong hand, and the stretched out arm with wliich Jehovah thy God brought tliee out : so will Jehovah thy God do unto all people, of v/hose faces thou art afraid. ^" And also iniquity of the fathers, into the bosom of the children after them,' Jar. xxxii. 18. Ver. 13. — Love thee,] That is, continue to love thee : for the love of God to his peo- ple, Mas the cause why he chose and called thtm, ver, 7, 8 ; ' not that we loved God, but that lie loved lis,' 1 John iv. 10; and from the feeling of this in our hearts, proceed- eth our love towards God; and out of love, obedience ; and so Gud contiiiueth his love, which is the fountain of all blessings. So Christ saith, ' he that hath my command- ments, and keepeth Ihem, is he that loveth me: and he that loveth me, shall be loved of my Father, and I will love him, and will show myself imto him,' John xiv. 21. Fruit OF THY WOMB,] In Chald. the child of thy bowels : so in Deut. xxviii. 4. ' the just man walking in his integiity, his children are blessed after him,' Prov. xx. 7. Increase,] Or young, as Exod. xiii. 12 ; the Gr. and Chald. here translate, herds of thy kine. Ver. J 4. — Barren male,] Tlie Gr. trans. lateth, tmthout seed (or generation.) Com- pare tJiis with Exod. xxiii, 26. Hereupon Imrrenness was a reproach, Luke i. 25 ; and fruitfulness counted a blessing, Ps. cxxviii. 1, 3. Ver. 15. — Evil diseases,] That \s, pain, fid, malignant, and incurable diseases, as Deut. xxviii. 27. Compare Exod. xv. 26 ; xxiii. 25. Lay,] Heb. give : that is, lay or impose, a> the Or. translatoth. Ver. 16. — Eat np,] That is, as the Chald. translateth it, consume ,' but the word eat, hath respect unto that in Num. xiv, 9, ' they are bread for us.' See also Ps. xiv. 4. This is not only a promise of victory, but a precept also, to abolisli those cursed nations, as the words following manifest, and ver. 1 — 3. Spare,] To wit, from vengeance, not take pity on them. This afl'ectioii is often given to the eye, (as in other cases, Matt. XX. 15.) See Gen. xiv. 20; Deut. xiii. 8; Ezek. v. 11. Snare,] A cause of thy ruin: the Chald. saith, a scandal or stumllijig- blovk : so after in ver. 25. See Exod. xxiii. 33 ; and the performance hereof mentioned in Ps. cvi. 30, ' they served their idols, which were a snare unto them.' Ver. 17. — Dispossess them,] Or as the Cliald. translateth, cast them out ; in Gr. de- stroy them. These words of God, tend to the strengthening of faith, against the fears and infirmities of the saints, and power of their enemies. Compare Num. xiii. S2 — 34. Ver. 18. — Egypt,] Or, the Egyptians. as both Gr. and Chald. do translate. This example is often mentioned fur the comfort faith, Deut. iv. 34, &c, ; xxix. 2, 3; for it was a manifestation both of the power of God, and of his good will towards his peo- pie. Ver. 19.' — Tentations, j Or, trials, as- says . see Duut. iv. 34 ; xxix. 3. CHAP. VII. 221 Jehovah thy God will send the hornet among them, until they pe- rish that are left, and that hide themselves from thy face. ^' Thou shalt not be affrighted at tlieu' faces : for .Jehovah thy God is in the midst of thee, a great God, and a fearful. '' And Jehovah thy God will pluck out these nations from thy face, by little and little : thou shalt not be able to consume them suddenly, lest the wild beasts of the field multiply upon thee. ^^ But Jehovah thy God will deliver them before thy face, and will destroy tlieni with a great destruction, until they be wasted out. ^^ And he will deliver their kings into thine liand, and thou shalt destroy their name from under tlie heavens : there shall not a man stand before thy face, until thou have wasted them out. *^ The graven images of their Ver. 20. — The hornet,] Or, hornets, as the Gr. traiislateth. As God by frogs, lice, and other creatures, plagued the Egyp- tians, Exod. viii.; so did he the Canaaiiites wth hornets, Josh. xxiv. 12,- showing his power in confounding mighty enemies by small and weak means, 1 Cor. i. 27, 28. Hereby also the pricks and terrors of con- science sent upon the wicked, may fitly be signl.*ied. So in Exod. xxiii. 28. From THY FACE,] The Gr. translate th,/ro»i thee : so it is referred to the latter word hide, ra- ther than to the forme r/ierwA. Ver. 21.— FearfdLjJ Or terrible; in Gr. strong, that is, able to save thee, terrible to thine enemies, (as 1 Sam. iv. 7, 8,) and unto thee tearful and to be reverenced, Ps. Ixxxix. 7. Ver. 22. — Bv little,] This was accom- plished, when some could not at the first be driven out, Josh. xv. C3; Judg. iii. ]. Suddenly,] Or, hastily, quickly, that is, at once, but by degrees. Yet in Deut. ix. 3, he promiseth that they should destroy them suddenly, to wit, in respect of their enemies, upon whom sudden destiuction came ere they were aware: but in respect of Israel, it was not so soon as they looked for and desir- ed. For God foresaw their infirmities, and how they would sin against him, if they were not exercised with troubles: yea, and for their sins it is observed, that he would not drive out the nations, that through them he might prove Israel, whether they would keep the way of the Lord, &c. ' Therefore the Lord left those nations, without driving them out hastily; neither delivered he them into the hand of Joshua,' Judg. ii. 21—23. Beasts,] Heb. beast. Here the Gr. addeth, lest the land be wilderness, and the zvild beasts of the field multiply : God could also have destroyed the wild beasts from before them (as he promiseth in Lev. xxvi. 6 ; Ezek. xxxiv. 26,) but if Israel had suddenly destroyed the people, pride, or security, or other vices would have crept upon them, which God in justice must also have punish- ed: see Judg. iii. 1 — 4. Ver. 23. — Destroy,] Or ver, with stir and tumult: see Deut. ii. 15; xxviii. 20; Exod. xiv. 24. It implieth troubles and vexations, which should cause their destruc- tion. So the promise of God should certain- ly be peiformed, though not so speedily as men desired, that their faith and patience might be tried. Ver. 24. — Their kings,] As was fulfilled in Josh. X. 24; xii. 7, 9 — 24; where one and thirty kings are reckoned, whom Israel conquered. From under heaven,] out of this world: the Gr. translateth, out of that place. This hath long since been accom- plished ; that now there is no memory either of those kings, or of any of those people on the earth. Ver. 25.— The graven images of their gods,] In Chald. the images of their idols ; under the name graven, all other sorts are implied, as images molten, or painted, or the like, Is. XXX. 22. And by saying of their gods, he excepteth other images for civil use, as the image of Csesar upon his coin was lawful. Matt. xxii. 20, 21. The Hebs. say " figures (or images) which idolatrous hea- thens make for beauty (or civil ornament) are lawful to be used: but figures which they make for idolatry, are unlawful." Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. vii. sect. C. Burn,] So David burnt the Philistines' gods, 1 Chron. xiv. 12. See Deut. xii. 3. Silver and gold,] These are named for an instance, but all other idolatrous instruments are im- plied, ' covering, ornament,' &c. Is. xxx. 22. Nor take it,] Heb. and take it, that is, and not take it : the former priihibition is here again to be understood, as in the ver. following, and often in the scriptures. Lest THOU be snared.] That thou be not snared ; this word lest, often implieth certain danger, as is noted on Gen. iii. 3 ; and by snared, is 222 DEUTERONOMY. gods shall ye burn with fire ; thou shalt not desire the silver and gold that is on tJiem, nor take it unto tliee, lest thou be snared therein ; for it is an abomination to Jehovali tliy God. ^^ And tliou shalt not bring an abomination unto tliine house, lest tliou be a cursed thing like it: detesting thou shalt detest it; and abhorring thou shalt abhor it, for it is a cursed thing. meant falling into sin, and so into destruc- tion, as before in ver. 16. An abomina- tion TO Jehovah,] Heb. the abomination of Jehovah, that is, a thing which the Lord much abhorreth. And this is another reason of the prohibition. Ver. 26.— Into thine house,] For any use or profit to thyself; and so from these words the Hebs. gather, " that the idol, and things that serve it, and that which is oflered thereto, and whatsoever is made for it, is un- lawful for any use," Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. vii. sect. 2. Lest thocj be,] Heb. and thou be a cursed thing : meaning, and that thou be not, or, lest thou be: see the notes on Num. iv. 15, or, 'for so thou shalt be a cursed thing like it.' It is a cursed thing,] In Heb. Cherem ; in Gr. anathema; which nieaneth a thing sejiarated from men's use, and devoted either to destruction, as the idol and instruments thereof here mentioned; or, at tlie Lord's appointment to be carried into his treasury, as were the gods of Jericho, Josh. vi. 17, 19, 24. This law against idols and images, which are 'the work of men's hands,' Ps. cxv. 4, extendeth not to the creatures of God's making, though by men abused to idolatry, as the Hebs. also expound it, saying, " Whatsoever hath not been taken by man's hand, and which man hath not made, though it hath been worshipped, yet is it lawful to have use of it. Therefore the heathens that served (or worshipped) the mountains, and the hills, and the trees that were planted at first for fruit, and fountains of water, that are common, and beasts; lo these are lawful to be made use of, and it is lawful to eat of those fruits which were worshipped in the place where they grew, and of these beasts, &c. A beast is not unlawful, so long as a man hath not done with it any work per- taining to idolatry ; but if he have done any (such work therewith) it is unlawful every whit: as if he kill it to the service of an idol, or exchange it, &c. provided that it be his own beast [and not another man's:] for if he kill his neighbour's beast to an idol, or ex- change it, it is not made unlawful: for no man can make a thing unlawful which is not his own. If one worship any ground in the world, it is not made unlawful: if he dig pits or caves therein, to the name of an idol, they are unlawful," &c. Maim, tjeat. of Idolatry, chap, viii. sect. 1. CHAP. VIII. 1 . An exhortation to keep and do the law for their own good, 2. he- cause of God's former mercies in the wilderness, 7. and future blessings in Canaan. 10. A warning lest fullness occasion them to forget God, and his former benefits : 1 7. and lest they presume of tlieir own strength, 19. A protestation against them, that they shall perish, if they forget and forsake tlieir God. ' All the commandment which I command thee this day, ye shall observe to do, that ye may live and multiply, and go in, and Ver. 1. — Commandment,] That is, as the Gr. translateth, commandments. See Deut. V. 31 ; vi. I. Observe to do,] Or, keep and do, as the phrase sometimes signi- fieth. See the notes on Gen. ii. 3. Yk MAY love,] That is, continue long in a prosperous life; for as sorrows, plagues, mi- series are called deaths, Exod. x. 17; 2 Cor. xi. 23, so a quiet and blessed estate is called life; as, 'years of life,' Prov. iii. 2, mean many good years: and in Ps. xxx. 6, life is opposed unto a mmnetit. Possess,] Or, in- herit the lajid : under which eternal life was figured, as is noted on Gen xii. 5. CHAP. VIII. 223 possess the land which Jehovah sware unto your fathers. ^ And thou shalt remember all the w|iy which Jehovah thy God led thee these forty years in the wilderness, for to humble thee, to tempt thee, to know what was in thine heart, whether thou wouldst keep his commandments, or no. ^ And he humbled thee, and suffered thee to Ininger, and fed thee with manna, which thou knewest not, neither did thy fathers know : that lie might make tliee know, tliat man liveth not by bread only, but by every f word J that proceed- eth out of the mouth of Jehovah doth man live. * Tliy raiment waxed not old upon thee, and thy foot swelled not these forty years. * And thou shalt know with thine heart, that as a man chasteneth his son, Jehovah thy God chasteneth tliee. ® And thou shalt keep the commandments of Jehovah thy God, to walk in his ways, and Ver. 2. — All the way,] That is, all the accidents that befell thee in the way, which were afflictions, wants, dangers on the one hand ; and comforts, blessings, and deliver- ances on the other: by which, as by two walls, he kept Israel from going astray. Therefore this leading through the wilder- ness is often mentioned by the prophets; as Amos ii. 10; Ps. cxxxvi. 16; Ixxviii. 52, 53 ; Jer. ii. 2, 6. To humble,] Or, to qf- flict; as the Gr. translatuth, that he tnight afflict thee, and tempt thee. So ver. 3. Tempt,] Or, prove, to wit, their faith and obedience: see the notes on Gen. xxii. 1. To KNOW,] That is, to have experiment in practice of that which was in them. The like is said of king Ezechias, whom God left, to tempt him, ' that he might know all that was in his heart,' 2 Chron. xxxii. 31. But in respect of himself, God needeth not that any should testify of man ; for he knoweth what is in man, and what himself will do, John ii. 25; vi. 6. A faithful heart loveth, serveth, and believeth in God, as well in ad-. versity, as prosperity, Matt. iv. 4, but an un- faithful murmureth in afflictions, Ps. Ixxviii. 40, 41. Ver. 3. — Humbled,] Or, afflicted, as ver. 2. So God afflicteth the strength of his people in the way, Ps. cii. 24. He snllered them to hunger, before he gave them manna: so God's people hunger and thirst after righ- teousness, and then he filleth them. Matt. v. 6; Luke i. 53. Manna,] Heb. tnan: of this meat, see the annot. on Exod. xvi. 14, 15, &c. It was a figure of Christ, John vi. Bread only,] That is, ordinary food, such as men live by ; whereof bread is the princi- pal. This sentence Christ alleged against satan, when he tempted him to unlawful means for satisfying his hunger, Matt. iv. 4. Word that proceedeth,] So the Gr. al-o translateth, adding this word, as the apostle also doth, in Matt. iv. 4. But another evan- gelist saith only, ' every word of God,' Luke iv. 4. The word of God is the ground of faith, Rom. x. 17, which they that have abid- ing in them, shall surely be fed in time of hunger, both soul and body, Ps. xxxvii. 3, &c. Ver. 4. — Not old,] That is, was not worn out with age, as the Gr. explaineth it: so in Deut. xxix. 5; Neh. ix. 21. This was the second means of sustentation of life, which God also miraculously supplied unto them, that they might learn, not to seek as the Gentiles ; or take thought, what they should eat, or driuk, or wherewith they should be clothed, Matt. vi. 31, 32. Swelled not,] The Chald. expoundeth it, thy shoes were not bare (or broken:) and so the Gr. in Neh. ix. 21, where this is again mentioned: and Moses himself in Deut. xxix. 5. In the sense it agreeth with the former. But it seemeth here to mean the feet properly, which swelled not, neither were surbated, though they travelled so long through that dry and thorny wilderness: and so it meaneth health of body, which God also gave them, as the third blessing necessary for this present life. Forty years,] The time of their travel in the wilderness: which \mmher forty, is often used for to denote the time of affliction and humiliatiou. See the notes on Gen. vii. 4. Ver. 5. — Know with thine heart,] That is, know and acknowledge heartily, upon thine own feeling and experience. So Joshua said unto them, ' Ye know in all your heart, and in all your soul,' Josh, xxiii. 14. Chasteneth,] Or nurtureth, restraineth from the pleasures of the tlesh. So other scriptures speak of God's chastisements, like a father, Prov. iii. 11, 12; Heb. xii. 5—10, and, • Blessed is the man whom thou chast- enest, O Jah,' Ps. xciv. 12. Ver. 6. — His ways,] Which he hath commanded to walk in, that is, his law, Exod. xviii. 20; Ps. xxv. 4. The Chald. 224 DEUTERONOMY. to fear him. ^ For Jehovah tliy God bringeth thee into a good land, a land of brooks of waters, of fountains, and of depths, that issue out in the valley, and in the mountain. ® A land of wheat, and of barley, and of vines and fig-trees, and pomegranates : a land of oil-olive and honey. ^ A land wherein thou shalt eat bread without scarceness, thou shalt not lack any thing in it : a land whose stones are iron, and out of v/hose mountains thou mayest hew brass. " And thou shalt eat and be full, and thou shalt bless Jehovah thy God, for the good land which he hath given thee. expoundeth it, the ways that are right be- fore him. These are tipposed to men's own ways, Is. Ixvi. 3; Iv. 8, 9. They compre- hend iaith, and other duties of the first table, 1 Kings xi. 33, 38; Acts xviii. 25, 26; xxii. 4, and virtues of the second table also, 2 Pet. ii. 15. See the notes on Gen. vi. 12. To FEAR HiJi,J This is the means to keep men in God's ways, and is therefore set be- fore, in 2 Chron. i. 31 ; Ps. cxxviii. 1. Ver. 7.— Good land,] A fat and fertile soil: see Num. xiii. 19, 20. Brooks,] Or rivers: the Chald. explaineth \i, flowing with brooks. Of fountains,] Or of springs: the Ciiald. saith. tvelling-out fountains and depths : tlie Gr. and fountains of depths. By deeps are meant store of waters, as Gen. i. 2; vii. 11. These brooks and springs figured the plentiful graces of God's Spirit, wherewith his church is watered, Joel iii. 18; Ezek. xlvii. 1, &c.; Rev. xxii. 1; Ps. Ixv. 10; xlvi. 5. Valley,] Put for valleys, and mountains, as the Gr. and Chald. trans- late. One is often used for mariy : see the notes on Gen. iii. 2. God ' sendeth the springs into tlie valleys, they run among the mountains, they give drink to every beast of the field, the wild asses quench their thirst,' Ps. civ. 10, 11. Ver. 8. — Pomegranates,] It signifieth both the fruit, Num. xiii. 24, and the tree that bears them, Song vii. 12; Hag. ii. 20. OiL-OLiVE,] Heb. olive-tree of oil, that is, as the Chald. expounds it, olives that make oil. With the fatness of the olive, tliey honoured God and man, Judg. ix. 9. These earthly fruits figured also the heavenly graces which the faithful (watered with God's word and Spirit) are filled and comforted with, Ps. Ixxxi. 17; cxlvii. 14; Song viii. 2. The trees that bear these fruits, figure out gracious men, from whose doctrine and conversation, heavenly comforts do flow in the church, Judg. ix. 8—13; Song iv. 13; vi. 10; IIos. X. 1 ; xiv. 7, 8 ; Ps. i. 3 ; Iii. 10. Ver, 9. — Eat bread,] So having fruition of God's blessings therein, which sometimes men have not, though the land be fruitful, as Deut. xxviii. 30, 33, 39, 40. And for their sins it came to pass, that they did ' eat bread by weight, and with care,' Ezek. iv. 16. Brass,] These latter are for munition, and other uses, as the former were for food : so all good things are implied. See also Deut. xxxiii. 25. The mountains as God's store-houses were not only fruitful on the up- most face of them, with corn and grass, and trees of sundry sorts; but within their bowels (as it were) bred minerals and metals o! great use for man. ' Iron is taken out of the dust, aud brass is molten out of the stone,' Job xxviii. 2. Ver. 10. — 'B^TViA,^ Or, satisfied; which is a blessing that God giveth to the righteous, Prov. xiii. 25 ; Ps. cxlvii. 14, the contrary, to the wicked, Mic. vi. 14; Hag. i. 6. Shalt bless Jehovah,] That is, shalt give him thanks; as where it is said, that 'Jesus took bread, and blessed,' Mark xiv. 22, ano- ther evangelist saith, ' he took bread and gave thanks,' Luke xxii. 19. And as our Saviour teacheth us to bless before we eat. Matt. xiv. 19, 20, so this law chargeth us to bless after we have eaten : and for meat and drink, so for other good things which we re- ceive of God; as David saith, 'Bless the Lord, O my soul, and forget not all his bene- fits,' Ps. ciii. 2, and the apostle commandeth, 'In cyery thing give thanks, for this is the will of God in Christ Jesus concerning you,' 1 Thess. V. 18. The Hebs. (from this law of Moses) teach, that although it be here said, "thou shalt eat and be full; and thou shalt bless," &c. yet if a man eat but a mor- sel (so much as an olive) he is to bless after it. And he is bound to bless for all meat first, and afterward to use it: likewise if he be to smell unto any sweet thing, he is to bless, and after to have the fruition of it: as also to bless after whatsoever he eateth or drinketh, though he drink but one little draught, or eat but a morsel. And as they were to bless for the use of the creatures, so for every thing commanded in the law, they were first to bless, and then to do the same. Women and servants were bo\md to bless their meat, and little children also, that they might be trained up in the commandments. CHAP. VIII. 225 " Tixke liced to tJiyself, lest thoii forget Jehovah thy God, in not kcepmg his commandments, and his judgments, and his statutes, wliich I command thee this day. '^ Lest thou eat, and be full, and buildest good liouses, and dvvellest in them. '^ And thy herds, and thy flocks multiply ; and silver and gold be multiplied to thee ; and all tliat thou hast be multiplied. " xAnd thine heart be lifted up, and tliou forget Jehovah tliy God, which brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of servants. '* Who led thee through tliat great and fearful wilderness, wherein were fiery ser- pents, and scorpions, and drought, wliere there was no water : who brought forth unto tliec waters out of tlie rock of flint. " Who fed thee with manna in the wilderness, which thy fathers knew not, for to humble thee, and for to tempt thee, to do thee good at thy latter end. '^ And thou say in tliy heart, My power, and the might of my hand hath gotten me this wealth. '^ But thou shalt remem- Unclean persons, wliatsoevor uncleaiiticss they had, might bless iiotwitlistaiitiing, Maim. torn. i. ill treat, of Blessings, cliap. i. sect. 1, &c'. and chap. v. sect. 1. Ver. 11. — Lest thou forget Jehovah,] Or, that thou forget not Jehovah; whicli tiie Cliald. expuiindctli, that thou forget not the fear of the Lord. God is forgotten, when his commandments are neglected, Ps. cvi. 19, 21; Jer. ii. 32, and he is remembered, when his precepts are remembered and done, Ps. ciii. 18. Moses' next words show tiiis to be the meaning here. So God is for- gotten, when his works towards us are for- gotten, as appeareth after, in ver. 14, 15, &c. Ver. 12— Good,] That \s, goodly, fair, pleasant, commodious: see the notes on Gen. i. 4. Ver. 14. — Lifted op,] The Chald. ex- pounds it strengthened (or hardened:) mean- i»!g with pride, as is said of Nebuchadnezzar, Dan. V. 20, and so lifting up of the heart mean- eth, as Deut. xvii. 20; Jer. xlviii. 29; Dan. xi. 12, which is the way for men to forget God, as is written, ' They were filled, and their heart was lifted up, therefore they have for- gotten me,' Hos. xiii. 6. Servants,] In Gr. and Chald. servitude (or bondage.) Ver. 15. — Led Tii^^,'\Or,madethee go, to wit, safely, that thou shouldst not stumble, as Is. Ixiii. 13. This grace David remem- bereth, in Ps. cxxxvi. 16, ' Which led his people through the wilderness,' &c. This was by a pillar of cloud by day, and by a pil- lar of fire by night, Exod. xiii. 21. Fear- ful,] For it was 'a land of deserts and of pits, a land of drought, and of the shadow of death, a land that no man passed through, and where no man dwelt,' Jer. ii. 6. Fierv .serpents,] Or, serpent, burni7ig serpent Vol. II. 2 and scorpion; tlie Gr. translateth, where was the biting serpent and scorpion: the Chald. saith, " a place of burning serpents and scor- pions." See Num. xxi. 6, &c. Scorpions,] Heb. scorpion, one for many, as is noted on Gen. iii. 2. Scorpions are venomous crea- tures, which hurt and sting with their tails: wicked men are likened unto such, Ezek. ii. 6; Rev. ix. 3, 5, 10, as also unto serpents. Matt, xxiii. 33. Drought,] Or thirst: meaning 'a land of thirst,' as is expressed in Is. XXXV. 7, and so the Chald. here translat- eth, a />/ace o/ rfr^;ie*s. Rock of flint,] That is, hard and dry rock, from whence God gave them water twice, Exod. xvii. and Num. XX. Of this mercy David sung, that God ' turneth the rock to a lake of waters, the flint to a fountain of waters,' Ps. cxiv. 8. After Moses speaketh figuratively, of ' oil out of the flinty rock,' Deut. xxxii. 13. Ver. 16. — Manna,] Whereof see before, ver. 3, and Exod. xvi. Thy latter end,] For though ' no chastening for the present seemeth to be joyous but grievous, yet after- ward it yieldeth the peaceable fruit of righte- ousness, unto them which arc exercised thereby,' Heb. xii. 11. Ver. 17 And thou say,] Understand from ver. 12, 'lest thou say,' that is, as the Gr. translateth, and say not. Gotten,] Heb. made, that is, as the Chald. expoundeth it, gotten: so in ver. 18. Wealth,] Or power, meaning wealth or goods; as the Chald. hath it. Ver. is. — That it is he,] Or, for it is he. Riches and wealth in the land of Ca- naan, (figuring spiritual riches in Christ,) were the special gift of God; for ' the blessing of the Lord, it maketh rich,' Prov. x. 22, but Israel forgot this, as God saith, « For she did not know that i gave her corn, and F 226 DEUTERONOMY. ber Jchovali thy God, that it it he that givetli tliee power to get wealth, tliat he may establish his covenant, wliich he sware unto tliy fathers, as it is this day. '^ And it shall be, if forgetting thou shalt forget Jeliovah thy God, and shalt walk after other gods, and serve them, and bow thyself down unto them, I testify against you this day, that perisliing ye shall perish. ■"* As the nations which Jehovah causeth to perish from your faces, so shall ye perish, because ye would not hear the voice of Jehovah your God. wine, and oil, and multiplied her silver and gold,' Hos. ii. 8. Ver. 19. — Other gods,] " The idols of the people," saith the Chald. paraphrast. These words show what the forgetting of God nieaneth: so Ps. cvi. 19,21. I testi- fy,] The Gr. addeth, / take heaven and earth to witness against you. So Moses himself elsewhere speaketh in Deut. xxx. 19. Perishing ye shall perish,] That is, ye shall assuredly and speedily perish, notwith- standing your wealth and prosperity ; as it is said, ' neither their silver nor their gold shall be able to deliver them in the day of the Lord's wrath ; but the whole shall be devour- ed by the fire of his jealousy,' Zeph. i. 18. Ver. 20. — Not hear,] That is, not obey the voice, which the Chald. explaineth, 7iot receive the word of the Lord. CHAP. IX. 1. Moses teacheth Israel (now ready to enter into Canaan) that God would go before them, and destroy their enemies ; 4. not for their right- eousness, but for the heathen's wickedness, and for his own oath to Abra- ham. 6. Because Israel was a stiff-necked people, that had often re- belled against God in the wilderness ; as, 8. at Horeb, where they made a molten calf, while Moses mas on the mount to receive the tables of the covenant: \?,. for which God woidd have destroyed them, but that Moses entreated for them, and abolished their idolatry. 22. How Israel sinned at Taberah, Massah, Kibroth-hattaavah, 23. and at Kadeshbar- nea, where they refused to take possession of the land. 25. Moses' fasting and prayer for the people. ^ Hear, O Israel, thou art passing over Jordan this day, to go in to possess nations, greater and mightier than thou, cities great and fenced up to the heavens. '^ A people great and tall, the sons of the Anakims, whom thou hast known, and thou hast heard : who can stand before the sons of Anak ? ^ And thou shalt know Ver. 1. — Jordan,] Heb. Jarden: a river through which Isiael was to pass into the land, Deat. i. 1. See Num. xxiv. 12. This day,] That is, at this time, very short- ly. Day is often used fur time, as 2 Cor. vi. 2. An hour is likewise so used for time; as, ' the last hour,' 1 John ii. 18. So, ' in that hour,' Luke x. 21, &c.; ' at that time,' Matt. xi. 25. Possess,] Or, inherit ; which when it is spoken of nations, signifieth domi- nion over them. Lev. xxv. 45, 46. Here it may be meant also of the lands or countries of those nations, as they are said to ' possess Gad, which dwelt in his cities,' Jer. xlix. 1. Ver. 2. — Anakims,] Whom the Chald. calleth giants. They were named of one Anak, (of whom see Num. xiii. 23;) and so the Gr. here saith, sotis of Enak. Hast heard,] To wit, iiwn say. A common re- port of others, and of the Israelites them- selves, Num. xiii. 29, 34. Ver. 3. — He that passeth,] Against CHAP. IX. 227 this day, that Jeliovah thy God is he tliat passeth over before thee, a consuming fire ; he will destroy them, and he will bring them down before thy face, and thou shalt drive them out and destroy tliem suddenly, as Jehovah hatli spoke unto thee. * Say not in thine heart, when Jehovah thy God hath cast tliem out from before tJiy face, saying. For my justice Jehovah. hath brouglit me in to possess this land : but for the wickedness of these nations Jelio- vah doth drive them out from thy face. ° Not for thy justice, or for the righteousness of thine heart, dost thou go in to possess tJieir land ; but for the wickedness of these nations Jehovah thy God doth drive them out from thy face, and for to stablish tlie word which Jehovah sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob. ^ And thou shalt know, that not for thy justice doth Jehovah tliy God give thee this good land, to possess it ; for thou art a stiff- necked people. ^ Remember, forget not, how thou provokedst to wrath Jehovah thy God in the wilderness, from the day that tJiou didst depart out of the land of Egypt, until ye came unto this place, ye have fear and distrust (such as had affected them befuie, Num. xlv. I — 3, &c.) he opposeth the presence and power of God, which is the main argument to strengthen faith, Num. xiv. 9; Ps. Ivi. 4, 5; Ix. 13, 14. Con- suming,] Hel). eating : so Deut. iv. 24. The Cliald. translatetli, his word is a con- suming fire. Suddenly,] Or, quickly, has- tily : see the notes on Deut. vii. 22. \'er. 4. — For my justice,] The Heb. r», is by the Gr. also here translated/or, and it often noteth the cause of a thing, as Hos. xii. 13, ' in (that is, for) a wife.' So in Ps. xi. 2; Deut. xxiv. 16. Here he opposeth the second evil, pride of heart, against which he dealeth in all the rest of this chapter. Ver. 5. — Righteousness,] Or upright- ness, straitness, equity : the Gr. translateth it liere, piety ; the Chald. truth. By nam- ing justice, he excUideth all merit of works, Deut. vi. 25 ; and by righteousness of heart, all inward aflections and purposes, which men might plead, notwithstanding that they fail in action. Yet these two are the chief things which God respecteth in men, Ps. xv. 1, 2; 1 Chron. xxix. 17. For the wickedness,] Two causes are here showed of this work of God ; justice against the wicked inhabitants, which should perish for their sins : and mercy towards Israel, whom he would do good unto of grace. Thus also he dealeth concerning the heavenly inheritance ; the wicked are shut out, for their evil works, Jude ver. 14, 15. But the saints are ' saved by grace thiough faith, not of works, lest any man sliould boast,' Eph. ii. 8, 9. The word,] The Gr. translateth, stablish the covenant (or testament :) hereby he calletli them wholly to God's word and promise, as Paul doth us in Gal. iii. 18 ; Rom. xv. 8, showing, that ' Jesus Christ was a minister of the circum- cision for the truth of God, to confirm the Father's promises, and that the Gentiles might glorify God for mercy.' Ver. 6. — This good land,] A figure of heavenly blessings, as is showed on Gen. xii. 5. Stiff-necked,] Or, of a hard neck, that is, stubborn and rebellious : see tlie notes on Exod. xxxii. 9; to which place Moses hath reference; and from God's testimony there, and their sins then and at other times, convinceth them as being altogether unwor- thy: that (as another prophet saith) they might remember their ways, and all their doings wherein they had been defiled ; and might lothe themselves in their own eyes, for all their evils that they had committed ; and might know that he was Jehovah, when he had wrought witli them for his name's sake, not according to their wicked ways, nor ac- cording to their corrupt doings, Ezek. xx. 43, 44 ; xxxvi. 31, 32. Veb, 7. — Remember, forget not,] An eainest and ellectual manner of speaking, to move unto careful remembrance: see the notes on Deut. xxxiii. 6. Against,] Heb. u'ith Jehovah ; which the Chald. translateth, be/ore the Lord ; the Gr. ye have rebelliously performed things pertaining to the Lord. This general charge he proveth by many particular instances following. Ver. 8. — Horeb,] Or Chorcb, the moun- 22. « DEUTERONOMY. been rebellious against Jehovah. ^ And in Horeb ye provoked Je- hovah to wrath J and Jehovah was angry with you, to have de- stroyed you. ^ When I was gone up into the mount, to receive the tables of stone, the tables of the covenant, which Jehovah struck with you : and I abode in the mount forty days and forty nights ; I did neither eat bread nor drink water. '" And Jehovah gave unto me the two tables of stone, written with the finger of God : and on them, according to all the words which Jehovah spake with you in the mount, out of the midst of fire, in the day of tlie assembly. " And it was at the end of forty days, and forty nights, Jehovah gave unto me the two tables of stone, the tables of the covenant. '^ And Jehovah said unto me. Arise, go down quick- ly from lience, for tliy people which thou hast brought forth out of Egypt, have corrupted themselves, they have quickly turned aside out of the way which I commanded them, they have made tliem a molten calf. '^ And Jehovah said unto me, saying, I have seen this people, and behold, it is a stifF-nccked people. *^ Let me alone, that I may destroy them, and blot out their name from under the heavens : and I will make of thee a nation mightier and greater than they. ^^ And I turned me, and came down from the mount, and tlie mount burned with fire, and the two tables of the covenant were in my two liands. '® And I saw, and behold ye had sinned against Jehovah your God, ye had made you a molten calf, ye had turned aside quickly out of the way which Jehovah liad commanded you. " And I took the two tables and cast them out tain where the law was giveu: tlieir rebel- lion there, is described id Exod. xxxii. De- stroyed YOU,] For there God said to Moses, ' let me alone, &c., and I will consume them,' Exod. xxxii. 10. Ver. 9. — To THE MOUNT,] Called up thi- ther of God to receive the tables of the cove- nant, and other ordinances, Exod. xxiv. 12 — 18. The time, place, occasion, end, and all circumstances, greatly aggravated the peo- ple's sin. Ver. 10. — Of stone,] The signification whereof is noted on Exod. xxxi. 18. Fin- ger,] Signifying the Spirit: as ' I with the finger of God cast out devils,' Luke xi. 20 ; that is, ' with the Spirit of God,' Matt. xii. 28. So it figured the work of God in our hearts, writing tliere his law, as, ' ye are manifestly declared to be the epistle of Christ, ministered by us, written not with ink, but with the Spirit of the living God; not in ta- bles of stone, but in fleshly tables of the heart,' 2 Cor. iii. 3. Ver. 12. — Corrupted,] This word mean- eth the corniptiun of God's service and re- ligion: see the notes on Exod. xxxii. 7; and Gen. vi. 11—13. Molten calf,] The word calf is expressed in ver. 16. This molten calf they worshipped ; and Moses said, ' Oh, this people have sinned a great sin, and have made them gods of gold,' Exod. xxxii. 8, 31. Ver. 13. — Saying,] Here the Gr. ver- sion addeth, / have spoken unto thee once and twice, saying, I have seen, &c. I HAVE SEEN,] By the Lord's seeing and hear- ing of sinners, is often meant a due regard of their sins, to punish them in his anger, Deut. xxxii. 19 ; Ps. Ixxviii. 21; xc. 8. But when he pardoneth sinners, he is said to hide his face from their sins, and not to see them, Ps. li. 11 ; Num. xxiii. 21. Ver. 14. — Let me alone,] Which the Chald. expounds, leave off thy prayer before me. So in Exod. xxxii. 10. Ver. 15. — Burned,] Heb. burning ; the terror of which sight only, might have kept them from this sin, in that the signs of God's presence were not yet departed from their eyes. See Exod. xix. 18; xx. IS. Two HANDS,] Both hands full with blessings of the Lord for them, if their unworthiness had not turned them away. Xer. 17 I took,] The original word CHAP. IX. 229 of my two hands, and brake them before your eyes. '^ And I fell down before Jehovah, as at the first, forty days and forty niglits, I did neither eat bread, nor drink v/ater, because of all your sin wliich ye had sinned, in doing evil in tlie eyes of Jehovah, to provoke iiini to anger. " For I was afraid because of the anger and hot displeasure wherewith Jehovah was wrotli against you, to destroy you : but Jehovah hearkened unto me at that time also. ^ And Jehovah was very angry with Aaron, to have destroyed him -. and I prayed for i\.aron also, in the same time. ^' And your sin, the calf wliich ye had made, I took and burned it with fire, and stamped it, grinding it well, until it was made small as dust, and I cast the dust thereof into the brook tliat descended out of the mount. ^^ And at Taberah, and at Massah, and at Kibroth-hattaavah, ye provoked Jehovah to wrath. '^^ And when Jehovah sent you from Kadesh- barnea, saying. Go up, and possess the land which I have given unto you, then ye rebelled against the mouth of Jehovah your God, signifieth a purposed taking hold, and handling of a thing ; as they that go to war, are said to take (or handle the shield, Jer. xlvi. 9; and they that expound the law, {.re said to ' han- dle it,' Jer. ii. 8. So Moses did this advis- edly, guided by God's Spirit; signifying that the covenant between God and them was now disannulled and broken, and that the law pertained not to them, except to their condemnation, for breaking the same. See Exod. xxxii. 19. Ver. 18. — I FELL DOWN,] The Gr. ex- poundeth it, / prayed before the Lord the second time, as at the first. Here Moses re- peateth, how jjy his humble intercession they escaped destruction, and were reconciled again unto God. See the history at large, in Exod. xxxii. 31, &c. Forty days,] The number of days and of years, sundry times mentioned in the scripture for humiliation or judgment. See the notes on Gen. vii. 4. Sin,] The Gr. translateth, sins ; respecting the manifold evil in this and their other trans- gressions. Ver. 19. — For I was,] The Gr. applying this to the time present also, saith, and I aw, afraid : for the Lord, though he pardoned it then, reserved vengeance till another op- portunity, Exod. xxxii. 34. Hearkened UNTO ME,] That is, as the Chald. explaineth it, accepted my prayer. Ver. 20. — With Aaron,] Who made the calf for them, and would have excused him- self, but was guilty of death: see Exod. xxxii. 21—24. Ver. 21. — Your sin,] The calf is so call- ed, as being the thing wherein they sinned. So idols are called a sin, in Is. xxxi. 7. The HiiooK,] That came out of the rock Horeb, which rock in figure was Christ, 1 Cor. x. 4 ; of which they drank, to signify the abo- lishing of their sin by Christ, upon their re- pentance and faith: see the notes on Exod. xxxii. 20 Ver. 22. — At Taberah,] Or, in Tabe- rah: that is, (as both Gr. and Cliald. do in- terpret it) the burning : a place so called, because the people complaining there, the fire of the Lord was kindled, and consumed some of them. See the history in Num. xi. 1 — 3. Massah,] In English, the tentation; and so the Gr. and Chald. translate it. A place at Rephidim in the wilderness, before they came to Horeb, ten stations from Egypt, in the first year of their travel, where want- ing water, they tempted God, saying, • is the Lord amongst us or no ?' and there he gave them water out of the rock, Exod. xvii. See the annot. there, and Ps. xcv. 8, 9 ; Heb. iii. 8, &c. ; Deut. vi. 16. Kibroth- hattaavah,] In English, the graves of lust; so translated also by the Gr. Here (a little from Taberah forementioned) they lothed manna, and lusted for flesh: God gave them quails, but they died of a plague, while the flesh was yet between their teeth ; and being buried there, occasioned this name of the place for a perpetual memorial. See Num. xi. 4 — 34 ; and the annot. there. Also Ps. Ixxviii. 12—31 ; cvi. 14, 15. Ver. 23 — Kadesh-barnea,] Where, be- ing come through the wilderness of Pharan, to the border of the land of Canaan, they were commanded of God to go to take pos- session. Then they sent spies who discou- raged the people: so through want of faith they durst not enter, and were for it con- demned to forty years wandering in the wil- 230 DEUTERONOMY and ye believed him not, neither hearkened unto his voice. '* You liave been rebellious against Jehovah, from the day tliat I knew you. ^^ And I fell down before Jehovah forty days and forty nights, as I fell down, because Jehovah had said for to destroy you. " And I prayed unto Jehovah, and said, O Lord Jehovah, destroy not thy people, and thine inheritance, which thou liast redeemed througli thy greatness, which thou hast brought forth out of Egypt with a strong hand. ^' Remember thy servants, Abraham, Isaac, and Jacob : look not unto the hardness of this people, nor to their wickedness, nor to their sm. ^^ Lest the land from whence tliou hast brought iis out, do say, Because Jehovah was not able to bring them into the land which lie spake unto them ; and because he hated them, he hath brought them out to slay them in the wilderness. ^^ Yet they are thy people, and thine inheritance, which thou broughtest out by thy great power, and by thy stretched-out arm. derness, and there ended their days. See Num. xiii.and xiv. Against the mouth,] That is, against the word or commandment : in Gr. ye disobeyed the ivord. Ver. 24, — That I knew you,] The Gr. expounds it, /rom ike day that he was knotrn unto you. So he concludeth with a general charge of rebellion upon them, showing here- by the impossibility of the law, and ministry thereof, to bring men unto God; for it caus- eth sin and wrath to abound ; as Rom. iv. 15; viii. 3 ; Gal. iii. 19, 22. For besides these particulars, they sinned many other times in the wilderness, as is noted on Num. xiv. 22 ; and in Ps. Ixxviii. and cvi. Ver. 25. — 1 fell down,] In Gr. / prayed. He returneth to speak of their re- conciliation to God, which was by the prayer of Moses, as a mediator, and figure of Christ: by >vhom (and not by our own deserts) we have entrance into the kingdom of God, Gal. iii. 22, 24; Rom. iii. 20—22; v. 1, 2, &c. As I FELL DOWN,] To wit, at the first, as ver. 18, or, tvhich I fell down, that is, which I said before that I fell down. But the Heb. asher, which, is sometimes used for as, as in Jer. xlviii. 8. Said for to destroy,] That is, said that he would destroy you. See the like phrases so expounded in Isa. xlix. 6, with Acts xiv. 37; 1 Chron. xvii. 4, with 2 Sam. vii. 5; Mat. xx. 19, with Mark X. 33, 34. Ver. 26. — Lord Jehovah,] In Gr., Lord, Lord: in Cliald., Lord God. See the annot. on Gen. xv. 2. Thy people,] This respecteth their adoption in Christ, and justification, 1 Pet. ii. 9, 10. Inheri- tance,] This implieth their sanctification, unto the obedience and service of God by the Spirit: see Exod. xxxiv. 9. Through thy greatness,] \\\ G\- ., through thy great strength, as ver. 29, it implieth also his gi'eat goodness, and therefore is often spoken of his gracious works for his people, 1 Chron. xvii. 19; Luke i. 49. Ver. 27. — Thy servants,] He meaneth God's oath unto them, to multiply their seed, and to give the land for an eternal inheri- tance, as is expressed in this prayer before, Exod. xxxii. 13. So the Gr. addeth here, unto ivhom thou swearest by thyself. Hard- ness,] The natural corruption, whereby the heart is hardened, that it cannot repent and believe tlie word of God ; (from which, the two evils following do flow) Rom. ii. 5. Ver. 28. — The land,] That is, as the Gr. and Chald. both explain, the inhabitants of the land. This reason is also alleged in Exod. xxxii. 12; Num. xiv. 16. CHAP. X. 1. A rehearsal of God's mercies, in reneroing the two tables of the coveriant. 6. In leading the people forward towards Canaan, and con- tinuing the priesthood after Aaron's death. 8. In separating the tribe of Levi unto the ministry. 10. In hearJcening unto Moses' suit for CHAP. X. 231 i he people. 12. An exhortation unto obedience. \A. Because of God's glory. 15. Love unto Israel. 17. Justice toivards all. 21. His fear- ful worTcs. 22. And multiplication of liis people. ' At that time Jehovah said unto me, Hew thee two tables of stone like the first, and come up unto me, into the mount, and thou slialt make make thee an ark of wood. ^ And I will write on the tables the words which were on the first tables, which thou brakest, and thou shalt put tliem in the ark. ^ x\nd I made an ark of shittim wood, and hewed two tables of stone like the first, and went up into the mount, and the two tables in my hand, * And lie wrote on tlie tables, accordmg to the first writing, the ten words which Jehovah had spoken unto you in the mount out of the midst of the fire, in the day of the assembly : and Jehovah gave them unto me. ' And I turned myself, and came down from the mount, and I put the tables in the ark which I had made, and there they Ver. 1. — At that time,] Moses re- hearsing the meicies of God unto Israel, (for which they should love and obey him,) show- eth how upon his request, God presently showed the tokens of his grace, by renewing the covenant; tlie history whereof is in Exod. xxxiv. Hew thee,] Herein they diflered from the fiist tables, which were ' the work of God,' Exod. xxxii. 16. These being of Moses' hewing, showed the work of Moses' law upon the heart of man, which is to hew and polish it, but not to change it from stone to flesh, for that is the work of Chi-ist: see the notes on Exod. xxxi. 18; xxxiv. 1. Come UP,] Moses only, and no man with him, was commanded to go up to tlie top of the mount; and it was to be in the morning, the time of mercy: see Exod. xiv. 2, 3. Of the mount Sinai, and how it dilleied from mount Zion, see the annot. on Exod. xix., xx. An ark,] Of this there was no mention in Exod. xxxiv. but in Exod. xxv. there the ark and mercy- seat that covered it, is commanded: which was a figure of Christ. That seemeth to be the ark here spoken of; for any other tempo- rary ark we read not of. Ver. 2 — On the first,] God's law was the same, and unchanged; though the tables (figuring men's hearts) are changeable. Ver. 3. — Shittim mood,] Which was a a kind of cedar, uncorruptible, as the Gr. translateth it: see the notes on Exod. xxv. 5. In my h-and.] Tlie Gr. saith, in my two hands, as was in Deut. ix. 15. Tlie tables which God made and gave before, were written on; these which Moses made were hewed, but empty, till God wrote upon them: so the law is written in men's hearts, and they ' do by nature the things of the law,' Rom. ii. 14, 15, but corrupting themselves in th« things that they know, their hearts are hewed only by Moses' ministry; and, however, they boast of the law, yet through the breaking the law they dishonour God, Rom. ii. 23; till that be fulfilled which God hath promised, 'I will put my laws into their mind, and write them in their hearts,' Heb. viii. 10. Ver. 4. — The ten words,] That is, ten Commandments, or Decalogue: these were written by God himself, but other laws then rehearsed, were written by Moses, Exod. xxxiv. 27, 28. For there the Lord came down in a cloud, proclaimed his name, re- newed the covenant, and repeated the princi- pal laws, Exod. xxxiv. 5, &c. D.\y of the assembly,] Or, of the church, that is, when the church or people were assembled to hear the law, or 'to meet with God,' as Exod. xix. 17; Deut. v. 22. So in Deut. xviii. 16. And in Acts vii. 38, it is said, This (Moses) ' is he that was in the church (or assembly) in the wilderness with the angel, which spake to him in the mount Sinai, and with our fa- thers, who received the lively oracles to give unto us.' Ver. 5.^ — In the ark,] So the covenant remained in the midst of Israel, and the tables were not broken as at the first: how- beit Moses' face shined at his second coming down, which terrified the people, and caused him to vail his face ; another sign of the weakness of his legal minjjtiy: see the notes on Exod. xxxiv. 29. There they be,] For an evidence of God's grace, and testimony of his covenant renewed with Israel. Where- fore those tables were called the testimony ; and the ark wherein they were put, the 'ark of the testimony:' see Exod. xxv. 10, 16, 22. 232 DEUTERONOMY. be, as Jehovah commanded me. And the sons of Israel journeyed from Beeroth of the sons of Jaakan from Moserah -. tliere Aaron died, and was buried there; and Eleazar liis son administered the priest's office in liis stead. ' From thence they journeyed to Gudgo- dali, and from Gudgodah to Jotbatli, a land of rivers of waters. ^ At that time Jehovah separated the tribe of Levi, to bear the ark of the covenant of Jehovah, to stand before Jehovah to minister Ver. 6. — JouRNEVED,] The ark of God's covenant going before them, to search out a resting-place for them, Num. x. 33. So this was another testimony of their reconciliation with God, and of liis graces to be communi- cated unto them in Christ. Beeroth,] By interpretation, wells or pits: which word is not mentioned in Num. xxxiii. 31, but un- derstood there. Neither was it a place by mount Sinai, from whence they first journey- ed. Num. X. 33, but many stations from it, as appeareth by Num. xxxiii. 16 — 31. Moses therefore keepeth not here the order of their travels, but signifieth how they had gone many journeys forward, the Lord conducting them. Some of the Hebs. (as Aben Ezra) do think this was another place tliaii that of the sons of Jaakan, mentioned in Num. xxxiii. and that hereby is meant Kadesh. Sons OF J.\AKAN,] Who was one of the pos- terity of Seir, whom the Edomites drove out of their land, 1 Chron. i. 38—42. Moses before named him Akan, Gen. xxxvi. 27. From the pits or welJs of those infidels, God removed them towards the land of Canaan, the promised holy land, where by faith in Christ, they might ' witli joy draw waters out of the fountains of salvation,' Isa. xii. 3. Moserah,] Called before (in the plural number) Moseroth, Num. xxxiii. 30, and it was their station before they came to the wells of the sons of Jaakan, though here Moses nameth it after, Wherefore we are here to understand again, from Moserah, or, and Moserah. The Gr. calieth it Misadai, changing R. into D. which is usual, as is noted on Gen. iv. 18. But Aben Ezra (as before) thinketh this Moserah was the name of the wilderness of mount Hor, where Aaron died, and not the Moseroth spoken of in Num. xxxiii. There Aaron died,] Not at Moserah, (unless it were the wilderness of Hor, as Aben Ezia supposeth) nor at Bee- roth, but many journeys from it, at 'mount Hor.' Num. xxxiii. 37, 38. We are there- fore to understand tliese words thus, there (or thither) where Aaron died, or supplying the former word, from thence where Aaron died. Buried there,] Out of the land of Canaan, whereinto he might not enter, be. cause of his sin: see the aunot. on Num. xx, 24, &c. In his stead,] As the death of Moses and Aaron, with their sister Mary, the king, priest and prophetess of Israel) was a testification of the weakness and impossibility of the legal kingdom and priesthood to bring them into the kingdom of God: so the con- tinuance of the priesthood in Aaron's poster- ity, was another sign of God's grace towards Israel, for reconciliation of them to himself, and blessing them, till Christ (who liath a priesthood that passeth not from him to an- other) should come, who is able perfectly to save them that come unto God by him, Heb. vii. II, 12, 23—23. Ver. 7. From thence,] Namely, from ' Beei-oth of the sons of Jaakan,' Num. xxxiii. 32. GuDGODAH,] In the Chald., Gudgod; in Gr., Gadgad: before Moses named it Hor-hagidgad, that is, the Hole of Gidgad: see Num. xxxiii. 32, 33. Jot- bath,] In Greek, Jetabatha, as in Num. xxxiii. 33. Ver. 8. — At that time,] Not when they came to Jotbath, but long before, whiles they were at mount Sinai, God separated the tribe of Levi: see Num. iii. 1, C, &c. So the time (when God was provoked to wrath) comrnendeth the riches of his grace. Sepa- rated,] From all other business to serve the Lord and his people, Exod. xxviii. 1, Num. iii. 45; xvi. 9. Tribe of Levi,] Of which tribe Aaron and all the priests were; so he speaketh here of the whole. To bear,] Hereupon David said, ' It is not for any lo bear the ark of God, but for the Levites,' &c. 1 Chron. xv. 2. See also Num. iv. 15. To stand,] This posture the priests and Le- vite used in all their ministration, standing, not sitting; and it was a sign of service, as he that 'stood before the king,' Jer. Iii. 12, is in another scripture called the ' servant of the king,' 2 Kings xxv. 8. So after, in Deut. xvii. 12; xviii. 5, 7; Judg. xx. 28. In like manner, the prophets are said to stand before the Lord, 1 Kings xvii. 1; xviii. 15; 2 Kings iii. 14; v. 16. Likewise also the angels, as Luke i. 19, 'I am Gabriel that stand before God:' so in 2 Chron. xviii. 18. And as the Levites stood before the Lord, so they are said also to stand before the people, and ' to sei-ve them,' Num. xvi. 9 ; 2 Chron. xxxv. 3; Ezek. xliv. 11. To bless,] Of this duty, see the annot. on Num. vi. 23. Thus God CHAP. X. 233 unto him, and to bless in Ids name unto this day. Therefore Levi hatli no part or inheritance with his brethren : Jehovah, he is his inheritance, as Jehovah thy God spake unto him. '" And I stood in the mount, according to the former days, forty days, and forty niglits : and Jehovah hearkened unto me, at that time also ; Jehovali would not destroy thee. " And Jehovah said unto me. Arise, go in journey before the people, that they may go in, and possess the land, wiiicli I sware unto their fathers to give imto them. ''^ And now Israel, what doth Jehovah thy God ask of thee, but to fear Jehovah thy God, to walk m all his ways, and to love him, and to serve Jehovah thy God with all thy heart, and with all thy soul. ^^ To keep the commandments of Jehovah and his statutes which I command thee this day, for good unto thee. " Behold, provided for the comfort of their souls, while his ministry was settled among them, by which they might daily have access unto his throne of grace. Ver. 9. — No PART,! To wit, no part in the spoils taken by war, no inheritance in the land of Canaan, which was divided among the other tribes only: see Num. xviii. 20; xxvi. 53, 57; xxxv. 2; Deut. xviii. 1. He IS,] For of the first- I'ruits, tithes, vows, ob- lations of the Lord, the priests and Levites had their livelihood: see the annot. on Num. xviii. 8, 9—20, 21, &c. Therefore the Chald. paraphrast here translateth, " the gifts that the Lord hath given him, they are his inheritance." Of which see more in Deut. xii. 19; xiv. 27; xviii. 1, 2. Ver. 10 — And I stood,] Or, whe?t J had stood, that is, both stayed, (or abiden,) and in prayer waited upon the Lord for mercy. Standing, often signifieth prayer, as is noted on Gen. xviii. 22, and the woids fol- lowing here manifest the same. Hearken- ed,] The Chald. expounds it, accepted my •prayer. Destroy,] Heb. corrupt; which when it is spoken of God, usually meaneth destruction: see Gen. vi. 13. Ver. 11.— That they may,] Or, and they shall, which the Gr. translateth, " and let them " go in. These phrases are in one sense, as is noted on Gen. xii. 12; xxvii. 4. This commandment and promise was a tes- timony that God now was reconciled unto tliiin, by the intercession of Mdses. Ver. 12. — Ask of thee,] Tliis word, often used when men ask, that is, request or desire a. thing of God, 1 Sam. i. 17, 20, 27; Jam. i. 5, 6, is here used for God's asking obedience of men, as if he desired and re- quested the same; and as in Micah vi. 8, he is said to seek or require the like thing. This grace Paul showeth more effectually, saying. Vol. U. 2 ' as though God did beseech you by us, we pray you in Christ's stead, be ye reconciled to God,' 2 Cor. V. 20. To fear,] See the notes on Deut. vi. 13. This ' fear is the beginning of wisdom,' Prov. i. 7, by which men ' depart from evil,' Prov. xvi. 6. Unto which, and other holy duties, Moses calleth this people, as being the end and use of the former rehearsal of their sins, and of God's mercies towards them. So by other pro- phets, he calleth men to obedience and hum- ble walking before him, rather than to sacri- fice: see 1 Sam. xv. 22; Jer. vii. 22, 23; Micah vi. C, 7, 8. His ways,] That is, to follow him in his faith and religion, and all his commandments ; for these are the ways of God, Ps. XXV. 4. 5 ; Acts xviii. 25, 26. The Chald. translateth, the ways which are right before him : see the notes on Gen. xviii. 19; vi. 12. To love,] The sum and end of the law, 1 Tim. i. 5. See the notes on Exod. XX. 6. Serve,] In outward obedi- ence also; that we love, 'not in word, neither in tongue, but in deed and truth,' 1 John iii. 18. What serving implieth, see noted on Exo. xx. 5; Deut. vi. lo. Ver. 13. — For good,] Or, as the Gr. and Chald. interpret, that it may he well with thee : so Deut. v. 33. Li serving the Lord, the glory redouudeth unto him, tlie benefit to ourselves: for, them that honour him, he will honom-, 1 Sam. ii. 30, and ' godliness hath the promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come, 1 Tim. iv. 8. Vee. 14. — Unto Jehovah,] Or, of Je- hovah • his they are, and of him made, pre- served, and loved generally as his creatures, for he saveth 'man and beast.' Ps. xxxvi. 7, and ' is kind unto the unthankful, and to the evil,' Luke vi. 35. So it is acknowledged in Neh. ix. C. ' Thou, eveu thou, art Lord G 234 DEUTERONOMY. unto Jehovah thy God belong tlie heavens, and the lieavens of Iiea- vens, the earth, and all that therein is. '^ Only in thy fatliers Je- hovah had a deliglit, to love them, and he chose their seed after them, even you, above all peoples, as it is this day. '® Circumcise therefore tlie superfluous fore-skin of your lieart, and make not your neck stiff any more. *' For Jehovah your God, lie is God of gods, and Lord of lords, the great God, the mighty, and the fearful, which will not regard persons, nor take reward. '^ He doth the judgment of the fatherless and widow, and loveth the stranger ; in giving unto him bread and raiment. ^^ Love ye there- fore the stranger j for ye were strangers in the land of Egypt. alone, thou hast made the heavens, the heavens of heavens, with all their host, the earth, and all things that are therein ; the seas, and all that is therein ; and thou pre- servestthem all, and the host of heaven wor- shippeth thee.' The heavens of heavens,] That is, the highest heavens, as the apostle mentioneth 'the third heaven,' 2 Cor. xii. 2. Hereby the angels also are implied ; so in Targum Jonathan it is explained, "the heavens of heavens, and companies of angels which are in them, to minister before him." Ver. 15. — Had a delight,] Which the Gr. translateth, /ore-cAose to love them: and this is his special grace to his church in Christ, Eph. i. 3, 4, 5, &c. Their seed,] their children, as the Chald. explains it ; for Gud's grace is continued unto the posterity of the faithful, even 'to thousands of them tliat love him,' &c. Exod. xx. 6. Ver. J 6. — The superflucius fore-skin,] This the Gr. traiislateth, hardness of heart: the Ch&W., foolishness {or gross ness) of the heart: see the annot. on Gen. xvii. II.- Hereby is taught repentance and mortifica- tion of the inward man, by 'circumcision of the heart, in the Spirit,' Rom. ii. 29, in 'putting off the body of the sins of the flesh,' Col. ii. 11. For ' we are the circumcision that worship God in the Spirit,' Phil. iii. 3. Hereupon God promiseth to circumcise their hearts, Deut. xxx. 6. and blameth them that were ' uncircumcised in heart,' Jer. ix. 26 ; Acts vii. 51. Make not your neck stiff,] Or, harden not, {stiffen not) your neck : see Deut. ix. 6. This is against their outward disobedience, as the former was ag^in-t their inward ; and teacheth submission unto the yoke of God's law, contrary to their former stubbornness. Ver. 17 — God of gods,] That is, the chiefest God, in respect of all that are called gods, whether in heaven or in earth, as there be gods many, and lords many,' I Cor. viii. 5, 6. The idols of the heathens, the angels in heaven, and magistrates on earth, are called 'gods,' Deut. vii. 25; Ps. viii. 6, with Heb. ii. 7 — 9; Ps. Ixxxii. Regard persons,] Or respect (or accept) faces ; which the Gr. translateth, not have in admiration the person (or face) of any ; which phrase the apostle useth, Jude ver. 16. Of God, sundry other scriptures testify, that he respecteth no persons, as Acts x. 34; Rom. ii. II; 2 Chron. xix. 7; Job xxxiv. 19; 1 Pet. i. 17; Gal. ii. 6; Eph. vi. 9; Col. iii. 25. Nor take reward,] That is, will not pervert judgment, by condemning the innocent, or justifying the wicked, for gifts or rewards, as unrighteous judges do, 1 Sam. viii. 3; Ps. xv. 5: Isa. v. 23. Ver. 18. — Doth the judgment,] That is, cxecuteth the rightful sentence, for de- livering, or avenging them; as it is said, 'the Lord hath judged ' (that is, 'delivered) him from the hand of his enemies,' 2 Sam. xviii. 19. And he doth 'judgments to all oppressed,' Ps. ciii. 6. But 'the fatherless and widow ' are here by name expressed, be- cause such are commonly and easily wronged in the world, Job xxii. 9; xxiv. 3, 9; Ps. xciv. 6 ; Ez. xxii. 7, therefore God is said to be the judge, that is, the patron, defender and reliever of such, Ps. Ixviii. 6; x. )4; cxlvi. 7, 9, and commandeth men to be the like, Isa. i. 17; Ps. Ixxxii. 3. Bread,] That is, as the Chald. explaineth it, food: for bread, which is the staff and stay of man's life is often used for all meat, as is noted on Gen. iii. 19. And as God feedeth strangers, so he commandeth his people to do the like, Deut. xiv. 29 ; xvi. 11, 14 ; xxiv, 19—21; xxvi. 11, 12. Ver. 19. — Love ye therefore,] Or, And love ye the stranger, to wit, as Gou loveth him, that is, manifest your love by re- lieving him: see Jam. ii. 15, 16. Ye were strangers,] This remembrance of their for- mer misery is often used, to move them unto compassion towards others. See Exod. xxii. 21; Lev. xix. 33, 34. CHAP. xr. 235 ■^^ TJiou slialt fear Jeliovah thy God, liim thou shalt serve, and to Iiim shalt thou cleave, and by his name shalt thou swear. ^' He is thy praise, and he is thy God, which liath done for thee these great and fearful things which thine eyes have seen. ^^ With seventy souls did thy fathers go down into Egypt, and now Jehovah thy God hath made thee as the stars of the heavens for multitude. Ver. 20 Cleave,] This word is first used to express tlie union that is between man and wife, Gen. ii. 24, applied here to signify our union with the Lord in Christ, as Paul showeth it by the same similitude of marriage, Eph. v. 25 — 32. But this is spiritual, as he saith, ' He that cleaveth to the Lord, is one spirit,' 1 Cor. vi. 17. It is to be done with purpose of heart. Acts xi. 2.3, and with soul, Ps. Ixiii. 9, with a con- tinued resolution, as Ruth i. 14 — 16. So in other cases cleaving signifieth such an union as will not be parted. Job xli. 17; Dan. ii. 43. Compare also Deut. iv. 4; xi. 22 ; xiii. 4 ; xxx. 20. Swear,] Hereby confession is implied, as is before noted on Deuf. vi. 13. Ver. 21. — Thy praise,] In Gr. (hi/ glo- rying, that is, whom thou oughtcst to praise continually, and in whom thou art to glory. So Jeremiah said, ' thou art my praise,' Jer. xvii, 14; and David, ' O God of my praise,' Ps. cix, 1 ; and ' the praises of Israel,' Ps. xxii. 4. Fearful things,] In Gr. glorious things ; which imply both the good things done unto Israel, and the evil unto their ene- mies, as appeareth by Ps. cvi. 22 ; 2 Sam. vii. 23; Is. Ixiv. 8. Ver. 22. — Seventv souls,] That is, seventy persons : some Gr. copies have se- venty-five souls ; other some, and (as Hier- ome witnesseth) the Seventy-two interpreters translate here seventy; though elsewhere they have seventy-five ; which the Holy Spi- rit followeth in Acts vii. 14. See the annot. on Gen. xlvi. 27, 20. Made thee,] Heb. put thee as the stars, that is, made thee in- numerable ; which was a singular blessing remembered before in Deut. i. 10 ; and after in Neh. ix. 23 ; and a fulfilling of the pro- mise made unto Abraham, Gen. xxii. 17; and again unto Isaac, Gen. xx. 4. Accord- ing to this similitude, the Israelites are called ' the host of heaven, and stars,' Dan. viii. 10, 24 ; and in other visions, the state of the church is called heaven, Rev, iv. 2; xi. 19; xii. 1, 7 ; and the chief members of the same stars, Rev. vi. 13 ; viii. 10; xii. I, 4. CHAP. XI. 1 . An exhortation to love and obedience^ 2. by their otvn experience of God's great works done in Egypt, and iii the milder ness, %. by pro- mise of God's great blessings in the land of Canaan, 16. and by threat- enings. 18. God's words ?nust be laid up in the heart, and for a sign outwardly, 19. taught unto the children, 20. and written on the door- posts. 22. Upon keeping of the law, the casting out of the heathens, and possessing their land, is promised. 26. The blessing and the curse is set before thetn : 29. and must after be pronounced on Gerizhn and Ebal, mounts within the land. ' And thou shalt love Jehovah thy God, and keep his charge, and his statutes, and his judgments, and his commandments all A^er. 1. — And thou shalt love,] Or, love thou therefore. Moses returneth toex- hoi t Israel unto the love oi God, and to show the same by their continual obedience. His charge,] Or, his custody, his observatio7i : which word is often used for a watch, as in Exod. xiv. 24. The Gr. translateth it, charges or custodies ; meaning, ordinances to be kept heedfully : so in Gen. xxvi. 5 ; Lev. viii. 35 ; xviii. 30. 236 DEUTERONOMY, days. ^ And know ye this day : for (I speak) not with your chil- dren which have not known, and which liave not seen the chas- tisement of Jeliovali your God, his greatness, his strong hand, and his stretched-out arm. ^ And his signs, and liis deeds which he did in the midst of Egypt, unto Pliaraoh the king of Egypt, and unto all his land. * And what he did unto the army of Egypt, unto their horses, and to their chariots ; how he made the waters of the Red sea to flow over their faces as they pursued after yon ; and Jehovah hath destroyed them unto this day. ^ And what he did unto you in the wilderness, until ye came unto this place. ^ And what he did to Dathan, and to Abiram, the sons of Eliab, the son of Reuben, how tlie earth opened her mouth, and swallowed up them and their houses, and their tents, and all the substance that was at their feet in the midst of all Israel, ' But your eyes have seen all the great work of Jehovah, which lie hath done. ® TJierefore sliall ye keep all tlie commandments which I command thee this day, that ye may be strong, and go in. Ver. 2. — For (I speak) not with yoor CHILDREN,] Or, that (it is) not your chil- dren (or sons,) namely, which have seen God's greatness, &o. ' but your eyes (are they) that have seen,' &c. ver. 7. He com- mendeth God's special favour to their own persons, more than to their fathers^ or to their cliildren, in showing them his great works, for which they should the more love and obey him. This he after confirmeth by many arguments. The chastisements,] Or, nurture: which the Chald. translaleth, doctrine or itistructioti. It implieth nurture both by words and works, as Deut. iv. 36 ; viii. 5; Lev. xxvi. 18; Prov. i. 2; iv. 1. Stretched out,] The Gr. and Chald. trans- late, high arm. See the notes on Deut. iv. 34. Ver. 3. — Deeds.] Or, acts, in Gr. ivon- ders. Of these, see the history in Exod. vii. &c. And here is the first argument, from God's mighty works in Egypt. Ver. 4. — Arm,] Or, power, forces. So the Gr. translateth, the power of the Egyp- tians. See Exod. XV. 4. To their horses.] fleb. to his horses, and to his chariots; speaking of them as of one man, or having respect to Pharaoh their king. To flow,] Or, to swim ; and over their faces, is like that in Lam. xi. 54, ' waters flowed over mine head.' He meaneth they were drown- ed, ' the sea covered them, they sank as lead in the mighty waters,' Exod. xv. 10. De- stroyed,] Or, made them perish : so that ' there remained not so much as one of them,' Exod. xiv. 28. This was an extraordinary favour of God, who oftentimes suffereth the oppressors to have the strong hand, while the oppressed have the tears and no comforter, Eccl. iv. 1. So this is the second argument from God's power showed at the Red sea. Ver. 5 — What he did,] Or, the things which he did, in his continual guiding tliem tlirough that terrible wilderness, where they bewrayed their many infirmities, and had ex- perience both of his chastisements, and of ills mercies: the third argument and motive unto obedience. Ver. 6. — Dathan,] Of whose history, see Num. xvi. This is the fourth argument of God's greatness, to persuade Israel unto his love: for that he had repressed the fac- tious and mutinous rebels among themselves, which would have subverted the order and ordinance of God concerning the priesthood, the means of the atonement and reconcilia tion between God and his people. Their houses,] That is, households ; as the Chald. expounds it, the men of their houses : see Num. xvi. 32. At their feet,] That is, m their possessioti ; the Gr. and Chald. translate, that was with them. Ver. 7. — Have seen,] Or, are they that see. Therefore this people, above all other, were bound to love the Lord. Work,] Or deed, that is, tvorks, as the Gr. translateth. So in the ver. following, commandment, for commandments. Ver. 8. — Be strong,] In body and spirit, to fight against the enemy: as in Josh. i. 6; 1 John ii. 14. Or, be strong, that is, liveli/ and healthful, as the Gr. translateth, that ye may live : and * they that be strong,' Matt. ix. 12; are by another evangelist said CHAP. XI. 237 and possess the land, whitlier ye are going over to possess it. ^ And that ye may prolong your days upon the land, which Jeho- vah sware unto your fathers to give unto them, and to their seed, a land flowing with milk and honey. '" For the land whither tliou goest in to possess it, is not as the land of Egypt, from whence ye came out, where thou sowedst thy seed, and wateredst it with thy foot as a garden of lierbs. ^^ But the land whitlier ye are going over to possess it, is a land of mountains and of valleys ; it drink- eth waters of the rain of heavens. '"' A land wliich Jehovah thy God careth for ; the eyes of Jehovah thy God are continually upon it, from the beginning of the year, even to the end of the year. '^ And it shall be, if hearkening ye shall hearken unto my commandments, wliich I command you this day, to love Jehovah your God, and to serve him with all your heart and with all ren and fruitless. The rain,] This, as it is most kind, and causeth the earth to be fruit- ful in nature; so it figured heavenly graces, the doctrine of God's word and Spirit, where- with the souls of men are made fruitful in good works, Is. xlv. 8 ; Mic. v. 7. See the notes on Gen. xxvii. 28 ; Deut. xxxii. 2. The want of rain is on the contrary a sign of curse, Zech. xiv. 17, 18 ; Rev. xi. 6. Ver. 12. — Careth for,] Heb. seeketh, that is, carefully seeth unto it, and as the Gr. translatelh, visitetk. According to this phrase, Zion is called ' a city sought, (that is, cared for, or regarded) and not forsaken,' Is. Ixii. 12. And of God's gracious provi- dence towards the land of Israel, David singeth how tlie Lord visited the land, and plenteously moistened it, very much enriched it, softened it with showers, blessed the bud of it, crowned the year of his goodness, and his paths [the clouds] dropped fatness, Ps. Ixv. 10 — 12. The eyes,] This also signified God's care and providence for good, as in the like speeches, Jer. xi. 4 ; Ezra v. 5 ; Ps. xxxiv. 16. Though God's providence be to- wards all people, and ' he giveth to all, life and breath, and all things,' Acts xvii. 25; doing good, giving ' us rain from heaven, and fruitful seasons,' Acts xiv. 17; causing it ' to rain on the earth where no man is ; on the wilderness, wherein there is no man,' Job xxxviii. 26 ; yet other people have not the word and promise of God, whereon to depend, as Israel had: whereby they might live, ' not by bread only, but by every word that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord,' Deut. viii. 3. Ver. 13. — If hearkening ye shall HEAREN,] That is, if ye shall diligently hearken and obey. This passage of scripture following, the Jews read daily in their fami- lies, as is noted on Deut. vi. 4. to ' be in health, opposed to ' the sick,' Luke V. 31. Possess,] Or, inherit the land ; a fig\n-e of the kingdom of God's grace and glory, which the righteous shall possess by inheritance, Is. Ix. 21 ; Ixv. 9. Ver. 9. — And honey,] Which signified the great fertility of that land, and figured out spiritual graces and comforts, as is noted on Exod. iii. 8. Ver. 10. — Thou sowedst,] And so all the inhabitants, as the Gr. translateth, theif sow. In Egypt (from whence Israel came) they had no rain, but by the overflowing of the river Nile, the land was watered ; and by the labour of the husbandman, becks were derived to moisten the ground. And that there they had no rain, is testified both by the prophets, Zech. xiv. 18 ; and by human histories, Pomp. Mela. lib. i. ; Herodotus in Euterpe. ' Nee pluvio suppljcat herba lovi,' Tibul. lib. i. Eleg. 8. With thy foot,] That is, with thy diligent labour, signified sometime by the hand, Ps. cxxviii. 2 ; some- time by the foot, as Gen. xxx. 30. This condition of the land of Egypt (the house of bondage) figured the estate of men, naturally corrupted, which they labour to relieve by their owu works, and with the muddy waters which are from beneath, proceeding from earthly wisdom and carnal understanding, 1 Cor. i. 20, 21 ; ii. 4, 5 ; Ezek. xxxiv. 19 ; Jer. ii. 13. Ver. 11. — Mountains, &c.,] Hereby is meant the commodious, healthful, and plea- sant situation of the land, far exceeding Egypt. Wherefore sometime the whole land is signified under the name of a mountain, Exod. XV. 17. And because it was hills and valleys, it could not be watered with the overflowing of any river, (as Egypt which was a plain) but must otherwise be moistened with the rain of heaven, or else remain bar- 238 DEUTERONOMY. your soul ; " That I will give the rain of your land in his time the first rain, and the latter rain ; and thou shalt gather in tliy corn, and thy new wine, and thy new oil. '' And I will give grass in thy field, for thy cattle, and thou mayest eat and be full. ^^ Take heed to yourselves, lest your heart be deceived, and ye turn aside and serve otlier gods, and bow down yourselves to them. " And the anger of Jehovah be kindled against you, and he slmt up the heavens, that tliere be no rain, and the land yield not lier increase, and ye perish quickly from off the good land, whicli Jehovah givcth you. ^^ And ye shall put these my words in your heart, and in your soul, and shall bind them for a sign upon your hand, and they shall be for phylacteries between your eyes. " And ye shall teach them your children, speaking of them wlien thou sittest in thine liouse, and when thou walkest in the way, and when thou liest down, and Ver. 14. — The first rain, &c.,] Or, the early rain. Twice in a year there fell store of rain in Israel ; in the beginning of the year, about September or October, and half a year after, which was in Abib (or March) which ecclesiastically began the year unto Israel, as is noted on Exod. xii. 2 ; whereupon it is called ' the latter rain in the fast month,' Joel ii. 23. The first rain fell after the sowing of their corn, that it might take root in the earth: the latter rain was a little before the harvest, that the ear might be full. Of these the scriptures sun- dry times speak ; but so as they depended upon God, to whom Israel should obey, and of whom they should ' ask rain in the time of the latter rain,' Zech. x. 1 ; and then he would come unto them (with his blessings) ' as the rain, as the latter and former rain unto the earth,' Hos. vi. 3. So for the fruits, the husbandman waited and had long patience, until he received the ' early rain, and the latter rain,' James v. 7. Which rain, as it figured heavenly blessings in Christ, Deut. xxxii. 2; Ps. Ixxii. 6; so they led Israel to the fear of God ; but when they revolted from him, they ' said not in their heart, Let us now fear the Lord our God, that giveth rain, both the former and the latter rain, in his season^' Jer. v. 24. If these rains were seasonable and moderate, the land was fruit- ful; (as Moses in the next words showeth:) if they failed, then the diought as ' fire de- voured the pastures ;' if they fell immoderate- ly, ' the grains rotted under their clods,' Joel i. 17, 19. New oil,] These three were for the use of man, and the grass after men- tioned for beasts, as David also showeth in Ps. civ. 13 — 15. By these earthly promises God drew his people to obedience: but David had more gladness in his heart, in the light of the Lord's countenance, than when corn and wine increased, Ps. iv. 6, 7. Ver. 16. — Deceived,] Or, enticed and drawn away by riches, pleasures, or false per- suasions: of which Job saith, ' If my heart hath been secretly enticed' (or deceived,) Job xxxi. 27. Other gods,] That is, idols, falsely reputed gods: so the Chald. translat- eth, idols (or errors) of the people. Ver. 17. — Shut up the heavens,] This phrase is used, both for restraining the natu- ral rain for men's sins, 1 Kings viii. 35; and the spiiitual rain of God's word and blessings, Rev. xi. 6. Perish quickly,] Or, speedily, suddenly. The wicked heathens God sulier- ed with much patience, and would not have them destroyed suddenly, Deut. vii. 22; but his own people are threatened for their sins to perish suddenly: ' for judgment must be- gin at the house of God,' 1 Pet. iv. 17 ; and he warneth his church to repent, &c., or else he will come unto her, quickly. Rev. ii. 5. Ver. is. — Phylacteries,] Oy frontlets, written in parchments, and tied to the fore- head, as the former were to the hand or arm: of these, see the annot. on Exod. xiii. 9, 16 ; and Deut. vi. 4, 8. Ver. 19. — Teach them your chil- dren,] Cause your children (Heb. your S07is) to learn them ; this explaineth the for- mer precept, ' thou shalt whet them on thy children,' Deut. vi. 7. Abraham (the father of the faithful) is commended for this, that he would ' command his children, and his household after him, to keep the way of the Lord,' Gen. xviii. 19; and Solomon's pa- rents taught him the law, Prov. iv. 3, 4; xxxi. 1, 2, &c. When thou walkest, &c.,] Answerable to these, are those sayings CHAP. XI. 239 wlien Ihoii risest up. *" And tliou shalt write them upon the door- posts of thine house, and on tliy gates. ^' That your days may be multipHed, and the days of your children, in the land which Jelio- vah sware unto your fathers to give unto them, as the days of the heavens upon the eartli. '^^ For if keeping, ye shall keep all this commandment wliich I command you, to do it, to love Jehovah your God, to walk in all his ways, and to cleave unto him; ^ Then will Jehovah drive out all tliese nations from before your faces, and ye sliall possess nations greater and mightier than yourselves. ^^ Every place wliereon the sole of your foot shall tread, shall be yours, from the wilderness and Lebanon ; from the river, tlie river Euphrates, and unto the uttermost sea shall your coast be. " There shall not a man stand before you : Jehovah your God will give the dread of you, and the fear of you, upon the face of all the land, which ye shall tread upon, as lie hath spoken unto you. ^^ Behold, I set before you this day a blessing and a curse. " A of Solomon, ' When thou goest, it shall lead thee ; when thou sleepest, it shall keep thee ; and when thou awakest, it shall talk with thee: for the commandment is a lamp, and the law is a light,' Pro v. vi. 22, 2.3. Ver. 20. — Door-posts,] Of this rite, see the notes on Deut. vi. 9. Ver. 21. — Days may be multiplied,] Long life is a blessing, often promised to Ihem that keep God's law. ' Hear, O my son, and receive my sayings, and the years of thy life shall be many,' Prov. iv. 10. Days of the heavens,] That is, while the world endureth ; for so long, by the de- cree of God (in Gen. viii. 22;) shall the days of heaven be ; and so long shall the heavens be over the earth. And under this, eternal life was also figured. A like pro- mise was for the kingdom of David, or of Christ, that ' his throne should be as the days of the heavens,' Ps. Ixxxix. 30. Ver. 22. — This commandment,] The Or. explaineth it, these commandments : see the notes on Deut. v. 31. To cleave,] That is, to continue fast united unto him and his law, as is noted on Deut. x. 20. Ver. 23.— Drive out,] According to his former promise, in Exod. xxiii. 23, 27 — 31. But because Israel kept not God's commandment, this promise was not fully performed, Judg. ii. 1 — 3. Ver. 24. — Shall tread,] The like pro- mise is made after Moses' death to Israel under Joshua their captain. Josh. i. 3; who was a figure of our Lord Jesus Christ, by whom this promise was fulfilled. The wil- derness,] Of Paran, which was the southern border of the land of Canaan. And Leba- non,] A mountain which was the northern i)ouiid. By and Lebanon, we may under- stand ayid unto Lebanon, as the next words manifest. Euphrates,] In Heb. Pherath, this is called The River for excellency sake, meaning the great liver, as Deut. i. 7 ; Gen. XV. IS; and so the Gr. translateth it here. It was the eastern border of their territories. Uttermost sea,] Or, after sea, which the Gr. and Chald. calleth the xvestern sea, meaning the main oi- great sea toward the going down of the sun, as is explained in Josh. i. 4; which sea is said to be after or behind them, because it was to the west, and so their western bound. For the east is counted the fore-part of the woild, the west behind, the south on the right hand, Ps. Ixxxix. 13; and the north on the left: all which four parts are called by these names in Job xxiii. S, 9. See this promise fulfilled in 2 Chron. ix. 26. Ver. 25.— Stand,] Or, set himself, that is, resist or withstand you, as the Gr. trans- lateth. So in Josh. i. 5. Fear,] Iu Gr. trembling ; this was fulfilled before, Deut. ii. 25; Ps. cv. 38; and after Josh. ii. II; X. 10. 5 E B Here beginneth the forty-seventh section or lecture of the law: see Gen. vi. 9. Ver. 26.— I set,] Heb. / give : this was, that they might take their choice of either of these ; for so the phrase elsewhere 240 DEUTERONOMY, blessing, if ye shall hearken unto the commandments of Jehovah your God, which 1 command you this day. '^ And a curse, if ye will not hearken unto the commandments of Jehovah your God, but turn aside out of the way which I command you this day, to go after other gods, which ye have not known, ^^ And it shall be, when Jehovah thy God hath brought thee in unto the land whither thou goest, to possess it, that thou slialt put the blessing upon mount Gerizim, and the curse upon mount Ebal. ^° Are tliey not on tlie other side Jordan, by the way of the going down of the sun, in the land of the Canaanite, wliich dwell- eth in tlie plain over against Gilgal, beside the oaks of Moreh ? " For ye are passing over Jordan, to go in to possess the land which Jehovah your God giveth unto you, and ye shall possess it, and dwell in it, ^^ And ye shall observe to do all the statutes, and the judgments, wliich I set before your faces this day. meaneth, Deut. xxx. 19 ; and so to mani- fest, that if the curse or evil came upon them, they caused it themselves. Ver. 27. — If ye shall hearken,] Or, that ye may hearken : but the Heb. Asher, that, is sometimes used for if, as the Gr. here traiislateth it, and in Lev. iv. 22. So Asher iu 1 Kings viii. 31, is im, that is, if, in 2 Chron. vi. 22. Ver. 28. — After other gods,] In Gr. to serve other gods, following other religions, or divine services, which the Chald. calleth the idols of the people. Sol. Jarchi observ- eth from this place, that " whosoever com- mitteth idolatry, he' tumeth aside from all the way which was commanded to Israel : hereupon they say, he that professeth idolatry, is as if he denied the whole law. Ver. 29. — Put the blessing,] Heb. ^/re the blessing, tliat is, cause it to be pronounc- ed upon mount Gerizim, The manner is showed in Deut. xivii. ; where the law is repeated and enlarged. A thing is said to be given sometimes, when it is spoken or pronounced with the mouth, as in Job xxxvi. 3; Deut. xiii. 1, 2. Upon mount geri- zim,] Or, towards mount Gerizim, (which the Gr. calleth Gerizein ;) so after, toivards mount Ebal, (called in Gr. Gaibal.) For the people stood ' half of them over against mount Gerizim, and half of them over against mount Ebal,' as is recorded in Josh. viii. 33. And the Heb, gnat sometimes signifieth to- wards a place, as iu Exod. ix. 32, ' towards heaven.' Ver. 30,— Are they not,] That is, lo they are, speaking as of a thing well known. See the notes on Gen. iv. 7. By the way, Or, after (behind) the rvay of the going down of the sun, that is, the way towards the west, or sun-setting. Gilgal,] The place where Israel was circumcised afterward in Joshua's time. Josh. v. 9. Oaks of Mo- reh,] Or, plains of Moreh, as the Chald. expoundeth it ; which was a place by Se- chem, where God first appeared to Abraham after he came into the land of Canaan, and there Abraham built an altar to the Lord, Gen. xi). 6, 7. And that mount Gerizim, was by Sechem, (in that part of the country which after was called Samaria,) appeareth in Judg. ix. 6, 7. And the Hebs. say, in Talmud Bab. in Sotah, chap. vii. that Geri- zim and Ebal were in Samaria. There on mount Gerizim was the Samaritans' temple, 2 Mac. vi. 2; where they worshipped they knew not what, John iv. 20, 22. See also Josephus. Ar.tiq. 1. xi. c. 8. It seemeth they took occasion of that superstition from this law, thinking Gerizim to be a holy place, because the blessings were pronounced on it; and they called themselves, those ' that belong to the blessed mount.' And there have been of them in that place of late years, as Benjamin in his Itinerario relateth, how he saw the city in a valley, between the mountains Gerizim and Ebal, wherein the Samaritans dwelled, and did sacrifice there on mount Gerizim, alleoing that which is written in the law, ' and thou shall put the blessing upon mount Gerizim. CHAP. XI I. 241 CHAP. XII. 1, Places and monuments of idolatry are to be destroyed. 4. They may not do so unto the Lord, hut must seek and keep the place of his service, which lie himself should choose. 5, 11, 14. Thither all their sacrifices a7id holy things must be brought. 12, 18. There they and their families, and the Levites must eat, and rejoice. 15, 21. For civil use they might kill and eat within their gates. 16, 23. Blood is forbid- den to be eaten. 29. The manner of service which the Canaanites used, may not be inquired after, nor the like things done unto the Lord, but his commandments only. ' These are the statutes and the judgments which ye shall ob- serve to do, in the land which Jehovah the God of thy fathers giveth unto thee, to possess it all the days that ye live upon the earth. ^ Destroying ye shall destroy all the places wherein the nations wliich ye shall possess, served their gods, upon the high mountains, and upon the hills, and under every green tree. ^ And ye shall break down their altars, and break their pillars, and burn their groves with fire; and ye shall hew down the graven images of their gods, and ye shall destroy the names of them out Ver. 1, — Statutes,] Here Moses en- tereth into the explication of the second com- mandment, concerning the manner of God's worship, when Israel should come into Canaan; and proposeth in the xii. xiii. xiv. XV. and xvi. chapters, statutes for the service of God; and afterwards, 'judgments' for the repressing of evils. Ver. 2 — Destroying,] That is, ye shall speedily and utterly destroy: as the Gr. translateth, destroy with destruction. In the Heb. canons it is said, " We are com- manded to destroy the idol, and the minister- ing vessels thereof, and whatsoever is made for the same,' Deut. xii. 2. 'And in the land of Israel we are commanded to perse- cute it. But every place which we shall subdue, we are to destroy every idol that is therein, as it is written ' (in Deut. xii. 3,) • and ye shall destroy the names of them out of that place.' Maim, in Misneh, treatise of idolatry, chap. vii. sect. 1. Places,] As houses, high places, temples, and the like. Hereupon ' the house of Baal,' 2 Kings x. 27, the ' high places ' which Solomon and Jeroboam had built for idolatry, 2 Kings xxiii. 13, 15, were destroyed. But if an house were built for use, and idols afterwards set up in it, the Heb. say, " When he had brought in the idol into the house, so long as it was there, the house was unlawful for any use; when it was taken out, the house was Vol. II. 2 lawful. Maim, treat, of idolatry, chap. viii. sect. 4. Shall possess,] That is, shall subdue and have dominion over them, as the word often signifieth: see Lev. xxv. 45, 46; Jer. xlix. 2; Ps. Ixxxii. 8. Gods,] That is, as the Chald. explaineth it, idols ; there are ' gods (so called) many; but unto us there is but one God,' I Cor. viii. 5, 6. Moun- tains,] In such high places, all nations for the most part used to serve their gods; into which corruption Israel sometimes fell, 2 Kings xvii. 10, 11 ; Jer. iii. 6; Ez. xx. 28, 29; Hos. iv. 13. Ver. 3. Pillars,] Or statutes, standing images: of these see Ex. xxiii. 24; Lm. xxvi. 1. Groves,] Which were wont to be as temples unto the heathen, as is noted on Ex. xxxiv. 13. See also the annot. on Deut. vii. 5. Gods,] In Chald., images of their idols. Names,] whether in speech (for the name of other gods might not be heard out of their mouths, Ex. xxiii. 13,) or imprinted in books, graven on pillars, imposed on places, or any other the like. So the Reubenites changed the names of cities that carried idol names, Num. xxxii. 38. As the beginning of true religion is ' repentance from dead works,' Heb. vi. 1, so in the constituting of God's true service, Moses beginneth with the abolishing of all idolatrous monuments; 'What agreement hath the temple of God with idols?' 2 Cor. vi. 16. H 242 DEUTERONOMY. of that place. * Ye shall not do so unto Jehovah your God. * But unto the place which Jehovah your God sliall choose out of all your tribes, to put his name there, even unto his habitation shall ye seek, and thitlier shalt thou come. « And tliither ye shall bring your burnt-offerings, and your sacrifices, and your tithes, and the heavy offering of your hand, and your vows, and your voluntary offer- ings, and the firstlings of your herd, and of your flock. ' And tliere ye shall eat before Jehovah your God, and ye shall rejoice in all that ye put your liand unto, you and your houses, wlierem Je- Ver. 4. — Not do so,] in any of the for- mer particulars, or such like: as not to de- stroy or do evil to God's sanctuary or syna- gogues, Ps. Ixxiv. 3, 7, 8, nor to break down his altars, 1 Kings xix. 10, nor to deface any holy writings, or monuments of his name, Jer. xxxvi." 23. The Hebs. say, " Whoso- ever destroyeth any name of the holy pme names, whereby the blessed God is called, is by the law to be beaten ; for lo of idols he saith, And thou shalt destroy the names of them, &c. Thou shalt not do so to the Lord thy God. He that takes away but one stone (by way of destroying) from the altar, or from the temple, or from any other part of the court, is to be beaten. Likewise he that burneth any of the wood of the sanctuary, &c. All the holy scriptures and the expositions of them, it is unlawful to burn any of them, or destroy them with hand, except they he such as are written by heretics, &c. But holy scriptures, when they are old, are to be laid up." Maim, in Jesudei hatorah, chap. vi. sect. I, 7, S. VeR. 5. To PUT HIS NAME THERE,] That is, to have it consecrated unto him, and his divine service. Such was the tabernacle of Moses, the temple of Solomon, the city Jerusalem, after God had chosen it ; for of them God said, ' My name shall be there,' 1 Kings viii. 29, and his ' name was called' upon them, D.in. ix. IS, and ' put' there, 2 Kings xxi. 4, 9; 1 Kings xiv. 21. The Chald. here expoundeth it, to cause his Majesty (or divine presence) to dtvell there. Now Christ hath abolished the earthly Jeru- salem, and requireth worship ' in spirit and truth' everywhere, John iv. 21, 23. Shall YE SEEK,] For answers and oracles, which from the mercy-seat, and by Urim and Thummim, were given to the people. Num. vij. 89; Exod. xxv. 22; Num. xxvii. 21. All other places were forbidden ; as, ' Seek not Bethel, nor enter into Gilgal,' &c. Amos V. 5. Shalt thod come,] At all times, when thou wilt ofl'er sacrifice. Lev. xvii. 8, 9, but three times in the year by express com- mandment, Exod. xxiii. 14 — 17. And the Lord promised to come unto them, and bless them, Exod. xx. 24. Ver. 6.' — Sacrifices,] Of all sorts, as sin-offerings, peare-oflerings, and whatsoever pertained to the altar. Sacrifices have their name of slaughter, which were slain, offered, and eaten before the Lord : the Chald. here expoundeth it, the slaughter, {or sacrifice) of your holy things. Tithes,] The tenth of the herd and of the flock, whom both priests and people were to bring and slay before the Lord, and eat them in Jerusalem: whereof see Lev. xxvii. 32, and the tithes of com, &c. whereof see ver. 17, and Deut. xiv. 22, 23. Heave-offering of your hand,] The Gr. translateth, the first fruits, and in ver. 11, the first-fruits of your hands : these are the first-fruits spoken of in Deut. xxvi. ?, &c. which with their hands they brought into the sanctuary. See the annot. there. Vows, AND YOUR VOLUNTARY OFFERINGS,] Such as for God's blessings they willingly gave unto him. The difference of these voluntary ob- lations from vows, is showed on Lev. vii. 16. Firstlings,] Which were given to the priests, for them to eat, after the blood was sprinkled, and the fat burned on the altar: see Num. xviii. 15, 17. Ver. 7. — Ye shall eat,] To wit, such things as were lawful for the people to eat: for all the things fore mentioned, they might not eat. Some were for the priests to eat before the Lord; some for the people. Re- joice,] God is to be served with gladness, Ps c. 1, 2, and the holy things of God might not be eaten with mourning, Deut. xxvi. 14; Hos. ix. 4. Ye put your hand,] Htb. the putting to (or sending forth) of your hand. This, though it may be applied to that which they might take and eat, of the lioly things, as in Gen. iii. 22, yet it seem- eth to be more general, for all things that they should do. and all blessings that they should receive, as by comparing this phrase in Deut. xv. 10; xxiii. 20; xxviii. 8, 20, may appear. So after in ver. 18. Houses,] That is, households, children and such like ; as the Chald. expoundeth it, 7nen of your houses; and so Moses explainetli it in ver. 12. CHAP. XII. 243 hovah thy God hath blessed thee. ' Ye sliall not do after all things which we do here this day, every man all that is right in liis own eyes. ^ For ye are not come as yet unto the rest, and unto the in- heritance which Jehovah thy God givethuiito thee. ""But ye shall pass over Jordan, and dwell in the land which Jeliovali your God giveth you to inherit, and he will give you rest from all your ene- mies round about, and ye sliall dwell in confident safety. ^' And there shall be a place which Jehovah your God shall choose, to cause his name to dwell there ; thither shall ye bring all tliat I command you, your burnt-offerings, and your sacrifices, your tithes, and the heave-offering of your hand, and all the choice of your vows which ye shall vow unto Jehovali, ^^ And ye shall re- joice before Jehovah your God ; you, and your sons, and your daughters, and your men-servants, and your women-servants, and the Levite that is within your gates, forasmuch as lie hath no part nor inheritance witli you. " Take heed to thyself, lest tliou offer thy burnt- offerings in every place which thou shalt see. " But in the place which Jehovah shall choose, in one of thy tribes, tiiere thou shalt offer thy burnt- offerings, and there thou shalt do all th r command thee. Ver. 8. — Which we do,] The Gr. ex- poundeth it, which ye do. Israel committed idolatry in the wilderness, Acts vii. 42, 43. Hwvbeit this Fpeech of Moses seemeth rather to mean the true service of God, which was not as yet perfected, neither could be in their travels ; as it was after in Canaan. Right IN HIS OWN EYES,] That is, which liketh or pleaseth him: so the phrase meaneth, in 2 Sam. xix. 9; 1 Chron. xiii. 4, and is often spoken of the corruption of men, as Judg. xvii. 6; xxi. 25; unto which Moses opposeth that which is right in the Lord's eyes. ver. 25, 28 ; chap. xiii. 18. ' There is a way which is right before a man, and the end thereof are the ways of death,' Prov. xiv. 12. Ver. 9 — The rest,] In Chald., the house (or place) of rest : meaning the land of Canaan, and in special Jerusalem there, 1 Chron. xxiii. 25, where after their travels and wars, the Lord gave rest unto his people, as ver. 10, and 1 Kings viii. 56. But Da- vid being there, speaketh of another rest, which remaineth for the people of God, Ps. xcv. 11, into which rest, we that believe do enter, and cease from our own works, Heb. iv. 3, S— 10. VeS. 10. In CONFIDENT SAFETY,] Or, in security ; it meaneth without fear, Judg. viii. II; xviii. 7, and without danger of evil, Ps. Ixxviii. 53. See the like promise In Lev. XXV. 18, 19. This promise is ful- filled in Christ, by whom we are delivered out of the hand of our enemies, that we might serve God without fear, Luke i. 74. Ver. 11. — And therk shall be,] Or, And it shall be that the place, &c. See ver. 5. The choice,] That is, the best, or fairest, as the Chald. translateth. Ver. 12. — Yodr gates,] The Chald. ex- plaineth it, your cities: so the Heb. text sometime explaineth it self as is noted on Exod. XX. 10. No part,] of the spoils or inheritance in the division of the land, but the Lord is his part and inheritance. See Deut. X. 9; Num. xviii. 8 — 21. Ver. 13. — Lest thou offer,] That is, that thou offer not. This precept is often and carefully urged, because the people were prone to fall into the transgression of it, as the histories of scripture manifest, 1 Kings xii. 28, 29, 30; 2 Kings xvii. 9, 11. And it taught men the unity of the faith of Christ, and the band of love and peace, to be kept in the heavenly Jerusalem, whither all people should resort. Rev. xxi. 24 — 26. Ver. 14. — That I command thee,] The Gr. addeth, this day. So not the place only, but all other things in God's service, were to be according to the word of God, be- cause ' the natural man ' (not regenerate by God's word and Spirit,) 'receiveth not the things of the spirit of God, neither can he know them,' 1 Cor. ii. 14, and in the things which he knoweth he corrupteth himself, Rom. i. 21, and God would have obedienco 244 DEUTERONOMY. '^ Notwithstanding, in all the desire of thy soul, thou maystslay and eat flesh, according to the blessing of Jehovah thy God, which he liath given to thee in all thy gates : the unclean and the clean may eat thereof, as of the roe-buck, and as of the hart, '^ Only the blood ye shall not eat, ye shall pour it upon the earth as water, " Thou mayst not eat within thy gates, the tithe of thy corn, or of thy new wine, or of thme oil, or the firstlings of thy herd, or of thy flock, or any of thy vows which thou shalt vow, or thy vol- untary offerings, or heave-offering of thine hand. '^ But thou shalt eat it before Jehovah tliy God, in tlie place which Jehovah thy God shall choose; thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, and thy man-servant, and thy woman-servant, and tlie Levite that is within thy gates ; and thou shalt rejoice before Je- liovah thy God, in all that thou puttest thine hand unto. " Take to his word, rather than sacrifice, 1 Sam. XV. 22. Ver. 15. — Notwithstanding,] Ov 07ily, as the word signifieth in ver. 16, 26. It is a liberty granted for civil things, but with a limitation. In all the desire of thy SOUL,] The Gr. translatetli, in all thy desire, the soul being put for the whole person. It meaneth, ' whatsoever thou, or thy soul de- sireth. Mayst slay,] This word is the same that is used for sacrificing, (which also was with slaughter of the creature) but ap- plied here, and often, to the slaying for ordi- nary food. Of this the Heb. say, "It is lawful to slay (for common food) in any place without the court (of the sanctuary;) for they slay in the court none but the holy things of the altar only. But it is unlawful to slay common things in the court, either cattle, beast, or bird. And so it is said (in Deut, xii. 21.) 'If the place be far from thee, which the Lord thy God shall choose, &c. then thou shalt slay, &c. and eat within thy gates.' Here thou art taughf, that they slay not flesh for one's desire, but without the place which the Lord hath chosen. And that which is slain without the place, is lawful to be eaten within all gates. But he that slayeth com- mon things in the court, that flesh is pure, and unlawful to be used ; but they bury it," &c. Maim. torn. 2, in Shechitah, chap. ii. sect. 1, 2; To the blessing,] That is, the liberality, or bounteous gift: so restrain- ing all profuse riot, and keeping men within the limits of their ability. Thy gates,] In the Chald. thy cities: and so the Gr. in every city. May eat,] Or shall eat. God would have no difference of persons, nor of places, nor of clean beasts, (as after foUow- eth) lest there should grow any respect of holiness in such civil things, which might turn to superstition. Ver. 16. — Only,] As the Gr. saith. But the blood, to wit, of beasts, and of fowls, Lev. vii. 26, this was absolutely for- bidden even in civil diet ; the reason hereof is noted on Lev. xvii. PonR it,] Or shed it on the earth, and cover it with dust. Lev. xvii. 13. See the annot. there. Ver. 17. — Thou mayest not,] That is, it is not permitted or lawful for thee, as the Chald. explaineth it. Gates,] In the Gr. and Chald., cities; so in ver. 18 — 21. The second tithe which the owners did eat, was holy, and might not be eaten but in the place where God's sanctuary was: see the notes on Deut. xiv. 22, 23. Heave-offering,] In Gr., first fruits ; in Chald., the separation, that is, the separated thing: see ver. 6. Maim, in Blccurim (or treat, of first-fruits,) chap. iii. sect. 3, saith, " The heave-offering of thine hand is the first-fruits; and, the priest that eateth of the first-fruits out of Jerusalem, after that they are brought with- in the walls, is by the law to be beaten; for it is said. Thou mayest not eat within thy gates," &c. See more on Deut. xxvi. 2, 4. Ver. 19. — Lest thou forsake,] That is, that thou forsake not, or neglect not, either by erecting a new ministry, as did Jeroboam, 2 Chron. xiii. 9, or by withhold- ing thy offerings, the means of their liveli- hood, which is in special here intended. So in Neh, x. 39, we ' will not forsake the house of our God ; where mention is made of bringing up their offerings. The same sin is called the spoiling of God, Mai. iii. 8. See also Deut. xiv. 27. Upon thy land,] The land of Canaan, out of which in spe- cial, tithes, first-fruits, and the like were to be paid. The Gr. translateth, all the time that thou shalt live upon the land (or cnrth.) CHAP. XI I. 245 lieed to thyself, lest thou forsake the Levite, all thy days, upon thy land, ^^ WJien Jehovah thy God shall enlarge thy border, as he hath spoken unto thee, and thou shalt say, I will eat flesli, because thy soul desireth to eat flesh ; in all the desire of thy soul tliou may est eat flesh. " If the place which Jehovah thy God shall choose, to put his name there, be far from thee, then thou shalt slay of thy herd, and of thy flock, which Jehovah hatli given unto thee, as I have commanded thee : and thou shalt eat within thy gates in all the desire of thy soul, ^^ But, as the roe -buck and the hart is eaten, so thou shalt eat it -. the unclean and the clean shall eat it alike. ^^ Only be sure not to eat the blood, for the blood is the soul, and thou shalt not eat the soul with the flesh. ^* Thou slialt not eat it : thou shalt pour it on the earth as water. ^^ Thou shalt not eat it, that it may be well with thee ; and with thy sons after thee, wlien thou shalt do that which is right in the eyes of Jehovah. ^^ Only thy holy things whicli thou shalt have, and thy vows, thou shalt take up, and go unto the place which Jehovah shall choose. ^' And thou shalt make thy burnt-offerings, the flesh and the blood, upon tlie altar of Jehovah thy God ; and the blood of thy sacrifices shall be poured out upon the altar of Jehovah thy God, and thou shalt eat the flesh. ^* Observe and hear all these words which I command thee, that it may be well with thee, and with thy sons after thee for ever, wlien thou shalt do that which is good and right in the eyes of Jehovah thy God. ^^ WJien Jehovah thy God shall cut off the nations from before tliee, whitlier thou goest to possess them, and thou possessest them and dwellest in their land. ^^ Take heed to thyself lest thou be Veb. 20. — Because thy soul,] Or, as ric-ES,] To wit, peace-off'ei'i?igs, (or the ^esh the Gr. translatethj if thy soul desireth. of them was eaten by the owners, Lev. vii. Ver. 22. — As THE ROE-BUCK,] That is, 15. Upon the altar,] The Gr. trans- as common and profane meats, without any lateth it, at the base (or foot) of the altar. respect of holiness. So after, in Deut. xv. Ver. 28. — In the eyes,] Tliat is, as the 22, 23. Gr, and Chald. expound it, before the Lord. Ver. 23.— Only BE sure,] Or, Ses/ro«^; Ver. 29. — To possess them,] Or, to the Gr. translateth. Take heed strongly : it disinherit them; as the Chald. saith to cast meaneth a full and firm purpose of heart, them out : the Gr. translateth, to inherit not to eat it at any time. Of this law, see their land. God having given direction for the notes on Lev. xvii. 10, &c. Is the the place of his worship, now proceedeth SOUL,] Figuratively spoken, because, the soul with the things and manner of service which (or life) is in the blood, as is expressed. Lev. they should perform unto him. xvii. 11. Not eat the soul,] Because Ver. 30.— Lest thou be ensnared,] God gave them that upon the altar, to make That is, deceived in thy mind, and so fall an atonement for their souls. Lev. xvii. 11. into sin and destruction, by following their 12. religion. The Gr. translateth, that thou seek Ver. 26. — Holy thlngs,] Ueh. holi- not to follow them. ^ee'E.y.oA.w.m.'S,'^. A%t\\e ness : the Chald. applieth it to their tithes. nations were to be destroyed, so their idola- Veb. 27. The flesh and the blood,] trous service was to be abolished, that none Both of them were wholly brought to the of their customs should be retained in Israel, altar, Lev. i. The Gr. translateth, the flesh How did,] Heb. How ivill, that is, how use thou shalt offer upon the altar. Sacri- they to serve. Hereupon the Heb. say, 246 DEUTERONOMY. ensnared after them, after tliat they be destroyed from before thee, and lest thou mqivh-e after their gods, saying, How did these nations serve their gods ? even so will I do likewise. ^' Tliou shalt not do so unto Jehovah thy God ; for every abomination to Jeho- vali whicli he liateth, have they done unto their gods ; for even their sons and their daughters they have burnt in the fire to their gods. ^^ Every word which I command you, that shall ye observe to do : thou shalt not add unto it, neither shalt thou diminish from it. " thou mayest not inquire (or ask) concerning the way of the service of an idol how it is, although thou serve it not ; for this thing occasioneth to turn after it, and to do as they do." Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. ii. sect. 2. Will I do,] Not unto idols, but to the Lord, as the next ver. manifesteth. So not only the worship of false gods, but false or idolatrous worship of the true God, is here forbidden; and all imitation of idolaters is condemned. So in Lev. xviii. 3. Ver. 31. — Every abomination,] The Chald. expoundeth, every thing that is abominable before the Lord : in Gr. the abominations tvhich the Lord hateth. To THEIR GODS,] The Chald. expounds it, to their idols. This one particular of burning their children, is named, (all other being im- plied,) because herein they showed most zeal and love ; as Abraham for sacrificing his son at God's commandment, is highly commend- ed. Gen. xxii. 12; and Israel when they would show themselves most studious to please the Lord, inquired about giving ' the fruit of their body for the sin of their soul,' Mic. vi. 7; and sometimes practised this abomi- nation, Ps. cvi.37, 38 ; Ezek. xxiii. 37, 39. But God here eondemneth the most fervent devotion of idolaters. Ver, 32. — E\ery word,] Or thing ; in Chald. every commandment. Hereby God appointeth his own word and law, to be the only rule of his service, without imitating the customs of others, or devising any thing of their own. So in Lev. xviii. 4 ; Deut. iv. 1,2. CHAP. XIII. 1 . The prophet that enticeth to idolatry, though he give signs which come to pass, must not he hearkened unto, hut put to death. 6. The brother, child, wife, or friend, that enticeth to idolatry, must not he hearTiencd unto, spared or concealed, hut stoned to death. 12. The city that revolteth to serve other gods, after due iiiquiry, must he smitten with the sword, men and heasts titterly destroyed, the spoils hurned, the city ruined for ever, and none of that execrable thing reserved. ^ If there arise in the midst of thee a prophet, or a dreamer of Ver. 1. — If there arise,] Or, when there shall stand up ; by which word is sig- nified the open and bold carriage of deceiv- ers. Moses having from the first command- ment taught the doctrine of one only God whom we should in faith, love, and obedi- ence have to be ours, and give ourselves to him ; and from the second commandment, taught the right way of serving this God, according to his own word, doth now from the third commandment, teach to beware of the abuse of God's name and word unto va- nity, heresy, or idolatry ; and so generally warneth Israel to take heed lest they trans- gressed the first and second commandments by the breach of the third. In the widst of thee,] Speaking to Israel, amongst whom many false prophets did arise, 2 Pet. ii. 1. Unto which danger all churches are subject, as it is said, ' moreover of your ownselves shall men arise, speaking perverse things. Acts XX. 30. A prophet,] A public se- ducer, touching whom he giveth warning first, as afterwards of the private, in ver. o. CHAP. XII r. 247 dreams, and lie give unto thee a sign or a wonder ; ' And the sign cometli, or the wonder which he spake unto thee, saying, Let us go after other gods which tliou liast not known and serve them : ^ Tliou shalt not hearken unto tlie words of tliat prophet, or unto that dreamer of a dream ; for Jehovah your God tempteth you, to know wlietlier you be tlie lovers of Jehovah your God, with all your lieart, and with all your soul. ■• After Jehovah your God shall ye walk, and him ye shall fear, and liis commandments shall ye keep, and his voice ye shall obey, and him you shall serve, and unto him shall ye cleave. ^ And that prophet, or that dreamer of a dream, shall be put to death, because he hath spoken revolt against Jehovah your God, which brouglit you forth out of tlie land of Egypt, and redeemed tliee out of the Iiouse of servants, to thrust thee out of the way, which Jehovah thy God commanded thee to walk therein : and thou shalt put away the evil from the midst of thee. &c. What a prophet signifieth is noted on Gen. XX. 7 ; and Exod. vii. 1. Dreams,] This was one of the ways by which prophecy came of old unto men, Num. xii. C; Jer. xxiii. 25, 28. By a prophet he seemeth to denote the principal sort, such as saw visions; by a dreamer, the inferior sort, that saw things more obscurely. He give,] Either by word and promise, or by action and ges- ture, as 1 Kings xiii. 3 ; xxii. 1 1 ; Matt. xii. 39, 40. Wonder,] Any miraculous or supernatural thing, as Jaimes and Jambres in appearance turned water into blood, Exod. vii. 22. Ver. 2. — Or the wonder,] Heb. and the wonder : these are said to come, when they are eflected or fulfilled: so Jer. xxviii. 9 ; Deut. xviii, 22. Saying,] Tiiat is, ajid he say : as saying, in 1 Chron. xiii. 12, is ex- pounded, and said in 2 Sam. vi. 9; so in 2 Kings xxii. 9, compared "ith 2 Chron. xxxiv. 16. After other gods ] The Gr. explaineth it, and serve other gods ; which the Chald. calleth, idols of the people. Thus the reli- ■!i on given of God by the hand of Moses, was established against all opposition that alter might arise, upon what pretence soever : And so the faith taught by Christ and his apostles was confirmed against the future signs, and lying wonders of antichrist, 2 Thess. ii. 9, 10. The Hebs. say, " if there stand up a prophet, and he doth great signs and wonders, and seeketh to deny (or make false) the prophecy of Moses, we may not hearken unto him, but we know certainly, that those signs are by enchantment and sorcery. For the prophecy of Moses was not by signs, &c., but with our eyes we saw, and with our ears we heard as he did hear, &c. Therefore the law saith, if the sign or won- der come to pass, thou shalt not hearken to the words of that prophet, (Deut. xiii.) for lo he comi tl) unto thee with sign and wonder, to make that false which thou hast seen with thine eyes. And forasmuch as we believe not ill a wonder, but because of the command- ment which Moses commanded us ; how should we receive this sign, which cometh to make the prophecy of Moses false, which we saw and heard ?" Maim. tom. in Jesude hatorah, chap. viii. sect. 3, See also the annot. on Exod. xix. 9. Ver. 3. — That dreamer,] Or. the dreamer of that dream; and so the Gr. traiislateth it. God tempteth,] Or prov- eth : see the notes on Gen. xxii. 1. But there God himself immediately tempted Abra- ham ; here mediately, and that by evil means which he of his grace and wisdom ordereth and disposeth for good to his people: as also the apostle saith, ' there must be also here- sies among you, that they which are approv- ed may be made manifest among you,' 1 Cor. xi. 19. Ver. 4. — After Jehovah,] The Chald. saith, after the fear of the Lord your God. Here the Lord and his commandments are opposed to all other: so that after Jehovah, meaneth after him only; as our Saviour ex- poundeth a like speech. Matt. iv. 10; from Deut. vi Ver. 5 Spoken revolt,] Or, apostacy, that is, spoken ivords to cause thee to revolt^ or turn away ; as the Gr. traiislateth, to tna/ce thee to err from the Lord. Tin's judgment of the false prophet (as all other weighty matters) none but the high council of seventy one elders might judge of, as the Hebs. say, Talmud Bab. in Sanhedrin, chap. i. ; and Maim, in Sanhedrin, chap. v. See 248 DEUTERONOMY. ^ If thy brother, the son of thy mother, or tliy son, or thy daugli- ter, or the wife of thy bosom, or thy friend, which is as thine ow7i soul, entice thee in secret, saying, Let us go and serve other gods, which thou hast not known, thou nor thy fatliers. ' Of the gods of the people which arc round about you, nigh unto thee, or far off from tliee, from the one end of the earth, even unto the other end of the earth. ** Tliou shalt not consent unto him, nor hearken unto him, neither shall thine eye spare him ; neither shalt thou pity, neither shalt thou conceal him. ^ But killing thou shalt kill him ; thine liaud shall be first upon him, to put him to death ; and after- the annot. on Num. xi. 30. The evil,] Both person and work ; as the Chald. trans- lateth, the evil doer : the Gr. the evil thing : but in Deut. xvii. 7, the Gr. translateth, the evil one ; which Paul approveth, using the same words, in 1 Cor. v. 13. Ver. 6. — Thy brother,] By nature, or in the same faith and church: but the Gr. addeth, thj/ brother on thi/ father's side, or on ih?/ mother's. Son of thv mother,] Such are dearest brethren, as the example of Jo- seph and Benjamin showetii, Gen. xliii. 34 ; xlv. 12, 14. Daughter,] Love and aflec- tion descendeth from parents to children as it were by inheritance ; and the daughter for infirmity of sex, is most spared and pitied ; but may not so be in this case. Of thy bo- som,] The Gr. saith, which is in thy bosom. As thine own soul,] Most dearly loved, put therefore in the last place, for ' a friend sticketh closer than a brother,' Prov. xviii. 24. And as man and wife are ' one flesh,' Malt. xix. 6, so friends here are as one so\il. Entice,] With motions, reasons, ex- hortations ; the Gr. translateth exhort ; the Chald. counsel. The Hebs. write ; " he that eiiticeth any one of Israel whether man or woman, he is to be stoned ; although nei. ther the enticer nor the enticed hath wor- shipped the idol, yet he dieth for teaching to worship it. Whether the enticer be private man, prophet, be the enticed one singular person, man or woman, or a few persons, they are to die by stoning. He that enticeth the multitude of a city, he is a thruster away, and is not called an enticer." Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. v. sect. 1, 2. See after in ver. ] 3. . Other gods,] In Chald. idols of the people : so in ver. 7. Ver. 7 — Unto the other end,] That is, all the world over. Hereby God con- denineth all the feigned religions throughout the earth, as being gone astray from him: and having made himself and his word known unto Israel, would have them therein to rest thiiir faith, without declining .to novel- ties. ' We know that we are of God, and the whole world lieth in wickedness,' 1 John v. 19. Ver. 8. — Not consent,] Or, not affect, have any liking or will unto him. From which word the Hebs. gather, that " it is unlawful for the enticed to love the enticer." Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. v. sect. 4. If he were drawn away by him, so that he said, " go we and let us serve them, al- though they had not as yet served, both of them were to be stoned, the enticer and the enticed." Ibid. sect. 5. Eye spare,] To wit, from vengeance. See this phrase in Gen. xlv. 20; Deut. vii. 16. Pity,] Or use gentleness and indulgence, as Gen. xix. 16. Conceal him,] But bewray, and use all means to bring him to liis punishment. Therefore the Hebs. think, that the enticed per- son was to take witnesses, to see if he would entice before them: if he would not, then (they say.) " it is commanded to lay privy wait for him, and they lay wait for none that are guilty of death by the law, but for this man. And thus they do it: the enticed bringeth two men, and sets them in a dark place, so that they may see the enticer, and hear his words, but he may not see them. Then he saith to the enticer. Say what is it that you said, &c. When he hath [spoken, the en- ticed answereth, How shall we leave our God which is in heaven, and go and serve stocks and stones ? If he convert hereby, or hold his peace, he is free: but if he say unto him, thus are we bound to do, and thus it beseem- eth us, then ihey that stood there aloof, bring him to the judgment-hall, and they stone him." Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. V. sect. 3. Ver. 9. — Shalt kill him,] By showing the thing to the magistrate, who hath power to kill him: therefore the Gr. translateth, " showing thou shalt show concerning him." Thine hand,] This is spoken to the accuser, or first witness, who must cast the first stone at him, Deut. xvii. 7. Of the manner of stoning used in Israel, see the notes on Lev. xxiv. 23. CHAP. XIIL 219 wards the hand of all the people. '" And thou sshalt stone liim with stones, and he shall die, because he hath sought to thrust thee away from Jehovah thy God, wliich brought thee forth out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of servants. '' And all Israel shall hear and fear, and shall do no more as this evil thing in the midst of thee. ^■- If thou shalt hear (say) in one of thy cities, which Jehovah thy God giveth to thee, to dwell there, saying, '^ Certain men, the sons of Belial, are gone out from tlie midst of thee, and have thrust away the inhabitants of their city, saying, Let us go and serve VeR, 10. To THRnST THEE AWAY FROM Jehovah,] In Chald. to make thee to err from the fear of the Lord, that is, to go astray from liis true worship aid service, as feaj- in Is. xxix. 13, is expounded worship in Matt. XV. 9. Of servants,] In Gr. and Chald. of servitude or bondage. Ver. 11. — Shall do no more,] Heb. shall not add to do as this evil word, that is, any such evil thing as this is. For punish- ment of transgressors is a mean to restrain others from wickedness, and to make them wise, Prov. xxi. 11. On the contrary, ' be- cause sentence against an evil work is not executed speedily, therefore the heart of the sons of men is fully set in them to do evil,' Eccl. viii. 11. See the like in Deut. xvii. 13. The Heb. gather from the words, "ail Israel shall hear," &c., that a crier was to proclaim before him unto all the cause of his death ; and they note four sorts of evil doers, before whom such proclamation was made, " the rebellious elder, (Deut. xvii. 13;) the presumptuous false witness, (Deut. xix. 19, 20 ;) the enticer to idolatry, (here spoken of;) and the stubborn rebellious son," (Deut. xxi. IS, 21.) Maim. torn. 4, treat, of rebels, chap. iii. sect. 8. Ver. 12. — If thou shalt hear say in ONE,] Or, tvhen thou shalt hear of one, that is, of any one of thy cities. This is one of the most severe laws, wherein God showeth his jealousy and indignation against idolaters, to the utter rooting out, not only of their per- sons, but of their posterity, goods and city it- self for ever. Of thy cities,] Of the cities of Israel, which were God's people, against whom only this law is given, if they should be drawn to idolatry, and not against those that were without. So of spiritual judgment it is said, ' do not ye judge them that are within ? But them that are without God judgeth,' 1 Cor. v. 12, 13. Ver. 13.— Sons of Belial,] That is, wicked or mischievous persons, which the Ciiald. interpreteth, sons of wickedness. Be- lial (in Heb. Belijiagnal) is by interpreta- VoL. II. ■ 2 1 tion, without profit, or vdthout yoke, that is, lawless, rebellious, and wicked ; and this name is given unto satan or antichrist, op- posed unto Christ, in 2 Cor. vi. 15 ; and to be sons of Belial, is to be addicted or given over unto wickedness, as in 1 Sam. ii. 12 ; Judg. xix. 22 ; 1 Kings xxi. 10. The like is of a ' daughter of Belial,' 1 Sam. i. 16; and ' man of Belial,' 1 Sam. xxv. 25 ; and sometimes the wicked are simply called Be- lial, as in 2 Sam. xxiii. 6; Nah. i. 15 ; and as it is here applied to persons, so is it also to wicked things, words, or thoughts, as in Deut. XV. 9. OoT FROM the midst of THEE,] Or, from among you, speaking to Israel, from whom such wicked persons might in all ages go forth, as they did also from the Christian churches, as it is said, ' they went out from us, but they were not of us,' 1 John ii. 19. And this their going out, argueth like- wise their stubborn and presumptuous carriage in their evil, which they did not in secret, but as proclaiming war against the Lord. Have THRUST away,] Or, have driven, have with- drawn, to wit, out of the way, as was ex- pressed in ver. 6 ; the Chald. expoundeth it, have caused to err (or go astray :) and it noteth the force and efficacy of such seducers; as Jeroboam is said to have driven Israel from following the Lord, 2 Kings xvii. 21. See before on Deut. iv. 19. The inhabi- tants,] This is spoken generally and indefi- nitely: if all the inhabitants were seduced, there is no doubt but the judgment following was to be executed : the Hebs. also think, if the greater part of the city were drawn away, they all that were seduced, were to die, and the city to be destroyed : but if the lesser part only were withdrawn, then they were killed, but the city itself was to be let stand, as is fur- ther showed in the annot. following. Other GODS,] In Chald. the idols of the people : so here were two evils, the forsaking of the true God, whom they had known, and the follow- ing of other gods whom they had not known. Of these the Lord saith by his prophet, • be astonished, O ye heavens at this, and be hor- 250 DEUTERONOMY. other gods which ye have not known : " Then shalt tliou enquire, and slialt search, and shalt ask diligently ; and behold (if it he) truth, the word certain, this abomination is done in tlie midst of thee. '^ Smiting thou shalt smite the inhabitants of that city with the edge of the sword, utterly destroying it, and all that is therein, and the cattle tJiereof, with the edge of tJie sword. "^ And all the spoil of it thou shalt gatJier into the midst of the street tliereof, and shalt burn with fire the city and all tlie spoil thereof, every whit, to Jehovah thy God : and it shall be an heap for ever, it shall not be built again. ribly afrairl, be very desolate, saith the Lord ; for my people liave committed two evils, they have forsaken me the fountain of living wa- ters; they liave hewed them out cisterns, broken cisterns, that can hold no water,' Jer. ii. 12, 13. Ver. 14. — Then shalt thou knquire,] He speakeUi to Israel, and therein chiefly to the rulers, whom it most concerned to try out this case: and by these three, enquire, search, ask, and that well or diligently, he toaclieth what care should be had for finding out the truth ; that this severe judgment came not, upon any without their due demerit. The Hcl)s. say, " they judge not a city thrust away, but in the judgment hall of se- venty-one (magistrates:) it is said (in Deut. xvii. 5,) thou shalt bring forth that man or that woman unto thy gate^^, and shalt stone them, &c. Particular persons are killed by the judges that are in every city; but the multitude are not killed save by the great synedrion. The great court do send, and inquire, and search, till they know evidently that all the city, or the most of it, is tlirust away, and turned to idolatry. Afterward they send two learned men, to admonish and to conven them. If they convert and show repentance, it is well ; but if they persist in their folly, the synedrion do command all Israel to go up against them to war : and they do besiege them, and wage war against them, until the city be broken up. When it is broken up, forthwith they set for them many courts of judgment, and do judge them: whosoever hath two witnesses come against him, that he served an idol, after they have dispatched him, they put him ajiart. If all the idolaters be found the lesser number, they stone them to death, and the rest of the city is delivered. If they be found the greater number, they carry them up to the high court, and give sentence there against them." Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. iv. sect. 3, 6. Ver. 15. — Smite the inhabitants,] The Gr. saith, kill all the inhabitants with the slaughter of the sword : which is to be under- stood, if they be all found guilty: as they say, " they kill with the sword all that have served (the idol;) and smite every soul, men, women, and children, if all (the city) be thrust away. If the idolaters be found the greater number, they smite all the little ones, and women of the idolaters with the edge of the swoid. And whether the whole, or the most part, be thrust away, they stone to death those that did thrust them away." Maim, ibid. sect. 6. Utterly destroying,] With a curse or execration: after the Gr. version, anathematizing. Of such the Hebs. say, " the men of the city drawn away (to idola- try) have no part in the world to come, (that is, in life eternal.") Talmud. Babyl. in Sanhedrin, cap. Chekk. The cattle,] And of " the cattle that is killed, it is for- bidden to make any profit (or use of them,) even of the ox that is stoned." Maim, in Idolatry, chap. iv. sect. 13. V^ER. 16. — All the spoil of it,] This the Hebs. understand largely, whether they be the goods of the idolaters, or of the other that fell not unto idolatry: for so they write, " the goods of the just men that are within it, if they be the rest of the inhabitants of that city, which are not drawn away with the multitude, they are burnt with the general spoil : forasmuch as they dwell therein their goods perish. A company of passengers from place to place, if they pass through a city so drawn away, and be drawn away with it; if they have continued in it thirty days, they are killed with the sword, and their goods perish ; if not, they are stoned to death, and their goods are to their heirs. The goods of the men of another city reserved therein, are not burned, but returned to the owners, for it is said, the spoil of it, and not the spoil of their neighbours. The goods of the wicked men of that city, which are re- served in aiiother city, if they be gathered together with it, are burnt in the general: if not, they perish not, but are given to their heirs, the holy things within it, such as are sanctified for the altar, do die ; for the sacri- CHAP. XIV. 251 " And there shall not cleave to thy hand ought of the cursed thing, that Jehovah may turn from the burning of his anger, and may give unto thee tender mercies, and may have tender mercy on thee, and multiply thee, as he liath sworn unto thy fathers, *^ When thou shalt obey the voice of Jehovah thy God, to keep all his commandments, ^^hich I command thee this day, to do t\\?Lt which is right in the eyes of Jehovah thy God. fice of the wicked is an abomination. Things sanctified to the maintenance of the temple, are redeemed, and afterward burnt: for it is said, The spoil of it, not the spoil of heaven. The first-born, and the tithe that are per- fect, are as the holy things of the altar, and die: such as are blemished, are as the com- mon cattle, and are killed, &c. The second tithes, and the money of the second tithes, and the holy scriptures that are within (the city) aie laid up in store." Maim, in Idola- try chap. iv. sect. 7, 9, 10, 15. Every WHIT,] The Heb. Calil here used, is some- time an tvhole lurnt-offering, Lev. xxvi. 32; Deut. xxxiii. 10. Hereupon the Heb. say, "Whoso executeth judgment upon the city drawn away (to idols) lo he oflereth the burnt-offering Calil ; as it is written, 'Every whit' (Calil to the Lord thy God: neither that only, but turneth away burning anger from Israel, (Deut. xiii. 17,) and bringeth a blessing and mercies upon them. Maim, in Idolatiy, chap. iv. sect. 16. An heap,] The Gr. translateth, unmhabifed ; the Chald., a desolate heap. The Heb. say, " Whosoever buildeth it, is to be beaten: but it is lawful to turn it into gardens or orchards ; for it is said, It shall jiot be built again ; not built for a city, as it was before. Maim, ibid., sect. 8. ■ Ver. 17. — Not cleave to thy hand,] That is, thou shalt not make any profit or use to thyself of any of the goods of the city. Compare the example of Jericho, Josh. vi. 17, &c. and see the annot. on Deut. vii. 26. From the burning,] The Chald. expound- eth it, from the strength, the Gr., from the icrath of his anger, which oftentimes is kindled, not only against the sinners them- selves, but all Israel for their sakes, as Josh, vii. 1, 11, 12; xxii. 17, 18, 20. Ver. 18. — Obey,] Or hearken to the voice; in Chald., shall receive the word of the Lord. That which is right in the eyes,] Which the Gr. expoundetli, That which is good and pleasing before the Lord. CHAP. XIV. 1. God's children are not to disfigure themselves in mourning for the dead. 3. Nor eat any abominable thing. 4. What may, and what may not he eaten, of beasts ; 9- Of fishes. 11. Of fowls. 19. Creeping things may not he eaten. 2\. Nor that which dieth of itself. 22. Tithes to be eaten before the Lord. 24. Or (if the way be too long ) to be turned into money, and it to he bestowed on things which they should eat and drink with joy before the Lord. 27. The Levite may not he for- saken. 28. The third year's tithe; for the Levite, stranger, fatherless, and widow. ^ Ye are the sons of Jehovah your God : ye shall not cut your- Ver. 1. — The sons of Jehovah,] Or, sons to Jehovah: the Chald. translateth, so7is before the Lord. Under the name sons, he implieth daughters also, as is expressed in Deut. xxxii. 19; 2 Cor. vi. IS. Moses here entereth into precepts concerning the com- muDion of tiie saints among tliemselves, which should be holy ; who, as they must abstain from false gods, so from communion in the rites and ordinances of religion, with the children of such. Christ is the Son of God in nature, ' the Son of his love,' Col. i. 13. We in Christ are tho sons of God by adoption, Rom. viii. 15, ' by faith in Christ,' 252 DEUTERONOMY. selves, nor put baldness between your eyes, for the dead • * For thou art an holy people to Jehovah thy God ; and Jehovah hatli chosen thee to be unto him a people of peculiar treasure, above all peoples which are upon the face of the earth. ^ Thou slialt not eat any abomination. ^ These are the beasts which ye shall eat; tlie ox, the lamb of sheep, and the kid of ^ The hart, and the roe-buck, and the fallow-deer, and the Gal. iii. 26. ' So many as are led by the Spirit of God,' Rom. viii. 14, and are made partakers of his love, as it is written ' Be- hold what manner of love the Father hath bestowed upon us, that we sljpuld be called the children of God,' 1 John iii. 1. Not cnT YOURSELVES,] As was the manner of the heathens, especially in their sorrow, 1 Kings xviii. 28; Jer. xli. 5, and in particu- lar, when their friends died, Jer. xvi. 6, which thing is chiefly intended here. The Chald. translateth, ye shall not make a tumult. Because they are the children of God, therefore they must walk in his fear, 1 Pet. i. 17, and purify themselves, ' even as he is pure,' 1 John iii. 3, and bear all accidents and afflictions that come upon them, patiently; and forsake all heathenish cus- toms, and not hurt their own bodies, which are the temples ' of the Holy Spirit,' 1 Cor. vi.l9. See the notes on Lev. xix. 28. The Heb. say, that "Gedidah, the cutting here spoken of, and Seritah, the incision, in Lev. xix. 28, are one thing: and he that cutteth himself for the dead, whether it be an in- cision with his hand, or an incision with an instrument, he is to be beaten." Maim, treat, of idolatry, chap. xii. sect. 13. Pot BALDNESS,] That is, make yourselves bald, by shaving or plucking off the hair: which they also used in mourning for the dead, Ezek. vii. 18; xxvii. 31; Jer. xvi. 6; xlviii. 37. See also Lev. xxi. 5; xix. 27. Between YOUR EYES,] That is, on the fore part of youi- head: as the Phylacteries which were to be between their eyes, were worn on their heads, as is noted on Exod. xiii. 9, 16. And in Lev. xxi. 5, it is written, ' They shall not make baldness upon their head. For the DEAD,] This is an explanation of that which elsewhere he saith ' for a soul,' Lev. xix. 28; xxi. 1. The Heb. here say, "If your father die, ye shall not cut yourselves, nor make you bald, nor sorrow more than is iTieet; for you are not fatherless, because you have a Father who is great, living, and per- manent, even the holy blessed God. But an infidel, when his father dieth, hath no father that can help him in time of need; for his father which is left him is of wood, and his mother of stone ; as it is written, saying to a stock, Thou art my father; and to a stone. Thou hast brought me forth, (Jer. ii. 27,) therefore they weep and cut themselves and make them bald. And further, because thou art an holy people, therefore thou mayest not deform thyself (or make thee ill-favoured.'') Chazkuni on Deut. xiv. Yea, even the wise among the heathens themselves, blamed this folly in men, that mangled their bodies for the dead, calling them, " Varia et detesta- biliagenera lugendi,pedores,muliebres lacera- tiones genarum, pectoris, foemorum, capitis percussiones. Cic. Tusc. quaest. lib. 3. Ver. 2. — Of peculiar treasure,] In Gr., a peculiar people; iu Chald., a be- loved people : see the annot. on Exod. xix. 6. Ver. 3. — Any abomination,] This Sol. Jarchi, and the Thargum called Jonathan, well explain, "any thing that I have made abominable to you (or put far from you.") ' For every creature of God is good,' 1 Tim. iv. 4, and there is ' nothing common (or un- clean) of itself,' Rom. xiv. 14, but by the or- dinance of God, certain creatures, meats and drinks were made unclean unto the Jews, yet not for ever, but ' imposed upon them until the time of reformation,' Heb. ix. 10. And this law taught them holiness, iu ab- staining from the impure communion with the wicked. Acts x. 13, 17, 20, 28. See the annot. on Lev. xi. The Hebs. saw this mystery; for Baal Hatturim on this place noteth, " Next unto these words, For thou art an holy people, &c. he saith. Thou shalt not eat any abomination; meain"ng, that they should not be commixed with infidels, for in- fidels are like unto beasts. Ver. 4. — Kid of goats,] Or the lamb of goats : the Heb. Seh, is either a young sheep, or a young goat, as Exod. xii. 4, 5, and by naming the lamb he meaneth all the breed of these beasts, young or old ; as the son of man, is used for any man generally, old or young, Ps. cxliv. 3 ; Job xxv. 6. Ver. 5.— Hart,] In Heb., ^jal, a wild beast well known, whose female is called an hind, Gen. xlix. 21, light of foot, 2 Sam. xxii. 34, bringing forth her young with great sorrow. Job xxxix. 1 — 3. Such were meat at Solomon's table, 1 Kings iv. 23. Roe- CHAP. XIV. 253 wild-goat, and pygarg, and the wild-ox, and the chamois ; ^ x\nd every beast that parteth the hoof, and cleaveth asunder the cleft of two hoofs, that cheweth the end among the beasts, tliat ye shall eat. ^ But this ye shall not eat, of them that cliew the cud, or of them that part the cloven hoof; the camel, and the hare, and the conie, because they chew the cud, but they part not the hoof, they shall be unclean unto you. * And the swine, because lie parteth the hoof, and cheweth not the cud, he shall be unclean unto you : of their flesh ye shall not eat, and their carcass ye shall not touch. ^ These ye sliall eat of, all tliat are in the waters, all tliat hath BUCK,] Hebr. Tscbi, of the pleasantness or beauty of this beast; in Chald., Tab/a; in Gr. Dorcas: (whereupon the "oman named in Syriac, Talitha, Acts ix. 36, is by inter- pretation, Dorcas; in English a roe:) this beast is very swift, 2 Sam. ii. 18; I Chron. xii. 8; Song viii. 14, eaten also at Solomon's table, 1 Kings iv. 23. F.ali.ow-deer,] Or tvild-ox, bugle, or huffel: in Heb. jach- mur, (a word not found, but here and in 1 Kings iv. 23.) the Gr. translateth it bou- balos, that is, the bnff, biiffel, or wild ox, which somewhat resembleth our common ox, but is of another kind, larger, black, and more fierce. The Chald. and Arabic retain the Heb. name Jachmura, which some Hebs. say, is a beast like unto a great goat. Some late expositors make it a beast like an ass; as an ass in Heb. is called Chatnor. Wjld-goat,] In Heb. Acco, a word not found but in this one place: of it some think the Lat. Alee (by putting in the letter I) is derived, which we call the elk; a beast somewhat like a fallow-deer. The Gr. trans- lateth it Tragelaphos, that is, a goat-hart, which is in part like a goat and a hart: such are found in Arabia. The best Heb. expo- sitors say, it is the " wild-goat or rock-goat," so named of climbing the rocks. It is a beast of another kind than the common goat ; for be it wild or tame, the beast is the same. PvGARG,] So the Gr. and old Lat. version translate the Heb. Dishon, here only used: which the Chald. calleth Rema, of highness. The pygarg is a wild beast like a fallow- deer, or roe-buck. Wii.d-ox,] Or, xvild- bull: so both Onkelos and Jonathan, the Chald. paraphrast, do translate the Heb. Teo, used only here, and in Is. li. 20, where it is called To. The Gr. translateth it Oryx, which is a beast like a goat. The Arabic iiameth it Tajetal. Chamois,] This name is borrowed of the French, as being a beast like a wild goat. The Heb. name is Zetner, the Arabic Zirapha ; both have the signifi- cation of cutting. The Gr. translateth it Cumelopardalis, which is a word compounded of the camel and the pantheress. The Chald. calleth it Ditsa, which is a kind of roe. These seven sorts of beasts, and three of cattle, are all to be understood of several kinds, (as the scripture giveth them every one a several name) and are not to be distin- guished by their wildness, or tameness, but by their different nature; for as the Heb. say, "the wild ox, and the (ox) fatted in the stall, these are of the kind of the ox." Maim, treat, of forbidden meats, chap. i. sect. S. And the scripture confirmeth this, as when he saith of David, ' He sacrificed oxen and fatlings,' 2 Sam. vi. 13, that is, oxen fed in the pastures, and fatted in the stall. More- over they say, that there are no other cattle or beasts in the world, lawful to be eaten, save these ten kinds, rehearsed in the law ; they and the kinds of them, as is noted on Lev. xiv. 3. And further, they have this saying, ' Though all these (ten kinds) are law- ful to be eaten; yet we must put a difference between the clean cattle, and the clean beasts. For the beasts, their fat is lawful (to be eaten) and their blood must be covered: [Lev. xvii. 13,] but clean cattle their fat is unlawful to be eaten, [Lev. vii. 23,] and there is no charge to cover their blood.' Maim, treat, of "forbidden meats," chap. i. sect. 9. Ver. G. — That cheweth,] Understand, a7id that cheweth, (as the Gr. addeth the word and) for it must do both, else it was not clean. And here, because the former beasts may be unknown by their names, (as is to be seen by the variety of interpretations,) God giveth two general signs to know a clean beast by, the ' parting of the hoof in twain, and the chewing of the cud:' of which, see the aimot. on Lev. xi. 3. Ver. 7. — Camel,] Of this and the rest that follow, see the notes on Lev. xi. 4 — 7, and of the exception, how in cases of neces- sity unclean meats might be eaten, it is there spoken. They chew,] Or, ^vtry of them cheweth, Ver. 9. — In the waters,] Whether in the seas, or ?w the rivers, Lev. xi. 9. Fin and scale,] In Gr. and Chald., Jins and scales: see the annot. on Lev. xi. 9, &c. 254 DEUTERONOMY. fin and scale shall ye eat. '" And all that hatJi not fin and scale, ye shall not eat, it shall be unclean unto you. " Every clean bird ye sliall eat. '' But these «/•« they of whicli ye shall not eat: the eagle, and ossifrage, and tlie osprey : '^ And the vulture, and the kite, and the glede, after her kind ; " And every raven after his kind: '* And the owl, and the night-hawk, and the sea-gull, and the hawk after his kind: '^ And the great owl, and the little owl, and the red-shank : " And the pelican, and tlie gier-eagle, and the cormorant : '^ And the stork, and the heron after her kind, and the lapwing, and the bat : "* And every creeping thing that flietli, it shall be unclean unto you : tliey shall not be eaten. '^° Every clean fowl ye shall eat. Ye shall not eat of any carcass ; tlioii shalt give it unto tlie stranger that is in tliy gates, that lie may eat it ; or thou tnayest sell it unto an alien ; for thou art an lioly people unto Jehovah thy God. *' Thou shalt not seethe a kid in his mother's milk. Ver. 10. — Unclean,] And so an abomi- nation, as is said in Lev. xi. 10, 11, that their flesh might not be eaten, nor their car- casses touched, as before in ver. 8. Ver. 12. — Eagle,] Of this, and the rest that follow, see the annot. on Lev. xi. 13, &c. Ver. J3. — Vulture,] Called liere in Heb., Raa/i, of seeing; in Lev. xi. 14, Daah of flying. Chazkuni here saith, " Raah and Daah are one, and it is called Raah, because it seeth much." Jonathan in his Thai'gum calleth it, "the white Dajetha," according to the name in Lev. xi. and On- kelos nameth it Bath canphu, that is, daughter of wing. Glede,] A kind of kite or puttock, in Heb. Dajah : tins is not mentioned in Lev. xi. (see the annot. there on ver, 14,) The Gr. calleth it Iciinos, tiiat is, a glede, or /cite. Ver. 15. — Owl,] Or yoxmg owl, or young ostrich : see the notes on Lev. xi. 16, for this and the rest that follow. Ver. 19. — That flieth,] Or, of the fl^'f'ff/owl : in Gr., all the creeping things of foii'ls ; which Jonathan, Solomon Jarchi, and others, expound of, flies, bees, hornets, and all such like : see Lev. xi. 20. Ver. 20. — Clean fowls,] Or, clean fly- ing things J implying the kinds of locusts, which were lawful to be eaten, Lev. xi. 21, 22. Ver. 21. — Any carcass,] The flesh of a clean beast or fowl, that either dietli alone, or is not orderly slain: see the annot. on Lev. xvii. 15. The stranger,] Not the pro- selyte, or stranger joined to the church, for such were bound to keep the whole law, and this in special. Lev. xvii. 15, but as both the Chald. paraphrases expound it, the 7/ncir- cumcised stranger that is in thy cities ; and the Gr. , the sojourner that is in thy cities. Of three sorts of strangers, see the notes on Exod. xii. 43, 45, 48. Tliis stranger here spoken of, the Hebs. call Gertoshal, that is, the stranger inhabitant (or sojourner: in Gr. Paroikos :) and they describe him thus; "Geitoshab is an heathen, who takes upon him that he will serve no idol, with the residue of the commandments which were commanded to the sons of Noah, [whereof see the notes on Gen. ix. 4,] but he is not circumcised nor baptized. Such an one they (the Israelites) do receive, and he is of the saints of the nations of the world. And why is he called Toshah (an inhabitant ?) be- cause it is lawful for us to let him inhabit amongst us in the land of Israel." Maim, torn. 2, in Issurei Biah, chap. xiv. sect. 7. Of such, they held that they might be 'n the state of salvation, as they confess else- where. " The saints of the nations of the world, they have a portion in the world that is to come (in life eternal)." Maim. treat, of repentance, chap. iii. sect. 5. Sell IT UNTO AN alien,] Or, sell thou it to a foreigner; in Cliald., to a son of the people ; an heathen that dwelt not in the land of Israel. An holy people,] And therefore are to show forth holiness in obeying all the commandments of the Lord, though imposed but for a time, and as shadows of bttter things. For ' meats, and drinks, and divers wash ings, and carnal ordinances, were imposed on the Jews, until the time of reformation,' Heb. ix. 10. But now it is said, ' Let no man judge you in meat or in drink, &c. which are a shadow of things to come, but the body is of Christ' Col. ii. 16, 17. Not CHAP. XIV. 255 ^ Tithing thou shalt tithe all the revenue of thy seed, that the field bringeth forth, year % year. ^^ And thou shalt eat before Jehovah tliy God, in the place which lie shall choose, to cause his SEETHE A KID,] Tliis law is twice given be- fore, in Exod. xxiii. 19; xxxiv. 26, see the annot. there. Under the name of a kid, the Heb. understand a lamb also, and calf, or other beast: and by seething, they im]ilv also eating, or making any profit or use of flesh so boiled. The Chald. translateth, thou shalt not eat flesh with milk. ^ Ver. 22. — Tithing THOU shalt tithe,] That is, shalt in any wise, carefully, faith- fully separate the tithe; meaning the second tithe which themselves were to eat, ver. 23, for there was a first tithe which was given ' to the Levites,' out of which the Levites paid a tenth part again to the priests, Num. xviii. 24—28 ; Neh. x. 37, 38. Then of that which remained, the owner separated a second tithe, which themselves did eat before the Lord, the first and second year: in the third year it was given to the Levites, and to the poor, Deut. xiv. 28, 29. In the fourth and fifth years it was eaten again by the owners, and in the sixth year was given to the poor. The seventh year was a rest and Sabbath to the land, then all things were common, Exod. xxiii. 10, 11. And this course they were constantly to follow in Israel. Hereof it is written by the Heb, thus; "After that they have separated the first tithe, every year they separate a second tithe; Deut. xiv. 22, and in the third year, and in the sixth they separate the tithe of the poor, instead of the second tithe. In the first (day) of Tisri (or September,) is the be- ginning of the year for the tithe of corn, and of pulse, and of herbs: and wheresoever the beginning of the year is mentioned, it is the first of Tisii. Aud the fifteenth of Shebat [that is, the eleventh month which we call January,] is the beginning of the year for the tithes of trees, (fruit.)" Maim. torn, in Maaser sheni (or treat, of the second tithe,) chap. i. sect. I, 2. See also the annot. on Lev. xxvii. 30, &c. All the revenue,] Or, all the income, that is, fruits or increase which are gathered and brought in for food, the reason of the name appeareth in 2 Sam. ix. 10, thou shalt 'till the land for him, and thou shalt bring in (the fruit-) that thy mas- ter's son may have food to eat.' The Heb. say, " All man's meat that is kept, which groweth out of the ground, owcth an heave- olfering: and it is commanded to separate out of it, the first-fruits for the priests, &c-. and likewise the tithes." Maim, in Trumoth, chap. ii. sect. 1. And whereas the scripture sometimes spcaketh of ' revenue sometime of corn,' (as after in ver. 23,) sometime of a morsel of bread, (as in Judg. xix. 5,) they say, the grain, " when it is eared, is called (Tebuali) revenue, everywheie ; and after that it is threshed and fanned, it is called (Dagan) corn ; and when it is ground, kneaded, and baked, it is called (Path) a mor- sel, or bread." Maim, in Beracolh, chap, iii. sect. 1. That the field bringeth forth,] Or, that cometh out of the field ; in Gr., the generation or increase of thy field. Year by year,] So the Gr. also interprelelh the Heb. phrase, year year, which is else- where written, year by year, Neh. x. 35, and Jonathan in his Thargum explaineth it, *' every year and year: whereto he addeth, and not the fruits of (one) year, with the fruits of another year:" meaning, that they must separate their tithes yearly, and not put two years' tithe into one. Ver. 23. — Shalt eat,] In Gr., shall eat it: speaking of the tithe which the owners should eat: and so Jonathan in his Thargum saith, " Ye shall eat the second tithe before the Lord." Before Jehovah,] The tithes which were given to the priests they might eat ' in every place,' Num. xviii. 31, this second tithe was holy, and might not be eaten, but where God's sanctuary was; as within Jerusalem when the temple was there built. " The second tithe is eaten by the owneif, within the walls of Jerusalem, (Deut. xiv. 23,) "Whosoever eateth so much as an olive of the second tithe, or driuketh of it the fourth part (of a log) of wine, without the wall of Jerusalem, is to beaten, as it is written (in Deut. xii. 17,) thou mayest not eat within thy gates, the tithe of thy corn, or of thy wine, or of thine oil, &c. and he is to be beaten for every one in particular: there- fore if he eat of them all three without the wall, he is beaten three times." Maim, in Maaser sheni, chap. ii. sect. 1, 5. This is meant (they say) if he eat thereof without the walls of Jerusalem, after it is once brought in thither; "But if he eat of it, before it cometh within the wall of Jerusa- lem, he is chastised with stripes," ibid. sect. 6. Of beating, see Deut. xxv. 2, 3, and of the holy manner of eating it, see Deut. xxvi. 14. His name,] In Chald., his divine presence, (Shecinah,) whereby God's presence with his church in Chiist, and by his Spirit, is meant: see the notes on Exod. xxxiv. 9. Firstlings,] These were given to the priests, Num. xviii. 15; Neh. x. 36, who had many other gifts, of which, some might not 256 DEUTERONOMY. name to dwell tliere, the tithe of thy corn, of thy new wine, and of thy new oil, and the firstlings of thy herd, and of thy flock, that tlion mayest learn to fear Jehovah thy God, all days. ^^ And if tlie way be too much for thee, that tliou art not able to carry it, because the place is far from thee, which Jehovali tliy God sliall choose to set his name there, when Jehovah thy God liath blessed thee ; ^^ Then shalt thou turn it into money, and bind up the money in thine hand, and shalt go unto the place which Jehovah thy God shall choose. ^'' And thou shalt give the money, for all that thy be eaten but in the rourt of the sanctuary; some (of which number these firstlings were,) might not be eaten but in the holy city: and some miglit be eaten everywhere. See the annot. on Num. xviii. To Fear,] This is the end of this ordinance, that the people might be inured with the fear, religion, and service of God: (lor /ear is sometime used generally for God's worship. Is. xxix. 13. with JNIalt. XV. 8, 9.) And this fear they learned both by the action itself, eating the tithe of all their fruits, with joy and thank- fulness to him that so blessed their land and labours, the tenth whereof they consecrated unto him: and by beholding the other holy things, and religious actions, performed by all Israel at their solemn feasts. In this latter sense Chazkuni here expoundeth it thus ; " That when thou goest up to the feast, to eat thy second tithe, and shalt see the priests in their service, and the Levites in their singing, and the Is-aelites in their standing, and the Synedrion (or magistrates) sitting and judging the judgments of Israel, and the doctors teaching; (for from thence doctrine went forth unto all Israel,) thou mayest learn to fear the Lord thy God. Ver. 24. — Too MUCH FOR THEE,] That is, as the Gr. explaineth it, he far away from thee. To carry it,] In Gr., to carry them, meaning the tithes fore-men- tioned. Hath blessed thee,] That is, hath given thee so great an inciease, that the tenth of them is more than tliou canst carry to the place of God's sanctuary. Ver. 25. — Turn it,] Or sell it for money : Heb., give it for silver ; which the Gr. trauslateth, sell them for silver. Of this the Heb. have these ordinances; "He that will redeem the fruits of the second tithe, redeenieth them by their price (or worth) and saith, Lo this money is instead of these fruits, &c. and he carrieth the money up to Jerusalem. He that redeemeth his second tithe, blesseth God for the redemption theieof. When they redeem it, it is not by the name of tithe, but by the name of com- mon (or profane) things: and they say, 'How much are these common fruits woith; though all d6 know that they are tithes.' They re- deem not the tithe fruits, but with silver; and they redeem them not with silver uncoined, but with silver stamped, which hath some figure or writing upon it: and if he redeem it with a wedge of silver, or the like, he doth nothing. He may not redeem it with money which is not current at that time, and in that place. Neither may he redeem it with money which is not in his own power; as it is writ- ten, ' Thou shalt bind up the money in thine hand.' He that redeemeth his second tithe before he have separated it; as if he say, ' The second lithe of these fruits be redeemed with this money; he saith not anything, seeing he hath not set out the tithe.' But if he have set them out, and then say, the second tithe which is in the north, or in the south, be common (or profane) for this money; lo then it is redeemed. When they redeem the second tithe, it must be with the worth thereof, and not by guess, but exactly, by the measure, or by the weight thereof and so they give the price. If the price be known, he may redeem it by the mouth of one; but if it be not known, as if the wine begin to be sour, or the fruits to be rotten, &c. he is to redeem it by the mouth of three chapmen. They may not carry the tithe fruit-; from ojie place to another, to redeem them there." Maim, in Maasar shetii, chap. iv. And BIND ui>,] Tlie Gr. saith, and shalt take the money in thine hands. Ver. 2G — Thy soul asketh of thee,] In Gr., thy soul desireth; by soul, meaning appetite or lust after meat or drink, as in Ps. Ixxviii. 28, tliey asked ' meat for their soul.' They might not bestow the money on other things, than for food or anointing, as the Hebs. declare it thus; " He may not take for the money of the tithe, ought save man's meat, which groweth out of the earth, or which is nourished by that which groweth out of the earth; as the particulars expressed iu the law, oxen, sheep, wine, or strong drink. There- fore they may not buy with the tithe money water or salt, &c. because they grow not out of the ground. Honey, eggs, and milk, are as oxen, and sheep; for though tliey grow CHAP. XIV 257 soul desireth, for oxen, or for sheep, or for wine, or for strong drink, or for whatsoever thy soul asketh of thee: and thou sha^t eat there before Jehovah tliy God ; and thou shalt rejoice, thou and thine house. " And the Levite which is witliin thy gates, thou shalt not forsake him, for he hath no part nor inlieritance with thee. ^^ At the end of three years thou slialt bring forth all the tithe of thy revenue in that year, and shalt lay it up within thy gates. '^^ x\nd the Levite, because he liath no part nor inheritance with thee, and the stranger and the fatherless, and the widow which not out of the earth, yet are they proceeded of them which are nourished from the earth. Likewise, they buy not a beast with the tithe money out of Jerusalem." Maim, in Maaser sheni, chap. vii. sect. 3, 4, 5, 16. And thine house,] In Chald., the men of thine house; meaning such as were clean, the unclean might not by the law, Deut. xxvi, 14. " Whoso eateth of the second tithe, in his uncleanness, is to be beaten." Maim, in Maaser sheni chap. iii. sect. 1. Ver. 27.— Thy gates,] In Gr. and ChvilA., thy cities : so in ver. 28. Not for- s.AKE HIM,] That is, not neglect him, but minister sufficient for him also to eat, drink and rejoice; seeing he hath no land of his own, to supply this unto him: see Deut. xii. 19. And this here seemeth not to be meant only of the first tithe, commanded to be given unto the Levites, Num. xviii., but of communicating also these second tithes with them, to rejoice together, as may be gathered by the law following, ver. 29. Ver. 28. — At the end of three YEARS,] In Gr. Jfter three years: but it is meant in the tliird year, to wit, of the seventh or Sabbath year; and so again in the sixth year, for every third year is meant. Therefore in Deut. xxvi. 12, it is written, ' In the third year.' All the tithe,] The Hebs. \\Tite, " After a man hath reaped the seed of the earth, or gathered the fruits of the trees, and ended the work thereof; he separateth out of it one of fifty; and this is called ' The great heave-offering (or first- fruits) and it is given to the priest:' and of this is spoken in Deut. xviii. 4. Afterward he separateth out of the remainder, one of ten; and that is called the first tithe; and he giveth it to the Levites: and this is mention- ed in Num. xviii. 24. After this he sepa- rateth out the residue, one of ten, and that is called the second tithe: and it is for the owners, and they eat it in Jerusalem: and this is spoken of in Lev. xxvii. 30, 31, and Deut. xiv. 22. According to this order do they separate in the first year of the seven, and Vol. ir 2 in the second, and in the fourth, and in the fifth. But in the third, and in the sixth of the seven, after they have separated the first tithe, he separateth out of the remainder, an- other tithe, and giveth it to the poor, and that is called the tithe of the poor. And these two years there is no second tithe but the tithe of the poor, and that is spoken of in Deut. xiv. 28; xxvi. 12. The year of re- lease [which is the seventh year] is all free ; and there is in it no heave-offering, nor tithes at all, either first or second, or tithe of the poor." Maim. tom. 3, in Mattanoth, gnanijim, chap. i. sect. 2 — 5. Thy gates,] In Gr. and Chald. thy cities : implying cities, suburbs, and fields about them; but not out of the land ; as the Hebs. say, "They may not carry out of the land, for it is said. With- in thy gates; and (in Deut, xxvi. 12.) That they may eat within thy gates." Maim, in Mattanoth, chap. vi. sect. 17. Ver. 29.— The Levite,] He was to have all the first tithe. Num. xviii. 24, and of that do the Heb. understand this, and not of the second tithe: as Sol. Jarchi here saith, "The Levite (shall come) and take the first tithe: and the stranger and the fatherless, and they shall take the second tithe, for it is for the poor of this year." And Chazkuni saith, " In the third year, the first tithe is for the Levite, and the second tithe is to be divided unto the poor." See the notes on Num. xviii. Shall eat and be satis- fied,] Or, eat a7id have their Jill. They were not bound to eat it in Jerusalem, as the second tithe of the former two years; but might eat it within any of their gates. About the distribution of this tithe, they had these orders: " The owner of the field, when poor folk pass by him, and he have there the tithe of the poor, he giveth to every poor body that passeth by him, so much of that tithe as may satisfy him, accoiding to Deut. xiv. 29. How- much is that? If it be of wheat, he give?; him not less than half a kab: if of barley, not less than a kab: of rye, not le?s ihan a kab: of figs, not less than five and tu'enty 258 DEUTERONOMY. are witliin thy gai;es, shall come, and shall eat and be satisfied j tliat Jehovah thy God may bless thee, in all the work of thine hand, wliich thou slialt do. shekels' weight: of wine, not less than half a log: of oil, not less than a quarter (of a log,) &c. And if he give him of any other fruits, it is not less than that he may sell, and buy with the price thereof two meals' meat. If there be many poor, and he have not enough to give unto ^\q\y one according to the mea- sure, then he setteth (the tithe) before them, and they part it among themselves. With the second tithe they may not pay debts, or wages; nor redeem captives with it, nor give alms thereof," &c. Maim, in Mattanoth gnan. chap. vi. In all the work.] That if, ail the works, as the Gr. and CLald. ex- plain it; or, in every work. This manner of speech, ' that he may bless, thee,' is a promise, and he will bless thee, (as ' Judge not, that ye be not judged,' Matt. vii. 1, meaneth, ' and ye shall not be judged,' Luke vi. 37,) and it showeth how ' godliness is profitable unto all things, having promise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come, 1 Tim. iv. 8. Unto such duties as these, aud to works of mercy, there are often annexed promises of blessing in the scriptures, Prov. iii. 9, 10. Ezek. xliv. 30; Mai. iii. 10, 11 ; 2 Cor. ix. 6—10. CHAP. XV^ 1 . The seventh year, a year of release for the poor. 7. Unto the poor, men must lend freely, and give; the seventh year must he no let ' thereof. 12. An Hebrew servant must be set free in the seventh year, and liberally rewarded. 16. If he will not go out free, his ear must be bored, and he is a servant for ever. 19. All firstlings males of the cat- tle, are to be sanctified unto the Lord, and eaten before him; 21. Ex- cept it have a blemish, then is it to be eaten by any, in any place : 23. But not the blood. ' At the end of seven years tliou shalt make a release. ^ And tills is the manner of the release ; that every creditor that lendeth Ver. 1. — At the end of seven years,] Hereby seemeth properly to be meant accord- ing to the old Lat. version. In the seventh year ,• as in Deut. xiv 2S. ' At the end of three years,' meaneth 'in the third year;' and in Jer. xxxiv. 14, it is said, ' At the end of seven years, let ye go eveiy man his brother,' &c. that is, as thereafter followeth, ' when he hath served thee six years;' and Moses here in Deut. xv. 12, explaineth it, •in the seventh year:' and the Gr. interpre- ters translate that place of Jeremiah, "At the end of seven years, thus, when six years are fulfilled." So here, ' the end of seven years,' is the seventh year, which is the end or last of the seven: and as servants were to be released in the beginning of the seventh year, when they had fully served six; so Aben Ezra (upon this place) expoundeth this remi.-sion of debts to be at the " beginning of the year." Nevertheles some of the Hib. expositors take it otherwise, saying, " The seventh (year) releaseth not debts of money, but at the end thereof, as it is said (in Deut. xv. 1.) At the end of seven years, &c. And there he saith (in Deut. xxxi. 10,) At the end of seven years, in the so- lemnity of the year of release, in the feast of tabernacles. What is (meant) there? after (seven years;) so the forgiveness of money is after seven (years.) Therefore he that lendeth to his neighbour in the seventh year itself, may require his debt all the year; but when the sun is set in the night of New-year's day, at the going out of the seventh year, the debt is lost." Maim, in Misneh, torn, 3. treat, of the *" release and jubilee," chap ix. sect. 4. This seventh year is that spokeu of in Exod. xxiii. 11, and Lev. xxv. 4, which was a Sabbath and rest for the land, that it might not be tilled; and a year of releasing debts, figuring the year of grace, the acceptable year of the Lord, which Christ preached, by whom we have obtained of Gud CHAP. XV. 259 ought unto his neighbour ; do release it : he shall not exact of his neighbour, and of his brother, because he hath proclaimed a re- lease to Jehovah. ^ Of a foreigner thou mayest exact it : but that release of our debts, that is, the forgiveness of our sins, Luke iv. 18, 19; Matt. vi. 12; Luke xi. 4, and are taught also to forgive, if we have ought against any ; that our Fathei' also which is in heaven, may forgive us our trespasses, Mark xi. 25, that we be kind one to another, tender-hearted, forgiving one an- other, even as God for Christ's sake liath forgiven iis, Eph. iv. 32; Col. iii. 12, 13. See the annot. on Lev. xxv. A release,] Or, a remission, or intermission, called in Heh. Shemittah, in Gr. Aphesis, that is, forgiveness, or remission : the word which the New Testament useth for ' forgiveness of sins, Mark i. 4; Matt. xxvi. 28, whereof this release of debts was a shadow. And the word is likewise used in Exod. xxiii. 11, where speech is of the land, that it should be let rest, or intermitted from tillage, which was but for that seventh year only: wherefore it cannot be gathered from this word, that the remission of debts here commanded, was to be for ever, but might be an intermission only for the seventh year, wherein was neither sowing, nor reaping, nor other works of hus- bandry, so that the poor had not such means to pay their debts, as in other years. How- beit, the Heb. for the most part hold the re- mission to be perpetual, and therefore have their limitations for some debts and debtors, as after shall be showed. Ver. 2. — The Manner,] Heb. iAe worthy which the Gr. expoundeth, the ordinance (or commandment) of the release. Everv CREDITOR,] Heb., every master (or owner) of the lending of his hand, that is, of the thing lent with his hand: which seemeth to imply money, and the like, and that which is a man's own, whereof he hath power, as to lend, so to remit. It may also be interpret- ed " every master of the exaction of his hand, which he may exact of his neighbour, do re- lease it;'' that is, every creditor that hath right to exact (the debt) with his hand, do release that which he might exact. The Gr. expounds it thus; " Thou shalt forgive every proper debt (or every debt of thine own) which thy neighbour oweth thee." Chaz- kuni here observeth, that the release is of things lent, not of things taken by robbery, or of things committed of trust to be kept. Not exact,] Or, not urgently exact, m Gr., not ask, (or require:) which the Hebs. un- derstand both of exacting the debt, and an oath concerning it, as some ca-ses might re- quire. " The seventh year releaseth an oath, as it is said, Thou shalt not exact; not at all ; neither to pay, nor to swear; meaning, an oath before the judges, &c. But an oath of them that have a thing to keep, or for part- nership, or the like; wherein if he confess, he must pay; in such case he sweareth, after the (year oQ release." Maim, in treat, of the release, chap. ix. sect. 6, 7. And of HIS Brother,] That is, of such a neighbour as is his brother in the faith ; to except the stranger, as in ver. 3. So and is often used for explanation, as " I mean, or that is to say:" see the notes on Gen. xiii. 15. Be- cause HE HATH PROCLAIMED,] Or, " when he (that is, God by the magistrate) hath pro- claimed, or because it is called a release." Thargum Jonathan expoundeth it of a pro- clamation by the magistrate?. To Jehovah,] meaning, to his honour, and by his command- ment. The Chald. translateth, before the Lord : the Gr. to the Lord thy God. Ver. 3. — Of a foreigner,] Whom the Chald. calleth " a son of the people," mean- ing an heathen. Exact,] The Gr. addeth, require whatsoever things are thine ivith him. Thine hand shall release,] Which the Greek explaineth thus, btU to thy brother thou shalt make a release {or forgiveness) of thy debt. In this the Hebs. (which hold the release to be for ever) have their limitations. They say, the seventh year releaseth a debt though it be lent upon a bill which secureth the debt by goods; but if he took assurance by land, when he lent it, then it releaseth not. Also, he that lends to his neighbour, and setteth him an appointed time of ten years, he re- leaseth not (in the seventh.) He that lends unto his neighbour, and conditioneth with him, that the seventh year shall not release him, he must notwithstanding release, for he cannot frustrate the right of the seventh year. If he condition with him, not to release that particular debt in the seventh year, the con. dition standeth; for that man hath bound himself in his goods, whereas the law hath not bound him. Mulcts (or forfeits) for en- forcing, or for enticing a maid, or for bring- ing an evil name, &c. are not released. He that lends upon a pawn, releaseth not, if the debt be equivalent with the pawn: but if it be more, the overplus is released. If the judges have given sentence (at law) and written, " Thou, such an one, art bound to pay this man thus and thus, he releaseth not, ibr this is not in the nature of a thing lent. These and the like cautions Maimony show- eth in his said treat, of the release and jubilee," chap. ix. Of some of these there is a ques- 260 DEUTERONOMY. which is thine, with thy brother, thine hand shall release. ^ Only, that there be not in thee a needy man ; for Jeliovah blessing will bless thee in the land wliich Jeliovah thy God giveth to thee^r an inheritance, to possess it. ^ Only, if hearkening thou wilt hearken unto the voice of Jehovah thy God, to observe to do all his com- mandment which I command thee this day. ^ For Jehovah thy God blesseth thee as he hath spoken unto thee, and thou shalt lend unto many nations ; but thou shalt not borrow ; and thou shalt rule over many nations, and they shall not rule over thee. ^ If there shall be in thee a needy man, of one of thy brethren, in any of thy gates, in thy land which Jehovah thy God giveth unto thee, tliou shalt not make strong thine heart, nor shut thine liand from tliy brother the needy man. ^ But opening thou shalt open thine hand unto him, and lending thou shalt lend him enough for his want, that which is wanting unto him. ' Beware of thyself, lest there be a thought in thine heart of Belial, saying, The seventli tion to be made whether they be agreeable to the law of God here given, especially if it be understood but of an intermission of the debt for the seventh year only. Veb. 4. — Only that there be not,] Or, to the e7id that there be not : it showeth the reason of the former law of release, that there might not be through exacting of debts, any man brought to extreme poverty. In thee,] In the midst of thee, O Israel, or, among you : so again in ver. 7. A needy MAN,] This word noteth a depth of poverty, and hath the name Ebjon, of wishing or de- siring things that may relieve his wants. Blessing will bless the,] That is, will surely bless thee much; so that thou shalt not lose by it, if thou perform this duty to thy poor brother. The Gr. explaineth it, for this thing the Lord's blessing will bless thee. Ver. 6.' — Blesseth thee,] Or, hath blessed thee, that is, will surely bless thee ; a promise spoken of as already done. Thou SHALT lend,] God will so bless thee, that thou shalt have enough to lend, and shalt not need to borrow: so it is explained in Deut. xxviii. 12. Rule over many,] As other- wise, so particularly by lending unto them, being richer than they; for, ' The rich ruleth over the poor, and the borrower is servant to the man that lendeth,' Prov. xxii. 7; compare alsoPs. xswii. 2J, 26. Ver. 7. — Any of thy gates,] Or, one of thy gates: which the Gr. and Chald. ex- pound cities. Not make strong,] That is nut hardeti thine heart ; for so these phrases do one open another; as in Exod. iv. 21; vii. .'i. The Gr. expoundeth it, " not turn away tliine heart :" the apostle calleth it a ' .-hut- ting up of the bowels ' (of compassion) from him tiiat hath need, 1 John iii. 17. Shut thine hand,] That is, abstain from giving : contrary to the opening of the hand, in ver. 8. Ver. 8. — Open thine hand.] That is, be bountiful and give: so again in ver. 11. Thus it is said of God, ' Thou openest thine hand, they are filled with good,' Ps. civ. 2S; cxlv. 16. Our Saviour saith, ' Do good, and lend, hoping for nothing again; and your reward shall be great, and ye shall be the children of the Most High; for he is kind unto the un- thankful, and to the evil. Be ye therefore merciful, as your Father also is merciful,' Luke vi. 35, 36. Ver. 9.— a thought,] Heb. a word; used generally for any thi?ig or thought: the Gr. saith, a hidden tvord, or seciet thing. In thy heart,] Or with thy heart. Of Belial,] That is, of wickedness ; see Deut. xiii. 13. This is to be referred unto the former, a icord (or) thought of Belial: as they are joined in Ps. ci. 3; xli. 9, that is, a wicked thing (or) thought in thy heart and so the Gr. explaineth it, an unlaxiful thing. Some refer it to the latter, the heart; as if he should say, a thought in thy luicked heart. Thine eye be evil,] Hereby is meant the manifestation of a covetous aflection, as is after showed by the efiect, and thuu givest not unto him ; and proceedeth frum an ' evil heart,' ver. 10, for the eye declareth what is in the mind. This Solomon tcacheth by the contrary, saying, ' He that hath a good eye, shall be blessed, for he giveth of his bread to the poor,' Prov. xxii. 9, whereto agreeth that speech in Eccl. xxxv. 8. ' Give the Lord his honour, with a good eye, and diminish not the first-fruits of thine hands.' But an CHAP. XV. 261 yar is near the year of release ; and thine eye be evil against thy brotlier the needy man, and thou givest not unto him, and he cry against thee unto Jehovah, and it be sin unto thee. ^" Giving thou shalt give unto him, and thine heart shall not be evil when thou givest unto him, because that for this thing Jehovah thy God will bless thee in all thy works, and in all that thou puttest thine hand unto, " For the needy shall not cease out of the land: therefore I do command thee, saying. Opening thou shalt open thine hand to Ihy brotlier, to thy poor afflicted, and to thy needy in thy land. ^" If thy brother an Hebrew, or an Hebrewess, be sold unto thee, and serve tliee six years, then in the seventh year thou shalt send evil eye signifieth envy and povetousness, as, • Kat thou not the bread of him that hath an evii eye,' Prov. xxiii. 6, and, 'Is thine eye evil, because I am good?' Matt. xx. 15, and Christ saith, that an evil eye proceedeth ' from within, out of the heart of men,' Mark vii. 21, 22. It be sin unto thee,] Or, sin in thee, that is, a great sin, for which thou shalt be condemned, as is showed in Matt. XXV. 41, 42, 45. Thus sin is used sundry times for a most sinful and damnable action; as, 'The thought of foolishness,' (that is, of the fool) ' is sin,' Prov. xxiv. 9, and, ' If I had not done among them the works which none other man did, they had not had sin,' John xv. 24, see also James iv. 17. And this sin is the greater, and the sooner punished, when the poor, for want of release, do cry unto God, Ver. 10. — Giving thou shalt give,] That is, ' In anywise give, and that freely, bountifully,' &c. So in ver. 11, 'opening thou shalt open ' thine hand. Thine he.'VRT SHALL NOT BE EVIL,] Or, let not thine heart be evil, that is, grudge not, grieve not, nor distrust the providence of God: so the Gr. translatetli, thou shalt not be grieved in thy heart. This is spoken of the heart, because a pretence of lil)erality is sometimes made without a good heart, as is showed in Prov. xxiii. 6, 7. Hereupon it is said, ' Every man according as he purposeth in his heart,' (so let him give:) 'not of grief, or of neces- sity; for God loveth a cheerful giver,' 2 Cor. ix, 7. Will bless thee,] And conse- quently will enrich thee; for, ' the blessing of the Lord it maketh lich,' Prov. x. 22. Other blessings also are implied, for he saith, ' If thou draw out thy soul to the hungry, and satisfy the afflicted soul; then shall thy light rise in obscurity, and thy darkness shall be as the noon day, and the Lord will guide thee continually, and satisfy thy soul in droughts, and make fat thy bones ; and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters fail not, Is. Iviii. 10, II. Ver. 11. — Not cease out of the LAND,] Or, from the midst of (that is, from within) the land. Though God is able abun- dantly to supply all men's wants, yet sufler- eth he some to have need, as for other causes, so to make trial of the love and compassion of his people to their poor brethren. ' Ye have the poor with you always ; and when- soever ye will, ye may do them good,' Mark xiv. 7. Ver. 12,— An Hebrew, or an Heb- rewess,] That is, as the Chald. expoundeth it, a son of Israel, or a daughter of Israel; for the Israelites were called Hebrews, Exod. ii. 6, afterward (when the other tribes were fallen from God, and the tribe of Judah abode in the truth, Hos. xi, 12,) they were called Jews, Jer, xxxiv. 9; Ezra v. 5. vi. 7, 8, &c, Esth. iv. 7; ix. 1, Sold unto thee,] Of the selling of the Hebs,, see the law fore- given in Exod. xxi. 2 — 11; Lev. xxv. S9 — 55. The Heb. expositors understand this law here given, for him that was sold by the magistrate, according to Exod. xxii. 3, and not for such as sold themselves. Maim, treat, of Servants, chap. iii. sect. 12, but it seemeth by the words of Moses, and by Jer. xxxiv,, to extend further. In the seventh YEAR,] To wit, from the time of his sale ; for this is not the seventh year, the year of release fore spoken of in ver. 1, 2, 9; see the annot. on Exod. xxi. 2. Send him Oct free,] Or, let him, go out a free man : This was not an intermission of service for the seventh year only, but a full release for ever; where- fore God blameth the Jews in Zedekiah's days, who had released their servants, and after- ward caused them to return, and brought them into subjection and servitude again, Jer. xxxiv. 14 — 16, &c. Neither was this release to be purchased by the servants of their friends, but was for nothing, Exod. xxi. 2. This sabbath, or seventh year, figured the acceptable year, the time of grace by Christ, who releaseth freely by his gospel. such as were the servants of sin and Satan, 262 DEUTERONOMY. liim out free from thee. '^ And when thou sendest him out free from thee, thou shalt not send him out empty. " Furnishing thou shalt furnisli him out of thy flock, and out of thy floor, and out of thy wine-press ; of that wherewith Jehovah thy God hath blessed tliee, thou shalt give unto him, '^ And thou shalt remem- ber that thou wast a servant in tlie land of Egypt, and Jehovah thy God redeemed thee ; therefore I do command tliee this thing to day. '^ And it shall be, if he say unto thee, I will not go out from thee, because he loveth thee and thine house, because he is well with tliee ; " Then thou shalt take an awl, and shalt thrust it in his ear, and in tlie door, and he shall be unto tliee a servant for ever ; and also unto thy woman-servant thou shalt do likewise. '* It shall not be liard in tliine eyes when thou sendest him out free from thee, for the double of the hire of an hired servant, he hath served thee six years : and Jehovah thy God will bless tliee in all that thou doest. Is. Ixi. 1, 2; Luke iv. 18, 19; Rom. vi. 12—14; iii. 24; Heb. ii. 14, 15; John viii. 32— -36. Ver. 14. — Furnishing thou shalt fur- nish HIM,] That is, in any case furnish him, and that liberally, or adorn him as with a chain ; from whence the similitude is here taken: that as crowns and chains were signs of honour and dignity, Dan. v. 29, so the master should honourably reward his brother for his service, and not turn him out as a vagabond. He was sold for extreme poverty, Exod. xxii. 3; Lev. xxv. 39, and if he should be turned away empty, he might either be forced to return into servitude, (from which God would free his people, because they were his servants. Lev. xxv. 42, 55,) or be driven to steal, Prov. xxx. 9, or to beg, or live in misery. Thy floor,] Thy com: by these three, flesh, bread and wine he was sufficiently provided for his present liveli- hood, and that of the best. Thy God hath BLESSED THEE,] So implying other things besides those fore-mentioned, and giving a reason of this precept from the blessing of God upon the master, which also often cometh by means of the servant's diligent and faithful service, who therefore ought not to be sent away empty. Gen. xxx. 27, 30 ; xxxi. 6, 38, 40, 42. For the quantity, the law appointeth hot how much the master should give his servant at his departure: the Hebs. gather from Exod. xxi. 32, that he might not give him " less than the worth of thirty shekels, whether it were of one kind (of the things furementioned) or of many." Maim, treat, .of servants, chap. iii. sect. 14. Ver. 16 — Thine house,] That is, thine hi.nseluiUl, wife, children, servants; as the Ciiald. .'■iiith, the men of thine house. He is well,] Is well used, and to his contentment. What the Hebs. gather from these words, is noted on Lev. xxv. 40. Ver. 17. — Thou shalt take an awl,] This was to be done by th knowledge of the magistrates also, Exod. xxi. 6, see the an- not. there. In his ear, and in the door,] So fastening his ear to the door, as the Gr. version here explaineth it; to signify, that he yielded himself as a perpetual servant in his master's house. A servant for ever,] That is, till the year of jubilee ; or, all the days of his master's life: see the notes on Exod. xxi. 6. Thou shalt do likewise,] To furnish her liberally when she goeth out of thy service, as ver. 14, and (as some think) to bore her ear for a perpetual servant, if she will not go out free at the end of six years. But the Hebs. understand it of the former only, and hold that a woman was not to be bored in the ear. Maim, in Servants, chap, iii. sect. 13. Of maid-servants, see the law in Exod. xxi. 7 — H. Ver. 18. — It shall not be hard,] Or, Let it be not hard, that is, seem hard unto thee, and grieve thee, that thou must so furnish him with thy goods when thou lettest him go. The DOUBLE,] \nChM.,tivo for one. The hire of an hired servant,] That is, he hath been double the worth of an hired ser- vant to thee, that he hath served thee six years. The reason of this speech some think to be, because of the hard service which he hath done, above the service of an hireling, as in Luke xvii. 7—9. But by the law Heb. servants might not be used like slaves, but like hired servants. Lev. xxv. 39, 40. Therefore others understand it in respect of the time, that an hired servant might not be hired longer than three years, (as in Is. xvi) CHAP. XVL 263 '^ Every firstling whicli shall be born of thy herd and of thy flock, the male thou shalt sanctify unto Jehovah thy God : thou shalt not serve with the firstling of thy bullock, nor shear the firstling of thy flock. ^" Thou shalt eat it before Jehovah thy God, year by year, in the place wliicli Jehovah shall choose, thou and thine house. '■*' And if there be in it a blemisli, lame, or blind, any evil blemish, thou shalt not sacrifice it unto Jehovah tliy God. ^^ TJiou shalt eat it withm thy gates, the unclean and the clean {person) together, as the roe buck, and as the hart, ^^ Only the blood thereof thou shalt not eat, thou shalt pour it upon the earth, as water. 14, ' within three years, as the years of an hireling,' &c.) whereas this servant had served six years. But tliere is nc \a.vf given of God, that a man might not be hired for longer time than three years ; and there is the like phrase in speech of one year, Is. xxi. 10. Others think it to be in respect of his condition, that he was sold for a servant, and so bound to his master, and could not be free when he would. Ver. 19. — Of thy herd,] Or in (ihatis, among) thy herd, and in thy flock ; meaning ot beeves, sheep, and goats. After the laws that concern the poor and the servants of Israel, lie now repeateth a law which concern- ed the release of his ministers the priests that served the Lord, and his people Israel. Shall sanctify,] That is, shall separate as holy unto the Lord : the ground of this law was because God smote all the first-born of Egypt, from man to beast, but spared the Israelites; therefore he commanded them (in perpetual memory of that benefit) to sanctify all their first-born males unto him. See Exod. xiii. 2, U— 15. Not serve,] That is, as the Gr. explaineth it, 7iot to do any work therewith ; as to plough, tread out the corn, or any other like. Because these beasts were the Lord's, he forbiddethmen to use them as their own, for any work, service, or profit to themselves. So the Hebs. hold the law by inference, to concern all other holy things, as well as the firstlings ; and that for trans- gressing this charge, men were to be beaten. Maim. tom. 3, in Megnilah, chap. 1, sect. Ver. 20. — TnoiT shalt eat it,] This is not meant of the owner, but spoken to tlie priest, unto whom God gave all the firstlings of Israel, Num. i. 15, 17, 18. See the aa< not. there. Year by year,] Every firstling in his year, and not defer the eating of it till the year following. Shall choose,] To put his name, and place his sanctuary there: see Deut. xii. 5, 6. Thine house,] Thy family; in Chald., the men of thy house. Ver. 21. — Lame or blind,] Understand, if the bea^^t be lame or blind, or any other- wise blemished. The firstlings were to be killed, their blood and fat brought to the altar, their flesh eaten by the priests, as is noted on Num. xviii. 17, but no blemished thing might come to the altar, by the law, in Lev. xxii. IS — 22, therefore not the firstlings that had blemish on them. Ver. 22. — Thou shalt eat it,] Speak- ing to the priest, to whom the firstlings were given for their livelihood: see Num. xvili. 17. Within thy gates,] In Gr. and Chald., within thy cities, that is, in any of their common habitations. As the roe-buck,] That is, as ordinary meat wherein is no holiness. So in Deut. xii. 22. Ver. 23. — The blood,] Because it is the soul, or life, and was for atonement of their souls upon the altar, therefore no blood of beast or fowl might be eaten : see Deut. xii. 23, and Lev. xvii. 11, 12. CHAP. XVI. \.A repetition of the law touching the feast of the passover, and of unleavened bread : 9- Of meeJcs or pentecost : 13. Of booths or taber- nacles. 16. Every male must appear, and offer according to the gift of his hand, at these three feasts. 18. Of ordaining judges, and doing justice. 21. Groves and pillars are forbidden. 264 D E U T E R O X O M Y. ' Observe tlie month of Abib, and keep the passover nnto Je- hovah thy God : for in the month of Abib, Jehovah thy God brought thee forth out of Egypt by night. ^ And thou shalt sacri- fice the passover unto Jehovah thy God, of the flock and the herd, in the place which Jehovah shall choose, to cause his name to dwell there. ^ Tliou slialt not eat with it awT/ leavened bread ; seven days shalt thou eat with it unleavened cakes, the bread of affliction : for thou earnest forth out of the land of Egypt in haste ; that tliou mayest remember tlie day of thy coming forth out of the land of Egypt, all tlie days of thy life. * And there shall not be seen with tliee, any old leaven in all thy coast, seven days ; neither shall any Ver. 1. — Observe,] Heb. To observe; the indefinite put for the imperative, as is noted on Exod. xiii. 3. Abib,] Which we cM March: the Gr.expoundeth it, the month of neiv fruits. See the notes on Exod. xiii. 4. And keep THE Passover,] Hebr. and thou shalt do (or make) that is, celebrate the feast of the pass- over, or sacrifice the passover; so named, because God passed over the houses of the Israelites, when he slew the first-born of Egypt: in memorial whereof, this feast with the rites thereof, were commanded; see Exod. xii., and the annot. there. It was a figure of Christ our passover, and of our re- demption by him, whose feast we are taught to keep, 1 Cor. v. 5, 8. By night,] At midin"ght the angel of God slew the first-born in Egypt, then rose they up, and began to take their journey, though they went not out of Egypt till the day following: see Exod. xii. 29, 30, 41, 42. Ver. 2. — Sacrifice,] Or, kill, slay: so Christ our passover is sacrificed for us, 1 Cor. V. 7, by the preaching of Christ cruci- fied, and showing of his death, we now keep this feast, Gal. iii. 1 ; 1 Cor. xi. 36. The flock,] Of sheep, or goats ; see Exod. xii. 5. The herd,] Of bulls, or bullocks. This difl'ereth from the passover of the lamb, which was precisely commanded to be a young sheep or goat of the first year, one for a company, to be eaten all of it, the same night, with bitter herbs, &c., Exod. xii. But this was an addition to the former, and was of sheep or bullocks, so many as men would voluntarily bring to the feast; called there- fore by the- Jews ' Chagigah,' that is, the feast-offering ; as the other was called Pascha. An example hereof we have in 2 Chron. xxxv. 7,8, &c., where many thou- sands of lambs, kids, and bullocks were in Josiah's time by him and his nobles given for the passover. Of this the Hebs. say; "When they ofTer the passover in the first (month) they ofl'cr it with peace-oflerings in the four- teenth day, of the herd, or of the flock, great or small, males or females, with any sacrifices of peace: and this is called the Chagigah (or feast-ofliiring) of the fourteenth (day.) And of this it is said (in Dt\it, xvi. 2,) thou shalt sacrifice the passover to the Lord thy God, of the flock and the herd." Maim, in Korban Pesach, chap. x. sect. 12. To cause his name to dwell,] Which the Gr. expound- eth. his name to be called upon there. The Chald. thus, to cause his Majesty (or divine presence) to dwell there. So in ver. 6. This was where the tabernacle or temple should be placed; which in time was at Jeru- salem, where Solomon builded the Lord an house, 1 Chrun. xvii. 12, that is, builded an house for his name, 2 Sam. xvii. 3. See also Deut. xii. Ver. 3. — Leavened bread,] Which signified corruption in heart, word, or deed ; as hypocrisy, maliciousness, false doctrine, or any other wickedness, or wicked persons: see Luke xii. 1; Matt. xvi. 6, 12; 1 Cor. v. 7, 8, 13, and the annot. on Exod. xii. 15. Seven days,] After the Paschal lamb. Lev. xxiii. 5 — 8, see the notes on Exod. xii. 15. Bread of affliction,] Or, bread of po- verty: so called, because it was a memorial of their affliction in Egypt, and of their hasty coming out from thence before their bread had time to be leavened, Exod. xii. 34, 39. Hereupon the Israelites used, after the eat- ing of the Paschal lamb, to break a cake of unleavened bread, and the father of the fa- mily gave every man a piece, and said, " This is the bread of aflliction which our fathers did eat in the land of Egypt," &c. as is showed at large in the notes on Exod. xii. 8. That bread Christ consecrated to be a memorial to us of his afflictions and death for our sakes, whereby his body was broken for us, 1 Cor. xi. 24—26. In haste,] This word im- plieth a trembling, and an hasty flight for fear of danger, Deut. xx. 3 ; 2 Sam. iv. 4; 2 Kings vii. 15. See the notes on Exod. xii. II. Vkr. 4. — Seen with thee,] Or, seer^ CHAP. X\ I. 265 thing of the flesh which thou shall sacrifice in the evening, in the first day, remain all night, until the morning. '" Tliou mayest not sacrifice the passover within any of thy gates, which Jehovah thy God givetli thee. ® But at the place whicli Jehovah thy God shall choose, to cause his name to dwell, tliere thou shalt sacrifice the passover in the evening, about the going down of the sun, at the season that thou camest fortli out of Egypt. ' And thou shalt boil and eat in the place which Jehovah thy God shall choose ; and thou slialt turn in the morning, and go unto thy tents. * Six days thou shalt eat unleavened cakes, and in tlie seventh day shall be a solemn assembly unto Jehovali thy God ; thou shalt not do any work. [appear) unto thee. Leaven might not be eaten, nor so much as left, within their dwell- ings, but carefully sought out and put away before the feast began. The manner of doing it, and meaning thereof, is showed on Exod. xii. 15, 19. Thy coast,] Or, thy borders; the Gr. saith, thy coasts. Leaven might no way be reserved for any use till after the passover, but was purged out the day before, and abolished, either burnt, or otherwise made away, as is noted on Exod. xii. 15. Of THE FLESH,] The Gr. translateth plurally, of the fleshes ; to imply the other sacrifices of the feast, as well as the paschal lamb; where- of whatsoever was left till morning, was to be burnt, as a polluted thing, Exod. xii. 10. The Hebs. explain this law thus: "The feast-oflering (Cliagigah) of the fourteenth (day) is at (men's) liberty (to ofler) but not bouod. And it is eaten for two days and one night, like all the sacrifices of peace-offerings, (Lev. vii. 15 — 17.) And it is unlawful to leave of the flesh of the Chagigah of the fourteenth day, unto the third day; as it is said (in Deut. xvi. 4,) neither shall (any- thing) of the flesh, which thou shalt sacrifice in the evening, in the first day, remain all night until the morning. By wojd of mouth we have learned, that this is a prohibition for leaving the flesh of the Chagigah of the four- teenth day, unto the sixteenth day; as it is said, unto the morning, till the morning of the second day." Maim, in Korban Pesach, chap. x. sect. xiii. Of this was that prac- tise of the Jews, in John, xviii. 28, they went not into the judgment-hall, lest they should be defiled ; but that they might eat the pass- over, meaning the Chagigah (or feast-offer- ing) of the passover; for the paschal lamb was eaten the night before, Mark xiv. 12. &c. Ver. 5 — Not sacrifice,] Or, not kill. Thy gates,] That is, as both the Gr. and Chald. expound it, thy cities. This was a perpetual law for the Pasch, as the Hebs. de- clare, from this law, thus; "They kill not Vol II. 2 L the passover but in the court, as the rest of the holy things: yea, in the time when the high places were permitted, they sacrificed not the passover in a private high place: and whoso offereth the passover in a private high place, is beaten. For it is said, (in Deut. xvi. 5.) Thou mayest not sacrifice the pass- over in any of thy gates: we have been taught, that this is a prohibition to kill it in a private high place, although it be in the time when high places are permitted." Maim, in Korban Pesach, chap. i. sect. 3. Ver. b". — About the going down of the SON,] That is, in the afternoon, before sun- setting ; for at sun-setting the day ended. For the time of killing, see the notes on Exod. xii. 6. Ver. 7. — Shall boil,] Or, seethe: so the Heb. word properly signifieth; and so both the Gr. and Chald. do translate it, though the Gr. addeth another word, thott shalt boil, and roast, and eat. Therefore this cannot be meant of the paschal lamb, which might not be boiled, but roasted only, Exod. xii. 8, 9, but is spoken of the Chagigah (or feast- oflering) forementioned, which might be boiled if they would : and so they practised in Josiah's passover ; they roasted the pass- over (that is, the lamb) withflre, but the holy offerings they boiled in pots and in cauldrons. Sic, 2 Chron. xxxv. 13, &c. Unto thy tents,] That is, as the Gr. and Chald. ex- plain it, into thy houses, or dwellings. See the notes on Num. xxiv. 5. Ver. 8.— Solemn assembly,] Called in Heb. Gnatsereth, of retaining the people, or of restraining them from work : in Gr. Exo- dion, the outgoing of the feast: in Chald., a» assembly, or congregation. See Lev. xxiii. 36. Any work,] To wit, any servile work, as is expressed in Lev. xxiii. 8, Num. xxviii. 25, but work about dressing meat or drink might be done on the feast days, but not on the sabbath: see the notes on Lev. xxiii. 3, 7. 2(36 D E U T E R O N O M Y. ^ Seven weeks shalt thou number unto thee, fjom begumiug (to put) the sickle into the standing corn, thou shalt begin to number tlie seven weeks. " And thou shalt observe the feast of weeks unto Jehovali thy God, with a tribute of a voluntary offering of thine hand, which thou shalt give, according as Jehovah thy God liath blessed thee. " And thou shalt rejoice before Jehovah tliy God ; thou, and thy son, and thy daughter, and thy man-servant, and thy maid- servant, and the Levite which is within thy gates, and tlie stranger, and the fatherless, and the widow, which are in the midst of thee, in the place which Jehovah thy God shall choose, to cause liis name to dwell there. '^ And thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in Egypt, and thou shalt observe and do these statutes. '^ Tiiou shalt observe unto thee the feast of booths, seven days, wlien thou hast gathered in of thy floor, and of thy wine-press. '* And thou slialt rejoice in thy feast ; thou, and thy son, and thy daugliter, and tliy man-servant, and thy maid-servant, and the Le- vite, and tlie stranger, and the fatherless, and the widow, which are Ver. 9 Seven weeks,] Or, Seven sevens, to wit, of days. Tlie Gr. addeth, Seveji entire veeks. See Lev. xxiii. 15, where they are called seven sabbaths. Into THE STANDING CORN,] Tliat is, from the sixteenth day of Nisan (or Maicii) at which time the magistrates of Israel sent messen- gers to reap the sheaf, the first-fruits of bar- ley harvest, to wave it before the Lord: from which day precisely, they were to number these seven weeks, until pentecost, which was the fiftieth day, as is showed more largely in the annots. on Lev. xxiii. 10, 15, IC. Ver. 10. — Shalt observe,] Heb. do or make, to wit, holy, see the notes on Exod. xxxiv. 22. So after in ver. 13. Of weeks,] So called, because it was seven weeks alter the bringing of the sheaf at the passover: and it was fifty days, whereupon it is called in Gr. pentecost, Acts ii. 1. See Lev. xxiii. 15, 16. A TRIBUTE OF A VOLUNTARY OF- FERING,] Or, a contribution of voluntari- ness, that is, a voluntary contribution of thine hand, which the Gr. tianslateth, as thine hand is able. The Heb. Missah (which i» only found in this place) is a contribution, (as 3Ias is often used for a tribute :) or it is a sufficiency, or enough : as in Deut. xv. 8, enough for his want, is by the Chald. ex- pounded Missah, the word which the Chald. useth also here. Wherefore this contribution here spoken of, is neither the sacrifice ap- pointed for the feast day, in Num. xxviii. 5^7 — 31, nor the two loaves and sacrifices with them, commanded in Lev. xxiii. 17 — 20, for these were not voluntary oH'erings, but bounded duties which might not be omitted But over and beside them, God here appoint- , eth men to bring unto him voluntarily what they could and would. Ver. 11. — Shalt rejoice,] This they were bound to do, and it was one of the three things required of the Israelites at eveiy solemn feast: see the notes on Exod. xxiii. 15, and after here on ver. 14. His name,] In Chald., his divine presence, or Majesty. Ver. 12. — And thou shalt,] And, may here imply the reason therefore thou shalt ob- serve. For they came out of Egypt to keep a feast to the Lord in the wilderness, Exod. v. 1, 3, which they kept at mount Sinai, where the law was given at this time of pentecost, or of weeks, Exod. xix. 1, 11; xxiv. 5 — 11. In memoiial whereof this day was kept holy every year. And when they were come into Canaan, they brought two loaves of the first- fruits of their wheat harvest, with many sacrifices unto them adjoined. Lev. xxiii. 17 — 20, which increased the solemnity. Last of all, the law of Christ, was given by the Spirit in fiery tongues, to his apostles, on this festival day, Acts ii. Ver. 13 — Booths,] Or, tabernacles made with the boughs of trees. Lev. xxiii. 34, 40. See the annot. there. Of thy floor and of thy wine press,] That is, thy fruits, the corn which is threshed in the floor, and the wine pressed out of the fat: therefore it is called ' the feast of in-gather- ing, in the going out of the year; when thou gatherest in thy labours out of the field,* Exod. xxiii. 16. Ver. 14.— Rejoice in thy feast,] This is meant both of inward joy for the mercies CHAP. XVI. 267 within thy gates. '^ Seven days shalt thou keep a feast unto Je- hovah thy God, in the place which Jehovali shall choose, because Jehovah thy God shall bless thee, in all thy revenue, and in all the work of thine hands ; and thou shalt be surely joyful. '® Three times in a year shall evesy male of thee appear before Jehovah thy God, in the place v.hich he siiall choose, in the feast of unleavened cakes, and in the feast of weeks, and in tlie feast of booths : and he shall not appear before Jehovah empty. " Every man ac- cording to the gift of his hand, according to the blessing of Je- hovah thy God, which he hath given unto thee. Judges and ofificers shalt thou give for thee, in all thy gates, <>1 Gud, past, present, and to come by Christ; and of outward mauifestatioii of their joy, by sacrifices of thanksgiving unto God, and holy banqueting with the poor, and ministers of the Lord, as after he commandeth. Vee. 15. — Keep a feast,] By offering of sacrifices, in thaukfuhiess to God for his blessings upon them and their land. Sorely JOYFUL,] Or, only Joyful ; with spiritual mirth serving the Lord. So the apostle saith, ' Rejoice in the Lord always; again I say, rejoice,' Phil. iv. 4. A'er. 16. — Three times,] The times before and after mentioned; the passover, or unleavened cakes ; the feast of weeks, or pentecost; and the feast of booths, or taber- nacles; see Exod. xxiii. 14 — 17; xxxiv. 22, 23. Of the special sacrifices of these feasts, See Lev. xxiii. and Num. xxviii; xxix. He shall not appear,] that is, no man of Israel: the Gr. saith as before, thou shalt not appear; in Exod. xxxiii. 15, it was said. They shall not appear before me, empty. Thus here are three things required, appearing, keeping a feast, ver. 15, and rejoicing, ver. 14, every one of which implied a sacrifice, as is noted on Exod. xxiii. 15. Ver. 17. — According to the gift of HIS Hand,] Tiiat is, Let every man appear with a gift (or oblation) as he is willing, and his hand can give: which the Gr. explaineth, " Every one according to the ability of your hands." D b 0- Here beginneth the forty-eighth section of the law: see Gen. vi. 9 ; xxviii. 10. Ver. 18. — Judges and Officers,] In C\\i\A., judges and avengers. Tliese were to judge causes, and execute the judgments: the officers are called in Heb. Shotrim, in Gr. Grammateis, and Grammatoeisagogeis , that is. Scribes, and as Hierom calleth them in Lat. Masters. Their work was to speak and proclaim unto the people what they ougiit (o do. Dent. xx. 5—9; Josh. i. 10, 11; iii. 2, 3, and as the Hebs. generally hold, to see good orders kept, laws executed, malefactors punished, and the like. Therefore they car- ried rods and weapons, to execute justice, as prators, and lictors in the ancient Roman commonwealth; and as sherifl'sand constables in England. There were both judges and officers of all tribes, and of the Levifes, 1 Chron. xxiii. 4. "The officers (Shotrim) had staves and whips ; and they stood before the judges, and went about in the streets, and into shops, for to look to right weights and measures, and to smite all that did wrong: and all that they did, was by the mouth (or commandment) of the judges. And in whomsoever they saw any foul matter, they brought him to the judgment-hall, where he was judged accoiding to his wickedness." Maim, in Sanhedrin, chap. i. sect. 1. Shalt thou give,] That is, shalt make, or con- stitute, as the Gr. traiislateth. The manner of making them, is showed in Deut. i. 13, 15, and wliat manner of persons were to be chosen, is declared on Exod. xviii. 21. Thy gates,] the Gr. and Chald. expound it, thy cities. But according to the size of ii\^Yy city, so they appointed in Israel courts of judgment: the Heb. reckon three; 1. The great court in the sanctuary, called the great Synedrion, where they set seventy (judges) and one, as in Num. xi. 16, &c. where seventy were added unto Moses. 2. The court of three and twenty, of which (they say) there were two about the temple, the one at the court door of the sanctuary, and the other at the door of the mountain of the temple. And in every city of Israel, where- in were 120 men, or more, the lesser Syne- drion (of twenty-three,) sat in the gates of the city. 3. A city wherein there were not 120 men, they set therein three judges; for 268 DEUTERONOMY. which Jeliovah thy God givetli unto thee tlirough thy tribes ; and they shall judge the people z^jzYA judgment of justice. ^® Tliouslialt not wrest judgment, thou shalt not respect persons, neither take a gift, for a gift will blind the eyes of tlie wise, and will pervert the words of the just. ^^ Justice justice shfrit thou follow, that thou mayest live, and inherit the land which .Jeliovah thy God giveth unto thee. ^' Thou shalt not plant thee a grove, any tree, near unto the altar of Jeliovah thy God, wliich thou shalt make thee. ^^ Neither shalt thou set up a pillar, which Jehovah thy God hateth. there is no court of less then three, as Maim, showeth in Sanhedrin, chap. i. sect. 3, 4. Giveth unto thee,] So within their own land Israel had this charge, bnt not without the same, as when they were dispersed into other nations. " We are not bound (say they) to constitute judgment-halls (or courts) in every country, and in every city, but iti the land of Israel only, &c. as it is said in all thy gates, which the Lord thy God giveth unto thee." Maim, in Sanhedrin-, chap. i. sect. 2. Judgment OF justice,] That is, as the Gr. translateth it, just judgment ; which is, when there is an equal and indiflerent course of proceeding, when the truth of the cause is discerned, and when judgment passeth according to tlie law, Ps. Ixxxii ; Iviii. 2, 3. So Christ saith, < Judge not ac- cording to the appearance, but judge just judgment,' John vii. 24. The Hebs. say, that the justice of judgment is, an equality towards both parties, in every matter: that they let not the one speak so much as he seeth needful, and say to the other. Be brief in your speech: and that they show not a friendly countenance to the one, and speak gently to him ; and frown upon the other, and speak roughly unto him. That the one do not sit, and the other stand; but both of them stand, or if the judges please, that they both sit; and that the one sit not on high, and the other below; but one besides another it is milawful for the judge to hear the words of one of the parties before his fellow be come, or out of the presence of his fellow: and so the one party is to be admonished that he re late not his cause to the judge, before his fel low the other party be come, &c. Maim, in Sanhedrin, chap. xxi. Ver. U). — Noil WKKST judgment,] ISot decline (or pervert, turn aside) judgment, not give any wrong judgment for any cause, as did Samuel's sons, who ' turned aside after lucre, and took bribes, and wrested (or per- verted) judgment,' 1 Sam. viii. 3. See Dent. xxiv. 17. Respect persons,] Or, acktiotvledge faces, that is, be partial, re- specting one more than othei: see Lev. xix. 15; Deut. i. 17; Prov. xxiv. 23. Take a gift,] Or, a bribe: this is repeated from Exod. xxiii. 8, see the annot. tliere. Ver. 20. — Justice justice,] That is, all manner of justice, and nothing but justice, exactly, carefully and continually thou shalt follow: the Gr. translateth, .histly that which is just shalt thou follow. The doubling of the word, is for more vehemency : see Deut. ii. 27, and when a word is trebled, it is most vehement, as in Ezek. xxi. 27; Is. vi, 3. Ver. 21. — Not plant thee,] Or, tiot plant unto thee, or, for thyself: see the like phrase in Exod. xx. 4. A grove,] called in Heb. Asherah, oi felicity, or happiness, a blessed grove : such the heathens used for the service of their gods, as is noted on Exod. xxxiv. 13, but the Lord would not have such near his altar, in his service : notwithstand- ing the Israelites corrupted themselves here- with sundry times, as Judges iii. 7; vi. 25; 1 Kings xiv. 23; xvi. 33; 2 Kings x:;i. 3, 7, and there were prophets of the groves, I Kings xviii. 19. For this sin God threatened to root up Israel out of the good land, which he gave to their fathers, 1 Kings xiv. 15. The Hebs. say, " He that planteth a tree near unto the altar, or in any (part) of the court-yard, whether it be a barren tree, or tree that beareth food, although he do it for to adorn the sanctuary, and beautify it, he is to be beaten, Deut. xvi. 21. Because this was the manner of idolaters, they planted trees by the altar's side, that the people might as- semble there. Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. vi. sect. 9. Ver. 22. — Set thee up a pii,i-ar,] Or, set up for thyself a statute, or standing image : whereof see the aiinots. on Lev. xxvi. 1. CHAP. X V 1 1. 269 CHAP. XVII. 1. The things sacrificed to the Lord must he unblemished. 2. Idola- ters are to he stoned to death, heing convicted by witnesses. 8. Hard controversies are to he determined hy the lam which the priests and judges showed, which were in the place that the Lord should choose. 12. The contemner of that determination must die. 14. The election and duty of a Icing. ' Thou shalt not sacrifice unto Jehovah thy God, ox or lamb, wherein is blemish j any evil thing : for that is an abomination to Jehovah thy God. ^ If there be found in the midst of thee, in any of thy gates, which Jehovah thy God giveth unto tliee, man or woman, that hath done evil in the eyes of Jehovah thy God, in transgressing his covenant; ^ And hath gone and served other gods, and bowed liimself down unto them, either to the sun, or to the moon, or to any of the host of the heavens, wliich I have not commanded ; Ver. 1. — Not sacrifice,] In Gr. not of- fer, which is more general: and so the law also saith in Lev. xxii. 20, see the annot. there. Ox or Lamb,] These are the great- est and the least sacrifices, under which two, all other are comprehended. The ox is not to be understood of a gelded beast, (which we usually call an ox) for so it became blem- ished, and unfit for sacrifice; but of a bull, as the original properly siguifieth. And the lamb (in Heb. Sell) implieth the kid also, as Exod. xii. 3, 5. Blemish,] In Heb. Mum; of which the Chald. Muma, and Gr. Momos, are derived. Whereupon Christ is called the Lamb amomos, (that is, without blemish) 1 Pet. i. 19. It meaneth any superfluity, want, or deformity in any part, as is more largely showed on Lev. xxii. 22 — 24. And it is applied to the work of men's hands. Job xxxi. 7. Evil thing,] Heb. evil ivord ; which the Chald. explaineth, a7iy evil what- soever. For though there were no visible blemish, yet other corruption might disable it, as if it were sick, Mai. i. 8, or the hire of an whore, or -price of a dog, Deut. xxili. 18, or any such like. See the notes on Lev. xxii. 25. An abomination,] And so far off from being accepted at man's hand, that God pronounceth a curse on those that sacri- ficed unto him such corrupt things, Mai. i. 13, 14. Hereby God rejecteth all sacrifices save of his son Christ, (who is the ' Lamb without blemish, and without spot, 1 Pet. i. 19, who through the eternal Spirit, offered himself without spot unto God,' Heb. ix. 14.) and the sacrifices which by him, and faith in his name, are ofTered to God con- tinually, Heb. xiii. 15; xi. 4; 1 Pet. ii. 5, 6. Ver. 2. — If there be found,] Or,when there shall be found. Any of thy gates,] Or, one of thy gates, that is, thy cities, as the Gr. and Chald. translate it. In trans- gressing. Or, to transgress his covenant. Transgression is a passing over, or passing by the way which men should walk in: where- fore that which one evangelist expresseth thus, they ' transgress the tradition of the elders,' Matt. xv. 2, another expoundeth, they ' walk not according to the tradition.' Mark vii, 5. The like phrase is of trans- gressing the commandments, and the law, Deut. xxix. 13; Deut. ix. IJ. Ver. 3. — Other gods,] Which the Chald. calleth idols of the peoples. Either,] Heb. and to the sun. Besides other fictions of their own, the nations worshipped these creatures also: and the Israelites fell into the same sin, Ez. viii. l6; 2 Kings xvii. 16; xxi. 3. Any of the host,] Or, all the host, that is, the stars, spheres, constellations, &c. as Is. xxxiv. 4 ; Rev. vi. 13; Jer. viii. 2; xxxiii. 22. But mider this name, the angels also may be implied, Ps. cxlviii. 2, for they are 'heavenly soldiers,' Luke ii. 13, 15, and forbidden to be worshipped. Col. ii. 18. God only is to be served, Matt. iv. 10, and ' the host of heaven ' worshippeth him, Neh. ix. 6. Not commanded,] Religious worship and service may not be performed at the pleasure or precept of men. Is. xxix. 13; Matt. XV. 9, but as is commanded of God: 270 DEUTERONOMY. ^ And it be told thee, and thou hast heard of it, and hast inquired diligently ; and behold it be a truth, and the thing certain, that tliis abomination is done in Israel : * Then thou shalt bring forth tliat man, or that woman, which have done this evil thing unto tliy gates, the man, or the woman, and shalt stone them with stones, and they shall die. ® At the mouth of two witnesses, or of three witnesses, shall he that is to die, be put to death ; he shall not be put to death at the mouth of one witness. ' The hand of the witnesses shall be first upon liim, to put him to death, and after- ward the hand of all the people ; and thou shalt put away the evil from the midst of thee. If a matter be too hard for thee in judgment between blood and blood, between plea and plea, and be- tween stroke and stroke, matters of controversies within the gates ; and though all idolatries in the world are not expressly and by name forbidden, yet by the general law they are condemned, Exod. xx. 4, 5, and it is enough that God hath not commanded them: see Deut. iv. 2; xii. 32. Ver. 4. — And hast inouired,] Or, theii thou shalt inquire diligently : Heb. inquire well; both to find out the sin, if it be com- mitted; and not to punish any man upon un- certain reports. Ver. 5. — Unto thy gates,] In Gr., unto the gates : but the Chald. saith, to thy city. Of this the Hebs. write: "they stone not an idolater, but at the gate (of the city) wherein he served (the idols:) and if it be a city, where the most are heathens, they stone him at the door of the judgment-hall. That (in Deut. xvii. 5.) ' Unto thy gates,' is meant the gate wherein he served (the idol) and not that wherein sentence (of death) was decreed against him." Maim, m Sanhedrin, chap. XV. sect. 2. Stone them,] This judgment of the particular person was greater than that of a whole city which were killed with the sword, Deut. xiii. 15, save that their goods were consumed also; this man's goods (as the Hebs. say) went to his heirs. Of the manner of stoning, see the annot. on Lev. xxiv. 23. Ver. 6. — At the mouth,] Which the Chald. translateth, the word, meaning the testimony of two or three. But from hence the Heb. gather, they must receive no testi- mony but from the mouth of the witnesses; it may not be from a writing of their hand. Maim, in treat, of witnesses, chap. iii. sect. 4. See the notes on Deut. xix. 15. He that is to die,] Or, he that dieth : the Chald. expoundetb it, he that is guilty (or deservetk) to be killed. Of one,] See this explained in Deut. xix. 15. Ver. 7. — And thou shalt put away the evil.] Of this phrase see Deut. xiii. 5, the Gr. translateth, and put ye away (or take away) from among yourselves that wicked (person:) which very words Paul useth in 1 Cor. v. 13, when he commandeth a wicked man to be cast out of the church. Ver. 8. — A matter,] Heb. a word. Too HARD,] Or, marvellous, as being hidden from thy knowledge, that thou (O judge) canst not know or determine it. The Gr. translateth, he itnpossible : the Chald., sepa- rated from thee. It is spoken of things that are hidden, and so too hard and impossible for one either to know, or to do. See Gen. xviii. 14; .ler. xxxii. 17, 27; Zach. viii. vi; Deut. XXX. 11. Blood and blood,] Heb. blood to blood: which phrase noteth a respect of one thing to another, when they are compared. By blood may be understood murder, of which the judges may be doubt- ful and unable to find out whether it were wilful, which deserved death; or unwilling, for which exile into the cities of refuge was appointed. Num. xxxv. 16, 23, 24, &c. Blood and blood,] Is by some referred to those laws mentioned in Lev. xv. 19; Deut. xxii. 17. Plea.] Ov, Judgment and judg- ment, cause and cause , its in 1 Kings iii. 16, 17 — 28. Stroke and stroke,] Or, plague and plague : which the Chald. translateth, plague of leprosy, and plague of leprosy : wherein there might be difficulties, that the priests could not easily judge: see Lev. xiii. 14. But by plagues or stroke, may also be meant strokes and wounds that one man gave unto another. Matters,] Or words of strife, that is, of disagreement among the judges, that they could not accord in the sentence of judgment, because of some doubts and diffi. culties. So the Chald. translateth it, words (or matters) of division of judgment. Joho- saphat explaineth it thus, betiveen blood, and between law and commandnunt, statutes CHAP. XVII. 271 then thou slialt arise and go up into the place which Jehovuh thy God shall choose. ' And thou shalt come unto the priests the Le- Vites, and unto the judge that shall be in tliosedays; and thou shalt inquire, and they shall show nnto thee the word of judgment. '" And thou shalt do according to the word wliicli they shall show unto thee ; they of that place wliich Jehovah shall choose -. and thou shalt observe to do according- to all tliat they inform thee. " According to tlie law, wliich they shall teach thee, and accord- their eyes, and after them another Synedrion rose up, which upon reasons seeming good and judgjnents, 2 Chron. xix. 10, so imply- ing all difli -uities about any part of the law whatsoevei'. Thv gates,] In the Gr. and Cliald., thi/ cities. Then thou,] Heh. and thou shalt arise ; speaking to the judge or judges, which found the causes too hard for them in judgment: so it is written of the judges, "the liard matter they brought unto Moses, and every small matter they judged themselves, Exod. xviii. 26. Shall choose,] To put his name, and to dwell there, see Deut. xii. 5. This place afterward was Jerusalem, as it is said, 'Moreover, in Jeru- salem, did Jehosaphat set of the Levites, and of the priests, and of the chief of the fa- thers of Israel, for the judgment of the Lord, and for controversies," &c., 2 Chron. xix. 8 — 10. And there were set 'thrones of judgment,' Ps. cxxii. 5. Ver. 9. — And unto the judge,] By and is meant or, as is opened in ver. 12, or unto the judge: by the Judge is understood the liigh council or senate of judges, which were of the chief (or heads) of the fathers of Israel, 2 Chron. xix. 8, as they who here are called priests, are in ver. 12, called the priest : and in 1 Chron. iv. 42, many cap- tains are in the Heb. called an head. And as among the priests one was chief, so among the judges one was prince or ruler, 2 Chron. xix. 11. The Heb. records say, When any doubt arose in any case, to any one of Israel, '•lie asked of the judgment-hall (or Syne- drion) that was in iiis city; if they knew, they told it him: if not, tlien he that in- quired, together with the Synedrion, or with the messengers thereof, went up to Jerusa- lem, and inquired of the Synedrion that was in the mountain of the temple ; if they knew, they told it him ; if not, then they all came to the Synedrion that was at the door of the court yard (of the temple:) if they knew, they told it them; and if not, they all came to the chamber of hewn (stone) to the great Synedrion, and inquired," &c. Maim. torn. 4. treat, of Rebels, chap. i. sect. 4. Of the three Synedrions in Jerusalem, see the an- not. on Num. xi. 16. That shall be in THOSE DAYS,] From hence the Heb. gather, that if the high Synedrion had judged and determined of a matter, as seemed right in unto them, disannulled the former sentence ; then it was disannulled, and judgment passed according as seemed good unto these latter: " Thou art not bound (say they) to walk save after the Synedrion (or judges) that are in thy generation (the time wlierein thou livest;)" Maim, in Rebels, chap. ii. sect. 1. The WORD OF judgment,] That is, the matter or sentence of judgment: which was to be ac- cording to the law of God, ver. 11, as it is said of the priests, " And in controversy they shall stand in judgment; and they shall judge it according to my judgments, Ezek. xliv. 24. Whereupon it was also said unto the judges, ' Ye shall warn them that they tres- pass not against the Lord, and so wrath come upon you, and upon your brethren,' 2 Chron. xix. 10. Ver. 10 — According to the word,] Or, according to the sentence of the word : Heb. the moutli of the ivord: so in ver. 11. All that they inform thee,] Or, all that they teach thee, to wit, agreeably to God's law, as before is showed, from Ezek. xliv. 24. And in this sense, Christ said to the people of the scribes and pharisees, sitting in Moses' seat; 'All whatsoever they bid you observe, that observe and do,' Matt, xxiii. 2, 3, which he meaneth not of their own traditions, but of their doctrine according to Moses; for when they taught, ' for doctrines the com- mandments of men,' he both reproved them himself, and willed his disciples to let them alone, as ' blind leaders of the blind,' Matt. XV. 1. 2—14, and charged them to ' beware of the leaven of the Pharisees and Sadducees, that is, their doctrine. Matt. xvi. 6, 12. Here therefore the Heb. doctors have stumbled at the law, whiles from this scripture they would establish not only the wiitten law of God, but the law by word of mouth, (or, by tradition) the foundation whereof they make the high Synedrion w hich was in Jerusalem : from whose judgment they held it not lawful to decline. Maim, in Rebels, chap. i. Ver. 11 According to THELAM%]Or, according to the mouth (that is, the sentence, doctrine or command7nenf) of the Law. Not decline from the word,] Or, not 272 DEUTERONOMY. ing to the judgment which they shall say unto thee, thou shaltdo: thou shalt not decline from the word which they shall sliow unto thee, to tlie right hand or to the left. '^ And the man that will be presumptuous, not to hearken unto the priest that standeth to min- ister there, before Jehovah thy God, or unto the judge, even that man sliall die ; and thou shalt put away the evil from Israel. ^^ And all the people shall hear and fear, and not do presumptuously any more. " When thou art come into the land whicli Jehovah thy God giveth unto tliee, and shalt possess it, and dwell therein, and shalt say I will set over me a king, as all the nations that are round about me. '^ Setting thou shalt set over tJiee a king, whom Je- hovah thy God shall choose: from among thy brethren shalt thou turn aside from. The commandment to do, and the pioliibition not to decline, joined to- gether in this law, do show the weight there- of: the naming of the laiv, judgment, and word, which the priests and judges should teach, showeth the rule of right judgment to be given of God in his law, Josh. i. 7; jDeut. V. 32, 33; Ezek. xliv. 24, from which when the priests departed, the Lord made them * contemptible and base before all the people,' Mai. ii. 7—9. Ver. 12. — The man that will do pre- sumptuously,] Or, iti presumption, proudly ; as the G r. translateth, in pride ; the Chald., in wickedness. It is opposed unto ignorance and error, Exod. xxi. 13, 14. By the man here seemeth to be meant either private person, or inferior judge, that proudly disobeyed the sentence of the highest coun- cil; but the Hebs. refer it chiefly to the re- bellious elder, or judge: and whereas they brought their own traditions (or law by word of mouth) within the compass of the law to be taught, (as is noted on ver. 10) they ex- cept the Sadducees which had been from their youth trained up in their fathers' opinions, and never received the traditions of the Phari- sees ; that such were not to die by this law, for not obeying the doctrine which the high court taught by tradition: as also from this word, will do, they teach that the rebellious elder was not guilty of death, for holding in judgment contrary to the decree of the high Synedrion, or for teaching others so to hold, unless he teach them to do the thing, or do it himself. Yet though he were free from death, the magistrates might beat him, or otherwise punish him.' Maim, in Rebels, chap. iii. sect. 1. &c. The Priest,] That is, the priests, as in ver. 9, for, by their mouth every controversy, and every stroke was to be tried. Dent. xxi. 5. Standeth to MINISTER,] So in Ezek. xliv. 24, in contro- versy they shall stand in judgment: see the notes on Deut. x. 8. There before Je- hovah,] Or, there unto Jehovah, as in Deut. xxi. 5, the Gr. translateth, in the name of the Lord. Or unto the Judge,] That is, the judges, as is noted on ver. 9. And by this disjunctive or, the judges are distinguished from the priests forementioned. Shall die,] The manner of his death, the Heb. say, was strangling ; and they that put him to death were the chief judges. "JtViien witnesses come (and testify) that he hath done according to his teaching, or, that he hath taught others to do it, they determine his sentence of death, in the judgment-hall that is in his city, and take him and carry him up from thence to Jerusalem. And they put him not to death in the judgment-hall, that is in his city, &c. but carry him up to the high Synedrion in Jerusalem, and keep him until the feast, and strangle him at the feast, as it is said, ' and all the people shall hear and fear," ' &c. Maim, in Rebels, chap. iii. sect. 8. See also the notes on Deut.xiii. 11. The evil,] The evil doer, as the Chald. ex- plaineth it, agreeably also to the Gr., see Deut. xiii. 5. Ver. 14. — And shalt say,] That is, if thou shalt say, I will set over me a king : Thus God, who had set judges over his peo- ple, permitteth them also to have a king, if they saw it so meet, and would, and should do this thing after an holy and orderly man- ner. But when they sought it amiss, it dis- pleased the Lord, 1 Sam. viii. 5 — 7; xii. 12, 17, 19. Then God gave them a king in his anger, and took him away in his wrath, Hos. xiii. 11. Ver. 15.— Setting thou shalt set,] That is, thou shalt in any wise set : thus bindeth he them to do this thing, according to the rules here given, both for the good of their commonwealth and church, and for a CHAP. XVII. 273 set over thee a king ; tlioii mayest not set over thee a man that is a foreigner, which is not thy brother. '^ But he shall not multiply horses to himself, nor cause tlie people to return to Egypt, to the end to multiply horses ; for Jehovah hath said unto you, ye shall not add to return this way any more. ^' Neither shall he multiply wives to himself, tliat his heart turn not away ; neither shall he greatly multiply to himself silver and gold. '^ And it shall be when lie sitteth upon the throne of liis kingdom, tliat he shall write for himself tlie copy of this law in a book, out of that which is before figure of Cliii^t, to whom the kingdum of I'^rael did belong, Is. xxxii. 1; Zach. ix. 9. Luke i. 31 — 33. Thy God shall choose,] Eithfci- by the ministiy of his prophets, as by Samuel he anointed Saul, 1 Sam. x. 1, and David, 1 Sam. xvi. 1, by Abijah, he chose Jei'oboam, 1 Kings xi. 29, 31, 35, or by other means as by Urim and Thummim, by Lot, or the like. Thy brethren,] In this Christ was figured, as also in his other func- tions of prophecy and priesthood ; for so it is written, ' Jehovah thy God will raise up unto thee a prophet from the midst of thee, of lliy brethren, Deut. xviii. 15. And, in all things it behoved him to be made like unto his brethren, that he might be a mer- ciful and faithful high priest,' &c., Heb. ii. 17. Ver. 16. — Not multiply horses,] Not get him many horses, lest he should put con- fidence in worldly strength, whereof horses were the principal as appeareth by Ps. xx. 8; Deut. XX. 1; Prov. xxi. 31. To Egypt,] In which land were many horses, which they accounted the strength of their country, 2 Chron. i. 16 ; ix. 28, whereupoo it is said, ' W^o to them that go down to Egypt for help, and stay on horses,' &c.. Is. xxxi. 1. Not ADD to return.] That is, not again return, either for the cause aforesaid, or for to dwell tliere, because of their great idolatries, and other sins, whereby God's people miglit be corrupted. So Jeremiah from the Lord dis- suaded tlie Jews from going into Egypt, Jer. xlii. 10, 14, 16, 17, &c. The Hebs. say, " It is lawful to dwell in all in the world, save in the land of Egypt: but it is lawful to return to the land of Egypt for merchandise, &o." Maim, treat, of iCw^s, chap. 5, sect. 7, 8. Ver. 17.— Multiply wives,] Take many wives ; the Hebs. and some Cliristians un- derstand this prohibition of exceeding many, as Solomon had seve}i hundred, 1 Kings xi. 3, anil not that more wives than one are here forbidden. But howsoever God bare with the kings, patriarchs, and other men that had more wives than one, and that this custom prevailed, yet from the beginning it was not Vol. II. 2 so, when he made but two to be one flesh. Gen. ii. 24; Matt. xix. 5; Mrl. ii. 14, 15, That his heart turn not away,] Or. neither shall his heart turn away, to wit, from the Lord, unto the pleasures of life, or unto other gods, by means of many wives: as of Solomon it is said, ' His wives turned away his heart after other gods, and his heart was not perfect with the Lord his God, 1 Kings xi, 4. Although his mother taught him better, saying, 'Give not thy strength unto women, nor thy ways to that which de- stroyeth kings,' Prov. xxxi. I, 3. Greatly multiply,] Or, vehemently (exceedingly) vmltiply silver and gold: which is another mean whereby the heart may be withdrawn from God ; for when men be rich and full, they are in danger to deny and say, ' Who is the Lord?' Prov. xxx, S, 9, and they cannot serve God and mammon. Matt. vi. 24, the care of this world, and the deceitfulness of riches choke the word of God, Matt, xiii 22, and they that will be rich fall into tempta- tion, and a snare, and into many foolish and hurtful lusts, which drown men in destruc- tion and perdition, 1 Tim. vi. 9. Ver. 18. — When he sitteth upon the throne,] That i=, when he is king: see the notes on Exod. xi. 5. The copy of this Law,] The Gr. translateth it, this Deuter- onomy. The Hebs. have recorded thus ; " When the king sitteth upon the throne of his kingdom, he is to write him the book of the law for himself, over and beside the book which is left him of his fathers, &c. If his fathers have left him none, or, if that be lost, he is to write him two books of the law; the one he is to reserve in his house, for so he is commanded, as every one of Israel ; the other is not to depart from before him. If he go out to war, it (goelh) with him ; if he sit in judgment, it is to be with him," &c. Maim. treatise of Kings, chap. iii. sect. 1, Before THE Priests,] The original book of the law was kept in the sanctuary, as appeareth by Deut. xxxi. 26 ; 2 Kings xxii. 8: out of that was the king's copy to be written, that it might be perfect M 274 DEUTERONOMY. the priests, tlie Levites. '' And it shall be with liini, and lie shall read there in all tlie days of his life, that he may learn to fear Je- hovah his God, to keep all tlie words of this law, and these statutes, to do them. ^° That his heart be not lifted up above liis brethren ; and that he turn not aside from the commandment, to the right hand or to the left, to the end that he may prolong his days in his kingdom, he and his sons in the midst of Israel. V'er. 19. — It shall he with him,] In all places whither he went, he carried this copy of the law with him, as before is noted. So God said unto Jo>;hua, 'This book of the law shall not depart out of thy mouth, but thou shall meditate therein cay and night,' &r. Josh. i. 8. This David did, as appeareth by Ps. cxix. 16, 24, 97—99, &c. Learn to FEAR,] Under this name fear, not only the inward reverence, but the outward worship and service of God is also implied, even all true religion: as that which is written, ' their fear toward me is taught by the precept of men,' Is. xxix. 13, is expounded by our Saviour, ' In vain they worship me, teaching for doctrines the precepts of men,' Matt. xv. 9. Ver. 20. — Not lifted up above his BRETHREN,] Because the honour of the king was great, and all were to obey him in the Lord, Josh. i. 16—18: Eccl. viii. 2—4; Rom. xiii. 1, therefore he is warned to shun pride, and loftiness of heart; whereupon David said, ' Lord, my heart is not haughty, nor mine eyes lofty,' &c. Ps. cxxxi. 1, 2. The contrary was found in Nebuchadnezzar, to whom ' the most liigh God gave a king- dom, and majesty, and glory, and honoui- : but vvhen his heart was lifted up, and his mind hardened in pride, he was deposed from his kingly throne, and they took his glory from him,' Dan. v. 18, 20. The Hebs. say. " As the scripture giveth great honour to the king, and every one is hound to honour him; so it commandeth him, that his heart be hum- ble within him, and wounded, as it is said (in Ps. cix. 2'L) 'My heart is wounded within me.' And he may not carry himself with pride of heart in Israel, more than is meet, Deut. xvii. 20, but must be gracious and pitiful, both to little and great; and go out and come in for their pleasure and for their good, and have regard of the honour of the smallest. And when he speaketh unto all the congregation in general words, he should speak gently, as it is said (by David, in I Chron. xxviii. 2.) 'Hear me, my brethren and my people.' It is also said (in 1 Kings xii. 7.) ' If thou wilt be a servant unto this people this day,' &c. And he must always use exceeding meekness: we have had none greater than oin- master Moses, yet he said, 'And what are we? your murmurings are not against us,' (Exod. xvi. 8.) And he bare their cumbrance, and their burden, and their murmurings, and their indignation, as a nursing father beareth the sucking child, (Num. xi. 12.) The scripture calleth him a shepherd to feed Jacob his servant: and the manner of a sheplierd is expressed (in Is. xl. 11.) 'He shall feed his flock like a shepherd, he shall gather the lambs with his arm, and carry them in his bosom,'" &c. Maim, treat, of Kings, chap. 2. sect. 6. CHAP. XVIII. 1. The priests and Levites have no inheritance, hut the Lord. 3. The priests' due from the people. 6. The Levite's portions. 9. The abomi- nations (the unlawful arts) of the nations are to he avoided. 15. A prophet is promised, whom Israel must hear. 20. The presumptuous prophet is to die. ' The priests, the Levites, all the tribe of Levi, shall ba-. e no part nor inheritance with Israel -. tlie fire offerings of Jehovah, and Ver. 1. — No part,] Or, no portion, which would have been a great portion, ai namely, in the spoils taken from the enemies: appeareth by Josh. xxii. 8. So the Hebs. CHAP. XVIII. '2:5 ills inheritance, sliall tliey eat. ^ And lie shall have no inheritance among his brethren : Jehovah, he is his inheritance, as he hath spoken unto liini. ^ And this shall be the priests' dne from the people, from them that slay a slaughter fqf any beasts J the Le- expound it, 710 part in the spoil, nor inheri- tance in the lanl ; Maim. torn. y. treat, of the Release and Jubilee, chap. xiii. sect. 10. See the notes on Num. xviii. 20. NoR in- heritance,] In the land of Canaan, which was divided among tlie other tribes. Num. xxvi. 2 — 53, 57. But because the Levites were adjoined to the priests for tlie service of the Lord and his church. Num. xviii. 1, 2, &c. therefore (iod would not have them cumbertd with the affairs of tiiis life, lest by tliem they should be hindered from doing their duty, as it is written, ' No man that warreth, entangleth himself with the affairs of this life, that he may please him who hath chosen him to be a soldier,' 2 Tim. iii. 4. See also Deut, x. 8, 9. So the Hebs. say, * Wherefore was not Levi counted meet to have inheritance in the land of Israel, or spoils with his brethren?' Because he was separated to serve the Loid, and to inherit him, and to teach his straight ways, and his just judgments unto many. Deut. xxxiii. 10. Therefore was he separated from the ways of the world: they wage not war as do the rest of Israel, neither do they inherit, nor earn for themselves with strength of their bodies, but they are the Lord's power (or substance) as it is written (in Deut. xxxiii. IL) ' Bless Lord his power:' and the blessed (God) him- self earneth for them; as it is written (in Num. xviii. 20.)' I am thy part and thine in- heritance.' " Maim, treat, of the Release and Jubilee, chap. xiii. sect. 12. Fire-of- ferings,] Which were to be offered on the altar by tire, as the meat-offering, sin-offer- ing, and trespass offering of every man. Num. xviii. 9. And his inheritance,] That is, all other things which being the Lord's right by his law, he hath given to the priests and Levites. Of these, see the notes on Num. xviii. where four and twenty gifts were bestowed on the priests, all expressed in the law. The Gr. referreth it to the former, saying, " the burntoflerings of the Lord shall be their inheritance." Ver. 2. — And he,] that is, Levi, put for all the Levites and priests of that tribe: so in Mai. ii. 4, 5. Spoken unto him,] In Num. xviii. 20, and other places. Herein God promiseth to those that fear him, his ministers, 1 Cor. xix. 13, 14, and all his people, to be their inheritance, that i?, to re- lieve them, and supply all their wants out of the riches of his grace, 2 Cor. ix. 8. Sn the Hebs. here say; " Not tiie tribe of Levi only, but every particular man of all that comes into the world, whose spirit maketh him will- ing, and giveth him understanding with knowledge to separate himself, to stand be- fore the Lord, to minister unto him, and to serve him, to know the Lord, and walk aright, as Gud did make him; and that he break from off his neck the yoke of many in- ventions which the sons of Adam have sought out, (Keel. vii. 29,) behold this man sancti- fieth himtelf holy of holie?, and the Lord will be his part and his inheritance for ever, and for ever and ever; and will vouchsafe unto him in this world the things that shall be sufficient for him, even as he did vouchsafe unto the priests the Levites. Behold David saith(in Ps. xvi. 5.) ' The Lord is the portion of my part and of my cup, thou sustaiiiest my lot.' " Maim, in the Release and Jubilee, chap, xiii. sect. 13. Ver. 3. — The Priests' due,] Heb. the judgment (or right J of the priests: which the Chald. expoundeth dne unto the priests; and so the word Judgment is elsewhere used for dutff, Ps. Ixxxi. 5. Slay a slaughter,] That is, kill any beast for common food. The original word generally signifietii no more than to kill a beast (as is noted on Gen. xxxi. 54,) and in special, to kill for saci ifice unto God. But the large meaning is here to be chosen; for it agreeth not with the formei- laws in Lev. touching sacrifices, that the priests should have the cheeks, &c. and the general exposition of the Hebs. is, that this is meant of common meats. Ox or sheep,] Implying ^oa<5 also; for that is usually com. prehended under the name sheep or lamb. That he,] Or, atid he, that is, every one of the people shall give. Give unto the Priest.] Hereupon these are called gifts. Of them the Hebs. write; " It is command, ed to give of every clean beast that is killed, unto the priest, the shoulder, and the two cheeks, and the maw, (Deut. xviii. 3,) and these in every place are called gifts. And this commandment is in use continually, whether when there is a temple or not; and in every place, whether within the land (of Israel) or without it: and it is to be of com- mon (things) not of things sanctified. If it be d('ublful whether (the beast) be a firstling, these gifts must be given out of it : if it be n firstling, that is all the priest's, (Num. xviii. 15,3 and if it be not a firstling, these gifts 276 DEUTERONOMY. whether ox or sheep, tliat he shall give unto the priest the slioulder and the two clieeks and the maw. ^ The fivst-Jruits of thy corn, of thy new wine, and of thy new oil, and the first of the fleece of thy sheep slialt thou give unto him. * For Jehovah thy God hath chosen him out of all thy tribes, to stand to mmister in tlie name of Jehovah, him and his sons all days. ^ And if a Levite shall come from any one of thy gates, out of all Israel, where he sojourned; and shall come with all the desire of his soul, unto the place which Jehovah shall choose ; ' Then he shall minister in the name of Jehovah his God, as all his brethren are (out of it) for the priest. Gifts are due of none but, clean beasts only, as it is said, ' Whether ox or sheep,' &c. whether it be killed for man's meat, or for to feed infidels, or dogs, or for medicine, these gifts are due of it. If a proselyte have a beast killed, if it were before he was joined, he is free; if after he were joined, he is bound (to give these gifts.) In a place where no priests be, they may prize the gifts and eat them, and give the price to any priest that they will. If he will give these gifts to one priest, he may; or if he will divide them, he may not give half the maw to one, or half the shoulder, but the shoulder to one, and the maw to an- other, and the cheeks to them both, [that is, to each of them one.] If a priest will sell his gifts, he may, or give them to an infidel, &c. for there is no holiness in them at ail. The priest may not violently take the gifts, nor ask them with his mouth; but he receives them when they are given him, with honour," &c. Maim, in Biccurim for first fruits .) chap. ix. sect. 1. &c. The shoulder,] (sailh Maim., ibid. sect. 18,) " and they may not pluck ofr the wool, or slay them, but give them with their skin, and witii their wool." Ver. 4. — The first-fruits,] Of these, see the annots. on Exod. xxii. 29 ; Num. xviii. 12. These were called by the Hebs., the "great heave-ofFering; and it was to be given (they say) to the priest, whether it were clean or unclean: though the coin or oil weie all unclean before it was separated, the owner was bound to separate out of it an heave-of- fering, and give it to the priest. If it were clean, the priest did eat it; if unclean, they used it for burning, &c. And whosoever separated the great heave-ofiering, or the heave-oilVring of the tithe, he blessed (God) before h(; separated it, after the manner as he used to bless for doing all the command- ments." Maim, in Trumoth, chap. ii. sei-t. 14, 16. Other things hereabout are noted on Num. xviii. and Lev. xxii. Of the flkece,] Of this there is no measure set by the law J but by the Heb. doctors, they might not give less than one of sixty (the sixtieth part, as of other first- fruits is noted on Exod. xxii. 29.) " And this is not due but in the land (of Israel) as the first-fruits of the corn, and of common (beasts) not of holy. And of sheep only, male and female: for their wool is meet for clothing. He that sepa- rateth the first of his fleece, and it be lost, is indebted for it afterward, until he give it unto the priest. He that saith, all my fleece be first-fruits, his word must be confirmed. Whoso hath many fleeces of first-fruits, and would divide them among the priests, he may not give less to every one than the weight of five shekels of white wool, enough for a little coat." Maim, in Bicctirim, chap. x. Ver. 5. — To stand to minister in the NAME, &c.] The Gr. interpretetli it, to stand before the Lord thy God, to minister and to bless in the name of the Lord. This show- eth a reason of the former duly; because God had called the priests from worldly affairs to serve him, and to minister, and sow unto his people spiritual things, therefore they should reap the people's cai nal things, as 1 Cor. ix. 11, 13. By standing is noted their maimer of service, as is observed on Deut. x. 8, and their continuance in the same, as Ps. cxix. 91. Ver. 6. — A Levite,] This is spoken generally, and so implieth either priest or ordinary Levite, who served by their courses, but might at other times come up and serve voluntarily, and have their portion with their brethren. Of thy gates,] That is, as the Gr. and Chald. do translate, of thy cities. For the Levites dwelt dispersed in the tribes of Israel, Josh. xxi. He sojourned,] His dwelling in the cities is called a sojourning as a stranger, for that the priests had ' no inheritance with Israel,' ver. 1., but the Israelites gave them (of their inheritance) cities to dwell in, and the suburbs for their rattle. Num. xxxv. 2, 3. Shall choose,] To have his tabernacle, or temple and public worship there: see Deut. xvi. 2: xii. 5. Ver. 7. — Shai i.MSTER,] Although CHAP. Xv III. 77 vites that stand there before Jehovah : ^ They shall eat portion like portion, beside his sales, by his fathers. " VVlien thou art come into the land which Jehovah thy God giveth unto thee, thou shalt not learn to do after the abominations of those nations. '" TJiere shall not be found in thee any that maketh his son or his daughter to pass through the fire ; a diviner the priests and Levites ministered in their courses, whereunto they were distributed, and unto which they were hound, 1 Chron. xxiv. XXV, yet it" any would at other times volun- tarily serve, God here alloweth it, and their portion for their labour. But the Hebs. ex. plain this with some limitations, saying ; "Moses our master divided the priests into eiglit wards (or charges) four of Eleazar, and four of Ilhamar. And so they were till Samuel the prophet: and in Samuel's days, he and king David divided them into four and twenty wards, and over every ward one head pro- vost. And they went up to Jerusalem, for the service of the ward, eveiy week, &c. And it is commanded that at the solemn feasts, all the wards be equal, and whosoever of the priests cometh up at the feast and will serve, he may serve and have a portion with them; and they may not say to him, Go thy way till thy ward cometh, as it is written (in Deut. xvii. C.) ' And if a Levite shall come from one of thy gates.' Which words are meant of the offerings at the feasts, &c. But vows, and voluntary offerings, and the daily sacrifice?, none ofltir them but the ward, whose time is appointed: yea, though it be at the feast, as it is said (in Deut. xviii. 8.) ' They shall eat portion like portion, besides his sales by the fathers.' As if he should say, they shall eat portion like portion, of the offerings of the congregation, but have no like portion in other things, which the fathers have already apportioned them, and appointed every ward by the week, &c. And tliey ac- count, that he speaketh not but of the priests: for there are no gifts in the sanctuary to eat of, but for the priests only. And so a priest which hath an ollering, may come into the sanctuary, and offer it any day when he will, as it is said (Deut. xviii. 6. ' And shall come with all the desire of his soul') and minister; yea, thou it be a siii-ofiiiring, or a trespass-otiering, he ofl'ereth it, and maketh atonement by his own hands, and hath the skin of his ofliiring, and eateth (the flesh.) And if he will give his offering to any priest whom he will, for to offer it, he may give it; and then the skin of the oblation, and the seivice thereof, is the priest's oidy, to whom he gave it." Maim, treat, of the Instru- ments of the Sanctuary, chap. iv. sect. 3 — 6. That stand,] That is, as the Chald. ex- povnideth, that tnmister. Ver. S. — Portion like portion,] That is, egmal portions, one as much as another, 'J'he Gr. translattth, /le shall eat the portion that is apportioned (or divided.) Beside HIS SALES,] That is, beside the price of the things sold. By this law, if a Levite sold a house, he might redeem it any time, Lev. XXV. 32, which he could not do, if he spent his money upon his own maintenance, and had no portion in the sanctuary. By his FATHERS,] Or, according to the fathers. This some refer to the sales foiemtntioned, wliicli might be of the houses that he had from his fathers, his patrimony. Others refer it to the order of his service and portion, which should be according to the courses and wards aforesaid, without confusion or disturbance of them: for according to the fathers and chief men in the families, were the courses ap- pointed, Num. iii. 2, 17, 21; 1 Chroir. xxiv. 4. 'Ihe Gr. translatuth, beside the sale, which is according to the family. But the Chald. paraphraseth thus. Beside the ward (or observation) which shall come on the sabbath, as the fathers have appointed; that is, besiile that portion which is due unto him for his service by course in his week, as the fathers appointed. Ver. 10. — There shall not,] Or, Let there not be found. To pass through the FIRE,] So to burn them, or at least to conse- crate them by this sign upon idols, and in special unto Molech, to whi(\h abomination this service was performed among the heathens, Lev. xviii. 21. See the annot. there. The Gr. translateth, any that purgeth his soji or his daaghter in fire. Of Achaz king of Judah it is said, that he made his son to pass through the fire, 2 Kings xvi. ;^, which Ezra explainrth thus, he burnt his sons in the fire, 2 Chion. xxviii. 3. A DIVINER,] In Heb. Kosotn, a fore-seer, or presages, a fore- teller of things to come, as doth a prophet : as it is said, ' the prophets divine for money,' Mic. iii. 1!, and Balaam, a prophet, 2 Pet ii. Iti, is called a diviner. Josh. xiii. 22, and though it be sometime spoken it; the good part, as in Is. iii. 2. The prophet and the diviner (or sage) and the ancient; and in Prov. xvi. 10, 278 DEUTERONOMY of divinations, an observer of times, or an observer of fortunes, n\ a witch. " Or one that cliarmeth a charm, or that asketh of a divination is m the lips of the king: yet commonly it is meant of evil and ln-athenish prophets, or of the false prophets in Israel, Is. xliv. 25; Ez. xiii. 6, 7, 9. With such they used to consult in weighty cases, as 'the Philistines called for the priests and the di- viners,' I Sam. vi. 2, and the ' king of Babylon stood at the parting of the way, at the liead of the two ways, to use divination,' &c. Ez. xxi. 21, 22. It was done by unlawful means, as Saul said to the witch, " divine unto me by the familiar spirit,' 1 Sam. xxviii. 8, and it was a thing hateful unto God; as he saith, 'Rebellion is as the sin of divination,' 1 Sam. XV. 23. This art (as Cicero show. etli in first book of divination) is called in Gr., Mantikee, of Fury (as Plato expounds it;) in Lat. divinatio d divis, of the gods, as TuUy there saith: and he maketh it a fore- knowledge and perceiving of things to come: a skill much magnified in all nations. The Hebs. also take a diviner to lie one that doth things whereby he may foretel things to come, and say, "such a thing shall be, or shall not be; or say, it is good to do such a thing," &c. The manner and means of divining they note to be divers; some doing it with sand, some with stones; someby lyingdownon the ground, some with iron, some with a staff which he carrieth in his hand, and leanethon, &c. whereto they apply that of the prophet, ' My people ask counsel at their stocks, and their staff de- clareth unto them,' Hos. iv. 12. It is unlaw- ful to divine, or to ask (counsel) of a di- viner. He that asketh of a diviner is chas- tised with stripes, but the diviner himself, if he do any of the foresaid acts (of divination) or the like, is beaten." Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. xi. sect. 6, 7. Observer OF TIMES,] Or, Soothsayer; an observer of the clouds, and of the planets ; a planetary, or, an observer of the flying of fowls ; an augur. The diviners forespoken of were carried much by inward and spiritual mo- tions; these liy outward observations in the creatures. Tliey were of esteem among the Philistines, and other heathens, Is. ii, 6, and the sin crept into Isjael, 2 Kings xxi. 6, though God forbade it here, and in Lev. xix. 26. The Hebs. say, they were such as did set times for the doing of things, saying, " Such a day is good, and such a day is naught: such a day is fit for to do such a work; such a year or month is evil for such a thing. It is unlawful to observe times, though one do no work, but make it known ; they are lies which fools imagine to be true, and to be words of wise men," &c. Maim. in treat, of Idolatry, chap, xi. sect. 8. An OBSERVER OF FORTUNES,] One that curiously searcheth, observelh, and telleth signs of good or evil luck, which are learned by ex- perience; The Heb. Nachash is to search and find out by experience, Gen. xxx. 27; xliv. 5; whereupon Menachesh (the word here used) is one that loo curiously observeth and abuseth things that do fall out, as lucky, or unlucky signs ; as did the augurs and soothsayers among the heathen. The Hebs. describe it thus ; " as if one should say, Be- cause the morsel of bread is fallen out of my mouth, or my staff out of mine hand, I will not go to such a place this day; for if I go, I shall not speed of my business, because a fox passed by on my right hand, I will not go out of my house this day; foi' if I go, some deceitful man will meet with me. And so if men hear the chattering of a bird, and say it shall be so, or not so ; it is good to do such a thing, or not to do such a thing, &c. And so he that maketh signs for himself, if it fall out so or so, I will do such athing; if it fall not out, I will not do it ; and all things of like sort; these all are unlawful: and whosoever doth any act, because of any of these things, is to be beaten." Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. xi. sect. 4. Tliis sin was common among the heathen, practised of the wisest. Num. xxiv. I ; 1 Kings xx. 33 ; and it spread into Isi ael, 2 Kings xvii. 17; 2 Chron. xxxiii. 6; and is at this day too common among Christians, though God's law plainly forbiddeth it here, and in Lev. xix. 26. A Witch,] Or, a sorcerer, a magician; in Heb., Mecash- sheph, in Gr., Pharmakos ; of this kind were Jannes and Jambres, the sorcerers of Egypt: see the notes on Exod. vii. 11. Such were esteemed among the wise, and called to tell and interpret dreams, Dan. ii. 2. By God's law a witch might not be suf- fered to live, Exod. xxii. 18, yet did this evil prevail in Israel, 2 Chron. xxxiii. 6 ; Jer. xxvii. 9; Mai. iii. 5. The Hebs. seem to hold two sorts of these witches or sorcerers, some that did hurt, others that did hold the eyes, that is, by juggling and sleights beguiled men's senses. Mecashsheph (the witch) "is to be sttmed to death, if he do the act of witchcraft: but he that holdeth the eyes, and seemeth to do that which he doth not, is to be beaten." Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap, xi. sect. 15. Ver. 11.— Charmeth a charm,] Or, inchanteth an inchanttnent, or conjuretk conjuration. The Heb. Choher signifieth conjiiining. <'r consociating, the Chald, CHAP. XVIII. 279 familiar spirit, or a wizard, or that seeketJi unto the dead. '~ For every one tliat doth these things, is an abomination unto Jehovah : and because of these abominations, Jehovah thy God dotli drive them out from before thee. '^ Thou shalt be perfect with Jehovah thy God. '* For these nations which thou shall possess, hearkened unto observers of times. name Ratim, is tif murrmiring or mumbling: the Gr. Epaidon, of chariimig or inchant- ing. This charmer is said to be he '♦ that speaketh words of a strange language, and without sense: and he in his foolishness thinketh that these words are profitable. That if one say so or so unto a serpent, or a scorpion, it cannot hurt a man ; and he that saith so and so to a man, he cannot be hurt, &c. He that wliisperethovera wound, orread- eth a verse out of the bible: likewise he thatread- cth overan infant, that it may not be frightened; or that layeth the book of the law (the bible) or the phylacteries upon a child that it may sleep; such are not only among enchanters or charmer?, but of tho-e that generally deny the law (of God) because they make the words of the sciipture medicine fur the body, whereas they are not but medicine for the soul, as it is written (in Prov. iii. 22.) ' They shall be life unto thy soul.' " Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. xi. sect. 10, 12. Of .\ F.MiiLiAR SPIRIT,] Called in Heb. Oh, which oignifieth a bottle. Job. xxxii. 19, applied here and often to magicians, who possessed with an evil spirit, speak with hollow voice as out of a bottle, and (as some say) with swollen bellies: whereupon the Gr. version usually calleth them Ecgastrimuthoi, as speaking out of the belly. But the holy Spirit in Arts xvi. 16, expoundeth it more fully, the spirit of Pithon (vy of divination:) meaning of the devil, whose answers were given to the heathens by these means: the chitf whereof was called Pythius Apollo, and his temple Pythion, and his feast Pythia kept to his honour, who was feigned to kill the ser- pent Python. The manner of this oracle the prophet showeth to be with an hollow low voice ; as, ' Thy speech shall be low out of the dust, and thy voice shall be as of one that hath a familiar spirit,' Is. xxix. 4. The Hebs. explain it thus, that he which had a familiar spirit, " stood and burned incense, and held a rod of myrtle tree in his hand, and waved it. And he spake certain words in secret, until he that inquired did hear one speak unto him, and answer him touching that which he in- quired, with words from under the earth, with a very low voice, &c. Likewise one took a dead man's skull, and burnt incense thereto, and enchanted thereby, till he heard a very low voice, &c. He that did aoy of these acts, was to be stoned to death." Maim, in treat, of Idolatry, chap. vi. sect. 1. This was Saul's sin, that he sought to a woman which had 'a familiar spirit,* the voice whereof he heard, 1 Sam. xxviii. 7 — 15, for which transgression the Lord killed him, 1 Chi on. x. 13, and hath threatened to cut ofT all from among his people, that do in- quire if such, Lev. XX. 6. Wizard,] Or cunning man ; in Heb. lidgnoni, so named of his knowledge, nr cunning : and so the Gr. version in other places calleth him Gtiostes, of knowledge, a prognosticator : but here the Gr. is Teratos/copos, he that observeth wonders. The Chald. giveth him a name of remembrance, Zecuru. He is usually joined with the former, ' that hath a familiar spirit,' as in Lev. xix. 31 ; xx. 6; 2 Chron. xxxiii. 6; 1 Sam. xxviii. 3, and by the law they were both of them to die. Lev. XX. 27. Such were among the Egyp- tians, and other heathens. Is. xix. 3, it is likely therefore that their practice was alike abominable. The Hebs. describe him thus, that " he put in his mouth a bone of a bird called Jadvangh, and burned incense, and did other works, until he fell down as with shame (or modesty) and spake with his mouth, things that were to come to pass." Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. vi. sect. 2. That seeketh UNTO THE DEAD,] Or, as the Chald. and Gr. expound it, that inquireth of the dead: such we call of the Gr. name, a Necromancer. Of him they say, that " he made himself hungry, and went and lodged among the graves, that the dead might come unto him in a dream, and make known inito him that which he asked of him. And others there were that clad themselves with clothes for that purpose, and spake certain words, and burned incense for that purpose, and slept by themselves, that such a dead person might come and talk with them in a dream." Maim, in treat, o^ Idolatry, chap. xi. sect. 13. Ver. 13. — Perfect with Jehovah,] That is, in faith and love seek unto him only; and as he doth, so abhor thou all such wicked persons. Perfection (oi- sincerity, integrity) respecteth our upright conversation in body and mind, as is noted on Gen. vi. 9, and to be 'perfect with the Lord,' is expounded in Gr., before the Lord ; and the Chald. saith, in the fear of the Lord : but our Saviour 280 DEUTERONOMY. and unto diviners : but as for thee, Jehovah thy God liath not suf- fered tliee so. '' Jehovah thy God will raise tip unto thee a pro- phet, from the midst of thee, of thy bretliren, like unto me : unto him ye shall hearken. '^ According to all that tiiou askedst of Jeliovah thy God in Horeb, in the day of the assembly, saying. Let me not hear again the voice of Jehovah my God ; and this great fire let me not see any more, that I die not. '^ And Jeliovali said unto me. They have well spoken that wliicli more fully openeth it; ' Be ye perfect, even as your Father which is in heaven is perfect, Mati. V. 48. Ver. 14. — Not suffered thee,] Heb. not given thee : but hath taught thee better by his law (which the other nations want, Ps. cxivil. 19, 20,) and will more fully in- form thee by the propiiet, whom he will raise up unto thee, ver. 15. So in Acts xiv. 16. God 'in times past suflered all nations to walk in their own ways.' Ver. 15 — A Prophet,] So named of the Gr. prophets, which signifieth a fore- teller ; in Helj. Nabi, of uttering and inter- preting the oracles of God ; as Aaron was Moses' prophet, that is, interpreter, Exod. vii. 1, and of seeing visions of God, such a man was called ' a seer,' I Sam. ix. 9. Unto all the former diviners, wizards, charmers, &c. raised up to the heathen of the devil, Moses here opposeth one prophet to be raised up mito Israel of God; and this was Christ raised up unto the Jews, as Peter applieth it, saying; ' Moses said unto the fathers, A pro- phet will the Lord your God raise up unto you, &c. ye are the cliildren of the prophets, and of the covenant, &c. Unto you first God having raised up his Son Jesus, sent tiim to bless you, in turning away every one of you from his iniquities. Acts iii. 22 — 26. Of thy brethren,] Clirist was to be a man, and of the stock of the Jews by promise, be- cause the people could not endure to hear the voice of God, ver. 16, and as in lespect of his prop'iecy, so of the priesthood ; ' For every high priest is taken from among men,' Heb. V. 1, and of his kingdom, as in Deut. xvii. 15, ■' from among thy brethren shalt thou set a king over thee." Like onto me,] It is said, ' There arose not a prophet in Israel like unto Moses, whom tlie Lord knew face to face, in all the signs and wonders which the Lord sent him to do,' &c. Deut. xxxiv. 10 — 12. This therefore cannot be understood of the ordinary prophet«, which were raised up in Israel, but of Christ only, as the apostles do expound it. Acts iii. 22 — t^. And Christ was like unto Moses, in respect of his office of mediation between God and his people, Deut. v. 5 ; 1 Tim. ii. 5, but greater than Moses, as being ' the mediatoi' of a better covenant (or Testament) which was establislied upon better promises,' Heb. viii. 6. Like him in excellency; for as Moses excelled all the prophets, in speak- ing with God mouth to mouth, Num. xii. 6 — 8, so Chiist excelled him and all men, in that being ' in the bosom of the Father,' he hath come down from heaven, and declared God unto us, John i. 18; iii. 13. Like him in faithfulness, but therein also excelling: for Moses was faithful in God's house ' as a ser- vant, but Christ as the Son over his own house,' Heb. iii. 2, 5, 6. And like him in signs and wonders, wherein he also excelled Moses, as the history of the gospel showeth: for, he was a ' prophet mighty in deed and word, before God and all tlie people,' Luke xxiv. 19, 'a man approved of God among them, by miracles, wondeis, and signs, which God did by him, in the midst of them,' Acts ii. 22, ' for he did among them the works which none other man did,' John xv. 24. Unto him,] That is, not unto the diviners, wizards, or any such like, but ' unto him,' and him only; as, 'him thou slialt serve,' Deut. vi. 13, is expounded, 'him only,' Matt. iv. 10. And though this is principally meant of Christ's person, of whom God said, ' hear him,' Matt. xvii. 5, yet it implieth also his ministers, as himself said, ' He that heareth you heareth me, Luke x. 16. Ver. 16. — Horeb,] A mountam called also Sinai, Exod. xix. where the law was given, Deut. v. 2. Of the assembly,] Or, of the church, when all Israel were assem- bled to hear the law, Exod. xix. 9, 10, &c. Not hear again,] Heb., not add to hear: see Exod. xx. 1 9, where the people requested Moses .to speak with them, and not God. Ok Jehovah.] The Chald. translateth it, of the word of the Lord. That I die not,] Or, and let me not die ; as the Gr. tianslat- eth, neither let us die. Ver. 17. — Have well spoken,] Or, have done well in speaking. The Gr, saith. CHAP. XVIII. 281 they have spoken. '^ A prophet will I raise up unto them, from among their brethren, like unto thee : and I will give my words in ]us moutli, and lie shall speak unto tliem all that I shall command him. '* And it shall be, that the man wliicli will not hearken unto my words, which he shall speak in my name, I will require it of rightly (or ^veH) all that they have spoken. Although their speech firoceedeii from the Spirit of bondage and fear, niariifest(d in them by the work of the law in their con- sciences, Rom. viii. 15, and they desired not Christ, but Moses to speak unto tliem; yet as ' tlie law was a schoolmaster to lead them mito Christ,' Gal. iii. 24, so God took occa- sion hereby to preach and promise Christ unto them ; wlio is here not only instead of all diviners and soothsayers, but instead of JVIoses himself, who was the minister of the law, which * worketh wrath,' Rom. iv. 15, and was 'the ministration of death,' 2 Cor. iii. 7. But ' Christ hath redeemed us from the curse thereof,' Gal. iii. 13, and is here promised as a prophet sent to bless us, Acts iii. 26, ' for the law was given by Moses, but grace and truth came bv Jesus Christ,' John i. 17. Veb. 18. — A Prophet,] Meaning Christ himself, the interpreter and declarer of the word of God, as ver. 15, of wliom the mul- titude said, ' Tliis is Jesus the prophet,' Matt. xxi. 11. R.\iSE ui',] Tliis also the people confirmed, saying, ' A great prophet is risen up amongst us,' Luke vii. 16. Will GIVE,] That is, will put and establish, as the word given, 1 Chron. xvii. 22, is the same that established, 2 Sam. vii. 24. The Chald. exponndeth it, I will give my words of prophecy. Accordingly Christ said to his Father, ' I have given unto them the words which thou gavest me,' John xvii. 8. Mis mouth,] To signify this, Christ ap- peared with ' a sharp two-edged sword, pro- ceeding out of his mouth,' Rev. i. 16, which figured ' the sword of the Spirit, the word of God,' Eph. vi. 17, for God hath made his 'mouth like a sharp sword,' Is. xlix. 2; therewith he smote his enemies: and for the comforts wherewith he refresheth his people, his lips are likened to ' lilies dropping sweet- smelling myrrh,' Song v. l.S. All that I SHALL COMMAND,] This Christ did in his osTu person, as he said, ' I speak not of my- self, but the Father which sent me, he gave me a commandment what I should say, and what I should speak ; and I know tiiat his commandment is life everlasting: whatsoever I speak therefore, even as the Father said unto me, so I speak,' John xii. 49, 50, and, ' All things that I have heard of my Father, I have made known unto you,' John xv. 15. Vol. II. 2 N He did and doth it also by his ministers; for as he gave his apostles the words which the Father had given him, John xvii. 8, so the things wliich they spake and wiote, were * the commandments of the Loid,' i Cor. xiv. 37, and he requireth of all, that ' If any man speak,' it should be 'as the oracles of God,' 1 Pet. iv. U. Ver. 19.. — My words,] God here ac- knowledgeth the words to be his own, which Clnist sliould speak; as himself also said, ' My doctrine is not mine, but his that sent me,' John vii. 16. And whereas prophets used to show signs and wonders, Deut. xiii. I, 2, thougii Christ did many such. Acts ii. 22, yet are they not here mentioned, because the ' word and gospel of Clirist is the power of God unto salvation,' Rom. xvi., and his ' commandment is life everlasting,' John xii. 50, and Christ's name is called 'the word of God,' Rev. xix. 13; John i. I; and the word (rather than wonders) was that which the ancient Jews expected by Christ, as their later wi iters do witness, saying, '• Let it not come up into thy mind, that the king Christ needeth to do signs and wonders ; the thing is not so: for behold Rabbi Akibah was a great wise man of the wise men of the Talmud, and he was armour-bearer to Ben Cuziha the king, who was thought to be the king Christ. And both he and all the wise men of his age supposed that he had been Christ t.is King, until he was killed for his iniquities: when he was killed, they knew he was not so. And the wise men asked not of him any sign or wonder." Maim, in treat, of Kings, chap. xi. sect. iii. Howbeit, when the true Christ was indeed come, that ' wicked and adulterous generation sought after a sign,' Matt. xvi. 14; xii. 38, 39, and except they saw signs and wonders, they would not believe, John iv. 48, and though he did many miracles before them, yet they believed not in him, John xii. 37. He came in his Father's name, and they received him not; another (as Ben Coziba) came in his own name, and him they received, John v. 43. I will require it,] To wit, by punishment, for so requiring ofteu signifieth, Gen. ix. 5; xlii. 22, and so the Gr. here translateth, J will take vengeance on, him ; and the apostle expoundeth it thus, ' eveiy soul which will not hear that prophet, shall be destroyed from among the people,' Acts iii. 23. The Chald. translateth. My 282 DEUTERONOMY. him. ^" But the prophet which shall presume to speak a word in my name, which I have not commanded him to speak, and he that shall speak in tlie name of other gods, that propliet shall even die. ^' And if thou shalt say in thine heart, How shall we know the word wliich Jehovah liath not spoken. ^^ That which a prophet shall speak in the name of Jehovah, and the thing be not, neither word shall require it of him. And tlie Heb. doctors so explain tliese words, " He that traiisgresseth against his words, is guilty ^f death by the liand of God; as it is writ- ten (ill Deut. xviii,) I will require it of him,'' Maim, in Jesude hatorah, chap. ix. sect. 2. This was fulfilled upon the Jews, who would not hearken to the words of Christ, therefore he destioytd the city and the sanctuary, as was prophesied, Dan. ix. 26. The enemies laid it even with the ground, and tlie children thereof within it: and they left not therein one stone upon an- other, becaufe she knew not the time of her visitation, Luke xix. 44. So they died in their sins, John viii. 24, and wrath came upon them, to the uttermost, 1 Thes. ii. 16. Ver. 20 — Shall prf.spme,] The Gr. and Chald. expound it, shall do ungodly and wickedly. Not commanded,] Ol this sin the false prophets in Israel were commonly guilty, and for it reproved; as, "They have seen vanity, and lying divination, saying, 'The Lord saith; and the Lord hath not sent them,' Ez. xiii. 6, and, I have not sent them, saith the Lord, yet they prophesy a lie in my name, Jer. xxvii. 15. And of this the Hebs. say, " Tlie false proplat is to be strangled to death, although lie piophesy in the name of the Lord, and neither addeth nor diminisheth, (Deut. xviii. 20.) Whether he prophesieth that which lie hath not heard by prophetical vision, or whoso hath heard the words of his fellow prophet, and saith that this word was said unto him, and he pro- phesieth thereby: lo, he is a false prophet, and is to be strangled to death." Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. v. sect. 7, 8. Of OTHER GODS,] As they that prophesied by Baal, Ji:r. ii. 8; xxiii. 13. The Hebs. de- clare it thus ; " The prophet that prophesieth in the name of an idol, as he that saith, such an idol, or such a star said unto me that we are commanded to do this or that, or not to do it, though it be to pronounce that unclean which is unclean, or that clean which is clean, &c. he is to be strangled to death, &c. And it is unlawful to ask of him a sign or a won- der, and if he do any of himself, they may not le^ard him ; and whoso supjioseth of his signs, that peradvcnlure they may be true, traiisgresseth this prohibition, (Deut. xiii. 3.) Thou shalt not hearken unto the words of that prophet." Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. V. sect. 6, 7. Shall even die,] That is, shall he put to death by the magistrate, and his judgment is to be strangled, as before is noted. For which strangling, they afterward (as under the Romans) used crucifying. And the Hebs. say, " They judged not either a (whole) tribe, or a false prophet, or the high priest, but by the mouth of the S}iifdrion of seventy-one judges. Tlialmud Babyl. in Sanhedrin, chap. 1. This high Synedrion was after in Jerusalem ; hereupon our Sa- viour said, ' It cannot be that a prophet perish out of Jerusalem: and, O Jerusalem, Jeru- salem, which killest the piophets,' &c., Luke xiii. 33, 34. Ver. 22. — That which,] In Gr., what- soever things ; meaning of predictions fore- telling things to come. For touching mat- ters of faith, and of the worship ot God, the people were to hold unto the written law; against which if any prophet did teach, and give a sign or wonder which came to pass, yet they were not to believe or hearken unto him. See Deut. xiii. 1—5. The thing,] Or, the word be not. But Jonas prophesied the destruction ol Nineveh within foity days, and it came net to pa-s: yet the Lord had spoken that word, Jon. i. ; iii. Here then conditions are implied; as, if men break not ofl' their sins by repentance, the evils fore- told shall come upon them, &c. Ez. xxxiii. 13 — 15; Jer. xxvi. 12, 13, IS, 19. E pe- cially this is meant concerning prophecies of good things, which if they come not to pass, the piophet is found false, as ' Jeremiah said to Ananias, ' The piophets that liave been before me, and before thee of old, prophe- sied both against many countries, and against great kingdoms, of war, aud of evil, and of pestilence. The prophet which prophesieth of peace, when the word of the prophet shall come to pass, then shall the prophet be known, that the Lord hath truly sent him, Jer. xxviii. 8, 9. Of this matter the Hebs. say, "Every prophet that riseth up among us, and saith that the Lord hath sent him, it is not neces- sary that he do a sign like one of the signs of Moses our master, or like the signs of Elias and Elisceus, that there should be in them 3 change of the custom of the world. CHAP. XVIII. 283 cnnic (to pass) that is tlie word which Jehovah hath not spoken, the prophet hath it in presumption, thou shalt not be afraid of him. But his sign shall be, that he foretell things that are to come in the world, and so cbnfirm his words, Deut. xviii. 21, 22. Therefore when there cometh a man fit for prophecy, with the ambassage of the Lord, and he cometh not to add unto, or to diminish from (the law) but to serve the Lord by the com- mandment of the law, they must not say to him, divide the sea for us, or raise up the dead, or the like, and afterward we will be- lieve in thee: but they must say unto him, If thou be a prophet, foretell us of things that are to come: and when he telleth, we must wait to see whether the things come to pass or no; and if there fail but even a little thing, it is evident that he is a false prophet. But if all his words do come to pass, he is to be esteemed of us faithful. And they try him many times; if his words be all of them found faithful, lo this is a true prophet, as it is said of Samuel, ' And all Israel, from Dan even lo Beersheba, knew that Samuel was faithful to be a prophet of the Lord,' 1 Sam. iii. 20. But do not the observers of times, and the diviners, foretell things that do come to pass? What difference then is there be- tween the prophet and them? Diviners and such like persons, some of their words are confirmed, and some aie not ; acrordiiig to that which is written (in Is. xlvii. 13), Let them stand up now and save thee, which view the heavens, which gaze on the stars, which make known by the months, of the things which shall come upon thee: [He saithj of the things; and not all the things. And it may be, that nothing at all of that which they speak is confiimed, but they err in all; as it is written (in Is. xliv. 25), ' That frustrateth the signs of the liars, and maketh diviners fools.' But the prophet, all his words are con- firmed ; as it is written (in 2 Kings x. 10), There shall fall unto the earth nothing of the word of the Lord. Also he saitii (in Jer. xxiii. 28), The prophet that hath a dream, let him tell the dream; and he that hath my word, let him speak my word faithfully: what is the chafl' to the wheat, saith the Lord? As if he should say, the words of the divi- ners and their dreams, are as chafl', where- with a little wheat is mixed: but the word of the Lord is as wheat, wherewith there is no chart' at all. And of this thing the scripture assureth us, and saith, that the words which diviners make known to the heathens, they do lie ; the prophet maketh known unto you the words of truth, that you have no need of soothsayers, diviners, and such like, De.ut. xviii. 10 — 15. Lo! thou art taught, that a prophet riseth not up unto us, but to make known unto us things which shall come to pass in the world, as plenty or famine, wars or peace, and such like: Yea even the needs of a particular person doth he make known unto iiim, as Saul when he had lost a loss, went to the prophet to tell him where it was, I Sam. ix. Such things as these doth the prophet tell; but maketh no other law, neither addeth to the commandment, or taketh ought from it. Threaten ings of vengeance, which a prophet denounceth, as when he saith, Sucli a man shall die, or such a year there sliall be famine, or wars, or the like; if his words stand not, we may not for this deny his pro- phecy, nor say, behold he spake, and it came not to pass; for the holy blessed God is long- suffering, and much in mercy, and repenteth of the evil; and it may be, that thej have lepented, and he sparetli them like the men of Nineveh; or that he deferreth it as he did Ezekiah's death, 2 Kings xx. But if he pro- mise them good, and say it shall be thus or thus, and the good thing come not which he hath spoken, it is certain that he is a false pro- phet; for every good thing which God de- creeth, though upon condition, he changeth not, &c. Lo! thou art taught, that in words of good things only, is a prophet tiled. As Jeremiah said in his answer to Ananias, when Jeremiah prophesied of evil, and Ananias of good, he said unto Ananias, ' If my words stand not, it shall not appear by this, that I am a false prophet; but if thy words stand not, it shall be know n that thou art a false prophet j as it is written. The prophet which sptaketh peace, when the word of the prophet shall come to pass, the prophet shall be known that the Lord hath sent him in ti uth,' Jer. xxviii. 9. A prophet unto whom another prophet beareth witness that he is a prophet, lo! he is a prophet out of doubt, and needeth no further trial. For behold Moses bare witness unto Joshua, and all Israel believed in him, before he showed any sign. And so through- out (all) generations, the prophet whose pro- phesy is known, and they have found his words faithful, time after time; or that a prophet hath testified of him, and he hath walked in the ways of prophesy, it is unlaw- ful to make question afterward, and to sus- pect his prophecy, lest it be untrue. It is unlawful also to tempt him more than is meet, &c., for it is written, ' Ye shall not tempt the Lord your God, as ye tempted him in Mhssah, where they said. Is the Lord 284 DEUTERONOMY. amongst us or not?' (Deut. vi. 16; Exod. xvii. 7). But after it is known that he is a prophet, they must know and beh'eve thnt tlie Lord is among them, and not suspect or make further question ; as it is written, and they shall know that there hath been a prophet amongst them," (Ez. ii. 5). Maim, in Jesitde hatorah, chap. x. By this testimony of the Jews, we have enougl\ to answer them concerning our Ijord Jesus, that he was a true prophet sent of God, though they did put him to death. For, ' as he came not to de- stroy the law or the prophets, but to fulfil,' Matt. V. 17, so had he the witness of Moses and of all the prophets, Acts iii. 22, 24; John i. 45, and Moses and Elias appeared talking with him, Matt. xvii. 2, 3, so that if they had believed Moses, they would have believed him, Jolm v. 46. And John Bap- tist (whom all men held to be a prophet, Matt. xxi. 26), ' he bare witness uuto the truth' concerning Christ, John i. 15; v. 33. He was also ' approved of God among them by miracles, wonders and signs,' Acts. ii. 22, so that the works which the Father gave him to finish, which also he did, they bare witness of him, and the Father himself bare witness of him, John v. 36, 37, yet they, like ' an evil and adulterous generation,' (condemned by these their own canons) believed not in h'm, bu; tempted God, and sought ' aftt-r a sign, iVIatt. xii. oS, 39, and though the men which saw his miracles, said, ' This is of a truth that prophet which should come into the world,' John vi. 14, yet that faithless genera- tion believed not, but said, ' What sign showest thou, that we may see and believe thee? John vi. 30. But though he had done so many miracles before them, yet they believed not,' neither could they beliuve, be- cause that Esaias said, ' He hatli blinded their eyes, and hardened their heart,' &c., Jolm xii. 37, 39, 40. In prescription,] That is, jiresumptuously : the Gr. translateth it, in ungodliness, the Chald., in wickedness. Not be .•ifraid,] Either for his threatening words, or for his signs; nor afraid to put hitn to death. And thus the Hebs. explain it, saying; "Whosoever withdraweth himself from killing a false prophet, because of his dignity, for that he walketh in the ways of prophesy, behold he trausgressetli against this proiiibition, ' Thou shalt not be afraid of him.' And so he that withdraweth himself horn teaching concerning him what he is guilty of, or that dreadeth and feareth for his words, &c. And they judge not a false prophet, but in the judgment-hall of seventy-one (ma- gistrates). Maim, treat, of Idolatry, chap. v. sect. 9. CHAP. XIX. 1 . The cities of refuge. 4. The privilege of them for the man-slayer. 11. The wilful murderer must die. 14. The land-mark may not be removed. 15. Two witnesses at the least must stablish every matter. \Q>. A false witness must be diligently inquired into, and done unto as he had thought to do unto his brotlier. ' When Jehovah thy God hath cut off the nations, wliose land Jehovah tliy God giveth unto thee, and thou possessest tliem, and dwellest in their cities, and in their houses ; ^ Thou shalt separate three cities for thee, in the midst of thy land, which Jehovah thy God giveth unto thee, to possess it. ^ Thou shalt prepare for thee the way, and shalt divide into three parts the coast of tliy land, Ver. 2 — Thou shalt separate,] In J'ish. XX. 7, he useth the word sanctified ; in Num. XXXV. 11, 'shall appoint.' Here Moses explaineth the sixth commandment, for some special laws concerning it. Three CITIES,] Besides those three which Moses had separated without the river, Deut. iv. 41, •i;{. These three cities were Kedesh, She- chcm and Hebron, Josh. xx. 7 They were all cities of the Levites: see Num. xxxv. 6. In the midst,] That is, within thy land: as, in the midst of the city, Jer. Iii. 25, is the same that within the city, 2 Kings xxv. 19. See also the notes on Gen. ii. 9. This is spoken, because there were no cities of le- fuge, but in the land which Israel possessed. See Num. xxxv. 2. Ver. 3. — Shalt prepare,] Of this it is CHAP. XIX. 28j which Jehovah thy God shall give thee to inherit ; and it shall be, that every man-slayer may flee tliither. * And this is the case the man-slayeT wliich shall flee thither and live : whoso smiteth his neiglibour unwittingly, and hated him not in time past ; ^ As when he cometli v,itli his neighbour into a wood, to hew trees, and his hand fetcheth a stroke witli an ax to cut down a tree, and the iron slippetli from the wood, and findeth his neighbour, and lie die; he shall flee unto one of these cities, and live. ** Let the avenger of the blood pursue after the w^aw-slayer while his heart is hot, and overtake him, because the way is long, and smite him in soul, and he had not the judgment of death, because he hated him not in time past, ^ Therefore I command thee, saying. Thou shalt separate for thee three cities. ® And if Jehovah thy God enlarge thy coast, as he hatli sworn unto thy fathers, and give unto thee all the land said, " The senate (or magistrates in Israel) were bound to prepare the ways to the cities of refuge, to make them fit and broad, and to remove out of them all stumbling-blocks and offences: and they sufiered not any hill or dale to be ia the way, nor water's stream, but they made a bridge over it, that nothing might hinder him that fled thither. And the breadth of the way to the cities of refuge, was no less than thirty-two cubits. And at the partitions of ways they set up in writing, ' Rtfuge. Refuge:' that the man-slayer might know and turn thitherward. On the 15th ul' the monlli Adar (or February) every year the magistratt^s sent out messengers to pre[)are the ways," &c Maim, treat, of Murder, chap, viii sect. 5, (i. Divide into three,] Because the land was much more long thau broad, tiierefore the cities of refuge were in liiree places equally distant, and so commo- dious for men to flee unto. Ver. 4 — The case,] Heb., the word ; in Gr., the ordinance of the man-slayer (or murderer.) And live,] Or, that ive may live. Fiom these words the Heb. doctors leach, that a " scholar exiled to the cities of rtfiige, his master also goeth with him; as it is written, "And live:" But the life of tliira that love and seek after wisdom, is without the doctrine of the law, counted as death. And so the master that is exiled, his school eoefh with him," &c. Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. vii. sect. 1. Smiteth,] Meaniiig to death: as the Chald. translatetli, kiileth. So, ' lie smote,' 2 Kings xiv. 5, is expuinided, ' he killed,' in 2 Chron. xxv. 3. Unwittingly,] Or, ignorantly, utiatvares; Heb. uithout knoivledge ; the Gr. saith, mnvilliiigly. H.\ted him not,] For he that was his enemy, thou.;h he killed him un- awares, might not have the benefit of the city of refuge, as is noted on Num. xxxv. 2iO. " And who is he that hateth? He that for enmity's sake, speaketh not unto him for three days. Maim, treat, of Murder, diap. vi. sect. 10. In tijie past,] Heb. and Gr. from yesterday, and the third day: so in ver. 6. Ver. 5. — As when he cometh,] Or, and he that shall come; and thus the Gr. translateth it. A wood,] Or, forest. This is a similitude for all like places and cases: but hence the Hebs. gather, ''Whoso cometh into a man's yard without his leave, if the man of that house kill him by error, he is free from being exiled (into the cities of re- fuge) for it is said, ' Into a wood.' Wliat is that wood? A place which the slain person hath liberty to come into. And so all other the like," Maim, treat, of Murder, chap, vi. sect, 11. The wood.] That is, the helve, of the axe. Findeth,] That is, hitteth, or, lighteth upon. And live,] Within his city of refuge, where he must abide until the death of the high priest. Num. xxxv. 25. See the annot. there. Ver. 6. — Avenger,] Or, near kinsman, who is by duty to avenge: see the notes on Num. xxxv. 12, His heart is hot,] In- flamed with anger, grief, and desire of re- venge; in such heat of the mind, the aflec- tions of men are overcarried to speak or do that which is not meet. So in Ps. xxxix, 4. ' Mine heart was liot within me. Because,] Or, as the Gr. translateth, if the way be long: ttuh. much. In soul,] Ui, in ///b, viz. mortally, deadly; which the Gr, translateth, smite his soul: and for smite, the Chald. saith, kill. So in ver, 11. Judgment,] That is, guilt, as the Chald. explains it, tiiat is, he was nut worthy of death: Of judgment, tiiat is, sentence of death by the magis- trate, Vkh. ■^. — All the land,] From the river 286 DEUTERONOMY. wliicli he liath spoken to give unto tliy fatners : ° If thou shalt keep all this comraaudment, to do it, which I command thee this day, to love Jeliovaii thy God, and to walk in his ways all days ; tlien thou shalt add three cities more for thee, beside these three. "^ That innocent blood be not shed within thy land, which Jehovah thy God giveth unto thee^r an inheritance, and so blood be upon thee. " But if a man be a liater of his neighbour, and lie in wait for liim, and rise up against him, and smite him m soul that he die, and fleeth unto one of these cities : ^^ Then the elders of his city shall send, and take him thence, and shall give him into the hand of the avenger of the blood, and he shall die. " Thine eye shall not spare him, and thou shalt put away innocent blood from Israel, and it shall go well with thee. " Thou shalt not remove thy neighbour's limit, which the first fathers liave limited, in thine inheritance which thou shalt in- herit, in the land which Jehovah tliy God giveth unto thee to possess it. of Egypt, unto the great liver, the river Euphrates, Gcii. xv. IS. Veb. 9. — This COMMANDMENT,] In Gr., these covtmandments. This condition being legal, and impossible for man to fulfil, had not therefore the accomplishment outwardly for the enlarging of their coast, or for adding of three cities more, for ought that is known either by the scriptures, or Jewish records; and is therefore to be referred unto Christ, spiritually. The Jews themselves refer it unto Clirist's days, but carnally, as after fol- loweth. In his ways,] The Gr. addeth, in all his ways : the Chald., in the nays that are right before him. Add three cities,] Of this the Hebs. say; "In the days of the King Chiist, they shall add three other (cities) unto these six, Deut. xix. 9. And whence shall they add them? Of the cities of the Kenizites, and the Kenites, and the Kadmon- ites; concerning whom a covenant was made with Abraham our father, (Gen. xv. 18, 19,) and hitheito they have not been subdued; and of them it is said in the law, 'If the Lord thy God enlarge the coast.' " Maim, treat, of Murder, cha.p. viii. sect. 4. And in an- other place the same man saith, (in treat, of Kings, chap. xi. sect. 2.) "Of the cities of refuge, he saith, If the Lord thy God shall enlarge thy coast, then thou shalt add three cities more," &c. But this thing hath never been done; and the lioly blessed (God) hath not commanded it in vain." But the law is not in vain, though it be not literally ful- filled in the precepts; 'For what the law could not do, in that it was weak through the flesh, God (hath done) sending his own Son,' &c. Rom. viii. 3, by him we have strong consol- ation, * who have fled for refuge, to lay hold upon the hope set before us,' Heh. vi. 18. Ver. 10. — That innocent blood be NOT,] Or, as the Gr. translateth, j4nd ifino- cent blood shall not be shed. Meaning the blood of the unwilling maruslayer, who is not worthy of death, ver. 6. And bloods be,] That is, the guilt of bloodshed; as the Chald. expoundeth il:, the guilt of the judgment of murder. '1 he Gr. translateth, and there shall not be in thee (a man) guilty of blood. Ver. 11. — Smite him in soul,] Gr. smite his soul ; that is, as the Chald. saith, kill him : as ver. C. Ver. 12 The Elders,] In Gr., the senate. Thence,] From the city of refuge, yea or from the altar of the Lord, Exod. xxi. 14, for, ' a man that doth violence to the blood of any person, shall flee to the pit, let no man stay him,' Prov. xxviii. 17. See more in the annots. on Num. xxxv. Veb. 1;1 — Put away innocent blood,] That is, as the Chald. explaineth it, him that shed innocent blood. And it shall go WELL,] Or, that it may go luell icith thee: 01-, and good shall be unto thee. Ver. 14. — Limit,) Or bound, border, land-mark: whereby every man's inheri- tance in the land was limited. A sin great in all places, Job xxiv. 2, but greatest in the land of Israel, God's holy limit (or border.) Ps. Ixxviii. 54, which was parted by lot of the Loid, Num. xxvi. 53 — 56, and figured the spiritual inheritance which the saints have in tlie church, all the limits whereof are 'of pleasant stones,' Is. liv. 12, and whereof Ca- naan was a type, as is noted on Gen. xii. 5. Tlieiefore among the curpes pronounced CHAP. XIX. 287 '' One witness shall not rise up against a man for any iniquity, or for any sin, in any sin that he sinneth : at the mouth of two witnesses, or at the mouth of three witnesses, shall a word be established. '^ When an unrighteous witness shall rise up against a man, to testify revolt against him : ^' Then botli the men, between whom the controversy is, shall stand before Jehovah, before the priests and the judges which shall be in those days. '^ And the judges shall make diligent inquisition ; and behold, if the witness be a false witness, and hath testified a falsehood against his brother -. '^ Then sliall ye do unto him as lie had thought to have done unto his against the breakers of the law, this is the third, ' Cursed be he that removeth his neighbour's land-mark, (or limit,) and all the people shall say, Amen,' Deut. xxvii. 17. The first fathers,] Eleazar the priest, Joshua the son of Nun, and the heads of the fathers of the tribes of the sons of Israel, Josh. xiv. I. The word fathers I supply from Prov. xxii. 28, where it is said, ' Re- move not the ancient limit which thy fathers have set;' and so the Gr. tianslateth here, the limits which thy fathers have set; in Chald., the undents. In the land,] Of ' Israel, the holy laud,' Zach. ii. 12, the ' Lord's Innd,' Hos. ix. 3, where this sin was sacrilegious. Tlie Hebs. say, " He that re- moveth his neighbour's land-mark, and taketh of his neighbour's limit into his own, though it be but an inch, if lie do it by force, it is rapine ; and if he remove it in secret, it is theft. And if in the land of Israel he re- move the mark, he transgresseth against two prohibitions; against stealth or rapine, and against. Thou shalt not remove the limit." Maim, treat, of Theft, chap. vii. sect. 11. Ver. 15. — Not rise up,] Or, not stand, not be established, (as the word is Englished in the end of this verse:) and so the Gr. Iranslateth, shall not abide, or continue. The Hebs. say, "They determine not any sen- tence of matters by the mouth of one wit- ness, neither money matters, nor matters of life and death, Deut. xix. 15. In two places the law makeih one witness faithful ; for the suspected wife, that she shall not drink of the bitter waters, (Num. v,) and for the heifer, that it shall not have the neck cut ofl", (Deut. xxi.) Maim, treat, of Witnesses, chap. v. sect. 1, 2. At the mouth,] The Chald. expoundeth it, at the word. From hence the Jews gather, that " by law they may not re- ceive witness, either in money matters, or in matters of life and death, but from the mouth of the witnesses, (Deut. xix. 15,) from their mouth, and not fiom a writing of their hand. But by the words of the scribes they deter- mine money matters by witness, that is, in a bill, although the witnesses be not alive," &c. Maim, treat, of Witnesses, chap. iii. sect. 4. A WORD,] Or, a thing, a matter, The Gi-. traiislateth, every word: and so the apostles allege this place. Matt, xviii. 16; 2 Cor. xiii. 1; which showeth, that this (as many other like scriptures) are to be taken in the largest sense: see Deut. xxvii. 26. Be established,] Or, be confirmed, stand as firm and true. So our Saviour saith ; ' It is written in your law, that the testimony of two men is true," John viii. 17. Ver. 16. — Unrighteous,] So the Gr. translateth the Heb. phiase, ivitness of un- righteousness (or, of violent wrong, of in. juriousness) the Chald. translateth, false witness: so inExod. xxiii. 1. To testify,] Heb. to answer, which is a general woid for all speaking or testifying, as the Ciiald. ex- poundeth it, to testify : so in ver. 18. See Exod. XX. 16, Revolt,] Or apostasy, a falling, or turning away from the Lord, as Deut. xiii. 5. The Gr. translateth it, im- piety. Ver. 17. — Both the men,] Or, the ttvo men, that is, the accuser and the accused. So that one witness may cause a matter to be inquired into, though no sentence may be given upon the testimony of one, verse 15, and chap. xvii. ver. G. Before Jehovah,] Before his ark or sanctuary: in the place which he shall choose: see Deut. xvii. 8: 1 Kings viii. 31. Before the Priests,] The Gr. version addeth, and before the priests, and before the judges : see Deut. xvii. 9. Ver. 18. — Make diligent inquisition,] Or, inquire well : which the Gr. translateth, acriboos, that is, exactly, e.vquisitely, or per- fectly, as Acts xxiii. 20. False,] The Gr. translateth this as before, unrighteous, or un- just. Testified,] Heb., a^isivered, as in ver. 16. Ver. 19 — Thought.] Or presumed, pre- sumptuously devised and enterprised: the Gr. translateth, maliciously thought. Of the 288 DEUTERONOMY. brotlier ; and tJioii slialt put away the evil from tlie midst of thee. ^" And the residue shall hear and fear, and shall not add to do any more such an evil thing as this, in the midst of thee. ^' And thine eye shall not spare : soul for soul, eye for eye, tooth for tooth, hand for hand, foot for foot. original word Zamain, 'thought, 'the Hebs.call the false witness Zomem, ' the thinker, or pre- sumer;' and say, " Whoso witnesseth falsely, and it be known by \vi*:nesses that he hath witnessed falsely, this man is called [gued Zomem] the false witness; and it is com- manded to do unto him as he would have done by his testimony unto his neighbour. If they have testified falsely of a transgression for which men are guilty of stoning to death, they are all to be stoned; if of burning, they are to beburnt; and so for other deaths. And if they testify of (crimes worthy) beating every one of them is to be beaten, &c. If they testify of things for which money is to be paid, they pay the money among them, according to the number of witnesses, every one shall give the portion that concerneth him, &c. This is meant of witnesses that are found false: but two com- panies that contradict one another, and so there is no testimony, they do not punish the one of them, because it is not known which company speaketh falsely. And what is the difference between contradiction and false- hood? Contradiction is in the testimony it- self, the one saying, this thing was, and the other saying, this thing was not. Falsehood (or forgery) is for the testifiers themselves, when the false witnesses cannot know whether the thing was done or nut. As witnesses that come and say, We saw this man kill a person, or he borrowed a pound of such a man, such a day, in such a place ; and after they have thus witnessed, and are searched into, there come two other and say. On this day, and in this place, we were with you and with these all the day, and there never was such a thing; this man killed him not, or this man borrowed not of that man; lo this is contradiction, and all the like. But if they say unto them, as for us we know not whether this man killed that man, on such a day in JerusuaJem, as you say or no; but we testify, that you yourselves were with us on the same day in Babylon; lo these are false witnesses (oi- forgers) and must be killed, or make satis- faction, forasmuch as the witnesses which make them forgers, have no respect at all unto the testimony itself whether it be truth or falsehood. And if tlie first witnesses were an hundred persons, and there come two and prove them forgers, saying, We testify that you hundred all of you were with us in such a day, in such a place ; lo, these are punished by the mouth of those two, for two are as an hundred, and an hundred as two. And so in two companies of witnesses that contradict one another, they go not after the greatest number. Maim, treat, of JVitnesies, chap, xviii. sect. 1 — 3. As for witnesses that con- tradict one another, such as are after found faulty, though they be not put to death for testifying against a man's life, yet are they chastised at the judge's discretion." Maim, ibid., sect. 6. The evil,] That is, as the Chald. saith, the evil doer. See before on Deut. xvii. 7; xiii. 11. Ver. 20. — The residue,] That is, all other shall hear and fear. Therefore the Hebs. say, proclamation was made concern- ing these forgers or false witnesses, the judges " wrote and sent into every cily, that such and such men witnessed so and so, and were found false, and we killed them, or they were beaten before us, or we set such a fine (or mulct) upon them." Maim, treat, of JVit- nesses, chap, xviii. sect. 17 Ver. 21. — Not spare,] Or, not pity: of this the Hebs. hold, that all hurts may be bought out with money, except life for life; thereof there may be no ransom, Num. XXXV. 31. See the annots. on Exod. xxi. 25. Soul,] Or life (to wit, shall go) for life. See Lev. xxiv. 17 — 20. CHAP. XX 1. Israel must not fear the forces of their enemies. 2. Tlie priests* exhortation to encourage the people to battle. 5. The officers' proclama- tion, mho are to he dismissed from the mar. 10. Horn to use the cities that accept or refuse the proclamation of peace. 1 6, What cities must CHAP. XX. 289 he devoted and destroyed, stroyed in the siege. 19. Trees of tnan's meat must not he de- ' When thou goest out to battle against thine enemies, and seest Jiorses and chariots, a people more than thou, be not afraid of them, for Jehovah thy God is with tliee, which brouglit tiiee up out of tlie land of Egypt. ^ And it sliall be when ye are come fiigh unto the battle, tliat the priest shall approach, and speak unto the people. ^ And he shall say unto them. Hear, O Israel, you approach this day unto battle against your enemies : Let not your heart be soft. Ver. 1. — When thou goest out,] This i-i meant of all lawful wars, oflensive or de- fensive, that i=, begun by Israel, or by other nations against Israel. And the Hebs. hold, that Israel might never begin first to war, but the wars commanded of God; and those were the wars with the seven nations in Ca- naan, (Deut. ii. 24; vii. I,) and the war against Amaiek, (Deut. xxv. 17, 19,) and to help Israel out of the hand of the adversaiy which is come upon them, (as Judg. iii. 12 — 2S, &c.) Wars permitted, were with other people that oppugned Israel, as Judg. xi. 4, 12—27; 2 Sam. x. 2, G, 7, &c. "For wars commanded, it is not necessary to have leave of the high council (or synedrion ;) but the king may go out of himself at any time, and compel the people to go out: but in war permitted, he leadeth not the people out, but at the mouth of the senate of seventy-one magistrates." Maim, in Misneh, torn. 4, treat, of Kings, chap. v. sect. 1, 2. Cha- riots.] Hel). horse and chariot, one put for many: so the Chald. translateth it plurally ; see the notes on Gen. iii. 2. Be not afraid,] Or, thou shalt not fear for them, that is, not be dismayed or discouraged. See the notes on Exod. XX. 20. Is WITH thee,] Or, will be with ihce, to wit, as a captain, -i Chron. xiii. 12. And with this the faithful encouraged themselves in their battles as Hezekiah said ' there be more with us than with (our ad- versary ;) with him is an arm of flesh, but with us is the Lord our God, to help us, and to fight our battles, 2 Chron. xxxii. 7, H. See also Ps. cxviii. 6. Ver. 2. — The Priest,] One that was appointed and anointed for this purpose. " Whether it be in war commanded, or in war permitted, they appoint a priest to speak unto the people at the time of the battle, and they anoint him with the anointing oil [men- tioned in Exod. xxx. 25, &r,] and he is called tlie anointed for the war. When they are set in array, and do come near to the battle, he that is anointed for the war standeth on an hish place, and all the companies before him. Vol. II. 2 O and he saith unto them in the holy tongue; Hear, O Israel, you approach this day, &c. (Deut. xxi. 3,4.) And another priest under him proclaimeth it to all the people with a loud voice. And afterward, the anointed priest saith, What man is there that hath built a new house, &c. What man is there that hath planted a vineyard, &c. And what man is there that hath betrothed a wife, &c. Thus much the anointed priest speaketh, and the officer proclaimeth it to all the people with a loud voice. And afterward the officer speaketh of himself, and saith, What man is there that is fearful, &c, (Deut. xx. 8,) and another officer proclaimeth it unto all the people. And after that all which are to re- turn, be returned from the army, they order the aimy, and appoint captains, (Dent. xx. 9.) And after every company they set offi- cers coura£;eous and strong, with halberts of iron in their hands; and whoso would turn back from the nar, they have power in their hand to cut otl' his leg," &c. Maim, treat, of Kings, chap. vii. sect. 1 — 4. Tlius Israel had the word of God, and his ministers to encourage them, that they might fight the battles ot the Lord in faith; they had also the holy trumpets blown by the priests, that they might be ' remembered before the Lord, and saved fron-: their enemies,' Num. x. 8, 9; 2 Chron. xiii. 12. And to\jching this priest anointed for the war, the Hebs. leach it is a peculiar dignity to his own person only, not to his posterity, and in the war, not in the sanctuary. " He that is anointed for the war, In's son is never ordained in his stead, but he is as other priests; if he be anointed for the war, he is anointed; and if he be not anointed, he is not anointed. And when the priest anointed for the war, ministereth in the sanctuary, he ministereth in four garments, as tlie other priests." Maim, in Cle hamik- dash, chap. iv. sect. 21. Ver. 3. — Soft,] Tender, that is, faint and fearful; as the Gr. translateth it, dis- solved (or faint,) the Chald., moved. This softness or faintness of heart, God threaten- 2m) DEUTERONOMY. fear not, and hasten not away, neither be ye terrified because of them, * For Jehovah your God is he that goeth with you, to fight for you with your enemies, to save you. * And tlie officers shall speak unto tlie people, saying. What man is there that hath built a new house, and hatli not dedicated it? Let him go and return to his liouse, lest he die in the battle, and anotlier man dedicate it. '' And what man /? there that liath planted a vineyard, and lialh not made it common? Let him go, and return unto his house, lest lie die in the battle, and another man make it common. ' And what man is there that halh betrotlied a wife, and hath not taken her ? Let him go, and return unto his house, lest he die in the battle, and another eth as a plague, Lev. xxvi, 36, and Job ac- knowledged it so, saying, God ♦ hath softened my heart,' Job xxiv. 16, ;,nd the Rehoboam being ' soft-hearted,' could not withstand his enemies, 2 Chron. xiii, 7. Although there- fore a soft heart in respect of God and his ■word, is commendable, 2 Kings xxii. 19, yet in respect of our enemies, it is here forbid- den ; so in ver. 8; Is. vii. 4. Hasten not AWAY,] Through fear and troubled thoughts, and want of faith. David blameth this in- firmity iuhimsell. Ps.xxxi.22 ; cxvi. 11. Ter- rified,] Or broken, distojiraged, daunted with terror : the Gr. translateth, decline not from their faces. See the annots. on verse Ver. 5. — The OrncERS,] In Gr. the scribes : of them see the notes on Deut. xvi. IS, and before on ver. 2. What man is THERE,] That is, if any man, or whosoever hath: as in Ps. xxxiv. 13, ' What man ' is he ? is expounded by the ajiostle He that will,' 1 Pet. iii. 10. Built a new house,] By the Hebs. this law taketh place, 'whetiier he hath built it, or received it (hy purchase) or it be given unto him for a gift, or it fall unto him by inheritance. But whoso build- eth an house, or planteth a vineyard, out of the land (of Israel) he returnelh not home for them." Maim, in tieat. of Kings, chap. vii. sect, 5, 14. Not dedicated,] Or not ini- tiated, that is, begun to take pos-ession of, and to use it; which was wont to be done with solemnity, feasting, and singing praise to God, as the title of the xxx. Psalm showeth, coni'ern'ing David's house. Lest he die,] Tliis manner of speech showeth danger, (as is noted on Gen. iii. 3,) and teacheth men to be resolute, and to go with their lives in their hands, ready to expend them in God's quar- rel, as Judg. ix. 17; Acts xx. 22 — 24; xxi. 13. • For the sword devouieth one as well as another,' 2 Sam. xi. 25; Acts xii. 2. And another man,] Three reasons there seem to be of this, and the rest that follow. Because the thoughts and cares of theirhouscs. lands, wives, &c. might easily trouble men, and hinder them from fighting the Lord's battles with courage, as the like things hind- ered those that were called to the great sup- per, Luke xiv, 18, !9, and 'no man that warreth, entangleth himself with the affairs of this life, that he may please him who hath chosen him to be a soldier, 2 Tim. ii. 4. Again, God hereby showeth compassion unto the weak, whom he spareth for a time, from hard service, till tlicy be grown strong, and fit to fight the good fight of faith, 1 Tim. vi. 12; i. IS; Rom. xiv. 1, 4. Thiriliy, as his mercies towards Israel were many of them external, and concerned their comforts in this life; so he would have them in special man- ner to enjoy the outwaid blessings bestowed on them. Ver. 6. — Planted a vineyard,] This also the Hebs. understand not of a vineyard only, but by pro])ortion of an orchard, olive- yard, or the like. " Whether he have planted a vineyard, or planted five trees for meat, of any kind, or transplanted (that is, removed ii from another place) or grafted it; so that it be bound to that law of uncircum- cised fruit, (in Lev. xix. 23.) or that he hatli purchased it, oi' taketh it by inheritance or by free gift: (he returneth home.) But if he hath planted but four trees for food, or five trees (or more) that are barren, or hath gotten a vineyard by rapine, he returneth not home therefore. And so, if a vineyard belong to two partners, they return not for it." Maim, treat, of Kings, chap. vii. sect. 6. Not made it common,] Or, not profaned it; that is, not used the fruit thereof for common food, which he could not do by the law, till the fifth year from the planting thereof, Lev. xix. 23 — 25, The Gr. translateth, hath not made merry, (or rejoiced with the fruit) thereof. Ver. 7 Betrothed a wife,] " Whether maid, or widow; or if his brother's wife fall to him, (according to tlie law in Dcut. xxv. 5,) though they be five brethren, and one of CHAP. XX. 291 man take lier. ® And the officers shall speak further unto the peo- ple, and say, What man is there that is fearful, and soft-hearted ? Let him go and return unto his house, that his brethren's heart melt not, as his heart, ^ And it shall be when the officers have made an end of speaking unto the people, tliat they shall constitute captains of the armies for an head of the people. '" When thou comest nigh unto a city, to fight against it, tlien tliou shalt proclaim peace unto it. '' And it shall be, if it answer thee peace, and open unto thee, then it shall be, that all the people them die, all the rest do return home. All these that are to return from the battle, are to return wlien they hear the words of the priest, and to provide water and victuals lor their brethren which are in the army, and to pre- pare the ways for them." Maim, treat, of Kings, ciiap. vii. sect. 79. Ver. 8. — Shall speak further,] Heb. shall add to speak. See the notes on ver. 2. Soft,] Or tender, that is, faint-hearted : see ver. 3. When Gideon warred against the Midiaiiites, and made this proclamation, of the two and thirty thousand men that were him, there returned ' two and twenty thou- sand, and but ten thousand remained,' Judg. vii. 3. Melt not,] That is, faint not, or he discouraged; in Gr., be not made fearful. An usual phrase, whereof see Deut. i. 28. By this, God taught liis people to liave faith in him, and every man to encourage himself, and one another, in God's assistance: which they tliat did, prospered ; as in the Reuben- ites' war against the Hagarites, 1 Chron. v. 20, the Jews' war against the Israelites, 2 Chron. xii. 12 — 18, Jehoshaphat's war against the Ammonites, 2 Chron. xx. and many the like. Of this point the Hebs. say, that after a man is entered into the war, ■' He should stay himself upon him that is the Hope of Israel, and his Saviour in time of distiess; and know that for the name of God he maketh war; and should put his life in his hand, and not be afraid or adread, nor think either of his wife, or of his children, but wipe the remem- brance of them out of his heart, and turn from everything unto the battle. And whosotver begiinieth to think, and cast doubts in the battle and maketh himself afraid, transgresseth against this proliibition, ' Let not your heart be soft,' &c. And not only so. but that all the blood of Israel hangeth on his neck: and if he prevail not, and make not war with all his heart and with all his soul, lo he is as he that shcddeth the blood of all; as it is writ- ten, ' That his brethen's heart melt not, as well as his heart.' And behold it is plainly said, (in Jer. xlviii. 10,)'Cursed be he that doth the work of the Lord deceitfully, and cursed be he that keepelh back his sword from blood.' But whoso fighteth with all his heait, with- out drtad, and his intent is to sant-lify the name (of God) only, trusteth in him that he shall find no hurt, and no evil shall come unto him. And he will build him a sure house in hrael, and honour him and his chil- dren for ever, and count him worthy of life in the world that is to come; as it is written, (in 1 Sam. xxv. 2S.) ' For the Lord will cer- tainly make my lord a sure house, because my lord fighteth the battle of the Lord, and evil hath not been found in thee from thy days; and the soul of my lord shall be bound in the bundle of life, with the Lord thy God.' '' Maim, treat, of Kings, chap. vii. sect. 15. Ver. 9. — Captain's.] Or princes, rulers. That as their trust should first he in God alone, sn, secondly, they should use the lawful outward means for safety and victory, and not tempt the Lord. For an head,] Or, in the forefront of the people , Hfb. in the head; which may be understood both these ways, as here, so in 2 Chron. xiii. 12; xx. 27. The Gr. translateth, /ore leaders of the people. Ver. 10. — Shalt proclaiji peace onto IT,] Heb. shalt call unto it for peace ; where- by may be meant, thou ihalt invite (or per- suade) it unto peace. The Gi-. translateth, shalt call them out with peace ; the Chald., shalt proclaim thereto tvords of peace. The Hebs. say, "They must make no war with any man in the world, until they proclaim peace unto him, whether it be war permit- ted, or war commanded, Deut. xx. 10. If they make peace, and receive upon them the seven commandments which were given to the sons of Noah, [wheieof see the notes on Gen. ix. 4,] they must kill none of them, but they shall be tributaries, (Deut. xx. 11.) Maim, treat, ot Kings, chap. vi. sect. 1. Ver. 11. — If it answer.] That is, ac- cept of the conditions of peace by thee pro- posed. The Gr. translateth, .i4nd if they answer thee peaceable words. Tributaries UNTO thee,] Heb. shall be unto thee to tri. hute ; which the Chald. expoundeth, for of- ferers of tributes, that is, tributaries, as the Gr. also explaineth it. And tribute is not only of men's fioods, but of their persou>, to 292 DEUTERONOMY. that is found therein, shall be tributaries unto thee, and they shall serve thee. '"^ And if it will not make peace with thee, but will make war witli thee, then thou shalt lay siege against it. '^ And Jeliovali thy God shall give it into thine hand, and thou shalt smite every male thereof with the edge of the sword. "Buttlie women, and the little ones, and the cattle, and all that is in the city, all llic spoil tliercof, thou shalt make a prey unto thyself; and thou shalt eat the spoil of thine enemies, wliicli Jehovah thy God hath given thee. '' Tlius slialt thou do unto all the cities whicli are very far off from thee, Avhich are not of the cities of tliese nations. '^ But of the cities of these peoples, which Jehovah thy Goddotli give thee for an inlieritance, thou shalt not save alive any breath. '^ But utterly destroying thou shalt utterly destroy them ; the Chethite, be paid with the labour of their bodies ; as the Egyptians set over Israel task (or tribute) niaslcrs, to afflict them with their burdens, Exod. i. 11. And Solomon raised a tribute (or levy) of thirty tliousand men,' 1 Kings v. 13. Acrordingly it is here meant of both, and the Hebs. explain it thus; "The tribute which they must take upon them, is that they shall be ready fur the king's service, with tlieir bodies, and wiili their goods: as to build the walls, to fortify the munitions, to build the king's palace, and the like; as it is written, (in 1 Kings ix. 15, &c,) And this is the rea- son of the tribute [the kvy] which king So- lomon raised, for to build the hou;e of the Lord, and his own house, and Millo, and the wall of Jerusalem, &c. and all the cities of store that Solomon had, &c. And the king may condition with them, to take h.ilf their goods, or their lands, and leave them the movables; or the movables, and leave them the lands, as he shall make the conditions." Maim, treat, of Kings, chap. vi. sect. 1, 2. Shall serve,] To wit, as bond servants; which it was not lawful to put any Israelite unto, Lev. XXV. 42, 44. And so Solomon laid upon the heathen ' a tribute of bond ser- vice, l)ut of the sons of Israel, Solomon made no servants (or bondmen) but they were men of war, and his servants, and his princes,' &c. I Kings ix. 21, 22. The Hebs. say, " If they would take upon them the tribute, and not the servitude; or the servitude, but not the tribute; they may not hearken unto them, until they take upon them both. And the servitude which they must take upon them, is to be conteniplible and very base, that they lift not up the head in Israel, but be subc'ueil under their hand, and be not reckoned with Israel, for any matter in the woild." Maim, in Kings, chap. vi. sect. Ver. 12. — Not ,] Upon tin fu) mer conditions, as the Gi-. saith, tf ihey will not obey thee. Ver. 13. — Shall give it.] This may be taken as a promise, or, when he shall give it, S(C. iheyi thou shait smite. Ver. 14. — Eat the spoil,] That is, en- joy that which thou hast spoiled. And lliis is a blessing and comfort alter victory, which God gave unto Israel upon their wars in Ca- naan, Josh. xxii. 8, and figured the fruit of the labours which Christ and his people should enjoy from their enemies, Is. liii. 12, Luke xi. 22. Ver. 16. — These people,] The seven nations in the land of Canaan, Dent. vii. 1, 2, unto which the Hebs. add (from Deut. XXV. 19,) the Amalekites; saying, "The seven nations and Amalek, wiiich make not peace, they leave not of them any so\il, Deut. XX. 16; xxv. 19. And it is holden, that he speaktlh not but of such as make not peace, as it is written (in Josh. xi. 19, 20.) There was not a city that made peace with the sons of Israel, save the Hivites, the in- habitants of Gibeon; all (other) they took in battle) for it was of the Lord to harden thtir hearts, that they should come against Israel in battle that he might destroy them u terly, even because they sent unto them for peace, but they received it not. Joshua sent three ^yritings before he came into the land. First he sent unto them thus, 'He that will flee, let him flee. Again, he sent. Whoso will make peace, let him make peace. And again he sent, Whoso will make war, let him make it. If it be so, wherefore did the Gibeoiiites deal by craft?' Josh. ix. Because he had sent unto ihem in the general, and they re- ceived it not, neither knew they the judgment {<iY manner) of Israel, &c. Maim, treat, of Kings, chap. vi. sect. 4, 5. Any breath,] Or, any soul, man, woman, or child. Ver. 17. — Utterly destroy,] Or, dn CHAP. XX. 203 and tlie Amorito, and the Canaanite, and the Perizzite, the Hivite, and the Jebnsite, as Jehovah thy God hatli commanded tliee. '^ To the end that tliey teach not you to do after all their abominations, which they have done nnto their gods, and ye sin against Jeliovah your God. '^ When thou slialt lay siege unto a city many days, in making war against it, to take it, thou shalt not destroy the trees thereof, by forcing an ax against tliem ; for thou mayest eat of them, and tliou shalt not cut tliem down : for is the tree of the field a man, to go in from before thee into the bulwark ? ^" Only tlie tree whicli thou knowest, that it is not a tree for meat, that tliou mayest de- stroy and cut down, and build a bulwark against the city that maketh war with thee, until it be subdued. stray as cuned : See Num. xxi. 2. Hath C0M3IANDED THEE,] 111 Exod. xxxiv. 11, 12; Deiit. vii. 1—3. Ver. 19. — Not destroy the trees,] Wtih. not corrupt [ov mar) a tree: mi;aniiig any tree that bare man's meat. The Gr. translateth trees ; and the singular is oft used for the plura), as is noted on Gen. iii. 2. And under the name of trees, all other tilings also, needful for man's life, seem here to be reserved from destruction. The Hebs. ex- plain it thus; " Tliey may not cut down the trees for meat, that are without the city; nor withhold from them the water courses, that they may wither: as it is written, • Thou slialt not corrupt the trees:' and whoso cut- teth any down, is to be beaten. And not in the siege only, but iii any place, wiiosoever eulteth down a tree that is for meat, by way of corrupting, is to be beaten. But they may cut them down, if they hurt other trees, or hurt the field, &c. the law forbiddeth not, but by way of corruption. Every tree tliat bears not fruit, it is lawful to cut it down, although a man have no need of it: and likewise a fruit ti'ee that doth hurt, or yieldeth but a little, and is not worth the labour about it, it is lawful to cut it down. And what quantity may that be? An olive tree, if it yield tiie fourth part of a kab of olives, [that is, a log, whereof see the notes on Exod. xxx. 24,] they may not cut it dovvn: and a date tree which yieldeth a kab of dates, they cut not down. And not trees only, but whoso breaketh vessels, or rendeth garments, or pulleth down buildings, or stoppeth wells, or destroyeth meats, by way of corrupting, trans- gresseth this law, ' Thou shalt not corrupt:' yet is he not to be beaten therefore, but by tlie doctrine of the scribes he is to be chastised." Maim, treat of Kings, chap. vi. sect. 8, 9, By this prohibition, God restraineth the waste and spoil which soldiers usually make in wars ; and teacheth mercy towards liis good creatures, and that which serveth for man's life: therefore Christ would have no- thing lost of the broken meats thnt are left, John vi. 12. And as in figure men are likened to trees, so such only as bring forth no ' good fruit,' are cut down, Matt. iii. 10. See also Luke xiii. 6, 7, &c. Rev. ix. 4. For thou mayest,] Or, as the Gr. trans- lateth, but thou shalt eat thereof. For is the tree, &c.] Or, /or are the trees, &c. that is, the trees of the field are not as men, either to come out against thee, or to flee from thee into the bulwark. Tliis interpretation agreeth with the Gr., " Is the tree that is in the woud a man, to go in from thy face into the bulwark? The Ciiald. in like sense ex- |ilainetli it by a denial; " Fur the tree of the field is not as a man, to go," &c. Other- wise it may also be translated, " Though tlie trees of the field are man's," that is, serve for man's use. yet spare such as bear fruit. Or, according to that which went before, " For the tree of the field is man's," to wit, his food, or life of man:" as in 2 Kings xviii. 31, ' eat ye every man his own vine, that is, the fruit of his vine.' Into the bulwark,] Or, in the siege. Ver. 20. — SuBDUEn,] Or, come down : which the Cliald. translateth, until it be de- livered. 294 DEUTERONOMY. CHAP. XXI. 1 . The exp'iation of murder done hy an unknown person: that the elders of the next city should kill an heifer, and wash their hands over it, so clearing themsel'ces, and asking mercy of God. 1 0. The usage of a captive taken to wife. 15. The first-born is not to he disinherited upon private affection. 18. A stubborn rebellious son, is by his parents to he brought forth unto judgment, and stoned to death. 22. Tlie malefactor must not hang all night on a tree. ' If one be found slain in the land which Jehovah thy God givetJi unto thee to possess it, fallen in the field j and it be not known who hath smitten him : ' Tlien thy elders and thy judges shall come fortJi, and tliey shall measure unto tlie cities, which are round about Imn tliat is slain. ^ And it shall be, that tlie city which is next unto the slain man, even tlie elders of tliat city shall take an Ver. 1. — Slain,] Or, wounded, mean- ing to death; as the Chald. translateth, hill- ed: and this law uas to be kept, whether one or many were found slain. Giveth,] Or, is giving, to wit, shojlly. This being a figura- tive expiation, done by priests witlithe death of an heifer, &c. showing this law to be pe- culiar to the commonwealth of Israel: and so the Hebs. say, '< The law for the beheaded heifer, is not to be used but in the land of Israel. Maim, in Misneh, torn. 4, treat, of Murder, chap. x. sect. 1. Fallen,] That, is, lying dead : as, there fell, 1 Chron. xxi. 14, is expounded, there died, 2 Sam. xxiv. 15. The Gr. translateth it fallen; the Chald., lying. All these circumstances the Hebs. hold unto strictly; "It is said, slain (or wounded) not hanged, nor broken; for such an one is not called Chalal, (slain:) in the land (or ground) not hid in an heap: fallen, not hanging on a tree: in the field, not swimming on the water." Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. ix. feet. 11. Not known,] For, if it be known, they behead no heifer for him. If but one have seen the murderer, and though it be a slave, or a woman, or one whose testimony is not allowable, yet there is no beheading of the heifer: for if there be many open murderers, the killing of the heifer ceaseth. If one witness say, I saw the murderer; and another witness deny it, say- ing, Thou didst not see him, (and these wit- nesses come both together) then they behead the heifer. Maim, ibid., chap. ix. sect. 12, 13. Ver. 2. — Thy Elders,] He saith not the Elders of that city, as after in ver. 3,( for it is not known as yet to what city it belwigeth ;) but thy elders (O Israel) which were of the general states of the land. The Hebs. say, " When a slain man is found fallen on the earth, &c. they leave him in his place, and five elders come forth from the high council that is in Jerusalem, and they measure from him unto the cities that are round about the slain man. Maim, ibid., chap. ix. sect. 1. Thy Judges,] To whom ciiminal causes did belong, for the trial of them. Unto the CITIES,] He saith not, unto the towns, or vil- lages, but cities : ami by the Hebs., " They measured not to any city, but such as had in it a court of three and twenty (magistrates.) And though he be found by a city's side, &c. yet they measure. And when they have measured, and the city next him is known, then they bury the slain man in his place, and the elders of Jerusalem return to their place; and the senate of that city bring an heifer, &c. When they measure, they do it ex- actly. And they measure from the nose of him (that is slain.) If his body be in one place, and his head in another, they bring the body to the head, and bury it in the place thereof. If there be many dead, one beside another, they measure from the nose of every one of them. And if one city be nearest to them all, it bringeth one heiftr for them all. Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. ix. sect. 4, 9, 10. Ver. 3. — An heifer,] Which was by the death thereof to make expiation, in figure, for this murder, as ordinary sacrifices did for men's sins. And this was done by the next city, because of presumption of the fact, when other proof failed: and this heifer was to be of the men's of that city, s-dith Maim. CHAP. XXL 2db lieifer of the Iierd, which hath not been wrought with, which liatli not drawn in the yoke. ^ And the elders of that city shall bring down the heifer unto a rough valley, wliicli shall not be tilled, nor sown, and sliall strike off the heifer's neck there in the valley. ^ And the priests, the sons of Levi, shall come near ; for them Je- hovah tliy God hath chosen to minister unto him, and to bless iu the name of Jehovah ; and by their mouth shall be every contro- versy, and every stroke. ® And all tlie elders of tliat city that are next unto the slain man, shall wash their liands over the lieifer that is beheaded in tlie valley. ^ And they shall answer, and say, Oar hands liave not shed this blood, and our eyes have not seen it. ibid., sect. 2, and, "an heifer of the second yi'ar, or under; but if it were a day older than two years, it was unlawful. Maim, ibid., cliap. ix. sect. 2, and chap. x. sect. 2. In the yoke,] The same caution was for the ' red heifer,' Num. xix. 2, see the annots. there. But why speaJieth he of ' the yoke, after he had said, Not wrought with? seeing to draw with the yolie is comprehended in other works? The Hebs. answer ; "Because the yoke maketh it disallowable, whether it be in tlie hour of woik or not. When it hath drawn in tlie yoke l)ut an hand breadth, it is unlawf\il, though it neither plowed therewith, nor did any other work." Maim, ibid., chap, xiii. sect. 3. Ver. 4. — A ROUGH VALLEY,] Or, a strong bourne: the Heb. Nachal is both a valley. Gen. xxvi. 17, 19, and a water stream )-un- ning in a valley, Deut. ii. l.S, 36, both which we call a bourne. Ethan signifieth strength, or strong and durable, as is applied sometimes to waters, Exod. xiv. 27; Ps. Ixxiv. 15. And Nachal Ethan, in Amos v. 24, is ' a mighty stream.' So here we may understand this to be not only a valley, but a stream also in it, as the Chald. version confirmeth: but the Gr. translateth if, a rough valley. M^im. in treat, of Murder, chap. ix. sect. 2, saith " they bring down the heifer into a burn that floweth strongly, and that is the Ethan spoken of in the law." Shall not be tilled,] Either at the time when the heifer is killed, or after. " The valley wherein the heifer is beheaded, is unlawful to be sown or tilled for ever, (Deut. xxi. 4,) and whoso worketh any work there, in the body of the ground, as to plow, or dig, or sow, or plant, or any the like, lie is to be beaten. But it is lawful to dress fliX there, or to dig up stones, or any thing which is not as tillage or sowing, &c. Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. x. sect. 9. Strike OFF THE NECK,] Or behead, (as in ver. 6,) '■ with an axe on the hinder parts thereof," saith Maim, ibid., chap. ix. sect. 3. The Gj-. translateth, cut the sinews of the heifer. After it was belieaiied, and expiation made, the heifer " was bui ed in the place where it was killed, and it was unlawful to have any profit (or use) thereof." Maim, ibid., chap. x. sect. 6. Ver. 5. — The sons of Levi,] In Gr., the Levites. What they were to d.i, is ex- pressed by Moses, but may be gathered by their office here described, to minister, &c. and by ver. 8, where prayer is made for atonement. And so the Hebs. explain it, that the elders were to wash their hands, and say, " Our hands have not shed, &c. (ver. 7,) and the priests said. Make expiation for thy people," &c. ver. 8. Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. ix. sect. 3. To minister,] The Gr. saith, to stand before him. See Deut. X. 8. Their MonTH,] That is, as the Chald. expoundeth it, their word, meaning the word of God which they should show, Ezek. xliv. 23, 24. Shall be,] To wit, judged, or tried, or (as this case seemeth to import) expiated. Stroke] Ov plague ; in Chald., plagtie of leprosy : See the notes on Deut. xvii. 8 Ver. 6. — All the Elders,] Both the magistrates then bearing office, and such as had borne it before. For all such were called elders, as appeareth by Judg. viii. 14 where the princes and elders of Siiccoth were threescore and seventeen men. So in this case, the Hebs. say, " The judges of that city, with all the elders, although they be an hun- dred, they all wasli their hands there, in the place where the heifer's neck is striken ofi." Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. ix. sect. 3. Shall wash,] In sign that they were inno- cent of that blood-shed: as Ps. xxvi. 6; Matt xxvii. 24. Ver. 7. — Shall ansueb,] That is, shall speak : for so the word answer is often used for the beginning of a speech. Job iii. 2. Have NOT shed,] Or, hath not shed j for the Heb. hath a double reading, implying both 2yG DEUTERONOMY. ■* Make expiation for thy people Israel, whom thou hast redeemed, O Jeliovah ; and lay not innocent blood in the midst of thy people Israel, and the blood shall be expiated for them. ^ And tliou shalt put away innocent blood from tlie midst of thee, when thou shalt do that which is right in the eyes of Jehovah. 3£32 " When thou goest forth to battle against thine enemies, and Jehovah thy God hath delivered them into thuie hands, and tliou liast taken captive a captivity of them-. " And thou seest in the captivity a woman of a beautiful form, and hast a desire unto her, and wouldst take her unto thee to wife : ^" Then thou shalt bring her singular and plural; to siguil'y that they hail nut any hand in this murder. Not seen it,] To "it, shed by any other: for else, this ex- piation had not been thus made, as is noted on ver. 1. Ver. 8. — Make expiation,] Or inake atone7nent : m Gr., be merciful. Here the Cliald. version addeth, " Tlie priests shall say, make expiation," &c. and so the Hel)s. explain it, as is noted on ver. 5. Hast re- deemed,] Tlie Gr. addeth. out of the land of Egypt. Lay not innocent blood,] lleb. give not, that is, as the Chald. openeth it, give not the guilt of innocent blood ; in our phrabe, lay it not to their charge. The Gr. translateih that there may not be inno- cent blood in thy people. To give, is uilen used for tu suffer, (as is noted on Gen. xx. 6,) in which sense it may also be taken here suffer not innocent blood, to «it, to be un- punished, but bring the murderer to light. Expiated fok them,] Or, mercifully for- given them: but the murderer (ii afterward he were taken) was not hereby forgiven, which the Hebs. gather from the next words, saying; " Although the muiderer be found after the beheading of the heifer, yet he is to be killed; for it is written (Deut. xxi. 9,) ' And thou shalt put away iiniocent blood.' " Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. x. sect. 8. Ver. 9. — Innocent blood,] That is, the guilt thereof: but the Chald. addeth, the shedder of innocent blood, according to the former exposition. Right in the eyes,] The Gr. translateth; that which is gold and pleasing before the Lord. BBS Here beginneth the nine and fortieth section, or lecture of the law : see Gen. vi. 9. Ver. 10. — Delivered them,] Heb. given (or delivered him) speaking of the multitude of eutmies, as of one man; so after. Captivity of them,] Heb. captivity of him. that is, a multitude of captives or prisotiers. So in Num. xxi. 1. This law is like the bill of divorce, Deut. xxiv., which our Saviour telleth, was suflered for the hardness of men's hearts, Matt. xix. 8. And the Hebs. them- selves, (though much addicted to strange women, and plurality of wives) understand this law with sundry limitations, and to be partly for necessity, when men in the wars were absent from their wivts, and tempted with concupiscence. Ver. 11. — In the captivity,] That is, amongst the captives, or prisoners. At any other time, the Helis. say, this was not law- ful. Hast a desire,] Or affectest, settest thy love, as Gen. xxxiv. 8. And wouldest take her,] Or, and takest her, to wit, by piumise. The Hebs. say, or soldiers that come into the heathen's coast, that they may in their hunger, eat swine's flesh, or other un- clean meats, when they can get no otlier: " And so a man may lie with an heathen woman, if his concupiscence urge him there- to; but he may not lie with her and go his way, but must bring her home to his house ; and he may not lie with her the second time, until he have married her. Neither is it lawful for him to take this beautiful woman, save in the time of captivity, as it is written; 'And thou seest in the captivity,' &c. Neither is it lawful to lie with two ; for it is said, 'Her:' nor lawful to take two, and lie with the one, and leave the othei' for his bro- ther." Maim. torn. 4. treat, of Kings and fFars, chap. viii. sect. 1 — 3. This lying with her, seemeth to be implied in those words, 'thou hast humbled her,' ver. 14, which phrase is not used, but of an estate out of mariiage, as is noted on Gen. xxxiv. 2. Ver. 12.— Home to thy house,] Heb. CHAP. XXI. 29: home to thy house, and slie shall shave her head, and do her nails. '^ And she shall put oS tlie raiment of her captivity from upon her, and shall remain in thine house, and shall weep for lier father and her mother a month of days ; and after that thou shalt go in unto her, and be her husband, and she shall be unto thee to wife. '* And i?ito the midst of thine house, that is, into it, as tills |jhrase meanetii. See the notes ou Gen. ii.9. She SHALL shave,] The Gr. changeth the person, saying, thou shalt shave: for this being a shame and dishonour unto her, (1 Cor. xi. 6, 15,) it is not likely the woman would willingly do it, but the man (in whose power she was) must see it done. Do her NAILS,] Or make them, which the Chald. expoundeth, let them grow : though the phrase maybe taken otherwise, 'to pare or cut them' (as in 2 Sam. xix. 24,) and so the Gr. translateth ; yet the letting of them grow, seemeth here to be meant, for her more de- formity, answerable to the shaving of her head. The Hebs. open it thus; "After he hath lain with her once, while she is in her paganism, if she take upon her to come under the wings of God's Majesty, she is baptized for a proselyte out of hand: and if she will not, she must remain in his house thirty days (Deut. xxi. 13,) and she is to let her nails grow, and shave her head, to the end that she may be deformed in his eyes; and she must be with him in his house, that he may look upon her and lothe her. And he is to persuade with her, that she may receive (the faith:) if she receive it, she is made a prose- lyte, and baptized as all strangers. And she must tarry three months, one month weeping (tor her father) and two months after it, and he is to take her with bill of dowry, and mar- riage. And if he have no delight in her, he is to send her away whither she will, and if he sell her, he transgresseth, &c. (Deut. xxi. 14,) If she will not become a proselyte, they persuade with her twelve months. If (yet) she will not, (but) receiveth the seven com- mandments which were commanded to the sons of Noah, [whereof see the annot. on Gen. ix. 4,] then he is to send her away whither she will, and lo she is as all other strangers that dwell (in the land,) but he may not marry her; for it is unlawful to marry a woman which is not a proselyte. If she be with child by his first lying with her, then the child is a stranger, and is not his son for any matter, because he is of an heathen mother, &c. If the beautiful woman will not leave her idolatry after twelve months, they are to kill her: and so the city that would makepeace, they may make no covenant with them, till they renounce their idolatry ; and destroy all the places thereof, and receive the other com- VoL. II. 2 mandments which were commanded to the sons of Noah, for every heathen that yieldeth not to those commandments, are to be killed, if they be under our hand, saith Maim, in treat. oS Kings, cliap. viii. sect. 5 — 9. Ver. l.S. — Raiment,] In Gr., the gar- ments of her captivity, to wit, those where- in she was taken, and shall put on mourning weeds: which was another sign of her hu- miliation, and means to withdraw the man's love from her, if she continue in her unbe- lief. Remain,] Or, sit in thine house, where thou mayest behold and observe her carriage. A month of davs,] That is, thirty days, an whole month. This was in respei't of her special case forementioncd. And whereas tiie Hebs. speak of two months longer, (as is noted on ver. 12,) the reason thereof they elsewhere show to be in regard of his lying with her, lest she should be with child, that so the seed of Israel might be known from the heathens; for by Exod. xxi. 4, it appeareth, that a heathen bond woman's children were her master's, and not counted the Israelite's who begat them: and by Ezrax. 3, 44, it is evident, that not only the heathen wives, but such also as were born of them, were put away. The Hebs. say, " Eveiy woman that is divorced, or is a widow, she may may not marry again, till she have tarried ninety days, besides the day of her divorce, or of lier husband's death; to the end that it may be known whether she be with child or no, and that there may be proof whether it be the seed of her first husband, or of her second. A bond \Yoman that is made free, and an heatheri woman that be- cometh a proselyte, they must tarry ninety days. And though it be a heathen man, and liis wife that become proselyte, they separate them ninety days, to distinguish the seed which is begotten in holy state, from the seed which is not so begotten. And so the beauti- ful (captive) although there is a law given her of thirty days for the fitting of herself, she must tarry ninety days for the fitting of her child." Maim, in treat of Divorces, chap, xi. sect. 18. 21. Go in,] To wit, into the (marriage) chamber, as Judg. xv. 1. And BE HER husband,] Or marry her, and so lie with her, as Deut. xxiv. 1. This miglit not be with an infidel, Deut. vii. 2. See the annot. there. Ver. 14. — If thou have no delight in 298 dp:uteronomy it shall be, if thou have no delight in her, then thou slialt send her away wliither she will ; but selling thou slialt not sell her for money -. thou shalt not make a gain to thyself of her, because thou hast luimbled her. " If a man have two wives, one beloved, and another hated, and they have born him sons, the beloved and the hated ; and if the first-born son be hers that was hated : "^ Then it shall be in the day that he maketJi liis sons to inherit that whicii he hath, he may not make the son of tlie beloved first-born, before the son of the hated, which is the first-born. " But the first-born, the son of the hated. HER,] This seemeth to be meant before mar- riage, not after: for that God allowed no such sending lier auay after marriage; but if after lie liad uiice lain with her and had humbled her (as after he speaketh;) the man's affec- tions were withdrawn from her, by beholding her in that deformity and mournful state within his hou^e ; then God permitted this leaving her, but with the cautions following. Whither she will,] Heb. to her soul, that is, according to her own will or desire. The Gi-. translateth, thou shalt send her away free. Selling thou shalt not sell, J 'i'liat is, not at all, or shalt in no case sell her, as other captives might be ; and this re- compence she had, and the man sustained this loss, for that he had humbled her; whereby God showed compassion to this afflicted woman, and his dislike of the man's lying with her before, though for the hardness of men's hearts he sulTered it so to be ; as Matt. xix. 8. Make again to thyself,] Or, serve thyself, mnke her thy servant. The Heb Hithgnammer, is found only here, and in Deiif, xxiv. 7, where the Gr. expresseth it by Kuladtmafieo, which is to subdue, or bring under one's poiver; which word is used in like sense. Ads x. 38, James ii. 6, for such as were oppressed under the power of the devil, and of rich men. So that the man, as he might not sell this woman, so neither make a servant of her to himself or others. So the Hebs. expound it, " If he sell her, he transgresseth this prohibition, 'Selling thou shalt not sell her,' &c. And so if he subdue her, after that slie is lain with, to be a bond woman, when he hath use of her ser- vice, he transgresseth this prohibition, • Thou shalt not make a gain to thyself by her, for he may not serve himself by her.' " Maim, treat, of Kings, chap. viii. sect. 6. Hum- bled her,] Or, afflicted her. This word being used for unlawful copulations, as in Gen. xxxiv. 2; Deut. xxii. 24, 29; Judg. xix. 24; 2 Sam. xiii. 12, 14; Ezek. xxii. 10, 11 ; Lam. v. 11, showeth also, that God approved not of his fact: and that this send- ing her away, was not to be after marriage, but after his first lying with her only, as is before noted. Ver. 15 — Two WIVES,] Which though it was contrary to God's first institution. Gen. ii. 22 — 24, and was begun by Cain's posterity, Gen. iv. 19, yet the corruption being spread over all, and even in the church, God for a time suffered this until the time of reforma- tion ; but approved not of it, as appeareth by Mai. ii. 15; Matt. xix. 4, 5. And here . provideth by his law, against troubles and confusion that might arise in families by such polygamy. And another hated,] Heb. and one hated; but this word mie in the lat- ter branch of the sentence, is used for an other ; and is so explained by the Holy Spirit: as when it is said in Matt. xxiv. 40, ' the one shall be taken, and the one left,' an- other evangelist expresseth it thus, ' the one shall be taken, and the other left,' Luke xvii. 36. And by ' hated,' understand 'least loved' than the other: for it is spoken by way of comparison, as in Gen. xxix. 31. Ver. 16. — He imaketh his sons to in. HBRiT,] Or, diitideth the inheritance to his sons: irom which words the Hebs. gather, that " The first-born which is born after his father's death, is not to have a double por- tion." Maim, treat, of Inheritances, chap, ii. sect. 2. He .may not,] Or, he camiot; he shall not be able; that is, it is not lawful for him. Make firstborn,] That is, give the first birth-right, which was a double por- tion. As Joseph had the first birth-right, when a portion was given him above his brethren, 1 Chron. v. 1, 2; Gen. xlviii. 5, 22. Before the son,] Which the Gr. ti-anslateth, despising the son. Ver. 17. — Acknowledge,] In Chald., separate, to wit, by his words and actions. A double portion,] Heb. the mouth (tha'; is, the part) of two, which the Cbald..trans- lateth tivo parts, as the like phrase signiri- eth in Zach. xiii. 8. By which scripture we may learn what this double portion was, thi" if a man had two sons, his goods were di- CHAP. XXI. 299 shall he acknowledge, by giving to him a double portion of all that is found Iiis ; for he is the beginning of his strength, the right of the first birth -right is his. vided into three parts, whereof the eldest had two parts, and the youngest the third. For the first-born was to be reckoned as two sons; as Joseph (who had the first birth-right, 1 Chron. v. 2,) was two tribes, Ephraim and Manasseh. The Hebs. explain it thus; " The first-born is to receive a double portion of his father's goods, Dent. xxi. 17. As, if he leave five sons, and one of them is the first-born, he is to have a third of his goods, and every of the other four receiveth a sixth part. If he leave nine sons, the first-born hath a fifth part, and every of the other eight a tenth part. And so according to tliis par- tition do they part always." JVIaim. treat, of Inheritances, chap. ii. sect. 1, Accord- ing to this phiase Eliseus desired a double portion of Elias' spirit, 2 Kings ii. 9, that he might have so much more as any of his otiier disciples. Of all that is found his,] The word found often signifieth things present, as in Gen. xix. 15; 2 Chron. v. 1 1 ; xxxi. 1. So in this case by the Hebs. judgment, " Tlie first-born had not a double portion of the goods which might come after his father's death, but of the goods which were assuredly his father's, and come into his hands (or power) as it is written, ' Of all that is found his.' As one of the heirs of his father that dieth after the death of his father the first- born and the single (brother) do inherit his goods alike. And so if his father hath a debt owing him, or hath a ship at sea, they are heirs of it alike." Maim, treat, of In- heritances, chap. iii. sect. 1. It is also said, 'found his ;' he saith not, 'found hers;' and by the Hebs. it is holden, that " The first- born hath not a double portion of his mother's goods: but the first-born and another son that are heirs to their mother, do share alike whe- ther he be the first-born for inheritance, or the first that openeth the womb. The first- born foi' inheritance is he that is first-born to his father, as it is written (in ver. 17.) ' The beginning of his strength ;' and they respect not the mother, though she have born many sons, if he be his father's first-born, he hath a double portion. He that cometh (into the world) after untimely births [that were before him] is the first-born for inheritance. And so one born at his full time, if he be born dead, he that cometh after him, is the first- born for inheritance. If a man have sons while he is an heathen, and after becometh a proselyte, he hath no first-born for inheritance. But an Israelite that hath a son by a bond- woman, or by an heathen woman, for as much as lie is not called his son, he that cometh after him of an Israelitess is the first-born for inheritance, and hath a double portion." Maim., ib., chap. ii. sect. 8—12. Of his STRENGTH,] Or, of his vulour. So Jacob said of Reuben his eldest, Gen. xlix. S. The Gr. traiislateth, of his children. And this is the first reason of the law, from nature itself. The right,] Htb. the judgment ; which the Gr. explaineth thus, the first birth-rights are due (or belong) unto him. And this may be understood in respect of the judgment or law of the Lord ; which is added unto the former reason from nature, and maketh the first-born's right more firm unto him. Wherefore as Esau before- hand sold his birth-rigiit, and the sale was confirmed, Gen. xxv. 33, so generally, "The first-born that selleth the portion of the birth- right before it be parted, his sale is firm, be- cause the portion is his before it is parted," saith Maim, treat, of Inheritance, chap. iii. sect. 6. And by reason of this right of the first- born, his children after him do inherit also, as this Heb. canon showeth, " Whoso hath two sons, a first-born, and another, and they die both of them while he liveth, and leave children behind them, the first-born leaveth a daughter, and the single (brother) leaveth a son; the son of the single (brother) shall in- herit of the old man's goods a thiid part, which was his father's portion; and the daughter of the first-born shall inherit two thirds, which was her father's portion. And such is the right of brethren's children, and of the father's brother's children, and of all that do inherit: if the father of one of the heirs were a first-born, the heir receiveth the portion of his first birth-right for him. Maim. ib., chap. ii. sect. 7. By this law was fore- shadowed how the elect, ' the Israel of God,' Gal. vi. 16, which are his first-born, Exod. iv. 22, and 'church of the first-born which are written in heaven,' Heb. xii. 23, shall have a double portion, and inherit the good things of God, as they which have the ' pro- mise of the life which now is, and of that which is to come,' 1 Tim. iv. 8, and are 'the heirs of God, and joint heirs with Christ,' Rom. viii. 17, and being 'justified by his grace, are made heirs according to the hope of eternal life,' Tit. iii. 7, God having begot- ten them again, ' to an inheritance incorrup- tible, and undefiled, and that fadeth not away reserved in heaven for us,' 1 Pet. i. 4. 300 DEUTERONOMY. '^ If a man have a son stubborn and rebellious, which obeyetli not the voice of his father, and the voice of his mother, and they have chastened liim, and lie will not hearken unto them: "^ Then shall his father and his mother lay hold on him, and bring him out unto the elders of his city, and unto the gate of his place. '"' And Ver. is. — Stubborn,] Or, perverse, re- volting, refractory, that turiieth away from God and his lau : and it implieth the affec- tion of the heart, as Jer. v. 23 ; and the car- riage and action as an untamed heifer, Hos. iv. 16; Neh. ix. 29. And so the apostle translateth it into Gr. by two words, ' disobe- dient (or unpersuaded) and gain-saying,' Rom. X, 21 ; from Is. Ixv. 2. So here the Gr. expoundeth it, disobedient. Rebel- lious,] The Heb. Moreh, signifieth one that changeth or turneth to the worse, both in heart and action, and in particular turneth from and opposeth the word of God, as Deut. i. 26, 43 ; ix. 7, 23, 24. The Gr. here translateth it contentious. The instance of this rebellion is showed in ver. 20. Obey- ETH NOT,] Or hearkeneth not; the Chald. translateth, receiveth not the tuord, Ch.\S- TENED,] Or nurtureth ; which implieth both %uords and acts, as by rebukes, stripes, and outward punishment, Lev. xxvi. 23, 28; and sometimes by the hand of the magistrate, Deut. xxii. IS ; in which sense the Hebs. understand this here. And having spoken before of words, this therefore is meant of blows also. Ver. 19. — And his mother,] Both of them ; so that one alone was not enough to cause him to be put to death. The Heb. doctors, as they are always wary iu cases that concern the taking away of any man's life, so in this above others, they set down many and strange limitations ; as, first, they restrain it to those particular sins of gluttony and drunk- enness, ver. 20 ; and that gluttony to be eat- ing of flesh only, and drunkenness with wine only. Al?o that the son is not to be put to death, unless he have stolen something from his father, and bought therewith flesh and wine for riot, and eaten and drunk it without his father's leave, in a company that are all vain and vile persons. That a son only, not a daughter, is to be put to death by this law, and he not a little one, or a child, who is not within the rule or compass of the command- ments ; nnr a man Ihat is grown up, and is in his own powei'. So that he must be at least above twelve years of age. And if he be married three months, and his wife be known to be with child, they free him also from this law, because it is said a son, and not a father. Moreover, that the father and mother must bring this rebellious son first to the court of three judges, and there complain of his dis- obedience; bringing with them two witnesses of his stealth and gluttony: whereupon he is there beaten, as others are for the like crime, and this is that chastening in ver. 18. If he fall again to stealth and riot, his father and mother bring him again before the magis- trates, with the witnesses, and he is con- demned to death. But if before sentence is passed on him, his father and mother do re- lent in pity towards him, he is let go. If he flee away before sentence is gone out against him, and be afterward taken when he is in man's state, (which they also judge by the hair on his face) he is not put to death ; but if he escape after sentence of condemnation, he is stoned to death whensoever he is taken. If his father be willing to bring him to the magistrate, and the mother not ; or the mo- ther willing, and the father not ; he is not to be judged as a rebellious son. If either pa- rent have lost their hand, or I)e lame, or be dumb, or blind, or deaf, the son passeth not under this condemnation, for it is said, " they must lay hold on him, and bring him, and must say, this our son, &c., he obeyeth not our voice," &c. These, and the like cau- tions, aie noted by Maim, in treat, of Rebels, chap. vii. ; and in the Bab. Thalmud. in Sanhedrin, chap. viii. ; but they have not all of them sound ground from the scripture. Howbeit if any son be by any of these excep- tions saved, that he die not as a rebellious son, yet is he under all other punishments which the magistrates inflict on other rioters and like malefactors. The gate OF his PLACE,] That is, the gate of the place where he dwelt, at which gate the magistrates used to sit, Deut. xxii. 15 ; xxv. 7. So the Chald. here translateth, the gate of the judgment-hall of his place. Ver. 20. — A glutton,] Or rioter, de- vourer : in Heb. Zolel, which hath the sig- nification of vileness, Jer. xv. 19. The Chald. addetli, a glutton for riotous cater) of flesh, and a riotous drinker of wine ,• which words seem also to be understood in the Heb. and aie so expressed in Prov. xxiii. 20, ' Be rot amongst riotous drinkers of wine, amongst riotous eaters of flesh: for the riotous drinker, and the riotous eater (or glutton) shall come to poverty.' Where in the latter sentence, the words fesh and wine are omitted, as here they are in Moses. And to these two, fesh CHAP. XXI. 301 they slmll say unto the elders of liis city. This our son is stubborn and rebellious, he obeyeth not our voice, he is a glutton and a drunkard. ^' And all the men of his city sliall stone liim with stones, and lie shall die ; and tliou shalt put away the evil from tlie midst of tliee, and all Israel shall hear and fear. ^^ And if there be in a man a sin worthy of deatli, and he be put to death, and thou hang him on a tree: '" His carcase sliall not remain all night upon the tree ; but burying thou shalt bury liim and wine, the Hebs. do restrain this law, as before is noted: but oft times such things are named for an instance, and do imply all other of like sort. Ver. 21. — And he shall die,] Or, that he die. The sins of riot and drunkenness were tiot by Moses' law punishable by death: this therefore was in respect of his disobe- dience to his parents, which greatly aggravat- ed his sin, and for which he was to die, when other drunkards escaped with lighter punish- ment. Hereupon Solomon uttered his para- ble, ' he that keepeth the law, is a wise son ; but he that is a companion of gluttons, sham- eth his father,' Prov. xxviii. 7. All Israel SHALL HEAR,] The like is spoken of some other notorious malefactors, as Deut. xiii. II; xvii. 13 ; xix. 20. So in this case, the Hebs. say, " the rebellious son must be proclaimed, and they publish by writings unto all Israel, in such a court we stoned such an one, be- cause he was a stubborn and rebellious son. Maim, treat, of Rebels, chap. vii. sect. 13. Ver. 22.— Worthy of death,] Heb. of the judgment of detth ; which the Chald. well expoundeth, desert of judgment to be killed. And thou hang him,] The Hebs. understand not this of putting him to death by hanging, but of hanging a man up after he was stoned to death, which was done with more detestation of some heinous malefactors. Their words are, " we are commanded to hang the blasphemer ai\d the idolater: and a man is hanged, but not a woman. After they are stoned to death, they fasten a piece of timber in the earth, and out of it there cometh a piece of wood ; then they tie both his hands one to another, and hang them near unto the setting of the sun, and let him down out of hand, and if he abide all night, it is a transgression, Deut. xxi. 23. And we are commandtd to bury all that are killed by the Judges, the same day that they are killed. They may not be hanged on a tree that groweth on the ground, but on that which hath been plucked up, that there may not need any cutting of it down: for the tree that he is hanged on is to be buried with him, that there be no evil memorial of him, for men to say, This is the tree whereon such a man was hanged. And so the stone where- with the stoned is killed, and the sword wherewith a man is put to death, and the napkin wherewith he is strangled, they all are buried." Maim, in Sanhedrin, chap. xv. sect. 6, &c. In the scripture we have exam- ples of Rechab and Baanah, who for murder, ing Ishbosheth, were by David's command- ment slain, their hands and feet cut ofl", and they hanged up, 2 Sam. iv. 12; where their hanging seemeth to be after their death: and so in others, as Josh. x. 26 ; which might also be the case of the King of Ai, Josh. viii. 29 : and of those idolaters in Num. xxv. 4. And the scripture showeth a double punish- ment for some heinous sins, as in Achan's fa- mily, who were burned with fire, after they were stoned, Josh. vii. 25. Among the Ro- mans afterward they hanged or fastened them to the tree alive ; and such was the death of our Lord Christ, ' who bare our sins in his own body on the tree,' 1 Pet. ii. 24 ; Luke xxiii. 33—39. Ver. 23. — Burying.] In Gr. in any vise bury him. This was also fulfilled in our Saviour's body, wliich was buried the same day that he was hanged on the tree, John xix. 31, 38, 42. He that is hanged,] To wit, on tree, as Gal. iii. 13. This speech, as many other of like sort, is general ; therefore the Gr. translateth, every one that is hanged on tree ; and that interpretation the apostle allegeth in Gal. iii. 13. The curse,] That is, cursed, as the apostle expoundeth it, (ac- cording to the Gr. version,) Gal. iii. 13. And here in the utmost rigour and severity of the law God fore-signified the riches of his grace towards sinners in Christ, ' who re- deemed us froip the curse of the law, being made a curse for us,' as appeared in that he was hanged on the tree. Gal. iii. 13. ' He was reckoned among the transgressors,' Luke xxii. 37 ; and God ' made him to be sin for us, who knew no sin, that we might be made the righteousness of God in him,' 2 Cor. v. 21. The Chald. translateth, " for because he sinned before the Lord, he is hanged." And thou shalt not defile the land,] Or, as the Gr. translateth, and the land shall not be defiled : which might be by the monu. 502 DEUTERONOMY. in that day, for he that is hanged is the curse of God ; and thou shalt not defile thy land which Jehovah thy God giveth unto tliee for an inheritance. ment of God's curse remaining upon it visi- bly. So the burial was to abolish the curse froir. appearing in the Lord's land. A figure of the fruit and effect of our Saviour's burial, whereby the rigour of the law was declared to he satisfied, and all our sins defaced, and removed out of God's sight, that they shall never be imputed unto us. CHAP. XXII. 1. The law for our hrethren's cattle strayed, or things lost. 5. the sex is to be distinguished by apparel. 6. The dam bird is not to be taken rvith her young ones. 8. The house must have battlements. 9. Confu- sion is to be avoided. 1 2. Fringes to be made upon the vesture. 1 3. The punishment of him that slandereth his wife. 20, 22. Of adultery, 25. of rape, 1^. fornication, 30. incest. * Thou shalt not see thy brother's ox or liis sheep go astray, and hide thyself from them ; restoring thou shalt restore them unto thy brother. ^ And if thy brother he not nigh unto thee, or thou know- est him not, then thou slialt gather it into tliine house, and it shall Ver. 1. — Thy brother's ox,] Yea, though it be thine enemy's, Exod. xxiii. 4. Go ASTRAY,] Heb. driven aivay, or thrust out of the way, by any means of themselves or others: as by a dog, limited from the flock or fold, and the like. The Gr. and Chald. translate, erring in way, and going astray. See the notes on Deut. iv. 19. This duty required towards beasts, is much more to- wards men ; as God applieth the similitude in Eze. xxxiv. 4, 16. And as we all ' were like sheep going astray,' 1 Pet ii. 25; so are we daily subject to stray from the truth, and have need one of another's help ; where- u)ion it is said, ' Brethren, if any of you do err (or go astray) from the truth, and one con- vert him, let him know, that he which con- verteth the sinner from the error of his way, shall save a soul from death, and shall hide a multitude of sins,' Jam. v. 19, 20. Hide THYSELF,] That is, withhold thine help: the Gr. translateth it, tvink at, that is, neglect, or not regard: see Lev. xx. 4. Restoring, &c.,] That is, thou shalt in any case restore, or bring again. So here are two precepts; a prohibition to hide, and a commandment to restore: and thus the Hebs. observe a double sin in tlicm that break this law, and some- times a treble. " He that seeth a lust thing of any Israelites, and hideth himself from it, and letteth it alone, transgresseth this prohi- bition, ' thou shalt not hide thyself from them ;' and breaketh this commandment, ' thou shalt restore,' &c. If he take the lost thing, and restore it not, he breaketh the commandment '(thou shalt restore,)' and transgresseth against two prohibitions, against ' thou mayest not hide thyself,' (Deut. xxii. 3;) and against ' thou shalt not rob,' (Lev. xix. 13.) Although the owner of the lost thing be a wicked man, &c. we are com- manded to restore his lost thing to him. If he have restored it, and it be fled away again, though an hundred times, he is bound to re- store it ; for it is written, • restoring thou shalt restore them.' " Maim, in Misneh, tom. iv. treat, of Robbery and Loss, chap, xi. sect. 1, 2, 14. Unto thy brother,] Either to his own hands, or to the place where it was and should be. For, " if he see a beast that is fled out of the fuld, and he returneth it into the place thereof, lo he hath kept this commandment, and there is no need to make it known unto the owner," saith Maim. ibid. chap. xi. sect- 16. Ver. 2. — G.'VTHER it,] That is, take it in, Into thine house,] Heb. into the midst of thine house ; whereby is meant within the CHAP. XXII. 303 be with thee until thy brotlier seek after it, and thou shalt restore it unto him. ^ And so shalt thou do witli his ass, so shalt thou do with his raiment, and so shalt thou do with every loss of thy bro- ther, which shall be lost by him, and thou hast found it ; thou mayest not hide thyself. * Thou shalt not see thy brother's ass or his ox fall in the way, and hide thyself from them : lifting thou shalt lift them up with him. same, as the phrase often signifieth: see the notes on Gen. ii. 9. But this teacheth a care to keep it safe. Seek after it, J But he that found it, is also to use means that the owner may know of it ; and the Hehs. say, " He is bound to cry it, and make it known, saying. Whoso hath lost such a kind of tiling, let him come and give the signs of it, and he shall have it. At the first, whoso hath found any thing, crieth it three times. After the last time, within seven days he crieth it the fourth time. If the owner come not, the thing found is to be left with him that found it ; and if in all that time it be stolen or lost, he is bound to make satisfaction ; but if it be gone by violence, he is free. For he that keepeth a lost thing, is as he that keeps for hire, &c. [whereof see the annot. on Exod. xxii. 10.] And he must have care that the thing be not marred, or perish. If it be a living thing which he must give food unto ; if it be a working (beast) as an horse, ass, &c,, he may put them to labour twelve months from the day that he fount! them, or let them out for hire, and take their hire, and give them food; and if tiie hire be more worth than their food, the overplus is the owner's, &c. Afterwards they are sold by the magis- trates." Maim, treat, oi Robbery and Loss, chap. xiii. sect. I, &c. Ver. 3. — Every loss,] That is, ewry fo*< thing : and by like proportion, a man is to keep his neighbour's goods from loss or pe- rishing ; as, '< he that seeth the water to overflow, and it cometh to mar his neigh- bour's house, or his field, he is bound to stop the same," &c. Maim, treat, of Robbery and Loss, chap. xi. sect. 20. Which shall BE LOST,] Hence the Hebs. observe, that if a man will " lose his goods wittingly, men are not bound unto him. As, if he put his beast into a stable which hath no door, and he tieth it not, and so it goeth away. If he cast his purse into a place common for all, and goeth his way, or any the like, lo he los- eth his goods wittingly. And though it be not lawful for him tliat seeth this thing, to take it for himself, he is not bound to bring it again (to the owner,) for it is said, • which sha'l be lost,' to put a diflerence from him that loseth wittingly." Maim. ibid. chap, xi. sect. 11. Thou mayest not,] That is, it is not lawful to hide thyself, or, to let it alone. Here they put some exceptions, as they say, " a priest that seeth a lost thing in a place of burial, must not defile himself to return it again, because when he keepeth one commandment of restoring the lost thing, he breaketh another commandment which saith, ' they shall be holy,' (Lev. xxi. 6 ; and transgresseth a prohibition, ' he shall not defile himself,' &c., (Lev. xxi. 4;) and a commandmeiit doth not put away (or cause a man to transgress) a prohibition and a com- mandment. On the contrary, if one see a thing lost, and his father say unto him. Re- store it not, he must restore it, and not obey him: for if he obey his father, he is found at the time when he keepeth this command- ment, ' honour thy father,' that he breaketh this commandment, ' thou shalt restore it ;' and transgresseth this prohibition, ' thou mayest not hide thyself.' Maim. ibid. chap, xi. sect. 18, 19. Ver. 4. — Thy brother's ass,] In Exod. xxiii. 5 ; he saith, ' thine hater's ass;' that men should not think these laws bind us to do good unto our friends only. So our Sa- viour saith, ' love your enemies, do good to them that hate you,' Matt. v. 44. Fallen,] that is, ' lying under his burden,' Exod. xxiii. 5. So fallen, was used before for ly- ing, Deut. xxi. 1. Though hire it may be taken more generally. And hide thyself,] That is, ' forbear to help him up,' Exod. xxiii. 5. Lifting, &c.,] Or, raising thou shalt raise them up, that is, help to do it in any case, though it be again and again. This the Hebs. understand to be another command- ment from that in Exod. xxiii. 5 ; which they open thus ; " whoso meeteth with his neighbour in the way, and his beast lying under a burden, &c., lo he is commanded to unloose it from upon him; and this is commanded to be done in Exod. xxiii. 5. And he must not unloose it, and leave him presently and go his way, but must lift it up with him, and again lay the burden upon him, Deut. xxii. 4 ; this is another com- mandment. And if he leave him presently, 304 DEUTERONOMY. * A man's ornament shall not be upon a woman, neither shall a man put on a woman's garment ; for every one that doth these things is an abomination to Jehovah thy God. ^ If a bird's nest chance to be before thee in the way, in any tree, or on the ground, young ones or eggs, and the dam sitting upon the young, or upon the eggs, thou shalt not take the dam with the young. ^ Sending thou shalt send away the dam, and the young and do not unloose it off him, nor load him, he breaketh a commandment which ought to be done, and transgresseth in that which ought not to be done ; as it is said, ' tSiou shalt not see thy brother's ass, '&c. If, when he is unloosed, and laden again, he fall again, he is bound to help him up another time, yea, though it be an hundred times ; for it is written, ' helping thou shalt help up, lifting thou shalt lift up.' Therefore he must go a mile back with him, unless the owner say, I have no need of thee." Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. iii. sect. 1. &c. Ver. 5. — S. man's ornament,] Or in- strument, apparel, dress. The Heb. Cli is a general word for all instruments, vessels, or- naments, whatsoever; and here for all appa- rel and furniture whatsoever a man putteth on him, in time of peace or of war: and so the Chald. translateth it armour or weapons, which is also forbidden a wom.an to wear. And this precept coiicerneth natural ho- nesty and seemliiiess, which hath perpetual utility, 1 Cor. xi. 4—6, 14. And it is to prevent many evils which may arise if men and women should l)e clad alike. It is pro- bKhle also, that the law was given in regard of the abuse among other nations, and parti- cularly among the Egyptians, (with whom Israel had lived:) for human xvriters testify that the Egyptian women did go abroad and use merchandise, &c., and the men did weave within the houses. Herodot. in Euterpe. The Ht bs. explain it tluis, " a woman may not pu'. on a man's ornament, as to put a mitre or an helmet on her head, or to put on an habergeon, or the like, or to poll her head like a man. Neither may a man put on a woman's ornament, as coloured gar- ments, or golden jewels, in the place where men use not to w ear such jewels, but women only: all, according to the custom of the country (wherein they live.) A man that putteth on a woman's attire, and a woman that putteth on a man's, is to be beaten (by the magistrate.") Maim, treat, oi Idolatry, chap. xii. sect. 10. The attire of the body S|)iritually signilieth the ornaments of the mind. Vs. cxxxii. 9, 16 j Rev. iii. 18 ; so men shoiild not change their nature, to be- come efieminate, as the Egyptians and Ba- bylonians are thieatened to be like women, Is. xix. 16 ; Jer. 1. 37 ; li. .39. And in the churches women are to be silent, and not speak as men, 1 Cor. xiv. 34. ' I sulier not a woman to teach, nor to usurp autho- rity over the man, but to be in silence,' 1 Tim. ii. 12. Abojiinatiox to Jehovah,] Heb. the abomination of Jehovah, that is, abhorred of him, which the Chald. expound- eth, an abomination before the Lord. Ver. 6. — Chance to be,] That is, if unawares thou meetest with it, or lightest upon it. So the Gr. translateth, " if thou meetest with a bird's nest before thy face." Or on the ground,] Or in any other place, as on the water or the like ; for these are put but for an instance, because usually birds nestle either on trees, or on the ground. So the Hebs. exptmnd it, ' he that findeth a nest upon the waters, or on the back of any living creature, is bound to let the dam go. The young or the eggs are not mentioned, neither the tree or ground, but that the scrip- ture speaketh by an instance. Maim. torn, ii, in Shechitah, chap. xiii. sect. 17. The DAM,] Heb, the mother: so after, sons for young ones ; which names the scripture givetli to all living things ; and the Gr. and Chald. keep the Heb. phrase, mother and children. The Hebs. understand this pre- cisely of the dam or female only, and say, " a male that is found sitting upon a nest, is free from being sent away, (that is, a man is not bound to let it go.) Maim. ibid. sect. 10. Thou shalt not take,] To wit, and kill, for that is chiefly here intended. " He that taketh the dam with the young, and killeth her, the flesh is lawful to be eaten, but he is to be beaten for killing the dam. And so if she die before he let her go, he is to be beaten: but if he let her go after he hath taken her, he is free." Maim, in Shechitah, chap. xiii. sect. 1. Compare herewith the law in Lev. xxii. 28, ' whether it be cow or ewe, ye shall not kill it and her young both in one day." Ver. 7 Sending thou shai.t send,] That is, in any wise se?id away (oi' let go) the dam. This showed the strictness of the precept, which also must be done willingly, upon the former penalty. For every prohibi- CHAP. XXII. 305 thou shalt take unto thee, that it may be well with thee, and thou mayest prolong thy days. ^ WJien tliou buildest a new house, then thou shalt make a bat- tlement for thy roof, that thou put not blood in thine house, if any falling fall from it. tjon, after which cometh a precept affirma- tive, " a man is bound to peiform the pre- cept concerning it; and if he perform it not, he is to be beaten. If one come and snatch the dam out of his hand, and seud her away, or if she escape away from under his hand against his will, he is to be beaten; for till he send her away of himself, he performeth not the precept concerning her. If he take the dam and clip her wings, that she cannot fly, and then send her away, he is to be chas- tised with stripes, and he must keep her by him till her wings be grown, and then send her away. And if she die before, or be lost, he is to be beaten, for he hath not performed the commandment. If he send her away and she come again, he must send her away again, though it be four or five times ; for it is said, ' sending thou shalt send her away.' If one say, I will take the dam, and send away the young, he is bound to send away the dam. The sending away of the dam is not in use, save for clean birds," &c. Maim, in Shechitah, chap. xiii. sect. 2 — 4, 6, 8. "It is unlawful to take the dam with the young, though it be to cleanse a leper with them, which is a thing commanded, (Lev. xiv. 4;) and if he take her he is bound to send her away: for a commandment is not of force to disannul a prohibition and a commandment ; but a commandment and a prohibition do dis- annul a commandment." Ibid. sect. xix. God by this law teacheth us mercy and piety; (as it is noted for barbarous cruelty, when the mother is killed with the children, Hos. X. 14; Gen. xxxii. 11;) therefore when the bird is hatching her eggs or cherishing her young, she may not be killed. And as the Hebs. say, " If she were sitting but upon one young, or one egg, a man was bound to send her awayi" howbeit, that if she were taken from the nest by hunting, it was lawful : " the law forbiddeth not save to hunt (or take) her when she cannot fly away for (af- fection to) her young which she hatcheth ; as it is said, ' and the dam sitting upon the young,' " &c. Maim, in Shechitah, chap, xiii. sect. 16, 7. And this law for compas- sion towards birds, teacheth compassion to- wards mankind much more ; as when he saith, 'thou shalt not muzzle the ox,' Deut. xxv. 4 ; the apostle showeth it to be written ' for our sakes,' 1 Cor. ix. 9, 10. So the Hebs. here say, " this is to lead us unto mercy, and to lake out of our hearts cruelty Vol. II. 2Q and the like (afTections,) not that the intent of the commandment is to show compassion unto birds, &c., but to mankind." R. Mena- chem on Deut. xxv. 7, fol. 210. Prolong THV DAYS,] The like blessing is promised to them that honour father and mother, Deut. v. 16; the Hebs. account that one of the great commandments ; and this of the bird they count the least of all in Moses' law: and yet such a promise is annexed liere- unto. Ver. 8. — A NEW HOUSE,] To wit, a dwel- ling-house; for so the Hebs. explain it, " it is commanded to make a battlement for the for the roof, if it be a dwelling-house ; but a bain, or a stable, or the like, a man is not bound concerning them." Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. xi. sect. 1. A battlement,] In Gr. a crown : which was to compass the roof of the house round about, to keep men from falling off". For in Israel the houses had flat roofs, on which men walked, 2 Sam. xi. 2; and from thence they called and spake to the people: whereupon Christ speaketh of preaching and proclaiming ' upon the house tops,' Matt. X. 27; Luke xii. 3. " The heighth of the battlement might not be less than ten hand-breadths, [six of which hand- breadths made a cubit,] and it was to be strong, that a man might lean thereon, and not fall." Maim, treat, of Murder, chap. xi. sect. 3. That thou put not,] Or, aiid thou shalt not put bloods; which the Gr. translateth, and thou shalt not make man- slaughter in thy house ; and the Chald. for bloods saith gziilt of murder, as the word bloods often signifieth: see Gen. iv. 10. By this it appeareth, that all other occasions of blood- shed were to be prevented in other places as well as on house-tops. Which the Hebs. declare thus ; " whether it be the house-top or any other thing, wherein there is danger and likelihood that a man may fall and die ; and if a man have a pit or well in his yard, have water in it or not, he is bound to make a fence about it ten hand-breadths high, or to make a cover over it, that no man lall therein and die. And so any stumbling- block whereby there is danger of life, a man is commanded to remove the same, and to beware thereof, and to give warning of the thing very heedfully. Otherwise, if he re- move them not, but leave stumbling-blocks that may bring into danger, he breaketh a commandment, and transgresseth this pro- 306 DEUTERONOMY. ® Thou shalt not sow thy vineyard ivith divers kmds, lest the full-ripe fruit, tlie seed wliich thou hast sown, and the revenue of the vineyard be defiled. hibition, of ' putting bloods.' '' Maim, treat. of Murder, chap. xi. sect. 4. Ver. 9. — Thy vineyard,] Nor any other fie'd, Lev. xix. 19. Divers kinds,] Or mixtures, as wheat and barley together, or the like. See the annot. on Lev. xix. 19. The Hebs. divide seeds info three sorts. " The first of them is called Tebiiah, (re- venue,) and it comprehendeth the five kinds of grain, wlieat, rye, barley, fox-ear-barley, and oats. The second of them is called Ke- tannith (pulse) and it comprehendeth all seeds wliich are eaten of men, besides the revenue (aforesaid,) as beans, pease, lentiles, millet, rice, &c., and such like. The third of them are called garden seeds ; and they are all other seeds which are not meet for man's meat, but the fruit of the seed is man's meat: as the seed of onions, and of garlic, and of rape, and such like. And flax seed is comprehended under the general of garden seeds. And all the seeds when they are grown up, and all the while the seed is not discerned, are called herbs." Maim. torn. iii. in Kila- jim, chap. i. sect. 8. Now of this law con- cerning vineyards they write thus ; " no- thing is forbidden by the name of divers kinds in the vineyard, but the kinds of the revenue (of corn) and the kinds of herbs only: other kinds of seeds are lawful to be sown in the vineyard ; and I need not say other trees. It is unlawful to sow herbs or corn by the vine's sides, or to plant a vine by the sides of herbs or com. Whether a man plant, or let tliem grow, when he seeth divers kinds spring up in his vineyard, if he leave them so, it is defiled." Maim. ibid. chap. V. sect. C — 8. The full-ripe fruit,] Heb. the fullness (or plenty,) which the Gr. ♦-.ranslateth heie, the fruit : elsewhere the first-fruits: see Exod. xxii. 29; and Num. xviii. 27. By the Hebs. " a vineyard while the grapes- were unripe, was not defiled: and um-ipe grapes were lawful for use." Maim, in Kilajim, chaj). v. sect. 14. The SEED,] The Gr. addeth, and the seed which thou shalt sow with the fruit of thy vineyard. Others understand, the fruit of the seed. And the revenue,] Or, income, increase. The scripture usetli this word for iheincrease of corn or flour, and of the vine or winepress. Num. xi. 30. So it may be taken here, for either, or for both of them; for both were defiled. The Hebs. apply this word to the five kinds of grain fore-noted, and unto them also when they are eared, and before they be threshed : as in another place they say, " the five kinds, namely, wheat, barley, rye, fox- ear-barley, and oats, these five when they are eared, are called Tebuah (revenue) in every place; after that they be threshed and win- nowed, they are called Dagan (corn or grain); and when they are ground, and their meal is kneaded and baked, they are called Path (bread.)" Maim. torn. i. treat, of Blessings, chap. iii. sect. 1. Be defiled,] Or, be sanctified, as the Heb. word propeily and usually signifieth ; and so the Gr. translat- eth, that it be not sanctified. Whereby some understand that the fruit should be sejiarated from common use, and made holy to the Lord, and be eaten by the priests. But words ofttimes have contrary significations, as Barac to bless, is used for cursing or blas- pheming, 1 Kings xxi. 10, 13. Chesed is piety and impiety. Lev. xx. 17. So this word here is by the Chald. paraphrast trans- lated defiled; and by the other Hebs. else- where so expounded, " the divers kinds (or mixtures) of the vineyard, as any of the sorts of corn, or sorts of herbs that are sown with a vine, whether an Israelite sow them, or an heathen, &c., both of them are unlawful to be eaten, or put to any use (or profit) as it is written, (in Deut. xxii. 9:) ' lest it be de- filed,' &c., as if he should say, lest both of them be made abominable and unlawful. And whoso eateth ouglit of the mixtures of a vineyard, either of the herbs or of the grapes, is to be beaten by the law." Maim. torn. ii. treat, of Forbidden Meats, chap. x. sect. 6, 7. The same author in torn. iii. treat. Kila- jim, chap. V. layeth down also these canons: " he that soweth two kinds of corn or two kinds of herbs, with the seed of the vine3'ard, he is to be beaten ; once for this, ' thou shalt not sow thy field with divers kinds,' (Lev. xix. 19 ;) and again hr this, ' thoii shalt not sow thy vineyard with divers kinds,* (Deut. xxii. 9.) A man is not to be beaten for sowing divers kinds in the vineyard, until he sow within the land of Israel, &c. But our doctors have forbidden to sow divers kinds in the vineyard, though out of the land, because the divers kinds in the vineyard are weighty ; for if they be sown within the land of Israel, they are unlawful to be used: and seeing they are unlawful for any use within the land, they are unlawful to be sown without the land. It is unlawful to sow herbs or corn by a vine's side, or to plant a vine-tree by herbs or by corn ; and if a man do so, though he is not to be beaten, yet both of them are defiled, and not to be CHAP. XXII. 507 '^ Thou slinlt not plov with an ox and an ass togetlier. shalt not wear linsie-woolsie, wool and flax together. Thou put to any use, eitlier the herbs, or the corn, or the vine, but they burn them both, as it is written, ' lest the full-ripe fruit, &c., be defiled :' though it be the straw of the corn, or the wood of the vine-tree, they are unlawful for any use, but they burn them ; neither may they heat an oven, or a cauldron, or boil anything with them when they burn them." These and sundry like observations they have hereabouts, not altogether without probability: and herein the mixtures of the vineyard exceed the mixtures of the field, which they think might be used and eaten, though it " as sin to sow them, as is noted on Lev. xix. 19. This law, with other such like, was typical, and pertained to the rudi- ments of Moses' law : whenby it seemeth unto me, God taught them the simple a)id sincere estate of his church. For in mystery, ' the vineyard of the Lord of hosts was the house of Israel, and the men of Ju- dah the plant of his pleasures,' Is. v. 7 ; and he planted them ' a noble vine, wholly a right (or true) seed ; though they turned into degenerate branches of a strange vine unto him,' Jer. ii. 21. Now also the church is a vineyard, Christ himself the vine, and we the blanches, John xv. 1,5; and this vine- yard God would not have sown with divers kinds, or mixed with the profane and unbe- lievers, lest all be defiled, 2 Cor. vi. 14—18; Matt. iii. 7—10; Rev. xxi. 24—27. Veu. 10-^With an ox and an ass,] Tlie o.v was a clean beast, the ass an unclean: the Hebs. understand this law generally ; plowing for all work ; and the ox and the ass for all clean and unclean beasts together. " Whosoever doth work with two kinds of cattle or beasts together, and the one of them is of a clean kind, and the other of an unclean, lo he is to be beaten in every place, Deut. xxii. 10. Whether he plow, or sow or draw a waggon or a stone with them toge- ther, &c., he is to be beaten. And whether it be ox and ass, or any two kinds, whereof one is unclean and the other clean, either of cattle, as a swine and a sheep ; or of wild beasts, as a wild ox and an elephant; or beasts with cattle, as a dog with a goat, or the like ; for any of these he is by the law to be beaten. If a waggon be drawn with beasts of divers kinds, he that sitteth on the waggon is to be beaten : and if one sit on the waggon, and another guide it, they are both beaten ; yea though they be an hundred that guide it, they are all beaten. It is lawful to do work with a man and a beast together : for the law saith, ' with an ox and an ass ;' it saith not, with a nian and an ass, or with a man and an ox. A (clean) beast that is become polluted (or unfit) for sacrifice, though it be but one body, yet the scripture maketh it as two bodies, foi' that it was holy, and was made as holy and as profane mixed togethei-; and this beast is found as a clean beast with an unclean beast mixed in one ; as it is said (in Lev. xxvii. 11 ;) ' if it be an unclean beast, of which they do not ofltr a sacrifice to the Lord;' we have been taught, that this is not spoken but of beasts disabled for a sa- crifice. Therefore he that plougheth with an ox disabled for sacrifice, is to be beaten as for mixed kinds; but this prohibition is come by tradition." Maim, in Killajim, chap. ix. sect. 7 — 11. This law was also typical and bindeth not us now, according to the letter, but figured out the ministers in the church, as did the ox that treadeth out the corn, which might not be muzzled, Deut. xxv. compared with 1 Cor. ix. 8, 9 — 11 ; 1 Tim. V. 17; iv. 18. These in the Lord's plough, (that is, in the ministry of his word, Luke ix. 62;) must not be mixed of clean and unclean, of the servants of Christ and of an- tichrist, 2 Cor. vi. 14, 15. Ver. 11. — LlNSlE-\voLSlE,J In Heb. Shagnatncz, expounded in Gr, Kibdela, which signifieth things adulterate or impure- lymixed. Moses explaineth it after, saying, wool and flax together, unto which only the Hebs, restrain it, as is more largely noted on Lev. xix, 19. This law was also figurative: the garments of the saicits are piincipally Christ himself, as it is written, ' put ye on the Lord Jesus Christ,' Rom. xiii. 14; he hath given unto his church, ' that she should be arrayed in fine linen, clean and bright, which is the righteousness of the saints,' Rev. xix. 8 ; that we may be found in him, not having our own justice (or righteousness) which is of the law, but that which is ' through the faith of Christ, the righteous- ness of God by faith/ Phil. iii. 9. There are also other virtues and graces of the Spirit, wherewith the faithful are adorned, which are ' good works,' 1 Tim. ii. 9, 10; 1 Peter iii. ?>, 4 ; but in the case of our justification before God, these may not be mixed toge- ther, for ' a man is justified by faith, without the deeds of the law,' Rom. iii. 28; Gal. ii. 16. And as by the letter of this law, in the Heb, account, " one thread of wool in a linen garment, or one linen thread in a woollen garment, made it unlawful," (as is noted on Lev, xix, 19;) though linen or woollen garments were worn severally: so 308 DEUTERONOMY. '^ Fringes shalt thou make unto tliee, upon tlie four skirts of thy vesture which thou coverest thee withal. '^ If a man take a wife, and go in unto her, and hate her, "And lay against her occasions of speech, and bring forth upon her an justificatiou by faith in Christ, and by our own good works, are so opposite, as that they cannot agree together in one man by any manner of mixture, in the case of justifica- tion before God ; but, ' if it be by grace, then is it no more of works ; otherwise grace is no more grace: and if it be of works, then is it no more grace,, otherwise work is no more work,' Rom. xi. C ; Gal. iii. 10. Wool AND FLAX,] That is, woollen arid linen to- gether; which the Gr. transiateth, in the same • the Chald. wool and flax joined (or mixed) together. Ver. 12. — Fringes,] In Heb. Gedilim, which elsewhere is translated wreaths, in 1 Kings vii. 17 ; and the tvreaths spoken of in Exod. xxviii. 24 ; and the ropes (or cords) in Judg. xvi. 11, 12; are by the Chald. translated Gedilaii : and the Gr. here ex- poundeth it Strepta, that is, tvreaths or cords: for they were twisted threads or thrumbs, which hung upon their garments. Moses called them Tsitsith, Num. xv. 3S ; of the locks of hair like which they did hang. These are the same, though called here by another name; and the Chald. tianslateth both Tsitsith and Gedilim, by the word Crus- pedin, which is borrowed of the Gr, Craspe- da, which name the Holy Spirit giveth to these fiinges, in Matt, xxiii. 5 ; where Christ blameth the Pharisees' hypocrisy for making their phylacteries broad, and (cras- peda) the fringes of their garments large. The making of these by the Jews, is showed on Num. XV. 38, &c. Here Moses having repeated the mysteiies concerning the church, in ver. 9 ; of the ministry, in ver. 10 ; and of the doctrine, in ver. 11 ; addeth to them this law of the fringes, which were signs annexed to the word, and visible tokens, for them to ' look upon, and remember all the commandments of the Lord, and do them, and be holy unto their God,' Num. xv. 39, 40. See more in the annot. on that place. Ver. 13. — Take a wife,] That is, marry her: for the taking is after the betrothing or espousals, Matt. i. 18, 20. And before mar- riage, the betrothed persons might not come together, as the equity of this law following showeth. So by the Hehs. : " the spouse is to be restrained from her husband, by the doctrine of the scribes, ail the while she is in her father's house: and he that lieth with his spouse in his father-in-law's house, is to be chastised with stripes." Maim, treat, of of fFives, chap. x. sect. 1. After in the same place he showeth him the manner of marriage among them, that it was to be with blessings (or thanksgivings) unto God, in an assembly of ten men at the least, and \^ith a dowry bill which the scrivener wrote, and the bridegroom paid for, whereby he endowed his spouse, if she were a virgin, with two hundred dinars [that is, fifty shekels] and if she had been married before, with an hun- dred dinars, [that is, twenty-five shekels,] and this was called the root (or principal) of the dowry : the dowry might not be Itss, but more so much as he would, though it were to a talent of gold. After the dowry bill was confirmed by witnesses, the bridegroom went with his spouse into the privy chamber, (or closet, such as is mentioned in Joel ii. 16;) and this was the consummation of the marriage. And whoso married a virgin was to rejoice with her seven days, (as Gen. xxix. 27 ; Judg. xiv. 10, 12 ;) and with a widow three days, not doing any work those days, but eating, drinking, and rejoicing. Go L\,] Into the chamber, Judg. xv. 1 ; and by con- sequence, lie with her. The Gr. transiateth, dwell (or house) together with her : which word the apostle useth, 1 Peter iii. 7. Hate HER,] Which ought not to be towards any, least of all towards his wife, whom he ought to love as his own body ; ' for no man ever yet hated his own flesh/ Eph. v. 28, 29. Ver. 14. — Lay against her,] Or, put upon her. Occasions of speech,] Or, of words, that is, of evil words: or, pretences of words, that is, pretended words or pretended matters. So the Greek transiateth, pretend- ed words ; they are such as have a colour and show of truth, to excuse and hide his hatred: as long prayers were a pretence for the covetousness of the Pharisees, Matt. xxiii. 14. But pretence and truth are op- posed in Phil. i. 18. So here, and ver. 20. Bring forth,] Whether before the parents and friends, or unto the magistrates, acoising her before them. Some think this latter to be meant, and as the Hebs. describe it, when " he Cometh unto the court and saith, I mar- ried this damsel, and I found her not to have virginity, and when I inquired into the mat- ter, it was made known to me, that she had played the whore under me, after I was be- trothed to her, and these are my witnesses that she played the whore before them. And the judges shall hear the words of the "it CHAP. XX 1 1. 309 evil name, and say, I took this woman, and I came nigh unto her, and I found her not to have virginity : '* Then shall the father of the damsel, and lier mother, take and bring fortli the virginity of tlie damsel unto the elders of the city, in the gate. ^^ And tlie fa- tlier of the damsel shall say unto tlie elders, I gave my daughter unto this man to wife, and he hateth her, " And lo, he liatJi laid against her occasions of speech, saying, I found not thy daughter to have virginity ; and this is my daughter's virginity : and they shall spread the cloth before the elders of tlie city. ^^ And the elders of that city shall take the man, and shall chastise Jiim. '^ And they shall amerce him in an hundred shekels of silver, and give them unto the father of the damsel because he hath brought iiesses, and examine their testimony: if the thing be found true, she is to be stoned." Maim. torn. ii. in Nagnarah bethulah, chap, iii. sect. 6. But \>y this order of the text, the former seemeth as probable. To have VIRGINITY,] Heb. I found not to her virgi- nity. Tlie Gr. thus, and coming unto her, I found not her virginity. Ver. 15. — The father,] To whom the injury extended, if she were falsely defamed, or if she had played the whore, ver. 21 ; and to whom the defence of the daughter did most fitly appertain. Of the damsel,] The word Nagnarah (damsel) is properly a maid mar- riageable, which of the Hebs. is reckoned after twelve years of age: before that age she is called a little one or child ; and after also, if she have not signs that she is mar- riageable ; [such as are mentioned in Ezek. xvi. 7.] After those signs she is called Nagnarah (a damsel) till six months com- plete, and no longer: from that day and for- ward, she is called Bogereth. Maim, treat, of f Fives, chap. ii. sect. 1,3. " Both these, Nagnarah, (the damsel,) and Bogereth, are subject to the punishment here appointed, if they be not found virgins." Maim, in Nagn. betiiulah, chap. iii. sect. 7. The virgini- TV,] That is, the signs of her virginity in the cloth, ver. 17 ; and witnesses also, (as the Hebs. say,) that they are so. The el- ders,] In Gr. the senate : that is, the ma- gistrates. This was the senate of twenty- three judges, for they were to put her to death if she were guilty, ver. 21. " They judge not this judgment but in the court of three and twenty ; because there is in the judgment of him that bringeth forth an evil name, the judgment of life and death ; for if the thing be found as he saith, then she is killed. But he that forceth a maid, Deut. xxii. 28 ; and he that enticeth her, Exod. xxii. 16 ; they judge of them at all times in the court of three." Maim, in Nagnaiah bethulah, chap. iii. sect. 3. The gate,] The Chald. addeth, the gate of the judg- ment-hall of the place. Ver. 17. — Occasions,] Or, pretences; in Gr. pretended words (or matters,) as ver. 14. And this is,] That is, these are the proofs or the signs, in ver. 15 ; Heb. these are the virginities. The cloth,] Wherein the signs were to be seen. Ver. is. — The »ian,] The husband of the damsel that is found to have accused his wife falsely. Chastise him,] In the Chald. beat him ; which was the next punishment unto death. The Hebs. say, " if the fa- ther bring witnesses, which do disprove the witnesses which the husband brouglit, and it be found that they have witnessed a false- hood, then they are stoned [to death, accord- ing to the law, in Deut. xix. 18, 19 ;] and he [the husband] is beaten, and amerced ia an hundred shekels. And of this it is said, in ver. 17 ;) ' these are my daughter's vir- ginities ;' these are the witnesses that dis- prove her husband's witnesses. If lier hus- band again bring other witnesses which do disprove her father's witnesses, then the dam- sel and her father's witnesses are stoned," ver. 20, 21. Maim, in Nagnar. bethulah, chap. iii. sect. 6. Ver. 19. — Amerce,] Or, mulct; fine him. Hundred shekels,] The word she- kels is addeth both in the Gr. and Chald. versions, and usually is to be understood when the Heb. nameth silver only: see the notes on Gen. xx. 16 ; where also it is show- ed what a shekel was. An hundred shekels was the double dowry of virgins: see after in ver. 29. Unto the father,] " And if she were fatherless, then he gave them unto herself," saith Maim, in Nagnaral bethu- lah, chap. iii. sect. 1. A virgin of Israel,] in Gr. a virgin, ati Israelitess. Hereupon the Hebs. say, " that if she were an heathen that was become a proselytess, or a bond- 310 DEUTERONOMY. forth an evil name upon a virgin of Israel, and she shall be his to wife ; he may not send her away all his days. ^'^ But if this word be truth, and virginity be not found for the damsel. ** Then they sliall bring out the damsel unto the door of her father's house, and the men of her city shall stone lier with stones, and she shall die, because she hath done folly in Israel, to commit whoredom in her fatlier's house : and thou shalt put away evil from the midst of tiiee. ■•^ If a man be found lying witji a woman married to an husband, then they shall die, even both of them : the man that lieth witli the woman, and tlie woman -. and thou shalt put away evil from Israel. *^ If there be a damsel a virgin betrothed to a man, and a man woman that had her freedom, &c., he that brought forth an evil name upon her, was fiee both from the mulct, and from beating." They have also other like exceptions, which seem not approvable ; as, that if she were " a girl under years, or an ancient maid, that had past the flower of her age ; though such maids for playing the whore after tliey were betrothed, were to die, yet the man " that brought an evil name upon them, was free from tiie mulct, and from beating." Maim, in Nagnarah, chap. iii. sect. 2, 8. He may NOT,] Or, he cannot send her atvay, to wit, by a bill of divorce, as olher men were per- mitted to put away their wives, Deut. xxiv. 1. " It is commanded by the law, that the woman upon whom he hath brought an evil name, should abide under him for ever, Deut. xxii. 19; and if he put her away, he trans- gresseth against a prohibition, ' he may not put her away,' and he is to be compelled to take her again. And if another do first be- troth himself to her, or if she die, or if he be a priest, ulio may not take a divorced wo- man, (Lev. xxi. 7 ;) then he is to be beaten for putting her away," Maim, in Nag- narah, chap. iii. sect. 4. As it was a greater sin for a man to defame his wife, than ano- ther person ; so the punishment is greater : for they that defamed their neighbours were but beaten; but he that defamed his wife was beaten and arneiced, and never sufl'ered to put her away, which was permitted to other men, Deut. xxiv. 1, 2. Ver. 20. — Be truth,] So proved by certain evidence, or by witnesses, as before is showed ; and agreeable to the law, in Deut. xvii. 4 — 6. For the Hebs. acknow- ledge, that those tokens might sometimes be wanting in virgins, and yet they not defiled; and therefore the judges were to e.Namine, whether her progenitors wanted their flowers, or she herself had not had some great sick- ness, or other like accident, whereby those signs might fail." Maim, treat, of fVives, chap. xi. sect. 12. Ver. 21. — Her f.ather's house.] That where the sin was done, there it might be punished. Folly,] In Chald. ignominy; which was not only evil in her, but a reproach to her father, and scandal to the whole church: see the notes on Gen. xxxiv. 7 ; where this phrase is first used. Whoredom in her ' Father's house,] And (as the Hebs. think) under her betrothed husband: for otherwise if her fault had been done before she was be- trothed, and it were known, she was not to die, Exod. xxii. 16, 17. This which is said (in Deut. xxii. 20,) • if this word be truth,' she shall be killed, (is) when she hath committed whoredom after the betrothing be- fore witnesses : but before the betrothing-, the law hath already said of her, that she is free from any thing ; and he that lay with her is bound to make recompense with goods only, whether he had enticed her, or forced her." Maim, in Negu. bethulah, chap. iii. sect. 12. If this punishment were for her whoredom before she was betrothed ; itshow- eth God's severity against such as deceive their husbands in such sort, and dishonoured their father's house. So a priest's daughter playing the whore, is said to ' profane her father,' Lev. xxi. 8. Ver. 22. — Thev shall die,] In Gr. t/s shall kill them both. Tiie manner of theii death was either by stoning, as may be ga- thered by John viii. 4, 5; or, as the Hebs. say, by strangling : see the annot. on Lev. XX. 10. Ver. 23. — Betrothed,] Or espoused, which was, by mutual promise, in the pre. sence of witnesses, before marriage, Matt. i. 18. It might be done in Israel (as the Hebs. write) three ways ; by a piece of money, or by a writing, or by copulation. By a piece of money, though it were but a far- thing, or the worth thereof; and the man said. CHAP. XXII. 311 find her in the city, and lie with her : '-" Then ye sliall bring out ])otli of them unto the gate of that city, and ye shall stone them with stones, and tliey shall die ; the damsel because she cried not out in the city, and the man because he hath humbled his neigh- bour's wife : and thou shalt put away evil from the midst of thee. " And if in the field a man do find a betrothed damsel, and the man take strong hold on her, and lie with her, then the man that lay with her shall die, he only. -^ But unto the damsel thou shalt not do any thing ; there is in the damsel no sign of death : for as when a man riseth against his neighbour, and killeth him in soul, so is this matter. ^' For he found lier in the field ; the betrothed damsel cried out, and there was none to save her. '^^ If a man find a damsel a virgin, which is not betrothed, and lay hold on her, and lie with her, and they be found : '^^ Tlien the man that lieth with her shall give unto the damsel's father fifty shekels of silver, and she shall be his to wife, because he hath humbled her ; he may not send her away all his days. be thou betrothed unto me, or mine espoused wife by this, and he gave it her before wit- nesses. By bill, and then he wrote, be thou betrothed unto me, or the like, and he gave it her befure witnesses ; and it must be writ, ten with her name in it, and with her know- ledge a[id consent, else it was no betrothing. By copulation, and then he said, lo thou shalt be betrothed unto me by this copula- tion, and so he was united imto her before two witnesses; and after copulation, she was his betrothed wife. If he lay with her by way of fornication, and not by the name of betrothing ; or if it were by themselves with- out witnesses, it was no betrothing. And be might not lie with her the second time, be- fore they were married. And though the betrothing might be any of these three ways, yet usually it was by a piece of money ; and and it they would, they might do it by writ- ing: but betrothing by copulation, was for- bidden by the wise men of Israel, and whoso did it, was chastised with rods ; howbeit, the betrothing stood in force. And it was required, that they should bless God, before the contract was made ; as is showed at large by Maim, treat, of fVives, chap. iii. and x. ; and Jos. Karo in Shulehan ariich, treat, of Espousals, chap. 1. In the city,] Or toivn, or any place of resort of people, where she might cry out and be rescued. The city is named for an instance, because therein are store of people. Ver. 24. — She cried not,] As is pre- sumeil, because she was in the city : and so consenting to the sin, she is guilty of death. The Hebs. say, " whosoever is lain within the city, it is certainly presumed that she was enticed, because she cried not out ; unless witnesses do testify that she was forced ; as that (the man) drew a sword at her, and said, If thou cry, I will kill thee." Maim, in Nagnarah bethulah, chap. i. sect. 2. Hum- bled,] That is, defiled, as Gen. xxxiv. 2. Neighbour's wife,] So she is called after her betrothing, as here, so in Gen. xxix. 21 ; Matt. i. 20. Ver. 25. — In the field,] Or any soli- tary place, where if she cry she cannot be heard : opposed to the city, in ver. 23. Take strong hold on her,] Or, as the Gr. translateth, force her Ver. 26. — THoa shalt not,] In Gr. ye shall not, speaking to Israel. Any thing,] Heb. a word. Sin of death,] That is, sin worthy of death. Killeth him in SOUL,] 'Ihat is, so as that he taktth away his soul or life. In Gr. killeth his soul. This matter,] Hel). this word. Ver. 27. — Cried out,] As is presumed in charity, unless the contrary be proved : as ver. 24. "Whosoever is lain with in the field, it is certainly presumed that she was forced ; and tliey judge her with the judg- ment of a woman forced, unless witnesses do testify that she lay with him willingly." Maim, in Nagnarah bethulah, chap. i. sect. 2. None to save,] Or no saviour, that is, as the Gr. and Chald. explaineth, no helper or deliverer. Ver. 28. — Lay hold on her,] The Gr. translateth, force her. Herein this diftereth from the law in Exod. xxii. 16, 17; which was for such as consented being enticed. Ver. 29. — To the damsel's father,] Or, to herself if she have no father. Maim. 31: DEUTERONOMY. '■'° A man shall not take his father's wife, nor discover his fa- ther's skirt. in Nagn. bethulah, chap. i. sect. 9. She- kels,] This woid is added in the Chald. and Gr. as before in ver. 19. And fifty shekels, as the Hehs. write, was the least dowry that virgins might have, and is called iuExod. xxii. 17, ' the dowry of virgins ; and was the weight of filty shekels of fine silver." Maim, in Nagnarah, chap. i. sect. 1 : and every shekel weighed three hundred and twenty grains of barley, as is noted on Gen. XX. 16; and these fifty shekels were the mulct for lying with her only; and he that forced the maid was bound also (as the Hebs. show) to pay for her shame, and for her pain, and for her blot: and he that enticed a maid, (as in Exod. xxii. 16;) paid but three things, the forfeit of fifty shekels, and for her shame, and for her blot. The forfeit, that is alike for all ; whether a man lie with the high priest's daughter, or with a stranger's daughter, or bastards, the forfeit (or mulct) is fifty shekels ; but the shame, and the blot, and the pain, are not alike for all, but deter- mined by the judges, according to the age and dignity of the damsel. The enticer pay- eth not the mulct, unless he do not marry her, (Exod. xxii. 17 ;) he payeth only for the shame and blot ; but he that forceth her, payeth all four out of hand. Maim, in Nagn. bethulah, chap. ii. sect. 1, &c. See also the annot. on Exod. xxi. 19. Hom- BLED,] Or, afflicted, that is, defiled her. And hence the Hebs. gather, that the man was to pay also for her pain, or smart, as is before noted. Not send her away,] Not give her a bill of divorce, as other men might, Deut. xxi v. 1. See before on ver. 19. Here the Hebs. say ; " if the high priest force a maid, or entice her, he may not marry her, be- cause he is commanded to take a virgin, (Lev. xxi. 13 ;) and at that time when he taketh this woman, she is not a virgin: and if he do take her, she is to go out again by bill (of divorce.) If (another man) transgress, and send her away, they compel him to take her again, and he is not beaten : but if the divorced woman die, or be betrothed to ano- ther, before he take her again ; or if it were a priest, that might not take a divorced wo- man, (Lev. xxi. 7 ;) such a one is to be beat- en, because he transgresseth against a prohi- bition, [he may not send her away,] and he cannot fulfil the commandment concerning her, ' she shall be his to wife.' " Maim. i. in Nag. chap. i. sect. 6, 7. Ver. 30. — Not take,] To wife, much, less abuse by whoredom or incest, his father's wife: and by this one, all other incestuous marriages and copulations are forbidden ; against which the law is given at large in Lev. xviii. See the annot. there. His fa- ther's SKIRT,] In Gr. his father's cover- ing : so in Deut. xxvii. 20 ; where a curse is upon him that doth this. It meaneth the skirt or covering which his father only might uncover, and not he. In Lev. xviii. 7, it is called his * father's nakedness,' in like sense. CHAP. XXIII. 1 . JF'ho may or may not enter into the congregation. 9. Uncleanness to he avoided in the host. \ 5. Of the fugitive servant. \7. Against jilthwess, 18. abominable sacrifices, 19. and usury. 20. Of Vows. 24. What liberty a man had in his neighbour's vineyard, or field. ^ He that is wounded in the stones, or hath his privy member cut off, shall not enter into the church of Jehovali. Ver. 1. — U'oDNnBD in the stones,] Or, wounded in any of his stones; for the word issiiigular,and pioperlysigiiilietha 6/7</«rtg' or crushing, applied here to the wounding of a man in his secret parts, which might be done either wit.h beating and bruising, or with cut- ting of the sinews, or whole member, or part thereof. The Gr. translateth it Thladias, which signifieth one that hath his stones broken, or is gelded. This law the Hebs. understand of such only as are wounded or gelded by the hand of man, not such as are so made of God. " If the stones be cut off, or one of them, or if one of them be wounded, &c. the man is not allowable [to enter into the church of the Lord,] Or if the sinews CHAP. XX 1 1 1. 313 * A bastard shall not enter into the church of Jehovah ; even to his tenth generation, he shall not enter into the church of Je- hovah. of the stones, or any of them, be cut or rounded, &o. he is not allowable. Always /)rovJded that it be not by the hand of God, but be cut or wounded by man, or by dog, or by tliorn, or such like things. For, if he be born with his privy member cut off, or wounded in the stones.or be born without stones, or through fervent sickness these members decay, or the like: lo he is allowable to enter into the church, for all these are by the hand of God. It is unlawful to corrupt (or mar) the members of generation, either in man, or in beast, or in wild beast, or in fowl, either unclean or clean. And whosoever geldeth (or maketh an eunuch) is to be beaten by the law, yea though he geldeth after another hath gelded ; as if one cutteth off the privy mem- ber, and another cometh and cutteth off the stones, or pulletli them off, and another Cometh and cutteth the sinews of the stones, &c. they are all beaten." Maim. torn. 2, in Issure biah, chap. xvi. sect. 6 — 10. Privy MEMBER,] Either the yard, or stones, or any one, or part of them: for the Heb. Shophcah (which hath the name of shedding the seed) implieth both: though by the Hebs. it is ap- plied to the yard or a part thereof. And so among the Turks at this day they make their eunuchs by cutting off the privities: and the Gr. translateth, him that is cut, or, that hath (bis privy member) cut off. Not enter,] Or, not come in into the church (or in the congregation.) of the Lord. That is, he shall not be admitted into the commonwealth of Israel, either to minister, or bear office, or to take a wife of them, or the like. As it is said of the priests, • to come in (or enter) into the house of the Lord,' that is, to min- ister, 1 Chron. xiv. 29, and to 'go out and come in' befoi-e the people, 2 Chron. i. 10, is expounded to judge the people. 1 Kings iii. 9. It is also said of Solomon, he loved many strange women ' of the nations concerning which the Lord had said unto the sons of Israel, ye shall not go in (or enter) to them, neither shall they come in (or enter) unto you,' 1 Kings xi. I, 2, that is, as the Chald. there expoundeth, not be mixed. So Joshua charged Israel, that they should not go in (or enter ; in Chald., tnix themselvts) among the na- tions. Josh, xxiii. 7, and upon the reading of this law to Israel returned from captivity, • they separated from them all the mixed multitude,' Neh. xiii. 1 — 3. And of this here the Hebs. say, " He that is wounded in the stones, or hath a privy member cut off, if he marry with a daughter of Israel, and lie Vol. II. 2 with her, he is to be beaten, Deut. xxiii. 1, and it is unlawful for them to marry women proselytes, and bond men that are made free: and though he be a priest that is wounded in the stones, he may take such a woman, be- cause he is not in his holiness, [that is, may not do the priest's office, Lev. xxi. 17, 21,] but he that is so wounded, may not marry her that is a bastard." Maim, in Issure hiah, chap. xvi. sect. 1 , 2. This is to be under- stood of such, as though they were wounded in some part, yet were able enough for gene- ration. Neither can this be meant of join- ing to the faith and religion of Israel, or entering into the church in that respect: for that was lawful for all, Exod. xii. 48, 49 ; Num. XV. 14, 15. Howbeit some such strangers as were joined to the Lord, yet remained after a sort separated from his peo- ple, as the complaint of such, and the Lord's comfortable answer unto them, in Is. Ivi. 3, 6, 7, showeth. And so for eunuchs in the same place, ver. 3 — 5. The Hebs. say, " Servants which are baptized by the name of servitude, and do take upon them the commandments which servants are bound unto, they go out from the generality of heathens, but come not into the generality (or common state) of Israelites. Therefore a bond woman is unlawful (to be married) to one that is free-born, whether she be his own bond woman, or his neighbour's; and whoso goeth into a bond woman, is to be scourged by the doctrine of the scribes. Lo, it is ex- pressed in the law, Exod. xxi. 4,) that a master may give a Canaanitess bond woman to his Heb. servant, and she is lawful for him." Maim, in Issure biah, chap. xii. sect. 11. See after ou ver. 3 Ver. 2. — A Bastard,] In Heb. Mamzer, which meaneth one bom of a stranger, that is not a lawful wife: and so the Gr. trans- lateth it here, Of an whore: in Zach. ix. 6, the Gr. hath Allogenes, an Alien, or one of another generation. The Hebs. say, " The bastard (Mamzer) spoken of in the law, is he that cometh (or is born) of any of the naked- nesses (that is, the incestuous and unlawful copulations, forbidden in Lev. xviii.,) except of her that is separated for uncleanness, (Lev. xviii. 19,) for he that is born of her is blotted, but is not a bastard: but whoso goeth into the other nakednesses (or unlawful copu- lations) whether by force, or willingly, pre- sumptuously or ignorantly, begetteth a bas- tard. And , whether they be males or females, they are for bidden (to enter into the church) R 314 DEUTERONOMY. ^ An Ammonite or a Moabite shall not enter into the church of Jehovah, even to their tenth generation, lie shall not enter into the church of Jehovah for ever. * Because that they met you not with bread and with water, in the way when ye came forth out of Egypt, and that he hired against thee Balaam tlie son of Beor, from Pethor of Mesopotamia, to curse thee. ^ But Jehovah thy God would not hearken unto Balaam ; and Jehovah tliy God turned for tliee the curse into a blessing, because Jehovah thy God loved thee. ® Thou shalt not seek their peace, or tlieir good all thy days for ever. for ever; as it is written, 'Even to the tenth generation,' which is as if lie should say, for ever. Whether a bastard man do marry an Israelitess, or an Israelite marry a bastard woman, when they have lain to- gether, they are beaten. It is lawful for him that is a bastard to marry her that is a stranger, and for her that is a bastard to be manied to him that is a stranger: but the children of them both are bastards, for that which is born goeth after the blotted person : for it is said, ' Into the congregation of the Lord ;' and the congregation of heathens is not called the congregation of the Lord. A stranger that marrieth a daughter of Israel, or an Israelite that marrieth her that is a stranger, begetteth an Isiaelite in every re- spect, which may not lawfully marry her that is a bastard. Maim, in Issiire biah, chap. XV. sect. 1, 2, 7, 9. To his tenth gene- ration,] Or, to the tenth generation, he himself shall not enter : so in ver. 3, where the tenth generation , is expounded, /or ever; because ten is a complete number. Ver. 3. — An Ammonite.or a Moabite,] For their special unkindness and sin, these people had a special punishment above others, that these men might never be admitted into full communion with the commonwealth of Israel, as other nations might: hut this the Hebs. restrain to the men only, not to the women ; for Ruth the Moabitess was married unto Boaz, Ruth iv. Their words are; "All heathens whosoever, when they are be- come proselytes, and have taken upon them all the commandments which are in the law; likewise servants when they are made free, lo they are as Israelites in all respects, Num. XV. 15, and it is lawful for them to come into the church of the Lord, out of hand. And the proselyte or free man may marry a daugh- ter of Israel ; and the Israelite may marry her that is a proselyte, or made free ; except of four people only, which are Ammon, and Miiab, and Edom, and Egypt; for these peo- ple, when any of them becometh a proselyte, lie is an Israelite in all respects, save in the case of entering into the congregation. The Ammonite and the Moabite are forbidden for ever, the males, but not the females, Deut. xxiii. 3. We have it as a tradition of Moses from mount Sinai, that the Ammonite is the male, and the Moabite is the male, which is forbidden for ever to marry a daughter of Israel, though it be his son's son to the world's end. But an Ammonitess and a Moabitess are lawful out of hand, as the other people. Maim, in Issnre biah, chap. xii. sect. 17, 18. But if the women of Mo.b and Am-' mon were not converted to the rtligion of God, it was unlawful to marry with tliem, as with any other peoples. Neb. xiii. 23—25; Ezra ix. 1, 2. For ever,] TheGr. addeth, and for ever : so it is an explanation of the former, that the tenth generation is put for all generations for evej-. So it appeareth, that the Moabites and the Ammonites might never be one body with the commonwealth of Israel, though other peoples might, as Jether an Ishmaelite, 1 Chron. ii. 17, is called an Israelite, 2 Sam. xvii. 25. Ver. 4. — They met von not,] This sin was common to both nations, the next pe- culiar to Moab only. So eternal damnation is inflicted upon those that give not meat and drink to God's people in their hunger and thirst, Matt. xxv. 42—46. The contrary example is in Melchizedeck, who met Abra- ham with bread and wine, as he returned from the slaughter of the kings, Gen. xiv. 18, &c.; Heb. vii. 1. Be hired.j That is, the Moabite hired. The history hereof is set down at large in Num. xxii. &c. Ver. 6. — Not seek their peace,] The' like is spoken of the Canaanites, Ezraix. 11, 12. This is not meant of revenge in malice, which is unlawful Rom. xii. 17, 19, or that they should not procure the salvation of their souls, 1 Tim. ii. 4, but respecteth the mat- ter in hand, and those people in their infi- delity; touching whom the Hebs. hold that this is an exception from the former law, in Deut. XX. 10, about offering peace when in lawful war they came to besiege their cities. CHAP. XXIII. 315 ' Thou shalt not abhor an Edomite, because he is thy brother ; thou shalt not ablior an Egyptian, because thou wast a stranger in his land. * The sons which shall be born unto them in tlie third generation, any of them shall enter into the church of Jehovah. Ammoii and Moal), we send not unto them (proclamation) of peace, Deut. xxiii. 6. Our wise men have said, forasmuch as it is written, « Proclaim peace unto it,' Deut. XX. 10, if any should think the like for Ammon and Moab, he saith, Thou shalt not seek their peace. And whereas it is writ- ten, ' He shall dwell with thee, &c. where it is good for him,' Deut. xxiii. 16, if any should suppose the like for Ammon and Moab, he saith, Thou shalt not seek their peace, ' Or their good.' But though we do not proclaim peace unto them, if they make peace of themselves first, it is accepted. Maim. tom. 4. treat, of Kings, chap. vi. sect. 6. Ver. 7. — An Edomite,] Or Idumean, as the Gr. calleth him; and as in Mark iii. 8. Edom's land is called Idumea: the Hel;. here writeth it Adamite, as also in Ps. Iii. 2, it raeaneth the posterity of Edom, or Esau, Israel's brother, Gen. xxv. 25 — 30. Thv BROTHER,] The nearest king to Israel of all people on the earth, and therefore often called his brother. Num. xx. 14; Obad. x. 12 j Amos i. 11, for which alliance in nature, though they were enemies, (Num. xx. 18, 21,) yet God would have his people to retain loving and iiEtural affection towards them. A STR.-iNGER,] Or sojourner: although the Egyptians turned to hate God's people, and to oppress them, Exod. i. &c., yet for the for. mer good which Israel had received in their land, the Lord would have his people to show themselves thankful; that Edom and Egypt should sooner be admitted into the church of the Lord, than Moab or Ammon; though not so soon as other people, which had not wrong- ed Israel. Ver. 8. — The third generation,] To wit, after they are become proselytes, and have received the faith and religion of Israel, as is before showed. Of these the Hebs. say; " An Egyptian Edomite, whether males or females, the first generation, and the se- cond, are unlawful to enter into Israel, but the third generation may. An Egyptian woman that is with child when she becometh a pro- selyte, her son is the second (generation.) Maim, in Issure biah, chap. xii. sect. 19, 20. As for other nations, it is before show- ed, that they receiving the religion of Israel, might enter into the congregation, and be commixed with them ; so now when all peo- ple are confounded, and it is not known who are truly Moabites, or Ammonites, or Egyp- tians, &c. The Hebs. profess that they can- not observe this law; and thus they write; " Whoso becometh a proselyte of the seven people (of the Canaanites) he is not forbid- den by the law to enter into the congregation. And it is a known thing, that none of them be- came proselytes, save the Gibeonites, (Josh. ix.,) and Joshua decreed concerning them, that it should be unlawful for them to enter into the congregation, either men or women. But he forbade them not, save so long as there was a sanctuary, (Josh. ix. 23,) And they were called Nethinims, because lie gave them for the service of the sanctuary. Then came David and decreed against them that they should not come into the congregation for ever, no not in the time when tliere is no sanctuary. And so it is expressed in Ezra, 'And of the Nethinims, whom David and the princes had given for the service of the Levites,' (Ezra viii. 20,) lo, thou niayest see they depended not on the sanctuary. And why did he and his council decree this against them? Be- cause he saw the hardness and cruelty that was in them, at the time when they required that seven of the sons of Saul, tiie chosen of the Lord, should be hanged and killed, and they had no compassion on them, (2 Sam. xxi. 6, 9,) When Sennacherib king of Assyria came up, (2 Kings xviii. 13, 34, 35,) he confoinided all the people, and mixed them one with another, and carried them captives out of their places. So these Egyptians, which are now in the land of Egypt, are otlier men: and so the Edomites that dwell in tlie field of Edom. And forasmuch as these four nations which be forbidden, are com- mixed with all nations of the world which are lawful, all are lawful. So that whosoever separateth from them, and becometh a pro- selyte at this time in any place, be he an Edomite, or an Egyptian, or Ammonite, or Moabite, or Ethiopian, or of any other peo- ple, whether they be men or women, it is lawful for them to enter into the church out of hand." Maim, in Issure biah, chap. xii. sect. 22—25. Thus the partition wall be- tween Jew and Gentile is, by the Hebs. own grant, in part broken do«i,, but indeed wholly unto us which know Christ; who were in times past ' Aliens from the polity (or com- monwealth) of Israel, and strangers from the covenants of promise, &c. but we are now made nigh by the blood of Christ, for he is 316 DEUTERONOMY. ' When the camp goeth forth against thine enemies, then keep thee from every evil thing. '" If there be in thee a man that is not clean, by reason of an accident in the night, then shall he go forth out of the camp, he shall not come in witliin the camp. '' But it shall be at the looking fortli of the evening, lie shall bathe himself in water : and when the sun is gone down, he shall come in within tlie camp. '- And thou shalt liave a place witliout the camp, and shalt go forth thither without. '^ And thou shalt have a paddle upon thy weapon ; and it shall be when thou sittest down without, then thou slialt dig therewith, and shalt turn back and cover tliat wliich Cometh from thee. '* For Jehovah thy God walketh in tlie midst of thy camp to deliver thee, and to give iip thine enemies before thee, therefore tliy camp shall be holy, that he see not in thee the un- cleanness of any thing, and turn away from after thee. our peace, who hath made both one, and dis- solved the middle wall of partition between us,' Eph. ii. 12, 14. Ver. 9. — The camp,] Or the host, an army of soldiers; touching whom God giveth laws for their purity: that as the whole camp of Israel was to be purged of all leprous and unclean persons. Num. v. 2, 3, so every camp or army sent forth to war at any time, should also have care of holiness. Keep THEE,] Or, beware, take heed. Evil THING,] Heb. evil word, that is, all unclean- iiess, either moral, (as John warned the sol- diers, Luke iii. 14,) or figurative, as some specials here follow. Ver. 10. — An accident,] To wit, of un- cleanness, by the issue of his seed, and so the Gr. translateth it, an issue ; of which, and the pollution by the same, see Lev. xv. with the annot. Out of the camp,] Or, unto (a place) without the camp, where all unclean persons were to remain, Num. v. 3. Ver. 11. — At the looking forth of the EVENING,] Which the Gr. translateth, towards evening ; the Cha'.d., at the time of the evening : See this phrase in Gen. xxiv. 63; Exod. xiv. 27. Bathe,] In Gr., wash his body, as all such unclean persons were to do. Lev. XV. figuring our sanctification from uncleanness, by the death and Spirit of Christ, Heb. X. 22. Gone down,] Heb. gone in, that is, when the day of his uncleanness is at an end: for the day ended at sun-set- ting. Ver. 12. — Thou shalt have,] Or, there shall be to thee, to wit, by public designation. A place,] Hi'h. a hand, that is, as the Gr. hath it, a place ; in Chald., a place appoint- ed {or prepared.) So the Hebs. say, " It is unlaw lul to turn aside within the camp, or in the open field in any place; but it is com- manded to appoint there a way peculiar for (men) to turn aside therein. Maim, treat, of Kings, chap. vi. sect. 14. Ver. 13 — A paddle,] An instrument of iron to dig an hole within the earth, wherein ■ to bury their excrements. We derive the name from the Gr. Pattalos or Passalos, whereby the Heb. Jathed is translated here. Upon thv weapon,] Or among thine ar- mour: in Gr., upon thy girdle. That which COMETH from THEE,] Thine excrements, in Gr. thy shame ^or unseemliness). These by the law are coimted unclean, (as almost all the other that come out of man;) and de- filed other things which they were used about, Ezek. iv. 12 — 14, and figured the corruption of nature. Is. iv. 4; Mark vii. 15, 20 — 23. Ver. 14.— Walketh,] The Chald. add- eth, his divine presence walketh. Before THEE,] The Gr. explaineth it, into thine hands. So in Deut. ii. 36, and vii. 2, 23, also in 2 Chron vi. 36. The uncleanness,] Or the fiakedness, the discovery of anything which is unclean: the Gr. translateth it shame ; the Chald., tra^isgression. By this, God taught his people holiness of conversa- tion, that they should keep themselves from their iniquity, as David did, Ps. xviii. 23. From after thee,] That is, from following or accompanying thee, and from keeping thee. The Gr. translateth it, from thee; the Chald., from doing good unto thee. In like manner, when God said, ' I will be with thee,* Gen. xxxi. 3. Jacob understood it, ' I will do thee good,' Gen. xxxii. 9. And both are expressed in Jer. xxxii. 40, ' I will not turn from after them, to do them good.' And of God's leaving his people in their wars, and the evils following, there is com plaint in Ps. xliv. 10, II, &c. CHAP. XXIII. 317 " Tliou shalt not deliver up a servant unto his master, which is escaped unto thee from Jiis master. '® He shall dwell with thee in the midst of thee, in the place which he shall choose, in one of thy gates, where it is good for liim : thou shalt not vex him. '^ There shall not be a whore of the daughters of Israel, neither Ver. 15. — Not deliver up,] Heb. 7iot shut up for close) as Deut. xxxii. 30, mean- ing, shut up into the hand, as is expressed in Ps. xxxi. 9, that is, delivered, as the Gr. and Chald. here translate it. A servant,] The Chald. addeth, a servant of the people, that is, of the Gentiles, who for the religion of God Cometh from his master to the church of Israel. ' This servant that fleeth to the land (of Israel) he is a righteous stranger, [that is, a proselyte come unto the faith and covenant of God,] saith Maim. torn. 4, treat, of Servants, chap. viii. sect. 11. Is ESCAPED,] Or separated, having rid free, and delivered himself from the bondage of sin. The Gr. translateth, is added (or adjoined) unto thee. By this law God showed his love in Christ, towards all strangers even in the basest estate, that come unto him in faith; for ' there is neither bond nor free, male or female, but all are one in Christ Jesus,' Gal. iii. 28. It figured the grace of God to us sinners, who ' were the servants of sin, but obeying from the heart the form of doc- trine whereto we were delivered, we were made ' free from sin, and were made the ser- vants of righteousness, and servants to God, to have our fruit unto holiness, and the end everlasting life,' Rom. vi. 17, 18, 22. Who after we have escaped the pollutions of the world, through the knowledge of Christ, are not again to be entangled therein, and over- come, 2 Pet. ii. 20 ; Gal. iv. 7 — 10. From HIS MASTER,] Who, that he might sustain no damage by the loss of his servant, the Hebs. say, " His master was to be spoken unto, to write him a bill of manumission (or discharge from his service, and he again was to write him a bill of debt for his price, ) un- til he was able to pay, and then he paid him. Maim, in Servants, chap. viii. sect. 10. Ver. 16. — In the midst of thee,] The Gr. translateth, among you he shall dwell. By the Hebs. if a man sold his servant to the heathen, he was to be compelled to re- deem him again, and to let him go out free. If a man sold his servant out of the land, he was to be set free. Maim, treat, of Ser- vants, chap. viii. sect. 1,6. In one of thy GATES,] That is, as the Chald. translateth, in one (or any) of thy cities: which figured the churches of Christ, Ps. xcix. 36, where- in they that are escaped from the servitude of sin, should remain, Acts ii. 47. Good for him,] Or, good unto him, that is, where it Uketh him best; as the Gr. translateth, where it pleaseth him, and where may be most for his benefit. Not vex him,] Or, oppress ; iu Gr., afflict him. This law was for all strangers, Exod. xxii 21, and forbid- detli all manner of vexation in word or work. The Hebs. say, " the scripture addeth this admonition concerning him, because he is of a more humble spirit than (another) stranger: and whoso vexeth this stranger, transgresseth against three prohibitions; ' Ye shall not vex any man his neighbour,' Lev. xxvii. 17, and, ' A stranger thou shalt not vex,' Exod. xxii. 21, and, 'Thou shalt not vex him,' Deut. xxiii. 16, he transgresseth also against this, ' Neither shalt thou oppress him,' Exod. xxii. 21, ' And he is not to be vexed, no not with words." Maim, treat, of Servants, chap, viii. sect. 11. Ver. 17. — A whore,] Or common whore, fornicatress, Sodomitess ; one that married not, but lived in whoredom. She is called in Heb. Kedesah, which ordinarily signifieth holiness, but is used here for the contrary, (as before in Deut. xxii. 9,) or it was some filthy religious order among the heathens; whereof see the notes on Gen. xxxviii. 21. The Hebs. describe her to be one "that pros- tituted herself unto fi\try man." Maim, iu Issure biah, chap, xviii. sect. 2. And so she differed from the tuhore called in Heb. Zonah which had defiled herself, though but once: see the notes on Lev. xxi. 7. How belt, the difference is not always to be made; and the next verse here seemeth to show it. Maim, in tom. 2, treat, of JVives, chap. i. sect, 4, writeth thus; " Before the law was given, a man met with a woman abroad ; and if he and she pleased, he gave her hire and lay with her, at the parting of the way, and he went his way; and this is she which is called Kedesah (a common whore.) After the law was given, such common whores were for- bidden, Deut. xxiii. 17. Therefore whoso- ever lieth with a woman by way of fornica- tion, without espousals, he is beaten by the law, for that he hath lain with a whore. But Onkelos the Chald. paraphrast expoundeth this law otherwise thus ; " There shall no woman of the daughters of Israel be (a wife) to a man which is a servant: neither shall any man of the sons of Israel take a woman which is a servant (or handmaid.) But that seemeth not to be the meaning of this place. Whoremonger,] Or, fornicator : one that 318 DEUTERONOMY. shall there be a whoremonger of the sons of Israel, '* Thou shalt not bring the liire of an whore, or the price of a dog, into the house of Jehovali thy God, for any vow; for even both of them are abomination to Jehovah thy God. '^ Thou shalt not lend upon biting usury unto thy brother, usury so defileth his body without marriage; a So- domite. Notwitlistaiiding this law, Israel falling from God, liad together with their idolatry, ' houses of whoremongers, (or Sodo- mites) that were in (or by) the house of the Lord,' till king Josiah brake them down,' 2 Kings xxiii. 7. They sacrificed also ' with whores,' Hos. iv. 14, so that both carnal and spiritual whoredom (which is idolatry, Jer. ii. 20,) are here forbidden. Ver. 18. — The hire,] Or, the reward, wages: the Heb. word Ethnan is usually an whore's hire, as may be seen in Ezek. xvi. 31, 33, 34; Hos. ii. 12; ix. 1; Mic. i. 7. An whore,] In Fleb. Zonah; which seem- eth to be the same with Kedesah, before mentioned: though it comprehendeth gene- rally all such as are forbidden in Lev. xviii. to any which, or for which, if a man give hire or reward, to lie with her, it might not be brought into the Lord's house. And this, as the Hebs. explain, whether she were " an heathenish whore, or a bond woman, or an Israelitess. He that saith to his neighbour, this thing thou shalt have to let thy bond woman lie with my Heb. servant, lo this is an (whore's) hire. If a man agree with an whore to give her a lamb, (as Gen, xxxviii. 16, 17,) and he doth give her many, though he give a thousand, they are all an whore's hire, and foi biden to come on the alcar. If he lie with her, and give her it not, and after the time he give it her, though it be after many years, yet it is an whore's hire. Howbeit they restrain this (though perhaps too much,) to such things only, as might in themselves be brought to the altar, as clean beasts, and fowls, wine, oil, and fine flour, &c. If he give her money, and a sacrifice be bought with it, that sacri- fice (they say) was lawful. If he give her wheat, and after it be made flour; olives, and after oil is made of them ; grapes and they be turned into wine; these are lawful, for the hire is now altered." Maim. tom. 3, in Issure mizbeach, chap. iv. sect. 8, 10, 11 — 15. This law taught the honoUr and sanctity due unto God's house and service, when things which were thus made impure and vile, might not be brought unto him: so in Is. Ixi. 8, he saith, • I hate robbery for burnt-oilering.' The price of a dog,] In Chald., the exchange of (that is, the thing exchanged for) a dog. This some do un- derstand of the ' whoremonger or Sodomite forementioied; as the scripture calleth vile persons dogs,' Matt. vii. 6; Rev. xxii. 15; 2 Pet. ii. 22. But the Hebs. understand it literally; for as the dog was an unclean beast, and most abominable lor sacrifice, Is. Ixvi. 3, so they write, if " a man said to his neigh- bour, I will give thee this lamb for that dog-, or if he exchange a dog for any beasts or fowls, they were all unlawful to be brought unto the altar. But if the price were al- tered, as he exchanged a dog for wheat, and turned it into flour; that (flour) was law- ful." Maim, in Issure inisbeach, chap. iv. sect. 16, &c. For any von,] Whether for a sacrifice on the altar, or for the main- tenance or reparation of the house, coin-t- yard, or anything about the sanctuary; the thing itself, which was either the hire, or the price of these vile things, might not be brought thither. Under the name of a vow, (which men voluntarily took upon themselves, ver. 21 — 23,) other sacrifices which God commanded, are forbidden to be brought of either of these, that is, of anything which was filthy or vile. Both of them,] The one proceeding from the breach of the moral law, the other (taken properly) being against the legal ordinances of divine service, are abomi- nation to the Lord, who requireth his sanc- tuary to be reverenced. Lev. xix. 30, and for- biddeth his ' name to be despised, his altar or table to be thought contemptible,' Mai. i. 6 — 8, or his house to be made * a dea of thieves,' Jer. vii. 11; Matt. xxi. 13. Ver. 19. — Not lend upon biting nscRY,] Heb. not cause to bite; which meaneth, as the Gr. and Chald. both inter- pret it, not lend upon biting usury (or in- crease:) for usury is biting or devouring of a man's substance ; he that borroweth on usury is bitten thereby; and he that so lendeth, causeth to bite, or maketh his neighbour to be bitten thereby. It may also imply, thou shalt 'not borrow upon usury,' for that also is unlawful, Jer. xv. 10, and he that so borrow- eth, causeth himself to bitten, and thus the Hebs. understand it, as is noted on Exod. xxii. 25. Usury,] Heb. biting of silver, that is, usury for silver (or money) which is lent. So after, biting of meat, that is, usury for meat, which is lent. Of any thing,] Heb. of any word: which though it be often used for anything, as the Gr. here also trans- latelh it, yet from hence the Hebs. gather, usury of words also to be unlawful: see the annot. on Exod. xxii. 25. That is lent CHAP. XX 111. 319 of money, usury of meat, usui-y of anything that is lent upon usury. ■'"' Unto a stranger thou mayest lend upon biting usury ; but unto thy brother thou shalt not lend upon biting usury, that Jehovah thy God may bless thee in all that thou settest thine hand unto, in the land whither thou art going in to possess it. ^' When thou shalt vow a vow unto Jehovah tliy God, thou shalt not delay to pay it ; for Jehovah thy God requiring will require it of thee, and it would be sin in thee. " And if thou slialt forbear to vow, it shall not be sin in thee. UPON USURY,] Heb. that biieth (or mat/ bite) Under this prohibition, the contrary is com- manded, that we should lend unto our poor brother freely, and not take again anytliing more than was lent, Deut. xv, 7 — 9; Luke vi. 34, 35; Lev. xxv. 35, 36. Ver. 20. — A STRANGER,] Or alie7i, iu the Chald., a son of the people, meaning a Gentile, an infidel: for to the strangers which were brethren in the faith, they might not lend upon usury, Lev. xxv. 35 — 37. Mayest lend,] Or shalt lend upon usury; Heb. shalt cause to bite, to wit, if thou wilt; so it may be taken for a permission, like the bill of divorce. But the Hebs. understand this to be a commandment, not a permission only; (Maim. torn. 4, treat, of the Lender and Borroiver, chap. v. sect. \.) As if God vrould by this cut off occasions of familiarity with infidels, lest Israel by much dealing with them, should learn their ways. Howbeit, our Saviour (by the example of God himself,) teacheth us to be loving and bountiful unto all, both good and bad. Matt. v. 44—48; Luke vi. 35, 36. Spiritually this showed the use of the law, which as an hard creditor exacteth more of men than it giveth unto them; and is to be laid, not upon the righ- teous man, (who by faith is freed from the rigour and curse of the same,) but on the law- less, disobedient and sinners, 1 Tim. i. 9, Rom. vii. Ver. 21.— a Vow,] The law whereof, see in Lev. xxvii. and Num. xxx. And whether it were a thing promised unto God, or to be given to the poor, it was a vow. Not delay,] That is, not fail, either alto- gether, or by deferring the time of payment: see the notes on Exod. xxii. 29. Where- fore if a man have absolutely vowed a thing to the Lord, (seeing no man hath assurance that his life shall continue, James i v. 13, 14,) he must with all speed perform it, lest death prevent him. So the Hebs. say; " He that saith, I will not depart out of the world un- til 1 be a Nazarite; lo! he is a Nazarite out of hand, lest he die by and by. And if he defer his Nazaritefihip, he transgressetb," &c. Maim. torn. 3, treat, of Nazarites, chap. i. sect. 4. The time and place of pay- ing vowed sacrifices, was at the solemn feasts, and in the sanctuary, Deut. xii. 5 — 7; xvi. 16, 17. Hereupon the Hebs. say; " Whe- ther they be vows or voluntary gifts, or other things which a man is bound to bring, as valuations, or prices, or tithes, or gifts for the poor, it is commanded by the law, to bring them all at the feast which first cometh, &c. If there fall out a feast and he bringeth them not, he frustrateth a commandment. If the three feasts (of the year) pass over him, and he bring not his oflerings which he hath vowed, or voluntarily promised, &c. he trans- gressetb against this prohibition, ' Thou shalt not delay to pay it.' " Maim, treat, of qff'er- ing the Sacrifices, chap. xiv. sect. 13. To PAY IT,] This payment must be made unto God of the best things (as is noted on Gen. iv. 4,) they might not bring any corrupt or blemished thing, Mai. i. 14; Lev. xxii, 21, nor anything filthy or vile, Deut. xxiii. 18. Neither might any part be kept back, of that which was sanctified by vow unto the Lord, Acts V. 1 — 4, &c. So for alms to the poor, the Hebs. have these rules; "Alms is com- prehended in the general of vows: therefore he that saith, Lo! a shilling be upon me for alms, or, Tliis shilling be an alms, he is bound to give it to the poor out of hand; and if he delay, he transgressetb against this pre- cept, Thou shalt not delay to pay it. For Iu.' it is in his power to give it out of hand, and there are poor present. If there be no poot there, he is to separate it, and lay it up till he find some poor." Maim, treat, oi gifts to the poor, chap. i. sect. 1. Requiring, &c. J That is, will surely require it, and punish thee if thou pay it not. For so requiring implieth. Gen. ix. 5; xlii.22; Deut. xi. 19. Sin,] And so punishable. For God ' hath no pleasure in fools ; pay therefore that which thou hast vowed,' Eccl. v. 4. Ver. 22. — Shalt forbear,] Or cease, refuse : the Gr. translateth, // thou wilt not vow. So before they promised, it was in their own power, as in Ananias' case, Acts v. 320 DEUTERONOMY. *^ That wliich is gone out of thy lips thou shalt keep and do, ac- cording as thou hast vowed unto Jehovah thy God, a voluntary of- fering which thou hast spoken witli thy mouth. ^* VVIien tliou comest into tliy neighbour's vineyard, then thou mayest eat grapes as thy soul (desireth) thy fill, but into the ves- sel thou shalt not pat any. 4. Hovvbeit, when duty biiideth us to show thankfulness unto God for his mercies, we are allowed to vow and to pay, Ps. Ixxvi. 12. The Hebs. say, " Although sanctified things, and things devoted and valuations be com- manded, and it is meet for a man to exercise himself in these things, for to suppress his concupiscence, and that he be not niggardly, but may fulfil that which is commanded by the prophet, ' Honour the Lord with thy sub- stance,' (Prov. iii. 9,) yet notwithstanding, if he do never sanctify or devote, there is not anything in it; for lo! the law testifieth and saith; But if thou shalt forbear to vow, it shall not be sin in thee." Maim, treat, of valuations and devote things, chap. viii. sect. 12. Not be sin,] To wit, not such sin as a man is guilty ot, if he vow and do not pay, Eccl. v. 5. For otherwise a man may sin this way also, in negligence and un- thankfulness, Luke xvii. 17, 18. In this sense Christ said to the Jews; 'If ye were blind ye should have no sin,' John ix. 41, that is, no such sin as now remaineth on you, for refusing the light. So in John xv. 22, 24 ; James iv. 17. Ver. 23. — That which is gone out,] That is, thy word, or promise: as, 'all that proceedeth out of the mouth of the Lord,' Deut. viii. 3, is expounded, 'eveiy word of God,' Luke iv. 4. Keep and do,] With heart and hand. But this is meant of lawful vows ; for such as are idolatrous and wicked are not to be kept, but repented of, and bro- ken, Jer. xliv. 25—27; Acts xxii. 12, 21. A VOLUNTARY OFFERING,] All VOWS Were voluntary oflerings, but all voluntary offerings were not vows: see the difference noted on Lev. vii. IG ; Deut. xii. 6. With thy MOUTH,] Hereupon Solomon saith, ' Suffer not thy mouth to cause thy flesh to sin ; neither say thou before the angel, that it was an unadvised error: wherefore should God be angry at thy voice, and destroy the work of thine hands?' Eccl. v. 6. If a man had spoken it with his heart only unto God, he was hound to pay it, as the Hebs. teach: See the notes on Lev. vii. 16. Ver. 24. — When thou comest,] The Chald. transhteth, when thou art hired: and of such do the Hebs. understand this law, that labourers hired to work in a vineyard, are to eat of the fruit thereof. Hereunto the apostle seemeth to have reference, when he saith; ' Who planteth a vineyard, and eateth not of the fiuit thereof: or, who feedeth a flock, and eateth not of the milk of the flock?' 1 Cor. ix. 7. Whei-eby not the owners only, but the labourers also are intended. This and the like law following, seemeth to ex- tend also to such as occasionally travel through vineyards or fields, who may for their re- freshing in time of need gather and eat: as our Lord's disciples, going through the sown fields, plucked tlie ears of corn, and did eat, Matt. xii. 1. Vineyard,] And by infer- ence, his olive-yard, or any such like. The Hebs. say; "Labourers which do work upon anything that groweth out of the earth, &c. the householder is commanded to let them eat ■ of that which they are working upon, Deut. xxiii. 23, 24, which law we have been taught, that it is not written of anything but concerning the hired (labourer.) And if he did not hire him, how was it permitted him to come into his neighbour's vineyard, or standing corn, without his knowledge? But thus he saith : When thou shalt come, by the owner's leave, to labour, thou shalt eat." Maim. torn. 4, treat, of hired things, chap, xii.- sect. 1. Howbeit they restrain this law to such things only as grow out of the ground ; therefore they add, '' He that milketh, or churneth butter, or maketh cheese, eateth not (thereof) because they are things that grow not on the ground:" ibid. sect. 4. But "he that reapeth (the corn) and he that thresheth, and he that fanneth and purgetli it, he that cut- teth down the grapes, and he that treadeth them (in the wine-press,) or doth any such like works, they may eat by the law," ibid, sect. viii. Eat grapes,] And so if he la- bour upon the lig-tree, he may eat figs; and all the like: hut he may not eat (they say) save of that whereabouts he laboureth : and if he labour both iu the grapes and in the wine- fat, " he may both eat of the grapes, and drink of the must (or new wine.) If he work on the fig-tree, he may not eat of grapes: if on grapes, he may not eat of figs. And he that is working upon one vine-tree, may not eat (the fruit) of another vine. Neither may he eat grapes with any other thing; as with bread, or the like. But if he have agreed with the householder, for the quantity that he shall eat, he may eat with CHAP. XX. 321 ^- When thou comest into the standing corn of thy neighbour, then thou mayest pluck the ears with thine hand ; but thou shalt not move a sickle unto tliy neighbour's standing corn. bread or with salt, or with anything that he pleasetb." Maim. ibid. sect. 10, 12. As thy SOUL,] To wit, desireth ; or, accoraing to thy soul, that is, thine appetite. The Gr. joiiieth it with the word following, thus, so much as thy soul, (that is, thine appetite) 7nay be filled with. So in Ps. Ixxviii. 18, they asked meat ' for their soul, that is, for their lust or appetite.' From this the Hebs. gather, that only he himself, not any other of his family may eat. " The labourer that shall say, Give my wife and children that which I should eat; or, lo! I will give a little of this which I have taken, to my wife or my child for to eat, they hearken not unto him : for the law doth not vouchsafe it to any, but to the workman himself. Though he be a Nazarite which worketh in the grape>:, [who may not by the law eat any of them. Num. vi. 3,] if he say, Give it my wife and children, they hearken not unto him. A workman ^1^^' 1^- boureth himself, and his wife, and his chil- dren, and his servants, and conditioneth with the householder, that he will not eat of any- thing that he worketh upon, neither he nor his; then they may not eat, to wit, the greater sort of them ; for they have wittingly remitted (of their right.) But the little ones he cannot make agreement that they shall not eat: for they eat not of that which is their father's, or of that which is their master's, but of that which is God's." Maim, ibid. sect. 13, 14. Not put.] Heb. not give any, either to carry home for himself or for any of his. Ver. 25. — With thine hand.] To wit. fir to eat, ver. 24, as did Christ's disciples, Matt. xii. 1, upon the warrant of this law, as is probable : howbeit, the Hebs. understand it of the labourers, as before. And tte Chald. version here also saith, " When thou art hired into thy neighbour's standing corn, then thou mayest pluck," &c. Which though the meaning be good, (for even the beasts were by God's law to eat of that whereon they laboured, Deut. xxv. 4,) yet the extent hereof seemeth to reach further, even to all such as came in occasionally, and had a de- sire or need to taste of the fruits. Not move A SICKLE,] Namely, for to cut down for thine own eating, or for to carry away with thee, as ver. 24. God, whose the- earth is, and the plenty thereof, Ps. xxiv. i, and whose the land of Canaan was in special. Lev. xxv. 23, who reserved the first-fruits, tithes, cor- ners, gleanings, &c. for himself, his priests, and the poor of his people, Num. xviii; Deut. xxiv. 19 — 21, would have the fruits in some sort common for the necessities of aU men, especially to those that laboured in them, whether men or beasts; so showing his bounty to all, yet reserving the right and property of the owners, which no man might infringe: that mercy and justice might meet together, and not one man put his sickle into another man's corn, to reap that which another hath sown. The equity of this law reacheth also unto spiritual things, and to God's labourers in his harvest, 2 Cor. x. 14_16; 1 Cor. ix. 7, 9, 10—14; Rom. XV. 20. CHAP. XXIV. 1. Of divorce. 5. A new married man goeth not to war. 6, 10. Of pledges. 1. Of man-stealers. 8. Of leprosy. 14. The hire to he given in due time. 16. Of justice. 19. The forgotten sheaf is for the poor. 20. And the gleanings of the fruits to be left for them. ' When a man hath taken a wife, and been her husband, and it sliall be that she find not grace in his eyes, because he hath found Ver. 1. — Been HER husband,] That is, done an husband's duty, lain with her: as the Gr. translateth, dwelt together with her. So Deut. xxi. 13. For his marriage is signified Vol. 11. 2 by the former phrase, taken a wife, as is noted on Deut. xxii. 13. Grace] Oryb- vour in his eyes ; in Gr., grace before him, that, if he like her not. Matter of 322 DEUTERONOMY. in her matter of nakedness : and he shall write her a bill of di- vorcement, and give it in her hand, and send her away out of his NAKEDNESS,] Or, the nakedness of anything, that is, the discovery of some uiicleaii tliiii": or, by transplaeing the words, anything of nakedness, that is, of shame and ignominy; as the Gr. translateth, a shameful (or im- comely) thing. This is thought of some not to be meant of adultery, for which she was to die if it were proved, Deut. xxii. 22, but of some evil thing in her conditions or ac- tions, which displeased her husband. So the phrase was used in Deut. xxiii. 14, for that which was uncleanly and unseemly. And HE SHALL WRITE,] Understand from the for- mer sentence, and if he shall ivrite: for this is nut a commandment, but a permission, as our Saviour saith, • Moses because of the hardness of your hearts, sufiered you to put away your wives: but from the beginning it was nut so,' Matt. xix. 8. So after in ver. 3, ' And the latter man shall hate her, that is, if he shall hate her ;' for all is supposition and permission, until ver. 4, where she is forbidden to her first husband. But the Heb. mistook this for a commandment, Matt. xix. 7, and so do to this day, as is to be seen in their writings, wherein good and bad are mixed together thus; " A man may not take a wife, and have a purpose in him to divorce hei-, &c. She may not remain under him, and minister unto him, if he be purposed to divorce her. A man may not jnit away his first wife, except he hath found in her the nakedness of something: and it becomes him not to be hasty to send away his first wife; but the second, if he hate her, let him send her away. A woman that is of evil condi- tions, and is not modest, as are the honest daughters of Israel, it is commanded to put her away." Maim. torn. 2, treat, of Di- vorces, chap. x. sect. 21, 22. But the Lord, the God of Israel saith, that he hateth putting away, Mai. ii. iQ. And, ' What God hath joined together, let no man put asunder, Matt. xix. 6. Bill of divorcement,] Or, libel {book) of cutting off; which the Gr. version (approved by the evangelists, Matt. xix. 7,) calleth, 'a libel of divorcement, or, of departing away,' because by it the woman was cut off from her husband, and departed from him and his house. Of this the Hebs. have many canons; and the form of this bill is in the Tkilmud in Gittin, chap. ix. and by Maim, in treat, of Divorces, chap. iv. sect. 12, set down in these words: " In such a day of the week, in such or such a day of the month N. in such or such a year from the creation (of the world,) or from the supputation (of Alexander) after the account which we are wont to count by, here in the place N. I. N. the son of N. of the place N. (or if there be any other name or surname which I have, or my fathers have had, or (which) my place hath, or my father's place have had) have voluntarily, with the willing- ness of my soul, without constraint, both dis- missed, and left, and put a»ay thee, even thee N. the daughter of N. of the city N. (or if thou hast any other name or surname, thou, or thy fathers, or thy place, or thy fa- ther's place) which hast been my wife here- tofore, but now I dismiss thee, and leave thee, and put thee away, that thou mayest be free, and have power over thine own soul, to go away, to be married to any man whom thou wilt; and that no man be refused of thine hand, for my name, from this day and for ever. And thus thou art lawful for any man; and this is unto thee from me a writ- ing of divorcement, and bill of dismission, and an epistle of putting (thee) away, accord-' ing to the"law of Moses and Israel. " N. son of N. witness. " N. son of N. witness. Give it.] Or, deliver it into her hand, and this also before witnesses. The Hebs. ob- serve ten things, which they say are requi- site by the law, and are the root (or founda. tion) of the divorce; 1. "That a man put her not away, but of his own will: gathered from these words. If she find not grace in his eyes ; but the woman may be put away, whether she be willing or not. 2. That he put her away by a writing, not by any other thing. 3. That the m.alter of the writing be to divorce her and put her away out of his po?session. 4. That the matter of that di- vorcement be between him and her. 5. That it be written by her name. 6. That there be no action wanting after the writing thereof, save the delivery of it unto her. 7. That he give it unto her. 8. That he give it her be- fore witnesses. 9. That he give it her by the law of divorces. 10. And that it be the husband, or his deputy, that delivereth it unto her." Maim, treat, of Divorces, chap. i. sect. 1. Unto these they add also sundry other cautions, as " Where it is said in the law, ' And he shall write her a bill,' &c. Whether he write it with his own hand, or speak to another to write it for him; and whether he deliver it with his own hand, or speak to another to deliver it, (it is all one) it is not said, ' He shall write, but to signify, that she may not be put away but by a writ- ing; and, ' He shall give (to signify) that she may not take it of herself. But it is neces- CHAP. XXIV. 323 house : ^ And she depart out of liis house, and go and be another man's -. ^ And the latter man hate her, and write her a bill of di- vorcement, and give it in her hand, and send her away out of his house ; or if the latter man die, which took her to him to wife : * Her fii'st husband which sent her away, may not return to take her to be unto liim to wife, after that she is caused to be defiled. sary, that the liusband speak himself unto the scrivener to write it, and to the witnesses to subscribe it. Every bill that is not written by the name of the man that divorceth, and by the name ol the woman divorced, is no bill. Whoso writeth (a bill} to put away his wife, and bethinketh him, and doth not put her away, but UMtieth himself with her after it is written, he may not put her away l}y that bill at another time when he would put her away. Whereas the law saith, ' And give it in her hand;' the scripture meancth no more, but that it come unto her; and whether it be in her hand, or in her bosom, or to her deputy (or attorney) whose hand she hath made as her hand, it is all one. But it is necessary that he be made her attorney before two wit- nesses, and that there be two witnesses to testify, that the bill crame to the hand of her attorney. The husband cannot make an at- torney to receive the bill for his wife, but he may make one to carry it to his wife. If the attorney have received the bill, and before it Cometh to the woman's hand, the husband changeth his mind, and saith unto him, the bill which I sent by thee, be of none effect; or if he say before unto his wife, the bill which I have sent unto thee, be of none ef- fect ; or if he send another messenger to make it of none eflect; or if he say unto others, the bill which I have sent to my wife be of none efTect, lo! it is of none effect, though it come (after) to his wife's hand. But if (he speak it) after it be come to her hand, or to the hand of her attorney, which was to receive it for her, he cannot make it of none effect. He that divorceth upon condition, if the condition be confirmed she is divorced ; if not, she is not divorced. Asif hesay, Lo! here is thy bill, upon condition that thou give me 200 pence within these thirty days; if she give them with his consent within thirty days, she is divorced; if after thirty days, she is not di- vorced. If she give tliem to him by force, so that he is not willing to receive them, the bill is of none effect, till she give them with his consent," &c. Maim, treat, of Divorces, chap. ii. sect. 1, 5; chap. iii. sect. 1. 6; chap. vi. sect. 1, 3, 16; chap. viii. sect. 1, 21. Ver. 2. — Be another man's,] Or, beta another man : either by full marriage, or by espousals only; for a betrothed woman is a man's wife. Dent. xxii. 23, 24. So the Hebs. say; " He that putteth away his wife, and she is betrothed to another, although she be not married to him, she is unlawful for the first (husband.) And if the first ilo return and marry her, he is to be beaten, and to be com- pelled to put her out, Deut. xxiv. 4." Maim, in Divorces, chap. xi. sect. 12. She might also become another man's by fornication, though she married not, Jer. iii. 1, yet the phrase often implieth the state of marriage, Rom. vii. 3, 4, unto which sense the Hebs. restrain it here. Vbr. 3. — And the latter,] Under- stand from the last clause, " And if the lat- ter man hate, and if he write her a bill,"&c. for these are but suppositions, and bare per- missions, not commandments which God would have done, as is before noted. Ver. 4. — May not return,] Or, can- not, it is not lawful for him to take her again : and this is the law which God commandeth, whereby he showeth a dislike of the former divorcements; as after he plainly confirmeth by the prophet, Mai. ii. 16. For, ' Whoso- ever shall put away his wife, saving for the cause of fornication, causeth her to commit adultery, [and if he marry another, he com- mitteth adultery,] and whosoever shall marry her that is divorced, comniitteth adultery,' Matt. V. 32; xix. 9. She is caused to be defiled,] Or, is caused to defile herself. The Gr. and Chald. translate, she is defiled: but the Heb. word Huttamaah is of such a composition, as implieth both the defiling of herself, and the cause thereof by her hus- band, who put away first. It was therefore an error in the Jews, to take this for a com- mandment of God, which he tolerated only for the hardness of their hearts ; and showed the woman to be defiled by her second mar- riage, after her first unjust divorce. Not cause the land to sin,] Or, not suffer the land to sin : which may be understood, that by their example others should not be occa- sioned to do the like ; or, that by the ma- gistrate's neglect of punishing this evil, others be not emboldened. Or rather, that the land be not in sin, that is, punishable for this sin, which extendeth not only to the persons that do it, but to all the people that suffer it: as there be examples of the like in other cases, as Josh. vii. ; xxii. 17, 20. Therefore the 324 DEUTERONOMY. for that is abomination before Jehovah ; and tliou shalt not cause the land to sin, which Jehovah thy God giveth untothee^ran in- heritance. * WJien a man hath taken a new wife, he shall not go out in tlie army, neither shall anything pass upon him : lie shall be free in his house one year, and rejoice with his wife which he hath taken. ^ fA man) shall not take to pledge the nether mill-stone, or the upper mill-stone ; for he taketli to pledge the soul. prophet alleging this law, saith,that 'the land should be greatly polluted,' Jer. iii. 1. and so the Gr. version here instead of "sin saith, and ye shall not defile the land." This law is figuratively applied in the practice of it unto God and his church, unto whom he was an husband, Jer. xxxi. 32, and unto whom in time he ' did give a bill of divorcement, but for her adultery,' Jer. iii. 8, not upon dis- pleasure, without her due merit, as the Is- raelites often did to their wives, (for such a • bill of divorce they could not show) but for her transgressions she was put away,' Is. 1. 1. And though by this law, a woman put away, and becoming another man's, might not return to her first husband again, yet God (who is above his law) oflereth his church, after her many adulteries, to return again unto him by repentance and faith, Jer. iii. 1 ; Hos. ii. 2, 19; iii. 1, 5. The apostle also applieth this allegory to the church's estate under the law, and under the gospel of Christ, Rom. vii. 1 — 3, &c. Ver. 5 — In the army,] Unto the war, as the Gr. translateth. In Deut. xx. a law was given for such as were betrothed and not married, had planted vineyards, or built houses, and not eaten of, or dwelt in them j the Hebs. understand those two also in this law, saying, " He that hath builded a house, and dedicated it, and he that married his be- trothed wife, or his brother's wife, (Deut. XXV. 6,) and he that hath made his vineyard common, these go not out to war till the year be ended." Maim. torn. 4, treat, of Kings., chap. vii. sect. 10. Anything,] Or, ought of anything, that is, of any charge or busi- ness concerning wars, or the like. There- fore whereas such as had not married their spouses, nor dedicated their houses, nor made common their vineyards, when they were sent back from the army, were to provide victuals, and prepare the ways for the army, as is noted on Deut. xx. 7, they were all this first year free from these and other the like charges, as the Hebs. say, " These go not out to the war neither are they charged with anything in the world, Deut. xxiv. 5, by word of mouth we have been taught, that he shall be free a year, both for the house that he hath dedicated, and for the wife that he hath married, and for the vineyard whose fruit he hath begun to eat of. All the year long he neither provideth victuals, nor prepareth the way, nor watcheth on the walls, nor giveth to the tributes of the city, neither may anything in the world pass upon him." Maim, treat, of Kings, chap. vii. sect. 10, 11. Pass UPON HIM,] That is, as the Gr. explaineth it, be laid upon him. Free,] That is, ex- empted from all public labours and charges. In the wars that king Asa made with 'Baasha, none was free,' 1 Kings xv. 22, where may be understood, none save such as God's law ' did exempt: or, not they neither, because of the great necessity of help. Rejoice with HIS wife,] By this law God showed how much he approved of holy wedlock, (as by the former he showed his hatred of mijust di- vorces) when to encourage the newly married, against the cumbrances which that estate bringeth with it, and to settle their love each to other, he exempted those men from all wars, cares, and expenses, that they might the more comfortably provide for their owa estate. Ver. (j. — (A man) shall not take,] Heb. He shall not take : this is to be under- stood of any man: therefore the Gr. and Chald. change the person, to make the sense plainer. Thou shalt not fake, speaking to e\ery man, as after Moses also speaketh in ver. 17. Nether millstone,] Elsewhere this word Rechajim signifieth both millstones, or the mill in general, Exod. xi. 5. Here, by reason the upper millstone is after men- tioned, the nether stone is specially meant. And under these particulars, all other of like necessary use for man's life are forbidden to be taken to pledge. The Hebs. say, " He that lendeth to his neighbour, &c. may not take to pledge vessels (or instruments) where- with they make ready (meat) for the life; as millstones, or the wooden mill, or pots which they boil meat in, or butcher's knives, or the like things, Deut. xxiv. 6, and if he take such to pledge, he must be forced to restore; and if the pawn be lost, or burnt before he do restore it, he is to be beaten." Maim. torn. 4, treat, of the Lender and Borrower, chap. CHAP. XXIV 325 ■ If a mail be taken stealing a soul of his brethren, of the sons of Israel, and maketh gain to himself by him, and selleth him ; then that thief shall die, and tliou shalt put away evil from the midst of thee. ^ Take thou heed in the plague of leprosy, to observe diligently and to do according to all that the priests the Levites shall teach you; as I commanded them ye shall observe to do. ^ Remember iii. sect. 2. The upper millstone,] Call- ed Recheb a Charret, because of the running thereof upon the nether stone. From hence they say, "He that taketh to pledge many instruments which are for food, &o. is guilty for every instrument (or vessel) by itself, though they be two instruments wherewith they do one work, [as the nether millstone and the upper] he is guilty for them by the name of two instruments, and for them twain he is to be twice beaten." Maim. ibid, chap. iii. sect. 3. See after in ver. IJ, 12, 17. The sodl,] That is, the life of the soul (or body) meaning the instruments of his livelihood: and as Thargum Jerusalemy ex- pounds \t, the necessities of the soul (or life.) The Chald. paraphraseth thus, " For by them is made (ready) meat for every soul." Thus the millstones are named but for an instance, forbidding all other of like sort. Ver. 7. — A soul,] That is, any person, man, woman, or child. Of Israel,] This the Hebs. take as a limitation to Israel, and the pros-lytes thereof: and for stealing infi- dels, they hold he was but to make restitution. Maim. torn. 4, treat, of Theft, chap. ii. sect. I ; chap, ix, sect. 6. Maketh gain,] Or, servefh himself; the Gr. translateth, and bringing him under his power, selleth him. See this word used in Deut. xxi. 14. And selleth him,] The Heb. join this to the former, without which they think the thief was not to die. "A thief is not guilty of death, until he steal an Israelitej and get him into his power, and serveth himself of him, and selleth him to others, Deut. xxiv. 7. If he steal him, and serve himself with him, and do not sell him, or do sell him before he hath served himself by him, he is free (from death.) Maim, treat, of Theft, chap. ix. sect. 2, 3. Others think that if he either served himself with him, or sold him, he was to die: and this may well be the meaning of the law; for and often signifieth or as is noted on Gen. xiii. 8; xix. 121 Shall die,] As the Hebs. say, he was to be strangled to death?'' Maim. ibid. chap. ix. sect. J. Ver. 8 — Plague of Leprosy,] Which might be on men's bodies, or on garments, or in houses. The law of all these is given at large, in Lev. xiii. and xiv. chaps. All that the Priests,] The Gr. translateth, all the law that the priests the Levites shall show unto you. This is a warning to Israel, that if any man had the leprosy, or a sore like the leprosy, he should not dissemble or hide it, or pluck of!', or cut away the signs thereof, or labour by medicines to cure it, or do any- thing thereto, but as the priest directed him according to the law; because this plague was usually by the hand of God for men's sins, and did pollute both the person himself, and all that touched him; so that for the discern- ing and curing of this plague, they should seek unto God, by the means which he ap- pointed. Therefore from this law, the Hebs. teach; " He that plucketh otf the signs of uncleanness, either all or some of them, or feareth the living (raw) flesh, all, or some of it, or cutteth all the sore out of his flesh, or out of a garment, or house, either before he come to the priest, or while he is shut up, or after, &c. he transgresseth against this prohibition, ' Take thou heed in the plague of leprosy,' &c. (Deut. xxv. S)." Maim. torn. 3, treat, of Leprosy, chap. x. sect. 1. See the annots. on Lev. xiii. As I command- ed them,] If then the priest spake or did otherwise than God prescribed, it was not to stand. " A priest that pronounceth him un- clean that is clean, or him clean that is un- clean, he doth nothing at all, for it is writ- ten (in Lev. xiii. ver. 14, 15) he is unclean, and the priest shall pronounce him un- clean," &c. Maim, in Leprosy, chap. ix. sect. 3. Ver. 9. — Unto Mary,] In Heb. Mir- jam, in Gr. Mariam ; she was the sister of Moses and Aaron, a prophetess in Israel, who for speaking against Moses, was smit- ten of God with leprosy, Num. xii. whose example is for a warning to all, that they should not sin as she did, lest God plague them also: and that the justice of the law should be executed upon all lepers, without respect of persons. So all other examples in scripture are examples unto us, 1 Cor. x. 6 — 11, and so Christ saith, 'Remember Lot's wife,' Luke xvii. 32. Ver. 10. — When thou lendest,] Or, ivhen thou shalt exact of thy neighbour the exaction of anything, that is, any debt- 326 DEUTERONOMY. wliat Jehovah thy God did unto Maiy, in the way, after ye were come forth out of Egypt. *" When thou lendest thy neighbour the loan of anything, thou shalt not go in into his liouse, to fetch his pawn. " Thou shalt stand without, and the man to whom thou dost lend, shall bring forth inito thee the pawn without. '^ And if he be a poor man, thou shalt not lie down with his pawn. " Restoring thou shalt re- store the pawn unto him when the sun goeth down, that lie may lie down in his raiment and bless tliee, and unto thee it shall be jus- tice before Jehovah thy God. '* Thou shalt not fraudulently oppress an hired servant that is poor and needy, of thy brethren, or of tliy stranger which is in thy land, within thy gates. '^ In his day thou shalt give his hire, and the sun shall not go down upon it, for he is poor, and unto it which if it were with rigour, or of a poor man that had not to pay, was unlawful. See the notes on Exod. xxii. 25. The Gr. translatbth, If there be a debt in thy neigh- bour, (that is, if he be indebted to thee) what debt soever. See the notes on Deut. xv. 2. Thou shalt not go in.] This is spoken to the creditor, and (as the Hebs. say) to the messenger ot the magistrate sent to take a pawn. " He that lendeth to his neighbour poor or rich, may not take a pawn of him, but by the Synedrion, [that is, liy authority of the magistrate:] and though it be the mes- senger of the Synedrion that cometh for a pawn, he may not come into his house and take liis pawn, but must stand without, and the borrower is to bring out a pawn unto him, Deut. xxiv. 10. If it be so, what (differ- ence) is there between the creditor, and the messenger of the Synedrion? The messen- ger of the court, he may take the pawn out of the hand of the borrower by force, and give it the lender; but the creditor may not take the pawn, till the borrower give it him with consent. If the creditor transgress, and go into the borrower's house for his pawn, or snatcheth a pawn out of his hand by force, he is not to be beaten, because the act is broken off, for he must restore the pawn, Deut, xxiv. 13. If he keep not this commandment to restore it, as if the pawn be lost or burnt, he is to be beaten, and to restore the price of the pawn." Maim. torn. 4, treat, of the Lender and Borrower, chap. iii. sect. 4. Ver. 12. — Not lie down,] To sleep; not go to bed. For breach of this law, the Lord reproveth Israel ; ' They lay themselves down upon clothes laid to pledge, by every altar,' Amos ii. 8. But hereby nut only the use of the poor man's pawn, but the keeping of it is forbidden ; " with his pawn, that is, and his pawn by thee " (or in thy custody.) Maim, in Lender and Borrower, chap. iii. sect. 5. Ver. 13. — When the sun,] Or, as the Gr. translateth, about the going down of- the sun: in Exod. xxii. 26, it is said, ' before the sn[i goeth down ;' see the annot. there, where is showed, that every pawn is to be restored when the poor man hath need of it, by night or by day. If the pawn must thus be restored when he hath need, what booteth it to take the pawn? The Hebs. answer, tliat by this means " the debt is not released in the seventh year, (which the law biddeth, Deut. XV. 1 — 3) and if the borrower die, his movables are not made his children's, but payment is made by the pawn after his death." Maim. ibid. chap. iii. sect. 5. Jdstice,] In Gr., alms, a work of mercy, which God will reward: as on the contrary in ver. 15, he saith, ' it be in thee a sin,' that is, an ini- quity which God will punish. Ver. 14. — Not fraudulently oppress,] Or, not defraud : the Gr. translateth, Thou shalt not fraudulently keep Lack the hire of the poor, &c. which word the apostle useth in like case, saying, ' Behold the hire of the labourers, &c. which is by you fraudulently kept back, crieth,' &c. James v. 4, and among the other weighty laws, our Saviour nameth this for one, in Mark x. 19. See aJso Lev. xix, 13. Thy gates,] That is, as the Gr. and Chald. translate, thy cities. Ver. 15.— In his day,] In Gr., The same day. Day, is used for all time. His hire,] Or, his wages, whether for his own labour, or for his beasts, or other things. So the Hebs. explain it, " Whether it be the hire of man, or the hire of beasts, or the hire of instruments, he is bound to give it in his time: and if he keep it after the time, he transgresseth against a prohibition." Maim. CHAP. XXIV. 827 he lifteth up his soul, that he cry not against thee unto Jehovah, and it be in thee a sin. "= The father shall not be put to deatli for the cliildren, and the children shall not be put to death for the fatliers : they shall be put to death every man in his oiun sin. '' Thou shalt not wrest the judgment of the stranger, nor of the fatherless : thou shalt not take to pledge the garment of the widow. '^ But thou shalt remember torn. 4, treat, of Hiring, chap. xi. sert. 1. Not go down upon it, J In Lev. xix. 13, it is said, ' it siiall i)ot abide all night with thee;' which two the Hebs. unfold thus; "What is the time (or day) of him that is hired? He that is hired for a day, (his hire) is due all that night; and of him it is said (in Lev. xix. 13,) it shall not abide all night with thee until the morning: and he that is hired for a night, it is due all the day; and of him it is said, ' In his day thou shalt give his hire,' (Deut. xxiv. 15). And he that is hired for hours of the day, it is due all the day; if for hours of the night, it is due all the night. He that is hired for a week, or for a month, or for a year, or for seven, if (the term) go out by day, it is due all that day ; if it go out by night, it is due all that night. Maim, ib., chap. xi. sect. 2. Lifteth op his soul,] That is, ho])eth for and desireth it for the maintenance of his life. So the Gr. here translateth, he hath hope ; and in Jar. xxii. 27; xliv. 14, the lifting up of the soul signi- fieth a desire: and the soul is often put for li/e. Hereupon the Hebs. say; " Whosoever wlthholdeth the hireling's wages, is as if he took away his soul (or life) from him; for it is written. Unto it he lifteth up his soul: and he transgresseth against four prohibitions, and one commandment; against. Thou shalt not fraudulently oppress; and against, Thou shalt not rob; and against, The hiieling's work (or wage) shall not abide all night with thee; and against. The sun shall not go down upon it ; and. In his day thou shalt give his hire." Maim, treat, of Hiring, chap. xi. sect. 2. A SIN,] That is, a great iniquity which God will punish: for though he cry not, yet is it a sin; but the cry of the poor hasteth God's judgment; as on the contrary, the blessing of the poor procureth a good reward from the Lord, ver. 13. According to this phrase it said, ' The wicked thought of foolishness (that is, of the fool) is sin,' Prov. xxiv. 9. that is, damnable, and to be punished of God. So in James iv. 17; John xv. 22, 24; ix. 41. And in 1 Kings i. 21, ' I and my son Solomon shall be sinners,' that is, punished as malefactors. Accordingly God threateneth to ' come near to them in judgment, and to be a swift witness against those that fraudu- lently oppress the hireling in his wages,' Mai. iii. 5. Ver. 16. — For the children,] Heh.for the sons. This law concerneth the magis- trate=, who should net kill the children for the parents, or parents for the children, no not in case of treason, as king ' Amaziah slew his servants which had slain the king his father, but the sons of them that slew him, he put not to death, according to this law of Moses,' 2 Kings xiv. 5, C ; 2 Chron. xxv. 4. And God himself professeth so to deal, saying, 'The son shall not bear the iniquity (that is, the punishment) of the father, neither shall the father bear the iniquity of the son, &c. the wickedness of the wicked shall be upon him,' Ezek. xviii. 20. The Chald. para- phrast here translateth, by the mouth of the sons ; and so after, hy the mouth of the fa- thers ; meaning that they should not die by their testimony. And so the Hebs. gather from this law, saying, " Near kinsfolk are not fit to be witnesses by the law, as it is written, ' The fathers shall not be put to death for the sons,' &c. We have been taught, that in this general prohibition is comprised, that the fathers be not put to death by the mouth of the sons, nor the sons by the mouth of the fathers: and the same right is for other near of kin." Maim. torn. 4, treat, d Witnesses, chap. xiii. sect. I. But the first interpretation is most proper and certain. Not be put to death,] Soitisalsoalleged in 2 Kings xiv. 6, but in 2 Chron. xxv. 4, it is, ' they shall not die.' The one openeth the other; and 'to die,' is often used for, ' to be put to death,' as Num. xxxv. 12, 30; Deut. xvii. 12; xviii. 20: xxii. 22, 25. In his sin,] And for his sin ; for so the Heb. in often noteth the cause: see Deut. ix. 4. Ver. 17. — Not wrest,] Or, not pervert, decline, or turn aside. This is forbidden in all judgment generally, Exod. xxiii. 2, Deut. xvi. 19, specially concerning the poor, Exod. xxiii. 6, more specially here concerning ' the stranger and fatherless:' against such as thus wrest judgment, the Lord will come near to judgment, and be a swift witness against them, Mai. iii. 5. The Hebs. say, " Whosoever wresteth the judgment of any one of Israel, transgresseth against one pro- 328 DEUTERONOMY. that tliou wast a servant in Egypt, and Jehovah thy God redeemed thee thence, tlierefore I command thee to do this thing. '* When thou reapest thine harvest in thy field, and hast forgot a sheaf in the field, thou shalt not return to take it; it shall be for the stranger, for the fatlierless, and for the widow, that Jehovah hibition, viz. 'Ye shall not do unrighteous- ness in judgment,' Lev. xix. 15. And if it be of a stranger, he transgresseth against two pro- hibitions, Deut. xiv. 17, and if it be of the fatherless, he transgresseth against three pro- hibitions, Deut. xxiv. 17." INIaim. in San- hedrin, chap. xx. sect. 12. Nor of the FATHERLESS.] The word nor, or and, is sup- plied also by the Gr. version, and so is often to be understood, as two three eunuchs, 2 Kings ix. 32, for two or three; so to-morrow, the third day, for, or the third day, 1 Sam. XX. 12, 'Like a crane, a swallow,' that is, 'or a swallow,' Is. xxxviii. 14, and sundry the like. The Holy Spirit sometimes snppli- etn the defect, as is noted on Exod. xxii. 30. In the Gr. here is added, and of the widow; so in Deut. xxvii. 19, 'Cursed be he that wresteth the judgment of the stranger, fa- therless, and widow; and all the people shall say. Amen.' Garment of the widow,] Or any other thing of hers that she hath need of; the garment is named but for an instance ; as in Job xxiv. 3, there is mentioned 'the widow's ox." The Hebs. have this general canon; "A widow, whether she be poor or rich, they may take no pawn of her, neither at tlie time when they lend unto her, nor at any other time, neither by the commandment of the Synedrion, Deut. xxiv. 17, and if any take her pledge, they force him to restore it. If the pawn be lost or burnt before he restore it, he is to be beaten." Maim, treat, of the Lender and Borrower, chap. iii. sect. 1. Ver. 19. — Ueapest thine harvest,] This is an addition to the law in Lev. xix. 3; there, a corner of the field, and the gleanings, were commanded to be left for the poor; and here the forgotten sheaf. These tliree were due to the poor out of every corn field in Israel. And the Hebs. say, this law of the forgotten sheaf extended also to the vineyard, and other fruit trees, where what- soever was forgotten, might not be taken again by the owner; see the annot. on Lev. xix. 10. Hast forgot,] This the Hebs. understand as spoken both to the owner, and to his labourers; that it is not a "forgotten sheaf" till all have forgotten it. But so as that they all be in the field; for if the owner be in the city, and speaketh of the sheaf in the field, which he thinketh his workmen will forget, and they do forget it, this (notwith- standing his remembrance of it) is a forgotten sheaf. Two sheafs asunder one from another are (counted as) forgotten ; but three, (or more) are not. So for other things; as two vines, or other trees, standing asunder one from an- other, are as forgotten, but not more. A tree that is forgotten among the trees, though it have many pecks of fruit upon it, yet is counted as forgotten. Finally, among many other like cautions, they say; " What is for- gotten among the sheaves? All that he cannot stretch out his hand and take it;" [that is, if it be further than he can reach from the place where he standeth.J Maim. torn. 3, in Mattanoth gnanijim, chap. v. " And as it is for the sheaves, so for the standing corn; if a man forget some of the standing corn, and reap it not, it is for the poor." Maim, ibid., chap. 1. sect, 6. For thb stranger,] In Gr., the proselyte, one joined to the church of Israel ; to such these gifts peculiarly be- longed, and to other poor; see the annot. on Lev. xix. 10. And as forgetting often sig- nifieth a neglect, or passing over of a thing, so iu this case; and a man might purposely pass over a sheaf and leave it as forgotten, for the poor, as Boaz did for the stranger Ruth, saying to his harvest-men, ' Let fall some of the sheaves for her; and let it lie that she may gather it up,' Ruth ii. 16. Or, if a man did it not purposely but unawares, yet was he to consider herein the providence of God, which caused him to forget or pass over a sheaf, i'or the poor's sake; for as the ostrich is said to ' forget her eggs which she leaveth in the earth, because God hath de- prived her of wisdom,' &c. Job xxxix. 15, 17, so in this case of the sheaf, that the poor also might have occasion to mind the provi- dence and love of God towards them, in this relief. In all the work,] Or, in every work ; the Gr. sailh, in all the works. This promise of blessing is to encourage them in well doing, for which they should not lose their reward ; for that which is done unto the poor Christian, is done unto Christ himself, Matt. XXV. 40, and, ' He that is gracious unto the poor, lendeth unto the Lord ; and that which he hath given will he pay him again,' Prov. xix. 17. So Boaz for his kindness unto Ruth, (whom afterwards he took to wife) had a son of her (as a blessing of God) Obed, the grandfather of David the king, Ruth iv. CHx\P. XXV. 329 thy God may bless thee in all the work of thine hands. '" When thou beatest thine olive tree, thou shalt not go over the boughs after tli^e ; it shall be for the stranger, for the fatherless, and for the widow. ^' When thou gatherest the grapes of thy vineyard, thou shalt not gather the single grapes after thee ; it shall be for tJie stranger, for the fatlierless, and for the widow. ^ And thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in the land of Egypt, therefore I command thee to do this thing. Ver. 20.— Beatest,] Tnat is, as the Gr. translateth, gatherest the olives. The same is to be understood of all other trees of fruit which they gathered. Not go over the BOUGHS. j In Gr. , thou shalt 7iot return to gather the ('olives^ after thee : in Chaid., thoti shalt not take away after thee. It is the same law for trees, which was before for corn, that what was forgotten or past over at first, should not after be gathered, but left for the poor. *' As that which is forgotten in the revenues of the field, and the like, so that which is for- gotten in all trees (is for the poor) as Deut. xxiv. 20, ' When thou beatest thine olive tree,' &c. And the same law is for other trees. So there are two gifts for the poor from the trees, that which is forgotten and the corner, Lev. xix." Maim, in Mattanoth gnanijim, chap. i. sect. 6, 7. Ver. 21. — Not gather the single GRAPES,] Or, not glean, and properly the grapes which grow not in clusters, as is noted on Lev. xix. 10, which law is here repeated: and by saying, ' after thee,' he seemeth to teach the same for the vine, which he taught for the corn and other trees, that all forgottea grapes should be for the poor. So the Hebs. observe, that there are " four gifts for the poor in the vineyard ; the grapes that are broken off, and the single grapes, and the corner, and that which is forgotten." Maim, in Matta- noth gnam., chap. i. sect. 7. CHAP. XXV. 1 . God commandeth just judgment towards all. 2. To heat such as deserve it, hut not with more than forty stripes. 4. Not to muzzle the ox when he treadeth out the corn. 5. Of raising seed unto a hrotJier deceased without issue. 7. What was to he done unto the man that would not raise up seed unto his brother. 11. The immodest woman must have her hand cut off. 13. Against unjust weights and measures. 17. The memorij of AmaleTc, for cruelty to Israel, is to he hlotted out from under heaven. ^ If there be a controversy between men, and they come near unto judgment, and they judge them; then they shall justify the just, and condemn for wicked the wicked. ^ And it shall be, if the Ver. 1 — A controversy,] A plea, or strife ; in Gr. a contradiction. And they,] Or, that they (the judges) may judge them. And this law concerneth all courts, the high- est of seventy-one judges, the court of twen- ty-three, and the court of three ; the lowest of which judged inferior causes and money matters, and had authority to beat malefac- tors, but not to put to death. Justify,] That is, pronounce Just, and so absolve or acquit in judgment. Condemn for wick- Eo,] Or, pronounce wicked, a^nd so condemn in judgment; as th6 Gr. translateth it, con- demn. This is contrary to the former, and Vol. II. 2 so the apostle opposeth them, saying, ' It is God that justifieth, who is he that condemn- eth ?' Rom. viii. 33, 34. This law is per- petual, the transgression whereof is a great sin ; for, ' he that justifieth the wicked, and he that condemneth the just, even they both are an abomination to the Lord,' Prov. xvii. 15. Ver. 2. — Worthy to be beaten,] Heb. a son of beating, which the Gr. translateth, worthy of stripes ; and the Chald. a son guilty of, or worthy to be beaten. So ' the son (or child) of hell,' Matt, xxiii. 15; is one worthy of hell-fire ; the ' son of death,' in 1 r 330 DEUTERONOMY. wicked be wortliy to be beaten ; that the judge shall cause him to lie down, and to be beaten before his face, according to his wickedness, by Sam. XX. 31 ; is one that was worthy of death, and therefore should be killed: and in the goFpel, ' if tlie son of peace be there, (in tlie house,) Luke x. 6 ; which another evan- gelist explaineth thus, ' If the house be worthy,' Matt. x. 13. Now who they were that deserved beating, are by the Hebs. showed thus, "he that transgresseth against a prohi- bition, whereby the contrary commandment to be done, is broken oil', and they warned him of it, and said unto him. Do not this thing, for if thou doest it, and keepest not that which is commanded concerning it, thou shalt be beaten, and he transgresseth and keepeth not the commandment, lo, he is to be beaten." ^\s.\m, \n Sanhedrin, chap. xvi. sect. 4. More particularly, " these are to be beaten, whosoever transgresseth against a prohibition, for which he deserveth to be cut off, but is not to be put to death by the Sy- nedrion, as he that eateth fat, or blood, or leaven at the passover. Likewise, whoso- ever transgresseth against a prohibition for which they are guilty of death by the hand of God: as he that eateth of fruits, before the first-fruits, tithes, &c., be paid; and a priest that is unclean, and eateth of the heave-of- fering which is clean. Likewise, whoso transgresseth against a prohibition, wherein there is an act (or work:) as he that boileth a kid in his mother's milk, [which the Hebs. understand of eating flesh with milk ;] or that weareth linsey woolsey. But a prohi- bition wherein is no act, as to walk as a tale- bearer, to revenge or bear grudge, or receive a false report, &c., for such he is not beaten, [nor for any other wherein there is an act, some few excepted.] Every prohibition, for which they are to be put to death by the ma- gistrate, as adultery, working on the sabbath, &c., they are not beaten therefore. So every prohibition, for which they are to make satisfaction, as robbery, theft, &c., they are not beaten for it. And every prohibition, whereby the (contrary) commandment is broken off, as, ' thou shalt not take the dam with the young,' (Deut. xxii. 6 ;) ' thou shalt not wholly rid the corner of thy field,' (Lev. xix. 9 ;) &c., they are not beaten for it, unless they keep not the commanded thing concerning them, [that is, unless they omit the letting of the dam go, Deut. xxii. 7 ; and the leaving of the corner for the poor. Lev. xix. 10 ;] And for a prohibition (im- plied) in the generals, they are not beaten: but all other prohibitions which are in the law, they are to be beaten for doing them. What is that prohibition (comprised) in the generals ? It is one prohibition which gene- rally corapriseth many things, as, ye shall not eat with the blood, (Lev. xix. 26.) And so when it is said, do not such a thing, and such a thing, forasmuch as there is not a par- ticular prohibition set before every one of them he is not to be beaten for every one of them, unless they be divided in other prohi- bitions, or said by word of mouth that they are divided. As where it is said, Eat not of it raw or sodden, (Exod. xii. 9;) he is not beaten (for eating of it raw and sodden) twice, but once. Of the first-fruits he saith, ' ye shall not eat bread, and parched corn, and green ears,' (Lev. xxiii. 14;) a man for eat- ing these three is to be beaten thrice ; by word of mouth we have been taught, that these are divided (or several.) It is said (in Deut. xviii. 10,) let there not be found in thee any that maketh his son or his daughter to pass through the fire ; a diviner of divina- tions, an observer of times: although all these things be comprehended generally in one prohibition, yet are they divided in other prohibition?, as (in Lev. xix. 26 ;) ye shall not observe fortunes, and ye shall not observe times: to teach, that every one of these is a prohibition by itself several; and so all other of like sort." Maim, in Sanhedrin, chap, xviii. sect. 1 — 3. Finally, they say, " all prohibitions, for which cutting off is due, but not death by the magistrate, for which men are to be beaten, are one and twenty. All for which death is due by the hand of God, which are prohibitions wherein an act is, for which men are to be beaten, are eigh- teen. All prohibitions in the law, for which there is neither cutting ofl' due, nor death by the magistrate, for which men are to be beaten, are an hundred sixty and eight. So there are found in all which are to be beaten, two hundred and seven." Maim. ibid, chap. xix. All which are there particularly related, b\it would be too long here to repeat. The judge,] That is, the judges, as theGr. translatelh: for one judge sat not alone to judge controversies. Neither was any man to be beaten without witnesses of his crime. " No man is to be beaten but by witnesses and evidence, and they are to examine the witnesses by inquiry and diligent search, even as they do in judgments of life and death." Maim, in Sanhedrin, chap. xvi. sect. 4. Cause him to lie down,] Or, to be laid down, and bound fast: the manner is said to be thus ; " both his hands are fast bound unto a post, this way and that way, and the mi- nister of the congregation [the executioner^ CHAP. XXV. 331 a number. * Forty (stripes) he may smite him ; he shall not add more, lest if he add to smite him above these with many stripes, then thy brother be vile in thine eyes. taketh hold on his garments, if they rend they rend, or if they seam-rend they seam- rend, until he make bare down to his heart, for he is not to beat him upon his clothes. And he that is beaten neither standeth nor sittelh, but boweth down." Maim, in San. kedrin, chap. xvi. sect. 8, 10. To be beat- en,] Or smitten j in Gr. scourged. The Hebs. say, " there was a stone laid behind him, on wiiichthe minister that did beat him stood, who had in his hand a scourge of a bull's hide, doubled to two, and two to four; and two scourges (or thongs) of an ass's hide, that slided up and down in it : and the breadth of the scourge was an hand-breadth, and the length so as it might reach to the fore-part of his belly ; and the handle of the scourge was an hand -breadth long. He that did beat him, lifted up the scourge with both his hands, and smote him with one hand, with all his might," &c. Maim, in Sanhe- drin, chap. xvi. sect. 8. Before his face,] The Gr. translateth, before them, meaning the judges, who were to see him beaten. And they say, that "the greatest of the judges read all the while that he was in beating, (that in Deut. xxviii. 58, &c,) ' If thou wilt not observe to do all the words of this law, &c., then the Lord will make thy plagues wonderful, &c. And the second of the judges counted, (thenumberof thestrokes) and the third said unto the minister, Smite: all the while that he smote, he did smite at his bidding." Maim. ibid. chap. xvi. sect. 11. According TO nis wickedness,] Or, as the Chald. interprettth it, according to the sufficiency/ (the proportion) of his sin : but the Gr. saith, accordinff to his impiety. So that the judges might moderate his blows, according to the nature of his trespass, and the man's ability to bear the stripes; but they might not exceed the number set here of God. " They may not add more than forty, though he be as strong and lusty as Samson: but they may abate from him that is weak, &c. If they have judged him to have forty stripes, and after that they have begun to beat him, they see him to be weak, and say, He cannot bear more than these nine or twelve stripes which he hath received, then he is free. If they adjudged him to receive twelve, and after that he is beaten, they see him strong and able to bear more, he is ires notwithstanding, and may not be beaten with more than they adjudged him. Whoso de- serveth many beatings, for many transgres- sions that he hath done, or for one that de- servtth many, if they adjudge him one measure (or judgment) he is beaten and dis- charged ; if not, they beat him, and he heal- eth himself, and then they beat him again. Whoso is beaten by the magistrates for a sin which deserveth cutting off, and is beaten the second time for the same sin; as he that eateth fat, (Lev. vii. 25,) and is beaten for it, and eateth fat the second time, and is beaten for it; if he eat it the third time, they beat him not, but put him into little-ease, a nar- row place as high as himself, wherein he can- not lie down; and they give him the bread of distress, and water of affliction, till his bowels be shrunk, and he be sick: and after- ward they feed him with barley till his belly burst." Maim, in Sanhedrin, chap. xvii. sect. 1, 2, 3, and chap, xviii. sect. 4. By a number,] That is, by a certain number, de- termined by the judges. Ver. 3. — Forty stripes,] This number forty the scripture useth sundry times in cases of humiliation, affliction, and punish- ment: as Moses twice humbled himself in fasting and prayer forty days and forty nights, Deut. ix. 9, ] 8, Elias fasted forty days, 1 Kings xix. 8, and our Saviour, Matt. iv. 2. Forty years Israel was afflicted in the wilder- ness for their sins. Num. xiv. 33, 34, and forty years Egypt was desolate for treacherous dealing with Israel, Ezek. xxix. 11 — 13. Forty days every woman was in purification from her uncleanness, for a man child that she bare, and twice forty days for a woman- child, Lev. xii. 4, 5. Forty days and forty nights it rained at Noah's flood. Gen. vii. 12. Forty days did Ezekiel bear the iniquity of the house of Judah, Ezek. iv. 6. ' Jod;is preached. Yet forty days and Nineveh shail be overthrown,' Jon. iii. 4. Forty years' space the Canaanites had to repent, after Is- rael came out of Egypt, and wandered so many years in the wilderness, Num. xiv. 33. And thrice forty years the old world had Noah preaching unto them repentance. Gen. vi. 3. It was fojty days ere Christ ascended into heaven, after his resurrection. Acts. i. 3 — 9. And foity years' space of repentance he gave unto the Jews, from the time that they killed him, before he destroyed their city and temple, by the Romans. By the Hebs. this law is expounded thus, " How many stripes do they beat (an ofli^nder) with? with forty lacking one: as it is written, (Deut. XXV. 2, 3,) by number forty, that is, the num. 332 DEUTERONOMY ^ Thou shalt not muzzle the ox, when lie treadeth out the corn. * If brethren dwell together, and one of them die, and have no ber which is next to forty. Thalmud Bab. in Maccoth, cliap. iii. This their uuder- staiidifjg is very ancient, for so they practised in the apostles' days; as Paul testifieth, ' Of the Jews five times received 1 forty (stripes) save one,' 2 Cor. xi. 24. But their reason which they give is not solid: as when tiiey say, " If it had been written, ♦ Forty in num- ber,* I would say it were full forty: but be- ing written, in number forty, it meaneth the number which reckoneth forty next after it, that is, thirty-nine. By this exposition they confound the verses, and take away the dis- tinction. I think rather this custom was taken up, by reason of the manner of their beating fore spoken of, which was with a scourge that had three cords, so that every stroke was counted for three stripes, and then they could not give even forty, but either thirty-nine, or forty-two, whicli was above the number set of God. And hereof they write thus; " Wlien they judge (or condemn) a sinner to so many (stripes) as he can bear, they judge not but by strokes that are fit to be trebled, [that is, to give three stripes at one stroke by reason of the three cords.] If they judge that he can bear twenty, they do not say he shall be beaten with one and twenty ; to the end that they may treble (the stripes) but they give him eighteen." Maim. in Sanhedrin, chap. xvii. sect. 2. Thus he that was able to bear twenty stripes, had but eighteen ; the executioner smote him but six times, for if he had smitten him the seventh, they were counted one and twenty stripes, which was above the number adjudged: so he that was adjudged to forty was smitten thirteen times, which being counted one for three, make thirty.nine. And so R. Bechaias writing hereof, saith; "The strokes are trebled (that is, every one is three) and three times thirteen are nine and thirty. He may SMITE, J In Gr., they may scourge, (or shall scourge) implying all the judges with the executioner: so after, and they shall not add. Not add,] Not exceed the number set of God. The Hebs. say, If he that is beaten, " die under the hand of the execu- tioner, he is free; but if he add one stripe more to the measure, and he die, then the executioner i; banisheii for it. If he die not, yet he traiisi;re3seth against this prohibition: and so for all other that smite their neigh- bours. For if when the law giveth leave to smite, the Scripture commandeth not to ^mite a man (more than the appointed mea- sure for his wickedness, much more any vther man. Therefore whoso smiteth his Mbighbour, thougii he smite a servant with a stroke, for which there is not due a farthing recompence, he is to be beaten : but if there be recompence to be made for it by money, no man payeth, and is beaten also." Maim, in Sanhedrin, chap. xvi. sect. 12. With MANY STRIPES,] Or, with any more stripes: Heb. with much smiting. Thy brother BE VILE,] Oi , be contemptible. By this God teacheth to hate and despise the sin, not the sinner, who is by this chastisement to be amended: as the power which the Lord hath given, is ' to edification, and not to destruc- tion,' 2 Cor. xiii. 10. This ' vileuess or ig- nominy is opposed to glory or honour,' Is. xvi. 14. Tlie Gr. translateth it, Aschemon- esi, that is, be ignaninious, or behave him- self unseemly : which word Paul useth when he saith, '' Love doth not behave itself un- seemly,' or is not ignominious, or contume- lious, 1 Cor. xiii. 5. From this the Hebs. teach, that "whosoever hath sinned and is ■ beaten, he returneth to his dignity, because it is said, ' Then thy brother be vile in thine eyes; after he is beaten, lo he is thyhrothe"-. And all that deserve cutting off, when thev are beaten, are free from cuttir.g off. The high priest when he sinneth, is beaten bv three, as all other of the people, and return- eth to his highness (or dignity:) but the chief of the session, when he sinneth, they beat him, and he returneth not to his first estate; yea, he returneth not to be as one of the rest of the Synedrion, for they ascend in holiness, and descend not." Maim, in Sanhedrin, chap. xvii. sect. 7 — 9. Ver. 4. — The ox,] Or the ass, or any other beast: the ox is named hut for an in- stance. And if the beast may not be muz- zled, that is, have his mouth tied up (as the Ciiald. translateth) but is to eat that wherein he worketh, how much more men. Hereupon the apostle saith, ' Doth -God take care for oxen? or saith he it altogether for our sakes? For our sakes no doubt this is written, that he that ploweth should plow in hope; and he that thresheth in hope, should be partaker of his hope,' 1 Cor. ix. 9, 10. See also the notes on Deut. xxii. 10. When he tread- eth,] Or, in his treadi7ig or threshing; which the Gr. (followed also by the apostle) translateth, treading or threshing. They used in Israel to thresh their corn, not only with flails as we do, but with the feet of beasts they trod it out, Hos. x. 11, and sometimes with cart-wheels, as Is. xxviii. 27, 2S. So they were wont in other nations, as the Ro- mans did beat out their corn with staves, or CHAP. XXV. 333 son, the wife of the dead shall not be to one without, to a man that is a stranger, Iier husband's brother sliall go in unto her, and take her to him to wife, and do the duty of an liusband's brother unto tread it out with cattle. Columel. de rust, lib. 2, cap. 21. Spiritually this signified the labour of the ministers of the word, preparing the bread of life for the soul, as the apostle showeth, saying, ' Let the elders that rule well, be counted worthy of double honour, especially they who labour in the word and doctrine: for the Scripture saith, ' Thou shall not muzzle the ox that treadeth out the corn,' 1 Tim. V. 17, 18, and to this the proverb agreeth, ' Where no oxen are, the crib is clean (or empty),' Prov. xiv. 4. Touching this law, the Hebs. write thus ; " A beast is to eat all the while that it worketh in things that grow out of the ground, whether they be yet upon the ground, or pulled up : he is also to eat of the burdens that are upon his back, &c. whosoever restraineth a beast from eating, in the time of his working, he is to be beaten, Deut. XXV. 4, whether it be an ox, or other kind of beast, unclean or clean, and whether he tread out the corn, or do any other work in that which groweth out of the ground ; and it is uot said, the ox when he treadeth, but for an instance. And whether he muzzle him at the time of his work, or before the time, and then doth work with him; yea, though he muzzle him by voice, [that is, frayeth him by his voice from eating] he is to be beaten. If he hire a beast, and muzzle him, and treadeth out corn with him, he is both beaten, and payeth to the owner thereof four kabs for a bullock, and three kabs for an ass. [A kab was a measure that held as much as twenty-four eggs.] If an Israelite tread out corn with the bullock of an heathen, (and muzzle it) he transgresseth against this law, 'Thou shalt not muzzle:' but if an heathen tread with an Israelite's bullock, he transgresseth not :['for what things soever the law saith, it saith to them that are under the law, Rom. iii. 19.] If he muzzle him not, but put a prick in his mouth, that he cannot eat, or cause a lion to lie thereby [to fray him from eating] or layeth the (bullock's) calf without [to keep her fiom eating] or that the beast is athirst, and he giveth it no drink, or spread a skin upon the corn that he may not eat; all these and other the like are unlawful, though he is not beaten [for doing them,"] &c. Maim. tom. 4, treat, of Hired things, chap, xiii. sect. 1 — 3. Ver. 5.— If brethren dwell to- gether,] This law is first to be understood of natural and next brethren (the Hebs. restrain it to Israelites, and brethren by the father's side only ;) and secondly, if there be no bre- thren, the next kinsman (for all kinsmen are in the Sciipture phrase brethren) is to do the duty here required, as the example of Boaz and Ruth showeth, Ruth iii. iv. And their dwelling together seemeth to denote their single state of life, whilst they abode in their father's house; as there is an ex- ample of Er, Onan, and Selah, in Judah's family, where before Moses' time this law was practised, Gen. xxxviii. 7, &c. One of THEM DIE,] One is often used for the first, as in Gen. i. 5; viii. 5. So some understand this law to be for the first-born of the brethren only: others take it generally for any one of them ; and thus the Hebs. take it in the lar- gest sense. " It is commanded by the law, that a man should take the wife of his bro- ther by the father's side, whether of such as be married or betrothed, if he die without seed, Deut. xxv. 5. Brethren by the mo- ther's side (only) are not counted for brethren, in the case of inheritance, or of taking the brother's wife, and putting ofi" (the shoe) but are as if they were none: for there is no brotherhood but by the father's side. Strangers that are become proselytes, and servants which have their freedom, have no brother- hood at all, but are as strangers one to an- other," &c. Maim. tom. 2, in Jibbmn, (or treat, of taking the Brother's wife,) chap, i, sect. 1, 7, 8. So in the gospel this case is propounded to our Saviour in general terms, Moses said, ' if any (man) die,' Matt. xxii. 24, or ' if any (man's) brother die,' Mark xii. 19, Luke XX. 28, that it seemeth even then, this was not thought to intend the first-born only. Have no son,] Heb., no son to him, that is, no child: for son, the Gr. tianslateili seed which comprehendeth son or daughter: so in the gospel it is translated, ' having no children,' Matt. xxii. 24, or, 'he die child- less,' Luke XX. 28, and in Matt. xxii. 25, it is said, ' having no seed.' Tlius the Hebs. expound it, " That which is said in the law, 'And have no son;' whether it be son or daughter, or seed of son, or seed of daughter, &c. if he have seed by that wife, or by an- other, he freeth his wife from unloosing the shoe, or marrying his brother: yea, though he have a seed which is a bastard, &c. But if he have a son by a bond- woman, or by an alien, he freeth not his wife: for the seed that cometh of a bond-woman, are servants, Exod. xxi. 4, and they which come of infidels are infidels, aud are as none; for of the heathen 334 DEUTERONOMY. lier. ® And it sliall be, that the first-born which she beareth, shall stand up in the name of his brother, which is dead, that his name be not blotted out of Israel. ^ And if the man like not to take his brother's wife, then let his brother's wife go up to the gate, unto the elders and say. My husband's brother refuseth to raise up unto his brother a name in Israel ; he is not willing to do the duty of an he saith, ' He will turn away thy son from after me,' Deut. vii. 4, he turneth him away from beingcounted of the church. And though his son by the bond-woman be made free, or his son by the alien be become a proselyte, yet are they as other strangers, and freed (ser- vants) and do not discharge his wife, &c. Whoso dieth, and leaveth his wife with child, if she have an untimely birth after his death, she is to mary her husband's brother : but if she bring it forth, and the child cometh out alive into the air of the world, although it die in the hour that it is born, lo his mother is discharged from pulling off' the shoe, or marrying her husband's brother." Maim, in Jibbum, chap. i. sect. 3 — 5, A stranger,] That is, of another family in Israel, as the Gr. translateth it, a Jitan not near, that is, not near of kin. The Hebs. say, '' If she be married to another, and he lie with her before she be married to herhusband's brother, or have pulled off his shoe, he and she are to beaten, and she is to go out by (bill of divorce.)" Maim, in Jibbum, chap. ii. sect. 18. Her husband's brother,] Or next nearest kins- man, as in Ruth's case, Ruth iii. Here they say, " Whoso dieth and leaveth many bre- thren, it is commanded that the eldest marry his brother's wife, or pull off his shoe. If the eldest will not, they turn to all the other bre- thren: if they will not, they turn again to the eldest and say , Upon thee the commandment (lieth) either to put ofl' (the shoe^ or to marry thy brother's wife: and they cannot compel the husband's brother to marry her, but they may compel him to pull ofl' (the shoe). If the eldest brotlier he gone into another coun- tiy, his younger brother may not say, the commandment lieth upon my elder brother, wait for him till he come: but they say to this, that he may now marry, or pull ofl" (the shoe)." Maim, in Jibbum, chap. ii. sect. C — 9. Go IN UNTO HER,] Into the chamber, as Judges xv. 1, that is, to take her to wife. The Hebs. think this might not be done " till they had waited ninety days " after her hus- band's death, which was to see whether she was with child or nut: and such was the cus- tom for all other women that were widows ; they married not till after three months." Maim, in Jibbum, chap. i. sect. 19. This seemeth necessary in this case, for if she were with child, and brought it forth alive, it was not lawful for her brother-in-law to have her. Lev. xviii. 16. Ver. 6. — Stand up in the name of his BROTHER,] That is, be counted and called the seed of the dead man, not of the living: and for this cause Onan sinned in not per- forming this duty, because ' he knew that the seed should not be his,' Gen. xxxviii. 9. Thus Obed, whom Buaz begat of Ruth, is said to be the ' son of Naomi,' Ruth iv. 17. And as he did this for his dead brother, so by the Hebs. " Whoso married his brother's wife, he was the heir of all his brother's goods." Maim. tom. 4, treat, of Inheritances, chap, iii. sect. 7. His name be not blotted OUT,] Or, not wiped out; for that was ao heavy judgment in Israel, Deut. ix. 14 ; xxix. 20; Ps. cix. 13. Therefore to comfort the godly eunuchs, the Lord promiseth to give them ' a name better than of sons and of daughters,' Is. Ivi. 5. And this showeth the reason of this law, that God would have bre- thren show mercy one to another, both • to the living, and to the dead,' as Ruth ii. 20, that widows should not be left comfortless, and that families should not be cut off from their inheritances in Canaan, (which were figures of a better and heavenly heritage, as is show- ed on Gen. xii. 5,) but that ' the name of the dead might be raised up upon their inheri- tances,' Ruth iv. 5, 10. And as Christ himself came according to the flesh, after this manner of kindness showed by Boaz to his grandfather; so unto him, and his church, may the truth of this shadow and legal ordi- jiance be applied. For the church of Israel was his wife, Hosea ii. who bare him no chil- dren by the law, Rom. vii. 10, 11. But the apostles (his brethren, John xx. 17,) by the immortal seed of the gospel, begat chil- dren unto him, both of the Jews and Gen- tiles, I Cor. iv. 15; Gal. iv. 19; 1 Pet. i. 23, not that they should be called by any man's name, 1 Cor. i. 12, 13, but to carry the name of Christ, whose name shall be for ever, and con- tinued as long as the sun; in whom all nations shall bless themselves: and blessed be the name of his glory for ever, Ps. Ixxii. 17, 19. Ver. 7. — Like not,] Or be not wil/ing, have 710 delight or pleasure : so in ver. 8. Though God would have brethren perform the foresaid duty, yet if their aflectioiis were contrary, he forced them not hereunto, lest CHAP. XXV J35 luisbaiid's brother unto me. « And the elders of liis city shall call him and speak nnto him : and if he stand and say, I like not to take her, ° Then shall his brother's wife come near unto him in the eyes of the elders, and she shall pull off his shoe from off his foot, and shall spit in his face : and she shall answer and say. So shall it be done unto the man which will not build up his brother's worse evils should grow in families, through want of love, which is the bond of perfect- iiess. But what if tiie woman herself were not willing? For this God giveth no express law: but by the Hebs. opinion, if she were fit to marry him, and would not, she was judged ' as a woman rebellious against her hu-band, and was put away without a dowry, which all other widows had. If her hus- iiand's brethren were many, and the eldest re- quired her, and she were not willing thereto, but would have another brother, they heark- ened not unto her, for the commandment is, that the eldest should have his brother's wife." Maim, in Jibbum, chap. ii. sect. 10. To THE GATE,] \\'here the judges used to sit: so the Chald. explaineth it, to t/ie gate of the judgment-hall (court J before the elders : see Ruth iv. 1, 2, &c. Ver. 8. — And speak onto him,] "The brother's wife goeth after her husband's bro- ther, in the place where he is, and cometh to the judges: and they call him, and give him counsel, such as is meet for him and her. If it be good to marry, they counsel him to marry her: and if it be good to put ofl' the shoe, as if she be very young, and he an old man, or she an old woman, and he a young man, they counsel him to put ofl" (the shoe). And it is needful that the judges appoint a certain place to sit in, and afterward she uuUeth off" his shoe there before them," &c. Maim, in Jibbum, chap. iv. sect. 1, 2. "Ver. 9. — Pull off his shoe,] It is said Ruth iv. 7, that " this was the manner in for- mer time in Israel, concerning redeeming, and concerning changing, for to confirm all things; a man pulled off" his shoe, and gave it to his neighbour, and this was a testimony in Israel." So in that case it was a sign, that the brother gave over his right in the woman, and resigned her to any other. Sometime it is a sign of ignominy. Is. xx. 2, 4, that also is implied here, as the words following mani- fest. The manner of performing this rite, is said to be thus ; " They brought him a shoe of leather, which had an heel, &c. and he put it on his right foot, and tied the latchet thereof upon his foot, and stood he and she in the Synedrion (or court). And he setting his foot upon the ground, and she sitting down, stretched out her hand in the court, and loosed the latchet of his shoe, and pulled the shoe off" his foot, and cast it on the ground. After this she stdod up, and spitted on the ground before his face, with spittle that might be seen of the judges, and it was necessary that the judges should see the spittle that came out of her month. And afterwards she said, ' Thus shall it be done to the man which will not buildup his brother's house ; and his name shall be called in Israel, the liouse of him that hath his shoe pulled off';' all in the holy tongue. And all that sat there answered after her, • He that hath his shoe pulled off",' three times." Maim, in Jibbum, chap. iv. sect. 6—8. Spiritually this signified, that such as would not beget children unto Christ, it should be declared of them, that their feet are not shod * with the preparation (or stability) of the gospel of peace,' mentioned in Eph. vi. 15. Spit in HIS FACE,] Or in his sight, as this phrase is interpreted, Deut. iv. '67, or ' before him,' as Deut. xi. 25. The Hebs. expound it of spitting on the ground before him, as is be- fore noted. And this spitting was a sign of shame and ignominy, as Num. xii. 14; Is. 60. 6. Build up his brother's house,] That is, beget seed for his brother: as Rachel and Leah are said to ' build the house of Is- rael,' by bearing children, Ruth iv. 11. See the annots. on Gen. xvi. 2. The house of him,] So there was a note of infamy not upon himself only, but his house, his poster- ity after him: whereby God showed how much he disliked this his unkindness. And concerning that nearest kinsman, which re- fused to marry Ruth, ' lest he should mar his own inheritance,' Ruth iv. 6, we may observe how neither he nor his hath any name or memorial in the book of God, though there seemed to be just occasion to have named him, Ruth iv. 1, &c. whereas Boaz who did the duty, hath not only his genealogy rehearsed, Ruth iv. IS — 22, but is in the roll of the kindred of our Lord Jesus Christ, who came of him according to the flesh, Matt. i. 1 — 5. After all these rites were performed, th« Hebs. do record, that the judges gave unto the woman a bill subscribed with their names, wherein they testified to all men, that such a man and such a woman had on such a day and year appeared before them, and done all the things forementioned, according to the law of Moses and Israel: which bill was a 380 DEUTERONOMY. house. '" And his name shall be called in Israel, The house of him that hath his shoe pulled off. " Wlien men strive together, a man and his brother, and the wife of the one draweth near for to deliver her Jiusband out of the hand of him that smiteth liim, and putteth forth her hand, and taketli hold by his secrets, '^ Then thou shalt cut off her hand, thine eye shall not spare. ^^ Thou shalt not have in thy bag a stone and a stone, a great and a small. " Thou shalt not have in thine house an ephah and an ephah, a great and a small. '* A perfect stone and a just shalt thou have, a perfect ephah and a just shalt thou have, that thy days may be lengthened in the land which Jeliovah thy God giveth testimonial of her full discharge from this man, after which she was free to be married to any other." Maim, in Jibbum, chap. iv. sect. 29, 30. Ver. 11. — When men strive,] Orjight, as it were flying one upon another. And HIS BROTHER,] That is, his neighbour ; bro- ther is taken here in a large sense, as in Exod. ii. 11, and in many other places. To deliver her husband,] This tliough it was lawful for her to do, and a fruit of her love; yet God furbiddeth it to be done by any un- lawful or immodest manner: for we may not do evil that good may come, Rom. iii. 8. Putteth forth her hand,] This notelh a purposed act: for if she had done this una- wares, the penalty following was not to be inflicted upon her. So the Hebs. conc'lude in tlie general for all men, " He that bringeth shame (on his neighbour) is not guilty (of punishment) for tlie sliame, unless he do it purposely, as it is written, ' And she putteth forth her hand :' but fi;e that doth shame to his neighbour without intent, is free." Maim, torn. 4, in Chobel, (or treat, of him that doth hurt and damage,) chap. i. sect. iO. By HIS SECRETS,] Or privities ; which in the Heb. have their name of shame, " the shame- full parts." From hence the Jews have a general law, that men are to make satisfac- tion for all manner of shame that they bring upon their neighbour, as is noted on Exod. xxi. 19. Their saying is, " He that hurteth his neighbour, is bound to make him satisfac- tion for five things, viz. the damage, and the pain, and In's healing, and his resting, and the shame; and these five things are recom- pensed out of the best of his goods, &c. He is bound to pay for the shame by itself, Deut. XXV. 11, 12, under which law is generally comprehended he that bringeth shame (upon his neighbour)." Maim, in Chobel, chap. i. sect. 1, Vbr. 12.— Cui OFF Hnn HAND,] The in- strument wherewith she sinned: by it teach- ing to cut oft' and abstain from such actions. And this severe punishment God appointeth for her immodest carriage. Ver. 13. — A stone and a stone,] That is, as the Gr. and Chald. translate, a weight and a iveight ; meaning divers weiglits, wheiewith to deceive in buying and selling, called ' the bag of deceitful weights,' Mic. vi. II. In Israel they used to have their weights of stone, or the like: see the annot. on Lev. xix. 36. So ' an heart and an heart,' meaneth a double deceitful heart, 1 Cliron. xii. 33. This law forbiddeth not only all unrighteousness in buying, selling, and exchanging ; but all injustice in judgment. Matt. vii. 1, 2, as God, blaming the judges, saith, ' You weigh the violent wrong of your hands in the earth,' Ps. Iviii. 3. The like evil is to be avoided in handling the word of God, that it be not ' deceitfully,' 2 Cor. iv. 2. So for measuring the ordinances of God in his church, by the reed and line which he hath given therefore, Ezek. xl. 3, 6 ; xliii. 10; Rev. xi. 1, called ' a golden reed,' Rev. xxi. 15. Ver. 14. — In thine house,] Though a man do not weigh or measure with such, yet it is unlawful " to have a light weight, or scant measure in his house or shop, (as the Flebs. teach from this place) for another may come, who knoweth not that it lacketh weight, and may weigh with it." Maim, treat, of Theft, chap. vii. sect. 3. Ephah,] Or bushel: in Gr. and Chald., a measure and a measure, that is, a double measure. Tlie ephah is named instead of all other: what it was, see on Lev. xix. 36, and Exod. xvi. 36. So in Prov. xx. 10. ' A stone and a stone, an ephah and an ephah, are an abomi- nation to Jehovah, even both of them.' See also Prov. xi. 1; xx. 23. Ver. 15 A perfect stone,] In Gr., A true weight: so after, a true measure. CHAP. XXV. 337 unto thee. '" For he is an abomination to Jehovah thy God, wlio- socver dotli these things, whosoever dotli unrighteousness. " Remember that which Amalek did unto thee by the way when ye were come forth out of Egypt. '^ How he met thee by the way, and smote tlie hindmost of thee, all tliat wei'e feeble behind thee, and thou luast faint and weary ; and he feared not God. ^^ There- fore it sliall be, when Jehovah tliy God hath given rest unto thee, from all thine enemies round about, in the land whicli Jehovah thy God giveth unto thee for an inheritance to possess it, thou slialt blot out the remembrance of Amalek from under the heavens : thou shalt not forget it. Hence Solomon saith, ' A peifect stone is the Lord's delight,' Prov. xi. 1. And a just,] lieb, ' and (a stone oO justice : so an ephah of justice, that is, most just and exact : con- trary to them that made the ephah small, and the shekel great,' Amos viii. 5. So in Ezek. xlv. 10, it is said, ' Balances of justice, and an ephah of justice, and a bath of justice, shall ye have.' God here commandeth justice and equity in all things, corporal and spiritual, as our Saviour teacheth us, saying, ' Judge not, and ye shall not be judged : condemn not, and ye shall not be condemned: forgive, and ye shall be forgiven: Give, and it shall be given unto you, good measure, pressed down, and shaken together, and running over,' &c. Luke vi. 37, 38. And Job applying this to his state of life, saith, ' Let him weigh me in balances of justice, that God may know mine integrity,' Job xxxi. G. And every man is willed to ' ponder (or weigh) the path of his feet,' Prov. iv. 26, that is, (as the apostle ex- poundeth it) to 'make straight paths for his feet,' Heb. xii. 13. May be lengthened,] Or prolonged; or, that they may lengthen thy (lays; of which phrase see Exod. xx. 12. As ' a just weight and balance are the Loid's,' Prov. xvi. 11, and 'his delight,' Prov. xi. 1, so he rewardeth with blessing and long life, the keeping of this law, than which there is none more necessary in liuman society. Ver. 16. — An AKOiMiNATiON,] That is, most abominable ; yea, not only the person that doth these, but even the weights and measures themselves are said to be an abomi- nation, Piov. xi. 1 ; XX. 23, and the rather for that this injury is done under a show of justice, and done especially to the poorer sort, which buy by retail, whose wrong God espe- cially regardeth. Unrighteousness,] Or injurious evil: which general word is here added, to imply all other wrongs and deceits, which abound among men, whereby they op- press and defraud one another: but ' the Lord is the avenger of all such,' 1 Thess. iv. 6, and he ' hatii sworn by the excellency of Ja- VoL, II. 2 cob. Surely I will never forget any of their works,' Amos viii. 5, 7. Ver. 17. — Remember,] Heb. To re- member, of which phrase see the notes on Exod. xiii. 3. Amalek,] That is, the j^malekites, which were the children of Esau, Jacob's brother: of whose wickedness see Exod. xvii. 8, &c. Ver. 18 — He met thee,] By way of enmity, not of amity; therefore the Gr. trans- lateth, he resisted thee; when it had been his duty to have met them with bread and water, for their refreshing, Deut. xxiii. 4. \n 1 Sam. xv. 2, it is said, 'he laid (wail) for in Israel in the way.' Smote the hind- most,] Heb., cut of}' the tail; a stratagem of war, lawful against God's enemies, as Josh. X. 19, but wicked against Jiis people. The Gr. translateth, Oit off' thy hindmost troop; in Chald., he killed. Feeble,] In Gr., wearied ; in Chald., lingering: which fact was cruelty in Amalek; for the faint and feeble ought to be comforted and refreshed. Matt. xi. 28; i Thess. v. 14; and such were gathered in the lere-ward, as Israel marched, Num. X. 25. Though this might be a just correction from God, for such as fainted in their travel, wherein they should have been encouraged. See the notes on Exod. xvii. 8. Feared not God,] The Chald. saith, he feared not the glory of the Lord: for In's glory conducted them in a pillar of cloud and fire, Exod. xiii. 21, and God by signs and wonders, great plagues and terrihleness, had brought Israel out of Egypt, which made all people afraid, Exod. xv. 14, &c. yet Amalek feared not. As 'by the fear of the Lord, men depart from evil,' Prov. xvi. 6, so the want of his fear is the cause why men rush into all evil, Ps. xxxvi. 1, 2, &c. Ver. 19. — Given rest unto thee from all,] Under which is implied, a subduing of all the enemies; for so these phrases do explain one another, 2 Sam. vii. 11, with 1 Chron. xvii. 10. And here God deferreth vengeance till after many years: so showing 338 DEUTERONOMY. forbearance towards the wicked, which should lead them to repentance, Rom. ii. 4, and compassion towards his people, whom he would not exercise with all waters at once, lest they should be discomfited. See Exod. xiii. 17. Blot out,] Or, tuipe out the re- membrance, that thire should jio name or memorial of them remain: a sign of great wrath, as Deut. ix. 14; xxix. 20. This judgment God executed by Saul the first king of Israel, whom he sent to destroy utter- ly these Amalekites, ' both man and woman, infant and suckling, ox and sheep, camel and ass,' 1 Sam. xv. 2, 3. But he failed in the performance of it: therefore God stirred up theSimeonites(in king Hezekiah's days)' and they smote the rest of the Amalekites, that were escaped,' 1 Chron. iv. 42, 43, yet Ila- man of A gag the Amalekite remained, who plotted the death of all the Je«s: but he and his ten sous were killed ; and Amalek's me- mory is perished, Hos. iii., &c. And under this, the like judgment on antichrist was figured: see the annot. on Exod. xvii. Shalt NOT FORGET,] That is, Take heed thou for- get it not: by forgetting he implieth also ne- glect of performing this judgment. Tliere- fore Saul who performed it not thoroughly, but spared the king, and the best of the cat- tle, (though for sacrifice unto the Lord) was rejected of God, as having sinned greatly, 1 Sam. XV. 9, 21, 23, and for it he was slain, I Chron. x. 13, and, an Amalekite had an hand in his death, 2 Sam. i. S — 10. CHAP. XXVI. 1. The profession of Jmn that offer eth the basket of first-fruits. 12. The confession of him that hath given his third year's tithes. 1 6. The covenant between God and the people. 333 ' And it shall be wlien tliou art come into tlie land wliicli Je- hovah thy God givetli unto thee^r an inlieritance, and tliou pos- sessest it, and dwellest therein ; '^ That tliou slialt take of tlie first BBS Here beginneth the fiftieth lec- ture of the law: see Gen. vi. 9 Ver. 1. — When thou art co.me,] Or, When thou shall be come. Possessest it,] " He showeth that they were not bound to (bring) the first-fruits, till the land were subdued, and parted among them," saith Sol. Jarchi on this place. Ver. 2. — Of the first,] Or, of the he- ginninrj ; which the Gr. translateth, of the first fruit of the fruits of thy land j mean- ing, of those which were first ripe, them they were to honour God with in the first place, and to show their thankfulness for his bless- ings, that so they might be sanctified, and in- creased unto them, Piov. iii. 9, 10. These first-fruits were to be separated before all other, as is noted on Num. xviii. 13. And Sol. Jarchi scanneth the words thus; " Of the first, and not all the first: for all fruits were not bound to give the first-fruits, but the seven sorts only, for which the land of Israel is commended (in Deut. viii. 8,) the like is said by others of them; "They bring no first-fruits save of the seven kinds spoken of in commendation of the land, (Deut. viii.,) and they are wheat, and barley, and grapes, and figs, and pomegranates, and olives, and dates: and if one bring any besides these seven sorts they are not sanctified. They bring not of the dates that grow on moun- tains, nor of the fruits that grow in valleys, nor of olives which are not of the chiefest; but of the dates that grow in valleys, and of the fruits that grow on mountains, because they are of the choicest (or best.) They bring no first-fruits of liquors, save of olives and of grapes only; for it is said, ' Of the fruit of the land,' and not of the liquor; and if one bring of the liquors, they leceive them not of him. They .hat dwell near to Jerusalem, bring figs and grapes that are moist, and they that dwell far ofl' bring them dried." Maim, torn. 3, in Biccurim, chap. ii. sect. 2 — 4. The first-fruits have no measure set by the law, but by the words of our wisemen, he must separate one of sixty. And he that will make all his field first-fruits, may so do. If he have separated his first-fruits, and re- turneth, and addeth more unto them, that which he addeth is as the first-fruits." lb. sect. 17, 18. GiVETH,] Or, is giving unto thee; the Gr. addeth, by lot, or for inhcri- CHAP. XXVI. 339 of all the fruit of the earth, which thou shalt bring of thy land, which Jehovah thy God giveth unto thee, and shalt put it in a bas- ket, and shalt go unto a place which Jehovah thy God shall choose tance: this vvas the land of Canaan, the seat of God's church, and figure of a better in- heritance by Christ: the first-fiUits whereof (which are the graces, cr ' the first-fruits of the Spirit,' Rom. viii. 23,) are to be brought unto the Lord, that they may be accepted in Christ. Yea, we ourselves, whom he hath begotten ' with the word of truth, that we should be a kind of first-fruits of his crea- tures,' (James i. 18,) are to present our bodies inito him, and our reasonable service, Rom. xii. 1. The Hebs. say, " If one bring first-fruits from without the land, they are no first-fruits." Maim, in Biccurim, chap. ii. sect. 1. In A basket,] So the Gr. and Chald. translate the word Tene, used only here, and in Deut. xxviii. 5, 17. The Hebs. understand it generally of any vessel, and hold it necessary (from this place) "that the first-fruits be brought in a vessel ; also they teach, that every sort of fruit should be brought in a vessel by itself ; but if he brougnt them in one vessel, it would serve. And they might not bring them mixed all to- gether, but the barley underneath, and the wheat above it, and the olives above that, and the dates above them, and the pome- granates above them, and the figs uppermost in the vessel. And there should be some- thing put between every several kind, as clothes, or rushes, or leaves, or the like ; and they laid about the figs, clusters of grapes outward. If he brought them in a vessel of metal, the priest took the first-fruits, and re- stored the vessel to the owner: but if he brought them in a vessel of osiers, or of rushes, or the like, then both the first-fruits and baskets were the priest's." Maim. torn. 3, in Biccurim, (or treatise of First-fruits,) chap. iii. sect. 7, 8. And shall go,] Namely, at the feast of harvest, or pentecost, which was seven weeks after the passover, as may be gathered by Exod. xxxiv. 22, and Deut. xvi. 9, 10, then the people went up together, and carried off their first-fruits with them. The Hebs. say, " They brought no first-fruits before the pentecost, as it is writ- ten, ' And the feast of harvest of the first- fruits of thy labours,' (Exod. xxiii. IG,) and if any brought them (before,) they received them not of him, hut he left them there until the solemn feast came." Maim, in Biccurim, chap. ii. sect. 6. His name to dwell,] The Chald. saith, his divine presence to dwell ; the Gr., his name to be called upon there: meaning the tabernacle or temple, called elsewhere, 'the house of Jehovah, Exod. xxiii. 19. This in ages following was at Shiloh and then at Jerusalem, whither the people used to repair with great solemnity; and at the performance of this service, they are said to do thus: " When they carried up the first-fruits, all the cities that were in a station (or county) gathered together to the (chief) city of the station, to the end they might not go up alone; for it is said, 'In the multitude of people is the king's honour,' (Prov. xiv. 28.) ' And they came and lodged all night in the streets of the city, and went not into the houses for fear of pollution.' And in the morning the governor said. Arise, and let us go up to Zion the city of the Lord our God. And before them went a bull which had his horns covered wiili gold, and an olive garland on his head, to signify the first-fruits of the seven kinds (of fruits.) And a pipe struck up before them, until they came near to Jerusalem; and all the way as they went, they sang, I rejoiced in them that said unto me, ' We will go into the house of the Lord,' &c. (Ps. cxxii.) " When they were come nigh to Jerusalem, they sent messen- gers before them, to signify it to the men of Jerusalem, &c. Then the captains and go- vernors went out of Jerusalem to meet them : if many men came, there went out many; and if but few, few. And when they all were come within Jerusalem gates, they began to sing, ' Our feet have been standing in thy gates, O Jerusalem,' (Ps. cxxii.) All the chief artificers that were in Jerusalem stood before them, and saluted them, ' Welcome, brethren, the men of such a place.' And they went in the midst of Jerusalem, and the pipes striking up before them, till they came near to the mount of the house (of God:) when they were come thither, they took every man his basket on his shoulder, and said, ' Hallelujah, praise God in his sanctuary,' &c. (Ps. cl.) and they went thus and sung till they came to the court-yard ; when they were come thither, the Levites sang (the xxx. Ps. ' I will exalt thee, O Lord, for thou hast drawn up me,' " &c. Talmud Bab. in Biccurim, chap. iii. sect. 2 — 4, and Maim, in Biccurim, chap. iv. sect. 16. Unto this, and other like manner of solemn assembling, the prophet hath reference, when he saith, ' Ye shall have a song as in the night when an holy solemnity is kept; and gladness of heart, as when one goeth with a pipe, to come into the mountains of Jehovah, to the rock of Israel,' Is. xxx. 29. 340 DEUTERONOMY. to cause his name to dwell there, ^ And thou shalt come unto the priest, which shall be in those days, and shalt say unto him, 1 pro- fess this day unto Jehovah thy God, that I am come into the land whicli Jehovah sware unto our fathers for to give unto us. * And the priest shall take the basket out of thine hand, and shall set it down before the altar of Jehovah tliy God. ^ And thou shalt an- Veb. 3. — Unto the Priest,] God's pub- lic minister, and the figure of Christ, of whom it is written, "By him let us ofler the sacrifice of praise to God continually, that is, the fruit of the lips, confessing to his name,' Heb. xiii. 15. Which shall be,] That is, which shall minister in his course in tliose days; for the priests ministered by turns: see 1 Chron. xxiv. I profess,] Or, / de- clare, I shoiv openly before the Lord. And because of this piesenting themselves and their first-fruits to him, the Hebs. say, " That when they brought their first-fruits, they brought in their hand turtle doves and young pigeons; some they hang upon the basinets, and they were for burnt-ofl'erings and some in their hand, which they gave unto the priests." Maim, in Biccurim, chap. iii. sect. 9. Vek. 4. — Before the Altar,] That there it might be sanctified by Clirist, figured by the altar, Matt, xxiii. 19 ; Heb. xiii. 10, &c. and so made acceptable to God. Ver. 5. — Shalt answer,] That is, shalt speak, or pronounce : These words were to be spoken by every man that brought the first-fi uits, except he were not a man, or not the owner of the land, or the like: for such exceptions they do put, " He that brought the first-fruits, might if he would give them to his servant, or to his neighbour, all the way, till he came at the mount of the house (of God.) When he came to the mount of the house, he himself was to take the bas- ket on his own shoulder, yea, though he were tlie king, the greatest in Israel: and when he came at the court-yard he professed, while the basket was upon his shoulder, ' I profess this day unto the Lord thy God,' &c. Then he let down the basket from his shoulder, and the priest put his hand under it and waved it, and he said, ' A Syrian ready to perisli was my father,' &c. and he left it by the al- tar's side, at the south-west horn (of the al- tar) on the south side of the horn, and bowed himself down, and went out. But the con- fession is not alike for all: some are bound to bring first-fruits, and yet make no confession over them; as the woman, and he that is of neither sex, and he that is of both sexes, male and female ; because they cannot say, ' Which the Lord hath given unto me.' Likewise tutors (or guardians) and servants and mes- sengers ; for they cannot say, 'Which the Lord hath given unto me.' The pro?elyte bringeth and professeth, as it is said to Abraham, 'A father of a multitude of nations have I given thee to be.' (Gen. xvii. 5.) Behold he is the father of all the whole world, which are gathered under the wings of the divine ma- jesty. And to Abraham was the oath at first, that his sons should inherit the land. Like- wise the priests and Levites do bring (first- fruits) and profess, because they have cities and suburbs. He that separateth his first- fruits, and seUeth his field, bringeth them, but professeth not: for he cannot say, 'Which the Lord hath given me,' because the land is not his. And he that bought it, is not bound to separate other first-fruits of that sort, be- cause he that sold it hath separated them al- ready; and if he do separate any, he may bring them, but not make profession; but of another sort he may separate, bring, and pro- fess. He that separateth first-fruits, and they are lost before they come at the mount of (God's) house, and he sepaiate other for them, he bringeth the second, but professeth not, because he cannot say, ' The first of the fruit of the land,' (Deut. xxvi. 10,) for they are not the fiist, &c. He that bringeth first-fiuits of one kind, and maketh profession, and cometh again and bringeth first fruits of another kind, he maketh no profession over them ; for it is said, 'I profess this day;' one time in the year doth he make profession, and not twice. He that bringeth first-fruits after the feast, until the dedication, although he separated them before the feast, bringeth them, but maketh no profession, because it is said (in ver. 11.) ' And thou shalt rejoice in all tlie good;' so there is no professing, but at the time of rejoicing, from the (beginning of the) feast of weeks, until the end of the feast." Maim, in Biccurim, chap. iii. sect. 12. &c. and chap. iv. sect. 1, &c. In that which is said of t\\e proselyte (or stranger.) Maim. dili'ereth from his fellows; for in Thalmud Bab. in Biccurim, chap. i. sect. 4, it is said, " The proselyte bringeth, but professeth not, because he cannot say, 'Which thou hast sworn to our fathers to give unto us; but if bis mother were an Israelitess, he bringeth and professeth.' But the former well agreeth with the mystery of the gospel; for as it is CHAP. XXXII. 341 swer and say before Jehovah thy God, A Syrian (^ready to perish) tvas my father, and he went down into Egypt, and sojourned tliere with a fevA men, and became there a nation great, mighty, and many. ^ And the Egyptians evil intreated us, and afflicted us, and laid upon us hard servitude. ' And we cried out unto Jehovah tlie God of our fatliers, and Jehovah heard our voice, and saw our affliction, and our labour, and our oppression. '^ And Jehovali brought us forth out of Egypt, with a strong hand, and with an out- stretched arm, and with great terribleness, and with signs and with prophesied in Ezek. xlvii. 22. ' Ye shall divide (the land) by lot, for an inheritance to you, and to the strangers that sojourn among you, which shall beget children among you, and they shall be unto you as bora in the country,' &c. So when Christ came, Zac- cheus the chief publican became 'the son of Abraham,' Luke xix. 9, and in Christ 'there is neither Jew nor Greek, but all are one in him, and Abraham's seed and heirs, accord, ing to the promise,' Gal. iii. 28, 29. And in him is this service in the mystery of it fulfilled, when we at our pentecost, that is, when we receive the first-fruits of God's Spirit. (Acts ii ; Rom. viii. 23,) do honour him with our persons, our substance, and with the first-fruits of all our increase, Prov. iii. 9, offering the sacrifice of praise unto God continually, the fruit of our lips confessing to his name, Heb. xiii. 15. For as the first of all fruits were holy, so the church is holy unto the Lord, of all people in the earth, Rev. xiv. 4; James i. 18, as it is written, 'Israel is holiness unto Jehovah, the first-fruits of his revenue,' Jer. ii. 3. And as these first-fruits were brought unto the sanctuary in a basket, so the good Israelites whom God would ac- cept for his, are likened to ' a basket of good figs set before the temple of the Lord, even like the figs that are first ripe, and them God promiseth to ac^knowledge, and to set his eyes upon them for good, and that they shall be his people, and he will be their God,' &c. Jer. xxiv. 1, 2, 5 — 7. A Syrian ready to PERISH,] Heb. An Aramitc perishing, o\; of perdition; that is, ready to perish through poverty, affliction, and misery, as in Prov. xxxi. 6, 7. ' Give strong drink unto him that is ready to perish,' &c. Let him drink and forget his poverty, and remember his misery no more.' An Aramite is after the Gr. call- ed a Syrian, as is noted on Gen. x. 22, and this Syrian here spoken of was Jacob, who dwelt in Syria with Laban the Syrian, twenty years in hard service, Gen. xxviii. 5; xxxi. 3S; xl. 41, 42; Hos. xii. 12, and therefore though he was naturally an Hebrew, yet for his misery is called a Syrian ; as contrary- wise Jather, who by nature was an Ishmaelite, 1 Chron. ii. 17, is for his faith and state of grace called an Israelite, 2 Sam. xvii. 25. And thus God said to the Jews that dwelt in Canaan, ' Thy nativity is of the land of Canaan; thy father was an Amorite, and thy mother a Chethite,' Ezek. xvi. 3. Others understand it here of Laban, translating, 'A Syrian was destroying my father, (or working his perdition;') and to this the Chald. agreeth, saying, " Laban the Syrian sought to destroy, (or undo) my father, and the vulgar Lat., ^ Syrian persecuted my father. The Gr. dillerelh from both, translating, 3Iy fa- ther left Syria. By this speech they were taught to acknowledge their first estate and original to have been most miserable; and so we ought all to confess, Eph. ii. 2, 3. A FEW MEN,] In Chald., a small people : they went down but with ' seventy souls,' Gen. xlvi, 27. Vbr. 6 Evil intreated,] Did evil, or vexed : and this is a commemoration of their second main affliction, whereof see Exod. i, &c. and it was a figure of our bondage under sin and satan, which we being delivered from, are to mention with thankfulness, Rom. vi. 17, 18 ; Tit. iii. 3. Hard servitude,] In Gr., hard works : they made them serve ' with rigour, that their lives were bitter unto them,' Exod. i. 14, God would not have us forget our former miseries, though we be come out of them: he sundry times commandeth this; ' Thou shalt remember that thou wast a servant in Egypt,' Deut. xvi. 12. ' Remem- ber that ye having been in times past heathens, &c. were without Christ, being aliens from the commonwealth of Israel,' Eph. ii. 11, 12. Ver. 7. — We cried out,] In Chald., we prayed : see Exod. ii. 23 — 25. Heard OUR voice,] In Chald., accepted ottr prayer. Saw,] In Chald., it was revealed (or mani- fest) before him : see Exod. iii. 7. Our la- bour,] Or our molestation. Ver. 8. — Out-stretched,] In Gr. and Chald., 071 high arm: see Exod. vii., &c. Terribleness] Or terror : this the Gr. and 342 DEUTERONOMY. wonders. ^ And he hath brought us into this place, and hath given unto us this land, a land iiowing with milk and honey. '" And noW; behold, I have brought the first-fruit of the land, wliich thou, Je- liovah, liast given unto me ; and thou shalt set it down before Je- hovah thy God, and shalt bow down thyself before Jehovah tliy God. " And thou shalt rejoice in all the good which Jehovah thy God hath given unto thee, and unto thine house, thou, and the Le- vite, and the stranger that is the midst of thee. '^ When thou hast made an end of tithing all the tithe of tliy revenue, in the third year, the year of tithe, and hast given it unto the Levite, to the stranger, to the fatlierless, and to the widow, that tJiey may eat within thy gates, and be filled. ^^ Then thou shalt Chald. translate visions, and so in Deut. iv. 34. Ver. 9. — Milk and honey,] Under whicli two, all other earthly blessings and heavenly also, in figure, are implied: and hereby they acknowledge the truth of God's promises made unto their fathers; whereof see the notes on Exod. iii. 8. So after in ver. 15. Ver. 10.— The fruit,] In Gr., the first- fruits of the fruits. As we ourselves are the Lord's first-fruits. Rev. xiv: 4, and have received the first-fruits of his 'Spirit,' Rom. viii. 23, so we tlieri do give the first- fruits unto him, when in Christ (the true sanctuary) we acknowledge, that we and ours are his, and have this grace not of ourselves, or for our own merits, but of his goodness and liberality, 2 Cor. iii. 3; Eph. ii. 8, 9, 10; Tit. iii. 3 — 6. Set it down,] Or " leave it for the priests, which did after eat it. The first-fruits were given to the men of the charge [the priests that ministered] and they divided them among them, as the [other] holy things of the sanctuary." Maim, in Biccurim, chap. iii. sect. 1. It figured, that we should consecrate ourselves and ours for ever unto the Lord, Rom. xii. 1 ; vi. 19, 22. Ver. 11. — Shalt rejoice,] As they were bound to do at all other feasts, Deut. xvi. 11, 15. So that after this homage, the people abode in the holy city all that night feasting, and the next day they might depart, and not before. Hereupon the Hebs. note seven things, which they that brought first-fruits were bound unto; " the coming to the place; and the vessel (or basket;) the profession to l)c made; and the oblation, (or sacrifice;) and the song, and the waving of it by the priest; and the tarrying all night. When he hath brought his first-fruits to the sanctuary, and made profession, and ofiered his peace-offer- ings, he may not go out of Jerusalem that day, to return to his own place, but must tarry there all night, and return on the mor- row to his own city; as it is written, (in Deut. xvi. 7,) and thou shalt turn in the morning, and go unto thy tents. All the turnings which thou shalt turn out of the sanctuary after thou art come thither, shall not be but in the morning." Maim, in Bic-. curim, chap. iii. sect. 14. In all the GOOD,] Or, as the Gr. translateth, /or a/Jf^e good things : the chiefest whereof are the first-fruits of the Spiiit, wherewith God sanctifieth his people: as when Christ teach- eth that ' Our Father which is in heaven will give good things to them that ask him,' Matt. vii. 1 1, another evangelist expoundeth it, he will ' give the Holy Spirit to them that ask him,' Luke xi. 13. For this Spirit and graces of God which we have received, we ought to rejoice before him continually, Ps. c; Luke x. 20; Phil. iii. 1; I Pet. i. 8; 1 Thess. v. 16. Ver. 12.— Of thy revenue,] Which the Gr. expoundeth, of the fruits of thy land. See the notes on Deut. xiv. 22. The year of tithe,] That is, the year when the second tithe was to be given to the poor, which was the third and the sixth year of every seven years, whereof the law was given before in Deut. xiv. 2S. The Gr. trans- lateth, the second tithe thou shalt give to the Levite, ike. Of this the Hebs. say, " We are commanded to confess before the Lord, after that we have brought forth all the gifts which be of the seed of the land, and this is called the confession of the tithe. And we make not this confession, but after the year wheiein we have separated the tithes of the poor, Deut. xxvi. 12." Maim. torn. 3, in Maasar sheni, or treat, of the Second Tithe,) chap. xi. sect. 1, 2. Within thy gates,] That is, as the Gr. and Chald. expound it, thi/ cities: see Deut. xiv. 28, 29. Ver. 13. — Then,] Hebr. And thou shalt sag. The time is recorded by the Hebs., to CHAP. XXVI. 343 say before Jehovah thy God, I have put away the holy thing out of mine house, and also have given it unto the Levite, and to the stranger, to the fatherless, and to the widow, according to all thy commandment, which thou liast commanded me : I have not trans. be '• at the Minchah [the oblation] in the last good day of the passover of the fourth (year) and of the seventh; as it is said, 'When thou hast made an end of tithing:' at the feast wherein all the tithes are ended. And the passover of the fourth year cometh not, but all the fruits of the third (year) are tithed, whuther they be the fruits of the tree, or fruits of the laad." Maim, in Maaser sheni, chap. xii. sect. 3. The reason hereof was, the passover was kept in Abib (or March) Dan. xvi. 1, and " the first of Tisri (that is, September) was the beginning of the year for the tithe of corn seeds, and herbs: and the fifteenth of Shebet (which we call January) was the beginning of the year for the tithes of the fruits of trees," as Maim, showeth in Maaser sheni, chap. xi. sect. 2, so by March following, the tithes of the third year (which they had ' laid up within their gates,' Deut. xiv. 2S,) might all be bestow- ed, and the passover was the next feast that ensued, when all men were bound to appear before the Lord, Deut. xvi. 16. Say be- fore Jehovah,] That by this solemn con. fession, they might testify their voluntary obedience to his laws with a clear conscience, and so crave and expect his further blessing. The Hebs. say, " This confession might be uttered in any language that a man spake ; and every one spake for himself; and if many would confess jointly in one, they might. And it is commanded to be done in the sanc- tuary 'Before the Lord;' and if they con- fessed in any place, they were discharged." Maim, in Maaser sheni, chap. xi. sect. 5, G. Put away the holy thing,] In Chald., the holy thing of the tithe : Heb. the holiness; meaning, things of holiness; as the Gr. translateth. / have purged the holy things out of my house : so that this confession respect- ed not the tithe of the poor only, but all other holy things, which they were bound to give unto God, or his ministers, or the poor. And ' putting away,' signifieth the removing and utter taking away, so that nothing remaineth. So the Hebs. say, A man " confesseth not until there be not any of the gifts remaining with him; as it is said, I have put away the (holy thing out of mine) house: ' And in the evening of the last good day (of the passover) was the putting away, and on the morrow was the confession.' Thus he did: if there remained with him any heave-oflering of the tithe, he gave it to the priest: if any of the first tithe, he gave it to the Levites: if any of the poor's tithe, he gave it to the poor. If there remained with him any of the fruits of the second tithe of confession, or of that which was of the fourth year's plantation (Lev. xix. 24,) or any money of their redemption, lo he put them away, and cast them into the sea, or burnt them. If any first-fruits re- mained with him, he put them away in every place; whereby is meant, that he burned and put away that which remained with him of the fruits which he could not eat all of them before the good day came, Stc. He cannot confess till he have brought out all the gifts; as it is said, ' I have put away the holy thing,' that is, the second titlie, and the fourth year's plantation, called 'holy,' Lev. xix. 24, ' Out of my house,' that is, the cake (Num. XV. 20,) which is the priest's gift in the liouse, ' I have given it to the Levite,' this is the first tithe, (Num. xviii. 21.) 'And also I have given it,' which implieth generally, that the other gift was before, namely, the great heave-oflering (of first-fruits,) and the heave- oflering of the tithe: 'To the stranger, to the fatherless, &c. this is the tithe of the poor, and the gleaning, and the forgotten (sheat) and the corner,' (Deut. xxiv. 19; Lev. xix. 9, 10,) although the gleaning, the forgotten, and the corner, do not hinder the making of confession. And he must separate the gifts in order, and afterward make confession, as it is written, ' According to all thy command- ment,' &c. Lo, if the second tithe were given before the first, he might not make confession. If his untithed fruits were burnt, he might not make confession, because he hath not se- parated the gifts, nor given them to whom they were due. He that had nothing but the second tithe only, made confession, for the ground of the confession is in the tithe. And so if he had nothing but first-fruits only, he made confession, as it is said, ' I have put away the holy thing,' " &c. Maim, in Maaser sheni, chap. xi. sect. 7, &c. Thy comriand- MENT,] in Gr., commandments: and the word according, implieth the order of doing all things, as before is noted. Not trans- gressed,] By doing any things amiss, as giving bad for good; and as the Hebs. ex- pound it, one kind for another, or old for new, or neio for old, or the like. Of trans- gression, see the notes on Deut. xvii. 2. Forgotten,] This the Hebs. apply to for. getting to bless God for it, and to mention hi 344 DEUTERONOMY. gressed thy commandments, neither have I forgotten. '^ I have not eaten thereof in my mourning, neither have I put away ought thereof for the unclean, neither have I given ought thereof for the dead : I have hearkened to the voice of Jeliovah my God ; I have done according to all that thou hast commanded me. '^ Look down from the habitation of tliine holiness from the heavens, and bless thy people Israel, and the land which thou hast given unto us, as thou swarest unto our fathers, a land that fioweth with milk and honey. ^* This day Jehovah thy God hath commanded tliee to do these statutes and judgments, and thou shalt keep and do them with all name upon it. Maim, ibid., chap, xi, sect. 15. But it is more general, implying the neglect of any precept, concerning the things here spoken of: for in spiritual duties unto God, all men are faulty, Ps. xix. 12; Eccl. vli. 20. Ver. 14. — In my moorning,] Or, m my sorrow : By this it appeareth, that this law and confession extended further than to the third year's tithe, which was all given to the poor, Deut. xxiv. 28, 29, and might not be eaten by the owner of the land: and reached to the first and second year's tithes, which the owners were to eat before the Lord, Deut. xiv. 22, 23, but might not eat of it in their mourning, upon painof being beaten by the ma- gistrate, as Maim, slioweth in Mauser aheiii, chap. iii. sect. 5, where he further saith (in sect. 6, 7.) " VVho is tliis mourner? He that bewaileth any of his kindred, whom he is bound by the law to mourn for. And in the day of death he is bound to mourn by the law, (Lev. X. 19.) If he be kept unburied many days, he is a mourner all those days till he be buried, by the doctrine of the scribes. And not the second tithe only, but all the holy things, every one, if he eat of them in moui'uing, by the law he is to be beaten ; if in his mourning, by the scribes' doctrine, he is to be scourged." Compare herewith the saying of the prophet, ' Their sacrifices shall be unto them as the bread of mourners; all that eat thereof shall be polluted,' Hos. ix. 4. Put AWAY,] The word before used in ver. 13, but otherwise turned here in the Gr. / have not taken fruit thereof: which Gr. word is used in .losh. v. 12, for eating fruit: and so the Hebs. expound this heie of eating; " He that eateth the second tithe in unclean- iiess, is to be beaten; for it is said, I have not put away thereof for the unclean: whether the tithe be unclean, and the eater clean; or the tithe clean, and the eater unclean: and he that eateth it in Jerusalem before it be redeemed. The uncircumcised is as the un- clean; and if he eat that second tithe, he is to be beaten by the law," &c. Maim, in Maasar sheni, chap. iii. sect. 1, 4. For the UNCLEAN,] So the Gr. translateth it; mean- ing for any unclean person to eat of it; or for any unclean use. Heb. in unclean, whereby may be meant, in uncleanness. For the dead,] Or, to the dead : whereby may be under- stood, to any idol, or for any idolatrous use ; as idolaters are said to eat ' sacrifices of the dead,' Ps. cvi. 28, or to be eaten at any dead man's funeral, whereby the holy thing miglit be polluted; as Hos. ix. 4, for at funerals they used to eat and drink, Ezek. xxiv. 17 Jer. xvi. 7. The Hebs. expound it thus; " that he hath not received (or bought) there- with coffin or shrouds (for the burial of the dead) nor given thereof to other mourners." Maim, in Mauser sheni, chap. xi. sect. 15. Further they say, " The second tithe is given to eat and to di ink, Deut. xiv. 23, and anoint- ing is as drinking. And it is unlawful for a man to bring it out for his other needs; as to receive therewith vessels, or garments, or servants; as it is written, ' I have not given thereof for the dead ; as if he should say I have not brought it out for anything which keepeth not alive the body," &c. ib. chap. iii. sect. 10. Ver. 15. — The habitation of thy HOLINESS,] That is, thy holy habitation ; as the Gr. translateth it, thine holy house. By this prayer they submitted themselves unto the trial and judgment of God, for their upright keeping of these his laws (as Ps. xxvi. 1 — 3,) and having clear consciences, they had boldness, before God, to crave and expect his blessing: for he that is, ' a doer of the work (of God) this man shall be blessed in his deed,' James i. 25. Ver. 16. — This day,] Moses concluding his exposition of the laws, with a warning of obedience teacheth the children that they are alike interested in God's covenant, as were their fathers; and so their posterity: for what was spoken and done nnto them, concerneth us also, Hos. xii. 4; Ps. Ixvi. C, 7. Tnv CHAP. XXV^ 345 tliine heart, and with all thy soul. '^ Thou liast avouched Jehovah this day to be unto thee for a God, and to walk in his ways, and to keep his statutes, and his commandments, and his judgments, and to liearkcn unto liis voice. ^^ And Jehovah hath avouched thee this day, to be unto him for a people of peculiar treasure, as he hath spoken unto thee, and to keep all his commandments. '^ And to give thee to be higli above all nations which he liatli made in praise, and in name, and in beautiful glory ; and that thou mayest be an lioly people unto Jehovah thy God, as he hath spoken. God,] The first argument of obedience, from the person of God, and his grace towards them, who hath sovereign authority thereby to command. Ver. 17. — Hast avouched,] Or, hast made to say, that is, to promise: in Gr., hast chosen. A second reason of obedience, be- cause of the mutual covenant between God and his people: see Exod. xix. 3, 4, 8, which covenant was not with the fathers only, (Deut. V. 2, 3,) but being now renewed with their children, and in them with all their posterity, served both to confirm their faith, and to in- crease their obedience and sanctification. Unto thee for a God,] Or, as the Gr. translatelh, thi/ God : what this meaneth is showed on Exod. xx. 2, 3. His ways,] \Vhich he commandeth to walk in; and they imply both doctrines of faith, and precepts of manners, (as is noted on Gen. vi. 12; xviii. 19,) and an imitation of him, as beloved children, Eph. v. 1, 2; Matt. v. 48. Statutes,] The ordinances of worship and service which he taught: see the notes on Deut. iv. 1. Commandments,] The moral law given in Exod. xx. Judgments,] The judicial laws, whereof see Exod. xxi. 1, &c. So all whatsoever are in God's law, are com- prehended under these heads. Hearken unto,] Or, obei/ his voice, if any special thing be commanded unto any, as when God sent Saul to root out Amalek, 1 Sam. xv. 1, 2, 19, 20, 22. Ver. 18. — Hath avouched thee,] Or, made thee to say, that is, to promise, or give thy word: in Gr., hath chosen thee. Pecu- liar treasure,] In the Gr. a peculiar peo- ple ; in Chald., a beloved people : see the notes on Exod. xix. 5. To keep,] That is, that thou shouldest keep ; which as it is a part of the covenant on God's behalf, so is it the work of his grace in all his people, as he hath said, ' I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts,' Jer. xxxi. 33. Ver. 19.— Give thee to be high,] Or make thee (set thee) high : of which see the notes on Deut. xxviii. 1. And this is the third argument to persuade obedience, in re- spect of the high excellency which God's people begin to obtain by him in this life, and shall fully possess in the end. See Col. iii. 1 — 4; James i. 9. In praise,] Or for praise ; to be praised even of the enemy, for my mercies upon thee, as Zeph. iii. 19, 20. So he is said to ' make Jerusalem (his church) a praise in the earth,' Is. Ixii. 7, for ' he exalteth the horn of his people, the praise of all his saints,' Ps. cxlviii. 14. In nabie,] Or for name, that is, fame or re- nown ^ this is a continuance and increase of the former praise, called therefore ' an ever- lasting name that shall not be cut oflj' Is. Ivi. 5, and *a name that shall remain,' Is. Ixvi. 22. And it was by a settled continu- ance of the state of his church ; as on the contrary by scattering them, he is said, 'to blot out the name of Israel from under heaven,' 2 Kings xiv. 27. Beautiful glory,] Which consisteth in outward bless- ings wherewith God adorneth his church, aa with 'garments of beautiful glory,' Is. Iii. 1, opposed unto ' ashes,' Is. Ixi. 3, and is the continuance of his heavenly ordinances and kingdom among them. Is. Ixi v. 11; Ezek. xvi. 12. And all these three degrees of grace the church enjoyeth by being united unto God; as it is written, 'As the girdle cleaveth to the loins of a man, so have I caused to cleave unto me the whole house of Israel, and the whole house of Judah, saith Jehovah: that they might be unto me for a people, and for a name, and for a praise, and for a beautiful glory,' Jer. xiii. 11. See also Jer. xxxiii. 9. An holy people,] This is the chiefest end of all our obedience, the glory of God, and our own salvation ; which is accomplished by our sanctification, as the apostle saith, 'Being now made free from sin, and become servants to God, ye have your fruit unto holiness, and the end everlasting life,' Rom. vi. 22. Vol. TI. 346 DEUTERONOMY. CHAP. XXVII. 1 . The people are commanded to write the law upon the stones, when they are came into the land of Canaan. 5. To build an altar of whole stones. 11. The tribes divided on Gerizzim and Ebal. 14. The curses pronounced on mount Ebal. ' And Moses, and the elders of Israel, commanded the people, saying : Keep all the commandments which I command you this day. ^ And it shall be in tlie day when you shall have passed over Jordan, unto the land which Jehovah thy God giveth unto thee, that tliou shalt set thee up great stones, and plaster them with plaster. ^ And thou shall write upon them all the words of this law, when thou art passed over, that thou may est go in unto tlie land wliich Jehovah thy God giveth unto thee, a land that floweth with milk and honey, as Jehovah the God of thy fathers hath spoken. * And it shall be when ye are passed over Jordan, ye shall set up these Ver. 1. — The Elders of Israel,] In Gr,, the senate of the sons of Israel : com- pare ver. 9. Here Moses giveth order for the confirmatioa of all the laws before re- peated, by outward signs once to be performed by Israel, when they should be come into Canaan. The end whereof was to teach them salvation by Christ, and that they should not expect it by the works of the law, for that leaveth them under the curse, ver. 26, Gal. iii. 10. All the commandment,] That is, cotmnandinents , as the Gr. trans- lateth it; or, every commandment. See ver. 10. Ver. 2. — The day,] That is, the time. the first opportunity. For this rite was ful- filled not the first day that Israel went into Canaan, but after, as Josh. viii. 30, &c. So ' day is used for time,' Luke xix. 42. Set UP,] Or, erect, to wit, stones for pillars, as in Exod. xxiv. 4, to signify the tribes of Israel; who being brought of God into his good land, were by this extraordinary rite to profess their homage and obedience unto him, otherwise to undergo the curses of his law. Which their consciences accusing them of, they might be led unto Christ, for redemp- tion from the curse. With plaster,] Or with lime, whiting, that the words of the law might be written thereon; a memorial of God's benefits unto them. The word plaster is used to signify hypocrisy, as Paul called Ananias ' a plastered (or whited) wall,' Acts xxiil. 3, and the pharisees are likened to ' whited (or plastered) sepulchres, which ap- pear beautiful outward,' &c. Matt, xxiii. 27. And that seemeth also to be intended here; that all such as seek life by the works of the law (which Israel after did, Rom. ix. 31,32,) have their hearts within hard and stony, (Ezek. xxxvi. 26,) though outwardly they appear of another nature and colour, and have the profession of the law upon them, where- in they glory, Rom. ii, 17, 23. Therefore afterward blessings and cursings are mention- ed, ver. 12, 13, but Moses rehearseth none but curses, as being the due of all such hypo- crites. And from the last verse of this chapter, Paul proveth, that ' as many that are of the works of the law, are under the curse,' Gal. iii. 10. Ver. 3. — All the words,] Either the ten commandments, called the 'ten words,' Exod. xxxiv. 28, which are the sum of all law: or, all the words following in this chap- ter. See the notes on ver. 8. That thou mayest go in,] And consequently possess and enjoy the land, which figured heaven: for the law promiseth life to them that do it, Rom. X. 5, though unto man it is impossible. Or, it may be read, ' for that thou art come in:' as being a reason of this service, and of their duty to keep the law. And so the Gr. translateth, fVhen as thou art come in. Ver. 4.— Ebal,] Or, Gebal ; as the Gr. writeth it, Gaibal: and here the other mount Gerizzim, (ver. 12,) is also understood; but because the curses only, are after expressed, and they were on mount Ebal, therefore it is CHxVP. XXXII. 347 stones which I command you this day in mount Ebal, and thou shalt plaster them with plaster. * And thou shalt build there an altar unto Jehovah thy God, an altar of stones, thou shalt not lift up any iron upon them. ^ Of whole stones shalt thou build the altar of Jehovah thy God, and thou shalt offer thereon burnt- offerings unto Jehovah thy God. ' And thou shalt sacrifice peace-offerings, and shalt eat there, and rejoice before Jehovah thy God. * And thou shalt write upon the stones all the words of this law very plainly. ® And Moses, and the priest the Levites spake unto all Israel, saying, Take heed, and hear, O Israel, this day thou art become the people of Jeho- vah thy God. " Therefore thou shalt obey the voice of Jehovah thy God, and do his commandments and his statutes, which I com- mand thee this day. named. Of this mount, see ver. 12, 13. With plaster,] Or, with lime, as ver. 2. Ver. 5.— An Altar,] To signify God, the other party in the covenant, as was at mount Sinai, Exod. xxiv. 4, and to teach by it, and the sacrifices offered thereon, that there could be no salvation but by Christ, and his sacrifice for remission of sins. Iron,] That is, any iron tool, to hew or polish them, but they should be as they were natural ; to signify the perfection that sliould be in Christ's human nature, whereby he was ac- ceptable to God, though before men he seem- ed altogether deformed, Is. Hi. 14; liii. 2, he was •'thestone cutout without hands,' Dan. ii. 34, 35. And no man might lift up an iron tool upon these stones, to teach that man's wisdom is foolishness with God: see the notes on Exod. XX. 25, where the axe of man, 'pol- luteth' the altar of God. Ver. 6. — Of whole stones,] And not of hewn, Exod. xx. 25. Of such ' whole or entire stones did Joshua build it,' Josh, viii. 31. Burnt-offerings,] To obtain of God by Christ forgiveness of sins; and sanctification of life: see the annot. on Lev. i. Ver. 7. — Peace-offerings,] To show their hope of peace and prosperity by Christ; and their thankfulness for his graces: see Lev. iii. Eat there,] Keeping holy banquet: for the flesh of the peace-oflerings were eaten by the owners and priests, Lev. vii. 15, &c. This taught them the spiritual joy which they should have in Christ, for his deliver- ance of them from the curse of the law; and his flesh we do eat unto life eternal, Gal. iii. 13: John vi. 51. Ver. 8. — Very plainly,] Oy , plainly &r\A well (or fairly) Heb. making them plain, doing them luell. Hereby is meant a large arid fair writing, easy to be read of all, as in Hab. ii. 2. That all sorts of people might have the knowledge of God's law, and learn to do the same. And by this it appeareth that ' all the words commanded to be written, (or the copy of the law, which Jesus wrote. Josh. viii. 32,) were not the whole book of Deuteronomy, much less all Moses' books, as some have thought; for what stones would suffice for such a work? With these whited stones, on whose outside the law was written, we may compare that ' white stone,' (in Rev. ii. 17,) which Christ giveth to all his, 'and in the stone a new name written, which no man knoweth saving he that receiveth it:' those being to show the work of the law out- wardly; this, the work of Christ's grace and Spirit inwardly. Compare also 2 Cor. iii. 2, 3. Ver. 9. — Take heed and hear,] Or, Attend {hearken) and hear, as the Chald. expoundeth it; but the Gr. saith. Be silent and hear. Art become the people,] Or, art made for a people to Jehovah, by re- newing of the covenant, declared so to be; and therefore bound to obey his command- ments: as it is said, ' For all people will walk, every one in the name of his God: and we will walk in the name of Jehovah our God, for ever and ever,' Mic. iv. 5. Ver. 10. — Therefore thou shalt,] Heb. And thou shalt obey; the Chald. saith, shalt receive the word of the Lord. By obeying (or hearkening unto,) is m^ant the due observing or keeping of the things spoken: as, ' our fathers have not hearkened unto the words of this book,' 2 Kings xxii. 13, is ex- plained, ' our fathers have not kept,' 2 Chron. xxxiv. 21. Commandments,] Or, coin- mandment, meaning every one in particular, and all in general: for the ofiending ' in one point, maketh us guilty of all,' James ii. 10. See the like in Deut. v. 10. 348 DEUTERONOMY. ^' And Moses commanded the people in that day, saying -. '^ These shall stand to bless the people npon mount Gerizzim, when ye are passed over Jordan : Simeon, and Levi, and Judah, and Issacliar, and Joseph, and Benjamin. ^^ And these shall stand for the curse on mount Ebal -. Reuben, Gad, and Aser, and Zabulon, Dan and Na- phtali. " And the Levites shall answer, and say unto all the men of Israel with an higli voice. '^ Cursed be the man that maketh a graven or a molten image, an Ver. 12. — Gerizzim,] Called hi Gr. Garizein ; of it, and the other mount, Ebal, Moses said before, they were ' over against Gilgal. beside the oaks of Moreh,' Deut. xi. 30. And Benjamin,] These six here named were the worthiest tribes, all born of Jacob's wives the free women, and none of the handmaids' children: God showing hereby the strength and nobleness of the blessings (above the curses;) and that they belong to such chil- dren of the free women, as Paul teacheth us in an allegory, Gal. iv. 22—31. Howbeit, though Moses appointeth these to bless, yet he expresseth not the blessings: by such si- lence leading his prudent reader to look for them by another, which is Christ, John vii. 17; Acts iii. 26. For silence in the holy story often implieth great mysteries, as the apostle (in Heb. vii.,) teacheth from the nar- ration of Melchizedek, in Gen. xiv. Ver. 13. — For the curse,] That is, to pronounce it. In speaking of the blessings, he nameth, ' the people,' ver. 12, but now for the curse, he mentioneth not ' the people,' but implieth them only, as if he were loth to name them for such misery. Ebal,] InGr., Gaibal : this is reported to be near mount Gerizzim, ^but northward; and Gerizzim to- wards the south, (which is the right side of the world, Ps. Ixxxix. 13,) if so they were, it foreshowed the blessings which should be pronounced to those which at the last day shall stand ' on the right hand,' and the curses upon those ' on the left,' Matt. xxv. 33, 34, 41. The manner of performing this law is recorded by the Hebs. thus; " Six tribes went up towards the top of mount Gerizzim, and six tribes went up towards the top of mount Ebal; and the priest and Levites and the airk stood beneath in the midst. The priests were round about the ark, and the Levites about the priest, and all Israel on this side and on that, as it is written. And all Israel, and their elders, and officers, and their judges, stood on this side the aik, and on that side, before the priests the Levites, which bare the ark of the covenant of the Lord; as well the stranger, as he that was born among them; half of them over against mount Gerizzim, and half of them over • against mount Ebal, (Josh. viii. 33.) They turned their faces towards Gerizzim and pro- nounced the blessing, ' Blessed be the man ] that maketh no graven or molten (image D I and those (on the one side) and those (on the ] other) answered, Amen.' They turned thei/ i faces towards mount Ebal, and pronounced ' the curse, ' Cursed be the man that maketh a graven or a molten (image,)' &c. and those (on the ore side) and those (on the other) answered. Amen; till thty had finished the i blessings and the curses. And afterwa,rds , they brought stones and built an altar," ' &c. Thalmud. Bab. in Sotak, chap. vii. J Reuben,] He was the eldest of all Jacob's sons by Leah the free-woman, Gen. xxix. i 32, yet as for defiling his father's bed he i lost his dignity. Gen. xlix. 3, 4, so here he is taken from his brethren, to be among the handmaids' sons, and set on the mount for the i curses, one of which was this, ' Cursed be he | that lleth with his father's wife,' &c. ver. 20, so the memory of his sin remained to his posterity in special manner. Gad and Aser,] The sons of Zilpah, Leah's hand- | maid. Gen. xxx. 10 — 13. Zabulon,] The j sixth and youngest of all Leah's sons, Gen. ' xxx. 20, and because there were to be Six I tribes on tliis mount, two must be taken of \ the free women's sons: and God took none of j Rachel's, but the eldest and youngest of ' Leah's. Dan and Naphtali,] The two i sons of ' Bilhah Rachel's handmaid,' Gen. xxx. 4 — S. ! Ver. 14. — The Levites,] That is, some ' of the priests the Levites, Josh. viii. 33; their office was to teach Jacob God's 'judgments, \ and Israel his law,' Deut. xxxiii. 10, and as | the solemn blessing was by the Levites " usually, Deut. x. 8, so here the curses were ' by them pronounced to the people. Shall answer,] That is, speak, or pronounce. Answering is often used for the beginning of \ a speech, as in Job iii. 2. To all the men,] ' Oi-, to every man : the Gr. saith, to all Israel. : Ver. 15. — Cursed,] It was commanded that the ' blessing should be put upon mount ] Gerizzim,' Deut. xi. 29, and so in the ful- ^ CHAP. XXVII. 349 abomination unto Jehovah, tiie work of the hand of the crafts- man, and pntteth it in a secret place : and all the people shall an- swer and say, Amen. "^ Cursed be he that setteth light by his father, or his mother : and all the people shall say. Amen. " Cursed be he that removeth his neighbour's limit: and all the people shall say. Amen. " Cursed be he tliat maketh the blind to err in way : and all the people shall say, Amen. ^^ Cursed be he that wresteth the judgment of the stranger, fa- therless, and widow -. and all the people shall say, Amen. '■^^ Cursed be lie that lieth with his father's wife, because he un- covereth his fatlier's skirt -. and all the people shall say. Amen. filling of this precept, Joshua read as well the ' blessings as the curses,' Josh. viii. 34. But the chief end of this ordinance was to teach, that so many as are of the works of the law, are under the curse, as is opened in Gal. iii. 10. The manner is rehearsed be- fore out of the Tlialmud, and the like is in the Jerusalemy Thargum upon this place, saying, " They turned their faces towards mount Gerizzim, and opened their mouth with blessing : Blessed be the man that maketh not any image, or figure, or any si- militude which is hateful and abominable be- fore the Lord, the work of the hands of the son of man, and putteth it not in a secret place. They turned their faces towards mount Ebal, and said. Cursed be the man which maketh an image, or a figure, or any similitude, which is hateful and abominable before the Lord, the work of the hands of the son of man, and putteth it in a secret place: and all the people, these (on the one side) and these (on the other side) answered and said, Amen." Cursing is both in words and deeds, and implieth both the withhold- ing of all good things, and the inflicting of all evil, especially of eternal damnation and torment, Matt. xxv. 41. See the annot. on Gen. iii. 14; iv. 11. The man,] That is, every one, as Paul expoundeth the last of these curses, Gal. iii. 10, teaching us to un- derstand the like of all. Graven,] The Chald., and Thargum Jerusalemy, interpret it Tselm, an image : under graven and mol- ten images, all other like human inventions are implied, as is noted on Exod. xx. 4. And the like is to be understood for the transgres- sion of any other commandment of the first table. An abomination to,] Or, the abomi- nation of Jehovah, that is, which he greatly abhorrcth. Hereupon images and idols are often called ' abominations,' 2 Kings xxiii. 13: Is. xliv. 19; Ezek. vii. 20. The grafts- man,] Or artificer, implying all devices of the most wise and prudent, which make idols 'according to their own understanding,' Hos. xiii. 2. For artificers were employed in the work of God's sanctuary, 1 Chron. xxix. 5, but when they leave the word of God, and follow their own inventions, their work is cursed and condemned, Jer. x. 3, 9; Is. xl. 18, 20; Hos. viii. 6. A secret place,] So that not open idolatry only, but the most se- cret is execrable, though it be even in ' the heart:' see Ezek. viii. 12: Ps. xliv. 20, 21, Amen,] Or, So be it, as the Gr. translatetb it. A confirmation of the curse with theii own mouths, desiring that it might be, anc believing that it should be: see Num. v. 22- The Hebs. say of blessing, " Whosoever an- swereth Amen after him that blesseth, he is as he that blesseth." Maim, in Misneh treat, of Blessings, chap. i. sect. 11. The same is to be thought of saying Amen after all these curses. Ver. 16. — Setteth light by,] Or, as the Gr. hath, dishonoureth : see the aiuiots. on Exod. XX. 12. Ver. 17. — Limit,] Or, lanA-mark, bor- der : against which the law was before given, in Deut. xix. 14. Ver. 18. — Blind to err,j Or, to go astray. They that see, ought to be ' eyes to the blind,' Job xxix. 15, and are forbidden to ' put a stumbling-block ' before them, Lev. xix. 14, much more to seduce them from the right way: for they that are proud, and err from God's commandments, are ' cursed,' Ps. cxix. 21, how much more if they cause others to err? ' He that causeth the righteous to go astray in an evil way, shall fall himself into his own pit,' Prov. xxviii. 10. Ver. 19. — Wresteth,] Or, perverteth, turneth aside : See the law concerning this, in Deut. xxiv. 17. Ver. 20. — Father's wife,] Of this, aud 350 DEUTERONOMY. ^^ Cursed he he that lieth with any beast -. and all the people sliall say, Amen. ^^ Cursed be he that lieth with his sister, the daughter of his fa- ther or the daughter of his mother, and all tlie people shall say. Amen. ^^ Cursed he he that lieth with his mother-in-law : and all the people shall say, Amen. ^* Cursed be he that smiteth his neighbour in secret : and all the people shall say. Amen. ^^ Cursed he he that taketh a reward to smite a soul, the blood of an innocent -. and all the people shall say. Amen. '^^ Cursed be he that confirmeth not the words of this law to do them : and all the people shall say. Amen. the rest that follow, see Lev, xviii. Because men give themselves over to divers noisome lusts of the flesh, God causeth divers curses to be pronounced against this sin, the more to deter men from following the same in any sort. Ver. 24. — Smiteth,] This word is used sometimes for slaying or killing, as Deut. i. 4; xiii. 15, sometimes for wounding only, Zach. xiii. 6, or chastising, Deut. xxviii. 27, 28, sometimes for smiting ' with the fist of wickedness,' Is. Iviii. 4, or ' with the tongue,' Jer. xviii. 18. In secret,] The Gr. expoundeth it, by guile. Ver. 25. — A reward,] A bribe, or gift: as the Gr. translateth it, gifts : and this is the magistrates' sin, Deut. xvi. 19, and was found in Israel, as Mic. iii. II. 'The heads thereof judge for bribes.' To smite,] In Chald., to kill a soul, that is, a person. The blood of an innocent,] Or, as the Gr. expoundeth it, of innocent blood ; which is an eflect of bribery, as in Ezek. xxii. 12. *In thee liave they taken bribes, to shed blood.' Ver. 2G.— Cursed be he,] The Gr. trans- lateth, Cursed be every mem: and so the apostle allegeth it, Gal. iii. 10, where he giveth tills doctrine, ' So many as are of the works of the law, are under the curse : that while men do the law outwardly, yet are they cursed by the law, as being privily trans- gressors: for ' the law is spiritual, but men are cariial, sold under sin,' Rom. vii. 9 — 14. Confirmeth not,] Or, stablisheth not: which the Gr., and our apostle in Gal. iii. 10, expound ' continueth not.' For 'when the just man turneth away from his justices, and committeth iniquity, &c. all his justice that he hath done shall not be mentioned ; in his trespass that he hath trespassed, and in. his sin that he hath sinned, in them shall he die,' Ezek. xviii. 24. See the annot. on Lev. xxvi. 15. The words,] In Gr. all the words : see the like in Lev. xxv. 18; Exod. XXV. 40; Deut. xix. 15. And so the apos- tle citeth this place in Gal. iii. 10, 'con- tinueth not in all things written in the book of the law.' To do them,] This is an ex- position of the former word confirmeth, and sometime the one is put for the other; as, 'to confirm the words of this covenant,' 2 Kings xxiii. 3, for which another prophet saith, ' to do the words,' 2 Chron. xxxiv. 31. 'For not the hearers of the law are just before God, but the doers of the law shall be justi- fied,' Rom. ii. 13. And forasmuch as ' there is not a just man upon earth, that doeth good and sinneth not,' Eccl. vii. 20, ' there- fore by the deeds of the law there shall no flesh be justified in his sight,' Rom. iii. 20, that the apostle rightly gathereth, ' as many as are of the works of the law, are under the curse,' Gal. iii. 10. Therefore the use of the law was to be ' a schoolmaster unto Christ, who hath redeemed us from the curse of the law, being made a curse for us,' Gal. iii. 24, 13. CHAP. XXVIII. 1. If upon condition of observing and doing all God's command- ments, he promiseth many blessings earthly and heavenly. 15. But for disobedience, he threateneth manifold curses, plagues, and miseries. CHAP. XXVIII. 351 ' And it shall be, if hearkening thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Jehovali thy God, to observe to do all his commandments, which I command thee this day, that Jehovah thy God will give thee to be liigh above all the nations of the earth. ^ And all these blessings shall come upon thee, and overtake thee, if thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Jehovah thy God. ^ Blessed shalt thou he in the city, and blessed shalt thou be in the field. * Blessed shall he the fruit of thy womb, and the fruit of thy ground, and the fruit of thy cattle, the increase of thy kine, and the flocks of thy sheep. Blessed shall he thy basket and thy dough-trough. ^ Blessed shalt thou be when thou comest in, and blessed shalt thou be when thou goest out. ' Jehovah will give thine enemies that rise up against thee to be smitten before thy face; they shall come out against thee Ver. I. — Hearkening thou shalt HEARKEN,] That is, shalt continually and diligently hearken to (or obey) the voice ; which the Chald. translateth, shalt receive the word of the Lord. As in the former chapter the law was confirmed by blessings and curses pronounced hy the people; so here it is con- firmed in like sort, but more largely, by God himself: that Israel might be kept in due obedience, and finding in themselves the im- possibility of doing the law, they might have recourse unto Christ by faith. To observe TO DO,] In Gr., tu observe (or keep) and to do. Give thee to be high,] That is, ^ set and establish thee high : as giving, 1 Chron. xvii. 22, is expounded, ' stablishing,' 2 Sam. vii. 24. And ' highness meaneth heavenly dignity given of God, by the high (or heavenly calling, whereof they were made partakers, Phil. iii. 14; Heb. iii. 1, whereby they were to seek and mind ' the things that are above,' Col. iii. I, 2, and have their ' conversation in heaven,' Phil. iii. 20. For, ' the way of life is above to the wise, that he may depart from hell beneath,' Prov. xv. 24. See also Deut. xxvi. 19. Ver. 2. — Overtake thee,] Or take hold on thee : The Gr. translateth, Jind thee. It meaneth obtaining of all blessings, and effec- tual applying of them, for their good and comfort. The like is said of their curses, in ver. 15, 45, and generally of God's 'words and statutes, of which the prophet telleth the Jews, that they overtook (or took hold) of their fathers, when they were punished for transgressing them, Zech. i. 6. Ver. 3. — Blessed thou,] The first bless- ing is upon the person, who must be accept- able to God, before any of his works are ac- cepted, Gen. iv. 4, and the person being blessed, all things prosper about him. What 'blessing' is, see the annot. on Gen. i. 22 ; ii. 3 ; xii. 2. City,] By this, and the Jield, all places, and all estates of life are meant. Ver. 4. — Fruit of thy womb,] Or, of thy belly : the Chald. saith, the child of thy bowels. The second blessing is upon a man's possessions, of all sorts for increase, which was at the first by God's blessing the creatures. Gen. i. 22, 2S, and so continueth, as it is written, ' And he blesseth them, and they are multiplied greatly,' Ps. cvii. 39. So Ps. cxxviii. 1, 3. Thy ground,] Or land, the fruits whereof were also figures of heavenly blessings: see Lev. xxvi. 4. Increase,] Or young : in Gr., herds : see Deut. vii. 13. Ver. 5 Basket,] Whereinto fruits are put when they are gathered, Deut. xxvi. 2. Dough-trough,] Or dough, or store : see Exod. viii. 3; xii. 34. These two are named instead of all places and vessels, wherein the fruits and commodities which God sendeth, are kept for use and store. Therefore the Gr. for basket, translateth barns, (as Luke xii. 18,) and for the * dough-trough,' re- mainders, or store that is left. So in ver. 17. And this is the third degree of blessing upon the commodities which men reap of their possessions. Ver. 6. — Comest in,] By coming in, and going out, the scripture meaneth all em- ployment and administration in any business, or office, as in government of a kingdom, 2 Chron. i. 10, of the church, Acts i. 21, of a family. Gen. xxxix. 11; Ps. civ. 23, and generally of all other aflairs, as 2 Sam. iii. 25; Acts ix. 28. So this fourth blessing concerneth the whole administration and con- versation of the saints. Ver. 7. — Smitten,] That is, as the Gr. and Chald. expound it, crushed, and broken ; see an example of this in David's enemies, 2 Sam. xxii. 38—43. And the fifth blessing concerneth the safety of God's people, and their victories over their enemies, of whom the chief is satan himself, and him will 'the God of peace crush under the feet of his peo- ple,' Rom. xvi. 20. Flee,] A sign of dis- 352 DEUTERONOMY. one way, and fly before tliee seven ways. ^ Jeliovah will command the blessing to be with thee, in thy store-houses, and in all thattliou settest thine hand nnto, and he will bless thee iji the land which Je- hovah tliy God giveth nnto thee. ^ Jehovah will stablish thee nnto himself 1^ov an holy people, as he hath sworn nnto thee, if thou shalt keep the commandments of Jehovah thy God, and walk in his ways. '" And all people of the earth shall see, that the name of Jehovah is called upon thee, and they shall be afraid of tliee. ^' And Jehovah will make thee plenteous in good things, in the fruit of tliy womb, and in the fruit of thy cattle, and in the fruit of thy ground, in the land which Jeliovah sware unto thy fathers, to give imto tliee. '^ Jehovah will open unto thee his good treasure, tlie heavens, to give thee rain of tliy land in Iiis season, and to bless all the work of thine hand : and thou shalt lend nnto many nations and thou shalt not borrow. '^ And Jeliovah will give tliee to be the liead, and not the tail, and thou shalt be above only, and shalt not be beneath, if thou them to be known and arkrowledged of all comfitiire and destruction: therefore when one prophet saith, ' Wilt thou flee before thine enemies?' 2 Sam. xxiv. IS, another explain- eth it, ' to be destroyed before thine enemies,' 1 Chron. xxi. 12. Seven ways,] That is, ma?i?/ ways : so signifying a full conquest over them, for seven is a complete number, often used for manyf as is noted on Gen. ii. 2; xxxiii. 3; Lev. iv. 6. It signifieth also their dispersion, every man his way, whereas they came out jointly together, all ' one way.' Ver. 8. — Will command,] That is, will powerfully send, and eflectually prociue the blessing. Of this phrase, see Lev. xxv. 21. The contrafy hereunto is, he • will send upon thee,' ver. 20. The blessing,] Whereun- to is opposed ' the curse, vexation, and re- buke,' ver. 20. Store-houses,] Or barns; in Chald., treasures: so in Prov. iii. 10. That thou settest thy hand unto,] Heb. the setting to of thy hand : whereof see Deut. xii. 7. Thus "this sixth promise im- plieth a general blessing upon all that the godly hath or doth. Ver. 9.— Stablish thee,] Set thee up firm and sure. This seventh blessing pro- perly concerneth spiritual things and heaven- ly, for the sanctification of the church, and establishment thereof in that grace, by rea- son of the covenant and oath of God, where- of he never repenteth, Ps. ex. 4. ' For the gifts and calling of God are without repen- tance,' Rom. xi. 29. Ver. 10. — Is called upon thee,] That is, thou art called by his yiumc : as befoi-e Moses said, ' Ye are the sons of Jehovah your God,' Deut. xiv. 1. Of this phrase, see the annot. on Gen. xlviii. 16. Here God enlargeth his former blessings, in causing other peoples. Afraid of thee,] As was fore-promised, Deut. xi. 25, and had come to pass unto Israel, Deut. ii. 25, and unto Abraham, Is. xli. 5, and other particular persons, as ' Saul was afraid of David, be- cause the Lord was with him,' 1 Sam. xviii. 12, 15, 29. Ver. 11. — Make thee plenteous,] Or, mahe thee to excel; in Gr., multiply thee. In GOOD,] Or,/or^oo(^ things. An enlarge- ment of the blessing promised in ver. 4, which all should see by the abundance of good things from beneath. Ver. 12. — Treasure,] Or, treasury, store-house, which he expoundeth after to be rain from heaven, for so the scripture else- where mentioneth, ' treasures of the snow, and treasures of the hail, and of the wind,' Job xxxviii. 22; Ps. cxxxv. 7, and these were blessings from above, which caused the in- crease of those good things promised in ver. 4, 5. In his season,] That is, in due sea- son ; meaning the first and latter rain, men- tioned in Deut. xi. 14. See the notes on Lev. xxvi. 4. Shalt lend,] That is. shalt have such plenty, as that thou shalt lend unto many nations; a sign both of wealth, liberal- ity, and sovereignty; for, ' the borrower is servant to the man that lendeth,' Prov. xxii. 7, therefore the Gr. giveth here a double in- terpretation ; ' thou shalt lend unto many na- tions, and thou shalt not borrow: and shalt rule over many nations, and they shall not rule over thee:' which words are borrowed here from Deut. xv. 6. Ver. 13. — The head,] A figure or par- able, meaning chief in authority and power, (railed before, a ruling over many nations, CHAP. XX V^ 1 1 1. 353 hearken unto the commandments of Jehovah thy God, which I command thee this day, to observe and to do. '* And thon shalt not go aside from any of the words which I command you this day, to the right hand, or to the left, to go after other gods to serve them. *^ And it shall be, if thou wilt not hearken unto the voice of Je- hovah thy God, to observe to do all his commandments, and his statutes which I command thee this day, that all these curses shall come upon thee, and overtake tliee. '^ Cursed shalt tliou be in the city, and cursed shalt thou be in the field. " Cursed shall be thy basket, and thy dough-trough. '^ Cursed shall be the fruit of thy womb, and the fruit of thy ground, the increase of thy kine, and the flocks of thy sheep. " Cursed shalt thou be when thou comest in, and cursed shalt thou be when thou goest out. ^" Jehovah will send upon thee a curse, vexation, and rebuke, in all that thou settest thine hand unto, which thou wouldest do, until thou be destroyed, and until thou perish quickly, because of the evil of thy doings, for that thou hast forsaken me. ^' Jehovah will make the pesti- lence cleave unto thee, until he have consumed thee from off the Deut. XV. 6,) as ' the tail' signifieth inferior- ity and baseness, wliich the Chald. expound- eth thus, 'The Lord v,ill give thfie to be strong and not weak.' Tliis is opened in Is. ix. 14, 15. ' The Lord will cut ofl" from Is- rael, head and tail, &c. the ancient and hon- o\irable, he is the head; and the prophet that teacheth lies, he is the tail.' Thus by head here, we may also understand spiritually, the honour of the truth, wherewith the church of God should be adorned and exalted. Above,] In honour and dignity, not earthly only, but heavenly, as in ver. I. So Christ said to the Jews, ' Ye are from beneath, I am from above: ye are of this world, I am not of this %yorld,' John viii. 23. Likewise of his dis- ciples he saith, ' They are not of the world, even as I am not of the world,' John xvii. 16. If thou hearken,] The conditinn of the former promises, the first l)ranch where- of is obedience, to do all that is commanded. Ver. 14. — And thou shalt not,] That is, Jf thou shalt not ; for this is the second branch of the condition, restraining all dis- obedience against any of God's words. Other GODS,]Which the Chald. expoundeth, Idols of the people. Ver. 15. — Not hearken,] In Chald., not receive the word of Lord. Here fol- loweth a large commination of the curses that shall come upon the transgressors of the law: compare this with Lev. xxvi. 14, &c. and this condition is opposite to the former in ver. 1, 2. Ver. 16 Cursed thou,] The first curse is upon their persons, opposed to the blessing Vol. II. 2 in ver. 3. What the curse meaneth, see Deut. xxvii. 15; Gen. iii. 14. Ver. 17. — Dough-trohgh,] Or store ; in Gr., thy remainder. This second curse is opposed to the third blessing in ver. 5. Ver. 18. — Fruit of thv womb,] In Chald., the child of thy hoivels. This third curse is set against the second blessing in ver. 4. Ver. 19.— Comest in, &c.,] That is, in all thy ways and administration. The fourth curse, opposed to the fourth blessing ; in ver. 6. Ver. 20 — A curse,] So God threateneth the priests, in Mai. ii. 2, and this fifth de- nunciation is against the sixth promise of blessing, in ver. 8. This curse the Gr. ex- poundeth, lack, vtx penury. Vexation,] Or, trouble, tumult, and destruction, as Deut. vii. 23, this the Gr. iiiterpreteth, /ajniwe/ but the word is more general, implying wars also, and other plagues upon the body, as Zach. xiv. 13; 1 Sam. xiv. 20; v. 9. And this judgment was upon Israel, 2 Chron. xv, 5. Rebuke,] This is not only from men, but from God, who is said to rebuke, not only by words, but by deeds, whereupon men 'perish,' Ps. Ixxx. 17, and 'his rebuke is with flames of fire,' Is. Ixvi. 15. Hereupon the Gr. here translateth it consumption. How this came upon Israel, see Is. li. 20; xxx. 17. Forsaken me,] In Chald., forsaken my fear. Ver. 21. — The pestilence,] The Gr. and Chald. translate it, death : see the an- not. on Exod. v. 3, and Lev xxvi. 25. Tlie Y 354 DEUTERONOMY. land wliitlier thou goest to possess it. ^^ Jeliovali will smite tliee witli the consumption, and with the burning ague, and with all in- flammation, and with an extreme burning, and with the sword, and with blasting, and with mildew, and they shall pursue thee until tliou perish. ^^ And tliy lieavens which are over thine head shall be brass, and the earth wliich is under thee shall he iron. ^* Jehovah will give thee rain of thy land to be powder and dust ; from the heavens shall it come down upon thee until thou be destroyed. ^^ Jehovah will give thee to be smitten before thine ene- mies ; thou shalt go out against him one way, and flee before him seven ways, and tliou shalt be for a removing to all tlie kingdoms of the ear til. '^^ And thy carcass shall be for meat to all the fowls of the heavens, and to the beasts of the earth, and none shall fray them away. ''"' Jehovali will smite thee with the boil of Egypt, and with tlie emerods, and with the scab, and with the itch whereof thou canst not be healed. ^^ Jehovah will smite thee witli madness. fulfilling of this plague is mentioned in Amos iv. 10. Ver. 22. — Consumption,] Of this, and the ague following, st'e Lev. xxvi. 16. The SWORD,] Or drought : but the Gr. taketh it in the first sense, translating it slaughter : so in Lev. xxvi. 25. Blasting,] Of corn and fruits with a dry wind, 2 Kings xix. 26, for the original word signifieth dryness ; and such was the east-wind that blasted in those parts, Gen. xli. 6. Therefore the Gr. trans- lateth it, corruption with wind. The fulfill- ing of this judgment is showed in Amos iv. 9; Hag. ii. 17. Mildew,] Which hath the name in Heb. of paleness (as Jer. xxx. 6,) and so is here translated in Gr., and is a plague upon corn, through too much moist- ness, (as blasting is with dryness) whereby the natural greenness is gone before it be ripe, and the colour faded. So in Amos iv. 9; Hag. ii. 17; 2 Chron. vi. 28. Ver. 23. — Thy heavens,] In Gr. and Chald., the heaven: see the annot. on Luv. xxvi. 19. It meaneth a restraint of rain, whereby the land should be barren. Ver. 24. — Powder,] Or small dust. In- stead of rain, your air shall be filled with dust, which the wind and other things raise in time of drought. This word is used when speaking of God's judgments, Is. v. 24; xxix. 5; Ezek. xxvi. 10; Nah. i. 3; Luke ix. 5, and with dust was Egypt plagued, Exod. ix. 9. From the heavens,] That is, from the air. Ver. 25. — Smitten,] In Chald., broken: this is opposite to the fifth blessing, in ver. 7. Flee,] And consequently fall and perish ; as to^ee three months before the ene- my, 2 Sam. XXV. 13, is expounded, ' to be destroyed three months,' 1 Chron. xxi. 12. For a removing,] That is, removed, shaken, and dispersed; as the Gr. translateth, thou shalt be in dispersion. This word Jeremiah useth when the time of their dispersion was come upon them, Jer. xv. 4; xxix. IS ; xxxiv. 17. So in 2 Chron. xxix. 8. Ver. 26. — Thy carcass,] That is, car- casses ; the Gr. expoundeth it, yoiir dead men : he meaneth that they should not have honest burial; but being slain by the sword, should be eaten by beasts. These words of Moses Jeremiah repeateth, Jer. vii. 33; xvi. 4; xxxiv. 20. And Asaph lamenteth the pouring out of this plague, Ps. Lxxix. 1 —3. Ver. 27. — Boil of Egypt,] Or Egyptian ulcers, whereof see Exod. ix. 9 — II. Eme- rods,] Or piles, a disease wherewith God smote the Philistines in their secret hinder, parts, 1 Sam. v. 9; Ps. Ixxviii. 66. For this disease the Heb. hath two names, the one in the line G7iaph6lim, the other in the margin Techdrim ; and this latter is used in the line, in 1 Sam. vi. 11, 17. Itch,] So the Gr. expoundeth it: the Chald. saith, a dry scab. Whereof,] Or, so that thou canst not be healed : and this is the counterpart to the promise made upon their obedience, in Exod. XV. 26. Ver. 28.— Madness,] Or, fury ; this is properly in the mind, but manifested by foolish gesture, 1 Sam. xxi. 13, 14. And because the prophets were often moved with ecstacies, and carried themselves strangely, some in contempt would call them mad men, 2 Kings ix. 11 ; Jer. xxix. t6. Blindness,] That is both in body and mind. Is. xlii. 19. The contrary blessing we receive by Christ, Is. xlii. 7, 16. Astonishment,] Or, nmnzcment, wondering : this is threatened CHAP. XX van. 355 and witli blindness, and with astonishment of heart. ^^ And thou shalt be groping at noon day, as the blind gropeth in thick dark- ness, and thou shalt not prosper in thy ways, and thou slialt be only fraudulently oppressed and robbed all days, and none shall save thee. ^ Thou shalt betrothe a wife, and another man shall lie with her ; thou shalt build an house, and thou shalt not dwell therein ; thou shalt plant a vineyard and shalt not make it common. ^^ Thine ox shall he slain before thine eyes, and thou shalt not eat thereof : thine ass shall be violently taken away from before thy face, and shall not return unto thee ; thy sheep shall be given unto thine ene- mies, and thou shalt have none to save. ^' Thy sons and thy daughters shall be given to another people, and thine eyes shall see, and shall fail with longing for them all the day, and there shall be no power m thine liand. ^^ The fruit of thy hand, and all thy labour shall a people eat up wliicli thou knowest not : and thou shalt be only fraudulently op- pressed and crushed all thy days. ^* And thou shalt be mad for the siglit of thine eyes which tliou shalt see. ^^ Jehovah will smite thee with an evil boil on the knees, and on the legs, whereof thou canst not be liealed, from the sole of thy foot, even unto the top of thine head. ^^ Jehovah will bring thee, and thy king which thou shalt set over thee, unto a nation which thou hast not known, thou even to the prophets, in Jer. iv. 9, and other unbelievers, Hal), i. 5; Acts xiii. 41. V^ER. 29. — Groping,] Or, feeling ; meant as an effect of blindness of soul, as Paul speaketh of God's works to the heathen, 'that they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel (or grope) after him, and find him,' Acts xvii. i?. So it is said of the wicked, in Job V. 14. ' They meet with darkness in the day time, and grope in the noon day as in the night:' and in Job xii. 25, 'They grope in the dark without light.' Save THEE,] That is, as the Gr. traiislateth it^ thou shalt have no helper. So in 2 Sam. xxii. 42, 'they looked, but there was none to save.' Ver. 30. — Lie with her,] Or, defile, ravish her. The Heb. Shai/al signifying the act of generation, as here aud in Is. xiii. 16, Zach. xiv. 2, expounded in the Heb. margin to be read Shacab, which is to lie with. Make it corimon,] That is, gather and eat the grapes thereof. See Deut. xx. 6. On the contrary, when God promiseth giace he saith, ' the planters shall plant (vines) aiid shall make them common,' Jer. xxxi. 5. Ver. 31.— Not retl'rn,] That is, not be relumed, or restored, as the Gr. explaineth it. See the annots. on Gen. ii. 20; xvi. 14. To save,] In Gr., ?io helper : as ver. 29. Ver. 32— Fail,] Or, be consigned, to wit, with longing, or desire : so it is else- where spoken of the eyes, in Ps. cxix. 82, of the soul, Ps. Ixxxiv. 3, and of the reins. Job xix. 27, where Job speaketh of his desire to see God at the resurrection. No power in THY HAND,] So the Chald. expoundeth it, and the Gr., thy hand shall not be strong (or able) or we may interpret it, nothing shall be in the power of thine hand. The contrary is in Mic. ii. 1; Gen. xxxi. 29. Ver. 33. — Eat up,] Or, devour: this judgment came upon Israel by the heathen, Is. i. 7; Jer. v. 17 ; viii. 16. Ver. 34. — For the sight,] In Gr.,/or the sight (or visions) meaning that they should see such heavy troubles, as should make them mad through fear and sorrow, being without faith, comfort, and patience. These are the lively and powerful effects of the law upon the conscience of sinners, that it bereaveth them of all sense of God's favpur: for, 'the law is n.ot of faith,' Gal. iii. 12. Ver. 35. — Evil boil,] Sore, or malig nant ulcer : such a plague spiritual God sendeth on antichrist. Rev. xvi. 2. And in body, Job was afflicted with such ' from the sole of his foot unto the top of his head,' for the trial of his faith and patience, Job ii. 7. Ver. 36. — Bring,] Or lead, make go, into captivity. This foietelltth the over- throw of their state, which was accomplished 356 DEUTERONOMY. or thy fathers, and there thou shalt serve other gods, wood and stone. ^^ And thou shalt be for an astonishment, for a proverb, and for a by-word among all people, whither Jehovah shall lead tliee. ^^ Much seed shalt thou carry out into the field, and little shalt thou gather in, for the locust shall consume it. ^^ Thou shalt plant vineyards and dress them, but thou shalt not drink the wine, nor gather (the grapes) for the worm shall eat it. *" Thou shalt have oli\e-trees in all thy coast, but thou shalt not anoint thyself with the oil, for thine olive shall cast (his fruity " Thou shalt beget sons and daughters, but they shall not be thine, for they shall go into captivity. *^ All tliy trees, and the fruit of thy land, shall the grasshopper possess. ^^ The stranger that is within thee shall get up above thee on high high, and thou shalt come down below be- low. " He shall lend to thee, and thou shalt not lend to him ; he shall be the head, and thou shalt be the tail. " KvA all tliese curses shall come upon thee, and sliall pursue thee, and overtake thee, until thou be destroyed, because tliou hearkenedst not unto the voice of Jehovah thy God, to keep his commandments and his statutes which he hath commanded thee. *^ And they shall be upon thee for a sign and for a wonder, and upon thy seed for ever. " Because thou servedst not Jehovali thy God with joyfulness, and with goodness of heart for the abundance of all things. *** There- fore thou shalt serve thine enemies, wliom Jehovah will send against thee, in hunger, and in thirst, and in nakedness, and in want of all things : and he will put a yoke of iron upon thy neck, until he have destroyed thee. *^ Jehovah will bring against thee a nation by Assyria and Babylon, 2 Kings xvii. 6; XXV. 1, &c. Thy king,] la Gr. thy prin- ces: both were fulfilled, 2 Kings xxiv. 14, 15. Other gods,] As in their own land they served other gods, that is, idols of wood and of stone, Jer. ii. 27, so God threateneth to send them as slaves into other lands, where they would do the like, though by his pro- phets he warned them not to do so, Isa. xiiv. 8, 9, &c. Jer. x. 2 — 11. So for making an idol in the wilderness, God had before given them up 'to worship the host of heaven,' Acts vii. 41, 42. The Chald. here transla- te th, thou shalt serve people that serve idols of wood and of stone. iSo after in ver. 64. Ver. 37. — A BY-WORD,] yi sharp or cut- ting taunt: thus God tlneatened again im- mediately before it came to pass, Jer. xxiv. 9, and before that in Solomon's days, 1 Kings ix. 7, and it came upon them, as Ps. xliv. 14, 15, &c. Ver. 38.— The Locust,] That is, lo- custs : see the judgments here threatened, fulfilled in Joel i. 4; Amos iv. 9 ; vii. 1, 2 '. Hag. i. 6, 11. Ver. 42. — Grasshopper,] Called in Heb. Tesalatsal, a word here only used; the Gr. translateth it erisubee, which is a blasting or mildew, that spoileth corn. Ver. 44.— The head,] Or, for the head, that is, the chief, which the Chald. expound- eth strong ; as the tail is in Chald. the tveak: see ver. 13. Ver. 46.— For a sign,] The Gr. and Chald. translate plurally, signs and wonders. Thy seed,] Chald., thy sons Ver. 47. — Goodness of heart,] The Gr. translateth it, a good heart ; the Cliald., t7-uth of heart : it meaneth also gladness, as in Is. Ixv. 14, it is opposed to ' sorrow.' Of this the Jews made confession when they were returned from Babylon, Neh. ix. 35. Of all,] Gr., of all things ; and Thargum Jonathan addeth, of all good: aaid so in ver. 4S, want of all good. Ver. 48. — Yoke of iron,] That is, hard servitude under heathen rulers; as Jer.xxviii. 13, 14, for 'servants are said to be under the yoke,' 1 Tim. vi. 1. Ver. 49.— As the Eagle,] That flicth CHAP. XXVIII. 357 from far, from the end of the earth, as the eagle flieth -. a nation whose tongue thou slialt not hear. '° A nation of a strong face, which will not regard the face of the old, nor show grace to the young. " And he shall eat the fruit of thy cattle, and the fruit of thy land, until thou be destroyed, which shall not leave mito thee, corn, new wine, or new oil, the increase of thy kine, or flocks of thy sheep, until he have destroyed thee. ^^ And he shall besiege thee in all thy gates, until thine high and fenced walls come down, wherein thou trustedst, throughout all thy land, and he shall be- siege thee in all thy gates throughout all tliyland which Jehovah thy God hath given unto thee. ^^ And thou slialt eat the fruit of thy womb, the flesh of thy sons and of thy daughters which Jehovah thy God hath given unto thee, in the siege and in the straitness wlierewith tliine enemies sliall distress thee. ^* The man that is tender among you and very delicate, his eye shall be evil towards his brother, and towards the wife of his bosom, and towards the remnant of his sons which he shall leave. " So that he will not give to any one of them of the flesh of his sons, whom he shall eat, because he hath not left unto him anything in the siege and in the straitness, wherewith thine enemies shall distress thee in all thy gates. ^^ The tender woman among you and delicate, which would not adventure the sole of her foot to set it on the ground for deli- cateness and for tenderness, her eye shall be evil towards the hus- band of her bosom, and towards her son, and towards her daughter -. " And towards her after-birth tliat cometh out from between lier feet, and towards her sons which she shall bear, for she shall eat them for want of all things, in secret, in the siege and in the straitness,wherewith thine enemy shall distress thee in thy gates. swiftly and violently, therefore the Gr. trans- (that is, surely I will not give) any more latetli, like the violence of an eagle. This thy corn to be meat for thine enemies, is a prophecy of the Babylonians, the ' lion and the sons of the stranger shall not drink with eagle's wings,' Dan. vii. 4. So Nebu- thy wine, for which thou hast laboured: but chadnezzar is likened to a ' great eagle with they that have gathered it, shall eat it, and great wings,' &c. Ezek. xvij. 3, 12. Not praise the Lord, and they that have brought HEAR,] That is, not understand: see the it together, shall drink it in the courts of my notes on Gen. xi. 7. holiness. Is. Ixii. 8, 9. Ver. 50. — Of a strong face,] That is, Ver. 52. — Thy gates,] In Gr, and bold, fierce, cruel, and (as the Gr. translateth) ChhXd., thy cities : so ver. 55. See this ful- impudent. This title is given to Antiochus filled, 2 Kings xvii. ; xxv. Epiphanes, the great afflicter of the Jews, Ver. 53. — The froit of thy wombJ In Dan. viii. 23. Not regard,] Not respect Chald., the children of thy bowels. The or honour any person. like threatening is in Lev. xxvi. 29; Jer. Ver. 51. — Fruit of thy cattle,] Thy xix. 9, fulfilled, 2 Kings vi. 29; Lam. iv. 10. young beasts. See the fulfilling of this men- Ver. 54 Eye shall be evil,] That is, tioned before the captivity, Is. i. 7. Corn,] he shall grudge and envy : see Deut. xv. 9, The enemies devouring of these earthly bless- The Gr. translateth, he shall bewitch with his ings in Canaan, the holy land, figured also eye. So in ver. 56. Of his bosom,] That is, that Israel should for their sins be deprived which lieth in his bosom, as Mic. vii. 5. of God's heavenly blessings, till God should Ver, 57. — Her after-birth,] And so turn them again to himself by the faith of the her little one therein; as the Cnald. expound- gospel: and then he sweareth, 'If I give eth it, the least of her children. 358 DEUTERONOMY. ** If thou wilt not observe to do all the words of this law, that are written in tliis book, to fear this glorious and fearful name Jeho- vah tliy God. *^ And Jehovah will make marvellous thy plagues, and the plagues of thy seed; plagues great and permanent, and sicknesses evil and permanent. *" And he will bring upon thee every disease of Egypt, wliich thou wast afraid because of them, and they sliall cleave unto thee. " Also every sickness, and every plague, which is not written in the book of this law, them will Jehovah bring upon thee, until thou be destroyed. *" And ye shall be left with a few men, whereas ye were as tlie stars of the heavens for multitude, because thou hearkenedst not unto the voice of Jeliovah thy God. ^^ And it shall be, as Jehovah rejoiced over you, to do you good, and to mul- tiply you, so Jehovah will rejoice over you to make you perish, and to destroy you, and ye shall be plucked from off the land, whither thou goest in to possess it. " And Jeliovah will scatter tliee among all peoples, from the end of the earth, and unto the end of the earth j and there thou shalt serve other gods, wliicli thou hast not known, thou or thy fathers, wood and stone. ^^ And in tliose nations tliou shalt not find ease, neither shall there be rest for the sole of tliy foot : and Jehovah will give unto tliee there, a trembling heart, and failing of eyes, and pining of soul. ^^ And thy life shall be lianging in doubt before thee, and tliou shalt dread night and day, and shalt not have assurance of thy life. " In the morning thou shalt say, Wlio will give the evening ; and Ver. 58. — Fearful,] In Gy., marvel- unto the end of them,' Matt. xxiv. 31; Mark lous. xiii. 27. This dispersion of the Jews is visi- Ver. 59. — Thy plague,] Or, every of ble even to this day. Serve other gods,] thy plagues: as the form of the Heh. word The Chald. expoundeth it, serve people that implieth. Thy seed,] Cha\A. thy children, serve idols : but it implieth God's judgment. Permanent,] Or, _^n«,/«2</i/?</ andcontinu- in giving them over to other sin : see the notes ing long: as Thargum Jonathan explaineth, on ver. 36. which shall dure long upon your bodies. Ver. 65. — Not find ease,] Or, not have Ver. CO. — Disease,] Or sickness; in quietness. Unto this curse of the law for Gi-. sorrow. Of the plagues of Egypt, see sin, is opposed the promise of grace in Christ, Exod. viii. &c. Jer. xxxi. 2. A trembling heart,] la Ver. 62. — With a few men,] Gr., m a Gr. a faint (or discouraged) heart. See short (or small) number : Chald. a people of Lev. xxvi. 36 ; Is. i. 5. Failing of eyes,] number, that is, soon numbered. See this In Gr., failing eyes, that shall look for de- fulfilled. Is. i. 9. Hearkenedst not,] liverance, but not see it. Pining of soul,] Chald., receivedst not the word. In Gi-., a melting soul, that is, sorrowful and Ver. 63. — Will rejoice,] Although the fearful. See Lev. xxvi. 16 ; 1 Sam. ii. 33. destruction of the wicked is to themselves Ver. 66. — Hanging in doubt,] That is, miserable, yet God's judgments upon them uncertain, as after followetii. So the Gr., are unto him, his angels, and all the saints, thy life shall be hanging before thine eyes. joyful. Rev. xviii. 20; Ps. Iviii. 11, 12; Jer. Not have assurance of thy life.] Or, 7iot li. 48, for, 'when the wicked perish, there believe in thy life; in Gr., not believe thy is shouting joy,' Prov. xi. 10. life ; that is, have no assurance of it, but al- Ver. 64. — And unto the end, &c,] That ways fear death. is, from one end of the earth to ajiother. A Ver. 67. — Who will give,] That is, O like phrase is, 'from the eud of the heavens that it were evening: see Deut. v. 29. A CHAP. XXIX. 359 in the evening thou shalt say. Who will give the morning -. for the dread of thme heart wlierewith thou shalt dread, and for the sight of thine eyes wliich thou shalt see. ^ And Jehovah will return thee to Egypt with ships, by the way whereof I said unto tliee. Thou shalt not see it again anj' more : and there ye shall be sold to your enemies, for bond-men and for bond- women, and none shall buy yoic. lively description of misery, wherein every hour by night or by day seemeth long and tedious. Compare Job vii. 3, 4. Ver. 6s. — To Egypt,] The house of bondage, Exod. xx. 2, and figure of spiritual bondage under sin and satan: in which estate the law leaveth all men, till they be redeemed by grace in Christ. So another prophet saith, ' They shall not dwell iu Jeho- vah's land; but Ephraim shall return to Egypt, and they shall eat uncleau things in Assyria,' Hos. ix. 3. CHAP. XXIX. 1. Moseshegmsto renem the covenant, exhorteth Israel to oljedience, hy the memory of the worlis they have seen. 10. All stand hefore the Lord, to enter into his covenant. 18. The great rvrath on him that flattereth himself in his wickedness. 29. Secret things belong unto God. ' These are the words of the covenant which Jehovah command- ed Moses to strike witli the sons of Israel, in the land of Moab, beside the covenant which he struck with them in Horeb. ^ And Moses called unto all Israel, and said unto them, You have seen all that Jehovah did before your eyes in the land of Egypt, unto Pharaoh, and unto all his servants, and unto all his land. ^ The great temptations wliich thine eyes have seen, the signs, and those great wonders. " Yet Jehovah hath not given unto you an heart to know, and eyes to see, and ears to hear, unto this day. ° And I have lead you forty years in the wilderness ; your clothes are not Ver. 1. — To strike,] Or to cut, where- of see the notes on Gen. xv. IS. Here the covenant is renewed between God and the people ; and it is the same in effect with the covenant made at Horeb, Exod. xix.; xxiv., save that Christ, who is the end of the legal covenant, is here more clearly revealed, es- pecially in chap. xxx. ver. 11 — 14. Of Moab,] The country on the outside of Jor- dan, whereof see Deut. i. 1, 5. In Horeb,] Or Choreb, that is, mount Sinai, where the covenant was given, Exod. xx. and the bless- ings and curses for confirmation thereof, Lev. xxvi. 3—46. Ver. 3. — Tentations,] Or trials, whereby God tried the Israelites' faith, and the hardness of the Egyptians in letting Is- rael go: see Deut. iv. 34; vii. 19. From God's former benefits, whereof they had ex- perience, he exhorteth them to keep the covenant. Ver. 4. — Not given unto yotj,] This showeth the inability of man to understand the things of God, without the gift of God. And long after this, Paul complaineth of the Jews, ' even unto this day, when Moses is read, the vail is laid over their hearts,' 2 Cor. iii. 15, and Christ saith, that ' to them it was not given to understand the mysteries of the kingdom of heaven,' Matt. xiii. 11 — 14. Ver. 5. — Upon you,] Or /mm upon you; that is, so as you should put them off and cast them from you. Compare Deut. viii. 4. 360 DEUTERONOMY. waxen old upon upon you, and thy shoe is not waxen old upon thy foot. ^ Ye have not eaten bread, neither have you drunk wine or strong drink, that ye might know that I am Jehovah your God. ' And ye came unto tliis place, and Sihon king of Heshbon, and Og king of Bashan came out against us unto battle, and we smote them. And we took their land, and gave it for an inheritance to the Reubenites, and to the Gadites, and to half the tribe of the Manassites. ^ Therefore ye shall keep the words of this covenant, and do them, that ye may wisely do all that ye do. 533 '" Ye stand this day all of you before Jehovah your God, your heads of your tribes, your elders and your officers, all the men of Israel : " Your little ones, your wives, and thy stranger that is within thy camp, from the hewer of thy wood, unto the drawer of tliy water. '' That thou shouldest pass into the covenant of Jeho- vah thy God, and into his oath which Jehovah thy God striketh with thee this day. '^ That he may stablish thee this day for a peo- ple unto himself, and that he may be unto thee a God, as he hath spoken unto thee, and as he hath sworn unto thy fathers, to Abra- liam, to Isaac, and to Jacob. " And not with you yourse/fes alone do I strike this covenant and this oath ; '^ But with liim that is standing here with us this Ver. 6. — Bread,] To wit, ordinary bread out of the earth, but God hath nourished you with manna, the bread of heaven, Ps. Ixxviii. 24, 25; Deut. viii. 3. Ver. 7. — Sihon,] In Gr., Seon king of Esebon. Of this history, see Num. xxi. Ver. 8. — We took,] In Chald., we sub- dued. To THE Reubenites,] In ChalH., to the tribe of Reuben, &c. See the perform- ance hereof in Num. xxxii. Ver. 9. — Wisely do,] Or pmdently carry, and with understanding, and conse- quently prosper: so in 1 Kings ii. 3 ; Jcsh. i. 7, 8. S S e Here beginneth the one and fiftieth section of the law: see the notes on Gen. vi. 9 VeR. 10. — YooR heads of your tribes,] That is, your heads, or chief men, which are the heads of your tribes : the Gr. translateth them by one word Archiphuloi, that is, the chief, or rulers of the tribes. Ver. 11 Thy stranger,] In Gr., the proselyte ivhich is in the midst of your camp. Such of that mixed multitude as came out of Egypt with Israel, Exod. xii. 38, and others that had joined themselves to the church. Hewer of thy wood] Such as hewed wood, and drew water, were the basest ser- vants or slaves of Israel, (as afterward was the case of the Gibeonites, Josh. ix. 21, 27,) who also by faith were admitted into the church and covenant of Israel. Ver. 12. — That thou shouldest pass,] He speaketh to them all, as to one man ; and to pass ' into the covenant,' is a phrase taken from the manner of making covenants, when they passed between the parts of the sacri- fices, Gen. XV. 17; Jer. xxxiv. 18-20. His oath,] Or, his execration; in Gr., his curses, because tluy took the curses of the law upon them, if they kept not the covenant. This is called ' the oath of God,' Eccl. viii. 2. So this people returning from the captivity of Babylon, ' entered into a curse, and into an oath, to walk in God's law which was given by the hand of Moses, Neh. X. 29. Ver. 13.— a God,] Or, for a God: this is the substance of the covenant, even such as is made with us in Christ, 2 Cor. vi. 16 ; Hbb. viii. 10; Rev. xxi. 3. See the an- not. on Gen. xvii. 7. Ver. 15.— Not here,] Meaning their posterity throughout all generations, to whom this covenant did alike belong. So in Tliar- gum Jonathan it is expounded, "ami with CHAP. XXIX. 361 day before Jehovah your God, and with him that is not here with us this day. ^^ For ye know, liow we have dwelt in the land of Egypt, and how we have passed in the midst of the nations which ye passed by. " And ye have seen their abominations, and their filthy idols, wood and stone, silver and gold, which were with them. " Lest there should be among you man or woman, or family or tribe, wliose heart turneth away this day from Jehovah our God, to go to serve the gods of those nations j lest there should be among you a root that beareth gall and wormwood, " And it be when he heareth tlie words of this oath, that he bless himself in his heart, saying, I shall have peace, though I walk in the imagination of mine heart, to add the drunken to the thirsty. ^^ Jehovah will not spare him ; but then tlie anger of Jehovah and liis jealousy shall every geneiation that shall rise up unto the world's end, &c. But this is to be under- stood with exception of the new covenant, which God promised, and hath now established unto us in Christ, Jer. xxxi. 31 — 33; Heb. viii. 7—10. VeR. 16 How WE HAVE DWELT,] Or, thai %vhicli tve have dwelt, which Jonathan expoundeth, the nicmher of years that we have dwelt. This their peregii nation in Egypt, and deliverance thence, with God's gracious conduct of them through the wilder- ness, are named as motives to persuade unto obedience. Ver. 17. — Filthy idols,] In Heb. Gil- lulim (whereof see Lev. xxvi. SO,) in Gr. Idols. Ver. 18. — Lest there should be,] Or, as the Gr. and Chald. explain it. That there he not. Whose heart,] The heart is to be kept with all diligence, because out of it are the issues of life, Prov. iv. 23. According therefore to this, Paul warneth the Israelites, ' Take heed, brethren, lest there be in any of you an evil heart of unbelief, in departing from the living God,' Heb. iii. 12. From Jehovah,] In ChsAA, from the fear of the Lord. The gods,] In Chald., the idols of the people. A root,] An evil heart fore- mentioned, which is hidden from men, as the root is hidden in the earth, but the fruits after do appear. The Chald. translateth it, a man. Beareth,] Or fructifieth, beareth fruit : in Gr., springeth up; which word Paul usetli in Heb. xii. 15. Gall and worm- wood,] The Gr. translateth, with gall and bitterness; whereby is meant sins, (as the Chald. explaiueth it, and) as it vvas said to Simion Magus, ' Thou art in the gall of bit- terness, and in the bond of iniquity,' Acts viii. 23. The apostle alluding to this place, saith, ' lest any root of bitterness springing up trouble you,' Heb. xii. 15,) for encholee. Vol. II. 2 with gall, saying, enochlee, trouble.) Gall (or hemlock) was a bitter and poisonous weed, growing in the east countries, as ap- peareth by Hos. x. 4, and wormwood like- wise : which are applied sometimes to sins, as here and in Amos vi. 12; Deut. xxxii. 32, sometimes to bitter punishment, as in Jer. ix. 25; xsiii. 15; Lam. iii. 15, 19. Ver. 19. — Of this oath,] Or as the Gr. saith, of this curse: see ver. 12. I shall HAVE PEACE,] Or, peace shall be unto me, that is, safety and prosperity, without hurt or punishment. Imagination,] Or contempla- tion, that which the heart hath spied out, and looketh unto. So the Chald. translateth it, imagination, (or conceit) but the Gr. call- eth it aberration. This sin Jeremiah often imputeth to this people, Jer. iii. 17 ; vii. 24; ix. 14; xi. S ; xvi. 12; xviii. 12; xxiii. 17. To ADD THE drunken,] To wit, thr drunken soul to the thirsty, or, the moist to the dry ; meaning, to add sin unto sin in abundance; as in Is. xxx. 1. The soul that desireth is said to thirst, Ps. Ixiii. 1, and as the godly do ' himger and thirst after righ- teousness,' Matt. v. 6, so do the wicked after unrighteousness and ' drink it up like water,' Job xxxiv. 7, which when he hath glutted himself therewith, he may be said to have added drunkenness to his thirst. Some un- derstand it also of punishment for sin, which the Chald. favoureth, translating, that I may add unto him the sins of ignorance, tinto (the sins of) 'presumption. The Heb. Sep- hoth, to add, is sometimes used for to con- sume or destroy, (as in Ps. xl. 15,) in which sense the Gr. interpreters took it here, saying, ' that the sinner destroy not also him that is without sin.' Ver. 20. — Not spare,] Or, not forgive him in mercy. For, ' if we walk in the light, as (God) is in the light, the blood of Jesus Clirist his Son cleanseth us from all 362 DEUTERONOMY. smoke against that man, and every curse that is written in this book shall lie upon him, and Jehovah will blot out his name from under the heavens. ^' And Jehovah will separate him unto evil, out of all the tribes of Israel; according to all the curses of the covenant tliat is written in this book of the law. '^^ And the after generation, your sons that shall rise up after you, and the stranger that sliall come from a far land, shall say, when they shall see the plagues of that land, and the sicknesses thereof, wherewith Jeho- vah hath made it sick ; ^^ That all the land thereof is brimstone and salt, and burning, that it is not sown, neither springeth, nor any grass groweth therein, like the overthrow of Sodom and Gomorrah, Admah, and Zebojim, which Jehovah overthrew in his anger and in his wrath. ^* Even all nations shall say, Wherefore hath Jehovah done thus unto tliis land ; what meaneth the heat of this great anger? ^^ Then they shall say. Because they have forsaken the covenant of Jeho- vah the God of their fathers, which he struck with them when he sin,' 1 John i. 7. But God will not be mer- ciful ' to any tiiat unfaithfully commit ini- quity,' Ps. lix. 6. Jealousy,] Which is ' the rage of a man, that he will not spare in the day of vengeance,' ProV. vi. 34, applied here unto the Lord, as in Exod. xx. 5. Smoke,] In Gr., burn : a sign of great dis- pleasure, as in Ps. Ixxiv. 1. Shall lie UPON HIM,] The Gr. and Chald. translate, shall cleave unto him. See this word in Gen. iv. 7. Ver. 21. — Out of all the Tribes,] In Gr., from all the sons of Israel, that is, from the communion of the church (whereto he addeth daily such as shall be saved, Acts ii. 47,) even as before in ver. 20, the man was separated from communion with God. So he threateneth against the false prophets, 'They shall not be in the secret of my people, neither shall they be written in the writing of the house of Israel, neither shall they enter into the land of Israel,' Ezek. xiii. 9. And this is a separation unto evil, or for his hurt, as on the contrary the Levites were se- parated for their good, when they were de- signed ' to stand before the Lord, to minister unto him,' Deut. x. 8. That is written,] In Chald., that are written : meaning all and every one. Ver. 22.' — Made it sick,] In Gr., which he hath sent upon it. God here siguifieth such a certainty of his judgments, as all peo- ple (within the church and without) should be witnesses of them. Ver. 23.— And salt,] Which maketh the land barren, as saltness is used for barren- ness, in Ps. cvii. 34. So Abimelech <sowed the city with salt,' which he made utterly desolate, Judg. ix. 45, and the wicked man shall dwell ' in a salt land and not inhabited,' Jer. xvii. 6, and of miiy places, which should not be healed, it is said, ' they shall be given to salt,' Ezek. xlvii. II. Any GRASS,] Or any herb : in Gr., any green thing; which phrase is used in Rev. ix. 4. This signified a spiritual barrenness in men's hearts, that they should not bring forth the fruits of the Spirit, Heb. vi. 7, 8. Over- throw OF Sodom,] Whereof see Gen. xix. 24, 25, with the annot. Zebojim,] By the letters, Zebj'im, but read Zeiojirn, as is noted on Gen. xiv. 1, in Gr., Seboeim. These two cities were destroyed with Sodom and Go- •niorrah, and so another prophet saitli unto Israel, ' How shall I make ihee as Admah? shall I set thee as Zebojim?' Hos. xi. 8. In HIS anger,] To their condemnation, 2 Pet. ii. 0, he overthrew them, * and repented not,' Jer. XX. IG. Ver. 24. — Shall say,] Every ' man to his neighbour,' as Jer. xxii. 8, that is, one to another. Ver. 25.— Stroke,] Heb. cut, that is, made ivith them ; which the Gr. translateth, covenanted (or despised) with their fathers. For things done to the fathers are applied to the children: see ver. 14, 15. The like speech is in I Kings ix. 8, 9, ' they shall say, Why hath Jehovah done thus unto this land, and to this house? And they shall answer: Because they have forsaken Jehovah their God, who brought forth their fathers out of the land of Egypt,' &c. which another pro- phet recordeth thus; ' Because they have forsaken Jehovah the God of their fathers, who brought them forth out of the land of CHAP. XXIX. 363 brought them forth out of the land of Egypt. ^^ For tliey went and served other gods, and bowed themselves down unto them ; gods whom tliey knew not, and he Iiad not imparted unto them. ^^ And tlie anger of Jehovah was kmdled against this land, to bring upon it every curse that is written in this book. ^^ And Jehovah rooted tliem out of their land, in anger, and in wrath, and in great indignation, and cast them into another land, as it is this day. ^' The secret things belong unto Jehovah our God, and the things revealed belong unto us, and to our sons for ever, to do all the words of this law. Egypt,' 2 Chron. vii. 22. So in Jer. xxii. 8, 9. Ver. 26. — Other gods,] In Chald., the idols of the people. Gods whom they knew NOT,] Or gods which knctv not them. And HE HAD NOT IMPARTED,] That IS, and he, to wit, any of those gnds, had not imparted or bestowed any good thing tipo7i them. Thus the Chald. paraphrast expounds it, and they had not done good unto them : and Jo- nathan in Tharg. and they had not divided unto them. Or it may be reft-rred to the true God, that he had not imparted, that is, taught them to have any part or fellowship ■with those gods, or their services. The Gr. translateth, neither had he distributed unto them. And whereas it is said of the sun, moon, and stars, that ' God hath imparted them unto all nations,* Deut. iv. 19, this here may aggrave their idolatry, that not only worshipped such, but even the fictions also of the heathens, gods which they never saw, knew, or had any manner of benefit by them; whereby their sin was the more odious. Ver. 27. — Every curse,] The Gr. para- phraseth, according to all the curses of the covenant, which are ivritten in the book of this law. The accomplishment of this was acknowledged by Daniel, ' The curse is poured upon us, and the oath that is written in the law of Moses the servant of God, be- cause we have sinned against him,' Dan. ix. 11, &c. Ver. 28. — Rooted them out,] Or, plucked them, up : which is contrary to ' planting,' Jer. xxiv. 6; xlii. 10; xlv. 4. Thus the law of Moses leaveth sinners under the curse, and rooted out of the Lord's land: but grace in Christ towards repenting and believing sinners, ' planteth them upon the land, and they shall no more be plucked up,' Amos ix. 15, for they are ' kept by the power of God through faith unto salvation,' 1 Pet. i. 5. And cast them,] Or, sent them: in the Heb., the word cast, hath an extraordinary great letter, to signify the greatness of this punishment. And Baal Hatturim noteth upon it, * There is a great Lamed, and a want of lod, to teach, that there is no casting away like that of the ten tribes.' Whereof see 2 Kings xvii. 18, 23. Ver. 29. — The secret things belong,] Or hidden things are to i)e left unto Jehovah. This is to be understood generally of all se- cret things which God hath not revealed in his word, as, ' the times or seasons which the Father hath put in his own power,' Acts i. 7, ' the day and hour' of judgment, Matt. xxiv. 36, and all other like things. Particularly it may be applied to God's counsel concerning the Israelites, in punishing, and casting them ofl" for their sins, and afterward calling a remnant of them: which the apostle treating of in Rom. xi. saith; 'O the depth of the riches both of the wisdom and knowledge of God! how unsearchable are his judgments, and his ways past finding out!' Rom. xi. 33. The Heb, Nistaroth (here used) sometimes meaneth 'secret sins,' as Ps. xix. 13. Unto which some of the Hebs. refer this speech, that secret sins God will punish, but open sins are for men to punish. Chazkuni on Deut. xxix. and so Jonathan in Thargum explaineth it, ' Hidden sins are manifest be- fore the Lord our God, and he will take ven- geance on them,' &c. And the things revealed,] Or, but open (or manifest) things belong to us, and to our sons : upon which last words, the Heb. text hath extraor- dinary pricks, to stir up attention to the mat- ter here spoken, as it is indeed worthy of all observation, for it teacheth the continual duty of God's people in all ages, to learn his law, to do the same, and to have care that true religion may be continued among their pos- terity. The Hebs. say, " Every man of Is- rael is bound to learn the law, be he poor or rich, be he in health of body, or under chas- tisements; be he young, or old and decrepit; though he be so poor that he lives on alms; yea, though he have wife and children, he is bound to set himself a time to learn the law, by day and by night, as it is said, ' And thou shalt meditate therein day and night.' The 364 DEUTERONOMY. great wise men of Israel, some of them were hewers of wood, and some drawers of water, and some blind: notwithstanding they em- ployed themselves in learning the law, day and night. How is a man bound to learn the law? Until the day of his death, as it is said, ' And lest they depart from thine heart, all the days of thy life/ (Deut. iv. 9,) and all the while that he employeth not himself in learning, he forgetteth." Maim, in Thai- mud Torah, chap. i. sect. 8 — 10. CHAP. XXX. 1. Great mercies promised to repentant sinners. 11. The command- ment is manifest, and word near. Life and death are set before them^ with an exhortation to choose life. ^ And it sliall be when all these things are come upon thee, the blessing and tlie curse whicli I have set before thee, and tliou shalt cause them to return unto thine heart, in all the nations wliitlier Jehovah thy God hath driven thee -. ^ And thou return unto Jeho- vali thy God, and shalt hearken to liis voice, according to all tliat I command thee this day, thou and thy sons, with all thine heart, find with all thy soul. ^ Then Jehovah thy God will return thy captivity, and have compassion upon tliee, and will return and ga- Ver. 1. — These things,] Heb. these words, that is, things before spcken of. Here follow promises of grace in Christ to repent- ing and believing sinners. The blessing,] That is, as the Chald. explaineth it, the bless- ings and the curses. After the expeiiment of the law, and weakness thereof, that it can- not keep men in the state of blessedness, nor deliver them from the curse, they are as by a schoolmaster brought unto Christ, Gal. iii. 24; Rom. viii. 3, 4. Have set,] Heb. have given. So in ver. 15, 19, Cause them to retorn,] Or reduce, Iring again to thine heart, that is, call to mind, consider seriously. So in Deut. iv. 39. This is the beginning of repentance and turning to the Lord, by calling to mind their sins and God's words and works ; as in 1 Kings viii. 46, 47. ' If they sin against thee, &c. and thou be angry with them, and deliver them to the enemy, &c. If they shall make it return to their heart, in the land whether they were cairied captives, and return and make suppli- cation unto thee,' &c. So in Is. xlvi. 8. 'Show yourselves men, make it return to heart, O ye transgressors:' and in Lam. iii. 21. 'This I make to return to my heart, therefore have I hope.' A like phrase is of the prodigal son, in Luke xv. 17, that ' he came to himself.' Ver. 2.— Unto Jehovah,] The Chald. cxpoiiudeth it, unto the fear of the Lord. This is true repentance, both to leave the evil, and to turn unto the good, from which they departed. So in Lam. iii. 40. 'Let us search and try our ways, and turn again to the Lord.' The contrary is complained of in Hos. vii. 16, ' they return, but not to the Most High.' And here faith also is implied ; for as to come unto Christ, is to believe in him, John vi. 35, so to turn unto the Lord with all the heart, is to believe in him; for with the heart man believeth unto righteous- ness,' Rom. X. 10, and ' by faith ' the heart is purified, Acts xv. 9, unto which obedience and good works are added, Jam. ii. 14 — 26. Ver. 3.— Will return thy captivity,] Will bring thee again out of bondage under thine enemies, which figured the bondage under sin, 2 Pet. ii. 19, 20. Therefore the Gr. translateth it,will heal thy sins, that is, will forgive them; as healing, in Matt. xiii. 15, is expounded, ' forgiving of sins, Mark iv. 12. This is a promise of grace to be per- formed by Christ, who preached ' deliverance to the captives,' Luke iv. 18, and it is the joy of his people, Ps. xiv. 7 ; cxxvi. 1, 2, and a figure of their ' salvation,' Is. x. 22, compared with Rom. ix. 27. 'Him hath God exalted with his right hand, to be a Prince and Saviour, for to give repentance to Israel, and forgiveness of sins,' Acts v. 31. Have compassion,] Or, show tender mercy; this is the cause of the former grace and de CHAP. XXX. 365 ther thee from all tlie peoples, whither JeJiovah thy God hath scattered tliee. * If any of thine be driven out unto the utmost part of tlie heavens, from thence will Jeliovah thy God gather thee, and from thence will he take thee. * And Jehovah thy God will bring thee into the land whicli thy fathers possessed, and thoushalt possess it ; and he will do thee good, and multiply thee above thy fathers. ^ And Jehovah thy God will circumcise tliine heart, and the heart of tJiy seed, to love Jehovah thy God, with all thine liverance. It is of 'Jehovah's mercies, that we are not consumed, because his compassions fail not,' Lam. iii. 22. So the father of the prodigal son, seeing him afar off, 'had com- passion,' Luke XV. 20. And this compas- sion or mercy respecteth man's misery, Matt. ix. 3G; xiv. 14. And gather thee,] So after the captivity of Babylon, God promis- eth, ' He tiiat scattered Israel, will gather him, and keep him as a shepherd doth his flock,' Jcr. xxxi. 10. This work Christ hath spiritually accomplished, of whom it is said, that he should ' die, not for the nation of the Jews only, but that also he should ga- ther together in one the children of God that were scattered abroad,' John xi. 51, 62. Therefore this ' gathering' is often celebrat- ed, as in Ps. cvii. 1 — 3 ; cxlvii. 1, 2 ; cvi. 47, 48. Ver. 4. — If any of thine be driven,] Hbb. If thy driven out ; speaking of every particular person, and of all, as one man. The Gr. translateth, If thy dispersion be, that is, thy dispersed; which word is used in this sense, in John vii. 35; 1 Pet. i. 1. UtiMOST part of the heavens,] That is, of the world, which scemeth to be bounded by the heavens. The Gr. translateth it, from the end (or utmost part) of heaven, unto the end of heaven : which phrase Clirist useth, of gathering together his elect at the last day. Matt. xxiv. 31. See the Notes on Deut. iv. 32. This promise Nehemiah looked unto, in his prayer alleging God's words, If ' ye tiansgress, I will scatter you abroad among the natfons: But if ye turn unto me and keep my commandments, and do them, though any of thine were driven out unto the utmost part of the heavens, yet will I gather them from thence, and bring them unto the place that I have chosen to set my name there,' Neh. i. 8, 9. Thy God gather thee,] The Thargum called Jonathan's, expoundeth this to be " the Word of tlie Lord ; and the per- formance to be by the hand of Elias, and by the hand of the King Christ." Respecting (as it seemeth) the promise of Elias, Mai. iv. 5, C, which was John the Baptist, the fore- runner of Christ, Luke i. 16, 17s Ver. 5.— Shalt possess,] Or, i/<'"^^ kerit it. This is a promise of restoring them unto his church, figured by the land of Ca- naan, Ps. Ixix. 36, 37 : Ezek. xxxvi. 8, 11, 12, 24, 28, &c. Ver. 6. — Will circumcise thine heart,] The Gr, translateth, will purge (or cleanse round about) thine heart : and * both the Chald. paraphrasts expound it, will take away the foolishness of thine heart, an^ the foolishness of the heart of thy sons. This is a promise of spiritual blessings in regene- ration and sanctification by Christ, ' in whom we are circumcised with the circumcision made without hands, in putting off the body of the sius of the flesh, by the circumcision of Christ, buried with him in baptism,' &c. Col. ii. 11. 12. And of this it is said, ' Cir- cumcision is that of the heart iu the spirit, not in the letter, whose praise is not of men but of God,' Rom. ii. 29. See the ainiot. on Gen. xvii. The Heb. doctors in the Mi- drash, or commentary on Song ii. 12. from these words, 'The time of pruning (or of cutting the vines) is come,' give this exposi- tion : For, the time is come that Israel shall be redeemed, the time is come that the su- perfluous foreskin shall be cut off, which is spoken of in Deut. xxx. 6, and the Lord thy God will circumcise thine heart,' &c. where they apply this work of grace unto Clirist whom they looked for. To love ] This is the effect of Christ's circumcision, that it taketh from us evil, and giveth good : ' Love being the fulfilling of the law,' Rom. xiii. 10, and implying all other graces ; as it is said, ' I will give them one heart, and one way, that they may fear me all days,' &c. Jer. xxxii. 39. 'And I will give them one heart, and I will put a new spirit within you : and I will take the stony heart out of their fle=h, and will give them an heart of flesh, that they may walk in my statues, and keep my ordi- nances, and do then),' &c. Ezek. xi. 19, 20. That thou mayest live,] So the Gr. trans- lateth the Heb. phrase, /or thy life, meaning the life of God, here by faith and holiness, Rom. vi. 11, 13, and hereafter for ever in heaven : as 'to enter into life,' Matt, xviii. P, is expounded, ' to enter into the kingdom of GuJ,' Mark ix. 47. 366 DEUTERONOMY. heart, and with all thy soul, that thou mayest live. ' And Jehovah thy God will put all these curses upon thine enemies, and upon thy haters which persecuted thee, ® And thou shalt return and hearken to the voice of Jehovah, and do all his commandments whicli I command thee this day. ^ And Jehovah thy God will make tliee plenteous in every work of thine hand, in the fruit of tliy womb, and in the fruit of thy cattle, and in the fruit of thy land for good, for Jehovah will return to rejoice over thee for good, as he rejoiced over thy fathers. " If thou shalt hearken unto the voice of Jeho- vah thy God, to keep his commandments, and liis statutes, that which is written in this book of the law, if thou slialt return unto Jeliovali thy God with all thine heart, and with all thy soul. " For, tJiis commandment which I command thee this day, it is not Iiidden from tlice, neither is it far off. '- It is not in the heavens, to say, who shall go up for us to tlie heavens, and take it for us, and Vek. 7 — Will pot,] Heb., will give. Here follow earthly blessings, which God of his grace will add unto tlie former spiritual. Of which one is the curses upon their ene- mies, concerning which it is said, ' Thou wilt render unto them a recompence, O Lord, according to the work of their hands: thou wilt give them sorrow of heart, thy curse unto them ; thou wilt persecute in anger, and destroy them from under the heavens of the Lord,' Lam. iii. 64 — 66. Ver. S. — Hearken to,] Or obey the voice ; which the Chald. interpreteth, receive the JFord of the Lord : so in ver. 10. The condition of obedience is set before the tem- poral blessings ; for ' godliness hath the pro- mise of the life that now is, and of that which is to come,' 1 Tim. iv. 8. Ver. 9. — Make thee plenteous,] Or, make thee excellent, unto which Thargum Jonathan addeth, /or ^oo(/, that ye may pros- per in all the works of your hands. Re- joice over thee,] This Christ taught in parables, of rejoicing for the lost sheep that was found, Luke xv. 6, 7, and of the prodi- gal son he saith; ' It was meet that we should make merry and ))e glad; for this thy brother was dead, and is alive again; and was lost, and is found,' Luke xv. 32. So in the other prophets, ' I will rejoice in Jerusalem, and joy in my people,' Is. Ixv. 19, and, ' I will rejoice over them to do them good,' Jer. xxxii. 41. See also Deut. xxviii. 63. Ver. 10. — That which is written,] Meaning all and everything written; so teaching us exact obedience. Unto Jeho- vah,] In Chald., unto the fear of the Lord. Ver. 11. — This commandment,] Which after in ver. 14, he calklh the tvord; and the apostle expouiideth it, the ivord of faith, Rom. x. 8. So this speech is not of the law only, neither showeth it what man can do by the law, much less by nature; but is the speech of 'the righteousness of faith,' Rom. x. 6. Though Moses teacheth them also, not to blame the law of hardness to be learned seeing God had now caused it to be written and expounded unto them. Not hidden from thee,] Oi', not too marvellous and hard for thee to know, and so, not impossiLle^ through faith in Christ, as is the law without faith, in that it is ' weak through the flesh,' Rom. viii. 3. The Chald. translateth, it is not separat- ed from thee; and Thargum Jonathan thus ex- poundetb, it is not covered (or hid) from you. The Holy Spirit in Gr. translatelh this word marvellous, Matt. xxi. 42, from Ps. cxviii. and impossible, Luke i. 37. See the annot. on Gen. xviii. 14, and Deut. xvii, 8. By Isaiah also God saith; 'I have not spoken in secret in a dark place of the earth,' Is. xlv. 19. Ver. 12.— To say,] That is, that thou shouldest say ; so in ver. 13, see the annots. on Gen. vi. 19, where sundry like speeches are showed. This saying is meant of the heart also; wherefore the apostle citeth it thus; * Say not in thine heait, Who shall go up into heaven?' Rom. x. C, Who shall GO UP FOR us,] The Jeiusalemy Thargum explaineth it, " O that we had one like Mo- ses the prophet, that might go up into the heavens," &c. but the apostle applieth it more heavenly to Christ's incarnation ; ' Who shall go up into heaven, that is, to bring Christ down from above?' Rom. x. 6. Unto which doubt he opposeth the confession with the mouth, that Jesus the Loid, ver. 9, that is, that ' God was manifested in the flesh,' 1 Tim. iii. 16, for, ' no man hath ascended up CHAP. XXX. 367 cause us to hear it, that we may do it ? '^ Neitlier is it heyond tlie sea, to say. Who shall go over to beyond sea for us, and take it for us, and cause us to liear it, that we may do it ? " But the word is very nigh unto thee, in thy mouth, and in thy heart, to do it. '^ See, I have set before thee t/iis day life and good, death and evil. '® In that I command thee this day to love Jehovah thy God, to walk in his ways, and to keep his commandments, and his statutes, and his judgments, that thou mayest live and multiply, and Jeho- vah thy God may bless thee in the land whither thou goest in to to heaven, (of whom we may learn the true understanding of the law) but he that came down from heaven, even the Son of man which is in heaven,' John iii. 13. And CAUSE DS TO HEAR IT,] That is, preac/i it unto us. That we may do it,] Or, a7id we should do it. Ver. 13. — Beyond the sea,] Tliargum Jonathan explaineth \\,, beyond the great sea; and Thargum Jerusalem/ addeth, "Neither is the law beyond the great sea, that thou shouldest say, ' Oh that we had one like Jo- nas the prophet, that might go down to the bottom of the great sea, and bring it to us,' " &c. All things hidden from men, which they cannot attain, are either in heaven above, or beyond sea, in the far places of the earth; but the law of God is in neither of these, but near unto every one, to learn and to do. Who shall go o\^er to beyond sea,] Paul allegeth this place thus, ' Who shall go down into the deep, that is, to bring up Christ from the dead ?' Rom. x. 7, unto which he opposeth, in ver. 9, belief in the ' heart, that God hath raised him from the dead. Now, Jonas the prophet, to whose example the Jerusalemy Thargum applieth this, was a figure of Christ, as himself hath said, ' As Jonas was three days and three nights in the whale's belly ; so shall the Son of man be three days and three nights in the heart of the earth,' Matt. xii. 40. And as the sea in Jonah's case is called ' the deep,' Ps. civ. 6; cvii. 24, 26; Exod. xv. 5, so David (prophesying of Christ) saith that God had brought him up ' from the deeps of the earth,' Ps. Ixxi. 20. So the apostle speaking of Christ's rising out of the grave, useth the word ' abyss' or ' deep,' which is spoken both of earth and sea. Ver. 14. — But the word,] This the apostle expoundeth thus, ' But what faith (the righteousness which is of faith ?) The word is nigh thee, &c. that is, the word of faith which we preach,' Rom. x. 8. By this it api)eareth that Moses wrote of Christ, John V. 46, and that he was closely taught in the law. ' For Christ is the end of the law, for righteousness to every one that believeth,' Rom. X. 4. And the Jews, which cleaving to the law refused the gospel, or word of faith, 'had a zeal of Gud, but not according to knowledge,' Rom. x. 2. In thy biouth,] Or, ' for thy mouth, that is, for thee to con- fess with thy mouth that Jesus is the Lord,' as Rom. x. 9. So ' in' is used for ' for,' in Deut. ix. 4; xxiv. 16. In thine heart,] Or, for thine heart : that thou mayest ' be- lieve in thine heart that God hath raised him (Christ) from the dead, (and so mayest be saved,)' Rom. x. 9. To do it,] The law, which is fulfilled by believing in Christ ; as it is said, 'This is the work of God, that ye believe in him whom he hath sent,' John vi. 29, upon which belief true obedience follow- eth, Heb. viii. 10. Ver. 15. — I have set,] Heb. / have given, that is, proposed and confirmed by my doctrine. So ver. 19. Life and good,] life as the end, and good as the means lead- ing to life: or life, that is, God himself, of whom he saith in ver. 20, ' he is thy life;' and good, that is, felicity following. The Gr. changeth the order thus, life and death, good a?id evil. Thargum Jerusalemy ex- plaineth it, " the law of life, which is a good law ; and the law of death, which is an evil law." And Thargum Jonathan thus ; 'The way of life, for which a good reward shall be recompenced to the just ; and the way of death, for which an evil reward shall be re- compenced to the wicked. Ver. 16. — To LOVE,]This is a declaration of the life and good forementioned, which they, whose hearts God would circumcise, ver. 6, should come unto by the faith that is in Christ. In his ways,] The Chald. saith, m the ways that are right before him. Keep his coMMANDftiENTs,] Which is an ef- fect of love ; as, ' If ye love me, keep my commandments, John xiv. 15, and, ' This is the love of God, that we keep his command- ments,' 1 John V. 3. ' And this is his com- mandment. That we should believe on the name of his Son Jesus Christ, and love one another,' &c. 1 John iii. 23. 368 DEUTERONOMY. possess it. " But if tliine heart turn away, and tlioii wilt not hear, but shalt be drawn away, and bow down lliyself to other gods, and serve them ; '^ I denounce unto you this day, that perishing ye sliall pcrish,ye shall not prolong ^/oz^r days upon tlie land, which thou art passing- over Jordan to go in thither to possess it. '" I take tlie heavens and the earth to witness against you this day ; life and death I have set before thee, the blessing and the curse, therefore choose thou life, that thou mayest live, thou and thy seed. -" To love Je- hovah thy God, to liearken to his voice, and to cleave unto him; for he is thy life, and tlie length of tliy days, to dwell upon the land which Jehovah sware unto thy fathers, to Abraham, to Isaac, and to Jacob, to give unto them. Ver. 17. — BoT IF,] Or, And if thine heart turn, &c. This is the 'death and evil ' fore- spoken of: see Deut. xxix. IS. Other GODS,] In Chald., the idols of the people. Ver. 18. — Perishing ye shall perish,] That is, assuredly and speedily perish; as the Gr. saith, perish with perdition. So in Deut. iv. 26. Ver. 19. — I call the heavens, &c.] This obtestation of heavens and earth, (used also before in Deut. iv. 26,) may be under- stood of God and the angels in heaven, (as Paul expresseth them in 1 Tim. v. 21,) or of the other creatures also in heaven and in earth ; as Joshua said, ' This stone shall be a witness unto us, for it hath heard all the woids of the Lord,*&c.; Josh. xxiv. 27. So in Deut. xxxii. 1 ; Is. i. 2. ' Give ear, O heavens, and hear, O earth :' and in Ps. 1. 4. ' He will call to the heavens from above, and to the earth to judge his people;' and in Job XX. 27, ' the heavens shall reveal his iniquity, and the earth shall rise up against him. I HAVE SET,] Heb. 1 have given, that is, faithfully proposed by doctrine, and discharg- ed my duty: so in ver. 15. The ' life and blessing ' which he set before them, was by the faith of Christ, Gal. ii. 16; iii. 9, the death and curse was by refusing Christ, and seeking to justified by the works of the law; for, ' as many as are of the works of the law, are under the curse,' Gal. iii. 10. There- fore CHOOSE,] Heb. and choose thou; or, and thou shalt choose: which is the duty of all God's people, to be performed by grace in Christ. So ' David chose the way of the truth, the precepts of God,' Ps. cxix. 30, 173. Compare also Josh. xxiv. 15, 22, Thargum Jonathan explaineth this speech thus, " and choose ye the way of life, which is the law, that ye may live in the life of the world to come, you an.i your sons." This is true; if it be understood not of 'the law of works, but of the law of faith,' as Rom. iii. 27, 2S; ix. 31—33. Ver. 20. — To hearken to his voice,] In ChaM., to receive his word. Unto him,] Chald,, imto his fear. He is thv life,] That is, the author of thy life and salvation through Christ, as in John xvii. 3. ' This is life eternal, to know thee the only true God, and Jesus Christ whom thou hast sent:' yea, Christ himself is ' the resurrection and the life,' John xi. 25; xiv. 6. And in 1 John V. 20. ' We know that the Son of God is come, and hath given us an understanding that we may know him that is true: and we are in him that is true, even in his Son Jesus Christ; this is the true God and eternal life.' CHAP. XXXI. 1 . Moses being ready to die, encourageth the people that should go into Canaan. 7. He encourageth Joshua that should he their governor. 9. He delivereth the law unto the priests, rchich mas to be read iti the seventh year unto the people. 14. Moses and Joshua present them- selves before the Lord, 16. who foretelleth the people's fallmg from limi, and his anger against them therefore. 1 9- He commandeth a song to be written, to teslifij against the people. 24. Moses delivereth the book of CHAP. XXXI. 369 the lam to the Levites, to he kept in the side of the ark, for a witness against them and their rebellion. 28. He maketh a protestation to the elders. * And Moses went and spake these words unto all Israel. ^ And he said unto them, I am an hundred and twenty years old this day, I can no more go out and come in: and Jehovah liath said unto me, thou shalt not go over this Jordan. ^ Jehovah thy God he goetli over before thee ; he will destroy these nations from before thee, and thou slialt possess them : Joshua he shall go over before thee, as Jehovah hath said. * And Jehovah will do unto them as lie did to Sihon, and to Og, kings of the Amorite, and unto the land of tliem whom he destroyed. * And Jehovah will give them before you, and ye shall do unto them according to every commandment which I have commanded you. "^ Be ye strong and courageous, fear not, neitlier be discouraged because of them : for Jehovah thy God, he it is that goeth with thee, he will not fail thee nor forsake thee. ^ And Moses called unto Josliua, and said unto him, in the eyes of all Israel, Be thou strong and courageous, for thou shalt go in with this people into the land wliich Jehovah hath sworn unto their fathers to give unto them, and thou shalt cause them to in- S B B Here beginneth the two and fiftieth section or lecture of the law: see the notes on Gen. vi. 9. And here Moses setteth the state of Israel in order before his death. Ver. 2. — Old,] Heb., so7i of an hundred and twenty years ; of which phrase see Gen. V. 32. So long while Noah preached to the world, building the ark, Gen. vi. 3, 14 ; 1 Pet. iii. 19, 20. Of these 120 years, Mo- ses lived forty in Pharaoh's court in Egypt, Acts vii. 20, 23, forty in the land of Midian Acts vii. 29, 30; Exod. vii. 7, and forty years he governed Israel. I can no more GO OUT,] That is, no more administer in my office: see the annot. on Num. xxvii. 17. This inability of Moses was not so much for his age, (for ' his eye was not dim, nor his natural moisture fled,' Deut. xxxiv. 7,) as for the ordinance of God next mentioned. And Jehovah,] Or, for Jehovah hath said ; as is showed in Num. xx. 12 ; Deut. iii. 25, 26. ^nd is often used instead of for, as is noted on Gen. xii. 19. Or it may be taken as another reason, why Moses might no longer govern them. Ver. 3. — Joshua,] In Gr., .Tesus, who was substitute in Moses' place, Num. xxvii. 16 — 18, &c. A figure of our Lord Jesus, who by grace and tmth brincfeth us into God's eternal rest, after the ending of Moses' Vol. II. 3 law, John i. 17; Rom. x. 4. Thus the people are comforted in respect of their sor- row for Moses' death, by promise of the Lord's presence among them, and Joshua's succeed- ing government under him. Ver. 4. — Of the Amorite,] That is, of the Amorites, as the Gr. translateth: by whose destruction (before mentioned in Num. xxi. 23, &c.; Deut. ii. iii.) Israel is en- couraged against their other enemies. The LAND,] That is, the people of the land. Ver. 5. — Commanded you,] Which was, to root them out, and let none remain, Deut. XX. 16, 17. Ver. 6. — Be ye strong,] Or, Be con- firmed, Hold fast, to wit, your faith in God: in Gr., Quit you like men ; which word Paul useth in 1 Cor. xvi. Ir?. So after, in ver. 7. Courageous,] Or, be hardy, strong, valiant in heart and carriage. This word is applied to the heart in Ps. xxvii. 14, and arms, in Prov. xxxi. 17, and signifieth an increase and steadfastness, Prov. xxiv. 5 ; Ruth i. 18. The like exhortation is often used, as Josh, x. 25; 1 Chron. xxii. 13; 2 Chron. xxxii. 7. He it is,] In Chald., his word it is. So in ver. 8. Fail thee,] Or, let thee go, leave thee to thyself, but will hold thee fast. So ver. 8; Josh. i. 5 ; Heb. 13. 5. Ver. 7. — Strong and courageous,] Or, confirmed and strong as ver. 6, Joshua be- 370 DEUTERONOMY. herit it. * And Jehovah, he it is that goeth before thee ; he will be with thee, he will not fail thee, nor forsake thee ; fear not, neither be dismayed. " And Moses wrote this law, and gave it unto the priests, the sons of Levi, which bear the ark of the covenant of Jehovah, and unto all the elders of Israel. '" And Moses com- manded them, saying, At the end of seven years, in the solemnity of the year of release, in the feast of booths, " When all Israel is come to appear before Jehovah thy God in tlie place which he shall choose, thou shalt read this law before all Israel in their ears. ing to bear the charge and toil of the people, hath the same exhortation and promise in particular, that was before unto all : and it was in the eyes of all, lest any after Moses' death should deny his authority. A like speech 'David made to Solomon,' 1 Chron. xxviii. 20. Ver. 8. — He will be with thee,] The Chald. paraohraseth, his word will be thy help. Ver. 9— This Law,] In Gr., all the words of this law in a book. Which bare THE ARK,] They had the chief charge to look to the ark and other holy things; and though the Levites bare it, as appeareth by Num. iii. 31; iv. 15; x. 21, yet sometimes the priests themselves also bare it, as when they passed over Jordan, Josh. vi. 17, when they compassed Jericho, Josh. vi. 12. So after in ver. 25, Moses spake to ' the Le- vites.' The Elders,] The magistrates: as the priests by teaching, so the elders by go- verning are to look that the law of the Lord be observed, Mai. ii. 7; Hos. iv. Q; Mic. iii. ]; 2 Chron. xix. 6, 8—10. Ver. 10. — Of seven years,] That is, of every seventh year, ivhich was a year of re- lease, Deut. XV. 1. The solemnity,] Or, the set time ; as the Gr. and Chald. trans- late it, the time. Release,] Of debts, Deut. XV. 1, 2, &c. that being freed from worldly cares, they might apply their minds to God's law. A figure of the year of grace, and remission of our debts by Christ; where- upon we should give ourselves to holiness, Luke iv. 18, 19, 21; Rom. vi. 11—13. Booths,] Or tabernacles, whereof see Lev. xxiii. Ver. 11. — Which he shall choose,] To set his ark and tabernacle, and so ' to place his name there,' Deut. xvi. 2. Thou shalt READ,] Speaking to Israel generally, and it was performed in special by the cliiefest of them, either the high priest, as Ezra (the chief of them that returned from Babylon) read it, Neh. viii. 1—3, &c. or as the Hebs. say, the king himself (when they had a king) used to read. For this ' commandment was to Joshua, and therefore the king read it,' saith Chazkuni upon this place. Which is by others of them declared thus, ' The king was he that read in their ears, and they read in the women's coint; (which was the outer court-yard of the temple.) And the king read sitting, and if he read standing, it was the more commendable. He read from the beginning of Deut., &c. When he read, they blew trumpets through all Jerusalem, for to assemble the people. And they set up a great pulpit of wood, [as is mentioned also in Neh. viii. 4,] and set it in the midst of the court-yard, and the king went up and sat thereon, that they might hear him read; and all Israel that went up to the feast, gathered round about him. And the minister of the synagogue (such as we read of in Luke iv. 17, 20,) took the book of the law, and gave it to the ruler of the synagogue, (such as is mentioned in Luke xiii. 14,) and the ruler of the synagogue gave it to the sagan, or second chief priest, called in Acts v. 24, the captain of the temple,) and the sagan gave it to the high priest, and the high priest to the king, for to honour him before the multitude. And the king took it standing, and if he would he sat down and opened it, and seeing it, he blessed God, (as is recorded of Ezra in Neh. viii. 5, 6, and after read till he made an end. "Then he folded it up, and blessed (God) again after it, as the manner was to bless in the synagogues. Both the reading and the blessing was in the holy tongue. The hearers were bound to prepare their hearts, and to make their ears attentive to hear with fear and re- verence, and with joy and trembling, as in the day when (the law) was given on (mount) Sinai: though they were great wise men, which knew the whole law every whit, they were bound to hear with great attentiveness, &c. for the king is the messenger (of the congregation) to cause the words of God to be heard. If the day of assembling (the people) began to be on the sabbath, they de- ferred it till after the sabbath, because of the blowing with trumpets, &c. which might not put away (the keeping of) the sabbath." COAP. XXXI. 371 '* Gather together the people, men, and women, and children, and thy stranger that is within tliy gates, that they may hear, and tliat they may learn, and may fear Jehovah your God, and observe to do all the words of tliis law. '^ And that their sons wliich have not known may hear, and learn to fear Jehovah your God all the days that ye shall live on the land, whither ye are going over Jor- dan, to possess it. " And Jeliovah said unto Moses, Beliold thy days approach to die ; call Joshua, and present yourselves in the tent of the congre- gation, that I may give him a charge. And Moses and Joshua went and presented themselves in the tent of the congregation. " And Jehovah appeared in tlie tent, in a pillar of a cloud, and the pillar of the cloud stood over the door of the tent. '" And Jeho- vah said unto Moses, Behold, tiiou liest down witli thy fathers, and tliis people will rise up, and go a whoring after tlie gods of the strangers of the land, whitlier they are going in to be amongst them, and will forsake me, and break my covenant which I have stricken witli them. '^ And mine anger shall be kindled against Maim, in MisneJi, torn. 3, in Chagigah, chap, iii. sect. 3, 4, &c. In their ears,] That they may hear and understand it, as the Chald. translateth, and cause them to hear it : whicli hearing is often used for undejstaiuling, as is noted on Gen. xi. 7. So in Neh. viii. 8, ' they read in the book, ia the law of God distinctly, and gave the sense, and caused them to understand the reading.' Ver. 12. — Women and children,] Which though they were not bound to come up at the yearly feasts, Exod. xxiii. 17, yet to this reading they were bound, such as could understand, Neh. viii. 3. The Ileb. canons say, " Whosoever is free from appear- ing (before the Lord, Exod. xxiii. 17,) is free from the commandment of " gather together," Deut. xxxi. 12,) " except women and chil- dren, and the uncircumcised; but the unclean is free from this commandment, as it is writ- ten (in ver. 11,) when all Israel is come; but the (unclean) was not fit to come. And it is clear, that such as were of neither sex, or of both sexes, were bound to come, seeing wo- men were bound." Maim, in Chagigah, chap. iii. sect. 2. Thy gates,] In Gr. and Chald., thy cities. Ver. 14. — Thy days approach,] Or, are nigh at hand: and so the term of his life fulfilled; as where it is written, 'the king- dom of heaven approachcth,' Matt. iv. 17, another explaineth it, ' The time is fulfilled, and the kingdom of God approacheth (or, is at hand,)' Mark i. 15. To die,] Under- stand,/or thee to die : of such want of the person, (easy to be understood by the con- text,) see the notes on Gen. vi. 19; xxiii. 8; xlvii. 29. The Gr. translateth. Behold, the days of thy death approach. And I will GIVE,] Oi', that I viay command him, or charge him : which being done in the taber- nacle, and by God's appearing in the cloud, ver. 15, served both for Joshua's own con- firmation, and to assure all Israel that he had authority from God over them. Compare Num. xxvii. 18, 19. Ver. 15. — Jehovah appeared,] That is, a glorious sign of his presence; as in Thar- gum Jonathan it is expounded, " the glory of the divine majesty of the Lord." Pillar OF a cloud,] Out of which he was wont in favour to speak: see Exod. xxxiii. 9; Ps. xcix. 7. Ver. IC. — Liest down,] To wit, to sleep, that is, to die : as Job xiv. 12; Acts vii. 60 ; 1 Thess. iv. 13. Thy fathers,] The faithful of former times, signifying the immortality of the soul, as is noted on Gen. XXV. S. Wherefore Thargum Jona- than paraphraseth on this place thus ; " thou liest down in the dust with thy fathers, and thy soul shall be treasured up in the treasury of eternal life with thy fathers." Go a WHORING,] Or fornicate, that is, commit idol- atry, as the Chald. explaineth it. Gods of THE strangers,] In Gr., the strange gods of the land ; in Chald.. the idols of the peo. pie of the land. They are going,] Heb. he is going ; speaking of the people as of a man; so after often in this chap. The rea- son hereof is noted on Gen. xxii. 17. Ver. 17. — Will hide my face,] In 372 DEUTERONOMY. them in that day, and I will forsake them, and will hide my face from them, and they shall be devoured, and many evils and distresses shall find them ; and they will say in that day. Have not tliese evils found us, because our God is not amongst us? '^ And I hiding will hide my face in tJiat day for all the evils which they shall have done, in that they are turned unto other gods. " And now write ye tliis song for you, and teach it the sons of Israel, put it in tlieir mouths, that this song may be a witness for me against the sons of Israel. ^" For I will bring them into the land which I sware unto tlieir fathers, that floweth with milk and honey, and tliey shall eat and be filled, and be fat, and they will turn unto other gods, and serve them, and despitefully provoke me, and break my covenant. "'And it shall be wlien many evils and distresses have found them, that this song shall answer before them for a witness, for it shall not be forgotten out of the mouth of tlieir seed : for I know their imagi- nation which they do this day, before I have brought them in unto the land which I sware. ^'^ And Moses wrote this song in that day, and tauglit it the sons of Israel. ^ And he charged Joshua the son of Nun, and said. Be strong and courageous, for thou shalt bring in the sons of Israel unto the land which I sware unto them, and I will be with thee. ^* And it was when Moses had made an end of writing the words of this law in a book, until they were finished, ^^ That Moses commanded the Levites which bear the ark of the covenant of Jehovah, saying : ^^ Take this book of the law, and put it in the side of the ark of the covenant of Jehovali your God, that it may be there for a witness against thee. ^^ For I know thy rebellion, and thy stiff neck -. behold, while I am yet alive with you this day, ye have been rebellious against Jehovah, Chald., will fake away my divine presence. phesied in Deut.xxxii.15, and showed to have So in ver. 18. Devoured,] Or, eaten up, come to pass in Neh. ix. 25, 2G. to wit, of their enemies, made a prey, Heb. Ver. 21 Answer before them,] Tliat to ea<, which is used passively, as ^o hear \s, testify before {anA against) them. Their Eccl. iii. 2, that is, ' to be born.' See the imagin-^tion,] The thing forged in their Notes on Gen. vi. 20; xvi. 14. Find them,] heart; which the Gr. translateth, their That is, befal, or come upon them : so after, maliciousness (or naughtiness.) Thisimagi- and in Ps. cxix. 143; Neh. ix. 32. Found nation is before the thoughts or cogitations, OS,] Heb. found me, because my God is not as appeareth by 1 Chron. xxviii. 9 ; xxix. in the midst of mc. 18. See Gen. vi. 6. Ver. is.. — Other gods,] In Chald., Ver. 23. — I will be with thee,] In Gr. idols of the people: so in ver. 20. he will be with thee; as being the words of Ver. 19. — This song,] In Gr., the words Moses (whom the Gr. before named) con- of this song ; after described in chap, xxxii. cerning God. The Chald. translateth, my containing a prophecy of their falling away, word shall be thy help. See ver. 8. and of God's judgments following. It was Ver. 25. — The levites,] Especially the given in a song, that it might the more easily priests the sons of Levi, as in ver. 9. be learned, and kept in memory, with de- Veb. 26 In the side,] Or, iy i^e s/c/c* light, and might move their affections. which in Thargum Jonathan is expiess- AGAifiBT,~\Or, in, that is, amongst the sons of ed, "in a cofTer by the right side of the Israel : so in ver. 26. ark." Ver. 20.— And be fat,] The like is pro- Ver. 27. — Stiff neck,] Or, hard neck. CHAP. XXXII. 373 and how nuicli more after my death ? '^ Gather together unto me all the elders of your tribes, and your officers, that I may speak in tlieir ears these words, and call the lieavens and the earth to wit- ness against them. ^^ For I know, that after my death, corrupting ye will corrupt (yourselves^ and will turn aside from the way wliich I have commanded you, and evil will befall you in the lat- ter days, because ye will do evil in the eyes of Jehovah, to pro- voke him to anger through the work of your liands. ^^ And Moses spake in the ears of all the church of Israel the words of this song, until they were ended. which elsewhere it is likened to ' an iron Gr. they are named by one word Phularchai, sinew,' Is. xlviii. 4. See Exod. xxxii. 9. that is rulers {pv princes) of your tribes. Ver. 28. — Elders of youR Tribes,] In CHAP. XXXII. 1 . Hoses' song, which setteth forth God's mercies unto Israel, their sins, and his chastisements hy sword, famine, pestilence and captivity. 36. His mercy in Christ towards them in the end. 46. Moses exhorteth them to set their hearts upon his words. 48. God sendeih him up to mount Nebo, to see the land of Canaan, and die. * Give ear, ye heavens, and I will speak, and let tlie earth liear tlie sayings of thy moutli. Give ear, O heavens, to (hat whicli I declare. And hear, O earth, what my mouth's sayings are. '■* My doctrine shall drop as the rain, my speech shall distil as the dew, as the small rain upon the tender herb, and as the showers upon the grass. Drop down as doth the rain sliall my doctrine Distil as dew so shall my speech divine : S 5 3 Here beginneth the three and fiftieth them, Josh. xxiv. 27. And I will,] Or, section of the law: See Gen. vi. 9. that which I shall speak : as, ' and he shall prepare,' Mai. iii. 1, is expounded, ' which Ver. 1. — Give ear,] Or, hearken ye shall prepare,' Mark i. 2. And let the heavens. Moses beginneth this prophetical earth hear,] Or, hear, O earth ; for he song, calling as with the sound of a trumpet, changeth the person, and in Is. i. 2, he the heavens and earth, (and all the creatures changeth the order also, ' Hear ye heavens, in them,) to be witnesses of his word, (as in and give ear thou earth ;' and in Jer. xxii. Deut. xxx. 19; xxxi. 28,) the more to af- 29. 'O earth, earth, earth, hear the word feet the hearts of the people. So Isaiah be- of Jehovah.' ginneth his prophesy against rebellious Israel, Ver. 2. — My doctrine,] Or, My received Is. i. 2. For though men die, yet heaven learning: the doctrine of religion is so call- and earth endure, Ps. cxix. 89 — 91 ; Eccl. i. ed, because it is received from God, not de- 4. And though men will not hear, yet vised by men ; as in 1 Cor. xi. 2.3. ' I re- other creatures shall hear and witness against ceived of the Lord that which also I delivered 374 DEUTERONOMV As on the tender lierb tJie small rain pours, And as upon tlie grass the greater showers : •'' For I will proclaim the name of Jeliovah ; give ye greatness unto our God. For I Jehovah's name proclaim abroad ; O give ye greatness unto him our God. * The rock, perfect is his work, for all his ways are judgment : God is faithfulness, and without iniquity ; just and rigliteous is lie. Tlie Rock, most perfect is his action, Because his ways are judgment every one : God is most faithful, and iniquity In him is none, but just and right is he. unto you.' So our Saviour saith, ' As my Father hath taught me, I speak these things.' John viii. 28. And so it should be received of the hearers, as ' the word of God,' not of men, 1 Thess. ii. 13. Shall drop,] Or, let ii drop ; as being a wish, and also a pro- mise that his doctrine should be profitable and ellectual, as the raiji ; which as it ' waiteth not for the sons of men,' Mic. v. 7, so it Cometh down 'from heaven; and returneth not thither, but watereth the earth, and maketh it bring forth and bud:' in like sort, the word of God ' shall not return unto him void, but it shall accomplish that which he pleaseth, Is. Iv. 10, 11. The Chald. trans- lateth, My doctrine shall be siveet as the rain : the Gr., let it be expected as the rain. The rain,] Which maketh the barren earth fruitful, and so resembleth the word of God, and effect thereof in the hearts of men: see Is. xlv. 8. Contrary to I'alse teachers, which are ' clouds without water,* Jude v. 12. For, ' whoso boasteth himself of a false gift, is clouds and wind without rain,' Prov. xxv. 14. Shall distil,] Or, let it distil, ovjiow down: as the Gr. translatclh, let my xvords come down as the dew ; and the Chald., let my speech be received ets the dew. The manner of delivering God's word is here, and often, likened to ' a dropping,' Ezek. xx. 46; xxi. 2 ; Matt. ii. 6, the word itself, to ' rain or dew,' figures of heavenly graces. See Gen. xxvii. 28. The small rain,] Or small drops; in Heb. Seghnirim, so named of hairs, like which it falleth. Or it may have affinity with Saghnar, a storm, and mean a stormy rain, figuring the doctrine of the law, whicli as it was given with storm and tempest, Heb. xii. 18, so it workethlike eflect in the conscience. So the Gr. trans- lateth it a shower, or showery rain : the Chald., as the rainy winds which b/ow upon the tender herb. The showers,] The strong or greater rain, which falleth with manifold drops, or with violence as arrows: the Chald. translateth them drops of the lat- ter rain; whereof see Dent. xi. 14. The withholding of these was a punishment, as in Jer. iii. 3, 'the showers have been withhold- en, and there hath been no latter rain :' the giving of them was a blessing, Ps. Ixv. 11; Ixxii. 6; Mic. v. 7. Grass,] As the peo- ple sometimes are likened to grass, for their frail and momentary state, Is. xl. 6, 7, so here they are likened to grass and herbs, which grow by the rain, Job xxxviii. 26, 27, that they should not be unfruitful hearers, like stones or sandy ground, whereon nothing groweth. Ver. 3. — Proclai Ji,] Or publish, preach: but the Chald. turneth it, pray in the name of the Lord. Give ve greatness,] Or majesty, that is, magnify h\m: so in Jude 25, ' to the only wise God our Saviour be glory and majesty' (or greatness:) and in 1 Chron. xxix. 11. 'Thine, O Jehovah, is the greatness, and the power, and the glory,' &c. Ver. 4.— The Rock,] That is, astheGr. translateth, God: so in ver. 18,30, 37; 1 Sam. ii. 2; 2 Sam. xxii. 2, 32. God is called ' the Rock,' because of his might, sta- bility and immutability; and to his church he is a firm foundation, Matt. xvi. 18, and Christ is the Rock, 1 Cor. x. 4. His work,] In Gr., his wor/cs ; so * work,' in Ps. xcv. 9, is 'works' in Heb. iii. 9, and it implieth his works both of creation, and redemption of his people, and all other wrought in them; which are said to be perfect, or unblemished, be- cause there is no defect, no fault in any of them. Therefore in it the righteous do re- joice, Ps. xcii. 5. Hjs ways,] That is, his administratio7i, his doi?igs. Judgbient,] That is, 7nost Judicious, right and equal : and so shall they find that walk in them, Ps. xxv. 8 — 10. Faithfulness,] Or faith : understand, a (Jod of faith, that is, most CHAP. XXX 1 1. 375 * They have corrupted themselves, their spot is not (the spot J of his sons, fthey are) a crooked and perverse generation. They on themselves have brought corruptions, Tlieir spot is not of (those that be) his sons They are a generation which is Turn'd to perverseness, and to crookedness. ^ Do ye thus requite Jehovali, O people foolish and unwise ? Is not he thy Father that hath bought thee ? hath not he made thee, and established thee ? Do ye Jehovah in this wise reward, O foolish folk, and wanting wise regard ? Thy Father that hath bought thee, is not he ? Hath he not made thee ; and establish'd thee ? faithful and triie, that all may rely safely upon him and his word. Without ini- quity,] Or, there is no iniquity, {no inju- rious evil) in him, as the Gr. traiislateth. So in Ps. xcii. 16, * Jehovah is righteous, my Rock, and no iniquity is in him.' Right,] Or, righteous : in Gr., J/isf and holy the Lord is. As his faith is constant to those that follow him, so is his justice righteous to such as forsake him. Ver. 5. — They have corrupted them- selves,] Or, It hath corrupted itself; speaking of the people, (as is expressed in Exod. xxxii. 7,) as of one man, and prophe- sying here their falling away from God. Or, It hath corrupted (itself) before him, that is, before or against God. The Gr. translatetli, they have sinned: and conuption is used both for sin, as in Gen. vi. 11, and for de- struction following sin, as Gen. vi. 13, it be- ing always the changing of the state of a thing from good to evil. And this corrupt- ing themselves, was chiefly idolatry, as ver. 15 — 17, &c. Exod. xxxii. 7, and implieth also their destruction ; and it is ascribed to themselves, that it might not be imputed unto God; so in Hos. xiii. 9. Hereupon Isaiah called them ' children tliat were cor- rupters,' Is. i. 4, and this their action is op- posed to the perfection of God's work, in ver. 4. Their spot,] Or, their blot, their blemish ; that is, their vice, or evil, (as the word is explained in Deut. xvii. 1,) and thereupon their blame. This is opposed to God's faithfulness in ver. 4, and it is au ef- fect of their foresaid corruption, and an evi- dent sign thereof. Not of his sons,] That is, not such a spot (or blemish) as is in the sons of God through their infirmity, whereto all are subject; but such as is in a crooked and perverse generation, that will not be re- claimed from their vices. And this is a de- claration of the effect of the law in Israel, which was added • because of transgression?,' Gal. iii. 19, and when it came, sin revived; and the passions of sins, which were by the law, did efl'ectually work in their members, to bring forth fruit unto death, as Rom. vii. 9, 5. But the grace of God through the gos- pel, worketh contrary eflects of sanctification, which the apostle layeth down in these words of Moses thus; ' That ye may be blameless and sincere, the children of God, unblemished (or spotless) in the midst of a crooked and perverse generation, among whom shine ye as lights in the world, holding fast the word of life,' Phil. ii. 15, 16. The Chald. ex- poundeth it, " They have corrupted them- selves, and not him ; sons thai have served idols." Crooked,] Ovfroward; it is con- tiary to straight or even, Is. xlii. 16, and they that aie thus in heart, are an abomination to the Lord, Prov. xi. 20. This title Peter gave unto the Jews, that refused the gospel, Acts ii. 40, and herein the people are op- posed to God 'just and righteous,' in ver. 4. as they that perverted all equity, Mic. iii. 9, and had made them crooked paths, Is. lix. S. Perverse,] That turn and writhe themselves and others, as wrestlers use: but this word is applied to such as are perverse in mind and counsel, Job v. 13, used also by our Saviour in Luke ix. 41. 'O faithless and perverse generation.' Hereby Israel's habit in evil is signified, resisting the Holy Spirit, Acts vii. 51, so that their corruption and spot could not be cured, but remained upon them as malignant ulcers. Compare Is i. 5,6 ; Jer. v.3. Ver. 6. — Requite,] Or reward, recom- pence. This is a sharp rebuke of the ungrate- ful people, (set down therefore question-wise,) who in faith and obedience should have showed at least their thankful hearts, as did he which said, ' What shall I render unto Jehovah for all his beneficial rewards unto me? I will take up the cup of salvation, and 376 DEUTERONOMY. ' Remember the days of old, consider the years of generation and generation : ask thy father, and lie will show thee ; thy elders, and they will tell tliee. Remember thou the days that were of old. Mind ye the years of ages manifold : Ask thou tliy Father, and thee sliow will he. Thine elders (ask) and they will tell it thee. ^ Wlien the most high divided inheritance to tlie nations, when lie separated the sons of Adam, he set the bounds of tlie people, according to the number of the sons of Israel. When the most High dealt to the nations Their heritage, and severed Adam's sons The borders of the peoples set he tlien, As number was of Israel's children. call upon the name of Jehovah,' Ps. cxvi. 12, 13. Foolish,] Or vile ; the Heb. Na- bal, is such a fool as hath his understanding and judgment faded and depraved, whereup- on he becometh vile and wicked, saying in his heart, there is no God, Ps. xiv. 1, and blaspheming his name, Ps. Ixxiv. 18. This fool, or vile person, is opposed to the noble or liberal. Is. xxxii. 5. The Chaid. here translateth, people ivhich have received the law, atid are not wise. Father,] By re- generation, as 1 Pet. i. 3; Deut. xiv. 1. BonuHT THEE,] Or, thi/ purchaser, thy possessor, owner ; see the anuot. on Exod. XV. 16. And this aggravateth their sin, who denied the Lord that bought them, as 2 Pet. ii. 1, for ' the ox knoweth his owner (or him that bought him) though Israel did not know,' Is. i. 3. Made thee,] Not only in the first creation, as Gen. i. 26, but in exaltation to dignity after redemption, as God is said to have ' made Moses and Aaron,* 1 Sam. xii. 6, who advanced them to that hon- our in his church. Therefore this word is used for a degree of grace after creation, as in Is. xliii. 7. 'I have created him for my glory, I have formed him, yea I have made him.' So Christ is said to have 'made twelve,' when he ordained them to the office of apostleship, Mark iii. 14. And Paul saith of Israel, that God ' exalted the people, when they dwelt as strangers in the land of Egypt,' Acts. xiii. 17. Established,] Formed, fitted, and ordered firm and stable, that thou mightest abide in his grace. Ver. 7.— Of old,] Or, of the world and ages past, all which will testily of God's grace unto his people. Thus Moses confirmeth that which he spake of God's goodness to- wards them, ill ver. 6, and by this the saints confirmed themselves in their troubles and fears, Ps. Ixxvii. 6, 7; cxix. 52; cxliii. 5. So in Is. xlvi. 9. * Remember the former things of old, for I am God, and there is none else,' &c. Generation and genera- tion,] That is, all generations, and every of them: so in Ps. Ixxxix. 2, 'to generation , and generation;' and Esth. iii. 4, * day and day,' that is, every day: and Ezra x. 14, ' city and city,' that is, e\e\-y city. He will show,] This the psalmist confirmeth, saying, ' O God, with our ears we have heard, our fathers have told unto us the work thou wroughtest in their days, in days of old,' &c. Ps. xliv. 1, 2, &c. So in Judg. vi. 13. ' Where be all his miracles, which our fathers told us of.^' Ver. 8. — Divided inheritance,] That is, appointed and gave lands and countries for the nations to inherit; as ' mount Seir ' to the Edomites, Deut. ii. 5, Ar to the Moali- ites, Deut. ii. 9, and so to the others, Amos ix. 7. For God ' hath made of one blood all mankind, for to dwell on all the face of the earth: and hath determined the times before appointed, and the bounds of their habitations, that they should seek the Lord, if haply they might feel after him, and find him,' Acts xvii. 26, 27. Separated,] Into distinct families, and people, with several languages; whereof see Gen. x. xi. Bounds,] Or, borders, limits of the people; which may be referred specially to the people in the land of Canaan, whose bounds God propor- tioned before-hand, according to the number of the sons of Israel, that they might be pos- sessors of it after the Canaanites. Though generally there is also a proportion between the seventy nations reckoned in Gen. x. and the seventy souls of Israel, which was their whole number when they went down into Egypt, Gen. xlvi. 27; Deut. x. 22, and more particularly between Canaan with his eleven sons, Gen. x. 15 — 18, and the twelve sons of CHAP. XXXII. 377 ^ For Jehovah's portion is his people, Jacob is the line of his in- heritance. For his folk is Jehovah's portion, Jacob the line of his possession. '" He found him in a land of wilderness, and in an empty place^ and howling of the desert ; he led liim about, he instructed him, lie kept him as the apple of his eye. Him in a land of wilderness he found. In empty place, a?id howling desert ground -. About he led him, taught him prudency ; He kept him as the apple of his eye. Israel, which became patriarchs to the church of God, Exod. i. 1—4 ; Gen. xlviii. 2S ; Acts vii. S. The sons of Israel,] In Gr., the a7igels of God: so the Seventy translated this place purposely, lest the heathens should here take oflence, that Israel should be match- ed with the seventy nations, that is, with all peoples of the world. And the Jews supposed there were seventy angels, rulers of the seventy nations; and therefore they say 'ac- cording to the number of the angels of God,' whereby they mean seventy. Their opinion is to be seen in R. Menachem on Gen. xlvi. where he saith, " It is a general rule that there is one (degree of) glory above another, and they that are beneath, are a secret signi- fication of those that are above, and the seventy seals, (Gen. xlvi. 27,) signify the seventy angels that are round about the thi-one of (Qod's) glory, which are set over the na- tions.'' But we are warned to beware how we intrude ourselves into those things which we have not seen, Col. ii. 18. Ver. 9.— Portion,] Or part, which he hath divided unto himself, Exod. xix. 5, 6, and for whom he long before prepared an habitation. And as he hath taken his people for his portion, so they again take him for theirs, Ps. cxlii. 6, and he is called ' the por- tion of Jacob,' Jer. x. 16; li. 19. This word Paul applieth to our heavenly calling in Christ, speaking of ' the portion of the in- heritance of the saints in light,' Col. i. 12. Jacob,] That is, the posterity of Jacob; which being the name of his infirmity, be- fore he was called Israel, commendeth God's love unto his, when they were weak and un- worthy. And Jacob is the generation of them that seek God's face, Ps. xxiv. 6. The LINE,] Or, the cord of his inheritance, that is, his heritage, as by line or measure befallen or allotted to him; and so his peculiar, whom none othercan challenge. Compare Ps. xvi.6,7. Ver. 10. — He found hi.m,] That is, God found Jacob ; meaning Jacob's posterity, the Israelites, whom God found, and was present Vol. II. 3 with them in the wilderness, to help them in all their miseries. Therefore the Gr. trans- lateth, He sufficed him : and the Chald., He sufficed their necessities ; ks finding is used for sufficing, in Num. xi. 22. God's people of themselves do all * go astray ' like lost sheep: but he seeketh and findeth them, for their salvation. Is. liii. 6; Ps. xix. 176; Luke XV. 2, 4 — 7, 32. Land of wilder- ness,] a wild ov desert land, where no in- habitants were, no dwelling city, no food to sustain him, Ps. cvii. 45; Jer. ii. 6. See before in Deut. viii. 15. The wilderness figured the people of the world, Ezek. xx. 35, amongst whom God's people strayed, till he found them out: for when we were yet ' sinners, and enemies,' he loved us, and re- conciled us to himself by the death of his Son, Rom. v. 8, 10. Empty place,] In Chald., a dry place ; Heb. ejnptiness : a place not to be inhabited, as appeareth by the opposition in Is. xlv. 18. So all men natu- rally are empty, till they be filled with grace, and made ' the habitation of God through the Spirit,' Eph. ii. 11, 12—22. Howling of the desert,] Or, yelling of Jeshimon ; the wilderness is called a place of howling, for the wild beasts that dwell there, or for the wants that men find therein: and Jeshimon, which signifieth a desert, or desolation, may be taken for a special wilderness so named, as in Num. xxi. 20, or generally, for all desolate waste places: and such was that which Israel wandered in, Ps. Ixxviii. 40. The Gr. and Chald. translate it, a waterless place ; and so in Is. xliii. 20, God promiseth to ' give waters in Jeshimon, (or in the wilderness.)' It figured our estate in sin, without God's word and Spirit, which are likened unto waters. Is. xliv. 3 ; John iii. 5; vii. 38, 39. He led him about,] To wit, in the wilderness forty years, as Deut. viii. 2. Or, ' he compassed him about,' to wit, with his love and providence: so the Gr. translateth, he C07npassed him, and the Heb. well beareth it. Thus David saith to B 378 DEUTERONOMY. " As an eagle stirreth up lier nest, fluttereth over her young, spreadetli abroad her wings, taketh tliem, beareth them on her wings. Like as an eagle stirreth up her nest She moveth fluttering over her youngest } She spreads abroad her wings, tliem taketh soft, Upon lier wings she beareth them aloft : Jehovah alone did lead him, and there was no strange god with him. So did Jehovah lead liim all alone. And other strange god with him was there none. He made him ride on the liigh places of the eartli, that he God, * thou wilt compass me about with songs of deliverance,' Ps. xxxii. 7, and in Jer. xxxi. 32, ' compassing is used for going about to win one's love and favour; which may also be intended here. The Chald. translateth, " He placed them round about his divine Majesty:" which may have reference to Is- rael's encamping round about God's taber- nacle. Num. ii. Instructed him,] Or, made them to understand, to wit, by his law, and by his Spirit, as Neh. ix. 13, 20. So the Chald. explaineth it, he learned them the ivords of the law. Apple of his eye,] Or, the hlack (the sight) of his eye; that is, with all diligent care and love tendering them. Thus David prayeth, ' Keep me as the apple of the eye,' Ps. xvii. 8, and the prophet saith, ' He that toucheth you, touch- eth the apple of his eye,' Zach. ii. 8. Ver. 11.— An Eagle,] The chiefest of all birds, which similitude God therefore ap- plieth to himself here, and in Exod. xix. 4. Stirreth up,] Or, maketh up her 7iest, that is, her young ones: which the eagle rouseth up with her cry; so God did his people with his word and promises, while they slept in their sins in Egypt. This is declared in Ezek. xx. 5 — 7, and the history is in Exod. iv. 29 — 31. So to the church it is said, ' Awake, awake, put on thy strength, O Zion,' &c. Is. lii. 1, and ' Awake thou that sleepest, and stand up from the dead, and Christ, shall give thee light,' Eph. v. 14. Fldttereth,] Or moveth and cherisheth. This is the word used in Gen. i. 2, 'the Spirit of God moved (or fluttered) upon the face of the waters.' That openeth the meaning here to be God's motions by the Spirit in the heart of his people. Spread- eth abroad,] As preparing herself to flight, and thereby provoking her young to go with her. This God performed by spreading out the wings of his power against Egypt in plaguing them, and for Israel in preserving them from those plagues; so making way for his people to pass out of the place of their bondage. Taketh them,] That if they be slack or negligent, she may procure them to come away. So God by his angels took hold on Lot's hand, and led him out of Sodom, Gen. xix, IC, and hasted the departure of Is- rael out of Egypt, Exod. xii. On her WINGS,] In gentleness, and for their safety: not in her talons wherewith she beareth her prey. And the eagle soaring high, her young being on her wings, are safe from all danger. Thus God led Israel safe through the Red sea, Exod. xiv, and into the wilderness of Sinai, where he said unto them, ' You have seen what I did to the Egyptians ; and I have borne you upon eagle's wings, and brought you unto myself,' Exod. xix. 4. So Christ giveth ' to the woman his church, two wings of a great eagle, that she might flee unto the wilder, ness, into her place where she is nourished,' Rev. xii. 14. Ver. 12. — Alone lead,] Or, lead hiin alone; which may be referred to Jehovah their only leader, and so the Gr. explains it: or, to the people led alone, as in Num. xiii. 9, and Deut. xxxiii. 28, they are said to "dwell alone;" and thus the Chald. inter- preteth it. Lead him,] That is, lead Is- rael, conducting them through the wilderness in safety, as Deut. viii. which mercy is often mentioned, Ps. Ixxviii. 14, 62, 53; cxxxvi. 16; Neh. ix. 12. ' The angel of his pres- ence saved them,' Is. Ixiii. 9. With him,] With Jehovah ; Or, with Israel; as the Gr. translateth, with them. God erected his tabernacle, and set his true worship in Israel; without commixture with the idolatry of the nation. And unto that they should have kept themselves, as Ps. Ixxxi. 8 — 10. The Chald, paraphraseth, " there shall no service of idols be established before him. Ver. 13. — Made him ride,] Made Is- rael to conquer and triumph: so riding is CHAP. XXXII. 379 miglit eat the fruits of the field, and he made him to suck honey out of the rock, and oil out of the flinty rock. He made liim ride on the earth's places high, Tliat lie might eat the fields' fertility -. He made liim also from the rock to suck Honey, and oil out of the flinty rock : " Butter of kiiie, and milk of the flock, with fat of lambs, and of rams of the breed of Baslian, and of goat-bucks, with the fat of tlie kidneys of wheat, and the blood of the grape, thou didcst drink pure wine. Butter of kine, milk also of the flock, With fat of lambs, and rams of Bashan stock, ^nd goats, with fat of wheaty kidneys fine, And of the grape's blood thou didst drink red wine. often used for conquering and subduing: as, Ps. xlv. 4; Ixvi. 12; Rev. vi. 2; xix. 11, 14. High places of the earth,] Or, of the land, to wit, Canaan, which they con- quered: and by tiie high places, are meant the mountains, and high walled cities which they subdued, Deut. i. 28. A like promise is made in Is. Iviii. 14. ' I will cause thee to ride on the high places of the earth:' and in Deut. xxxiii. 29, ' then shalt tread upon their high places.' The Chald. heie transla- tetli, " He placed tliem on the strong places of the earth." And he did eat,] Or, that he might eat : the Gr. saith, "he fed them with the fruits of the fields," Fruit,] Or, fruitfulness, ail tilings that grew in the fields. Honey out of the rock,] That is, honey of bees nestling in rocks: ov honey fruits, as dates and the like, which grow on palm trees, (as oil on olive trees,) in rocky places: that whereas jocks and stones are usually barren, God made such places fruit- ful to Israel ; even as he gave them water out of the rocks in the wilderness, Exod. xvii. 6; Num. xx. 11, whereto this here also may have reference, and mean waters sweet as honey and oil. This honey and oil figured the heavenly graces which God bestoweth upon his church in Christ, (who is likened to a ' Rock,' 1 Cor. x. 4,) and which he would continue, if men would hearken unto his law, Ps. Ixxxi. 14, 17 ; cxix. 103 ; Song iv. 11. Ver. 14. — Butter of kine,] Or, of the herd, that is, made of cows' milk: these things were a sign of the fruitfulness of the land, as is observed by the prophet. Is. vii. 21, 22. And as soft and smooth words are sometimes likened to ' butter, and oil,' Ps. Iv. 22, so here they figured the soft and com- fortable words of grace, wherewith God satiateth the souls of his people. The Chald. paraphrasbth, " He gave them the spoils of their kings and rulers, with the tithes of their great and strong men," &c. and so in Amos iv. i. Princes of Samaria are called ' kine of Bashan.' Of the flock,] Of sheep and goats. Lev. i. 10, for the food of them and of their household, as Prov. xxvii. 27. Fat of LAMBS,] That is, fatted lambs, rams, &c. Of the breed of Bashan,] Heb. sons of Bushati, that is, bred and fed on mount Bashan, which was a fertile place, and good to nourish cattle, Num. xxxii. 1, 3, 4, 33. Fat of the kidneys of wheat,] That is, fine fiour of the kernels of wheat. The flour, which is the best and the principal, is called the /a<, here and in Ps. Ixxxi. 17; cxlvii. 17, and the kernels are called kid- neys, because when they are full, they resem-. hie kidneys in shape. Blood,] That is, juice of the grape, which is red coloured like blood. Hereupon Christ killing his enemies, and having his clothes sprinkled with blood, is described like one treading grapes in the wine fat, Is. Ixii. 2, 3; liev. xiv. 19, 20; xix. 13. And this sense the Chald. keepeth here, translating it, " the blood of their mighty men shed like water." But literally it is meant of the wine that was plentiful in the land of Canaan; and spiritually of the heavenly graces wherewith Christ filleth his people. Is. Iv. 1. Thou didst drink,] He turneth his speech to Israel: the Gr. for more plainness translateth as before, they drank. Pure wine,] Or red wine, as in Ps. Ixxv. 8, and in Is. xxvii. 2, ' In that day sing ye unto her, a vineyard of red wine;' and such was the best wine in the land: the Gr. trans- lateth it only xvine. Thus Moses, by 'honey, oil, butter, milk, fat flesh, fine bread, and wine,' (seven things under which number all other arc comprehended) signifieth the mani- 380 DEUTERONOMY. *' But Jesliurun waxed fat, and kicked ; thou art waxen fat, thou art grown gross, thou art covered with fatness : then he for- sook God which made him, and lightly esteemed the rock of his salvation. But Jeshurun did wax fat, and did kick, Thou art waxed fat, art covered, art grown tliick ; The God whicli made him, then did he forsake, And of the rock which sav'd him, light did make. '^ Tliey provoked him to jealousy with strange ^/oi/s, with abomi- nations they provoked him to anger. With strange gods they to jealousy him mov'd ; With loathsome idols they his anger prov'd. fold blessings which Israel ejijoyed in their land. Which was a figure unto them of the most fertile kingdom of Christ, and the heavenly comforts of his word and Spirit, wherewith he sanctifieth his people. And of these, some are food for children to suck, as honey, oil, butter, and milk. Is. vii. 15, 16, the rest are stronger meats for men: so the faithful have in their infancy easy instruc- tion, 'the sincere milk of the word,' to grow thereby; and in their ripe age, the higher mysteries of the gospel, as 1 Pet. ii. 2; 1 Cor. iii. 1, 2; Heb. v. 12—14. Ver, 15. — Jeshurun,] Or Jesuriin, that is, as the Chald. explain it, Israel; the Gr., Beloved; so in Deut. xxxiii. 5, 26, wheie the Cliald. again translates it " Israel ;" the Gr. "Beloved;" and in Is. xliv. 'thou Jeshurun whom 1 have chosen; the Chald. saith, " thou Israel:" the Gr., " thou beloved Israel." It hath the name of ' Josher, Righteousness,' as being a righteous people by calling, having laws right and equal, if they had walked in them. Or it may be de- rived of 'Shor,' which is to look or see, be- cause this people saw the glory of God at the giving of the law. The same word Shor is also a bullock, which some think Moses here alludeth unto, as i*' Israel were waxed like a fat bullock which kicked. But the other places where this word is used, imply no such thing. W^AXED F.\T,] In Chald., waxed rich. This was the occasion of their falling from God, the prosperity and blessings which they had in Canaan, as is also showed in Neh. ix. 25, 2G. ' They took strong cities, and a fat land, and possessed houses full of all goods, wells digged, vineyards, and oliveyards, and fruit trees in abundance: so they did eat, and were filled, and became fat, and delighted themselves in thy great goodness. And they turned disobedient, and rebelled against thee; and cast thy law behind their backs,' &c. The like complaint is in Jer. v. 27, 28. Though this may imply also the ' fatness of their heart,' whereof see Is. vi. 10; Matt, xiii. 15. Kicked,] That is, behaved them- selves contemptuously, and waxed wanton: and it signifieth their contemptuous abuse of God's holy ordinances, as he complaineth of priests, ' Wherefore kick ye at my sacrifice, and at mine oflering, which I have command- ed,' &c. 1 Sam. ii. 29. This word Paul seemeth to respect, when he speaketh of such as ' tread under foot the Son of God,' Heb. x. 29. Thou art covered,] Or, thou hast covered thyself, thy face, or thine heart with fatness, as is explained in Job xv. 27, thus ; ' he covereth his face with his fatness ; and maketh collops of fat on his flanks.' And in Ps. xvii. 10. ' They are inclosed in their own fat ; with their mouth they speak proud- ly: and in Ps. Ixxiii. 7. 'Their eyes stand out with fatness. He forsook God,] In Chald., he forsook the service of God: he turneth his speech away from the people, as they that would not hear : and speaketh to heaven and earth for to witness, as in ver. 1. And this is the first part of their sin, to for- sake the good God. Made him,] By creat- ing, and advancing him, as in ver. 6. Lightly esteemed.] Or, vilely avdfool/shl?/ despised ; Heb. " jenalibel, of Nabal foolish," as he called them in ver. 6. The Chald. ex- pounds it, " he provoked to anger." The Rock,] The mighty God Christ; as ver. 4. So the Gr. translateth, "he departed from God his Saviour. Ver. 16. — Provoked him to jealousy,] Or, inade him jealous, that is, exceeding angry: 'for jealousy is the rage of a man ; therefore he will not spare in the day of ven- geance,' Prov. vi. 34. Strange gods,] 'I"he Chald. explaineth it, the service of idols, or idolatry. So in Ps. Ixxviii. 58, ' they pro- voked him to jealousy with their graven images.' And in 1 Kings xiv. 22, '2.S, the Jews ' provoked him to jealousy with their CHAP. XXXII. 381 " They sacrificed to devils, not to God ; to gods whom they knew not, to new gods that came lately up, of whom yoiu" fathers were not afraid. They sacrificed to devils, not to God ; To gods of whom themselves no knowledge had -. Unto new gods, which np but lately came. Such as your fatliers feared not the same. '* Of tlie Rock tliat begat thee thou art unmindful, and hast for- The Rock that thee begat thou mindest not, And God that formed thee tliou liast forgot. ^' And Jehovali saw it, and contemptuously abhorred thetn, be- cause of the provoking of liis sons and of his daughters. And of his sons and daughters, then the Lord Did see the provocation, and abhorred. sins, 8:c., for they also built them high places, and images,' &c. And this is the second part of their sin, to turn to idols and devils. Abo- minations,] That is, abominable idols, or false gods, and other sins, as Lev. xviii. 26, 27; Dent. vii. 25; 2 Kings, xxiii. 13. Ver. 17. — To DEVILS,] That waste and destroy mankind, as their name Shedim here signifieth: see Lev. xvii. 7, and these are in this respect opposed to God, ' who maketh and saveth his people,' ver. 15. So Jero- boam's calves are called 'devils,' 2 Chron. xi. 15, ' and all the Gentiles' idols are devils,' 1 Cor. X. 20, and ' Antichrists,' Rev. ix. 20. ' And unto devils the Israelites sacri- ficed their sons and their daughters, when they sacrificed them unto the idols of Canaan,' Ps. cvi. 37, 3S. Wnojr they knew not,] Had no knowledge or experience of any good from them ; or, gods which kneir ?iot them, that is, had done them no good; as on the contrary the true God saith, ' I did know thee in the wilderness,' Hos. xiii. 5, where the Chald. explaineth, ' I supplied their ne- cessities. C.^ME lately I'l',] Heb. came from near, that is, from near time: which when it is spoken of a thing past, meaneth lately, when of a thing to come, it meaneth shortly, as in Ezek. vii. 8. Were not AFRAID,] With horror, lest they should be hurt by him. So the original word properly signifieth, and therein difiereth from that fear or reverence which we owe to the true God. He meaneth, that they were such gods as could do neither good nor evil, as is said in Jer. x. 5, ' Be not afraid of them for they cannot do evil, neither also is it in them to do good.' Ver. 18. — The rock,] That is, as the Gr. saith, the God, and the Chald. the strong fear, that is, the stron" God: iec ver. 4. Begat thee,] ' With the word of truth, that thou shouldest be a kind of first-fruits of his creatures, as Jam. i. 18. The Chald. ex- poundeth it, created thee; which may also be applied to ' creating in Christ Jesus unto good works,' as Eph. ii. 10. Unmindful,] In Gr. hast forsaken : this and the word fol- lowing, hast forgotten, showeth their long continuance in their sin, whereof God com- plained by the prophet, ' My people have for- gotten me days without number,' Jer. ii. 32. And is not ouly forgetfulness in mind, but in aflection and action ; as when they made a calf in the wilderness, ' they foigot God their Saviour,' Ps. cvi. 19, 21. So God when he will punish them, threateneth, ' I will utterly forget you, and forsake you,' Jer. xxiii. 39. Hereupon he saith, ' Remember these, O Ja- cob and Israel, for thou art my servant; I have formed thee, thou art my servant, O Is- rael, show not thyself forgetful of me,' Is. xliv. 21. That formed thee,] Or, that brought thee forth : in Gr. that nourished thee : in Chald. that made thee. God is here likened to a father that begat, and a mother that bare or brought forth ; both which do set forth his love, and the work of his grace. Ver. 19. — Saw,] the Chald. saith, it ivas revealed before the Lord. God the judge first taketh notice of the sin, as in Gen. xviii. 20, 21. Contemi'tuously abhor- red,] Or, lothed, despised as lothesome : which the Gr. expresseth by two words, he was Jealous {or fervent^ and he was pro- voked: the Chald. his anger was strong. This word, which is commonly used for men's contemptuous provoking or despiting of God, is here and in Lam. ii. 6, applied to God his despising and lothing of sin and sinners. The i'ko\oking ] Or, the angering, the in- 382 DEUTERONOMY. ^" And he said, I will hide my face from tliem, I will sec wJiat: their end shall be ; for they are a very froward generation, sons in wJiom is no faith. And I will hide my face from them, said he ; I will behold what tlieir last end shall be : For a most froward generation TJiey cliildren are, in whom faitli there is none. ^^ Tliey have provoked me to jealousy witli that which is not god ; tJiey have provoked me to anger with their vanities : and I will pro- voke them to jealousy with those which are not a people ; I will provoke tliem to anger with a foolish nation. They have me ruito jealousy moved With that which is not God, have me stirred To indignation with their idols vain : I tlicm will move to jealousy again Witli those which are no folk ; to indignation I will provoke them with a foolish nation. dignation or grief, caused by his sons aud daughters, that is, by them which had been his children by his gracious calling of them, and would seem so to be still, ' but their spot was not such as his children's, ver. 5. Ver. 20. — Will hide mv face,] The Chald. expounds it, will take aivay my di- vine presence. It meaneth also the with- drawing of his favour; therefore his children often prayed against this, Ps. xxvii. 9; cii. 2, 3; Exod.xxxiii. 15,16. And when God threa- teneth judgment to his people, he saith, ' I will show them the back and not the face in the day of tlieir calamity,' Jer. xviii. 17. And here their punishment is answerable to their siu: as they first withdrew their love and obedience from God, so he withdrew his presence and grace from them ; that though they sought him, they should not find him,' Prov. i. 28. The contrary is promised to the faithful, ' they shall see his face,' Rev. xxii. 4. Will see,] And let others see: as the Gr. saith, / will shoiv what shall be to them at the last. Now the last end of sin- ners, if they convert not, is their destruction. Ps. Ixxiii. 17, IS; Prov. xiv. 12, 13; xxiii. 32. Very froward,] Heb. a gene- ration of frowardnesses, or, of perversities, that is, a most froward and perverse people, Tliis word Paul useth of lieretics, Tit. iii. 11. No faith,] No firmness, truth, or stability; for ' faith' hath the name of steadfastness: see the notes on Exod. xvii. 12. Ver. 21. — Not god,] Or, no god: a pro- phecy of the rejection of the Jews, with the cause thereof. They left the Lord their God aud took another, for they made him jealous and angiy : the Lord also will leave them and take another people, so they shall be pro- voked. Their vanities,] That is, as the' Gr. translateth, their idols; or as the Cliald. expounds it, their service of idols. So idols are called 'vanities,' Jer. viii. 19; xiv. 22; 2 Kings xvii. 15, 'because ihcy are no- thing,' 1 Cor. viii. 4. Not a people,] Or, no people, that is, by the Gentiles which are not now my people, whom I will call to my faith and obedience by the gospel, whereby the Jews shall have occasion of jealousy and anger. So Paul expoundeth this in Rom. x. 19, &c. And in 1 Pet. ii. 10, ' Which in time past were not a people, but are now the people of God.' And in Hos. i. 10, ' Li the place where it was said unto them. Ye are not my people ; there it shall be said unto tliem. Ye are the sons of the living God.' Thus God threateneth to take his kingdom from the Jews, and give it to the Gentiles. A FOOL- ISH NATION,] and therefore vile and despised: so this is a reward of their ' foolish despising' of the Lord, forementioned ver. 15. The Jews understand these things of the Chaldeans, which carried them captive and so grieved them; because it is written, * Behold the land of the Chaldeans, this was not a people,' &c. Is. xxiii. 13. But the apostle's exposi- tion is heavenly, showing the rejection of the Jews for refusing Christ; and calling of the Gentiles, (esteemed of them fools) for which the Jews were angry, as appeareth by Rom. xi. 14; 1 Thes. ii. 15, 16; which Gentiles are called ' foolish,' because they ' were car- ried away after dumb idols,' 1 Cor. xii. 2. Whereupon it is said, ' They are altogether brutish and foolish: the stock is a doctrine of vanities,' Jer. x. 8. ' They became vain in CHAP. XXXII. 383 '^^ For a fire is kindled in mine anger, and shall burn unto the lowest hell, and shall consume tlie land, and her increase, and set on fire the foundations of tlie mountains. For in mine anger kindled is a fire. And to the lowest hell shall burn in ire ; And shall consume land, and fruits of the same. And the foundations of the mounts inflame. ^ I will heap evils upon tliem, I will spend mine arrows upon them. Upon them I will heap up evil sorrows, Upon them I will spend my piercing arrows. ^* They shall he burnt with hunger, and devoured with the burn- ing coal, and with a bitter stinging plague, and I will send upon them tlie teeth of beasts, with the poison of serpents of the dust. They shall be burnt with liunger, and devoured With burning coals, and bitter plague out- pour ed : And teetli of beasts upon them I will bring, Witli poison of serpents in dust creeping. their imaginations, and their foolish heart was darkened: professing themselves to be wise, they became fools,' Rom. i. 21, 22. Ver. 22. — Kindled in mine anger,) Or, hiirneth from mine anger, or, through my nostril, that is, by the breath thereof. By fire is meant God's fiery judgments, which by tlie enemy, drouglit, blasting, and other- wise he would bring upon their land,' Amos ii. 2, 5. So in Ezek. xxx. 8, ' God saith he will set a fire iu Egypt,' which the Chald. there expouiideth, " peoples strong as fire ;" but here the Chald translateth, " For an east wind strong as fire cometh forth from before me in anger." As before, God withdrew his good things from them, so now he threaten- eth to inflict evils upon their land, and upon their persons. The lowest hell,] Or, the hell of lowness, that is, the lowest part of the earth ; for so Sheol, or Hell, here and often meanetb, as Num. xvi. 30, 32, 33. See the Annot. on Gen. xxxvii. 35. This meaneth a most vehement fire, which should burn downward even to the midst of the earth. The EARTH,] Or, the land, wherein Israel dwelt, which should be wasted with war, drought, &c., that no man should dwell, no fruits should grow thereon: for God ' tnrneth springs of waters into dry ground ; a fruitful land into saltness (or barrenness), for the wickedness of them that dwell therein,' Ps. cvii. 33, 34. So upon the famine in Israel the prophet complaineth, ' The fire hath de- voured the pastures of the wilderness, and the flame hath burned all the trees of the field,' Joel i. 4 — 19. Foundations op the MOUNTS,] that is, the strongest places of the land, Jerusalem itself, founded on the holy mountains, was destroyed by the fire of God's wrath, Amos ii. 5 ; Lam. ii. 1 — 3. So it is said, ' The Lord hath kindled a fire in Ziou, and it hath devoured the foundations thereof,' Lam. iv. 11. Veb. 23. — I WILL HEAP,] Or, will add: I will consume, will spend evils on them : the Gr. saith, J will gather together evils against them. These plagues concern the people, as the former did their land. Ar- rows,] That is, plagues that shall come sud- denly and swiftly, Zaeh. ix. 14. Arrows mean plagues of all sorts, as the Scriptures mention ' the evil arrows of famine, Ezek. v. 16, of pestilence, Ps. xci. 5.. and other sick- nesses, Ps. xxxviii. 2. 3; Job vi. 4. of wars, Jer. 1. 14, of thunder, lightning, &c. 2 Sam. xxii. 14,15. And among the Gentiles this phrase was used, as the pestilence is called "an evil arrow," by Homer in Iliad 1. Ver. 24. — Burnt,] In Gr. conswned: Moses useth a word not elsewhere found in Hebrew, but in the Chald. it signifieth to heat or burn ; and so it may intimate their destruction by the Chaldeans, at what time they were so burnt with famine, that their visages were black as a coal, their skin clave to their bones, Lam. iv. 8. Others translate \i filled or mested ; so it answereth to their sin, who had filled themselves, and kicked, ver. 15, and now for a punishment should be filled with hunger. This the Chald. favour- eth, translating it, " blown up (or swollen) with famine." And this is the first ' eviJ 384 DEUTERONOMY. ^^ Witnout, the sword shall bereave : and from tlie chambers ter- ror : both the young man and the virgin, the suckling with the man of gray hairs. Witliout, the sword it shall bereave them quite, And from the inmost chambers fearful fright : Both the choice young man, and the virgin /air. The suckling, with the man of hoary hair. ^^ I said I would scatter them into corners, I would make tlie re- membrance of them to cease from among men, I said, I would them into corners drive, I would men of their memory deprive. ^' Were it not that I feared the wrath of the enemy, lest their adversaries should behave themselves strangely ; lest they sliould say. Our high liand, and not Jehovah, hath done all this. Were it not that th' wrath of the enemy I feared, lest behave themselves strangely Their adversaries should, lest they should say, Our high hand hath done all this, and not Jah. arrow of famine,' as Ezek. v. 16. The BURNING COAL,] Hereby the lightning or thunderbolt seemeth to be meant, as in Ps. Ixxviii. 48 or the burning carbuncle, a fiery ulcer on the body, as in Hab. iii. 5, this word is joined with the pestilence. Properly the word signifieth ' fiery coals,' Song viii. C; figu- ratively it is applied to arrows that fly, Ps. Ixxvi. 4. The Gr. and Chald. here expound it, "devoured with fowls." Bitter,] in Gr. incurable. Stinging plague,] in Ileb. Keteb, which is the name of a deadly sting- ing disease, joined with the pestilence, in Ps. xci. 6, which the apostle translateth ' a sting,' in 1 Cor. XV. 55, from Hos. xiii. 14, and so the Gr. there expoundeth it. But here the Gr. calleth the disease opisthotonos ; which is a strange and vehement disease in the neck, when by the stifliiess of the nerves or sinews, the neck is strained backward to the shoulders, and killetha man within four days, as Cornel. Celsus showeth in lib. iv. c. 8. But it seem- eth here to be more general, for the pest and other terrible sicknesses, whereby God soon cutteth off the life of man with bitterness. The Chald. expoundeth it ' evil spirits.' The teeth,] Heb. the teeth of beasts, wild beasts to devour men and cattle. See Lev. xxvi. 22; Ezek. v. 17; xiv. 21. Ser- pents,] Or, creepitig things, worms : the Chald. translateth it, dragons that creep in the dust. The wild beasts kill by force; worms and serpents by secret subtilty. Ver. 25. — Without,] Abroad out of the cities. The sword,] of the enemy by wars. Bereave,] Or rob, to wit, all sorts and sexes, as after foUoweth. Thus God threat- ened his four sore judgments mentioned in Ezek. xiv. 21, Rev. vi. 8, ' The sword, and the famine, and the evil beasts, and the pes- tilence, to cut off from them man and beast. Terror,] Inward terror of conscience, whereof see Job xv. 20 — 24, ' teiTors of death,' as Ps. Iv. 5, and so the Chald. trans- lateth it, " dread of death," meaning that they should even die through fear. Both THE young man,] To wit, shall be bereaved: so all sorts shall be cut olT with these judg- ments. Ver, 26. — Scatter them into cor- ners,] Or, drive thein from corner to cor- ner: in Gr. disperse them; in Cl\M. de- stroy them. Here Gud showeth the mea- sure of their punishments, which though they deserve to have in all extremity, yet he would moderate in mercy. Ver. 27. — Were it not,] Or, but that I fear the wrath (or provocation) of the ene- my. God speaketh these things after the manner of men: and in regard of his glory (that the enemy should not blaspheme) he would spare Israel from utter destruction. So God pleadeth also with them in Ezek. xx. 13, 14, 21, 22, 44. Behave themselves strangely,] Or, make strange of the mat- ter, deny and dissemble the truth of the things which the Chald. expoundeth, " mag- nify themselves." Compare Ps. cxl. 8. Or, it may mean the strange and inhuman deal- ing of the enemies against Israel. Ver. 2S.~For they,] That is, the Is. raelites, as the next verse showeth, and it is a reason of the destruction which God thought to have brought upon them, ver. 26, it may CHAP. XX Xr I. 385 ** For they are a nation void of counsels, and there is no under standing in tliem. For they a people whose counsels are gone, And understanding in them there is none. ^^ O that they were wise, that they imderstood tliis, that tliey v/^ould consider their latter end. O that they wise were, would this imderstand, That they consider would their latter end. ^" How should one cliase a thousand, and two put ten thousand to flight, except their Rock had sold tliem, and Jehovah had shut tliem up. How should one make a thousand flee in chase. And two make even ten thousand fly apace. Except their strong Rock had them sold away, Jehovah had them shut up to decay. ^' For their Rock is not as our Rock, even our enemies being judges. For tlieir Rock is not like our Rock mighty. And judge, let be our very enemy. ^^ For their vine is of the vine of Sodom, and of the blasted fields of Gomorrah ; their grapes are grapes of gall, they have most bit- ter clusters. For their vine of the vine of Sodom is, And of Gomorrah's blasted vine branches : Their grapes they be the grapes of poisoned gall. The clusters that they liave are bitter all. also be applied to their enemies. Void of they were sold even for nothing, as Ps. xliv; COUNSELS,] Or, as the Gr. translateth, which Is. Iv. 3, and this was for their iniquities, have lost counsel, in that they have forsaken Ps. 1. 1. Shut theji up,] In Gr. deliver God's law, which should be their counsellor, them ; meaning into the enemies' hands, as Ps. cxix. 24. Ps. xxxi. 9. So God is said to shut up, Ver. 29. — O THAT THEY WERE,] Or, as (that is, deliver) his people to the sword, Ps. the Chald. translateth it, if they were wise. Ixxviii. 62. See this phrase in Deut. xxiii. Compare Ps. cvii. 43; Hos. xiv. 9. Un- 15. DERSTAND,] Which is the effect of wisdom, Ver. 31. — Their rock,] The god on whereof they deprived themselves. Consi- whom the heathens rely : so the Gr. explain- der their latter end,] Study and apply eth it, " For our God is not like their gods." their minds to God's works, past, present. The person is changed, as if Moses, or the aod to come: this want of wisdom in them, people spake of the heathen idols, that they the prophet lamenteth, • She remembered not could never have given their worshippers her latter end, therefore she came down won- power over Israel if God their Rock had not derfuUy,' Lam. i. 9. sold them. Judges,] For the enemies were Ver. 30. — One chase a thousand,] See- afraid of the God of Israel, because of his for- ing God promised Israel that they should mer judgments on the Egyptians, 1 Sam. iv. chase their enemies, and a hundred of them 8. Balaam confessed the power of God, and should put ten thousand to flight, Lev. xxvi. his goodness unto Israel, Num. xxiii. 8, 12, 7, 8, how should, on the contrary, one ene- 19, 20, 21, &c. The Egyptians would have- my chase a thousand of them, if God had not fled, for they perceived that God fought for sold the Israelites for their sins? Theik Israel, Exod. xiv. 25. KOCK,] That is, God, as the Gr. translateth: Ver. 32. — Their vine,] The vine of Is- see Ver. 4. Sold them,] In Chald. deli- rael, so other prophets compare Israel with veredthem, meaning to the enemies, to whom Sodom and Gomorrah, Is. j. 10; Ezek. xvi. Vol. II. 3 C 386 DEUTERONOMY. of ^^ Their wine is the poison of dragonr-, and the cruel venom Their wine is of tlie dragon's poison fell. And of the asps whose venom is cruel. ^* Is not this laid up in store with me, and sealed up in my trea- suries Is not this same laid up in store with me, Even sealed up within my treasury ? 45, 46, 56. Although therefore these things may be applied to the heathens, yet chiefly they respect Israel in their apostacy ; for, ' what things soever the law saith, it saith it to them that are under the law, that every month may be stopped, and all the world may become guilty before God,' Rom. iii. 19. By the vine here, the Chald. understandeth punishment, translating, " Their vengeance is like the vengeance of the people of Sodom." And that such were their sin and punish- ment, Jeremiah complaineth in Lam. iv. 6. This may also be applied to the apostacy of Antichrist. Of the vine,] Or, above the vine of Sodom, that is, worse than it. God had planted Israel ' a noble vine, wholly a right seed, luit they turned it into the dege- nerate plant of a strange vine,' Jer. ii. 21. So God planted the Christian church in Christ ' the true vine,' John xv. 1, but they degenerated, and worshipped the beast Anti- christ whose city ' is spiritually called So- dom,' Rev. xi. 8. Blasted fields,] Or, blasted vines (or vine branches) that grow in Gomorrah's fields. So the Gr. translateth it here " a vine branch." And the Heb. She- demah, which is sometimes used for a field, or vine, Is. xvi. 8, is in Is. xxxvii, 27, ' blasted corn;' and for it in 2 Kings xix. 26. is written Shedephah, which properly sigiii- fieth ' blasted corn,' or blasting, Deut. xxviii. 22, which sense I think ought to be retained here, as the Chald. translateth it, " their smit- ing or beating," that is, when Gomorrah was burnt with fire, Gen. xix. and the fields and vines in them blasted, they brought forth none but bitter and hurtful grapes; so did this peo- ple Israel, and so do Antichristians. Their GRAPES,] The grapes of them and him, that is, of them all, and of every one, for so much the Heb. form implieth; by grapes, meaning their works, as Is. liv. Gall,] that is, bit- ter, venomous, and hurtful, as the Chald. ex- plaineth it " the gall of serpents," see Deut. xxix. 18. Most bitter,] Heb. cbisters of bitternesses; meaning most evil and noisome doctrines and actions; and as sometimes it is used for bitter afflictions. Job xiii. 26, so here the Chald. applieth it to the reward of their evil works. The breasts of Christ's church (out of which the people suck the wine of God's graces by the ministry of the gospel) are likened to clusters of grapes. Song vii. 7. So here, on the contrary, is signified the corruption of true doctrine by false prophets and ministers of Antichrist. Ver. 33. — Their wine,] Wine is some- times used to signify the fruits and graces of God's Spirit, Song iv. 10 ; v. ] ; viii. 2. Here it siguifieth the corrupt doctrine and heresies wherewith the Jews poisoned themselves and their disciples: and the wine of fornications, that is, the heresies and ido-' latries of Antichrist, wherewith all nations have been made drunken, as Rev. xvii. 2. Poison of dragons,] In Gr. fury (or hot wrath) of dragons, that is, their doctrines and actions are venomous and deadly to soul and body, as being doctrines of devils, and the poison of the old dragon whom Antichrist adores, 1 Tim. iv. 1 ; Rev. xiii. 4 ; xii. 3, 4, &c. So in Is. lix. 5. ' They hatch cockatrice eggs, &c., he that eateth of their eggs dieth.' Cruel,] InGr. incurable fury of asps ; in Chakl. as the gall of asps, the cruel serpents ; which are venomous serpents that will not be charmed, Ps. Iviii. 6, 6, and so it noteth their incurable maliciousness: and when it is used for punishment, it noteth also the grievousness of it, as, ' He shall suck the poison of asps, the viper's tongue shall slay him,' Job XX. 16. Ver. 34. — This,] In Gr. these things ; that is, the sins of Israel forementioned ; as the Chald. expounds it, all their luorks. Laid up in store,) Which the Chald. inter- preteth, manifest before me. Their evil fruits, the grapes of Gomorrah, and of gall, God laid up for to punish. Sealed up,] Not to be lost, or forgotten, or left unpunished ; wherefore the Chald. paraphraseth, " laid up against the day of judgment in my treasuries. " According to this phrase Job speaketh, ' My transgression is sealed up in a bag, and thou sewest up my iniquity,' Job xiv. 17, speaking of his sins which God left not unpunished: though the time and means of punishment is to man unknown, as a sealed book cannot be read. Is. xxix. 11. In my treasuries,] Or, among my treasures : meaning God's CHAP. X X X 1 1. 387 ^'' To me belongeth vengeance and recompcnce ; in the time their foot shall slide ; for the day of their calamity is near, and tlie tilings that shall come upon them make haste. To me belongs vengeance, and to repay In time, when as their foot shall slide away : For day of their calamity is nigh, And things that come on them come hastily. 3« For Jehovah will judge his people, and repent himself for liis servants, wlien he shall see tliat tlie hand is gone and there is none shut up, or left. For Jah will to his people do judgment. And for his servants will himself repent. When he shall see that their stro?ig liand is gone, And shut up or remaining the?-e is none seciet wisdom and knowledge, when and how to punish them for it. So tiie apostle speak- eth of ' treasures of wisdom and knowledge,' Col. ii. 3, and in Job xxxviii. 22, 24, the treasures (or treasuries) of snow and of hail are mentioned, which God reserveth against the time of trouble, against the day of battle and war. Ver. 35 To ME VENGEANCE,] Or, ven- geance is mine, to punish Israel for their re- bellions, and to punish their enemies for abus- ing them. Therefore tlie apostle maketh this a general doctrine, and teacheth us to com- mit our injuries unto God ; ' Beloved, avenge not yourselves, but rather give place unto wrath ; for it is written, vengeance is mine, I will repay, saith the Lord,' Rom. xii. 19. And by this he would deter us from sin, Heb. X. 29, 30. In the time,] Or, at the time, to wit, which I have appointed, that is, in due time ; or, as the Gr. translateth " in the time when their fqgt shall slide:" mean- ing, then his vengeance should be seen. Their foot shall slide,] Or, shall be re- moved; which the Chald. expoundeth, " they shall be carried captive out of their land." But it is more general, and signifieth their fall into manifold afHictions, against which David prayeth and comforteth himself in the mercy of God, Ps. xvii. 5 ; xxxviii. 16, 17; cxxi. 3; xciv 18. Calamity,] The original word properly signifieth 'a fog,' or thick cloud, and is fitly applied to the time of affliction and dismal day; which the Gr. translateth " day of perdition ;" and the apos- tle calleth the day of judgment, ' the day of perdition of ungodly men,' 2 Pet. iii. 7. That shall come ui'on them,] Or. that are ready for them and /or him, that is, for every one of them. Make haste,] Heb. maketh haste : a word singular and mascu- line, joined with the former word plural and feminine, to intimate a particular hastening of every judgment in sore measure. This sentence the apostle hath reference unto, when prophesying of false teachers, he saith, ' their judgment now of along time lingereth not, and their perdition slumbereth not,' 2 Pet. ii. 1, 3. Ver. 36. — Judge his people,] That is, punish the evil and defend the good against the oppressors. So against such as forsake Christ Paul allegeth this sentence, 'The Lord will judge his people ;' and addeth, ' It is a fearful thing to fall into the hands of the living God,' Heb. x. 30, 31. And for defenc. the Psalmist saith, ' Judge me, O God, and plead my cause against an unmer- ciful nation,' Ps. xliii. 1. Repent him- self,] Change the course of his administra- tion towards his people, as a man when he repenteth changeth his way. This is spo- ken of God not properly, (for he cannot re- pent, 1 Sam. XV. 29,) but after the manner of men, as is noted on Gen. vi. 6. For this repentance of God concerning his servants, Moses prayeth, in Ps. xc. 13, and God pro- miseth, if a nation turn from their evil, he will repent him of the evil that he thought to do unto them, Jer. xviii. 8, and performed it towards the Ninevites, Jon. iii. 10, and towards the Israelites, Amos vii. 2, 3, 6. And hereupon men are exhorted to turn unto the Lord, ' For he is gracious and merciful, slow to anger, and of great kindness, and re- penteth him of evil,' Joel ii. 13. The hand,] Of his people, that is, their strength; which the Gi'. explaineth thus " for he seeth them feeble." So hand is for strength, or power; as, ' the hand (or power) of the sword,' Job V.20. 'the hand of the dog,' Ps. xxxii.21. And there is shut up,] Or, nothing is shut up or left ; or, " and come to nothing (con- sumed) is he that is shut up, and that is left." 388 DEUTERONOMY. ^' And he shall say, Where are tlieir gods j the Rock in whom they trusted for safety? And he shall say, where do their gods abide, The rock on whom for safety they relied ? ^* Which did eat the fat of their sacrifices, did drink the wine of tlieir drink offerings ? let them rise up and help you, let him be an hiding-place for you. They which their sacrifices fat devoured. Which drank the wine on their oblations poured ? Let them arise, and show you helpful grace. Let him be unto you an hiding-place. ^^ See now that I, / am he, and there is no God with me ; I do kill and make alive ; do wound, and I Jieal ; and there is none that de- livereth out of mine hand. Behold ye now, that I, even I am lie, And God there is not any beside me : I kill and quicken, wound and whole I make, And out of mine hand none away can take. And so it may be understood both of persons and of goods, that there is ' none shut up' in the enemies' hand, as captive, or prisoner, none ' left' untaken by the enemy: or 'none shut up' in houses, cities, towers, to escape the enemy; 'none left' escaped from de- struction. In meaneth an utter overthrow in their state and kingdom; as the overthrow of Jeroboam's house is threatened in these terms, ' I will cut oir from Jeroboam him that piss- etli against the wall, him that is shut up and left in Israel,' 1 Kings xiv. 10. The like is threatened to Ahab, 1 Kings xxi. 21. And this compassion here promised, was in some sort showed to Israel, in the days of Je- roboam, son of Joash, as it is written, ' For the Lord saw the aflliction of Israel, that it was very bitter, for there was not any shut up, nor any left, nor any helper for Israel,' 2 Kings xiv. 26. Ver. 37. — And he shall say,] That is, the Lord shall say^ as the Gr. version ex- plaineth it. God here upbraideth the idols which Israel followed, as being vain and una- ble to help them : whereby Israel also re- ceiveth a sharp rebuke, and check of con- science for leaving the Lord to follow such. It may also be referred to the gods of the heatlien?, over whom God thus triumphed, after he hath redeemed his people. But Je- remiah useth the like speech against Israel, ' Where are thy gods that thou hast made tliee ? Let them arise if they can help thee in the time of thy trouble,' &c. Jer. ii. 28. Ver. 38.— Did eat the fat,] That is, to whom they burned the fat of their sacri- fices; which therefore are said to be 'eaten' by those gods ; as the sacrifices to the Lord was called his ' bread,' Lev. xxi. 6. Let HIM BE,] In Gr. let them be: but this hath referetice to ' the Rock ' (the mighty God) forementioned, ver. 37, in whom they hoped for safety. So God said to Israel, ' Go and cry unto the gods which ye have chosen, let them save you in the time of your tribula- tion,' Judg. X. 14. It is a sharp reproof, with an upbraiding of their folly. Ver. 39. — See now,] In Gr. see see. God having manifested the vanity of false gods, provoketh all to come unto him, who is himself alone eternal, poweiful, and gra- cious. Jonathan in his Thargum paraphras- eth here thus, " When the word of the Lord shall be revealed for to redeem his people, he will say to all peoples, See now," &c. 1, I am HE,] In Gr. I am: it is the more vehement by doubling the word I, as the like is found in Is. xliii. 25; Hos. v. 14. It meaneth also, 'I am the same,' that is, eternal and u]ichange- able: so in Ps. cii. 28, ' Thou art he,' which the apostle expoundeth, ' Thou art the same,' Heb. i. 12. Jonathan aforesaid openeth it thus, " I he that am, and have been, and I he that shall be." This accordeth with God's describing of himself in Rev. i. 4; xvi. 5. And here the mystery of the Trinity is implied, as in Deut. vi. With me,] In Gr. besides me ; and so in Isaiah he saith, ' besides me there is no God,' Is. xiv. 6. I DO KILL,] None but I have power of death and life. So Anna in her song saitli, ' Jehovah killeth and maketh alive, he bring- eth down to the grave, and bringeth up,' 1 Sam. ii. 6. Hereby Clirist is known to be CHAP. XXXI I. 389 *" For I lift up my hand to the heavens, and say, I live for ever. For to the lieavens my hand I lift on high, iVnd say I live unto eternity. ^' If I whet my glittering sword, and mine hand take hold on judgment, I will render vengeance to my adversaries, and will re- ward them tliat hate me. If that my glittering sword I sharp do make. And that mine hand on judgment hold doth take, Unto my foes I render will vengeance. And tliem that hate me I will recompence. ^^ I will make mine arrows drunk with blood, and my sword shall devour flesh, with the blood of the slain, and of the captives from the beginning, the revenges of the enemy. Mine arrows I will drunken make with blood. My sword shall also flesh devour for food. With blood of them that wounded are, and thral Even from the first beginning principal. Shall be revenges on the enemy. very God, ' For as the Father raiseth up the dead, and maketh them alive ; even so the Son maketh alive whom he will,' John v. 21. ' He hath the keys of hell and of death,' Rev. i. 18. God's killing and wounding implieth the hatred which he hath injustice against sin and sinners : his reviving and healing, showeth his love out of grace to his creatures, and mercy in respect of their misery. I heal,] So in Job V. IS, 'He maketh sore, and bind- eth up; he woundeth, and his hands do heal.' And in Hos. vi. 1, 'He hath torn, and he will heal us: he hath smitten, and he will bind us up." Jonathan in his paraphrase saith, " I have smitten the people of the house of Israel, and I will heal them in the latter days." That delivereth,] Or, can deli- ver : so in Is. xliii. 13, ' Even before the day was I am he, and there is none that de- livereth out of mine hand: I will work, and who shall let it ?' It teachcth us the omni- potence which belongeth only to God. Ver. 40. — For I lift,] Or, u-hen I lift up my hand ; which is a sign of swearing, as in Gen. xiv. 22; Exod. vi. 8; Num. xiv. 30. So the Gr here explaineth it, " I will lift up mine hands unto heaven, and swear by my right hand, and say," &c. Though the lifting up or stretching forth of the hand is also for a sign to make the hearers atten- tive. Is. xlix. 22; Acts xxvi. I. I live,] Understand, as I live : these are the words of an oath, as iu Jer. iv. 2, ' Thou shalt swear Jehovah livoth.' And because God can swear by no greater, he sweareth by himself, Heb. vi. 13. So the angel ' lifted up his hand to heaven, and sweareth by him that liveth for ever and ever,' Rev. x. 5, G. And as an oath is for confirmation, and ' to show the immutability of his counsel,' Heb. vi. 16, 17, so God here confirmelh the former threateniiigs and promises by an oath ; which Jonathan in his Thargum explaineth thus, " As I live, so will I not break mine oath for ever." Ver. 41. — My glittering sword,] Heb. the lightning of my sword, that is, the bright glittering blade of my sword; which the Gr. tianslateth, " If I whet my sword like light- ning." So in Gen. iii. 24, ' the flame of a sword,' that is, a bright flaming sword; and in Hab. iii. 11, 'at the shining of the light- ning of thy spear,' that is, ' of thy glittering spear.' This similitude showeth God's judg- ments to be swift, violent, powerful, terrible, as in Zach. ix. 14, ' his arrows shall go forth as the lightning.' So in Ezek. xxi. 10, 'his sword is furbished that it may glitter. On JUDGMENT,] That is, on weapons of judg- ment; ' the arrows ' aftermentioned. ver. 42, or ' take hold of it (the sword) in judgment.' Here judgment seemeth to be meant of ri- gour and severity, opposed unto mercy, Jam. ii. 13; Is. xxxiv. 5. Ver. 42. — Drunk with blood,] This signifieth a great slaughter of the enemies, and a full satisfying of God's justice upon them. Like this is the dipping, or embruing, of the ' foot in the blood of the enemies,' Ps. Ixviii. 23, ' shall devour, or shall eat flesh,' which the Chald. expoundeth, "shall kill among the people.'' So the Lord's sword is said to 'devour,' in Jer. xii. 12. With the blood,] Or, from the blood. The 390 DEUTERONOMY. ^' Shout joyfully ye nations with his people, for he will avenge the blood of his servants, and will render vengeance to his adver- saries, and will make atonement for his land, for his people. Ye Gentiles with his folks shout joyfully. Blood of his servants for avenge will lie, iVnd render vengeance unto them that be His adversaries, and atonement make Both for his land, and for liis people's sake. ^* And Moses came and spake all the words of tliis song in tlie ears of the people, lie and Hoshea the son of Nun. ^' And Moses made au end of speaking all these words unto all Israel: *^ And he said unto them. Set your heart unto all the words which I testify among you this day, which you shall command your sons, to ob- serve to do all the words of this law. " For it is not a vain word SLAIN,] Or, the wounded ; speaking singu- larly of one, l)Ut meaning ever one, as the Gr. translateth, ivounded ones. The cap- TivES,] Heb. the captivity; wliieh word is often used for a multitude of captives, or pri- soners taken in war; as in Num. xxi. 1. Deut. xxi. 10; Judg. v. 12. So the Chald. translateth, ' of them that are killed, and of captives. From the beginning,] Or, from the head : which word is sometimes used for the first beginning, Judg. vii. 19, but com- monly for the head, chief, and principal; and so the Gr. here translateth it, "from the head ;" whereby the heads, captains, and chief of the enemies are meant, on whom God would take vengeance. Or, ' from the beginning,' that is, from the first time that the enemies have oppressed God's people, God will leave none of them unpunished. Revenges of the exemy,] That is,revenges shall be executed upon the enemy, for all their wrongs that evertliey did to Israel from the beginning. Ver. 43. — Shout joyfully,] Or sing: in Gr. rejoice. Nations,]. Or, Gentiles. With his people,] The Gr. addeth this word with, which the apostle alloweth in Rom. xv. 10. So, ' he followeth not us,' Mark ix. 38, is explained, ' he followeth not with us,' Luke ix. 49. The Chald. expoundeth it, ' Laud ye people, the judgment of his people.' It is an exhortation to the Gentiles, to sing praises unto God, for his mercy to them and to the Jews ; as the apostle saith, ' That the Gen- tiles might glorify God for mercy ; as it is written, for this cause I will confess thee among the Gentiles, and sing unto thy name. And again he saith, ' Rejoice ye Gentiles with his people,' Rom. xv. 9, 10. The BLOOD OF HIS SERVANTS,] In G r. his sons. So in Rev. xix. I, 2, much people in heaven say Hallelujah, and glorify God, for judging the great whore, and avenging ' the blood of Ids servants at her hand ; meaning the blood that was shed, as in Ps. Ixxix. 10. Make atonement,] And so be reconciled unto; in Gr. " will purge the land, to vvit, from the sin and uncleanness thereof; as the high priest on atonement day did ' make atonement for the holy place, because of the uncleanness of the sons of Israel, and because of their transgressions, in all their sins,' Lev. xvi. IG. So it is a prophecy of grace in Christ, who should make expiation for his church and people ; for him God foreor- dained ' to be a propitiation through faith in his blood,' Rom. iii. 25. For his people,] The Gr. translatetli it, " the land of his peo- ple;" the Chald. better, "for his land and for his people," speaking according to the types of old ; where the land of Canaan was the inheritance, the people of Israel the heirs, that was called, ' the Lord's land,' Hos. ix. 3. and they the Lord's people. Ver. 44. — Moses came,] The Gr. addeth " unto the people ;" and Jonathan in his Thargum addeth, '• from the tabernacle the liouse of doctrine. This song,] In Gr. this law, as in ver. 40. So Asaph called his song 'a law,' Ps. Ixxviii. I. Hoshea,] In Gr. Jesus ; elsewhere called after the Heb. Jo- shua. See Num. xiii. 17 ; Deut. xxxi. 14, 19. Ver. 46. — Set your heart,] That is, your hearts ; as, ' harden not your heart,' Ps. xcv. S, is interpreted, * your hearts,' Heb. iii. 8, in Gr. "attend with your heart." It meaneth a diligent consideration and appli- cation, which elsewhere God explaineth thus, ' Behold with thine eyes, and hear with thine ears, and set thine heart upon all that I shall sliow thee,' Ezek. xl. 4; xliv. 6. Ver. 47. — A vain word,] Or, a vain thing; that in doing thereof you should lose your labour; but in keeping it, there is great reward, Ps. xix. 12. Your life,] So Paul CHAP. XXXII r. 391 for you, because it is your life ; and through this word ye shall prolong your days upon the land, whither ye are going over Jordan to possess it. *^ And Jehovah spake unto Moses in that self-same day ; saying, " Go up into this mountain of xA.barim, mount Nebo, which is in the land of Moab, that is over against Jericho, and see the land of Canaan wliich I am giving to the sons of Israel for a possession. *° And die in the mount whither thou goest up, and be gathered unto thy people, as Aaron thy brother died in mount Hor, and was gathered unto his people. ^' Because ye trespassed against me among the sons of Israel, at the waters of Meribali of Kadesli in the wilderness of Zin, because ye sanctified me not in the midst of the sons of Israel. *^ Yet thou shalt see the land before thee, but thither thou shalt not go in unto the land which I am giving to tlie sons of Israel. saith, * Moses describeth the righteousness bei/ed my word. Of this trespass, see Num. which is of the la'v, that the man which doth xx. 10, 11, 12. Here Moses at his death those things shall live hy them,' Rom. x. 5, maketh a coramemoratioii of his sin, for a[i 6, where he opposeth it to the righteousness acknowledgment of God's justice against him, of faith. And by life is meant eternal life, and a warning to all people, not to disobey by , &c. 'Do this and thou shalt live,' Luke x. his example. Meribah,] Or, contention of 25 — 28. Cadesh ; so the (Jr. translateth it, contradic- Ver. 48. — Tn that sei.f-same day,] tion. Heb. in the body (or strength) of this day. Ver. 52. — Before thee,] Or, over See this phrase in Gen. vii. 13; xvii. 23. against thee, that is, afar ofl', for so this Ver. 49. — Nebo,] The performance of this phrase often signifieth, as is noted on Num. commandment, see in Deut. xxxiv. 1, &c. ii. 2. So that may be said here of Moses, See also Num. xxvii. 12. which Paul speaketh of the godly fathers, Ver. 50. — Unto thy people,] Thy godly 'These all died in faith, not having received forefathers; in Gr. "thy people." See the the promises, but having seen them afar ofi; Annot. on Gen. xxv. 8. Mount Hor,] and were persuaded of them, and saluted Whereof see Num. xx. 23, &c. them,' &c. Heb. xi. 13. Ver. 61. — Trespassed,] In Gr. diso- CHAP. XXXIII. 1 . Moses blessing Israel before his death, sheweth the majesty of God, and his love to the people, in giving them his law, and guiding them through the wilderness. '6. The blessing of Iteuhen. l.OfJudah. 8. Of Levi. 12. Of Benjami7i. \d. Of Joseph. IS. Of Zabulon and Issachar. 20. Of Gad. 22. Of Dan. 23. Of Naphtali. 24. And of Aser. 26. The excellency of God and of Israel under his protection, who should dwell in a fruitful land, and through his help subdue their e?iemies. S3£3 * And tliis is the blessing wherewith Mosos the man of God BBS Here beginneth the fifty-fourth and Ver. 1. — The man of God, J Which the last section, or lecture of the law: see Gen. Chald. expoundeth, " the prophet of the yi.9. Lord," So Samuel is called 'a man of God,' 1 392 DEUTERONOMY. blessed the sons of Israel, before his death, ^ And lie said, Jeliovah came from Sinai, and rose up from Seir unto them ; he shined fortli Sam. ix. 6, 7, and in ver. 9, he is also called ' a seer,' and this is added, ' he that is dovv (called) a prophet, was before time called a seer.' So these three names are one: though a man of God is so named in respect of his divine calling to the ministry (wherefore the minister of the New Testament is also called 'a man of God,' 1 Tim. vi. 11; 2 Tim. iii. 17), a seer is in respect of the visions which they saw. Is. i. 1, aud a prophet, for uttering the things seen and taught of God. See Gen. XX. 7; Exod. vii, 1. Ver. 2. — From Sinai,] Or, as the Gr. translateth it, " into Sinai :" for the Heb. miii which usually signifieth from, is sometimes put for unto, by the interpretation of the Holy Spirit himself, as, ' from Baal of Ju- dah,' 2 Sam. vi. 2, is by another prophet ex- plained,'to Baalah,' 1 Chron. xiii. 6. So 'the deliverer shall come from (or out of) Zion,' Rom. xi. 26, is the same that he 'shall come unto Sion,' Is. lix. 20. Mill hashamajim, 'from heaven,' 2 Chron. vi. 21, is El hasha7najim„ ' unlo (or m) hea- ven,' 1 Kings viii. 30. Thus Mik/cedem is, 'to the east, or eastward,' Gen. xiii. 11. Mitstsaphon is, ' northward,' 1 Sam. xiv, 5, and sundry the like. ' Sinai is a mountain in Arabia,' Gal. iv. 25, where God gave his law, Exod. xix, from (or out of) that moini- tain,God came unto Israel, and, as the Chald. intei-preteth, " was revealed " there unto them ; and from thence came with his peo- ple to conduct them towards Canaan. Or came unto Sinai, and to his people there. And this is the first chief blessing unto Israel, God's law, tabernacle, statutes, and judg- ments, given them at Sinai : after which he called them to journey towards the land of promise, Deut. ii. 6, 7. Rose up,] As the sun ariseth ; for of that rising the Heb. word is properly used. The Chald. translateth it, " the brightness of his glory from Seir ap- peared unto us." So Isaiah prophesying grace to the church, saith, ' The glory of Jehovah is risen (as the sun) upon thee.' And of the heavenly Jerusalem which Christ hath built it is said, ' The city hath no need of the sun, neither of the moon to shine on it; for the glory of God doth lighten it, and the Lamb is the light thereof,' Rev. xxi. 23. From Seir,] the mountain of the Edomites, Deut. ii. 4, 5. As Israel compassed Edom's land, they were stnng with fiery serpents for their murmuring: then God appointed the brazen serpent (a figure of Christ) to be set up to heal them. Num. xxi. 4 — 9. And here was a second degree of grace, whereby God shined unto them, as he doth unto us by his gospel, after we have been under the schoolmaster of his law, Rom. vii. 4 — 25; Gal. iii. 23, 24, 26. Unto them,] Or, unto hun, meaning Israel; therefore the Cliald. expoundeth it, iinto us. Shined forth, Or,] shined bright and clear, as the sun shineth iu his strength. This word is used for the clear manifestation of God's power, in saving his people, or pu- nishing their enemies, Ps. Ixxxii; xciv. 1 ; 1.2. The Gr. here translateth, " he hasteneth from mount Pharan ;" the Chald., " he was revealed in his might upon mount Pharon." Pharan,] Or, Parati, the name of a mount, and of the wilderness of the Ish* maelites. Gen. xxi. 31, through which Israel travelled. Num. x. 12. Near it, Moses by the Spirit of God explained the law more clearly, and repeated this book of Deutero- nomy, Deut. i. 1 , &c. So the prophet after speaketh, 'the Holy One (came) from mount Pharan Selah, Hab. iii. 3. Some of the Hebs. understand these thingsotherwise thus, " He rose up from Seir unto them, that is, to the sons of Esau, that they might receive the law, but they would not. From thence he went to the sons of Ishmael, that they might receive it, but they would not. And then he came unto Israel," R. Sol. Jarchi on Deut. xxxiii. So Jonathan in hisThargumon this place, and R. Eliezer in Pirkei, chap. xli. But unto us it showeth the third degree of God's grace who, after we are come unto Christ by faith, doth sanctify us by his Spirit, informing us in his truth and ways, and so prepareth us to enter into his heavenly rest, as by Moses, he prepared Israel to enter into the land of Canaan, Rom. viii. 2, 3 — 1 1 ; Gal. iii. 2, 14; iv. 6; v. 16, 18. Of saints,] Heb. of sanctity ; meaning spirits of sanc- tity, which Jonathan in his Thargum ex- poundeth, " holy angels." So Stephen saith, that Israel ' received the law by the disposi- tion of angels,' Acts vii. 53, and Paul calleth the law, ' the word spoken by angels,' Heb. ii. 2. So we by grace in Christ are come ' to ten thousands of angels,' Heb. xii. 22. which are all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for them who shall be heirs of sal- vation,'Heb. i. 14. Compare Ps. Ixviii. 18. Or by saints we may understand the Israel- ites, as in ver. 3, with whom, or for whom God came from Sinai. From his right HAND,] To wit, went, or, ut his right hand was. The fire of the law,] Or, of the ordinance ; Heb. Esh dath (of which word dath the Grs. borrowed their word Tatto, to " order, or ordain the legal fire, or the fiery CHAP. XXXI I r. 393 from mount Pliaran, and he came witli ten thousands of saints : from his riglit hand the fire of the law for them. ^ Yea, the lover of the people, all his saints, are in thine hand, and they sat down at thy feet, every one shall receive thy words. * Moses commanded law,") and it is so called, because the Lord spake those words ' out of the midst of the fire,' Deut. v. 22, and to show the nature and eflect of the law, which is like fire, Jer. xxiii. 29. The Gr. translateth it, " Angels, angels with him:" the Chald.thus, " His right hand wrote out of the midst of fire, the law he gave unto us." Answerable to this legal fire is that fire of the law of the Spirit, which was given with ' cloven tongues like fire, Acts ii. 3, 4. The Hebs. say by tradition, that the law appeared, " written with black fire upon white fire," before the Lord. II. Moses Gerundens, and Sol. Jarchi, on Deut. xxxiii, which seemeth to be either mystical or fabulous. Unto us the fire of the law is the Spirit of God, whiles we being baptized with •the Holy Spirit and with fire,' Mat. iii. 11, are by ' the law of the spirit of life in Christ Jesus, made free from the law of sin and death,* Rom. viii. 2. Ver. 3. — Yea, the lover of the peo- ples,] That is, yea (or certainly) he loveth, or thou (O God) lovest the people, or pro- tectedst them. The Heb. Chobeb signifieth a loving embiacing, or hiding, as in the bo- som ; and so implieth love and protection. And the people are meant of the tribes of Is- rael, as in Judg. V. 14, ' after thee Benjamin among thy people ;* and in Acts iv. 27, ' the people of Israel. The Gr. translateth, " And he spared his people " the Chald. "yea, he loved them for tribes," that is, of his love chose and disposed them to be tribes. It may imply also the strangers converted unto God. And now in Christ there is 'neither Jew nor Greek, neither bond nor free, for we are all one in him,' Gal. iii. 28. All his saints,] That is, the saints of Israel, as the Chald. expoundeth "all the saints of the house of Is- rael," Or, the saints of God, as in Ps. xxxiv. 10, ' Fear Jehovah ye his saints." So ' his saints' may be used for ' thy saints,' as ' his commandment,' Dan. xix. 4, for ' thy com- mandments.' See the notes on Deut. v. 10. In thine hand,] In thy power and custody, under tliy guidance, care, and protection. Hand is often used for power: so the Chald. here translateth, " with power he brought them out of Egypt:" and in the hand, is un- der the guidance and direction, Num. iv. 28, 33, so the Gr, here translateth, " and all the sanctified ones are under thine hand. It not- eth the safety of God's people, as Christ saith of his sheep, ' none shall pluck them out of mine hand, my Father whidi gave them me Vol II. 3 is greater than all, and none is able to pluck them out of my Father's hand,' John x. 28, 29. Sat down,] Or, were set dotvn, were joined, the Heb. word T«ecwhere used, is not found elsewhere; but after the Arabic it sig- nifieth to sit down; and the Gr. word Thakeo, to sit, seemeth to be borrowed of it. And it hath reference here to the Israelites abiding at the foot of mount Sinai, to receive the law, Exod. xix, and to the manner of disciples sitting at their master's feet, to be taught; as Paul saith, he was ' brought up at the feet of Gamaliel," Acts xxii. 3. The Gr. translateth, "and they are under thee:" the Chald. " and they were led under thy cloud ;"' respecting the guidance of Israel through the wilderness. Num. x. 11, 12. Other Hebs. refer it to the people coming into the sanctuary, to learu God's commandments; for that is called ' the footstool of his feet," Ps. xcix. 5; Ezek. xliii. 7, Chazkuni on Deut. xxxiii. Every one shall receive,] Or, he (speaking of the people) shall receive : which the Gr. translateth, he received: the Chald. they received. Ver. 4. — Moses commanded us,] These are the words of the people, therefore Jona- than in his Thargum prefixeth, " the sons of Israel said, Moses commanded," &c. The law was first and properly of God; but being given by Moses' ministry, it is called ' the law of the Lord by the hand of Moses,' 2 Chron. xxxiv. 14, and thereupon ' the law of Moses,* 2 Kings xiv. 6; Luke xxiv. 44; John vii. 23; 1 Cor. ix. 9. And the particular things commanded of God in the law, are said to be 'commanded by Moses,' Mark i. 44; x. 3. The Scripture itself openeth this phrase, for that which in 2 Kings xxi. 8, is written, ' Moses commanded them," is in 2 Chron, xxxiii. 8, expounded, ' by the hand of Mo- ses.' Inheritance,] Or, possession, tohuve and enjoy it to them and their posterity, as a thing of worth and excellency. Hereupon David saith, ' Thy testimonies have I taken as in heritage for ever, for they are the joy of mine heart,' Ps. cxix. 111. Somen are said to 'inherit the promises,', Heb, vi. 12 ; 'to inherit the blessing,' Heb. xii. 17; 1 Pet. iii. 9; ' to inherit eternal life and salvation, Mat. xix. 29; Heb. i. 14. The church,] Or, congregatioti ; in Gr. "the synagogue of Jacob, that is, of the posterity of Jacob, the twelve tribes ; as Jonathan in his Thar- gum saith, " The church of the tribes of Jacob." 394 DEUTERONOMY. us a law, the inheritance of the church of Jacob. ' And he was in Jeshurun a king, when the heads of the people gathered themselves together, the tribes of Israel. ^ Let Reuben live, and not die, and Iiis men be a number. ^And this (js the blessing') of Judah ; and he said. Hear, Jehovah, such understanding the word 7iot are showed ill the aiinot. upon Num. iv. 15. Otherwise by a number is meant a great number; as the Gr. translateth, " many in number." On- kelos the Chald. paraphrast expoundeth it, " and let his sons receive their inheritance by their number:" and Jonathan paraphras- eth, ''Let his young men be numbered with the young men of his brethren of the house of Israel." Ver. 7. — The blessing of Judah,] The word blessing is to be understood from ver. I. And Jonathan in his Thargum supplieth it. So doth the Scripture often, as in 1 Kings xxii. 24, ' which way went the spirit?' the word way is supplied from 2 Chron, xviii. 23, and sundry the like, as is noted on Gen. iv. 20; xxiv. 33. Here Judah the fourth brother is in the second place, for the honour of the kingdom, which was to be ia this tribe, Gen. iv. 9, and he marched fore- most of all the tribes, Num. x. 14, so he is set before Levi here, (as he is also by his pre- cious stone, in Rev. xxi. 19.) Simeon his name is quite omitted in this blessing, for by his sins of old he lost his honour, and was to be scattered in Israel, Gen. xlix. 5, 7, and his posterity for their sin in the wilderness, were greatly diminished, that being at the first muster fifty-nine thousand and three hundred men, Num. i. he was at the latter muster but twenty-two thousand and two hundred, Num. xxvi. 14. Neither were there any judges of his tribe, as God raised up of sundry others, Judges ii. 16, &c. Yet forasmuch as Simeon's inheritance 'was in the midst of the inheritance of the sons of Judah,' Jos. xix. 1, and he went with his brother Judah to fight against theCanaanites,* Judges i. 3, it is thought that his blessing was implied in Judah's ; and so Jonathan in his Thargum coupleth Simeon with Judah in this place. Howbeit the Gr. in many copies join Simeon with Reuben in the former bless- ing, thus: "Let Reuben live and not die, and let Simeon be many in number." The VOICE,] When he prayeth, as the Chald. translateth, " Receive, O Lord, the prayer of Judah, when he goeth forth to war."^ This blessing is to be compared with Jacob's, who likeneth Judah to a lion's whelp gone up from the prey, &c. Gen. xlix. 9, and it had ac- complishment in David, who was of Judah, and a fighter of the Lord's battles, in which he often prayed, as his psalms testify. Like- Ver. 5 He was,] Moses was ' in Je- slnirun a king ;' which the Gr. translateth, "a prince." So the Hebs. (as Chazkuni on this place) say Moses was the king : and Maim, in Misn. in Beth habchirah, chap. vi. sect. 11, "Moses our master was a king." So princes are called kings, in Ps. cv. 30; Jer. xix. 3. Or it may be under- stood of God himself, that he was their king, as 1 Sam. xii. 12. jESHURDN,]in the Chald. Israel. See Deut. xxxii. 15. The heads,] That is, the chiefs, the governors, together with the people, as was at the giving of the law, Exod. xix. 7 — 17. Ver. 6. — Let Reuben live,] TheChald. addeth " to life eternal." This blessing may respect Reuben's sin with his father's concu- bine, for which he lost his birth-right of his fa- ther, Gen. XXXV. 22, and xlix. 4, and the sin of the princes of that tribe, which rebelled with Korah, Num. xvi. 1, &c. But mercy is here promised in Christ, that he should live be- fore God among his brethren. So he went armed before them against the Canaanites, Jos. iv, 12. And not die,] The Chald. ex- pounds it, " and let him not die the second death ;" by which name the Scripture call- eth eternal damnation. Rev. xx. 6, 14. So Jonathan in his Thargum paraphraseth, " Let Reuben live in this world, and not die with the death wherewith the wicked shall die in the world that is to come." It is very usual in the Scripture, to set down things of im- portance and earnestness, by affirmation of the one part and denial of the other; as in Is. xxxviii. 1, 'Thou shalt die and not live;' Num. iv. 14, ' That they may live and not die;' Ps. cxviii. 17, ' I shall not die but live;' Gen. xliii. 8, ' That we may live and not die;' Jer. xx. 14, 'Cursed be the day,' &c. 'Let not that day be blessed;' 1 John ii. 27, ' It is true, and is not lying;' 1 John ii. 4, ' he is a liar, and the truth is not in him;' John i. 20, ' he confessed and denied not;' I Sam. i. 11, 'And remember me, and not forget thine handmaid;' Deut. ix. 7, ' Re- member, forget not;' Deut xxxii. 7, ' O peo- ple foolish, and not wise ;' and many the like. A number,] By a number may be understood few: as in Deut. iv. 27; Gen. xxxiv. 30, men of number is a few men, soon numbered ; and in Is. x. 19, a number mean- eth few ; and then the former denial, not, is again to be repeated to this sense, ' and his men be not few in number.' Examples of CHAP. XXXI II. 395 the voice of Judah, and unto his people bring thou hhn : his hands be enough for him, and an help from his distressers be thou. * And of Levi he said, Thy Thummim and thy Urim, with the wise in Abijah and the Jews against Israel, 2 Chron. xiii. 14 — 18; in Asa, warring against tiie Ethiopians, 2 Chron. xiv. 11 — 13; in Jehosaphat fighting against the Am- monites, 2 Chron. xx. 5 — 18; in Ezeliias against the Assyrians, 2 Chron. xxxii. 20 — 22, and others ; but chiefly in Christ, ' the Lion of the tribe of Judah,' Rev. v. 5, him God did hear always, John. xi. 42. Bring THOU HIM,] The Chald. addeth, "in peace;" and Thargum Jonathan addeth, " from the battle in peace." This had accomplish- ment, as otherwise, so in David's return to his people and kingdom, 2 Sam. xix. 11 — 15, and Christ's return unto Israel, whereof see Rom. xi. 26 — 31. Be enough for HIM,] When he fighteth, as God taught Da- vid's hands to war, and his fingers to fight, Ps. cxliv. 1, and girded him with strength to battle, 2 Sam. xxii. 35, 40. The Gr. trans- slateth, "judge for him ;" the Chald. " exe- cute vengeance for him on them that hate him." So in Gen. xlix. 8, ' Thine hand (Judah) shall be on the neck of thine enemies.' Be thou,] ' For by his own strength no man shall prevail,' 1 Sam. ii. 9. Therefore Da- vid often acknowledged God to be his helper, Ps. xxviii. 7; xl. 17; liv. 4; Ixiii. 7; cxviii, 7, &c. Ver. S. — Of Levi,] Or, unto Levi, that is, the tribe or posterity of Levi: as in Thar- gum Jonathan it is said, •' And Moses the prophet blessed the tribe of Levi, and said." Thy Thummim and thy Urim,] By inter- pretation, thy perfecfi07is and thy lights : these were mysteries put into the high priest's breastplate; whereof see the annot. on Exod. xxviii. 30, so they signify here tlie graces and office of the priesthood, which was commit- ted to Aaron and his seed, till Christ came, who had the priesthood for ever, after a more excellent order, Heb. vi. 20. And the speech here may be directed unto God, who gave these mysteries to the priest: and so the Chald. explaineth it, " Thummim and Urim thou didst put upon the man that was found holy before thee:" and Sol. Jarchi saith, " He speaketh as to the Majesty of God." Or it may be spoken to the tribe of Levi, who had the Urim and Thummim among them, but appropriate to one man only, who was the high priest, a figure of Christ. With the man,] Understand, be with the man, or, to the man, that is, they belong to him, with him they are, and so let them re- main. Thy gracious saint,] Thy merci- ful, pious, or holy one ; or, of thy holy one. Which title is given to God himself, Jer. iii. 12; to Christ, Ps. xvi. 10, with Acts xiii. 35 — 37 ; and to all godly men, Ps. cxlix. 5. And here referring it to Aaron, or to Christ, ' the man thy holy one,' may mean one thing, ' thy holy man,' as, a man, a prince, in Exod. ii. 14; or, if we read it, 'the man of thine holy one,' it is meant the man of God: and in Ps. cvi. 16, Aaron is called ' the saint of the Lord.' Temptedst,] Or, triedst. This word is sometimes spoken of God, as lie tempted Abraham, Gen. xxii. i. and the Is- raelites in the wilderness, Deut. viii, 2, 15, 16. Sometimes of men who are said to have tempted God and Christ, Exod. xvii. 2; 1 Cor. x. 9. In Massah,] Or, in the temp- tation, a place so called because there Israel tempted God, Exod. xvii. 7; or with temp- tation, and so it is no proper name. Con- tendest,] Or, strivedst, pleadesf, this also is sometimes spoken of God, whose contending with men is the blaming and punishing of them. Is. xlix. 25; John x. 2; Jer. ii. 9; sometimes of men's contending, as Israel did ' with the Lord at the waters of Meribah,' or of contention. Num. xx. 13. By reason of this diverse use of these words, the under- standing of this blessing is also divers, thus; ' Thy Thummim and thy Urim (O God) be with the man thy gracious saint, (Aaron and his seed,) whom thou temptedst with temp- tation; contendest with him (for his sin) at the waters of Meribah,' Num. xx. 12, 13. Or, ' Thy Timmmim and thy Urim (O Levi) be with (Aaron and his seed( the man of thy gracious (God) who thou (with the other Is- raelites) temptedst in Massah,' &c. Exod. xvii. 2; Num. xx. Or thus, ' Thy Thum- mim and thy Urim (O Levi) is with (or be- longs unto) the man thy gracious saint (Christ Jesus) whom thou temptedst in Massah,' &c. 1 Cor. x. 9. In this last sense, the weak- ness of the Levitical priesthood is implied, which kept not Urim and Thummim, but lost them at the captivity of Babylon, Ezra ii. 63, and it is not known that they ever had them more, until by Christ (our high priest, after the order of Melchisedek) they were restored by the light and truth of the gospel. The Chald. interpreteth it in Aaron's or Levi's praise: " Thummim and Urim thou didst put upon the man (or cloth- edst with them the man) that was found holy before thee, whom thou temptedst with temp- tation, and he was perfect; thou provedst him at the waters of contention, and he was found faithful. This may seem not well to accord 396 DEUTERONOMY. man tliy gracious saint, whom thou temptedst in Massah, contendedst with him at the waters of Meribah. ^ Who said of his father and of his mother, I respect him not, and his brethren lie acknowledgeth not, and his sons he knoweth not, for they observe thy saying, and with the history in Num. xx., touching Aa- ron's person: yet the Hebs. (as Sol. Jaichl on this place) say of the Levites, that " they murmured not with the other murmurers." And of Levi God saith by his prophet, ' My covenant was with him, life and peace, and I gave them to him for the fear wherewith he feared me,' &c., Mai. ii. 5. And again, ' They kept his testimonies and the ordin- ances that he gave them,' Ps. xcix. 7. The Gr. translateth, " And of Levi he said, Give ye Levi his manifest ones and his truth, (that is, his Urim and his Thummim,) to the holy man whom tliey tempted in temptation, they reviled him at the waters of contradic- tion." This interpretation may well be ap- plied unto Christ also, as before is showed. Ver. 9. — Who saith,] Or, ivho said. Of his,] Or, tmto his father, &c. 1 re- spect HIM NOT,] / see not, or, look notxqwn him. The Gr. translateth, "That saith to his father and to his mother, I have not seen (or, 1 respect not) thee." This is meant either of the priests' continual duty, \^ho by the law, if his father, mother, brother, or child did die, he might not mourn for them, but carry himself as if he did not respect, know, or care for them; as is said of the high priest, that was anointed and clothed with the ornaments, and had Urim and Thummim upon his heart ; ' for his father, or for his mo- ther he shall not be defiled, neither shall he go out of the sanctuary,' &c. Lev. xxi. 11, 12. Neither might Aaron mourn for his sons, or Eleazar and Ithaniar for their breth- ren Nadab and Abihu that were slain, nei- ther might they go out from the door of the tabernacle, on pain of death, Lev. x. 2 — 7. For God would have them more to regard their function and duty in his service, tlian any natural affection whatsoever. And herein Christ was figured, (unto whom this blessing chiefly belongeth) who, when he was told that his mother and his brethren stood without to speak with him, he answered, ' Who is my mother? and who are my brethren? &c., whosoever shall do the will of my Father which is in heaven, the same is my brother and sister, and mother,' Mat. xii. 46 — 50. This may al^o have reference to the Levite's fact, who being commanded of Moses, killed every man his brother, friend, neighbour, and son, that had sinned in making and worship- ping the golden calf, and so filled their hand (or consecrated themselves) ' unto the Lord,' that he might give upon them a blessing. Exod. xxxii. 26 — 29. Acknowledgeth NOT,] Or, acknowledged not : the first re- specteth the law. Lev. xxi. the other their fact, Exod. xxxii. To this latter the Chald. referreth it, translating thus, " who had no compassion on his father, or on his mother, when they were guilty of judgment ; and accepted not the faces (or persons) of his bro- ther, or of his son. His sons,] Or, his son, that is, any of his sons, or children: see the notes on Deut. ii. S3. Knoweth not,] Or, kneiv not. Here knowledge is used for care or regard, as in Job ix. 21, 'knowing' is opposed to ' disposing ;' and in 1 Thes. v. 12, ' know them which labour among you,* that is, regard them: and in Prov. xii. 10, ' a righteous man knoweth (that is, regardeth, or hath care of) the life of his beast. For they OBSERVE,] That is, by law are bound to ol> serve, Lev. xxi., or ' they have observed' in their practice, Exod. xxxii. The Gr. trans- lateth it singularly, " He hath observed thine oracles, and kept thy covenant." Ver. 10.' — They shall teach,] Or, let them teach. As iu ver. 8, he mentioned their gifts and calling, in ver. 9, their sanc- tification; so here he teacheth their adminis- tration in the word, prayer, and other mi- nisterial duties. For it is said, ♦ They shall teach my people (the difJerence) between the holy and profane, and cause them to discern between the unclean and the clean ; and in controversy they shall stand in judgment, and they sJiall judge it according to my judg- ments,' &c. Ezek. xliv. 23, 24. Compare also Lev. x. 11; Deut. xvii. 9 — 11; xxi v. S; and the commendation which God giveth of Levi, in Mai. ii. 6, 7, * The law of truth was in his mouth, and iin'quity was not found in his lips: he walked with me in peace and equity, and did turn many away from ini- quity. For the priest's lips should keep knowledge, and they should seek the law at his mouth, for he is the angel of the Lord of hosts.' Unto Jacob,] By Jacob and Israel are meant, all the posterity of Jacob, and the weak with the strong: for the church in re- spect of her infirmity is called Jacob, Amos vii. 2, 5, 8, and for her valour by faith is sur- named Israel: see annot. on Gen. xxxii. 28. Thus Christ commanded Peter to feed both his lambs and his sheep, John xxi. 15, 16. In- cense,] The sweet perfume which the priests burnt daily upon the golden altar; a figure of Chiist's mediation with the prayers of the saints, Rev. viii. 3, 4. Sec the notes on CHAP. XXXIII. 397 keep tliy covenant. '° They shall teacli thy judgments unto Jacob, and thy law unto Israel : they shall put incense m tliy nostril, and the wliole burnt-sacrifice upon thine altar, '^ Bless, O Jehovah, his power, and the work of Iiis hands favourably accept thou : smite through the loins of them that rise against him, and of them that liate him, that they rise not again. ''^ Of Benjamin he said, Tlie beloved of Jeliovah shall dwell in confident safety by him : he shall cover him all the day, and be- tween his shoulders he shall dwell. Exod. XXX. This was the peculiar work of the priests, wherefore it is written, ' It per- taineth not unto thee, Uzziah, to burn incense unto the Lord, but to the priests, the sons of Aaron, that are consecrated to burn incense,' 2 Chion. xxvi. IS. In thy nostrils,] Or, nose, that is, before thee, or, as tlie Gr. trans- lateth, "in thine anger:" for the Heb. aph signifieth both nose and anger: and both agree well with the priest's work; for when God in anger sent a plague among the peo- pie, Aaron put incense in his censor, and ' made atonement for the people, so the plague was stayed,' Num. xvi. 46 — 48. The WHOLE BURNT-OFFERING,] Heb. the Cttlil ; whereof see Lev. vi. 22, 23, the Gr. here translateth it the contbmal (oblation). Hereby all other sacrifices are meant, which the priests oflered on the Lord's altar, Lev. i., ii., and iii., wherein the work of Christ, offering himself for his church, was figured. Ver. 11. — His power,] So the Gr. trans- lateth his strength. By power, is meant sometimes an army of men, as Ezek. xxxvii. 10, so here the first prayer is for a blessing upon the persons which administered, that they might be increased and strengthened in number and in knowledge. Wherefore the company of Levites is called an host or army, Num. iv. 3. In this sense Maim, (in treat. of the Release mid Jubilee, chap. xiii. sect. 12,) expoundeth it, saying, " The Levites are separated from the ways of the world, they wage not war like the other Israelites, neither have they inheritance, &c., but they are the power (or army) of God, as it is writ- ten, Bless, Lord, his power." Sometime by power, riches and substance is meant, as in Deut. viii. 18, and so the Chald. expound- eth it here. For whereas Levi had no inhe- ritance among the tribes, but had the Lord, and his first-huits, tithes, and offerings for their inheritance and livelihood, Num. xviii. 20, 21, &c. Moses prayeth for a blessing on this means of theirs. Work of his h.\nds,] All his administration, in doctrine, burning incense, sacrificing, &c. Compare Exod. xliii, 27. That rise against him,] As Korah, Dathan, and Abiram, that rose up against Moses and Aaron, were all destroyed with their assistants. Num. xvi. Ver. 12. — Of Benjamin,] Or, unto Benjamin, who is blessed heie before the other tribes, and before his elder brother Jo- seph, because the lot of his inheritance was ' between the sons of Judah and the sons of Joseph;' and Jerusalem (where the Levites after administered in the temple) belonged to Benjamin, Josh, xviii. 11, 28. And in the heavenly Jerusalem (the church of Christ) • the first foundation is a jasper, which was Benjamin's stone, Uev. xxi. 19 ; Exod.xxviii. 20. And when the other tribes fell away from the kingdom of Judah, and priesthood of Levi, Benjamin continued with them in the truth, 2 Chron. xi. 1, 3, 12, 13. Beloved,] meaning the tribe of Benjamin, who as their father was beloved of Jacob, Gen. xliv. 20, 22, 29, 30, so his postei ity should he beloved of the Lord. Shall dwell,] Or prayer- wise, let him dtvell. In confident safety,] That is, boldly, securely, safely. By him,] By the Lord, who would tender this little tribe as Jacob tendered Benjamin, whom he kept at home with him, Gen. xlii. 4. So Benjamin's posterity dwelt in Jerusalem, and the coasts thereabout, by the temple of God. He shall cover him,] Or let him, mean- ing God, cover him : so the Gr. translateth, "God overshadoweth him." The word meaneth a covering or protection from evil, as in Is. iv. 6. The Chald. expoundeth it, "He shall be a shield over him." All the day,] Or, every day; in Gr. all days, that is, continually and for ever. His SHOULDERS,] That is, Benjamin ; and by shoulders are meant the coasts of his land, as Num. xxxiv. 11, ' the shoulder of the sea of Chinnereth ' is the side or coast thereof. So this is a prophecy, that the temple (wherein God dwelt amongst his people) should be builded in Benjamin's lot, and in the head or chief city, which was Jerusalem. He SHALL,] That is, God shall dwell: so the Chald. translateth, "And in his land the di- vine Majesty shall dwell." And when God had chosen mount Zion for his habitation, he 398 DEUTERONOMY. " And of Joseph, he said. Blessed of Jehovah be his land : for the precious things of the lieavens, for the dew, and for the deep that coucheth beneath. '* And for the precious things, the revenues of the sun ; and for the precious things the thrusting fortli of the moons ; '* And for the chief things of the ancient mountains ; and for the precious things of the everlasting hills. '^ And for the pre- cious things of the eartli, and tlie plenty thereof ; and the favour- able acceptation of him that dwelt in the bramble-bush, let it come on the head of Joseph, and on tlie crown of the head of the sepa- said, ' This is my rest for ever, here will I dwell, Ps. cxxxii. 14. Ver. 13. — Of Joseph,] Or, unto Joseph. He is next blessed, because the first birth- right was derived unto him, 1 Chron. v. 2. And his posterity were many and great in Israel, Josh. xvii. 14 — IS. His land,] Joseph's inheritance in Canaan. And as the land which the Lord curseth, yieldeth not fruit, or bringeth forth thorns and briars, Gen. iv. 11, 12; iii. 17, 18, so the land which he blesseth, biingeth forth much and good in- crease, Ps. ixv. 10 — 14. The Hebs. say, " There was not of all the inheritance of the tribes, a land so full of all good things as Jo- seph's was." Sol. Jarchi onDeut. xxxiii. For THE PRECIOUS THINGS,] Or, with dainty fruits. Of this word, see the annot. on Gen. xxiv. 53. Of the heavens,] Which God by the influences and moisture of the heaven and air causeth the land to bring forth. And these were figures of spiritual blessings in heavenly things by Christ, whereby the bar- ren nature of man is made fruitful. For the dew,] Or, by the dew, and rain which maketh the earth to fructify. So Isaac bless- ing Jacob, said, ' God give thee of the dew of the heavens. Gen. xxvii. 28. On the contrary, David said for a curse, ' ye moun- tains of Gilboa, let there be no dew, neither let there be rain upon you,' 2 Sam. i. 21. That coucheth beneath,] Or, that lieth under; whence waters spring out of the earth: so the Gr. translateth, " of the deeps of the fountains beneath." Likewise the Chald., " for the welling fountains and deeps that proceed from the deep places of the earth beneath." See Gen. vii. 11; Deut. viii. 7. This is another mean of fruitfulness, as in Ezek. xxxi, 4. ' The waters made him great, the deep set him up on high, with her rivers running about his plants." And with this blessing Jacob blessed Joseph, in Gen. xlix. 25, but Moses here enlargelh it. Ver. 14.— The revenues,] That is, the fruits which by the warmth of the sun are brought forth. It is said by the Hebs.. that Joseph's ' land lay open to the sun, which made the fruits sweet.' Sol. Jarchi on Deut. xxxiii. The thrusting forth of the MOON,] That is, fruits which every moon thrusteth forth, or causeth to grow every month: for all fruits grew not at once; "in one mouth they gathered summer fruits, in another olives, in the third dates," saith Chazkuni; and Sol. Jarchi addeth, "There are some fruits which the moon ripeneth, as cucumbers and gourds." As the sun by waimth, so the moon by moisture maketh the earth fruitful. Ver. 15.' — Chief things,] Heb. the. head, that is, principal ; the Gr. translateth it, " tlie top of the mountains." There fruits are first ripe. Ancient moonts,] ileb.mou?itai7is of antiquity, or, of priority, which were from the beginning: so after M/* of eternity, that is, everlasting hills; which are so called, because they are unmovable and lasting, have been fiom the beginning, and shall continue to the end of the world; or be- cause of their continual fruitfulness. So in Hab. iii. 6. Compare this with Jacob's blessing, Gen. xlix. 26. Joseph's heritage in Canaan had many fertile mountains and hills often mentioned, as ' Mount Ephraim,' Judg. xvii. 1, the 'mountains of Samaria,' Amos iii. 9; iv. 1 ; vi. 1. Ver. 16 — The plenty thereof,] All creatures that fill the same, Ps. xxiv. 1. The favourable acceptation,] Or, the good, will favour. The Gr. translateth, " and the things acceptable unto him that appeared in the bramble-bush:" The Chald. tlnis, "and the good will of him whose dwelling is iu heaven, and unto Moses he appeared in the bramble-bush." Of him that dwelt,] Or of my dxveller, that is, of my God that dwelt in the bramble, that is, God which ap- peared unto Moses there, Exod. iii. 2, where ' the angel Christ appeared unto him in a flame of fire out of the midst of a bramble- bush, which burned, but was not consumed :' a figure of Christ's presence with his people in afflictions, that they perish not in them. Let it,] That is let this blessing come, or, it shall come; the Gr. saith, "let them come;"' the Chald., "let all these things come :" and the original word cime, impli- CHAP. XXX HI. 399 rated among his brethren. ''His glory (be like) the firstling of his bullock, and his horns the horns of an unicorn : with them he shall push tlie people together, to the ends of the land ; and tliey are tlie ten thousands of Ephraim, and they are the thousands of Man- " And of Zabulon he said, Rejoice Zabulon in thy going out, eth an abundant and speedy coining. Com- pare Gen. xlix. Sfi, from whence Moses taketh this blessing. The crown of the head,] Whereby is meant an open, apparent, and plentiful pouring out of these blessings, as the like phrase is used also in curses, Ps. vii. 17. The separated amo.vg his brethren,] Or, the Nazarite of his brethren, meaning Jo- seph, who was separated and exempted to be a choice and chief man among his brethren : as the Gr. translateth it, ' the honoured (or glorified) among his brethren:" see the notes on Gen. xlix. 26. So Chazkuni here ex- plaineth it, " Joseph that was prince of all his brethren.'' Ver. 17. — His glory,] Or, He hath glory (or beauty, comeliness) like his first-born bullock. The Chald. expounds it, " The chief of his sons, his glory," &c. And Chazkuni applieth it to .Joshua, " The first king which the holy blessed (God) chose him of Joseph's seed, was Joshua, &c. and a king is likened to a bullock, which is king of beasts. Horns,] Which signify ' strength, and glory, and kingdom,' Ps. Ixxv. 5, 1 1 ; cxii. 9 ; Ixxxix. 18, 25 ; Luke i. 69, where- upon ' horns ' are used to denote kings, Dan. viii; Rev. xvii. Of an Unicorn,] That is, of unicorns, the singular put for the plural : it is a beast which will not be tamed, Job xxxix. 9 — 11. See the notes on Num. xxiii. 22. Push,] In Chald., kill. So in Ps. xliv. 6. Ends of the land,] Or, of the earth, to wit, the land of Canaan, for Joshua with his horns and armies conquered all that land. And they,] The horns foremention- ed. So Chazkuni on this place saith, " the horns are the ten thousands of Ephraim," &c. And here he giveth to ' Ephraim the younger, ten thousands, and to Manasseh the elder but thousands, according to Jacob's prophecy that Ephraim should be greatest,' Gen. xlviii.l9, and so was his increase greater than his bro- ther's, in Num. i. .S3, 35, though in the last mustering of them, and now when Moses blessed them, the men of Manasseh were many more than of Ephraim, Num. xxvi. 34, 37. See the notes on Gen. xlviii. 19. The ' ten thousands of Ephraim, are referred to Joshua and his men that conquer- ed Canaan; the thousands of Manasses, to Gideon and his men, (Judg. vii.) by Sol. Jarchi, on Deut. xxxiii. Ver. is. — Of Zabulon,] Or, to Zabu- lon; and with him he joineth Issachar his brother, (both sons of Leah) as partner of his blessing. So these two joined in one, and the four next (the sons of the handmaids,) are set and blessed together next after Jo- seph. And it is a tradition of the Hebs., that these five, ' Zabulon, Gad, Dan, Naph- tali and Aser, were those five mentioned in Gen. xlvii. 2, when Joseph took of his bre- thren five men, and presented them before Pharaoh.' Sol. Jarchi on Deut. xxxiii. and Thargum Jonathan on Deut. xlvii. 2. Re- joice Zabulon,] That is, God so bless thee, as thou mayest have cause to rejoice in thy prosperity. Thy going out,] To trade in merchandise by shipping for Zabulon, by 's blessing, was to ' dwell at the haven of the seas,' &c. Gen. xlix. 13, so here Mo- ses blesseth them with good success in his traffic, or ' going out to wars,' as Gen. xiv. 8; 2 Sam. xi. 1, and so the Chald. here ex- poundeth it, " in thy going out to war against thine enemies." And in Judg. v. 18. Zabulon is commended for jeoparding ' their lives unto the death, in the high places of the field.' And Issachar,] To wit, rejoice thou also. Issachar was elder brother to Zabu- lon, Gen. XXX. 18, 20, yet Jacob blessed Zabulon first. Gen. xlix. 13, 14, and so doth Moses here; and God in parting their inheri- tance preferreth Zabulon, giving him 'the third lot, and Issachar the fourth,' Josh. xix. 10, 17. In thy tents,] That is, in thy dwelling at rest, or tarrying at home; for so the remaining in tents is opposed unto going forth to wars, or traffic, or hunting abroad. Josh. xxii. 4; Judg. vii. 8; v. 24; Gen. XXV. 27. And 'tent' is often used for one's home, house or city, as, the ' tents of Jacob,' Mai. ii. 12, where the Chald. translateth, 'the cities of Jacob:' so these tents of Issa- char, mean his quiet life at home, differing from Zabulon's going abroad to trade. Cliaz- kuni (on this place) noteth, that Issachar's " land was good to sow, and he sat in tents to keep his fields; and Moses prayeth that he might prosper and rejoice in his fields." And so Jacob said unto him, (in Gen. xlix. 14,) ' couching between two bounds; between the limits, to keep his fields.' The Chald. translateth, " and Issachar in thy going to appoint the times of the solemn feasts in Is- 400 DEUTERONOMY. and Issachar in thy tents. " They shall call the peoples to the mountain, there they shall sacrifice the sacrifices of justice, for they shall suck tlie abundance- of the seas, and treasures hid in the sand. 2° And of Gad he said. Blessed he he that enlargeth Gad ; as a courageous lion he dwelleth and teareth the arm with the crown of the head. '' And he provided the first part for liim, because tliere in a portion of the lawgiver ivas he protected ; and he came ivith tlie heads of the people ; lie did the justice of Jehovah, and his judgments with Israel. raeh" having reference to that which is written in I Chron. xii. 32, ' of the sons of Issachar that had understanding for the times, to know what Israel ought to do,' &c. which some of the Hebs. understand of the times and seasons of the year, new moons, and feasts. So Sol. Jarchi here expoundeth it, " and Issachar prosper in thy sitting in tents, for the law, sitting and making intercalation of the years, and appointing the new moons;" as it is said (in 1 Chron. xii. 32,) 'And of the sons of Issachar, that knew understanding for the times, &c. the heads of them were two hundred, they were heads of the counsel, employed hereabouts,' &c. Ver. 19. — They shall call,] Or, let them call, and so show their thankiulness to God, by inviting others to God's house, and showing them a good example, by their own frequenting the Lord's mountain. The MOUNTAIN,] Mount Zion, where Moses by the Spirit foresaw God's temple should be builded. The Chald. paraphraseth, " They shall gather the tribes of Israel to the moun- tain of the house of the sanctuary. Though by peoples the Gentiles also may be implied, whom they having occasion to trade with, should provoke to true religion, as in Is. ii. 2, 3. ' All nations shall flow unto it, and many people shall go and say. Come ye, and let us go up to the mountain of the house of the Lord,' &c. Of justice,] That is, just, rigliteous and acceptable sacrifices, offered in faith, according to God's law: as ' the way of justice,', is a just and righteous way. Matt. xxi. 32. So David exhorteth, ' sacrifice ye the sacrifices of justice, and trust unto Jeho- vah,' Ps. iv. 6. The abundance,] In Gr., the riches of the sea; which the Chald. ex- poundeth, " they shall eat the riches of the peoples:" taking seas figuratively for peoples, as is often in the prophets. So in Is. Ix. 5, 16. 'The abundance of the sea shall be converted imto thee, &c. and thou shalt also suck the milk of the Gentiles.' Treasures HID IN THE SAND,] Or, hidden treasures of the sand. The Gr. translateth, " the mer- chandise of the nations, that dwell by the sea coast." Ver. 20. — Enlargeth Gad,] This may be understood of Gad's inheritance, which the blessed God would enlarge, as he promised Israel, ' I will enlarge thy border,' Exod. xxxiv. 24. Or understood of hisper.-on, and then his 'enlarging' is his deliverance out of distress, as in Ps. iv. 2, 'thou hast en- larged me, when I was in distress.' So it hath reference to Gad's troubles, prophesied in Gen. xlix. 19, see the annots. there; and the history of Gad's enlargement by Jeph- thah, in Judg. xi. A courageous lion,] See this word in Gen. xlix. 9. There were of the Gadites in David's time mighty warriors, ' whose faces were like the faces of lions, and were as swift as the roes upon the mountains,' 1 Chron. xii. 8. The arm,] This noteth strength, as the ' the crown of the head,' principality; meaning that none should be so strong or excellent, but Gad should overcome them. The Gr. transla- teth, he shall " break the arm and the ruler:" the Chald., " he shall kill rulers with kings." This may have reference both to his wars in subduing the Caiiaanites, going armed before his brethren, Josh. i. 12 — 14, and to that famous victory which he got over the Haga- rims, 1 Chron. v. 18 — 22, as also to the courageous acts of Jehu, 1 Kings ix. and x. chap. Ver. 21. — He provided the first PART FOR HIM,] Or, as the Gr. translateth, he saw his first-fruits : or, he provided in the beginning (at the first) for himself. Gad, with Reuben, saw the land of Jazer and Gilead, that it was a place for cattle; 'and the sons of Gad and of Reuben' asked of Moses and of the princes, that the land might be given them for a possession, Num. xxxii. 1 — 5. It may also be understood of the Lord, that he provided this first portion for Gad; or, that Gad himself 'saw,' that is, enjoyed (as the Chald. expoundeth it, " re- ceived) his first part." Sol. Jarchi openeth CHAP. XXXIII. 401 ^^ And of Dan he said, Dan is a renting lion's wlielp, he shall leap from Bashan. ^^ And of Naphtali he said, Naphtali satisfied with favourable acceptation, and fall with the blessing of Jehovah, possess thou the sea and the south. ^* And of Aser lie said, Blessed with sons be Aser, let him be favourably accepted of his brethren, and dipping his foot in oil. '^* Iron and brass thy shoes, and as thy days thy strength. it thus, " He saw (or provided) to receive liis portion in the land of Sihon and Og, which was the first-fruits (or beginning) of subduing the land.'' In a portion of the law- giver,] The portion which God by Moses the lawgiver gave unto Gad, Num. xxxii. 33. Protected,] Or, hidden, covered, sealed ; there in the fenced cities they left their wives and children under God's protec- tion, whiles they went to war before their brethren, Num. xxxii. 26, 34, 35, &c. Josh. i. 14, He came,] That is, Gad came. With the heads,] That is, the princes and captains of the people with whom Gad went to war, Josh. i. 14, and so it is a prophesy of a thing to come, as already done. Or, ' he came to the heads,' to the princes, when he desired to have that land given him. Num. xxxii. 2. But the former seemeth fittest ; and so Sol. Jarchi explainethit, "They went armed before them when they conquered the land." Justice,] That which was just and right in the Lord's eyes, and his judgments upon the Canaanites in destroying them: so Joshua commendelh their obedience. Josh. xxii. 1 — 3. It may also have reference to other judgments, as those executed by Jehu, 2 Kings ix. x. and by Elias the prophet upon Baal's priests, 1 Kings xviii. Ver. 22. — Lion's whelp,] In Chald., strong as a lion's whelp. In Gen. xlix. 17, Jacob likened Dan to a 'serpent,' for his subtle and secret undermining of his ene- mies: Moses here likeneth him to a '.lion,' which signified his strength and prowess, verified when this tribe fought against Le- shem, and ' smote it with the edge of the sword,' Josh. xix. 47; Judg. xviii. 27, 29. He shall leap,] Or, that leapeth; refer- ring it to the lion leaping from mount Ba- shan, where lions kept: for Bashan was not Dan's possession, but Manasseh's, Deut. iii. 13; Num. xxxii. 33; Josh. xiii. 7, S, 11. Chazkuni here saith, " because Bashan was a place of lions and wild beasts, he likeneth him to a lion." The Chald. expoundeth it, "his land shall be watered with the rivers that run from Bashan." Ver. 23.— Naphtali,] In Gr., Neptha- leim. He was Dan's brother, both of them Vol. II. 3 born of Bilhah Rachel's handmaid ; but Gad and Aser were of Zilphah, Leah's maid. Moses keepeth not Jacob's order, (Gen. xlix.) in blessing the tribes. Satisfied with fa- vourable acceptation,] In Gr., the satiety {or ahmdance) of acceptable things : he meaneth, that the tribe of Napthali should have in their land many good and acceptable fruits, through God's favour and blessing. There also the light of God's favour in Christ abundantly appeared, Matt. iv. 13, 15, 16, and Capernaum in this tribe was Christ's city, Markii. 1 ; Matt. ix. 1; where- in he did many 'migiity works,' Matt. xi. 23. The blessing of Jehovah,] Bless, ings given of him ; and, as Chazkuni ex- poundeth it, " Whosoever cometh into his land, and seeth the first ripe fruits, shall bless the Lord for them." But the Gr. translateth, " let him be filled with blessing of (or from) the Lord. The sea,] This the Chald. interpreteth, the sea of Ginosar, called in the New Testament ' the lake of Gennesaret,' Luke v. 1; in Heb. " Chinner- eth," Num. xxxiv. 11 ; Deut. iii. 17. R. Sol. Jarchi here saith, " The sea of Chinner- eth fell to his portion." Ver. 24. — With sons,] Or, for sons, for multitude of children ; the Chald. saith, "with the blessing of sons:" as in Aser's tribe there were now fifty-three thousand and four hundred men of war, Num. xxvi. 47. Let him pe,] In Gr., he shall be acceptable to his brethren. Dipping,] In Gr., he shall dip his foot in oil, that is, shall have plenty of oil, that he may set his feet therein: ac- cording to Jacob's blessing, that his 'bread should be fat,' Gen. xlix. 20. Ver. 25. — Thy shoks,] That is, the ground under thee shall have mines of iron and brass, that thy feet may seem to be shod with them. This also maysignify his strength, to tread down his enemies; as Christ's feet were of fine brass. Rev. i. 15. Tht strength,] Or, thi/ old age. The Heb. Dobee (here only used,) is in Gr. translated strength: and so the Chald. expoundeth it, " as the days of thy youth, thy strength." The Lat. version, and others expound it 'old age,' so named of weakness; meaning that E 402 DEUTERONOMY. ^^ There is none like God, Jeshurun, e^/to rideth upon the heavens for thj^ help, and in his excellency on tlie skies. ^'' Tlie God of an- tiquity is thy mansion, and underneath are the arms of eternity, and he will thrust out the enemy from before thee, and will say destroy. '^ And Israel shall dwell in confident safety alone, the fountain of Jacob, upon a land of corn and new wine, also his his old age should be strong and lusty, as the days of his youth. Others, 'fame' or 're- port;' that as his days were, so his fame should be as long as he lived. Chazkuni saith, Daba is the same that Daah, weakness or debility, (as Cebes is the same that Ceseb a lamb) and that it meaneth the " days of old age in which a man is weak; as if he should say. Even in the time of their old age they shall be strong." Ver. 26. — Jeshurun,] That is, 0 Israel: see Deut. xxxii. 15. The Gr. translateth, "There is none like the God of the beloved one:" the Chald. saith; "there is no Godlike the God of Israel." This conclusion concerneth all the tribes of Israel in general, celebrating the glory and goodness of God, communicated with his church ; and their participation of his graces, to their perpetual happiness. RiDETH,] Which is a sign of honour, and of his speedy coming to help his people: so in Ps. Ixviii. 34. For which cause he is said also to ' ride upon the cherub,' 2 Sam. xxli. 11, and to ' ride upon his horses and chariots of salvation' Hab. iii. 8. This was fulfilled in the wars against the Cauaanites, Josh, x, 10, 11, 13, and before, against the Egyp- tians, Exod. ix. 23 ; xiv. 24, 25. And Christ still ' rideth in heaven upon a white horse,' to conquer the enemies, for his church's sake. Rev. vi. 2; xix. 11 — 16. The Chald. translateth, " whose habita- tion (or, divine majesty) is in the heavens." In THy HELP,] Ov, for thy help: in Gr., thine helper. In his excellency,] Oi-, for his high majesty, 7nagnijiceuce ; in Chald., "strength." So in Ps. Ixviii. 35. God's works are for the manifestation of his excellent glory, in the health and salvation of his people. Skies,] The highest heavens, which the Gr. calleth "the firmament;" the Chald., " the heavens of heavens." Ver. 27.— The God of antiquity,] That is, the ancient (or eternal) God; which the Chald. interpreteth, " God that was from the beginning." Hereupon David entitleth him the God ' that sitteth from an- tiquity, (or abideth of old,)' Ps. Iv. 20, and Asaph saith, ' God is my king from antiquity,' Ps. Ixxiv. 12. ' And he is befoi-e all things, and by him all things consist,' Col. i. 17. Is thy mansion,] Or, will be thy habita- tion : or, prayer-wise, b.e thy 7nansion, that is, thy -protection ; as the Gr. translateth, will protect thee. So Moses saith, ' Lord, thou hast been our mansion ("r habitation,) in every generation and generation,' Ps. xc. ]. Under this name 'mansion,' all things needful are implied, both for life and salva- tion in this world, and in that which is to come, John xiv. 2. Arms of eternity,] That is, eternal (or everlasting) arms : or, arms of the world. Israel is protected un- der God's everlasting arms or power; God is their defence over and under: ' his left hand is under the head of his church, and his right hand doth embrace her,' Song ii. 6. The Gr. translateth, " under the strength of the everlasting arms:'' the Chald. expound- eth it, " and by his woid the world was made." Sol. Jarchi explaiueth it thus, " and underneath his mansion do all strong armed dwell. The arms of the world were Sihon and Og, and the kings of Canaan, which were the strength and power of the world, &c. but their strength was weakened before him." But the arms of eternity are rather meant here of the arms of the eternal God, who is mo?t ancient without beginning; and eternal, without ending; who saith, ' I am the first, and I am the last: and besides me there is no God,' Is. xliv, 6. Destroy,] Speaking to Israel, whom he would enable to destroy their enemies: the Gr. translateth, " Perish," speaking to the enemy. So God by Christ not only preserveth his people from harm, but destroyeth him that hath the power of death, that is, the devil, Heb. ii. 14, and with him all other enemies perish. Ver. 28. — Alone,] Secure from ene- mies, as Jer. xlix. 31, or, 'alone, and shall not be reckoned among the nations,' as Num. xxiii. 9. This dwelling in safety had accom- plishment under Christ, of whom it is said, ' In his days Judah shall be saved, and Israel shall dwell safely,' Jer. xxiii. 6. The fountain,] That is, the people which flow out of Jacob, as out of a well or fountain : so that fountain is here used for a river or stream issuing from a fountain, as in Ps. civ. 10, and waters often signify peoples, Rev. xvii. 15. Thus David called them of ' the fountain of Israel,' Ps. Ixviii. 27, and Isaiah saith, which ' are come forth out of the waters of Judah,' Is. xlviii. 1. The Heb. word sometimes signifieth a fountain, some- CHAP. XXXIV. 403 heavens shall drop down dew. ^^ O happy art thou Israel! who is like thee, O people ? Saved by Jehovali the shield of thy lielp, and whose sword is thy excellency, and thine enemies shall falsely deny unto thee, and tliou shalt tread upon their high places. times an eye; in which latter sense some in- terpret it here, 'the eye of Jacob' shall look 'unto a land of corn, &c. His heavens,] The heaven or air over the land of Israel, shall drop down dew, whereby it shall be fruitful. Thus Moses confirmeth to Jacob's seed the blessing which Isaac gave unto Ja- cob, Gen. xxvii. 2S. Spiritually * heavens ' signify the ecclesiastical estate, Rev. iv. 1, ' dew and rain ' signify heavenly doctrine, as Deut. xxxii. 2. Ver. 29. — Who is like thee,] Not any people. So David said, 'What one nation in the earth is like thy people, like Isiael,' 2 Sam. vii. 23. See also Deut. iv. 7. By Jehovah,] Or, in Jehovah, that is, Christ; called ' Jehovah our righteousness,' Jer. xxiii. 6. Shield of thy help,] That is, thine helpful shield, which aideth thee against tJiiue enemies; the Chald. saith, strong for thine help ; the Gr., thy helper will shield (or protect) thee. Sword, is thy excel- lency,] In Gr., thy glory (or boasting:) that thou mayest truly glory in his sword, not in thine own: as the church doth in Ps. xliv. 4, 7, ' they inheiited not the land by their own sword: and, my sword shall not save me.' Christ appeared with a two-edged sword in his mouth, [lev. i. 16, and with a sword in his hand, as ' prince of the Lord's host,' Josh. V. 13, 14, and the 'sword of the Spirit is the word of God,' Eph. vi. 17. Shall falsely deny,] Shall dissemble that they were thine enemies, and fain to be fiiends for fear. This David acknowledged, ' the sons of the stranger falsely deny unto me,' Ps. xviii. 45. The Gr. translateth, "shall lie unto thee." Chazkuni explaineth it thus, " They that are enemies to thee in their heart, shall falsely deny unto thee through fear, and shall show themselves thy friends, and shall be obedient to do thy plea- sure." Aud Sol. Jarchi giveth an example, " as the Gibeonites which said, from a very far country thy servants are come," &c. Tread on their high places,] Or,on their heights : in Gr., " thou shalt lide upon their neck :" see a like phrase ii. Ps. Ixvi. 12. The Chald. expoundeth it, "thou shalt tread on the joints of the necks of their kings:" which thing was fulfilled in Joshua's time, Josh. X. 24, 25. By 'heights' or 'high places,' are meant all the high and fortified places, wherein the enemies kept for their safety; as mountains, high walled cities, &c. David when he was safe from his enemies, rejoiceth that Gud had set him upon his ' high places,' 2 Sam. xxii. 34. And as it is the glory of God, that he ' treadeth upon the high places of the earth,* Amos iv. 13 ; Mic. i. 3, and ' upon the high places (or heights)' of the sea, Job ix. 8, so he com- municateth this glory to his people, that should vanquish all their enemies; as was also said in Deut. xxxii. 13, 'he made him ride on the high places of the earth.' And by the weapons of their warfare, which are mighty through God, they pull down strong holds and cast down ' every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God,' 2 Cor. X. 4, 5. Death shall be swallowed up in victory, 1 Cor. xv. and satan himself shall be trodden underneath their feet, Rom. CHAP. XXXIV. 1. Moses from mount Nebo v'teweth the land. 5. He dieth there, and is buried of God. 7. His age and vigour when he died. 8. The Israel- ites mourn for him thirty days. 9. Joshua succeedeth him. 10. The praise of Moses. ' And Moses went up from the plains of Moab unto mount Nebo, to the top of Pisgah, which is over against Jericho : and Jehovah Ver. 1. — Moses went up,] As God commanded him, Deut. xxxii. 49. Plains OF Moab,] In the wildeniess where Israel pitched, and where Moses had explained all 404 DEUTERONOMY. caused him to see all the land from Gilead unto Dan. - And all Naphtali, and the land of Ephraim, and Manasseh, and all the land of Judah, unto tlie hindmost sea. ^ x\nd the South, and the plain of the valley of Jericho, the city of palm trees, unto Zoar. this law unto them. See Num. xxii. 1 ; Deut. i. 1, 5. The Gr. retaineth the Ileb. name, Araboth Moab. Mount Nebo,] Or, of Nebo, that from thence he might view the holy land, as 'John from an high mountain was showed the holy Jerusalem,' Rev. xxi. ]0, and Ezekiel likewise btfore him, Ezek. xl. 2. Nebo was the name of a mountain, and of a city by it, which was given for a possession to the Reubenites, Num. xxxii. 37, .38 ; 1 Chron. v. 3, 8. Pisgah,] In Gr., P/iasga ; in Cliald., Ramatha ; so named of the 'highness' of it: see Deut. iii. 27. Jericho,] In Gr. Jericho, a city within the land of Canaan, which the Israel- ites first conquered, by faith causing the wall to fall down, Josh, vi ; Heb. xi. 30. See after on ver. 3. Caused him to see,] As in ver. 4, or, showed him, as the Gr. trans- lateth. From Gilead,] In Gr., the land of Gaalad. But Gilead was on the outside of Jordan, and given to Reuben, Gad, and half Manasseh, Deut. iii. 12, 13, being conquered by Moses himself ; so that there was no need to view that, but from that country forward he viewed all the the rest. Therefore the Hebs. expound the word Eth, by Min,/rom; saying, "Fiom Gilead which was on the outside of Jordan, towards the sun rising, wherein Moses was standing; unto Dan, which is the border of the land of Israel, as it is written, from Dan even to Beersheba," (I Sam. iii. 20,) Chazkuni on Deut. xxxiv. Others refer it to a spiritual vision of things to be done after in this coun- try; as Jonathan in his Thargum paraphr.is- eth, "The word of the Lord showed him all the mighties of the land; the valiant acts v.'hich should be done by Jephtha of Gilead, and the victories of Samson son of Manoah of the tribe of Dan;" likewise Sol. Jarchi expoundeth it, " He showeth him the sons of Dan committing idolatry, as it is written (in Judg. xviii. 30,) and the sons of Dan set up the graven image: and he showed him Sam- son, that should come out of him for a Sa- viour. By Dan here we are to understand Leshem, or Laish, a city in the i'ui thest part of the land northward, called also Dan, Josh, six. 47; Jiidg. xviii. 27, 29. Ver. 2. — All Naphtali,] In Gr., all the land of Napthali, which lay also north- ward in Galilee, Matt. iv. 15. Of Ephraim AND Manasseh,] Meaning the half tribe of Manasseh that dwelt within Jordan ; this was the midst of the land in Samaria: see Josh. xvi. ; xvii. 7—11. Of Judah,] Which was the southern part of the country, Josh. XV. 1, &c. for tiie land was far more in length than breadth and by naming these few chief countries, he implieth all the rest with them. These also in Thargum Joua- than, and Sol. Jarchi, are applied to " the captains of the house of Naplitali, that were joined with Barak, and the kings which Joshua the son of Nun, of the tribe of Eph- raim, should kill ; and the valiant acts of Gideon son of Joshua, of the tribe of Man- asseh, and all the kings of Israel, and king- dom of the house of Judah, that should rule in the land, until the sanctuary should be de- stroyed at the last. The hindmost,] Or, utmost sea, that is, the main sea, which wa^ the western coast: see the notes on Deut. xi. 21. Ver. 3. — The south,] In Gv.the wilder- ness : the utmost cities of the tribe of the sons of Judah, towards thecoasts of Edom, described in Josh. XV. 21, &c. SoinNum. xxxiv. 3,'your south quarter shall be from the wilderness of Zin, along by the coast of Edom,' &c. Thus Moses viewed the land after the order that Abraham did at the first: see Gen. xii. 6 — 9, with the annot. there. God here showeth Moses all the kingdoms and glory of Ca- naan, from an high mountain, for his comfort and strengthening of his faith, who saw the promises afar ofl', saluted them and died, as did his godly forefathers, Heb. xi. 9, 13J On the contrary, the devil taketh Christ up into an exceeding high mountain, and show- eth him all the kingdoms of the world, and the glory of them, to draw him (if he had been able) from the faith and service of God, unto the worship of satan, Matt. iv. 8, 9. The plain of the vallev of Jericho,] In Gr., regio7is about Jericho: this last part which Moses viewed, was the first which the Israelites possessed. Josh. ii. 1; iii. 16; iv. 13, 19. Sol. Jarchi here saith, God showed to Moses, "Solomon casting the vessels of the sanctuary, as it is said, In the plains of Jordan did the king cast them," 2 Chron. iv. 17. City of palm-trees,] So Jericho is called here, and in 2 Chron. xxviii. 15; Judg. i. 16; iii. 13, and of them and other fragrant fruits there growing, as balsam and the like; the city had the name Jericho, by interpretation, 'odoriferous,' or 'fragrant.' Unto Zoar,] In Gr., Segor. Thus the CHAP. XXXIV. 405 * And Jehovah said unto him, This is the land which I sware unto Abraham, unto Isaac, and unto Jacob, saying. Unto thy seed will I give it : I have caused thee to see it vrith tliine eyes, but thou shalt not go over tJiither. ^ And Moses tlie servant of Jehovah died there in tlie land of Moab, according to the mouth of Jeho- vah. <* And he buried him in a valley in the land of Moab, over against Beth-peor, and no man knoweth of his sepulchre unto this Inst part which Moses viewed, was both nearest unto him, and the pleasantest of all the land of Canaan : for ' all the plain of Jordan was well watered, it was as the gar- den of the Lord,' Geu. xiii. 10. Ver. 4. — I SWARE ] That is, I promised by oath: see Gen. xii. 7; xxii. 16, 17; Ps. cv. 9 — 11. Thy seed,] In Vrv. yonr seed : in Chald., thi/ sons. Caused thee to see,] In Gr., / have s/iouwd it to thine eyes. This view was by the marvellous woik and grace of God towards his servant; that in one place and time he should behold so large a country; and in it (by the eye of his spirit) so many mysteries as in that ' holy land,' (so called in Zach. ii. 12,) were comprehended: and it being 'the land of Immanuel,' (or of Christ) Is. viii. 8, the beholding thereof was the beholding of the blessings to be en- joyed by Christ Jesus; unto whom Moses and his law is a schoolmaster, Gal. iii. 24. Not GO over,] To wit, over the river Jordan, be- cause Moses had not believed to sanctify the Lord in the eyes of the sons of Israel, Num. XX. 12. And as he and others could not enter into the good land, because of their ' unbelief,' Heb. iii. 19, so all that are of the works of the law, and not of the faith of Cln'ist, though they may behold the blessing afar ofi; yet shall they not enter in to enjoy the same, Gal. iii. 9—12 ; Rom. ix. 31, 32. Ver. 5.— Servant,] So he is often called, even of God himself, Josh. i. 2, and in the New Testament, as Rev. xv. 3. ' The song of Moses the servant of God.' This title he had in respect of his office, being gover- nor of Israel: as David also had, in Ps. xviii. 1; xxxvi. 1. See Num. xii. Died there,] In the mountain. Dent, xxxii. 50, as Aaron died on the top of mount Hor, Num. XX. 28. In that the death of Moses immediately followed after his viewing of the promised land, it foreshowed the end and abrogation of Moses' law, when men are come to the gospel of Christ: for, ' after that faith is come, we are no longer under the school- master,' Gal. iii. 25. ' The law hath do- minion over a man as long as he Jivetb, for the woman which hath an husband is bound by the law to her husband so long as he liveth; but if the husband be dead she is loosed from the law of the husband: so we also aie become dead to the law, by the body of Christ, that we should be to another, even to him who is raised from the dead,' Rom. vii. 1, 2, 4. Therefore upon this death of Moses, God speaketh unto Israel, to go over Jordan into the land. Josh. i. According to the mouth,] In Gr. and Chald., by the word. The day of his death, by the Jews' tradition, was the seventh of Adar, (which we call February:) so Jonathan in his Thar- gum on this place saith; "On the seventh day of the month of Adar, Moses the mas- ter of Israel was born; and on the seventh day of the month of Adar he was taken out of the world. Ver. 6. — He buried him,] That is, Je- hovah buried him, or Michael, (that is, Christ, who is Jehovah, one with the Father,) Jude ver. 9. Signifying that none but Christ should abolish the law and ordinances given by Moses, Rom. viii. 3; Gal. iii. 13, 14; Col. ii. 14, 16, 17; Heb. ix. 9, 10, 11, &c. X. 1 — 9. And this was a special honour unto Moses' person, whom the Lord loved when he was dead, and buiied his corpse, ' which we find not done to any man else iu the world,) which he will also raise up incor- luptible and glorious, at the day of his ap- pearing. In a valley,] He died in the mountain, Deut. xxxii. 60, but was buried in a valley. Over against Beth-Pehor,] The Gr. saith, near to the house of Phogor; of which place, see Deut. iii, 28. No man knoweth,] God weukl not have Moses' se- pulchre to be known (though the devil contend- ed with him hereabout, Jude ver. 9,) because there should be no occasion of superstition or idolatry thereby, as is thought of some. Chazkuni saith, " that none which inquire of the dead," (as Deut. xviii. 11,) ' might seek unto him.' The chief cause seemeth to be a mystery, that the law (whereof Moses was the minister) being once dead and abrogated by Christ, should never more be sought after, but quite abolished out of the conscience of sin- ners, that the grace of Christ may live and reign alone. See Gal. iv. 9 — 11; y. 4. Also that the legal rudiments siiould by the coming of the gospel be taken away from Is. 406 DEUTERONOMY. day. ' And Moses was an hundred and twenty years old when he died, his eye was not dim, nor his natui-al moisture fled. ® And the sons of Israel wept for Moses in the plains of Moab, thirty days -. and the days of weeping, of moui'ning for Moses, were ended. ' And Joshua the son of Nun was full of the spirit of wisdom, for Moses had laid his hands upon him, and the sons of Israel heark- ened unto him, and did as Jeliovah commanded Moses. " And there arose not a prophet since in Israel like Moses, whom Jeho- vah knew face to face. " In all the signs and wonders which Je- hovah sent him to do in the land of Egypt, to Pharaoh, and to all liis servants, and to all liis land. ^' And in all the mighty hand and in all great terror which Moses did in the eyes of all Israel. raelj never to be found or enjoyed by them any more. For Christ destroyed both their city and sanctuary, as was fui'etold in Dan. ix. and they have been ' many days without a king, and without a prince, and without a sacrifice, and without an image, and without an ephod, and without teraphim; and so shall be until they return and seek the Loid their God. and [the sou of] David their king,' Hos. iii. 4, 5. Ver. 7. — Years old,] Heb. son of 120 years: so the year of his death fell out in the 2553th year of the world: and his years ac- cord with Noah's preaching and preparing of the ark, Gen. vi. 3. His eye,] In Gr., his eyes: his eye-siglit failed him not, asdid Isaac's, Gun. xxvii. 1. The eye is also used for the outward appearance and colour of a thing, as Exod. X. 6; Num. xi. 7 ; so it may be meant here also; ' his visage was not wrinkled.' Chazkuni here expoundeth it, " the shining of his face," mentioned in Exod. xxxiv. .30. His natdral moisture,] His radical hu- mour, wherein the life and strength of tlie body consistelh, which when it is spent and dried up, a man dieth. The Gr. translateth, "his lips were not corrupted:" the Chald. saith, "the brightness of the glory of his face was not changed:" having reference to Exod. xxxiv. 30, &c. Fled,] Tliat is, de- parted from him. Thus outwardly and in- wardly Moses retained his vigour, beauty and natural strength; that he died not through feebleness, or defect of nature, as most men did at his age, though he had been a man of sorrows, and broken with many cares for the people. And hereby the continual force of tlie law is signified; the power whereof de- cayeth not in the conscience of sinners by number of days, or multitude of works, till God take it away, and abolish it by grace in Christ. ' The law hath domiin'on over a man as long as he liveth: while we are in the flesh, the passions of sins which are by the law, do work in our members, to bring forth fruit unto death,' Rom. vii. 1, 5. Ver. 8.^ — The plains of Moab,] In Gr , Jrahoth Moab by Jordan, over against Jericho; as ver. 1. Thirty days,] So long they mourned also for Aaron: see Num. XX. 2S. Ver. 9. — Joshua,] In Gr., Jesus the son of Nave. Of wisdom,] In Gr., of un- derstanding the spirit of wisdom, meaneth wisdom ministered by the Spirit of God, wherein he was a figure of Jesus Christ, who ' being full of the Holy Spirit,' entered upon the work of his ministration here on earth, Luke iv. 1, &c. On him the Spirit of the Lord rested, ' the spirit of wisdom and understanding, the spirit of counsel and might, the spirit of knowledge, and of the fear of the Lord,' Is. xi. 2. Laid,] Or, imposed his hands upon him: of this see Num. xxvii. 18—23. As Moses by impo- sition of hands authorized Joshua the son of Nun, and bare recoid unto him: so the law of Moses which was in the heart and bowels of Jesus the Son of God, gave authority and bare record unto him, Heb. vii; Actsxxvi. 22, 23, and Moses himself appeared talkiug with Jesus, and speaking 'of his decease, which he should accomplish at Jerusalem,' Luke ix. SO, 31. Hearkened unto him,] That is, obeyed him : as after also they pro- mised, in Josh. i. 16—18. See the notes on Num. xxvii. 20. Ver. 10— Knew face to face,] The Chald. saith, luas reiealed unto him face to face. So in Exod. xxxiii. 11, it is said, ' Jehovah spake unto Moses face to face as a man speaketh unto his friend:' and in Num. viii. he said, ' with him will I speak mouth to mouth.' See the annot there. Ver. 12.— The mighty hand,] That is, works wrought with a mighty hand, and powerful government, and administration; according to that which is said, ' Humble CHAP. XXXIV. 407 yourselves therefore, under the mighty hand of God,' &c. 1 Pet. V. e. Great terror,] That is, works done with great terror; which the Gr. translateth, great marvels : the Chald., great visions. These things do magnify Moses' office and administration, that the laws which he hath written and con- firmed by such signs and wonders might be acknowledged to be of God; wherefore he and his writings are worthily celebrated throughout the world, confirmed of God himself. Num. xii. 7, S, approved and ex- pounded by all the prophets after him, by Christ, himself and his apostles ; so that they which hear not him, ' will not be persuaded though one went from the dead,' Luke xvi. 31. But unto us God hath raised up a pro- phet like unto Moses, as he promised, Deut. xviii, 18; Acts iii. 21; even Jesus the son of the Most High, 'a man approved ol God among the Israelites, by miracles, won- ders and signs, which God did by him in the midst of them,' Acts ii. 22; Heb. ii. 4; in whom ' God was reconciling the world unto himse!f,' 2 Cor. v. 19; whom God buried not, as he did Moses, but raised him from the dead, that he saw no corruption. Of him Moses wrote, and 'to him give all the prophets witness, that through his name, whosoever believeth in him shall receive remission of sins,' Acts X. 40, 43. 'And by him, all that believe are justified from all things, from which we could not be justified by the law of Moses,' Acts xiii. 19. ' This is the true God and eternal life,' 1 John v. 20. To him be honour, and glory, and praise, throughout all generations; and ' let all the earth be filled with his glory. Amen, and Amen.' BOOK OF PSALMS, OR HYMNS. PSALM I. 1 . The happiness of the godly, whose conversation is described, and their prosperity like a fruitful tree. 4. The contrary course of the wicked, for which they and their way do perish. ' O BLESSED is the man that doth not walk in the counsel of tlie wicked, nor stand in the way of sinners, nor sit in the seat of tlie The book of Psalms,] So our Lord him- self entitleth it, Luke XX. 42, but the Hebs. title, Tehillim, si^iifieth hymns or praises. According to the Gr., it is called the Psal- ter. Veb. 1.— O blessed,] Or, O happy, or well/ares the man. A joyful acclamation for the man's welfare and felicity, as going right forivaid, and so having good success, contiary hereunto is woe, or alas, Eccl. x. 16, 17; Luke vi. 20, 24. This word ashrei in the Heb., is always applied to men, and so differeth from another word, baruc, blessed; which is ascribed both to God and men, Ps. cxv. 15, 18, the contrary whereto is cursed. Vs. xxxvii. 22. Doth not walk,] Or, hath not walked. But the time past and time to come, are in the Heb. often used for to express continued actions. Walking signi- fieth one's conversation, both touching faith and works, Ps. cxix. 1 ; Gen. v. 24, compared with Heb. xi. 5, 6 ; 2 Pet. ii. 10; Jude 11. To '■ walk in the counsel ' of any, is either to do as they advise and suggest, as did Aha- ziah, 2 Chron. xxii. 3 — 5, or by imitation to do like others before, as did Israel, Mic. vi. 16. But in every respect the ' counsel of the wicked should be far from us,' Job xxi. 16; xxii. 18. Wicked,] That is, ungodly : so our English word meaneth, being made of the old Danish wgudelig : or we may call them according to the original, * restless, tur- bulent, unjust, ungracious.' The Heb. rashangh, signifieth restlessness, and is op- posed to quietness, Job xxxiv. 29. Such men are without peace in themselves and seek to disturb and molest others, Prov. iv. 16, likened therefore to the raging sea, Is. xlvii. 20, 21. And because for their evil deeds they are often brought forth to judg- ment and condemned; therefore is this name given to condemned persons, Ps. cix. 7; Job xxvii. 7. And as to make just or justify, is to acquit or absolve in judgment, Ps. Ixxxii. .3, so to make or pronounce wicked, is to con- demn, Ps. xxxvii. 33; xciv. 21: Deut. XXV. 1. Vf AY, '\Trac}! ov trode. This word also signifieth any religion, doctrine, man- ners, actions, administration, or course of life, Ps. V. 9; XXV. 4;lxxxvi. II; Acts xviii 25, 26; xxii. 4; 2 Pet. ii. 2, 15,21. Sinners,] Or, misdoers, erroneous, enormous. Though there is no man just on earth, that doth good, and sinneth not, Eccl. vii. 22, yet such are usually called sinners, as be given to vice, and have the course of their life evil. Gen. xiii. 13; 1 Sam. xv. 18; Ps. xxvi. 9 ; civ. 36 : Matt. xxvi. 45 ; Luke vii. 37; John ix. 16, 31. In this respect they that are born of God, are said ' not to sin,' 1 John iii. 9; and Solomon opposeth the sinner to the good man, Eccl. ix. 2. See the note on Ps. iv. 5. Not sit in the seat,] Or, and hath not sitten, To sit, is to abide, continue, dwell, Ps. ii. 4; ci. 6, 7; cxxxii. 14, or to company, and have familiarity with any, Ps. xxvi. 4, 5. And the original moshab here Englished seat, is diversely used, as, for a seat or chair to sit on, 1 Sam. XX. 25; Job xxix. 7, which noteth authority; sometimes an habitation or dwell- ing, Ps. cvii. 4, 7; cxxxii. 13; sometimes an assize, session, or assembly, Ps. cvii. 32. And so it may be here taken foj- the 'assem. PSALM I. 409 scornful. ^ But hath his delight in the law of Jeliovali, and in his law doth he meditate day and night. ^ And he shall be as a tree planted by brooks of waters, which shall give his fruit in his time, and his leaf shall not fade, and whatsoever he shall do shall prosper. ^ Not so tlie wicked j but as the chaff whicli the wind driveth away. ^ Therefore the wicked shall not stand up in judgment, and sinners in the assembly of the just. * For Jehovali knoweth the way of the just, and the way of the wicked shall perish. bly of the scornfiil,' and tlieir society as the Chald. version explaiiieth it. The scorn- ful.] Proud rhetorical mockers, losels. The word importeth pride, as the Lord scorneth the scorners, Prov. iii. 34; that is, resisteth the proud, Jam. iv. 6; 1 Pet. v. 5. It im- plieth also eloquence, often used in mockery, Job xvi. 20. The Gr. translateth them pes- tilent, they are of the worst sort of sinners, which admit of no reproof: therefore it is said, ' Rebuke not a scorner, lest he hate thee,' Prov. ix. 7, 8. Ver. 2. — Hath his delight,] Or, his pleasure is. Law,] Or, doctrine. See the notes on Ps. xix. 8. Jehovah,] Or, the Lord, as the Gr. and tlie New Testament usually expresseth it. The opening of this name, see on Ps. Ixxxiii. 19; Gen. ii. 4. Doth meditate,] Or, shall meditate, that is, usually meditateth. This word importeth study and exercise of the mind, which often bursteth out into voice. It is used for mus- ing in the mind or heart, Prov, xxiv. 2 ; Is. xxxiii. IS; for muttering with the mouth, that which the heart mindeth, Ps. ii. I ; xxxvii. 30; Prov. viii. 2; Is. lix. 3; but with a low imperfect voice, Is. viii. 19. Day and night,] Or, hy day and by night, that is continually. Ver. 3. — Brooks,] Or, becks, riverets ; in Heb. called plagim, that is, divisions or partitions, being little streams derived either from a great river, as Ps. xlvi. 5, or from a well or fountain, as Prov. v. 16, or from any other head, Job xxix. 6. In hot countries they used to plant gardens near well-springs of water, from which the husbandman de- riveth many little becks or riverets, to run on the roots of the trees set in a row, whereby they are moistened and made fruitful. See Ezek. xxxi. 3, 4; Eccl.ii.6. According to this, Christ is called the ' fountain of the gar- dens,' that is, of the churches, Song iv. 15. Also in Jer. xvii. 8, the godly man is lik- ened to a tree planted hy water, which thrust- eth out his roots by the river, and feeleth not 'Then the heat cometh, and careth not for the year of drought, nor ceaseth from making (or yielding) fruit. In his time,] That is, in due time, or season: so Ps. civ. 27: cxlv. 15: Lev. xxvi. 4. The Chald. translateth, " whose fruit is ripe in his time," What- soever he shall do,] Or, all that it shall make, or yield, meaning the tree, the resem- blance of the man. For a tree is said to make fruit, when it beareth or yieldeth it, Jer. xvii. 8. So in Matt. iii. 8, 10, where men are trees, and their works fruits, which they make, or yield. Shall prosper,] Or, thrive, and so be of good use. And this is in a tree, when the fruit is for meat, and the leaf for medichie; as Ezek. xlvii. 12. ' The just man's fruit,' is the fruit ' of the tree of life,' Prov. xi. 30. So the Chald., in the Masorite's bible, called this tree here spoken of " the tree of life." Ver. 4.. — Driveth it away,] Or, tosseth away; therefore the Chald. for ' wind,' trans- lateth whirl-wind, or tempest; and in Job xxi. 18, it is said, such are ' as chafl", that the tempest stealeth away." Compare also Ps. XXXV. 5; Hos. xiii. 3. The word a7 is added for vehemency sake, and may be omitted in our English, as it is sometimes in the Heb., 2 Chron. xxviii. 3, compared with 2 Kings xvi. 3, yet such manner of speeches the Gr. also in theNew Testament used. Rev. vii.2,9. Ver. 3. — Stand up,] Or, rise up, coisist, stand-sure, opposed to bending, or falling down, Ps. xviii. 39 ; xx. 9. ' God is he that riseth up to judgment,' Ps. Ixxvi. 10, and men do stand or fall therein, when they are justified or condemned. See Matt. xii. 41; Rev. vi. 16. So the Chald., in the Ma- sorite's bible, expoundeth it, they " shall not be justified in the great day of judgment. And sinners,] To wit, shall not stand up. The formal denial not, is again to be under- stood as in Ps. ix. 19. Ver. 6. — Knoweth,] Or, acknowledgeth. This word also importeth regard and care of; as the just man knoweth; that is, regardeth his beast's life, Prov. xii. 10; so Job ix. 21; 1 Thes. v. 12. Also to approve, or allow, as Ps. X. 1,4; Rom. vii. 15; 1 John iii. 2. And as God's knowledge of them implieth their elec- tion, 2 Tim. ii. 19, so his not knowing of the wicked, implieth their rejection. Matt. xxv. 12; vii. 23. Shall perish,] Or, be done airny, decay, be lost. To this way of tlie F 410 P S A L M S. wicked, whicli perisheth, is opposed the good way, which is everlasting; wherein David desired God to lead him, 21. Psal. cxxxix PSALM II. I . David prophesieth of the rage of Jews and Gentiles against Christ. 4. God's wrath against them for it. 6. Christ is established King, 7. declared to he the Son of God, 8. heir and ruler of the world. 10. Kings are exhorted to submit unto him. ' Why do the heathen tumultuously rage, and the people medi- tate vanity ? ^ The kings of the earth set tliemselves, and the princes do plot together against Jehovah, and against his Christ. Veb. 1.— Why,] Or, for what? David was the writer of this psalm, (as the Gr. prefixeth this title, "A psalm of David:") and he beginneth with marvelling at the rage and folly of the Jews and Gentiles, io perse- cuting Christ and his church, Acts iv. 25, &c. And as David himself was a figure of Christ in his kingdom, and a father of him according to the flesh: so suffered he the like opposition at the hands of his own people, and of the nations round about him, 2 Sam. ii. 10; iii. 1; v. 17; x. 6, 1, &c. Tomul- T0OUSLY RAGE,] Or, hurtk together, cotivene with rage and uproar mutinously. This word is also used in Daniel's case, Dan. vi. 6, li, and after in Ps. Ixiv. 3. The Gr. ephruaxan, wherel)y the Holy Spirit trans- lateth it, Acts iv. 25, denoteth rage, pride, and fierceness, as of horses that neigh and rush into the battle. Peoples,] Ornations: under these names are comprehended the Jews with the Gentiles, Acts iv. 27, 2S. Meditate vanity,] Mutter a vain or emp- ty thing, which shall have no effect. And here the Heb. changeth the time (as it doth very often otherwheie) will meditate, noting by such phrase a continuance of the action, as they that did still or usually meditate vain things. But the Holy Spiiit in Acts iv. 25, keepeth like time here as before: whose ex- ample I follow, according to the propriety of our tongue. So after in this psalm and many others. The Heb. text itself sometimes doth the like, as Is. xxxvii. 33, compared with 2 Kings xix. 33. See the notes on Ps. xviii. 7. Vkr. 2. — Set themselves,] Or present themselves, will stand up, noting a settled purpose in the heart, with a standing up in person to eflijct the same, 1 Chron. xi. 14. Pkinces,] Rulers, or privy counsellors, subtle, prudent, and employed in making de- crees, Prov. viii. 15, next therefore in place to kings, and joined with them, as here, so in Judg. V. 3; Hab. i. 10; Prov. xxxi. 4. Plot,] Conspire, or, are founded, that is, have their foundation, plot, or ground-work laid, as Exod. ix. IS; Is. xliv. 28, and this by assembling and consulting, and is there- fore interpreted, ' gathered together,' Acts iv. 26. So the Chald. translateth it, " consoci- ate (or joined together) to rebel before the Lord, and to fight against his Anointed." Christ,] Or Anointed, in Heb., Mashiach or Messias, which word, though it be general for the ancient kings, and priests, and pro- phets that were anointed with oil, Ps. Ixxxix. 21; cv. 15; Is. xlv. I; Num. iii. 3; 1 Kings xix. 16,) yet is it principally the name of the Son of God, our Saviour, Dan. ix. 25; 26, who was known in Israel by the name Messias, John i. 41; iv. 25; and among Greeks by the name Christ; of whom we that believe in his name, are also called Christians, Acts xi. 26, because we have an 'anointing from him that is holy,' 1 John ii. 20, 27, himself being first anointed with the Spirit, and with the oil of gladness above his fellows, Luke iv. 18; Ps. xlv. 8. Of him is this Psalm interpreted by his apostles, saying; ' Of a truth. Lord, against thy holy child Jesus, whom thou anointedst, gathered were both Herod and Pontius Pilate, with the nations and people of Israel, to do what- soever thy hand and thy counsel had forede- termined to be done,' Acts iv. 27, 28. Ver. 3. — Their bands,] These were signs of subjection, Jer. xxvii. 2, 3, 6, 7. And thus the kings and nations speak, re- fusing to serve Christ, though his yoke be easy, Matt. xi. 29, 30; Jer. v. 5. The Heb. phrase mo, importeth their bands and his : speaking of the Father and the Son jointly, and of the Son in special : but ' he PSALM II. 411 ^ Let us break their bands, and cast their cords from us. * He that sitteth in the lieavens laugheth, the Lord mocketh at them. '' Then will he speak unto them in his anger, and in his wrath he will sud- denly trouble them. ® And I have anointed my king upon Zion, that hoiioureth not the Son, honoureth not the Father which sent him,' John v. 23. So in the verse following, ' tlie Lord mocketh at them and at him;' meaning them all jointly, and each severally. The like manner of speech see in Is. liii. 8; xliv. 15; Lam. iv. 10; Ps. V. 12; xi. 7; xlix. 14; lix. 9; Job xxii. 19; Exod. xv. 15; Deut. xxxii. 23, 32. 35, 37. Cords,] Or ropes, thick twisted bands : signs also of subjection and restraint, Job xxxix. 15; Ezek. iv. 8, and sometimes of love, Hos. xi. 4. Ver. 4. — The Lord,] In Heb. Adonai ; which in this form is the peculiar title of God; having the form plural, and vowels of Jehovah, mystically signifying ' my stays,' or 'my sustainers, my pillars.' And where in one place Adonai is used, another speaking of the same thing hath sometimes Jehovah. See Ps. Ivii. 10, with Ps, cviii. 4. It com- eth of Mdex\, a base or pillar which sustain- etii anything. The Chald. translateth it, " the Word of the Lord," that is, the title of Christ, John i. 1; Rev. xix. 13. Our Eng- lish word Lord hath much like force, being contracted of the old Saxon Laford, or Hlaf- ford, which cometh of Laef, to " sustain, re- fresh, cherish." Mocketh,] Tnil mock, de- ride. This implieth both their folly, their punishment for it, and how God will leave them helpless in their misery, Ps. lix. 9 ; Prov. xxvi. 23. It is spoken of God, after the manner of men, that he ' laugheth, mocketh, is angry,' and the like, not that he liath such passions as men, but because he doth such things as men use to do when they are moved with such passions: and as the Hebrew doctors say, " The law speaketh (of God) according to the language of the sons of Adam. See the annots. on Gen. vi. C. Ver. 5. — Anger,] Ire, outward in the face, gravie, grimness oy fierceness of coun- tenance. The original aph signifieth both the nose by which one breatheth, Ps. cxv. 6, and ' anger which appeareth in the snuffing or breathing of the nose; as Saul is said to breath out threatenings and slaughter,' Acts ix. 1. The circumstances of the text will show which of the two is meant: though sometimes it is doubtful, as Ps. cxxxviii. 7. Wrath,] Fervent ire, inflamed displeasure. This word Charon, noteth ' burning or in- flammation ' of cholcr, sometimes of grief. Gen. iv. 5; Jer. iv. 10; sometimes of other affections, Neh. iii. 20. Suddenly trouble,] Or vex. appal, fright, make them to start. It noteth hastiness of fear and trouble: opposed to firm steadiness. Ver. 6. — And I,] The word And is here a sign of indignation stirred, as was in the aposMe, when he said, ' And sittest thou to judge me,' &c. Acts xxiii. 3, or and may here be put for but, as in Gen. xlii. 10; Is. x. 20, and often elsewhere. Have anointed,] Or poured out, that is, ordained, authorised : by pouring out the oil of the Spirit, the oil of gladness, as is noted on ver. 2. Of this word Nasac, that signifieth to shed or pour out, Nasicke is used for a governor, or one in authority, Ps. Ixxxiii. 12 ; Josh. xiii. 21 ; Mic. V. 5; Dan. xi. 8. Accordingly, the wisdom of God saith, Prov. viii. 23, ' I was anointed (or authorised from everlasting.*) In David Christ's figure, this was outwardly performed, when he was anointed king, with oil, 1 Sam. xvi. 1, 13, and 2 Sam. ii. 4; v. 3. Upon Zion,J Or, over Tsijon, the name of an high mountain in Jerusalem, en top whereof was a strong fort, which the Jebu- sites kept by force from Israel, till David's days, Josh. xv. 63 ; 2 Sam. v. G, 7; but he took it from them, fortified it, and called it David's city, 1 Chron. xi. 4, 5, 7. Near unto this was mount Morijah, whereon Solo- mon built the temple, 2 Chron. iii. 1. Here- upon Jerusalem was called the ' holy city,' Neh. xi. 1; Is. Iii. 1; xlviii. 2; Matt. iv. 5, with Luke iv. 9, and Zion is named the Lord's ' holy mountain,' Joel iii. 17, which he loved, Ps. Ixxviii. 68, from which the law should come forth, Is. ii. 3, and where he would dwell for ever, Ps. cxxxii. 13, 14. Therefore was it a figure of Christ's church, Heb. xii. 22; Rev. xiv. 1; Is. Ix. 14. Mountain of my holiness,] Or my mount of holiness, that is, my holy mount, as the Gr. turueth it. So the " temple of God's holiness," Ps. Ixxix. 1, and ' people of his holiness,' Is. Ixiii. 18. And in speech to Daniel, Jerusalem is called, ' the city of his holiness,' that is, 'his holy city,' by him so esteemed and regarded, Dan. ix. '24. Such Heb. phrases, because they are more forcible, the apostle often used in Gr. to inure the Gentiles with them: as Christ is called the Son of God's love, that is, his beloved Son, Col. i. 13, our Lord Jesus Christ of glory, that is, our glorious Lord, James ii. 1, and mary the like. 412 PSALMS. the mountain of my holiness. ' I will tell the decree ; Jehovah said unto me, thou art my son ; I this day begat thee. ^ Ask of me and I will give tlie heathen for thine inheritance, and the ends of the eartli for thy firm possession. " Thou shalt roughly rule tliem with a rod of iron, as the vessel of a potter tliou shalt scat- ter them in pieces. " And now, O ye kings, be prudent, be nur- tured ye judges of the earth. " Serve ye Jehovah with fear, and Ver. 7. — I WILL TELL,] Telling is often used lor preaching, declaring, showing, as Ps. xxii. 23, with Heb. ii. 12; Exod. ix. 16, with Rom. ix. 17. So hereby Christ iiotelh his prophetical office. The decree,] Here the Heb. el seemeth to be used for eth: as el haderech, 2 Chron. vi. 27, is tiie same that eth haderech, 1 Kings viii. 36, we may also read it thus, 'I will tell of the decree;' el being many times used for of, as Gen. xx. 2; Job xliii. 27; 2 Kings xix. 32; Jer. li. 60. So the Gr. pros (answering to the Heb. el) is used for of, or concerning, Heb. i. 7; iv. 13. Decree,] prescript, law or statute: the Gr. translateth it, " the ordinance of the Lord;" the Chald., '• the covenant of God." The Heb. Chock usually denoteth the rules, decrees, and ordinances about God's worship, as the decree of the passover, Exod. xii. 24, 43; the decree of dressing the lamps, Exod. xxvii. 21; of the priest's office and garments, Exod. xxix. 9 ; of their washing, Exod. XXX. 21 ; of the sacrifices, Lev. iii. 17; vi. IS, 22; and many other things about God's service. So may it here be taken, that Christ ' preacheth the decree or rule ' of his calling to the office of priesthood, as the apos- tle gathereth from this place, Heb. v. 5, or of serving God, fulfilled of us by faith and obedience to his gospel, when these legal or- dinances had an end, John iv. 21, &c. Thod ART MY SON,] Though holy men be called the sons of God, Deut. xiv. 1; 1 John iii. 1, and likewise angels. Job i. 6 ; xxxviii. 7, yet is this title natural and peculiar to our Lord Jesus, the only begotten of the Father ; whereupon the apostle saith, ' to which of the angels said he this at any time?' Heb. i. 5. The word art is supplied by the apostle, in Acts xiii. 33; the like is sometimes in the Heb. text itself; as, ' True was the word,' 1 Kings xviii. 6, which in 2 Chron. ix. 5, is, ' True the word:' so, 'Thou leading out,' 1 Chron. xi. 2, 'Thou wast leading out,' 2 Sam. V. 2. Also in the Gr. of the New Testament, * Summer near,' Matt. xxiv. 32; * Summer is near,' Luke xxi. 30. I, this DAY,] Or, to day begat thee. The word this is often omitted in the Heb.; as Deut. iv. 4, 8, 39; V. 1, 3; xxvi. 17, 18, and often is expressed, as Deut. ii. 25,30; iv. 20; xxvi. 16 ; xxvii. 9. Of this point thus speaketh j the apostle: ' Touching the piomise made to I the fathers, God hath fulfilled it unto us their | children, in that he raised up Jesus, as it is ! written in the second psalm, 'Thou art my \ son, I this day begat thee,' Acts xiii. 32, I 33. See also Rom. i. 4, and Heb. v. 5, where Christ's calling to be our high priest, is from hence proved. Ver. 8.— For thine inheritance,] Or, to be thine inheritance. This noteth the ] subjection of the nations to the Son of God; | as the like manner of speech importeth, Is. xiv. 2; Zeph. ii. 9; Lev. xxv. 46. Here- upon Christ is called heir, that is, ' Lord 'of | all,' Heb. i. 2. See Ps. Ixxxii. S; Jer.xlix. , 2. For thy firm possession,] Or, to be \ thy tenement, to have and to hold. It Im- plieth Christ's government of the world; and \ so the Chald. expoundeth it, " the dominion of the ends of the earth for thy possession." The word for, or some such like, is here to be understood, and sometimes the Heb. ex- presseth it: as " the house," 1 Kings vii. 51, instead of, 'for the house,' 2 Chron. v. 1, ' servants,' 1 Chron. xviii. 6, instead of 'for servants;' 2 Sam. viii. 6, and sundry the like. Ver. 9. — Roughly rule them,] Or, bruise, crush them. The word signifieth to i entreat evil, or rigorously : and this is meant of Christ's enemies. Potter.] Or former of the clay: this signifieth their 'utter destruc- ; tion;' for a potter's vessel broken cannot be ; made whole again, Jer. ix. 11; Is. xxx. 14. \ So in Dan. ii. 44, it is prophesied, that j Christ's kingdom should ' break in pieces and consume all those kingdoms, and it shall stand \ for ever.' i Ver. 10. — Be prudent,] Be skilful, or, | behave yourselves skilfully, prudently, wisely. ' Be nurtured,] Or, restrained, chastised, disciplined: and so the Chald. translateth, " receive chastisement ye governors," (the Gr. saith, "all ye judges") of the earth. , Ver. 11.— Be glad,] This word signi- ' fieth open and inanifest joy, exultation, or outward glee. ' Gladness and trembling are ; here joined together, as fear and joy,' Matt. ' xxviii. 8. The Gr. showeth in whom this I gladness should be, saying, "show gladness PSALM III. 413 be glad with trembling. '^ Kiss ye the son lest he be angry, and ye perisli in the way, when his anger shall burn suddenly; O blessed are all tJiat hope for safety in him. unto him;" the Chald. translateth, "pray with trembling." Ver. 12. — Kiss the son,] Kissing was used in sign of love and of obedience. Gen. xli. 40; 1 Sam. X. 1; it was used also in religious and divine worship, 1 Kings xix. IS; Hos. xiii. 2; Job xxxi. 27. All these are due to Christ:- but Judas 'betrayed the Son of man with a kiss,' Luke xxii. 48. The Gr. translateth, " Receive nurture (or instruction,") and the Chald., "receive doc- trine;" both are implied in kissing of the Son, Prov. xxiv. 26. Perish in the w.w.] Or, from, the way. To perish or be lost in the way, importeth sudden destruction, while they are doing their actions: to perish from the way, is to wander or lose the right way, and not know whither to go. So Deut. xxxii. 28, ' perishing in (or from) counsels, is to be void of counsel,' not knowing what to deliberate. The Chald. translateth it, "and ye lose way;" the Gr., and "and ye perish from the just way." When his anger SH.\LL,] Ov for his anger trill burn j or, his angry countenance. Suddenly,] Or very soon, or a ?'ery little : this manner of speech sometimes meaneth a ' short time, speedily,' Ps. Ixxxi. 15; Is. xxvi. 20; 2 Chron. xii. 7, sometimes ' a little deal,' as Is. i. 9. The Gr. here turneth it, " soon or suddenly." See also Ps, viii. 6. That hope for SAFETY,] Or, <that shroud, that rely confi- dently, that betake themselves for refuge and safety unto him. For, he is made the author of eternal salvation to all that obey him.' Heb. V. 9. PSALM IIL 1. David in Absalom^ s rebellion complaineth to God of his many ene- mies: 4. Comforteth himself in God's protection: 6. Tesiifieth his se- curity therein. 8. Prayeth for full deliverance, 9- and a blessing upon God's people. ' A psalm of David when he fled from the face of Absalom his Ver. I. — A Psalm,] Called in Hebrew Mizmor, which hath the sigr\ification of pruning or cutting off superfluous twigs, and is applied to songs made of short sentences or verses ; where many superfluous words are cut away. There be three kinds of songs mentioned in this book; 1. Mizmor, in Gr. psalmos, a psalm : 2. Tehillah, in Gr. hym- nos a hymn or praise: 3. and Shir, in Greek Ode, a.so?ig or lay. All these three the apos- tle mentioneth together, where he willeth us to speak to ourselves with ' psalms, and hymns, and spiritual songs,' Eph. v. 19. Of David,] Or to David : and so after in this book usually. But the Heb. speech useth these inditlerently; as ' Jasderoth,' 2 Kings xi. 15, and ' hasderoth,' 2 Chron. xxiii. 14, ' lammaghnaloth and hammaghnaloth,' Ps. cxx. 1 ; cxxi. 1. So the sword ' of Jehovah,' Jer. xlvii. 6, the prophet ' of Jehovah,' 1 Kings xxii. 7; 2 Kings iii. 11, and many the like. So in the Gr., " disciples to thee," Mark ii. 18, and 'disciples of thee,' Matt. ix. 14, are one and the same. From the face,] Or, presence, or for fear of : So the woman fled ' from the face of the serpent.' Rev. xii. 14. Of David's flight it is thus written ; ' Then David said to all his ser- vants that were with him in Jerusalem, Rise up and let us flee, for we shall not es- cape else from the face of Absalom; make speed to depart, lest he come suddenly and take us, and bring evil upon us, and smite the city with the edge of the sword. So the king departed, and all his household after him,' 2 Sam. XV. 14, 16. His son,] David having sinned in defiling Bathsheba, and killing her husband Uriah, 2 Sam. xi. was threatened therefore of God, that he would raise up evil against him, out of his own house, 2 Sam. xii. 11, which was fulfilled in this rebellion of Absalom. 414 PSALMS. 2 Jehovah, how many are my distresses ? many tliat rise up against me. ^ Many, saying of my soul, There is no salvation for him in God, Selah. * But thou Jehovah art a shield about me, my glory, and the lifter up of my head. ^ /^fWi my voice I called unto Jehovah, and he answered me from the mountain of his holiness, Selah. ® I lay down and slept, I waked up, for Jehovah sustained me. ' 1 will not fear for ten thousands of people, which round about do set against me. * Rise up, Jehovah, save me, O my God ; for thou hast smitten all mine enemies on the cheek bone : thou hast broken the teeth of the wicked. ^ To Jehovah the salvation : upon thy people thy blessing, Selah. Ver. 2. — How MANY ARE,] how multi- plied are. For, ' the conspiracy was great, and the people multipled still with Absalom,' 2 Sam. XV. 12. Ver. 3. — Many saying,] Or, how many do say? Of my soul,] That is, of Trie, of my life, concerning me ; or, to my soul, and so the Gr. translateth it. No salvation,] Or, 110 manner salvation ; no health, help or deliverance at all. The Heb. hath a letter more than ordinary, to increase the significa- tion. The like is in many other places, as Ps. xliv. 27; xcii. 16; xciv. 17; lxiii.8; cxxv. 3; Job V. 16. God,] Iq Heb. Mlohim, which is the first name whereby the Creator of all is called in scripture, Gen. i. 1. See the annot. there. And it is in the plural number, to signify the mystery of the trinity in the unity of the Godhead ; and therefore is joined commonly with other words of the singular number, and sometime of the plural, indifl'erently; as 'iElohim, he went,' 1 Chron. xvii. 21, and ' jElohim, they went,' 2 Sam. vii. 23. See Ps. Iviii. 12. It is sometimes used (though more seldom) in the form singular,' ' ^Eloah,' Ps. xviii. 32, &c. And it maybe derived either from 'El, 'which signifieth mighty; and so by increase of the word, the signification is increased, most mighty, or the Almighty: or from 'Alah,' to adjure; be- cause of the covenant oath, and execration, wherewith we are bound unto God ; accord- ing to that in Deut. xxix. 12, 14, 19 ; Neh. X. 29; Eccl. viii. 2. This honourable name is also given to ' angels/ Ps. viii. 6, and to magistrates, Ps. ixxxi. 1,6, because God hath communicated with them his word, John x. 24, 25. Selah,] This Heb. word signifieth elevation, or lifting up, whether of the mind, to mark, or of the voice to strain it, or of both. And for the matter, it seemeth to im. port an asseveration of a thing so to be, and an admiration thereat. For the manner, it is a note of singing high, and therefore is used only in psalms, and songs, and always at the end of verses, excepting some few places, Ps. Iv. 20; Ivii. 4 ; Hah. iii. 3, 9, where it is set in the midst. The Chald. paraphrast, and some other Hebs. have turned it, " For ever, our doctors of blessed memory have said, that e,-<i*iry place where it is written, Netsach, Se- lah, and Ghned, there is no ceasing (or end) of that thing," saith R. Menachem, on Lev. xxv. The Gr. version makes it a musical notion, Diapsalina. Ver. 4. — A shield ABonx me,] Or, for me, that is, a protector, a defender. So Gen. XV. I; Deut. xxxiii. 29; Ps. Ixxxiv. 12. Glory,] Or, honour, which in the Heb. hath the signification of " weightiness or gra- vity;" which the apostle seemeth to respect, mentioning the 'eternal weight of glory,' 2 Cor. iv. 17. David here calleth ' God his glory,' who had advanced him to kingly dig- nity ; such as our Saviour calleth ' glory,' Matt. vi. 29. The lifter up,] Or, exalter of my head, that is, givest me victory, honour and triumph.' So Ps. xxvii. 6 ; ex. 7. Ver. 5 He answered,] Or, heard: but to answer is to certify by some means, that he heareth; as by help or deliverance from dan- ger, Ps. xxii. 22; Is. xli. 17, (so ' to answer by fire,' 1 Kings xviii. 24,) therefore it im- porteth more than bare ' hearing,' Is. xxx. 16 ; Iviii. 9. The Chald. translateth, " he received my prayer, from the mountain of the house of his sanctuary for ever. Ver. 6. — I lay down, &c.] This speech denoteth ' safety and security from danger and dread of evil,' Lev. xxvi. 6; Job xi. 19; Ps. iv. 9; Ezek. xxxiv. 25; Prov. iii. 24. Ver. 7. — Do set,] To wit, ' themselves in league, or in battle array or set their en- gine.' So Is. xxii. 7. Vek. 8. — On the cheek-bone,] A sign also of reproach, as Job xvi. 10. Ver. 9. — To Jehovah the salvation,] To wit, is, or belongeth ; or, of Jehovah is salvation, help, or deliverance. So Prov. PSALM IV. 415 xxi. 31; Jonah ii. 19. Also Rev. xxvii. 10; NX. 1. 'The salvation to our God.' Like speeches are, * Holiness to Jehovah,' Exod. xxviii. 36. ' To Jehovah the war,' 1 Sam. xvii. 47. 'To Jehovah the earth,' Ps. xxiv. 1, and many the like. " The Chald. saitli, " From before the Lord is redemption:" the Gr. " Of the Lord." Thy blessing,] This word when it is spoken of God towards man, (as in this place) signifieth "a plentiful be- stowing of good things," earthly or heavenly. Gen. xxiv. 35; Deut. xxviii. 2 — 4; Eph. i. 3; Gal. iii. 8. When it is spoken of men towards God, it betokeneth ' praise or tlianks- giving,' by word or deed, Deut. viii. 10; Ps. ciii. 1, 2; Luke i. 64; ii. 28. And that which in Matt. xxvi. 26, is called ' blessing,' in Luke xxii. 19, is called 'thanksgiving,' When it is spoken of men towards men, it signifieth sometimes ' salutation,' as Gen. xlvii. 7; 1 Sam. xiii. 10; sometimes a ' gift,' or 'benevolence,' as 1 Sam. xxv. 27; 2 Cor. ix. 5 ; 2 Kings v. 15; sometimes a ' pro- nouncing (by way of prayer or prophesy) of good things in the name of God,' as Gen. xiv. 19, 20 ; Num. vi. 23, 24. In (his sense, 'the less is blessed of the greater,' Heb. vii. 7. PSALM IV. 2. David pray eth to God for audience ; 3. Reproveth his enemies for opposing him in vain; 5. Exhorteth them to repent and trust in the Lord. 7. God's favour morejoyeth the heart than all riches: 9. therein David secureth himself. 1 To the master of the music on Neginoth, a psalm of David. 2 When I call, answer me, O God, of my justice ; in distress thou hast made room for me : be gracions to me, and hear my prayer. ^ Sons of men, how long shall my glory he to ignominy ; VeR. 1. To THE MASTER OF THE MU- SIC,] Or, To the overseer, to him that excell- cth : the Chald. translateth it, " to sing." The original word Menntseach signifieth one that ' urgeth tile continuance of anything unto the end, or the going forward with a work till it be concluded,' 2 Chron. ii. 2, IS ; xxxiv. 12, 13 ; Ezra iii. 8, 9, and such as in 2 Chron. ii. IS, are called Menatschim, masters, are in 1 Kings v. 16, called Ro- dim, rulers. And in music, there were Le- vitts appointed for several duties, and some lenatseach, to ply, or to set forward, and be over the rest, 1 Chron. xv. 21, and these were such as excelled in the art of singing and playing on instruments, to whom sundry psalms are entitled, that by their care and direction they might be sung excellently unto the end. There were in Israel some Levites singers that attended thereunto, and had no other charge, 1 Chron. ix. 31. On Negin- OTH,] That is, stringed instruments of viv- sic, played on with the hand. See the note on Ps. xxxiii. 3. Ver. 2. — When I call,] Or, in my calling; which the Chald. expoundeth, "In the time of my prayer, receive thou it of me." God of my justice,] That is, my just God, author of my justice, and avenger of my Just cause. In distress,] Or in straitness, thou hast zeidened or enlarged for me. Prayer,] Appeal, interpellation or interces- sion, whereby we refer the cause of ourselves or others to the judgment of God, calling upon him, appealing to him for right, praying against condemnation, or the like. For the Heb. word Tephillah rometh of Pillel to 'judge or determine' causes for which ap- peals are made, 1 Sam. ii. 25, and Pelilim, are 'judges or arbiters,' Exod. xxi. 22, whereupon to ' pray,' is in Heb , hithpallel, as it were " to appeal or present himself and his cause unto the judge, or to judge one's self." Ver. 3. — Sons of men,] Hereby is meant, great men, the Heb. being Ish ; which is the name of ' man, in respect of hispower and dignity,' as appeareth after in Ps. xlix. 3. Shall my glory be to ignomlny,] Or, will ye turn my hononr to dtfamation, slander and calumny- God had promised David the honour of the kingdom, which Saul with his nobles sought to defame and calumniate, and so turn it to shame and reproach. Will ye seek a lie ?] Or, ye seek a lie, or deceivable falsehood ; ye seek that which shall not come 416 P S A L M S. will ye love vanity ? will ye seek a lie, Selali ? ^ But know ye that Jehovah liath marvellously separated a gracious saint to him : Jehovah will hear when I call unto him. * Be stirred and sin not, say in your heart upon your bed and be still, Selah. ^ Sacrifice ye the sacrifices of justice, and trust unto Jehovah. ' Many do say. Who will cause us to see good ? lift thou up over us the light of to pass. The Heb. Cazab (here used) is such a lie as deceiveth men's expectation, Job xl. 28; Ps. Ixxxix. 36; Is. Iviii. 11 ; 2 Kings iv. 16. Ver. 4 — Marvellously separated,] Or selected in ivondroiis sort, exempted as with some sign of excellency, culled out. So God ' marvellously severed ' the Israelites from the Egyptians, Exod. viii. 22; ix. 4; xi. 7. See also Ps. xvii. 7 ; Exod. xxxiii. 16. A GRACions SAINT,] Or pious, holy mrrciful one, meaning himself. Tlie Heb. Chasid, (which the New Testament in Gr. calleth hosios, that is, " pious or holy," Acts xiii. 35,) signifieth one that hath obtained ' mercy, goodness, piety, grace and benignity from the Lord, and is again (after God's ex- ample) pious, kind, gracious, and merciful to others,' Neh. xiii. 14. See Ps. cxxxvi. 1. To HIM,] That is, his gracious saint, as the Gr. explaineth it ; or referring it to the for- mer, " he hath separated to himself a gracious man." Ver. 5. — Bestirred,] Or Be commoved, which may be understood. Be angry, be grieved, or tremble : and the Chald. addetb " for him," meaning God. The original word Ragaz noteth any ' stirring or moving,' Job ix. C; as to be ' moved or tremble with fear,' Ps. xviii. 8 ; Dent. ii. 25 ; Is. xiv. 9; ' to be moved with grief,' 2 Sam. xviii. 33; to ' be stirred with anger,' Prov. xxix. 9 , 2 Kings xix. 27, 28; Ezek. xvi. 43. This latter the Gr. here foUoweth, saying, " Be angry, and sin not," and the apostle hath the same words, Eph. iv. 26. Sin not,] Or misdo not. This word signifieth to miss ol the way or mark: as in Jiidg. xx. 16, men could sling stones at an hair's breadth and ' not sin,' that is, 'not miss:' and Prov. xix. 2, he that is hasty with his foot ' sinneth,' that is, 'misseth or swerveth.' In religion God's law is our way and mark, from which when we swerve we sin. Therefore sin is defined to be transgression of law, or unlawfulness, 1 John iii. 4. Say in your heart,] That is, mind seriously what you do, and what the end will be ; Consider with yourselves. The like phrase is in Ps. xiv. I; xxxv. 25; Matt. xxiv. 48; Rom. x. 6; Rev. xviii. 7. Be STILL,] Or silent, stay, pause; as 1 Sam. xiv. 9; Josh. x. 12, 13. By this word is often meant in scripture a modest quietness of the mind, the troubled affections being al- layed. See Ps. cxxxi. 2; xxxvii. 7; Ixii. 2; Lam. iii. 26. The Chald. paraphraseth thus ; "Say your request with your mouth, and your petition with your heart, and pray upon your bed, and remember the day of death for ever." Ver. 6 Sacrifice,] The word signifieth killing or slaughtering ; as beasts were killed for offerings to God, figuring man's mortifi- cation, or dying to sin, Ps. li. 19. Sacrifi- ces OF JUSTICE,] Such Moses speaketh of, Deut. xxxiii. 19, and David afterward, Ps. li. 21, meaning sacrifices just and right, and in faith, according to the intendment of God's law: contrary to those which the pro- phet reproveth, Mai. i. 14. So 'sacrifices of triumph or joy,' Ps. xxvii. 6, are 'joyful sa- crifices offered with gladness.' And the way of justice. Matt. xxi. 32, for' a just or right way.' The Chald. giveth this sense, "Sub- due your lusts, and it shall be counted unto you as a sacrifice of justice. Trust,] Or ' be confident, have stedfast hope, secuie and firm confidence;' and it is opposed to 'feebleness of mind, fear and doubt,' Is. xii. 2; Prov. xxviii. 1. Ver. 7. — Many do say,] Heb. are say- ing : wliich may be turned, do say, as in Matt. xxii. 23, ' hoi legontes, saying,' is in Mark xii. 18, ' hoitines legousi, which say.' Who WILL CAUSE us to see,] That is, to enjoy, or have the fruition of good, Ps. 1. 23. And this is the form of a wish; as Da- vid desired and said, ' Wlio will give me drink of the water,' &c. 1 Chron. xi. 17, and * who will give me wings as a dove,' Ps. Iv. 7, and many the like. The light of thy FACE,] That is, thy lightsome cheerful face or looks, meaning God's favour, grace, and the blessings of knowledge comfort, joy, &c. that flow therefrom. This is in Christ, who is both the ' light and the face or presence of God,' Luke ii. 32; Exod. xxxiii. 14; and the ' angel of his face,' Is. Ixiii. 9. According to this phrase Solomon saith, ' In the light of the king's face is life, and his favour is as a cloud of the latter rain,' Prov. xvi. 15. See also Ps. xliv. 4; xxxi. 17, 21; Ixvii. 2; Job xxix. 3. Ver. 8 — Hast given joy,] Or shalt PSALM V. 417 thy face Jehovah. * Tliou hast given joy in my heart, more than of the time when their corn and their new wine were multiplied. ^ In peace together will I lie down and sleep, for thou Jehovah alone wilt seat me in confidence. give or put joy : so giving is used for put- /m^, oftentimes, Ps. viii. 2 ; xl. 4; xxxiii. 7; Ixix. 12; Ixxxix. 20; xxxix. 6; cxix. 110. More than of the time,] Or from of the time. An Heb. phrase, where the sign of comparison is Avanting; as Gen. xxxviii. 26; Ps. xix. 1 1 ; cxxx. 6. The like is also in the Gr. tongue; as Luke xv. 7; xviii. 4. And of joy in harvest, when com is increased : see Is. ix. 3; Joel i. 11, 12. V^ER. 9. — Together,] That is, / will lie down and sleep both together, not being disquieted with fear or care: see Ps. iii. 6, or ' together, I and others with me:' or, 'I myself wholly and alone.' See the note on Ps. xxxiii. 15. Alone,] The Heb. phrase is, in lonedome, or in solitariness, and may be referred (by the distinction) to the Lord, who alone seateth his in safety: as Dent. xxxii. 12, or to that which foUoweth, 'Thou wilt seat me alone in safety.' Herein look- ing to Moses' blessing, Dent, xxxiii. 28, where Israel dwelleth 'safely alone:' and so in Num. xxiii. 9 ; Jer. xlix. 41. Thus it is a blessing to be alone from enemies ; other- wise to be alone from friends, is a note of affliction; as Ps. cii. 8; Lam. i. 1. Wilt seat me,] That is, cause me to sit, dwell, or remain. In confidence,] Or trustful- ness, with hope: that is, confidently or trustfully; which by consequence meaneth, securely, safely. And this was a blessing promised in the law. Lev. xxvi, 5; Deut. xii. 10. PSALM V. 2. David prayeth and professeth his study in prayer. 5. God favour- eth not the ivicked. 8. David prof esseth his faith, prayeth God to guide Mm: W. To destroy his enemies, and to preserve the godly. * To the master of the music on Nechiloth ; a psalm of David. ^ Hear thou my words, Jehovah, understand my meditation. ^At- tend to the voice of my cry, my king and my God, for unto thee will I pray. * Jehovah, at morning thou shalt hear my voice, at morning will I orderly address unto thee, and will look out. * For thou art not a God delighting wickedness, the evil shall not so- Vek. 1. — Nechiloth,] These (by the name) seem to be wind instruments, as flutes, trumpets, cornets, &c. as ' Neginoth ' are stringed instruments, Ps. iv. 1. For Chalil is a pipe, Is. v. 12. Ver. 2 — My meditation,] In Gr., my cry. Ver. 3. — Attend,] Or, Incline, namely, thine ear, as is expressed, Ps. x. 17; Prov. ii. 2; but often the word ear is omitted, as here, so Ps. Ixi. 2; Ixvi. 19; Ixxxvi. 6; cxlii, 7, &c. Will I pray,] Or / do pray; meaning still and usually. Ver. 4. — At morning,] Or, in the morning: which hath the name in the origi- nal tongue, of ' inquiring, looking and seek- VoL. II. 3 G ing early,' and is therefore used for e\eYy fit opportunity or fit time, both to pray for, and to receive blessings, Ps. Ixxxviii. 14 ; xcii. 3; xc. 14; xcliii. 8. Here also the word at or in is to be supplied; as Beith, ' a house,' 2 Chron. xxvi. 21, for Bebeith, ' in a house,' 2 Kings xv. 5, and many the like. Orderly address,] Prepare, or settle in order; meaning either his person, as Job xxxiii. 5, or his ' speeches,' as Job xxxii. 14. Look out,] Or espy; as he 'that keeps watch and ward, expecting what God will answer,' as is explained in Hab. ii. 1. This noteth 'diligence, hope, and patience:' So Mic. vii. 7. Ver. 5. — A God,] Or, a mighty one: in 418 PSALMS. joiirn with thee. ^ Vain glorious fools shall not set themselves be- fore thine eyes, thou liatest all that work painful iniquity, ^ TIjou wilt bring to perdition them that speak a lie, tlie man of bloods, and of deceit, Jehovah doth abhor. ^ But I, in the multitude of thy mercy, will come into thy house, will do worship toward the Heb. ^el, the name of God, denoting his 'might or puissance:' which therefore the Gr. sometimes translateth Jschuros, 'mighty,' Ps. vii. 12, sometimes 'mighty God,' Is. ix. C, but most commonly God: which the Holy Spirit alloweth, Matt, xxvii. 40; i. 23. Delighting wickedness,] Or, that takest pleasure in wickedness. By ' wickeilness and evil, may here be meant also (by figure of speech) wicked and evil persons.* See Ps. xxxvi. 12. Sojourn,] Or, be a guest with thee, meaning that • an evil man should have no entertainment to be har- boured as a guest, much less to have any abiding or settled habitation with God.' Here the word with, is to be supplied ; as in the like Heb. phrase, Ps. xciv. 20; Gen. XXX. 20. So in Exod, ix. 16, ' that I might show thee ;' for, 'show in thee ;' as the apostle citeth it, Rom. ix. 17; the like is in Ps. xlii. 6. Ver. 6. — Vain-glorious fools,] Or jnad boasting fools: called Holelim of halal, to extol, praise, glorify : whicli when it is of one's self, and immoderate, is ' dotage, folly, and madness.' Hence is the word used for mad, or raving with folly, Eccl. ii. 2, 12; vii. 9; X. IH; Is. xliv. 25. So after in Ps. Ixxv. 5; cii. 9 ; Ixxiii. 3. The Chald. calleth them " mockers." That work,] So the Holy Spirit translateth it, Acts xiii. 41, from Hab. i. v, the Heb. word signifying a willing working out, perfecting and practising: as Ps. vii. 14. Painful iniquity,] Or, sor- rowftil sin, vain unlawfulness. The origi- nal word Aven, which hath the signification of paiu or sorrow, is of large use, denoting all sinful and unjust aflections, actions, or en- deavours, which cause pain or sorrow, or be painfully done, and is applied in specif to idolatry joined with teraphim or images, I Sam. XV. 22. And Bethel, that is, God's house, is called of the prophets, Beth-aven, an idol's house, or place of iniquity, Hos. iv. 15; X. 5; because Jeroboam had there set up false worship, 1 Kings xii. 29. And in Is. Ixvi. 3, he that blesseth Aven, or an idol, is turned in Gr., "a blasphemer." Thus Poghtialei-aven be such as work, piactise, or commit idolatry, superstition, or other sin and iniquity, whereof comes sorrow, grief, misery, and at last confusion, however such evil workers do polish and trim their evil actions ; for they shall be rejected that work unlawfulness {hoi ergazomenoi ten anomian,) Matt, vii. 23, or ' are workers of iniquity,' j {hoi ergatai tes adikias,') Luke xiii. 27, as .] this Heb. phrase is by the evangelists inter- j preted. The phrase is taken from Job, chap. j xxxi. 3; xxxiv. 8, 22. The Chald. transla- , teth, " them that do falsehood." Ver. 7. — Thou wilt bring to perdi. i tion,] Or wilt do quite away, wilt fordo, or j make perish. Man of bloods,] That is, bloody Juan, or murderer, as the Chald. ex- poundeth it, '* tlie man that sheddeth iinio- j cent blood." When blood is used in the | plural number, it usually noteth murder or \ manslaughter, and the guilt following it: as ' Gen. iv. 11, 'the voice of thy brother's 1 blood crieth;' 1 Chron. xxii. 8, 'thou hast \ shed many bloods:' so after in Ps. ix. 13; ' j cvi. 38; li. 16. Sometimes it signifieth j natural uncleanness, as, we are born in sin, - or sin deserving death, Ezek, xvi. 6, 9. ' I ; saw thee polluted in thine own blood,' &c. | Hereto we may compare the apostle's speech, j John i. 13, ' which are born not of bloods,* j &c. A 'man of bloods,' is one that is de- filed therewith, or given thereto, 2 Sam. xvi. 7; Ps. xxvi. 9; Iv. 24; lix. 3; cxxxix. 19. i See the like phrase opened, Ps. cxl. 12. And OF DECEIT,] That is, man of deceit, (as is i expressed, Ps. xliii. 1,) meaning the 'deceit- j ful man, faytor, or impostor: so noting here- i by the secret sinner, as by the former speech the open and violent. Deceit, dole, or guile, called in Heb. Mirmah, is named of 'Ra- j mah,' to heave, or cast, or shoot with bow. And as ' warpen bows' do cast and shoot awry, and deceive the archer, Ps. Ixxviii. 57, i so impostors or men of guile, do first as it ; were lift up a man with vain hope, that being { disappointed he may have the more heavy \ overtlirow. See 1 Chron. xii. 17; Gen. \ xxix. 25. So in another phrase, to ' lift up the soul,' signifieth, to 'deceive with vain hope' Jer. xxxvii. 9. Ver. 8. — Mercy,] Or kindness, benign- ity: in Chald., "goodness." See the note on Ps. cxxxvi. 1. Thy house,] Or edifice, named in the Heb. of building, beith : in Gr., of dwelling, oikos : in Eng., of \ tuition and custody, a house : of the Al- ! mein huis, which is of hu, to defend. By ! house here is meant God's tabernacle, called ] his house, 1 Clnon. ix. 23 ; Mark ii. 26, for the temple was not built in David's days. ; PSALM V. 419 palace of thy holiness, in the fear of thee. ^ Jehovah lead me in tJiy justice, because of my enviers, make straight thy way before me. " For in liis mouth is no certainty ; their inward part is wo- fid evils : their tliroat is an open grave, their tongue they make smooth. " Condemn thou tliem as guilty, O God, let them fall, from their consultations : with the multitude of their trespasses, drive thou them away, for they are turned rebellious against thee. '" And rejoice shall all that hope for safety in thee, for ever shall tliey shout, and thou slialt cover them : and they that love thy Will do worship,] Or bow down myself, in sign of honour. Towards the palace,] For tlie worshippers entered not into the sanctuary itself, but into the court-yard, and at the door oti'ered their gift?, Ps. cxvi. 19 ; Lev. i. 3 ; Heb. ix. 6. A ' palace {Heical) is the name of king's houses,' Ps. xlv. 9, 16; Prov. XXX. 2S, attributed to the places where God's majesty was said to dwell as the ' ta- bernacle,' 1 Sam. i. 9; iii. 3; the ' temple,' 1 Kings vi. 17, and ' heaven ' itself, Ps. xi. 4 ; Mic. i. 2. Ver. 9. — In thy justice,] That is, in the religion and conversation set forth in thy law, called the paths of justice, Ps. xxiii. 3, or, ' for thy justice sake.' En- viers,] Or spials, observers that pry for evil. So Ps. xxvii. 11 Ver. 10. — No certaintv,] No certain stable thing, no firm truth, whicli one may trust uuto: or no true word. His mooth,] That is, the mouth of any of them ; which the Chald. explaineth thus; " the mouth of the wicked men." Inward part,] Pro- perly, that which is nearest unto them: this the Gr. translateth " heart." And these in parts, are put for the thoughts, afTections, purposes in them: as Ps. xlix. 12. Woful EVILS,] Havvoth the original signifieth woes, sorrows, heavy annoyances^ mischiefs, and woftd events: so named of hoi or hovah, which signifieth woe, Ezek. vii. 26. They make sm :OTH,] Or make flattering, and consequently deceitful, as the (ir. transla- te! h, which the apostle followeth, Rom. iii. 13. Ver. 11. — Condemn them as guilty,] Asham, is a guilt, sin or trespass, Lev. v. 19, whereof the "ord here used, is to 'make guilty,' or 'damn of trespass:' and so the Gr. here hath it, " Judge or damn," and the Chald., " make guilty (or condemn.") And because destruction and desolation abideth such as are damned for crime, therefore is tin's word used also for desolating, abolishing, destroying, Ezek. vi. 6; Joel i. 18. And so may it be here meant, ' punish or make them desolate, O God.' So Ps. xxxiv. 22, 23; Ixix. 6. With the multitude,] Ot for the multitude, the many. Trespasses,] Or seditious iniquities, defections., done purposely and di>liiyally, and are therefore heinous and criminal. The Gr. often translateth it "un- lawfulness, or transgression of law," which the apostle following, Rom. iv. 7, from Ps. xxxii. 1. It is more than sin, as may be gathered by Gen. xxxi. 36; Exod. xxxiv. 7; Joh xxxiv. 37, ' he adrieth trespass to his sin.* Drive them away,] Or drive him, that is, each of them. A like phrase as was before, Ps. ii. 3. So after in ver. 12, 'upon them and him.' Turned rebellious,] Or /«<rMerf bitter, and so are very distasteful unto thee, by reason of their disobedience and stubborn- ness, and consequently ' do provoke to bitter- ness and wrath, do exasperate.' The Heb. word Marah hath properly the signification of changing and of bitterness applied to apostasy, rebellion and disobedience, Deut. i. 26; xxi. 7, 20; Josh. i. 18. Against thee,] Which the Chald. expoundeth, " against thy word." Ver. 12. — For ever,] Or to eternity. Shout,] Or shrill out, sing joyfully, for so commonly the Heb. Ranan signifieth; and is therefore by the Holy Spirit interpreted, ' to be meriy or joyful,' Rom. xv. 10, from Deut. xxxii. 43, and Gal. iv. 27, from Is. liv. 1, yet sometimes this word is to 'shout shrill, or cry aloud for sorrow;' as Ps. cxlii. 7. A 'loud shrill noise or shouting* was used in thanksgivings and prayers. Lev. ix. 24; 1 Kings viii. 28; Ps. xvii. l;cxviii. 15; cxxvi. 2; xxxiii. 1. And thou shalt co^'ER,] Or, for thou wilt cover, protect, or cast a covering over them : and this is answerable to their hope or seeking covert in God before mentiontd, and signititth a safe protection from all hurt or evil; as Exod; xxxiii. 22 ; Ps. cxI. 8. Be ulad,] Or leap for joy, exult. The word signifieth outward gladness in gesture and countenance. So also doth the Gr. answerable hereto: that where one evangelist writeth, * Rejoice and be glad," Matt. v. 12, another saith, ' Re- joice and leap, Luke vi. 23. The Chald. 420 PSALMS. name, shall be glad in thee. "For thou, Jehovah, wilt bless the just one : as with a buckler, with favourable acceptation thou wilt crown him about. here again translateth, " they shall be glad in thy word." Ver. 13. — Buckler,] A picked shield called tsinnah, of the sharp pickedness: as another kind of scutcheon is called magen, Ps. iii. 4, of fencing or protecting. Fa- vourable ACCEPTATION,] Or good will, gra- cious liking or acceptance. So the Heb. ratson meaueth, derived of a word which by the apostle signifieth to accept, Heb. xii. 6, from Prov. iii. 12, and to be well pleased or delighted, Mat. xii. IS, from Is. xlii. 1. So the year of acceptation is the acceptable year, Luke iv. 19, from Is. Ixi. 2. and the time of acceptance is the acceptable time, 2 Cor. vi. 2, from Is. xlix. 8. It is also interpreted will or pleasure, Heb x. 7, from Ps. xl. 9. PSALM VL David's complaint in his sickness, with prayer for release, faith he triumpheth over his e?iemies. 9. By ^ To the master of the music on Neginoth, upon the eight ; a Psalm of David. 2 Jehovah, rebuke me not in thine anger, neither chastise me in thy wrathful heat. ^ Be gracious unto me, Jehovah, for I am weak ; heal me, Jehovah, for my bones are troubled. * And my soul is troubled vehemently : and thou, Jehovah, Iiow long ? ^ Re- turn, Jehovah, release my soul : save me for tliy mercy's sake, 6 For in the death is no memory of thee : in hell who shall confess to tliee ? I faint with my sighing, I make my bed to swim in Ver. 1 — Uton the eight,] Or, after the eight : meaning the eighth tune, which was grave, as that which we call the bass. So David fetching home God's ark, appointed some Levites with harps upon the eighth, for the honour and service of God, 1 Chron. xv. 21. And so the Chald. here translateth, " To sing with playing upon the harp of eight strings." Ver. 2. — Wrathful heat,] Or, choler. This word noteth the inward affection, as the former doth the outward appearance. David prayeth not simply against correction, (for, ' as many as God loveth, he doth rebuke and chastise,' Rev. iii. 19,) but would have his nurture with moderation, lest it broke him in pieces ; as Jeremiah likewise prayeth, Jer. X. 24. So alter in Ps. xxxviii. 2. Ver. 3. — Heal me,] recure vie. Though this may have reference here to bodily sick- ness, Ps. cvii. 18, 20, yet is it also applied to soul sickness, and curing of it; as Ps, xii. 5, ' heal thou my soul, for I have sinned against thee." Ver. 4.— How long?] Or, till when? An imperfect speech, through trouble of mind, which may thus be supplied: ♦ How long wilt thou cease, or defer to help, or how long wilt thou afflict me ?' So Ps. xc. 13. The Chald. supplieth the want thus, " Let me have a refreshing." Ver. 5. — Rele.\se,] loosen, or deliver my soul or me, meaning from death, as is expressed, Ps, cxvi. 8. Ver. 6. — For in the death,] This doc- trine king Hezekiah explaineth thus, ' For hell shall not confess thee, death shall not praise thee; they that go down to the pit shall not hope for thy truth: the living, the living, he shall confess thee as I do this day: the fa- ther to the children shall make known thy truth,' Is. xxxviii. 18, 19. So after in Ps. cxv. 17, 18. Hell,] Or, the grave, the place or state of the dead. See the note on Ps. xvi. 10. Confess,] Or, give thanks, celebrate with praise and commendation. This same word is also used for confessing of sins, Ps. xxxii, 5. Ver. 7. — I faint,] Or, / am overawed with my sighiyig. The like speech Baruch PSALM VII. 421 every night, I water my bedstead with my tears. ^ Mine eye is gnawn with indignation : it is waxen old because of my distressers. * Away from me all ye that work painful iniquity, for Jehovah hath heard the voice of my weeping. " Jeliovah hath lieard my supplication for grace, Jehovah hath accepted my prayer. " All my enemies let be abasht and troubled veliemently ; let them re- turn, be abasht in a moment. u=eth, Jer. xlv. 3. The original wovAjaga- ffhn signifieth awing, toil, turmoil, and sore labour of body or mind, and consequently fainting through weariness, and is opposed to rest or quietness. Lam. v. 5. Every NIGHT,] Or, the whole night. The Chald. expoundeth it, " I speak in my sorrow all the night (or every night) upon my bed." I w.'VTER,] That is, bathe or dissolve into wa- ter; or, ' I melt in my bedstead.' These are excessive figurative speeches, to express the greatness of his sorrow. In the Heb. they are also in the future time, as " I shall melt, I shall make swim," that is, I usually melt and bathe, noting the continuance of his affliction. Ver. 8. — Mine eye,] This may be taken for the whole face or visage, as in Num. xi. 7, the eye is used for the colour or appear- ance. Gi^AWN,'] In Gr. troubled. The Heb. ghnashash, is to gnaw and fret, and so to make deformed and ugly, and to consume. Hereof ^^wa*A, is a moth-worm, Ps. xxxix, 12, that fretteth garments. A like speech Job useth, ' mine eye is dimmed with indigna- tion, Job xvii. 7, but gnawn here, is a word more vehement. So after in Ps. xxxi. 10, 11. With indignation,] /or grief, that I take, being provoked by the enemies. Ver. 11. — Let be abasht,] Or, shall be abasht. The Heb. bosh signifieth to be abasht, wax paleand wan, as when the colour fadeth and withereth; and noteth both 'disappointment of one's expectation,' Job vi. 20, and ' confu- sion or destruction,' Jer. xlviii. J, 20, op- posed unto joy, Is. Ixv. 13. Let them re- turn,] Or, recoil; a sign also of discomfiture and shame; so Ps. Ivi. 10. In a moment,] Or, in a minute, that is, a short space, or suddenly. PSALM vn. David pray eth against the malice of his enemies, professing his inno- cence. \\. By faith he seeth his defence, and the destruction of his enemies ' Shigajon of David, which he sang to Jehovah, upon the words of Cush, son of Jemini. ^ Jehovah my God, in thee I hope for safety : save thou me from Vek. 1. — Shigajon,] An artificial song of David, or David's delight. The word pro- perly signifieth aberration, or ignoration; and is here in Hab. iii. ]. only used in the title of songs, which seem to be made of sundry variable and wandering verses, which being composed by art cause the more delight. The Heb. word {shagab) whereof this is de- rived, is used for delight or wandering in pleasure, Prov. v. 19, 20. According to which we may name this song, David's de- light or solace. Or, in the other significa- tion, David's error, as setting forth the sum of his cares, which made him almost to go astray. The Chald. expoundeth it, " Da- vid's interpretation of the law." Upon the WORDS,] Or, concerning the words, or mat- ters, affairs. Word, is both in Heb. and Gr. often used for a thing or matter, Exod. xviii. 16; Deut. xvii. 1 ; 1 Kings xiv. 13 ; Luke i. 65. Of Cush,] This may be meant of king Saul himself who was of Kish, and of Jemini, 1 Sam. ix. 1, called closely Cush, that is, an Ethiopian, or blackamoor, for his black and ill conditions, his heart not being changed, as 'the blackmoor changeth not his skin,' Jer. xiii. 22. Or else it might be one of Saul's retinue whose name indeed was Cush, but we find no mention of him elsewhere. The Chald. saith plainly thus, •' upon the des- truction of Saul the son of Kish, wliich was of the tribe of Benjamin.'' 422 PSALMS. all tliat persecute me, and deliver thou me. ^ Lest he tear in pieces my soul like a lion ; breaking where there is none delivering. * Je- hovah my God, if I have done this, if there be injurious evil in my hands -. ' If I have rewarded evil to him that had peace with me : (yea I have released my distresser without cause :) * Let the enemy pursue my soul and take it, and tread down my life on the eartli, and my glory, let Jiim make it dwell in the dust. Selah. ' Rise up Jehovali in thy anger, be thou lifted up, for the rages of my distressers, and wake tliou up unto me, the judgment thou hast commanded. * And the congregation of people shall compass thee about, and for it return thou to the high place. ^ Jehovah will Ver. 3.— Lion,] Called here in Heb. ar- jeh, that is a renter or tearer; and elsewhere, labi/, that is, hearty and courageous, Ps. Ivii. 5, and kephir, that is, lurking, or couchant, Ps. xci. 13, the reason of these names is shewed, Ps. xvii. 12. The renting lion {^ar- jeh) as greedy to tear; and the lurking lioa (kephir) as biding in covert places. Other names are also given to this kind, as shachal, of ramping, or fierce nature, Ps. xci. 13; and lajish, of subduing his prey, Prov. xxx. 30. Mv SO0L,] That is, me, or my life. Break- ing,] This may be referred to the lion, break- ing asunder, or renting his prey: the word also is used ' for breaking of yokes of afflic- tion,' that is saving, rescuing, redeeming, or delivering; as, Ps. cxxxvi. 24; Lam. v. 8. The Gr. so turnelh it here, " there being none redeeming nor saving." Thus the de- nial none set after in the Heb. serveth for both words, (as after in Ps. ix. 19.) And it is the property of this tongue sometimes to want, sometimes to abound with words ; as in 1 Kings x. 31, there be two denials, when in 2 Chron. ix. 20, there is but one, in the same narration. Vee. 4. — Done this,] which Cush ac- cuseth me of. He speaketh of some common slander. Injdriods evil m my hands,] Or, in my palms, that is, bad, dishonest dealings iu secret: the palm or hollow of the hand, being a place where filthiness may be hidden: the hand also is put for the actions. So Jonah iii. 8 ; Ps. cix. 27; Ixxviii. 42. Ver. 5 — That had peace with ne,] My friend and confederate. Such treachery David much blameth in his foes, that in time of peace made war, Ps. xli. 10; Iv. 13, 15,21. Yea I,] Hth.And I; which may be resolved: ' Yea, or when I released my distresser:' which may have reference to his sparing of Saul, and delivering him from death, 1 Sam. xxiv. 6, 7, S, 11, 12; xxvi. 9—11, &c. Without cause,] Or, ivithout effect &nA fruit ER. 6.— My life,] In Heb. lives; so usually called for the many faculties and ope- rations that are in life ; the many years, de- grees, estates thereof. The apostles in Gr. retain the singular number, life. Acts ii. 28 from Ps. xvi. 11; 1 Pet. iii. 10 from Ps. xxxiv. 13. My glory,] Or, honour^ meaning either his honourable estate, renown and posterity, as Hos. ix. 11; Job xix. 9, or his soul, as Gen. xlix. 6. In the dust,] That is in base estate and ignominy, as Ps. cxiii. 7; Job xvi. 5 ; or, ' the dust of death, the grave,' as Ps. xxii. 16; Is. xxvi. 19. Ver. 7. — In the rages,] Or, because of the outrages, surpassing indifjnations, so called of the passing out of the heat and cho- ler. Wake up,] Or, raise up, to wit, thy- self, and come unto me ; for judgment thou hast commanded or appointed. It may also be read, " raise up to me the judgment which thcu hast commanded;" so the Chald., para- phrase here supplieth the word trhich, saying 'hasten unto me, (or for me) the judgment which thou hast commanded:' the Heb. it- self sometimes doth the like, as 1 Kings ix. 8, 'this house is high,' 2 Chron. vii. 21, ' this house which is high.' Ver. 8. — For it,] For the same co7igre- gations sake, which cometh about thee ex- pecting judgment. To the high place,] Or, to the height, that is, the throne of judg. ment, for thrones were set high, 1 Kings xiii. 19. This word height is also used for hea- ven, Ps. xciii. 4 ; and there God's throne is, Ps. xi. 4. The Chald., saith, "return to the house of thy divine habitation," or majesty. Ver. 9 — Jehovah,] The Chald. trans, lateth it," The word of the Lnid shall judge," &c. Judge,] Two words are here used in Heb. forjudging, 1st Ban, and 2d, Shaphat. The first is more special to give doom or sen- tence in controversies; the latter more gene- ral, for judging or doing right in all causes. The apostle expresses these two by one Gr. word, krino, judge, as Heb. x. 30, from Deut xxxii. 36; Rom. iii 4, from Ps. li. 6. My justice,] The justice and equity of my PSALM VII. 423 judge the people : judge tliou me Jehovah accordmg to my justice, and according to my perfection in me. ^'' Oh let tlie malice of the wicked be at an end, and stablish thou tlie just : for thou triest the hearts and reins, just God. '* My shield is in God, the Saviour of the upriglit in heart. ''' God is a just judge, and God angerly threa- teneth every day. '^ If he turn not, lie will whet his sword : he hatli bent his bow and made it ready. " And for him he hath made ready the instruments of death -. his arrows he worketh for the liot persecutors. '' Lo he shall be in travail of painful iniquity ; for he hatli conceived molestation, and shall bring forth a lie. '® He hath digged a pit and delved it, and is fallen into the corrupting ditch he wrought. " His molestation shall return upon liis head, and upon his crown shall his violent wrong descend. *^ I will con- fess Jehovah according to his justice, and will sing Psalms to the name of Jehovah most high. cause, in respect of my persecutors. So Ps. xviii. 21—25. Elsewhere he appealeth to ' God's justice,' Ps. xxxv. 24. My perfec- tion,] Or, integrity, the simplicity of my ways, and simplicity of my heart. See Ps. xxvi. 1. In me,] Or, unto vie, to wit, re- ward thou, as the Chald. explaineth it. Ver. 10. — For thou triest,] Or, he trieth. God, who is possessor of the reins, Ps. cxxxix. 13, doth also try them as metal iu the fire. The heart may signify the cogi- tations, and the reins the affections. So Ps. xxvi. 2; Jer. xi. 20; xx. 12; Rev. ii. 23. Ver. 12. — Angrily threatexeth,] Or, detesteth, disdaitieih in wrath, namely, the wicked, and menaceth their destruction. So the Chald. paraphraseth it, " he is mightily angry against the wicked every day." Ver. 13— If he,] That is, if the wicked turn not as the Chald. explaineth it, " If he turn not unto his fear." The Gr. translateth, " If ye turn not." Ver. 14. — He worketh for the hot persecutors,] Or, poUsheth, to wit, to shoot at them that fervently persecute, namely, the just, as the Chald. addeth. The Heb. delak, which signifieth burning, Ezek. xxiv. 10, is applied to hot persecution. See Ps. x. 2; Gen. xxxi. 35: Lam. iv. 19. Ver. 15 He shall be in travail,] Or, continually travnileth, that is, taketh great pains to accomplish iniquity, as a woman with child to be delivered. Molestation,] Or, moil, misery. The Heb. ghnamal signifieth toilsome labour and molestation, both which aman endureth himself, Ps. xxv.18 ; Ixxiii. 5; and which he causeth another to endure, Ps. xciv. 20; Iv. 11. And thus it is here meant, as the 17th verse showeth. Bring forth a lie,] Or, falsehood, meaning either ca- lumny and slander of others, (which in ver. 17 seemeth to be called violent wrong,) or, a deceit of himself, frustrating his own ex- pectation. This similitude of the conception, travail, and birth of sin, is memorable, men- tioned also in Job xv. 35; Is. lix. 4; James i. 15; much like another simile of ploughing, sowing, and reaping iin'quity. Job iv. 8. Ver. 16 Is fallen,] To wit, unto his own perdition, as Prov. xxvi. 27; Eccl. x. 8 ; or, to lurk there for the perdition of others. See Ps. X. 10. The corrdfting ditch hb WROUGHT,] Or, pit of corruption which he made. The original shacJiath signifieth cor- ruption, Ps. xvi. 10, and is applied to any pit or ditch ' where one perisheth and corrupt- eth,' Ps. Ivii. 7; xciv. 13; and sometimes the word pit is plainly added, as in Ps. Iv. 24. ' the pit of corruption.' Ver. 17.— His crown,] The scalp or head's top, meaning also abundantly, and ap- parently in the view of all. See Est. ix. 25. Violent wrong,] The word chamas signi- fieth injury done by force and rapine, viola- tion of riglit and justice. Ver. 18. — Sing psalms to,] Or, praise ZL'ith psalms, and this importeth a song arti- ficial and skilfully composed. See Ps. iii. 1. 424 PSALMS. PSALM VIIL God's glory is magnified by Ms woi-Tcs. 6. A prophecy of Christ, his humiliation, glory, and dominion. ' To the master of the music upon Gittith ; a Psahn of David. ^ Jehovah our Lord how wondrous excellent is thy name in all the earth, which hast given thy glorious Majesty above the hea- vens. ^ Out of tlie mouth of babes and sucklings thou hast founded strength, because of thy distressers, to make cease the Ver. 1.— Gittith,] Or, the ej'JttiVA, which title is also given to the 81st and 84th Ps. Cath in Heb. is a wine press, Is. Ixiii. 2. It is also the name of a city of the Philistines, 1 Sam. xvii. 4. A city also of the Leviies was called Gath-rimmon, Jos. xxi. 25, where- upon Obed-Edom the son of Jeduthun, a Le- vite and singer ia Israel, was called a Gittite, 2 Sam. vi. 10. So by Gittith here may be meant, either such instruments as were used by the posterity of Obed-Edom the Gittite, or that these psalms were made upon occasion of transporting God's ark from the house of that Obed-Edom, the history whereof is in 2 Sam. vi. 6 — 12, &c., or that these psalms were to be sung for praise of God at the vin- tage, when grapes were pressed. And ac cording to this the Greek translateth it "the wine presses." Or it may be the same mu- sical instrument;^ and so the Chald. para- phrast translateth it, " To sing upon the harp that came fiom Gath." Ver. 2. — Oor Lord,] Or, our sustainers: Seethe note on Ps. ii. 4. Wondrous ex- cellent,] Or, wondrous ample, illustrious and magnificent. The original word signifi- eth ample, or large, and excellent withal, clear and resplendent in glory: the Gr. turn- eth it "wonderful:'' the Chald., -'high and laudable." So in ver. 10. Name,] This word is often used for renown, or glory, Gen. vi. 4; Eccl. vii. 3; Phil. ii. 9; as on the contrary, vile persons are called ' men with- out name,' Job xxx. 8. God's name is also used for his kiiigdom and gospel, Mat. xix. 29, compared with Luke xviii. 29 ; Mat. x. 29. And this psalm treateth of the spreading of Christ's kingdom and gospel, as after is manifested. Hast given,] That is, put, or set; as ' I have given,' Is. xlii. 1, is by the evangelist in Gr. " I will put," Mat. xii. 18, and in the Heb. text, as, "he hath given theeover them for king,' 2 Chron. ix. 8, lor which is written in 1 Kings x. 9, ' he hath set (or put).' It may also import a setting sure or stablishing; as, ' thou hast given thy people,' 1 Chron. xvii. 22, that is, ' thou hast stablished thy people, 2 Sam. vii. 24. Here also is a grammatical change in the Heb.; to give, for thou hast given. Glorioos ma. JESTY,] Fenerable or praiseworthy glory. The word hodh is general for any laudable grace or virtue for which one is celebrated, reverenced, and commended. Above,] Or, over, or upon the heavens. This phrase js used of God, Num. xxvii. 20, where he will- eth Moses to ' give of his glorious majesty upon Joshua;' and may have use in the mystical applying of this psalm to Christ's kingdom, as Mat. xxi. 26, teaches us: hea- vens being also often used in scripture for the church of Christ, Is. Ixv. 17; Ixvi. 22: Rev. xxi. 1. Ver. 3. — Hast founded,] That \s,Jirmly decreed, appointed, and consequently fitted, and perfected, as the Gr. katirtiso, (which the apostle useth) signifieth, Mat. xxi. 16. So in Esther i. 8, 'the king had founded,' that is, decreed, appointed. See also before, Ps. ii. 2. Strength,] That is, strong praise, for so this word seemeth often to be used, as Ps. xxix. 1 ; xcvi. 7 ; cxviii. 14; therefore the Gr. which the apostle followeth, Mat. xxi. 16, translateth it ' praise.' This woid, strength, or firmness, may be taken for ' kingdom firmly strengthened,' as in this place, so in Ps. ex. 2; Ixxxvi. 16; Ixxxix. 11. To makecease,] That \s, put to silence, or do aivay, aboliah, and destroy. So after in Ps. cxix. 119; Ixxxix. 45; xlvi. 10. Self- avenger,] Or, him that avengeth himself ; the proud and mighty wliich will not suffer his honour or gain to be diminished. . So Ps. xliv. 17. This was fulfilled, when chil- dren crying hosanna to welcome Christ, the chief priests and scribes disdained, and sought to destroy him: but he stopped their mouths by alleging this scripture. Mat. xxi. 15, 16; Mark xi. 18. God's people are taught, though they suffer wrong, ' not to avenge themselves, but to give place unto wrath,' Rom. xii. 19. PSALM VIII. 425 enemy and self-avenger. ^ WJien I behold thy heavens, the work of tliy fingers, tlie moon and the stars wliich thou hast stably con- stituted; ^ What js sorry man that thou remeniberest him, and the son of Adam that thou visitedst him ? ^ For thou hast made him lesser a little than the gods, and crowned him glory and comely honour. ' Thou gavest him dominion over the works of thy liands ; all thou didst set under his feet. * Sheep and oxen all of them, and also the beasts of the field. ^ The fowls of heaven, and tlie fishes of Ver. 5.— What is sorry man,] To wit, thus think I with myself, what is man, &c. Here man is called Enosh, (the name of Adam's nephew, Gen. iv. 2C,) which signi- fielh doleful, sorry, sorrowful, wretched, and sick incurably. And this name is given un- to all men, to put them in mind of their mi- sery and mortality; as Ps. ix. 21, " let the heathens know that they be Enosh." Son of Adam,] Or, of earthly man. As before men are called ' Enosli,' for their doleful estate by sin ; so are they called ' Adam,' and ' sons of Adam,' that is, earthly, to put them in mind of their original and end, which were made of Adamah, the earth, even of the dust, and to dust shall again return. Gen. ii. 7; iii. 19. Adam was the name both of man and woman, Gen. v. 2, and is also the name of all their children, Ps. xxii. 7; xxxvi. 7; xxxix. 6, and in many other places. Seethe note on Ps. xlix. 3. Visitest him,] That i*:, hast care of, providestfor, and lookest to him. The original word thus largely signi- fieth, and is used inditi'erently for ' visiting with favour,' as Ps. Ixv, 10, or ' with dis- pleasure,' as Ps. lix. 6. Here it is meant for good ; for God's providence is singular towards man, and ' his visitation preserveth our spirits,' Job x. 12. Compare also here- with, Ps. cxliv. 3 ; Job vii. 17, 18. Ver. 6. — For thou madest him lesser,] Or, and thou madest him lack; or though thou madest him to want a little of the gods. A little,] The original word signifieth either 'a little while,' Ps. xxxvii. 10, or ' a little deal," Ps. xxxvii. 16; 1 Sam. xiv. 29. The Gr. brachuti (which the apostle useth) also signi- fieth both, Acts v. 34; John vi. 7; howbeit, by his applying this to Christ, he seemeth to mean a little or short time, Heb. ii. 7, 9. Than the Gods,] Or, than God; but by gods here is meant the angels, as the apostle expoundeth it, according both to the Gr. version and Chald. paraphrase. And those heavenly spirits are for their office and service called angels, that is, messen- gers ; but for their honourable dignity they are called gods, here and in Ps. xcvii. 7, and 'the sons of God,' Job i. 6; xxxviii. 7. The princes of the earth are named gods, Ps. Vol. II. 3 Ixxxii. 6, how much more may the angels be called so, that are ' thief princes,' Dan. x. 13. And crownedst him,] This may be understood of man as he was first made in God's image, and Lord of the world. Gen. i. 26, but since the trai'.sgression, it is peculiar to Christ and to Christian men that have their dignity restored by Christ. Unto him the apostle applieth this psalm, thus: ' We see Jesus crowned with glory and honour, which was a little made lesser than the angels, through the suffering of death, that by the grace of God he might taste death for all,' Heb. ii. 9. Glory seemeth to respect inward virtues, as wisdom, holiness, &c., and honour for his outward estate in ruling over the creatures, as ver. 7 — 9. Comely honour,] The Heb. hadar denoteth all honourable comeliness, honest, grave, adorned decency. Ver. 7. — All, thou didst set,] In the first creation, God gave man 'rule over fishes, fowls, beasts, and all that moveth upon the earth,' Gen. i. 26, but after, for his sake and sin, the earth was cursed, and he enjoyed it with sorrow, Gen. iii. 17. But the ' Son of man,' who is 'heir of all things,' Heb. i. 2, restoreth our loss, and will cause the remnant of the people, even ' whosoever overcometb, to inherit all things,' Zach. viii. 12 ; Rev. xxi. 7; though unto man living here in sor- rows, ' we yet see not all things subdued,' Hfb. ii. 8. Ver. 8. — Sheep and oxen,] Oy flocks and herds; the flocks comprehending both sheep and goats. Lev. i. 10. Ver. 9. — The fowl,] That is, /oec/.? or birds ; one is used for many or all , so the Heb. often speaketh of other things, as ship, for ships, 1 Kings x. 22, with 2 Chron. ix. 21 ; spear, for spears, 2 Kings xi. 10, with 2 Chron. xxiii. 9. So Ps. xx. S ; xxxiv. 8. Of the heavens,] That is, of theazV, for all this outspread or firmament spread over the face of the earth, God called, 'heavens,' Gen. i. 17, the place also above where the sun and stars are, he called ' heavens,' Gen. i. 17, and the highest place where the angels dwell, (and God himself is said to sit in) is like- wise called 'heaven,' Mat. v. 9; and xxiv. 36, and by the apostle named 'the third hea- H 420 PSALMS. the sea, tliat which passeth tlirough the paths of the seas. '^ Jeho- vah our Lord, how wondrous excellent is thy name in all the earth. veil,' 2 Cor. xii. 2. So other scriptures mention ' tlie birds of heaven,' Mat. xiii. 32, •tlie winds of heaven,' Dan. vii. 2; 'the clouds of heaven,' Dan. vii. 13; 'tlie dews of heaven,' Dan. iv. \2, &c. The Heb. name Shamajim, hath the form of the dual number: but the evangelists express it indif- ferently by the singular and plural ; as where one saith, your reward is great ' in the iiea- vens,' Mat. v, 12, another saith, ' it is much in heaven,' Luke vi. 23. PSALM IX. David praise th God for executing judgment. 12. He inciteth others to praise him. 14. He prayeth that he may have cause to praise him. 16. The judgments tliat shall come upon the rvicked. ' To the master of the music upon Muth-labben ; a Psalm of David. I WILL confess Jehovah with all my heart, I will tell all thy mar- vellous ivorks. ^ I will rejoice and shew gladness in thee, I will sing Psalms to thy name, O most Higli. * When mine enemies turned backward, tliey stumbled and perished from thy face. * For thou hast done my judgment and my doom, liast sitten on the throne, judge of justice. ^ Thou hast rebuked the lieathen, hast brought to perdition the wicked onej tlieir name thou hast wiped out for ever and aye. ' The desolations of the enemy are wholly ended given sentence, and executing according to the right of my cause. See Ps. vii. 9. The Chald. expoundeth it, 'my vengeance.' Sit- ten ON THE THRONE,] Or, SCt tlu'C dotVtl Oil the throne, the seat of judgment, or tribunal. This noteth both kingly authority, Ps. cxxxii. 11, 12, and the acting or executing of the same, 2 Chron, xviii. IS; Is. vi. 1; Dan. vii. 9 ; Rev. xx. 11. Ver. 6. — Hast rebuked,] With rough and severe words: but this, when God doth it, commonly importeth confusion, as being to his enemies, and therefore joined with the curse, Ps. cxix. 21; Ixviii. 31; Ixxvi. 7; xviii. 16; Zach. iii. 2. So elsewhere he saith, ' at the rebuke of thy face they peiish,' Ps. Ixxx. 17. Wiped out,] Or, wiped away, as with the hand. And this wiping out the name, noteth the utter abolishing with great wrath, Deut. ix. 14 ; xxix. t:0 ; Ps. cix. 13. For ever and aye,] Oi', for ever and yet. or, to eternity and perpetuity. The Heb. ghned, yet, is addtd to eternity, or ever, to increase the durance of it, and to note all eternities, Ps. x. 16; and xxi. 5; civ. 5; cxlv. I, 2, taken from Moses, Exod. xv. 18. Ver. 7 The desolations^] Which the enemy made in spoiling our land, or the de- solate places which the enemy builded for Ver. 1. — Upon mdth labben,] This, if it be referred to the music, seemeth to be a kind of tune like that we call the counter- tenor. Otherwise it may be read ' For the death of Labben ; but who he was is uncer- tain; some think it was Goliah; the Chald. saith, " For the death of the son." It seem- eth to me, as the former Psalm was of the propagation of Christ's kingdom, so this is of the destruction of Antichrist's. Ver. 2. — Marvellous works,] Or, wonderful things, miracles. The original word signifieth highand hidden, such as man's power cannot perform, nor reason reach unto, and therefore are admired. Ver. 3.— In thee,] The Chald. saith, "in thy word." Ver. 4. — When my enemies turned,] This may be taken for a sum of his praise for deliverances past, or, in faith for like to come, and may be read, ' when my foes turn back they shall stumble and perish.' From thy face,] From before thee, because of thy presence, that is, for fear of thee, and shut out from thy face or presence. So after Ps. Ixviii. 2, 3, 9. So the apostle speaketh of the wicked's perdition, ' from the face of the Lord,' 2Thess. i. 9. Ver, 5.— Done my judgments,] That is. PSALM IX. 427 to perpetuity, and the cities tliou hast pulled up, perished is the me- morial of them. * And Jehovah shall sit for ever, he hath pre- pared ]iis tlirone for judgment. ** And he will judge the world with justice, will judge the peoples with righteousness. " And Jehovah will be an high refuge for the oppressed, an high refuge at times in distress. " And they tliat know thy name will trust in thee, for tliou forsakest not them that seek thee, Jehovali. '- Sing psalms to Je- hovah that dwelleth in Zion, shew forth among the people liis do- ings. ^"^ For lie that seeketh out bloods remembereth them, forget- tetii not the cry of the meek afflicted. " Be gracious to me, Jeho- vah, see mine affliction from my haters, lifting up mc from the himself, as in Job iii. 14, great men are said to 'huiid themselves desolate places.' Of THE ENEMY,] So the Gr. turned it. \\q may also read it, ' O enemy, the desolations are quite ended (which thou madest ;) or, are they ended ?' To ferpetuity/J Or, to vic- tory, that is, so as it continueth for ever. Ever or eternity hath the name ghnolam in Heb., of being hid, and so unknown: perpe- tuity, netsach, is named of prevailing and getting victory by perpetual durance. Here- upon that speech of the prophet, ' he hath swallowed up death to perpetuity, or victorious aye,' Is. xxv. S,is translated by the apostle, ' Death is swallowed up to victory,' that is, for ever, as the same word in Amos viii. 7, Lam. V. '20, is also turned in Gr. by the Seventy-two interpreters. Pulled up,] A similitude taken from trees, applied here to the pulling down of cities: so planting and pulling up of a people are set one against another, Jer. xxiv. 6 ; xlii. 10; xlv. 4. Of them,] Twice repeated, for more vehemency, meaning, all and every of them ; or, with themselves, their memory is gone. The Gr. translateth, " their memorial is perished with a sound." Ver. 9. — Will judge,] Or, give doovi unto. Two several words forjudging are here used, as before, Ps. vii. 0. With righte- ousnesses,] That is, all manner of righteous- ness, and equity, or most righteously, most equally. See the like speech alter, Ps. xcviii. 9; xcvi. 13, and often elsewhere. Ver. 10. — An high refuge,] In Heb. misgah, which is an exaltation, that is, an high place, tower, or fort, to resist the ene- my, Jer. xlviii. 1, wherein men are pro- tected and escape their foes' invasion, Deut. ii. 36. For the oppressed,] Or. to the beaten down, the poor is so called, as being pounded or stamped by the adversary. So Ps. X. IS; Ixxiv. 21. At times,] Or, in seasons, that is seasonably, at all times, when they be in distress. So Ps. x. 1. Ver. 11.— -That know,] Or, that ac- kfioicledge thy mrtye, such are God's people. Is. Hi. 6, and shall by him be delivered and advanced, Ps. xci. 14. Ver. 12. — Dwelleth in Zion,] Or, sit- tcth in Zion. The Chald. saith, " haili placed his divine habitation (or majesty) in Zion." Sitting is often used for dwelling, as is noted, Ps. i. 1. The word iti is many times omitted in the Heb., but necessarily to be understood, as the text itself showeth, as beth, house, for bebeth, iu the house, 2 Kings xiv. 14, compared with 2 Chron. xxv. 24 ; 2 Chron. xxvi. 21, with 2 Kings xv. 5 ; 2 Chron. xxxiv. 30, with 2 Kings xxiii. 2. His doings,] His practices, or wonted works. The original word signifieth actions done na- tuially, or purposely and studiously; designs, jests, or exercises, enterprised advisedly, and prosecuted studiously, of natural disposition and inclination, as Prov. xx. 11; 1 Sam. xxv. 3. Ver. 13. — Seeketh out,] Or, requireih bloods, that is, God, who followeth, findeth out, punisheth, and avengeth bloodshed and muider, according to the law, Gen. ix. 5, 6. See the annot. thtre. The Chald. expound- eth it, " he that lequireth the blood of the innocent, remembereth his just ones." Meek afflicted,] The original here hath a double leading, ^r^wawa/m, that is, afllicted, poor; and ghnanaiim, meek, modest, lowly: for af- fliction often causeth meekness. Therefore also gnhani, that is, afflicted, is translated praus, meek. Mat. xxi 5, from Zarh. ix. 9. Ver. 14. — From my haters,] That is, which Cometh upon me from them. Lift- ing up,] Or, O lifter up {exalter) of me. Gates of death,] This noteth present peril and fear of death, as being now near at the very door or gate thereof, Gen. iv. 7 ; Judg. V. 8. It noteth also power, strength, and jurisdiction, which death hath ; (even reign- ing, as the apostle saith, Rom. v. 14 ;) be- cause magistrates sat, and judgments were executed at the gates of cities, Deut. xxii.15; Job xxxi. 21; Amos v. 10, 15. So in other scriptures the gales of death and of hell de- 428 PSALMS. gates of deatli. '^ That I may tell all thy praises in the gates of the daughter of Zioii, may be glad in thy salvation. " The hea- tlien are sunk down in the corrupting pit that tliey made : in the net that they hid, cauglit is their foot. '' Known is Jehovah, judg- ment he hatli done : in the works of his hands insnared is the wicked one : Meditation, Selali. '® Tlie wicked shall turn into hell, all the lieathen that forget God, "^ For not to perpetuity forgotten sliall be the needy one, nor tlic expectation of the poor afflicted ones perish for aye. ^° Rise up, Jehovah, let nor sorry man be strong ; let the heathen be judged before thy face. ^' Pat thou, Jeliovah, a fear in them, let tJie heathen know that they be sorry men, Selah. note their peril, strength, and horror, Ps. cvii. 18; Is. xxxviii. 10; Mat. xvi. 18; Job xxxviii. 17. Ver. 15. — Gates of the daughters of ZioN,] These are opposed to the former ' gates of death,' a'ld mean the public plares where God's people come together at Zion gates, where God sat, ver. 12, and which he loved most, Ps. Ixxxvii. 2. The daughter of Zion signifieth the church or congregation there gathered ; also the Chald. paraphrase here showeth, translating it " the congrega- tion of Zion," for evciy chief city was counted as a mother, 2 Sam. xx. 19, (whereupon the apostle calleth Jerusalem 'the mother of us all,' Gal. iv. 26,) the villages that were near and pertained to such cities, are called daugh- ters, Josh. XV. 45; 2 Chron. xiii. 19; Ps. xlviii. 12, and the inhabitants there seated or assemblies of people resorting thither, are likewise named daughters, as being bred, born, nourished there, and subject thereto. Such speeches are often in the scriptures, as, 'daughter of Jerusalem,' Lam. ii. 19; ' daughter of Zion ;' Mat. xxi. 5 ; from Zach. ix. 9, ' daughter of my people;' Jer. iv. 11; 'daughter of Tirus;' Ps. xlv. 13, 'daughter of Babel,' Ps. cxxxvii. 8, and the like. Ver. 17. — Judgme.nt he hath done,] Or, by the judgment that he hath executed. His hands.] Or, his palms, the wicked's own hands, called the palms or hollows, for the secret manner of working. So Ps. vii. 4. Meditation, Selah,] Meaning that this is a prayer of deep meditation, worthy to be well minded, and spoken or sung with earnest consideration always. Some retain the Heb. word, hifjgujon Selah, for that it may import a kind of song or tune, (as the Gr. turneth it,) being found in this form only here and ill Ps. xcii. 4. The Chald. interpreteth it, " the just shall joyfully shout for ever." Ver. 18. — Into hell,] Into hell itself; fur the word into is in ellect twice put in the Heb. for more vehemency. Forget God,] The Chald. addeth, " that forget the fear of (iod.' Ver. 19. — Needy one,] Two names are here given to the poor, cbjon, needy and de- sirous, which importeth want of things need- ful, to be supplied by liberality, Ps. cxxxii. 15 ; cxii. 9; ghnani, poor, afflicted, which need help, and deliverance from vexation as before, ver. 13, yet this precise difierence is not always observed in Scripture. Perish FOR AYE,] That is, shall never -perish. Here the word not set in the beginin'iig, serveth for a denial of all that followeth, 'shall not be forsotten, shall not perish, or be lost;' so in Job XXX. 20, 25; xxxi. 20. And the Chald. here repeateth the word not., for more plain- ness. Contrary to this is the wicked's hope and expectation, which ' shall perish,' Prov. x 28; Job viii. 13; xi. 20. Be strong,] Or, strengthen, confirm, and harden himself, and so prevail. This is fitly opposed both to the name and nature of man, which is infirm, sorrowful, and mortal. Ver. 21. — Put a fear in them,] The original morah (used In this place only) seem- eth to be put for mora, which is fear or ter- ror, Ps. Ixxvi. 12, these two Heb. letters being often put one for another, as Anion, Jer. lii. 15, for Hamon, 2 Kings, xxv. 11 ; Shinjia, 2 Kings xxv. 29, for Shinnah, Jer. lii. 33. Or, according to the letters, it may come of horah, to teach, and signify a law or doctrine, and this the Gr. favoureth, translat- ing, " set a lawgiver (or teacher) over them." SoRRY MEN,] In Heb. Enosh, the proper name of Adam's nephew, Gen. iv. 26, signi. fying sorrowful; and is after commonly given to every man for his doleful state and morta- lity, Ps. viii. 5, and here collectively is the name of mankind. PSALM X. 420 PSALM X. 1 . The prophet complaineth to God of the outrage of the wicked against God himself and his poor people. 12. He prayethfor remedy. 16. He professeth Ms confidence. ' Wherefore Jehovah dost tliou stand in a, place far off, dost tliou hide at times in distress ? ^ In the haughtiness of the wicked, he hotly pursueth the poor afflicted, let them be taken in the crafty purposes that they have thought. ^ For praise dotli the wicked for the desire of his soul, and the covetous he blesseth, he despiteth Jehovah. * The wicked, such is the loftiness of his nose, that lie This psalm is in the Greek version a con- tinuance and part of the former ninth. Whereupon the count of the psalms following, doth in the Gr, books, and such as follow them, difler n-om the Heb.; the xith. Ps. being reckoned for the xth., thexiith. for the xith. and so forward. Yet to make up the numherof 150 psalms, theydividethecxlviith. into two. Likewise the cxivtli. and cxvth. psalms they make one, and the cxvith. they part in two. Ver. 1. — Wherefore dost thoo stand,] Or, witt thou stand? This form of expostu- lation implieth an earnest piayer, 'Lord, stand not far off.' For questions may be re- solved into plain affirmations, or denials: as where one evangelist saith, ' why diseasest thou the Master,' Mark v. 35, another saith, ' Disease not the Master,' Luke viii. 49. See the notes on Exod. xxxii. 11. Dost THOU HIDE,] To wit, thine eyes, as Is. i. 15, or, 'thine ear,' as Lam. iii. 56, or 'thyself.* Times in distress,] That is, when we are in distress. So Ps. ix. 10, ' times,' may specially note ' troublous times.' See Ps. >:xxi. 16. Ver. 2. — He hotly paasuETH,] Or, burn doth the poor, doth broil, in affliction, is hotly persecuted. See Ps. vii. 14. The apostle useth like speech for exceeding grief, 2 Cur. xi. 19. ' Who is offended and I burn not.?' Crafty purposes,] Or, devices, policies; the word noting sometime good purposes, and sometime evil. See also Ps. xxvi. 10. The Gr. translateth, " they are taken in the counsels." Ver. 3. — Praise doth the \vicked,] To wit, himself, or his fortune, for that he hath what his soul desireth. And • the soul of the wicked desireth evil,' Prov. xxi. 10. The COVETOUS,] Or gain-tltirsfy, he blesseth, to wit, himself, and his fortune. The cove- tous hath his name of a word which sometimes signifieth to pierce or wound, Joel ii. 8. And fitly is the ' gain-thirsty' so called, both for the hurt he doth to others, whose life oft he would take away, Prov. i. 19, and for that he woundeth himself with his greedy care ; the Holy Spirit testifying that such as lust after gain, ' do pierce themselves through with many sorrows,' 1 Tim. vi. 10. He des- piteth,] Or contemptuously provoketh with evil words or carriage, and so inceiiseth or stirreth him to wrath. So ver. 13. The Chald. expoundeth it thus, " he that blesseth the uinighteous man, abhorreth the word of the Lord. Ver. 4. — Such is the loftiness of his nose,] Or, according to the height of his countenance, or, of his anger. The nose and casting up of it, signifieth, a proud, scornful, and sometimes an angry counte- nance; for as the ' highness of the heart,' Ps. cxxxi. 1, find 'of the spirit,' Prov. xvi. 18, nofeth inward pride: so the 'loftiness of the eyes,' Ps. ci. 6, and here 'of the nose,' noteth outward pride and disdainful behaviour. The Heb. hath one word, for the nose, and for anger, (as is observed, Ps. ii. 5,) the Gr. here saith, " according to the fierceness of his anger, meaning that whereby he persecu- telh the poor." The Cliald. translateth it, '' in the pride of his spirit." He seeketl- not,] 'Nothing regardeth or careth, to wit, for God, or his will. Or it may be trans- lated, ' The wicked inquire not into the height of liis anger,' that is, into God's anger, he careth not, nor feareth his wrath. In all HIS crafty purposes,] Or, be all his pre- sumptuous cogitations ; meaning that he dolh not once think of God, while he so pur- poseth against the poor ; or lie presumeth in iieart, and fain would so persuade himself that there is no God. He studieth atheism, as Ps. xiv. 1. The Chald. expounds it, " He saith in his heart, that all his cogita- tions are not manifest before the Lord." 4:^0 PSALMS. seeketli not : there is no God, in all liis crafty purposes. * His ways do well succeed iu all time, thy judgments are on high above his sight, all his distresses he puffeth at them. '' He saitli in his heart, I sliall not be removed, for that / shall not be in evil to generation and generation. ' His moutli is full of cursing, and of deceits and fraud ; under his tongue is molestation and painful iniquity. ^ He sitteth in the waiting place of the villages, in the secret places doth he murder the innocent, liis eyes lurk for the poor. ® He lieth in wait in the secret place, as a lion in his den he lieth in wait to snatch away the poor afflicted, he snatcheth away the poor afflicted, in drawing him into his net. '" He croucheth, he bowetli down, that fall may into liis strong paws a troop of poor. " He saith in liis heart, God liath forgotten, he hideth his face, he will not see to Ver. 5.— His ways, &o.] Or, bring forth do his ways; a similituiie from bringing forth children with pain, which buingeflected, causeth joy, Job xvi. 21. Therefore here ; (as in Job xx. 21,) it is used for ' good suc- cess' and (as the Chald. explaineth it,) " prosperity." Or referring it to the poor whom he persecnteth, we may read "his ways make sorrowful," or "are grievous ;" the Gr. saith, "are polluted." In all time,] Or, in every time, tliat is, always, continually. So Ps. xxxiv. 2; Ixii. 9; cvi. 3; so the apostle in Gr. saith, ' praying in all time,' that is, al- ways, Eph. vi. 18, like phrase is, ' in all day,' that is, 'daily,' Ps. cxlv. 2. Above his SIGHT,] Or out of his presence . fro7n before him. He puffeth,] That is, dejieth and scttetli them at nought, domineers over them (as the Gr. translateth it) as if he could over- throw them with his breath. Or, he pufl- eth, bloweth, and consequently setteth them on fire, and consumeth them: as, scornful men pull', (that is, inflame, or as the Gr. saith, " burn) the city," Prov. xxix. 8. So Ezek. xxi. 31. The Chald. expoundeth it, "he is angry at them." Ver. tj. — I SHALL not be in evil:] Or, that am not in evil; that is, I who am not now in evil, shall never be; meaning by 'evil,' trouble or affliction; as the Israelites saw themselves in evil, Exod. v. 19. Or, perhaps, by ' evil," he meaneth sin and mali- ciousness, (as when Aaion said, ' the people were in evil,' Exod. xxxii. 22,) and then he boasteth here of his innocency, for which he promiseth to himself a settled estate. The Chald. giveth this sense ; " I will not be moved from generation to generation, from doing evil." Ver. 7.— Of cursing,] Or, of execra- tion or adjuration. The Heb. Alah signi- fieth 'an oath with execration or cuising,' Num. V. 21, for 'cursing* was added to an oath, for to confirm it the more, Neh. x. 29; Deut. xxix. 12, 21, therefore one and the same thing is called both ' an oath,' and a 'curse,' Gen. xxiv. 8, 41. This here the apostle calleth in Gr. Ara. ' Cursing,' Rom. iii. 14. Deckits and fraud,] Or, impos- tures and inivard guile, that is, outward de- ceitful shows and promises, and privy guile lurking in the heart. Ver. 8. — In the waiting place of thk villages,] Or, the ambush of the court- yards ; both which have their name in Heb. of the grass that groweth in them, as it were ' grass-yards.' And because such places commonly are rich men's possessions, there- fore it seemeth) the Gr. translateth, " in the waiting place with the rich." Ver. 10. — He croucheth,] Or, And he crusheth, to wit, himself, lest he should be espied. See this spoken of the 'lion,' Job xxxix. 2. That fall way into his strong PAWS A TROOP,] Or, and he fallethwithhis strong paws on the troop of poor. Strong PAWS,] Or, Strong members; Here wanteth a word to be supplied, as oiten in this and other tongues; as, ' a full,* for 'a full cup,' Ps. Ixxiii. 10, 'anew,' for 'a new sword,' 2Sam. xxi. 16, ' cold,' for 'cold water,' Matt. x. 42. This want sometimes the scripture itself sup- plieth in repeating histories; as, ' he set in Aram,' 1 Chron. xviii. C, for 'he set garri- sons in Aram,' 2 Sam. viii. 6; 'the first of the feast,' Matt. xxvi. 17, for 'the first day of the feast,' Mark xiv. 12. So after, Ps. xxii. 13; xxvii. 4. Troop of poor,] Or, the weak, the poor; called here by a name tliat noteth their power, wealth, and faculty, to be dimmed or decayed, or, a company of obscure persons. This word is no where found, but thrice in this Psalm; in the eighth verse before, in this, and again in the four- teenth. Ver. 11. — He will not ske,] Or, not at PSALM X. 431 perpetuity. '^ Rise up Jehovah, O God lift up the hand, forget not the meek afflicted. " Wherefore dotli the wicked despite God? he saith in his heart. Thou wilt not inquire. '* Thou seest, for thou beholdest molestation and indignation, to give it into thy hand, unto thee the poor dotli leave it : thou art the helper of thefatlier- less. *^ Break thou tlie arm of the wicked one, and of tlie evil man ; seek out his wickedness, till thou findest none. '^ Jehovah is king for ever and aye ; perislied are the heathen out of his land. " Jehovah thou hast heard the desire of the meek, thou preparest firm their heart, thou makest attentive thine ear. '^ To judge the fatherless and the oppressed, that he add not any more to daunt with terror sorry man out of the earth. all respect. The like profane speeches of the wicked are set down, Ps. xciv. 7; Ezek. viii. 12; ix. 9; Is. xxix. 15. Ver. 12. — Lift up thy hand,] That is, skotv openly thy power for help of tliy peo- ple, and confusion of thy foes. ' Lifting up the hand is applied to the publishing and manifesting of the gospel,' Is. xlix, 22; some- limes for ' sign of lielp,' Ezek. xx. 5; some- times for 'hurt,' 2 Sam. xviii. 28; and some- times for sign of an 'oath,' as Ps. cvi. 26; Deut. xxxii. 40. In this iatter sense the Chald. paraphrast taketh it here, " Confirm the oath of thy hand." Ver. 14. — To give it into thine hand,] That is, to take the ^natter into thy hand, to manage it, or, to give ivith thy hand, that is, liberally to recompence the evil that is done. The Chald. paraphraseth thus, " It is manifest before thee, that thou wilt send upon the wicked sorrow and wrath, thou lookest to pay a good reward to liie just with thy hand.'' Unto thee,] Or, upon thee the poor leaveth, to wit, his cmise, or himself. To 'leave,' is to 'commit unto one's fidelity,' Gen. xxxix. 6; Is. x. 3; Job xxxix. 14. And so the Chald. saith, " thy poor trust in thee." See also 2 Tim. i 12. Ver. 15. — Break the arm,] The arm noteth strength^ means, poiver, and help, Ezek. XXX. 21, 25; Is. xxxiii. 2; Dan. xi. 6, 22, also * violence,' Job xxxv. 9. In re- spect of all these, the ' arms of the wicked men shall be broken,' Ps. xxxvii. 17. Till THOD findest none,] In Jar. 1. 20, the sins of God's people being sought for, are ' not found,' because of his mercy in pardoning them: but here of the wicked they are not ' found,' because of his judgment in con- suming them, as he saith in Ezek. xxiii. 48, ' thus will I cause wickedness to cease out of the land.' Ver. 16. — Heathen out of his land,] The land of Canaan, whose people the Loid drove out, Ps. xliv. 3, and of which he said, ' the land is mine,' Lev. xxv. 23. It may al~o be understood of the wicked Israelites, which in conditions were like the heathen, and born of them, Ezek. xvi. 3, such were also called 'heathen,' Ps. ii. 1, as appeareth by Acts iv. 27. Ver. 17. — Thou preparest firm,] To wit, by thy Spirit, which helpeth theinfirmi- ties of men, that know not what to pray for as they ought, Rom. viii. 26. Or we may read it prayer-wise, ' prepare thou their heart, apply,' &c. for prayers are often made in faith, as if they were already done; as, where one saith, ' it liath pleased thee to bless,' 1 Chron. xvii. 27, another saith, ' let it plrase tiiee to bless,' 2 Sam. vii. 29. Thine ear,] The Chald. addeth, " to their prayers." The Gr. thus, " to the preparation of their heart thine ear attendeth." Ver. 18. — That he add not,] He that is, the wicked man spoken of before, ver. 15, unless we refer it to that which followeth, ' the man of the earth.' To daunt with terror,] Or, to break with fear, to dismay or terrify. The word is inditleient, applied sometimes to God, Ps. Ixxxix. 8, sometimes to wicked men, Ps. xxxvii. 35. The apostle following the Greek version, saith, 'be not troubled, 1 Pet. iii. 14, for, ' be net daunted with fear,' Is. viii. 12, but more fully the word is opened by Paul, saying, ' in nothing be terrified (or daunted) of your adversaries,' Pliil. i. 28, ' pturomenoi.' Sorry man, out of the earth,] Or, sorry men, {Ainosh,) as Ps. ix. 21. This may be referred to the fatherless and oppressed, whom the wicked would daunt and scare out of the earth, or land. Or, changing the order of the words, thus, ' that man of the earth (that is, earthly man,) do no more terrify the meek.' The Chald. explaineth it thus, ' Let the sons of men not any more be broken (or daunted) from before the wicked of the earth. 432 P S A L M rf. PSALM XI. David he'ing counselled to flee, encourageth Mmself in God against his enemies. 4. He shorveth the providence and Justice of God. ^ To the master of the music, a psalm of David. In Jehovah do I Iiope for safety ; how say ye to my soul, Flee to your mountain as a bird ? ^ For lo the wicked bend the bow, they prepare their arrow upon the string to shoot in the darkness at them that are upright in licart. ^ For the foundations are cast down, the just what hath he done ? * Jehovah in the palace of his holiness, Jeliovah in the heavens liis tlirone ; his eyes will view, his eyelids will prove the sons of Adam. * Jehovah will prove the just one, and the wicked one ; and him that loveth violent wrong his soul doth hate. ^ He will rain upon the wicked, snares, fire and brimstone, and wind of burning storms shall be the portion of Ver. 1. — A Psalm of David :] This word psalm wanting in the Heh., is supplied in the Gr. So in Ps. xiv. xxv. xxvi. xxvii. and many others. See the note on Ps. x. 10. Flee,] Or /lif. In the Htb. there is a double reading, /lee t/iou, and /lee ye, mean- ing David in special, and his retinue with him. To YOUR mount,] Or, from your mount; but the Gr. and Chald. supplieth the word "to." In mounts, roclis and caves, David hid himself from Saul's persecution, ] Sam. xxiii. 14; xxiv. 3, 4. As a bird,] This noteth his danger, who who was ' hunted as a partridge on the mountains,' I Sam. xxvi. 20, and his 'fear,' as in Is. xvi. 2. Here- upon is that proverb, ' As a bird fleeing from her nest, so is a man fleeing from his place,' Prov. xxvii. S. Ver. 3. — For the foundations,] Or^Ae things set up. The original word Shathofh signifieth things orderly set and disposed, and may be applied to many things; as in buildings, to the foundation : in hunting, unto nets or snares; in the commonwealth, unto constitutions or positive laws ; in w ars, unto engines or leaguers, as Ps. iii. 7, in the mind of man, unto purposes, plots, deliberations; in religion, unto faith, which is the founda- tion and beginning of the hypostasis, or the hypostasis (that is, the subsistence and ex- pectation) of things hoped for, Heh. iii. 14; xi. 1. According to all, or most of these, may this sentence be applied, either to the plots, purposes, snares, set for David's r\iin, but pulled down by the Lord ; or to Saul's estate and kingdom which seemed settled, but by the Lord was overthrown ; or to Da- vid's estate and faith, which the enemies boasted to be come to nought. The Gr. ver- sion of the Ixx. translateth thus, " for the things that thou hast perfected, they have de- stroyed." Are cast down,] Or shall be broken down, destroyed. Tiie Ciiald. giveth this intei'pretation. " For if the foundations be destroyed, why doth the just do inno- cency?" Ver. 4. — Palace of his holiness,] Or his holy palace or temple, which here may be taken for very heaven, as also in Hah. ii. 20, for the holy places made with hands, were antitypes (or answerable similitudes) of the true sanctuary, Heb. ix. 24. Ver. 5. — Prove the just,] Or try them ; by the persecution of the wicked, as well a.s by other afflictions, Ps. Ixvi. 10 — 12. His soul,] That is, God's soul doth hate. This is attributed to God after the manner of men; as he is also said to have ' eyes, hands, ears,' &c. So Lev. xxvi. 11, 'my soul shall not lothe you.' Ver. 6. — Snares,] Hereby is often meant in scripture, ' strange, sudden, and inevitable judgments,' Job xxii. 10; xviii. 9, 10; Is. viii. 14; xxiv. 17, IS. The Cliald. ex- pounds it, " He will send down the rain of vengeance on the wicked that breathe fire," &c. Fire and brimstone,] Such was the wrath that fell on Sodom and the cities by it. Gen. xix. 24, and was threatened unto 'Gog,* Ezek. xxxviii. 22, and figureth the vengeance of eternal fire, Jude 7; Rev. xx. 10. Wind of burning storms,] Or, of blasting tempests, that is, a horrible blasting tvhirl- u'itid. David felt such from his persecutors, Ps. cxix. 53, and here they feel such from God, for persecuting liim. Jeremiaii appli- PSALM XII. 433 their cup. ' For just Jehovah he lovcth justice, his face will view the righteous. persons. His face,] Or their faces, in mys- tery of the holy trinity; as often in the scrip- ture. See Ps. cxlix. 2. The Heb. here may be Englished, ' the face (the aspects) of them, or of him:' See the note on Ps. ii. 3. Will VIEW THE RIGHTEOUS,] Vsualiy vieweth the right. And this noteth the manifesting of God's care and favour towards the righteous, both cause and person. Tlie Gr. translateth, " His face seeth righteousness:" the Chald. thus, " The just shall see the sight of his face." eth this word to the ' burning storm of hun- ger,' Lam. V. 10, but it is properly ' a hideous burning tempest,' rushing out of the dark- some cloud ; such as the evangelist calleth dnemos tuphonicos, ' a smouldry burning wind,' named in Gr. Euroclydon, Acts xxvii. 14. The portion of their cup,] That is, the due measure of their punishment. See Ps. Ixxv. 9; xvi. 5. Ver. 7. — Lov-ETH jctstice,] That is, all manner of justice, both to punish the evil, and preserve the good, both just causes and PSALM XIL David destitute of human comfort, craveth help of God. 4. He con- fortcth himself with God's judgments on the wicked, and confidence in God!s tried promises. ' To the master of the music, upon the eight, a psalm of David. ^ Save, O Jehovah, for the gracious sauit is ended, for the faith- ful are diminished from tlie sons of Adam. They speak false vanity, each man with liis next friend, with lip of flatteries ; witli a heart and a heart they speak. * Jehovah cut off all lips of flat- Ver. 1. — Upon the eight,] Which the Cliald. expoundeth, " upon the eiglit-stringed harp:" See Ps. vi. 1. Ver. 2.— Save] Or help. This word is largely used, for all manner saving, helping, delivering, preserving, &c. as to help oi- defend from injury, Exod. ii. 17; 2 Kings vi. 26, 27; to deliver from all adversities, Ps. xxxiv. 7,asfrom sickness, Matt. ix. 21; Mark vi. 56; from drowning. Matt viii. 25; from ship- wreck, Acts xxvii. 31; from hands of ene- mies, Ps. xviii. 4 ; Jude v.; from sins. Matt. i. 21; from death, Matt, xxvii. 40; from wrath, Rom. v. 9, and infinite the like. And is not only a helping in trouble, but a riddance not of it, as one evangelist saitb, Let us see if Elias will come * and save him.' Matt, xxvii. 49, another saith, if Elias will come ' and take him down,' Mark xv. 36. The faithfl'l are diminished,] Or, faiths, fidelities are ceased. The original word is used both for ' true and faithful persons,' 2 Sam. XX. 19, and for ' truths or fidelities,' Is. xxvi. 2. The Gr. translateth, "the truths." Ver. 3 False vanity,] Or vain false- hood; h\ Gr., "vain things." The word Vol. II. 3 (shav) noteth ' vanity ' both of words and deeds, Exod. xx. 7; Je.r. ii. 30, and often that which is also ' false,' Exod. xxiii. 1, as that which Moses in Exod. xx. 16, calleth witness ' of falsehood,' {Sheker') relating it he calleth ' false vanity,' {Shav,) Deut. v. 20. With his next friend.] Or his neighbour, his friend with ivhom he is associate. Sometimes this word is used for a special 'friend,' 2 Sam. xiii. 3; Ps. xxxv. 14; Prov. xvii. 17; but often generally for a ' neighbour, oi- next,' as the New Testament translateth it in Gr., Matt. xix. 19, from Lev. xix. IS. And who is our ' neighbour,' our Lord teacheth iis, Luke x. 29 — 36. With lip of flattekies,] That is, smooth deceitful speeches, as the Gr. translateth, "deceitful lips," a 'lip' being sometimes put for a speech or language, Gen. xi. 1. Of such deceivers, that had taught their tongues to speak lies, Jeremiah also complaiiieth, chap. ix. ver. 4, 5. A heart and a heart,] That is, a double heart, and de- ceitful. So ' stone and stone, ephah and ephah,' Deut. xxiii. 13, 14, meaning 'double and deceitful weights and measures.' The men of Zabulon are commended for that they I 434 PSALMS. teries, the tongue that speaketh great things. ^ Which have said. With our tongue we will prevail, our lips are witli us, who is Lord over us ? ^ For the wasteful spoil of the poor afflicted, for the groaning of the needy ones -. now will I rise up, saith Jehovah ; I will set in salvation, he shall have breathing. ' The sayings of Je- hovah are pure sayings : as silver tried in a subliming furnace of earth, fined seven times. * Thou Jehovah wilt keep them, wilt preserve him from this generation for ever. ' The wicked walk on every side, when vileness is exalted of the sons of Adam. were not thus of a ' heart and a heart,' 1 Chron. xii. 33. The Gr. translateth, "with a heart and a heart he speaketh evil things." VeR. 5. — OUB La's ARE WITH US,] Or, are ours, that i-, ive have skill, poicer, and liberty to speak ; ivho shall control us ? Ver. e. — I WILL RISE UP,] The Chald. addeth, will rise up to Judgment. Set in SALVATION,] That is, deliver out of all misery, and safely settle in health and prosperous estate. He shall have BREATHING,] Or, he, (meaning God) tviil give breathing, or respiration to him, that is, to every poor man, (as after in verse 8,) or, "he will breatlie out," that is, " speak plainly to him." The Gr., changing the person, translaieth, parrhesidsomai, that is, " I will speak plainly wilh him." So it noteth the bold assured comfort which God by promise giveth to the afflicted, whose faithful word is therefore commended in the verse following. This word sometimes is used for plain and confident breathing out, or uttering of the truth, Hab. ii. 3; Piov. xii. 17. Or we may understand it of the wicked, thus, " I will set in salvation him" whom "hepufieth at," that is, whom the wicked '' boldly defieth," (as this word was used before, Ps. x. 5,) or, whom ' he hath ensnared.' The Chald. ex- poundeth it, " I will appoint salvation for my people, but against the wicked I will tes- tify evil." Ver. 7. — ^The sayings,] Or, the ivords, promises. Tried,] Examined, fined, as in fire. The like praise of God's pure word is in Ps. xviii. 31; cxix. 140; Prov. xxx. 5. A SDBLiMiNG F0RNACE OF EARTH,] This fur- nace, called Ghnalil, a sublimatory, of sub- limiiig or causing to ascend uptvard, is the best and choicest vessel for trying and sub- liming of metal, called therefore in Gr. Dokimion, " a trial." And the apostle hath the like word for a ' trial ' of faith, better than gold, I Pet. i. 7. Seven times,] Or sevenfold, that is, many times, fully and sufficiently. Seven is a perfect number used for 'many,' 1 Sam. ii. 5; Prov. xxiv. 16; xxvi. 25. Ver. S. — Preserve him,] That is, every one of them: so before in the end of the sixth verse, and often in the scripture, like sudden change of number may be observed. It may also be read prayer-wise, ' keep them, preserve him.' The Gr. changeth person also, saying, " will keep us, and preserve us." From this generation,] That is, from the men of this generation; as when Christ said, 'Whereto shall I liken this generation?' Matt. xi. 16, he meant, 'Whereto shall I liken the men of this generation?' Luke vii. 31. The like may be seen in Matt. xi. IS?, 42, compared with Luke xi. 31. The origi- nal word Dor, that is, ' generation, race,' or 'age,' hath the signification of durance, or durable dwelling and abiding, Ps. Ixxxiv. 11, and so noteth the whole age or time ' that a man dureth in this world,' Eccl. i. 4, and so consequently for ' a multitude of men that live together in any age,' as here, and Deut. i. 35, and in many other places. Ver. 9. — Vileness,] Or, vile luxurious ness, riotize. The woi-d Zulluth here used, is derived from Zolel, tliatis, a ' rioter, glutton,' or 'luxurious person,' Deut. xxi. 20; Prov. xxiii. 21, and consequently one 'vile, contemptible, and 'nought worth,' opposed unto 'the precious,' Jer. xv. and here ' vileness' or ' riotize' may either be meant the vice itself, or of vicious doctrine, opposed to God's precious word, before spoken of, ver. 7, or a vile and riotous person, may so be called, for more vehemencysake, as ' pride'for the' proud man,' Ps. xxxvi. 12. The Gr. translateth thus ; " according to thine highness, thou hast much increased (or made abundant) the sons of men," The Chald. thus; "the wicked walk round about, as an horseleech that sucketh the blood of the sons of men." PSALMS XIII. XIV. 435 PSALM XIII David complaineth of delay in help , glorieth therein. 4. prayeth, for mercy ^ G. and ' To the master of the 7nusic, a psalm of David. ^ How long, Jeliovah, wilt thou forget me^r ever : how long wilt thoii hide thy face from me ? ^ How long shall I set counsels in my soul, sorrow in my heart by day : how long shall my enemy be exalted above me? * Behold, answer thou me, Jehovah my God; lighten thou mine eyes, lest I sleep the death. ^ Lest my enemy say, I liave prevailed against him j my distressers be glad when I am moved. ® But I, in tliy mercy do I trust, my heart shall be glad in thy salvation : I will sing to Jehovah, for he hath bounte- ously rewarded unto me. Ver. 2. — Hide thy face,] That is, rvith- draw thy favoicrabte cotmtenance atid com- fort; which the Chald. expouiideth, " the brightness of thy face." This is contrary to ' the lifting up of the light of God's face/ Ps. iv. 7, and importeth 'trouble and grief,' and is caused by sin, and is the cause of many adversities and discomforts, Deut. xxxi. 17, 18; Is. lix. 2; Ezek. xxxix. 23, 24, 29, therefore this prophet doth often complain hereof, and pray against it, Ps. xxx. 8; civ. 29; Ixxxviii. 15; Ixix. 18; cii. 3; cxliii. 7; xxvii. 9. Ver. 3. — Set counsels,] That is, con- sult and devise with myself how to escape. By day,] That is, daily ; in Gr., " day and night." Ver. 4. — Lighten my eyes,] That is, make them see clear, and consequently, 'make me joyful; for, the light of the eyes rejoiceth the heart,' Prov. xv. SO. Or, ' keep me alive:' which sense the words fol- lowing seem to imply, and the like speeches ill Prov. xxix. 13; Eccl. xi. 7, 8. The • eyes are said to be enlightened,' when penuiy, sorrow, sickness, or other affliction whereby they were dulled, is done away, and the senses by some means refreshed, 1 Sam. xiv. 27, 29 ; Ezra ix. 8, also when ignor- ance is by God's word and Spirit done out of the mind, Ps. xix. 9 ; Eph. i. 18. See also Ps. xxxviii. II. Lest I sleep,] Or, that I sleep not the death, meaning, the sleep of death, that is, lest I die. For death is olten called sleep in the scripture, Ps. Ixxvi. G , Job iii. 13; xiv. 12 ; Acts vii. 60; xiii. 3(), 'the sleep of eternity,' Js-r. li. 39. The Chald. paraphraseth thus, "Enlighten mine eyes in thy law, lest I sin, and sleep with them which are guilty of death. Ver. C. — Bht I,] Or, And I, as for me- Bounteodsly rewarded,] The original word Gamal signifieth to give one thbig for another; as prosperity, after one hath been in adversity, &c. And though it be some- time used for 'rewarding ' evil for good, Ps. vii. 5, or evil for evil, Ps. exxxvii. 8, yet from God to his people, it commonly signifi- eth ' a bountiful rewarding of good things,' instead of evil, which we rather do deserve. So Ps. cxvi. 7; cxix. 17; cxlii. 8; ciii. 2, 10. The Gr. translateth "dealt bounteous- ly;" the Chald. " rewarded me good." PSALM XIV. 1. David descriheth the corruption of all natural men; 4. and con- vinceth tliem hy tlie light of their consciences. 6. He showeth their enmity against God^s people, who wish for, and glory in his salva- 436 PSALMS. To the master of the inusic, a psalm of David. 1 The fool saitli in his heart, There is no God : they have cor- rupted, they have made abominable their practice, there is none that doth good, 2 Jehovah from the lieavens looked down upon the sons of Adam, to see if there were any that understandetJi, any that seeketh God. ^ All is departed, together they are become unprofit- able : there is none that doth good, none not one. * Do tliey not know, all that work painful iniquity, that eat my people as tliey eat bread; they call not on Jehovah? ^ There dread they a dread, because God is m the just generation. * The counsel of the poor afflicted ye would make abashed, be- Ver. 1. — The fool,] Nabal (which hath the signification of fading, dying, falling away,d.sAoih. a leaf or flower, Is. xl. 8; I Pet. i. 24,) isatitlegiven to the ' foolish 'man, as liav- ing lost the juice and sap of wisdom, reason, honesty, godliness; being fallen from grace ungrateful, and without the life of God; as a dead carcass, (which of this word is called Nabalah, Lev. xi. 40,) and therefore ig- noble, and of vile esteem; opposed to the noble man, Is. xxxii. 5. The apostle in Gr. turneth it ' imprudent or without understand- ing,' Rom. X. 19, from Deut. xxxii. 21. S.'iiTH IN HIS HEART,] That is, mindeth, and persnadeth himself in secret. So Ps. x. 4 ; liii. 2. No God,] The Chald. expoundeth it, " no power (or dominion) of God in the earth." They have corrupted,] Marred to wit, themselves ; therefore the Gr. saith, " they are corrupted ;" the Chald. saith, "corrupted their works." This word is used for corruption both of religion and man- ners, by idolatry and other vices, Exod. xxxii. 7; Deut. xxxi. 29; Gen. vi. 12. And that which he spake before as of one man, he now applieth to all mankind. Made abomin- AULE.] Or 7)iade loathsome to wit, their action or themselves; as the Gr. saith, "they are abominable, or become loathsome." So in 1 Kings xxi. 26. The Chald. interpret- eth, " they abhor good." Practise,] Mean- ing their evil actions: therefore in Ps. liii. 2, it is gnavel, evil; which here is gjialilah action. Ver.. 3.— All is,] Or, the all, that is, the whole universal nndtitude is de-parted; all in general, and every one in particular, as is expressed, Ps. liii. 4. Become onprofit- able.] Or fit for no use ; so the apostle expresseth it in Gr,: the word here used being rare, and taken from Job xv. 16, and i»;tokeneth a thing loathsome; stinking, and so unfit for use. Ver. 4. — Do they not know?] Mean- ing, doubtless they know, and cannot plead ignorance. A question hath often the force of an earnest asseveration. Eat my peo- ple,] That is, the poor, as is added for ex- planation in Exod. xxii. 25, for God's people commonly are the poorer sort, James ii. 5, 6; Luke vi. 20, and such are eaten or de- voured of the wicked, Ps. Ixxix, 7, who • eat their flesh, and flay off their skin, and chop them in pieces as flesh for the caldron,' Mic. iii. 3. As they eat bread,] The word as seemeth here to be understood or, without it, we may read, ' they eat bread,' that is, 'are secure, and without remorse,' do give themselves to eating and drinking. So ' eating of bread is used for banqueting,' Exod. xviii. 12. Ver. 5. — There dre.\d they a dread,] That is, they are sore adread, or fear a great fear, as Luke ii. 9. So, 'hath sinned a sin,' Lam. i. 8, that is, ' hath grievously sinned.' And by ' there,' he meaneth the suddenness of it, as also in Ps. xxxvi. 13, or ' there,' that is, in their heart and conscience. The Gr. translateth, " they dreaded with fear, where no fear was:" the Chald., " they feared with a false fear, with which it was not meet to fear." Because God is,] This may be taken as a cause of their foresaid fear, as Saul was afraid of David, 1 Sam. xviii. 14, 15, or it is an opposition to their dread, ' but God is in the just generation,' and therefore they dread not, but are defend- ed from the siege of their enemies, as Ps. liii. 6. The Chald. saith, " because the word of the Lord is in the generation of the just." Ver. 6. — Ye would make abashed,] That is, ye reproach it, and would confound, frustrate, and bring it to nothing. So abashing and shame is often used for frus- tration of one's purpose and hope, Ps. vi. 11. Because Jehovah,] Or, but Jehovah is his shelter and hope, therefore he shall not be abashed, Ps. xxv. 3. Contrariwise, ' the wicked shall be abashed, because Gad >efuseth them,' Ps. liii. G PSALM XV. 437 cause Jehovah is his liope. ' WIio will give out of Zion tlie sal- vation of Israel ? when Jehovah returneth the captivity of liis people, Jacob shall be glad, Israel shall rejoice. Ver. 7. — Who will give,] Or, 0 that some would give I it is a form of wishing often used in tlie scripture, as Ps. Iv. 7; Deut. v. 59; Job vi. 8. Oct of Zion,] This is meant of Christ the salvation of God to Is- rael, «ho was expected out of Zion ; as it is written, ' the Redeemer shall come out of Zion, and shall turn away impieties from Ja- cob,' Rom. xi. 26. Returneth the cap- tivity,] That is, bringvth again those that were led captives: according to the promise, Deut. XXX. 3, and this was performed by Christ, Luke iv. 18; Eph. iv. 8. Captivity or leading away, is here used for the people led away; as another word of like significa- tion is so used, Ezek. xi. 24, 25. So Ps. exxvi. Jacoh, Israel,] That is, God's peo- ple, the posterity of Jacob, who also was called Israel. (So Aaron was put for his posterity, the Aaronites, 1 Chron. xii. 27 ; xxvii. 17, and David, for his children, 1 Chron. iv. 31,) Jacob is a name that noteth ' infirmity ;' for he strove for the first birth- right, but obtained not, when he ' took his brother by the heel in the womb ;' and there- upon was called Jacob, Gen. xxv. 22, 26. But Israel is a name of power and princi- pality; for after he had wrestled with the angel, behaved himself princely, wept, prayed and prevailed, his name was changed from Jacob to Israel, as a prince or prevailer with God, Gen. xxxii. 24, 26, 28 ; Hos. xii. 3, 4. Therefore is the name Israel given to all God's people, even the Gentiles also, that have Jacob's faith, Gal. vi. 16, as long before Jether, who was by nature an Ishmaelite, 1 Chron. vii. 17, was for his faith and religion called an Israelite, 2 Sam. xvii. 25. It may also be observed, how in this word Israel are contained the first letters of the names of Abraham and Sarah his wife, of Isaac aud Rebekah his wife, of Jacob and of both his wives, Leah and Rachel: all which persons (except Rachel) were also buried together in ouB cave, Gen. xlix. 29, 31. PSALM XV. David descriheth a citizen of Zion, hy his godly and righteous con- versation. ^ A psalm of David ; Jehovah, who shall sojourn in thy tent, who shall dwell in the mountain of thy holiness ? ^ He tliat walketh perfect, and worketh justice, and speaketh truth in his Ver. 1. — In thy Tent,] Or pavilion, called in Hebrew Ohel., of spreading over. God caused an habitation to be made in the wilder- ness, wherein he dwelt among men, Exod.xxvi. Ps. Ixxviii. 60, that mansion, made of ten curtains, he called Mishcan, an habitacle, or tabernacle, Exod. xxvi. 1 ; Ps. xxvi. 8, over which, other curtains were made and cast for a covering, called Ohel, ' a tent or cover- ing,' Exod. xxvi. 7. Hereupon the whole place is called sometime Ohel, a ' tent,' some- times il//*;^ca«, a 'tabernacle.' To this tent all God's people were to come for his public worship, Lev. xvii. 4,5; Dent. xii. 5,6. It was a movable place, and so differed from an ' huu^e ' or settled habitation, 2 Sam. vii. 1, 6; I Chron. xvii. 5, yet for the use, it is sometime called 'a house,' as is noted on Ps. V. 8. Mountain.] The mount Zion, whereof see Ps. ii. 6. The Chald. call- eth it, " the mount of the house of thy holi- ness." Ver. 2. — Walketh perfect,] That is, leadeth his life perfect, entire, siinple, sin- cere, and zinblemished. It noteth the in- tegrity that is before God, in heart and spirit; according to the covenant, ' walk before me, and be perfect,' Gen. xvii. 1, and, ' thou shalt be perfect with Jehovah thy God,' Deut. xviii. 13; Matt. v. 48. Therefore this perfectness must first be in the heart, Ps. cxix. SO, then in the ways, Ps. xviii. 33; c;-.ix. 1. Worketh,] Ov, tffecteth justice; this is ' wrought by faith,' Heb. xi. 33; and 438 PSALMS. lieart. ' Slandcretli not witli liis tongue, dotli not evil to his next friend, and taketh not up a reproacli against liis neiglibour. ' In whose eyes an abject is coiitenuied, but he honouietli them that fear Jeliovali : sweareth to his hurt, and changetli not. ' Giveth not liis money to biting usury, and taketh not a bribe against the imiocent : he that doth tliese things sliall not be moved for ever. such a man is acceptable to God, Acts x. 35. Ver. 3. — Slaxdereth not,] Or de- fameth not, backbiteth not. This Avord /?«- gal, (from whence Regel, a foot, is deiived) properly iioteth a ' going to and lio,' 'prying and spying,' and 'cai lying tales and rumours,' and is used for defaming, or ' calumniating by craft and guile,' 2 Sam. xix. 27; and here generally for all busy, crafty, deceitful or malicious abuse of the tongue: which the Gr. C'xpresseth by " using fraud " "or dole." Taketh not up a reproach,] Or layeth not on, or beareth not a reproach. This importeth both the first raising, and the after receiving and reporting of a reproachful tale, Exod. xxiii. 1; Lev. xix. 16. The like phiase is used sometime for bearing or suf- fering reproach, Ps. Ixix. H; Ezek. xxxvi. 15; that sense is not amiss here; ' beareth not reproach upon his neighbour,' that is, sufler- eth not his neighbour to be reproached; as elsewhere he sailh, ' bear not sin upon thy neighbour,' or 'suffer him not to sin,' Lev. xix. 17. Ver. 4 In whose eyes an apject,] Or, In his eyes a reprobate is contemned. The order also may be changed thus, 'in whose eyes the contemptible' (or 'vile person,' as Dan. xi. 21,) is rejected. See examples of such carriage, 2 Kings iii. 14; Esth. iii. 2; Luke xxiii. 9. The Gr. translateth it, " an evil-doer is set at nought before him :" the Chald. thus, " He that is despised in his own eyes, and contemned." S^^■EARETH to HIS HURT,] Or to his evil, his hindcrance, or to afflict himself. Which may be under- stood of oaths to men, turning to his own loss and damage, which yet he keepeth; or of oaths to God, vowing to afflict himself, by abstinence. The Heb. word which signifieth evil, is olten used for affliction; as in Ruth i. 21, ' the Almighty hath done evil unto me,* that is, hath afflicted me. Otherwise if we understand it of doing evil to another, the meaning is, ' sweareth to do evil, but doth not recompense it;' that is, performeth it not: for the word change, here used, sometimes sigiiifieth recompense, as Job xv. 31; com- pare this place with the law for ' swearing tp do evil, or good,' Lev. v. 4. The Gr. trans- lateth 'sweareth to his neighbour:' iorrangh, ' evil,' reading reangh, ' a neighbour:' this sense is good. And rangh, though not usual, may be taken for a neighbour here, and in Prov. vi. 24. Ver. 5. — Monev,] Heb. silver, that is, money, usually made of silver. To biting USURY,] Or with biting, that is, usury, fitly so called, because it biteth and consumeth the borrower and his substance. See the note.'' on Exod. xxii. 25. Be moved,] Or shaken, removed. And commonly it implieth in it some evil to the thing moved, Ps. xxxviii. 17; xciv. IS; xiii. 5; Ix. 4, and often in the Psalms; therefore the just have thisprivilegeof God, ' never to be moved,' Ps. Iv. 23 : Prov, X. 30; xii. 3. PSALM XVL 1 . David propJiesieth of ChrisVs confidence in God, and love to the saints on earth. 4. The sorrows of idolaters, with whom he hath no commiinion. 5. He is content with his lot and heritage. 7. Blesseth God in his affiictions. 9. Prof esseth his hope of resurrection from the dead, and eternal joys at the right hand of God. ' MiCHTAM of David: Preserve me, O God, for I hope for , Ver. 1.— MiCHTAM of David,] X>awVr* ing gold, 'Ps. xlv. 10, of that this mjc^tow may jewel, or notable song. Cethemis 'fine glister- be derived, for 'a golden je\Yel:' and so note PSALM XVI. 439 safety in tliee. - Thou hast said to Jehovah, tlioii art my Lord ; my good not unto tliee. ^ To the sahits which are in the earth, and tiie excellent, all my delight in them. * Their sorrows shall be multiplied that endow another : I will not pour out their poured out oblations of blood, neither will I take up their names upon my lips. ^ Jehovah the portion of my part and of my cup, thou sus- tainest my lot. " Tlie lines are fallen to me in the pleasant places, yea the heritage is fair for me. the excellency of this Psalm. The like title is before the Ivi. Ivii. Iviii. lix. and Ix. Psalms. Preserve me, O God,] Christ speaketh this Psalm by David his type, as we are taught in the New Testament, Acts ii. 25,31 ; xiii. 35, and here is handled his mediatorship, death, resurrection, and ascension. In thee,] Chald. "in thy word." Veb. 2.' — Thou hast said,] He speaketh this to himself; " thou, O my soul, sayest," so the Chald. paraphrase explaineth it ; and the Gr. to make it plainer, traiisiateth, " 1 have said." Or it may be spoken to the spouse or church of Christ. Mr good not UNTO thee,] Understand, extendeth not, or pertaineth not to thee, or is not for thee; which the Gr. expoundeth thus, " of my goods thou hast no need." For, if man be just, what giv- eth he to God ? or what receiveth he at his hand ? Job xxxv. 7. The Chald. saith, " my good is not given but of thee." Ver. 3. — To THE saints,] To wit, my good extendeth, as elsewhere Christ saith, •for their sakes sanctify I myself, that tliey also may be sanctified through the truth,' John xvii. 19. Are in the earth,] Such is the meaning of the Heb. phrase, " in earth they;'' the relative being put for the verb, which sometime the Heb. itself explaineth : as, ' he not the king of Israel,' 1 Kings xxii. 33 ; for ' it was not the king,' 2 Chron. xviii. 32; so ' he overseer,' 2 Kings xxv. 19; for ' was overseer,' Jer. lii. 25, and sundry the like. Excellent,] Or, noble, glorious, won. derful : an honourable title given to Chris- tians. See Ps. viii. 2. The Chald. addeth "excellent in good works." All jmy de- light iN them,] Or, in ivhom all my plea- sure is ; Heb. chejMsibam, that is, my plea- sure in them ; so in is. Ixii. 4, the church is c-iWad chephtsi-bah, that is, my pleasure in her. Ver. 4. — Their sorrows shall be mul- tiplied,] This is meant of idolaters, who hastily endow, that is, ofler sacrifice to ano- ther God, and so increase their griefs , which may be understood of afllictions, or of griev- ous idols: for the Heb. ghnatsabim, sorrows, is often used for idols, as in Ps. cxv. 4, and so the Chald. paraphrast taketh it here, say- ing, "the wicked they multiply their idols, and after they hasten to offer their gifts." I will bless Jehovah, which hath Accordingly the sense may be this, * they whose grievous idols are multiplied, they en- dow another god; I will not pour out their obla- tions,' that is, I will not partake with them, or be a mediator for them. Endow ano- ther,] Or, hasten to another. A simili- tude from dowries given in marriages, mean, ing gifts and oblations hastily brought for di- vine worship. Poured OUT oblations,] Or, shed-offerings ; efiusions properly, put by fi- gure of speech for effused or poured out liquor, commonly called drink-oHeriiigs, which were wont to be poured out upon the sacrifices, and by God's law were to be of wine or skccar, Num. XV. 5, 7, 10; xxviii. 7, but among idolaters were of blood. The Chald. giveth this sense, " I will not receive with favour their drink- offerings, nor the blood of tlieir sacrifices. Take up their names,] That is, not men- tion or speak of them, according to the law, Exod. xxiii. 13 ; Josh, xxiii. 7. Ver. 5. — Of my part,] Or, of wy por- tage, that is, of the inheritance paited, shared, and dealt unto me. Su the Gr. tunieth it, " of mine inheritance." The word is gene- rally used for lands, cities, goods, spoils, &c. that are shared out. And this here hath re- ference to the law of the priests, which had no part among the people, for that ' the Lord was their part and inheritance,' Num. xviii. 20. The Lord is ' his people's part,' Jer. x. 16; li. 19; and aeain, his people are called his part, Deut. xxxii. 9. My cup,] That is, mea- sure and portion of joys or afflictions, Ps. xxiii. 5; and xi. 6. My lot,] This also is used for an inheritance obtained by lot, Jos. xviii. 11 ; Judg. i. 3. The apostle calleth Christ's church by this name, 1 Pet. v. 3. The Gr. translateth, " thou art he that re- storest mine inheritance to me." Ver. 6. — The lines,] Or cords, such were used in measuring of lands or heritages, Ps. cv. 11 ; Ixxviii. 55 ; 2 Sam. viii. 2; and fi- guratively a line is put for the 'portion measured,' Josh. xvii. 5, 14. Is fair ior ME,] Or, which is fair unto me, that is, which pleaseth me well. Ver. 7. — Counselled me,] Given me counsel by his word and Spirit, touching my sufferings, and the glory that shall follow, 1 Pet. i. 11; Luke xxiv. 25, 26. ' God is 440 PSALMS. counselled me, yea, in the nights my reins do chastise me, * I have proposed Jehovah before me continually, for he is at my right hand, I shall not be moved. ^ Therefore my lieart rejoiceth, and my glory is glad ; also my flesh shall dwell in confidence. ^° For thou wonderful in counsel, and excellent in works, Is. xxviii. 29. Ver. 8. — I HAVE PROPOSED,] Or, equally set : the Gr. (which the apostle followetli) saith, ' 1 beheld before,' Actsi. 25. He is AT MY RIGHT HAND,] The woid is, js Sup- plied, Acts ii. 25. For ' God to be at the right hand,' is powerfully to assist and com- fort : as on the contraiy, for Satan to be there, is greatly to resist and anuoy, Ps. cix. 6; Zach. iii. 1. I SHALL NOT BE MOVED,] Or, ' that I be not moved,' Acts ii. 25. Ver. 9. My glory,] This by the apos- tle is applied to the tongue. Acts ii. 26, which is the instrument wherewith we glorify God. See Ps. xxx. 13 ; Ivii. 9 ; Gen. xlix. 6. Dwell in confidence,] Or, abide with hope, that is, boldly, safely and securely; meaning that his flesh (his body) should abide (or rest) in the grave, with sure hope of rising again from the death at the third day. Ver. 10. — My soul,] The Heb. nepkesh and Gr. psuchee, which we call soul, hath the name of breathing or respiring, and is there- fore sometime used for the breath, Job xli. 12, it is the vital spirit that all quick things move by ; therefore beasts, birds, fish, and creeping things are called in Scripture, ' liv- ing souls,' Gen. i. 20, 24. And this soul is sometimes called the blood, Gen. ix. 4, be- cause it is in the blood of all quick things. Lev. xvii. 11. It is often put for the life of creatures; as ' keep his soul,' Job ii. 6, that is spare his life: ' a righteous man regardeth the soul of his beast,' Prov. xii. 10, that is, the life: so to seek the soul, is to seek one's life, to take it away, Ps. liv. 5; Mat. ii. 20. It is also many times used for one's self ; as Job justified his soul, that is, himself, Job xxxii. 2. 'Take heed to your souls,' that is, to yourselves, Deut. iv. 15; so Gen. xix.20; Luke xii. 19. And thus it is put for the person, or whole man ; as, give me the souls, that is the persons, Gen. xiv. 21, so ' an hun- gry soul', Ps. cvii. 9; 'a full soul,' Prov. xxvii. 7; 'a weary soul,' Prov. xxv. 25; 'eight souls,' 1 Pet. iii. 20; 'seventy-five souls,' Acts vii. 14, and many the like. It is used also for the lust, will, or desire, as Ps. xli. 3; Exod. xv. 9, for ' the afi'ections of the heart,' Ps. xxv. 1, for the body of man, that hath life and sense, Ps. cv. IS; xxxv. 13; and finally, it is sometimes a dead body or corpse. Num. v. 2; ix. 10; xix. 11, 13, though this be figurative, and yi^ry improper, for at one's death the soul goeth out. Gen. xxxv. IS. The word being thus largely used, is to be weighed according to the matter and ! circumstances of each text. For this here in 1 the psalm, compare it with the like in other places, Ps. xxx. 4 ; cxvi. 8 ; Ixxxix, 49 ; j Ixxxviii. 4; xciv. 17. Christ gave his soul | for the ransom of the world, and poured it I out unto death. Is. liii. 12; Mat. xx. 2S ; John x. 11, 15, 17; xv. 13. To hell,] Or, in hell, in death's estate, or deadly hell. This word hell properly signifieth deep, whe- ther it be high or low ; and though by cus- ' tom it is usually taken for the place of devils | and condemned men : yet the word is more I large ; and as heaven is not only the dwelling. i place of God and his saints, but generally all \ places above us, where the stars, the clouds, j the winds, the birds, &c. are, as is showed, Ps. viii. 9, so hell is all places beneath, \ Wherefore it may in this large sense serve to express the Heb. viovdsheolhere used; which sheol is ' a deep place,' Job xi. 8 ; Prov. ix. 18; and said in scripture to be beneath, Ps. Ixxxvi. 13; Deut. xxxii. 22; Is. xiv. 9; as heaven is above, and it, with the Gr. word | hades, is opposed to heaven, Ps. cxxxix. 8 ; ' Amos ix. 2; Mat. xi. 23. It cometh of fAaa/, to crave, ask, or require, because, 'itrequir- eth all men to come unto it, and is never sa- • tisfied,' Ps. Ixxxix. 49 ; Prov. xxx. 15, IG ; xxvii. 20. It is a place or estate which all i men, even the best, come unto; for Jacob made account to go thither. Gen. xxxvii. 35. and Job desired to be there. Job xiv. 13, (for he knew it should be his house. Job xvii. 13,) j and our Lord Christ was there, as this psalm, I with Acts ii. 31, showeth ; andSolomon tell- ' eth,thatall go thither, Eccl. ix. 10. It is usual- ly joined with grave, pit, corruption, destruc- tion, and the like words pertaining to death, I with which sheol or hades is joined as a companion thereof, Rev. i. 18.; vi. 8. Da- ! than and Abiram, when the earth swallowed them up, are said to go down quick iaio sheol, Num. xvi. 30, 32, 33. Jonas in the whale's belly, was in the belly of sheol, Jon. ii. 3, and other holy men that were delivered from great miseries and peiils of death are said to be delivered from sheol or hell, Ps. Ixxxvi. 13; xxx. 4; xviii. C; cxvi. 3, and those that are dead, are gone to sheol, Ezek. xxxii. 2I5 ' 27. And as death is said figuratively to have ' gates, Ps. ix. 14, so sheol, hades, hell, hath gates, ! Is. xxxviii. 10; Mat. xvi. 18, and a soul. Is. v. 14, and a hand, Ps. xlix. 16; Ixxxix. 49, ] and a mouth, Ps. cxli. 7; and a sting, which | PSx\LM XVII. 441 wilt not leave my soul to licll, saint to see corruption. " Thou life : satiety of joys before thy hand to perpetuity. by Christ is done away, 1 Cor. xv. 55, so that as he was not left to sheol, but rose from death (from the heart of the earth, Mat. xii. 40.) the third day ; so al! the saints shall likewise be delivered from sheol, or hades, Ps. xlix. 16 ; Hos. xiii. 14, and it with death shall be abolished, Rev. xx. 14. So by the Heb. sheol, the Gr. hades, and our English hell, we are to understand the place, estate, or depth of death, deadlibed. See the annot. on Gen. xxxvii. 35. And these words/ thou wilt not leave my soul to hell,' teach us Christ's re- surrection; as if he should say, thou wilt not leave me to the power of death or grave to be consumed, but wilt raise me from the dead, as the words following, and the apostle's ex- planation do manifest, Acts, ii. 24, 31; xiii. 34, 35. Thou wilt not give,] l:iot grant or suffer. An Heb. phrase often used, as ' I gave thee not to touch her,' Gen. xx. 6. God ' gave thee not to hurt me,' Gen. xxxi. 7; ' he will not give you to go,' Exod. iii. 19. So Ps. Iv. 23; Ixvi. 9; cxviii. IS, and many the like. To see corruption,] That is, to feel corruption, or to corrupt, to rot. As to see death, is to die, Ps. Ixxxix. 49; Luke ii. 2G; John viii. 51, 52; so, to 'see evil,' Ps. xc. 15, and to 'see good,' Ps. xxxiv. 13, is to feel and enjoy it, and to ' see the grave,' Ps. xlix. 10. Cobruption,] The Heb. shachath properly sign ifieth corruption or rot- tenness ; and is so to be taken here, as the thou wilt not give thy gracious wilt make me know the way of face ; pleasures are at thy right apostle urgeth the force of the word. Act xiii. 36, 37. ' David saw corruption, but he whom God raised up, saw not corruption.' Yet often the word is used for a pit or ditch wherein carcasses do corrupt. See the note on Ps. vii. 16. Ver. 11. — Thou wilt make me know,] Or, hast made me know, (as Acts ii. 28,) that is, givest me experience of. The way of life,] journey of lives : the way or course to life from death, and to continue in life eter- nal ; the apcs'le saith, ' ways of life/ Acts ii. 28. And hereby life in heaven with (Jod is implied; as, 'to enter into life,' Mat.xviii. 9, is to enter ' into the kingdom of God,' Mark ix. 47. Before thy face,] Or, with thy face : that is, ' in thy presence,' I shall have 'fulness of joys.' "The Gr.. which the apostle followeth, Acts ii. 28. saith, 'Thou wilt fill me with joy, with thy face.' The Heb. eth penei and liphnei, ' with,' or ' be- fore the face,' are both one, and sometimes put one for another; as 1 Kings xii. C, with 2 Chron. x. 6. God's face or presence, as it is our greatest joy in this life, Exod. xxxiii. 14 — 16, so shall it be in the next, Ps. xvii. 15. Wherefore the wicked shall then be pu- nished, ' from his presence,' 2 Thess. i, 9. Pleasures,] Or, pleasantnesses, (that is, pleasant joys,) at thy right hand, the place of honour, delights, and joys eternal. Mat. XXV. 33, 34, 46. PSALM XVII. 1. David in confidence of his integrity, craveth defence of God against his ejiemies. 10. He shewcth their pride, craft and eagerness. 13. He prayeth to he delivered from them mho have their portion in this life ; hut his hope is for the life to come. ' A PRAYER of David. Hear thou Jehovah, justice ; attend to my shrill cry: hearken to my prayer, without lips of deceit. ^ From before thy face, Ver. 1. — Justice,] That is, my justice, as the Gr. explaineth it, " my just cause and complaint." The Chald. saith, " accept, Lord, my prayer in justice. Shrill cry,] Or, shouting, that is, ' loud complaint.' See Ps. V. 12. Without lips,] Or, not loith lips of deceit, that is, ' which prayer is unfeigned, not uttered with guile. Vol. II 5 Ver. 2. — Come forth,] Or, proceed, that is, let my judgment be clearly pro- nounced and executed. Therefore in Hos. vi. 5, he addeth the similitude of the light or sun. Righteousness,] Or, equities; this is all righteous causes and persons, or my most righteous cause. Ver. 3.— Hast tried,] Or, examined me. 442 PSALMS. let my judgment come forth ; let tliine eyes view righteous- nesses. ' Tliou hast proved my lieart, liast visited by night ; thou hast tried me, but hast not found : * I have purposed my mouth shall not transgress. For the works of men by the word of thy lips, I liave observed the paths of the breaker through. * Sustain thou my steps in thy beaten paths, that my footsteps be not removed. ^ I call upon thee, for thou wilt answer me, O God, bow thine ear to me, hear my saying. ' Marvellously separate thy mercies, O Saviour of them tliat hope for safety : from them that raise up tliemselves with thy right hand. ^ Keep thou me as the black of the apple of the eye ; in the shadow of thy wings hide thou me. ® From faces of the wicked that waste me, my enemies in soul, that environ round against me. '" With their fat they liave to wit, as metal iu the fire: so Ps. Ixvi. 10. Hast not found,] Or, shall not at alljind, to wit, any dross or deceit; or, as the Chald. addeth, ' corruption.' The Gr. translateth, "iniquity was not found in me." Shall not TRANSGRESS,] Or, transgresscth fiot, that is, I purposed not to transgress with my mouth, by murmuring against thy fiery trial of me ; or, that which I purposed, my mouth trans- gresscth not, but my thoughts and words agree. The Chald. thus, " I have thought evil, it hath not passed my mouth." Ver. 4. — For the works,] Or, concern- ing the works of men : Adam is here used for all earthly men. Have observed,] Or, taken heed of, to wit, lest they should hurt me, or, that I should not walk in them, as the next verse sheweth ; otherwise sometimes to observe ways, is 'to walk in them,' Ps. xviii. 22. The BREAKER throdgh,] That is, (he robber or thief, as this word is ex- pounded in Gr. Mat. xxi. 13, from Jer. vii. 11, one that hreaketh bounds or limits, houses, hedges, laws, &c. So Ezek. xviii. 10. Ver. 5. — Sustain,] Hold up, or contain ; this is spoken prayer-wise to God, as the next verse manifesteth ; theGr. turneth it, "make perfect." It may also be read, ' sustaining;' or ' to sustain ;' and so have reference to the former verse, 'T observed the robbers' paths,' not to walk in them, but to 'sustain (or sus- taining, holding fast) my steps in thy paths.' The Heb. tamoch may be Englished, ' sus- tain thou ;' as zachor is ' remember thou,' Exod. XX. 8; shamor, 'observe thou,' Dent. V. 12, haloc, is ' go thou,' 2 Sam. xxi v. 12, for which in 1 Chroii. xxi. 10, is written lee, 'go thou.' My steps,] Or, my steppings foru-ard, my right-forth steps. So Ps. xxxvii. 31; xl. 2. Beaten paths,] Or, round paths; properly the word signifieth paths beaten with waggon wheels ; here used gene- rally for strait, direct, and beaten ways. So Ps. xxiii..S; Ixv. 12; cxl. 6. Ver. 7. — Marvellously separate,] Or, make marvellous, that is, in wondrous and excellent sort show me thy mercies, which are common unto all, let them now peculiarly be bestowed on me. See Ps. iv. 4. The Gr. saith " make marvellous." When Christ cometh he ' will be made marvellous in them that believe,' 2 Thess. i. 10. Hope for safety,] Or, trtist, to wit, in thee, as the Gr. explaineth it, or, 'in thy right hand,' as is after expressed. God is 'Saviour of all men, specially of them that believe,' I Tim. iv. 10. With thy right hand,] This seemeth to have reference to the first, ' O Sa- viour (or thou which savest) with thy right hand;' as Ps. cxxxviii. 7; Ix. 7. It may also be referred to the second, ' them that hope in thy right hand ;' or to the last, ' them that raise up themselves against thy right hand ;' and thus the Gr. turneth it. But the Chald. otherwise, "avenge them on those which rise up against them, with thy right hand. Ver. 8. — The black,] That is, the sight in the midst of the eye, wherein appeareth the resemblance of a little man; and there- upon seemeth to be called in Heb. ishon, of ish^ which is a man. And as that part is blackish, so this word is also used for other black things, as ' the blackness of the night," Prov. vii. 9, and ' blackness of darkness,' Prov. XX. 20. Of the apple,] So we call that which the Heb. here called bath, and in Zach. ii. 8, babath, that is, the little image appearing in the eye, as before is noted. The word bath also signifieth a daughter, whereto the Gr. cores doth agree. By this is meant the tender care of God for his people: and David here useth both words for more vehemency ; whereas elsewhere one of them only is used, ishon, the black, in Deut. xxxii. 10; Prov. vii. 2, babath and bath, the apple, in Zach. ii. 8 ; Lam. ii. 18. Hide thou ME,] Heb. thou shalt hide, or keep me secret. PSALM XVII. 443 closed up, with tlieir mouth they speak in pride. " In our steps now they compass us ; their eyes tiiey set bending down into the earth. '^ His likeness is as a renting lion that is greedy to tear, and as a lurking lion sitting in secret places. '^ Rise up, Jehovah, prevent thou his face, make him bow down, deliver ray soul from the wicked one with thy sword. " From mortal men with thine liand, Jehovah, from mortal men of the transitory world, who have their part in this life, and their belly thou fillest with tiiine hid treasures ; satisfied are the sons, and they lay up their overplus for their babes. '^ I, in justice shall view thy face, shall be satisfied wlien / awake with thine image. It is the property of the Heb. tongue, often to set down a prayer in this form, especially iu the end of a sentence, as noting some as- surai\ce to have a request fulfilled. So in Ps. liv. 3; lix. 2; Ixiv. 2; Job vi. 23; xxi. 3; xl. .5. See also the note on Ps. x, 17. Ver. 9. — From faces,] Or, because of the ivicked. Sae Ps, iii. 1. Enemies in SOUL,] Or, for the soul; meaning deadly ene- mies, that seek the soul or life. See Ps. XXXV. 4. Tlie Chald. expoundeth it, " in the will (or desire) of their soul." V^ER. 10. — They have closed up,] To wit, their face or body; (much like that speech iu Job xv. 27, ' he hatli covered his face with his fatness,') or, their fat they close up, meaning that they pamper and harden themselves. In pride,] That is, proudly or haughtily. Ver. Jl. — In cor steps,] Or, in our go- ing, that is, wlieresocver we go, they trace our footing, they compass me and us: the Heb. hath both these readings, meaning Da- vid, with his company. They set,] To wit, upon us. Bending down,] To wit, them- selves, that they be not espied: as Ps. x. 10, or to bend. down, to wit, us, to overthrow us, or to set down their nets and snares. Ver. 12. — His likeness,] That is, tiie likeness (or hue) of every one of them ; or he may intend some principal one, as Saul. Ver. 13. — Prevent his face,] That is, first come to help me, and suddt;nly and ui\- looked for come upon him, and disappoint him. With thy su'ord,] That is, thy judg- ment and vengeance, for all means of destruc- tion are the Lord's sword, Is. Ixvi. IG; xxvii. 1 ; Jer. xlvii. 6; Zeph. ii. 12. The Chald. expoundeth it, " the wicked which deserveth to be killed with thy sword," or understand, ' which wicked man is thy sword,' as Ashur is called the ' rod of his wrath. Is. x. 5, and so in the verse following, 'from mortal men, which are thy hand ;' or, with thy hand, that is, ihy judgment or plague, for so God's hand uftt-ii siguifitlh, Exod. vii. 4; Acts xiii. 11. Ver. 14. — Of the transitory world,] That is, worldlings, as they of the city are ci- tizens, Ps. Ixxii. 16. Tlie word cheled is used also for the short time of man's age and durance, Ps. xxxix. 6; Ixxxix. 48. Here and in Ps. xlix. 2, it is the world, warned of the transitoriness, 'for the fa'ihion of this world passeth away,' 1 Cor. vii. 31. In this LIFE,] According to Abraham's speech, ' Son, remember that thou in thy lifetime receivedst thy good things,' Luke xvi. 25. Of the wicked's prosperity here, see Job xxi. 78, &c. The sons,] To wit, of those worldlings, meaning that both they and their children have their fill. Or, ' satisfied are they with sons,' as iu Job xxi. 11, 'they send forth their children like a flock.' "Their over- PLHS,] The residue of their store, or their ex- cellency. For this wovA jether is used some- times for overplus in quantity, Exod. xxiii. 11; 1 Kings xi. 41: sometimes itnotethalso the excellency or dignity, Gen. xlix. 3. Ver. 15. — In justification,] Meaning in the justice (or righteousness, which is ' of God by faith' in Christ, as Phil. iii. 9. View thy face,] That is, enjoy thy comfortable favour, as Ps. iv. 7; xix. 11, or ' sliall see and know thee plainly and perfectly,' as I Cor. xiii. 12; 2 Cor. iii. IS; 1 John iii. 2. Whom I awake,] To wit, out of the dust of the earth, ' from the sleep of death,' as Is. xxvi. 19. With thy image,] To wit, / shall be satisfied with it ; so meaning by image, God's glory, or, with thy image, that is, having it upon me: for ' as we have borne the image of tlie earthly man, so shall we bear the image of the heavenly,' 1 Cor. xv. 49. Compare herewith Ps. Ixxiii. 20. The Heb. doctors expounded this " in justice," to be meant of the garden of Edeu (the hea- venly paradise) called justice, " and that in the world to come, which is after the raising of the dead to life; it is in the light stored up, called the image ; and this is that (in Ps. xvii.) "I shall be satisfied when I awake, with thine image," saith R. Menachem on Deut. iv. But the same rabbin on Lev. x. givetii a better exposition of this word justice, say- 444 PSALMS. ing, " For there is no coming before the most high and blessed king, without the shecinah (that is, the divine majesty of God in Christ) to signify which tiling (it is said) I in ju-itiie shall view thy face." PSALM XVIIL 1. David having been delivered from all his enemies, profcsseth his love unto God therefore. 5. He rememhereth the great dangers wherein he had been, 7. his cries unto God, 8. the Lord's rconderf id judgments upon his eyiemies, 17. and deliverance of David. 21. He showeth his integrity of life, 27. Gods justice towards all men, 33. the victories which he gave unto David, 44. and dominion over peoples. 50. The glory of God's name among the Gentiles, for his salvation of Christ (whom David figured) and of all nations by him. * To the Master of the music, a Psalm of tlie servant of Jeho- vah, of David, which spake to Jeliovah the words of this song, in the day that Jeliovah had delivered him from the hands of all his enemies, and from the hand of Saul. And he said ; ^ I WILL dearly love thee, Jehovah, my firm strength. ^ Jehovah, my Rock and my fortress, and my deliverer, my God, my Rock, in whom I hope for shelter, my shield, and horn of my salvation, mine high defence. * I called upon the praised Jehovah, and from mine enemies I was saved. ^ The pangs of death compassed me, Ver. L — The servant of Jehovah,] So he eiititleth himself here, and in Ps. xxxvi. 1, for his service in administering the kingdom. This song is also written in 2 Sam. xxii., with some little change of a few words which shall be observed. Hand of Saul,] which iioteth the power of the king, above that which is noted by the hand or palm of other ene- mies ; yet for this word hand, in 2 Sam. xxii. 1, is tised palm: the Chald. expoundeth it, " the sword of Saul." Ver. 2. — I will dearly love,] Or, / love heartily vith my inmost bowels. The original word is in this place for entire love; but elsewhere is often used for ' tender mer- cy,' or ' bowels of compassion,' Ps. xxv. C; cii. 14; ciii. 13. This verse is added here, more than in 1 Sam. xxii. Ver. 3. — Fortress,] Or, munitioti, a place or hold to flee unto, when one is hunted and chased. See Ps. xxxi. 3. Rock,] Two names of a rock are in this verse ; the first, selangh, a firm stone, rock or cliff; the latter, tsiir, a strong or sharp rock, and is often the title of God himself, and turned in Gr. Theos, that is, God, as in 32d and 47lh verses of this Psalm, Deut. xxxii. 4, 18, 30, 31; Ps. Ixxi. 3, and in many other places. Horn of my salvation,] That is, the hornthat saveth me. A liorn signifieth power and gl^ry, Ps. xcii. 11; Amos vi. 13; Hab. iii. 4: therefore horns are used to signify kings, Dan. viii. 21; Rev. xvii. 12. And Christ is called ' the horn of salvation,* Luke i. 69. High defence,] Or, tower, refuge. See Ps. ix. 10. In 2 Sam. xxii. 3, there is added more, ' and my refuge, my Saviour, from violent wrong thou savest me. Ver. 4. — Praised,] That \s, glorious, e.v- cellent, praise-ivorthy ; and accordingly for his mercies usually praised of his people. So Ps. xlviii. 2. The Chald. expoundeth it, " with a praise (or hymn) I prayed before the Lord." And the Gr. " praising I will call upon the Lord." Ver. 5. — The VA^GS,,']Pains, throes, sor- rows, as of a woman in child-birth; so the original word signifieth, Hos. xiii. 13 ; Is. xiii. 8; Ixvi. 7; and so the Chald. explaineth it, " Anguish compassed me as of a woman which sitteth in the birth, and hath no strength to bring forth, and she is in danger of death." Or, the bands, the cords (as the word also signifieth. Job xxxvi. 8; Prov. v. 12.) For this in 2 Sam. xxii. 5, another word is used, that signifieth ' breaches;' which also is applied 'to the breaking forth of children at the birth,' Hos. xiii. 13; Is. xxxvii. 3, and ' to the billows of the sea," Ps. xiii. 8. Streams,] Or, brooks, bourns. The original "ord ?iachal is used as ourEng- PSALM XVIII. 445 and the streams of Belial frighted me. ^ The pangs of hell went 1 ound about me, the snares of deatli prevented me. ^ In the dis- tress npon me, I called upon Jehovah, and unto my God I cried out : he heard my voice out of his palace, and my out-cry before him entered into liis ears. ^ And the earth shaked and quaked, lish bourn, both for a brook or stream running in a valley, and for the valley itself, 1 Kings xvii. 3, 4. Waters do often figure out afHiclions, Ps. Ixix. 2, 3, bourns or streams of waters, means ' vehement and violent af- flictions,'Ps. cxxiv. 4; Jer. xlvii. 2. Belial,] Oi-, ungodliness. The Heb. belijaghnal (which tlie apostle in Gi'. calletli belial, 2 Cor. vi. 15.) is used to denote extreme mis- chief and wickedness, or most impious and mischievous persons, called 'sons of Belial,' Deut. xiii. 13; 'daughters of Belial," 1 Sam. i. 16, 'men of Belial,' 1 Sam. xxv. 25, and sometimes Belial itself, as in Nah. i. 25, ' Belial shall no more pass through thee;' and 2 Sam. xxiii. 6, 'Belial shall be to every one as thorns thrust away;' aud Job xxxiv. IS, 'Wilt thou say to a king, Belial?' It is also applied to special sins and sinners, as 'a witness of Belial,' Prov. xix. 28 ; 'a counsellor of Belial ;' Nah. i. 15. Also to mischievous thoughts, words, or things, Deut. XV. 9; Ps. xli. 9; ci. 3. The apostle oppos- eth Belial to Christ, 2 Cor. vi. 15, and it seemeth to be put for the devil or Satan, (as the Syriac and Arabic translations there ex- plain Paul's term:) or for Antichrist; for so Belial is opposed toChiist and his kingdom, 2 Sam. xxiii. 6. By interpretation, Belial signifieth ' an unthrift,' or without yoke, law- less ; as Antichrist is called the lawless man, 2 Thess. ii. 8, and in this Psalm the Gr. transiateth " streams of lawlessness," or ini- quity: which the Chald. paraphrast calleth "the companyof the unrighteous." Frighted ME,] Scared, or vexed with terror. This word is used of Saul's ' vexation by an evil spirit,' 1 Sam. xvi. 14, 15. Ver. 6. — Of hell,] Which the Chald. expoundeth, " a company of wicked persons." Sn..\res oe i>E.\Tn,] Deadly snares, engines set for by death ; a similitude taken from ' fowler's snares,' Eccl. ix. 12. So Prov. xiii. 14; xiv. 27. The Chald. explaineth it, men •' armed with weapons of slaughter." Pre- VE.NTED ME,] Tliat is, were ready to take hold on me suddenly and unawares. Ver. 7. — Distress upon me,] Or, to me, that is, in that my distress, or while it was upon me. So Ps. xcvi. 13. He heard,] The Heb. properly is, " will hear ;" but the time to come is often put for the time past ; therefore, in 2 Sam. xxii. 7, it is plainly writ- ten, ' and he heard:' so after in the 12th ver. ' he will set,' which in Samuel is written, ' and he set:' again, in the 14th ver. 'thun- dered ;' for which in Samuel is written, ' will thunder;' the like may be observed of the Heb. phrase, in the 16th, 39th, 41st and 44th verses of this Psalm, compared with the same in 2 Sam. xxii. So often in other Scriptures, which the Heb. text itself some- times showeth, as hikkihu, they smote him, 2 Chron. xxii. 6, for which in 2 Kings viii. 29, is written jakkuhu. See also the note on Ps. ii. I. His palace,] Or, his temple: which the Chald. explaineth thus ; " He re- ceiveth my prayer from the palace of his sanctuary which is in heaven. Entered,] Or, came into ; this word is omitted in 2 Sam. xxii. 7; supplied here; as oftentimes there want words, which are to be understood. So ver. 29, and Ps. Ixix. 11. Ver. S. — Foundations of the mounts,] That is, the roots and bottoms of the moun- tains. By those and the words following, under the similitude of sore tempestuous weather, God's judgments against the wicked are excellently set forth. Compare herewith Ps. Ixxxii. 5; Deut. xxxii. 21, where 'the foundations of the mountains are set on fire.' For mountains in 2 Sam. xxii. 8, is written heavens, either for that the mountains reach- ing high, seem to be the foundation, and as they are called in Job xxvi. 11, 'the pillars of heaven ;' or in a mystical sense, as the shaking of heaven and earth, signifieth the changing of civil polities and of religions, Heb. xii. 26, 27. He was wroth,] Or, kindled to him was his anger; or burn with his nose: for in the Heb. another word is sometimes added, which signifieth anger or nose, Deut, vi. 15; Exod. xxxii. 11. See the notes on Ps. ii. 5, and the note following. Tiie Gr. transiateth, "for God was angry with them." Ver. 9. — In his anger,] Or, in his nose: the like speech is in Is. Ixv. 5, 'these are a smoke in my anger,' or, ' for those a smoke is in my nose:' and it nuteth, ' sore indigna- tion ;' for smoke is a sign of ' vehement an- gei,' Ps. Ixxiv. I; Ixxx. 5; Deut. xxix. 20. This narration here may be compared with the giving of the law, Exod. xix. IS, &c. where was smoke, fire, earthquake, thunder, lightning, and the like. For these with the speeches following of clouds, winds, t'>mpests, thunderbolts, hail, &c. do livelily describe God's majesty, appearing in his works, aud for punishment of his enemies, as Exod. ix. 23,24; Jush. x. 11; Judg. v. 20. 1 Sara, ii. 410 PSALMS. and the foundations of the mountains were stirred, and tliey shook themselves, because he was wroth. ^ Smoke ascended in his anger, and fire out of Iiis mouth did eat ; coals burned from it. '" And lie bowed the heavens and came down, and gloomy darkness was un- der his feet. " And he rode upon the cherub, and did fly ; and he flew swiftly upon the wings of the wind. *- He set darkness his secret place, round about him his pavilion, darkness of waters, thick clouds of the skies, *^ From the brightness that was before him liis thick clouds passed away, hail, and coals of fire. '^ And Jehovali timndered in the heavens, and tlie most high gave his voice, hail and coals of fire. " And he sent his arrows, and scattered them 10; vii. 10, xii. 17; Rev. xvi. IS, 21. Did EAT,] That is, consume. See Ps. 1. 3. The Chald. expoundeth it, "he sent his wrath like buiiiing fire, coals of fire were kindled at his woid." Ver. 10. — He bowed the heavens,] This was for the help of David, and discom- fiture of his enemies ; therefore the prophet prayeth for the like again, Ps. cxliv. 5, 6; Is. ixiv. 1, 2. And came down,] That is, as the Chald. openeth it, " his glory appeared." Gloomy darkness,] Mirk and thick dark- ness ; or a dark cloud : as 2 Chron. vi. 1 ; Job xxii. 13; such as was on mount Sinai, when God came down on it, Deut. iv. 11; V. 22; a sign of terror, as the apostle sheweth, Heb. xii. IS. So Ps. xcvii. 2. Ver. 11. — On the cherub,] A cherub, and the plural number, cherubim, is a name given to the angels. Gen. iii. 25, and to the golden winged images which were in the ta- bernacle and the temple, Exod. xxv. 18 — 20; I Kings vi, 23—25, 29, 32. The liv- ing creatures also which Ezekiel saw in vision, Ezek. i. 5, are called cherubim, Ezek. xii. 1, 15. Likewise the king of Tyre is called an anointed and a covering cherub, Ezek. xxviii. 14, 1(3. The Heb. name hath afiiuity with rechub, a chariot, used in I's. civ. 3, almost in like sense a*; cherub is here ; and the cherubim are called a chariot, 1 Chron. xxviii. 18, and God's angels are his chariots, Ps. Ixviii. IS, and they beem to be meant in this place ; for as the angels are said to fly, Dan. ix. 21, so the cherubim had wings, Exod. xxv. 20, and are of the apostle called ' cherubims of glory,' Heb. ix. 5. In Ps. Ixxx. 2, God is said to ' sit on the cherubim;' as here 'to ride:' and a cherub may be put for many, or all the cherubim ; as chariot for chariots, Ps. Ixviii. 18. See the note on Ps. viii. 9. The Chald. paraphraseth thus ; " And he was seen in his strength upon the light cherubim, and brought liis power upon the wings of the whirlwind." Flew swiftly,] Or, glanced, a similitude taken from eagles, and like swift fowls that fly with a swing. Deut. xxviii. 49; Jer. xlviii. 40. For this in 2 Sam. xxii. 11, is written yera, that is, he was seen : which here with little difTerence of one letter is jede, that is, he flew swiftly. So in Ps. civ. 3, God is said to ' walk upon the wings of the wind,' Ver. 12. — His pavilion,] Or, covert, ta- bernacle. In the Chald. it is explained thus, "He placed his divine presence in the dark- ness, and his glory was compassed with clouds as a pavilion: he made rain to come down upon his people, and mighty waters from the moving of the dark clouds upon the wicked, from the height of the world." Darkness OF the waters, ]That is, daik black waters: meaning watery clouds, as Ps. civ. 3; xxix. 3. In 2 Sam. xxii. 12, this is thus set down: 'and he set darkness round about him, for booths: blackness of water,' &c. The skies,] That is, the heavens, named in Heb. Shecha- kim, of their thin, fine, and subtle substance. Ver. 13. — Passed away,] That is, va- nished, for God's brightness expelled them. So passing away is used for vanishing, Is. xxix. 5. Hail and coals,] That is, there was, or there came hail, to wit, from his brightness, as in 2 Sam. xxii. 13, it is writ- ten, ' From the brightness before him there burned coals of fire.' Hail and fire are in- struments of God's war and punishments. Job xxxviii. 22, 23; Josh. x. 11; Rev. xvi. 21; Zach. xii. 6; Ezek. x. 2. Ver. 14. — Thundered.] This also is a sign of God's anger, 1 Sam. ii. 10; vii. 10; Is. xxix. 6, and of his ' power and gloiy,' Ps. xxix. 3; Ixxvii. 19; Job xxvi. 14; xxxvii. 4, 5; xl. 4. Gave his voice,] A common phrase for all loud and high speech, cry, noise, thundering, &c., Ps. xlvi. 7; Ixviii. 36 ; Ixxvii. 18; civ. 12 ; Jer. ii. 15; Num. xiv. 1 ; 2 Chron. xxiv. 9; Hah. iii. 10. The Chald. expoundeth it thus, " the most High lifted up his word, he cast hail and coals of fire." Coals of fire,] That is, fiery va- pours, lightnings, &c. This sentence is omitted in 2 Sam. xxii. 14, and is wanting also in the Gr. version here. PSALM XVMII. 447 asunder : and lightnings he hurled forth, and terribly struck them down. " And the channels of waters were seen, and the founda- tions of the world were revealed : at thy rebuke, Jehovah, at the breath of the wind of thine anger, *^ He sent from the high place, he took me, he drew me out of many waters. '* He rid me from my strong enemy, and from my liaters, for they were miglitier than I. " They prevented me in the day of my cloudy calamity ; and Jehovah was for a staff unto me. ^^ And he biought me forth to a large room -. he released me because he delighted in me. ^' Jehovah rewarded me according to my justice : according to the pureness of my Iiands rendered he unto me. ^^ Because I observed the ways of Jehovah, and did not wickedly from my God. "■'^ For all his judgments were before me, and his decrees I did not turn away from me. ^* And I was perfect with him, and kept myself from mine iniquity. ^' And Jehovah rendered to me according to my justice, according to the pureness of my hands before his eyes. " With Veb. 15.— His arrows,] The instru- ments of his wrath and judgments; for God hath 'arrows of pestilence,' Ps. xci. 5; 'of famine,' Ezek. v. 16, and other arrows to wound tiie hearts of his enemies, Ps. xlv. 6; Ixiv. 8; or to afflict his children, Ps. xxxviii. 3; Job vi. 4. Here and in Ps. cxliv. 6, 'by arrows,' may be meant thunder-bolts, or the hailstones forementioned; as the nailstones that fell. Josh. x. 11, are called arrows, Hab. iii. 11. The Chald. saitli, "he sent his word as arrows." He hurled,] Ov, he shot, as the word signifiieth, Gen. xlix. 23 ; it may also be turned, ' he multiplied.' This is omitted in 2 Sam. xxii. 15. Terribly STRUCK THEM DOWN,] Discomfitted, troubled and felled them down with di'ead, noise, and tumult. This word is used in the examples of his wrath, Exod. xiv. 24; Josh. x. 10; Judg. iv. 15; 1 Sam. vii. 10; Deut. vii. 23. Ver. 16. — Ch.\nnels of water,] That is, ' of the sea,' 2 Sam. xxii. 16, channels signify violent currents, or forcible streams, running rivers. So Ps. xlii. 2 ; cxxvi. 4. The Gr. here translateth them, " fountains of %vaters." Foundations of the world,] That is, the deep waters and main seas, whereon the world is founded, Ps. xxiv. 2. Wind of thine anger,] Or, of thy nose, as before, verse 9, meaning a blast, storm or whirlwind which God in anger sent forth. This manner of speech is taken from Job iv. 9. Ver. 17. — Drew me out, &c.] This hath reference to Moses' case, who was drawn out of the water, and thereupon called Mo- sheh, Exod. ii. 10, that word mashah is used here by David and no where else in scrip- ture. Waters signify troubles, as is noted verse 5, and sometimes multitudes of people. Rev. xvii. 15; so the Chald. turneth it here, "he delivered me from many peoples." Ver. 19. — Cloudy calamity,] The Heb. <sid is a fog, vapour, or misty cloud, Gen. ii. 6; Job xxxvi. 27; by figure it is put for ca- lamity, or ' misery of man,' Deut. xxxii. 35. As elsewhere, the 'cloudy and dark day,' Ezek. xxxiv. 12. Ver, 22. — From my God,] Meaning by swerving or turin'ng away from him; which the Chald. expresseth thus, "I walked not in wickedness before my God." Ver. 23. — Not turn away fro^i me,] III 2 Sam. xxii. 23, it is, ' turned not away from it,' that is, from any of his statutes. The Gr. translateth, "they departed not fiom me." Ver. 24. — From mine iniquity,] That is, fi'om the iniquity that I am prone to fall into. The Heb. word signifieth that which is uii- right, unequal, crooked or perverse; opposed to that which is right ; and is fitly applied to sin, and so translated by the apostle, Rom. iv. 8, from Ps. xxxii. 2. In this estate we are all born, Ps. Ii. 7; soitnoteth the vicious- ness or crookedness of nature and original sin, which the apostle called ' the sin dwelling in him,' Rom. vii. 17; and he that was first- born, first applied this word to himself. Gen. iv. 13. It is figuratively used oftentimes for punishment due to siii: whereof see Ps. xxxi. 11. The Chald. openeth this verse thus: " And I was perfect in his fear, and he was the saviour of my soul from sins." Ver. 25. — Pureness of my hands,] In 2 Sam. xxii. 25, ' my pureness.' Ver. 26. — Gracious,] Or, merciful, pio/is, godly. See Ps. iv. 4. Man,] Or, 448 PSALMS. the gracious saint thou wilt shew tliyself gracious ; with the perfect man thou wilt shew thyself perfect. ^' With tlie pure thou wilt show thyself pure : and with the fro ward thou wilt shov/ thyself wry. ^^ For thou wilt save the poor afflicted people, and wilt bring low tlie lofty eyes. ^^ For thou hast lighted my candle, Jehovah my God hath briglitened my darkness. ^° For by thee I have broken tin-ougli an host, and by my God I have leaped over a wall. '' God his way is perfect, the saying of Jehovah is tried, he is a shield to all that liope for safety in him. ^^ For wlio is God besides Jehovali ? and wlio is a Rock except our God ? ^^ God that girdeth me with valour, and giveth my way perfect. ^* He matcheth my feet as hinds' ^ee^ ; and upon my higli places he maketh me stand. " He learnetli my hands to the war, and a bow of brass mighty one ; called geher, of his strength, valour, and superiority ; for v/hich in 2 Sam. xxii. 2G, is put gibbor, that is, strong, or a champion; 'a mighty man,' Ps. xix. 6; xlv. 4. With the froward thod wilt SHOW thyself wry,] a like speech is used in Moses, Lev. xxvi. 27, 28, ' If ye walk stubbornly against me, I will walk stubbornly in anger against you.' But here David useth two words, whereof the first, froward or crooked, is always spoken of doing evil and wrong; the latter word wry, not so, but is a similitude taken from wrestlers, and noteth a writhing of one's self against an adversary, The Chald. paraphrast applieth this ' gracious saint' to Abraham: the 'perfect man,' to Isaac ; the ' pure,' unto Jacob ; and the 'fro- ward,' unto Pharaoh and the Egyptians. Ver. 28. — The lofty eyes,] In 2 Sam. xxii. 28, it is thus set down, ' and thine eyes are upon the lofty, that thou mayest bring them low.' Ver. 29. — Hast lighted my candle,] Or, doest lighten my lamp, that is givest me comfort, joy, piosperity a'ter troubles ; as on the contrary, ' the wicked's candle shall be put out,' Job xviii. G; xxi. 17; Prov. xiii. 9; xxiv. 20; XX. 20. In 2 Sam. xxii. 29, this word lighted, is left out to be understood, as before in the 7th verse. Sometimes the eye is called the candle of the body. Mat. vi. 22, and Solomon saith, that ' a man's mind (or soul) is the candle of the Lord,' Prov. xx. 27; sometimes one's child succeeding him in go- vernment is his candle, Ps. cxxxii. 17 ; 1 Kings xi. 36; xv. 4; Num. xxi. 30. All these in David were lighted; and Christ his son according to the flesh, is ' the candle of the new Jerusalem,' Rev. xxi. 23, ' the true light, which lighteth eveiy man that cometh into the world,' John i. 9, Brightened MY darkness,] That is, « turned my grief and aflliction into joy and comfort,' Jobxxix. 3; Est. viii. IG; Luke i. 79. Ver. 30. — Broken through an host,] Heb. " shall break, or run through an host," or troop. This, and the ' leaping over a wall,' which followeth, may be understood both of escaping danger himself, and of quelling his foes, and winning their walled cities, and both these speedily. The Chald. explaineth . it thus : " For by thy word I shall multiply armies, and by the word of my God subdue fenced towers." Ver. 3L— In him,] The Chald. saith, in his tvord. Ver. 32. — Who is a rock,] That is, ' a mighty Saviour and defender.' The Gr. here for Rock, hath ' a god ;' and in 2 Sam. xxii. 32, 'a creator.' And this hath reference to the words of Anna, ' there is no rock like our God,' 1 Sam. ii. 2. Ver. 33. — That girdeth me,] That is, prepareth and strengtheneth me; therefoie in 2 Sam. xxii. 33, it is written, 'my strength :' elsewhere he speaketh of being ' girded with joy,' P,--. xxx. 12. Valour,] Or, power, force, proivess. And this word is used both for valour, activity, and courage of body and mind; also for a power, or army of men, Ps. xxxiii. IG; cxxxvi. 15; and also for wealth gotten by industry, whereby men are able to do much, Ps. xlix. 7, 11; Ixii. 11. And giveth,] That is, maketh or disposeth my way to be perfect, that is, with- out impediment ; or, as the Gr. translateth, " without blemish.'' For giveth, in 2 Sam. xxii. is, looseneth, which also freeth from hinderance. Ver. 34. — He matcheth my feet as hinds,] That is, maketh me swift to run like the hinds, and so to escape danger, and stand safe upon my high places ; which usually de- noteth security, honour, and prosperity. Dent, xxxii. 13; xxxiii. 29; Is. Iviii. 14. The like speech Habakkuk hath iu the end of his Song, Hab. iii. 19. Ver. 35. — Bow of brass,] Or, of steel. PSALM XVIII. 449 is broken with mine arms. ^'^ And thou hast given to me the shield of thy salvation : and tliy right liand hath npheld me, and tliy meekness hath made me to increase. ^^ TJion hast widened my pas- sage under me : and my legs have not staggered. ^^ I pursued mine enemies, and overtook them, and turned not till I liad consumed them, ^^ I wounded them and they could not rise up : they fell rnider my feet. ^^ And thou hast girded nie with valour to the war : them that rose against me thou hast made to stoop down under me. ^' And thou hast given to me the neck of mine enemies ; and them tliat hated me, I have suppressed. ^'^ They cried out, but there was none to save ; unto Jehovah, but he answereth tliem not. *^ And I did beat them small as dust before the wind : as the clay of the streets did I pour them out. " Thou hast deli- vered me from the contentions of the people : thou hast put me for tJie head of tlie heathen -. a people whotn I have not known do serve me. *' At the hearing of the ear they obey me : the sons of tlie stranger falsely deny unto me. ^'^ Tlie sons of the stranger fade away and shrink for fear, out of their closets. " Jehovah liveth, and blessed be my rock, and exalted be the God of my salvation. and this is observed to be stronger than iron, Job XX. 24. Ver. 26. — Thy right hand hath up- held ME,] Or, firmly stayed (and strength- ened) me. This sentence is added here, more than in 2 Sam. xxii. 36. Thy meekness,] Or, modesty, lenity, humility, whereby thou abasest thyself to regard me, and deal meekly with ine; even gently chastising and nurtur- ing me. Wherefore the Gr. turneth it thus, " thy chastisement hath rectified me." The Chald. saith, " and by thy word thou hast made me to increase." Ver. 37. — Hast widened my passage,] Or, enlarged my pass, that is, given me room to walk steadily and safe. Contrary to tliat which is said of the wicked, that his strong (or violent) passages are straighten id (or made narrow), Job xviii. 7. Ver. 38. — Overtook them,] And con- seqiiently quelled, or cut them off, as is ex- pressed in 2 Sam. xxii. 3S. Ver. 39. — I wounded them,] Or, struck through, evib^ued with blood. This verse in 2 Sam. xxii. 39, is read thus, 'And I con- sumed them, and wounded them, and they rose not, but fell under my feet.' Ver. 41. — The neck of mine enemies,] That is, ' put them to flight, and subdued them,' 2 Chron. xxix.6; Gen.xlix. 8. And this respecteth God's piomise,Exod. xxiii.27. Ver. 42 They cried out,] For an helper, as the Chald. addeth. For this in 2 Sam. xxii. 42, is, ' they looked," Answer- ed,] In Chald. "they prayed to the Lord, and lie received not their praye;." Vol.. II, 3 Ver. 43. — Poor them out,] Or, empty them, that is, tumble them down, to be trod- den ES dirt ; ' I spread them abroad,' as in 2 Sam. xxii. this verso is written, 'And I did beat them small as the dust of the earth: as the clay of the streets I pounded them, I spread them abroad.' Ver. 44. — Of the people,] In 2 Sam. xxii. it is 'the contentions of my people, thou hast kept me for the head,' &c., and hereby Christ's headship over the church of the Gen- tiles is signified, and the contradiction of his own people the Jews, Rom. x. 20, 21. See after in ver. 60. Ver. 45 At the hearing of the ear,] That is, speedily, so soon as they hear, with- out further ado : or, by the hearing of the ear, that is, with diligent hearkening and at- tendance. Sons of the stranger,] Of the alien, or of alienation: that is, aliens, out- landers, strangers from the commonwealth of Israel, they and their progenitors. So Ps. cxliv. 7; Is. Ixii. 8. Falsely deny,] Or, dissemble. In the Gr. "they lie:" mean- ing they feignedly submit themselves, for fear or other sinister purposes, against their will. And this agreeth with the last promise of Moses, Deut". xxxiii. 29, 'thy enemies shall falsely deny to thee.' The original word is used both for denying. Gen. xviii. 15, and for lying or falsifying, 1 Kings xiii. 18. See after Ps. lix. 13; Ixvi. 3. Ver. 46. — Fade away,] Ov, fall, to wit, as leaves of trees that wither. Ver. 47. — My rock,] In Gr. my God. \^£R. 48. — That giveth vexgkancbs to L 450 PSALMS. *^ Tlie God that giveth vengeance to me, and subdnetli peoples un- der me. ^' My deliverer from mine enemies, also from them tliat rose up against me, thou hast exalted me, from the man of violent wrong thou hast rid me. *" Therefore I will confess thee among the heathen, Jehovah, and to thy name I will sing psalms. *' He mak- eth great the salvations of his king, and doth mercy to his an- ointed : to David and to his seed for ever. ME,] That is, giveth me power to be avenged of mi/ foes; or, giveth vengeances for me, that is, avengeth and punisheth for my sake. Whereupon he is called the ' God of ven- geance,'Ps. xciv. 1. So to give vengeance is to execute it, Num. xxxi. 3. Sdbdueth,] Bringeth into good order and subjection, therefore in 2 Sam. xxii. it is said, ' subject- eth' or 'bringeth down.' And sometimes this word signifieth, a subduing by overthrow and destruction ; as 2 Chron. xxii. 10, ' she subdued;' for which in 2 Kings xi. 1, is written, ' she brought to perdition,' or des- troyed. VeB. 50. 1 WILL CONFESS THEE,] That is, give thee public and solemn praise and thatiks. This verse is applied in Rom. xv. 9, to the calling of the Gentiles unto the faith of Christ, and praise unto God there- fore. By which we are taught, that of Christ and his kingdom this Psalm is chiefly in- tended. Ver. 51 He maketh great,] Or, mag- nifieth ; he is the magnifier of the salvations, that is, of the full salvation and deliverance. Instead of magdil, that is, magnifier, in 2 Sam. xxii. 51, there is migdol, which is so written, as by the vowels signifieth ' a tower' of salvations, and by the consonants ' a mag- nifier.' Hereupon the Heb. doctors (in Mi- dras tillin upon this place) say, "one scrip- ture saith, magnifier, and another saith, tower : and wliat tower is made for them ? The king Christ is as a tower, as it is said, the tower of salvations ; it is also written. The name of the Lord is a strong tower," &c. Prov. xviii. 10. His anointed,] Or, his Messias, his Christ, as before in Ps. ii. 2. David and his seed,] This may be referred both to the first David and his posterity, on whom God showed great meicy ; and also to our Lord Christ, who is called by the pro- phets, ' David,' Ezek. xxxiv. 23, 24; Hos. iii. 5; and his seed are ' his disciples, the children which God hath given him,' Heb. ii. 13, or himself is the seed here mentioned. Acts xiii. 23; Rom. i. 3 ; as he is also called ' Abraham's seed,' Gal. iii. 16. PSALM XIX. 2. TJie creatures show God's glwy. 8. The lam more clearly reveal- eth his will. 13. His grace cleanseih and sanctifieth through Christ the Redeemer. ' To the master of the music, a psalm of David. ^ The heavens do tell the glory of God, and the out-spread fir- mament showeth the work of his hands. ^ Day unto day uttereth Ver! 2. — Do tell,] To wit, unto men, and so give occasion unto them to tell; as the Chald. translateth, " They that look upon the heavens do tell," &c. The glory,] That is, 'the glorious works;' so in Exod. xvi. 7; Num. xiv. 21, 22; John xi. 40. The out- spread firmament,] The whole cope of heaven, with the air, as the Chald. saith, "they that behold the air:" which though it be soft and liquid, and spread over the earth, yet is it fast and firm, and therefore called of us according to the common Gr. version, " a firmament:" the Holy Spirit expresseth it by another term, ' mid-heaven,' Rev. viii. 13; xiv. 6; xix. 17. This out-spread firma- tnent, or expansion, God made amidst the waters fur a separation, and named it ' heavens,' Gen. i. 7, 8, which of David is said to be ' stretched out as a curtain or tent,' Ps. civ. 2, and elsewhere is said to be firm, as molten glass, Job xxxvii. 18. So under this na.me firmametit, be comprised the PSALM XIX. 451 speech, and night unto night manifesteth knowledge. * There is no speech and no words ; not heard is their voice. ^ Through all the earth gone out is their line, and to the utmost end of the world their speakings ; he hath put a tent in them for the sun. ^ And he is as a bridegroom, going forth out of his privy chamber ; joyeth as a mighty man to run a race. ' From the utmost end of the heavens is his egress, and his compassing regress is unto the ut- most ends of them, and none is hid from his heat. ^ The law of Jehovah is perfect, returning the soul : the testimony of Jehovah orbs of the heavens, and the air, and the whole spacious room above the earth. Ver. 3. — Day unto day,] One day unto and after another: so mifo is used for after, in Exod. xvi. 1 ; xix. 1. Uttereth,] Or wellet/i out, as a fountain continually and plenteously. Manifesteth,] Or showeth lively. Ver. 4. — Not heard is their voice,] That is, whose voice is not heard or under- stood: meaning that they are no mute or ob- scure speeches, whereby the heavens preach to the world, but manifest to all, as the next verse showeth, and Paul plainly confirmeth, Rom. i. 19, 20, and the Gr. version here leadeth us so to understand this sentence, to- gether with the apostle's allegation, Rom. x. 19, and the like Hebraisms are usual, as Job iii. 3, ' Let the day perish, I was born in it,' that is, wherein I was I)orn: and hearing is often put for understanding, Gen. xi. 7; 2 Kings xviii. 26; 1 Cor. xiv. 2. Compare also herewith the Heb. phrase in Jer. xxxviii. 5. Or we may read it thus: There is ' no speech nor words: not heard is their voice:' that is, the heavens make no speech, or sermon, nor utter any reasonable words, no nor any voice (or sound) at all of theirs is heard: 'but their line is gone forth,' &c. Or, (taking ' words' for peoples that speak them,) there is no speech nor words, where the voice of the heavens is not heard. Ver. 5. — Their line,] Or, their ride, their delineation : which is a mean to teach the rude and simple; as Is. xxviii. 10: or by line is meant a building, frame or edifice, which is made by line and rule, Zach. i. 16; Job xxxviii. 5. The Gr. translateth it, "their sound;" which word the apostle also useth, Rom. x. IS, where he speaketh of the preaching of the gospel, by which the church is taught and edified. Their steakings,] Or, their tvords : but this is used sometime generally for signification of any manner of way: as Prov. vi. 13, ' he speaketh' (that is, signifieth) ' witii his feet.' And taking him before to have showed how the heavens have no speeches, words nor voice ; this here may be meant of their significations, by the won- derful frame, course, order, &c. that all men may see in them. He hath pot a tent,] God hath put (or set) in the heavens a taber- nacle, that is, a flitting habitation: for that the sun never stayeth in one place. The sun is in Hebrew called Shemesh, that is, a minister or servant; which very name should have kept the nations from worship- ping and serving it, which God hath distri- buted to all people under the whole heaven; as Deut. iv. 19. Ver. 6. — As a bridegroom,] The Chald. addeth, "in the morning as a bridegroom." The sun when he riseth is gloriously adorned with beautiful rays, and seemeth most cheer- ful; which two things are set forth by simili- tude of a bridegroom, Is. Ixi. 10; Ixii. 5. To RUN A race,] a long way, journey, or, course. The swift course of the sun is joyfully performed, as when a champion run- neth for a game. Ver. 8. — The law,] Or doctrinal: an orderly manner of instruction, an institution, OY disjKsition, called in Heb. Torah, which im- plieth both doctrine, and an orderly disposi- iio7i of the same ; therefoi'e, where one pro- phet relating David's words, saith, ' the law of man,' 2 Sam. vii. 19, another saith, ' the orderly estate (or course) of man,' 1 Cor. xvii. 17. The Holy Spirit in Gr. calleth it Notnos, a latv, Heb. viii. 10, from Jer. xxxi. 33. This name is most commonly ascribed to the precepts given by Moses at mount Sinai, Deut. xxxiii. 4; Mai. iv. 4 ; John i. 17; vii. 19; it is also largely used for all his writings. For the history of Genesis is call- ed law. Gal. iv. 21, from Gen. xvi. And though sometimes the law be distinguished from the psalms and prophets, Luke xvi. 16; xxiv. 44, yet the other prophets' books are called law, 1 Cor. xiv. 21, from Is, xxviii. 11, the psalms are also thus named, John x. 24; XV. 25, from Ps. Ixxxii. 6; xxxv. 19. Yea one psalm is called a law, Ps. Ixxviii. 1, and the many branches of Moses' doctriue ; as the law of the sin-of)ering, &c. Lev. vi. 452 PSALMS. is faithful, making wise the simple, ' The precepts of Jehovali are right, giving joy to the heart : the commandment of Jeliovah is pure, giving light to tlie eyes. '" The fear of Jehovah is clean, standing to perpetual aye j the judgments of Jeliovah are truth ; just they are together. "' To be desired more than gold, and tliau much fine gold, and sweeter than honey and liquor of the honey 25, and generally it is used for any doctrine ; a«, the law of works, the law of faith, &c. Rom. iii. 27. Is perfect,] Or, is a per- fect law. The word before is again under- stood here and in the speeches follow- ing: as sometimes it is fully expressed, Ps. xii. 7. Returning the soul,] Or, re- storing the life. To ' return the soul ' is sometimes to deliver it from evils, Ps. xxxv. 17; John xxxiii. 30; sometimes to refiesh it with food that keepeth in life, Lam. i. 11, 19, to refresh it with rest, comfort, and the like, Ruth iv. 15; Ps. xxiii. 3; Prov. XXV. 13. All which may be found in the law of God. The testijiony,] God called the two tables of his law, ' the testimony,' Exod. XXV. 16, 21; xxxi. IS; and the ark whereia they were kept, had thereupon the like name, Num. xvii. 4; Exod. xxv. 22 ; and so the tabernacle wherein the ark was, Exod. xxxviii. 21; Rev. xv. 5. God's law hath this title be- cause of the testification, contestation, and earnest charge which he and his prophets gave concerning it, as Ps. Ixxxi. 9; 2 Kings xvii. 15; Neh. ix. 29,30; Deut. xxxi. 2S ; xxxii. 4; and as a record it testifieth what is God's will and covenant, John v. 39. And as the law, so the gospel (yea, Christ himself) is called 'a testimony,' 1 Cor. ii. 1, 2; Thess. i. 10; 1 Tim. ii. C. Faithful,] Or, a faithful testimony: this word meaneth also, sure, certain, firm and constant ; as ' faithful plagues,' Deut. xxviii. 59, are suie and durable: a ' faithful house,' 2 Sam. vii. IG, is settled, firm and stable, &c. God's word hath like commendations, Ps. xciii. 5; cxi. 7. The si.Mi'LE,] Or s///y. The origi- nal pethi, meaneth one that is easily per- suaded, or enticed, credulous, and light of belief, according to the proverb, jtfc</«j, ' 'I'he simple believeth everything,' Pruv. xiv. 15. Consequently it is used for unskilful, and ap- plied sometime to evil foolish persons, Prov. ix. 6; xxii. 3; sometimes to the good and simple, as Ps. cxvi. G. The Gi'. often trans- lateth it, "a babe," and so Christ calleth such. Matt. xi. 25. This verse and the two next following, which treat of God's law, are in Heb. written every one of them with ten w(irds, according to the number of the ten commandments, which are called ' ten words,' Exod. xxxiv. 28. Ver. 9. — The precepts,] Or commis- sio7is, charges. This word is by David only applied to God's commandments, called vf him Pikkildim, of Pakad, to visit; as if we should say visitations, or precepts, the trans- gressions whereof God hath threatened to visit or punish; as Exod. xx. 5; xxxii. 34. Or oi kip/ikid, to 'commend or commit unto one's charge and custody,' because these are committed unto men, carefully to be observ- ed, as it is written, ' Tliou hast commanded thy precepts to be kept vehemently,' Ps. cxix. 4. The commandjient,] That is, the conunandments : one put for all; ^s judg- ment, 2 Kings xxv. 6, for ' judgments,' Jer. Iii. 9, and many the like. Ver. 10. — The fear,] Or reverence, that is, the religion and worsiiip prescribed of God; as in Matt. xv. 9, that is called ' wor- ship,' which in Is. xxix. 13, is named 'fear;' and this is said to be clean from all filthiness, because he requireth to be worshipped in spirit and truth, and with pure hands, John iv. 24; 1 Tim. ii. 8. Or, as God himself is called ' fear,' Ps. Ixxvi. 12, so his law may also here be called ' fear,' for that it was given with fearful majesty, and worketh in men the fear and reverence of God, Exod. xx. 18 — 20; Deut. v. 24—29. Standing,] Or abiding, continuing firm, yet and perpetually. JuDUiMENTS,] Such laws as were annexed to the ten commandments, for punishing the otlenders, have this title prefixed ; as Exod. xxi. 11. 'These are the judgments which thou shalt set before them,' &c. And as de- crees or statutes are often put for the ordi- nances of God's worship; (as is noted on Ps. ii. 7,) instead whereof David here seemeth to use the former word ' fear;' so judgments are laws and rites for human duties. These two Moses often joiueth together, saying. Hearken, O Israel to ' the statutes and to the judgments,' &c. Deut. iv. 1; v. 8; xiv. 45; V. 1, 31; vi. ], 20; vii. 11; viii. 11, 8ic. Just TOGETHER,] That if, all of thetn together, and each of them apait, is just or justijied. Ver. n.— Fine gold,] Or solid gold, called Paz, which hath the name of strength, fastness, or solidity : such gold was rare and precious. Is. xiii. 12; Lam. iv. 2. The Arabians now call gold Phes. It was very PSALM XX. 453 combs. '^ Also thy servant is clearly admonished by tliem ; in keeping of them there is mucli reward. " Unadvised errors whc doth understand? from secret ya?/to cleanse thou me. ^' Also from presumptuous sins v,'ithhold thou thy servant, let them not have dominion in me, then shall I be perfect and made clean from much trespass. '^ Let the words of my mouth, and tlie meditation of my lieart before thee, be to favourable acceptation, Jeliovah my Rock and my Redeemer. fine: therefore when one prophet calleth it gold Maphaz, 2 Kings x. 18, another calleth it tabor; that is, 'fine or clean gold,' 2 Chron. ix. 17. Liquor of the honey COMBS,] Or liqtiid honey of the combs. Each of these vords is ustd by Solomon for 'the dropping honey comb,' Prov. v. 3; xvi. 24; and both are joined for more vehe- mency. Ver. 12. — Clearly admonished,] The word signifieth illustrating, making bright or shining, Dan. xii. 3, and so by warning or information, to make the soul 'clear and cir- cnmspect,' Exod. xviii. 20; 2 Kings vi. 10; Eccl. iv. 13; Ezek. iii. 17 — 20. Much re- WARD,] Or much end: that is, "great pro- fit or reward," as the Gr. translateth it. The Chald. applielh this peculiarly to David, saying, "and because he kept them, he was made the prince of Israel." The Hebrew Ghnekeb, signifying the heel or foot sole, is used figuratively for the end of a thing, (as the head, for the beginning, Ps. cxix. ICO,) and so for the success, event and recompence tliat followeth thereupon. As another word, acharith, which signifieth end, is used also fur 'reward,' Prov. xxiii. 18; 1 Pet. i. 9. Ver. 13. — Unadvised errors.] Or, Ignorant faults, univitting tiud inconsiderate sins. The law for which is given, Lev. iv. 2, &c. Who doth understand] Or, fVho can discern? meaning, no man can. So Ps. Ixxvii. 5. 'I spake not, for I could not speak.' See the annot. there. Cleanse THOU me,] Or, make me innocent, free, guiltless, emfty. The woid is also used for exempting, or absolving, free from punishment due to sin, Exod. xx. 6; xxxiv. 7. Ver. 15. — Be to favourable accepta- tion,] That is, be acceptable or ivell-pleas- ing; or, as before, they shall be acceptable. For the Heb. will bear either interpretation. Therefore also in the Gr., these two phrases are used as one, ' He shall be,' Mark x. 44, and ' Let him be,' Matt. xx. 27. Of the word ' acceptation,' see the notes on Ps. v. 13. My redeemer,] Or deliverer: the Heb. Goel is interpreted in the Gr. hy both these, Rom. xi. 20, from Is. lix. 20; Acts vii. 35. The word is of large use, for re- deeming of things sold or mortgaged, Lev. XXV. but applied to redemption or deliverance from danger, Ps. Ixix. 19; from violence, Ps. Ixxii. 14; from corruption, Ps. ciii. 4; from the enemy's hand, Ps. cvi. 10; from death, Hos. xiii. 14; and from all evil, Gen. xlviii. 16. And in special, one that challengeth or redeemeth any person or thing that was be- fore alienated, and restoreth it to the first estate, by right of kindred, is called by this name, 1 Kings xvi. 11 ; Ruth xxxix. 12, 13; iv. 1,3, &c. Therefore is this title given to God and Christ, who is our redeemer, and allied luito us, as concerning the flesh, Is. xliii. 14; xliv. 6; xlvii. 4; 1 Thess. i. 10; Ileb. ii. 14, 15. PSALM XX. The church hlesseth the king in his exploits: 6. Promiseth thankful- ness, 7. testifieth confidence in God's succour; 8. and triumpheth by faith in Christ. ' To the master of the music, a psalm of David. Ver. 1. — Answer thee,] He, O king, ver. 7. And this sentence is set down in whom after he calleth Messias, or anointed, Jacob's words, Gen. xxxv. 3, as after ho 454 PSALMS. * Jehovah answer thee in day of distress, the name of the God of Jacob set thee on high. ^ Send thy help from the sanctuary, and upliold thee out of Zion. * He remember all thy oblations, and thy burnt -offering he turn to ashes, Selah. * He give to thee, according to thy lieart, and fulfil all thy counsel. ® We will shout in thy salvation, and in the name of our God set up the banner, Jehovah fulfil all thy petitions. ^ Now I know that Jehovah saveth liis anointed, answeretli him out of the heavens of his holiness, with powers the salvation of his right hand. * These (jnake men- tion) of chariots, and tliese of horses : but we make mention of the name of Jehovah our God. ® They stoop down and fall, but we rise up and stand upright. " Jehovah save thou the king, he answer us in the day we call. mentioneth the God of Jacob. And the whole psalm is a prophecy of Christ's suffer- ings, and his deliverances out of them, for wliich the church with him triumpheth. For answer, the church saith, 'accept thy prayer.' Set thee on high,] In a high refuge, and so defend and Iteep thee safe: see Ps. ix. 10. As God's name, even ' his only, is advanced high,' Ps. cxlviii. 13, so is it also a ' strong tower which the righteous runneth unto, and is set on high,' Prov. xviii. 10. Ver. 3. — From the sanctuary,] Or sanctity. Thus the tabernacle was called, Lev. xvi. 2, and the temple, 1 Kings viii. 10, as being the place of 'holiness,' for the presence of God there. Ver. 4. — Remember all thy obla- tions,] This hath respect to the law, which appointeth part of the oblation (or meat-of- fering) to be burnt on the altar unto God, with oil and incense ' in- a memorial,' Lev. ii. 2. The Heb. Minchah, is generally a gift or present carried to any, Ps. xlv. 13; ixxii. 10; Gen. xxxii. 13; and in special, 'a gift or oblation ' presented to God, Gen. iv. 3 — 5; Ps. xcvi. 8; most specially ' the obla- tion of corn or flour,' called the ' meat-of- fering,' Lev. ii.; Num. xxix. The apostle in Gr. turneth it Prosphora, an oblation, Heb. X. 5, 8, 10, from I's. xl. 6. Burnt- offering,] Which according to the original word Ghnolah, signifieth an ascension, be- cause this kind of sacrifice was wholly given up to God in fire, Lev. i. 3 — 9, 13. There- fore in Gr. it is translated holocaidoma, that is, a whole hurnt -offering. Turn to ASHES,] That is, consume to ashes with heavenly fire: for so God approved and ac- cepted the sacrifices of his people, Lev. ix. 24, 1 Kings xviii. 28. Ver. 5. — Fulfil all thy counsel,] Or accomplish it: Counsel is as empty if it be not efltjcled and accomplished ; and the per- formance is as the filling thereof. So to fill or accomplish petitions in the verse follow- ing: to fulfil joy, John iii. 29; xv. 11; to fultil words, is to confirm them, 1 Kings i. 14; and to perform or effect them, I Kings ii. 27. Ver. 6. — We will shout,] Or, that we may shout, or shrill. For these two phrases are used indifierently. See the note on Ps. xliii. 4. Thy salvation,] Which thou (O king) hast received; or which thou (O God) hast given. Set up the banner,] Or, dis- play the flag or ensign, which was for tii- umph and victory, to honour God, and to terrify the enemies, Song vi. 3, 9. Ver. 7. — His anointed,] Or Messias, that is, his king, verse 10; Ps. ii. 6. With Po\VERS THE salvation,] That is. with full power (or puissance,) even with the salva- tion of his right hand. For God's right hand is of wondrous excellent force, and doth valiantly, Exod. xv. 6; Ps. cxviii. 16; Ixxxix. 14. Ver. 8. — These,] That is, Some mention chariots and some horses. Chariot is used for chariots, as also in Ps. Ixviii. IS ; bird for birds, Ps. viii. 9 ; angel for angels, Ps. xxxiv. 8. Make mention of the name,] Tliat is, make it to be known and to be re- membered with honour, Ps. xlv. 18; Is. xlix. 1 ; 2 Sam. xviii. 18. Ver. 9. — Stand upright,] Or, set our- selves sure to continue yet. So after in Ps. cxlvi. 9; cxlvii. 6. Ver. 10.— The king, he answer us,] By the king here seemeth to be meant Christ, of whom this whole psalm is com- posed: as also the Chald. paraphrast under- stood it, and therefore explained this verse thus; 'O word of the Lord, redeem us ; O mighty king, receive our prayer in the day of our invocation.' But the seventy (not keeping the distinctions) turn it in Gr. thus; "Lord, PSALM XXI. 455 PSALM XXL The king giveth thanks for many hlessijigs received. 8. He profess- eih his confidence of further grace, and prophesieth the destruction of the wicked. ' To the master of the music, a psalm of David. ^ Jehovah, in thy strength the king shall rejoice, and in thy sal- vation how vehement glad shall he be 1 ^ Thou hast given to liim his heart's desire, and ihe earnest request of his lips thou hast not kept back, Selah. * For thou preventest him witli blessings of goodness, tliou settest on his head a crown of fine gold. * Life lie asked of thee, tljou gavest it liim ; length of days, ever and aye. '' Great is his lionour in tliy salvation ; glorious majesty and comely honour hast thou put upon him. ' For tliou hast set him to be blessings to perpetual aye ; thou hast made him clieerful with joy, with thy face. ' For the king trusteth in Jehovah, and through tlie mercy of the most high he shall not be moved. Thy hand sliall find^ out all tliine enemies ; thy right hand shall find out them that liate thee. "" Thou wilt set them as an oven of fire at the time of thy face ; Jehovah in his anger will swallow them up, and fire shall eat them. ^' Their fruit from the earth thou wilt destroy, save the king, and hear us in the day that we call upon thee." Ver. 2. — In thy strength,] Or, for thy strength, thy kingdom, strong help and deliverance. This psalm, as the for- mer, congratulateth the victory and salva- tion of Christ, and is by the Chald. para- phrast applied to the reign of king Messias. Also the Heb. Isimach, {shall rejoice,) hath the letters (being transplaced) of the name Mashiach, Christ. Shall rejoice,] Or, ri'joiceth continually. Ver. 4 — A crown,] A sign of glorious victory, and of the kingdom. Ver. 5. — Length of days,] That is, a long continved life time, Is. liii. 10; Job xii. 12. SoPs. xxiii. 6; xciii. 5; xci. 16. On the contrary, 'short of days,' is 'shortlived,' Job xiv. 1. Ever and aye,] To eternal and perpetual aye. Christ being raised from death, dieth no more; death hath no more dominion over him, Rom. vi. 9. But behold he is alive for evermore. Amen, Rev. i. 18, and ever liveth to make intercession for them that come to God by him, Heb. vii. 25. Ver. 7.— Hast set him blessings,] That is, ynade him to abound with all manner of blessitigs himself, and to be an examfle of, or to impart blessitigs unto others. So to Abram it was said, ' be thou a blessing/ Gen. xii. 2, the like promise is to his children, Ezek. xxiv. 36; Is. xix. 20. With thy FACE,] Or, before thy face, iti thy presence, as Ps. xvi. 11. Ver. 9. — Shall find odt all thy ene- mies,] To wit, to puiiish them, as the like phrase importeth, Is. x. 10, or, ' shall find for all that is, shall be enough for all thy foes,' that is, ' sufficiently able to overcome them:' so ' finding is used for sufficiency,' Num. xi, 22; Judg. xxi. 14. For hand, the Chald. saith, "the stroke of thine hand." Ver. 10 — Wilt set Ta-Et,i,~\OY,jnitihem all and every one, as is noted on Ps. ii. 3. So also after in verse 11, 13. An oven of fire,] a fiery furnace ; meaning in 'great affliction/ Lam. v. 10. The time of thy face,] That is, of thine anger, as the Chald. paraphrast explaineth it; for the face showeth forth pleasure or displeasure, favour or wrath: so face is used for anger, Ps. xxxiv. 17; Lev. xx, 6; Gen. xxxii. 20 ; Lam. iv. 16; Jer. iii. 12. Swallow them,] That is, destroy or abolish them: so Ps. xxxv. 25; Hi. 6; Iv. 10. Fire,] The Chald. ex- poundeth it, " the fire of Gehenna, (or of hell.)" Ver. 11. — Their frdit,] That is, their children, called the ' fruit of the body and womb,' Ps. cxxvii. 3; cxxxii. 11; Deut. xxviii. 4; or their labour, and that which 45 G PSALMS. and their seed from the sons of Adam. '^ For they have intended evil against thee : they have tliought a crafty purpose, bid they shall not be able. " For thou wilt set them as a butt, with thy strings tliou wilt make ready against their faces. " Be thou exalted Jehovah in thy strength, we will sing and praise with psalm thy power. comes thereof; as Prov. xxxi. 16, 31. Their SEED,] That is, children or posterity, Ps. xxii. 24, 31; xxxvii. 25; Gen. xvii. 7, 10. Ver. 12. — Shall not re able,] To wit, to establish, (as the Gr. explaineth) or, " to eflect it." After this word can, or able, there often wanteth a word to be understood: see Ps. ci. 5. Ver. 13.— Butt,] To shoot at, Heb. a shoulder ; because the earth is heaped up like shouldeis. The Chald. paraphraseth, "thou hast set them to thy people as one shoulder." Make ready,] Or fit, namely thine arrows against their faces. The Chald. otherwise, "in the cords of thy tent thou wilt order thy law before them. . PSALM XXIL David as a figure of Christ complaineth of his many afflictions; \Q. Prayeth with faith for deliverance; \Z. Foreshoweth the sundry evils which the wicked would do unto Christ at his death. 23. After deliverance, Christ declareth God's name and praises to his brethren; 27. Communicateth the fruits of his death and resurrection to the ends of the earth. 31. TVhereupon they show forth their obedience, and preach his justice. ' To tlie master of the music concerning tlie hind of the morn- ing ; a psalm of David. ^ My God, my God, wherefore hast thou forsaken me, art far off Ver. 1. — The hind of the morning,] Meaning Christ, who as a hind was by Jews and Gentiles, the dogs, verse 7, hunted and worried in the morning, John xviii. 28, and also rose from death the third day early in the morning, John xx. 1, when God had made his feet like hinds' feet, and set him on his high places, Ps. xviii. 34. Compare with this. Song ii. 9, 17; viii. 14, where Christ is also likened to ' a young hart.' And in Ps. xlix. 15, the resurrection is called the morniiig; for then thetiue light of comfort and salvation shall appear. A hind called in Heb. Aijeleth, hath the name of prowess or fortitude, (as in the 20th verse of this psalm, JEjaluth is fortitude,) and so it may be understood 'for the strength (or fortitude) of the morning,' that is, the help and power of God to raise up Christ from the dead ; which may be the meaning of the Gr. translation, " for the morning help." Some of the Jews have interpreted it, 'the morning star;' which (although the word be no where else found in scripture, for a stai) agreeth also to our Lord Christ, who is entitled, 'the biighl morning star,' Rev. xx. 16. Others applying this title to tlie music, retain the Heb. words still; Aijeleth hashachar. The Chald. ex- poundeth it, " To praise (God) for the mighty Continual sacrifice." Ver. 2. — My god, my god, &c.] Christ speaketh this psalm to God his Father. The Heb. is, JFAi, JEli, lammah ghnazabtuni, which words our Lord uttered on the cross, Matt, xxvii. 40", (save for the latter, he used the Syriac, sahachtani, of the same significa- tion.) At which the prufane Jews mocked, saying that he called for Elias, Matt, xxvii. 47, 49. Wherefore hast tiioit forsaken ME,] Or, tchy Iravest thou me? They are the woi ds of faith, striving in temptation and do imply both a hope of, and a prayer for deliverance, as it is noted on Ps. x. 1. See the like also in Ps. xlii. 10; xliii. 2. My roar- ing,] This argueth great grief of heart, ut- tered with loud complaint: so Vs.. xxxviii. 9. PSALM XXII. 457 from my salvation, from tlie words of my roaring? ^ My God, I call by day, and tliou answerest not, and by night, and there is no silence to me, * And thou art holy, sitting, the praises of Israel. * In tliee our fathers trusted, they trusted, and thou deliveredst them. ® Unto thee they cried out, and were safe delivered ; in thee they trusted, and were not abashed. ' But I am a worm, and not a man; the reproach of men, despised of the people. ^ All they that see me do scoff at me, tliey make a mow with the lip, they wag the head. ^ He confidently turned unto Jehovah, let him deliver liim, let him ridhim^, because he delighteth in him. " But thou art the drawer of me forth out of the belly, the maker of me to trust, even at my mother's breasts. " Upon thee I liave been cast from the womb; from my mother's belly, thou art my God. '■' Be not thou gone far off from me, for distress is near ; for there is no lielper. '^ Many bullocks have compassed me about ; mighty bulls of Bashan have environed me. " They have wide opened upon me their mouth, as a renting and roaring lion. '* I am poured out as waters, and all my bones dispart themselves ; my heart is xxxii. 3 ; Job iii. 24. And Christ, in the days of his flesh, offered up prayers, with strong crying and tears, to him that was able to save him from death, Heb. v. 7. VeR. 3 No SILENCE TO ME,] Or, but I have no silence: and consequently, no rest or ease. So Job xxx. 20, 27. Ver. 4. — Sitting,] Or sittest, that is, alidest still one and the same; as Ps. ix. 8; Iv. 20; cii, 13: or 'sittest,' to wit, 'still;' as Ruth iii. 18, that is, risest not up to help me: or 'sittest,' that is, ' inhabitest,' as Ps. ix. 12; cxxxii. 15. The Chald. translateth, ' which stablishest the world for the praises of Israel.' The praises,] In Gr., " the praise of Israel;" that is, "art he to whom Israel singeth all praises for deliverances, and of whom Israel gloiieth in all time of need." So Moses said to Israel, ' he is thy praise,' Deut. X. 21; Jer. xvii. 14. Ver. 7 A ivorm,] That is, weak, (as the Chald. explaineth it) "wretched, and trodden under foot." So Job xxv. 6; Is. xU. 14. Ver. 8. — Make a mow,] Make an open- ing with the lip; which may be taken both for mowing or thrusting out of the lip, and for licentious opening thereof to speak re- proach. Wag the head,] A sign also of scorn. Is. xxxvii. 22; Matt, xxvii. 39; Job xvi. 4; Ps. xliv. 15; Lam. ii. 15. Ver. 9. — He confidently turned,] Or rolled; that is, trusted, as in the New Testa- ment this phrase is explained. Matt, xxvii. 43, where they mock at Christ. The Heb. applieth this word roll or turn, figuratively Vol. II. 3 to a confident committing of one's self, ways, or actions unto another; as here, so in Ps. xxxvii. 5; Prov. xvi. 3; and Gol, properly is ' Roll thou,' but put for 'he rolled, or trusted,' as the like phrase, 'make the heart of this people fat,' &c. Is. vi. 10, is thus resolved, ' this people's heart is waxed fat,' &c. Matt, xiii. 15; or it is the indefinite, 'to turn' for 'he turned;' as in Esth. ix. 15, 'to stand,' is used for 'they stood. Ver. U. — Been cast from the womb,] Tliat is, fro7n my infancy conunitted to thy care aiid custody. So elsewhere he saith, ' The Lord hath called me from the womb,' &c. Is. xlix. 1. Contrariwise, ' the wicked are estranged from the womb,' Ps. Iviii. 4. Ver. 13. — Bullocks,] That is, strong and lusty persons, such as were the high priests, scribes, &c. that set against Christ. So the Chald. expoundeth, "peoples like pushing bulls." Mighty bulls of bashan,] Which was a fertile country, good to feed cattle, Num. xxxii. 4, and such as there fed were fat and strong, Deut. xxxii. 14; Ezek. xxxix. 18. The Jews were the bulls of Ba- shan, as the prophets foretold, Deut. xxxii 15; Amos iv. 1; Hos. iv. 16, and the his- tory showeth, Matt, xxvii. Here the word bulls is to be supplied unto the word mighty, as also in Ps. 1. 13; Ixviii. 31. See the notes on Ps. x. 10. Ver. 14.' — Wide opened ] Or, gaped; and this also is a sign of reproach and con- tempt. Job xvi. 10; Lam. iii. 46; ii. 16. Ver. 15. — Dispart themselves,] Or, are sundered, that is, out of joint. As M 458 S A L M S. as wax, it is molten in the midst of my bowels. '^ My able strength is dried up like a pot-sherd, and my tongue cleaveth to my jaws, and thou Iiast brought me down to the dust of death. '' For dogs have compassed me ; the assembly of evil doers have enclosed me, t!iey lion-like pierced my hands and my feet. '^ I may tell all my bones : they did behold, they did view me. ''' They parted my gar- ments among them, and for my coat they cast a lot. '^"And thou Jeho- vah be not far off : my fortitude, liasten to my lielp. ^' Rid my soul from the sword, a lonely soul from the hand of the dog. '^^ Save me from the moutli of tlie lion, and from the horns of uni- corns, thou hast answered me. ^ I will tell tliy name to my bre- thren ; in the midst of the church I will praise tliee. ^^ Ye that fear Jehovah, praise him ; all ye seed of Jacob honour him ; and be WAX,] That is, tender, and melting through faintiiess, and fear, Ps. Ixviii. 3 ; Ivii. 5. Like this is Job's romplaint, ' God hath softened my heart,' Job xxiii. 16. So the word following molten, noteth ' fear and dis- couragement,' Josh. vii. 5; xiv. 8; Deut. XX. 8. The Gr. traiislateth, "as molten wax." Ver. 16. Cleaveth,] Or, is made cleave to my Jaws, which phrase meaneth inability to speak, Ps. cxxxvii. 6; Job xxix. 10; Ezek. iii. 25, and sometimes extremity of thirst, Lam. iv. 4, and so may have reference here to that thirst which our Saviour felt, John xix. 28. Hast brought me down,] Or set and bounded me in the dust of death, meaning death itself, or the grave which tumeth men to dust, Gen. iii. 19, the Chaid. turneth it, the house of the grave. See Ps. vii. 6. Ver. 17.— Dogs,] The Gr. addeth, "many dogs," that is, "base and vile per- sons of rancorous disposition," Job xxx. 1 ; Prov. xxvi. 11; Rev. xxii. 15; Matt. vii. 6; Phil. iii. 2; Ps. lix. 7, 15. So the Chald. paraphraseth, " a company of wicked sinners which are like to many dogs." These were the high priests and rulers of Israel, of whom it is said, that ' Pilate knew well that for envy they had delivered Jesus,' Matt, xxvii. 18. They lion-like pierced,] The origi- nal hath a double reading, Caari, like a lion, aiid Cam, they digged or pierced. This latter the Gr. followeth: but the Chald. in the Masorites' bible keepeth both readings, " they did bite like a lion." This was ful- filled in the nailing of our Lord to the cross, by his feet and hands, Matt, xxvii. 35; John XX. 25. Ver. 18. — Did view me,] Or see in me; namely, their desire or lust; or the affliction upon me, they saw with delight. See the like phrase, Ps. liv. 9; lix. 11; cxviii. 7. Ver. 19. — For my coat,] Or, my ves- ture : 'The soldiers, when they had crucified Jesus, took his garments (and made four parts, to every soldier a part) and his coat; and the coat was without seam, woven from the top throughout. Therefore they said qne to another, Let us not divide it, but cast lots for it, whose it shall be, that the scripture might be fulfilled,' &c. John xix. 23, 24. Ver. 21. — From the sword,] The Chald. saith, " from them that kill with the sword." Mr alonely soul,] Which is one alone, solitary, and desolate. So after in Ps. xxxv. 17; xxv. 16; Ixviii. 7: the Chald. expounds it, " the spirit of my body." Hand of the dog,] The power of the devil, the prince of this world, who then came to Christ, but had nought in him, John xiv. 30. Or dog is put for dogs, meaning the ma- licious Jews spoken of before, verse 17, and hand is often put for power: see Ps. Ixiii, 11. Ver. 22.— Mouth of the lion,] So the devil is named, 1 Pet. v. 8, and wicked rulers, Prov. xxviii. 15; Jer. 1. 17. The Chald. here saith, " from the mouth of him that is strong as a lion, and from kings mighty and proud like tinicorns." Horns OF unicorns,] The devil's angels, principal- ities, powers, worldly governors, princes of the darkness of this world, &c. Eph. vi. 12. The unicorn is so fierce, and wild, that he will not be tamed. Job xxxix. 12, 13, &c. and his strength and pride is in his horn. See Ps. xcii. 11; Num. xxiii. 22; Deut. xxxiii. 17; Is. xxxiv. 7. Thou hast an- swered,] For answer thou me; a speech of faith, inserted in his prayer; therefore next followeth thanksgiving. Answering is here used for safe delivering upon prayer: as the Chald. translateth, " hast accepted my prayer. Ver. 23.— To my brethren,] The dis PSALM XXII. 459 afraid of him all ye seed of Israel, '" For lie hath not despised nor abhorred the affliction of the poor afflicted, nor hid his face from him, and wlien he cried out unto him he heard. ^^ Of thee shall be my praise in the great church, my vows I will pay before tliem that fear him. ^' The meek shall cat and be satisfied, they shall praise Jehovah that seek him, your heart shall live to per- petual aye. ^^ All the ends of the earth shall remember and turn unto Jehovah, and all families of tlie heathens shall bow down themselves before thee. ^^ For to Jeliovah pertains the kingdom -. and he is ruler among the nations. ^° All the fat ones of the earth sliall eat and bow down themselves, all tliat go down to the dust, shall bend down before him : and he that quickeneth not his soul. ^' A seed shall serve him, it shall be accounted to the Lord for a oiples and believers of Christ: 'for he that Siiictififtlii and we which are sanctified, are all (if one; for which cause he is not ashamed to rail us biethreu,' Heb. ii. 1], 12; John xx. 17. The church,] Or, convocation, assem- bly, congregation. Vkr. 2t>. — Of thee, my praise,] Or from tvith thee, shall be my praise: it shall begin and continue of thee, thou art the cause and ground thereof. The great church.] Either that assembly where Christ after his resurrection personally appeared to more than five hundred brethren at once, 1 Cor. xv. 6, or the great church of the Gentiles, with whom Christ is spiritually present, Matt. xxviii. 19, 20. So after in Ps. xl. 10, 11. Ver. 27 And be satisfied,] It was a curse of the law, that men should ' eat and not be satisfied,' Lev. xxvi. 20; Mic vi. 14, but it is a blessing of the gospel, that ' the meek and needy shall eat and have enough,' Ps. cxxxii. 15. ' God filleth the hungry with good things, and sends away the rich empty,' Luke i. 53. The meek meaneth the regene- rate, who are mortified with Christ, and their fierce nature made meek and humble. Your heart shall live,] He turneth his speech to the meek and seekers of God, who should eat of Christ's flesh that was given for the life of the world, and thereby live for ever, John vi. 51. The living of the heart, im- porteth also the cheering comfort and solace of the same. Gen. xlv. 27, the contrary whereof is in the 'dying of the heart,' 1 Sam. XXV. 37. See also the like promise, Ps. Ixix. 33. The Chald. yieldeth this sense, "The spirit of prophecy shall rest in the thougui? of their heart for ever." Ver. 2S. — All the ejjds, &c.] That is, the dwellers in the utmost parts and ends of the world. A prophesy of the calling of the Gentiles, by the preaching of the gospel, Rom. xvi. 26; Eph. ii. 1, 2, &c. Reme.m- ber,] The Chald. addeth, " remember his m.iracles." Families of the heathen,] Or kindreds of the nations ; whereof see Gen. X. 5, IS, 20, 31, 32. Ver. 29. — Ruler among the heathen,] To reign over them by his Word and Spirit, and so to be God, not of the Jews only, but also of the Gentiles, Rom. iii. 29, 30. Ver. 30. — All the fat ones,] That is, the rich and mighty personages, fat with plenty, Deut. xxxi. 20. For, kings and queens, and men of authority and wealth, are also called to the participation of Christ's grace in his church. Is. Ix. 3, 5, 10; Rev. xxi. 24; 1 Tim. ii. 1,2. Sometimes fatness is used to note out God's spiritual blessings, Ps. xxxvi. 9; Ixiii. 6; Ixv. 12; xcii. 15; Prov. xxviii. 25. All that go down to the dust,] That is, the poor base and wretched people, which for their misery and aflliction, are said ' to go down and sit in the dust,' as Ps. cxiii. 7; Is. xlvii.; xxix. 4; Job XXX. 19; Lam. iii. 29, but the Chald. expounds it, " the house of the grave- That quickeneth not,] Or cannot quicken ; that is, the poor wretched man, that doth not, (or cannot, as Ps. Ixxii. 5,) ' keep alive his soul, that cannot nourish himself, he shall eat.' So to keep alive, is to nourish, Is. vii. 21. Or, he that revived, that is, cheered not, nor refreshed his soul with comfort, as before, verse 27, or he that cannot keep alive his soul, that is, not save it from wrath and eter- nal death, by his own works, he shall live by faith in Christ. So this phrase, ' to keep the soul alive,' is used, Ezek. xviii. 27. The Chald. giveth this sense, " and he will not keep alive the soul of the wicked." Ver. 31. — A seed,] The posterity of those godly forementioned, for God chooseth the seed with the parents, Deut. x. 15; xxx. 6, 19; Ps. Ixix. 37; cii. 29; Is. xliii. 5; xliv. 3. Or the seed of Christ, the children 460 PSALMS. generation. ^^ They shall come and shall declare his justice to a people that shall be born, that he hath done this. which God giveth him, as Is. liii. 10; Heb. ii. 13. Or 'a seed,' that is 'a small rem- nant,' as Rom. ix. 29, the Chald. saith, " the seed of Abraham." For a genera- tion,] A race of God's children, as Ps. Ixxiii. 15; xxiv. 6, or, ' to generation,' that is, ' for ever, through all ages.' Ver. 32. — They shall come,] The Chald. explaineth it, "Their sons shall come." His justice,] The justice of God, which is by faith in Christ, Ps. Ixxi. 16, 16, 24; Rom. x. 3, 4. People that shall be BORN,] Hereafter to come; or, a people born, that is, regenerate, Ps. Ixxxvii. 4,6; John i. 13; 1 Pet. i. 33. So 'a people created,' Ps. cii. 19. That he hath pone,] Hatk performed, or accomplished that justice, and all things appertaining to it. The Gr. referreth it to the people, " whom the Lord hath made:" the Chald., to the "marvellous works which he hath done." PSALM XXIIL David, under the similitude of a shepherd, shoiveth God's love and mercy to his people, whereby their faith is confirmed. ^ A psalm of David. ^ Jehovah feedeth me, I shall not lack ; in folds of budding grass he maketh me lie down j he easily leadetli me by the waters of rests. ^ He returneth my soul, he leadetli me in the beaten paths of justice, for his name sake. * Yea, though I should walk in the valley of the shade of death, I will not fear evil, for thou wilt be Ver. 2. — Feedeth me,] Or, ismy feeder, my pastor. The word comprehendeth all duties of a good herd, as together feeding, guiding, governing, and defending his flock. Therefore kings also have this title, and are said to feed their people, Ps. Ixxviii. 71, 72; 2 Sam. V. 2. Hereupon it is attributed to God, and to Christ, feeding his church, as the shepherd of their souls, Ps. Ixxx. 2; Ezek. xxxiv. 12, 14, 15; Is. xl. 11; John X. 11 ; I Pet. ii. 26. The Chald. referreth this to a former work, saying, "The Lord fed his people in the wilderness, they lacked nothing." Ver. 2.— Of budding grass,] Pleasant pastures and leas, where green and tender herbs do spring. He maketh we,] Or, will make me to lie doivn, to wit, for rest from heat. This also is another duty of a good herder, as, ' I will feed my flock, and I will make them lie down, saith the Lord,' Ezek. xxxiv. 15; and 'Show me, O thon, whom my soul loveth, where thou feedest, where thou makest lie down at noon,' Song i. 6. Easily leadkth,] Or comfortably guideth me; it noteth a soft and gentle lead- ing, with sustaining of infirmity, as Gen. xxxiii. 14; Is. xl. 11. Therefore the Gr. tiirneth it, "he nourisheth me." So Ps. xxxi. 4. By waters,] Or unto waters of rests, that is, most quiet (or calm) waters, and such as give rest and refreshing. All these things Christ perforrneth to his flock, as it is written, ' They shall hunger no more, neither thirst any more, neither shall the sun light on them, nor any heat; for the Lamb which is in the midst of the throne shall feed them, and shall lead them to the lively fountains of waters,' Rev. vii. 16, 17. Ver. 3. — Returneth my soul,] Or, will return or restore it, and consequently give it rest. See Ps. xix. 8. Ver. 4. — Shade of death,] That is, dark and dreadful shadoiv; and in a manner, the very state of death. This speech denoteth ' imminent danger,' Jer. ii. 6, ' sore afflic- tion,'Ps. xliv. 20; cvii. 10, 14, 'fear and terror,' Job xxiv. 17, ' and dreadful dark- ness,* Job X. 21, 22, whereto spiritually is opposed ' the light and comfort of the gospel and grace of Christ,' Matt. iv. 16; Luke i. 79. Wilt be with me,] Or, art with me : and this implieth his good safety, and protec- tion. As when God said, * I will be with thee,' Gen. xxxi. 3. Jacob understood it thus, ' I will do thee good,' Gen. xxxii. 9, PSALM XXIV. 461 with me ; thy rod and thy staff, tliey shall comfort me. ^ Thou furnishest before me a table, in presence of my distressers : thou makest fat my head with oil, my cup zs abundant. * Doubtless, goodness and mercy shall follow me all the days of my life, and I shall converse in the house of Jehovah to length of days. for God's presence is a singular favour, and our pre-eminence, Exod. xxxiii. 15, 16. The Chald. expoundeth it, " thy word shall be for my help." Thy rod,] With such shepherds use to guide and rule their flocks. Lev. xxvii. 32, and with such the Lord is said to rule his people, Ezek. xx. 37. Wherefore the prophet prayeth, ' feed thy people with thy rod,' Mic. vii. 14. The ' rod is also for chastening and punishment,' Ps. Ixxxix. 33. And for the rebellious God hath 'a rod of iron and indignation,' Ps. ii. 9 ; Lam. iii. 1. Of Christ's rods or staves wherewith he feeds his flock, see Zach. xi. 7. &c. The Chald. translateth " thy rod and thy law." Ver. 5. — Thou furnishest,] Or, wilt furnish, and make ready a table. This and the things following, note the abundant sup- ply of all good things for necessity and for delight, as at a sumptuous banquet, Prov. ix. 2, &c. So by Christ the good Shepherd, his ' sheep find pasture, have life, and have it in abundance,' John x. 9, 10. In presence,] Or before them, which causeth the enemies that see, to grieve, as Ps. cxii. 10. Makest FAT,] That is, flenteously moistenest and suppliest with oil or balsam. In those coun- tries they used to welcome and cheer their guests with pouring out precious sweet oils or balsam upon their heads, Luke vii. 46; John xii. 3. It signifieth *joy,' Eccl. ix. 8; Is. Ixi. 3. The Chald. applieth it to the priests of Israel, "thou hast made the priests' heads fat with the anointing oil." Is abun- dant,] To wit, with liquor, (as the word importeth)/or to drink my fill. Ver. 6. — Converse,] Or, quietly repose, myself, and dwell, as the Gr. translateth it. Likewise the Chald., saying, " I shall dwell in the house of the Lord's sanctuary." To length of days,] That is, a long lifetime, ar for ever. See Ps. xxi. 6; xciii. 5. PSALM XXIV. God^s Im-dship in the world. 3, The citizens of dom. 7. An exhortation to receive him. spiritual Tiing- A psalm of David. Ver. 1. — A psalm of david,] Unto this title the Gr. addeth, " of the first day of the week:" meaning that this psalm was wont to be sung in the temple every first day of the week, which now with us is the Lord's day, the Christian sabbath: and of Christ his church and kingdom, and the entertaining of his gospel, doth this psalm treat. In Solo- mon's temple God ordained Levites with cymbals, psalteries and harps, and priests with trumpets, and other Levites that were singers, and in the time that the burnt-oft'er- ing began, < the song of the Lord began with trumpets and instruments, and they sang praises with the words of David, and of Asaph,' 2 Chron. xxix. 25—30. The Heb. doctors recording their daily service in the sanctuary, write thus ; " They said not the song, but over the burnt- oflerings of the con- gregation, and the sacrifices of their peace- ofltrings that are spoken of in the law, &c. The song which the Levites said in the first day, was (Ps. xxiv.) 'The earth is the Lord's, and the plenty thereof.' In the second (day) they said (the xlviii. Psalm.) 'Great is the Lord, and praised vehemently in the city of our God,' &c. In the third they said (the Ixxxii. Psalm,) ' God standeth in the as- sembly of God, he judgeth in the midst of the gods.' In the fourth they said (the xciv. Psalm,) 'O God of vengeance,' &c. In the fifth they said (the Ixxxi. Psalm,) 'Shout joy- fully unto God our strength,' &c. In the sixth they said (the xciii. Psalm,) 'The Lord reigneth, is clothed with high Majesty,' &c. In the sabbath they said (the xcii. Psalm,) 'A psalm, a song for the sabbath day.' " Maim, in Mis7ieh, torn. 3, in Tatnidin, (or treat, of the Daily Sacrifices,) chap. vi. sect. 7 — 9. The earth is Jehovah's,] Or, To Jehovah 462 PSALMS. The earth is Jehovali's, and the plenty tliereof ; the world and tliey that sit tlierein. '■' For he hath founded it upon the seas, and establislied it upon the rivers. ^ Who shall ascend into the moun- tain of Jehovah, and who shall stand in the place of his holiness? ■* The clean in hands, and pure in lieart, wliich lifteth not up his soul to false vanity, neither sweareth to deceit. * He shall receive a blessing from Jeiiovah, and justice from the God of his salvation. " Tliis is the generation of tliem that enquire for him, of them that seek thy face, of Jacob, Selah. ' Lift up ye gates your heads, and the earth helongeth. Of him, and by him, and for him are all things; yet in special he hath chosen Jacob's posterity to be his peo- ple, ver. 6. Thus David maketh use of Mo- ses' doctrine, who said, ' Lo, to Jehovah thy God pertain the heavens, and the heavens of heavens, the earth and all that therein is: notwithstanding, Jeiiovah set his delight in thy fathers to love them, and did choose their seed after them, even you above all peoples, as appeareth this day,' Dent. x. 14, 15. See also another use of this doctrine, in 1 Cor. X. 26, 28, where the apostle proveth, that every cieature in the earth may be used of Christians for food, or otherwise, because all is the Lord's, and in Christ ours. Plenty,] Or, fulness, that is, all contained therein, as the Chald. expoundeth it, " the creatures thereof." So, ' the plenty of the sea,' Is. xlii. 10, the ' plenty of the city,' Amos vi. 8, and sundry the like. That sit,] That is, dxvell or inherit, as it is noted on Ps. i. 1. The like manner of speaking the Holy Spirit useth also in Gr., Lev. xxi. 35, 'on all them that sit on the face of the whole earth.' So Ps. Ixix. 36, and often elsewhere. Ver. 2. — Upon the seas,] Or above them. The earth is said to be founded (or fast settled) upon the seas, (the heaps of wa- ters were called ' seas,' Gen. i. 10,) because the waters which naturally ' would stand above the high mountains,' Ps. civ. 6, are by the word of God gathered together, and thrust under the earth, that the dry land might appear and be inhabited, Excd. xx. 4; Gen. i. 9. And these which may seem a most weak and flitting foundation, yet are ' firm bases, and mighty foundations,' Ps. civ. 6; Mic. vi. 2, to magnify God's power, who as he brought light out of darkness, so settl- eth he the solid earth on the liquid waters; yea, ' hangeth the earth upon nothing,' Job xxvi. 7. Ver, 3, — Who shall ascend,] The Chald. paraphraseth, " Who shall be worthy to ascend unto the mountain of the house of the sanctuary of the Lord ? Ver. 4. — The clean in hands,] He whose hands or palms arc clean, or free of evil. So Job xvii. 9. This noteth ' good works, as pureness of heart meaneth holy faith and aflections,' Acts xv. 9. Not lifted DP his soul,] Or, my soul. The Heb. hath two readings ; by the letters in the line, 'his soul,' and in the margin, ' my soul;' as if this were spoken in the person of God, and of him; which then may be understood of swearing. For this form of words is used in the third commandment, Exod. ii. ' Thou Shalt not lift up (or take up) the name of Je- hovah thy God to false vanity.' But i'or 'name,' here is put 'soul.' And God is said to swear ' by his soul,' that is, 'by himself,' or ' his life,' Jer. li. 14: Amos vi. 8. It was also the wont in Israel to take an oath thus, ' As the Lord liveth, and as thy soul liveth,' 1 Sam. XX. 3; 2 Kings ii. 2, 4, 6. Also concerning a man's own soul, in swearing this form was used, ' I call God for a record against my soul,' 2 Cor. i. 23. And thus the Chald. expounds it, " which hath not sworn in vain to the condemnation of his soul." Otherwise, if this be not understood of vain swearing, the meaning is, he that ' affecteth not,' or, ' legardeth not vanity;' for so the lifting up of the soul also signilieth; see Ps. xxv. 1, To DECEIT,] Or, deceitfully. Ver. 5 He shall receive,] Or shall take up, or hear away a blessing. Jus- tice,] Or, righteousness; whereot see Phil, iii. 9; Ps. Ixix. 28. Hereby also may be meant a benefit, the fruit or reward of righ- teousness. The Gr. turneth it " mercy," or '•alms:" and by justice, mercies and bene- fits are sometimes meant, Judg. v. 11; Ps. cxii. 9 ; Dan. iv. 24. Ver. 6. — Of Jacob,] Understand, this is the generation of Jacob,} or, this is Ja- cob; these are true Israelites, whom God will acknowledge for his, John i. 47; Rom. ix. 6. Jacob when he wrestled with an angel, saw God face to face, and called the place Peniel, that is, ' God's face ' or ' presence ;' there he wept and prayed, and bare away a blessing, Gen. xxxii. 24, 26, 29, 30; Hos. xii. 4. That history hath use here. Ver. 7. — Lift up ye gates, &c.] This may first have reference to the gates and PSALM XXV. 463 be lifted up ye doors of eternity, that the King of glory may come in. ® Who is this King of glory? Jehovah, strong and valiant ; nf in Knfflo » £,ift up ye gatcs your heads, and lift Jehovah valiant in battle. ^.^^ ..j^ j^ ^^.^^ j^-"- --^^^^, up ye doors of eternity, that the King of glory may come '" Who is he this King of glory ? Jehovah of hosts, he is the I of glory, Selah in. King doors of the temple, into which ' the ark (the glory of Israel,' 1 Sam.iv. 21,) should enter; oil which ark, between the cherubims, God was said 'to dwell,' 1 Sam. iv. 4 ; 1 Kings viii. 1, &c. So the Chald. expoundeth it, " gates of the house of the sanctuary ;" though in the 9th. verse otherwise, saying, ' lift up, O ye gates of the garden of Eden, your heads;' secondly, it may be referred to Christians, which are the true 'temple of God,' 1 Cor. iii. 17, at the door of whose hearts he knocketh to have entrance, Rev. iii. 20. Doors of eter- nity,] That is. strong, diirable, everlast- ing doors: which being referred to the doors of Solomon's temple note ' the perpetual abiding of God's ark therein,' as 1 Kings ix. 3 ; Ps. cxxxii. 13, 14; whereas before the ark was removed from place to place, 1 Chron. xvii. 5. Or being applied to Christians, it noteth the ' eternal duration of the church.' That enter may,] Or, and enter shall the King of glory, that is, the glorious King; So Christ is called the ' Lord of glory,' 1 Cor. ii. 8; James ii. 1, and the ' opening of the doors before him,' signilieth 'his entrance into, and administration of the kingdom,' as Is. xlv. 1. Ver. 10. — Jehovah of hosts,] Or, as the Heb. is, Jehovah Tsebaoth, for so the word is used liy the apostles, untranslated in the Gr. Sabaoth, Rom. ix. 29; James v. 4. It signifieth hosts or armies standing ready in martial order, and in battle array, and comprehendeth all creatures in heaven and in earth, which are bound to do the will of God, Gen. ii. 1; 1 Kings xxii. 19; Exod. xii. 41. PSALM XXV. David's desire and confideyice in God. 4. He pray eth for instruction; 7. and for re/nission of sins. 8. He ceJehrateth God's goodness and mercy to such as fear him. 15. He pray eth for deliverance out of his afflictions, and for the redemption of Israel. ' A psalm of David. Unto thee Jehovah, lift I up my soul, ^ My God, in thee do I trust, let me not abaslied : let not my enemies show gladness over me. ^ Yea all that earnestly expect thee, sliall not be abashed ; tliey shall be abashed, that unfaithfully transgress in vain. Ver. 1. — Of David,] This psalm is composed after the order of the Heb. letters or alphabet : which care denoteth the weight and excellency of the matter in it. The same is to be observed of some other psalms, as the xxxiv. xxxvii. cxi. cxii. cxix. cxlv. Lift I up my soul,] The Chald. addeth, " in prayer." This signifieth an earnest desire, with delight and expectation or hope to have what he would. For to ' lift up the soul, is to ' desire,' Jer. xxii. 27; xliv. 14; and a like phrase in Ezek. xxiv. 25, implieth both desire and delight; and in Deut. xxiv. 15, the poor man is said to ' lift up his soul' unto his hire or wages, hoping by it to have his life sustained. In this place, every of these hath use, and so in Ps. Ixxxvi. 4. Ver. 2. — In thee,] The Chald. expound- eth it, " In thy word:" so in verse 3. Not BE abashed,] That is, not disappointed of my hope, nor vanquished by my foes. See Ps. vi. 11. Show gladness,] Leap up or triumph for joy, as having got the victory, 2 Chron. xx. 27. Ver. 3. — Yea all,] Or, Yea any: for, ' whosoever believeth in God, shall not be 464 PSALMS * Thy ways, Jehovah, make thou me to know ; learn me thy paths. * Make me to tread in tliy truth, and learn me, for thou art the God of my salvation ; thee do I earnestly expect all the day. ^ Remember thy tender mercies, Jehovah, and thy kind mercies, for they are from eternity. ' The sins of my youth, and my trespasses, remember thou not : according to tliy mercy do thou remember me, for thy goodness sake, Jehovali. * Good and righteous Jehovah is, tlierefore will he teach sinners in the way. ® He will make the meek to tread in judgment, and will learn the meek his way. " All the paths of Jehovah are mercy and truth, to them that keep his covenant, and testimonies. ashamed,' Rom. x. 10. Earnestly ex- pect,] Or, patiently hope. They shall BE,] Or prayer-wise, let them be. Un- faithfully TRANSGRESS,] That deal dis- loyallt/, contrary to duty, promise, and trust reposed in them. So elsewhere he prayeth, that ' no grace be showed to such, Ps. lix. 6. In vain,] Or without cause, and ' without fruit,' Ps. vii. 5. Ver. 4. — Thy ways,] That is, thy true faith and religion, as Acts, xviii. 25, 26, and ' thy guidance of me therein.' So Moses prayed, Exod. xxxiii. 13. Learn me thy paths, ]/HM»'e»2e with thy paths, ov journeys. Learning implieth use and exercise, and informing by customable practise. Ver. 5. — Make me to tread,] Or to go; guide my way in thy truth; that is, in thy word, for that is, ' the truth,' John xvii. 17; 3 John iii. So after, ver. 9. Ver. 6 Tender mercies,] Or bowels of compassion : See Ps. xviii. 2. This word noteth the inward affections, as the next, kind mercies, imply the actions or effects of love. From eternity,] Or, from ever. This in human alTairs somitimes meaneth but of old, or a long while, Gen. vi. 4; Is. xlii. 14. But here and elsewhere it noteth the eternity of God's love, which was firm unto his before the world was, 2 Tim. i. 9 ; Eph, i. 4 ; so showed throughout all gene- rations, and is in like sort for ever, or to eternity, Ps. c. 5, because our firm happiness shall have no end, Dan. xii. 3; 1 Pet. i. 4. And these both are conjoined, Ps. ciii. 17. Ver. 7. — Sins of my youth,] This imagination of man's heart is evil from his youth. Gen. viii. 21, and of all man's life, youth commonly is most vain, Eccl. xi. 9, 10, for which God often pmiisheth men in their age, so making them (as Job saith) * to inherit the iniquities of their youth,' Jobxiii. 26; Jer. iii. 25. Ver. 8. — Will he teach,] Or inform with the law; for of this word the law is derived, Ps. xix. 8. Sinners in the way,] That is, such as sin and miss the right way, God will teach and reduce them: thus the Gr. interpreteth it. Or, " those that are sinners he will teach and inform in the way that is right, or in his way," as verse 9. Ver. 9. — To tread in judgment,] To walk judiciously , and as is right and fit. Ver. 10 — Mis covenant,] His testa- mental bond or league, called in Heb. Berith, which hath the signification of bro- therly or friendly parting, and of explaining the conditions of agreement. For at tlie making of solemn covenants, ' beasts were killed and parted asunder, and the covenant makers went between the parts,' Gen. xv. 9, 10, 17; Jer. xxxiv. 18. Hereupon is the phrase of ' cutting (or striking) a covenant,' Ps. 1. 5; Ixxxiii. 6; Ixxxix. 4. The apos- tles in Gr. call it diathekee, a testament, a testamental covenant, or disposing of things, Heb. viii. 8, from Jer. xxxi. 31. And there be two principal ' covenants or testa- ments; the first, that which God made with our fathers, when he brought them out of Egypt; the sum whereof was contained in the ten commandments written by the finger of God,' Deut. iv. 13; Exod. xxiv. 28; 1 Kings viii. 21, 'and the other laws written by Moses in a book,' called ' the book of the covenant,' 2 Kings xxiii. 2; Exod. xxiv. 4, 7. The second covenant is ' that new testa- mental bond which God hath made with us in Christ, established upon better promises, and confirmed by the blood and death of Christ PSALM XXV. 465 " For tliy name sake, Jehovah, even mercifully pardon wilt thou my iniquity, for it is much. '^ Wlio is tlie man that feareth Jeliovah ? he will teach him in the way that he shall choose. " His soul shall lodge in good, and his seed shall iiilierit the land. " TJie secret of Jeliovah is to them that fear him, and liis cove- nant to make them for to know. '^ Mine eyes are continually unto Jehovah, for he will bring- forth my feet out of the net. '* Turn the face unto me, and be gracious to me, for I am soli- tary and poor afflicted, " TJie distresses of my heart are enlarged ; bring thou me forth out of my vexations. '^ See mine affliction, and my molestation, and forgive all my sins. the testator, as the fust was by the blood and death of beasts,' Luke xxii. 20; Heb. viii. 6, 8; ix. 16—18, &c. Ver. 11. — Even MERCiFULLy pardon,] Or, therefore thou wilt mercifully forgive. Tin's David taketh from Moses, who first used this word in a case of great offence, Exod. xxxiv. 9, and it betokeneth to spare or pardon upon pacification, of grace and mercy; and is interpreted by the apostle in Gr., " to be merciful, propitious or appeased," Heb. viii. 12, from Jer. xxxi. 34. Often used in the law, for forgiveness upon obla- tion or intercession made by the priest. Lev. iv. 20, 26, 31, 35; v. 10, 13, 16, IS, &c. Ver. 12 — Who is the man,] Or, AVhat manner of man shall he be? The Hebrew phrase is, " Who this the man :" which also may be resolved, " Whosoever is the man." He shall choose,] That is, tvhich he shall love and like: or, ivhich he loveth. So 'chosen,' Is. xlii. 1, is translated in Gr., "beloved," Matt. xii. 18. Or, 'which he shall require and command ;' for so choosing sometimes signifieth, 2 Sam. xix. 38; xv. 15. Ver. 13, — Lodge in good,] That is, continue in good estate, ease and prosperity. So lodging is for continuance, Job xvii. 2; Prov. xix. 23 ; and for good, the Chald. saith, " the blessedness of the world to come:" the Gr. translateth, "in good things." The LAND,] Meaning ' Canaan, the land promised for a possession to Abraham and his seed,' Gen. XV. 7; xii. 7; called therefore 'the land of promise,' Heb. xi. 9, and elsewhere, 'the holy laud,' Ps. x. 16, the ' land of Im- manuel,' that is, 'of Christ,' Is. viii. 8, 'a land flowing with milk and honey, and the Vol. H. . 3 pleasantest of all lands,' Ezek. xx. 6, the seat of God's ancient church, and figure of his kingdom. Ver. 14. — The secret,] Or, the mys- tery of the Lord; meaning that his secret favour is towards them, and his secret coun- sel and mystery of the faith is revealed unto them : for so this word noteth, as when Job saith, God's secret was upon his tabernacle, meaning his favour and providence. Job xxix. 4, and God's secret is his 'counsel,' Job XV. 8; Jer. xxiii. 18, 22, and the hid things of Clirist are often called ' a mystery,' Rom. xvi. 25; 1 Cor. ii. 7; iv. 1 ; 1 Tim. iii. 9, 16; Eph. iii. 3, 4,9; Col. i. 26, 27. So Prov. iii. 32. Ver. 16. — Turn the face,] Or, have respect unto me. This was a blessing pro- mised in the law. Lev. xxvi. 9. ' I will turn the face unto you, and make you increase.' Contrary to this is ' the hiding of God's face,' Ps. Ixix. 17, 18. Solitary,] Alone or desolate; see Ps. xxii. 21. Ver. 17. — Are enlarged,] Or, do in- large themselves, do make wide room. He showeth his heart to be penned in with straits and distressing sorrows, which largely spread themselves over all. Vexations,] Or anguishes, tribulations, which press and wring. Ver. 18. — See my affliction,] This phrase is taken from Deut. xxvi. 7, ' he saw our affliction.' And it here meaneth, ' a seeing and regarding with compassion,' and so ' a redress and help,' Gen. xxix. 22; Exod. iii. 7, 8; Ps. xxxi. 8; cxix. 153; cvi. 44. Sometimes it meaneth otherwise, as in the next verse, ' See my enemies.' Forgive,] Or lift up, take away. This word which N 466 PSALMS. ^^ See mine enemies, for tliey are multiplied, and with hatred of violent wrong have they hated me. ^° Keep thou my soul, and deliver me ; let me not be ashamed, for I hope for safety in thee. ^' Let perfection and righteousness preserve me, for I earnestly expect thee. '•^^ Redeem Israel, O God, from all his distresses. properly signifieth to * take up ' or bear, is applied to forgiveness of sins, Rom. iv. 7, from Ps. xxxii. 1, and the phrase hath re- ference to Ciirist, ' who bare and took away the sins of the world,' John i. 29. For when it is applied to a man himself, bearing his own sin, it meaneth guilt and pmiish- ment, Num. v. .SI. Ver. 19. — Of violent weong,] That is, ?nost violeni, or wrongful haired. Ver. 22. — His distresses,] Or f/ieir distresses, for Israel being put for the whole people, may have with it a word singular or plural, which the Heb. text also often useth ; as, 'all Edom was,' 2 Sam. viii. 14; or, < all Edom were/ 1 Chron. xviii. 13. The like is in 2 Kings xxiii. 30, with 2 Chron. xxxvi. 1. 'He took,' or ' they took," speaking of the people. PSALM XXVL David committeth the trial of himself unto God, in confidence of his integrity) and good conversation. 9. He pray eth for mercy, \\. and pro7niseth zipright ivalking and thankfulness. A psalm of David. ' Judge me, Jehovah, for I walk in my perfection, and do. trust in Jehovah I shall not stagger. ^ Prove me, Jehovah, and tempt me : try my reins and my heart, ^ For thy mercy is before mine eyes, and I walk in thy truth. * I do not sit witli mortal men of false vanity, and with the hidden I enter not. ' I hate the church of evil-doers, and with the wicked I sit not. ^ I will wash my hands with cleanness, and compass thme altar, Jehovah. ' To Ver. !.■ — In my Perfection,] Or, in- tegrity, simplicity: and that is, when a man meaneth not, nor witteth of any evil, 2 Sam. XV. 11. Such a walker 'walketh confidently, and blessed shall be his children after him,' Prov. X. 9; XX. 7. In Jehovah,] Chald., " in the word of the Lord." Ver. 2. — Try my reins,] Examine as in the fire my inmost affections. Tlius Job also offered himself to trial, Job xxxi. 6. Ver. 3. — I walk,] To wit, continually, (as the form of this word importeth,) or con- verse. The Gr. saith, " I have pleased:" so to ' walk with God,' is to 'please God,' Heb. xi. 5. Ver. 4. — Man of false vanity,] That is, vain mortal men, or false persotis, Job xi. 11. So Jeremiah saith, 'he sat not in the secret assembly of mockers,' Jer. xv. 17. The hidden,] That is, hypocrites, dissem- blers, secret evil doers : as the Chald. saith, "wilh them that hide themselves to do evil." 1 enter not,] Or come not, that is, have no company, or conversation. So the word is also used, Josh, xxiii. 7. Ver. 5. — Church of evil doers,] The malignant church, or congregation. Ver. 6. — My hands with cleanness,] Or palms of innocency. He hath respect to the washing which God appointed for such as came to his altar, Exod. xl. 32. Here- upon we are willed to lift up pure hands when we pray unto God, 1 Tim. ii. 8. See also Is. i. 15, 16. Ver. 7. — To cause to hear,] That is, to sound forthi or proclaim so as may be PSALM XXVII. 467 cause to hear with voice of confession and to tell all thy marvel- lous works. * Jehovah, I love tlie mansion of thy house, and the place of the habitation of thy glory. ® Gather not my soul with sinners, and my life with men of bloods. ^° In whose hands is a miscliievous purpose, and their right hand is full of bribes. "And I do walk in my perfection, redeem thou me, and be gracious to me. ^' My foot standeth in righteousness, in the churches I will bless Jehovah. heard. So Ps. Ixvi. 8: cvi. 2. And in 1 Chroii. XV. 16. David appointed Levites with instruments, to cause to hear, or to re- sound, lifting up the voice with joy. Ver. 8. — Mansion,] Or habitation. This name is given to the tabernacle which Moses made, and God dwelt in, 1 Sam. ii. 29, 32 ; and afterwards to Solomon's temple, 2 Chron. xxxvi. 15. And heaven itself is also thus called, Deut. xxvi. 15; where there are ' many mansions,' John xiv. 2. Of the HABITATION,] Or the habitude, the taber- nacle. The tent which Moses made was thus called, Exod. xxvi. 1, 6, and Solomon's house, 2 Chron. xxix. 6. In Exod. xl. 34, 35, it is showed, how God's glory filled that tabernacle, when he first took possession of it; whereupon it is here called the habitacle of his glory (or honour:) and elsewhere, • the habitacle of the Lord,' Lev. xvii. 4, and ' of his name,' Ps. Ixxiv. 7. Ver. 9. — Gather not my soul,] Ga- thering is used for taking away, as Jer. xvi. 5; Is, iv. 1, and so for death, Is. Ivii. 1 ; 1 Sam. XV. 6; Ezek. xxxiv. 29, and sometimes is expressed, to whom they are gathered ; as, ' to their fathers, to their people, to the grave,' 2 Kings xxii. 20 ; Num. xx. 24, 26; and what is gathered, 'the soul,' as here; or 'the ghost,' the 'spirit,' as Ps. civ. 29. So David here desireth ' that God would not take away his life among sinners,' that is, ' with such as for their crimes deserve to die :' as 1 Kings i. 21. Contrariwise, gathering is sometimes used for gracious receiving or ' succouring,' as Ps. xxvii. 10. Men of BLOODS,] Blood-guilty persons. See Ps. v. 7. The Chald. expoundeth it " with men that shed innocent blood." Ver. 10. — A mischievous purpose,] Craftily devised evil. The Chald. transla- teth it, "counsel of sin;" the Gr., "iniqui- ties." See Ps. X. 2. This word is gene- rally used for 'any abominable evil.' Lev. xviii. 17; xix. 29; xx. 14. Full of bribes,] And consequently, of injustice; for ' bribes cause justice to be perverted,' Deut. xvi. 19. Contrariwise, ' God's right hand is full of justice,' Ps. xlviii. 11. Ver. 12. — In righteousness,] Or, m a right, even and plain place, as the word signifieth, Deut. iii. 10; Jer. xxi. 13; the apostle expresseth the word by ' righteous- ness,' Heb. i. 8, from Ps. xlv. 7; it is op- posed to ' crookedness,' Is. xl. 4. See also Ps. xxvii. 11. In the chckches,] Or con- gregations, assemblies, church-meetings, called in Gr. ecclesiais ; and so in the New Testament, 1 Cor. xiv. 34. So also Ps. Ixviii. 27. The Chald. translateth, "the congregation of just men." PSALM XXVIL David sustaineth his faith hy the power of God: 4. by his love to the service of God: 9. hy prayer for God's assistance and instruction. 13- The fruits of faith and patience. ' A psalm of David ; Jehovah is my light and my salvation, for whom should I fear ? Jehovah is the strength of my life, for whom Ver. 1.— Of David,] The Gr. addeth, "before he was anointed." My light,] That is, my comfort, joy, &c. So God and Christ are often called the light or illumina- tion of his people, Mic. vii. 8; Is. xvi, 19, 20; X. 17 ; Luke i. 79 ; ii. 32 ; Rev. xxi. 468 PSALMS. should I dread ? ^ When evil doers made battle against me to eat my flesh, my distressers and my enemies to me ; themselves stum- bled and fell. ^ If a pitched host shall pitch against me, my heart shall not fear : if war shall rise up against me, in this I trust. * One t/mig I have asked of Jehovah, tlie same I will request, that I may sit in the house of Jehovah all the days of my life, to view the pleasantness of Jehovah, and to enquire in his palace. ^ For lie will keep me privily in his pavilion, in the day of evil : he will keep me secret, in the secret place of his tent ; on a rock lie will exalt me. ^ And now shall mine head be lifted up above my enemies round about me ; and I will sacrifice in his tent, sacrifices of shouting : I will sing, and sing psalms to Jehovah, ' Hear, Jelio- vah, my voice when I call, and be gracious to me, and answer me. ^ To thee said my heart, seek ye my face j thy face, Jehovah, I do seek. ' Hide thou not thy face from me, turn not aside in anger thy servant : thou hast been my succour, leave me not, neither for- sake me, O God of my salvation. " Though my father and my mother should forsake me, yet Jehovah would gather me. 23; John i. 4; viii. 12. The Chald. ex- poundeth it, "The word of the Lord is my light." The strength,] Or strong fort, fortification: see Ps. xxviii. 8. Ver. 2. — Made battle,] Or came near against me, to wit, in fight. So this word is used for ' battle,' Ps. Iv. 19, 22. My ENEMIES TO WE,] A vehement manner of speech, (as 2 Sam. xxii. 2 ; ' my deliverer to me:') noting against whom in special their hatred was bent. Ver. 3.. — If war,] That is, ivarriors or an army, as the word is used, Josh. viii. 11. See also Ps. Ixxvi. 4. Ver. 4. — One thing,] Or one request, as is expressed, 1 Kings ii. 20; 1 Sam. ii. 20. For such want of words to be supplied, see the notes on Ps. x. 10. That I may sit,] That is, dwell, or abide. To view the pleasantness,] Tosee the pleasantness, or amenity of Jehovah, and consequently to enjoy it. The tabernacle had the figure and pattern of heavenly things in Christ, Heb. viii. 5, which David in spirit here desireth to contemplate. The Heb. phrase is, view in the pleasantness ; and after in the 13th. verse see in the goodness, which signifieth, to have the fruition, use, and enjoying of pleasure and goodness, Eccl. ii. 1. And as to 'seek in Jehovah,' 2 Chron. xxxiv. 26, is to ' seek Jehovah,' 2 Kings xxii. 18, so to ' see in the good,' is ' to see the good and enjoy it.' So in Ps. cvi. 5; cxxviii. 5; 1. 23. To enodire,] Or seek early, that is, diligently. V^eh. 5 — Will keei' privily,] Or hide me, that is, keep me safe as in the most holy of his sanctuary, into which none might enter. Lev. xvi. 2; called therefore God's 'hidden place,' Ezek. vii. 22; and his saints are ' his hidden ones,' Ps. Ixxxiii. 4, Ver. 6. — Sacrifices of shouting,] Or of triumph, of joyful sonnding and alarm. This hath respect to the law, w hich appointed over the sacrifices, trumpets to be sounded, Num. X. 10, whose chiel'est, most loud, joy- ful and triumphant sound was called Trugh- nah, 'triumph, alarm ' or 'jubilation,' Num. X. 5 — 7. So to other instruments this tri- umphant noise is adjoined, Ps. xxxiii. 3, and is applied sometimes to man's voice or shout- ing. Josh. vi. 5: 1 Sam. iv. 5; Ezra iii. 11. See also Ps. Ixxxix. 16; xlvii. 6; Ixxxi. 2; c. 1. Ver. 8. — Seek ye my face,] An imper- fect speech; which we may supply and ex- plain thus, (thou saidst) " seek ye my face;" and "this thy commandment my heart minded, and spake of to thee in my tempta- tions; and I made it a ground of my action and request following." See a much like defect of a word, in 1 Kings xx. 34. To seek the face, is of desire to see, hear, and know, 1 Kings X. 24; and to pray and ask counsel in doubts, distresses, &c. 2 Sam. xxi. 1 ; Hos. V. 15. So Ps. cv. 4. Ver. 10. — Though my father, &c. should,] See the like in Is. xlix. 15. Or, ' For my father, &c. have forsaken me, but Jehovah will gather me,' that is, 'receive and take me to him.' So the word ' gathering' is also used, Judg. xix. 15 ; Josh. xx. 4; Matt. PSALM XXVIII. 469 " Teach me, Jehovah, thy way, and lead me in the path of righ- teousness, because of my enviers. '^ Give me not to the soul of my distresscrs, for witnesses of falsehood do stand up against me, and ]ie that breatheth violent wrong. '^ Except I had believed to see the goodness of Jehovah in the land of the living. " Earnestly expect thou for Jehovah, be confirmed, and let thine heart wax strong ; and earnestly expect thou for Jehovah. xxiii. 37. He meaneth ' God would be a Father unto him.' Ver. 12.— To the soul,] That is. to the ivill, lust, or desire. So soul is for will, Ps. xh'. 3, 5; cv. 22; Ezek. xvi. 27; and for 'lustj'Ps. Ixxviii. 18, the Chald. expouiid- eth it " the will." That breathkth,] Or pjifeth out. See Ps. x. 5. Ver. 13. — Except I had believed.] An imperfect speech; where we may understand, " 1 should have fainted," or " They had overthrown me, if I had not believed:" but the Gr. saith, " I believe to see the good things of the Lord. Land of the living,] That is, where men live in this xvorld, and in special, the land of Canaan, the seat of God's church, Ezek. xxvi. 20, So Ps. Hi. 7; cxvi. 9; cxlii. 6; Job xxviii. 13. For by death men are said 'to be cut out of the land of the living,' Is. liii. 8; xxxviii. 11; Jer. xi. 19; but the Chald. expounds it, "the land of life eternal:" and that was figured by the land of Canaan. Ver. 14. — Be confirmed,] Be comfort- able, hold fast, (as the Gr. hath) " be man- ly," or " quit thee as a man;" which word the apostle useth, 1 Cor. xvi. 13. These are the words of encouragement against re- missness, fear, faintness of heart, or other infirmities, as Deut. xxxi. 6, 7; Josh. x. 25; 1 Chron. xxii. 13; Dan. x. 19. Let THY HEART WAX STRONG,] So also the Gr. turneth it: or we may read it, " he will strengthen thy heart." So after in Ps. xli. 25. PSALM XXVIII. David prayeth for deliverance from his enemies. 6. He hless- eth God for hearing and helping him. 9. He prayeth for the Lord's people. ' A psalm^of David. Unto thee Jehovah do I call; my Rock, cease not as deaf from me, lest thou be silent from me, and I be made like to them that go down into the pit. ^ Hear thou the voice of my supplications for grace, when I cry out imto thee, when I lift up my hands unto tlie oracle of thine holiness. ^ Draw me not with the Ver. 1. — Cease not, &c.] That is, cease not to speak unto and inisrcer me, be not silent as fumed away from me: so the like phrase meaneth, Job xiii. 13, Jer. xxxviii. 27; or, 'cease not to speak for me,' as the phrase also importeth, 1 Sam. vii. 8; and so by the Rock forementioned he may mean 'Christ,' 1 Cor. x. 4; who is 'our advocate with the Father,' 1 John ii. 1. And to be silent (or still) is not in words only, but deeds, as in Judg, xviii. 9 ; 1 Kings xxii. 3. Ver. 2.— Oracle of thy holiness,] Thy holy oracle: The inmost, and most holy place of the temple was thus named, 1 Kings vi. 5, 16, 19, 20; called ' the Holy of Holies,' 1 Kings viii. 6 ; and tliat which one prophet calleth 'the oracle,' 2 Kings vi. 23; another calleth ' the house of the Holy of Holies,' 2 Chron. iii. 10. The Heb. Dehir hath the signification of speaking; for from the most holy place God spake to his people, Num. vii. 89. The apostle seemeth to express it, by ' that which is within the vail,' Hub. vi. 19. 470 PSALMS. wicked, and with the workers of iniquity, that speak peace with their neiglibours, and malice is in their lieart. * Give thou to them accord- ing to their work, and according to the evil of their practices ; according to the deed of their hands give thou to them ; render their reward unto them. ^ Because they will not discreetly attend unto the works of Jehovah, and to the deed of his liands, he will break them down, and will not build them up. ^ Blessed be Jehovah, for he hath heard the voice of my supplications for grace. '' Jehovah is my strength and my shield, m him my heart trusted, and I was holpen, and my heart showeth gladsomeness ; and with my song will I confess him. ^ Jehovali is a strength to them, and he is the strong fort of the salvations of liis anointed. ^ Save thou thy people, and bless thy inheritance, and feed them and advance them even for ever. Ver. 3. — Draw me not,] To wit, unto death, that is, destroy me not. So drawing is used, Ezek. xxxii. 20; Job xxi.33; xxiv. 20; an example whereof see in Sisera, Jiidg. iv. 7. Ver. 4. — The evil of their practices,] This hath reference to tlie curse denounced against sinners, Deut. xxviii. 20. Ver. 5 Not discreetly attend,] Or consider, so as to discern and understand them. The like sin is blamed, Is. v. 12. Break them down,] Or, destroy: opposed to building up or edifying ; and applied figuratively to men: so Jer. i. 10; xlii. 10; 2 Cor. xiii. 10. Build,] That is, conserve, exalt, prosper them. See the like phrase, Job xxii. 23; Mai. iii. 15; Jer. xii. 16. Ver. 8.. — Strength to them,] Or, to him, as Ps. ii. 3, meaning, ' his people,' as the Gr. expresseth) "and his anointed King:" both which follow. Or, Jehovah strength is his, that is, kingdom and power belong to him. The strong fort,] Or fortification. The former word strength is in Heb. Ghnoz ; and and this strong fort, MagJinoz', by addition of a letter, adding to the force of the signifi- cation. And this is often used for a ' fortifi- cation or strong defenced place,' Dan. xi. 10; Judg. vi. 26. Of the salvations of HIS anointed,] Or of the deliverances (the victories) of his Anointed, that is, of me his anointed King. This sentence may also be turned thus; " and the strong fort of salva- tions, his Anointed (Christ) is;" meaning, " that the Christ of God is the saving strength of his people." The last word he is often put for is, sometimes in the Heb. text itself, as is noted in Ps. xvi. 3. Ver. 9. — Inheritance,] That is, people or church, Deut. iv. 20 ; xxxii. 9 ; Ps. xxxiii. 12; xciv. 5; 1 Pet. v. 3. Some- times it is the land where they dwelt, Ps. Ixxix. 1. Advance them,] Or bear them up, relieve them. The woi-d is used for * ad- vancing to honour,' Esth. iii. 1; ix. 3; and for ' bearing up, supporting, helping,' as 1 Kings ix. 11; Ezra i. 4; viii. 36. PSALM XXIX. David exhorteth princes to give glory to God. .3. The marvellous effects of the Lord's voice. 10. His providence at the flood, 11. and protection of his people. ^ A psalm of David. Give ye to Jehovah, sons of tlie mighties, give ye to Jehovah Ver. 1. — A psalm of david,] The Gr. addeth to this title, " Exodiou skenes," that is, " of the solemn assembly of the taber- nacle, (or booth)" for the solemn assembly at PSALM XXIX. 471 glory and strength. ^ Give ye to Jehovah tlie glory of liis name : bow down yourselves to Jehovah, in the comely honour of the sanctuary. ^ The voice of Jehovah is upon the waters, the God of glory thundereth: Jehovah upon many waters. * The voice of Jehovah is with able power ; the voice of Jehovah with comely lionour. * The voice of Jehovah breaketh the cedars ; and Jeho- vah breaketli asunder the cedars of Lebanon. ^ And he maketh them leap like a calf: Lebanon and Shirjon like a young unicorn. ' The voice of Jehovah striketh flames of fire. * The voice of Jehovah maketh the wilderness to tremble -. Jehovah maketh the wilderness of Kadesh to tremble. ^ The voice of Jehovali maketh the feast of tabernacles, mentioned in Lev. xxiii. 36; called ia Heb. Ghnatsereth, is there and in other places translated in Gr. Exodion : so this title intimateth that this psalm was sung at the feast of tabernacles. And so Maim, in Mianch, torn. 3, iu Tami- din, chap. x. sect. 11, saith that "every day of the days of that feast, they said a peculiar song for the addition of the day; and in the first of the working days of the solemn feast," they said (Psalm xxxix.) 'Give ye unto the Lord, sons of the mighties,' &c. Sons of the mighties,] That is, ye mighty men, or potentates. So Ps. Ixxxix. 7. The Chald. refcrreth it to the " com- pany of angels." Strength,] Or stro7ig praise. See Ps. iii. 8, and 1 Tim. vi. 16. Ver. 2. — HoNonR of the sanctuary,] That is, the honourable sanctuary, (as the Gr. explaineth it, " in his holy court) or with honour of sanctity," that is, " with holy hon- our. So Ps. xcvi. 9; 1 Chron. xvi. 29. This phrase is sometimes used of God's ' holy Majesty,' 2 Chron. xx. 21. Ver. 3. — The voice,] That is, the thun- der, as Exod. XX. 18; called 'God's voice,' Exod. ix. 28, 29. Yet voices and thun- derings are sometimes distinct, as Rev. iv. 6; viii. 6; xi, 10; xvi. 18. This word voice is generally used for all 'noise or sound,' 2 Kings vii. 6; 1 Cor. xiv. 10. Upon the waters,] Which are above the firmament, Gen. i. 7, where the thunder is heard. So waters mean ' watery clouds,' in Ps. xviii. 12. Or ' above the waters,' that is, ' a louder voice than the roaring of the waters:' whereof see Ezek. i. 24; xliii. 2; Rev. i. 15; xiv. 2; xix. 6. 'God's voice shaketh heavens and earth,' Heb. xii. 26. Jehovah upon,] That is, thundereth upon, or his voice is above many waters, Ver. 5. — Cedars of Lebanon,] The cedar is a tree tall, strong and durable; and for the dryness of it, the timber rotteth not. They are called 'cedars of God,' Ps. Ixxx. 11,' and by him planted,' Ps. civ. 16. Leba- non is a mountain in Canaan, hi^h, pleasant, and fruitful, full of cedars and other trees, the glory of that mount, 2 Chron. ii. 8; Song iii. 9; v. 15; Is. Ix. 13; Hos. xiv. 6 — 8. It is called Lebanon, of whiteness, for the snow that lieth on it, Jer. xviii. 14. To this mount, and to the goodly trees thereon, great kingdoms and personages are compared, Ezek. xxxi. 3; xvii. 3; Jer. xxii. 23; Judg. ix. 15; 2 Kings xiv. 9. And the just man's estate in special, Ps. xcii. 4. Ver. 6. — Shirjon,] That is, mount Her- man, called of the Sidonians, Shirjon, and of the Amorites, Shenir, Deut. iii. 9 ; and by another name Zion, (not Tsijon, spoken of in Ps. ii. 6,) Deut. iv. 48, for this Shirjon or Hermon, lay without the river Jordan, where Og reigned. Josh. xii. 1, 5; 1 Chron. v. 23. Here also grew goodly trees, and many wild beasts were kept in it, Ezek. xxvii. 5 ; Song iv. 8. Of Hermon see more in Ps. Ixxxix. 13; cxxxiii. 3; xlii. 7. A young uni- corn,] A fieice untamed beast ; see Ps. xxii. 22, The Heb. phrase is, " son of the unicorns;" the like is also Ps. cxiv. 4. All young creatures, and things that come of, or belong to another, are in Heb. called " sons:" so the sons of the coal, are ' sparks,' Job v. 7; the sons of the quiver, are ' arrows,' Lam. iii. 13 ; the son of the morn, is ' the morning star,' Is. xiv. 12 ; the sons of Zion, are ' the citizens there,' Ps. cxlix. 2 ; the sons of the wedding chamber, are ' the bridegroom's friends,' Matt. ix. 16 ; and many the like. Ver. 7. — Striketh,] Or cutteth flames, as the flashes of lightning with the thunder. Ver. 8 — Maketh tremble,] Or quake, or paineth the wilderness, that is, the wild beasts there, which being frighted by God's voice or thunder, do travail and bring forth her young with pain and trembling. Ka- desh,] Called also Paran and Zin, a desert through which the Israelites passed from Egypt to Canaan, Num. xiii. 27; xxxiii. 36; and had the name of the city of Kadesh by which it lay, Num. xx. 1, 16. The beasts 472 PSALMS. the hinds tremblingly to travail, and maketh bare tlie forests, and in his palace every one saith glory. " Jehovah sat at tlie flood, and Jehovah shall sit King for ever. " Jehovah will give strength to his people ; Jehovah will bless liis people with peace. of the wilderness were cruel, Deut. viii. 15; xxxii. 10. Vee. 9.' — The hinds,] Though of all other creatures they bring forth with great trouble, ' bowing themselves, bruising their young, and casting out their sorrows,' Job xxxix. 4, 6. Maketh bare,] By driving the beasts with the thunder into their dens ; as the Chald. addeth, " the beasts of the forest;" or, by beating ofl" the leaves and fruits of the trees. So the fig-tree is said 'to be made bare,' Joel i. 7. Every one,] So the Gr. turneth it: or it may be read, "every whit," or " all of it," meaning " of his people," ver. 11, which saith, "glory to God," or all of it, that is, "of his gloiy," he saith (that is, God declareth) in his temple. The Chald. saith, " and in the temple of the house of his sanctuary which is above, all his ministers do say his glory." Ver. 10. — At the flood,] Meaning 'Noah's flood,' Gen. vi.; vii; for to that only both the Heb. and Gr. word is applied. And here the Chald. paraphraseth thus, " The Lord at the generation of the flood sat on the seat of judgment, to take vengeance on them : he sat also upon the seat of mercies, and de- livered Noah, and reigneth over his sons for ever and ever." Ver. 11. — With peace,] Or in peace; which word betokeneth integrity, perfection, a making whole and absolute; opposed both to war and sword, Ps. cxx. 7; Matt. x. 34 ; and 'to division, confusion, and tumultuous disorder,' Luke xii. 51 ; 1 Cor. xiv. iJ3. It denoteth all prosperity, safety, and welfare of soul and body, and specially that spoken of in Eph. ii. 14, 15; where ' Christ is our peace, which hath made of both one, and hath broken the stop of the partition wall, &c. t'c make of twain one new man in himself, so making peace/ PSALM XXX. David praiseth God for Ms deliverance. 5. He exiiorteth others to praise hbn by example of God's dealing tvitli Mm. ^ A psalm, a song of the dedication of tlie house of David. ^ I will exalt thee Jeliovah, for thou hast drawn up me, and hast not made my enemies to rejoice at mc. ^ Jehovah my God, I cried out unto Ver. 1. — Dedication,] Or initiation, which is when a new thing is first employed and put to that use for which it was made. It is applied to houses, as here, and Deut. xx. 5; 'to altars,' as Num. vii. 84, 88; 'to walls,' as Neh. xii. 27; 'to images,' as Dan. iii. 2; ' and to men,' and then it meaneth instruction, or ' training up,' as Prov. xxii. 6; Gen. xiv. 14. It is recorded by the Hebs., that when the Israelites brought their baskets of first-fruits into the sanctuary, ac- cording to the law in Deut. xxvi. and came thither in companies, as their manner was, they sang by the way the cxxii. Psalm, and when they came to the sanctuary, with every man his basket on his shoulder, they sang the clth. Psalm; and when they were come into the court-yard, the Levites said this xxxth. Psalm, ' I will exalt thee,' &c. Maim, in Misneh, tom. 3, in Bicmrim, (or treat, of First-fruits,) chap. iv. sect. 17. And the Chald. expoundeth this title, " For the dedi- cation of the house of the sanctuary an hymn of David." Ver. 2. — Hast drawn up mb,] As out of a pit of waters ; for this Avord is used for ' drawing of waters,' Exod. ii. 16, 17; waters signifying troubles. At me,] Or over me, for my ruin. Or, ' my enemies to me,' that is, 'my utter enemies,' as Ps. xxvii. 2. Ver. 3.— Healedst we,] That is, help- edst me ant of trouble : so Ps, xii. 5; Ix. 4; Hos. vii. 1; 2 Chron. vii. 14. My socl FROM HELL,] Me, Of, my Ifefrom the peril PSAI/M XXX. 473 tliee, and thou hcalcdst me. '' Jehovah, thou hast brouglit up my soul from liell, thou hast kept me alive from them that go down the pit. * Sing psalms to Jehovah, ye his gracious saints, and confess ye to the remembrance of his holiness. * For a moment is in his anger, life in his favourable acceptation ; in the evening lodgeth weeping, and at the morning shouting joy. ' And I, I said in my safe quietness, I sliall not be moved for ever. " Jehovah, in thy favourable acceptation thou hast settled strength to my moun- tain: thou didst hide thy face, I was suddenly troubled. ^ Unto thee Jehovali I called, and unto Jehovah supplicated for grace. '" Wliat profit is in my blood, when 1 go down unto corruption ? shall dust confess thee ? shall it show forth thy truth ? " Hear tliou, Jehovah, and be gracious to me ; Jehovah, be thou an helper to me. '^ Thou liast turned my mourning to a dance to me : tliou Jiast loosed my sackcloth, and hast girded me with joy. '^ That iny glory may sing psalms to tliee, and not be silenced -. Jeliovah my God, I will confess thee for ever. and estate of death. So Ps. Ixxxvi. 13. Jonah meant the same, when he said, ' thou hast brought out my life from the pit,' Jon. ii. 6. Of 'hell,' see Ps. xvi. 10. Them THAT GO Dow.x,] That is, which die, that I should not be among them : The Heb. also hath another reading, "that I should not go down the pit." The meaning is the same. VeR. 5. — To THE KEMEMBRANCE,] Or for it, that is, that his holiness may be had in remembrance, as Is. xxvi. 17. So Ps, Ixvii. 12. Ver. 6. — A MOMENT,] Or little tvhile. 'For God's anger towards his, and their affliction, is short and momentary,' as Is. liv. 7, 8; 2 Cor. iv. 17. Life,] Or lives, mean- ing a blessing and the continuance of it, as Ps. cxxxiii. 3; xxi. 5. Life is here opposed to ' a moment.' So years of life, mean ' mp.ny good years,' Prov. iii. 2, and the Chald. here for life, saith " life eternal." Lodgeth,] That is, alideth : or he (meaning God) ' causeth weeping to lodge,' as if it should be an abiding guest. So another pro- phet saith, ' At eventide lo there is trouble, but afore the morning it is gone,' Is. xvii. 14. Tl\e Chald. here trans) ateth the latter part thus, " in the morning he raiseth up with SOJlg." Ver. 7. — In my safe quietness,] Or tranquillity. God's children have so great infirmities, that in prosperity tliey are too secure, (as David showeth here, and Job, in xxix. 18 — 20,) and in adversity they are too fearful, as David elsewhere doth confess, Ps. xxxi. 23; cxvi. II. Ver. 8.— Settled,] Or, made stand, that is, reared up, constituted and stablished sure. So this phrase importeth, Ps. cvii. 25; xxxi. 9. To MY BiouNTAiN,] That is, mount Zion, where David's house or court was : or, figuratively, he meaneih ' his king- dom,'as Is. ii. 2; Dan. ii. 35, 44. See Ps. Ixv. 7. Thy face,] Thy favourable countenance; the Chald. calleth it ''Shecinah," the divine Majesty of God. Ver. 10. — What profit,] Jrhat gain, (or use) will there be ' in my blood;' which here may mean ' his violent death,' as in Ps. Ixxii. 14. Unto corruption,] The grave, or place where the body rottcth. See Ps. xvi. 10. Shall dust,] That is, my body when it is turned to dust. The Chald. sailh, " they that lie in the dust. See the like in Ps. vi. 6 ; Ixxxviii. 11 j cxv. 17 ; Is. xxxviii. 18. Ver. 12 — To a dance,] Which is a sign of joy, Jer. xxxi. 4, 13; therefore the Gr. turneth it here, "joy." The contrary is in Lam. v. 15; where their 'dance is turned into mourning.' Loosed my sack,] Or, done off my sackcloth ; which was wont to be worn in time of sorrow, Esth. iv. 1 ; Jon. iii. 6; Ps. xxxv. 13. Ver. 13. — My glort,] So the Gr. put- teth to the word n^y ; hy glory, meaning the tongue or soul: see Ps. xvi. 9. But the Chald. translateth, " That the glorious ones of the world may praise thee." Silenced,] Or made sileiit, which is, u-heti men are cut off by death, as Ps. xxxi. 18. Vol. II. 30 474 P S A L M S. PSALM XXXI. 1. David shewing Ms confidence in God, craveth his help ; 9- rejoiceth in his mercies, ] 0. prayeth in his calamities, 20. professeih God's good- ness to szich as fear him : 22. hlesseth him for the mercies that he had found, 24. and encourageth all the saints. ^ To the master of the music, a Psalm of David. ^ In tliee JeJiovali do I iiope for safety, let me not be abashed for ever : in thy justice deliver me. ^ Bow vmto me thine ear, speedily rid me : be thou to me for a rock of firm strength, for a liouse of fortresses, to save me. ^ For thon art my firm rock and my fortress, and for thy name's sake Avilt guide me and lead me. * Thou wilt bring me forth out of the net that tlicy have hid for me, for thou art my firm strength. ** Into tliy hand do I com- mit my spirit ; thou hast redeemed me, Jehovah, God of truth. '' I liave hated them that observe vanities of vain falsehood ; and 1, unto Jehovah do I trust. * I will be glad and rejoice in thy mercy, which hast seen my affliction, hast known my soul in distresses. ^And hast not shut me up in the hand of the enemy, hast made my feet stand in a large room. '"Be gracious unto me, Jehovah, for distress is on me ; gnawn is with indignation mine eye, my soul, and my belly, " For my life is quite spent witli pensiveness, and my years with sighing : my able strength is decayed with my ini- quity ; and my bones are gnawn. '- With all my distressers I am a reproach, and to my neighbours veliemently, and a dread to my Veb. 1. — In thee,] The Chald. saith in Ver. 8,— Hast known my soul,] That thy word. is, acknowledged, care for, and as the Gr. Ver. 3. — A house of fortresses,] A translateth, " saved it." See Ps. i. 6. place of defences, a most safe hold. David Ver. 9. — Not shut me up,] Or, closed being often forced to take such forts for his me, tiiat is, not given me unto their powtr : safety, did not make them, but God his So Ps. Ixxviii, 48, 50, 62; Deut. xxiii. 15; strength: see I Sam. xxii. 4; xxiii. 14, 19; xxxii. 30. xxiv. 1, 23; 2 Sam. v. 7, 9. Ver. 10 — Gnawn,] That \'=., fretted , and Ver. 6. — Commit my spirit,] Or, com- consumed as with worms: in Gi., " trou- mend, dispose of, trust to be kept. Such bled:'' see Ps. vi. 8. words our Lord Jesus Christ uttered on the Ver. 11. — Decayed,] Or, weakened, so cross to his Father, Luke xxiii. 46. as one stumbleth and fallelh down through Ver. 7. — I have hated,] In Gr. Thou weakness, Ps. xxvii. 2. SoPs. cix. 24; cv.l7. hast hated. Compare Ps. cxxxix. 21. Vani- With my iniquity,] Tliat is, punishment ties OF VAIN falsehood,] That is, 7?ioi< wiVz, due for iniquity; so the word is often used, false, and lying vanities. The word vanity Gen. xix. 15; 2 Kings vii. 9. So • whorii- (hebel) here used, besides vain worldly things dom,' for the punishment of whoredom/ against which Solomon writeth, Eccl. i. &c. Num. xiv. 33. meaneth in special idolatry, for idols are often Ver. 12. — Known acquaintance, j That called vanities, as being light, vile, and things is, such as I kneiv, respected and favoured, of nought, Deut. xxxii. 21; 1 Kings xvi. and to whom I made known my mind, estatu, 26; 2 Kings xvii. 15; Jer. ii. 5; viii. 19; x, &c., my familiars. 15; xiv. 22, &c. ' They that observe lying Ver. 13.— Out of heart,] That is, out vanities, forsake their own mercy,' Jonah of mind, or 7ncmory ; for the remembrance "• 8. of the dead is forgotten, Eccl. ix. 5, there- PSALM XXXI. 475 known acquaintance ; seeing me in the street they fled from me. '^ I am forgotten, as a dead maji out of heart; I am as a vessel of perdition '* For I hear the infamy of many ; fcarfulness from every side ; wlien they plot together against me, they craftily pnrpose to lake my soul. '^ But I, unto thee do I trust, Jehovah, I said thou art my God. "* In thy liand are my times, rid tliou mc from the hand of my enemies, and from my persecutors. '^ Make tliy face to shine upon thy servant ; save me througli tliy mercy. '* Jeho- vah, let me not be abashed, for I do call upon thee ; let the wicked be abashed, let them be silenced to hell. '^ Let the lips of false- hood be mute, tliat speak against the just an hard ivord in liaughti- ness and despight. ^^ How great is thy goodness, which thou liast laid up for tliem that fear thee, hast wrought for them that hope for safety in thee before the sons of Adam ! ^' Thou keepest tliem secret, in the secret of thy face, from the rough pride of man ; dost lay them up in a pavilion from the strife of tongues. ^^ Blessed be fore, the grave is 'tlie land of forgetfulness,' Ps. Ixxxviii. 13. Vessel of perdition,] That is, a lost or broken vessel or instrument. SoPaulmeiitioneth vessels of perdition, Rom. ix. 22. Oi-, a vessel perishing, that is, ready to perish and be lost ; as ' a perishing sheep,' Ps. cxix. 176. Ver. 14.— The infamy of many,] Or the defamation (the ill report) of mighty men. The like complaint Jeremiah maketh in his troubles, Jer. xx. 10. Fearfulness from EVERY SIDE,] Or, terror round about. In Heb. 7nagor missabib, whicli name Jeremiah gave to Pashur the priest, signifying that he 'should be a terror to himself, and to all his friends,' Jer. xx. 3, 4. This phrase Jere- miah often usetli, Jer. vi. 25; xlvi. 5; xlix. 29, Lam. ii. 22. When they plot,] Or, while they consult. See Ps. ii. 2. Ver. 16. — My times,] Hereby he mean- eth, that his many and sundry events, trou- bles, deliverances, prosperities^ adversities, life and death, (for all things have their appointed time, Eccl. iii. 1, 2,) were in the hand and disposition of God. Though times here, as days in Ps. cxix. 84, may chiefly be mt'ant of his troubles, as Ps. ix. lO; x. 1; but the Chald. expoundeth it, "the times of my redemption." So in 1 Chron. xxix. 30. mention is made of the times that v/ent ovtr David, and over Israel, and over all the kingdoms of tlie lands. Ver. 17. — Make thy face to shine,] That is, cause thy favourable countenance to appear. This is taken from the bless- ing prescribed, Num. vi. 25, and is often used in requests for grace. See Ps. iv. 7; Ixvii. 2; Ixxx. 4, 8, 20; cxix. 135. Ver. 18. — Silenced,] That is, through shame and fear be confounded, tamed, quieted, and made still. The word is sometimes used for 'cut ofl",' or ' destroyed,' and so may here be taken. So Ps. xlix. 13, 21. The Gr. translateth, "let them be brought down." To hell,] Understand, thrust down to hell, or, to the grave ; as the Chald. calleth it, " the house (or place) of burial." Ver. 19. — An haed word,] Or, durable speech; a reproach which lastelh long, to a man's infamy. The Heb. ghnuthak signifi- eth, durance, hardness, and antiquity, Ps. vi. 8, and respecteth both antique things long ago, 1 Chron. iv. 22, and things lasting or durable for time to come, Prov. viii. 18; Is. xxiii. 18. And in speeches, it is put for an ' old said saw,' taken up and applied to one's re- proach, and so during long ; and generally for any hard or stout speech, 1 Sam. ii. 3; Ps. xciv. 4; Ixxv. 6. The Gr. here ex- poundeth it, "iniquity." Ver. tl. — Thou keepest them secret, J Or, hidest them in the hiding place of thy presence," here thou always lookest unto them, in secret favour, which the world knoweth not of. Rough pride,] Or knots, knobs, rough troubles. The Heb. racas, signifieth knit- ting or binding with knots, Exod. xxviii. 28; xxxix. 21, from which a word is derived, iu Is. xl. 4, signifying, knotty, knobby, or rough places, opposed to smooth or plain. Hereby David useth it figuratively for rough aflections or actions of men, meaning their pride, conspiracies, or molestations, as the Gr. translateth, " from the trouble of men." Lay them up,] Or, hide them. Hereupon God's people are called his stored or hiddpn ones, Ps. Ixxxiii. 4. The strife ok tongues,] Plea, or contradiction, as the Gr. turneth it, and the apostle, Jude ver. 11. Ver. 22. — Made marvellously his 476 PSALMS. Jehovah, for he Jiath made marvellous his mercy to me in a city of strong defence. ^^ And I said in my liastening away, I am cut down from before thine eyes ; yet certainly thou heardest the voice of my supplications for grace, when I cried out unto thee. ''^ Love ye Jehovah, all his gracious saints ; Jeliovah keepetlithe faithful, and repayeth abundantly khn that doth haughtiness. ^^ Be ye con- firmed, and let your heart wax strong, all that hopefully wait for Jehovah. MERCY,] Or, marvellously severed it, Ps. iv. 4, ' Showed his mercy in marvellous and liidden manner.' As contrariwise God threatened ' to make marvellous the plague of sinners,' Dent, xxviii. 59. Of strong DEFENCE,] Or, of siege, that is, a fortified, defenced city, as 2 Chron. viii. 5, or a be- sieged city, as 2 Kings xxiv. 10. The Heb. matsor, signifieth both a fort or sconce, and a siege or leager, Deut. xx. 20; xxviii. 53. Ver. 23. — My hastening away,] Name- ly, through amazement or fear, as the word commonly intendeth. Dent. xx. 3; Ps. xlviii. 6; 2 Sam. iv. 8, The Gr. calleth it an ecs- tacy (or trance.) And that David hastened him away for fear, is recorded 1 Sam. xxiii. 26. So Ps. cxvi. 11. Cnx down,] Jonah in his affliction respected this speech of David, and changing a letter for nigrazti, saith ni- grashti, ' I am driven away from before ihy face,' &c., Jonah ii. 4. So the Gr. licre tianslateth it, "1 am cast awav." Ver. 24. — The faithful,] Or, keepeth fidelities, as Is. xxvi. 2. The original word signifieth either faithful persons, or truths, fidelities,' as Ps. xii. 2. The Gr. hath "truths." Payeth abundantly,] Or, to abundance, with surplusage. That doth haughtiness,] This sense the Heb. giveth. The Heb. may also thus be Englished, ' he (that is, God) doth haughtiness,' that is high magnificent acts. For the original word gaavah sometimes noteth God's 'high magni- ficence,' Ps. Ixviii. 35, sometimes man's ' haughty pride,' Ps. x. 2. Ver. 25. — "^ KSi strong,] Or, he ivill strengthen. See Ps. xxvii. 14. Hopefully WAIT,] Or persevere with hope and patience. The word Jackal implieth both a patient wait- ing. Gen. viii. 10, and a hope or trusting, as the Holy Spirit expoundeth it, Mat. xii. 21, from Is. xlii. 4. For Jehovah,] Which the Cliald. expoundeth, " the word of the Lord." PSALM XXXII. 1. David tcacheth that blessedness consisteth in remissioti of sins. 3. Hiding of sins causeth trouble, hut confession givelJi ease to the con- science. 8. An instruction unto voluntary obedience. 10. The different ends of the wicked and of the just ' An instructing Psalm of David. O BLESSED he ivhose trespass is forgiven, whose sin is covered. ^ O blessed is the man, to whom Jeliovah imputeth not iniquity, Ver. 1. — An instructing psalm,] Or, a psalm that maketh prudent, that causeth un- derstanding. As in the 8th verse of this psalm, he saith, ' I will make thee prudent,' or instruct thee. This title is set before sun- dry other psalms. Whose sin is covered,] meaning 'by the Lord,' Ps. Ixxxv. 3, and not by man himself, who must not cover, but 'acknowledge sin,' Ps. xxxii. 5. Other- wise, « he shall not prosper,' Prov. xxviii. 13. Now God covereth sins wlieu he im- puteth it not, as the verse following sheweth: and as this is man's happiness, so for God not to cover it, is woe and misery, Neil. iv. 5. Ver. 2. — Not impute,] Not think, count, or reckon. And this is an effect of his grace in Christ, as it is written, 'God was in Christ, and reconciled the world to himself, not imputing their sins unto them,' 2 Cor. v. 19. And hereunto the apostle applieth this PSx\LM XXXII. 477 and in wliose spirit is no deceit. ' Because I cease speaking, my bones wore away with age in my roaring all the day. * For day and niglit tliy hand was heavy upon me : my moisture was turned into the droughts of summer, Selah. ' My sin I acknowledged to tliee, and my iniquity 1 covered not ; I said I will confess against me my trespasses to Jehovah : and thou forgavest the iniquity of my sin, Selah. ^ For this shall every gracious saint pray unto thee at the time of finding ; surely at the flood of many waters, unto him they shall not reach. ' Thou art a secret place to me, from distress thou wilt preserve me ; with shouting songs of deli- verance thou wilt compass me, Selah. * I will make thee prudent, and will teach thee in the way that thou shalt go : 1 will give counsel, mine eye shall be upon thee. ' Be not ye as the liorse, as tlie mule, without understanding, whose mouth must be stopped with bit and bridle, which come not near unto thee. '° Many pains psalm thus : ' David saith, Blessedness is the man's unto whom God imputeth justness with- out works;' saying,' Blessed are they whose iniquities are forgiven, and whose sins are covered. Blessed is the man to whom the Lord shall not impute sin,' Rom. iv. 6, 7, S. Ver. 3. — Because I ceased speaking,] Or, trhen I kepi silence, forbearing to con. fess my sins, as after, ver. 5. Like doctrine Elihu teaeheth, Job xxxiii. 19, 22. Ver. 4.— Thy hand,] In Chald., thi/ jjlagiie. Moisture,] The chief sap, or ra- dical moisture; which is an airy and oily sub- stance, dispread through the body, whereby the life is fostered, and which being spent death ensueth. This word is used only here and in Num. xi. S, where it is applied to the ' best moisture (or cream) of oil.' Ver. 5. — Confess,] Confessing of sins is when one freely manifesteth them, accusing himself and praising God's mercy, which he expecteth in faith. See Josli. vii. 19. Against me my trespasses,] Or, concern- ing my trespasses, but both the Gr. version plainly hath, " against me," and elsewhere the Hcb. ghnalei, (here used) seemeth to be Y>\i\. ioT ghnalui, as Ps. cviii. 10, compared with Ps. Ix. 10. The iniquity of my sin,] That is, the guilt and punishment of it; as Ps. xxxi. 11. And thus ' he that confesseth and forsaketh sin, shall have mercy,' Prov. xxviii. 13, for 'if we acknowledge our sins, God is faithful and just to forgive us them,' 1 John i. 9. See also Job xxxiii. 27, 28. Ver. 6. — The time of finding,] Or, time to find : which may be meant of the time when afflictions shall find, that is shall come upon him ; as Ps. cxvi. 3, 4, or ' the time when God may be found,' as Is. Iv. 6, and that time is, ' when he is sought with the whole heart,' Deut. iv. 29 ; Jer. xxix. 13; 2 Chron. xv. 15. To this latter the Chald. applieth it, saying, " of favour." Flood,] Or, inundation. As waters signify afflic- tions, Ps, Ixix. 2, so a 'flood of waters' de- noteth great troubles and persecutions, Dan. ix. 26 ; xi. 22; Nah. i. 8; Is. lix. 19; Rev. xii. 16, 16. The Chald. paraphraselh, " in the time when many peoples come as waters, thiy shall not come near him to do him evil." Ver. 7. — Shouting songs of deliver- ance,] Or of evasion, that is, thou vrilt give me occasion, by deliverance of me, to slug many songs of praise unto thee. Ver. S. — Mine eve SHALL BE uponthek,] Or, mine eye I unll set upon thee, that is, I will have care of, and look well unto thee, as Jer. xl. 4; Ezra v. 5; Deut. xi. 12 ; Ps. xxxiv. 16. So the Chald. explaineth it, " I will counsel thee, and set mine eye upon thee for good." Or thus, " I will give counsel unto thee with mine eye," that is, with my care and providence. Thus Christ counselled Peter with his eye, Luke xxii. 61. So the eye is said 'to mock,' Prov. xxx. 17. Ver. 9. — As the horse, &c.,] That is, be not fools and brutish, so as ye must be ruled by force and rigour, not by reason. For ' unto the horse belongs a whip, unto the ass a bridle, and a rod to the fool's back,' Prov. xxvi. 3. Mouth must ke stopped,] Or, Jaiv is to be tied, Heb. stop, for to be stopped: active for passive, as after Ps. xxxvi. 3. Which come not near,] That is, which will not obey or do thee service, unless they be forced and ruled by the bridle; according to the saying of the apostle, ' Behold we put bits into the horses' mouths that they should obey us,' Jam. iii. 3. 478 P iS A L M S. are for the wicked, but he that trusteth in Jehovah, inercy shall compass him. " Rejoice ye in Jehovah, and be glad ye just, and shout joyfully all ye upright of heart. Ver. 10. — Many pains,] Or, great smarts saith, ' affliction followeth sinners,' &c. Prov. (> r sores) are for the wicked: So Solomun xiii. 21 ; xlx. 29; xxiv. 20. PSALM XXXIII. I. God is to he praised for Ins goodness, 6. for his powerful works, 1 2. and for his providence. 20. Confidence is to he placed in God. ' Shout joyfully ye just in Jeliovah, praise becometh tlie righ- teous. * Confess ye to Jehovah with liarp, with psaltery, and with ten-stringed instrument, sing psalms unto him. ^ Sing ye to Iiim a new song, do well playing on the instrument, with triumphant noise. ^ For rigliteous is the word of Jehovali, and all liis work in faith. ^ He lovetli justice and judgment, the earth is full of the mercy of Jehovah. "^ By the word of Jehovah the heavens were made, and all the host of tliem by the spirit of his moutli. ' He Ver. 1 — Becometh,] The word denotetli a fair and comely grace, for which a thing is to ' be liked and desired.' So Ps. xciii. 5; cxivii. 1. The apostle expresseth it in Gr. hy fair or beautiful, Rom. x. 15, from Is. Hi. 7. Ver. 2. — With harp,] Or, with sitterne; in Heb. kinnor ; a musical instrument in- vented by Jiibal, Gen. iv. 21, used for mirth and joy, Ps. cxxxvii. 1, 2; Is. xxiv. 8, Gen. xxxi. 27, and therefore is called the 'plea- sant harp,' Ps. Ixxxi. 3, opposed unto •mourning,' Job xxx. 31; in skill on this instrument David excelled, 1 Sam. xvi. 16, 23, and with this and others they used in Israel to celebrate the Lord with gladness, 1 Chron. xiii. 8 ; xv. 16, 28 ; xxv. 1 ; Neh. xii. 27. So spiritually in the New Testa- ment, Rev. xiv. 2. \Vitii psaltery,] Or, lute or viol: in Heb. ?iebel : an instrument so called of the form, which (as seemeth) was with a round hollow bulk, much like a bottle, (lor nebel is also a bottle or pitcher, 1 Sam. X. 3 ; Lam. iv. 2,) and of this the Greeks and Latins had their instiuments named na- ble, nauloji, nahlium. The Gr. here calleth ilpsalterion. Ten-stringed instrument,^ This difl'ered from the psaltery, Ps. xcii. 4, therefore the word tvith is here supplied. Veb. 3. — A NEW song,] a thing is said to be new, which is always fresh, renewed upon new occasions, and so permanent ; as Job saith, ' my glory was new with me.' So love is both an old and a new commandment, 1 John ii. 7,8. Or these new songs (men- tioned here, and Ps. xl. 4; xcvi. 1; xcviii. 1; cxliv. 9; Is. xiii. 10,) may have reference to the state of things under the gospel where there is a ' new- covenant,' Heb. viii. 8, 13, ' new heavens and new earth,' Rev. xxi. 1 ; 'a new man,' Eph. ii. 15; iv. 24; 'a new Jerusalem,' Rev. xxi. 2; ' and all things new,' 2 Cor. v. 17; Rev. xxi. 5. See also Rev. v. 9 ; xiv. 3. Do well playing, &c.] That is, make good music, or melody. So I Sam. xvi. 17, 18 ; Is. xxiii. 16. And this melody we are now willing 'to make to the Lord in our hearts,' Eph. v. 19. The Heb. nagan, (whereof cometh neginoth, Ps. iv. I,) properly is ' to play with the hand upon an instrument,' 1 Sam. xix. 9 Ver. 4. — In faith,] That is, faithful, true and constant: for so tliis word is often used, as Exod. xvii. 12. Moses' hands were with faith, that is, steady, firm, constant. Ver. 5. — The earth is full,] The like is said, Ps. cxix. 64. For God 'doth good unto all, both just and unjust, Mat. v. 45, and ' saveth man and beast,' Ps. xxxvi. 7. Ver. 6. — The host of them,] That is, the many creatures in them: as angels, sun, moon, stars, &c., Ps. cxiviii. I, 2, 3, 6 ; Gen. ii. 1. So mention is made of the powers or hosts of heaven, Mat. xxiv. 29. Spirit,] Or, breath ; thus Jehovah, his word and his Spirit are noted to be the maker of tiie world, as in Gen. i. s A L M X X. X r I r. 479 gathereth together as an heap the waters of tlie sea ; he giveth the deeps into treasuries. "" Let all the earth be in fear of Jehovali, let all the inhabitants of the world shrink with fear for him. ^ For he said, and it wasj he commanded, and it stood. '" Jehovah dissi- pateth the counsel of the nations, he bringeth to nought the cogita- tions of the peoples. " Tlie counsel of Jehovah shall stand for ever, the cogitations of liis lieart to generation and generation. '' O blessed is the nation whereof Jeliovah is God, the people t/mt he hath chosen for a possession to himself. '^ From the heavens Jehovah doth behold, doth see all tlie sons of Adam. ^* From the firm place of liis dwelling he looketh forth unto all the inliabitants of the earth. '' He formeth altogether tlieir heart, lie discreetly attendeth unto all tlieir works. "" The?-e is no king saved by mul- titude of a power ; a mighty man shall not be delivered by multi- tude of able strength. ^' A liorse is falsehood for salvation and shall not deliver by luultitude of his power. ^® Lo the eye of Jc- hovali is unto them that fear him, to them that hopefully wait for his mercy. " To rid free their soul from death, and to keep tliem alive in famine. ^^ Our soul earnestly waitetli for Jeliovah, lie is our help and our shield, ^' For in him our heart shall rejoice, for in the name of his holiness do v/e trust. ^^ Let thy mercy Jehovah be upon us, even as we hopefully wait for thee. Ver. 7. — Giveth the deeps,] That is, putteth or disposeth the deep waters into treasuries, or, in cellars and secret store- houses, hidden from the eye of man, called elsewhere the ' secret loom of the deep,' Job xxxviii. IC. So God is said to have 'trea- suries' or 'store-houses of wind,' Ps. cxxxv. 7 ; ' of snow and hail,' Job xxxviii. 22: ' of darkness,' Is. xlv. 3, and the like. The Chald. translateth, "he putteth (the waters) into the treasuries of the deep." Ver. 9. — It stood,] Tiiat is, existed firm and stable, and so continued. So Ps. cxix. 91. Ver. 10. — DissiPATETH.] That is, mak- eth frustrate, undoeth, abrogateth : a word opposed to ratifying, confirming, stablishing, Is. viii. 10;xix. ;5. Bringeth to nought,] Annihilateth and breaketh. Ver. 11. — Shall stand,] That is, con- tinue, and have elieLt, whatsoever men pur- pose to the contrary. See Is. xiv. 24, 27; xlvi. 10; Prov. xix. 21. Ver. 12. — Is God,] To wit, by special covenant and favour, though all the earth be his, Gen. xvii. 7; Exod. xix. 5; and this is by the new covenant, Heb. viii. 10. So Ps, cxliv. 15. Ver. 15.' — Altogether,] Or, alone. The Heb. yacAarf sometimes signifieth, ' alone without others,' Job xxxiv. 29j Ezra iv. 3; (and so the Gr. interpreters took it here, translating it kala moiias, alone, or by him- self:) sometimes it signifieth ' wholly,' or 'every whit,' Job x. S; sometimes 'together,' or ' in one,' Ps. ii. 2. All these agree well here ; for God only and wholly formeth e\ary man's heart and spirit, Zach. xii. 1; where- upon he is called 'the Father of spirits,' Heb. xii. 9; and 'the God of the spirits of all flesh," Num. xvi. 22. Ver. 16. — Of a power,] That is, of a7i army ; so called, because these are sti oiig, valiant, and active men, Ps, cxxxvi. 15. Ver. 17 A horse is falsehood^ That is, a false and deceitful help ca.nnoi save a man, but faileth those that trust in him, Zech. x. 5; Ps. Ixxvi. 6. The horse is here used for all warlike furniture; this being above other creatures, strong, fierce, and courageous, Job xxxix. 22 — 2S, and ' therefore is prepared for the day of battle, but salvation is of the Lord,' Prov, xxi. 31. Ver. 18. — The eye of jehovah,] That is, his care and providence for good, as the next verse sheweth, and as Ps, xxxii. 8 ; Zech. xii. 4; 1 Pet. iii. 12. Sometimes the Lord's eye is upon all men for evil, Amos ix, 4,8. Ver, 20 — For Jehovah,] In Chald., "for the redemption of the Lord." Ver. 21 — In HiM,]Chald. , in his word." 480 PSALMS. PSALM XXXIV. 1. David praiseih God for his deliverance, and exhorteth others thereto by his experience. 9. They are blessed that trust in God. 12. He exhorteth to the fear of God. The privileges of the righteous, and mise- ries of the wicked. ^ A psalm of David, when he had changed his behaviour before Abimelech, and lie had driven him away, and he was gone. * I WILL bless Jehovah in all time, continually his praise shall be in my mouth. ^ In Jehovah my soul sliall glory, the meek shall hear and rejoice. * Magnify ye Jehovah with me, and let us extol his name toge- ther. •'' I sought Jehovah, and he answered me, and rid me free from all my fears. ^ They looked to him and flowed, and their faces be not ashamed. ^ This poor afflicted man called, and Jehovah heard, and saved Iiim out of all his distresses. ® The angel of Jehovah pitcheth a camp about them that fear him, and releaseth them. Ver. 1. — His BEHAVIOUR,] Or, hissense, reason, properly the taste, as in verse 9, Job vi. 6, and often elsewhere, which is used both for one's inward sense or reason, and outward gesture and demeanour, (as the Gr. here translateth it, "face,") because by it a man is discerned and judged to be wise or foolish, as meats are discerned by the taste. David when he was afraid of the king of Gatli, ' clianged his behaviour before them, and feigned himself mad in their hands, and scrabbled on the doors of the gate, and let his spittle fall down upon his beard,' 1 Sam. xxi. 12, 13. Abimelech,] Whose proper name was Achish, king of (iath, a city of the Phi- listines, 1 Sam. xxi. 10, and as every king of Egypt was called Pharaoh, Gen. xli. 1; Exod. V. 1; 1 Kings xi. 18; so every king of the Philistines was called Abimelech, that is, ' Father King,' Gen. xx. 2; xxvi. 1. Had DRIVEN,] Or, expelled. For Achish said to his servants which had taken and brought David to him, ' Lo, ye see the man is beside himself, wherefore have ye brought him to me ? have I need of madmen ? &c. So David departed thence,' 1 Sam. xxi. 14, 15; xxii. 1. LTpon that he made this Psalm. Ver. 2. — In all time.] Or, in every sea- son. See Ps. X. 5. Tliis Ps. is also com- posed according to the order of the Heb, al- phabet, as is observed on Ps. xxv. ], Ver. 3. — Shall glory,] Or, ju/fuUy boast. For so the apostle expoundeth this word, which properly signifieth, to praise one's self, I Cor. i. 31, from Jer. ix. 23, 24, So in Ps. Hi. 3; xcvii. 7 ; cv. 3; cvi. 5. Ver. 4. — Magnify,] Or make great, to wit, by praising. So Deut. xxxii. 3, 'give ye greatness unto our God. Ver. 6. — They looked,] To wit, the meek, mentioned before, verse 3, or generally they that look and flow unto him. Flowed,] Ranasariver; the like similitude is, ls.ii.2; Ix. 5; Jer. xxxi. 12; li. 44. Be not ASHAMED,] Or, shall not be ashamed ; which word in the original signifietli digging, as Ps. XXXV. 7, applied to shaine, which causeth m.en to seek to hide themselves, as is livelily des- cribed, Rev vi. 15, 16. Ver. 8 — The angel,] That is, the an- gels ; for he speaketh of an host. And often in the Heb. one is put for a multitude ; as ' the inhabitant,' for the ' inhabitants,' 2 Sam. v. 6, with 1 Chron. xi. 4. So, ' frog,' for ' frogs,' Ps. Ixxviii. 45; 'tree,' for 'trees,' ' quail,' for ' quails,' Ps. cv. 33, 40. See the note on Ps. viii. 9. Pitcheth a camp,] A similitude taken from wars; as Ps. xxvii. 3. So Jacob, when the angels of God met him, said, ' this is God's camp,' or host. Gen. xxxii. 1, 2. Likewise about Elisha, the mountain was full ' of horses and chariots of PSALM XXXIV. 481 ^ Taste ye and see, that Jehovah is good ; O blessed is the man that hopeth for safety in him. '" Fear Jehovah ye his saints, for there is no want to them that fear him. " The lions are impoverished and hungered, but they that seek Jehovah shall not want any good. '^ Come sons, hearken to me, I will learn you the fear of Je- hovah. '^ Who is the man that willeth life, that loveth days, to see good ? " Keep thy tongue from evil and thy lips from speaking guile. " Eschew evil, and do good ; seek peace and pursue it. '" The eyes of Jehovah are unto the just, and his ears unto their outcry. " The face of Jehovah is against tliem that do evil, to cut off their memorial from the earth. ^^ TJiey cried, and Jehovah heard, and rid them free out of all their distresses. '^ Jehovah is near to the broken of heart, and the contrite of spirit he will save. ■'° Many are the evils of the just, and out of them all Jehovah will rid him free. fire,' 2 Kings vi. 17. See also Ps. xci. 11, 12. Ver 9. — Taste and see,] That is, make trial and you shall find that God is good, sweet and deleciable : and you will the more desire him. Thus the apostle applieth these words, saying, ' As new-born babes desire ye the sincere milk of the word, that ye may grow thereby, if so be ye have tasted that the Lord is good,' 1 Pet. ii. 2, 3. In him,] The Chald. expoundeth it, " in his word." Ver. 10. — Fear Jehovah,] Under this word /ear, is comprehended God's whole worship, as is shewed on Ps. xix. 10, and the ' walking in his ways," as it is expounded in 2 Chron. vi. 31, compared with 1 Kings viii. 40; Ps. cxxviii. 1. Ver. 11. — L;oNs,] Lurking lions (where- of see Ps. vii. 3,) which are lusty, strong, toothed, fierce, roaring, ravenous, as appear- eth by Ps. Iviii. 7; civ. 21 ; Mic. v. 8; Eze. xix. 3, 5 — 7; Job xxxix. 1, 2. And hereby may be meant the rich and mighty of the world, whom God often bringeth to misery; and so the Gr. for lions, putteth here the rich. Tyrants and strong men are sometimes called lions, Jer.ii. 15; 1 Chron. xi. 22; Nah. ii.l3; see Luke i. 53. Are impoverished,] Or, suffered penury. See Job iv. 10, II; Prov. X. 3. That seek Jehovah,] Chald. " that seek the doctrine of the Lord.'" Ver. 13. — That willeth,] That if-, fain would have, and delightetli. JJays to see Vol. II. . 3 good,] That is, to enjoy good many days, which the apostle (following the Seventy) expresseth thus, ' to see good days,' 1 Pet. iii. 10, that is, days of prosperity, pleasure, com- fort. Ver. 14. — Keep thy tongce,] To wit, by restraining and making it cease from evil ; as the apostle teacheth, 1 Pet. iii. 10. Ver. 16. — Their ootcry,] Or, their de- precation, their prayer for need, as the Gr. (which the apostle foUoweth) expresseth it. Ver. 17. — The face,] That is, open anger, Lev. xvii. 10. So the Chald. expoun- deth it, "The face of the Lord is angry against evil doers. See Ps. xxi. 10. Ver. 18 — They cried,] That is, as the Gr. saith, " the just cried ;" and the Chald. " the just prayed." Ver. 19. — The broken of heart,] Them that have their hearts broken, and their spirits contrite (or humble) for their sins. Seethe like speeches, Ps. li. 19; cxlvii. 2; Is. Ivii. 15; Ixi. 1 ; Jer. xxiij. 9; Luke iv. 18. Ver. 20.— The evils,] That is, griefs and afflictions ; as Deut. xxxi. 17 ; Ps. xxvii. 5; Ixxxviii. 4; Mat. vi. 34, the word also may import sins and vices, as Ps. xxviii. 3; xciv. 23. So after in ver. 22. Ver. 22. — Slay the wicked,] Or, do him die, kill him ,• because he shall not be delivered therefrom, as the just man is, ver. 20. The Gr. and Chald. expound it, " the 482 PSALMS. ^^ He keepeth all his bones, one of them is not broken. ^^ Evil shall slay tlie wicked, and they that hate the just shall be condemned as guilty. ^^ Jehovah redeemeth the soul of his servants, and tliey shall not be condemned as guilty, all that hope for safety in him. death of sinners (of the vvioked) is evil. Ver. 23. — All that hope, J That is, a«^ Condemned as guilty, J And consequently one of them. So all is used for any, Ps. perish. See Ps. v. 11. cxlvii. 20. PSALM XXXV. David prayeth for Ms own safety and Ms enemies' confusion. 1 1 . He complaineth of their yvrongful dealing, and shemeth Ms contrary car- riage. 22. Therefore he inciteth God against them. ^ A Psalm of David. Plead thou Jehovah, with tliem that plead with me, war thou against them that war against me. ^ Lay liold on the shield aiid buckler, and stand up for my help. ^ ^j^^j draw out the spear and sword to meet with my persecutors ; say to my soul, I atn thy sal- vation. * Let them be abashed and ashamed that seek my soul, let them be turned backward and confounded tliat think mine evil. ' Let them be as chaff before tlie wind, and the angel of Jehovah driving them. ^ Let their way be darkness and slipperinesses, and Ver. 1. — Plead,] This properly is, " to contend or debate a matterwith many words," as the next word, 7var, m fight, i^imth deeds. But God's pleading olttimes is in action; as he pleaded David's cause against Nabal, when he slew him, 1 Sam. xxv. 39. And as here David prayeth, so God elsewhere promiseth to ' plead with those that plead with his peo- ple,' Is. xlix. 25. War,] Which in the ori- ginal tongue hath the name of cutting, biting, or devouring ; for wars devour and consume many. So the sword is said to have a mouth, that is, aa edge. Job i. 15; Heb. xi. 24. and to eat, that is, to ' kill and consume,' 2 Sam. xi. 25. Ver. 3. — Draw out,] Or, as the Heb. phrase is, empty, that is, unsheathed ; the like is of the sword, Exod. xv. 9 ; Lev. xxvi. 33. Sword,] Or, close tveapon, as the name sig- nifieth. This interpretation seemeth best, because of the Heb. pause, which joineth this word with the former, 'spear:' thus also these two weapons of oflence are answerable to the former two of defence, ' the shield and buckler:' and of this Heb. namew^or, the Gr. sagaris (and perhaps the Lat. securis) seem- eth to be borrowed, for a sword or ax. And in Job xxviii. 15, this word is used for a close treasure, or stored gold ; as here for a close weapon. Otherwise we may read, according to the Gr. and other versions, " close thou,' or stop, to wit, the way or passage. Ver. 4. — That seek my soul,] That is, w.y life, to take it away : for so this phrase commonly meaneth, as Ps. xxxviii. 13; liv. 6 ; Ixx. 3 ; Exod. iv. 19 ; Mat. ii. 20, and sometimes is so explained, as Ps. Ixiii. 10. 1 Kings xix. 10, ' they seek my soul to take it away.' Yet sometimes this phrase intend- eth ' seeking the soul for one's good, as Ps. cxlii. 5. Turned backward,] A token of fear, shame, and discomfiture ; as Ps. cxxix. 6; xl. 15; Ixx. 3; ix. 4; Is. xlii. 17; Jer. xlvi. 5. Ver. 6. — Darkness, &c.] That is, most dark and slippery : meaning, fearful, danger- ous, troublesome, &c. Nah. i. S; Ps. Ixxxviii. 7 ; cvii. 9; Prov. iv. 19. So elsewhere it is said, 'Their way shall be unto them as slip- perinesses in the darkness; they shall be driven and fall therein, Jer. xxiii. 12. Ver. 7. — The corruption, &c.] That is. PSALM XXXV. 483 the Angel of Jehovah pursuing them. ' For without cause they have hid for me the corruption of their net, without cause they have digged for my soul. ^ Let tumultuous ruin come on him, he not aware ; and let his net which he liath hidden catch him ; with tu- multuous ruin let him fall thereinto. ^ And my soul shall be glad in Jeliovah, shall joy in his salvation. '° All my bones shall say, Jehovali, who is like thee, that riddest free the poor afflicted from the stronger than himself, and the poor afflicted and needy from the spoiler of Jiim ? " Witnesses of cruel wrong did rise up, things that I knew not they did ask of me. ^^ They repaid evil for good, tlie bereaving of my soul. '^ And I, when they were sick, my clotliing was sackcloth ; I afflicted my soul with fastmg, and my prayer returned upon my bosom. " I walked as if he had been a fellow-friend, as if he had been a brother to me : I bowed down sad as he that bewaileth his motlier. " But in my halting they re- their corrupting pernicious net: or their en- snaring corruption : or understanding the word in, we may read, ' they hid their net for me in a pit,' (or, in a corrupting ditch,) as Ps. vii. 16. Have digged,] To wit, a pit to fall in, so Job vi. 27. Or, have diligently searched and laid wait. So digging is used for seek- ing, Job iii. 21; xxxix. 32. Ver. 8. — Tumultuous kuin,] Calamity, wasting or desolation, that is, with noise and sound as of waters, Is. xvii. 12, 13. So Ps. Ixiii. 10; Prov. i. 27. Ver. 10. — My bones,] That is, wy strong and solid members (as the Chald. translateth it " members,") delivered out of danger, meaning that with all his strength he would praise God. So the bones are said to rejoice, Ps. li. 10; the loins to bless, Job xxxi. 20. The spoiler.] Or robber, that by open violence taketh away. Compare Job V. 15. Ver. 11. — Of cruel wrong,] That is, cruel, violent, or (as the Gr. saith) unjust witnesses. So Exod. xxiii. 1 ; Deut. xix. 16. Ver. 12. — The bereaving of,] That is, to deprive, bereave, or rob me of my soul or life; or, to bereave my soul of comfort. The word properly signifieth the bereaving or loss of children. Ver. 13. — Sackcloth,] Used to be worn in sign of sorrow, Ps. Ixix. 12; Gen. xxxvii. 34; Mat. xi. 21; Rev. xi. 3. Here we are to understand the word zvas or gave, as is expressed, Ps. Ixix. 12, even as the word afflicted, here expressed, is there understood, Ps. Ixix. 11. With fasting,] Another sign and cause of sorrow: wherefore mourn- ing aud fasting are used for the same, Mat. ix. 15, with Mark ii. 19. Returned upon MY BOSOM,] Or, into my bosom. The mean- ing may be, ' I prayed often for them, secretly, and with hearty loving aflec- tion.' For the returning of the prayer seem- eth to mean the often minding and re- peating of it; the bosom signifieth secresy, Prov. xxi. 14; xvii. 23; Ps. Ixxxix. 51, and inward aflection, Num. xi. 12; John i. 18. Or we may read it thus : 'Let my prayer return unto thy bosom, that is, I wished no worse to them than to myself, let me receive of God such good as I prayed for them. See Ps. Ixxix. 12. Ver. 14 — Sad,] Or, blach, to wit, in black and mournful attire, and with sad and heavy countenance, as the G r. here translat- eth it, scuthropazon, which word the New Testament also useth, Mat. vi. 16; Luke xxiv. 17. So after in Ps. xxxviii. 7; xlii. 10; xliii. 2. Bewaileth his mother,] Mourneth at her funeral. In this case the atlections are most strong. Therefore the priests were permitted to mourn for such, Lev. xxi. 1 — 3. Ver. 15. — My halting,] That is, my calamity, aud infirmity, whereby I seemed ready to fall. So in Ps. xxxviii. 18; Jer. XX. 10. The smiters,] That smote me with the tongue, as Jer. xviii. IS, and as here followeth, ' they rent,' &c. The Se- venty in Gr. turn it, "scourges," alluding, as I think, to the ' scourge of the tongue, as Job V. 21, and another Gr. version hath j»&c. tof, smiters. It may also be read, 'the smit- ten,' that is, abjects, vile persons. Job xxx. 8, (as the Chald. expresseth it, " the wick- ed,") or understand, smitten on their feet, as 2 Sam. iv. 4, that is, 'lame,' so feigning themselves; or 'smitten in spirit,' as Is. Ixvi. 2, that is, grieving ia outward show. 484 PSALMS. joiced, and were gathered together, the smiters were gathered toge- tlier against me, and I knew it not -. they rent and were not silent. '* With hypocrites, scoffers ^r a cake of bread, gnashing their teeth against me. '^ Lord, how long wilt thou see ? return my soul from their tumultuous ruins, my lonely soul from the lions. ^* I will confess thee in the great clmrcii, I will praise thee among a mighty people. '^ Let not them that are my enemies with fal- sity rejoice at me, them that are my haters without cause wuik with tlie eye. ^^ For they speak not peace, and against the quiet ones of tlie earth they imagine words of deceits. ^' And they have enlarged their mouth against me ; they have said, Aha, aha, our eye hath seen. ^ Jehovah thou hast seen, cease not as deaf: O Lord, be not far off from me. ^ Stir up and awake to my judgment, my God and my Lord, to my plea. ^* Judge me accord- ing to thy justice, Jeliovah my God, and let them not rejoice at me. ^* Let them not say in their heart. Aha our soul : let them not say. We liave swallowed him up. ^ Let them be abashed and con- They rent,] To wit, me with reproarhes, as Mat. vii. 6; or 'rent their garments,' counterfeiting sorrow for me. Job ii. 12. Ver. 16. — Hypocrites,] Or,close dissem. biers, which outwardly cover and cloak their wickedness, wherewith inwardly they are de- filed, Mat. xxiii. 27, 2S; or 'which have their hearts covered,' Job xxxvi. 13. The Gr. also (from whence our English word hi/po- crisy is borrowed) signifieth an ' under judg- ment,* that is dissimulation. Scoffers,] Or, of scoffs, that is men that make scofls; as Ps. xxxvi. 12, pride is for proud persons. For a cake of bread,] That is, for good cheer for their bellies : orat their belly cheer, at banquets. So Solomon speaketh of some that will ' transgress for a piece of bread,' Prov. xxviii. 21. The original word magh- nog, is, a cake, 1 Kings xvii. 12; and as bread is used for all food, Ps. cxxxvi. 25, so a cake seemeth to be used for all juncates or dainty meats ; as in Hos. vii., Ephraim is likened to a cake, and their enemies to ban- quetters that greedily eat them tip, verse 8, 9; so here David matcheth his adversaries with hypocritical and scoffing parasites, whose god was their belly, as Phil. iii. 19. Or we may figuratively take this woid for a mock, jest, or merriment, and so read it, ' with hypocritical jesting scoflerG;' and this the Gr. favoureth, saying, " they mocked me with mockage." Gnashing,] Or, they gnash- ed: Heh., " to gnash;" hut a word tlius inde- finite, following another with person, is itself of the same, by property of the Heb. tongue. So Ps. xlix. 15. Their teeth,] The teeth of them and him, that is, of every of them. See Ps. ii. 3. Ver. 17. — Return,] Or, reduce, restore, slay my soul, or life. So Job xxxiii. 30. Lonely,] Or, solitary , desolate soul. See Ps. xxii. 21—23. Ver. 18. — A mighty people,] Or, a strong, to wit, in number, that is, a great multitude. The word ghnatsum, as it is 'mighty in strength,' Ps. cxxxv. 10; Prov. XXX. 26; so is it ' many in number,' Ps. xl. 6, 13; cv. 24; cxxxvii. 17. Ver. 19. — Enemies with falsity,] That i?,for a false cause, or, as the Gr. explain- eth it, " unjustly." Wink,] Make secret signs by the winking of the eye, which argu- eth both privy and scornful gesture, therefore this always is a sign of evil, Prov. x. 10; vi. 13. Not peace,] That is, not peaceably, or friendly, which yet some hypocrites do, Ps. xxviii. 3, or, ' not speak to come to any sound composition, or peaceable end, which one may trust unto.' But ' God speaketh peace to his people,' Ps. Ixxxv. 9. Words of deceits,] Deceitful words or things. Ver. 21. — Hath seen,] Or seeth, to wit, the evil of David, or that which we desired. In speeches of evil cases, often the Heb. useth silence. So after in Ps. liv. 9; lix. 11; and cxviii. 7. Ver. 23. — To my judgment,] That is, to judge and avenge me of mine enemies: so after, to my plea, is, ' to plead rey cause,' as verse 1. Ver. 25. — Aha, our soul,] That is, aAo ve have our desire. Soul is sometimes put for desire, Ps. xli. 3. Ver.26 Clothed with bashfulness,] Meaning, their confusion on every side, when nothing but their shame a])peareth and so PSALM XXXVI. 485 founded together tliat rejoice at mine evil; let them be clothed with bashfulness and shame that magnify against me. '"'' Let them shout joyfully and rejoice that delight my justice ; and let them say con- tinually. Magnified be Jehovah, that delightetli the peace of his servant. ^^ And my tongue shall meditate thy justice, all the day thy praise. (Continued. So Ps. cix. 29; cxxxii. 18; Job as the Gr. explaineth. So after in Ps. xxxviii. vi. 22. That magmfv,] To wit, their 17; Iv. 13. Delight my justice,] Whom mouths, as is expressed, Ezek. xxxv. IS, my justice and iiiiiocency pleaseth or deligiit- that is, speak great things, and boastfully, eth; and the defence thereof. PSALM XXXVI. 1. The grievous estate of the wicked. 6. The excellency of God's mercies to such as trust in him. 11. A prayer for the righteous, 13. and prophecy of the wicked' s fall. ' To the Master of the music, a Psalm of David, the servant of J eho vah. 2 The trespass of tlie wicked assuredly saith in the inmost of my heart. No dread of God is before his eyes. ^ For he flattereth himselfin liis own eyes, to find his iniquity which he ought to hate. * The words of his mouth are iniquity and deceit ; he hath left off to be prudent, to do good. * He thinketh iniquity upon his bed, he setteth himself on a way not good, he refuseth not evil. * Je- hovah, thy mercy is in the heavens, thy faithfulness unto the skies. ' Thy justice as the mountains of God, tliy judgments a great Veh. 2. — The tresp-^ss of the wick- iv. 1. Or, to find, that is, to invent or devise ED,] Or, trespass saith to the wicked, tiiRt is, new mischiefs; as the apostle speaking of persuadetii, emboldeneth, hardeueth him. inventors (or finders out) ot evil things, Rom. Assuredly saith,] Or, it is an aMwred joy- i. 30. Which he oi'ght to hate,] Or, ing, a faithful affirmation. This word is which is to be hated, is odious. So, to keep, peculiar to the oracles of God, which are sure Ps. cxix. 4, that is, to be kept; ' to stop, Ps. and faithful, (as the apostle sometimes men- xxxii. 9 , for, to be stop[)ed; ' to do,' Esth. tioneth ' faithful sayings,' 1 Tim. i. 15; iii. vi. 6, for, is to be done. So Ps. xlix. 15; 1; iv. 9. In the New Testament it is inter- Jos. ii. 5. See also the verb active ex- preted, 'said,' Mat. xxii. 44, from Ps.cx. 1. pounded passively, by the apostle's authority. And David by the Spirit here testifieth, that Ps. li. 6. But the Chald. expoundeth it, the wicked man's trespass is such, as assur- "he hateth doctrine." edly saith (or avoucheth) even in his heart Ver. 5.— He setteth himself,] Namely, and conscience, that he dreadeth not God. to stand or walk continually in a way not In the inmost of jit heart,] In the midst, good, as Is. Ixv. 2; or he standeth still, as or within my heart: meaning, that he cer- Exod. xiv. 13. tainly knew it, and was much afiected with Ver. 6. — In the heavens,] Elsewhere it. it is said, ' unto the heavens,' Ps. Ivii. II ; Ver. 3. — To find,] That is, to perform, so here in may be used for unto. Sometimes or accomplish ; as to find the will, is to per- it is, 'above the heavens,' as Ps. cviii. 5. form or do the same, Is. Iviii. 13. So in Ver. 7. — Mountains of god,] That is. Rom. vii. 18. Or, to find, that is, to obtain high, mighty, or excellent mountains. The and git, as Gen. vi. 8 ; Mat. xi. 29 ; Rom. Heb. useth to note excellent things, by add- 486 PSALMS. depth: Jeliovah, thou savest man and beast. ^ How precious is thy mercy, O God, and the sons of Adam hope for safety in the shadow of thy wings. ® They shall be plenteously moistened with the fatness of tliy house, and tlie stream of thy pleasures tliou wilt give them to drink. " Because with thee is the well of life : in thy light we see light. " Extend thy mercy to them that know thee, and thy justice to the right of heart. '^ Let not the foot of pride come on me ; and the hand of the wicked, let it not make me flee. " There have they fallen, that work painful iniquity : they liave been thrust down, and have not been able to rise. iiig the name of God ; as ' cedars of God,' Ps. Ixxx. 11; 'mount of God,' Ps. Ixviii. 16; 'river of God,' Ps. Ixv. 10; 'wrestlings of God,' Gen. XXX. 5; ' harps of God,' Rev.xv. 2, and sundry the like. So the Chald. here saith, ''high as the strong mountains." Ver.8. — How PRECiODS,] That is,honour- able, and much to be esteemed ; sometimes the word signifieth ' bright ' and ' glorious,' Jol) xxxi. 26; Zach. xiv. 6, which also agreeth well here. And the sons,] Or, when, or therefore the sons. Shadow of THY WINGS,] That is, thy protection, so Ps. Ixiii. 8; xci. 4; called sometimes 'the se- cret of God's wings,* Ps. Ixi. 5. Ver. 10. — Well of life,] Or, as the Chald. translateth, "well of living waters," that is, an ever-springing fountain, from whom life and all graces spring and flow. So God is called the ' well of living waters,' .Jar. ii. 13; xvii. 13; Song iv. 15. We see LIGHT,] Or, enjoy light, that is, knowledge, comfort, joy, &c. See Job xxix. 3; Is. ix. 2; Jam. i. 17; Ps. xxvii. 1. Ver. 11. — Extend thy mercy,] Or, draxv it, meaning, exercise and show it; as Ps. cix. 12; also prolong or continue it, as Ps. Ixxxv. 6; Eccl. ii. 3. Ver. 12. — Foot of pride,] Or, oi haugh- tiness, that is, as the Chald. translateth, " of the proud man," as Jer. 1. 31, 32, the thing being put for the person in whom it is. As deceit, for a deceitful man, Prov. xii. 27; po- verty, for poor people, 2 Kings xxiv. 14; habitation, for inhabitants, 2 Sam. ix. 12; circumcision, for circumcised, Rom. ii. 26; helpings, governings, for helpers, governors, 1 Cor. xii. 28; dreams, for dreamers, Jer. xxvii. 9; sin, for sinner, Prov. xiii. 6, and many the like. See also Ps. v. 5 ; xii. 9 ; Iv. 21; cix. 4; Ixxviii. 31. Ver. 13. — There,] To wit, in the very enterprise, while they laboured to remove me. PSALM XXXVI L David persuadeth to patience and confidence in God, by the different estate of the godly and wicked. ^ A Psalm of David. ^ Fret not thyself for the evil doer; envy not for them that do injurious evil. For they shall soon be cut down as grass, and shall fade as the greenness of the budding lierb. ^ Trust thou in Jehovah, and do good ; dwell in tlie land, and This is the third Psalm penned alphabet wise, there being two verses allowed to every letter except four, in verses 7, 20, 29, 34. See Ps. XXV. 1. Ver. 1. — Fret,] Or, inflame not, burn not thyself with anger or grief. So after, verses 7 and 8; Piov, xxiv. 19. Evil do- ers,] To be like unto them, as the Chald. addeth, which accordeth with verse 8. Envy not,] Or, have not envious zeal or emu- lation. Tliis word is general for all hot and fervent zeal, whether good or evil, emulation, jealousy, envy, and the like; Ps. cvi. 16; Ixix. 10. PSALM XXXVII. 487 feed on faith. ^ And delight thyself in Jehovali, and he will give thee the petitions of thy lieart. ^ Turn confidently thy way upon Jehovah, and trust upon him, and he will do. " And will bring forth thy justice as the light, and thy judgment as the noon brightness. ' Be silent for Jehovah, and wait still patiently for him ; fret not thyself for him that prospereth in his way, for the man that effecteth devices. * Surcease from anger and leave off wrath, fret not thyself also to do evil. ^ For evil-doers shall be cut down, and they that ear- nestly wait on Jehovah, they shall inlierit the land. " And yet a little while, and the wicked shall not he : and thou shalt consider his place, and he shall not be. " And the meek shall inlierit the land, and shall delight themselves in the multitude of peace. '^ The wicked deviseth against the just, and gnasheth his teeth against him. '^ The Lord laugheth at him, for he seeth that his day doth come. " The wicked have drawn the sword. And bent their bow, to Ver. o. — Dwell in the land,] This may be taken either for a commandment, ' to dwell in the land of Canaan,' which God had given them to possess, Num. xxxiii. 53, though troubles and wants should arise therein, as did the patriarch's by faith, Gen. xxxvii. 1; xxvi. 3, 12 ; Heb. xi. 9. Or, for a pro. mise, dwell, that is, thou shalt dwell, that is, abide long, as after in verse 27. So, see, for ' thou shalt see,' Ps. cxxviii. 5, 6; ' seek me and live,' Amos v. 4, that is, ye shall live. Feed on faith,] To wit, ' which shall grow out of the land,' Ps. Ixxxv. 12, that is, of the fruits which the land truly and faithfully bring- eth forth. Or, as a promise, ' thou shalt feed on faith,' that is, on the faithful, constant in- crease; and thus the Gr. explaineth it, "thou shalt be fed with the riches thereof," meaning, of the land. Or, ' feed on faith,' that is, nourish thyself and live by it; for 'the just man liveth by his faith,' Hab. ii. 4, ' and walketh by it, not liy sight,' 2 Cor. v. 7. The Chald, expoundeth it, " study (or exer- cise thyself) in the faith." Or feed in faith, that is, thou shalt be fed faithfully and assur- edly. Contrary hereunto is ' to feed on the wind,' Hos. xii. 1, and 'on ashes,' Is. xliv. 20. Vee. 4 — Delight thyself,] Or, thou shalt delight, or solace thee : so ver. 1 1 ; Job xxii. 26. Ver. 5. — Turn confidently,] Commit of trust. In Heb. " roll,' in Chald. " reveal before the Lord." See Ps. xxii. 9. So Prov. xvi. 3, 'roll (or commit) thy works unto Je- hovah. Will do,] That which thou desirest ; or will execute, to wit, thy judgment, as the next verse showelh, and as elsewhere is expressed, Mic. vii. 9. Ver. 6. — As the light,] To wit, of the morning, or sun, (for so light sometimes sig- nifieth, Nth. viii. 3 ; Job xxxi. 26,) that is, clearly, manifestly. So Hos. vi. 5. Com- pare also Job xi. 17. Ver. 7. — Be silent,] Or, be still, stay and tarry silently. See Ps. iv. 5. The Gr. saith, "be subject." Wait still patient- ly,] Or, pain thi/self, Ihht is, set thyself with earnestness and patience to wait for. Ver. 8. — Surcease,] Or, slack, let yo. A word contrary to holding fast, applied here to the shaking or abating of anger ; so Judg. viii. 3. Also to do ] Or, which is but to do; or, at least to <!o t vil. Ver. 9. — Inherit,] Or, possess. So Is. Ivii. 13, ' he that trusteth in me (saith the Lord) shall inherit the land, and possess my holy mountain. Ver. 11. — And the meek,] Or, but the meek. From hence our Lord saith, ' blessed are the meek, for they shall inherit the land,' Mat. v. 5. Ver. 1 3. — His day,] That is, ' his dismal day,' the time appointed for his aflliction and destruction, 1 Sam. xxvi. 10; Ezek. xxi. 25, 29. So the Chald. explaineth it, " the day of his calamity." Day is often used for the time of punishment; as 'the posterity shall be astonied at his day,* Job xviii. 20. ' Woe unto them for their day is come,' Jer. 488 PSALMS. fell down the poor afflicted and needy one, to slay them that be right of way. '' Their sword shall enter into their own heart, and their bows shall be broken. " Better is the little of a just man, than the plenteous mammon of many wicked men. '^ For tlie arms of wicked 7nen shall be broken, but Jehovah upholdeth the just. "* Jehovah knoweth the days of perfect men, and their inheritance shall be for ever. '^ They shall not be abashed in time of evil, and in tlie days of famine they shall have enough, ^^ But tlie wicked shall perisli, and the enemies of Jehovah, as the precious ^^ of rams : they are consumed, with the smoke they are consumed. ^' The wicked borroweth and repayeth not, and the just sheweth grace and giveth. ^^ For his blessed ones shall inherit the land, and his accursed ones shall be cut off. *^ By Jehovah the steps of the man are established, and his way he delighteth. ^* When he shall fall he shall not be cast off, for Jehovah upholdeth his hand. 1. 27. So 'the day of Madian,' Is ix. 4; * the day of Jezreel,' Hos. i. 11 ; ' the day of Jerusalem,' Ps. cxxxvii. 7. Ver. 14. — Drawn,] Heb. opened, or loosed, meaning out of the sheath. A like phrase is, ' the emptying of the sword," Ps. XXXV. 3. Veb. 16. — The little of a just man,] Or, a 'little (a small portion) to the just.' See Prov. XV. 16; xvi. 8. Plenteous mam- mon,] The Heb. Ao?»o» signifieth multitude, plenty or store, of riches, or any other thing. Here the Gr. translateth it, " riches." From this Heb. word, riches are called mammon, Luke xvi. 9, 11, 13. Many wicked,) Or, great (mighty) wicked. Vee. 17.— Arms,] That is, power, help, &c. See Ps. X. 15. Ver. 18. — Knoweth,] That is, acknow- ledgeth and regardeth, as Ps. i. 6. The DATS,] That is, the events, good or evil estates, calamities that at any time befall them, as verse 13; Ps. cxvi. 2; cxix. 84. See also Ps. xxxi. 16. Shall be for ever,] Mean- ing, that they and their seed after them should inherit the land, Exod. xxxii. 13; Jos, xiv. J>; 1 Chron. xxviii. 8; Prov. xiii. 22 ; Is. Ix. 21, and then come to their immortal inheritance, 1 Pet. i. 4. Ver. 20. — The precious fat,] That which is precious in the ram=, the best, and that was the fat, all which was the Lord's, and might not therefore be eaten by any man, but was burned upon the altar, and so consumed away in smoke. Lev. iii. 15 — 17. So, 'the precious fruit of the earth,' Jam. v. 7. The Heb. carirn, elsewhere used for fields or pas- tures, Ps. Ixv. 14, is here <fat pastured rams^' or muttons: so Deut. xxxii. 14; Is. xxxiv. 6; Amos vi, 4, With the smoke,] Which vanished in the air; therefore the Gr. saith, " as the smoke :" so Ps. cii. 4. The Chald, paraphraseth, " they shall be consumed in the smoke of Gehenna," (or of hell). Ver. 21. — Repayeth not,] Shall not, or will not pay again. It may intend both his inability, that he cannot, and his unconscion- ableness, that he will not pay. Borrowing in the law is noted for a curse; as lending for a blessing, Deut. xxviii. 12, 44, ' for the bor- rower is servant to the lender,' Prov. xxii. 7 Sheweth grace,] Or, doth graciously, that is, is liberal and bountiful. So the apostle calleth liberality, grace, 1 Cor. xvi. 3; ti Cor. viii. 4, 19. Ver. 22.— His blessed ones,] Or, they that are blessed of him, that is, of God. The Chald. addeth, "they that are blessed by his word:" and after, "they that are cursed by his oath." Ver. 23. — Steps of the man,] The gate, or ways of such a man as is before spoken of ; or, as after followeth, whose way God delighteth -, called here gebcr, a valiant man. A like phrase is in Is. Ix. 12; the nations, that is, those nations, such as are there before men- tioned. Stablished,] Or firmly diiected and perfected. The word noteth the order- ing, perfecting, and fast stablishing of any- thing. And his way,] Or thus, to wit, whose way he delighteth (or affecteth). So Gideon and his house, Judg. viii. 27, for Gi- deon, his house. Ver. 24.— Shall fall,] To wit, into PSALM XXXVII. 489 " I have been joiing, also I am waxed old, and I have not seen tlie just man forsaken, and his seed seeking bread. ^^ All the day lie sheweth grace and lendeth, and his seed are in the blessing. " Eschew evil and do good, and dwell for ever. ^^ For Jehovah loveth judgment, and will not forsake his gracious saints; they arc kept for ever, and the seed of the wicked is cut off. '-'''Just men shall inherit the land, and shall dwell therein to per- petual aye. ^^ The mouth of the just will utter wisdom, and his tongue speak- eth judgment. ^' The law of his God is in his heart, it shall not stagger in his steps. ^- The wicked spieth for the just, and seeketh to work his death. ^^ Jehovah will not leave him in his liand, nor condemn him for wicked when he is judged. ^^ Wait thou earnestly for Jehovah, and keep his way, and he will exalt thee for to inherit the land : when the wicked are cut off, thou shalt see it. '"^ I have seen the wicked daunting terrible, and spreading him- self bare, as a green self- growing laurel. ^^ And he passed away, and lo he was not, and I sought him and he was not found. ^' Observe the perfect man, and see the righteous, for the afier- end of the man shall be peace, ^'^ And trespassers shall be destroyed together, the after end of the wicked shall be cut off. ^' And the salvation of just men is of Jehovah, their strength in time of distress. sin, by occasion or infiimity. Gal. vi, 1, or Ver. 31.— In his heart,] So God com- ' into affliction and trouble,' Mic. vii. 9. manded, Dent. vi. 6, and there hath he pro- Thus the Chald. expoundeth it, ' if he fail mised ' to write his law,' Heb. viii. 10. See into sickness, he shall not die." For, 'the also Ps. xl. 9; Is. li. 7. It shall not stag-' just man falleth seven times and riseth again,' ger,] Understand, 'his foot' shall not stag- Prov. sxiv. 16. Upholdeth his hand,] ger, or falter. Job xii. 5. Or, any one of And consequently raiseth him up. Alike his steps (or feet) shall not stagger or slide, phrase is of ' strengthening the hand,' Is. viii. Ver. 33. — Condemn him for wicked,] II; I Sam. xxiii. 16. Make, or pronounce him wicked, that is, Ver. 26. — His seed,] That is, /zw cA/Wrew condemn him. Opposed to justifying. So or posterity are in the blessing, or are ap- Ps. xciv. 21; Job ix. 20. pointed to the blessing, as the heirs thereof, Ver. 35. — Daunting terrible,] Sorely Gen. xxviii. 3; 1 Pet. iii. 9, and have still dismaying others with his terrors: in Gi-., abundance, though tliey give to others : for, " lifted very high." See Ps. x. 18. Spread- • the blessing of the Lord makelh rich,' Prov. ing bare,] Making bare, that is, thrusting X. 22. And, ' there is that scattereth, and forth and showing himself. Green,] That is more increased,' Prov. xi. 24. is, fresh and flourishing, as Dan. iv. 1. It Ver. 27. — Dwell for ever,] That is, is not meant for colour only, but for juice 'thou shalt dwell,' as verse 3. The like pro- and vigour. SoPs. Iii. 10. Self-growing mise is in Jer. vii. 5 — 7. Iaorel,] A tree that groweth in his natural Ver. 28.— Is cut off,] A like judgment place, which commonly sprouts and thrivo= is in Job xviii. 19, ' He shall have neither better than such as are removed to another son nor nephew among his people, nor any soil ; therefore the Gr. explaineth it, " as the posterity in his dwellings.' See also Ps. xxi. cedars of Lebanon." 11; cix. 13; and the contrary, Ps. cii. 29. Ver. 37. — The after end,] Or, the last, Ver. :,0. — Will meditate,] usually or the posterity. This word is sometimes meditateth, that is, resoundeth, uttereth, as used for the end, as Deut. xi. 12; xxxii. 20, Ps. XXXV. 28, 29; Jer. xxix. U; sometimes for ' posteiity Vol. II. ■ 3 Q 490 PSALMS. *° And Jehovah will help tliem, and deliver them : he will deli- ver them from the wicked, and save them, because they hope for safety in him. of children left behind,' as Ps. cix. 13, Dan. xi. 4. And thus it may be understood here, specially in the verse following. The Gr. translateth, " there is a remnant to thu peace- able man." Ver. 40. — In him,] Cliald. in his word. PSALM xxxvin. David, in sore afflictions, entreateth God not to he angry with him, 5. complaineth of his sins, and chastisements, 11. of his own weakness, 12. of his friends forsaking him, 13. and his enemies' malice •• l6. yet his faith is in God, whose help he desireth. ' A Psalm of David, for to record. ^ Jehovah, rebuke me not in thy fervent anger, neitlier chas- tise me in thy wrathful heat. ^ For thy arrows are stuck in me, and tliou lettest down tliy hand upon me. * No soundness is in my flesh, because of thy angry threat, no peace is in my bones, because of my sin. ^ For my iniquities are gone over my head : as a heavy burden, they are too heavy for me. * My stripes do stink, and are putrified, because of my foolishness. ^ I am crooked, I am bov,red down very vehemently; all the day I walk sad. * For my Ver. 1. — t<oR TO record,] Or, to cause remembrance for commemoration, to wit, of David's troubles, as Ps. cxxxii. 1 ; and of God's mercies, deliverances, and prayers for the same, as Is. Ixiii. 7. The like title is of the Ixx. Ps. David appointed before the ark singers of the Levites ' for to record, and to confess, and to praise Jehovah the God of Israel,' I Chron. xvi. 4. The Gr. addeth to the title, "a Psalm of David for remembrance concerning the Sabbath. Ver. 2. — Neither,] Heb. and, where the word not is again to be repeated, as is noted, Ps. ix. 19; and as is expressed, Ps. vi. 2, where the like prayer is made. Ver. 3. — Thy -■irrows,] So Job saith, ' the arrows of the Almighty are in me, tlie venom whereof drinketh up my spirit,' Job vi. 4, Arrows are sicknesses, or plagues of body or mind, Ps. xviii. 15 ; xci. 5. Thy hand.] In Chald., " the stroke of thy hand." Ver. 4. — No soundness,] Or, ' there is nothing sound,' or 'whole.' So Is. i. 6. An- gry threat,] Or, detestation, indignation. Sue Ps. vii. \2. Ver. 6. — My stripes,] Or, scars; properly such soro marks, wounds, or stripes, as wherein the blood and humours are gathered. and do appear after beating ; named in Eng- lish, wails. Foolishness,] The Heb. juve- leth, meaneth rash and unadvised folly, through want of prudence. Therefore, though commonly in Gr. itisturned imprudence, yet sometimes it is called ' unadvised rashness,' Prov. xiv. 17, and Evil, the fool, is named, rash or heady, Prov. x. 14. And by foolish- ness is meant usually viciousness or sin, and is so expressed by the Gr., Prov. xiii. 16; XV. 2; XX vi. 11; and our Saviour numbereth foolishness among ' other evils that defile a man,' Mark vii. 22. Ver. 7. — Sad,] mournfully. See Ps. XXXV. 14. Ver. S. — My flanks,] Or loins. Parch- ing,] Or, burning, roasting. So elsewhere he complaineth of the burning of his bones, Ps. cii. 4, and so the Chald. paraphrast here taketh this word, which may also be translated, vile matter: meaning a vile or loathsome di- sease, full of burning pains. The Gr. turn- eth it, " mockings." Ver. 9. — The groaning,] Or, rumbling, roaring noise. Veb. 11. — Panteth,] Throbbeth, beateth about, through trouble and distemperature. Able strength,] Force and ability that is PSALM XXXIX. 491 flanks are full of parching, and there is no soundness in my flesh. ' I am weakened and crushed very sore, I roar out for the groan- ing of my heart. *" Lord, before tliee is all my desire, and my sighing is not liid from thee. " My heart panteth, my able strength forsaketh me, and the light of mine eyes even they are not with me. '^ My lovers and my nearest friends stand from before my stroke, and my neighbours stand afar off". " And they that seek my soul, set snares ; and they that seek my evil, speak woful evils, and all the day they meditate deceits. '* And I as a deaf man hear not, and as a mute man openeth not his mouth. '^ And I am as a man which heareth not, and in whose mouth are no reproofs. '^ Be- cause for thee Jehovah I do hopefully waitj thou wilt answer, O Lord my God. " For I said, lest they rejoice at me, awe? when my foot is moved do magnify against me. ^^ For I am ready to halt- ing, and my pain is before me continually. " For I do declare my iniquity, I am careful for my sin. ^ And my enemies are alive, mighty, and multiplied are they that hate me falsely. ^^ And they that repay evil for good, are my adversaries, for tliat I follow good. ^^ Forsake me not, Jeliovah ; my God, be not far off from me. "^ Hasten to my lielp, Lord, my salvation. Ver. 18. — To HALTING.] To show my infirmity iti my trials and afflictions; as Jacob halted, after liis wrestling with God, Gen. xxxii. 31. See Ps. xxxv. 15. In the Gr. " I am ready for scourges," that is, to suffer correction and punishment for my sins: sotheChald. sailh, " for calamity." Ver. 19. — Am careful,] Or, will shew care, taking thought as for fear of some evil or danger to come. So the original word importeth, Josh. xxii. 24; 1 Sam. ix. 5; x. 2; Is. Ivii. 11. Ver. 20. — Are alive,] Or, living, that is, lively, lusty, cheerful, hale, and sound, or rich, as the word seemeth to mean ia Eccl. vi. 8. Are mighty,] Or, 'strength- ened, compacted,* by power, riches, number, &c. See Ps. xxxv. 18. Falsely,] Or, in falsity, that is, for a false, untrue, and unjust cause, Ps. xxxv. 19. So the Gr. translateth it, " unjustly." Ver. 21. — My adversaries,] Or, 'are adverse to me, opposite, to let and hinder me.' The Heb. saian is hereupon applied to the devil, who is an adversary to hinder all goodness, Zach. iii. 1 ; Mark i. 13 ; Rev. xii. 9. So after, Ps. Ixxi. 13 ; cix. 4, 6; XX. 29. in the heart and bowels; as elsewhere he saith, 'my heart forsaketh me, Ps, xl. 13. Are not with me,] That is, 1 have no use of them ; * I cannot see,' Ps. xl. 13, Through faintness, ofttimes the eye-sight faileth, 1 Sam. xiv. 28, 29; Ps. xiii. 4. Vee. 12. — My plague,] Or, stroke, touch, hurt. The Heb. useth touching, for striking, or hurting any manner of way, Ps. cv. 15. Ver. 13 — Seek my soul,] To kill me. See Ps. xxxv. 4. Woful evils,] In Gr., vanities, in Chald., falsehood. Ver. 15. — No rzprkhe^sions,] No argu- ments, or convictions. Ver. 1G. Thou wilt answer,] Or, 'that thou make answer,' that is, hear and deliver me. Ps. iii. 5. Ver. 17. — I said, lest,] ' I say, (I think) it is to be feared, lest/ &c. An imperfect speech through passion. My foot is mov- ed,] That is, slip. This is always in the evil part, when one's state is changed to worse, Deut. xxxii. 35; Ps.lxvi. 9; xciv. 18; cxxi. 3. A like phrase is of ' moving of the hand,' Lev. xxv. 35. Magnify,] Vaunt themselves: in Gr., "speak great things." See Ps. xxxv. 26. PSALM XXXIX. David's care of his words : 5. his consideration of the brevity and vanity of life ; 8. his hope in God, 10. patience and prayer in affliction. 492 P S x\ L M S. 1 2. He confesseth man's weakness, and in respect of his short pilgrimage desireth refreshing. ' To tlie Master of the music, to Jeduthun ; a Psalm of David. ^ I SAID, I vail take heed to my ways, from shining with my tongue : I will keep a bridle on my mouth, wliile the wicked is before me. ^ I was dumb witli stillness, I was silent from good, and my pain was troubled. * Mine heart was hot within me, in my meditation the fire burned, I spake with my tongue. * Jehovah, make me to know mine end, and the measure of my days, what it is : let me know how soon ceasing I am. "^ Lo, thou hast given my days of hand-breadths, and my worldly time is as nothing before tliee ; surely all vanity is every man, though settled, Selah. ' Surely in an image walketh each man, surely in vanity do they Veb. 1. — To Jedqthun,] Or, 'for' him : and it may be meant not only for his person, but for his posterity, as Aaron is put for the Aaronites, 1 Chron. xii. 27. This Jeduthun and his sons were singers in Israel with the harp : he prophesied for the confessing and giving praise to Jehovah, 1 Chron. xxv. 3. So Ps. Ixxvii. 1. The Chald. addeth to the title, " To praise for the keeping of the house of the sanctuary, by the mouth of Jedu- thun." Ver. 2. — Take heed,] Or, beware, ob- serve. The like speech is used, 1 Kings ii. 4. From sinning,] That is, as the Gr. translatetl), " that I sin not," or miss not. ' If any man sin not in word, he is a perfect man and able to bridle all the body,' Jam. iii. 2. A BRIDLE,] Or muzzle. The Gr. turneth it a ward. By this the untamedness of the tongue is noted, which must by force and watchfulness be restrained. See Jam. iii. 3—8. Ver. 3. — With stillness,] Or, silent- ness, tamed sul>jection, as the word often signifieth, Ps. iv. 5. Wherefore the Gr. here turneth it, "■ I was humbled.' From GOOD,] In Gr,, "from good things," which the Chald. explaiiieth, "the words of the law." My pain was troubled,] "My sore was exulcerate, renewed," as the Gr. saith, " and increased." Ver.. 4. — Fire burned,] With this speech of David we may compare that of Jeremiah, ' And I said, I will not mention him, nor speak any more in his name: but it was in my heart as a burning fire shut up in my bones, and I was weary with forbearing, and could no longer,' Jcr. xx. 9. Ver. 5. — How soon ceasing,] How tem- porary, frail, brittle, and short-lived; as the Cliald. expoundeth it, " when I shall cease out of the world;" or, how defective I am: so tlie Gr. saith, " what I lack," to wit, of the end of my days ; what is the term and period of my life. Ver. 6 Of hand-breadths,] That is, thou hast exactly measured them out, and they are but short. A hand-breadth is a short measure, the breadth of four fingers, Mt worldly time,] My life-time, my tem- porary age. The Gr. translateth it, " my substance;" the Cliald. "my body." The llbh.cheled, is the world, Ps. xvii. 14, used here for man's life-time in this world. So Ps. Ixxxix. 48; Job xi. 17. Surely,] Or, but only. All V'ANITY,] Or, 'a mere vapour, all manner vanity, and nothing else.' What- soever vanity is in the world, may all be seen ill man. The Ileb. kebel is a soon vanishing vapour, as the breath of one's mouth. To this the apostle hath reference, saying, ' What is your life ? it is even a vapour, that appeareth for a little time, and afterwards vanisheth away,' Jam. iv. 14. Every man,] Or, all mankind: Heb. " all Adam." Adam called his second son Hebel, that is, vanity. Gen. iv. 2; and here David saith, that ' all Adam' (every man) is hebcl, vanity. Solomon in Ecclesiastes, declareth this at large. See also Ps. Ixii. 10. Though settled,] Or, 'standing, steadfast,' and in good estate: iuGr. "living." The Chald. saith, "but all just ones live for ever." Ver. 7. — Walketh in an image,] Or, m a shadow, that is, obscurely, changeth daily, kadeth an imaginary life, rather than a life it- self, and so soon passeth hence ; ' he fleeth as a shadow, and abideth not,' Job xiv. 2. So Paul saith, ' the fashion (or hue) of this world gocth away,' 1 Cor. vii. 31. The Chald. oxplaineth it otherwise, " walketh in the image of the Lord." Make a stir,] Or, a tumult, disquieting themselves and one ano- ther. Heheapeth,] That is, any one heapeth up, to wit, goods, and knows not who shall enjoy them. See Eccl. ii. 18, 19. PSALM XL. 493 make a stir, he lieapetli up, and kuowetli not who shall gather tliem. ** And now what expect I Lord ? my liopeful expectation it is for thee, ^ Deliver me from all my trespasses, put me not the reproach of the fool. " I am dumb, I will not open my mouth, because thou liast done it. " Turn away thy plague from me ; by the striking of thine hand I am consumed. ^^ With reproofs for iniquity thou chastisest a man, and makest tliat which is to be desired of his to melt away as a moth : surely vanity is every man, Selah. '^ Hear my prayer, J ehovah, and mine outcry, give ear unto my tears ; cease not as deaf, for a stranger I am with thee, a sojourner, as all my fathers. " Stay from me, and let me refresh myself before I go, and I be not. Ver. 9. — Put me not,] Or, 'expose, make me not' to be the reproach of the fool of Nabal ; whereof see Ps.xiv. 1. Ver. 10. — I AM DUMB,] Or, ' tongue-tied. This is a profession of his patient sufferance of the things laid upon liim by God. And so did David carry himself, 2 Sam. xvi. 10 ; and Aaron, Lev. x. 3. Ver. 11. — The striking,] Or, buffeting: this noteth the greatness and oft reiteration of his trouble. Ver. 12. — Melt,] That \s, consume away. As A MOTH,] To wit, asa moth-worm consum- eth, or perisheth, '.vhich is suddenly, as Job iv. 19, 'they are destroyed before the moth.' Or, as the moth consumeth garments, so thou with thy rebukes consumest them, as Hos. v. 12; Job xiii. 28; Is. 1. 9; li. 8. That WHICH IS TO BE DESIRED OF HIS,] Or, is desirable ; meaning his beauteous grace, best strength, dignity, and every whit of him that is amiable, to be desired, or liked: which the Gr. expoundethtobe "his soul ;" the Chald. " his body." Ver. 13. — Unto my tears,] Which cry unto God, (as blood is said to cry, Gen. iv. 10,) or, which are joined with earnest prayers, as Heb. v. 7. A stranger with THEE,] This is taken from the law, Lev. xxv. 23, ' The land is mine, ye are but strangers, and sojourners «ith me.' The like acknow- ledgment is also in 1 Chron. xxix. 15. Hence saith the apostle, ' They confessed that they were strangers and pilgrims on the earth,' and ' they that say such things declare plainly that they seek a country,' to wit, ' an heavenly,' Heb. xi. 13, 14, 16. Ver. 14.— Stay,] Or, leave off, to wit, thine anger, or affliction: or look away, shut the eye, as this word sometimes signifieth, Is. vi. 10. And let me refresh,] Or, that I may recover strength. This speech is taken from Job x. 20, 21. I go,] To wit, unto death. See Gen. xv. 2; and xxv. 32; v. 24. PSALM XL. 1. David propJiesieth of Christ's afflictions and deliverance. 7. The aholishing of legal sacrifices, and the oblation of himself . 10. Where- upon the righteousness of God is preached unto the church. 13. His many troubles against which he prayeth. 1 5. The confusion of his ene- mies, and joy of those that love his salvation. ^ To the Master of the music, David's Psalm. ^ Waiting, I waited for Jehovah, and he bended unto me, and Ver. ]. — David's psalm,] Or, a Psytlm of David; but David's name is here set first, which elsewhere commonly is last: or, a Psalm concerning David, that is, Christ, who is called David in tlie prophets, Hos. iii, 5 ; Jer. XXX. 9; Ezek. xxxiv. 23; xxxvii. 24, Of him this psalm treateth, as the apostle teacheth, Heb. x. 5, 6, &c. Ver. 2. — Waiting,] Or, expecting ; the doubling of this word noteth earnestness, con- 494 PSALMS. heard my cry. ^ And lie brought me up out of the pit of sounding calamity, out of the mire of mud, and set up my feet upon a rock; he ordered steadily my steps. ^ And he hath given into my mouth a new song, a praise to our God : many shall see and fear, and sliall trust in Jeliovah. ^ O blessed is tlie man that putteth Jeho- vali liis secure trust, and respecteth not the proud and them that turn aside unto a lie. "^ Thou Jehovah, my God, hast made many thy marvellous works; and thy thoughts towards us none can count them in order unto thee ; would I declare and speak of them, tliey are mightily increased, 7nore than caw be told. ^ Sacrifice and obla- tion thou wouldest not ; mine ears hast thou digged open : burnt- ofiering and sin-offering thou askedst not. ^ Then said I, Lo I come, stancy, patience. Bendkd,] To wit, his ear, as is expressed Ps. xvii. 6. Ver. 3. — Pit of sounding calamity,] Or, 'dungeon of tumultuous desolation' which echoed and resounded with dreadful noises, denoting thereby the greatness of Christ's afflictions. Mire of mud,] That is, muddy (or dirty) mire, or clay, signifying fast cleav- ing afflictions. So Ps. Ixix. 3. Set up,] Or, stablished, set fast my feet on a i-ock, that is, on firm ground, opposed to the former mud. Ver. 5. — Respecteth not,] Or turneth not the face ; which implieth liking, or inclination of the mind and afl'ections. Job xxxvi. 21, The proud,] Or stout, that in confidence of their strength carry them- selves insolently. Turn aside to a lie,] 'Swerve, or revolt, to deceivable falsehood ;' meaning heretics and idolaters. Ver. 6. — Thy thoughts,] Thi/ good meanings, or purposes. None can count in ORDER,] Or, they cannot be orderly counted, or propounded. The Chald. paraphraseth, " it is not possible for to order unto thee thy praise." Here the word used for ordering of speech, as in Job xxxii. 14. Sometimes it is used for matching, or comparing. So the Gr. turneth it here, " in thy thoughts there is ))ot any that can be likened to thee. " Would T,] Or, 'if I would declare.' Mightily INCREASE,] Or, strong, to wit, in number many; so after in verse 13; see Ps. xxxv. 18. Above telling,] That is, ' more than I or any can tell,' or more that can be told. Ver. 7. — Thou would not,] Or, delight- est not; Christ 'was to cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease," Dan. ix. 27, because it was impossible that they should purge sins, Heb. X. 4, therefore speaketh he thus to God his Father, Heb. x. 5. Mine ears,] Or, ' ears to me:' see Ps. iii. 1. Digged open.] Or, pierced, that is, thou hast made me obe- dient to thy voice, (contrary to which is the stopping of the ear, Ps. Iviii. 5,) so the Chald. explaineth it, "thou hast digged open mine ears to hearken unto thy commandments: or, mine ears hast thou bored, as thy servant for ever according to the law, Exod. xxi. 6. The Gr. interpreters, to make the sense plainer, say, " but a body hast thou fitted to me ; meaning that his body was ordained and fitted to be a sacrifice for the sins of the world, when the other legal sacrifices were refused as unprofitable. And thus the apostle alleg- eth the words, following the Gr., Heb. x. 5, 10. Burnt- offering,] Sacrifice that goeth all up in fire. See Ps, xx. 4, Sin-offer- ing,] Or, e.rpiation, oblation for sin, as the apostle calleih it, Heb. x. The word sin, is often in the law put for the sin-oflering. Lev. iv. 24, &c.; Exod. xxix. 14. So the apostle saith, ' him that knew no sin, he made sin (that is, a sin-oflering) for us,' 2 Cor. v,2 1. Ver. 8. — Lo I come,] Or, a?« come, to wit, into the world, Heb. x. 5, and particu- larly, to Jerusalem to give myself a sacri- fice for sin. See Mark x. 32—34. The Chald., not understanding this mystery, para- phraseth, " Lo, I enter into life eternal, when I have studied (or exercised myself) in the roll of the book of the law, which is written for me :" alluding, as it seemeth, to Deut. xvii. 18—20. The roll,] Or, volume of the look, that is, a book or scroll of paper or parchment, rolled up. The like phrase is used, Jer. xxxvi. 2, &c.; Ezek. ii. 9, &c. The Heb. sepher, book, is used generally for any writings, evidences, bills, court-rolls, &c. Deut. xxiv. 1; 2 Kings v. 5, 6 ; Jer. xxxii. II ; and the books in Israel were written in long scrolls, and folded and wrapped up. Hence is that phrase, ' the heavens shall be folded up like a book,' Is. xxxiv. 4; Rev. vi. 14. It is written,] So Christ saith, 'the Son of man goeth as it is written of him,* Mat. xxvi. 24; and ' Moses wrote of me,' John V. 46. See also Luke xxiv. 44, 46 ; Acts xiii. 29. PSALM XL. 495 in the roll of the book it is written of me. ^ My God, I delight to do thy acceptable will, and thy law is within my bowels. '" I have preached the glad tidings of justification in the great church; lo, I close not up my lips, Jehovah thou knowest. " Thy justice I have not covered within my heart, thy faith and thy salvation have I said : I liave not concealed thy mercy and thy truth to the great church. ^^ Thou, Jehovali, close not up thy tender mercies from me : let thy bounteous mercy, and thy truth, continually preserve me. " For innumerable evils have assailed me round about ; my iniquities have taken Iiold on me, and I am not able to see ; they are mightily increased, more than the hairs of my head : and my heart forsaketh me. '^ Vouchsafe, Jeliovah, to deliver me-. Jelio- vah, make haste to my help. '^ Let them be abashed and ashamed together, that seek my soul to make an end of it -. let tliem be turned backward, and blush, tliat deliglit mine evil. ^^ Let them be made desolate, for a reward of their shame, that say to me. Aha, aha. '^ Let all that seek thee, be joyful and rejoice in thee ; let them say continually, magnified be Jehovah ; they that love thy salvation. '^ And I poor afflicted, and needy, the Lord thinketh on me : thou art my help, and my deliverer : my God, delay not. Ver. 9. — Thy acceptable will,] By the which will we are sanctified, even by the offering of the body of Jesus Christ once,Heb. X. 10. See also John vi. 38 ; Luke xxii. 42. Ver. 10. — I HAVE preached the glad TIDINGS OF,] Or, 'I have evangelised justice ;' of this word, the Evangel or Gospel hath the name, the Gr. signifying, " good tidings," and the English also to like effect, made of the Saxon godspell, that is, a good speech. And the justice here meant is thus set forth by the apostle :' Now is the justification of God made manifest without the law, having witness of the law and of the prophets; namely, the justification of God, by the faith of Jesus Christ, unto all, and upon all that believe,' &c., Rom. iii. 21, 22. The great chorch,] Or, asxembbj, congregation. So Ps. xxii. 23. Close not up,] Restrain not, as in a prison, that words should not be uttered, Jer. xxxii. 2, 3. Ver. H. — I SAID,] That is, mentioned, and spoke of, as 2 Sam. vi. 22. To the great church,] The word to is referred to God's mercy and truth extended to the church. The Gr. referreth it to concealed, and trans- lateth, " from the great church." And the Heb. elsewhere usually speaketh, Ps. Ixix. 6 ; Ixxviii. 4 ; cxxxix. 15. Ver. 13. — Iniquities,] This word as the former, evils, is sometimes used for sin, some- times for the punishment of sin. See Ps. xxxi. 11. Ver. 14 — Vouchsafe,] Or, let it please thee. Ver. 15. — To make an end of it,] To consume or destroy it. Compare this con- clusion with Ps. Ixx. Ver. 1 6. — Made desolate,] Or, ' wnnder- ously wasted,' unto amazedness and astonish- ment. So after in Ps. xlvi. 9; Ixix. 26; Ixxiii. 19; Ixxix. 7. For a reward,] Or, an end of their shame, that they would bi ing upon me. End is used for reicard, as Ps. xix. 12, or, for because of their shame. The Heb. word sometimes signifieth because. Is. V. 23 : Gen. xxii. 1 1 ; Deut. vii. 12. Aha,] The Chald. openeth it with this paraphrase, " we are glad at (his) destruction." Ver. 18. — Thinketh on me,] In Gr. " hatli care of me;" in Chald., ''thinketh good for me." Delav not,] 'Prolong not the time till the last,' and consequently fail not. The word is so to tarry or linger, as to disappoint one of his expectation, as Hab. ii. 3, ' though it tarry, wait thou; for it shall surely come, and shall not delay,' that is, not fail. And thus may we understand other like scriptures, as Deut. vii. 10. ' God will not delay (that is, not fail) to reward him that hateth him,' Deut. xxiii. 21, ' when thou vowest a vow to the Lord, thou shalt not delay (that is, not fail) to pay it.' So Exod. xxii. 29, and sundry the like. 496 PSALMS. PSALM XLL David prophesieth of Christ's poverty and afflictions. 5. His prayer, and complaint of his enejnies. 10. Judas, his treachery. 11. Christ's resurrection and glory, for ivhich lie hlesseth God. ' To the Master of the music, a Psalm of David. * O BLESSED is he that prudently attendeth unto the poor weak- ling in the day of evil; Jehovah will deliver him. ^ Jehovah will keep liim and preserve him alive, he shall be made blessed in the earth ; and give thou liim not to the soul of his enemies. * Jehovali will upliold liim on tlie bedstead of languishing sorrow ; all his bed thou hast turned in his sickness. ^ I did say, Jehovah be gracious to me ; heal my soul, for I have sinned against thee. '' My ene- mies said evil of me ; wlien shall he die, and his name perish ? ^ And if lie come to see, he speaketh false vanity in his heart, he ]ieapeth up painful iniquity to himse^'.- lie goeth forth, abroad he speaketh it. ^ Together against me whisper do all that hate me ; against me, they think evil to me. ® A miscliievous thing is fastened in him, and he tliat lieth down, shall no more rise up. Ver. 1. — That prudently attendeth,] Or, ' skilfully carrieth himself;' it implieth both a skilful minding or judging, and a car- riage according in word and deed : therefore the Chald. paraphrase tli, " attendeth to the affairs of the poor, to have pity on him." The POOR WEAKLING,] The Heb. dal hath the signification of drawing out or emptying, and is applied to the weak, lean, sickly, whose flesh and health is spent. Gen. xli. 19; 2 Sam. xiii. 4 ; and to the poor, whose wealth is wasted, Ps. Ixxii. 13; cxiii. 7; opposed to the rich, Exod. xxx. 15. And as the poor are thus called weak, thin, or lean, so rich and great men, are called thick or fat, Ps. Ixxviii. 31. The poor weakling treated of here, was David and his son Christ, as appeareth by the 10th verse, compared with John xiii. 18. Ver. 3. — Preserve him alive,] Con- serve his life and health, as Deut. xx. 16, or restore to him health from sickness, as Hezekiah is said to live, when he recovered his health. Is, xxxviii. 9, 21. Give thou HIM NOT,] He tnrneth his speech to the Lord: and so again in the next verse. To THE SOUL,] That is, to the lust or will, as Luke xxiii. 25; see Ps. xxvii. 12. The Gr, saith, " into the hands ;" the Chald., " to the will." Ver. 4. — Languishing sorrow,] Or, of sickness, feebleness. The Chald. expound- eih it thus : " The word of the Lord will help him in his life, and will appear unto him on the bed of his sickness." Thou hast turned,] Or, hast changed. It may be understood either of making his bed easy, that is, comfortable, in his sickness, or of changing his estate from lying sick, to sitting up in health. Ver. 5. — FIeal my soul,] That is, heul me, who now am sick: or, heal my soul, oi sins, infirmities, &c., so God healeth the peo- ple, when he pardoned their uncleanness, 2 Chron. xxx. 20, and ' healeth the broken hearted,' Ps. cxlvii. 3. And that which the prophet speaketh of healing of the people, the evangelist expoundeth of • forgiving them them their sins. Is. vi. 10; Mark iv. 12; Mat. xiii. 15. Ver. 7. — Abroad, Or, «in the streets.' Ver. 9. — A mischievous thing,] Or, 'some devilish matter;' Heb. "a word of Belial." See wordhx thing, in Ps. vii. 1, and Belial, (which the Chald. here translat- elh, "perverse and wicked,") in Ps. xviii. 5. And both joined as here, in Ps. ci. 3; Deut. XV. 9. It may be understood of some odious sin and wicked vice, or of some griev- ous punishment for the same. Is fastened,] Or, is 'poured into him. The original word signifieth both, and may denote the greatness and fast-cleaving of his sin, and likewise of his punishment: for plagues are said to be poured out. Rev. xvi. 1, &c. Shall no MORE RISE,] Or, 'shall not add to rise.' Ver. 10. — The man of my peace,] That is, my familiar friend, which was at peace with me, as Judas, Christ's own discipk. PSx\LM XLII. 497 '"Also the man of my peace, Jie whom I trusted in, that eateth my bread, he hath greatly lifted up the heel against me. ^' And thou, Jehovah, be gracious to me, and raise me up, and I shall repay them. ^^ By this I know that thou delightest in me, because my enemy shall not shout triumphantly over me. " And me, thou hast sustained me in mine integrity, and hast settled me before thy face for ever. '^ Blessed is Jehovali, the God of Israel, from eter- nity, and unto eternity : Amen, and Amen. The Chalcl. expoundeth it, "the man that should have sought my peace." Greatly LIFTED UP,] Or, magnified the heel, or the foot-sole; that is, hath insolently and con- tumeliously abused me, seeking my overthrow. And this Christ applied to himself, John xiii. 18, ' He that eateth bread with me, hath lifted up the heel against me.' Ver. 12. — Shout triujiphantly,] This word noteth any loud sound with voice or trumpet, as Josh. vi. 3, 20; Num. x. 7; sometimes a sorrowful crying out, as Jer. XX. 16 ; but commonly joyfully shouting, as here, and after, Ps. Ixxxi. 2; xlvii. 2; Ixvi. 1. Ver. 13. — And I,] Or, as for me. Ver. 14. — Amen,] Or, as the Gr. transia- teth, " so be it." But the Heb. word Amen is used in the Greek, English and all other lan- guages, to betoken unity of faith and spirit: and it implieth both a wishing of the thing so to be, and a persuasion in faith, that so it shall be, when it is added to the end of blessings, prayers, or imprecations, Num. v. 22; Deut xxvii. 15, &c. ; Mat. vi. 13; 1 Cor. xiv. 16. It is used also in the beginning of speeches, and then it is an earnest assevera- tion, as John vi. 26, 'Amen, amen,' that is, verily, verily. Forsoelsewhere, when one evan- gelist saith 'amen,' Mat. xxiv. 47 ; another speaking of the same thing saith, ' verily,' or truly, Luke xii. 44. Sometimes it is the title of God himself. Is. Ixv. 16, and of Christ, Rev. iii. 14, because of his faithful- ness and truth in performing all promises. The Chald. paraphraseth upon this verse, thus: " Blessed be the name of the Lord, the God of Israel, from this world, and unto the world to come : and let the just say. Amen and Amen." THE SECOND BOOK. PSALM XLII. The prophet showeth his desire to appear hefore God; 4. Ms tears for his absence; 6. he checketh himself for his weakness, 8. complaineth of his troubles, 12. and encourageth his soul to trust in God. ^ To the Master of the music, an instructing Psalm to the sons of Korah. The second book,] To wit, of Psalms- For though they be all compiled in one vol- ume (as were also the small prophets,) which thereupon is called ' The book of the Psalms,' Acts i. 20, (as, ' The book of the prophets,' Acts vii. 42,) yet in the Heb. there are five books; the first reacheth to the end of the xlist. psalm foregoing, which is concluded with Amen and Amen. The second, to the Ixxii. Psalm, concluded also with Amen, Vol. H. 3 Amen, and the end of David's prayers. The third reacheth to the Ixxxix. Psalm, concluded likewise with Amen and Amen. The fourth unto the cvi. Psalm, whose con- clusion is Amen, Hallelujah. The fifth, unto the clth. Psalm, ended with Hallelujah. Ver. 1. — Korah,] This was the Levite that rose up and rebelled against Moses and Aaron, for which God destroyed him and his family, and all that took part with him, Num. R 498 P S A L M S. * As tlie liind desirously brayeth for the streams of water : so my soul desirously brayeth unto thee, O God. ^ My soul tliirsteth for God, for the living God: wlien sliall I come and appear before the face of God ? ^ My tears have been to me bread day and night, while they say unto me all the day, WJiere is thy God? ^ These things I remember, and pour out upon me, my soul, because I had passed with the throng, had resorted with them unto the liouse of God, with voice of shouting and confession, a multitude keeping festivity. ^ Why bo west thou down thyself, my soul, and makest thou a tumultuous stir within me ? wait hopefully for God, for yet xvi. Howbeit, there were ' of his sons that died not,' Num. xxvi. 11; departing (as it seemeth) from their lathers' tents, as all were counselled, Num. xvi. 24, 26. Of his race came Samuel the prophet, and Heman his nephew was a singer, 1 Chron. vi. o3. To those sons of Korah, this and sundry othei" psalms are commended, which for the most part are songs of comfort, against afflictions and sonovvs. The Chald. expoundeth the title thus, " To laud with good understanding by the hands of the sons of Korah." Ver. 2. — As THE HIND,] Or the hart, a beast thirsty by nature, and whose thirst is increased when she is hunted. The hind, the female, is here meant, as the word an- nexed, she Irayeth, and the Gr. article he elaphos, manifest. And in females the pas- sions are stronger than in males. Desirous- ly BRAYETH,] In Gr., "desireth." This word is used but here, and in Joel i. 20. O Lord, ' the beasts of the field bray also unto thee.' Ver. 3. — Thirsteth,] That is, earnest- ly desireth: so Ps. Ixiii. 2. Of thirst for God's grace and Spirit, see Is. Iv. 1; John vii. 37 ; Rev. xxii. 17. The living God,] So called here, because ' he is the well of living' (that is, ' of continual springing) waters,' Jer. xvii. 13; 'abundantly refreshing those that come to liim.' Or, living is opposed to ' the dead,' that is, ' false gods,' Ps. cvi. 28; 1 Thess. i. 9; 'ye turned from idols to serve the living and true God.' Or, ' living,' that is, 'lively, powerful, effectual;' as Ps. xxxviii. 20; Heb. xiii. 31; the Chald. saith, 'living and permanent.' Before the face of God,] That is, before his ark or tabernacle wherein he dwelt among men. So that which in 1 Chron. xiii. 10, is ' before God;' in 2 Sam. vi. 7 ; is ' with the ark of God.' And there all men were bound to appear (or be seen) before God three times a-year, Exod. xxiii. 17; xxxiv. 23,24. And here the word before or unto, is to be understood, as often in the Heb., which sometimes is supplied; as may be seen by comparing 2 Sam. X. 2, with 1 Chron. xix. 2 ; 1 Kings xxii. 29, with 2 Chron. xviii. 2S. The Chald. expoundeth it, " when shall I go in to see the brightness of the Majesty (or Divine presence) of the Lord.?" Ver. 4. — To we bread,] That is, my bread, my food. So, ' bread of tears,' Ps. Ixxx. 6. They say,] My foes, as ver. 11 ; or ' while it is said." All the day,] Or, every day, as the Gr. turneth it Ver. 5. — These things,] Namely, my absence fjom God's face, ver. 3; and my adversaries' reproach, ver. 4. The Chald. addeth, " These signs I remember." Pour out upon me,] Or shed within me, or by myself This noteth exceeding sorrow, or fainting, like that in Job xxx. 16. 'And now my soul poureth out itself upon me, and the days of aflliction have took hold on me.' So 1 Sam. i. 15; Lament, ii. 12. Throng,] j4 ?nultitude pressing to go before God: the Chald. expoundeth it " a shadow," saying, " When shall I go under the shadow, shall I together be strengthened in the tents of the just, in the house of the sanctuary of the Lord, &c. Keeping festivity,] Or, with a juiiltitude dancing, or keeping a feast. For at their solemn assemblies they kept feasts, Exod. xxiii. 14, with 'dancing, eat- ing, di'inking and joy,' Exod. xxxii. 5, 6, 19; Judg. xxi. 19, 21; Deut. xvi. 14. 15. Ver. 6. — Why bo west thou down?] To wit, with sorrow; and therefore the Gr. turneth it, " why art thou sorrowful?" For sorrow or care in a man's heart ' boweth it down, but a good word rejoiceth it,' Prov, xii. 25, The salvations,] Understand, and, or for the salvations, that is, the full salvation, or perfect deliverance : So the Chald. saith, " for tiie redemption which is from his face. Of his face,] That is, which his face, favour, and gracious pre- sence giveth unto me. The Gr. readeth thus ; "the salvation of my face and my God ;" transplacing the Heb. letters, as in the last verse. Compare Ps. lix. 10, IS. PSALM XLII. 499 I sliall confess liim : the salvations of his face. ^ My God, within me my soul boweth down itself, for that I remember thee from the land of Jordan and Hermonim, from the little mountain. ^ Deep unto deep calletli, at the voice of thy water -spouts ; all thy billows and thy waves do pass over me. ^ By day, Jehovah will command his mercy, and in the night his song with me ; a prayer to the God of my life. '" I will say to God my rock. Why hast thou forgotten me? why go I sad for the oppression of the enemy ? " With a murdering iveapo7i in my bones, my distressers do reproach me ; when they say unto me all the day. Where is thy God? ^^ Why bo west thou down thyself, my soul ; and why makest thou a tumultuous stir witliin me ? wait hopefully for God, for yet I shall confess him ; the salvations of my face, and my God. Ver. 7. — For that I remember,] And cannot come before thee; a?, ver. 3, or, * therefore I will mind thee,' seeing I have no way else to comfort me in my absence from thee. The Chald. referreth it to others, " therefore they remember thee which dwell on the other side of Jordan." The land of JORDAN,] \yhich lay eastward from Jerusa- lem, where God's sanctuary was. And Hekmonim,] That is, f/ie inhabitants, (or the mountains of Herman, which was a high mount in the north parts of the land, called also ' mount Shirjon :' see Ps. xxix. 6. The LITTLE MOUNT,] So is the Gr. : others make it a proper name, " mount INIitsar." He may mean ' the southern mountains, that were small in respect of Hermon.' Mount being put for mounts, as chariot, for chariots, Ps. XX. 8. But the Chald. much ditfereth, say- ing, "and the people which received tlie law at mount Sinai (which is) low and little." But that seemeth not to be meant here. Ver. 8. — Deep unto deep calleth,] That is, one affliction (or temptation) follow- eth and occasioneth another, without inter- mission of trouble. A deep, abism, or gulf, is a place of many waters, signifying 'great afflictions,' Ezek. xxvi. 19; Jon. ii. 5. The Chald. translateth, "the higher deep calleth the lower deep." Billows,] Such are most dangerous to drown: they have their name of breaking, as the next word waves, of wallow- ing or tumbling; both signify ' afflictions.' So Ps. Ixxxviii. 8; Jon. ii. 3. Ver. 9. — Command his mercy,] That is, appoint, or send it ivith speed, power, and authority: a phrase taken from the law, and often u;ed for more vehemency; or be- cause God by his angels procureth good to his people, Deut. xxviii. 8; Lev. xxv. 21; 2 Sam. xvii. 14. So after, in Ps. xliv. 5; cxxxiii. 3; Ixxi. 3; Ixviii. 29; vii. 7; xci. 11. His SONG,] That is, catise and mat- ter for me to sing him praise. So God is said to ' give songs in the night,' Job xxxv. 10. See also, Is. xxx. 29. A prayer,] To wit, / shall inakc a prayer. And some Psalms are entitled ' prayers,' as Ps. xvii. 1 ; xc. 1 ; cii. 1 ; cxlii. I; Hab. iii. 1. Ver. 10. — Sad,] mournful. See Ps. xxxv. 14. Ver. 11 With a murdering weapon,] Retsach, murder, seemeth here to be a sword, or weapon of murdering ; (as pride is a proud person, Ps. xxxvi. 12;) meaning that his adversaries' words did sorely afflict and grieve him, as if a dagger had been thrust into his bones. For, )-eproachful words are ' pierciog like sword?,' Ps. Ivii. 5; lix. 8. Ver. 12. — Salvations of my face,] That is, he which giveth me full, manifest, and apparent salvation, or present deliverance. See before, verse 6, according to which the Chald. translateth it here, " for the redemp- tion which is from his face." 500 PSALMS. PSALM XLIIL He prayeth to be delivered from the wicTicd, and restored to God's sanctuary. 5. He encourageth Ms soul to trust in God. ^ Judge me O God, and plead my plea, from the nation unmer- ciful, from the man of deceit, and injurious evil, do thou deliver me. ^ For tliou art the God of my strength, wliy thrustest thou me away -. Avhy go I still sad, for the oppression of the enemy ? ^ Send thy liglit and tliy truth, let them lead me, let them bring me unto the mountain of thy lioliness, and unto thy dwelling places. * And I will come unto the altar of God ; unto God, the joy of my gladness ; and confess thee with harp, O God my God. ^ Why bowest thou down thyself, my soul, and why makest thou a tumultuous stir within me ? wait hopefully for God, for yet I shall confess him ; the salvation of my face, and my God. Ver. 1. — JcDGE ME,] This meaneth an Ps, cxxxii. 5. See also Ps. xlvi. 5; Ixxxiv. examination of the cause, giving sentence, 2. The Chald. explaineth the former to be and executing of it, by delivering the " the mount of the house of thy sanctuary ;" oppressed: so judging is used for ' delivering,' and these latter, " the schools of the house of 1 Sam. xxiv. 15; 2 Sam. xviii. 16, 31; thy divine Majesty." By schools, meaning Judg. iii. 10. Pleading also one's plea is of such places abotit the sanctuary as the doctoi-s like meaning: sec Ps. xxxv. 1. The Chald. sat in, Luke ii. 46. paraphraseth, "Judge me, O God, with Ver. 4. — And I will come,] Or, That judgment of truth, for it is thy part to plead / may come, for so the Heb. phrase may my plea." often be resolved: and the New Testament Ver. 2. — Mr strength,] Or, my stro7ig useth both indifTerently in the Gr., as Luke fort, as Ps. xxviii. S; for which in Ps. xlii. vi. 37, 'and ye shall not be judged;' for 10, he useth the word rock. which in Matt. vii. I, it is, ' that ye be not Ver. 3. — Dwelling places,] Meaning judged.' To the altae,] Chald., " to ofli^r the holy tabernacle or sanctuary, which had an offering upon the altar." The jot of mt several rooms, holy and most holy, parted by gladness,] Tliat is, auttior of my glad- vails ; as also the apostle observeth, Heb. ix. S07ne joy, meaning inward joy, outwardly 2, 3, 6, 7, or, the high place at Gibeon where showing itself in gladsome gesture, the tabernacle was, and in Jerusalem where Ver. 5. — Wnr bowest, &c ] This verse the ark was, 2 Chron. ii. 3, 4, for in both is the same with Ps. xlii. 12. Of my face,] those places God dwelt, and was worshipped. The Chald. explaineth it, " for the redemp- But the first seemeth most proper, because of tiun which is from his face, for he is myGod." PSALM XLIV. The church in memory of former favours when they inherited the land, 10. complaineth of her present evils, being subject to persecutors. 18. Professing her integrity in greatest affiictions, 24. she fervently prayeth for succour. ^ To tlie Master of the music, to the sons of Korali, an instruct- ing Psalm. ^ O God, with our ears we have heard, our fathers have told to us tlie work thou wroughtest in tlieir days, in days of old. ^ Thou luith thy hand didst dispossess the heatlicn, and didst plant them j Ver. 3.— Dispossess,] Or, disinherit the haud didst cast out the people of Canaan, and nations, meaning the Canaanites, as the plantedst the house of Israel. See examples Chald. expoundeth it: " Thou by thy strong hereof in the Amorites, Num. xxi, 32; and PSALM XLIV. 501 thou didst evil to the peoples, and didst propagate them. ^ For, not by their own sword inherited they the land, and their arm saved them not ; but thy right liand, and thy arm, and the light of thy face, because iliou didst favour them. ^ Thou art he my King, O God ; command the salvation of Jacob. ® In thee we shall push with tlie horn our distressers, in thy name we shall tread down tliem that rise up against us. ' For I will not trust in my bow, and my sword sliall not save me. * For thou liast saved us from our distressers, and our haters thou didst make ashamed. ^ In God we praised all the day, and thy name for ever we will confess. Selah. " But now thou thrustest away, and makest us ashamed, and goest not fortli with our armies. " Thou makest us turn backward from the distresser, and they that hate us do spoil for themselves. '^ Thou givest us as sheep for meat, and fannest us in the nations. " Thou sellest thy people for no wealth, and increasest not by the price of them. " Thou exposest us a reproach to our neighbours, a scoff and a scorn to tliem that be round about us. '^ Thou puttest wsfor a parable among tlie heathen, a nodding of the head among the nations. *" All tlie day my ignominy is before me, and the the other kings of Canaan, Josh. xii. seven nations greater and mightier than Israel, Deut. vii. 1. Plantedst them,] To wit, our fathers, the Israelites, as Exod. xv. 17; a figure taken from ' the planting of vines,' whereof see Ps. Ixxx. 9, &c. The peoples,] That dwelt before in Canaan. So Ps. cvi. 34. Didst propagate,] Or, send forth, make spread, as the vine sendeth out or dispreadeth the branches, Ps. Ixxx. 12; Ezek. xvii. 6. Ver. 4. — Light of tht face,] Thy favourahle countenance in Christ: See the note on Ps. iv. 7 ; Ixxxix. 16. Ver. 5 — Thou art he,] That is. Thou art the same, my king, (as the Gr. express- eth it:) this noteth God's unchangeableness. See Ps. cii. 2S. Command,] Procure by thy commandment. See Ps. xlii. 9. Sal- vation OF Jacob,] That is, the full salva- tion, (the absolute deliverance) of thy weak people the posterity of Jacob. See Ps. xiv. 7. Ver. 6 — Push with the horn,] A speech taken from Moses, Ueut. xxxiii. 17, and meaneth 'a vanq\iishing' or 'subduing,' 1 Kings xxii. 11; Dan. viii. 4. Tread down,] Or, tread under foot, which signifi- eth both a subduing or destroying, 2 Chron. xxii. 7, and ' a contempt ' or ' setting them at nought,' Prov. xvii. 7, and so the Gr. here translateth it, " we shall set at no\ight." So alter in Ps. Ix. 14; cviii. 14. Ver. 9. — In God, we praised,] To wit, his actions, salvations, &c. See a like phrase in Ps, Ivi. 5, 11, and Ps. Ixxi. 6. Or understand, ' we praised ourselves,' that is, ' gloried, triumphed.' And thus the Gr., " In God we shall be praised ; the Chald. saith, " in the word of our God." Ver. 12. — Sheep for me.\t,] Or, of meat, that is, to be eaten. So after, ver. 23, ' sheep of slaughter,' that is, ' to be slain.' Fannest,] Or, dispersest, strowest abroad, as the fan that winnoweth, Jer. iv. 11 ; li. 2. Su after in Ps. cvi. 27. Ver. 13. — For no wealth,] That is, for a vile price without gain. God is said to sell his people, when he delivereth them into their enemies' hands, as out of his own posses'^ion. So Deut. xxxii. 30. Likewise in Is. lii. 3, the Lord saith, 'ye have been sold for nought, and ye shall be redeemed without money.' Increasest not,] Or gainest not by the prices of them; takest no other people in their stead; or 'increasest,' that is, ' iieightenest not their price.' Ver. 15. — A parable,] A by-word, or proverb. This is often used for grave, wise, and princely sentences ; as Ps. xlix. 5, here in the ill part for a by-word, reproach and fable: So Ps. Ixix. 12; Job xvii. G. And thus is fulfilled that which was dreamed, Deut. xxviii. 37; 1 Kings ix 7; Jer. xxiv. 9. Nodding of the head,] That is, a mockage, Ps. xxii. 8, 9. Ver. 17. — Taunter,] Or, blasphemer. Num. xv. 30. Ver. 20.— Of Dr.^gons.] Or, of ivliale 502 PSALMS. abashing of my face covereth me. " For the voice of tlie reproacher and taunter, for the face of the enemy and self-avenger. '* All this is come on us, and we have not forgotten thee, nor dealt falsely against thy covenant. '^ Our heart hath not turned backward, nor our stepping swerved from thy path. ^" Thougli tliou hast crushed us in the place of dragons, and hast covered over us with the shadow of death, ^^ If we have forgotten the name of our God, and spread out our liands to a strange god. '^'^ Shall not God search out this? for lie knowetli tlie liid things of the heart. ^ But for thee we are killed all the day, are counted as sheep of slaughter. ^* Stir up, why sleepest thou. Lord ? awake, thrust not away for ever. ®' WJierefore liidest thou thy face, forgettest thou our affliction and our oppression ? '^^ For our soul is bowed down to the dust, our belly cleaveth unto the earth. '^' Rise vi^,for an helpfulness to us, and redeem us for thy mercy sake. fishes. For the Heb. word is common both for 'land and water-dragons' or 'whales:' so Ps. cxlviii. 7. And hereby is meant the place of desolation and affliction, as the Gr. here translateth it: See Mai. i. 3; Is. xxxiv. 13 ; Jer. ix. 11; x. 22 ; Job xxx. 29. With THESHADE,]Or, in the shade: see Ps. xxiii.4. Ver. 21. — Spread out our hands,] Or our palms, that is, have frayed unto : for in prayer they spread out the palms of their hands, as to receive a blessing from God, 1 Kings viii. 22; Exod. ix. 29; Ps. cxliii. 6. So the Chald. explaineth it, " spread out onr hands in prayer, to the idols of other people." Ver. 23. — But for thee,] Or, For, for thy sake, that is, so far we be from following strange gods, as that for thy sake we are killed daily. And this also is a comfort in afflic- tion. See Rom. viii. 36. Ver. 24.— Stir up,] To wit, thyself. These things are spoken of God after the manner of men, for properly, he that keep- eth ' Israel, slumbereth not, nor sleepeth,' Ps. cxxi. 4. Ver. 26. — To the dust,] This noteth a base and abject state, Ps. cxiii. 7; like this is 'the soul cleaving to the dust,' Ps. cxix. 25, and ' putting the mouth in the dust,' Lam, iii. 29. Ver. 27. — An helpfulness,] That is, a full help. The Heb. hath a letter more than ordinary, to increase the signification. So Ps. Ixiii. S ; xciv, 17. See the notes on Ps. iii. 3. PSALM XLV. The majesty and grace of Christ and his Mngdom. IL The duty of the churchy and the benefits thereof. 14. The glory of Christians. ' To the master of the music upon Shoshannim, to tlie sons of Korah, an instructing psalm ; a song of the well-beloved virgins. Ver. 1. — Shoshannim,] That is. Six- stringed instruments : for so by compaiison with other titles it seemeth here to be meant of musical instruments: as ' Shalishim,' be ' three-stringed instruments,' 1 Sam. xviii. 6. Elsewhere it signifieth ' six-leaved I owers,' that is, ' lilies,' as Song ii. 6, which II ay also be minded here. The Heb. word is derived of Shesh, that is, six. Like title is in Ps. Ixix. 1 ; Ixxx. I. The Chald. expoundeth it, "for them that sit in the synedrion (or council) of Moses, which was spoken in prophesy by the sons of Korah." Of the well-beloved virgins,] King's daughters and other honourable daughters attending upon and coming with the queen ; the friends of the bridegroom and bride, ver. 10, 15; who should sing this marriage song in praise of them. Therefore this hymn settetli forth Christ in his glory, and his PSALM XLV. 503 2 Mine heart hath boiled a good word ; I do say my works to the king, my tongue the pen of a speedy writer. ^ Thou art much fairer than the sons of Adam ; grace is poured out in thy lips, therefore God hath blessed tliee for ever. * Gird thy sword upon the thigh, O mighty one, thy glorious majesty and thy comely honour. ^ And in thy comely honour, prosper ride on word of truth, and of meekness and of justice : and thy right hand shall spouse the church in her beauty. For Christ is the bridegroom, and Jerusalem the bride, John iii. 29; Rev. xxi. 9, 10; all true Christians are virgins, for their spiritual chastity, Rev. xiv. 1, 4; following and lov- ing the Lamb, for the sweet odour of his name or gospel, Song i. 2 ; and are beloved of him, and have this new song of praise put into their mouths. Of him is this Psalm as the apostle expoimdeth it,' Heb, i. 8. Ver. 2. — Hath boiled,] Or, frieth, boileth as in a frying pan, that is, hath studied and prepared by fervent meditation. A similitude taken Irom the Mincah or ' meat-oflering ' in the law, wliich was dress- ed in the frying-pan, Lev. vii. 9 ; and there boiled in oil, being made of fine flour un- leavened, mingled with oil, Lev. ii. 5 ; and after was presented to the Lord by the priest, verse 8, &c. Here the matter of this Psalm is as the Mincah or oblation, which with the oil, the grace of the Spirit, was boiled and prepared in the prophet's heart, and now pre- sented. So P>\ cxli. is likewise compared to the Mincah or oblation presented at evening, Ps. cxli. 2. This word is not else- where read in the scripture. A good word,] An excellent, sweet, and pleasant matter. A word is used often for a thing or matter, Ps. xli. 9 ; here it is for the whole argument of this Psalm. I do say,] Or, / am saying, that which fervently boileth in me. For of the abundance of the heart the mouth speak- eth. Mv WORKS TO the king,] My poems of the king ; that i--, of Christ; concerning him, and dedicated to hirn in this psalm or ditty. My tongue, the pen,] Understand, it is as the pen ; or prayerwise, be it as the pen. The Chald. addeth, " my tongue shall speak swiftly, as the pen," &c. Of a SPEEDY WRITER,] Or of a swift (« ready) scribe. So Ezra was called not only for writ- ing, but also for interpreting the law, Ezra vii. 6 ; scribes were both scriveners or nota- ries, 2 Kings xii. 10 ; xxii. 3 ; ' and exposi- tors of the law,' or ' counsellors,' Matt, xxiii. 2; 1 Chron. xxvii. 32. Ver. 3. — Thod art much fairer,] The Heb. word is of double form, to note out double, that is, very excellent beauty. This fairness is not of body only, but of mind, in wisdom, holiness, &c. as in Ezek. xxvii i. 7 ; there is mentioned ' beauty of wisdom ' Here the psalmist beginneth his speech to Christ and of his praises: which the Chald. paraphrast explaineth thus; " thy faiiness, O King Christ, exceedetli the sons of men." See the description of Christ's spiritual beauty in Song v. 10 — 16. Grace is POURED OUT IN THY LIPS,] That IS, thou speakest gracious words abundantly. Christ's lips were like 'lilies dropping down pure myrrh,' Song v. 13 ; all that heard him speak, * wondered at the words of grace that pro- ceeded out of his mouth,' Luke iv. 22. The Chald. expoundeth it, " The spirit of pro- phesy is given into thy lips." Therefore,] To the end that thou shouldest pour out thy gracious words to men: or because God hatli blessed thee. Ver. 4. — Gird thy sword,] That is, make ready to the fight, Exod. xxxii. 27 ; 1 Sam. XXV. 13; Song iii. 8. The spiritual ' sword is the word of God,' Eph. vi. 17. Therefore Christ's sword properly cometh 'out of his mouth,' Rev. i. 10; and 'with the breath of his lips shall he slay the wicked,' Is. xi. 4. Upon the thigh,] Understand, thy thigh. The Heb. often omitteth words of this sort easy to be understood ; so the Gr. in the New Testament, as ' mending the nets,' Mark i. 19; or 'mending their net*,' Matt. iv. 21; 'to put away,' Mark x. 4; for, 'to put her away,' Matt. xix. 7; and many the like. O mighty one,] Or, cham- pion; Heb., Gibhor, one of the titles of Christ, Is. ix. 6. The Chald. paraphrasetb, " as a mighty one to kill kings and rulers." Thy glorious majesty,] This showeth of what manner of sword he speaketh, called glory and comeliness, or magnificence, be- cause of the poweiful efiects. Of these words, see Ps. viii. 2. 6. Ver. 5. — Prosper ride,] That is, ride prospei-ousiy : see the like phrase, Ps. li. 4. The Chald. openeth it thus ; " Thine honour is great, therefore thou shalt prosper, to ride upon the throne of the kingdom. On word of truth,] Which is the 'gospel of our sal- vation/ Eph. i. 13; the 'white horse' whereon Christ rideth, Rev. xix. 11; or ' because of truth ; for the truth's sake.' The 504 PSALMS. teach thee fearful things. ^ Tliy arrows are sharp, peoples shall fall mider tliee, in the lieart of the king's enemies. ' Thy throne, O God, is ever and perpetual, the sceptre of thy kingdom is a sceptre of righteousness. ^ Thou lovest justice, and hatest wicked- ness, therefore God tliy God hath anointed thee with oil of joyful- ness above thy fellows, ® Myrrli and aloes cassia all thy garments, out of the ivory palaces, more than they that make thee joyful, " King's daughters are among thy precious ones, set is the queen Heb. al debar is often used for ' because,' Ps. Ixxix. 9; Gen. xliii. IS; Deut. xxii. 24; and so the Gr, version hath it here. Of meek- ness,] So Christ came ' riding meek,' Matt. xxi. 5; and his word is both to be taught and to be received with meekness, 2 Tim. ii. 25; James i. 21. And of justice,] Or, meek- ness of justice, that is, justice meekly admin- istered : but the Gr. supplieth the word " and." Shall teach thee,] Or, let it teach thee fearful things. In tlie Gr. it is, " thy right hand will guide thee marvellously." Ver. 6.— Thy arrows,] That is, thy words whereby thou convincest and beatest down sin and sinners. So the rider on the white horse hath a bow when he goeth to conquer, Rev. vi. 2. 'Arrows are words,' Ps. Ixiv, 4; or 'judgments,' Deut. xxxii. 23; and the Chald. here addeth, " Thine arrows are drawn out to kill multitudes," In the HEART,] Understand, they pierce the heart of the king's enemies. And this notcth the efficacy of these words or judgments, as else- where he saith, ' I will send all my plagues upon their heart,' Exod. ix. 14; also their inward operation which is ' mighty, dividing asunder the soul and the spirit, discerning the intents of the heart, casting down imagina- tions, and bringing into captivity every thought,' Heb. iv. 12 ; 2 Cor, x. 4, 5. Ver. 7.— Thy throne O God,] The Chald. addeth, " in heaven." Here Christ our King is magnified as God above the angels, as the apostle showeth, Heb. i. 8. ' But unto the Son he saith. Thy throne, O God, is for ever,' &c. Hereby also is meant the perpetuity of Christ's kingdom. So 1 Chron. xxii. 10; 2 Sam. vii. 16. A scep- tre OF righteousness,] Or, a rod, (a mace) of equity, plain and righteous in admin- istration. Hath anointed thee,] Of this Heb. Mashach, ' hiiXh anointed,' cur Lord is called Mashiach or ' Messias,' and in Gr. " Christ," that is, ' anointed:' see Ps. ii. 2. Oil of joy,] The Holy Spirit, which joyeth the heart, Luke iv. 18 ; 1 Thess. i. 6. Above thy fellows,] That is, above all Christians who are thy fellows, consorts, and partners in the anointing, 1 John ii. 20, 27; who are also ' made kings and priests,' Rom. V. 10; and with whom thou hast taken pait of flesh and blood, Heb. ii. 14. Or by fel- lows, may be meant all kings and potentates whom he excelleth, Ps. Ixxxix. 28. Ver. 9.— Myrrh,] Named of the Heb. word Mor, and is the gum or liquor of a tree, in taste bitter, in smell odoriferous ; there- fore it was used in the precious ointment of the high priest, and tabernacle, Exod. xxx. 21 ; and in other sweet perfumes ; Esth. ii. 12; Prov. vii. 17. See Song iv. 14; v. 1, 13. Aloes,] Of the Heb. name Jhaloth, a sweet wood wherewith perfumes were also made, Num. xxi. 7 ; Song iv. 14. The Arabians call it, tsandal. Cassia,] Or cassies, also of the Heb. Ketsioth, else- where it is not found in scripture. It seem- eth to be the barks or skins of that sweet shrub cassia mentioned in Pliny, lib. 12, cap. 20. All tht garments,] That is, they be of them, or smell of them, or are anointed with them: or, as the Chald. para- phraseth, "are perfected " with them. Out OF the noRY palaces.] Or palaces of ele- phant's tooth; as the Chald. here addeth the name of the elephant, meaning that either the king Cometh out of them, or, the garments were taken out of such palaces or cofl'ers. King's palaces were sometimes made of ivory or tooth, 2 Kings xxii. 39, More THAN THEY THAT MAKE THEE JOYFUL,] Or, than theirs that make thee glad: that is, thy garments are more odoriferous than the gar- ments of thy fellows, forementioned verse 8, For though the spouse or church hath the savour of her odours, ' better than all spices,' and the smell of her garments ' as the odour of Lebanon,' she being perfumed ' with myrrh, and incense, and all spices of the merchant,' Song iv. 10, 11 ; iii, C; yet Christ himself is more odoriferous, even wholly detectable, for ' God hath not given him the Spirit by measure,' Song i. ii; v. 16; John iii, 34. And the saints are said to make Christ joyful, for all ' his delight is in them,' Ps. xvi. 3; Song vii. 6. Ver. 10, — King's daughters,] These the Chald. interpreteth " countries of kingdoms." A MONO THY precious ONES,] Tliatis, with thy honourable womtn: or, in thy preciousness, that PSALM XLV. 505 at thy riglit hand, in fine gold of Opliir. " Hear, O daughter, and see and bend thine ear, and forget tliy people and thy father's house. '- i\nd the king will covet thy beauty, for he is thy Lord, and bow down thyself to him. '* And the daughter of Tyrus with oblation shall earnestly beseech thy face, even the rich of the people. '* TJie king's daughter is all glorious within, her clothing is of is, are in thy precious honourable ornaments, or palaces. Set is the queen.] Or, mar- ried queen, (the wife) is placed at thy right ha7id, that is, in the most honourable place, 1 Kings ii. 19. The Chaid. referreth this to the " book of the law," at the right hand of the king. The word Shegal is used here, and Neh. ii. 6 ; Dan. v. 5j3 ; for the king's wife, the queen. In fine gold,] That is, as the Gr. explaineth it, "cloth of fine (or glistering) gold/' called Cethem ; a special name for ' the most pure and splendent gold,' Job xxviii. 16, 19; xxxi. 24 ; Song v. 11 ; Dan. X. 5. Hereof is Mictam, Ps. xvi. 1. Of Ophir,] That is, out of the land of Ophir, who was the son of Jetkan, the son of Shem, the son of Noah, Gen. x. 29 ; who dwelt in a part of India, and of him the country was called Ophir; from thence was much Cethem or fine gold brought to Judea and other coasts ; as appeareth 1 Kings ix, 28; x. 11 ; xxii. 48; 1 Chron. xxix. 4. The gold itself was called by his name Ophir, Job xxii. 24. Ver. 11. — Hear, O daughter,] He speaketh to the queen forementioned, figuring the church, or 'heavenly Jerusalem, the Lamb's wife,' Rev. xxi. 9, 10, &c. And so the Chald. paraphraseth, " Hear, O congre- gation of Israel, the law of his mouth, and see his marvellous works: and bow thine ear to the words of the law, and forget the evil works of the wicked of thy people, and the house of idols whom thou servedst in thy father's house." And thy father's house,] As man and wife must leave their parents, to cleave each to other, Gen. iv. 24 ; xxxi. 14 ; so must we leave all, to cleave unto Christ, Matt. X. 37; Luke xiv. 20. Ver. 12. — Will covet thy beauty,] fVill delight himself in thy fairness, (thy sanctity ;) set fortli in Song i. 14 ; ii. 14; iv. 1, &c. So 'the king is tied in the rafters,' Song vii. 5. And bow down,] Or, there- fore worship thou him. Ver. 13. — The daughter of Tyrus,] That is, the people, or commonwealth of Tyre ; as ' daughter of Zion,' Ps. ix. 15. So the Chald. expoundeth it, " They that dwell in the fort of Tyrus." Tyre or Tyrus (in Heb. Tsor, which signifieth a rock or fortress ;) was a strong city appertaining to Vol. II. 3 the tribe of Aser, Josh. xix. 29, but ed still by the heathen, whose king Hiram became friend to David, 2 Sam. v. 11, and to Solomon his son, 1 Kings v. 1, 2, &c. yet afterwards Tyrus remembered not the bro- therly covenant, Amos i. 9, but rejoiced at the desolation of Jerusalem, Ezek. xxvi. 2; banded itself with other enemies against Israel, Ps. Ixxxiii. S ; and was wasted of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babel, by God's judgment, seventy years, Is. xxiii. 15; Ezek. xxvi. 7. It continued under idols till the Maccabees' times, and then had still Hercules for their chief god, 2 Mac. iv. 18, 19. This one city Tyre is here named instead of other nations, because it was the chief city of traf- fic in the world, being an isle in the sea, whose merchandise and magnificence the prophet largely describeth, Ezek. xxvii. • her merchants were princes, her chapmen the nobles of the world,' Is. xxiii. S; ' she heaped up silver as dust, and gold as the mire of the streets,' Zach. ix. 3. Of the subjection here prophesied which they should yield unto the church, we may see it fulfilled in the New Testament, where many that dwelt about Tyre and Sidon flocked after Christ, Mark iii. 8 ; and he resorted into their borders, Mark vii. 24; and by their readiness, he upbraided the backwardness of the Jews, Matt. xi. 20, 21; and afterwards in the apostles' days there was a church of zealous Christians in that city. Acts xxi. 3 — 5, &c. See also Ps. Ixxxvii. 4. Earnestly beseech thy face,] 'Shall instantly pray (or sue) unto thee' O queen. The original word naturally signifieth to ' make sick' or 'sorry,' and being joined with the word face (which oft is used for anger) it meaneth, to abate the anger by importunate prayer and by humble suit to prevail. So after, Ps. cxix. 58. Rich of the people,] The wealthy among them, meaning of the Tyrians, which were a wealthy nation, and generally other people. See Is. Ix. 1, 3, 5, 11 ; xlix. 23; Rev. xxi. 24, 26; where ' the riches and honour of the Gentiles are brought to the church.' Ver. 14. — Glorio:;s within,] Or hon- ourable imvard, in the heart adorned with faith, hope, love, &c. or in the inner man, as Eph. iii. 16. Here the Chald. maketh this paraphrase ; " Every thing that is praise- 500 PSALMS. purled works of gold. In embroideries she shall be led along to the king, virgins after her, lier fellow-friends brouglit in to thee. '® Tliey shall be led along with joys and gladness, they shall enter into the king's palace. " Instead of thy fathers shall be thy sons, thou slialt put them for princes in all the earth. '^ I will make memory of thy name in every generation and generation, there- fore peoples shall confess thee for ever and aye. worthy, fair and to be desired, the wealth of rountiies and treasuries of kings, which are I aid up within, shall they offer for oblations before the king, and gifts unto the priests, w hose garments are woven with fine gold." PoRLED WORKS,] Or grouncl closures of (joldf such as precious stones are set in, Exod. xxviii. 1], 14. Compare also here- with, Ezek. xvi. 13. Ver. 15. — In embroideries,] fFith broidered (or needle wrought) gawnents. Hereby is meant the variety of graces, and embroidery of the Spirit. So Ezek. xvi. 10. Ver. 17. — Instead of thy fathers,] Here the Heb. is of the masculine gender: so these words are spoken to the king. Though sometimes the masculine is used in speech of women, as Num. xxvii. 7. So lahem, 1 Kings xxii. 17; lahen, 2 Chron. xviii. 16. Shall be thy sons,] Thy chil- dren shall succeed, meaning either all Christians^ that by the immortal seed of the word are begotten to Christ and his church, he being the father, this the mother of us all, Is. ix. 6; Gal. iv. 26; or in special, the apostles may be intended. See Heb. ii. 13. Shalt put them,] Shall place, co7istitute, or appoint them for princes : as all Christians are called ' kings,' Rev. i. 6; v. 10. Or in special, by ' the fathers,' may be meant the twelve patriarchs ; by the sons, the twelve apostles succeeding them as the heavenly •Jerusalem hath at the twelve gates the names of the twelve tribes, and in the foundations of the wall the names of the Lamb's twelve apostles. Rev. xxi. 12, 14; which apostles were sent into all the nations of the world, Matt, xxviii. 19 ; to go and bring forth fruit, and their fruit to remain, John xv. 16. Like this is the promise made for Sarah, that kings of peoples should come of her. Gen. xvii. 16. Ver. is. — I will make memory,] /Fill tnention and 7}ia/ce to be remembered. The inditer of this psalm speaketh this to Christ, and of his eternal kingdom and glory. Shall confess thee,] Shall celebrate, or praise thee. The Heb. is Jehodu, of it Jehuda had his name. Gen. xxix. 35, from which name his blessing was derived; thou ait Ju- dah, thy brethren (.Todu) shall confess thee. Gen. xlix. 8. This here is fitly applied to Christ ' the Lion of the tribe Judah,* Rev. v. 5. And aye,] Or, and to per- petuity. PSALM XLVL The confidence which the church hath in God. 5. Tlie river that maketh glad the city of God. 6. His presence and help from enemies. 9. An exhortation to behold his works. ^ To the master of the music, to the sons of Korah, npon Ala- moth, a song. Ver. 1. — On Alamoth,] This seemeth to be some ' musical instrument,' or ' tune,' 1 Chron. xv. 20. We may call it Virginals, or Virgin tunes, having high and shrill voices or notes: for Alamoth signifieth also ' Vir- gins,' Song i. 2. The original word Alam signifieth ' hid:' whereupon the Gr. trans- latcth it here, kruphioon, " hidden ones," or "hid things." And the Chald. after men- tion of the sons of Korah, addeth, "By their hand was it spoken in prophecy, at what time their father was hidden from them, but they were delivered and said this song." If it be not referred to the music, it seemeth rather to intend the hid counsels of God appertain- ing to his church in Christ. PSALM XLVI. 507 * God will be to us an liopeful shelter and a strength, a help in distresses we shall find very great. ^ Therefore we will not fear though the earth change, and though the mountains be moved into the heart of the seas. * Though the waters thereof make a noise, be muddy, though tlie mountains quake for the hauglitiness thereof, Selah. ^ A river, the streams thereof sliall make glad the city of God, the holy, the dwelling-places of the Most High. ^ God in the midst of it, shall not be moved, God will help it at the looking forth of the morning. ' The nations made a noise, the kingdoms were moved, he gave his voice, the earth melted. * Jehovah of hosts is with us, tlie God of Jacob a high refuge for us, Selah. ^ Come on, behold the works of Jehovah, who putteth wondrous desola- tions in the earth. " He maketh wars to cease unto the utmost end of the earth, he breaketh the bow and cutteth the spear, the chariots he burnetii in fire. " Surcease and know that I am God : I will be exalted in the nations, I will be exalted in the earth. Ver. 2. — We shall find,] To wit, an help: or in distresses that we shall find; as in Ps. cxvi. 3, ' distress and sorrow I did find ;' that is, ' did feel,' or ' fall into.' And thus the Gr. saith here, " in tribulations that have found us vehemently.'' Or we may translate it, "he is found," that is, God is present, at hand; as in Gen. xix. 15; 'thy daughters which are found,' that is, ' which are present.' Very great,] Or very mighty, vehement. Veb. 3. — Though the earth,] Or xvheii the earth change, to wit, her place. By the changing of the earth, and removing of the mounts, are often meant the alteration of states and polities, Hag. ii. 22, 23; Rev. vi. 14 ; Jer. li. 25. Heart of the seas,] That is, the midst, or deepest bottoms of them ; as the Chald. expoundeth it, " the gulf of the great sea." The like phrase is in Exod. xv. 8 ; Jonah ii. 3; Prov. xxiii. 34. Ver. 4. — Be muddy,] Or, cast up mud, that is, rage or be troubled, as the Gr. trans- lateth it. "Waters," are "peoples," Rev. xvii. 15; Jer. xlvii. 2; and their restless stir is likened to the seas * that cast up mire aud dirt,' and ' foam out their own shame,' Is. Ivii. 20; Jude verse 13. For the HAUGHTINESS,] The proud swelling rage and surges. Ver. 5. — A river, the streams there- of,] Or, There is 'a flood, whose riverets' (or streams.) In the earthly Jerusalem this may be meant of the ' river Kidron,' 2 Sam. xv. 23 ; Job xviii. 1 ; and the streams or lesser rivers of Gihon aud Shiloh, 2 Chron. xxxii. 4, 30; Is. viii. 6. In the heavenly Jerusa- lem, there is ' a pure river of the water of life, proceeding out of the throne of God and of the Lamb,* Rev. xxii. 1 ; Ezek. xlvii. 1, &c. See also Joel iii. 18; Gen. ii. 10; Ps. Ixv. 10. But as waters sometimes signify ' peoples,' so here the Chald. paraphraseth, " people as floods, and the streams of them shall come and make glad the city of God, and shall pray in the house of the sanctuary of the Lord, in the tabernacles of the most High." The city of God,] That is, Jerti- salem; called also ' the city of the great King,' Ps. xlviii. 3; 'the city of Jehovah,' Is. Ix. 14 ; ' the holy city,' Is. Iii. 1; Matt. iv. 5. The holy,] Meaning the holy place Zion, or the sanctuary there. Dwelling places,] Or habitacles ; see Ps. xliii. 3; Is. iv. 5. Ver. 6. — At the looking forth of THE morning,] That is, as the Gr. explain- eth it, " very early," when the morning peereth or showeth the face. The like phrase is in Exod. xiv. 27 ; Judg. xix. 2G ; and so of ' the looking forth of the evening,' Geu. xxiv. G3; Deut. xxiii. 11. Ver. 7. — Gave his voice,] That is, spake aloud, or thundered ; see Ps. xviii. 14 ; or, ' gave with his voice:' but the word with or in, seemeth to be superfluous in the Heb., as elsewhere, Jer. xii. 8; Ps. Ixviii. 34. So to ' seek in Jehovah,' 2 Chron. xxxiv. 27 ; is to ' seek Jehovah,' 2 Kings xxii. 18. The Chald. referreth it to God's voice on mount Sinai ; " when he gava the law to his people, the nations were troubled, the kingdoms trembled." Melted] That is, was dismayed with fear. So Ps. Ixxv. 4 ; evii. 2(5, Exod. XV. 15; Amos ix. 5, 13 ; Josh, ii. 9. Ver. 10. — Chariots,] Or round shields, as both the Gr. and Chald. paraphrast here 508 PSALMS. Jehovah of hosts is with us, the God of Jacob, a high refuge for us, Selah. taketh it: but elsewhere it is not so found, see Ps. xxxvii. 8. The Cliald. expounds it but for ivaggons very often. of surceasing from wars. Ver. 11. — Sdrcease,] Or, leave off: PSALM XLVIL The nations are exhorted cheerfully to entertain the kingdom of Christ. ' To the master of the music, to the sons of Korali, a psalm. ^ All peoples clap ye hands, shout triumphantly to God with voice of shrilling. ^ For Jehovah is high, fearful, a great king over all the earth. * He hath subdued peoples under us, and nations under our feet. ^ He hath chosen for us our inheritance, the high excellency of Jacob, whom he lovetli, Selah. ^ God is gone up with triumpli, Jehovah with voice of trumpet. ' Sing psalms to God, sing psalms ; sing psalms to our King, sing psalms. ® For God is King of all the earth ; sing an instructing psalm. ^ God reign- eth over the heathen, God sitteth on tlie throne of his holiness. " The bounteous princes of the peoples are gathered, the people of the God of Abraham, for the shields of the earth are God's ; velie- mently is he exalted. Ver. 2. — Clap hands,] Or, the palms; Heb., the palm: a sign of joyful approbation, used as at other times, so at the coronation of kings, 2 Kings xi. 12. So after Ps. xcviii. 8. Voice of shrilling,] That is, a shrill voice and joyful. See the notes on Ps. v. 12:xli. 12. Ver. 4. — He hath subdued,] fFill sub- due. So in the next verse, ' He will choose;' but the time to come is often used for the time past or continued. And here it seem- eth to be spoken of the subduing of tlie Canaanites, and the future subduing of nations to Christ, by preaching of the gospel; see Ps. xviii.48; the Chald. here translateth it, "kill." Ver. 5. — Our inheritance,] The land of Canaan, Ps. lxxviii.55; and ' that immor- tal undefiled heritage reserved in heaven for us,' I Pet. i. 4. High excellency,] Or glorious highness; meaning the kingdom, priesthood, temple, &c. (as the Chald. men- tioneth, "the house of the sanctuary:") whereby Jacob's posterity excelled, Ezek. xxiv. 21; Amos vi. 8; viii. 7; Nah, ii. 2; and all the heavenly promises given to the church iu Christ. Ver. 6. — God is gone up,] As when the ark went up from Kirjath-jearim to Jerusa- lem, 2 Sam. vi. 15; 1 Chron. xiii. 8; xv. 28 ; when the ark was carried by Solomon into the temple, 2 Chron. v. when Christ ascended with triumph into heaven, Luke xxiv. 51, 52; and with like glory shall he come again, 1 Thess. iv. 16; Acts i. 9, 11. The Chald. referreth this going up, to the " exalting of God's name." Veb. 7. — An instructing psalw,] Mas- chil, the title of Ps. xxxii. and many others, here used in like sense for 'a psalm to give instruction;' or, as in Ps. xiv. 2; for a ' prudent undeistauding person ;' in this sense, 'sing psalms every one that is pru- dent;' or, HS the Gr. explaineth it, "sing prudently ;" the Chald., " with good under, standing." Ver. 9. — Throne of his holiness,] Gr., " his holy throne." See Ps. ix. 6; Rev. iv, 2. The Chald. calleth it, " the throne of his glory." Ver. 10 The bounteous princes,] Or, the voluntaries, nobles. A name given *o the ' liberal and free-hearted,' Is. xxxii. PSALM XL VII I. 509 8; Exod. XXXV. 21, 29; and to princes or nobles. Num. xxi. 18; Ps. cxiii. 8 ; cxviii. 8; Job xii. 21. So here the Gr. hath "princes." Are God's,] Or, to God (belong) the shields of the earth. He is the great conqueror and protector of all. Gen. xv. 1. Shields also are magistrates and gover- nors, that protect the common weal, Hos. iv. IS; Ps. Ixxxix. 19. So the Gr. here hath, " the strong men of the earth." PSALM XLVIIL God is magnified for the ornaments, privileges, and protection of the church. ^ A song, a psalm, to the sons of Korali. ^ Great is Jehovah, praised vehemently in the city of our God, the mountain of his lioliness. ^ Fair in situation, the joy of all the eartli is mount Zion, in the sides of the north ; it is the city of the great king. * God in the lofty places thereof, known lie is for an high refuge. ^ For lo the kings were assembled, they went together. ^ Themselves saw, so they wondered ; they were sud- denly troubled, they were frighted away. ' Trembling took hold on them there ; pain, as of her that travaileth with child. ^ With an east wind tJiou wilt break asunder the ships of Tarshisli. ^ Even as we have heard, so have we seen ; in the city of Jehovah of hosts, in the city of our God ; God will establish it for ever, Selah. '" We have quietly minded thy mercy, O God, in midst of thy Ver. 1. — Sons of Korah,] See the notes on Ps. xlii. 1. Here the Gr. addeth, " for the second (day) of the week," that this psalm was then to be sung in the temple, as is before noted on Ps. xxi v. 1. Ver. 2 The mountain,] In the Gr., " his holy mountain ;" in Chald., " the mount of the house of his sanctuary." This was ' mount Zion,' verse 3, a figure of the church of Christ, Heb. xii. 22 ; Rev. xiv. 1. Ver. 3. — Fair in sitc.\tion,] Or, beauti- ful of coast, or climate; situate in a fair climate or region. The Chald. expounds it, " Fair as a bridegroom, the joy of all that dwell on the earth." The sides of the north,] The place where the temple was builded. So Is. xiv. 13. Of the great King,] That is, of God, who dwelt in this city, verse 9 ; Zach. viii. 3. Hereupon Christ said, ' Swear not by Jerusalem, for it is the city of the great king,' Matt. v. 35. Ver. 4. — Lofty palaces,] Or high bowers, or steeples. So verse 14, and Ps. cxxii. 7. Ver. 5. — The kings,] We may refer this either to the kings of Moab and Ammon in the days of Jehosaphat, 2 Chron, xx. or lo Senacherib and his captains in the days of Hezekiah, 2 Kings xviii. 19; or to the Philestian princes, 2 Sam. v. Were assembled,] Or, carne together, to wit, by agreement at an appointed time and place; so the original word importeth. Ver. 7. — That travaileth with child,] Or, that bringeth forth. And this pain is great, and sudden, and inevitable. See Mic. iv. 9; 1 Thess. v. 3. Ver. 8. — An east-wind,] Which is strong and boisterous ; also dry and parching. Is. xxvii. 8 ; Jer. xviii. 17 ; Exod. xiv. 21; X. 13; Gen. xii. 7 ; Ezek. xix. 12 ; Jonah iv. 8. Hereupon the Gr. translateth it, "violent wind;" and the Chald., "a strong east-wind as a fire from before the Lord." Of Tarshish,] Or, of the ocean sea. Tarshish was the name of the son of Javan, the son of Japheth, the son of Noah, Gen. X. 4; of whom Tarsus (mentioned in Acts xxi. 34,) the chief city of Cilicia in Syria had the name. From thence they went by shipping into far countries, Africa, India, Ophir, &c. 1 Kings xxii. 48 ; x. 22. Here- upon that sea was called Tarshish ; and gene- rally the name is applied to every ocean, or main sea. Ver. 10. — Wk have quibtly minded,] )10 PSALMS. palace. " As thy name, O God, so thy praise is unto the ends of the earth ; thy right hand is full of justice. '^ Let mount Sion rejoice, let the daughters of Judah be glad, because of thy judgments. " Compass ye Zion, and go round about it ; tell the towers there- of. " Set your heart on the fort thereof, distinctly view the lofty palaces thereof, that ye may tell to the generation after. '^ That this God is our God, ever and aye ; he will guide us until death. Or, in silence thought upon, and conse- quently, wailed/or. Ver. 12. — Daughter of Jddah,] The lesser cities of that tribe, which were as daughters to the mother city Jerusalem, as the lesser cities of the Ammonites were daughters to Rabbah, Jer. xlix. 3. So ' Ekrou with her daughters,' Josh. xv. 45 ; and many the like. So Ps. xcvii. 8. Ver. 13. — Tell the towers,] Nu7nler, count them. These things seem to intend not only a taking notice, but also a care and fortification of Jerusalem against all ene- mies. See Is. xxxiii. 18. Vee. 14 — Set your heart,] Mind earnestly, set your affections on, as Ps. Ixii. 11. The fort,] Or strong frontier, skonce, rampart, made for strength and safeguard of the city, 1 Kings xxi. 23 ; 2 Sam. XX. 15. So Ps. cxxii. 7. TheChald. understands it of the strength of people, the multitude. Distinctly view,] Or lift up. meaning the eyes to behold, or rear up the banks or buildings. The Heb. Pasgu is here only used ; of it is Pisgah, the name of an hill or mount, Num. xxi. 20 ; xxiii. 14 ; Deut. iii. 17; xxxiv. 1. Tne Gr. transla- teth here, "distinguish" or "distribute," following the Chald. Passeg, which is to " distribute or divide." Ver. 15. — Ever and aye.] Ever and yet, to eternity and peipetuity. Will guide us,] Or lead us, to wit, as a flock of sheep, Ps. Ixxviii. 52, 72, therefore the Gr. turneth it, poima7iei, he " will feed," or rule as a shepherd. A like phrase is also used in speech of defence from enemies, 2 Chrori. xxxii. 22. Until death,] In Gr., " for ever." The Chald. paraphraseth thus, "For this God is our God, his divine Majesty is within it, and his dwelling is in the heavens for ever and ever ; he will lead us in the days of our youth." PSALM XLIX. All are exhorted to hear Christ's ivisdom and parahles. 7. To build the faith of resurrection from the dead, not on worldly power, hut on God. 17. Tf^orldly prosperity is not to he admired, for man without understanding perisheth like the heast. ' To the master of the music, to the sons of Korah, a psalm, ^ Hear ye this, all peoples; hearken, all ye inhabitants of the transitory world. ^ Both sons of base man, and sons of noble man, together ricli and poor. * My mouth shall speak wisdom ; and the Ver. ?. — The transitory world.] Ste Ps. xvii. 14. Ver. 3. — Base man,] In Heb. Adam, who was so called of " Adamah the earth," whereupon this title is given " to the baser sort of people." The Gr. translateth it here "earth-bom." So the apostle saith, 'the first man of the earth, earthly,' 1 Cor. xv. 47. Noble .man,] In Heb. Ish, which is the name of man in respect of "heat, valour, nobleness and dignity," whereby man is, "and excelleth;" and in opposition to the former word Adam, it meaneth " the great or nobler sort of people." The Chald. para- phraseth thus, " Both sons of Adam the first, and sons of Jacob, together righteous and sinner." Ver. 4. — Wisdom,] That is, excellent, and manifold wisdom; so after, prudence, for very excellent prudence, and of sundry PSALM XLIX. 511 meditations of my heart, prudence. * I will incline mine ear to a parable, I will open with harp mine hidden matter. ^ Why should I fear in the days of evil, when the iniquity of my footsteps shall compass me ? ' They that trust in their wealthy power, and glory in the multitude of their riches. ^ A man shall not redeeming redeem his brother, shall not give to God his ransom. ' So pre- cious shall be tlie redemption of their soul, and it shall cease for ever. " That he may live yet to continual aye, may not see the pit of corruption. " For lie seeth the wise do die, together the uncon- stant fool and brutish do perish, and leave to others their wealthy power. '^ Their inward thought is, that their liouses shall be for ever, their dwelling-/?/aces to generation and generation ; they pro- sorts. So Solomon calleth the chief and most excellent wisdom, ' wisdoms,' Prov. i. 20 ; ix. 1. Ver. 5. — A PARABLE,] Or a proverb, ill Heb. Mashal, which denoteth • rule, superiority, or excellency,' because such speeches prevail much in the minds of men, and are in esteem. The New Testament in Gr. translateth it, " a parable," Matt. xiii. 35; from Ps. Ixxviii. 2; of the Lat., we name it a "proverb:" in old English or Saxon, it was called a " big-spel." Some- times it is used in the evil part, for ' a by- word,' Ps, xliv. 13; Ixix. 12. Mine hid- den MATTER,] My dark question, or grave doctrme, my riddle. The Heb. Chidah, riddle, hath the name of sharpness, as pro- ceeding from a sharp wit, and needing the like to expound it. See Judg. xiv. 12, 18; Num. xii. 8; 1 Kings x. 1; Prov. i. C. The Holy Spirit expresseth it in Gr. by " hidden things," Matt. xiii. 35; from Ps. Ixxviii. 2. Ver. 6. — Why should I fear,] This is the hidden doctrine or riddle, which the pro- phet propoundeth as in his own name, and therefore also called ' a parable.' By ' fear,' he meaneth * dismay,' or ' discouragement.' See verse 17. The iniquity,] That is, punishment or death, which is the wages of sin; see Ps. xxxi. 1 1 ; and by foot-steps or foot-soles, he meaneth his ' ways ' or 'works.' Or, he may call death the punishment of his heels or feet, because the serpent bruiseth Christ and his people but in the ' heel,' Gen. iii. 15; the sting of death being done away, and it made a passage into life and glory, 1 Cor. XV. 65, 57. Ver. 7. — Their wealthy power,] Their riches ; which are thus called, because they are gotten ' by power given of God,' Deut. viii. 18 ; with labour and industry ; and to the rich, their goods are ' their strong city,' Prov. x. 15; therefore here they are said to ' trust in them,' contrary to 1 Tim. vi. 17; Job xxxi. 24 ; Mark x. 24. Glory,] Or praise themselves, vaunt, contrary to Jer. ix. 23. Ver. S. — Not redeeming redeem,] That is, shall in no u-ise, or not at all redeem. The Chald. expoundeth it, "a wicked man cannot redeeming redeem his captived brother." Ver. 9. — So precious shall be,] Or, And dear {costly) is: and consequently rare and hard to obtain, as Dan. ii. U; 1 Sam. iii. 1. Of their soul,] That is, of their life. So Exod. xxi. 30. Cease for ever,] That is, it shall never be accomplished. So ceasing is used for ' the not doing of a thing,' Deut. xxiii. 22; Zach. xi. 12 Ver. 10. — That he may live,] This is referred to the end of the 8th verse, ' not give his ransom, and so live.* And is here for That; see Ps. xliii. 4. The Chald. expoundeth "live," to be the " life eternal;" and "the pit," to be "the judgment of Gehenna (or hell.)" Ver. 11. — The wise,] The Chald. saith, " For he shall see wicked wise men that die the second death, and are adjudged to Gehenna." Unconstant fool and brut- ish,] These two names are olten joined together, as Ps. xcii. 7 ; xciv. 8 ; the one noting 'fickleness and mutability,' called Cesil, which is both the name of a fool, and of a star that causeth change of weather and tem- pests: whereupon Solomon speaketh of the restlessness of this kind of 'lolly,' Eccl. vii. 27 ; and of the ' tumultuousness and light behaviour of such fools,' as having their eyes wandering ' unto the ends of the earth,' Prov. ix. 13; xvii. 24; the other, noting ' want of discretion, as brute beasts led with sensuality, and carried with ardent furious aflections,' 2 Pet. ii. 12 ; Jude x. See Ps. Ixxiii. 22. Ver. 12. — Their inward thought,] Or, their meaning, purpose. This word sigtii- 512 P SA L M S. claim their names on lands. '^ But man in honour doth not lodge a night ; he is likened to beasts tliat are silenced. '* This their way is inconstant folly to them, and their posterity like well of their mouth, Selah. '^ As sheep they are put in liell, death shall feed tliem, and righteous men shall have rule over them at the morning. fietli ' the nearest and most secret thought or purpose, of the heart.' See Ps. v. 10; Iv. 5; Ixiv. 7. Their houses for ever,] To wit, shall continue: by houses, meaning their children or posterity, as Ps. cxv. 12: which they that want, are said ' to be barren of house,' Ps. cxiii. 9. They proclaimed THEIR NAMES ON LANDS,] Or, they Call lands, (their lands, as Gr. explaineth it,) " by their own names." As the land of Canaan, of Mitsraim, (tliat is, Egypt) of Ashur, &c. So Absalom called his pillar by 'his own name,' 2 Sam. xviii. 18. Cain, his city by ' his son's name,' Gen. iv. 17; thus thinking to make their memory everlasting. Or, they proclaim their names (seeking to be famous) throughout the lands or countries. The Chald. expoundeth it, '• they were proud, and got themselves an evil name on earth." Ver. 13. — But man,] Or And Jdam: and this may be minded both for the first man Adam, who continued not in his dig- nity, and so for all his children: as the Chald. saith, "And the son of man a sinner, abideth not in honour." In honour,] Being in hon- our, dignity, or estimation. Not lodge a NIGHT,] Or, not continue. The word, though it properly signifieth a ' night's lodg- ing,' or abiding,' Gen. xxviii. 11; Exod. xxiii. 18, yet is used also for longer con- tinuance, Ps. xxv. 13; Iv. 8; Zach. v. 4. The Gr. translateth, •' understandeth not," as the Heb. also in verse 21. Are silenc- ed,] That is, are cut off, die, or perish : the Gr. translateth, "are like unto them." The Heb. word signifieth ' silence' or ' still- ness,'not only in speech, but in motion: as, the sun was still, or silent, when 'it moved not,' Josh. X. 12, 13; and people destroyed, are said to be ' silenced,' Is. xv. 1; and ' the grave or death is called ' silence,' Ps. cxv. 17; and things without life are in the Heb. phrase, "dumb," or silent," Hab. ii. 19; Exod. XV. 16. Ver. 14. — Unconstant folly to them, That is, is their folly: or a constant hope to them, that is, is their confidence. The ori- ginal word hath contrary significations: ' unconstant folly,' Eccl. vii. 27; and ' con- stant hope,' Ps. Ixxviii. 7; Job xxxi. 24; both ways it may here be taken: 'confident hope,' iu their own conceit, but indeed folly. The Gr. turneth it " a scandal (or stumbling- biock. )" To THEM AND TO THEIR POSTER- ITY,] Oi-, yet those after them, their succes- sors. Their mouth,] That is, their tvords, doctrine, counsel, precepts. The mouth is figuratively used for whatsoever cometh out of the same; as words, or commandment, 1 Sam. xii. 15; Job xxxix. 30; Num. ix. 20; Deut. i. 26; Matt, xviii. 16; Luke xix. 22. The Chald. here differeth much, saying, "This their way occasioneth folly to them, and in their end with their mouth they shall manifest their sons to the world that is to come." Ver. 15. — They are put,] Or laid: or, they put, that is, men put them. An Heb. phrase, as Luke xii. 20, " they shall fetch away thy soul," that is, " it shall be fetched away." The like is often used, Ps. cv. 28 ; cxli. 6. The Heb. text itself sometimes explaineth this; as, 'they had anointed David,' 2 Sam. v. 17, that is, * David was anointed,' 1 Chron. xiv. 8. Howbeit the Chald. taketh actively, saying, " Like sheep they put the just to death and kill them, and crush the saints," &c. In hell,] Into a ditch: to the lowest grave or state of death, called Sheol. See the notes on Ps. xvi. 10. Death shall feed them,] As a shepherd shall feed and rule them, as Ps. Ixxviii . 72; or ' death shall feed on them to devour them,' as Jer. 1. 19. At the morning,] The last day of judgment, for then all that sleep in the dust of the earth shall awake and rise, and the new day of eternal life shall begin. Their form.] Their figure, shape, or image, with all their beauty and proportion: or their rock, that is, their strength, or, (as the Gr. saith,) " their help," that wherein they trust: in Chald., "their body." The Heb. Tsur is usually " a rock;" here it seemeth to be all one with Tsurah, a "form" or " figure:" and this is confirmed by the writ- ing, for though by the vowels and reading it is Tsiir, yet by the letters it is Tsir, which is •an image,' Is. xlv. 16. And Tsuratn, is for Tsuratham, as tebimam, is for tebuna- tham, in Hos. xiii. 2. Wear away in hell,] Or, ivax old in the grave; under- standing the word in, which is expressed in the Gr.: or without it thus, "Hell (the grave) shall wear away (shall consume) theii form." The Heb. leballoth, being indefi- nite, " to wear out with age," is here of like signification as that which went before, "shall have rule." The like Hebraism is in Jer. PSALM XLIX. 513 and their form wear away in hell, from his dwelling-p/«ce. *® But God will redeem my soul from the hand of hell, for he will receive me, Selah. " Fear thou not when a man shall grow rich, v.^lien tlie glory of his house sliall be multiplied. ^® For he shall not when he die take anything, his glory shall not descend after him. " Though in his life lie blesseth his soul, and they will confess thee, when thou doest good to tliyself. ^^ It shall come unto the generation of liis fathers, unto continual aye, they shall not see the light. ^^ Man in honour, and imderstandeth not, he is likened to beasts that are silenced. xiv. 5; Zach. xii. 10; Hi. 4. See also Ps. Ixv. 11; Ivi. 14; and by this their affliction in hell is meant, as that which one prophet calleth ' wearing out (or wasting,)' 1 Chron. xvii. 9; another calleth' afflicting,' ISam. vii. 10. From his dwelling-place,] That is, every of them, coming from (or being thrust out of) his dwelling, or home: as the Gr. saith, "they are tlirust from their glory." It may also be Englished, ' for his dwelling- place;' and so the Chald. understood it, say- ing, " Therefore their bodies shall wax old in Gehenna, because they stretched out their hand, and destroyed the dwelling-place of the house of his divine Majesty. Ver. 16 From the hand of hell,] That is, from the power of the grave, death, and datnnation. So of all the faithful he saith, ' I will redeem them from the hand of hell,' Hos. xiii. 14; but 'so can no man redeem himself,' Ps. Ixxxix. 49. Hand is put ' for power,' as Ps. xxii. 21. And this is meant ' of the resurrection and redemption of body and soul from damnation by Christ.' For he will receive me,] Or, when he shall receive, or take vie: meaning, ' up into heaven, where God himself is,' 1 Thess. iv. 14; John xiv. 3. This manner of speech is used in Gen. v. 24. ' Enoch «as no more, for God rei^eived him.' The Chald. explaineth this verse thus, " But God will redeem my soul from Gehenna, for he will teach me his law, and will lead me to his portion iu the world to come." Ver. 17. — Fear thoo not,] That is, be not dismayed, or overcome loith fear. The Heb. phrase usually when it counselleth or prayeth against a thing, meaneth the height and full measure of it. So ' fear not,' Gen. 1. 19; and 'grieve not,' Gen. xiv. 5; that is, ' be not overcome with grief.' So, ' lead us not into temptation,' Matt. vi. 13; that is, ' let us not be overcome with temptation,' 1 Cor. X. 13. Therefore that which one evangelist writeth, ' Fear not,' Matt, xxviii. S, another writeth, ' be not astonished,' Mark xvi. 6, noting ' the excess of fear.' Vol. n. 3 Ver. 18. — Take any thing,] Heb. " take of all ;" that is, ought of all that he hath. ' For we brought nothing into the world, and it is certain that we can carry nothing out,' 1 Tim. vi. 7; Job i. 21 Ver. 19. — Though in his life,] That is, while he liveth. So Ps. Ixiii. 5; civ. 33; cxlvi. 2. He blesseth his socl,] That is, himself: as it is written, ' Soul, thou hast much goods laid up for many years, live at ease, eat, drink, and take ' thy pastime,' Luke xii. 19. Will confess thee,] fVill commend, laud, and celebrate thee. Doest good to thyself,] That is, viakest much of, cherishest, pamperest thyself. So ' good ' is used for ' worldly pleasure and emolu- ments,' Ps. iv. 7. Ver. 20. — It shall come,] To wit, the soul, forespoken of, or the person: or, 'Thou shalt come.' To the generation of his fathers,] That is, to his wicked predeces- sors that are dead and gone; as the godly also at their death ' are gathered to their fathers and people,' Judg. ii. 10; Deut. xxxii. 50. Or, ' to the habitation of his fathers, their house or lodge;' foi- so Dor is used for an 'habitation, Is. xxxviii. 12. The Chald. applieth this first branch to the just, the lat- ter to the wicked. " The memory of the just shall come to the generation of the fathers, but the wicked for ever and ever shall not see the light." To continual aye they shall not see,] Or, which for ever shall not see the light, to wit, the light of the living here on earth, as Ps. Ivi. 14; Job xxxiii. 28, 30; nor the light of joy in the world to come, being cast out into ' the utter darkness,' Matt. viii. 12. Ver. 21 Understandeth not,] Or, discerneth not, wanting prudence. A repe- tition of the 13th verse with a little change of jalin, lodgeth, into jabin, understandeth ; which the Chald. openeth thus; " A man, a sinner, when he is in honour, and understand- eth not; when his honour is taken away, he is like a beast and brought to nothing." 514 PSALMS. PSALM L. 1 . The majesty of Godin the church. 5. His order to gather saints. 7. The pleasure of God is not iti legal sacrifices ; 1 3. hut in sincerity of obedience. 16. The micTced are shut out from God's covenant. 21. They abuse God's patie7ice to their destrtiction, 23. but the godly shall see his salvation. ' A Psalm of Asaph. '^ The God of gods, Jehovah speaketh and calleth the earth, from the rising up of the sun, unto the going down thereof. Out of Zion, the whole perfection of beauty, God shineth clearly. ^ Our God come and not keep silence, a fire shall eat before him, and round about liim shall a storm be moved veliemently. * He will call to the heavens from above, and to the earth to judge his peo- ple. * Gather ye to me my gracious saints, tliat have stricken my covenant with sacrifice. ^ And the heavens shall openly shew his justice, for God he ^■s judge, Selali. ^ Hear, O my people, and I Ver. 1. — A PSALM OF Asaph,] That is, made by him, as the Chald, saith, " an hymn by the hand of Asaph," or "to Asaph," that is, committed unto him to sing. For Asaph was a seer or prophet, which made psalms as did David, 2 Chron. xxix. 30. Also he and his sons were singers ill Israel, 1 Chron. xxv. 2. The God of gods,] That is, God of all angels, judges and rulers of the world: or, as the Chald. saith, " the mighty (God) the God of Jehovah.'' Three titles of God here used together, JEl, ^lohiw, Jehovah. So in Jos. xxli. 22. The going down,] That is, the west, where the sun setteth, or (after the Heb. phrase) goeth in, as at the rising, it is said to go out, or come forth, Gen. xix. 23. Ver. 2. — Out of Zion,] The state of the church under the gospel, Heb. xii. 18, 22 ; Ps. ii. G ; therefore in this Psalm, the legal sacrifices appointed at mount Sinai, are reproved, and the worship of God in spirit and truth commended. The whole per- fection,] Or the universality of beauty, that is, which is holy and perfectly beautiful. See the like praise of Zion, Ps. xlviii. 3; Lam. ii. 15. Shineth clearly,] As the sun shineth in his strength, that is, appeareth in glorious majesty. This also is a sign of favour. Job x. 3; Ps. Ixxx. 2. So 'God shiued from mount Paran,' Deut. xxxiii. 3. Ver. 3. — Our God is come,] A prayer to hasten his coming, as in Rev. xxii. 20; or as the former, 'our God will come.' So the Chald. paraphraseth, "the just shall say. In the day of the great judgment, our God will come, and not be silent, to execute the ven- geance of his people." Fire shall eat,] That is, consume, devour. So God is called an ' eating fire,' Deut. iv. 24, that is, as the apostle expoundeth it, a ' consuming fire,' Heb. xii. 29, and the sight of his glory on mount Sinai, was like ' eating (consuming) fire,' Exod. xxiv. 17; and ' fire out of his mouth eateth,' Ps. xviii. 9. A storm be MOVED,] A tempest raised; which maketh fire the more fierce and forcible. And these things signify Christ's judgments against hypocritical carnal worshippers: see Mai. iii. 1—3; Mat. iii. 12. Ver. 4. — Call to the heavens, &c.,] That heaven, and earth may bear record ; as in Deut. xxxi. 28; xxxii. 1. The Chald. expoundeth it, " he will call the high angels- from above, and the just of the earth from beneath." Ver. 5.' — Have stricken my covenant,] Or, have cut, that is, made covenant with me with sacrifice. For at holy covenants the sacrifices were cut asunder, and they went between the parts, Gen.xv, 10, J3, 18; Jer. xxxiv. 18. See Ps. xxv. 10. See also a covenant between God and his peo(>le with sacrifice, Exod. xxiv. 4 — 8. The Chald. openeth it thus: " which have stricken the covenant, and confirmed the law, and been busied in prayer, which is like to sacrifices. Ver. C. — And the heavens,] Hereby may be meant the heavenly angels, as in Job XV. 15, and so the Chald. translateth, "high angels," or the meteors in the air, thunder, lightning, &c., Exod. xix. 16, 18. See also Ps. xcvii.6; Ixxxix. 6. He is judge,] Him- self ill his own person, and not by his servants only as aforetime, Heb. i. 1, 2; 2 Tim. iv. J. PSALM L. 515 will speak, O Israel, and I will testify to thee ; I am God thy God. ^ I will not reprove thee for thy sacrifices, for thy bnrnt-offerings are before me continually. ^ I will not take a bullock out of thine house ; goat-bucks out of thy folds. " For every wild beast of the wood is mine ; the beasts that he on a thousand mountains. *' I know all the fowl of the mountains, and the store of beasts of the field is with me. '"^ If I were liungry I would not tell it thee, for mine is the world, and the plenty thereof. '^ Will I eat the flesh of mighty hulls and drink the blood of goat-bucks ? " Sacrifice thou to God a confession, and pay thy vows to the most higli. '^ And call on me in day of distress, I will release thee, and thou shalt glorify me. '^ But to the wicked saith God, What hast tliou to do to tell my statutes, and that thou shouldest take up my covenant on thy mouth. " And thou hatest nurture, and castest my words beliind thee. '* If thou seest a thief, then thou runnest with him, and thy part is with the adulterers. ^^ Tliy mouth thou sendest out in evil, and thy tongue joineth together deceit. ^" Thou sittest, thou speakest against thy brother, against thy mother's son thou gavest ill report. ^' These things thou hast done, and I kept Ver. 7. — Testify to thee,] That is, give thee contestations, admonitions, charges, &c., to cause the more obedience, as Neh. ix. 29; 2 Kings xvii. 15; Exod. xix. 21, 23; or, ttstify against thee, (as this phrase sometimes signifieth, Deut. iv. 2G; xxxi. 28,) tliat is, convince thee of disobedience. Both these are done in this Ps.j verses, 14^ 16, 18, ]9, &c. Ver. 8. — For thy sacrifices,] So else- wheie he saith, ' I spake not to your fathers, &c., concerning sacrifices,' Jer. vii. 22. Are before me,] So tlie Gr. explaineth it, and so Israel used to weary God with out- ward offering?. Is. i. 11, 14; Mic. vi. 6, 7; Amos iv. 4, 5. Ver. 9. — Goat-bucks,] 'Y\i&he- goats', such with bullocks, were principal in the sacrifices. Num. vii. 17,23, &c.; Ps. Ixvi. 15. Ver. 11. — Store of beasts,] All sorts of beasts that range about. So Ps. Ixxx. 14. Ver. 12. — If I were hungry,] This the Chald. expoundeth, " If the time come of the continual sacrifice, I will not tell thee." So it may be a prophecy of Christ's abolishing the daily sacrifice, as in Dan. ix. 27. Ver. 14.— A confession,] A thank-offer- ing. There was an oblation in the law thus called. Lev. vii. 12, 15, mentioned also in Ps. cxvi. 17; cvii. 22-, which the apostle openeth, exhorting to ofler ' the sacrifice of praise continually to God, that is, the fruitof the lips, confessing to his name,' Heb. xiii. 15. See also Ps. xcv. 2. The Chald. saith, " Subdue evil concupiscence, and it shall be counted before the Lord as a sacrifice of con- fession. Vows TO THE MOST HiGH,] That is, to God, Gen. xiv. 18; so lie that in Luke vi. 35, is « the most High," in Mat. v. 45, is 'our Father which is in heaven.' To him vows were made with prayers, Gen. xxviii. 20; Ps. Ixi. 6; and paid with thanksgiving, Ps. Ixv. 2; and Ixvi. 13, 14; and bylaw their payment was required, Deut. xxiii. 23; Eccl. V. 5; Ps. Ixxvi. 12 ; and there were sacrifices for vows. Lev. vii. 16. But the Chald. referrelh this here to the vow which they made at ' mount Sinai, to confirm the commandments,' (Exod. xix.) Ver. 16. — What hast thou to do,] The Heb. phrase is " what to thee ?" The Gr., " therefore dost thou ?" Ver. 17 — Nurture,] Or, restraint, chas- tisement; which is 'the way of life,' Prov. vi. 23; xii. 1. The Chald. addeth, 'nurture of wise men.' Behind thee,] Or, after thee. See a like speech, Neh. ix. 26. Ver. 18. — Then thou,] Heb. and thou rurmest, or readily consentest, takest plea- sure, .^nd may be omitted in cur English ; it serveth to increase the readiness and ear- nestness of the affections. ' He that partaketh with a thief hateth his soul,' Prov. xxix. 24, Ver. 19. — Thou sendest out,] That is, usest and appliest. Thy tongue joineth,] Or, with thy tongue thou joinest, framest, compactest. Ver. 20. — ^III report,] Or, infamy, offen- sive scandalous speech ; (as the Gr. turneth it, ' scandal,") a word not found but in this place. Ver. 21. — I was surely,] Heb. I being, 516 PSALMS. silence, thou didst think that I was surely like thee ; 1 will reprove thee and set in order to thine eyes. ^^ O now consider this ye that forget God, lest I tear, and there be no rescuer. ^^ He that sacrificetli confession, honoureth me, and he that disposeth his way, I will cause liim to see the salvation of God. had been, or was. Set in order,] To wit, thy faults; as the Gr. explaineth it, " I will set thy sins before thy face." The Chald.giv. eth this paraphrase, " Thou thoughtest to be for ever ; thou saidst in thy heart, I shall be like God : but I in powerful wrath will take vengeance on thee, I will rebuke thee in this world, and order the judgment of Gehenna in the world to come, before thee. Veb. 22. — No RESCDER,] Or, wo deliverer. A similitude taken from lions, which catch and tear their prey, from whose jaws none can rescue. See the like in Hos. v. 1 4. Veb. 23. — He that sacrificeth con- fession J That is, which giveth confession, or thanks, as a sacrifice ; the Gr. translateth "the saoifice of praise shall glorify me ,''''the Chald. " He that slayeth evil concupiscence, and subdueth it, it shall be counted to him as a sacrifice of confession." Disposeth his way,] Composeth and ordereth it according to these directions : or, he that putteth this way be- fore him. To SEE the salvation,] That is, to enjoy it; or, I will show it him. In Heb. tlie word in redoundeth. See Ps. xxvii. 4. So Ps. xci. 16 ; Ixxxv. 8. PSALM LL 1 . David pray eth for remission of sins, whereof he maJceth a deep con- fession. 8. lie pray eth for sanctification. 18. God delighteth not in sacrifice^ hut in a broken spirit. 20. A prayer for tlie Church. ' To the master of the music, a Psalm of David. ^ Wlien Nathan tlie propliet came unto him after lie had gone in unto Bathsheba. - Be gracious to me, O God, according to thy kind mercy, according to the multitude of tliy tender mercies wipe away my trespasses. * Much wash me from my iniquity, and cleanse me from my sins. ^ For I know my trespasses, and my sin is before me Ver. 2. — He had gone in,] To wit, into the chamber, as Judg. xv. 1, that is, had lien with, as the phrase importeth, Gen. vi. 4, and is expressed, 2 Sam. xi. 4. Bath- sheba,] The daughter of Eliam, 2 Sam. xi. 3, called also Bathshua, daughter of Ammiel, 1 Chron. iil. 5. She was wife to captain Urijah the Hittite, and while her husband was at the leaguer of Rahbab, David lay with her; and she being with child, he first sought to cover his fault by sending for Urijah home, that he might be esteemed the father; which not succeeding, he sent liim back with private letters to Joab the general to procure his death. Which being done, David married his wife Bathsheba, so thinking to cover his sin. But God was displeased, and sent Na- than to reprove David ; whereupon he re- pented and niadu this Psalm, for an example unto, and comfort of sinners. See the his- tory at large, 2 Sam xi. and xii. Ver. 4. — Much wash me,] Or, multiply loash me, that is, thoroughly wash me again and again. He applieth the washings used in the law, (Lev. xi. 25, 32 ; Exod. xix. 10; Num. xix. 19.) to the spiritual washing from sin in the blood of Christ, Rev. vii. 14; John i. 7. So after in ver. 9, and Jer. iv. 14. The Heb. hereb (or harbeh) multiply, is used for much, as 2 Kings x. 18, where it is opposed to little. And that which in one place is written harbeh, multiply ; in another is la-rob, and rabbah, much as 1 Kings x. 10, with 2 Chron. ix. 9, 2 Sam. viii. 8, wiih 1 Chron. xviii. 8. Ver. 6. — I know,] Or, acknowledge. Sj Is. lix. 12 ; Jor. iii. 13. Ver. 6. — Against thee,] Or, unto thee PSALM LI. 517 continually. ® Against thee, against thee only have I s'nned, and liave done that which is evil in thine eyes, that thou mayest be just Avhen thou speakest, mayest be pure when thou judgest, ' Lo in iniquity was I painfully brought forth, and in sin my mother con- ceived me. ® Lo the truth thou delightest in the inward parts, and in the secret thou hast made me know wisdom. 9 Thou wilt purge me from sin witli liyssop, and I shall be clean, wilt wash me and I shall be whiter than snow. ^° Thou wilt make me to hear joy and gladness, the bones that thou hast crushed, shall be gladsome. '' Hide thy face from my sins, and wipe away all my iniquities. only. This is either because he concealed his sins from men, but could not from God, 2 Sam. xii. 12: or, that only God could remit the punishment of his sin, Is. xliii. 25. So Ps. xli. 5. I HAVE SINNED,] And so am deprived of the glory of God, as Rom. iii. 23. That which is evil, &c.] Which dis- pleaseth thee. This hath reference to 2 Sam. xi. 9 ; xi. 27. That thou mayest be just,] That is, * thou hast suffered me to fall into sin, that thou mayest be just (or justi- fied) in whatsoever thou hast spoken for the salvation of thy servant, or punishment of my sin,' 2 Sam. xii. 10. For the injustice of man commendeth the justice of God, Rom. iii. 4, 5, or it may have reference to the for- mer words, ' I know (and acknowledge) my sin, thiit thou mayest be just.' When thou SPEAKEST,] Or, in thy speaking, that is, in thy words, as Rom. iii. 4, so after, in 'in thy judging.' Mayest be pure,] Or, clear, sin- cere, unreprovable, and consequently mayest win the victory in judgment : whereupon the apostle (according to the Gr. version,) saith, " mayest overcome," Rom. iii. 4. The Heb. zacah also in the Syriac tongue, is used for " overcoming." Ver.7. — In iniquity,] The perversenessor viciosity of nature, commonly called original, and by the apostle, ' inhabiting sin,' Rom. vii. 17, whereby all men are carnal, sold under sin, John iii. C ; Rom. vii, 14. The Chald. calleth it, " the sin of evil concu- piscence." This David maketh the foun- tain of all his actual sins. Painfully BROUGHT forth,] Bom with sorrow. The Heb. signifieth, " the painful travail of child- birth," Is. xxvi. 17, 18; li. 2; Ps. xxix. 9. Conceived,] Or, was warm in heat, as Gen. XXX. 38, 39, 41. Ver. 8. — The inward parts,] Or, the covered parts, ' the heart roots where wisdom is seated of God,' Job xxxviii. 36, named in Heb. of 'covering,' 'plaistering,' or 'par- getting.' The secret,] Or, the dosed place which being referred to the person, meaneth the heart, which God reneweth, Ezek. xxxvi. 20, and wherein ' he writeth his laws,' Heb. viii. 10. And thus the Chald. expoundeth it, " the close place of the heart," which the apostle calleth the ' hidden man of the heart,' 1 Pet. iii. 4, or if it be referred to the thing, it meaneth the ' secrets of wisdom,' Job xi. 6; 'the wisdom of God in a mystery,' the hidden wisdom manifested by the gospel, 1 Cor. ii.7. And thus the Gr. applieth it, " say- ing, " the nnmanifest and hidden things of wisdom then hast manifested to me." Hast MADE,] Or, zvilt make me know, thus he riseth by faith out of his sin, being taught wisdom of God. Ver. 9. — Thou wilt purge mefrom sin,] Or prayerwise, ' purge thou me from sin,' or make me sinless, expiate or purify my sins. Prayers are often made in this manner, as with assurance that they shall be performed. See the note on Ps. xvii. 8. Eizop,] Or, hyssop, of the Heb. exoh, and Gr. hyssopos, an herb or tree growing out of the wall, 1 Kings iv. 33, appointed in the law for to sprinkle and cleanse with, Exod. xii. 22 ; Num. xix, 6, 18; Lev. xiv. 4, 6, 49; Heb. ix. 19 ; and the sprinkling with it, was the last part of the purification of the unclean, here used to signify the full cleansing from sin liy the blood of Christ, Heb. ix. 13, 14, whether it were that herb which we now call Eizop, or no, is uncertain. The Chald, paraphraseth, 'Thou wilt sprinkle me like a piiest, which sprinkleth the unclean with the purifying waters, with hyssop, with the ashes of an heifer, and I shall be clean. Wash ME,] Another legal rite for purifying the unclean. Lev. xiv. 8; xxv. 5, 8, 13,22; figuring our sanctification, Heb. x, 22; Tit. iii. 5; Is. iv. 4. Ver. 10.— To hear joy,] The joyful tid- ings of the forgiveness of my sin=. Bones that thou hast crushed,] Or, brayed; noting hereby the greatness of his grief and affliction. Job ii. 2, 5 ; xxx. 17; xxxiii. 19, 21 ; Ps. xxxviii. 4. Ver. 11. — Hide thy face,] That is, regard not my sins, to visit them on me. Sue the contrary, Ps. xc. 5 ; cix. 14, 15 , Jcr. xvi. 17. 518 PSALMS. '^ A clean heart create thou to me, O God, and a firm spirit renew thou within me. '^ Cast me not from thy face, and take not from me thy spirit of holiness. " Restore to me the joy of my salvation, and firmly sustain me with a free spirit. '* I will teach trespassers thy ways, and sinners shall convert unto thee, '* Deliver me from bloods, O God, the God of my salvation, my tongue shall shout thy justice. " Lord, thou shalt open my lips, and my mouth shall shew forth thy praise. '* For thou delightest not sacrifice, else would I give it ; burnt- offering thou wilt not contentedly accept. '** The sacrifices of God are a broken spirit; a heart broken and contrite, O God, thou wilt not despise. ^" Do well in thy good pleasure unto Zion, build thou the walls of Jerusalem. ^^ Tlien shalt thou Ver. 12. — Firm spirit,] A spirit ready, prepared, stedfast, and certain. The lilie is applied to the heart, Ps. cxii. 7; Ivii. S. Ver. 13 From thy face,] Or, frojn thy presence : this was au eflect of God's utmost anger against sinners, 2 Kings xxiv. 20; Jer. vii. 15; lii. 3, Gen. iv. 16. Thy SPIRIT OF HOLINESS,] Thy Holy Spirit: which the Chald. expoundeth, "thy Holy Spiritof prophecy." Ver. 14. — The jov of thy salvation.] The joy which proceedelh from thy salva- tion and deliveiance of me from sin. A free SPIRIT,] A voluntary, free, willing spirit, or "a princely ruling spirit," as the Gr. turneth it. See this word, Ps. xlvii. 10, by a free or princely spirit, he moaneth a spirit not in bondage to sin, called elsewhere 'the spirit of adoption,' Rom. viii. 15, 1(3, where- by a man is made willing to obey the Lord, as Exod. XXXV. 21. Ver. 16. — From bloods,] That is, from the guilt of my murder in shedding the blood of Urijah: as the Chald. saith, "from the judgment of murder:" or, from my native corruption. See the note on Ps. v. 7. Shall shoot,] Or, shrill, sing joyfully, and pro- claim thy justification ; such as Paul speaketh of, Phil. iii. 9. Ver. 17. — Shalt open my lips,] Shall give me occasion to speak freely and boldly : the Chald. addeth, " in thy law." This phrase is used Job xi. 5; xxxii. 20. Ver. 18. — Else I would give it,] Or, fur else I tcould give it. As the Greek turn- eth it, " if thou wouldest sacrifice, I had given it." Ver. 19. — The sacrifices of God,] That IS, which please God; or, as the Chald. saith, " holy to God." So ' the works of God,' John vi. 28. Heart broken,] To wit, with sorrow for sin. So Is. Ixi. 1 ; Luke iv. IS. Compare with this, Uom. xii. 1; also Is. Ivii. 15; Ixvi. 2. Ver. 20.— Do well,] Or, do good, deal bounteously: it comprehendeth all things needful, for profit or pleasure. Unto Zion,] The church and place of public worship. See Ps. ii. 6. Walls of Jerusalem,] Or, of Jerushalaivi, as the Heb. writeth it in the dual form, as it were the double Jerusalem, to wit, the higher and the lower; from which the apostle gathereth an allegory, Gal. iv. 25. 26. This city was first called Salem, that is, peace, where Melchisedeck was kingi Gen. xiv. IS; Heb. vii. 2. It was named also Jebus, Judg. xix. 10, of one Jebusi son of Canaan, Gen. x. 16, and was possessed by his seed the Jebusites, who held therein the fort of Zion, till David won it from them, 1 Chron. xi. 4, 5, 7. Here also was the mount Morijah, whereon Solomon built the temple, 2 Chron. iii. 1, where Abraham oflered his son Isaac, Gen. xxii. 2. And because there God's providence was seen, he named the place ' Jehovah-jireh,' Gen. xxii. 14, which, Jireh put to the former name Salem, maketh it Jerusalem, where peace is seen: and as the city was enlarged by taking in mount Jireh, or Morijah, so is the name: yet sometimes, (though very rare) it is called by the first name Salem, as Ps. Ixxvi. 3. This city God chose to be the place of his public wor- ship, and there to dwell, 2 Chron. vii. 12; Ps. cxxxii. 13, 14, and honourable things are spoken of this city, Ps.lxxxvii. 3, and of the walls thereof, which in the Jerusalem from above are of jasper stone, with twelve foun- dations, garnished with all manner of precious stones, and having the names of the Lamb's twelve apostles, Rev. xxi. 11, 14, 18, 19, &c. ; the walls are called Salvation, and the gates Praise, and they ' are ever in God's sight,' Is. Ix. IS; xlix. 16. For the building up of these doth David here pray. Ver. 21.' — Then shalt thou accept,] When the place is builded which thou hast chosen ; for he forbade his people to ofler ' in every place,' Li v. xvii. 5, S, 9; Deut. xii. 11, 13, and promised to accept their sacri- fices on his holy mountain, Ezek. xx. 40. Therefore Israel was in great aiHiction and PSALM LII. 519 delightfully accept tlie sacrifices of justice, the burnt-offering and the wliole oblation : then shall they offer up bullocks upon thine altar. reproach, when the walls of Jerusalem were unbuilded, Neh. i. 3, and the people's negli- gence in building God's house was sharply blamed, Hag. i. 2, 4, 8, 9; ii. 15, &c. Of JUSTiFiCATJox,] That is, sacrifices offered in faith, and according to the will of God. See Ps. iv. 6. The whole oblation,] The Calil : a kind of oblation that was wholly and every whit given up in fire unto God : and didered from the ghnola, or burnt-otier- ing, which was only of ' beasts or birds,' Lev. i., whereas the calil was also of flour, called the meat-offering, but burned altogether, which the common meat-oflerings were not. Lev. vi. 20, 22, 23. It was also of beasts, 1 Sam. vii. 9. PSALM LIL David condemning the spitefulness of Doeg, prophesieth his destruc- tion; %. at which the just shall rejoice. 10. David upon confidence of God's mercy, giveth thanks. * To the master of the music, an instructing psalm of David. 2 When Doeg the Edomite came and showed to Saul, and said to him, David came into the house of Abimelech. ^ Why boastest thou in evil, O miglity man ? the mercy of God endureth all the day. * Thy tongue thinketh wofiil evils, as a sharp razor doing deceit. ^ Thou lovest evil more than good ; falsehood more than to speak justice, Selah. ^ Thou lovest all words of swallowing, the tongue of deceit. ^ x\lso God will destroy thee to perpetuity, he will pull thee away and pluck thee out of the tent. Ver. 2 Doeg,] A servant of king Saul, and master of his herdmen, 1 Sam. xxi. 7. The Edomite,] That is, an Mdomile, or, Idumean,&s the Gr. here translateth: or a man of " Adamah," a city of the tribe of Naphtali, Josh. xix. 36. Of Abimelech,] David flying from Saul's tyranny, came for comfort to the house of God in Nob, where Abimelech the priest administered. He gave unto David and his company the shew-bread to eat, armed him with the sword of Goliath the Philistine, and asked counsel of the Lord for him. Doeg saw this, and told king Saul, and after (when no other man would) him.- self at the king's commandment ran upon Abimelech and the priests, and killed eighty- five persons: and Nob the city of the priests he smote with the edge of the sword, both man, woman, child, and beast. ButAbiathar, Abiraelech's son, escaped unto David, and told him, who thereupon made this psalm. See 1 Sam. xxi.; xxii.; Matt. xii. 3,4. Ver. 3. — In evil,] The Chald. expound- eth it, " in an evil tongue." O mighty MAN,] Or, potentate, Doeg is thus named, for his chief place over king Saul's herdmen, 1 Sam. xxi. 7; and his killing of so many priests of the Lord, 1 Sam. xxii. 18, 19; in which mischievous prowess he vaunted him- self. Ver. 4.' — Thinketh,] Or understand, JFky thinketh thy tongue? that is, uttereth the evils thought and premeditated. Doing DECEIT,] That is, as a razor which instead of cutting the hair, cutteth the throat. Or it may be referred to the man, " O doer of deceit," as the Gr. saitli, "thou hast done deceit." Ver. 5. — Justice,] That is, truth or faithfulness. Ver. 6. — Words of swallowing,] Or of devouring, of pemiciousness, that is, perajcious words which cause destruction. Ver. 7. — Destroy,] Ot pull thee down: a similitude taken from buildings pulled down. Lev. xiv. 45; applied here to man's overthrow. So Job xix. 10. Pull thee 520 PSALMS. and will root thee up, out of the land of the living, Selah. ^ And the just shall see and fear, and shall laugh at him. ^ Behold the man that put not God^r his strength, but trusted in the multitude of his riches ; he was strong in his woful evil. ^° But I, as a green olive in the house of God, I trust in the mercy of God ever and aye. " I will confess thee for ever, for thou hast done this; and will patiently expect thy name, for it is good before thy gracious saints. AWAY,] Or take thee hence, as a coal of fire is taken with the tongs, Is. xxx. 4. Pluck THEE,] As the stakes are plucked up when the tent is removed. This is applied to expulsion out of one's settled place; and is opposed to stablishing, Deut. xxviii. 6.3 ; Prov. ii. 22 ; xv. 25. Root thee up,] As a tree plucked up by the routs, Jude 12. So Job xxxi. 12. Land of the living,] That is, t/iis world. See Ps. xxvii. 13. Ver. 8. — Shall see,] The Chald. para- phraseth, "shall see thy punishment, and fear i)efore the Lord." Ver. 9. — The man,] The viighty man. It hath reference to verse 3. He was strong,] Or, u'ould be strong, and pre- vail; as Ps. ix. 20; or * strengthened and hardened himself.' His woful evil,] Or, in that he hath, that is, his substance; the Gr. saith, "in his vanity." Ver. 10. — Green olive,] Always fresh and flourishing. See Ps. xxxvii. 35; Jer. xi. 16. Aye,] Continually : see Ps. ix 6. Ver. 11.— Hast done,] The Chald. addeth, " hast done the vengeance of my judgment." PSALM LIIL David describeth the corruption of a natural man, 5. and convincetJt them by the light of their consciences. 7. He glorieth in the salvation of God. * To the master of the music on Machalatli, an instructing psalm of David. ^ The fool saith in his heart there is no God -. they have cor^ rupted, and have made themselves abominable ivith injurious evil ; there is none that doth good. ^ God from the heavens looked down upon the sons of Adam, to see if there were any that understand- eth, that seeketh God. * Every one is gone back, together they are become unprofitable : there is none tliat doth good, none, not one. * Do they not know, that work painful iniquity, that eat my people as they eat bread, they call not upon God. ^ There they dreaded a dread where no dread was, for God hath scattered the Ver. 1. — Machalath,] This seemeth to be a kind of instrument much like Nechiloth, Ps. V. 1. It may also be interpreted ' sick- ness' or 'infirmity.' So in the title of Ps. Ixxxviii. An instructing psalm,] Maskil: see Ps. xxxii. 1. This psalm is the same in effect, and almost in words, with the xivth Psalm, some few things changed. See the notes there. Ver. 2. — With injurious evil,] So the Gr. saith, " with iniquities they are made abominable." Or, we may read, "they have done abominable iniquity." Ver. 4. — Every one is gone back,] Heb, "All he," that is, "Each one," or whosoever he be, in particular. In Ps. xiv. 3; he speaketh generally, 'all is departed.' Ver. 6. — Whkrb no dread wasJ That PSALM LIV. 521 bones of him that besiege th thee ; thou hast made them abashed, for God liath contemptuously cast them ojfif. ^ Wiio will give out of Zion the salvations of Israel ? when God returneth the captivity of his people, Jacob shall be glad, Israel shall rejoice. is, no catise of dread. God giveth to the wicked ' a trembling heart,' Deut. xxviii. 65; and ' a sound of fear is in their ears,' Job XV. 21 ; yea ' the sound of a leaf chaseth them, and they flee when none pursueth,' Lev. xxvi. 36; Prov. xxviii. 1. Of him THAT BESiEGETH THEE,] Or, that pitcheth ca7?ip against thee, speaking to the godly man. The Gr. turneth it, "of men-plea- sers." Hast made them abashedJ Or; shall make abashed, (for it is a promise, but set down as already performed, for the more assurance) or, ' shall put to confusion,' to wit, them, 'or 'their counsel,' as they would have confounded thine. See Ps. xiv. 6. Ver. 7. — Who will give,] A wish: O that there were given, &c. See the notes on Ps. xiv. 7. Salvations,] That is, full salvation, health or deliverance. PSALM LIV. David complaining of the Ziphiins, prayeth for salvation. 6. Upon his confidence in God's help he promiseth sacrifice. ^ To the master of the music on Neginotli, an instructing psalm of David. ^ When tlie Ziphims came and said unto Saul, Dotli not David hide himself with us? ^ O God, in thy name save me, and in thy power judge me. *0 God, hear my prayer, hearken to the words of my mouth. * For strangers are risen up against me, and daunting tyrants seek my soul, they have not set God before them, Selah. * Lo, God is mine helper, the Lord is with them tliat uphold my soul. ' He will turn the evil to my enviers : in thy truth suppress thou them. ^ With voluntariness I will sacrifice unto thee, I will confess thy Ver. 2. — Ziphims,] Or Zipheans, the inhabitants of Ziph, a city in the tribe of Judah, Josh. xv. 24 ; by which there was a wilderness and wood, wherein David hid himself when he fled from Keilah for fear of king Saul, and was betrayed by these Ziph- ims unto the king, once and the second time, whereupon he made this psalm. See the history, 1 Sam. xxiii. 14, 15, 19, &c.; xxvi. 1,2. Ver. 5. — Strangers,] The Ziphims, estranged from God, and alienated from his people, Ps. Iviii. 4; Is. i. 4. So wicked men are called ' heathens,' Ps. lix. 6. In Ps. Ixxxvi. 14; this is repeated by David: but for Zarim, strangers, there he calleth them Zedim, proud. Daunting tyrants,] Ter- rible dismayers, as Saul and his retinue, whose terror daunted many. See Ps. x, 18. Voi. II. 3 Seek my soul,] My life, to take it away: see the note on Ps. xxxv. 4. Ver. 6. — With them that uphold,] Or, a7nong the upholders, the valiant soldiers that helped David in his battles, as 1 Chron. xii. 1; &c. a like manner of speech is, Judg. xi. 35; 'thou art among them that trouble me.' Vek. 7. — Return the evil,] To wit, which they intend against me. For ' the righteous escapeth out of trouble, and the wicked shall come in his stead,' Prov. xi. 8. Suppress them,] Restrain them, or cut them off. Compare Ps. cxliii. 12. Ver. 8. — With voluntariness,] Or, In freeness, that is, freely, liberally, of a willing miod. Such sacrifices the law men. tionethi Lev. vii. 16. U 522 PSALMS. name Jeliovah, because it is good. ' For he hath freely rid me out of all distress, and mine eye hath seen on mine enemies. Ver. 9. — Eye hath seen,] To wit, the xci. S; but often this word is concealed, as work, or reward of God; in Chald. "the Ps. xxxv. 21; xcii. 12; or hath viewed them vengeance on mine enemies," mentioned with delight: see Ps. xxii. 18. before in verse 7, and as is expressed in Ps. PSALM LV. 1 . David in his prayer complaineth of his fearful case. 1 0. He pray eth against his enemies, of whose wickedjiess and treachery he complain- eth. 1 7. He comforteth himself hi God's preservation of him, and con- fusion of his enemies. ' To the Master of the tnusic, on Neginoth, an instructing Psalm of David. ^ Hear thou, O God, my prayer, and hide not thyself from my supplication for grace. ' Attend to me, and answer me ; I mourn in my meditation, and make a troubled noise. * For the voice of the enemy, because of the vexation of the wicked : for they bring upon me painful iniquity, and in anger they spitefully hate me. * My heart is pained within me, and the terrors of death are fallen upon me. '" Fear and trembling are come into me, and horror liath covered me. ' So that I say, Wlio will give me a wing as a dove, that I might fly and dwell. ** Lo, I would make far off 7)iy wander- ing flight, I would lodge in tlie wilderness, Selah. ^ I would hasten my safe escaping from tlie wind of driving forward, from tlie "Ver. 3. — I mourn,] As one cast down Ver. 7. — Who will give,] A wish, 'O with sorrow, making a doleful noise. Medi- that I had,' or, 'O that some would give.' TATION,] Or discoursing, talk, prayer, com- See Ps. xiv. 7. Wing as a dove,] Which plaint. The Heb. siach, signifieth any large being a fearful bird, flieth fast to deserts and discourse or exercise of the mind or mouth, rocks to hide itself, Jer. xlviii. 2S; tvitig is by busy musing, talking, praying, commun- Ytut ior wiriffs, n'i fowl for fowls, Ps. viii. 9. ing with one's self or others. That I might fly,] Or, < I would fly and Ver. 4. — They bring,] They make move, dwell,' to wit, 'somewhere, where I can find or turn upon me iniquity; both by unjust safety;' but no place is named, to note the imputation of evil, and inflicting of punish- more uncertainty. ment. For the word is used both for ini- Ver. 8. — In the wilderness,] The place quity and the punishment thereof, as is noted whither ' the woman (the church) also flieth' Ps. V. 6. The Chald. saith, ' they testify in her persecution, Rev. xii. 6, 14. a falsehood against me." Spitefully hate Ver. 9. — Hasten safe escaping, &c.,] ME,] Or, bear me a private grudge, with a Or, / would speed my evasion, hasten my purpose to avenge, as the word signifieth, deliverance. So David 'hastened his flight Gen. xxvii. 41; 1. 15. from Absalom,' 2 Sam. xv. 14, &c. From Ver. 5. — Is pained,] Or, tremhleth with wind of driving forward,] That is, from pain. The word usually meaneth such pains tlie driving {sto)-my) tvind, that beareth all as a woman feeleth in her travail. things away before it: meaning the storm of Ver. 6. — Horror,] Or, amazed quaking, persecution, which forced him to fly. The when the senses are smitten with astonish- Gr. turneth it, " from pusillanimity (or fee- ment. Therefore the Gr. turneth it, " dark- bleness of spirit):" intimating his inmost ness." fears driving him to this flight. PSALM LV. 523 tempest. " Swallow them, Lord, divide their tongue, for I see violent wrong and strife in the cit^^ " Day and night tliey com- pass it upon the walls thereof, and painful iniquity and molestation are within it. '^ Woeful evils are within it, and fraud and guile departeth not from the street thereof. '^ For not an enemy reproached me, for I could bear it .- not my hater magnified against me, for I could be hidden from him. '* But it was thou, O man esteemed of as myself, my guide, and my known acquaintance. " We wliich together made sweet secret counsel, went unto God's house with the society. '^ Let death seize upon them, let them go down quick to hell ; for evil are in their dwelling-/?/ace in their inmost part. " I will call unto God, and Jehovah will save me. '^ Even- ing, and morning, and at noon, will I meditate and make a noise. Ver. 10. — Swallow,] That is, destroy/. It hath respect to Dathan and Abiram's death, who with their company were swallowed alive into the earth, Num. xvi. 32; as after in the 16th verse here is explained. Divide THEIR TONGUE,] For, their tongues, that is, their language, counsels, plots, &c. As at Babel, tongues were confounded, Gen. xi. 7, so tongues of Absalom's counsellors (that per- secuted David) were divided, 2 Sam. xvii. 1—14. Ver. II. — They compass it,] To wit, violent ivrong and strife, before mentioned, which were as walls about the town: or they, that is, those wicked persons. Ver. 13. — For not an enemy,] Or, because it was no enemy that reproached me. The Gr. turneth it thus, " for if an enemy reproached me, I could suffer it," &c. For I could bear,] Heb., and I could bear it: and being instead of for, or otherivise, as ia Ps. Ix. 13; li. 18. Magnified,] That is, speak great and boastful words. See before Ps. XXXV. 26. Ver. 14. — But thou,] Heb. and thou ,• and is often used for but, as Gen. xlii. 10 ; Is. X. 20. So in Gr., Rom. i. 13, and often in the Psalms. The Chald. addeth, "But thou Ahitophel a man like to me, &c. Esteemed of as mvself,] Or, according to mine order, or estimation, that is, my very equal, my peer: of as much regard and worth as myself. The Gr. turneth it, "like minded:" a word which the apostle useth, Phil. ii. 20. My guide,] Or, my duke, my chieftain, or master. So the Heb. alluph is used generally for a duke or chief governor. Gen. XXX vi. 15, &c., and so the Gr. turneth it here. It is also used in special for ' a chief friend,' Prov. xvi. 28: xvii. 9; Mic vii. 5, which sense is good in this place. Ahitophel may be the man here aimed at, as the Chald. iiameth him, who was one of David's princes and friends, even his chief counsellor, and became a traitor, 2 Sam. xv. 12, 31 ; xvi. 23. My known acquaintance,] Or, 'my familiar whom I acquainted with my coun- sels, purposes,' &c. as Ps. xxxi. 12. Ver. 15. — Made sweet secret counsel, sweetly communicated our secret affairs each to other, or the mystery of godliness, whereof see Ps. XXV. 14. These were fulfilled between David and Ahitophel, Christ and Judas the traitor. With the society,] Or, in the concourse, company, that is, the mul- titude that rim together, frequenting the pub- lic assemblies. And this was done with out- ward haste and counselling together, and with concordant minds : wherefore the Gr. here turneth it " unanimity," or concord. This word is after used for a company or concourse, Ps. Ixiv. 3, and hath the name of ' tumultu- ous running together,' Ps. ii. 1. Ver. 16.— Let death seize,] Or, death shall seize, exact his due as a creditor on his debtor. The Chald. expoundeth it, "let sentence of death make them guilty. Upon them,] And, on him, as the Heb. form not- eth, that is, on every of them. To hell,] To the place and state of death, Ps. xvi. 10, as the conspirators with Korah ' went down quickly unto hell,' Num. xvi. 30, 33. In THEIR dwelling PLACE,] Or, in thcir sojourning place ; for this lite is a pilgrimage, where men are but guests. In their in.must PART,] Or, withiti them hi the midst of them, meaning their heart. Ver. 18.— And at noon,] These three times in the day they used to pray in Israel, as David here practised, and Daniel after- wards, Dan. vi. 10, and ' at the sixth hour (which was their noon-tide) Peter went to pray,' Acts x. 9. Though the day was then divided into twelve hours, as John xi. 9, yet of old they had but these three times or hours. Meditate,] Or, pray ; see note on ver. 3, and Ps. Ixxvii. 4. 52-1 PSALMS. and he lieard my voice. '^ He nath redeemed my soul in peace from the battle against me, for with many were they with me- ^^ God will liear and afflict them, even lie that sitteth^om antiquity, Selali, for that they liave no changes, neither fear they God. ^' He sent for til his hand on his ipeaceablejriejids, he profaned his cove- nant. ^- The words of his mouth were smoother than butter, but battle was in his heart ; his words were softer than oil, but they were drawn swords. ^^ Cast thou thy careful burden upon Jeho- vah, and he will sustain thee ; he will not give the just ma7i for ever to be moved. ^* But thou, O God, wilt make them go down to the pit of corruption ; men of bloods and of deceit shall not live half their days, but I will trust in thee. Ver. 19. — From the battle against ME,] From the nearfght (the conflict) ivith me. The Gr. saith, '' from them that draw near to me:" meaning his foes; as Ps. xxvii. 2. With many,] Or, in many ivere they tvith me. This is doubtful whether it be meant of foes or friends. If of foes, it may- be resolved thus, ' for with many (with a great multitude) they were fighters with me.' If of friends, it may be understood of God's angels that ' in a great number were with him,' pitching camp for his aid, Ps. xxxiv. 8 ; as Elisha said, * many more are with us than with them, 2 Kings vi. 16, 17. The Chald. explaineth it, "for in many afflictions his word was for my help." Ver. 20. — Even hethatsitteth,] That is, the eternal, that abideth one and the same in counsel, power, &c. No changes,] Or, alterations from evil to good, and are not bettered. Thus the Chald. paraphrast taketh it, of " sinners which change not their evil way.'" It may also be meant no alterations of their good estate, that is, no adversities, as Job X. 17. Ver. 21. — He sent forth his hand,] That is, laid violent hands, as Neh. xiii. 21. His peaceable friends,] Or them that were at peace with him. Ver. 22. — Drawn swords,] That is, wounding deadly. A like similitude Solo- mon useth, Prov. xii. 18, ' There is that speaketh words like the pricking of a sword,' See also Ps. Ivii. 5. Ver. 23. — Thy careful burden,] Or, thy gift, that is, whatsoever thou art careful to have given thee in all thy wants and need', or whatsoever he giveth thee, to exercise thy faith and patience, by adversities. The Gr. well turneth it, " thy care;" which phrase, the apostle useth, 1 Pet. v. 7, ' cast all your care upon him,' &c. The Chald. saith, " cast thy hope on the Lord." Compare also here- with Matt. vi. 25; Lul_e xii. 22; Ps. xxxvii. 5. Sustain thee,] Or, foster and nourish thee, with food and all other necessaries. The word, though it be general, yet is often used for nourishing, Gen. xlv. 11; xlvii. 12; Kings xviii. 4. So the Gr. also turneth it here. Not give,] That is, not suffer, as Ps. xvi. 10. Ver. 24. — Pit of corruption,] The Chald. expoundeth it, " the deep Gehenna." Men of bloods, &c.] That is, bloody men, as Ps. V. 7. Not live half,] Heb. " not half their days,'' that is, not come to half the days of their life, but be cut ofl" by untimely death. So Job xv. 32. PSALM LVI. PSALM LVL 525 1. David praying to God in confidence of his word, complaineth of Ms enemies. 10. He professeth his confidence in God's word, and promis- eth to praise him. ^ To tlie Master of the music, concerning the dumb dove in far places, Michtam of David, when the Philistines took him in Gath. ^ Be gracious to me, O God, for sorry man would swallow .me up ; all the day warring he oppresseth me. ^ Mine enviers would swallow me up all the day, for many do war with me, O most high. ■• In the day I shall fear, I will trust unto thee. * In God, I will praise his word ; in God do I trust, I will not fear what flesh can do unto me. ^ All the day my words they grievously wrest ; against me all their thoughts be for evil. ' They draw together, they keep close themselves, they do observe my steps, because they earnestly expect my soul. ^ For painful iniquity shall they escape safe ? in anger cast down the people, O God. ^ Thou hast counted my wan- highly, (proudly) they war against me. But ' marom' height, is sometimes God's attri- bute, as Mic. vi. 6; Ps. xcii. 9. Ver. 4. — In the day,] Or, what day, that is, whensoever I shall be afraid. Ver. 5. — What flesh can do,] Or question-wise, ' what can flesh do unto me ?' by flesh, meaning corrupt and weak man, as is expressed, verse 12. The like title is given to men, in Ps. Ixxviii. 39 ; Gen. vi. 3 ; Is. xl. 6. Ver. 6. — They grievously wrest,] They painfully form, and frame my words (or my matters:) perverting them, and giv- ing them another figure or fashion. So the Heb. word is used for fashioning, Job x, 8. It signifieth also, grieving, Is. Ixiii. 9. Ver. 7. — They draw together,] Or, gather, that is, convene and combine toge- ther, or, gather wars, as is expressed, Ps. cxl. 3. So Ps. lix. 4. My steps,] Or, my heels, or foot-soles, after the manner of that old serpent, Gen. iii. 15. Ver. 8. — Cast down,] Or, make descend, to wit, to the pit of corruption, as Ps. Iv. 24, or ' nether parts of the earth,' as Ezek. xxxii. 18. Vee. 9.' — My wandering,] My flitting to and fro, as from Saul's presence to Gath, I Sam. xxi. 10 ; from thence to the cave of AduUam, 1 Sam. xxii. 1 ; from thence to Mispeh in Moab, ver. 3, then to the forest of Horeth in Judah, ver. 5 ; then to Keilah, 1 Sam. xxiii. 5; thence to the wilderness of Ziph, ver. 14; thence to the wilderness -of Maon, ver. 25; then to Engedi, 1 Sam. '' Ver. 1. — Concerning the dumb dove,] Or, after the Heb. phrase, " the dove of dumbness ;" thus David speaketh of himself, as of a dove subject to vexation among the ravenous kites, the Philistines, which were far disjoined from God's people in faith, though near in habitation; as the Gr. trans- lateth it, "the people far off' from the saints. Or, celem, interpreted dumbness, may also be turned, ' a congregation,' as in Ps. Iviii. 2 ; and so the meaning is, ' the dove of the congregation of them that be far ofl/ that is, of the Philistines. And thus the Chald. expoundeth it, " To praise for the congrega- tion, which is like to a silent dove, in the time when they are driven far from their cities," &c. Michtam,] A jewel, or golden ysalm : See Ps. xvi. 1. Took him in Gath,] Pavid fieeing from Saul to Achish king of Gath, and being there known, changed his behaviour, and feigned himself foolish, and was so dismissed, 1 Sam. xxi. 10, &c. where- upon he made the xxxivth. Ps. After that he fled again to king Achish, and dwelt there with him, he and his company, 1 Sam. xxvii. 1—3, &c. Ver. 2. — Would swallow me up,] Or, breatheth after me, to take and devour me, This word shaaph is used for sooping in of drink, Job v. 6, also ' of the wind or breath,' Jer. ii. 24; xiv. 6 ; and so for breathing after any thing to come thereto. Job vii. 2; Eccl. i. 5. So after in Ps. Ivii. 4; cxix. 131. O MOST HIGH,] 0 high God, as the Gr. explain- eth it. The Gr. saith, " from the height;" we may also translate it, ' in height,' that is. 52G PSALMS. dering; put thou my tears in thy bottle : are they not in thy register ? " Tlien shall mine enemies turn back in the day that I eall ; this I know that God will be forme. '' In God, I will praise the word; in Jehovah, I will praise the word. ^^ In God do I trust, I will not fear what earthly man can do unto me. ^^ Thy vows are upon me, O God ; I will pay confessions unto thee. '* For tliou hast delivered my soul from death ; hast thou not also my feet from sliding ? for to walk on, before God, in the light of the living. xxiv, 1, 2; and so from place to place, as a partridge on the mountains: in all which David acknowledged God's care and provi- dence towards him. In thy bottle,] That is, reserve them diligently. Bottles were used to put in milk and wine, Judg. iv. 19 ; 1 Sam. xvi. 20. In the Heb. there is an allusion to the former word wandering, called nod, a bottle being also in that tongue called nod, having difference in writing, but none in sound. Are they not in thy register?] Or, in thy book and reckoning ? meaning, doubtless they are. A question is often used for an earnest affirmation or denial. As when one evangelist saith, ' do ye not err ?' Mark xii. 24, another saith, ' ye do err,' Matt. xxii. 29. Ver. 10. — That God will be for me,] Or, with vie, or that God is mine : as the Gr. saith, " thou ait my God." Ver. 13. — Thy vows are upon me,] That is, I have thank-ofterings ready, where- with to pay my vows which I made unto thee. A like phrase is in Prov. vii. 14, ' upon me are peace-offerings.' See also how vows were paid with peace or thank-offerings, Lev. vii. 15, 16; Ps. Ixvi. 13. Or, 'they are upon me,' that is, I am bound to pay them, or, do now bind myself, and lake them upon me. The Chald. saith, " on me I have received, 0 God, thy vows." Confessions,] That is, as the Chald. saith, " sacrifices of con- fession," or thanks : wliich were distin- guished from vows, Lev. vii. 12, 15, 16. Ver. 14. — Hast thou not also,] Mean- ing, surely thou hast, as before in ver. 9, and Ps. cxvi. 9. From sliding,] Or,from driv- ing, from thrust, that is, from sliding by the thrust of my enemies. To walk on,] Or, converse : it noteth a continual and pleasing carriage of one's self acceptable to God : therefore the Gr. explaineth it by " well- pleasing ;" and the apostle followeth the same, in Heb. xi.5, fromGen.v.24. SoinPs. cxii.9. The meaning also of the phrase here is, ' that 1 may walk ;' as that which one prophet saith, lashabeth, to dwell, 1 Chron. xvii. 4; ano- ther saith, leshibti, ' that I may dwell,' 2 Sam. vii. 5. The light of the living,] Or, light of life : meaning the vital of lively light which men here on earth do enjoy ; and therefore in Job xxxiii. 28, SO, this is opposed to the pit or grave; and in Ps. cxvi. 9, it is called ' the laud of the living :' whereof see Ps. xxvii. 13. This also respecteth the better light of life, mentioned by our Saviour, John viii. 12. PSALM LVII. 1 .David in prayer flying unto God, complaineth of his dangerous case. 8. He encourageth himself to pra' se God. ^ To the Master of the music, corrupt not, Michtam of David, when he fled from the face of Saul into the cave. Ver. 1.— Corrupt not,] Or, bring not to corruption, or pardition. This word some- times importeth corruption of faith and man- ners, by sin, as is noted on Ps. xiv. Ij sometimes perdition or utter destruction, the punishmentof sin, Ps.lxxviii. 38, 45; Gen. vi. 13: ix. 11, 15; it is a more vclitment word than killing, Ezek. ix. 6, 8. This word is also in the title of Iviiith, lixth, and Ixxvth Psalms. Michtam,] A golden song. See Ps. xvi. 1. From face,] Or, for fear of Saul. See Ps. iii. 1. Into the cave,] Saul sought David in the wilderness oi En- gedi, upon the rocks, among the wild goats, PSALM LVII. 527 ^ Be gracious to me, O God, be gracious to me, for in thee my soul liopetli for safety, and in the shadow of tliy wings will I liope for safety, till the woeful evils passeth over. ^ I will call unto God most higli, to the God that perfectly accomplisheth towards me. He will send from heaven, and save me ; he hath put to reproach him that would swallow me up, Selah : God will send his mercy and his truth. ^ My soul is among lions ; I lie among inflamers, the sons of Adam ; their teeth are spears and arrows, and their tongue a sharp sword. ^ Be exalted over the heavens, O God, over all the earth he thy glory, ' They prepared a net for my steps, he bowed down my soul ; they digged a pit before me ; they are fallen mto the midst of it, Selah. * Firmly prepared is my heart, O God, firmly prepared is my heart ; I will sing and praise with Psalm. ^ Raise up my glory, raise up psaltery and harp, I will raise up at the day dawning. " I will confess thee among the people, O Lord, I will praise thee witli psalms among the nations. *' That thy mercy is great unto the heavens, and tliy truth unto tlie skies. '^ Be exalted over the heavens, O God, over all the earth be thy glory. and being there in a cave, David cut off the lap of Saul's coat, and would not kill him. Which when Saul afterwards perceived, his heart relented for David's kindness and he wepti acknowledging his fault. And taking an oath of David that he should not destroy his seed, he ceased his persecuting for a time, 1 Sam. xxiv. David in that distress made this psalm. Ver. 2. — Evils passeth,] That is, ^^zxy evil; or, the whole heap of evils passeth. Ver. 3. — Perfectly accomplish,] Or, performetl, to wit, his grace, or his promise; or my affairs, bringing them to a full end and stay. So Ps. cxxxviii. 8. A like speech the apostle useth, Phil. i. 6. Ver. 4.— He will send,] Or, usually sendeth, to wit, ' his hand,' Ps. cxliv. 7; or, * his angels,' as Dan. iii. 27; and so the Chald. explaineth it; or, 'his mercy and truth," as after foUoweth. Swallow me,] Or, breatheth after me. See Ps. Ivi. 2. Ver. 5. — Lions,] Called here ^eiam, hearty, stout, courageous lions ; of leb, that is, heart, courage. As there be sundry sorts of lions, so have they sundry names; see Ps. vii. 3. Lions are mentioned in the scriptures for the * stoutness of their heart,' 2 Sam. xxvii. 10; ' boldness,' Prov. xxviii. 1; and ' grimness of their countenance,' 1 Chron. xii. 8. Saul and his courtiers are here lions to David, as were the kings of Ashur and Babel after unto Israel, Jer. 1. 17; the Roman emperor to Paul, 2 Tim. iv. 17; and all wicked rulers over the poor people, Prov. xxviii. 15. l^FhAMERs,]Boute/eus, meaning fiery, fierce, and raging persons, that flamed with wrath and envy, and inflamed others. Of such David did complain to Saul, 1 Sam. xxiv. 40. Spears,] Heb. the spear; as chariot for chariots, Ps. Ixviii. 18. So Agur speak- eth of a generation whose teeth are swords, and their jaws knives, to eat up the aftiicted out of the earth,' Prov. xxx. 14. See also Ps. Iv. 22; lix. 8. Ver. 6 Over the heavens,] The Chald. expoundelh it, "over the angels of heaven : so in verse 12. Ver. 9. — Raise up,] Or, stir up, to wit, thyself, or awake. A word of exciting, Judg. v. 12. Compare this with Ps. cviil. 2, 3, &c. Mr glory,] My tongue or soul. See Ps. xvi. 9; xxx. 13. At the day dawning,] I will rouse up myself with my instruments. Or, * I will raise up the day dawning, that is, I will prevent the early morning, and be up before it, and so stir it up. A figurative speech. Ver. 11.— That thy mercy,] Or, for thy mercy is great, &c. Compare Ps. xxxvi. 6. 528 PSALMS. PSALM LVIIL descriheth the nature of the 11. whereat the just David reproveth wicJced Judges : 4 T&icJced ; 7. devoteth them to God's ju shall rejoice. ^ To the Master of the music. Corrupt not; Michtam of David, ^ Indeed, O assembly, speak ye justice ? judge ye righteous- ness, O sons of Adam ? ^ Yea, in heart ye work injurious evils in the land, ye weigh the violent wrong of your hands. * The wicked are estranged from the womb, they err from the belly, speaking a lie. * Hot poison they have, like as the hot poison of a serpent, as of tlie deaf asp, ^Aa^ stoppeth liis ear. ^ Which will not hear the voice of charmers, of liim that enchanteth, enchant- Ver. 1.— Corrupt not,] Bring not to perdition, &c. See Ps. Ivii. 1; xvi. 1. Ver. 2.' — O ASSEMBLY,] 0 band, company or congregation. Tlie Heb. alem, which hath the signification of binding as a sheaf or bundle, seemeth here to be a company that are combined, and confederate. Or, it may be taken for the binding of the tongue, that is, dumbness, (as before in Ps. Ivi. 1,) and be read thus ; ' Of a truth, do ye speak dumb justice ?' or ' muteness of justice?' As blaming them for speaking and boasting of justice, when indeed justice was dumb, and opened not her mouth, but they gave most unjust sentence. Righteousness,] Or, equities, that is, righteous, plain, and equal things. Judges are called gods, Ps. Ixxxii. C, and therefore should imitate God, who saith, • I do speak justice, and declare righteous- ness,' Is. xlv. 19. Ver. 3. — Ye weigh,] Or, ye balass, (of the Heb. palas,) ye poise. A similitude taken from the weighing of things which should be in even poise and proportion, Prov. xvi. 11, so justice should weigh all words and works in equity, and reward them accord- ingly: but these 'weighed out wrong for right.' Ver. 4. — From the womb,] That is, even from their mother's womb, the wicked are estranged, (do alienate themselves) from God, justice, and virtue. This noteth man's natural corruption. So in Is. xlviii. 8. Ver. 5 — Hot poison they have,] Or, hot wrath is to them. The Heb. ckamath sig- nifieth both poison and rage or fury, each of them being hot. The Gr here turneth it "rage;" the similitude of a serpent rather giveth it to be poison, as Ps. cxl. 3; Rom. iii. 13; Deut. xxxii. 24. Though both are fitly applied to the wicked, who like serpents in fury spit out their venom and malice. Like as,] Or, according to the likeness. It mean- eth an exact comparison, as no whit inferior to the serpent, which was the instrument to poison mankind. Gen. iii. Serpent,] Or, snake, called in Heb. nachash, of expertness, for it was, ' more subtle than any beast of the field,' Gen. iii. 1. Deaf asp,] Or, cocka- trice, or the serpent Python, called in Heb. Pethen, which name noteth (by the contrary ) the unpersuadedness which this psalm show- eth to be natural in that beast. And so the wicked have the title of Apeitheis, unper- suaded, or disobedient, Tit. i. 16; Eph. ii. 2. Stoppeth,] Heb. tvill stop, that is, usually stoppeth his ears with his tail, (as human writers report,) while the other he layeth on the ground ; or, is naturally deaf of it. Ver. 6. — The voice of charmers,] Which with words used to charm serpents, that they can neither bite nor sting, as may be gathered both by this place, and by Eccl. X. 11; Jer. viii. 17. And these charmers have their name in Heb. of 'whispering,' or soft, sweet, and eloquent speaking, Ps. xli. 8; Is. iii. 3. Of him that exchanteth,] Or, that conjureth, conjoineth, associatetb. En- chanters have this title here, and in Deut. xviii. 11, either because by sorcery they associate serpents, making them tame and familiar, that they hurt not; or because such persons used to bind and tie bands or other things about the body, to heal or hurt by sor- cery ; or because by their conjuring art, they have society and fellowship with devils. And that these evil arts are not here approved, the law showeth, Deut. xviii. Only similitudes are taken from them, as elsewhere from the thief, Rev. xvi. 15, 'the unrighteous judge,' Luke xviii. 1, 2, C, 7 ; 'the unjust steward,' PSALM LVIII. 529 ments of him that is made wise. ^ O God, break their teeth in their mouth ; burst out the lion's tusks, O Jehovah. ^ Let them be refused as watei's that pass away : bend he liis arrows, be they as cut off. ^ As a snail that melteth, let him go away ; as the untimely birth of a woman ; as they that have not seen the sun. '" Ere that they shall perceive your thorns of tlie bramble ; even alive, even in wrath, lie will tempestuously wliirl it away. " The just shall rejoice when Jie seeth the vengeance ; he shall wash his feet in tlie blood of tlie wicked. '^ And earthly man shall say. Surely there is fruit for the just j surely there is a God that judg- eth in the earth. Luke xvi. &c. Of him that is made wise,] Of the tvised, that is, the learned, expert, the cumiing magi. Ver. S. — Refused as waters,] That is, (as the Gr. explaineth,) " set at nought," nothing esteemed ; as waters that pass away, and are not regarded. Bend he his arrows,] Or, ' liis arrow,' lor the Heb. hath a double reading; that is, " every of his arrows." And this may be meant of the wicked man, whose arrows bent at the just, shall be broken; or, of God, who shooteth at the wicked, and cut- ttth them off. Be they as cdt off,] Or, let them be ' as if they were cut off,' or ' even as straws ;' meaning it of the wicked's arrows: or if of their own persons, ' let them be even cut off," as the Gr. sayeth, "Until they be weakened." Ver. 9. — Snail that melteth,] Or, snail of melting, that is, ' a consuming snail ;' which creeping out of the shell, casteth her moistures, and so wasteth to death. Also with salt, a snail melteth into water. Let HIM GO AWAY,] Or, walk; meaning, 'let him die.' So where one prophet sayeth, 'to go with thy fathers,' 1 Chron. xvii. 11, ano- ther saith for it, ' sleep,' that is, ' die,' 2 Sam. vii. 12. The untimely birth,] Or, fallen birth, meaning fallen before due time. So Job ill. 19; Eccl. vi. .3, 5. Ver. 10. — Ere that they shall per- ceive,] Or, 'before men shall understand.' He speaketh to the wicked of their sudden destruction. The meaning seemeth to be this: ' Ere men shall perceive (or feel) the pricking of your thorns, which are thorns of the bramble, God will as with a whirlwind destroy all of them.' The bramble or brier (meniioned also in Jotham's parable, Judg. ix. 14, 15,) hath strong and sharp thorns, fit to resemble the evil counsels and deeds of the wicked. The Heb. Sir is used both for a thorn, and ^pot: wherefore some here trans- late pots, yet yielding the same sense. The Gr. turneth it thorns. As alive,] Or, even quick; which noteth sudden destruction, as Ps. Iv. 16, ' let them go down to hell alive :' or their ' lively vigour,' which made them fear no destruction, as Ps. xxxviii. 20, ' my enemies are alive, are mighty.' This word is sometimes used for ' raw flesh,' 1 Sam. ii. 15, which some that translate the foimer \yoxApots, retain also here. Even in wrath,] Or, ' as with burning anger.' We may also understand the word thorn thus : as well the living thorn, that is, fresh and green, as the thorn of burning : that is the burnt or sere thorn: because on the bramble some of the thorns are parched and dry, when other are young and green. He will tempestuously whirl it away,] God ' will take away,' or scare away it, that is, every thorn, as with a whirlwind or tempest. For, ' as with a whirlwind that passeth, the wicked is no more,' Prov. X. 25. Ver. 11. — His feet in blood,] This noteth both the greatness of the slaughter, and comfortable use which the just shall make hereof. Compare Ps. Ixviii. 24 ; Is. Ixiii. 3; Rev. xiv. 20. Ver. 12 — Earthly man,] Heb. ^daruy put here for men in general, as son for sons, 2 Kings xxi. G, with 2 Chron. xxxiii, 6. See also Ps. viii. 9. Fruit,] That is, 'a com- fortable reward,' after their labours and trou- bles. As Heb. xii. 11; Jam. iii. 18. So the Chald. translateth it, " a good reward." God that judgeth,] Or 'God's judging,'a mystery of the holy trinity, used sundry times in the scripture, as, * God caused me wander,' Gen. XX. 13 ; ' he is holy gods,' Jos. xxiv. 19; ' he is living gods,' Jer. x. 10; though most com- monly it is otherwise. See the note on Ps. iii. 3. Vol. II. 3X 530 PSALMS. PSALM LIX. David prayeth to he delivered from his enemies. 7 He complaineih of their cruelty. 9. HetrustethinGod. 12. He proyeth against them. 17. He praiseth God. ' To the Master of the music, corrupt not ; Miclitam of David, when Saul sent, and they kept the house for to kill liim. ^ Deliver me from mine enemies, O my God, from them that rise up against me, set thou me on high. ^ Deliver me from the workers of painful iniquity, and save thou me from the men of bloods. * For lo they lay wait for my soul, tlie strong do draw together against me : not^r my trespass, nov for my sin, Jehovah. * Without iniquity in me, they run and make ready : raise thee up to meet me, and see. ^ And thou Jehovah God of hosts, God of Israel, awake to visit all the heathen : be not gracious to any that unfaith- fully work iniquity, Selah. ' They return at evening, they make noise as a dog, and compass the city. * Lo, tliey utter with their mouth ; swords are in their lips ; for who heareth ? ' But thou Jehovah wilt laugh at them, thou wilt mock at all the heathen. *" His strengtli, unto thee will I take heed, for God is mine high Ver. 1. — Corrupt not,] Or brijig not to perdition. See Ps. Ivii. 1. Michtam,] 'a notable song:' see Ps. xvi. 1. To kill him,] or to do hi7n die. Saul having cast his spear at David, and missed him, sent messengers after unto David's house, for to keep (or watch) him, and to kill him. But his wife 'Michal' (Saul's daughter) discovered the matter, let David down at a window, and so he escaped, 1 Sam. ix. 10 — 12. Hereupon he made this Psalm. Ver. 2. — Set me on high,] Set me aloft, where I may be safe, that my foes may reach not me. Ver. 4. — Nor for my trespass,] To wit, against them; as elsewhere David professeth, 1 Sam. xxiv. 10, 12. Ver. 5. — Without iniquity,] To wit, of me OTon my part, understanding it of sin, as in the former verse ; or without pj/nishment (understanding it of the enemies) iheg ruji, &c. Iniquity is often used for punishment: see Ps. Ixix. 28. Or, without iniquity, [tvith- out blame) in their own conceit; as in Jer. 1. 7; 'their enemies said we offend not, because they have sinned, &c. To meet me,] Meanin g /or ^ooc?, that is, to assist me. For sometimes meeting is to ' oppose and resist, ' Ps. XXXV. 3. VsR. 6— To visit,] Namely, with punish- ment, as Ex. XX. 5. So otherwise, in Ps. viii. 5. The heathen,] That is, the wicked, mine enemies, called here 'heathen,' as else where 'strangers,' Ps. liv. 5. Unfaith- fully work,] Or, disloyally cowmit. See this word, Ps. XXV. 3. Ver. 7. — They return at evening,] The enemies, like hungry dogs, come at evening, secretly to surprise and devour me. So wicked persecutors are likened to dogs, Ps. xxii. 17 ; or it may be a prophecy of their extreme poverty, that when others goto rest, they go ahout howling for meat. Make noise AS a dog,] Barking, grinning, howling, as a dog for his meat ; as after, ver. 15, 16 ; there- fore the Gr. turneth it, "they are hungry." Ver. S. — Utter,] Or well out, as from & fountain ; belch or babble, as Prov. xv. 2, 28. This similitude is explained, Jer. vi. 7. 'As the fountain casteth out her waters, so she casteth out her malice. Swords, &c.,] That is, they speak sharp devout ing words. So the Chald. interpreteth it, "words that are sharp like a sword." See Ps. Ivii. 5. Who heareth,] These are the adversaries' words, who thought that none did hear, or (as the Chald. addeth) would punish them. Ver. 10. — His strength,] Understand, 0 God, that art his strength : and, may be meant of himself, though he speak as of another: 1. Because in the Heb. there is sometimes a sudden change of the person, as Dan. ix. 4. 'thou keepest covenant towards them which love him,' that is, rvhick love PSALM LIX. 531 defence. " The God of my mercy will prevent me, God will let me see on mine enviers. '* Slay them not, lest my people forget ; make them wander abroad in thy power, and bring them down, our shield. Lord. " The sin of their mouth, the word of tlieir lips ; when tliey shall be taken in their haughtiness ; and of cursing, and of false denial, let them tell. '* Consume in wrath, consume and let them be no more ; and let them know that God ruleth in Jacob, to the ends of the earth, Selah. '^ And they shall return at evening, make noise as a dog, and compass tlie city. ^^ They shall wander abroad for to eat, and shall howl if they be not satisfied. " But I will sing thy strength, and will shout at mornhig thy mercy ; for tliou hast been an high defence to me, and a refuge in day of my distress. '^ My strength, unto thee will I sing Psalms, for God is mine high defence, the God of my mercy. </i(?e, Deut. V. 10. 'that love me, and keep his commaudments,' for 'my commands,' Mic. i. 2. 'Hear ye people all they,' for 'all ye.' 2. Because in the last verse of this Ps. it is repeated, ' my strength.' 3. Also in this place, both the Gr. and Chald. turn it " my strength." 4. Because in the next verse, it is written in the Heb. text letters, 'his mercy, ' but by the vowels and margin, read, 'my mercy;' which giveth occasion to suppose the like meaning here. Howbeit the sense is good, if we understand it of the enemy Saul, thus; O God that art 'his strength, and hast given him the kingdom, and this power.* For even wicked rulers have no power, except it be given them from above, John xix. II. And David much respected Saul, as 'God's anointed,' 1 §am. xxvi. 11 ; 2 Sam. i. 14. I take heed,] or, will I Jteep, observe, that is, wait upon thee, or keep thanks and praises for thee, as verse 18. Ver. 11. — God of my mercy,] Or, of his mercy, (as is observed in the former verse;) or, my God of mercy, that is, my merciful God. Prevent me,] To wit, with mercy, or blessings, as Ps. xxi. 4. Let me see,] to wit, ' vengeance,' Ps. liv. 9. as the Chald. also here explaineth it. Ver. 12.— People forget,] To wit, their sin and punishment for the same. Dead men are forgotten, Ps. xxxi. 13 ; Eccl. ix. 6. so their punishment while they live, is the more memorable. Make them wander,] To wit, as vagabonds. The word hath refer- ence to Cain's judgment, who was not killed, but marked for a vagabond, Gen. iv. 14, 15. Some punishments are less tolerable than death itself. Rev. ix. 6. Ver. 13. — The sin of their mouth, &c.] This sentence is difficult; for, 1. It may have reference to the former, 'that my people forget not' their sins and punishment?, but may tell of them : or, 2. It may respect themselves; 'let them tell' (or confess) their own sins and punishments, as did Cain, Judas, &c. Gen. iv. 13, 14; Mat. xxvii. 4. Or, 3. It may show the cause of their judg- ments, for 'the sin of their mouth,' &(•. and so the Chald. expoundeth it. When they SHALL,] Or, and let them betaken. And of CURSING,] Or, for the curse, (tlie execration,) which may be understood of ' the sin,' accord- ing to Ps. X. 7 ; or, of the punishment Hiereof, as Deut. xxx. 7. Of false denial,] Of their lying, or of their leanness. The orig- inal signifieth either, and may also be meant of sin, or the punishment thereof. Let THEM tell,] Or, they skull tell, speaking of his people, or of the wicked themselves. Ver. 14. — Consume,] To wit, them, as loose, Mat. xxi. 2. for, 'loose him,' Mark xi. 2. Ver. 15. — And theyshall return,] Or, ' let them return,' &c. a prophecy of, or prayer for their punishment, answerable to their sin, as before verse 7. Ver. 16. — They shall wander,] Or make themselves wander, scatter themselves abroad. The Heb. hath a double reading, to include both these : so 2 Sam. xv. 20. See a like punishment of the wicked, Job xv. 23. The Chald. addeth, " They shall wander abroad, that they may take a prey for to eat. Shall howl,] Or, shall tarry all night, to wit, hungry and unsatisfied. The Heb. sig- nifieth either of these : but the Gr. chooseth the former, ' they shall murmur,' howling for hunger. Ver. 17. — Sing thv strength,] That is, praise with song thy strength, who canst defeat my foes, and protect me. 632 PSALMS. PSALM LX. David complaineth to God of former afflictions, now upon better hope, prayethfor deliverance. 8. Comforting himself in God's promises, he craveth that help wherein he trusteth. ^ To tlie master of the music, upon Shushan eduth, Michtam of David, for to teach. '^ When he fought with Aram of Mesopota- mia, and with Aram of Zobah : and Joab turned and smote Edom in the valley of Salt, twelve thousand. ^ O God, thou didst cast us away, thou didst break us, thou wast angry; turn again unto us. * Thou didst make the land to quake, didst rive it; heal thou the breaches thereof, for it is moved, ^ Thou didst sliow thy people a hard thing ; thou didst give us to drink the wine of astonishing horror. " Thou hast given to them that fear thee, a banner to be highly displayed, because of the cer- tain trutli, Selah. ' That thy beloved may be delivered, save thou with thy right hand, and answer me. * God spake by his holiness, . I will be glad : I shall divide Shechem, and measure the valley of Ver. 1. — Shushan,] That is, the six- stringed instrument, (or Lily.') See Ps. xlv. 1. Edqth,] That is, the testimony: which here either beloiigeth to tlie music now unknown to us, or meaneth tiie psalm to be a testimony of David's faith and thank- fuhiess; or to be sung by the priests before the ark of God in the sanctuary ; which ark and tables of the covenant in it, was called • the testimony,' Exod. xl. 5, 20. Mich- tam,] j4 golden sotig : see Ps, xvi. 1. Ver. 2. — Aram,] That is, the Aramites, or Syrians; tlie posterity of Aram, the son of Shem, the sou of Noah, Gen. x. 22. Mesopotamia,] A country so commonly called of the Gr., Acts vii. 2; in Hub. Naharajim, that is, of (or between) the two rivers, meaning Tigris and Euphrates, between which this laud lay. So the Chald. expoundeth it, " Aram which is by Euphra- tes." Zobah,] A country near the other, called of Greek writers "Syria Saphena." Edom in the valley of salt,] That is, the Edomites, or Idumeans in the salt valley, a place in that country, whereof mention is also made, 2 Kings xiv. 7. Twelve thou- sand,] III the history, 2 Sam. viii. 13, this victory is ascribed to David; in 1 Chron. xviii. 12, it is ascribed to Abishai, Joab's brother, and there also the number is eigh- teen thousand. It seemeth that captain Abishai first set on them, and slew 6000; after him followed Joab, and slew 12000 more. here mentioned. And to David is this vic- tory attributed, because he was king. Ver. 3.— Cast us away,] This com- plaint seemeth to have reference unto that miserable state wherein Israel was, 1 Sam. xiii. 19, &c; xxxi. 7. Turn,] The Chald. addeth, " turn thy glory to us." Ver. 4. — The land quake,] That is, change the state thereof; as Hag. ii, 7; compared with Heb. xii. 26 — 28 ; also Ezek. xxxi. 16. This land the Chald. expoundeth "the land of Israel." Rive it,] As at earthquakes rifts and chinks appear. This word is not elsewhere used in Scripture. Heal,] Tliat is, repair: See the like phrase, 2 Chron. vii. 14. Ver. 5. — Astonishing horror,] Or reel- ing, giddiness : meaning they were drunken with afflictions, which caused horror, as drunkeimess with wine causeth giddiness. This word is also used, Is. li. 17, 20—22. Ver. 6. — A banner,] Or, ensign. This word is applied to the flag or ensign of the gospel. Is. xi. 12; xlix. 22; Ixii. 10; here, to David and his victory. To be high dis- played,] Or, to use for a ba?iner, which hath the name of lifting high. The cer- tain truth,] Of thy promises. Ver. 7. — Answer me,] Or us, me and my people. The Heb. hath both readings. The Chald. explaineth it, " Receive my prayer." Ver. 8 Shall divideJ This meaneth a PSALM LX. 533 Succoth. ' Gilead shall be mine, and Manasseh mine, and Ephraim the strength of mine head ; Jehudah shall be my lawgiver. " Moab my washing pot : over Edom I shall cast my shoe : Pales- tina shout thou over me. " Who will lead me along to the city of strong defence, who will lead me unto Edom ? '^ Is it not thou, O God, that hadst cast us away, and wouldest not go forth, O God, in our hosts ? '^ O give thou us help from distress, for vain false- hood is the salvation of eartlily man. ^* Through God we shall do valiantness, and he will tread down our distressers. full possession after conquest, Josh, vi.; xiii. 7. Shechem,] a city in the tribe of Ephraim, not far from Samaria, Gen. xxxiii. 16; Josh. XX. 7. Succoth,] A city in the tribe of Gad, beyond the river Jordan, Josh, xiii. 27. Ver. 9. — Gilead,] And Manasseh : These were the utmost borders of the land of Canaan without Jordan: which howsoever for a time they resisted David, and clave to Ishbosheth Saul's son, 2 Sam. ii. 8, 9, &c. yet were by God's promise to be subjected unto David. Strength of my head,] That is, my horns wherewith I shall smite the peo- ple together, according to that promised bless- ing, Deut. xxxiii. 17; or by head, may be meant 'headship, kingdom,' or 'principality.' Lawgiver,] Or statute-maker, a title of authority; therefore the Gr. translate th here " King." This also accordeth to the pro- mise made to Judah, Gen. xlix. 10; 1 Chron. V. 2. Ver. 10. — Moab,] The land or people oi the Moabites, near to the land of Israel; these were the posterity of Lot, Abraham's nephew, begotten by Lot in his drunkenness, of his own daugliters. Gen. xix. 33, 36, 37; they had now forsaken the true God, and wor- shipped Baal-pehor and Chemosh, Num. XXV. 1, 3; xxi. 29; were enemies to Israel, Num. xxii.; Judg. iii. 12; and subdued by David, 2 Sam. viii. 2. Washing pot,] That is, \ised for base services, as a vessel to wash my feet in. Over Edom shall I CAST MY SHOE,] That is, I shall walk through, possess, and tread down the land of Edom (or Idumea) whose inhabitants were Edomites, the posterity of Edom, that is, Esau the elder brother of Jacob, who pro- fanely selling his birth-right for a mess of red pottage, (called in Heb. Edom,') had his name theiefore Edom, to the perpetual shame of him and his seed, Gen. xxv. 30; xxxvi. 8, 9; Heb. xii. 16, as Jacob by faith obtained the glorious name of Israel; see Ps. xiv. 7. Palestina shout thou,] For this, in Ps, cviii. 10, it is said, ' over Palestina I will shout.' So here it seemeth to be spoken in mockery; intimating, that howsoever the Philistines domineered and triumphed for a while, (as appeareth, Judg. x. 7; xiii. 1; 1 Sam. iv. 10; xxxi. 1,) yet should they by David be subdued ; as came to pass, 2 Sam. viii. 1. Therefore the Gr. turneth it, " the aliens are subject to me:" the Chald. thus, *' concerning the Philistines, shout and be strong, O congregation of Israel." Pales- tina,] (called ill Heb. Pelesheth,) was a part of the land of Canaan, westward by the sea, inhabited by the Philistines which came of the Castuhims, nephews 'of Mizraim the son of Cham, the son of Noah, Gen. x. 14. These with the Caphtorims, first inhabited Caphtor, and from thence came to Palestina, Amos ix. 7 ; where they drove out the A vims, (the ancient inhabitants of the land,) and dwelt in their stead, Deut. ii. 23. And this seemeth to be the reason why usually the Philistines are called in Gr. Allophyloi, aliens, (of another tribe or nation;) because they were not the first natural inhabitants. Ver. 11. — Who will lead,] It is a kind of wish, as Ps. xiv. 7, yet implying also some difficulty, as the next verse here show- eth. Of strong defence,] That is, defenc' ed or fortified: see Ps. xxxi. 22. This may be meant generally of all strong cities that resisted David ; or specially of Rabbah, the chief city of the Ammonites, whereof see 2 Sam. xii. 26, 29, &c. Ver. 13. — From distress,] Or from the distresser, the adversary. For vain] Heb. and vain: but and is often used for because, or for; as 2 Sam. xxii. 28, with Ps. xviii. 28; sols. Ixiv. 5. Ver. 14. — Do valiantness,] Or valour, that is, valiant acts: according to the pro- phecy. Num. xxiv. 19; or ' make a power,' that is, ' gather an army,' as the phrase is used, 1 Sam. xiv. 48, and in Ezek. xxviii. 4, it used for ' gathering of wealth.' See the notes on Ps. xviii. S3. Will tread down,] In Gr., " will set at nought," or " contemn." 534 PSALMS. PSALM LXL David jlieth to God upon his former experience. 5. He vorveth per- petual service unto him, because of his promises. ' To the master of the music, upon Neginath, a psalm of David. "^ Hear thou, O God, my shouting, attend to my prayer. ^ From the end of the land unto thee do I call when my heart is over- whelmed : lead thou me unto the rock that is higher than I. * For thou hast been a safe hope to me, a tower of strength from the face of the enemy. * I will sojourn in thy tenter ever, I will hope for safety in the secret of thy wings, Selah. ^ For thou, O God, hast heard my vows, hast given inheritance to them tliat fear thy name. ' Thou wilt add days unto the days of the king, his years shall be as generation and generation. ® He shall sit for ever before God ; prepare thou mercy and truth, which may keep liim. " So will I sing psalms to thy name, unto perpetuity, that I may pay my vows day by day. Ver. 1. — Upon Neginath,] Or with neginath, that is, the playing on the strings of the instrument: meaning tliat this psalm ■was to be sung with music of stringed instru- ments. See Ps. iv. 1. Ver. 3. — End of the land,] Theiitmost border of the land of Canaan, where David sometimes was driven to abide, 2 Sam. xvii. 24 ; or, ' end of the earth.' Is over- whelmed,] Or covered over, viz., with grief, (as the Gr. explaineth it) whereby it " iainteth, opprest with sorrow," So Ps. cii. 1; Ixxvii. 4; cvii. 5; cxlii. 4. Lead THoa,] Or, thou wilt lead: a speech of faitli, from former deliverances, as the next verse showelh. Higher than I,] Which I cannot get upon, unless thou lead me. Ver. 4. — A safe hope,] Or, shrouding place, where he hoped for, and had found safe shelter. Ver. 5 I will sojourn,] Or, shall abide. See Ps. XV. 1. In the secret,] Or, the hiding place, called elsewhere ' the shadow of his wings,' Ps. xxxvi. 8; Ixiii. 8. See Ps. xci. 1—4. Ver. 6 My vows,] That \s, my prayers made with vows, as the saints used. Gen. xxviii. 20; Judg. xi. 30, 31. Hereupon, prayer is called in Gr. proseuche, of pouring out vows to God. Inheritance to them,] So the Gr. also hath it; or, " given me the inheritance of them ; that is, such a blessing as usually thou bestowest on such as fear thee. The Chald. paraphraseth, thou hast given an inheritance in the world to come to them that fear thy name." Ver. 7. — Thou wilt add,] Or prayer- wise, add thou, &c. so the rest. Days unto days,] Or, iipon days, that is, a long life. Of the King,] Meam'ng himself, and spe- cially Christ, who was to be his sou after the flesh. So the Chald. saith, " of the King Christ." See Ps. Ixxii. ; Ixxxix. 21, 30, 37, 38. Ver. 8. — He shall sit,] viz., on the throne, that is, reigii, or sit, that is, dwell, or abide, as Ps. cxl. 14. Prepare,] Or, appoint, as his due and ready portion. The Heb. is man, a name whereliy that prepared meat was called, which God gave his people from heaven, Ps. Ixxviii. 24. Ver. 9. — Day by day,] Or day and day, that is, daily. The Hebs. usual phrase is, " day day;" so Ps. Ixviii. 2S ; Gen. xxxix. 10; Is. Iviii. 2; Exod. xvi. 5; sometimes ' day and day,' as Esth. iii. 4; 2 Cor. iv. 16. So ' two two,' Mark vi. 7, for, ' two and two.' The Chald. maketh this paraphrase, *' when I pay my vows in the day of the redemption of Israel, and in the day when the King Christ shall be anointed to reign." PSALM LXII. 535 PSALM LXIL David professing his confidence in God, discourageth his ene77iies, 6. repeateth his assured confidence; 9. Teacheth the people to trust in God, not in worldly things. 1 2. Porver and mercy belong to God. ' To the master of the music over Jeduthun, a psalm of David. ^ Yet surely unto God my soul keepeth silence ; from him is my salvation. ^ Surely he is my rock, and my salvation, mine high defence, I shall not be moved much. * How long will ye endea- vour mischief against a man ? ye shall be killed all of you, ye shall be a bowed wall, as a fence that is shoved at. ° Surely they con- salt to thrust him down from his liigh dignity, they delight in a lie : with his mouth each of them blesseth, and with their inward part they curse, SelaJi. ^ Yet unto God, my soul keep thou silence : for from him is my expectation. ' Surely he is my rock and my salvation ; mine high defence, I shall not be moved. * In God is my salvation and my glory ; the rock of my strength, my safe hope, is in God. ^ Trust ye in liim in all time, O people ; pour out your heart before him ; God is a safe hope for us, Selah. Ver. 1. — Over Jeduthun,] That is, over Jeduthuii's posterity, who was a singer ill Israel, 1 Chroii. xxv. 3; or, 'to Jedu- thun.' See also Ps. xxxix. 1. Ver. 2. — Yet sorely,] Or, 07ily. It is an earnest affirmation, against some contrary temptation or speech, and exchideth all other things. So verse 3, 5, 6, 7, 10. Keepeth SILENCE,] Or is silent, or still, that is, quiet, submissive, and (as the Gr. explaineth it) sub- ject; the rebellious aii'ections being tamed and subdued. See also Ps. iv. 5. Ver. 3. — Moved much,] Or, moved with a great inoving. ' Persecuted, but not for- saken; cast down, but I perish not,' as 2 Cor. iv. 9; for God ' giveth the issue with the temptation,' 1 Cor. x. 13. The Chald. expounds it, "I shall not be moved in the day of great affliction." Ver. 4. — Endeavour mischief,] This word is not fourid elsewhere in the scripture. It denoteth both ' a purpose in mind, and a thrusting forward in act of any mischievous deed." Ac-vinst a man,] In Chald., •' against a gracious man." So man here is used as in Jer. v. 1; ' if ye can find a man,' that is, a just and godly man. Ye shall be killed,] Or will ye be murdered? violently killed. Some Heb. copies varying a point or vowel, give it an active signification, " will ye murder? This the Gr. followeth; but the former sense here fitteth best. A fence,] fFall or mure, another word than the for. mer. Shoved at,] Or, thrust, namely, /or to fall, as is expressed, Ps. cxviii. 13. Hereby is meant a great and sudden ruin, as Is. XXX. 13; Ezek. xiii. 13, 14. Ver. 5. — From his high dignity,] Or excellency, whereunto he was exalted of God David speaketh this of himself, (therefore the Gr. hath, "mine honour;)" and blameth them here for oppugning his dignity, as he did before in Ps. iv. 3. Th2Y delight,] Or readily like of, and accept of a deceiveable lie. Each of them blesseth,] Heb., "they Mess-" but his mouth leadeth us to mind it of all in general, and every one in particular. Compare Ps. v. 10, Blessing is used for ' fair words,' and sometimes ' flat- tery,' Rom. xvi. IS. Ver. 6, — My expectation,] That is, my salvation expected, and hoped for, as verse 2. Ver. 9.- — In all time,] That is, always: See Ps. xxxiv. 2. Pour out your heart,] That is, the desires of your heart, your prayers with tears. A similitude taken from pouring out of waters, as is expressed. Lam. ii. 19; 'pour out thy heart like water before the face of the Lord.' This was practised in Israel when they drew water (from tneir heart) and poured it out (by their eyes) before the Lord, 1 Sam. vii. 6. A like phrase is ' pouring out the soul,' Ps. xlii. 5; 1 Sam. i. 53G PSALMS. '° Surely the sons of base man are vanity, the sons of noble man are a lie : in balances to mount up, they together are lighter tlian vanity. " Trust not ye in oppression, and in robbery become not vain : if powerful wealth do increase, set not the heart thereon. '^ Once did God speak, twice heard I this same : that strength per- taineth to God. '^ And to thee, O Lord, mercy, for thou wilt pay to man according to his work. 15. The Chald. maketh this paraphrase, " Cast down before him the pride of your heart, and pray before him with all your heart, and say, God is our hope for ever." Veh. 10. — Noble man,] Hereby is meant men of all degrees, high and low. See the notes on Ps. xlix. 3. In balances to MOUNT UP,] Or, to ascend: meaning that all men together, if they be put in one balance, and vanity in another, they will mount up, that is, be lighter than vanity itself. And the word hebel, vanity, here used, denoteth ' a vain light thing,' as the breath of one's mouth, or bubble on the water. Ver. 11. — In oppression,] That is, in goods gotten by oppression, extortion, or fraudtdent injury: this word importeth 'guileful wrong,' as the next, more 'open violent robberies.' See also Is. xxx. 12. Become not vain,] That is, foolish and vile in respect of others, and deceiving yourselves. For to ' make vain,' is to ' deceive,' Jer. xxiii. 16; and to 'wax vain,' is to be 'vile and come to nothing,' Job xxvii. 12; Jer. ii. 6; Rom. i. 21. This instruction which con- cerneth all men, David applieth to his sol- diers, that they should not give themselves to the spoil. Compare Luke iii. 14. Power- ful wealth,] Riches; see Ps. xlix. 7. Set not the heart,] That is, do not affect it, or carefully regard it, but 'use this world as though you used it not,' 1 Cor. vii. 31. So, to 'set the heart,' is to regard or ' care for a thing,' 1 Sam. iv. 20; ix. 20; 2 Sam. xviii. 3; Exod. xxvii. 23; Prov. xxii. 17. Ver. 12. — Once,] Heb. one, meaning one time, as Exod. xxx. 10; and as is express- ed, Josh. vi. 3. So twice, or two times.' Though it may also be interpreted one thing, two things (as achathh one thing, Ps. xxvii. 4.) The Gr. here saith, " Once spake God, these two things have I heard." Ver. 13. — To man,] That is, to every one, as this phrase is opened, Matt. xvi. 27 ; Rom. ii, 6; Rev. xxii. 12. To his work,] Whether it be good or evil. See the like in Prov. xxiv. 12; Jer. xxxii. 19; Job xxxiv. 11; Ezek. vii. 27; 2 Cor. v. 10; Eph. vi.8; Col. iii. 25; 1 Pet. i. 17. ' PSALMLXIII. David under persecution shorveth Ms thirst for God, and comforts that he had found in him. 1 0. His confidence of his enemies' destruc- tion., and his own safety. \ A psalm of David, when he was in the wilderness of Judah. 0 God, thou art my God, early will I seek thee ; my soul Ver. 1, — Wilderness of Judah,] The forest of Hareth, 1 Sam. xxii. 6 : or, ' the wilderness of Ziph,' 1 Sam. xxiii. 14; both which were in the tribe of Judah. Ver. 2. — Early,] This noteth care and diligence, Job viii. 5; Hos. v. 15; Ps. Ixxviii. 34; Prov. i. 28; Luke xxi. 38. Longeth ardently,] This word (which is only found here) seemeth to denote an earnest or hot appetite for meat, as the former thirst is for drink. Land of drought,] That is, dry land, for so the wilds or deserts were usually 'waterless,' Ps. cvii. 33, 35; Exod. xvii. 1 ; Num. XX. 1, 2; Jer. ii. 6. Weary,] And consequently ' thirsty,' which is caused by 'weariness.' So Ps. cxliii. 6. Or weari- some to travel, as the Gr. translateth it, " wayless," which none can go in. PSALM LXIII. 537 lliirstetli for thee, my flesh longetli ardently for thee in a land of drought, and weary without waters. ^ So as I did view thee in the sanctuary, for to see thy strength, and thy glory. ^ Because thy mercy is better than life, my lips shall celebrate thee. ^ So will I bless tliee in my life, in tliy name will I lift up my palms. * My soul shall be satisfied as with fat and fatness, and my mouth shall praise tvith lips of shouting joy. ' When I remember thee on my bed, meditate on thee in the night watches. ^ That thou hast been a helpfulness to me, and in tlie shadow of thy wings I shouted. ^ My soul cleaveth after thee, thy right hand upholdeth me. '" But they that seek my soul for tumultuous ruin, shall go into the lower parts of the earth. ^' They shall make him run out by the hands of the Ver. 3.- The sanctcary,] Or, the sane fiti/, the holy place, so called for the more reverence, and because ' holiness became that house,' Ps. xciii. 5. For to see,] Tliis may be meant of his present desire to behold it as in time past: or as a continued speerli of his passed comfort, ' when I did behold thy strength.' Thy strength and thy CLOKY,] Both these were seen in the ' ark of the testimony,' whence God's oracles were uttered, Exod. xxv. 22; Num. vii. 89; called therefore the ' ark of God's strength,' Ps. cxxxii. S; and also his glory, 1 Sam. iv. 21, 22. See also Ps. Ixxviii. 61; cv. 4. Veb. 4 — Celebrate,] Lmid, or glorify thee. The Chald. paraphraseth on this verse thus: "because thy mercy which thou wilt do to the just in the world to come, is better than the life which thou hast given to the wicked in this world, therefore my lips shall laud thee." Ver. 5. — So will I bless thee,] To wit, when thou restorest tne again into thy sanc- tuary : therefore also it may be taken for a prayer, ' So let me bless thee.' In my life,] That is, whiles I live here on earth: as the Chald. saith, " in my life in this world." So Ps. xlix. 19; civ. 33; cxlvi. 2. Lift up MY HANDS,] That is, pray: which was with his gesture of holding up the palms of the hands towards heaven, as looking to receive a blessing. So Job xi. 13; Lam. ii. 19; iii. 41; Ps. cxii. 2. It is called also ' the lifting up of the hands,' Ps. xxviii. 2; and 'spread- ing out of the palms,' Ps. xliv. 21; Ixxxviii. 10. Ver. 6. — Fat,] Or sewet and fatiicss. Both words in the original i\g^n^y fatness: and hereby is meant ' satiety of pleasures;' so Jer. xxxi. 14 ; Ps. xxxvi. 9. The Chald. expoundeth it, " satisfied with thy law." Ver. 7. — When I remember,] Or, if I remember, that is, so oft as. The Iltb i?n, if. Vol II 3 is here used for when; as also 1 Sam, xv. 17. So in Gr., ean, if, Matt. vi. 22 ; is hofan when Luke xi. 34. Watches,] Or custodies, observations, which were ' in the night,' as is expressed, Ps. xc. 4. See the notes there. Ver. 8. — Helpfulness,] That is, a full help, as Ps, xliv, 27. Of thy wings,] Wliich the Chald. translateth, " of thy divine Majesty." So Ps. Ivii 2. Ver. 9.— Cleaveth after thee,] This notttli love, constancy, and humility and union in the spirit: for as man and wife cleaving together, are one flesh, Gen. ii. 24 ; so * he that cleaveth to the Lord, is one spirit,' 1 Cor. vi. 17. And this union com- eth of the Lord, who saith by the prophet, ' as the girdle cleaveth to the loins of a man, so have I tied to me the whole house of Israel, that they might be my people,' Jer. xiii. 11. Ver. 10. — For tumultuous rdin.] That is, to bring my soul mito destruction, or rui7i. See this word, Ps. xxxv. 8. Ver. II. — They shall make him run out,] Or, they (the enemies) shall pour out him, meaning some principal, as Said, or every of his foes: or he (everyone that seeks my soul) 'shall be made run out,' that is, ' his blood shall be shed,' as waters, Ps. Ixxix. 3. A like phrase is used Jer. xviii. 21 ; Ezek. xxxv. 5. The Gr. translateth, "They shall be delivered unto the hands of the sword." Hands,] That is, the edge, or force of the sword, as Job v. 20; Jer. xviii. 21. Portion of foxes,] That is, left unhuried, for foxes and other wild beasts to prey upon and devour. So Saul's blood flow- ed out by the sword, and his company slain on mount Gilhoa, lay for a prey to the beasts, 1 Sam. xxxi. So Christ's enemies slain with the sword are eaten of ravenous fowls. Rev. xix. 21. Y 538 PSALMS. sword, tliey shall be the portion of foxes. '' But tlie king shall rejoice in God ; every one that sweareth by him shall glory, but stopped shall be the mouth of them that speak a lie. Ver. 12. — BaT THE King,] That is, / who am King by God's anointing, 1 Sam. xvi. 12, 13; and Christ tiie son of David. Sweareth by him,] That is, by God; the Chald. saith, "by his word:" by swearing, meauing God's whole worship, whereof swearing was a part, Deut. vi. 13; Is. x!v. 23; Ixv. 16; Jer. iv. 2. Therefore that which the prophet calleth ' swearing,' Is. xlv, 23; the apostle calleth ' confessing to God,' Rom. xiv. 11. PSALM LXIV. David prayeth for deliverayice, complaining of his e7icmies. prophesieth their destruction, whereat all men shall fear. 8. He ' To the master of the music, a psalm of David. ^ Hear my voice, O God, in my prayer ; preserve my life from dread of the enemy. ^ Hide me from the secret of evil doers, from the tumultuous rage of them that work painful iniquity. * Which have whetted their tongue as a sword, have bent their arrow, even a bitter word. ^ To shoot in secret places at the perfect; suddenly will they shoot at him, and fear not. ^ Tliey confirm to themselves an evil word ; they tell to hide snares : they say. Who shall see them ? ' They search out injurious evils, they accomplish an exquisite search, even tlie inmost of each man, and the deep heart. * But God hath shot at them an arrow, suddenly their strokes have been. ^And when they have caused them everyone to fall upon tliem- Vee. 2. — Prayer,] Or meditation: see Ps. Iv. 3; the Gr. saith, " when I pray unto thee." Ver. 3.— The secret,] Or secrecy, mystery, that is, council, or assembly of evil doers, that is, the malignant church, as the holy church is called ' the secrecy ' (or 'mys- tery) of the righteous,' Ps. cxi. 1. Ver. 4. — Bent their arrow,] That is, laid their arrow ready on their bended bow. The like phrase was in Ps. Iviii. 8. See also Ps. xi. 2. Bitter word,] Or, bitter thing, as the Gr. explaineth it. So after in verse C; 'an evil word,' or ' thing.' See the notes on Ps. vii. 1. 'A bitter word ' is here call- ed au /arrow;' and in Jer. ix. 3; their * tongue' is called their ' bow.' Ver. 6. — They tell to hide,] Or, of hiding, that is, impart their counsel one to iinoilier, how to hide snares. They accOiM- PLiSH AN EXQUISITE SEARCH,] Or, « scarck fearched out, that is, a curious diligent search. The Gr. translateth, "they are consumed searching out searches:" meaning that they spend both their time and them- selves, in searching ont evils against the just. It may also be read, ' we are consumed by the search searched out,' meaning that in their judgment we cannot escape tiieir snares. Even the inmost,] Heb. atid the inmost, that is, whatsoever any man's wit and deep heart can find out: or, ' So deep (is) the inward part and heart of man.' Ver. 8.— Have been,] Or, assuredly shall be: the time past being used for more certainty, as in Is. ix. C. And by havebeen, is meant the sure event and accomplishment of God's judgments on them, with the con- tinuance of the same. As the Heb. word of ♦ being,' signifieth ' to come to pass,' or have event,' 1 Sam. iv. 1 ; Job xxxvii. 6 ; and to 'continue to be,' Dan. i. 21 ; Is. Ixvi. 2; Ruth i. 2. Ver. 9. — They have caused them PSALM LXV. 539 selves hy their own tongue, they shall betake themselves to flight, whosoever seeth them. '" And all men shall tear, and declare the work of God, and prudently consider his deed. " The just man shall rejoice in Jeliovah, and hope for safety in him, and glory shall all the upright of lieart. EVERY ONE,] Heb. cttusecl him: which being spoken of many, as in this place, meaneth them all severally, to one man. To fall, &c.] Or to sfumble doivn: signifieth, that God's strokes should have eflect to overthrow them by their owu devices. Betake them- selves TO FLIGHT,] Or, shall tvantler about in their flight; which noteth grt-at fear and unstayedness, (which the Gr. therefore tuiii- eth, " are troubled," and is meant of the wicked, their favourites. PSALM LXV. GocTs praises in Z'lon for hearing prayer, 4. for pardoning sins, 6. /or his just adnmiistralion in the world, 10. and for his manifold bless- ings upon his land and people. ^ To the master of the music, a psalm, a song of David. 2 Praise, silent, waiteth for thee, O God, in Zion ; and to thee shall the vow be paid. ^ Thou hearcst prayer, unto thee all flesli shall come. ^ Words of iniquities have prevailed against me ; our trespasses, thou wilt mercifully cover them. ^ O blessed is he whom thou choosest and takest near, that he may dwell in thy courts j we shall be satisfied with tlie good things of thine house, with the Ver. 2. — Praise, SILENT, avaiteth,] Or, is silent, that is, submissively and quietly ex'pecteth thee: see Ps. Ixii. 2; or, 'Unto tliee there is silence and praise,' that is, silence looking to receive mercies, and praise for them being received. The Gr. saith, "praise becometh thee." The Heb. also may imply the same, though it be more sig- nificant. The Chald. paraphraseth thus, " The praise of the angels is counted as silence before thee, O God, whose Majesty (is) in Zion." Ver. 3. — Thou hearest,] Or, O thou that hearest, or, he that heareth: see after in verse 7. All flesh,] That is, all sorts of men; as Gen. vi. 12; Ps. cxlv. 21 ; Acts ii. 17. This is a prophecy of all nations converted unto Christ. Ver. 4. — Words of iniquities,] Or, of perversities, that is, perverse things, or words, unrighteous deeds. Words are often put for ' things,' as Ps. vii. 1. Mercikully COVER,] Or expiate, propitiate, purge away. and so cover, and forgive. Of the Heb. Caphar, which signifieth to " cover," the "cover of the ark" was called Caporeth, Exod. XXV. 17; in Gr. hilasterion, that is, the ' propitiatory,' or meicy-scat, Heb. ix. 5; which name Paul giveth to Christ, Rom. iii. 25; who is the true ' propitiation for our sins,' I John ii. 2. Ver. 5. — Takest near,] Or, causest to approach, to "it, unto thyself; the Gr. saith, " takest unto thee." Thy courts,] Or court-yards, the open places of the taber- nacle and temple. There was an ' inner court' and 'an outward,' 1 Kings vii. 12; one for ' the priests,' and another for ' the people,' called ' the great court,' 2 Chron. iv. 9; 2 Kings xxi. 5. Good things,] So the Gr. explaineth it well: the Heb. speaking of the good thing in general, comprehending the whole store of pleasures and commodities; as Deut. vi. 11 ; Gen. xlv. 23. The like here foUoweth, ' holy,' for all ' holy thiugs.' And among • good things,' understand the princi- 540 PSALMS. holy tilings of thy palace. ^ Fearful things m justice thou wilt answer us, O God of our salvation, the hope of all the ends of the eartJi, and of those far off by sea. ' O he tliat stablisheth tlie mountains by his able might, is girded about with strengtli. ^ Which appeaseth the noise of tlie seas, the noise of their waves, and the tumultuous noise of the people. ^ And fear do they that dwell in the utmost parts, for thy signs ; the out-goings of morn- ing and evening, thou makest shout. '" Thou visitest the land, and plenteously moistenest it ; very much thou enri chest it, ivith the stream of God full of waters; thou preparest their corn, when thou hast so ordained it. ^' Thou waterest abundantly the ridges of it, thou settlest the furrov/s of it, thou makest it soft with showers. pal, the gift of the ' Holy Spirit:' as that which in Matt. vii. 11. is 'good things,' in Luke xi. 13. is called ' the Holy Spirit.' Ver. 6. — Fearful things, &c.] God out of his tabernacle gave oracles and answers to his people, Num. vii. 89 ; and from heaven he answered to their prayers against their adversaries, Ps. iii. 5; he answered always things ' reverend ' and ' fearful.' Thosk FAR OFF BT SEA,] Whereby is meant, not only those upon the sea, whose hope God is, Ps. cvii. 23, 28, &c. but those also that dwell far asunder disjoined by the sea, as in islands, which ' wait for his law,' Is. xlii. 4. So the Chald. interpreteth it, "and of the isles of the sea which are disjoined from the diy land (or continent.)" VkR. 7 O HE THAT STABLISHETH,] Or, which setteth fast: it is a continued speech to God, as the words before and after mani- fest, but the person changed for more passion, like that in Job xviii. 4. ' O he that teareth his soul,' for, ' O thou that tearest thy soul.' See the notes on Ps. lix. 10. Mountains,] Hereby is often meant ' kingdoms, polities,' and ' commonwealths,' Jer. li. 25. See Ps. XXX. 8. The Chald. understands it here of God's " preparing food for the wild goats of the mountains." Ver. S. — Of the seas,] Waters signify peoples, Rev. xvii. 15; and seas are the huge 'armies of peoples,' Jer. li. 42; Is. xvii. 12, 13. All such, as well as the natural sea's, God assuageth; see also Ps. xlvi. 7. Ver 9. — And they,] Or, fFhen they fear. Utmost parts,] Or, borders, to wit, of the earth, as is expressed, I?, xli. 5. The out-goings of morning, &c.] This may be meant both of tlie successive course of day and niglit, and of them that go out at morn- ing and evening, which be men to their labour, and beasts for their prey, as is showed Ps. civ. 20 — 23; and of people, inhabiting the east and west parts of the world. Ver. 10. — Plenteously moistenest it,] This sense the Gr. yieldeth: the Heb. also may be turned, " when thou hadst made it to desire rain:" or, "and givest it the desire thereof." These things are spoken first of ' the land of Canaan," (as the Chald. expound- eth, " thou rememberest the land of Israel;)" which God visited and blessed continually, as Moses telleth, Deut. xi. 12; and spiritually are meant of Christ's church, Ezek. xxxvi. 8, 9, &e. Very jiuch,] Or, with multitude, to wit, of riches, or good things. The stream,] Or, brook, riveret. See Ps. i. 3 ; xlvi. 5. The Chald paraphraseth, " from the fountain of God which is in heaven, which is full of the showers of blessing." Of God,] That is, with heavenly, sweet, and wholesome streams of waters, not as Egypt, watered with man's labour, but ' drinking waters of the rain of heaven," Deut. xi. 10, 11. The sti eam of God may be here taken for ' an excellent stream,' as ' mountains of God,' Ps. xxxvi. 7; and the word ivith is to be sup- plied. Compare herewith Joel iii. 18; Rev. xxii. 1 ; where ' a fountain, and pure river of water of life,' come forth from the Loid's house and throne. Thei r corn, ] Theirs that dwell in thy land, and house: after thnt thou hast thus prepared the land, and watered it, thou makest it fruitful. Ver. 11. — Settlest the furrows,] Or, the clods, that is, with rain thou causest the clods to lie close to cover the seed. The Heb. words being indefinite, "to settle," &c. have like signification with the former. See Ps. xlix. 15; Ixxvii. 2; ciii. 20. Makest it soft,] Or ?neltest, resolvest, makest «> moist, with drops of rain, that fall many. See Ps. Ixxii. 6. The bod,] Or branch, that which springeth up out of the earth PSALM LXVI. nil thou blessest tlie bud of it. '^ Thou crownest the year of thy goodness, and thy paths drop fatness. '^ Tliey drop on tlie pastures of tiie wilderness, and the hills are girded about with gladness. " TJie pastures are clad with sheep, and the valleys are covered with corn ; they shout, they also sing. This name is given to Christ himself, Is. iv. 2; Zach. iii. 8; vi. 12. Ver. 12 — Year of thy goodness,] That is, thy good year, which thou honourest with singular blessings. So God commanding the sabbath year, promised to bless the sixth year, that it should bring forth fruit for thrte years, Lev. XXV. 20, 21. But 'the good year' is that ' acceptable year of the Lord,' which Christ preached, Is. Ixi. 2; Luke iv. 19. Thv paths drop,] The ciouds which are God's chariot, Ps. civ. 3; in which water is bound, Job xxvi. S; and from which rain is dropped, to cause the earth to fructify. Job xxxvi. 2S; xxxviii. 26,27. And />a^A* here are properly such tracks as are made by chariot wheels. Ver. 13. — Of the wilderness,] Where there is no man, Job xxxviii. 26; that grass may grow for beasts, Ps. civ. 14. Though sometimes shepherds there feed their flocks, Exod. iii. 1. Girded m-ith gladness,] Rejoicing for the store of grass that grow on them on every side. Things are figuratively said to be glad, when they attain unto and abide in their natural perfection: so light is said to rejoice when it shineth clear and con- tinually, Prov. xiii. 9. Ver. 14. — The pastdres,] Or, fields, are clothed, that is, covered, abundantly stored with flocks of sheep. For " fields," the Gr. putteth "rams of the sheep:" the Heb. Carim signifieth both, Is. xxx. 23; xxxiv. 6; but the grammatical construciion and cohe- rence here showeth it rather to be 'fields' or ' pastures.' PSALM LXVL ^n exliortation to praise God, 5. to observe his works, 8. to bless him for his (/7'acious benefits. 13. The prophet voiveth religious service to God. 16. He declareth God's special goodness to himself. ' To the master of the music, a song, a psalm. ^ Shout ye unto God, all the eartli. With psalm sing the glory of his name, put glory to his praise. ^ Say unto God, How fearful is every of thy works ! through the greatness of thy strength thine enemies shall falsely deny to thee. * Let all the earth bow down themselves to tliee, and sing psalm to thee ; let them sing psalm to thy name, Selah. * Come and see the works of God : he is fear- ful in his doing toward the sons of Adam. ® He turned sea to dry land, they passed through the river on foot, there did we rejoice in Ver. 1. — Shout,] To wit, with ajoyfnl or trium'phant noise: see Ps. xli. 12. All THE earth,] Or, all the land, that is, the inhabitants thereof, as the Chald. explainetb. So verse 4, and Ps. xcviii. 4; and c. 1 ; aud often in scripture. Ver. 2. — Pdt glory,] In Gr., "give glory to his praise," that is, " make his praise glorious and honourable." A like phrase is in Josh. vii. 19; ' put glory to Jeho- vah,' that is, give him glory. Ver. 3. — Fearful in every, &c.] Or, fearful art thou in thy works. One word singular, and another plural, meaneth exactly ' all and c\^xy one,' as Ps. Ivii. 2; Ixii. 5. Falsely deny,] Or, lie, that is, feignedly submit: see Ps. xviii. 45. Ver. 4.— Let all,] Or, All shall. Ver. 5. — In his doing,] Or, in practice} the Gr. iranslateth, " in counsels;" see Ps. ix. 12. Ver. G. — Sea to dry land,] The red sra 542 PSALMS. liini, ' He ruletli with his power ^r ever, iiis eyes espy among tlie nations ; tiie rebellious, let them not exalt tliemselves, Selali. "* Ye people, bless our God, and make tlie voice of his praise to be heard. " That putteth our soul in life, and hath not given our foot to be moved. '° For thou, O God, hast proved us, thou hast tried us as silver is tried. ^' Thou liast brought us into the net, thou hast laid straitness on our loins. '^ Thou hast caused men to ride upon our liead, we came into fire and into waters, and thou hast brought us out to an abundant place. '^ I will come into thine house with burnt- offerings, I will pay to tliee my vows. " Which my lips have uttered, and my mouth hath spoken in the distress upon me. '' Burnt-offerings of marrowed rams I will offer up to thee with God turned to dry land by a strong east wind, dividing the waters, that Israel might go through it, Exod. xiv. 21, 22. Throdgh THE RIVER,] Jordan, when the banks thereof were full, was dried ; the waters stood still on an heap till all the people went through it, Josh, iii, 13, 14—17. So the Cliald. explaineth it, " through the river .Jordan the sons of Israel went on their feet." There did we rejoice,] He teacheth them to apply tlieir fathers' deliverances to them- selves: for all things fore-written are for our learning and use, Rom. xv. 4. A like speech another prophet useth, ' he found him in Bethel, and there he spake with us,' Hos. xii. 4. The Chald. paraphraseth, " I will lead them to the mount of the house of the sanctuary there we will rejoice in In's word." Ver. 7. — Espv,] That is, ivatchfully vieiv in the nations, that is, (as Solomon expound- eth it) ' in every place, both the evil (per- sons) and the good,' Prov. xv. 3. "The REHELLious,] Or, the off-fallen, froward &i\d refractory persons, which exasperate and pro- voke the Lord to bitterness, as the Gr. here translateth. Exalt,] Or, be exalted {puft up) in themselves. Ver. 8. — Pe iples,] Tribes of Israel, called a.]so peoples, Acts iv. 27. Make to be HEARD,] Or, ca?ise {men) to hear, sound forth audibly: see Ps. xxvi. 7. Ver. 9. — That putteth our soul in LIFE,] That is, first giveth, then preserveth life^ and finally restoreth our dead souls unto life. Saving from dangers of death, Ps. xxx. 4, ' quickening them that were dead in sins,' Eph. ji. 1. The Chald. expounds it, "the life of the world to come." Given our FOOT to be moved,] That is, suffered our estate to be changed to our ruin: so Ps. xxxviii. 17; cxxi. 3. See Ps. xv. 5. Ver. 10. — As silver is tried,] Ileb. as to try silver; and this meaneth sore afflic- tions, as at large is showedj Ezek. xxii. 19 — 22, wherefore when God mentioneth lesser trials, he saith, ' Lo, I have tried thee, but not as silver,' Is. xlviii. 10. Hereby also is meant a purifying from dross and corruption by afflictions. See Mai. iii. 3; Zach. xiii. 9 ; 1 Pet. i. 7. Ver. 1). — Straitness,] Or, affliction, as the Gr. also turneth it; but hereby a strait chain or wringing girt may be meant, such as burthens are tied with to the back of beasts. Ver. 12. — Upon our head,] To use us as beasts for to carry them ; it meaneth ser- vile subjection: see the like in Is. li. 23. Came into fire and into waters,] That is, passed through aflliction of sundry sorts; Ps. xxxii. 6 ; Ezek. xv. C, 7. Also in Num. xxxi. 23, those things are said ' to come into or pass thiough fire,' which would abide the same without being consumed, as metals. That sense hath also use here, as after is showed. An abundant place,] Or, a moist, a ivcll watered land, where we may drink our fill. The Gr. calleth it "a refreshing;" which well fitteth with the comforts of the gospel, as Acts iii. 29. Ver. 14. — Opened,] That is, uttered, or promised distinctly and seriously, as the Gr. saith, "distinguished:" for the mouth being opened in vows, sigiiilleth that they may not be called back, Judg. xi. 35, 36. Distress UPON me,] Or, in my distress: so Ps. xviii. 7; lix. 17. Ver. 15. — Marrowed rams,] That, is, fat and lusty. The word ' rams' is in Ileb. set after the word 'incense:' which may therefore be read, ' the incense (or perfume) of rams,' meaning the fat which was burned on the altar. And so it may intend 'peace- offerings,' as before he mentioned ' burnt- offerings :' see Lev. iii. 9 — 11, compared with Lev. i. 10—13. The Chald.expoundeth it, "incense of spices, and sacrifices ol rams.' Make ready,] Or, offer, as the Gr. inter- pietetli it. The Hub! word to make or do, PSALM LXVII. 543 incense ; I will make ready beeves, with goat^bucks, Selah. '^ Come hear ye and I will tell, all ye that fear God, wliat he doth done to my soul. " Unto him I called with my mouth, and he was extolled under my tongue. ^^If I had seen in my heart painful ijiiquity, the Lord would not have heard. ^° But surely God hath heard, hath attended to the voice of my prayer. ^° Blessed he God, which hatli not turned away my prayer and liis mercy from me. VeR. 18.— If I HAD SEEN IN MY HEART,] That is, liad regarded with it: so to 'see,' is to ' behold ' with a corrupt afi'ectioii, Job xxxi. 26. Thus God ' cannot see evil,' Hab. i. 13. Would not have heard,] For, ' God heareth not sinners,' John ix. 31; nor ' hypocrites,' Job xxvii. 8, 9; Prov. xv. 29, The Gr. maketh it a wish, " Let not the Lord hear me.'' is nsed for ' dressing ' or * making ready ' of meat, or sacrifices, Gen. xviii. 8; Judg. vi. 19; Exod. X. 25; xxix. 3C ; Lev. xvi. 24; xxii. 23. Beeves,] The Heb. bakar is the beef generally; one for many, as in Ps. viii. 9. These were the principal sacrifices. Lev. i. 2, 10. Ver. 17. — Under my tongue,] That is, with 7ny tongJie : or it may be meant of the heart and inward parts, which are under the tongue. PSALM LXVIL j4 pray 67' for the enlargement of God's Mngdom, to the joy of all •peoples, and increase of God's blessings. ^ To tlie master of the music, on Neginoth, a psalm, a song. ^ God be gracious unto us, and bless us, he make his face to shine witli us, Selah. ^ That they may know in tlie eartli thy way, thy salvation among all the lieathens. * Peoples shall confess thee, O God, people all of them sliall confess thee. ' Tlie nations sliall rejoice and shout, for tliou wilt judge the people z^jzYA righteousness, and the nations in the earth, thou wilt guide tliem, Selah. ^ Peo- ples shall confess thee, O God, people all of them shall confess tliee. ' Tlie earth yieideth her increase, God our God will bless us. God will bless us, and all the ends of the earth siiall fear him. Ver. 2 — Face to shine,] Or, to be light, that is, cheerful and favourable. See P.-;. iv. 7; xxxi. 17. Ver. 3. — That they may knoiv,] Meaning »«eM, indefinitely: or, i\\z.tthy way may be known. God's way is generally his administration in the world, specially his gospel,' Acts xviii. 25, 26; as his salvation is Christ, Luke ii. 30. Ver. 4. — Shall confess,] Or, let them confess : and so after. Ver. 7.— The earth,] Or, land of Canaan, (as the Chald. explains it, "the land of Israel)" the seat of God's church; whose fruitful increase God promised in the law, Lev. XXV. 19; xxvi. 4; and the prophets apply it to the spiritual graces of the gospel, Ezek. xxxiv. 27; Zach. viii. 12; Is. xlv. 8; and our land or earth is our hearts regenerate, to bear fruits to the Lord, Matt. xiii. 19 — 23; Heb. vi. 7. 544 PSALMS. PSALM LXVIIL A 'prayer at the removmg of the arlc, with a prophecy of Christ's resurrection. 5. An exhortation to praise God for his mercies, 8. and for his care of the church. 19- A prophecy of Chrisfs ascension and benefits following., for which God is to he blessed; 32. and of the con- version of the Gentiles unto his further praise. ' To the Master of the Music, a psalm, a song of David. ^ Let God arise, let his enemies be scattered, and they that hate him flee from his face. '" As smoke is driven away, so drive thon them away ; as wax is melted at tlie face of fire, so let tlie wicked perish from the face of God. * And let the just rejoice, let them shew gladsomeness before the face of God, and let them joy witli rejoicing. * Sing ye to God, sing psalms to his name ; make an high way for him that rideth in the deserts, in Jah his name, and shew gladness before his face. ^ He is a father of the father- less, and a Judge of the widows ; even God, in the mansion of liis, Ver. 1. — Let god arise,] Or, stand up. By God here is meant Christ our Lord; for of him is this psalm interpreted by the apostle, Eph. iv. 8 — 10. This entrance is taken from Moses, Num. x. 35; were when the host of Israel rose up from mount Sinai to journey towards Canaan, the ' ark of the covenant of the Lord went before them three days' journey to search out a resting-place for them.' And when the ark went forward, Moses said, ' Rise up Jehovah, and let thine enemies be scattered,' &c. where Moses respected not only the ark, (the figure of Christ) but the promise of God : ' Behold I send an angel before thee, to keep thee in the way, and to bring thee to the place which I have prepared ; beware of him and hear his voice,' &c. ' fur my name is in him,' &c. Ex. xxiii. 20, 21. This was the 'angel of the covenant,' Mai. iii. 1 ; the ' angel of God's face' or ' presence,' which saved the people, Isa. Ixiii. 9; even Christ, whom they ' tempt- ed' in the wilderness, 1 Cor. x. 9; in whom 'God was,' 2 Cor. v. 19, and who himself is ' God over all, blessed for ever, Amen,' Rom. ix. 5 ; David applieth these things to his own time and action of ' bringing home the ark,' I Chron. xiii. and prophesieth also of things to come, as Acts ii. 30, 31. Ver. 4. — Let them joy,] To wit, in- wardly, with delight, (as the Gr. explaineth it) as the former word signifieth, "outward joyful carriage and exultation." Ver. 5. — Make an high way,] Or, exalt: but that this is meant of u way, or causey, fir^t the Heb. word sollu naturally beareth, as Isa. Ixii. 10; Ivii. 14; secondly, the Gr. version hodopoiefate , "make way," confirmeth it; thirdly, the scope of this place showeth it, compared with Isa. xl. 3; where the 'voice in the wilderness' crieth to ' prepare the way of the Lord Christ,' Mat. iii. 2. Deserts,] Places where things are mi.red and confused, as the \ymA (jhnarahoth properly signifieth. ?>o gnarabah isa 'desert' or 'wilderness,' Isa. xl. 2 ; and there is a declaration of this place, that ' valleys' should be 'exalted, moun- tains debased, crooked things made straight, and rough places smooth,' Isa. xl. 3 ; Luke iii. 5. The Gr. version here, epi dusmoon, meaneth also the same : for though the word be ambiguous, and signifieth the 'west parts,' yet it is often used ior the ' deserts,' or ' plains of the wilderness,' Num. xxxiii. 48, 50; xxxvi. 13; Deut. i. 1 ; Josh. v. 10; 2 Sam. iv. 7. In Jah his name,] Or by 'Jah his name,' to wit 'sing' and 'praise him.' Jah is the proper name of God in respect of 'being' or 'existence,' for he 'is' of himself, Ex. iii. 14. 'giveth' to all 'life and breath, and all things,' and 'in him we live, and move, and have our being,' Acts xvii. 25 — 28. It is the same in eflect with 'Jehovah,' but more seldom used: of which see Ps. Ixxxiii. 19. Ver. 6. — A judge,] That is, a defence and avenger of their wrongs: see Ex. xxii. 22 — 24; Isa. i. 17; Jam. i. 27. Mansion OF HIS HOLINESS,] Or, 'his holy mansion,' whereof see Ps. xxvi. 8. PSALM LXVIII. 545 holiness. ' God scateth the solitary in houses, bringeth forth those that are bound in chains ; but the rebellious dwell in a dry land. « O God when thou wentest forth before thy people, when tliou marchedst in the wilderness, Selah. ^ The eartli quaked, also the lieavens dropped, at the face of God: Sinai itself at the face of God, the God of Israel. '" A rain of liberalities thou didst shake ont, O God ; thine inheritance when it was wearied, thou didst confirm it. '^ Thy company do dwell in it, thou dost prepare in thy goodness for the poor afflicted, O God. '* The Lord will give the Ver. 7. — The solitary,] Them which are alone, or desolate, meaning without children. In Hotj->E,] That is 'giveth tliem ohildien :' see Ps. cxiii. 9. In chains,] Or, in conveniences, that is, i?i conveiiient and commodious sort ; or into fit (and commod- ious) places. The Gr. saith, " in fortitude." The Chald. thus, "he brought forth the sons of Israel, which were bound in Egypt." Dry land,] Or, barren ground, named in the original of the blackness or whiteness, as ■whereon nothing groweth. This the Chald. referreth to "Pharaoh and his host," which were obstinate, and would not 'send away Israel,' that they 'dwelt in a dry land.' Ver. 9. — Sinai itself,] Or, this Sinai, to wit, 'quaked,' when God came down upon it to give his law: see Ex. xix. 16, 18; Heb. xii. 18. The Chald. saith, "Sinai, the smoke thereof ascended like the smoke of a lurnace, because the majesty of God, the God of Israel, was revealed upon it." These words David borrowed from * Deborah's song,' Judg. V. 4, 5. Sinai is a mountain in Aiabia, Gal. iv. 25; in the wilderness, through which Israel passed, Ex. xix. 1. It was called also Horeb : see Ps. cvi. 19. Ver. 10. — Rain of liberalities,] That is, a liberal, plentiful, free and bountiful rain proceeding of God's free grace. So elsewhere is mentioned the 'rain of blessing,' Ezek. xxxiv. 26; spiritually this meaneth the doc- trine of the gospel, Deut. xxxii. 2 ; Isa. xlv. S; Hos. xiv. 6,7; vi. 3 ; Heb. vi. 7; see Ps. Ixv. 10. Shake out, J or, shed and sprinkle abroad, as with the waving of the hand; the Gr. turneth it, "separate." God 'divideth the spouts for the rain,' Job xxxviii. 25 — 2S; xxxvii. 6. When it, &c.] Heb. and tvearied, that is, dry, fainting for want of water, as Ps. Ixiii. 2. Ver. U. — Thy company,] The host of Israel, seated in Caiman. The Heb. word Chejah signifying "life," is used for all 'liv- ing creatures," commonly ' beasts,' and among them ' wild beasts,' in which most life appeareth, Gen. i. 24, 25, &c. also for ' fishes,' Ps. civ. 25. Applied to men, it meaneth a Vol. II. 3Z company or society, either good, as in this place, or evil, as after in ver. 31. It is used for an host of men, as 2 Sam. xxiii. 13; instead whereof, in 1 Chron. xi. 15; is written Machaneh, a 'camp or leaguer.' The Gr. here turneth it Zoa, " living wights :" which word is used in Rev. xlvi. 5 — 9; where mystical speech is of Christ's church. Prepare,] To wit, thine inheritance {or, fruit- ful blessing therein) for the poor (or afflicted) that is, the church. This e\eYy man was to acknowledge when he brought the first-fruits unto God : see Deut. xxvi. 5 — 10. The Chald. expoundeth it, " thou preparedst the hosts of the companies of angels for to do good to the poor afflicted." Ver. 12. — Will give the speech,] Or, give the word; but it may be taken for a pro- phecy. AnA hy giving the speech (or word) is meant either the ■ministering of matter and speech unto them, or the confirming and per- forming of that which they have spoken. So Paul desired the prayers of the churches, 'that speech might be given him,' Eph. vi. 19; Col. iv. 3. But the^Chald. referreth this to the law, "the word of God gave the words of the law to his people." Of those that publish glad tidings,] Or, (applying it to Christ's time) of the evangelists, of the souls that preach the gospel, or 'carry good news.' Such are in armies, they that carry tidings of victory, as 2 Sam. xviii. 19. ' Such in Christ's army are the preachers of the gospel, Rom. x. 15. The original word here mebassroth, is of the feminine gender, usually understood there- fore of women, such as sung songs of victory, as Ex. XV. 20; 1 Sam. xviii. 6, 7; but the scripture no where calleth such the ' publish- ers of glad tidings : ' we niay therefore under- stand it of men; for, 1. As Solomon called himself Koheleth, that is, a preacher, (in the feminine gender) or ' a preaching soul,' Eccl. i. 1 ; so may any evangelist in like sort be called Mcbassereth. 2. Also the Gr. version maketh it the masculine, "the Loid will give the word" {tois Euaggelizom^nois) "to the men that evangelize." 3. And in Isa. si. 9; such are spoken to in this sort r.nd form as did )4G PSALMS. speech of those that publish glad tidings to the great army. '^ The kings of the armies shall flee, and slie that remaineth in the house shall divide tlie spoil. '* Though ye lie between the pot ranges, ye shall be as the whigs of a dove, which is decked with silver, and her feathers witli yellow gold. '* When the Almighty scattereth abroad kings in it, it shall be snow wiiite in Salmon. '^ A moun- tain of God mount Bashan is, an hilly mountain mount Bashan. " WJiy leap ye, O hilly mountains ? this is tlie mountain God 'preach good tidings to Zion and Jerusalem ; ' which seemeth to be principally meant of the apostles. 4. The Chald. paraphrast also applieth it to men, though past, as to Moses and Aaron, which evangelized the word of God to the many companies of Israel. To THE GREAT ARMY,] Meaning the church, of whose ivarfare see Isa. xl. 2; Rev. xix. 14; 2 Cor. X. 4 ; or if we refer it to the evangelists, there is a great host of them : or to the tidings that they tell, it is of much war. The Chald. refers it to Moses and Aaron, "that evangelized God's word to the great hosts of Israel." Ver. 13.. — Shall flee,] This is meant of Christ's enemies, as in ver. 2; though here is another word, signifying a 'wandering flight,' seeking where to hide them, as Rev. vi. 15. So ' five kings ' fled from Joshua and hid them in a cave, Jos. x. 16. See also Jos. xi. 1, 4, 5, 8. She THAT remaineth,] Heb. the mansion (or habitation) that is, the woman or ivom£n, who go not out to war, but 'keep at home,' as Judg. v. 24; Tit. ii. 5. As the church is sometimes likened to a woman, Rev. xii. 1 ; so the Chald. applieth this here to tlie "congregation of Israel," that "divided the spoil from heaven." Divide the spoil,] This is a blessing, Isa. liii. 12; done after victory, Judg. v. 30; Luke xi. 22. and ' with joy,' Isa. ix. 3. For spoils are used to denote riches, Prov. i. 13; xxxi. 11 ; xvi. 19. Ver. 14. — Between the pot-ranges,] Or, between the two banks or roivs, to wit, of stones made to hang pots and kettles on in the camp or leaguer : places where scullions lie, and so are black ; meaning here hy affliction and misery ; as on the contrary, by 'the dove's silver wings' is meKut prosperity. Or, we may understand it of the two bounds and limits of the enemies, where they are continually assailed and endangered. And this the Gr. seemeth to favour, turning it, " [ana meson toon cleroon]" amidst (or between) the inher- itances ; even as they also translate the ttvo burthens or limits between which ' Issachar couched,' Gen. xlix. 14. which tribe had the Philistines at one end, the Ammonites on the other,that vexed them. The Chald. giveththis paraphrase, " The God of Israel said, Though ye kings lie (or sleep) between the curtains, behold the church of Israel, which is like unio a dove, covered with clouds of glory, divideth the spoil of the Egyptians." With yellow GOLD,] Understand again, ' decked with yellow ' (or greenish) ' gold,' that is, of a golden colour and green, as the original woid importeth. Lev. xiii. 49 ; xiv. 37. Ver. 15.— The almighty,] Or, All-snffi- cient, that is, God, named in Heb. "Shaddai, of his power and sufficiency to go through with all things, and for u-asting and destroyiiig his enemies, as at tlie drowning of the world. To this the prophets have reference, saying, that 'shod (destruction)' shall come 'from Shaddai ' (the 'Almighty') Isa. xiii. 6; Joel i. 15. Scattereth,] Or, i/jrearfe^AaSrofff^, having discomfited ' the kings,' his enemies, in that his inheritance, verse 10, 11. So Spreading is used for scattering, Zach. ii. 6. It shall be snow-white,] Or, ' thou shalt be snowy,* speaking to the church, or of it. JVhiteness denoteth ' victory, ^ joy, gloiy,* Rev. ii. 17, 37; Luke ix. 29. and tvhiteness as snow, isa resemblance of 'purifying from sin,' Ps. Ii. 9; Isa. i. 18. Salmon,] Iu Gr. " Selmon," a mount of Samaria, in the tribe of Ephraim, near tlie city ' Sichem,' as appeareth, Judg. ix. 47, 48. situated in the heart of the country. Tsalmon signifieth shady, or dark, and so it seemeth this mount was with caves, gliniis, and trees that grew thereon ; but with snow upon it was made lightsome. So to be ' snow white in Salmon,' is to have light in darkness, joy in tribulation. Ver. 16. — A mocnt of god,] That is, high, large, and full of divine blessings ; for ' Bashan' was a fat and fruitful mountain: see Ps. xxii. 13; xxxvi. 7. An hilly mount,] Or, a mount of hillocks or knobs, having many tops. This seemeth to be a comparison ; Bashan is a goodly large mountain, but this Zion doth excel it, for here God dwelleth with his angels, &c. Ver. 17. — Leap ye,] Instdt ye^rom\\y,OT lay ye wait for. The original 'ratsad ' is no where to be found in Heb. but here only. In Arabic it signifieth to espy and lie in wait for the hurt of others, which agreeth well with the PSALM LXVIII. 547 desireth for his seat ; yea, Jehovah will dwell m it to perpetual aye. '* God's chariot, twice ten thousand tliousands of angels ; tlie Lord is with them as in Sinai in the sanctuary. ^^ TJiou art ascended on high, tliou hast led captive a captivity, thou hast taken gifts unto men, and also the rebellious to dwell, O Jali God. *" Blessed be the Lord, which day by day loadeth us : the God our argument here. For his seat,] To dtoell in it. The Lord chose ZioD, and desired it for his seat : ' this shall be my rest for ever,' Ps. cxxxii. 13, 14. So, 'the Lamb Christ is on mount Zion,' Rev. xiv. 1. But the Chald. referreth this also to mount ' Sinai,' upon which the word of God desired to place his divine presence. Ver. is — God's chariot,] Which he useth for his own service, for defence of his church, and destruction of his foes: see Ps. xviii. 11. 'Chariot' is put for 'chariots' (as 'ship,' 1 Kings. X. 22 for 'ships,' 2 Chron. ix. 21) or to note out the joint service of all the angels, as of one. Twice ten thousand,] Oi-, double myriads, that is, innumerable; in the Gr. " ten thousand fold ; " meaning, innumerable. Angels,] The Ileb. "shinan," translated ' angels,' is not elsewhere found in scripture. It seemeth to come of Shanah, to second, as being second or next to God the 'chief princes,' Dan. x. 13; as those in place next kings are called the second unto them, 2 Chron. xxviii. 7; Est. x.3. If we refer it to the number, we may turn it redoubled or manifold. If to the ' chariots,' and derive it of ' Shanan,' to ' sharpen,' it may note a kind of chariot with sharp hooks used in wars, as many human writers record, 2 Mac. xiii. 2. "Slatius, lib. 10." "Thebaid. Macrobius, &c." However the word be doubtful, the meaning seemeth to be of a«^c/.f (as the Chald. plainly expresseth) which the Gr. here trans- late " cheerful ones," as of the Heb. " Shaan," to be in tranquiHity and joy : and the apostle seemeth to have reference to this place, where he meutioneth 'mount Zion,' 'the celestial Jerusalem, and the company of ten thousands of angels,' which now we are come unto in Chi-ist, Heb. xii. 22; and 'angels' having appeared like ' fiery chariots,' 2 Kings vi. 17. With them,] Or, in them. As in Sinai,] As God was in Sinai, ' with ten thousand of holy ones,* when he gave the fiery law, Deut. xxxiii. 2; so is he in 'Zion with ten thousands of angels,* Heb. xii. 22. Here the words as in, seem necessarily to be supplied; or the word Lord, as the ' Lord of Sinai,' with like meaning as before. Ver. 19. — Thou art ascended,&c.] Thou (Lord Jesus) 'art gone up to the highest litaven,' 'having first descended to the lowest earth.* So the apostle teacheth us to under- stand this place, Eph. iv. 8, 9. To on high,] 01- (o the high place : see Ps. vii. 8. The Chald translateth it, " to the firmament. Led captive,] Oi', captived a captivity, that is, a company of captives, a prey of people taken in war. See the like phrase, 2 Chron. xxviii. 5, 11: Jndg. v. 12; Num. xxi. 1; Deut. xxi. 10. So ' poverty' is used for a company of poor people, 2 Kings xxiv. 14. Christ's enemies, Satan, sin, death, hell, &c. were by him subdued, Col. ii. 15. his elect captived by satan, were of him redeemed ; of whom also this may be meant, as Ps. cxxvi. 1 — 4. Hast taken gifts unto,] That is, hast given (and distriliited) ' gifts among men.* An Heb. phrase often used, as, ' take me a sword, 1 Kings iii. 24 ; that is, give or bring it me. ' Take her me to wife,' Judg. xiv. 2. ' Take me an oflering,' Ex. xxv. 2. ' Take me a little water,' 1 Kings xvii. 10; that is, give. Giving also is sometimes used for taking, as Gen. xlii. 30. 'he gave* (that is, took) us for spies. Rightly therefore doth tlie apostle turn this in Gr,, "given," Eph. iv. 8 ; and the next words ba-jidam, is ' unto men,' as Paul explaineth it, or ' among men,' as Jer. xlix. 15. And the 'gifts' are the 'ministers of the gospel,' given for the good of the church, Eph. iv. 11, 12. So the Chald. here addeth, " thou hast taught the words of the law^ hast given gifts to the sons of men.'' And also the rebelliods,] Or, disobedient, to wit, ' thou hast led captive.' They that continue rebellious are subdued to destruction, Ps. ii. 9; Isa. xi. 4; others by conversion, as Saul, ' breathing out threatenings and slaughter,' was by Christ subdued. Acts ix. And alter spake of himself and others, 'we ourselves were in times past unwise, disobedient, &c. but when the bountifulness and love of God our Saviour towards man appeared, he saved us,' &c. Tit. iii. 3 — 5. "To dwell,] Understand, 'in God's mount,' as verse 17; or, 'with Jah God,' meaning it of the captives. Or, ' that thou, O Jah God, mayest dwell,' to wit, ' in men's hearts by faith,' Eph. iii. 17; or in the church, which by those thy gifts (the minis- ters) is builded as a spiritual house for God to dwell in, 1 Cor. iii. 9, 10, 16; 1 Pet. ii. 5. So God dwelt among the Israelites, Num. v. 3 ; XXXV. 34. 548 PSALMS. salvation, Selah. ^' Our God is a God of salvation, and to Jehovali the Lord beh7ig the issues of death. ^^ But surely God will wound the head of his enemies, the hairy scalp of liim that goeth on in liis guiltiness. " The Lord hath said, I will bring again from Bashan : I will bring again from the gulfs of the sea. ** That thy foot may imbrue itself in blood, the tongue of thy dogs in blood of thine enemies, even of every of them. ^^ They have seen thy goings, O God, the goings of my God, my King, in the sanctuary. '^^ The singers went before, tlie players on instruments after -. amongst tlie?n the damsels beating on timbrels. ^' In the churches bless ye Ver. 20. — Day by day,] or daily: see Ps. Ixi. 9. LoADETii us,] To wit, ivith his blessings or gifts, verse 19; or 'with aftlic- tjoiis," wlierewith the faints areburdeneil, and yet bless him for his comforts in them, 2 Lor. V. 4; i. 3, 4, 8; vi. 4—6. The Chald. un- derstandeth it of such 'loading' as is by " adding precept upon precept." Veil 21.— Our god, &c.,] Or, ' God to us is a God ' for salvation, that is, all manner of health, help,&\^A deliverance ih&i fully saveth. Jehovah,] So the name of God is written usually, wtien Adonai, Lord, next followeth it, as here and Ps. cix. 21; or goeth before it, as Gen. xv. 2. having the vowels of .lElohim, God, and so is by the Jews pronounced; as other times having the vowels of Adouai, it is so pronounced. Lord. So, for ' Adonai, Jehovah,' 2 Sam. vii. IS; is written, ' Jeho- vah iElohim,' 1 Chron. xvii. 16; see Ps. Ixxxiii. 19. Issues,] Or passages, that is, ways and means of death, or to death : meaning that he hath many ways to bring his enemies to death, and to deliver his people out of it. For, ' he hath the keys of death,' Rev. i. 18; 'he killeth and giveth life, woundelh and healeth, and none can deliver out of his hand,' Deut. xxxii. 39. So 'issues of life,' Prov. iv. 23. Ver. 22. — Hairy scalp,] Heb. the crown (or scalp) of hair, meaning open and inevitable judgment on the chiefest and most fierce enemies. Guiltinesses,] Guilty sins, impieties; so Ps. Ixix. 6. Ver. 23 — I will bring again,] Or, will return, reduce, to wit, thee my people, as I brought thee from the peril of 'Og in Bashan,' Num. xxi. 23 — 35; and 'of Phar- aoh at the Red sea,' Ex. xiv. 22, 23; xviii. 29. Former deliverances are often by the prophets applied to the times and works of Christ : see Is. xi. 1, 11, 15, 16 ; li, 10, 11. Gulfs,] Or, dee-ps, bottoms ; see Ps. Ixix. 3. Ver. 24. — That thy foot may imbrue,] That is, be imbrued, or, ' that thou mayest imbrue thy foot.' It is the same word which before in ver. 22. is Eng- lished wound, and signifieth, to make gore bloody; and is here by consequence put for imbruing or dipping in gore blood; as the Gr. turneth it, " that thy foot may be dipped." And this noteth a great slaughter of the enemies ; as ' the dipping of the foot in oil,' Deut. xxxiii. 24. meaneth abu7ida?ice thereof. In blood of thine enemies,] Or, which fioweth from thine enemies from him, . that is, fro7)i each of them, or from the greatest of them, antichrist : or, of the same blood. Compare herewith the slaughter of Chiist's enemies, Rev. xix. 17, IS, 21. Ver. 25. — They have seen,] That is, men have seen (not naming any special persons) ' thy goings,' or ways, and adminis- tration. The Chald. saith, "the house of Israel have seen the goings of thy majesty upon the sea, O God." In thee,] That is, which art in the sanctuary, or into the sanctuary,veiei ring it to David's carrying of the ark into the holy tent, 1 Chron. xiii. 6, 8; XV. 28. Ver. 26. — Beating on timbrels,] Or, on tubers, to wit, with the hand ; so in the triumph at the Red sea, ' Mary the sister of Aaron, and all the women after her, with timbrels and pipes,' singing praise to God, Ex. XV. 20, 21 ; unto that the Chald. here referreth it: so at the slaughter of the Philis- tines, 1 Sam. xviii. 6,7 ; and at the slaughter of the Ammonites, Judg. xi. 34. A timbrel (or taber) is in Heb. named " toph," of the like sound that it maketh when it is stricken. Ver. 27. — In the churches,] Or, congre- gations: see Ps. xxvi. 12. Ye of the fountain,] That come out of ' Israel,' as out of a well or fountain ; a phrase taken from Deut. xxxiii. 28. Isaiah hath also one much like it. Is. xlviii, 1. It seemeth to be meant of the people, though it may also be referred to Christ; bless • the Lord,' who is 'of the fountain of Israel.' For, 'of the Israelites, concerning the flesh, Christ' camp. P SA L M L X V 1 1 1. 549 God, even the Lord, ye of the fountain of Israel. ^* Tliere little Benjamin with their ruler, the princes of Judah with their assembly, the princes of Zebulun, the princes of Naphtali. '" Thy God hath commanded thy strength ; strengthen, O God, that thou hast wrought for us. ^^ For thy palace in Jerusalem, kings shall bring tliee a present. ^^ Rebuke the company of spear-men, the congre- gation of mighty bulls, with the calves of tlie people, and him that submitteth himself with pieces of silver : he hath scattered abroad the people that delight in war. ^'^ Princely ambassadors shall come out of Egypt : J^thiopia sliall hastily stretch her hands unto God. ^^ Sing unto God, ye kingdoms of the earth : sing psalms to ' who is God over all, blessed for ever. Amen,' Kom. ix. 5. Ver. 28. — There,] In the churches be 'little Benjamin,' the 'tribe' or 'posterity of Benjamin,' who was himself ' little,' that is, youngest of all Israel's children; and his tribe • little," that is, few in mimber, being almost all destroyed for the sin of Gibea, Judg. XX. 1, &c. Their ruler,] The prince of that tribe. The Or. version saitli, " in a trance ;" taking the Heb. " rodem " to be of radam, thongh it be not found elsewhere in this form ; yet rare words but once used, are sundry times found in this and other Ps. These things applied to Christ's times and after, are very mystical. Benjamin the least is here put first ; so in the heavenly Jeru- salem, the ' first foundation is a jasper,' Rev. xxi. 19, which was the last precious stone in 'Aaron's breast-plate,' on which ' Benjamin's ' name was graven, Ex. xxviii. 10, 20, 21. In this tribe Paul excelled as a prince of God, though one of the last apostles, 1 Cor. XV. 8 — 10; who was converted in a trance or extasy, Acts ix. 3, 4, &c. and in extasies he and other apostles saw the mys- teries of Christ's kingdom, Acts x. 10, 11, &c. 2 Cor. xii. 1 — 4. Their assembly,] in Gr. " their governors ; " the Heb. word "Regamah" but once used, causeth this ambiguity: for coming of ragani, to 'throw an heap of stones,' Lev, xxiv. 14. may either be taken for ' an heap ' or ' assembly,' or for 'a stone,' that is, a 'ruler;' as elsewhere 'a stone' signifieth, Gen. xlix. 24. Of this tribe of Judah were the apostles James, and other of our Lord's brethren, Gal. i. 19; Acts i. 14. Zebulun, Naphtali,] These tribes were situated in the farthest parts of Canaan, as Judah and Benjamin were in the first and chiefest parts; meaning by these ievr, all other tribes gathered to praise God. In these coasts Christ called to the apostleship Simon Peter, Andrew, &c. fishers of Galilee. VfiB. 29. — Commanded thy strength,] that is, powerfully appointed it, speaking to the church. See the like phrase, Ps. cxxxiii. 3; xlv. 5. By 'strength' also, kingdofn is often meant. Strength,] The Chald. para- phraseth, "dwell in this house of the sanc- tuary which thou hast made fur us." Ver. 30. — For thy i'alace,] Or, temple, which was after David's days to be built : in the heavenly 'Jerusalem,' the ' Lord ' and the ' Lamb are the temple of it,' Rev. xxi. 22. Bring a present,] Or, lead alo?ig a gift, that is, 'gifts' or 'presents.' So Ps. Ixxvi. 12, which presents are sometimes of the persons of men. See Is. xviii. 7; Ixvi. 20; Rom. xv. 16; xii. 1. Ver. 31. — Rebuke,] That is, destroy. See Ps. ix. 6. Co-mpany of spear-men,] Or, of archers, ' the lout (or crue) of the caue,' that is, such as use canes or reeds whereof spears or anows were made. Of this «ord 'company,' see before, ver. 11. It may also be read, ' the wild beasts of the reed>,' meaning the savage wicked people. So the Chald. turneth it, " the armies of sinners." JMighty bulls,] The 'high priests' and 'great personages:' see Ps. xxii. 13. That subihtteth,] That is, the hypocrite which feigneth subjection (as the former were professed enemies) or ' till he (that is, every one) 'submit,' as Deut. xxxiii. 29. The word signifieth such submission, as when one casts down himself at the feet, as to be trodden on: so Prov. vi. 3. He hath scattered,] This is spoken to the church of God. The Gr. turneth it as the former, "scatter thou." Ver. 32. — Princely ambassadors,] Heb. Chashmannim, a word not used but here. The Gr. saith, " Presbeis, ambassadors." Egypt,] In Heb. call Mitsrajim,, the name of the sou of Cham, the son of Noah, Gen. x. 6, who called the country where he and his pos- terity dwelt by his own name. In Gr., and in the New Testament, it is always called "Egypt." This is a prophecy of the calling of the Gentiles to the faith, as the Chald. saith, 550 PSALMS. the Lord, Selah. '* To Mm that rideth in the heavens of heavens of antiquity : lo, he will give liis voice a voice of strength. ^^ Give the strength to God, his high Majesty is upon Israel, and his strength in tlie skies. ^^ Fearful art thou, O God, out of thy sanctuaries : tlie God of Israel he giveth strength and forces to the people ; blessed be God. "that they may be made proselytes. Ethi- opia,] 111 Heb. Cush, another son of Cham, brother to Misraim and Canaan, Gen. x. 6; the country where he and his children dwelt, is called byhis nameCush,in Gr. "Ethiopia" The people we call lilack Moors. Hastily STRETCH,] Heb "make run:" noting the readiness of that nation to ofler gifts and sac- rifices, (or as the Chald. explaineth it, to spread out "their hands iu prayer") and to receive the gospel; see Acts viii. 27, &c. Ver. 34. — Of heavens of antiquity,] That is, the most ancient and highest heavens, which were since the world began, noting hereby God's powerful majesty and help to his chuirh, as Deut. xxxiii. 26. Will give,] Or, giveth asunWy his voice, that is, Speaks aloud,' or ' thundereth : ' see the notes on Ps. xlvi. 7.; xxix. 3. Some apostles were called 'sons of thunder,' Mark iii. 17, and Christ's powerful voice raiseth the dead, John v. 25. Ver. 35. — Give the strength,] That is, strong praise, and the glory of the kingdom: see Ps. viii. 3. Ver. 36. — Sanctuaries,] The holy and most holy places of the tabernacle, and heaven itself : see Ps. xliii. 3. The people,] that is, as the Gr. explaineth "his people." So 'the soul,' Ps. Ixix. 2, for 'my soul :' see Ps. xlv. 4. Blessed be god,] Hereupon God was called in Israel the 'blessed one,' as Mark xiv. 61. 'Art thou Christ, the son of the blessed ! ' that is, ' the son of God, Matt. • xxvi. 63. PSALM LXIX. David {the father and type of Christ) complaineth of his great afflictions. 14. He prayeth for deliverance. 23. He devoteth his enemies to destructioyi. 31. He praiseth God for the salcation of his church. ' To the Master of the music, upon Sliosliannim, a psalm of David. ^ Save me, O God, for waters are entered even to the soul. ^ I sink down in the mud of the gulf, where no standing is ; I am entered into the depths of waters, and the streaming flood over- Veb. 1. — Shoshannim,] That is, six- itrinyed instruments, or, lilies; see Ps. xlv. 1. Vek..2. — Save me, &c.,] David in his troubles, being a figure of Christ, prayeth for deliverance from temptations and persecu. tions, under the similitude of 'waters, mud, mire, pit, deeps, streams,' &c., and that this psalm had accomplishment in Christ, the evangelists show. Matt, xxvii. 48; Johnxix. 29 ; that the use hereof is for us, the apostle showeth, Rom. xv. 3, 4, 'that we through patience and comfort of the scriptures might have hope.' Waters,] The Chald. expound- eth these, ''armies of sinners," wWch beset him like "waters." The sool,] To wit, of vie, as the Gr. explaineth it, that is, "are ready to drown and choke me." So Jon. ii, 5. Sie also Ps. xlv. 4. Ver. 3. — Mud of the golf,] Or, of the deep,i\\i.i is, 'the deep,' or 'gulfy mud,' in the bottoms of the sea, as Ps. Ixviii. 23 ; Jon. ii. 4; another sign of great calamity, as also in Ps. Ixxxviii. 7, wherefore 'Babylon' that held captive God's people, is called a 'gulf or 'deep,' Is. xliv. 27. No standing,] No stay or ground, but I sink more and more. Deeps of waters,] In Gr. "depths of the sea." PSALM LXIX. 551 floweth me. * I am weary with my crying ; my throat is burnt, mine e3'es fail, / attentively waiting for my God. * Many are more than the hairs of my head, they that hate me without cause ; mighty are they that would suppress me, mine enemies falsely : that whicii I took not away, then I restored. ^ O God, thou knowest my foolislmcss, and my guiltinesses are not concealed from thee. ' Let not them be abaslied for me that hopefully expect thee. Lord Jehovah of hosts ; let them not be ashamed for me that seek thee, O God of Israel. ® For, for thy sake do I bear reproach, shame covereth my face. ^ I am become a stranger to my brethren, and a foreigner to my mother's sons. '° For the zeal of thine house hath eateii me up : and the reproaclies of them that reproached thee are fallen upon me. "And I wept, with fasting quieted my soul, and it was for reproaches to me. ^- And I made my raiment sack-cZo^A, and Ver. 4. — Is BURNT,] That is, -parched, dried, or as the Gr. explaineth it,) "lioaise." Eyes fail,] Or, are consumed, to wit, with tears and earnest expectation, as Lam. ii. 11; iv, 17. This was a 'curse of the law,' Lev. xxvi. 16; Deut. xxviii. 65, but Clirist 'became a curse for us,' Gal. iii. 13. So after Ps. cxix. 82. Ver. 5. — Falsely,] In Gr. "unjustly." Took not away,] Or, irhich I rob not, took not by force and rapine. This thougii it may be taken for all unjust criminations, wherefore David and Christ were innocent, yet in special it was verified in Christ, who, 'being in the form of God, thought it no robbery to be equal with God,' Phil. ii. 6. Notwithitanding for witnessing him- self to be the Son of God, he was put to death by the Jews, John xix. 7. Ver. 6. — My foolishness,] That is, viy sin. See the note on Ps. xxxviii. 6. In David were sins properly; in Christ, by imputation; for God 'made him sin for us who knew no sin,' 2 Cor. v. 21. Or this may be meant of false imputation, 'O God, thou knowest my foolishness,' if any such be, as my foes cliarge me with. So Ps. vii. 4, 5. Ver. 7. — Abashed for me,] For my sake, to wit, if I be not delivered. So of Christ, his disciples hoped that he should be the Saviour of Israel; but when he was killed, they began to doubt and fear Satan, winnow - ing their faith to make them ashamed ; but Christ prayed for their confii-mation, Luke xxiv. 20, 21; xxii. 31, 32. So great are Christ's afflictions, that blessed is he that is not offended in him, Matt. xi. (i. Jeho- vah,] Or God, it hath the vowels oH JElohim. See Ps. Ixviii. 21. Ver. 8 — Be-^r reproach,] That is, are reproached ; contrary hereunto is to bear grace and favour, that is, to be 'favoured and well liked,' Eslh. ii. 15, 17. Compare herewith Ps. xliv. 16, 23. Ver. 9 Foreigner,] To wit, in their estimation and carriage towards me. This also was the case of Job and others. Job xix. 13; Gen. xxxi. 15 ; and of Christ the Jews said, 'they knew not whence he was,' John ix. 29; and his brethren 'believed not in him,' John vii. 5. Ver. 10. — Zeal of thine house,] Or, jealoiisy, indignation fur the polluting of thine house, and studious fervent care to have it conserved holy. See this performed by Christ, when he whipped the buyers and sellers out of the temple, John ii. 15, IG, 1 7. Eaten me up,] Devoured, or consumed. For love and jealousy are a fire and vehemtiit flame, Song viii. C. See also Ps. cxix. i;i9. Abe fallen on me,] That is, I have taktn them on me, and willingly bear them, as the apostle gathered from these words, that 'Christ pleased not himself,' (tliat is, sought not his own pleasure or profit,) but for his Father's sake, and his brethren's did bear all things; and this is an example for us to do the like. See Rom. xv. 1—4. Ver. 11. — Afflicted my soul,] The word afflicted is here supplied from Ps. xxxv. 13; lor often there is want of a word to be under- stood, which the Hebrew text sometimes showeth; as 2 Chron. x. 1), 14. 'I with scorpions,' for which in 1 Kings xii. 11, 14, is written, 'I will chastise you with scorpions.' See the notes on Ps. xviii. 7, 29; ii. 7. It WAS FOR,] Or, it was turned to reproaches, that is, to much reproach and opprobrium. So John's fasting turned to his reproach ; ' they said he had a devil,' Luke vii. 33. Ver. 12, — And I made,] Or, when 1 gave, that is, made or put on. So giving is iov putting, Vs. viii. 2. 552 PSALMS. I was to tliem for a proverb. '^ They tliat sit in tlie gate spake against me, and they that drink strong drink made melodies. " And I, my prayer is to thee, Jehovah, in time of acceptation ; O God, in multitude of thy mercy answer tliou me, in the trutli of thy salva- tion, '^ Deliver me out of the mire, and let me not sink down : let me be delivered from my haters, and out of the deeps of waters. '^Let not the streaming flood of waters overflow me, neitlier let the gulf swallow me ; neither let the pit shut lier mouth upon me. "^ Answer me, Jeliovah, for thy kind mercy is good; according to the multitude of thy tender mercies turn the face unto me. '^ And hide not thy face from thy servant, for distress is on me ; make haste, answer me. "Draw near to my soul ; redeem it; because of mine enemies, ransom thou me. ^^ Thou hast known my reproach, and my shame, and my dishonour ; before thee are all my distressers. ^^ Reproach hath Jbroken my heart, and I am full of heaviness ; and I looked for some to moan me, but none came ; and for comforters, but I found none. ^^ But they gave me gall for my meat, and in my thirst they gave me vinegar to drink. ^ Let their table be Ver. 13.— That sit in the gate,] That is, great men in the public assemblies; the rulers of the Jews, Deut. xxv. 7; Ruth iv. 1, 2, &c. Spake,] Or talked and medi- tated, communed how to wurk me evil, Luke xxii. 2, 4. Strong drink,] Heb. sheker, which is all manner of strong drink, which will make drunken, as ale, beer, wine, cidui', vietheglin, &(,-. The Gr. here turneth it "wine." Melodies,] Or songs sung with instruments of music of me. So Job also complaineth, Job xxx. 9. Ver. 14— And I,] That is. And (or hut) as for vie. Time of acceptation,] That is, an acceptable tmie, as the apostle inter- preteth this phrase, 2 Cor. vi. 2; from Is. xlix. 8. In truth of thy salvation,] That is, for t/ti/ saving truth's sake, or fait/ifnl salvation, Ver. 15.— Mire,] The Chald. expoundeth it, "captivity, which is like unto mire." Ver. 16. — Shut her mouth,] So that I cannot get out of misery ; as Dathan, Abiram, &c., went down alive into the pit, 'and tlie earth covered over them,' that no hope was left of their return. Num. xvi. 33. But Christ in all troubles had comfort; even in the grave ' his flesh rested in hope,' Ps. xvi. 9, 10. The Chald. expoundeth this verse thus, "Let not the strong king, which is like a flood of waters, captivate me, neither let the mighty prince swallow me,'' &c. Veh. 17.— Turn the face,] Or, respect, regard me with favour. See Ps. xxv. 16. Ver. 20. — Dishonour,] Or, tgnoyniny, slander, calumny. See Ps. iv. 3. Ver. 21. — Full of heaviness,] Or, sick, sorroivful; of this word in Heb, man hath his name Mnosh : see Ps. viii. 5. To woAN,] To pity, and solace me, or, to show compassion : so Job xlii. 11. Found none,] In Christ's greatest need, 'all his disciples forsook him and fled,' Matt. xxvi. 56; and 'all his acquaintance stood afar oil,' Luke xxiii. 49. Ver. 22. — Gall,] In Heb. "rosh," an hei'b bitter as worm-wood, with which it is often joined, Deut. xxix. 18; Amos vi. 12; Lam. iii. 19. It groweth in corn fields, Hos. X. 4 ; the zvater or Juice hereof signi- fieth bitter affliction, Jer. ix. 15. These things were also actually done to Christ, whom the Jews refreshed with gall and vinegar, Matt, xxvii. 34; John xix. 28—30. Ver. 23. — And for recompences,] That is, 'and for a full recompence of that which they did to me (let their table be) a trap unto them.' Or, 'and for peace,' that is, 'and the things which they expect peace and wel- fare by, let become a trap unto them.' But the first sense agreeth with the apostle's interpretation, Rom. xi. 9. These are David's imprecations against the Jews, and prophecies of their rejection, as the apostle showeth; and by their table we are to under- stand all means of comfort and refreshing both of body and soul, which turn to the ruin of the wicked, even 'an odour of death unto death,* 2 Cor. ii. 15, 16. PSALM LXIX. 553 before them for a snare, and for recompences for a trap-fall. ^^Let their eyes be darkened that they see not, and make their loins to shake continually. " Pour out upon them thy detesting ire, and let the burning wrath of thine anger take them. '^^ Let tlicir castle be desolate ; within their tents let there not be a dweller. " For they persecute hun whom thou hast smitten, and they tell of tlie sor- row of thy wounded ones. ^^ Give thou iniquity unto their iniquity, and let them not come into thy justice. ^ Let them be wiped out of the book of the living, and let them not be written with the just. ^'' And I, poor afflicted and sorrowing, let thy salvation, O God, lift me up. ^^ I will praise the name of God with a song, and magnify him witli confession. ^^ And it shall be better to Jehovah, than a young bull that hath horns, that parteth the lioof. ^^ The meek shall see it, they shall rejoice ; the seekers of God, and your heart shall live. ^' For Jehovah heareth the needy, Ver. 24. — That they see not,] So the apostle explaineth the Heb. phrase, "from seeing," Rom. xi. 10. The like is in Is. xliv. 18. And hereby is meant the ' eyes of their understanding,' that seeing they see and perceive not, because a vail is over their hearts, John xii. 39, 40; Acts xxviii. 26, 27; 2 Cor. iii. 14, 15. Make their loins to SHAKE,] Botv doicn their backs, saith the apostle, Rom. xi. 10; and this meaneth ' bondage and misery,' as appeareth by the contrary blessing of 'going upright;' which God once vouchsafed unto that people, Lev. xxvi. 13. Ver. 26. — Their castle,] Or, their tower, palace, habitation, fair and orderly builded, Gen. XXV. 16; Num. xxxi. 10; Song viii, 9. This which David speaketh of all Christ's enemies, Peter applieth to Judas that betrayed him, 'Let his habitation be desert,' Acts i. 20; but Christ threateneth the like to them all, Matt, xxiii. 38. Castle here is for castles or palaces, as chariot for chariots, Ps. Ixviii. IS. Ver. 27. — Whom thou hast smitten,] Christ the shepherd, who was ' smitten of God, and wounded for our sins,' Is. liii. 4, 5; Matt. xxvi. 31. They tell of the sor- row,] That is, tell one another vauntingly, of the sorrow (smart or pain) of thy wounded, thy servants who are wounded for thy sake ; or, they preach hereof: see the like phrase, Ps. ii. 7; or, they tell to the sorrow, that is, add unto and increase it, as theGr. turneth it. Ver. 28. — Give thoo iniquity, &c.,] That is, add sin unto their sin, give them over to a reprobate mind, which was God's heavy judgment first on the Gentiles, Rom. i. 24, 28; afterwards on the Jews, who fulfilled their sins when wrath came on them to the Vol. II. i utmost, 1 Thes. ii. 16; Rom. xi. 8; Matt. xxiii. 32. Or by iniquity, may be understood punishmentfor it,asPs. xxxi. II. Not come into thy justice,] That is, not believe thy gospel, and so enjoy the justification of God, which is by faith ; as the scriptures show, Rom. X. 3, &e.; Phil. iii. 9; John xii. 39, 40. The Chaid. expounds it, " h-t them not enter into the church of thy just ones. Ver. 29. — Book of the living,] Or, Book of life, wherein the just that live by faith are written, that is, let them be cut off' from being any longer counted thy people, or registered in the writing of the house of Israel, as Ezek. xiii. 9; Rom. xi. 20; Phil, iii. 2, 3; Ps. Ixxxvii. 6. Ver. so. — Lift me up,] Or, set me on a high place, that is, safely defend me. Ver. 32. — Better to,] That is, more pleasing and acceptable. A young bull,] So the Gr. explaineth the Heb. phrase, "a bull, a bullock," that is, a bull which is but young, or a bullock. So Judg. vi. 25; where the order is changed, 'take the bullock of the bull,' that i=, 'the young bull or bullock.' Some understand it here of two, ' better than bull or l)ullock.' That hath horns,] Heb. "horneth," that is, 'brings forth or beareth horns, and parteth the hoof,' for such were fittest for sacrifice; but confession and thanks a:e more pleasing to God, specially Christ's obedience ; see Ps. 1. 13 — 15; xl. 7. Ver. 33. — The seekers,] Oi-, ye seekers of God, to wit, ' shall see it, and your heart shall live;' ye shall have inward life, joy, and consolation: see Ps. xxii. 27. Ver. 34.— His prisoners,] Such as are persecuted and bound in prisons for his truth. Thus Paul calleth himself • the prisoner cf Clu-ist,' Eph. iii. 1. 554 PSALMS. and despiseth not his prisoners. " Praise him let heavens and earth, seas, and all that creepeth in them. ^^ For God will save Sion, and build the cities of Judah ; and they shall dwell there, and liave it for inheritance. ^' And the seed of his servants shall possess it: and tliey tliat love his name shall dwell therein. Ver. 35.— Heavens,] The Chald. saith, " angels of heaven, and the inhabitants of the earth." Ver. 36.— Save Zion,] That is, His church, figured out by Zion and Judah ; see Ps. ii. 6; and this building of Judah's cities is by preaching of the gospel, 1 Cor. iii. 9, 10; a figure of this work was done by Jehos- haphat, 2 Chron. xvii. 9, 12, 13; and Isaiah prophesieth the like, Is. xliv. 26. PSALM LXX. David pray eth for speedy help, to the shame of the wicked, and joy of the godly. ' To the Master of the music, a psalm of David for to record. ^ O God, for to deliver me ; Jehovah, to mine help make haste. ^ Let them be abashed and ashamed that seek my soul ; let them be turned backward and blush that deliglit in mine evil. * Let them turn back for a reward of their shame, that say. Alia, alia. ^ Let all that seek thee be joyful, and rejoice in thee ; and let them say continu, ally. Magnified be God ; they that love thy salvation. ' And I, poor afflicted and needy, O God, make haste to me ; thou art mine help and deliverer ; Jehovah, delay not. Ver.I. — To ^v.co^]i,']Ov , to cause remem- brance: see Ps. xxxviii. 1. Ver. 2. — ^To deli ver, ]0r, to rid me free: understand, make haste, or vouchsafe, as is expressed in Ps. xl. 14; for this psalm is the same in substance, and almost in words with the end of that psalm; see the annotations there. Ver. 3. — That seek my soul,] To make an end of it, as Ps. xl. 15. Ver. 4. — Torn back,] Desolate or wasted, as Ps. xl. 16. Ver. 5.— Be God,] In Ps. xl. 17, it is written, 'be Jehovah.' Ver. 6. — O God, make haste to me,] For this in Ps. xl. 18, is, 'the Lord thinketh on me.' Jehovah,] In Ps. xl. 18, ' my God.' PSALM LXXL The psalmist in confidence of faith and experience of God's favour, pray eth both for himself and against the enemies of his soul. 14. He promiseth constancy, 11. Prayeth for perseverance. 19. Praiseth God and promiseth to do it cheerfully. ' In Jehovah do I hope for safety, let me not be abashed for ever. * In thy justice rid thou me, and deliver me ; incline thine PSALM LXX. 555 par unto me, and save me. ^ Be thou to me for a rock of liabitatiou to enter continually ; thou hast commanded to save me, for thou art my rock and my munition. * My God, deliver me of the hand of the wicked, out of the palm of the evil-doer and the leavened. * For thou art mine expectation, Lord Jehovali, my confidence from my childhood. ^ By thee have been I holden up from the womb ; from my mother's bowels thou tookest me ; of thee is my praise continually. ^As a wonder I am unto many, but tliou art my strong hope. ^ Let my mouth be filled with thy praise, all tlie day with thy glory. ^ Cast me not away at the time of old age, when mine able strength faileth, forsake thou not me. " For mine enemies speak of me, and they that observe my soul consult together, " Saying, God hath forsaken him; pursue and take liim, for there is none to rescue. '^ O God, be not thou far away from me ; my God, make liaste to mine help. '^ Let them be abashed and con- sumed that are adversaries of my soul : let them be covered with reproach and dishonour that seek mine evil. '* And I will patiently wait continually, and add unto all thy praise. " My mouth sliall tell thy justice, all the day thy salvation, though I know not tlie VeR. 1 — Tn thee,] Cliald. "in the word of the Lord." This psalm, which hath no title in the Huh. is in Gr. thus iiititled : "of David a psalm of the sons of Joiiadab, and of them that were first carried captives. Ver. 2. — Deliver,] Or,tnake me to escape safe. Ver. 3. — Of habitation,] Or, of man- sion, a rock whereto I may fly and there dwell safe. Gud is often called a ' Rock,' Fs. xviii. 3 ; and a mansion (or habitation) to his people, Ps. xc. 1. The Gr. here makes it plain thus, " be to me for a God protector.'' Hast commanded,] To wit, thine angels, as xci. 11; or, 'hast effectually appointed;' see Ps. xliv. 6. Ver. 4. — Evil-doer,] Or, injurious, wrong doer. The leavened,] That is, the niulicioiis: for maliciousness and wickedness is likened to leaven, 1 Cor. v. 8. The Heb. "chomets," properly signifieth that which is leavened or sour, Exod. xii. 39; here used for the malicious or violent cruel man, as the Gr.turiieth it, "the injurious," or "chomets" may be used for Chomes, the violent. Ver. 5. — Jehovah,] Or, God, for it hath the vowels of jiElohim : so after ver. 16. See Ps. Ixviii. 21. Ver. 6. — Tookest me,] Or, didst rid me, to wit, from danger. Compare this with Ps. xxii. 10, 11. Of thee,] Or, «m thee; but in is often used for of, as P;. Ixiii. 7; Ixxxvii. 3. See the i.otes there. VbE. 7 A WONDER TO MANY,] Or, O monster to the mighty: a sign whom the many (or mighty) do gaze upon, speak of, and show to others, and wonder at. A won- der and a sign are sometimes used as one, 2 Chron. xxxii. 24; 2 Kings xx. 8, 9. So Christ and his disciples were as signs and wonders in Israel, Is. viii. 18; Heb. ii. 13. Jeho- shuah and his fellows were monstrous per- sons, Zech. iii. 8; the apostles «a gazing- stock to the world,' 1 Cor. iv. 9. Hope^,] Or refuge, a place where one hopeth foi safety. Ver. 8 — With thy glory,] Or, glori. of thee, that is, with glorifying thee, hoii ouriiig, beautifying, and commending thj majesty. Ver. 10. — Speak of,] Or, say of me, that God hath forsaken me, ver. 11. Or, 'they speak against me. Observe,] That is, lay limit for ; it is meant here for evil, as is the observing of the steps, Ps. Ivi. 7; iiut often this phrase is used for good, to keep, regard, and preserve the soul or life, Ps. xcvii. 10; cxxi. 7; Prov. xxii. 5. Ver. 14 — Add unto all thy praise,] That is, increase it; I will praise thee more than I have done, or, more than others do, as 2 Chron. x. 11. 'I will add unto your yoke,' that is, 'increase it.' Ver. 15. — Though I know not,] Or, for I knotv not the numbers, to wit, of them. God's justice and salvation is in innumerable ways administered, which are to be celebrated, but cannot be reckoned, Ps. xl. 6. 556 PSALMS. numbers. '" I will enter in tlie powers of the Lord Jehovah; I will record thy justice, tliine only. '' O God, thou hast learned me from my cliildhood, and hitherto have I showed thy marvellous works. '* And also unto old age and hoaviness, O God, forsake me not ; until I show thine arm to this generation, thy power to every one that shall come. '^ And thy justice, O God, which is on high, which hast done great things; O God, who is like thee? ^"Which didst make me to see distresses many and evil, didst return and quicken me ; and from the deeps of the earth didst return and bring me up. ^' Thou didst much increase my greatness, and didst turn about and comfort me. ^^ Also I will confess thee with the instru- ment of psaltery, even thy faithfulness, my God ; I will sing psalms to tliee with liarp, O Holy One of Israel. ^My lips shall sliout wlien I sing psalms unto thee, and my soul which thou hasfc redeemed. ^^ Also, my tongue shall talk of thy justice all the day, for they are abashed, for they are ashamed that seek mine evil. Ver. 16. — I WILL ENTER,] To wit, into this work of praising God in his power, not mine own; or, 'I will enter,' that is, begin with his powerful works to praise them; or, 'I will enter,' that i?, go in hand, or go for- ward with my business through his power. Ver. is. — Unto old age,] Or, irhile old age is upon me, as ver. 9. So elsewhere God saith, that he had home 'Israel from the womb and birth,' and would bear them ' still unto old age and the hoary hairs,' Is. xlvi. 3, 4. Thine arm,] That is, strength, help, salvation. So Ps. Ixxvii. 16 ; Is. li. 5 ; liii. 1 ; Dent, xxxiii. 27. This generation,] The men of this age. The word this (or present) is understood by that which follow- eth : see also Ps. xlv. 4. Ver. 19. — And thy justice, O God, WHICH IS ON high,] That is, which reacheth up to heaven, viz., 'I will show it.' Thus the Gr. understandeth it. We may also translate, 'for thy justice is unto the high place,' that is, 'to heaven,' incomprehensible, as Ps. xxxvi. 6, 7. And may be instead oi for, as Ps. Ix. 13; and the 'high place' is by the Chald. expounded the "high hea- Tens;" so Ps. xciii. 4; Matt. xxi. 9. Ver. 20. — Didst make me see,] Or us see; showedst me and us; for the Heh. hath a double reading, meaning David in special, and other of God's people with him ; so after, it is read in the margin, "quicken me, bring me up," (as also the Gr. hath it) but written . in the line, " quicken us, bring us up." By making see, is also meant experience and feeling, asPs. xlix.lO. And evil,] Or, evils, that is, calamities. Didst return, J That is, didst again quicken, or, wilt again quicken me. So after. But the Gr. turn- eth it in the time past. Deeps,] Abysses of the earth, gulfs of affliction and death, elsewhere called the lowest parts, Ps. Ixxxviii. 7; such Christ in his humanity, sorrows, and death, went down unto and returned, Eph. iv. 9; Rom. x. 7. Ver. 21. — My greatness,] Or magni- ficence, rnajesty, honour; for Christ after afflictions entered into his glory, Luke xxiv. 26; 1 Pet. i. 11 ; Phil. ii. 8, 9; and the godly must sutler with him, Rom. viii. 17. Ver. 22. — Psaltery,] Or, lute: see Ps. xxxiii. 2. Even thy faith,] Or, for thy faithful truth. Holy one,] Or, saint of Israel; God is so called, both for that he is holiness itself, and sanctifieth his people. Lev. XX. 8, 26; and again is sanctified, that is, holily praised and honoured of them. Is. viii. 13. So Ps. Ixxvii. 41; Ixxxix. i. 19. Ver. 24 — Talk of,] Or, meditate, that is, speak advisedly, and after due meditation; see Ps. i. 2. For they,] Or, when they are abashed, that is, destroyed: see Ps. vi. 11. PSALM LXXir. 557 PSALM LXXII. David pray'mg for Solomon, sheweth the goodmess and glory of his type, and in truth of Christ's kingdom. 18. He hlesseth God. Vov Solomon. ^ O God, give thy judgments to the king, and thy justice to the king's son. ^ That he may jndge thy people with justice, and thy poor aiflicted ones with judgment. ^ TJie mountains sliall bring fortli peace to the people, and the liills with justice. * He shall judge the poor afflicted of the people, he shall save the sons of the needy, and shall break down the fraudulent oppressor. * Tliey shall fear thee witli the sun, and before the moon, to generation of generations. ^ He sliall come down like the rain upon the mown Ver. 1. — For Solomon.] The Gr. addeth, "a psalm of David for Solomon;" and the last verse showeth it to be made by David, and it concerneth Christ and his kingdom, figured by Solomon, Song iii. 11; and there- fore called by his name, as elsewhere he is called David, Hos. iii. 5; such also is the title of the cxxvii. Psalm. King's son,] To whom the right of the kingdom belongeth by birth and inheritance. So Christ was king David's son, and 'born king of the Jews,' Mark xi. 10; Matt. ii. 2 ; xxii. 42; to him 'the Father gave all judgment,' John v. 22. The Chald. expoinideth the king to be Christ, and the king's son to be "king David's son." Ver. 2. — That he may,] Or, let /ihn Judge, that is, govern 'thy people in justice,' that is, Justly, wherefore he is named Mel- chizedek, that is, 'king of justice,' Heb vii, 2, of whom it was prophesied, 'behold a king shall reign injustice,' Is. xxxii. I. Ver. 3. — The mountains shall bring FORTH ] Or, shall dear, to wit, 'as their fruit; ' for so this phrase importeth, Job xl. 15. This and the i-est that follow, may also be read prayer-wise, 'let the mountains bear,' &c. The Cliald paraphraseth, "the dwellers on the mountains shall bring peace to the people of the house of Israel. Peace,] That is, pros- perity, plenty of fruits, which should be enjoyed with peace, as all Solomon's days * Israel dwelt without fear, every man under his vine and fig-tree,' 1 Kings iv. 25. And under Christ, 'the work and efiect of justice, is peace, quietness, and assurance for ever,' I';, xxxiii. 17; Rom. v. 1, 'the mountains drop down new wine, and the hills flow with milk,' Joel iii. IS; Amos ix. 13. Hills with justice,] That is, 'the hills' also shall bear peace with justice; both peace and justice, as these two are said 'to kiss' each other, Ps. Iviii. 11, and Christ is king both of 'justice and peace,' Heb. vii. 2; his kingdom 'is justice, peace, and joy,' Rom. xiv. 17. It may also he re&d for Justice. Ver. 4. — Shall judge,] That is, shall deliver ; see the notes on Ps. xliii. 1. Save the sons of the needy,] Tliat is, the needy ptrsons ; in Chald. "shall redeem the sons of misery," that is, such as are in wretched case. The fraudulent oppressor,] Whom the Gr. here calleth "sycophant; which word is used for 'injuring by forged cavillation.' Luke xix. 18; iii. 14; see before in Vs. Ixii. 11. Ver. 5 Thet shall fear,] Men shall reverejice, that is, 'worship,' and 'serve thee.' So 'fear' is used for 'worship,' Is. xxix. 13; Mat. XV. 9. W^iTH THE SUN,] Or, be/ore the sun, as is after expressed, verse 17 ; and as the Heb "ghnim," tvith, is elsewhere used for before, Est. vii. 8 ; and 'before the sun and moon,' meaneth continually, so long as they shine on the earth, which is so long as the world endureth, Gen. viii. 32;Ps. Ixxxix. 37, 38. The Chald. interpreteth it, "with the rising of the snn, and in the light of the moon," that is, at morning and evening, day and night; as the twelve tribes are said so 'instantly to serve,' Acts xxvi. 7. Ver. 6. — The mown grass,] The meadow, which being mown in the beginning of summer, craveth rain that it may grow again. The original word signifieth also a 'shorn fleece' of wool; vyhich sense some keep here, and refer it to the dew that fell on ' Gideon's fleece,' when the land was dry, and again on the land when the fleece was dry, Judg. vi. 37—40. Solomon s.nd Christ are here said to ' come down as rain,' in respect 558 PSALMS. grass; as the showers, the dispersed moisture of the eartli. ' In his days shall the just man flourish, and multitude of peace, until the moon he not. ** And he shall have dominion from sea unto sea, and from the river unto the ends of the land. " They that dwell in dry places shall kneel before him, and his enemies shall lick the dust. " TJie kings of Tharshish and of tlie isles shall render an oblation ; the kings of Sheba and Seba shall offer a present. '' And all kings shall worship him, all nations shall serve him, '^ For he shall deliver the needy that crieth out, and the poor afflicted, and him that hath no helper. " He shall mercifully spare the poor and needy, and shall save the souls of the needy. " He shall redeem their soul from fraud and violent wrong, and precious shall tlieir blood be in his eyes. ^' And he shall live, and he shall give to him of tlie gold of Sheba, and shall pray for him continually, shall of the doctrine and administration of judg- ment by them. So Moses said, 'My doctrine shall drop as the rain,' &c. Deut. xxxii.2; and Job said, 'they waited for me as for the rain,* &c. Job xxix. 23; and 'the Lord shall come unto us as the rain,' &c. Hos. vi. 3. The dispersed moisture,] Understand, rvhich are the moisture, that is, which showers do moisten the earth. "Zarziph," the Heb. word used only in this place, hath the signification of dispersing moisture or tvater, as by showers, God having 'divided spouts for the rain,' whereby it is strewed abroad upon the earth, Job xxxviii. 25. Wherefore the former word 'showers,* im- plieth 'rain that falleth with manifold' (or 'millions of) drops,' as Ps. Ixv. 11. VeR. 7. MOLTITCDE OF PEACE,] To wit, shall be, or shall flourish: and this 'Shalom, peace,' may respect the name of Shelomoh or Solomon, which signifieth peaceable, as was promised to David, " Behold, a son is born to thee which shall be a man of rest, for I will give him rest from all his enemies round about, therefore liis name is Solomon, and I will send(Salom) peace and quietness, upon Israel in his days,' 1 Chron. xxii. 9. Moon be NOT,] Or, be taken away, as the Gr. ex- plaineth it, that is, " till the world's end," as before, verse 8. Ver.. 8. — From sea to sea,] From the salt sea, ('the lake of Sodom,' Gen. xiv. 3.) ' to the main sea,' see Num. xxxiv. 3 — G, &c. where the limits of the land are described. From the river] The 'great river Euphra- tes,'Gen. XV. IS; Deut. xi. 24. In Solo- mon this was accomplished, when 'he reigned over all kingdoms, from the river to the land of the Philistines, and to the border of Egypt,' 1 Kings iv. 21 ; iu Christ, when all nations were brought into his subjection by the gospel, as Mat. xxviii. 18, 19; Acts i. 8; Col. i. 5, 6 ; Rev. xi. 15. Ver. 9. — In dry places,] Or, in deserts, which the Gr. explaineth, " theiEthiopians." The Heb. "Tsijim" signifieth here, and Ps; Ixxiv. 14, 'people that dwell in dry desert places : ' sometimes it is used for ' wild beasts' that haunt such deserts, as Is. xxxiv. 14; xiii. 21; Jer. 1. 39. Lick the dust,] 'Like a serpent,' as is expressed in Mic. vii. 16, noting hereby ' great fear and subjection, testified by bowing down their faces to the ground, as is the manner in the Eastern countries. In Is. xlix. 23, a like promise is made to the church of Christ. Ver. 10, — Of Tharshish,] Or, of the ocean, that dwell by the 'main sea.' See the Note on Ps. xlviii, 8. Sheba and Seba,] that is, of ^Ethiopia and of Arabia, far southern countries, inhabited by the posterity of Sheba and Seba, the nephew and son of Cush, the son of Cham, the son of Noah, Gen. X. 7. The 'queen of Sheba' (or 'of the South') came from the utmost parts of the earth to hear the wisdom of Solomon, and gave him much gold, sweet odours, and pre- cious stones, 1 Kings X. 1 — 10; Mat. xii.41. Ver. 12. — Hath no helper,] Or, 'to whom no helper.' See the like by Job, .Job xxix. 12. Ver. 14. — Precious shall their blood BE,] that is, their death, meaning, that he regarded their life, and will not easily sufler them to be killed, for that it is precious and dear unto him: as on the contrary Paul said, 'his life was not dear unto himself,' when he was willing and ready to lose it for Christ's cause, Acts XX. 24; see Ps. cxvi. 15. Ver. 15. — He shall give,] Meaning man in general, or each one brought in sub- jection, as the Gr. saith, " to him shall be PSALM LXXIII. 559 bless him all the day. " There shall be a parcel of corn in the land, in the top of the mountains; the fruit thereof shall shake like Lebanon, and flourish sliall they of the city as the herb out of the earth. '' His name shall be for ever, his name shall be con- tinued before the sun, and they shall bless themselves in him ; all nations shall call him blessed. *^ Blessed be Jeliovah God, the God of Israel, wliich doth marvellous things himself alone. '* And blessed be tlie name of his glory for ever ; and let all the earth be filled with his glory ; Amen, and Amen. ^^ Ended are the prayers of David son of Jesse. given," meaning to Solomon. Gold of SHEBA,] the Gr. saith of " Arabia : " see verse 10. All the day,] Or, daily. Ver. 16. — There shall be a parcel, &c.] where a handful of corn shall be sown on the top of the mountains (the most barren places) there shall be such increase that the fruit shall shake, and make a noise like the trees of Lebanon. Shake,] Or, stir with noise, rustle. Lebanon,] That is, ' trees of Leba- non;* as 'the earth,' for 'the inhabitants of the earth, Ps. Ixvi. 1. Of this mount see Note on Ps. xxix. 5. They of the city,] That is, i/ie citizens, as, * they of the world are worldlings, Ps. xvii. 14, 'ye of the heavens,' Ps. cxlviii. 1, are 'the inhabitants there.' The Chald. addeth, " of the city Jerusalem." Compare herewith Is. xxvii. 6. Ver. 17. — Continued,] To wit, as a son contimieth his father's name, for the original jinnon (or janiii) cometh of Niu, which is 0 son : the Gr. also turneth it, ' his name eontinueth,' and Christ's name is continued in us that believe in him, called ' Christians,' Acts xi. 26, and 'his children,' Heb. ii. 13, 14. Before the sun,] That is, so long as it endureth, as verse 5 ; so Ps. cii. 29. They shall bless,] To wit, men of all nations shall count and speak of their blessedness in him ; so Gen. xxii. 18. Call him blessed,] Or, happy, shall beautify him. Ver. 19. — Name of his glory,] That is, his glorious (or honourable) name. So 'Lord of glory," James ii. 1, for ' glorious Lord.' Filled with his glory,] That is, with the manifestation of his glorious works, and prais- ing him for the same. See the like speeches. Num. xiv. 21 ; Is. vi. 3 ; Rev. xviii. 1 ; Ezek. xliii. 2. Amen,] So be it. The second book of Psalms is concluded with twice 'Amen,' as was the former: see Ps. xli. 14. Ver. 20. — Ended.] Or, complete are, meaning that this Psalm was the last of David's prayers or hymns (as the Gr. translateth it) howsoever it is not set last in order as neither other be. Or, that this matter touching Christ's kingdom is the last thing wheieof David prophesied, and for which he prayed, as ] Pet. i. 10, 11. Jesse,] Or Jishai, as the Heb. soundeth, it and sometimes Ishai, 1 Chron. ii. 12, 13, which name signifieth strength and manhood; as David, amiable. THE THIRD BOOK. PSALM LXXIIL The prophet prevailing in a temptation, showeth the occasion thereof, the prosperity of the nicked. 13. The wound given thereby, diffidence. 15. The victory over it, Tinowledge of God's purpose in destroying of the wicked, and sustaining the righteous. 1 A psalm of Asaph. Yet surely God is good to Israel, to them that are pure in heart. The third book,] To wit, of psalms. Ver. 1. — Of Asaph,] Or, fo ^jopA, who See the note on Ps. xlii. was both « a prophet ' and ' a singer;' see Ps. 560 PSALMS. And I, my feet almost swerved aside ; my steps had well-nigh slipped out. ^ For I envied at vain-glorious fools, when I saw the peace of the wicked. * For there are no bands in their death, and lusty is their strength. ^ They are not in the molestation of sorry man, and with earthly man they are not plagued. ^ Therefore pride compasseth them about as a chain, violence covereth them as a garment. '' Their eyes stand out with fatness, they pass the imaginations of the heart. ^ They do corrupt and speak with maliciousness of oppression, they speak from aloft. ^ They set their mouth against the heavens, and their tongue walketh through the earth. " Therefore his people turneth hither, and waters of a 1. I. The like title is of the ten Psalms following. These are for the most part com- plaints and meditations of the troubles of God's people. Veb. 2. — Almost,] Or, a very little lacked, but ' my feet have swerved ;' so after, ' well nigh,' or, ' almost nothing ' lacked, but 'my steps have been shed:' noting hereby his great danger to have fallen through his infirmity, had not faith in God sustained him. Swerved,] Or turned, declined. This and the next word ' slipped ' have a double read- ing in tlie Hub. by the vowels, " they had swerved, they had slipped;" by the conso- nants, "it had swerved, it had slipped;" meaning " each of his feet," and " every of his steps," to his utter ruin. Slipped out,] Or, been poured out, to wit, as water, and so I had been lost. Ver. 3. — Envied,] Or, was jealous, had envious zeal: See Ps. xxxvii. 1. Ver. 4. — Bands,] Or, knots, that is, ' pains, sores, diseases,' &c. In their DEATH,] Or, till their death, meaning that they live long in pleasure, and die at ease, as is explained, Job xxi. 13. ' They spend their days in wealth, and suddenly they go down to the grave.' The Chald. saith, "For they are not terrified or troubled for the day of their death." But lusty,] Or, and fat is their fortitude (their firm strength of body) as Job saith, ' one dieth in his full strength, being in all ease and prosperity; his breasts are full of milk, and his bones run full of marrow,' Job xxi. 23, 24 Vke. 6. — Molestation of sorrt man,] That is, such turmoil as other miserable men endure. See the like phrase in 2 Sam. vii. 14. .iEnosh and Adam are here the names of all wretched mankind. See Ps. viii. 5. The Chald. expoundeth it, " They labour not in the labour of men that study in the law, and with just men," &c Ver. 6. — Compasseth, &c.] Or, is a chain to them and to him, that is, ' every of them;' as a collar that is hanged for an orna- ment about the neck. And of this word Anak, to ' hang a chain,' that giant Anak had his name, whose children were called • Anakims,' men great of stature, proud and cruel. See Num. xiii. 23, 34 ; Josh. xv. 13, 14. A garment,] a set habit or 07-na' ment, finely fitted to the body ; such was ' the harlot's habit,' Prov. vii. 10. Ver. 7. — Eye standeth,] That is, Each eye standeth or ' starteth out of the hole for fatness.' In Chald,, " The simili- tude of their faces is changed for fatness." So in Job XV. 27, ' he hath covered his face with his fatness. They pass the imagina- tions, &c.] That is, they exceed in prosper- ity above that they could imagine or think ; or they surpass in wickedness above that which man's heart can think, according to that which here foUoweth, and as in Jer. v. 28, it is said ' they are waxen fat and shining, they do pass the words (or deeds) of the wicked.' Ver. 8. — They do corrupt,] Or cow- sume, dissolve or make dissolute by their wicked speeches, and by their oppression of men. It may be understood of ' corrupting,' or ' making rotten ' with sin themselves or others; or consuming and wasting with oppression. With maliciousness,] Or, in evil, that is, -maliciously or jnalignantly. From aloft,] That is, loftily. Or 'o/ the Most High,' that is, of God, as in the next verse: but the Chald. expoundeth it, " of the highness of their heart." Ver. 9. — Agalnst Heavens,] That is, against God and his saints whom they blas- pheme, as it is written, 'he opened his mouth unto blasphemy against God, to blaspheme his name and his tabernacle, and them that dwell in heaven,' Rev. xiii. 6. So else- where ' heavens ' are used for ' God,' Dan. iv. 23; Luke xv. 18. Ver. 10. — His people,] God's o^vn peo- ple are i)y this afflicted, therefore the Gr. PSALM LXXIII. 561 full cup are wrung out to them. " And tliey say, How dotli God know, and is there knowledge in the Most High ? '^ Lo, these are the wicked, and in tranquillity ever ; they increase wealthy power. '^ Surely in vain have 1 cleansed mine heart, and washed my hands in innocency, " And am plagued all the day, and my rebuke is in the mornings. " If I say, I will tell thus ; lo, I unfaitlifully wrong the generation of thy sons. '^ And I thought to know this, but it was a painful thing in mine eyes. " Until I entered into tlie sanc- tuaries of God, did prudently attend to their last end. '^ Surely thou dost set them in slippery places, dost make them fall to deso- lations. '^ How are they brought to wondrous desolation as i?i a moment ? are they at an end, arc tliey consumed with troublesome frights? ^^ Asa dream after oue awaketh ; O Lord, when thou raisest up, thou wilt despise their image. ^' Surely mine heart was saitli "my people;" the psalmist, speaking of tiis brethren, as after of liimself, verse 13. Hither,] To these thoughts and tempta- tions, which follow in the next verses. A FULL,] The word cup or bason is here to be understood; as 'strong,' tor 'strong paws,' Ps. X. 9. See the Note there. By ' waters of a full cup' are meant ' abundance ot tears,' which they must drink, that is, 'of afBictiuns' and ' temptations' which they suffer; as in Ps. Ixxx. 6. So the Chald. explaineth it, " and tears as many waters shall flow from them." Wrung odt to them,] Or, drunk {sucked up) by them, as in Ps. Ixxv. 9. Ver. 12. — In tranquillity,] Or, quiet, safe, wealthy, at ease. Compare herewith Jer. xii. 1, 2. Wealthy power,] Ability by riches : see Ps. xlix. 7. Ver. 13. — Cleansed,] That is, laboured to cleanse andpurge, by faith and continual sanctification, Acts xv. 9, 1; John iii. 3; otherwise, ' who can say, I have made mine hi-art dean,' Prov. xx. 9. Innocency,] Or, cleanliness: see Ps. xxvi. 6; xxiv. 4. Ver. 14. — Am plagued,] Or, touched \vith afBiction, ' punished," which the wicked are not, ver. 5. My rebuke,] Oi", blame, to wit, ' I bear the chastisement' for my sins. In the mornings,] Tliat is, every morning, or early: the like phrase is Ps. ci. 8 ; Job vii. 18; Lam. iii. 23; Is. xxxiii. 2. Vek. 15. — I WILL tell thus,] That is, if these temptations prevail against me, so that I should tell and declare for truth these my carnal thoughts. Telling is often used ior publishing and preaching to others. See Ps. ii. 7. Unfaithfully wrong,] Or, faithlessly transgress against the generation of thy sons, (O God) that is, ' of thy people,' Vol. II. 4 called 'the sons of God,' Deut. xiv. 1; 1 John iii. 1. Ver. 17. — Prudently attend to,] Or, consider their latter end. A like speech Moses useth, Deut. xxxii. 29. Ver. 18. — Slippery place,] Whereby suddenly fall to perdition. The Chald. saith, " in dark" places. Ver. 19. — Wondrous desolation,] Such as astonisheth the biholders. Such sudden stiange desolation God brought on Babylon of old, Jer. li. 37, 41 ; and will again, Rev. xviii. 10, 17. Ver. 20.— As a dream,] To wit, so they are; or, so va7iisheth their prosperity ; which when one awaketh, is gone, as is plainly set forth in Is. xxix. 7, 8. So else- where it is said, 'he shall flee away as a dream, and not be found, and shall pass away a<: a vision of the night: the eye which saw him shall do so no more,' &c. Jub xx. 8, 9. The Chald. explaineth it, " as the dream of a druidven man." Thou raisest up,] To wit, thyself, that is, raisest up to punish them, as Ps. xxxv. 23 ; or ' raisest up,' to wit, 'them,' at the last day of judgment. So the Chald. paraphrast turneth it, saying, " in the day of the great judgment, they shall rise up out of the house of the grave, in wrath thou wilt despise their image." The Gr. saith, " in thy city thou wilt despise their image:" the Heb. word baghnir being ambi- guous. In this sense compare herewith Ecrl. viii. 10. De-^phe their image,] Or, their shadow, that is, ' destroy their transi- tory estate ;' for man ' walketh in an image,' Ps. xxxix. 7. Or, referring it to the last judgment, their 'image' may mean their 'corrupt sinful state, Gen. v. 3; and the 'despising' of it, is their utter rejection; for 562 PSALMS. leavened, and I was pricked in my reins. ^ And I was brutish and knew not ; as the beasts was I with thee. ^ Yet I continually was with thee, thou hast holden me fast by my right hand. ^* Thou wilt guide me with thy counsel, and after wilt receive me to glory. " Whom liave I in the heavens ? and with thee I delight not any in earth. ^® Wliolly consumed is my flesh and my heart j the Rock of my heart and my portion is God for ever, ^' For lo, they that are gone far from thee shall perisli, thou suppressest every one that goeth a wlioring from thee. ^^ And I, to draw nigh to God is good for me ; I have set my hope for safety in the Lord Jehovah, for to tell all thy works. then they shall rise ' to shame and contempt eternal,' Dan. xii. 2. Ver. 21. — Was leavkned,] Or leavened itself, that is, ' was vexed, grieved, swelled, was sour as leaven,' with my fretting grief and anger. 1 was pricked,] Or sharpened {pricked) myself, that is, 'felt sharp pains,' to wit, with my fretting thoughts and desires. Ver. 22. — Brutish,] That is, foolish, sensual, like a brute beast, not having the understanding of a man in me: as is explained, Prov. xxx. 2. See also Ps. xlix. 11. As THE BEAST,] That is, as owe of them, or ' a great beast,' Heb. behemoth ; which is used for the vast ' elephant,' Job xl. 10. The Gr. here turneth it, "bestial," or " brutish." Ver. 24. — To glory,] Or, with glory, that is, " gloriously, honourably. See 1 Tim. iii. 16; Phil. iii. 21 ; Heb. ii. 10; 1 Pet. v. 1, 4. The Chald. paraphraseth, " Thou wilt guide me with thy counsel in this world ; and after that the glory is accom- plished, which thou hast said thou wilt bring upon me, thou wilt receive me." Ver. 25. — Whom have I,] Or, who Is for me, but thee to trust in, or call upon. Delight not,] Or, take no pleasure, in any person, or thing. Ver. 26— The rock,] That is, the strength and hope ; the Gr. saith, "the God of my heart." Ver. 27.— Gone far,] That is, the wicked who are here said to be ' far from God;' and in Ps. cxix. 150; are 'far from his law,' and therefore ' salvation is far from them,' Ps. cxix. 155; as here they perish,, whereas the righteous are ' a people near God,' Ps. cxlviii. 14. That goeth a whoring FROM thee,] That is, goeth after idols, departing from the trtie God, as Hos. i. 2; for idolatry or ' breach of God's covenant,' is often called 'whoredom' or 'fornication,' Jer. iii. 9, 20; Ezek. xxiii. 3, 6, 7, &c. Ps. cvi. 39. Ver. 28. — To draw nigh,] So both the Gr. and Chald. do explain the Heb. phrase "the drawing near of God;" and thus it is also used in Is. Iviii. 2, and is done by the faith of the gospel, Heb. vii. 19. Jeho- vah,] Or, God: see Ps. Ixviii. 21. The Chald. saith. "in the word of God." To tell,] That 1 may tell, or declare, as the Gr. explaineth it. PSALM LXXIV. 2. The prophet compldineth of the desolation of the sanctuary. lO* He moveth God to help, in consideration of his power, 18. of his reproachful enemies, of his children, and of his covenant. An instructing psalm of Asaph. ^ Wherefore, O God, hast thou cast us off to perpetuity : shall Ver. 1.— Of Asaph,] Or, to Asaph, in 1. If Asaph (who lived in David's days) Chald., "by the hands of Asaph:" see Ps. 1. made this psalm, it was a prophesy of PSALM LXXIV. 5G3 tliine anger smoke against the sheep of tliy pasture? ^ Remember tliy congregation, which thou hast purchased of old, tlie rod of thine inheritance, which thou liast redeemed, tliis mount Zion wherein thou hast dwelt. ^ Lift up tliy feet to the desolations of perpetuily ihe enemy hath done evil to all things in the sanctuary. * Thy -listressers roar in the midst of thy synagogues ; they have set their signs for signs. * He was known, as lie lifted on liigh axes against the thicket of the wood. ® And now the carved works thereof all together they have beat down with beetle and mallets. ' They have cast into the fire thy sanctuaries, to tlie earth they have profaned the dwelling-place of thy name. ® Tliey said in tlieir lieart, Let us make spoil of them altogether ; they liave burned all tlie synagogues of God in the land. ^ We see not our signs. troubles to come. If some other prophet made it when calamities were on Israel, then was it committed to 'Asaph's posterity,' the singers, called by their father's name; as •Aaron's posterity,' are called 'Aaron,' 1 Chron. xii. 27. Thine anger smoke,] Or, thy nose smoke, that is, burn, as was threat- ened, Deut. xxix. 20. A manifestation of sore displeasure: see Ps. xviii. 9 ; Ixxx. 5. Sheep,] Ot, flock, that is, us thy people, as Ps. Ixxix. 13. The flock comprehendeth 'sheep and goats,' Lev. i. 10. Ver. 2. — Purchased of old,] Or, bought of yore, when thou broughtest them out of Egypt, Exod. XV. 16; or understand that thou hast purchased it, hast redeemed, &c. The rod of thine inheritance,] That is, Israel, Jer. x. 16; called elsewheie ' the line of God's inheritance,' Deut. xxxii. 9, which he measured out lor himself as land is meted with a ' rod' or 'line.' It may also be read 'the sceptre' or ' the tribe of thine inheri- tance,' as Is. Ixiii. 17, for the Heb. shebet, which properly is a ' rod ' or ' staff,' is some- times a ' sceptre, Ps. xlv. 7 ; sometimes a ' tribe,' Ps. Ixxviii. 67. Ver. 3. — Lift up tht feet;] Or, thy hummers, that is, ' thy strokes,' to ' stamp or ' beat down ' the enemy ' unto perpetual deso- lations. Thus the ' feet ' are used to ' tread down with,' Is. xxvi. 6, and so the Gr. taketh it here, changing the metaphor, and translating it, " thy hands,' which are also instruments to strike down with. Or, ' lift up thy feet,' that is, come quickly to see 'the perpetual desolations ' which the enemy hath made. Hath done evil,] That is, broken, robbed, burned, wasted all things; as did Nebuchadnezzar in the temple, 2Kingsxxiv. 13; XXV. 9, 13, 14, &c. Ver. 4. — Thy synagogues,] Or assem- blies, either t.hG 'coiuts'and 'places about the temple, where the people assembled, or the other synagogues in Jerusalem, as after, verse 8, he speaketh of ' all the synagogues in the land,' places where prayers and lec- tures of the law were used, Acts xvi. 13; XV. 21. The 'assembly' of Christians is called also by this name 'synagogue,' James ii. 2. Their signs,] Or, banners, which are signs of victory, or of idolatry. See after, verse 9. Ver. 5. — He was known,] He, that is, a man, or < every one ' of the enemies, ' was known,' that is, 'renowned,' or 'famous,' as having done some notable act. Ashe lifted on high.] Or, as he that bringcth aloft, that is, as a man brings the axe aloft over his head, to fell down the thick wood with might and main. They cut down the wood of the temple, as men do trees in a forest. Thicket of the wood.] That is, the thick wood or tree, whose boughs are wrapped one in another : or, (if we understand it of the v/ood-work in the temple) ' the infolded graven wood,' which he that did most eagerly cut down, was most renowned. Ver. 6. — And now,] Or, And then, at the same time. So Ps. xxvii. 6. Car- ved works,] Gratings, or, (as the Heb. phrase is) ' openings,' used for ' graven * or 'carved works,' Exod. xxviii. 11. The Gr. here tumeth it, " doors, which also have their name of " opening." Ver. 7. — Thy sanctuaries,] The tem- ple (which had divers holy places) ' was burned ' by Nehuzar-adan, 2 Kings xxv. 9. To THE earth,] To wit, burning or 'rasing down to the ground.' Ver. 8.^ — Let us make spoil,] Or, we will oppress, prey upon them. Of this Heb. root, the dcve hath her name in that tongue, as being subject to the prey and spoil of hawks, &c.; therefore in verse 19 he calleth the church a ' turtle-dove.' Ver. 9 — Oor signs,] The testimoniesof 5G4 PSALMS. there is not any prophet more, nor any wilh us that knowetli how long, '° How long, O God, shall the distresser reproach ? shall the enemy blaspheme thy name to perpetuity ? ^' Wherefore tnrnest thou away thine hand, even thy right hand ? draw it out of the midst of thy bosom, make a full end. '^ For God is my King from ancient times; he worketh salvation in the midst of the earth. " Thou didst break asunder the sea by thy strength, didst break in pieces the heads of the dragons in the waters. " Thou didst quite burst the heads of leviathan, didst give Mwafor meat to the people that dwell in dry deserts. '" Thou didst cleave the fountain and the stream, thou didst dry up the rivers of strength. "'The day is thine, the night also is thine ; thou hast prepared the light and the sun. " Tliou hast coustituted all the borders of the earth, the summer and the winter, them hast thou formed. '^ Remember this, the enemy reproacheth Jehovah, and the foolish people blaspheme thy name. " Give not the soul of thy turtle-dove to the wild com- God's presence and favour, extraordinary or ordinary, as the sacrifices, &e. Dan. xi. 31. So 'circumcision,' the ' passover,' the ' Sab- bath,' &c. were for signs to Israel, Gen. xvii. 11; Exod. xii. 13; xxxi. 13; or, as the Chald. expoundeth it, " the signs which the prophets gave us." Any prophet,] That could see and foretell by the Spirit an end of these troubles. Lam. ii. 9. A 'prophet (Nabi) ' is one that from the inward counsel of God uttereth oracles. In old time he was called 'a seer,' 1 Sam. ix. 9; Amos vii. 12. How LONG,] To wit, this affliction shall endure. The like speech is in Ps. vi. 4. Ver. 11. — Draw it, &c.] This word, or some such, seemeth here to be understood, as often in the Heb.: see Ps. Ixix. II. The drawing the hand out of the besom denoteth a performance of the work wi^hont slackness, as we may see by the contrary, Prov. xxvi. 15. FoLL END,] By consuming our ene- mies, and accomplishing our deliverance. Ver. 13. — The se.\,] In Chald., "the waters of the Red sea." Of the dragons,] Or, whales, meaning 'the noble men of Egypt,' who pursuing the Israelites, were drowned in the Red sea, Exod. xiv. 28. For great persons are likened to ' dragons ' or ' whale-fishes,' as Ezek. xxix. 3. Ver. 14.— The heads,] That is, the head, as the Gr. translateth it; called "heads" for the excellency and principality. Of Leviathan,] Or, of (he whale, meaning Pharaoh king of Egypt, who was drowned with his princes, Ps. cxxxvi. 15. Leviathan is the name of the great ' whale-fish,' or ' sea dragon,' so called of the fast-joining together of his scale, as he is described, Job. xl. 20 ; xli. 6, &c.; and is used to resemble great tyrants, here, and in Is. xxvii. 3. So the Chald. expoundeth it, " the heads of Pharaoh's mighty men." In dry deserts,] That is, to the wild beasts of the icilder- }iess, which might devour the Egyptians after they were drowned, and cast upon the shore, Exod. xiv. 30. The beasts may be called 'a people,' as conies, pismires, locusts, &c. are called ' peoples ' and ' nations," Prov. XXX. 25, 26 ; Joel i. 6. See also the notes on Ps. Ixxii. 9, unless by these 'dwellers in dry places,' we understand the Israelites in the wilderness, to whom the spoil of the Egyptians was as ' meat ;' as elsewhere they said of the Canaanites, ' they are bread for us,' Num. xiv. 9. This the Cliald. favourelh. Ver. 15.. — Didst cleave the foun- tain,] Bringing a well and stream of water to thy people out of the rocks, Exod. xvii. 6; Num. XX. 11; Is. xlviii. 21; Ps. cv. 41. Rivers of strength,] That is, strong, rough, or vehement rivers, as the waters of Jordan were dried up, that Israel might go through. Josh. iii. 15 — 17. The Chald. paraphrast addeth also the rivers Arnon and Jabok ; whereof see Num. xxi. 14 ; Deut. ii. 37, Ver. 16.— The light,] The Heb. Maor is properly ' a lightsome body,' as is the ' sun, moon, stars, &c. Gen. i. 14, 15; and here m .y he meant of the 'moon,' as the Chald, translateth it, for the ' sun ' next followeth. For these God is elsewhere also celebrated, Ps. 1. 6—9. PSALM LXXV. 565 pany ; the company of thy poor afflicted forget not to perpetuity. ^° Have respect unto the covenant, for full are tlie darknesses of the earth, of the habitations of violent wrong. ^' Let not the oppressed return asliamed ; let the poor afflicted and needy praise thy name. '■^'^ Rise up, O God, plead thou thy plea, remember thy reproach from the fool all the day. ^^ Forget not the voice of tliy distress- crs; the tumultuous noise of them that rise up against thee ascendeth continually. Ver. 19. — Soul of thy turtle-dove,] That is, the life of thy church, called a turtle-dove, for their danger to be perched upon by the wicked, as before, verse S, being of themselves weak, mournful, and timorous; also for their faith and loyalty towards God, and innocency of life. In these respects are 'doves' mentioned, Hos. xi. 11 ; Ezek. vii. 16; Is. xxxviii. 14; lix. 11; Song iv. 1; vi. 8; Matt. x. 16. So the Chald. explain- eth it, " Give not the souls of them that teach thy law, to the people which are like wild beasts.'" Wild company.] Or wild beasts, as the Gr. translateth it, meaning the cruel " people like wild beasts," as the Cliald. saith. The same word straightway followeth for the church, or ' lively flock ' of Christ. See the notes on Ps. Ixviii. 11, 31. Ver. 20. — The covenant,] Which thou didst make with our fathers, (as the Chald. addeth to explain it) it may be meant of the covenant with Abraham and his seed, as is expressed, Ps. cv. 8 — 10 ; or, which was made with Noah, that the world should no more be drowned, as once it was, when it was full of cruelty, Gen. vi. 13, 17, IS ; viii. 21, 22, which covenant the prophets apply to the church after, Is. liv. 9. The darknesses,] That is, dark places, as in Ps. Ixxxviii. 7 ; cxliii. 3, he meaneth that the base obscure places were full of violence, even folds or habitations of cruelty; no cottage being free from the rapine of the enemies. ' Dark places ' may be put for base or ' mean:' as in Prov. xxii. 29, ' dark ' or ' obscure persons,' are the ' base sort.' The Gr. here also trans- lateth it " dark persons," meaning the vile graceless enemies. Ver. 22. — Plead thy plea,] Defend thine own cause: see Ps. xxxv, 1. Froji the fool,] Understand, ' which thou suffer- est from the fool,' or ' impious, Nabal,' whicli word was also before, verse 18; whereof see Ps. xiv. 1. The Chald. paraphrasetb, "from the foolish king." Ver. 23. — Ascendeth,] That is, cometft up unto thee, it is so great; as Jonah i. 2; or, ' it iiu'reaseth,' as the battle is said to * ascend ' when it ' increased,' 1 Kings xxii. 35. PSALM LXXV. A confession to God, and promise to judge uprightly. 5. A rebuTie of the proud, hy consideration of God's providence. ' To the Master of the music, Corrupt not: a Psalm of Asapli, a Song. We confess to thee, O God, we confess, and near is thy name ; Ver. 1. — Corrupt not,] Or, Destroy not; see Ps. Ivii. 1. The Chald. addeth, "in the time when David said. Destroy not the people." Of Asaph,] Or, to Asaph; in Chald. "by the hand of Asaph :" see Ps. 1. 1. Ver. 2. — And near is,] To wit, near in our mouths and hearts to celebrate it. Thus God's tvord is said to be near, Rom. x. 8. and, ' thou art near in their mouth,' Jer. xii. 2. In this sense tlie Gr. also explaineth if, " and we will call on thy name," Thet tell,] That is, I and others with me : so the Gr. saith, " I will tell." 566 PSALMS. they tell thy wondrous works. ^ When I shall receive the appoint- ment, I will judge righteousnesses. * Dissolved is the earth and all the inhabitants thereof; Uiave set sure the pillars thereof, Selah. ^ I said to the vain-glorious fools, be not vain-gloriously foolish, and to the wicked, lift not up the horn. * Lift not up your horn on high nor speak with a stiff neck. ^ For not from tlie east, or from the west, neither from the desert cometh promotion. ^ But God is the judge, he abaseth one, and exalteth anotlier. * For a cup is in the hand of Jeliovah, and the wine is red, it is full of mix- ture, and lie poureth out of tlie same ; but the dregs thereof wring out and drink shall all the wicked of tlie earth. '" And I will shew Ver. 3. — Receive the appointment,] Or, (ake the appointed thing, (or time, as the Chald. translateth it; that is, "the office appointed," and promised. They seem to be the words of tlie Psalmist (as appeareth more plainly by verse 10, 11,) in person of Christ, to whom the kingdom of Israel was appointed in due time ; of whom David was a figure, in taking and administering the kingdom when it was distracted with troubles. See 2 Sam. iii. 17, 19 ; v. 1 — 3. Righteous- nesses,] That is, most righteously, Ver. 4. — Dissolvep,] Or, 7nelted, that is, ' faint with troubles, fears,' &c. as Josh. ii. 9. Set sure,] Or, will fitly fasten, artificially stablish, as by line and measure, that they fall not. Pillars,] The mountains, which may also mean governors ; for great person- ages are likened to ' pillars,' Gal. ii. 9. Ver. 5. — The hokn,] The sign of power and glory, Ps. cxii. 9; Ixxxix. 18 — 25; Luke i. G9. In 1 Chron. xxv. 5. mention is made of prophesies, ' to lift up the horn.' Veb. 6. — To ON high,] that is, aloft, or against the high God. With a stiff neck,] Like untamed oxen shaking off" the yoke of obedience. Or, ' speak not a hard thing' (as Ps. xxxi. \Q.)with a neck stretched out, that is, arrogantly, or ivith one neck, that is, with joint force : as ' heart,' in Ps. Ixxxiii. 6. is for one heart. Ver. 7. — The desert,] That is, the south or north: for deserts were on both ends of the land of Canaan. Promotion,] Or exaltation; or as the Gr. translateth, " desert of the mountains," that is, the mountainotis desert, meaning that preferment or deliverance comes not from any of the nations round about. The Heb. ' Harim,' is ambiguous, signifying both exaltation, and mountains. The Chald. maketh this para- phrase, " For there is none besides me, from tast to west, from the north the place of the desert, or from the south the place of the mountains." Ver. 8. — Abaseth one,] Heb. 'this' man. Another,] Heb. 'this' man. It may also be read, He {this God,) ' abaseth, and he advanceth." Ver. 9. — A cup,] To measure out afflic- tions; as Ps. ii. 6. a similitude often used; see Hab. ii. 16; Ezek. xxiii. 31, 32; Jer xxv, 28. The Chald. saith, " a cup of curse." Wine,] That is, tvrath or indignation, as is expressed, Jer. xxv. 15; Job xxi. 20; Rev. xiv. 10. Red,] Or, thick, troubled, jmiddy, noWng fierce indignation. The Gr. tnrneth it, "acratou merou," meaning strong ivine, not allayed. So in Rev. xiv. 10. where mere, or pure wine, meaneth great afflic- tions. The Gr. there is taken from this psalm. Of biixture,] That is, of liguor mixed, ready to be drunk : as ivisdom is said to have mixed her ivine, Prov. ix. 2. that is, ' tem- pered it ready.' So Rev. xiv. 10. The Chald. addeth, '"mixture of bitterness." He poureth out,] To wit, unto his own people, abiding them, as is expressed, Jer. xxv. 17, 18, 28, 29. The dregs,] The most grievous afflictions, as Isa. Ii. 17 — 22. Wring out,] Or, suck up, that k, feel and be aff'ected with it. So Ez. xxiii. 34; Isa. Ii. 17. Ver. 10. — Will shew,] To wit, thiswork of God, his mercy and judgment. The Chald. explaineth it, ' will shew thy mira- cles." Horns of the wicked,] Their power, dominion, and pride, whereby they afflict and scatter God"s people, Jer.xlviii. 25; Lam. ii. 3; Zach. i. 21; Rev. xvii. 12, 13. as by ' horns of the just man,' is meant his 'power, dominion, glory,' Ps. cxxxii. 17; xcii. 11; cxlviii. 14; 1 Sam. ii. 10. So the Chald. openeth it, " And I will humble all kingdoms, the high strength of the wicked." PSALM LXXVI. 567 for ever, will sing psalms to the God of Jacob. " And will hew off all the horns of the wicked; the horns of the just man shall be advanced. PSALMLXXVI. A declaration of God's majesty iJi the church, against her enemies. 1 2. An exhortation to serve him reverently. ^ To the master of the music on Neginoth, a Psalm of Asaph, a Song. "^ God is known in Judah, liis name is great in Israel. '' And in Shalem is his tabernacle, and his dwelling in Sion. * There brake he the burning arrows of the bow, the shield and the sword, and the war, Selah. * Bright, wondrous excellent art thou, more than the mountains of prey. * The mighty of lieart have yielded them- selves to the spoil ; they have slumbered their sleep, and none of the men of power have found their hands. ' At thy rebuke, O God Ver. 1. — On neginoth,] Or,with stringed instruments: see Ps, iv. 1. Of Asaph,] Or, to Asaph: seePs. 1. 1. Ver. 3. — Shalem,] Or Salem, the city of Melchisedek, Geii. xiv. IS, afterwards called Jerusalem ; whereof see the notes on Ps. li. 20. The Gr. translateth it, " in peace," which is the interpretation of the name Salem, as the apostle showeth, Heb. vii. 2. The Chald. paraphrase saith, <' Jerusalem." His tabernacle,] Or, tent, pavilion, which is both a mean dwelling, and a movable. Lev. xxiii. 42; 43; Heb. xi. 9, 10. For both Moses' tabernacle and Solomon's temple were mean cottages in respect of God's glory, 1 Kings viii. 27. Ver. 4. — Burning arrows,] Or, fiery darts, (as the apostle calleth the temptations of that wicked one, Eph. vi. 16.) The Heb, " Rishphei," is properly burning coals, Song viii. 6, figuratively here ' the glistering brass-headed arrows,' elsewhere the 'fiery thunder-bolts,' Ps. Ixxviii. 48; and ' burning plague,' Deut. xxxii. 24; Hab. iii. 5; likened to ' arrows,' Ps. xci. 5. Here it may lead us to mind this psalm, to celebrate the victories against Satan, figured by the vanouishing of the Assyrians, and other enemies, 2 Kings xix. 35. The Chald. explaineth it thus, " When the house of Israel did his will, he placed his divine majesty among them; there brake he the arrows and bows of people that warred ; shield, and sword, and battle-array, destroyed he for ever." Ani> the war,] That is, the army of v-arriors, the battle- array. See Ps. xxvii. 3. And thus Shalem, or peace, is maintained by breaking all war- like instruments : as Is. ii. 4, Ver. 5. — Bright,] Made light, that is, glorious : speaking to God, as ver. 7. Wondrous excellent,] Magnificent : see Ps. viii. 2. Mounts of prey,] The mountains of the lions and leopards. Song iv. 8, meaning the kingdoms of this world, which make prey and spoil one another like wild beasts, Dan. vii. 4 — 7, whom the Lamb on mount Zion excelleth in power and glory. Rev. xiv. 1; xvii. 14. Or, from the mounts of prey, that is, when thou comest from conquering the enemy, which lie in the mountains to make prey of thy people. Ver. G. — Mighty of heart,] Or, stotit, stubborn- hearted; a title of the wicked that are far from justice. Is. xlvi. 12, called here in Gr. "unwise in heart." Their sleep,] Their eternal sleep, Jer. li. 39, 57, 'the sleep of death,' Ps. xiii. 4. So in the next verse. None of,] Heb. "all" (or "any) have not found," that is, no7ie found. So 1 John iii. 15, 'every man-slayer hath not,' that is, nojie hath life. See also Ps. cxliii. 2. Men of power,] Able men, for strength, courage, and riches, (in which last sense the Gr. taketh it here) these did not resist, or cotdd not, as Ps. Ixxvii. 5. They were not able (as the Chald. saith) " to take their weapons in their hands. Ver. 7. — Tht rebuke,] That is, puntsh' 568 PSALMS. of Jacob, botli cliariot and liorse liatli been cast asleep. ^ Thou, thou art feai-ful, and who shall stand before thee when thou art angry ? ^ From the heavens tliou causedst judgment to be heard ; the cartli feared, and was still. '° Wlien God arose to judgment to save all the meek of the earth, Selah. " Surely the wrathful lieat of men shall confess thee, the remnant of the wrathful heats, thou wilt gird. '■' Vow ye, and pay to Jeliovah your God : all they that be round about him, let them bring a present to the Fear. " To him that gathereth as grapes the spirit of the governors, that is fearful to the kings of tlie earth. ment, destruction: see Ps. ix. 6. ChaRxM,] That is, priiu-es and captains riding on cliariots and horses, on which they were wont of old to fight, Judg. iv. 3 ; 1 Kings xxii. 31, 34. These by God's rebuke have been slain, as in the camp of Asshur, 2 Kings xix. 35, and the host of antichrist, Rev. xix. 18, —21. Ver. 8. — When tho0 art anghy,] Heb. " from then " (that is, from the time of) thine anger, after thine anger is once kindled. Ver. 9. — The earth,] Or, the land; which the Chald. understandeth thus ; " the land of the heathens feared, the land of Israel was quiet." Ver. 11. — Shall confess thee,] That is, shall turn to thy praise, when thy people are delivered from the rage of their foes. The RE.MNAiNT,] Or, the remainder, that is, thy people ' which remain ' and perish not in the jages of the wicked. Thou wilt gird,] To wit, tvithjoyf Illness, that they shall sing praise to thee; as the Gr. explaineth it, " shall keep a feast to thee." As in Joel. i. 13, 'Gird ye,' there is understood, tvith sorrow, or sack-cloth : so here seemeth to be understood Joy or gladness, wherewith persons (or tilings) are said to be ' girded,' Ps. XXX, 12; Ixv. 13, or, 'thou wilt gird' with strength, as Ps. xviii. 40. Or if we refer it to the hot rage of the wicked, "the residue thereof thou wilt gird," that is, blitid or restrain from attempting further evil. Ver. 12. — Vow ye,] Men in danger, or delivered from it, were wont to make vows unto God, Gen. xxviii. 20 ; Jonah i. IC; Ps. Ixvi. 13, 14. RouKD ABOUT HiJi,] A des- cription of his people, as the twelve tribes pitched round about the tabernacle, Num. ii. 2, and the four and twenty elders were round about God's throne, lie v. iv. 4. So the Chald. expoundeth it, "ye that dwell about his sanctuary. To the fear,] That is, the most fearful God, called Fear or Terror, for more reverence and excellency, nntowhom all fear is due, as Is. viii. 12, 13; Mai. i. 6. So Jacob called God ' the Fear of his father Isaac,' Gen. xxxi. 53. And this was per- formed when after Asshur's overthrow, ' many brought offerings to the Lord,' 2 Chron. xxxii. 21, 23. Ver. 13. — To him that gathereth,] So the Gr. " to him that taketh away: " or we may read, He gathereth, (or cutteth off as in vintage ;) a similitude from grape-gatherers; w hich cut oti' the dusters of the vines ; applied here to the cutting off the lives of men. The like is in Ilev. xiv. 18—20, also in Judg. xx. 45. The Chald. explaineth it, " To him that represseth the pride of the spirit of governors; God, to be feared above all kings of the earth." Governors,] Or Princes, captains, that lead and go before the people. So God's angel destioyed all the valiant men, and princes, and captains in the camp of the king of Assyria, 2 Chron. xxxii. 21. PSALM L X X V 1 1. 569 PSALM LXXVIL The Psalmist showeth rchat fierce combat he had with difiidence. 1 1 . The victory which he had by consideration of God's great and gracious works done of old. ' To the Master of the music, to Jeduthun, a Psalm of Asaph. ^ My voice was to God, and I cried out : my voice was to God, and lie gave ear unto me, ^ In day of my distress I sought the Lord, my hand by night stretched out and ceased not, my soul refused to be comforted. * I remembered God, and made a troubled noise ; I meditated, and my spirit was overwhelmed, Selah. ^ Thou hcldest the watches of mine eyes, I was stricken amazed and could not speak. ° I recounted tlie days of antiquity, the years of ancient times. ' I remembered my melody in the niglit ; with my heart I meditated, and my spirit searched diligently. ^ Will the Lord cast off to eternity, and not add favourably to accept any more ? ^ Is his mercy ceased to perpetuity ; is his word ended to generation and generation ? '" Hatli God forgotten to be gracious ; hatli he shut up in anger his tender mercy, Selah ? " And I said, Doth tliis make me sick, the change of tlie right hand of the Most High ? ''^ I will record the actions of Jah ; surely, I will remember thy miracle Ver. 1. — To Jeduthun,] Or, for him : see Ps. xxxix. 1 ; Ixii. 1. Ver. 2.— He gave ear.] So the Gr. explaiiieth the Heb. phrase "to give ear:" see the like Ps. Ixv. ] 1. Ver. 3. — Sought the Lord,] In Chald. " sought instruction fiom before the Lord, and the spirit of prophecy rested upon me." Stretched out,] Or, Jloived, was poured out, that is, ' was stretched out' in prayer: (a vehe- ment figurative speecli, like that of 'pouring out the heart,' Ps. Ixii. 9), or, was wet with continual wiping of mine eyes: or by ' hand ' may be meant 'plague 'or 'soi-e' (as in Job xxiii. 2), which continually ran. The Chald. expoundeth it, " by night mine eye dropped tears, and ceased not." Ver. 4. — Meditated,] Or, prayed. See Ps. Iv. 3, 18. Overwhelmed,] Or, eoz;erefi? itself, that is, 'swooned' or 'fainted' with sorrow; so Ps. cxlii. 4; cxliii. 4; cvii. 5; Lam. ii. 12. Ver. 5. — The watches,] Or, the ivards, custodies, (that is, as the Chald. explaiiieth it, "the lids) of mine eyes," so that Icainiot sleep. Stricken amazed,] Beaten with terror, ' as with a hammer ; ' or, as the Gr. saith, "troubled." So Dan. ii. 1, 3; Gen. xli. S. CoDLD NOT SPEAK,] So the Heb. phrase" speak not," is sometimes to be inter- VoL, II. 4 preted: as, 'who shall judge,' 2 Chron. i. 10, for which in 1 Kings iii. 9, is written, ♦ who can (or, is able to) judge.' So Ps. Ixxviii. 20. Ver. 6. — Of ancient times,] Or, of etertiities, that is, ' of ages ' past. Tin's he. did according to the commandment, Deut. xxxii. 7 ; for former histories are written for our learning, Rom. xv. 4 ; 1 Cor. x. 11. Ver. 7. — Mr melody,] Or, musical play, to wit, how I had beforetime played, and sung songs of praise for thy benefits ; (see P^:. xxxiii. 2, 3), or, 'I remembered my music,' and took my instrument, and thus I sung. Spirit searched,] In Chald. "the know- ledge of my spirit searched marvellous things." Ver. 11. — Doth this make me sick.] Doth it grieve and weaken me, that the right, hand (the administration) of God is changed, and he keepeth not one constant course in his works? The prophet seemethto check him- self, for his infirmity. Or, (taking it not for a question) ' it maketh me sick; ' or, 'this is my infirmity.' The change,] Or, that changed is ; for so the Heb. phrase, " to change," may be resolved. Ver. 12. — Will v.ts.cord,] f Fill remember for myself, and mention to others. The Heb. implieth both these, by a double reading. Miracle,] That is, ' miracles ' or " wondrous C 570 PSALMS. from antiquity. " And I will meditate of all thy work, and will discourse of thy practices, " O God, thy way is in the sanctuary ; who is so great a God as God? '* Tliou art the God that doest a marvellous work, thou hast made known thy strength among the people. '^ Thou hast redeemed thy people with arm, the sons of Jacob and of Joseph, Selah, " The waters saw thee, O God, tlie waters saw thee, they trembled, also the deeps were stirred. '* The clouds streamed down waters, the skies gave out a voice, also thine arrows walked about. ^^ The voice of thy thunder was in the round air; lightnings illuminated the v/orld, the eartli was stirred, and quaked. ^'^ Thy way was in the sea, and thy paths in tlie many waters, and thy footsteps were not known. ^' Thou didst lead thy people like a flock, by the hand of Moses and Aaron. works " (as the Gr. explaineth it) all and every of them, done of old. So after in verse 15. Ver. 13. — Discourse,] Or, meditate, intreat of, both ia mind and talk. Ver. 14. — In the sanctuary,] Or, in sanctity, in the holy place, as the Greek turneth it: meaning, it is most holy, and secret, hidden from the eyes of the world, as holy things were hidden in the sanctuary, especially the ark and cherubims where God sat. So as it was not lawful for people or priests to see them, Num. iv. 6, 7, 15, 20; Lev. xvi. 2. Compare also herewith, Ps. Ixxiii. 16, 17. TheChald. translateth,"0 God, how holy are thy ways." A God,] Or, a mighty One, a Potentate: Heb. uEl. So in the next verse. As God,] In Gr., " as our God : " in Chald. " as the God of Israel." Ver. 15. — Marvellous work,] That is, works, wonders. This is taken from Exod. XV. 11. Ver. 16. — With arm,] That is, with power: an arm stretched out, as Exod. vi. 6, in Gr., " with thine arm." Of Jacob,] That is, Me tribes of Israel, born of him. Of Joseph,] Tliis may be meant (as the Chald. paraphrast taketh it) of all the Israel- ites whom Joseph nourished. Gen. xlv. 10, 1 1 ; 1. 21 ; called therefore his sons ; or in special of the tribes of Ephraim and Manasses, the sons of Joseph, noted from the rest, for more honour. Compare also herewith Ps. Ixxx. 2, 3. Ver. 17. — The waters,] Of the Red sea, Exod. xiv. 21; Ps. cxiv. 3. The Chald. paraphraseth, " They saw thy divine Majesty from the midst of the sea, O God." Trembled,] Or were pained, as a woman in travail. So Ps. xxix. 8; xcvii. 4. Ver. 18. — Streamed,] Or, gushed with a tempest. These things were when the Lord looked unto the host of the Egyptians out of the fiery and cloudy pillar, and so feared and hindered them with stormy tempests, that their chariot wheels fell ofij &c. Exod. xiv. 24, 25. And thus Israel 'was baptized in the cloud and in the sea,' 1 Cor. x. 1, 2. Thine arrows,] Meaning hail-stones. See Ps. xviii. 15 ; Jos. x. 11. Ver. 19. — In the round air,] In the sphere or globe. The air is so called of the round form, which it (with all the heavens) hath. Of the thunder in the air, see Job xxxvii. 2-5; Ps. xxix. Ver. 20. — Thy way,] Wherein thou wentest, and leddest thy people; confounding thy foes, Exod. xiv. 19, 20, 22 ; Neh. ix. 11. So elsewhere, 'his way' is 'in the whirlwind,* Nah. i. 3. Were not known,] To wit, before that time ; nor after, for 'the waters returned to their force, and drowned the Egyptians:' Exod. xiv. 27. So his other ways 'are past finding out,' Rom. xi. S3, that men must ' walk by faith, not by sight, 2 Cor. v. 7. Ver. 23.' — Lead thy people,] Through the sea, and after through the wilderness towards Canaan, Moses being their king, and Aaron their priest. The memory of which mercy is often celebrated, Deut. viii. 2 — 5, 15; xxxii. 10; Jer. ii. 2, 6; Amos. ii. 10; Mic, vi. 4 J Ps. cxxxvi. 16 j Acts vii. 35, 36. PSALM LXXVIII. 571 PSALM LXXVIIL An exhortation hoth to learn and to preach the law of God. 9. The story of God^s wrath against the incredulous and disobedient Israelites. 67. Ephraim being refused, God chose Judah, Zion, and David. ' An instructing psalm of Asaph. Give ear, my people, to my law, incline your ear to the words of my mouth. ^ I will open my mouth in a parable, I will utter hid things of antiquity. ^ Which we have heard, and have known them, and our fathers have told us. * We will not hide from their sons, to the generation after, telling the praises of Jehovah -. his power also, and his marvel which he hath done. * How he established a testimony in Jacob, and put a law in Israel, which he commanded our fathers, to make them known to their sons. ^ That the gene- ration after, sons that should be born, might know, might rise up and tell tlieir sons. ' And they might put their constant hope in God, and not forget the acts of God, and might keep his command- ments. 8 And not be as their fathers, a generation perverse and rebellious: a generation that prepared not aright their heart, and whose spirit was not faithful with God, ^ The sons of Ephraim armed shooting with bow, turned back in tlie day of battle. " They keep not the covenant of God, and in his law they refused to walk. " And forgat liis actions, and his marvellous works which he had sliewed them. '^ Before their fathers, he had done a miracle in the Ver. 1. — Mt law,] Or, doctrine, for of Veb. 5. — Stablished,] Or, reared up. it the law hath the name in Heb.; see Ps. Testimony,] Or, witness, meaning the xix. 8. ' Christ' speaketh in this psalm to 'covenant:' see Ps. xix. S. In Jacob,] his people, as the next verse shovveth. So Among the Israelites, the children of Jacob. Isa. li. 4. To THEIR SONS,] All their posterity, as Deut. Ver. 2. — In a parable,] That is, in, iv. 9, ' teach them thy sons, and thy sons' (or with) parables, as the Holy Spirit ex- sons.' So Deut. vi. 6, 7, 21. poundeth, Mat. xiii. 34, 35. ' All these Ver. 8 — Perverse,] 0\-,frori'ard, stub- things Jesus spake to the multitude in para- born. So Israel is noted to be, Ex. xxxii. 9, bles, &c. that it might be fulfilled which was Deut. xxxi. 27. spoken by the prophet, saying, I will open Ver. 9. — Ephraim,] The ten tribes of my mouth in parables.' &c.' Here the narra- Israel, of which Ephraim was chief, though tion and applying of ancient histories are they were valiant warriors, yet for their sins called parables, because all these things fell before their enemies, 1 Kings xvii. Hos. came unto our fathers as types, and were x. II — 14. Some understand it of that written to admonish us,' I Cor. X. 11. What slaughter of Ephraim's sons mentioned, 1 a 'parable' meaneth, see Ps. xlix. 5. Will Chron. vii. 21—23. which was while their utter,] Or, well out, as from a spring or father lived in Egypt. fountain. HiD things,] So the Holy Spirit Ver. 10. — Refused to walk,] As 2 expoundeth it in Gr. Mat. xiii. 35.; the Heb. Kings xvii. 14, 15, 'they would not obey word signifying sharp or obscure speeches, but hardened their necks, &c. and refused his or riddles : see Ps. xlix. 5. Of antiquity,] statutes and his covenant, which he made understand, which are of antiquity, that is, with their fathers,' &c. ancient Vnmgs 'since the foundation of the Ver. 12. — A miracle,] That is, mira- world,' Mat. xiii. 35. cles, marvels, as in verse 2. parable is for 572 PSALMS. land of Egypt, the field of Tsoan, '^ He cleft tlie sea and made thorn pass tlirough, and made the waters to stand as an heap. '^ And led them with a cloud by day, and all tlie night with a light of fire. '^ He clave the rock in tlie wilderness, and gave drink as out of the great deeps. "* And brought forth streams out of the rock, and made waters descend like rivers. " And they added yet sin to sin against him, to provoke bitterly the Most High in the dry desert. '^ And tempted God in their heart, asking meat for tlieir soul. "^ And they spake, against God they said. Can God furnish a table in the wilderness ? "" Lo he smote tlie rock, and waters gushed out, and streams overflowed -. can he also give bread ; or can he prepare flesh for his people ? ^' Therefore Jehovah heard, and was exceeding angry, and fire was kindled against Jacob j and also anger came up against Israel. ^^ Because they believed not in God, and trusted not in liis salvation. '■^'^ Though he had commanded the skies from above, and opened the doors of heaven. ^* And rained upon them manna to eat, and the wlieat of heaven he gave to them. ^' Man did eat the bread of the mighties, he sent parables. Of tsoan,] Or of Tunis, as the Gr. and Chald. calleth it. It was a cliief city in " Egy|)f," and the king's court or palace^ and a place of great antiquity, Isa. xxx. 3, 4; Num. xiii, 23. And 'tlie field of Tsoan,' is the country or territories of that city, as ' the field of Edom,' Gen. xxxii. 3, 'the field of Moab,' Gen. xxxvi. 35; Num. xxi. 20. So after, verse 43. Ver. 13. — Cleft the sea,] The Red sea, where the Israelites were baptized, Ex. xiv, 1 Cor. X. 2. Ver. 14. — A cloud,] To shadow them from the sun; and to guide them in their journeys : a figure of God's protection over liis churcii, and guidance of ihe same, Ex. xiii. 21 ; xl. 38; Num. ix. 17—22 ; Neh. ix. 19 ; Isa. iv. 5. Ver. 15. — The rocks,] Once at Horeb. Ex. xvii. 6. and again at Cadesh, Num. xx. J, 11. Tiie 'Rock' was spiritually 'Christ,' 1 Cor. X. 4. Great deeps,] That is, the great deep, as the Gr. turneth it: the phrase is taken from Gen. vii. 11, though here deeps is put for deep, for the more vehemency, or, for every of the great deeps. Or we may turn it, as in deeps very much, to wit, drink. Ver. 17. — To provoke bitterly,] By rebellion, exasperating and causing wratli and bitterness, as botii the Heb. and Gr. words signify, Ps. v. 11; Heb. iii. 16. Ver. 18. — For their soul,] That is, ' their lust, their appetite:' see Ps. xxvii. 12. Ver. 20. — Bread,] That is generally, food, Ps. cxxxvi. 25, and particularly ' flesh,' as after is explained, and the Heb. 'lechem' sometimes signifieth. Lev. iii. 1 1 ; Num. ' xxviii. 2. Of this their lusting, see Num. xi. 4, &c. Can he prepare,] Ihe word can is again to be repeated from the former sen- tence. See also the note on Ps. Ixxvii. 5. Vee. 21. — Ascended,] That is, burned: ioY fire mounteth upward: so verse 31. Ver. 24. — Manna,] Or as in Heb. man, a small round thing like coriander seed, col- oured like hdeilium, (that is, like wax, and clear, but white) liard, to be ground in mills, or pounded ; of it cakes were made, whose taste was like the best fresh oil, and like wafers made with honey. When the dew fell on the host by night, the manna fell with it; when the dew was ascended, the manna appeai'ed like the hoar frost on the earth ; then the people gathered it, for when the heat of the sun came, it was melted. It was a meat which they knew not, nor their fathers : when they saw it, tiiey said, ' It is manna,' (that \<, a ready meat, or What is this ?) for they wist not what it was : and Moses said, ' This is the bread which the Lord hath given you to eat,' Num. xi. 7 — 9 ; Ex. xvi. 14, 15, 31 ; Deut. viii. 3. Of this they had to eat forty years in the wilderness, till they came into CanaaJi, Ex. xvi. 35; Josh. v. 12. It was a figure of Christ and his spiritual graces, John vi. 31—33; Rev. ii. 17. Ver. 25. — Man did eat,] Or, Every one did eat. Bread of the mighties,] That is, " vi the angels," (as the Chald. and Gr. explaineth it) whicli are ' mighty in strength,' Ps. ciii. 20, and manna is ca.\\ed their bread, either because by their ministry God sent it, PSALM LXXVIII. 573 them meat to satiety. '^^ He made an east-wind to pass forth in the lieavens, and brought on a sonth-wind by bis strength. ^' And rained flesli upon them as dust ; and feathered fowl, as the sand of the seas. ^^ And made it fall in the midst of his camp, round about his dwelling-places. "" And they did eat and were filled vehe- mently, and their desire lie brought unto them. ^^ They were not estranged from their desire, their meat laas yet in their mouth. ^' When the anger of God came up against tliem, and slew of the fat of tliem, and smote down the choice young men of Israel. ^' For all this they sinned yet, and believed not for his marvellous works. ^^ And he consumed their days in vanity, and their years in hasty terror. ^* When he slew them, then they sought him, and returned, and souglit God early. ^' And remembered that God was their Rock, and the most high God their Redeemer. ^'^ But they flatteringly allured him with their mouth, and with their tongue they lied to him. " For their heart was not firmly prepared with him, neither were they faithful in his covenant. ^® And lie beinff or because it came from heaven, " the habita- tion of angels," as the Chald. paraphraseth, or because it was excellent, so as the angels, (if they needed any food) miglit eat it. So the ' tongue of angels ;' 1 Cor. xiii. 1, is the most sweet and excellent tongue. Or by 'mighties,' we may understand the mighty heavens. Meat,] The Heb. " tsedah," properly sigiiifieth veidson, that is, meat caught tvith hunting ; but generally is used for all food. So Ps. cxxxii. 15. To sati- ety,] Or enough : for every man liad an omer full (tiiat is, the tenth part of an ephah or bushel') of manna for a day, Ex. xvi. 16, 36.; and of flesh they had store, till it came out at their nostrils, and was loatli- some unto them, Num. xi. 19, 20. Ver. 26. — Brought on,] Led or drove forward; as Num. xi. 31. 'Then there went forth a wind from the Lord, and brought quails from the sea, &c. Ver. 27. — Flesh as dust,] That is, quails in great abundance ; so that he that gathered least, gathered ten omers full, (that is, one ephah or bushel :) for ' one ephah' con- tained ' ten omers,' Num. xi. 32 ; E::ek. xlv. 11. Ver. 2S. — l\iAT)E IT FALL,] The flesh, tlie quails, being fat and heavy fowl, and by the moist south-east wind made more heavy, fell upon the camp a day 'sjonrney on each side, round about the host, and they were about two cubits above the earth, Num. xi. 31. His camp,] The Lord's, because he dwelt among them, Num. v. 3, called elsewhere ' the hosts of the Lord,' Ex. xii. 41, or ' his,' that is, 'Israel's:' so verse 63, 64. Ver. 30 — They were not estranged,] That is (as the Gr. explaineth it) " they were not deprived," their desired meat was not taken away from them; as it is written, ' The flesh was yet between their teeth, it was not yet cut off :' (that is, taken from them, as Joel i. 5,) ' and the wrath of the Lord was kindled against the people,' Num. xi. 33; or it may be understood of their afi'ections, and lust, not yet changed- Ver. 31. — i^scExNOEP,] That is, burned, as verse 21. Tin's is meant of the plague wherewith God smote the people. Num. xi. 33, 34. Fat,] That is, ' the chief and strongest,' as Judg. iii. 29. So weak, poor, or base men, are called 'lean' or 'thin,' Ps. xli. 2. Fat, (or fatnesses) is here figura. lively put ior fat persons. See the notes on Ps. xxxvi. 12, cvi. 15. Choice yodng MEN,] Young men are called chosen, because they are selected for wars, and other service- able aflairs, when ancient men are let rest, Num. i. 3; viii. 24 — 26; Ex. xxiv. 5. Ver. 33. — Hasty teerorJ Or, ' a sud- den plague,' as was threatened, Lev. xxvi. 16. Ver. 36. — Flatteringly allubed,] Or deceived, that is, went about to deceive, by persuading flattering words. Ver. 37. — Firmly prepared,] ' Aright settled, ready and stable,' as is the heart of the godly, Ps. cxi.7; Ivii. 8. Ver. 3S. — Mercifully covered,] i1/«(/e expiation, and forgave : sol's. Ixv. 4; Ixxix. 9. CoRRUPTEP,] That is, 'destroyed utterly:' so Deut. iv. 31. Multiplied to TURN,] That is, much and oft^.n turned atvay his anger. 574 PSALMS. compassionate, mercifully covered iniquity and corrupted not, but multiplied to turn away his anger, and did not stir up all his wrath- ful heat. ^^ For he remembered that they were flesh, a wind that goeth and shall not return. ^" How oft did they bitterly provoke him in the wilderness, grieve him in the desert ! ""^ For they returned and tempted God, and limited the holy One of Israel. "^ Tliey remembered not his hand, nor the day in which he had redeemed them from the distresser. ^^ When he put his signs in Egypt, and his wonders in the field of Tsoan. " And turned their rivers into blood, and tlieir streams, that they could not drink. ^' He sent among them a mixed swarm which did eat them, and the frog which corrupted them. ^* And lie gave their fruit to the caterpillar, and their labour to the locust. " He killed their vine with hail, and their wild fig-trees with the blasting hailstone. Ver. 39. — Flesh,] That is, weak and corrupt. See Ps. Ivi. 5. A wind,] Man's life is ' a vapour that appeareth for a little time, and afterwards vanisheth away,' Jam. iv. 14. Ver. 40. — How oft,] Ten times (as the Lord said, Num. xiv. 22.) this people tempted him, and obeyed not his voice. 1. At the Red sea, for fear of the Egyptians, Ex. xiv. 11, 12. 2. At Marah, where they wanted drink, Ex. xv. 23, 24. 3. In the wilderness of Sin, where they wanted meat, Ex. xvi. 2. 4. In keeping manna till the morrow, which God had forbidden, Ex. xvi. 20. 5. In going out for manna on the Sab- bath day, Ex. xvi. 27,28. 6. At 'Rephi- dim,' murmuring for lack of water, Ex. xvii. 1 — 3. 7. At Horeb, where they made the golden calf, Ex. xxxii. 8. In Taberah, murmuring for tediousness of their way, Num. xi. 1. 9 At Kibroth-hataavah, where they lusted for flesh. Num. xi. 4. 10. In Paran, where they refused the land of Canaan, being discouraged by their spies, Num. xiv. 1, 2, &c. And after this they sinned seven times; as 1. In pressing to go fight, when God forbade them, Num. xiv. 44, 45. 2- In the rebellion of Korah, Dathan and Abiram, Num. xvi. 1, &c. 3. In the murmuring for the death of Korah and his company. Num. xvi. 41, &c. 4. At Meribah, murmuring for lack of water, Num. XX. 2, 3, &c. 5. For grief of their way, murmuring and loathing manna, Num. xxi. 4, 5, &c. At ' Shitlim,' committing whoredom with the daughters of Moab. 7. And in the same place, coupling themselves to Baal-peor, and eating tlie sacrifices of the dead. Num. xxv. I — 3, &c. V^R. 41. — Returned and tempted,] That is, eftsoones, again and again tempted; contrary to the Law, Dent. vi. 16. Limi- ted,] Prescribed limits, bound or marks; as before, verse 20. Ver. 44.— To blood,] The first of the ten plagues, wherewith God smote the . Egyptians, which had drowned his children in their rivers, Ex. vii. 19 — 21 ; i. 22; whereto agreeth the third vial of wrath poured out on Antichrist's kingdom, spiritually called Egypt, Rev. xvi. 4, 6 ; xi. 8. Ver. 45. — A mixed sw.^rm,] ^ mixture, sundry sorts of flies, vermin, or hurtful beasts: by the Gr. they were "flies;" by the Chald. " mixtures of wild beasts." It was the fourth plague of Egypt : see Ex. viii. 24. The frog,] That is, frogs, (as after- ward caterpillar, locust, for locusts, &c.) The second plague of Egypt, Ex. viii. 6. figures of ' unclean spirits, which gather the kings of the world to the battle of the great day of God,' Rev. xvi. 13, 14. Corrupted,] That is, marred and destroyed. Ver. 46.— Their fruit,] All that grows out of the earth. Caterpillar,] ^ ?/;o»7n that consumeth and spoileth grass and fruits, Joel i. 4. IjOcvm:, "] Or, grasshopper, {yih\c\i have their name of their multitude, for they fly many together, Prov. xxx. 27; Nah. iii. 15; Judg. vi. 5.) Locusts in those coun- tries fly in the air multitudes together ; and wheresoever they fall, they devour every green thing. This was the eighth plague of Egypt, whereby all herbs and fruits were consumed, Ex. x. 14, 15. Figures of Antichrist's ministers, Rev. ix. 3, 4, &c. Ver. 47. — Blasting hailstone,] A word no where found but in this place. The seventh plague of Egypt was grievous hail mixed with fire, that killed ' men, beasts, herbs and trees,' Ex. ix. 24, 25. So in Rev. PSALM LXXVIII. 575 ** And lie shut up their cattle to the hail, and their flocks of cattle to the lightnings. ^^ He sent among them the burning of his anger, exceeding wrath, and indignation, and distress, by the sending of the messengers of evOs. '" He weigiied out a path to his anger, he withheld not their soul from deatli, and their wild beast lie shut up to the pestilence. *' And smote all the first-born in Egypt, the beginning of strengths in the tents of Cham. ^^ And he made his people pass through as sheep, and led them on as a flock in the wilderness. " And led them in confident safety, and they dreaded not, and the sea covered their enemies. " And he brought fhem to the border of his holiness : this mountain, which his right banc purchased. ^' And he cast out the heathen from their faces, and made them fall in the line of possession, and made the tribes of Is- rael to dwell in their tents. *^ And they tempted and bitterly pro- voked the most high God, and kept not his testimonies. " But xvi. 21, 'hail of talent-weight' falleth on blasphamers. Ver. 4S. — He shut cp,] That is, gave: see P.--. xxxi. 6, so verse 50. Lightnings,] Or, the flying fire-coals, thunderbolts : see this word, Ps. Ixx. 4. The Gr. tuineth it, " fire." Vbr. 49. — Messengers,] Or, Angels of evils, or as the Gr. saith, "evil angels:" such indeed God useth to punish men by, Job i. 12, 16, &c. The Chald. also trans- lateth, " sent by the hand of them that do evil." But hereby may be meant Moses and Aaron, whom the Lord sent to denounce these plagues before they came, and by their hand brotght them on Egypt, Ex. vii. 12, 19; viii. 1, 2, 5, 16, 21; ix. 14, 15, &c. Ver. 50. — He weighed,] To wit, making his punishments proportionable to their sins and obstinacy : for as men increase sin, so doth God judgment, Lev. xxvi. 21, 23, 24,27,28. Wild beast,] That is, beasts, which have their name of 'liveliness' (as is noted, Ps. Ixviii. 11,) therefore some turn it here, life, but the Gr. plainly saith " cattle." The fifth plague of Egypt was the pest or murrain of all beasts and rattle, Ex, ix. 3. Vkr. 51. — The first-born,] The tenth and last plague was the death of all the first- lings of Egypt, in the night that Israel kept the passover, and departed the land, Ex. xii. 27 — 30. The 'first-born' usually ministered to God : but God smote all such idolatrous ministers in Egypt, and upon their gods also he did execution, Num. xxxiii. 4, but spared the first-boru of Israel, by the blood of the Lamb ; and after chose the tribe of Levi to minister in their stead. Num. iii. 40, 41, 45; viii. 16 — 19. Beginning of STRENGTH,] Or, chief est of painful mights: so the eldest child is named, Gen. xlix. 3; Deut. xxi. 17. Therefore were they to be given to the Lord. Tents of Cham,] Or Shem, the dwellings of the Egyptians, which were the posterity of Cham, the son of Noah, Gen. X. 6. See the Note on Ps. Ixviii. 32. Ver. 52 — His people pass forth,] The Israelites took their journeys from Rameses, Ex. xii. 37, see Ps. Ixxvii. 21. Ver. 54. — Border of his holiness,] His holy border; meaning the land of Canaan, sanctified to be the possession of his people, and limited in all the borders of it,asNum. xxxiv. 2,3 — 12, or, border of his sanctuary. This mountain,] That is, mountainous country, Canaan, called ' a land of mountains' and 'valleys,' Deut. xi. 11. So Ex. XV. 17. Or in special he may mean mount Zion : whereof after in verse 68. Ver. 55. — The heathens,] The seven mighty nations of Canaan, where Joshua and Israel killed one and thirty kings, Deut. vii. I ; Josh. xii. 7 — 24. Made them fall in the line,] That is, made their country fall out by line and measure, to be the inhe- ritance of Israel, Josh. xv. xvi. xvii. Tribes,] The posterity of the twelve sons of ' Israel,' called tribes, after the Roman name, where at first the whole multitude was divided into three parts, called thereof tribes : but the Heb. namesignifieth "staves" or ''rods," as growing out of one stock or tree, and these were twelve, Num. xiii. 3, 5 — 16. Ver. 56. — And they tempted,] The Israelites, notwithstanding all former mercies, tempted God and sinned in Canaan their possession, as is manifested in the book of Judges. Ver. 57. — Like their fathers,] Whose carcasses fell in the wilderness. For of six 576 PSALMS. turned back and unfaithfully transgressed like their fatliers ; they were turned like a warping bow. " And provoked him to anger by tlieir higli places, and by their graven idols they stirred Inni to jealousy. *" God heard, and was exceeding wroth, and vehemently abhorred Israel. ^'^ And he forsook the dwelling-place of Sliiloh, tlie tent he liad placed for a dwelling among earthly men. ^^ And gave his strength into captivity, and liis beauteous glory into the hand of tlie distresser. ^^ And shut up his people to the sword, and was exceeding wroth with his inheritance. " The fire did eat their choice young men, and their virgins were not praised. " Tlieir priests fell by the sword, and their widows wept not. ®' And the Lord awaked as one out of sleep, as a mighty one shouting after wine. *'* And smote his distressers behind, he gave them eternal reproach. " And he refused the tent of Joseph, and chose not the hundred thou=;and men that came out of Egypt, not anyone that came into Canaan, save Caleb and Joshua, Ex. xxxviii. 26: Num. xiv. 29, 30; xxvi. 64, 65. A w.vrping bow,] Or, Bow of deceit, tliat shooteth awry, and so deceiveth; so Flos. vii. 16. Ver. 6S. — High PLACES,] Temples, chapels, and consecrated places on mountains, where the nations used to sacrifice, and Israel imi- tated them. Num. xxxiii. 52; Deut. xii. 2; 1 Kings xi. 7; xii. 31, 32; xiv. 23. To jEALOnsr,] To jealous anger, for which ' a man will not spare in the day of vengeance, nor can bear the sight of any ransom,' Prov. vi. 34, 35; unto this, God is moved by idolatry, which is spiritual ' fornication,' Ex. xx. 4, 5 ; Deut. xxxi. 16, 17; xxxii. 21. Ver. 69. — Abhorred,] Or, refused, with loathsomeness and contempt; so after, verse G7. Ver. 60. — The dwelling-place,] The tabernacle set in Shiloh, 1 Sam. i. 3. There God dwelt among men, Ex. xxix. 44, 45—16. Ver. 61. — His strength,] The Ark of his covenant, (called 'the ark of his strength,' Ps. cxxxii. S.) this was taken captive by the Philistines, 1 Sam. iv. 11. The Chald. translateth it, " his law." Beauteous GLORY.] Or fairness, magnificence; meaning the ark foiementioned, as Phinehas' wife said, ' the glory is departed from Israel ; for the ark of God is taken,' 1 Sam. iv. 20, 22. Ver. 62.— Shot up] That is, ' delivered his people to the sword of the Philistines, who killed thirty thousand Israelites,' 1 Sam. iv. 10. Ver. 63.— The fire,] That is, God's wrath, by the sword of the Philistines, as verse 21. So in Ez. xxx. 8, afire in Egypt, signifleth (as the Chald. there expoundeth ifi "a people strong like fire." Were not praised,] By hymns, and songs, as was used at their espousals and marriages; that is, they ivere not married. Ver. 64. — Their priests,] Hophni and Phinehas, 1 Sam. iv. 11. The Heb. is sin- ■ gulaily, "his priests," and so before and after, his choice young men, &c. meaning Israel, who is spoken of, as of one man. But the scripture useth these phrases inditfer- ently; as, ' all Edom was servants,' 2 Sam. viii. 14, for in 1 Chron. xviii. 13, is wiitten, ' all Edom were servants.' Of this name the priests, see Ps. xcix. 6. Wept not,] That is, lamented not at their funeral, for Phinehas' wi!'e herself died in travail, 1 Sam. iv. 19, 20. Ver. 65. — Awaked,] ' Stirred up himself to punish the Philistines, whereas before he seemed to sleep,' as Ps. xliv. 24. After WINE,] Or, by reason of wine ^ that is, when he hath drunk wine, which cheereth and encourageth the heart; so did God behave himself. Ver. 66. — Behind,] that is, in the hinder secret parts: (as the Chald. addeth, "with emerods in their hinder parts:") for so God smote the Philistines with piles or hemorrhoids for abusing his ark, 1 Sam. v. 1, 6, 9, 12. Eternal reproach,] By this punishment, and the monuments thereof; for the Philis- tines were forced to make similitudes of the hemorrhoids and secret parts, of gold, and send with the ark home to Israel, as an ol)latiou for their sin, 1 Sam. vi. 4, 5, 11, 15, 17. Ver. 67. — He refused,] Or, abhorred, despised, as ver. 59. The tent of Joseph,] That is, the tribe of Ephraim, the son of Joseph, where the tabernacle and ark had remained manyyears in Shiloh : God returned not the ark thither, but to Bethshemesh and PSALM LXXIX. 577 tribe of Ephraim. *^ But he chose tlie tribe of Judali, the mouiit Zion wliich he loved. *' And builded liis sanctuary like high places, like the earth which he founded for ever. '° And he chose David his servant, and took him from the folds of sheep. ^' From after the ewes with young brought he liim, to feed Jacob his peo- ple, and Israel his possession. '^ And he fed them according to the perfection of his heart, and by the discretion of Iiis hands led he them. Kirjath-jearim, cities of Judah, 1 Sam. vi. 12; vii. 1, 2. Wherefore Shiloh is used after for an example of judgment, Jer. vii. 12, 14; xxvi. 6, 9. Or this may be meant of the ten tribes of Israel, (of whom Ephraim of Joseph was chieO which were cast off for idolatry, and taken captive by the Assyrians, 2 Kings xvii, Ver. 69. — Bdilded the sanctuary,] The glorious temple by Solomon, son of David, 1 Kings vi. 1, 2, 3, &c. Like high places,] King's palaces or towers. The Gr. and Chald. turn it, "unicorns," whose horns are high, Ps. xcii. 11. For ra?n?>w, high places, they read remim, unicorns. Ver. 70. — From the fold of sheep,] That is, from base estate. For David keep- ing his father's sheep, was by Samuel anointed king over Israel, 1 Sam. xvi. 11,13; 2 Sam. vii. 8. So Amos vii. 14, 15. Ver. 71.' — To feed Jacob,] So the Gr. well explaineth the Heb. phrase, " to feed in Jacob;" where in is to be omitted in English, as the like phrase showeth, 1 Sam. xvi. 1 1 ; xvii. 34, and the Heb. itself often omit- teth it, as 2 Sam. v. 2; vii. 7. So here in the former verse he chose in David, that is, he chose David. Kings are said to feed their people, because their office is like to the good shepherds, in guiding and governing. See Ps. xxiii. 1. And pastors are princes, Jer. vi. 3; xii. 10. Ver. 72. — Discretion of his hands,] Or, prudencies of his palms, that is, with most prudent and discreet administration managed he them; figuring Christ herein, who is called David, and the great and good pastor of his flock, Eze. xxxiv. 23; John x. 11; Heb. xiii. 20. PSALM LXXIX. The Psalmist complaineth of the desolation of Jerusalem, prayethfor deliveratice; 13. and promiseth thanJcficlness. 8. He ^ A psalm of Asaph. O God, the lieathen are come into thine inheritance, they liave defiled the palace of thine holiness, they have laid Jerusalem on heaps. ^ They have given the carcase of thy servants, ^r meat, to the fowl of the heavens ; the flesh of thy gracious saints to the wild beast of the earth. ^ They have shed their blood like waters round about Jerusalem, and there was none to bury them. * We are a reproach to our neighbours, a scoff and a derision to tliem that are round about us. ^ How long, Jehovah, wilt thou be angry Ver. 2. — Carcase,] For carcases, as after 'beast,' for 'beasts;' and 'prisoner,' verse 11, for ' prisoners,' see Ps. xxxiv. 8, Ver. 3. — None to bory,] Which is a thing most dishonourable, Eccl. vi. 3. Com- pare herewith Rev. xi. 2, 9. Of Asaph,] Or,^o Am, see Ps.l. 1 ; Thine inheritance,] Or, possession; the land of Canaan invaded by the Gentiles, Exod. xv. 17 ; 2 Sam. xx. 19 ; Jer. 1. 10, 11 ; Lam. i. 10. Heaps ] That is, ruins, Mic. i. 6 ; iii. 12. Vol. IL 4D 578 PSALMS. to perpetuity ; shall thy jealousy burn as fire ? " Pour out thy wrathful heat upon tlie heathen which know thee not, and upon the kingdoms which call not on thy name. ' For he liath eaten up Jacob, and liis habitation they have wondrously desolated. ® Remember not against us former iniquities, make haste, let thy tender mercies prevent us, for we are brought very low. * Help us, O God of our salvation, because of tlie glory of thy name, and rid us free, and mercifully cover our sins for thy name's sake. " Wliy shall the lieathens say, Wliere is their God ? known be among the heathens before our eyes, the vengeance of the blood of thy servants that is shed. ^' Let the sighing of the prisoner come before thy face : according to tlie greatness of thine arm, reserve tliou the sons of death. '^ And render to our neighbours seven- fold into their bosom their reproacli, wherewith they have ro- proached thee, O Lord. '^ And we thy people, and sheep of thy pasture, will confess to thee for ever ; to generation and generation, we will tell thy praise. Ver. 5. — Jealousy,] That is, let ivrath bjirn,a.s Ps. Ixxxix. 47. SoEzek. xxxvi. 5. Elsewhere it is said to smoke, Deut. xxix. 19, this ' fire is the flame of Jah,' Song viii. 6. Ver. 6 Which call not, &c.] A note of profaneness, Ps. xiv. 4. This sentence Jeremiah useth, Jer. x. 25. Ver. 8. — Former iniooities,] Iniquities of former times or persons ; done by us or our fathers, as Ps. xxv. 7; both are joined together. Lev. xxvi. 40; Lam. v. 7. Former and iniquities, difier in gender, yet many times such are coupled, the sense being re- garded more than strict form of words; which the Heb. text sometimes manifesteth, as ' tabo,' 2 Sam. viii. 5, for which in 1 Cliron. xviii. 5, is 'jabo ;' ' lahen,' 2 Chron. xviii. 16, 'lahem,' 1 Kings xxii. 17. So again in this Psalm, verse 10. Brought low,] Or, weakened, emptied, impoverished. See this word, Ps. xli. 2; cxvi. 6. Ver. 10. — Known be,] To wit, the ven- geance, let be open and manifest. The Chald. translateth, " Let him be revealed among the people, that we may see the ven- geance of thy servants' blood that is shed." Here again the words difier in gender, (as was noted before, verse 8,) wherefore some turn it, ' let him,' that is God, ' be known by the vengeance,' &c. Compare herewith Deut. xxxii. 42, 43 ; Jer. li. 36, 37. Ver. 11. — The sighing,] Or, the groan- ing mournful cry, so Ps. cii. 21. Reserve,] Or, 77iake to remain, that is, keep alive from destruction; which if God had not done, they had been as Gomorrah, Isa. i. 9. And this God promised to do, Eze. vi. 7. 8 ; xii. 16. Sons of death,] That is, persons appointed to die, or worthy of death; in Chald. " de- livered to death," as 1 Sam. xx. 31; Deut. xxv. 2. So Ps. cii. 21, and, ' Son of perdi- tion,' 2 Thes. ii. 3. Ver. 12.— Seven-fold,] That is, fully, and abundantly; see Ps. xii. 7. Into their BOSOM,] That is, largely, and that it may afiect, and cleave unto them; so Isa. Ixv. 7; Jer. xxxii. 18. See also Luke vi. 38. PSALM LXXX. The Psalmist complainetJi of the miseries of the church. 9. God's for- mer favours are turned into judgments. \6.He pray eth for deliverance. ' To the master of the music, on Shoshannim, Eduth, a psalm of Asaph. Shoshanim,] That is, six-stringedinstru- That is, a testimony, or ortiament. An ex- ments, or lilies, see Ps. xlv. 1. Eduth,] cellent testimonial of the faith of God s people PSALM LXXX. 579 ^ O thou that feedest Israel, give ear; thou that leadest Joseph as a flock, thou that sittest on the cherubims, sliine bright. ^ Be- fore Ephraim, and Benjamin, and Manasseh, stir up thy strength, and come for salvation to us. * O God, return us, and cause tliy face to shine, and we shall be saved. * Jehovah God of hosts, how long wilt thou smoke against the prayer of thy people ? ® TJiou makest them eat the bread of tears, and makest them drink of tears a great measure. ' Thou puttest us a strife to our neighbours, and our enemies mock among them- selves. ^ O God of hosts return us, and cause thy face to shine, and we shall be saved. " Thou reniovedst a vine out of Egypt, thou drovest out the in afflictions. The Chald. applieth it to them " that sat in the Saiihediim, that studied ia the testimony of the law." See also Vs. Ix. 1. Ver. 2.— Feedest Israel,] 0 God, pastor of the Israelites, see Ps. xxiii. 1. Joseph,] The posterity of Joseph, and with them the other tribes. Joseph is named as principal, the first birthright being taken from Reuben, and given to him, I Chron. v. 1,2. So Ps. Ixxvii. 16, 21. On the cherubim,] Which were upon the ark of the covenant, in the sanctuary, from whence God gave oracles to his people, when they sought unto him, Exod. XXV. 22 ; Num. vii. 89 ; 1 Sam, iv. 4; 2 Sam. vi. 2; 2 Ki. xix. 15. Of these cherubs, see the note on Ps. xviii. 11. Shine bright,] That is, sheiv thy glory &i\A thy favour to us, as Ps. 1. 2 ; Job x. 3, where ' shining ' is 'favour.' This is taken from Deut. xxxiii. 2. So after in Ps. xciv. 1. Ver. 3.' — Ephraim, Benjamin, and Ma- nasseh,] That is, the tribes, or posterity of these three patriarchs, which were all joined together in one quarter, on the west side of God's tabernacle, and when it removed, they went next after it, Nu. ii. 17, 18, 20, 22 ; X. 21 — 24. After the captivity of Babylon also, the remnants of these tribes dwelt in Jerusalem, for which they were thanked by the people, 1 Chron. ix. 3; Neh. xi. 2. A salvation,] Oi, full salvation and deliver- ance. By adding a letter, ihe signification is increased, as in Ps. iii. 3. Ver. 4. — Return us,] Or, restore us, to wit, from sorrow to joy, from captivity to liberty, &c., Ps. cxxvi. I ; xxiii. 3. So the Chald. saith, " return us from our captivity." Face to shine,] Or, to be light, that is, cheerful, comfortable, see Ps. iv. 7 ; xxxi. 17 ; Ixvii. 2; Dan. ix. 17. And we shall,] Or, that we may he saved, as Ps. xliii. 4jso verse 8, 20. Ver. 5. — Smoke.] Be very angry against the prayer, that is, not hear, but shut it out, as Hab. i. 2; Lam. iii. 8. So the Chald. expoimdeth it, " wilt thou not receive the prayer." See 'smoke' for 'anger,' Ps. Ixxiv. 1. Ver. 6. — Bbead of tears,] Bread steept in tears, as the Chald. saith, or ' tears in- stead of bread,' as Ps. xlii. 4, meaning « great afflictions.' A great measure,] The Heb. shalish is the name of a measure, so called of ' three,' as containing a ' third part of the greatest measure,' four times as big as the usual cup to drink in. Ver. 7. — A strife,] Contention, or com- tradictio7i, that our neighbours contend and speak against us, or strive who shall vanquish and possess us. Among themselves,] For their pleasure ; or, jyiock at them, as Ps. ii. 4, that is, ' at thy people,' as verse 6; that is, "at-us," as the Greek translateth it. Th:s may be the meaning, though us went before ; for the Heb. sometimes changeth the person, though it mean the same, as Deut. v, 10, ' that love me, and keep his,' that is, 'my commandments.' See also Ps. lix. 10; Ixv. 7; cxv. 9. Ver. 8 And we shall,] Or, that tee may be saved. This verse is the same with the fourth, save that there was only ' God;' here is added, 'God of hosts;' and in verse 20, where it is the third time repeated, is added, ' Jehovah, God of hosts ;' thus in- creasing faith and earnestness in their prayers. Ver. 9 Removedst a vine,] That is, a church, the commonwealth of Israel; as it is written, ' The vineyard of the Lord of hosts is the house of Israel, and the men of Judah are his pleasant plant,' Isa. v. 7; Jer. ii. 21. So the Chald. paraphrastth, the " house of Israel, which is likened to a vine." And ' removing ' or ' translating,' is the word so often used in Num. xxxiii. where all the journeys of Israel are rehearsed. The hea- 580 PSALMS. heathen and plantest it. " Thou preparest the way before it, and rootest in the roots of it, and it filled the land. " The mountains were covered with tJie shadow of it, and the boughs of it were like the cedars of God. ^^ It sent out the branches thereof unto the sea, and the sucking sprigs thereof unto the river. '^ Why hast thou burst down the hedges of it, so that all which pass by the way have plucked it ? '* The boar out of the wood hath rooted it up, and the store of beasts of the field have fed it up. ^^ O God of hosts return, O now ; behold from heaven and see, and visit this vine. '^ And the stock which thy right hand planted, and the son whom thou madest strong for thyself. " It is burned with fire, it is cut down, at the rebuke of thy face they perish. ^^ Let thy hand be upon the man of thy riglit hand, upon the son of Adam, whom thou madest strong for thyself. " And we will not go back from thee, quicken thou us, and we will call on thy name. ^^ Je- hovah God of hosts return us ; cause thy face to shine, and we shall be saved. THEN,] The seven nations of Canaan. See Ps. Ixxviii. 55. Veb. 10. — Preparedst,] Or, madest aioay : so this word is translated in Gr. Matt. iii. 3, from Isa. xl. 3; Matt. xi. 10; from Mai. iii. 1, where the word way is ex- pressed, and here also the Gr, saith, " thou madest way ;" properly it signifieth ' to take away all impediments, that the plain way may appear,' The Chald. explaineth it, "thou removedst the Canaanites from before it." RooTEDST IN,] That is, madest to take deep root. Ver. 11. — Cedars of god,] That is, the great and goodly cedars, as Ps. xxxvi. 7, or, ' cedars planted of God,' as Ps. civ. 16. These the Chald. expoundeth to be " teachers (of the law) likened to strong cedars." Ver. 12. — Hii^ RWERtI Euphrates. See the Notes on Ps. Ixxii. 8. Ver. 13. — The hedges,] The fences ; whereupon the spoil of it followeth, as Isa. v. 5. So after, Ps. Ixxxix. 41, 42. Ver. 14 — Boar,] Beastly tyrants, like sivine ; as the Assyrians, Babylonians, &r., which wasted the land of Canaan, 2 Ki. xvii. 6; XXV. 1, 2, &c. Store of beasts,] As Ps. 1. 11. So the law threatened, 'I will send wild beasts upon you, which shall spoil you,' &c., Lev. xxvi. 22. But here beasts are wicked people. Ver. 16. — The stock,] Or, vineyard: the base or place uhich beareth up the vine branches. And the son,] Or, branch : uu- . derstand again, visit him, or look upon him. By ' the son' maybe meant Christ, as the Chald. paraphrast plainly saith, " The king Messias," called in verse IS, 'the son of man,' and so here also in the Greek version, who is ' the true vine,' his ' Father the husbandman,' his disciples 'the branches,' John XV. 1, 5, who taketh part with the afflictions of his people, was himself 'called out of Egypt,' Matt. ii. 15, and when his servants are vexed, it is done unto him. Acts ix. 4. Otherwise by the son may be under- stood ' a young vine,' or ' branch,' as else- where boughs are called ' daughters,' Gen. xlix. 22. And so by the son be meant Israel, as Exod. iv. 22, the Lord's plant, Isa. V. 7. Ver. 18 Man of thy right hand,] whom thou lovest, honourest, and powerfully helpest. So Jacob called the son whom he loved, Benjamin, that is, 'the son of the right hand,' Gen. xxxv. 18. Hereby also is meant Christ, called ' the son of God's love,' Col. i. 13, and the church his body, translated into his kingdom. The Chald. expoundeth it, " the man to whom thou hait sworn by thy right hand." PSALM LXXXI. )81 PSALM LXXXI. An exhortation to a solemn praising of God. 5. God challengeth that duty by reason of his benefits. 9- Exhorting to obedience, conijplain- eth of their disobedience, which turneth to their hurt. ' To the master of the music upon Gittith, a psalm of Asaph. ^ Shout Joyfully unto God our strength, shout triumphantly unto the God of Jacob. ^ Take up a psahn and give tlie timbrel, the pleasant harp with the psaltery. * Blow up the trumpet in the new moon, in the appointed time, at the day of our feast. ^ For it is a statute to Israel, a judgment due to the God of Jacob. ® He put it into Josepli for a testimony, when lie went forth from the land of Egypt, where I heard a language that I knew not. ' I removed his slioulder from the burden ; his hands passed from the basket. ® Thou calledst in distress, and I released thee -. 1 answered thee in the secret place of thunder, I proved thee at the waters of Meribah, GiTTiTH,] See the Note on Ps. viii. 1. Ver. 3. — Take up,] To wit, in your mouths, or lift up your voice witli psalm or song. So in Isa. xlii. 2, ' to lift up,' is meant the voice. Give,] That is, ' bring the timbrel,' &c. Of these instruments, see Ps. Ixviii. 26; xxxiii. 2. Ver. 4. — Blow the trumpet,] Or, the cornet (whereof see Ps. xcviii. 6.) This was done both to proclaim the solemnity unto men, and to be a memorial for them before God. Lev. xxiii. 4; Num. x. 10, for in their public worship the Israelitesused trumpets, with other musical instruments, 2 Chron. v. 12, 13; xxix. 27. The new MOON,] When a solemn feast with special worship was appointed of God, Num. xxviii. 11, 14, and at these times, (as on the sabbaths,) they used to assemble to worship, and hear God's word, 2 Kings iv. 23 ; Eze. xlvi. 3; Isa. Ixvi. 23, these feasts were a shadow of things to come, but the body is in Christ, Col. ii. 16, 17. The appointed TIME,] Or, the solemnity, solemn feast, which was thrice in the year, 1st. at the pass- over, 2nd. at Pentecost, and 3d. at the feast of tabernacles, Dent. xvi. 26, of «hich last, some understand this festivity, Ceseh, as having the name of covering in booths ; others of the covering, that is, the ' change of the moon,' when it is hid by the sun. Feast,] Or, dance, see Ps. xlii. 5. This may be meant of all feasts; or in special of the feast of blowing trumpets, in the first day of the seventh month, Lev. xxiii. 24, or of the passover, as after verse 6. Ver. 5. — A judgment,] That is, a rite. or ordinance, made by God, and a duty to be performed to him. So judgment is for duty, Deut. xviii. 3. Ver. 6. — In Joseph,] Among the pos- terity oiJoseph,&ai the other tribes of Israel. Joseph is named as principal, having the birthright, 1 Chron. v. 1, 2. So Ps. Ixxx. 2. From the land,] So the Gr. turneth it, the Heb. ghnal, being here for meghnal, the same as min, from, as 2 Chron. xxxiii. 8, with 2 Kings xxi. 8; Zee. iv. 3. At their going out of Egypt, ' the feast of the passover ' was appointed, Exod. xii.; after, in the wilderness, the other feasts, Lev. xxiii. or we may read it, ' against the land,' namely, to destroy it, and the first-born, Exod. xi. 4, 5. The Chald. applieth this to Joseph when he went out of prison, and ruled over the land of Egypt. I heard a language,] Heb. a lip, used for the speech or language, as Gen. xi. 1. Ver. 7. — From the burden,] That is, burdens, wherewith they were vexed in Egypt, making bricks, building cities, Exod. i. 11; V. 4,5,7,8. Basket,] Or,pct : in such vessels they carried straw, mortar, brick, &c. Ver. S. — Tnou calledst,] /srae/ having left Egypf, Pharaoh with his host pursued them, and they were sore afraid and cried to the Lord, Exod. xiv. 10, 15. Secret place OF thunder,] Out of the black cloud, where- with God guided and protected Israel, but with thunder, rain, &c., dismayed the Egyp- tians, Exod. xiv. 19, 20, 24, 25. See also Ps. Ixxvii. 18, 19. Of merihah,] That is, of strife, so named because Israel there 582 PSALMS. Selah. ' Hear, O my people, and I will testify unto thee, O Israel, if thou wilt liearken to me. '" Jf there shall not be in tliee a foreign God, neither thou bow down thyself to a strange god. ^^ I am Jehovah thy God, which brought thee up out of the land of Egypt, open wide thy mouth, and I will fill it. '^ But my people hearken- ed not to my voice, and Israel was not well affected to me. '^ And I sent him away in the perverse intendment of their own lieart, let them walk in their own counsels. '* O that my people had been obedient to me, that Israel had walked in my ways. ^^ Even soon would 1 have humbled their enemies, and turned my hand upon their distressers. "^ Tlie haters of Jehovah should have falsely denied to him, and their time should have been for ever. " And he would have fed him with tlie fat of wheat, and out of the rock, with honey would I liave sufficed thee. stubborn opinion, tvrithing and obstinate in- tention, which they looked after in their erroneous heart. This word is taken from Deut. xxix. 19, and after often objected to them by Jeremiah, Jer. iii. 17; vii. 24 ; ix. 24; xi. 8. And this is noted for a judgment of God, when he suffereth people to walk in their own ways, Acts xiv. 16. "Ver. 15. — Humbled,] And so have given them rest from their enemies, as in 1 Chrou. xvii. 10, compared with 2 Sam. vii. 11. Ver. 16. — Falsely DENiED,]0r,/e2g-?ie(f/y submitted: see Ps. xviii. 45; Ixvi. 3. TuEia TIME,] If this be referred to the enemies, it is meant their time of distress, as Ps. x. 1 ; xxxi. 16 ; so time is used, Jer. xxvii. 7 ; Isa. xiii. 22; if to God's people, it meaneth their continued settled state, which the Chald. translateth, " their strength." Ver. 17. — Feu him,] That is, his people, verse 14. Fat of wheat,] The principal, or flour of corn: so Deut. xxxii. 14; Ps. cxlvii. 14. Out of the rock,] Out of which God had made his people suck honey and oil, Deut. xxxii. 13. Spiritually, the rock is Christ, 1 Cor. x. 4, the hcney is the gracious words that flow from him ; ' sweetness to the soul, and health to the bones,' Prov. xvi. 24; Ps. xix. 11; Song iv. 11. ' strove with Moses, and almost astonished him,' Exod. xvii. 1 — 7. There God proved them, to know what was in their heart, whether they would keep his commandments or not, Deut. viii. 2; Exod. xv. 25, and there they proved God, Ps. xcv. 9. Ver. 9 Testify,] Or, protest, take to witness, namely, the heavens and earth, &c., as Deut. xxxi. 28; xxxii. 1, 46; xxx. 19, and deeply charge thee. Compare herewith Exod. xix. 3—5, &c. ; xx. 22, 23; Jer. xi. 7—9. Ver. 11. — Open wide,] That is, speak and ask freely. This sentence our Saviour openeth thus, ' If ye abide in me, and my words abide in you, ask what ye will, and it shall be done to you,' John xv. 7, and the apostle thus, 'Whatsoever we ask of God, we receive of him, because we keep his com- mandments,' &c., 1 John iii. 22. The Chald. expoundeth it, " open thy mouth to the words of the law, and I will fill it with all good." Ver. 12. — Not well affected,] Had no will, or good 2?iclination : which they showed presently after the giving of the law, by making themselves gods of gold, and by their continual rebellions afterwards, Exod. xxxii. 1, 31. Ver. 13. — Perverse intendment,] Or, PSALM LXXXII An exhortation to the judges, and reproof of their negligence, ' A Psalm of Asapli. God standeth in the assembly of God, he judgeth in the midst The assemblyof GoD,]Thatis,/Aea.v«ze, ordinance of God,' Rom. xiii. I, 2; Deut. rsession,of7nagistrates; whose office is' the xvi. 18, and who are to execute not the PSALM LXXXIII. 583 of the gods. * How long will yc judge injurious evil, and accept the faces of the wicked, Selali ? ^ Judge ye the poor weakling and the fatherless : justify the afflicted and the poor. ^ Deliver the poor weakling and the needy, rid free out of the hand of the wicked. ^ They know not, neither will they understand; they will walk on in darkness, moved shall be all the foundations of the earth. ® I liave said. Ye are gods, and ye all are sons of the most high. ^ But surely ye shall die as men, and as one of the princes shall ye fall. ^ Rise up, O God, judge tliou the earth, for thou shalt inherit in all nations. judgments of man, but of the Lord, who is with them in the cause and judgment, 2 Chron. xix. 6; Dent. i. 17. In the midst OF THE G011S,] That is, among the judges, as the Chald. tianslateth, or magistrates, ver. 6, who in the law are called ' gods,' Ex. xxii. 8, 9, 28, because the word of • God was given to them, John x. 34, 35. Ver. 2. — How long, &c, Thus God by his prophet judgeth and reproveth the gods, or judges, for unrighteous judgment. The Chald. addeth, " How long, ye wicked, will ye judge,'' &c. Accept the faces.] Res- pect the persons, lift up, admire, honour or favour the face; a thing forbidden both con- cerning rich and poor, Deut. i. 17; xvi. 19 ; Lev. xix. 15 ; Prov. xviii. 5 ; Lam. ii. 1—9. Ver. 3. — Judge ye,] That is, defend, de- liver; see Ps. xliii. 1 ; Isa. iv. 17. Justify,] That is, do justice, as 2 Sam. xv. 1 , and acquit or absulve him, his cause being right, Deut. XXV. 1; Jer. xxii. 3. Ver. 5. — They know not,] The judges are ignorant of their duty, Mic. iii. 1 ; Jer. X. 21 ; Prov. xxix. 7. The Chald. paraphras- eth, " They are not wise to do good, and they understand not the law." They will WALK ON,] That is, continue wilfully ignor- ant, and sinful in perverting justice, Mic. iii. 9. To walk in ' darkness, ' is to live in sin, 1 John i. 6 ; Eph. iv. 17, IS ; v. 8. Moved SHALL BE,] To wit, therefore moved, as the Chald. explaineth it; or though "moved be all the foundations;" though all laws and orders be violated, all estates disturbed, and strongest helps come to ruin, Isa. xxiv. 18, 19. Ver. 6. — Sons of the most high,] The Chald. paraphraseth, "as the angels of the high." And magistrates should be as angels for wisdom, 2 Sam. xiv. 20. Ver. 7. — As earthly men,] as Adam, that is, as any other mortal man : so after, as one of the princes, that is, of the other princes of the world: see the like in Judg, xvi. 7, 11, 17 ; Gen. xlix. 16; for this psalm was spoken to the magistrates of Israel: for ' whatsoever the law saith, it saith it to them that are under the law,' Rom. iii. 19. Ver. 8. — Inherit,] That is, have sover- eignty and doyninion. So this word meaneth, Lev. XXV. 45, 4G ; Jer. xlix. 2. And Christ is called 'heir,' that is. Lord of all, Heb. i. 2; see Ps. ii. 8. PSALM LXXXIIL A complaint to God of the enemies' conspiracy. 10. A prayer against them that oppress the church. ' A Song, a Psalm of Asapli. "^ O God, keep not thou silence, cease not as deaf, and be not still, O God. ^ For lo, thine enemies make a tumultuous noise. Ver. 2 — Keep not silence, &c.,] Heb. ' let not silence (or stillness) be to thee,' that is, sit not still, but stir up thyself to help and avenge us on our enemies. So silence is used for 'sitting still,' Judg. xviii. 9. Ver. 3. — Lift dp the head ] Insolently 584 PSALMS and thy haters lift up the liead. * Against tliy people have they craftily taken secret counsel, and consulted against thine hidden ones. ^ They have said, Come and let us cut them off from being a nation, that the name of Israel may be remembered no more. ^For they have consulted in heart together, against thee they have stricken a covenant. ^ The tents of Edom and the Ishmaelites ; Moab and the Hagarens. ^ Gebal, and Ammon, and Amalek -. the PJiilistines, with them that dwell in Tyrus. ^ Also Asshur is joined with them ; they have been an arm to the sons of Lot, Selah. " Do and boldly, vaunting themselves, and warring against us. So Judg. viii. 28. On the con- trary, God's people shall 'lift up their heads,' that is, be of good comfort and courage, when their redemption draweth near, Luke xxi. 28. Ver. 4, — Thine hidden ones,] That is, as the Gr. explaineth it, " thy saints," which are hidden of God in his tabernacle in the day of evil, from the strife of tongues, Ps. xxvii. 5; xxxi. 21 ; whose life is ' hid with Christ in God,' Col. iii. 3. Ver. 5. — From being,] Or 'that they be no more a nation ;' Moab and others consult thus against Israel ; after, the like is against Moab, and etl'ected, Jer. xlviii. 2. Ver. 6. — In heart together,] This noteth their earnestness, craftiness, and joint consent in evil. Ver. 7. — The tents,] That is, arinies, with their kings and captains, Judg. vii. 13, 15; 2 Kings vii. 7, 10, Jer. vi. 3 ; Hab. iii. 7. Edom,] The Edomites, or Idicmeans, which were the sons of Esau, named MAom: the brother of Israel; seethe notes onPs.lx.lO. The Ishmaelites,] The children of Ishmael, the son of Abraham ; who was (with the bond-woman Hagar, his mother,) cast out of his father's house for persecuting his brother Isaac, in whose evil ways his children here walk. Gen. xvi. 1, 15; xxi. 9, 10, 14; Gal. iv. 22, 29, 30. Moab,] The Moabites, the posterity of Lot; see Ps. Ix. 10. The Ha- garens,] The Chald. Paraphrast calleth them Hungarians. They were the posterity of Jetur, Maphish, and other like children of Ishmael, son of Hagar, of whom came twelve princes of their nations. Gen. xxv. 12, 15, 16; some of which were called by their father's name, Ishmaelites, (as before) some by their grand- mother's name Hagarens, and dwelt in Ara- bia, eastward from Gilead, near to the Israelites, 1 Chron. y. 10, 19. The word Hagarirns, s\gr\\Relh fugitives, or strangers, (as the Gr. tumeth \.\\em, paroikous, 1 Chron. V. 10,) they were after called Saracens, which in the Arabic tongue is thieves. Ver. 8.— Gebal,] That is, the Gebalites, or Gibleans, that dwelt in the province or city Gebal, (or Gabalae) in Phenicia, near Sidon, whence Solomon had masons, or stone-hewers, 1 Kings v. IS; Ezek. xxvii. 9. Ammon,] The Ammonites, that came of Lot, as did the Moabites, Gen. xix. 37, 38. These nations which were nearest allied unto Israel, and whom God would not sufler the Israelites to molest, when they came out of Egypt, Deut. ii. 4, 5, 9, 19; combine here together against Israel, to cast them out of God's inheritance, so evil did they reward them, as king Jehosh- aphat complained, 2 Chron. xx. 10 — 12. Amalek,] The Amalekites, which were of Eliphaz, the son of Esau, the brother of Israel, Gen. xxxvi. 12, IG; they dwelt in the south country, near Canaan, Num. xiii. 30; were the first that fought against Israel, Exod. xvii. 8, &c., for which God would have their remembrance put out from under heaven, Deut. xxv. 17 — 19; and king Saul was sent to perform it, but did it not fully, 1 Sam. xv. 2, 3, 9; xxviii. 18; and was himself slain by an Amalekite, 2 Sam. i. 8 — 10. The Philis- tines,] Or Palistina ; see the Note on Ps. Ix. 10. Tyrus,] The Tyrians, which remem- bered not the brotherly covenant that had been between them and Israel, Amos i. 9. See the note on Ps. xlv. 13. Ver. 9. — Ashub,] The Assyrians, the pos- terity of Shem the son of Noah, Gen. x. 22. This nation was the rod of God's wrath against Israel, who in the end captived ten tribes Isa. X. 5. 6; 2 Kings xv. 29; xviii. 9, 11, 13, &c. The Chald. paraphraseth, " Sena- cherib also the king of Ashur," &c. An arm,] that is, an help, as the Gr. saith, and a strength to Lot's sons, the Moabites and Am- monites. Thus were here ten people, confe- derates against God and his people. So in Gen. XV. 19—21, there are ten wicked na- tions whose land is given upon conquest to Abraham's seed. Ver. 10. — As to Midian,] The Midian- ites, the posterity of Abraham, by his concu- bine Keturah, 1 Chron. i. 32; who being turned idolaters, drew Israel to sin in the wilderness, for which Moses revenged the Israelites of them, by the slaughter of all their PSALM LXXXIir. 585 thou to them as to Midian, as to Sisera, as to Jabin, at tlie brook of Kishon. " Which were abolished in Endor, they became dung for the earth. '^ Put them even their nobles, as Oreb, and as Zeob, and as Zebach, and as Salmunnah, all their authorized princes. '^ Who said, Let us posse&s to onvselves tlie liabitations of God. " My God, set them as a rolling thing, as stubble before the wind. '^ As the fire burneth a wood, and as the flame seareth the moun- tains ; ^^ So pursue them with thy tempest, and suddenly trouble tliem with thy storm. ^' Fill their faces with shame, that they may ?eek thy name, Jehovah. '^ Let them be abashed and suddenly troubled unto perpetuity ; and let them be ashamed and perish. males, and their five kings, and a wonderful great spoil, Num. xxxi. 1, 7, 8, 16, 32,&c..; but after that recovering and oppressing Israel in their own land, were by Gideon and three hundred men, vanquished, when they lay ia the valley, like grasshoppers in multitude, Judg. vi. 1; vii. 7, 12, 22, &c., and to this victory hath the psalmist here reference. As TO SiSEBA,] the captain of the host of Jabin, king of the Canaanites, he had nine hundred chariots of iron, and vexed Israel sore, but by Deborah a prophetess, and Barak a captain uf Naphtali, the Lord destroyed Sisera, with all his host and chariots; there was not a man left, and Sisera flying, was killed by Jael, He- ber's wife, who drove a nail into the temples of his head, Judg. iv. 2, 3, 21. Jabin,] The king of Canaan, who, upon the death of his captain, Sisera, forementioned, was subdued and destroyed before the Israelites, Judg. iv. 23, 24. At the brook,] Or in the bourne, th..t is, the valley of Kishon: the Heb. nachal (as our English bourne) signifieth both a valley and a river running in it. Kishon was a river at the foot of mount Carmel ; by it Sisera and the kings of Canaan fought, and were vantjuibhed ; and 'the bourne Kishon swept them away,' Judg. iv. 13; v. 19, 21. Endor, j A city by Kishon, near unto Taan- ach and Megiddo, where the Canaanites perished. Josh. xvii. 11; Judg. v. 19. Dong for the e.^rth,] That is, lay rotting above ground unburied, as is explained, Jer. viii. 2 ; xvi.4. Ver. 12. — Pot them,] Or him, that is, every one of their nobles, and all jointly. See the Notes on Ps. ii. 3. Oreb and Zeeb,] Two princes of the Madianites whom Gideoa Siew, Judg. vii. 25. Zebach and Salmon- NAH,] Twokings of the Madianites, whom Gideon also pursued and killed, Judg. viii. 12, 21. AoTHORiSED,] Or, anointed ,V[\?i\, is, princes, as the Gr. expresseth, and the Chald. translateth them kings. See the uotes on Ps. Vol. IX. 4£ Ver. 14. — As a rolling thing,] Or, wheel i but here is meant a light thing, as chaff or straw, that rolleth or turneth round before the whirlwind, as the next words show, and a like speech in Is. xvii. 13, plainly manifests. Elsewhere the word signifieth also a ivhecl. Is. xxviii. 28, and the sphere or round orb of the air, Ps. Ixxvii. 19. Ver. 15. — Sear,] Or, burn up. See the like similitude, Deut. xxxii. 22. Ver. 17.' — With shame,] Or, dishonour, contempt: the Heb. word properly signifieth lightness, as the contrary, honour, is so called oi iveightiness, Ps. iii. 4. That they mav seek,] Or, 'and let them seek:' it may be meant of the enemies forementioned, forced to seek and call on God, as Ps. xviii. 42, or indefinitely, that men may seek. So after in ver. 19. Ver. 19.— Jehovah,] This is the chiefest name of the eternal and most blessed God, so called of his essence, being, or existence, which is simply one, Deut. vi. 4. The force of this name the Huly Spirit openeth by ' He that is, that was, and that will he,' or ' is to come,* Rev. i. 4, 8; iv. 8; xi. 17; xvi. 5; and the form of the Heb. name implieth so much : Je being a sign of the time to come, 'Jehovah, he will be;' ho, of the time pre- sent, Hovch, 'he that is;' and vah, of the time past, liavah, 'he was.' It importeth that God is, and hath his being of himself from before all worlds. Is. xliv. C; that he giveth being or existence unto all things, and in him all are and consist. Acts xvii. 25; that he givelh being unto his word, efiecting what- soever he hath spoken, whether promises, Exod. vi. 3; Is. xlv. 2, 3; or threatenings, Ezek. v. 17; vii. 27. It is in eflect the same that Ehjeh, ' I will be,' or ' I am,' as God calleth himself, Exod. iii. 14. Of this the Gentiles named the greatest god, ' Jove ' and ' Jupiter,' that is, Jah, ' father,' (of the shorter name Jah, mentioned Ps. Ixvjii. 5,) and Varro the most learned of the Romans 586 PSALMS. " Tlmt they may know tliat thou whose name is Jehovah, only thou art the most Iiigh over all the earth. tliought Jove to be the God of the Jews. ^ngtist. I. 1. deconsens. evan. c. 22. Here- of also in Gr. writers he is called Jao. Dio- dor. Sictil. 1. ii. c. 5 ; Clem. Alex, strom. l.v. ; Mac-rob. 1. i. Saturnal, c. 18. But in the Gr. tongue the name Jehovah cannot rightly be pronounced ; and for it the Gr. bibles have Lord, which the New Testament follow- eth, as Mark xii. 29, from Deut. vi. 4, and elsewhere usually; as the Heb. text some- times putteth Adonai, Lord, or JElohim, God ior Jehovah; as Ps. Ivii. 10, compared with Ps. cviii. 4; 2 Chron. xxv. 14, with 2 Kings xiv. 14. When .(^rfywaz,iyor</, is joined with it, it is written Jehovih, as Ps. Ixviii. 21 ; then the Jews read it, jElohim, God, as at other times they read it Adonai, Lord, and pronounce not Jehovah at all at this day, though in ancient days it appeareth to be otherwise. The Gr. history of Baruch seem- eth to use instead of it Aionios, that is, the 'eternal^' or 'everlasting,' Bar. iv. 10, 14^ 20, 32, 34, 35; v. 2. See the annot. on Gen. ii. 4. Only thou,] Or, only thine, that is, which only hast Jehovah for tliy name; for the true God hath only being, and idols are 'nothing in the world,' 1 Cor. viii. 4; and angels and magistrates are called Elohim, gods, Ps. viii. and Ixxxii. but Jehovah is peculiar to very God alone. And this is that name, I suppose, which the author of the Book of Wisdom calleth ' Incommunicable,' Wisd. xiv. 21. Yet this is the name of Christ, called ' Jehovah our justice,* Jer. xxiii. 6. for 'God's name is in him,' Exod. xxiii. 21, and ' he is \ery God, and eternal life,' 1 John V. 20. PSALM LXXXIV. The prophet longing for the communion of the sanctuary, showeth how blessed they are that dwell therein. 9. He prayeth to he restored unto it. ' To the master of the music upon Gittith, a Psalm to the sons of Korah. ^ How amiable are thy dwelling-places, O Jehovah of hosts ! ^ My soul longeth, and also fainteth for the courts of Jehovah ; my heart and my flesh do shout unto the living God. * Yea the spar- row findeth a house, and the swallow a nest for lier, where she lay- eth her young : thine altars, Jehovali of hosts, my King and my God. * O blessed are they that abide in thine house, still they shall praise thee, Selah. ^ O blessed is the man whose strength is Ver. l.^GiTTiTH,] See Ps. viii. 1. Vee. 2. — Dwelling-places, ] Or, habitu- des, see the Notes on Ps. xliii. 3. Vee. 3. — Foe the courts,] That I may come into them : for the priests only went into the temple, the people stood in the court- yards which were two, 2 Kings xxi. 5. See Ps. Ixv. 5. Shout,] To wit, for desire to come unto God. Ver. 4. — The sparrow,] Or, bird: in Chald.^Ae dove; the Heb. Tsippor is generally any bird, Ps. xi. 1; Gen. vii. 14; specially the sparrow, when other birds are named, as here, and Ps. cii. 8, for such haunt men's houses. Swallow,] Or, free bird, called in Heb. dror, of liberty, which this bird seemeth to have above others, flying boldly and nestling about houses ; so Prov. xxvi. 2. The Gr. takes it here for the turtle dove, (which hath in Heb. another name, Ps. Ixxiv. 19) so also doth the Chald., adding this reason, " because her young are lawful to be offered on thine altar." Thine altars,] To wit, are the places where the birds nestle near unto them, in houses or trees, which sometimes were by God's tabernacle, Jos. xxiv. 26, or under- stand as before, ' (I long for) thine altars.' Ver. 6. — The highways,] Or causeys, namely, which lead to thy house: that is, they which affect heartily, long after, and PSALM LXXXIV. 587 in thee, tliey in whose heart are the high-ways. ' They that pass- ing through the vale of Baca, put him yor a well-spring, also with blessings the rain covereth. ® They shall go from power to power, he shall appear unto God in Sion. ^ Jehovah God of hosts, hear thou my prayer : give ear, O God of Jacob, Selali. '"See thou, O God, our shield, and look upon the face of the Anointed. " For, better is a day in "thy courts than a thousand : I have chosen to sit at the threshold in the house of my God, rather than to remain in the tents of wickedness. '^ For Jehovah God is a sun and a shield, Jehovah will give grace and glory, he will not withhold good from them that walk in perfection. '^ Jehovah of hosts, O blessed is the man that trusteth in thee. delight to go up to thy house. Spiritually these ways or paths are made by preaching of the gospel, Is. xl. 3; xxxv. S ; xi. 16. VeR. 7. — TheV THAT PASSING,] Or, 'of them that pass.' Of Baca,] that is, of viul- berry trees ; which use to grow in dry places. The Gr. saith, vales of tears. Both mean, that through wants and afflictions we must come into the kingdom of God. This valley was near unto Jerusalem, as may be gathered by 2 Sam. v. 22, 23 ; Jos. xv. 8. Put him,] Or, set him, that is, God, making him by faith a well of life unto them, for he is ' the fountain of living ivaters,' Jer. ii. 13. Or, set it, that is, the valley, making it a fountain by digging wells therein. And this may be an allusion to that well digged by the princes and captains of Israel, Num. xxi. 16, 18. Also with blessings, &c.,] That is, boun- tifully, and abundantly the rain shall cover tnem. Rain figureth out the doctrine of the gospel, Deut. xxxii. 2 ; Is. xlv. 8; Joel ii. 23 ; Rev. xi. 6 ; the rain of blessings is a bountiful abundant rain, Ezek. xxxiv. 26, (as to ' sow with blessings,' 2 Cor. ix. 6, is to sow abundantly, or liberally; and blessing is liberality, 2 Cor. ix. 5; Prov. xi. 25.) So God would cause a bountiful rain of grace and comfort, to cover them that go up to his house in Jerusalem: as elsewhere he is said to refresh his inheritance with the rain of liber- alities strewed upon it, Ps. Ixviii.lO; whereas on the contrary, ' whoso will not go up to Jerusalem, to worship the King the Lord of hosts, upon them shall come no rain,' Zach. xiv. 17. The Gr. turneth this sentence thus, " the law-giver (or teacher) shall give blessings ;" the original, Moreh, being ambi- guous, sometimes signifying ' a teacher,' Job xxxvi. 22. Sometimes 'rain,' Joel ii. 23; Is. XXX. 20; so that from the Heb. it may also be interpreted, " with blessings the teacher shall cover them ;" the meaning much like the former; the teacher being God or Christ, in whom we are blessed with all spi- ritual blessings in heavenly things, Eph. i. 3. The Chald. expounds it, " with blessings he will cover them that continue in the doctrine of his law." Some understand bracoth, blessings, to be here as brecoth, pools so dig- ged and filled with rain. Both mean one thing. Veb. 8. — From power to power,] That is, increasing their power, or strength, daily more and more; as the apostle saith, we are changed unto God's image ' from glory to glory,' 2 Cor. iii, 18, and God's justice is revealed ' from faith to faith,' Rom. i. 17; our faith and glory increasing more and more, Prov. iv. 18. Or 'from army to army,' (from troop to troop), respecting tlie troops of Israel, which went all the males thrice every year to appear before the Lord, Exod. xxiii. 14 — 17. ■The Heb. chajil, power, is used sometimes for an army of men, Ps. xxxiii. 16, and some- times for riches, Ps. xxxix. 7, which also may be implied here. He shall appear,] Or, till he, that is, every one of them appears; according to the law, Exod. xxxiv. 23; Zach. xiv. 16. Ver. 10 Of thine anointed,] Or, Mes- siah, our Lord Christ, in whom God respect- eth us ; or David, his figure, and father in the flesh, called also ' God's anointed,' 2 Sam. xxiii. 1. Ver. 11. — ^Than a thousand,] To wit, in any other place. Sit at the threshold,] That is, be in the lowest room and basest estate ; as the Gr. saith, " be cast down," or an abject. And by God's house may be meant his tabernacle ; as Luke xi. 51, with Mat. xxiii. 35. To remain,] Or, abide my whole life long. Ver. 12. — Is a scn,] Or, will be a sun, that is, ' a light,' Is. Ix. 19; Rev. xxi. 23, understanding hereby all blessings and com- forts, by Christ ' the Sun of righteousness,' MaL iv. 2. 588 PSALMS. PSxALM LXXXV. The Psalmist, from the experience of former mercies, pray eth for the continuance thereof. 9- He promiseth to wait thereon out of confidence of God's goodness. ' To the master of the music, a Psalm to the sons of Korah. ^ Thou hast been favourable to thy land, O Jehovah; thou hast returned the captivity of Jacob. ^ Thou hast forgiven the iniquity of thy people, thou hast covered all their sins, Selah. * Thou hast gathered away all thine exceeding anger, thou hast turned from the fervency of thine anger. * Turn thou us, O God of our salvation, and cause tliine indignation against us to cease. '^ Wilt thou be angry with us for ever ? wilt thou draw out tliine anger to gene- ration and generation ? ^ Wilt not thou turn and revive us, that thy people may rejoice in thee? * Shew us, Jehovah, thy mercy, and give us thy salvation. " 1 will hear what God Jehovah will speak, for he will speak peace unto liis people, and unto his gracious saints ; and let them not return to unconstant folly. " Surely his salvation is near to tliem that fear him, that glory may dwell in our land. " Mercy and truth are met, justice and peace have kissed. '^ Faithfulness springeth out of the earth, and justice Ver. 1. — To THE SONS,] Or, of them. See Ps. xlii. 1. Ver. 2. — Hast been favourable to,] Or, hast favourably accepted, been well pleaded, to wit, in times past. This also respecteth the promise, Lev. xxvi. 42. CAPTiviTi',] That is, the company of captives, or prisoners ; as Ps. Ixviii. 19. See also Ps. xiv 7. Ver. 4. — Gathered away,] That is, rvith- drawn, ceased, or assuaged, as the Gr. inter- preteth it. So in Joel ii. 10, the stars 'gather away,' (that is, withdraw) their shining. Ver. 5. — Tcen us,] To our former estate. Cause to ceaseJ Or, dissipate, Ps. xxxiii. 10. Ver. 6.— Wilt thou draw,] That is, continue: see Ps. xxxvi. 11. Ver. I.- — Wilt not thou turn and revive,] That is, ' again revive us.' See Ps. Ixxi. 20. The Gr. sailh, " O God, thou turning wilt revive us." For halo, they read ha-el, the letters transplaced. Ver. 8. — Shew us,] Or, Let its see, that is enjoy. So Ps. 1. 23. Ver. 9. — The God.] Or, the Jlmighty, Ml. And let them not,] Or, that they turn not to folly, that is, to sin: see Ps. cxxv. 3. The Gr. saith, "and to them that turn the heart to him.' Ver. 10. — That glorv may dwell,] Or, glory shall dwell: meaning that glory of God, which we are destitute of by sin, Rom. iii. 23, shall be restored by grace in Christ, and God will dwell among men, and communi- cate with them his glory. Rev. xxi. 3, II ; Is. Ix. 1 ; and they are changed into tlie same image, from glory to glory, as by the Spirit of the Lord, 2 Cor. iii. IS. Or, by glory is meant, Christ the salvation of God, who dwelt in our land, when the word was made flesh, and men saw the glory thereof as the glory of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth, John i. 14. Ver. 11. — Are met,] That is, come toge- ther, which before seemed asunder ; an?! they have mutual society ; (so meeting importetli, Prov. xxii. 2; Is. xxxiv. 14). The truth of God's promises are in Christ fulfilled, Luke i. 6S, C9, &c.; Acts xiii. 32, 34. Have kissed,] As friends use when they meet, Exod. i v. 27 : xviii. 7 ; a sign of concord, love, and joy. So Christ is king of justice, and of peace, Heh. vii. 2; arjd the work of justice by him is peace. Is. xxxii. 17; for, being jus- tified by faith, men have peace towards God, Rom. v. 1 ; Luke ii. 14. Ver. 12. — Faithfulness springeth,] Or, " truth buddeth out of the earth," (or land', that is, the land bringeth forth faithful PSALM LXXXVI. 589 Jooketh down from heaven. " Also Jehovah will give the good, and our land shall give lier fruit. " Justice shall go before his face, and he will put her footsteps in the way. increase, answerable to God's blessings upon it. The land figuring the minds of men, Heb. vi. 6 — 8, which by faith apprehend God's mercy in Christ. From heaven,] The justice of God through faith, not our own justice, which is of the law, Phil. iii. 9. Ver. 13. — The good,] Or good things, that is, the good gift of the Holy Spirit, to sanctify his people, as Luke xi. 13, compared with Mat. vii. 11. See also the Note ou Ps, Ixv. 5. Our land,] Our earthly nature sanctified, brings forth good fruits in Christ, Mat. xiii. 23. See Ps. Ixvii. 5. Ver. 14. — Justice shall go,] Or, "he will cause justice to fi;o before him." Will PUT HER FOOTSTEPS,] Or, " will set (her) in the way of his fooi-steps :" which seemeth to mean a settled course of walking in virtue. Or, when he shall put his foot-steps into the way. PSALM LXXXVL David stre7igthe?ieth his prayer hy the convictions of his religion, 5, hy tlie goodness and power of God. 1 1 . He desireth the continuance of former grace. 1 4. Complaining of the proud, he craveth some token of God's goodness. ' A Prayer of David. Bow down thine ear, Jehovah, answer me, for I am poor, afflicted, and needy. ^ Keep my soul, for I am merciful ; thou my God save thy servant, that trustctli unto thee. ^ Be gracious unto me, Jeliovah ; for unto thee do I call all the day. ^ Rejoice tlie soul of thy servant, for unto thee. Lord, lift I up my soul. * For thou Jehovah art good, and mercifully pardonest, and art full of mercy to all that call upon thee. ^ Give ear, Jehovah, to my prayer, and attend to the voice of my supplications for grace. ' In the day of my distress will I call unto thee, for thou wilt answer me. ® There is none like thee among the gods, O Lord, and none like thy works. ^ All nations whom thou iiast made, shall come and bow down themselves before thee, O Lord, and sliall glorify thy name. " For great art thou, and dost marvellous things ; thou art God thyself alone. ^' Teach me, O Jehovah, thy way, I will walk Ver. 1. — A prayer,] The like title is of Ps. xvii. To Christ may this psalm fitly be applied. Ver. 2. — Merciful,] Or, a gracious saint, pious, holy. See Ps. iv. 4. This title God taketh to himself, Jer. iii. 12. Ver. 4. — Lift I up,] See the Notes on Ps. XXV. 1. The Chald. saith, "lift I up my soul in prayer." Ver. 5. — Mercifully pardonest,] Or, art propitious, a forgiver: the Chald. addeth, " of them which turn to the law." See Ps. XXV. 11. Ver. 8 Among the cods,] ' Though there be that are called gods, whether in heaven or in earth, (as there be many gods, and many lords,) yet unto us there is but one God,' &c. 1 Cor. viii. 5, 6; ' All the gods of the peoples are idols,' Ps. xcvi. 5. Or, by gods may be meant angels, as the Chald. here explaineth it, and the princes of the world. And none,] To wit, cati do works like thine; or, 'no works are like thy works,' Ps. cxxxvi. 4. Ver. II. — Unite wy heaet,] Apply and 590 PSALMS. in thy truth ; unite my heart to fear thy name. '^ I will confess thee, O Lord my God, with all my heart, and will glorify thy name for ever. '^ For thy mercy is great toward me, and thou hast deli- vered my soul from the lowest hell. '^ O God, the proud are risen up against me, and the assembly of violent men seek my soul, and they have not set thee before them. '^ But thou Lord art a God, piti- ful and gracious, long-suffering, and much of mercy and trutli, "^Turn the face unto me, and be gracious to me ; give thy strength to thy servant, and save the son of thine handmaid. " Do with me a sign for good, and let my haters see and be abashed, because thou, Jeho- vah, hast holpen me, and comforted me. knit it to thy fear only, and that with sim- plicity. Ver. 13. — Hell,] Or, grave, the state of death: see Ps. xvi. 10. Ver. 14. — Be proud,] Compare this with Ps. iiv. 5. Ver. 15.— Pitiful,] Or, ' full of truth, mercy, and tender love.' When God's name was proclaimed before Moses, this title with others was in it, Exod. xxxiv. v. 6. Long- suffering,] Heb. long of nostrils, that is, of anger ; long ere thou be angry. The nose and anger have one name in Hebrew. See Ps. ii. 5. Ver. 16. — Son of thine iiandm.-vid,] That is, born thy servant, of godly parents, that were thy servitors. Of Christ, this also was true, the son of Mary the Virgin, the handmaid of the Lord, Luke i. 48. See the like speech, Ps. cxvi. 16. Ver. 17. — Do with me a sign,] Or, sheio it me ; that is, so deal with me, in my deli- verance, and preservation, that I may have myself, and may be to others a sign, for good.' Korah and his company were for a sign to the Israelites; Num. xvi. 38; xxvi. 10; Jonah a sign of the Ninevites, and Chi'ist to the Jews, Luke xi. 30. PSALM LXXXVII. The nature and glory of the church, comfort of the members thereof 4. The increase, honour, ana ' To the sons of Kora^ a Psalm, a Song. His foundation among the mountains of holiness. ^ Jehovah loveth the gates of Zion above all the dwelling-places of Jacob. ^ Glorious things spoken are of thee, O city of God, Selah. * I will Ver. 1. — His foundation,] Or, the foun- dation thereof, God's ground-work of the temple, which was built upon the mountains, Morijah and Zion, 2 Chron. iii. 1; Ps ii. 6. Some refer it to the psalm, the foundation (or argument) whereof is of the cliurch of Christ. The Cliald. saith, " by the bands of the sons of Korah the psalm was said, and the song founded in the mouth of the ancient fathers. Ver. 2. — Gates of Zion,] The public assemblies of the people. See the notes on Ps. ix. 15. The law was to come out of Zion, Mic. iv. 2, and the sceptre of Christ's kingdom, Ps. ex. 2. Dwelling-places,] These the Chald. expoundeth, " Synagogues of the house of Jacob," which were in all the cities of Israel. Ver. 3.— Spoken is,] That is, are ■parti- cularly spoken, all and every of them. Of the citt of God,] That is, Jerusalem. So called also, Ps. xlvi. 5; xhiii. 2; a figure of the church. What honourable things are spoken of this city, see Is. Iiv. Ix. Ixii. Ixv. ; Rev. xxi. xxii. The Heb. phrase, in thee, is rightly turned according to the Gr. of thee, or coiicerning thee: which many times hath such signification, as Ps. Ixiii. 7 ; Ixxi. 6; cxix. 46; 1 Sam. xix. 4; so also in the Gr. as Rom. xi. 2. Ver. 4.— Rahab,] Tliat is, as the Chald. PSALM LXXXVII. »91 make mention of Rahab and Babel, to them that know me $ lo Palestina and Tyrus witli Cush, this man was born there. * And of Zion it shall be said, man and man was born in her, and he the most High shall establish her. ^ Jehovah will recount when he writ- eth tlie people ; tliis man was born there, Selah. ' And singers, as players on flutes ; all my well-springs in thee. paraphrast saith, " the Egyptians." So Egypt is called Rahab, in Ps. Ixxxix. 11; Is. li.9; either for the strength and pride of Egypt, (which the word rahab signifieth,) or of some chief city so named ; as elsewhere tsoan, Ps. Ixxviii. 12. The calling of Egypt to the fel- lowship of the church is also prophesied, Is. xix. 19, 21, 25. And for ' I will mention,' the Chald. translateth, " the Egyptians and Babylonians, they shall mention thy praises." Babel,] The Babyloyiiaiis : see Ps. cxxxvii. 1, their chief city was Babel. Of a Christian church there, mention is made, 1 Pet. v. 13. To THEM,] Or, among them that know me, to wit, my familiars. Palestine,] The Phi- listines. See Ps. Ix. 10. TvRus,] The Tyrians. See Ps. xlv. 13. Of them were Christian disciples. Acts xxi. 3, 4. Cush,] The Ethiopians, as the Gr. translateth. See Ps. Ixviii. 32. This man,] That is, as the Gr. saith, these men ; meaning all before mentioned. So the Heb. often speaketh of a whole nation, as of one man. See Ps. xxv. 22; cxxx. 8. But the Chald. expoundeth it, " where this kingdom is born." Was born,] In the city of God aforesaid. There, of im- mortal seed by the word and Spirit of God, are men born anew, 1 Pet. i. 23; Jam. i. 18. A thing to come is here set down as already done: so in Ps. ix. 6. Ver. 5 Man and man,] So the Gr. also expresseth the Hebraism. Hereby seemeth to be meant, every man successively, as Hist. I. 8. For Jerusalem is the mother of us all. Gal. iv. 26. (So 'day and day,' is every day, Esth. iii, 4; Ps. Ixi. 9.) Or, ' man and man' is 'many men,' of this and that nation, of each estate and degree. Stablish her,] That ' the gates of hell shall not prevail against her,' Mat. xvi. 18. Therefore this city lieth four-square, settled in all changes, Rev. xxi. 16; Ezek. xlviii, 15—20. It may also be read, ' and he will stablish her on high:' and so the Chald. expoundeth it; and Jerusalem is said to be above. Gal. iv. 26. Ver. 6 Writing the people,] In ' the writing of the house of Israel,' that is, the church, Ezek. xiii. 9; Is. iv. 3. Ver. 7. — And singers,] Or, andsingiiig are, &c. This may have reference to the solemn worship of God used in the church of Isiael, where singers and players on instru- ments had in charge continually to laud the Lord, &c., 1 Chron. ix. 33; xxv. 1, 2, &c., and dances were used at their holy feasts, to honour him with, Judg. xxi. 19, 21. So Christ the Lamb hath harpers with him on Mount Zion, that sing as it were a new song before the throne. Rev. xiv. 1 — 3. Or it may respect that which followeth, ' all my springs in thee (or of thee) are singing (that is, do sing) as also dance, (or as they that dance),' that is, 'shew joyfulness.' Players ON FLUTES,] Or dancers, for so this word may also be taken for dancing, to wit, at the sound of the flute or pipe ; as Judg. xxi. 21. Com- pare herewith. Is. xxx. 29. The Gr. here turneth it, rejoicers : and it may foretell the joy that should be in the world for the conver- sion of the Gentiles. My well-springs,] Or, fountains, streams of water, as Ps. civ. 10, that is, all gifts and graces, which the Scripture noteth by lively fountains of waters, wherewith they are refreshed that serve God in his temple day and night, Rev. vii. 15, 17, and 'well-springs of salvation,' Is. xii. 3. And as Christ is called ^fountain, so is his church. Song iv. 15, 12. In thee,] For now, * unto priucipalities and powers in hea- venly places, is known by the church the manifold wisdom of God,' Eph. iii. 10; 1 Pet. i. 12. Or we may read it, as before in the third verse, 'of thee all my springs do sing,' &c. 592 PSALMS. PSALM LXXXVIIL A Prayer, containing a grievous complaint of manifold miseries. ' A Song, a Psalm to the sons of Korali : to tlie master of the music, on Machalatli leannotli, an instructing psalm, of Heman the Ezrachite, ^O Jehovah, God of my salvation, by day I cry out, and in the night before thee. ^ Let my prayer come before thee ; bow thine ear to my shrill cry. * For my soul is filled with evils, and my life drawetli near to Iiell. * I am counted with them that go down tlie pit ; I am as a man that hath no strength. ® Among tlie dead, free like the slain, that lie in the grave, whom thou rememberest no more ; and tliey are cut away from thine hand. '' Thou hast put me in the pit of the lowest places ; in darkness in the deep places. ^ Thy wrathful lieat stayeth upon me ; and with all tliy billows tliou afflictest me, Selah. ^ My known acquaintance thou hast put far away from me, liast set me /or abominations to them ; I am shut up and cannot get out. ^° Mine eye languisheth through' mine affliction; I call on thee, Jeliovah, all the day. I spread out Ver. 1. — Machalath,] a kind of wind iDstrument; or, hy iuterpretation, infirmity. See Ps. liii. 1. Leannoth,] Or, to sing by turns, which is when one part answereth another in singing ; it may also be interpreted to afflict, or humble. This song is the most doleful of all the bible, full of complaints even to the end. Heman the Ezrachite,] So the next psalm is entitled of Ethan the Ezra- chite: there were two of this name, Heman and Ethan, sons of Zerach the son of Judah the patriarch, 1 Chron. ii. 4, 6, men renowned for their wisdom, 1 Kin. iv. 31; also Heman and Ethan, singers and musicians of the pos- terity of Levi the patriarch, 1 Chron. xv. 17, 19; xvi. 42. Heman being the son of Joel the son of Samuel the prophet, 1 Sam. vi. 33, himself being also a seer or prophet in king David's days, 1 Chron. xxv. 5. And of the kingdom promised to David doth Ethan intreat, Ps. Ixxxix. 4, &c. Christ's afflic- tions and kingdom are in these psalms fore- told ; he was the true David. Hos. iii. 5. Ver. 4. — Draweth near,] Or, toucheth hell, or the grave. So, 'to touch (or come near to) the gates of death,' Ps. cvii. IS. Ver. 5. — A man,] Heb. geber, that is, a strong man; but without ability or power to help myself, as the Gr. saith, helpless. Ver. 6. — Free,] That is, acquitted, or diitharged from the troubles and affairs of this life; for in death 'the prisoners rest together, and the servant is iree from his master,' Job iii. 18, 19, or free, that is, sequestered, apart from others; as king Aza- riah being leprous, dwelt in a house of free- dom, that is, alone, apart from other men, 2 Kin. XV. 5. From thine hand,] That is, from thy care, help, guidance, &c., as king Azariah before said, was ' cut off' from the house of the Lord,' 2 Chron. xxvi. 21, or by thine hand; and so understand 'from the land of the living,' as Is. liii. 8. Ver. 7. — Pit of the lowest places,] The nethermost pit, as the Gr. saith; which the Chald. paraphraseth thus: "in captivity, which is like to the nether pit." Darkness,] Or, dark places. So Ps. cxliii, 3. Deep PLACES,] Or, gulfs. See Ps. Ixix. 3. Ver. 8. — StatetHjJ Or, is imposed, and lieth hard. Billows,] Breakiiig waves of the sea. See Ps. xlii. 8. Ver. 9. — Set me abominations,] That is, * made me most abominable (or loathsome) to every of them.' Cannot get our,] So Lam. iii. 7; Job xix. 8. Of this phrase see the note on Ps. Ixxvii. 5. Ver. 10. — Languisheth,] Or, pineth away, the Chald. saith, " droppeth tears." Compare herewith, Lev. xxvi. 16. Ver. 11. — The deceased,] Heb. Be- phaim: dead men are so called, as being PSALM LXXXIX. 593 my hands imto thee. " Wilt thou do a miraculous work to the dead, or shall the deceased rise up, shall they confess thee, Selah ? '^ Shall thy mercy be told in the grave, thy faithfulness in perdi- tion ? ^^ Shall thy miraculous ivork be known in the darkness, and thy justice in the land of oblivion ? " But I, unto thee, Jehovah, do I cry out, and in the morning my prayer shall prevent thee. '* Wherefore, Jehovah, dost thou reject my soul ; dost thou hide thy face from me ? '^ I am poor, afflicted, and breathing out the ghost from my youtli ; I bear tliine affrightings, I am doubtfully troubled. '^ Thy wraths pass over me, thy terrors do dismay me. " They compass me about as waters, all the day j they are gone about against me together. '^ Thou hast put far away from me lover and fellow-friend, my known acquaintance are in darkness. incurable or unrecoverable to life; so Is. xiv. I'rom my youth." From the youth,] Or, 9; XXV). 14, 19; Prov. ii. 18; ix. 18; xxi. for the shaking off, that is, the 'affliction.' 16. See also Ps. vi. 6. Tlie Chald. ex- Am doubtfully troubled,] Or, distracted pouQdeth, "shall the bodies which are deli- for fear le'^t evil should befal me. vered to the dust rise up ?" Ver. 17. — Dismay,] Suppress, or cut me Ver. 12. — Perdition,] Heb. abaddon, the off. The Heb. word is larger than usual, to grave where bodies perish, and seem to be lost. increase the signification. The Gr. turneth So Job xxviii. 22; xxvi. 6. il trouble. Ver. 1,3. — DARK>fEss,] That is, ' the place Vhr. 19. — My known acquaintance are and state of the dead,' called ' the land of in darkness,] That is, withdraw and hide darkness, and shadow of death,' Job x. 21, them from my sight; and, as Job complain- 22. So Eccl. vi. 4. Note here the sundry eth, ' are strangers unto me.' See Job xix. titles given to the state of death. Land of 13, 14. Or as the Gr. referreth it to the oblivion,] Where dead men are, as is before former, " and my known friends (to wit, then noted; which also ' are forgotten out of mind,' hast put far) from calamity ;" or fur the cala- Ps. xxxi. 13 ; Eccl. viii. 10; ix, 5. mity that is upon me. Or, as the Chald. Ver. 16. — Breathing out the ghost,] paraphraseth, "and to my known friends, That is, ready to die, expiring, through con- dark I am in their sight." tinual miseries. The Gr. saith; "in labours PSALM LXXXIX. The Fsahnist praiseth God for his covenant, 6, for his wonderful power, 16, for the care of his church, 20, and for his favour to the kingdom of David. 39- He complained of contrary events, 47 expostu- lateth, prayeth, and blesseth God. ^ An instructing psalm of Ethan the Ezrachite. ^ I WILL sing the mercies of Jehovah ^r ever, to generation and generation will I make known thy faithfulness with my mouth. ^ For I said, mercy shall be built up for ever ; the heavens, thou Ver. 1 Of Ethan,] See the Note on Ps. translateth, "thou (Lord) saidst." Built Ixxxviii. 1. up,] That is, conserwrf, propagated, increased Ver. 3 I said,] To wit, by thy Spirit, continually. In them,] Or, with them, that therefore the Gr. changeth the person, and so long as the heavens endure, thy faithfulness Vol. II. 4 F 594 PSALMS. wilt stablisli tliy faithfulness in them. " I liave stricken a cove nant with my chosen, I have sworn to David my servant. * I will stablish thy seed unto eternity j to generation and generation will I build up thy throne, Selah. ** And tiie heavens shall confess thy marvellous work, Jehovah, also tliy faithfulness in the church of the saints. ' For who in the sky may be compared to Jehovah, may be likened to Jehovali among the sons of the mighties ? * God is daunting terrible in the secret of the saints, very much ; and fearful over all round about him. ^ Jehovah, God of hosts, who is like thee, mighty Jah ? and thy faithfulness is round about thee. " Thou rulest over the swelling of the sea ? when the waves thereof rise high, thou stillest them. ^' Thou hast beaten down Rahab as a wounded man, tliou hast scattered thine enemies with the arm of thy strength. '^ Thine are the lieavens, thine also is the earth ; the world and plenty thereof, thou liast founded them. '^ The north and the right side, thou createdst them ; Tabor and Hermon, in shall continue; as ver. 30, 37, 3S; Ps. Ixxii. 5; cxix. 89; or hy heavens may spiritually be meant the church, called often 'heaven,' and ' the kingdom of heaven,' Is. Ixvi. 22; Rev. iv. 1, 2 ; xii. 1 ; xv. 1 ; Mat. iii. 2; xiii. 24, 31 ; and the planting of the church is called the ' planting of the heavens,' Is.li.16. Ver. 4. — My cuos,-e^ ,'] Mine elect people. Therefore the Gr. changelh the number, " my chosen ones:" but the Chald. tran^lateth, "With Abraham my chosen." David,] The figure and father of Christ, according to the flesh; who also is called David, Ezek. xxxiv. 23; Jer. xxx. 9; Hos. iii. 5; of him is this and other psalms chiefly to be under- stood, Acts ii. 30; xiii. .'56, &c. Ver. 5. — Thy seed, ] Christ and Chris- tians, the children ofClirist the son of David, Heb. ii. 13; Rev. xxii. 16. Thy throne,] The kingdom of Christ, unto whom God gave the 'throne of his father David, to r^ign over the house of Jacob for ever,' Luke i. 32, 33, 69; 'Jerusalem is this throne,' Jer. iii. 17; wliich is continually builded 'of God,' Ps. cxlvii. 2. Ver. 6 — The he.wens,] The heavenly creatures, angels and godly men, Luke ii. 13, 14; Phil. iii. 20; Rev. vii. 9— 12. So the Chald. expoundeth it, " the angels of heaven." See also Ps. 1. 6. In the church,] Or, in the congregation, to wit, shall be con- fessed or celebrated. Ver. 7. — Sons of the mighties,] Or, of the gods, that is, princes of the world. See Ps. xxix. 1; Ixxxii. 1, 6. Tiie Gr. saith, "sons of God,'' whereby also angels may be meant, as Job i. 6 ; and so the Chald. here paraphraseth. Ver. 8. — Daunting terrible,] In Gr., glorified. See Ps. x. 18. The secret,] Or mystery; or, as the Gr. turneth it, council ; meam'ng the church or congregation, where the secrets or mysteries of God's kingdom are manifested, Mat. xiii. 11; Rom. xvi. 25; 1 Cor. iv. 1; Eph. iii. 4. This word is sundry times used for a 'council' or 'congregation,' Ps. cxi. 1 ; Ezek. xiii. 9; Jer. vi. 11; xv. 17; or it may here be understood of 'the company of ani;els,' as 1 Kin. xxii. 19. Very much,] To wit, terrible: or, referring it to tlie latter, ' in the great secret council.' Over all.] Or, above all. See Ps. Ixxvi. 12. The Chald. paraphraseth, "above all the angels which stand round about him." Ver. 11.— Rahab,] In Gr. the proud; hereby may be meant the Egyptians, as Ps. Ixxxvii. 4, (and so the Cliald. expoundeth it of "Pharaoh the wicked ;") or,' the proud sea,' as Job xxvi. 12. Both were subdued when Israel came out of Egypt, Exod. xiv. xv. See Is. Ii. 9. The ' raging sea,' and 'swelling waters,' do also signify wicked enemies of God and his people. Is. Ivii. 20; Jude 13. Ps. cxxiv. 4, 5. Thine,] Or, to thee the earth, to wit, belongeth. See Ps. xxiv. 1,2. Ver. 13.— The north,] Which God hath ' stretched out over the empty place,' Job xxvi. 7. The right side,] That is, the south, as the Chald. paraphrast explaineth, so called, because a man standing with his face to the east, as they were wont when they prayed, the south is on his right hand. So the east is called kedem, before ; and the west, achor, that is, behind. Job xxiii. 8; Is. ix. 12. It seemeth that this turned to supersti- tion and idolatry, that men prayed towards the east, therefore God so ordered his taber- nacle and temple, that all 'vorshipped there, PSALM LXXXIX. }d5 thy name tliey shall shout. '* Thou liast an arm with might; strong is thy hand, exalted is thy right hand. ^* Justice and judgment are the prepared place of thy throne ; mercy and trutli go before thy face. '* O blessed are the people that know the shouting sound ; Jehovah, in the light of thy face they shall walk on. " In thy name they shall be glad all the day, and in thy justice shall they be exalted. '* For thou art the glory of their strength ; and in thy favourable acceptation our horn shall be exalted. '^ For of Jeho- vah is our shield, and of the holy one of Israel our king. ^'' Then spakest thou in a vision to thy gracious saint ; and saidst, I have put help upon a mighty one, I liave exalted owe chosen out of the people. ^' I have found David my servant; with oil of mine holiness have I anointed him. ^' With whom mine hand shall be established ; also mine arm shall strengthen him. ^^ The enemy shall not exact upon him, and the son of injurious evils shall not afflict him. ^* And his distressers I will beat down from his face, and them that hate him I will plague. ^ And my faithfulness and my mercy shall be with him, and in my with their faces to the west, Ezek. viii. 16 ; Exod. xxvii; Num. iii. Tabor,] A goodly mountain in Galilee, Jos. xix. 22; Judg. iv. 6, 12. Hermon',] Another fair mountain eastward without Jordan, called also Shirion : see Ps. xlii. 7; xxix. 6; by these are meant the east and west parts, answerable to the former north and south; as tlie Chald, para- phrast saith, " Tabor in the west and Chermon that is in the east." Ver. 15. — The prepared place,] Es(a- blish7nent, or base, on which the throne is settled ; so the word sometimes signifieth, as Ezra iii. 3; Ps. civ. 5. So Ps. xcvii. 2. Go BEFORE,] Or, come before, prevent, as pressed and ready at hand. Ver.16. — The SHOUTING sound,] Or, the alarm, the shrill clanging soimd of the trum- pet, which was blown at the wars, journeys, assemblies, solemn feasts, and over the sacri- fices of Israel, Ps. Ixxxi. 4; xvii. 6; Num.x. 3, 9, 10; Joel ii. 1, 15; or the shouting, the jubilation, to wit, ' of the king that is among his people,' as Num. xxiii. 21 ; who by the sound of his word, as of a trumpet, warneth, informeth, and guideth his people, Is. Iviii. 1. Ezek. xxxiii. 3 — 7, S; Hos. viii. 1; Jer. vi. 17 ; 2 Chron. xiii. 12, 15; Zac. ix. 14; Rev. i. 10; iv. 1. Light of thy face,] Tlie favour of God shining in the gospel, and ' light of the knowledge of the glory of God in the face of Jesus Christ,' John xii. ;S5; 2 Cor. iv. 6. See also the Notes on Ps. iv. 7; xliv. 4. Ver. 18. — The glory,] Or, beauty, by whom they conquer and triumph over their enemies. Oca horn,] a sign of honour, strength, kingdom, glory, and salvation, Ps. cxii. 9; xcii. 11; cxlviii. 14; 1 Chron. xxv. 5; Luke i. 69. So after, in ver. 25. Ver. 19. — Of Jehovah,] Or, to him, to wit, pertaineth. Or shield,] That is, our protectioti, or protector, meaning David and Christ. See Ps. xlvii. 10. Vee. 20. — In a vision,] By the Spirit of prophesy. Is. i. 1; Lam. ii. 9. To thy gracious salnt,] Tiiat is, saints, (for so the Gr. changeth the number) meaning the pro- phets, Samuel and Nathan, tlie one of which anointed David, the other foretold of the perpetuity of his kingdom, 1 Sam. xvi; 2 Sam. vii. 4, 5, &c. Put help,] The Chald. addeth, for my people. Upon a mighty ONE,] Or, a worthy, a champion, meaning David, who helped God's people in fighting the battles of the Lord, 1 Sam. xviii. 13, 14, 30. But chiefly these things are meant of Christ. The Chald. expoundeth it, " cue mighty ill the law." Chosen,] And conse- quently beloved, as Matt. xii. 18, from Is. xlii. 1. Ver. 21. — Oil of mine holiness,] That is, mine holy oil, poured on David by Sa- muel, on Christ the Holy Spirit, 1 Sam. xvi. 1, 13; Luke iv. IS, 21; John iii. 34. Ver. 23. — The enemies shall not ex- act,] Or, not seize, as a creditor doth on the debtor. Satan and death prevailed not against Christ, though he became surety for our debts, John xiv. 30; I Cor. 15, 26; Heb. ii. 14. See this word, Ps. Iv. 16. Son of injurious evil,] That is, the injurious, ivicked person : this promise is in 2 Sam. 596 PSALMS. name shall his horn be exalted. ^^ And I will set his hand in the sea, and his right hand in the rivers. ^' He shall call on me, my father thou ; my God and rock of my salvation. ^* I also will give him to he the first-born, high above the kings of the earth. ^^ For ever will I keep for him my mercy, and my covenant shall be faithful to him. ^° And liis seed I will put to perpetuity, and his throne in the days of heavens. *' If liis sons shall leave my law, and shall not walk in my judgments. ''"* If they shall profane my statutes, and not keep my commandments. ^ Then will I visit their trespass with the rod, and their iniquity witli stripes. '* But my mercy I will not make frustrate from with him, nor deal falsely against my faithfulness. '^ I will not profane my covenant, and that which lias gone out of my lips, I will not change. '* Once I have sworn by my holiness, if I lie unto David. '^ His seed shall be for ever, and his throne as the sun before me. ^^ As the moon it shall TJi. 10, applied in this phrase to all God's people. A son of evil is one addicted and given over to it, Deut. xiii. 13. So 'sons of death,' Ps. Ixxix; 'son of perdition,' 2 Thess. ii. 3. Ver. 26. — Set his hand,] That is, give him power and dominion over them that dwell by the sea and rivers; whereof see the notes on Ps. vii. Ver. 27. — My father,] So God pro- mised, '1 will be his father, and he shall be my son,' 2 Sam. vii. 14. The apostle appli- eth this to Christ, and proveth hereby that he is greater than the angels, Heb. i. 4, 5. Ver. 28. — First-born,] Or, first begotten, that is, the principal, as is after explained. For the first-born liad three prerogatives, ' a double portion of goods,' Deut. xxi. 17; 'the government or chiefty, 2 Chron. xxi. 3 ; and 'the priesthood,' Num. viii. 14 — 17; Mai. ii. 5 — 7; iii. 3. See the Notes on Ps. Ixxviii. 61. This honour is peculiar to Christ, who is said to be ' the first-born of every creature, and ' the first-born of the dead,' ' that in all things he might have the pre-eminence,' Col. ii. 15, 18; ' to be worshipped therefore of all the angels of God,' Heb. i. 6, and 'prince of the kings of the earth. Rev. i. 5. The Chald. addeth, "the first born of the kings of the house of Judah." Ver. 30. — His seed,] Christians born of God, are called Christ's seed and children, Is. liii. 10; Heb. ii. 13; and Christ is called the • everlasting Father,' Is. ix. 6. His throne,] That is, kingdom, which shall be perpetual, i Sam. vii. 13; Heb. i. 8; Dan. ii. 44; vii. 14. The accomplishment of these promises cannot be found in Solomon, whose seed and throne was overthrown, Jer. xxii. 30; Ezek. xxi. 25—27. Ver. 3i — If his sons, &c.] This explain- eth the promise, 'if he sin,' 6ic. 2 Sam. vii. 14, 15, for being understood of Christ, he pro- perly sinned not, 1 Pet. ii. 22, but was made sin for us, 2 Cor. v. 21 ; and the sins of his sons or people are counted his, for ' God laid on him the iniquity of us all,' Isa. liii. 6. Ver. 311. — With the rod,] The rod of men, 2 Sam. vii. 14, that is, with moderate correction, and for their profit, that they may be partakers of my holiness, Heb. xii. 6, 10. Ver. 34. — Not make frustrate,] Noi break off, or cea^e, (as Ps. Ixxxv. 5,) that is, not utterly take ; for, the mountains shall sooner remove. Is. liv. V ; and no afflictions can * separate us from the love of God which is in Christ Jesus our Lord,' Rom. viii. 35 — 39. See the fulfilling of this touching David, in 1 Kin. xi. 6, 12, 13, 36, 39. Ver. 36. — Once,] Or one time. See Ps. Ixii. 12. Bt my holiness,] By myself, who am the holy God, Gen. xxii. IC; Is. v. 16. • Because he hath no greater to swear by, God sweareth by himself, and willing more abundantly to show the heirs of promise the stableness of his counsel, bindeth himstlf with an oath,' Heb. vi. 13, 17, 18. If I lie,] That is, surely / will not lie ; for so the Heb. phrase is sometimes explained, as Mark viii. 1'2,' if a sign be given to this generation,' for which in Mat. xvi. 4, is written, 'a sign shall not be given.' So, 'if they shall enter into my rest,' Ps. xcv. 11; Heb. iii. 11, which the apostle openeth thus, 'he sware that they should not enter,' Heb. iii. 18. An oath usually impliitth an imprecation, which for the most part is concealed. See 1 Sam. xiv. 44; 1 Kin. XX. 10. Ver. 37. — As the sun,] That is, perpe- tual and glorious, as the Chald. explaiiieth it, "shall shine as the sun." See Vs. Ixxii. 5. Ver. 38. — It shall be stablisheh,] Or, which is stable, referring it, as doth the Gr., PSVLM LXXXIX. 597 be stablished for ever, and a witness in the sky faithful, Selah. ^' But thou hast cast off and refused, hast been exceeding wroth with thine anointed. ^" Hast abolished the covenant of thy servant, hast profaned Jiis crown to the earth. " Hast burst down all his hedges, hast put his fortresses a ruin. ^^ All that pass by the way rob him, he is a reproach to his neighbours. "' Thou hast exalted the right hand of Iiis distressers, hast rejoiced all his enemies. " Also thou hast turned the edge of his sword, and hast not made him to stand in the battle. ** Thou hast made his brightness to cease, and his throne thou hast cast down to the earth. ^® Thou liast shortened the days of his youth, hast enwrapped him with shame, Selah. " How long, Jehovah, wilt thou hide thyself to perpetuity ? shall thy hot wrath burn like the fire ? ^* Remember how transitor_y I am ; unto what vanity thou hast created all the sons of Adam. ^^ What strong man shall live and not see death ; shall deliver his soul from the hand of hell, Selah ? '" Wliere be those thy former mercies, Lord, tliou swarest to David by thy faithfulness. *' Remember, Lord, the reproach of thy servants, that I bear in my bosom, of all great peoples. ^^ Wherewith thine enemies, Jeho- to the 7noon, which, although it sometimes waxeth and waneth, and seemeth to be gone, yet is continually renewed, and so stable ; a fit resemblance of the throne or church of Christ, which hath not always one face or appearance in the world, though it be perpetual. And A WITNESS,] The moon and perpetuity of it, with the successive course of night and day, is made a witness of God's faithfulness in his covenant, ,Jer. xxxiii. 20, 21. Christ also himself is called 'a faithful witness,' Rev. i. 5 ; Is. Iv. 4 ; and faithful meaneth stedfast, as 2 Sam. vii. 16, compared with 1 Chron. xvii. 14, and that ' lieth not,' Prov. xiv. 5. Veb. 39 — Box THOo,] Or, and thou, a word of grief and indignation, as Ps. ii. 6. iEthan complaineth of the miseries of the church, whereby all the former promises seem to be frustrated. Veb. 40. — His crown,] Or, diadem, "pro- faned by casting ' to the ground.' Nezer, a separation, is figuratively used for a crown or garland, such as kings wore, 2 Sam. i. 10, and high priests, Ex. xxix. 6, as being a sign of their separation from others, in respect of some dignity or holiness ; and hereof the Nazarites had their name, Num. ,vi. 2, 5, 7. So Ps. cxxxii. 18. Vkr. 42. — Rob,] Or, rifle him, meaning Christ in his members ; for that which is done to any one of them, is done unto him, Acts ix. 4 ; Matt. xxv. 40, 45. Veb. 45. — His brightness,] Or, ptirily, that is, the resplendent glory and dignity of the kingdom, defiled and profaned by the enemies. Ver. 46. — Days of his youth,] Of his strength and vigour, hastening old age and misery upon him, Hos. vii. 9. See the con- trary, Ps. ciii. 5 ; Job xxxiii. 25. Ver. 4S. — How transitory,] Or, of what worldly time, of what short durance : see Ps. xxxix. 6. The Gr. turneth it, " what my substance is." Compare herewith Job x. 9, 10, &c. Ver. 49. — See death,] That is, die. So Luke ii. 26 ; Ps. xvi. 10. The Chald. saith, " see the angel of death." The hand of hell,] Tlie power of the grave, or of death. See Ps. xlix, 16, 19. Ver. 51. — Of all great people,] Or, of all the many {the multitudes of) people. Ver. 52. — The foot-steps,] Or, foot- soles, that is, the ways, life, actions, and suf- ferings, Ps. Ivi. 7 ; xlix. 6. This referred to Christ, respecteth the oracle, Gen. iii. 15, that the serpent should bruise the foot-sole of the woman's seed. Referred to Christians, which follow his footsteps, in suffering and dying with him, that we may be glorified with him, 1 Pet. ii. 21 ; Rom. viii. 17. It noteth the scandal of the cross of Christ; to 'the Jews a stumbling-block, and to the Greeks foolishness,' 1 Cor. i. 23; 1 Pet. iv. 13, 14. The Chald. understands it of " the slack- ness of the foot-steps." 59£ PSALMS. vah, do reproach; wherewith they do reproach the footsteps of thine Anointed. " Blessed be Jehovah for ever. Amen, and Amen. Ver. 53.— Blessed be,] These be words 3, 4, &c. And amen,] Thus is this third of faith and joy, as finding an issue out of book of the Psalms also conchided. See the the temptation, and rejoicing in the midst of notes on Ps. xli. 14 ; Ixxii. 19. tribulation, as Rom. vii. 24, 25 ; 2 Cor. i. THE FOURTH BOOK. PSALM XC. Moses setting forth God's providence : 3. Complaineth of human fragility: 7. Divine chastisements: \0. And brevity of life : 12. He prayeth for the knowledge and sensible experience of God's good provi- dence. ' A prayer of Moses the man of God. Lord, thou hast been to us an habitation in generation and gen- eration. ^ Before the mountains were born, and thou hadst brought forth the earth and the world ; even from eternity unto eternity thou art God. ^ Thou turnest sorry man unto contrition ; and say est, Return ye sons of Adam. * For a thousand years, in thine eyes, are as yesterday when it is past, and as a watch in tlie night, * Thou carriest them away with a flood, they are as a sleep in the morn- ing, as the grass that is changed, ^ In the morning it flourisheth and is changed ; at the evening it is cut down and withereth. Ver. 1. — The man of god,] That is, the Ver. 4. — A watch,] A ward or custody, prophet, as Deut. xxxiii. 1. For a prophet, which is about three hours space ; for the a seer, and a man of God, were all one, I Jews divided the day into twelve hours, John Sam. ix. 6, 8, 9, lO, 11. The Chald. para- xi. 9, and so the night, which they subdivided phrast showeth it here, saying, " A prayer into four watches, Matt. xiv. 15, named the tliat Moses the prophet of the Lnrd prayed, evening, midnight, cock-crowing, and dawn- when the people of the house of Israel had ing, Mark xiii. 35 ; Luke xii. 38, 39 ; Matt, sinned in the wilderness." This Psalm hath xxiv. 43. See also Ex, xiv. 24 ; 1 Sam. reference to that history in Num. xiv. An xi. 11. HABITATION,] Or, mansioti, in all our travels Ver. 5. — A sleep,] The Chald. para- in this terrible wilderness, Ex. xxxiii. 14; phraseth, "If thty turn not, thou wilt bring Deut. i. 15; xxxiii. 27. death upon them, which is like a sleep unto Ver. 2. — Were born,] This and the next them, and in the world to come they word, brought forth, are similitudes taken shall be changed, as the grass which is cut from procreation of children, to signify the down. creation of the world. Like speeches are in Job Ver. 6. — Is changed,] Or, changeth, to xxxviii. 28,29, of the rain, dew, ice, and frost. wit, the estate thereof, that is, sprouteth or Ver. 3. — Unto contrition,] Till he be groweth, as the Chald. explaineth it. And contrite, or broken, that is, even to death ; so the Heb. (which generally signifieth a as tlie Chald. explaineth it, " Thou turnest change, passage, or shifting), is sometimes man for his sin unto death. Return,] The used for the better, ' to sprout,' Job xiv. 7. bodg to the earth, Ps. cxlvi. 4, and the spirit So the 'change the strength,' Is. xl. 31, is to to God, Eccl. xii. 7. ' renew,' or' increase it.* PSALM XC. 599 ' For we are consumed in thine anger, and in thy wrathful heat we are suddenly troubled, ^ Thou hast set our iniquities before thee, our hidden sins to the light of thy face. ^ For all our days do turn away in thine exceeding wratli ; we have consumed our years as a thought. '° The days of our years, in them are threescore and ten years ; and if theT/ be in strengths, fourscore years ; and their pride is molestation and painful ini- quity ; for it is cut down speedily, and we fly away. " Who knoweth the strengtli of thine anger, and according to tliy fear, thine exceeding wrath ? ^^ To number our days, so make thou us to know, that we may apply the lieart to wisdom. '' Return, Jehovah, liow long ! and let it repent thee concerning thy servants. " Satisfy us in the morning with thy mercy, that we may shout and rejoice in all our days. '* Make thou us rejoice, according to the days tliou hast afflicted us, the years wherein we have seen evil. '^ Let thy work appear unto thy servants, and thy comely lionour Ver. 8. — Our hidden sins,] Or, sins of our youth, as the Chald. here taketh it. The Heb, wdrd will bear both ; so also the sense, for we have both 'secret sins,' Ps. xix. 13, and 'sins of our youth,' Ps. xxv. 7, which God often punisheth us for. Job xx. 11. To THE LIGHT OF THY FACE,] That is, knowing, rememberiug, manifesting, and punishing them, Jer. xvi. 17; Ps. cix. 14, 15. 'For the Lord lighteneth things that are hid in darkness, and maketh the counsels of the heart manifest,' 1 Cor. iv. 5. ' He is of pure eyes, and cannot see evil,' Hab. i. 13; therefore David prayeth, ' hide thy face from my sins,' Ps. li. 10. Ver. 9. — Do turn away,] Or, turn the face, decline, as the day drawing to an end, Jer. vi. 4. As a thought,] Or.a* a word, a sound, that passeth out of the mouth, as Job xxxvii. 2 ; 'as a tale that is told,' for man's life is ' a breath,' or ' vapour,' Ps. xxxix. 6 ; James iv. 14, and so the Chald. translateth it, " as the breath of the mouth in winter." Moses bewaileth the decaying of the people in the wilderness, for they came out of Egypt ' six hundred thousand men, Ex.xii. 37, and ' not one feeble among them,' Ps. cv. 37, and being mustered at Mount Sinai, from twentyyears old and above.they were 603,550 men, besides the ' tribe of Levi,' Num. i. 46, 47 ; but for their sin at Kadesh, God sware their carcases should fall in the wilderness. Num. xiv. 28, 29, which came so to pass. For being mustered about thirty-eight years after, there was of all that army not left a man alive, save ' Caleb and Joshua,' Num. xxvi. 63, 64, 65. Ver. 10. — If they,] The years be in strengths, that is, most strong aud valid : or, if by reason of great strength. Their pride,] Or, prowess, that is, the excellency or lusty- head of those years, the bravest of them is but misery. Painful iniquity,] Pain and misery, the puin'shment of sin. Iniquity is often put for the punishment of it, Ps. xxxii. 5. Ver. 11. — According to thy fear,] Or, as thy fear, that is, who knoweth, or acknow- ledgeth, thy wrath, so as thy fear, teacheth men to do ; meaning by fear, either God's law, as Ps. xix. 10, or his fearful judgments upon sinners, which should strike a fear into men's hearts, Deut, xiii. 11 ; Ps. cxix. 120; Jonah i. 16. Or, as thy fear, that is, so as to fear thee for thy wrath, and by it to depart from evil, as Prov. xvi. 6 ; 2 Cor. v. 10, 1 1 ; or ' even according to thy fear, so is thy wrath.' The Chald, paraphraseth, " Who knoweth to turn away the strength of thine anger, but the just which fear thee, appeasing thy wrath." Ver. 12. — May apply,] Or, may bring, may make come. To wisdom,] Or, may get a heart of wisdom, that is, a wise heart; and so may bring it to thee, when we shall come to judgment, Ver. 13. — How long ?] TFili thou afflict us ? as the Chald. paraphraseth ; or, ' wilt thou defer to help us ?' see Ps. vi. 4. Repent THEE,] To wit, of the evil intended or inflicted upon thy servants, as Deut. xxxii. 36 ; Joel ii. 13 ; Jonah iii. 10; Jer, xviii. S. Ver. 14. — In the morning,] That is, early, after the dark night of afflictions. See Ps. v. 4 ; XXX, 6. Ver. 15. — The years, &c.,] That is, as we have been many days and years afflicted, so let us have many years of comfort. 600 PSALMS. unto their sons. " And let the pleasantness of Jehovah our God, be upon us, and the work of our Iiands establish thou upon us ; yea, tlie work of our liands, establish thou it. Ver. 16. — Tny comely honour,] Or, 7nagnificence, in releusiiig us i'lom trouble, aiiH refreshing us with mercy. Ver.) 7. THEPLEASANTNESS,]Or,^ea«<y, that is, the accomplishments of thy covenant and promise to our fathers, let now be seen upon us. So the stafl', beauty, (or pleasant- ness) in the Lord's hand, signified his cove- nant with them, Zach. xi. 7, 10, or generally it meaneth God's 'amiable grace and favour.' See Ps. xxvii. 4. The Chald. expounds it, " the pleasantness of paradise." Stablish,] Or, direct, firm, and sure. For the Lord ' worketh all our actions for us,' Is. xxvi. 12; and < without him we can do nothing,' John XV. 5. PSALM XCL The state of the godly .- 3. Their safety : 9- Their habitation : 11. Their keepers ; 14. Their friend, with the effects of them all. ^ He that sitteth in the secret of the Most High, shall lodge him- self in the shadow of the Almighty. ^ I will say, of Jehovah, my safe hope and my fortress, my God, in him will I trust : ^ For he will deliver thee from the snare of the fowler, from the woful pes- tilence. * He will cover thee with his wing, and under his feathers thou shalt hope for safety ; his truth shall be a buckler and a shield. ' Thou shalt not fear for the dread of the night, for the arrow that flieth by day. * For the pestilence that walketh in the darkness ; for the stinging plague that wasteth at noon-day. ' A thousand shall fall at thy side, and ten thousand at thy riglit hand ; unto thee it shall not come near. ^ Only with thine eyes shalt tliou behold, and shalt see the reward of the wicked. ® Because thou Jehovah, my safe hope, the Most High, thou hast put^r thy man- Ver. 1. — Secret,] In Gr. help. Shall LODGE,] Or, that lodge, abideth. Shadow,] That is, defence, as Num. xiv. 9. So the Gr. saith, " protection;" the Chald. addeth, " shadow of the clouds of the glory of the Almighty." Ver. 2 I will say,] Or, do say, namely, to that man, for his further comfort and assur- ance, as ver. 3, &c. ; or, in his name, putting myself for an example. The Gr. for more plainness changeth the person thus, " He shall say to the Lord, thou art mine helper," &e. The Chald. addeth, «' David said, I will say, &c. Of Jehovah,] Or, to him, that he is my safe hope, or my shelter. Ver. 3. — Of the fowler,] As Ps. exxiv. 7, or hunter, meaning the devil, that hath the power of death, and seeketh to destroy, Heb. ii. 14; 1 Pet. v. 8. The wofql PESTILENCE,] Heb., the pest of woful evils. that is, the most woful, noisome, and con- tagious pest. Ver. 5. — The dread of the night,] The dreadful evil that terrifieth in the night, Prov. iii. 25 ; Song iii. 4. Arrow,] So the pestilence is called, Deut. xxxii. ; Ezek. v. 16. The Chald. calleth it, <'The arrow of the angel of death." Ver. e.. — The stinging plague,] The murrain, or pest, that suddenly pricketh and destroyeth, Deut. xxxii. 24. The apostle in Gr. calleth it ' a sting,' or < prick,' 1 Cor. xv. 65, from Hosea xiii. 14, as there the Seventy turned it. The Chald. here expounds it, " the company of devils." At noon-dat,] That is, openly. So Jer. xv. 8. Ver. 8 Shalt thou behold,] Or, regard, consider, as the Gr. turneth it. Ver. 9. — Because thou Jehovah,] An imperfect speech, as in ver. 2 understand. PSALM XCII. 001 sion. " There shall not befal unto thee any evil, and the plague shall not come nigh thy tent, " For his angels will he command for thee, to keep thee in all thy ways. '^ Upon their hands shall they bear thee up, lest thou dash thy foot against a stone. '^ Thou shalt tread upon the fierce lion and the asp, thou shalt tread down the lurking lion and the dragon. '* Because he cleaveth unto me, therefore will I deliver him : I will set him on high, because he knoweth my name. '* He shall call on me, and I will answer him ; with him will I be in distress ; I will release him, and will honour liim. '® With length, of days will I satisfy him, and will make him to see my salvation. ' Because thou sayest,' * thou Jehovah art,' &c., or, ' Because thou hast put Jehovah who is my covert : even the Most High hast thou put for thy mansion, or dwelling place.' Ver. 10. Befal unto thee,] Or, occa. sionally be sent, be thrust upon thee, or caused to come unto thee. So Prov. xii. 21. Ver. 12. Upon their hands,] Or, their palms, which the Chald. expoundeth, " their strength." This scripture the devil alleged, when he tempted Christ to throw down him- self headlong, Matt. iv. 6 ; Luke iv. 10, 11; but some of these words are there omitted. Lest thou dash,] Or, that thou dash (or hurt) not. • The angels are all ministering spirits, sent forth to minister for their sakes which shall be heirs of salvation,' Heb. i, 14 ; see also Ps. xxxiv. 8. A stone, J The Chald. interprets it, " evil concupiscence, which is like unto a stone." Ver. 13. The fierce lion,] Or, libbard, in Heb. " shachal." Of lions there be divers kinds. See Ps. vii. 3. Asp,] Or, cockatrice, basilisk, as the Gr. here turneth it. See Ps. Iviii. 5. Under these names are meant all other things dangerous, or adverse to the life of man, which by faith are overcome, as Mark xvi. 17, IS ; Heb. xi. 33, 34. Ver. 14. — He cleaveth to me,] Or, is fastened, that is, ati'ected to me, in faith, hope, love, delight, &c. The Chald. expounds it, " to my word." ' God cleaveth in love to his people,' Deut. vii. 7 ; so they also unto him. The Gr. here turueth it, " he hoped in me." Elsewhere it is commonly used for fast love and pleasure. Gen, xxxiv. 8 ; Is. xxxviii. 17; Deut. xxi. 11, Set him on HIGH,] To wit, in a safe defenced place, as the word importeth. Therefore the Gr.saith, " I will protect him." See the notes on Ps. XX. 2. Ver. 15. Honour him,] CjVe him honour or glory. Elsewhere his people are said to honour or glorify him, Ps. 1. 13 ; see 1 Sam. ii, 30. Ver. 16. — Satisfy,] Or, ^2i;e him his Jill. So Abraham, Isaac, David, Job, &c. are said to be full or satisfied with days, Gen. xxv. 8; XXXV, 29; 1 Chron. xxiii. 1 ; Job xlii. 17. Make him to see,] That is, to enjoy, or show him. See Ps. 1. 23. PSALM XCIL The prophet teacheth how good it is to praise God, 5 for his great works, 7 for his judgments on the nicTxed, 1 1 and for his goodness to the godly. ' A Psalm, a song for the day of Sabbath. ^ It is good to confess to Jehovah, and to sing psalms to thy Ver. 1. — Of Sabbath,] That is, of ces- sation, or resting, to wit, from our own works, u'ills, ways, and tvords, Ex. xx, 10; Is. Iviii. 13 ; Heb. iv. 10; which day was the seventh from the creation, wherein God rested from all his work, and blessed and Vol. II. 4 G sanctified it, and commanded it to be kept holy unto him,' Gen. ii, 2, 3; Exod. xx. 8, which was a token of his mercy unto, and sanctification of his people, Neh. ix. 14; Ex. xxxi. 13, 14. This day was sanctified by an holy convocation or assembly of the 602 PSALMS. name, O Most High. ^ To show forth thy mercy in the morning, and thy faithfuhiess in the night. * Upon the ten-stringed instru- ment, and upon tlie psaltery, with meditation upon tlie liarp. * For thou liast rejoiced me, O Jehovah, Avith thy work ; in tlie acts of thy hands will I shout. ® How great are tliine acts Jehovah ! very deep are tliy thoughts. ' A brutish man knoweth not, aud an unconstant fool understandeth not this. ^ When wicked men spring up as tlie grass, and all that Avork iniquity do flourish ; tliat they sliall be abolished unto perpetuity. ^ But thou art high for ever, Jehovah. " For lo thine enemies Jehovah ; for lo thine enemies shall perish -. tliey shall be scattered, all that work ini- quity. '^ And my liorn sliall be exalted as the unicorns ; mine old age shall be anointed with fresh oil. '^ And mine eye shall behold on mine enviers : of evil doers that rise up against me, mine ears shall hear. " The just, he shall spring up as a palm tree, as a cedar in Lebanon shall he grow. " They that are planted in the house of Jehovah, in the courts of our God shall they flourish. " Yet shall they sprout in grayness : they shall be fat and green. people, Lev. xxiii. 3; offering of sacrifices, Num. xxviii. 9, 10 ; singing of psalms, as this title showeth; with 2 Chron. xxix. 26, 27; reading and expounding the scriptures, Acts xiii. 15 ; xv. 21; " praying," Acts xvi. 13; disputing, conferring, meditating of God's word and works. Acts xvii. 2 ; xviii. 4; and doing works of mercy to them that were in need, Mat. xii. 2—7,8, U, 12. The Chald. paraphraseth thus," An hymn, a song which the first mail Adam said for the Sabbath day." Ver. 3 In the nights,] See Ps. cxxxiv. Ver. 4. — With meditation,] Or, medi- tated song, or upon Higgajon ivith the harp. The word signifieth meditation, as Ps. ix. 17. Here some think it to be the name of an instrument, or a solemti sound. The Gr. turneth it " a song." Ver. 5. — With thy work,] Which is, all done well and perfectly, Gen. i. 31 ; ii. 2, 3 ; Dent, xxxii. 4. Ver. 10. — Shall be scattered,] Or, shall disperse themselves. The Chald. par- aphrast saith, "shall be separated from the congregation of the just in the world to come." Ver. 11. — Shall be exalted,] Or, thou wilt exalt as the unicorns, therewith to smite mine enemies, as Dent, xxxiii. 17. The horyi signifieth kingdom, and strength, and glory ; and the Chald. here translateth it " strength," see Ps, Ixxv. 5, 11 ; Ps. xxii. 22. Mine old age,] So also the Gr. trans- Uteth it : or, when / am old. After which seemeth to be understood, shall he anointed (or, as before, shall he exalted') with oil. Oftentimes words are not expressed, which are understood ; as is observed on Ps. Ixix. 11 ; xviii. 7, 29. Others, for mine old age, do turn it, ' I shall be anointed.' Fresh,] Or, green oil. Ver. 12. — Mine eye shall view,] To wit, evil ; or " destruction," as the Chald. explaiaeth ; or, the reward of my foes, see Ps. liv. 9; xci. 8. Shall hear,] The Chald. addeth, " the voice of their break- ings." Ver. 13. — Palm tree,] Or, date tree, which groweth not in these cold parts : it is a tree of tall and upright stature, whereto the Scripture hath reference. Song vii. 7,, ' the branches fair and green, wherewith they made booths at their solemn feasts,' Lev. xxiii. 40; ' the fruit pleasant to eat,' Song vii. 8 ; Ex. xv. 27. This tree, though laden and pressed, yet endureth and prospereth ; therefore the branches carried in the hand, or worn in garlands, were signs of victory, Rev. vii. 9. With such graven trees, the walls of God's house and other holy things were beautified, 1 Kings vi. 29 ; vii. 36 ; figures of the flourishing estate of the godly always, as this Psalm sheweth, with Ezek. xl. 16, 26, 31; xli. 18, 19, 20; whereas the wicked's prosperity is momentary, ' as grass,' ver. 8. A cedar,] See the Note on Ps. xxix. 5. Ver. 15. — Sprout,] Or, grow, waxing in stature and fruitfulness, through the bless- ing of God, in whose house they are planted. PSALM XCIII. 603 " To show that Jehovah is righteous ; my Rock, and no injurious evil is in him. 1 Cor. iii. 6. Unto this are all God's people exhorted, Eph. iv. 15, 16; Col. i. 10. The Chald. paraphraseth, " Yet, as their fathers shall they procreate children." In grayness,] Or, koary age, when natural strength decay- eth ; God ministereth vigour above nature. See Ps. Ixxi. 9, IS ; Is. Ixv. 22 ; Heb. xi. 11, 12. Ver. 16. — No INJURIOUS EVIL,] No man- ner of injustice, for the Heb. hath a letter more than ordinary to increase the significa- tion, as Ps. iii. 3 ; exxv. 3. And this respecteth Moses' speech, Deu\ xxxii. 4, where injurious evil is opposed to God's faithfulness in liis administration. PSALM XCIIL The majesty, power, and holiness of Christ's kingdom. ' Jehovah reigneth, is clothed with high majesty j clothed is Jehovah, hath girded himself with strength : the world also is established, it shall not be moved. ^ Stable is thy throne from then, thou art from eternity. ^ The floods have lifted up, O Jeho- vah, the floods Jiave lifted up their voice, the floods lift up their dashing noise. * Than the voices of many waters, the wondrous strong billows of the sea ; more wondrous strong is Jehovah in tlie Iiigh place. ^ Thy testimonies are very faithful ; holiness becometh thine house, Jehovah, to length of days. Vkr. 1. — Is CLOTHED,] Or, hath 'put on, to wit, as an ornament, and iu abundant measure ; for so ' clothing ' doth signify, Ps. Ixv. 14. Girded himself,] That is, 'is in a readiness to perform his work,' Is. viii. 9; Luke xii. 35. Ver. 2. — From then,] That is, from the time that thou hast been; which is, 'from eternity; or, before then, which the Chald. expoundeth, "the beginning." This phrase spoken of God or Christ meaneth ' eter- nity,' Prov. viii. 12. In respect of the crea- tures, it is the ' beginning of time,' Is. xliv. 8. Ver. 3. — The floods,] These are often put for ' the tumultuous rage and tyranny of people,' Ps. Ixv. 8 ; xviii. 5 ; Is. xvii. 12, 13. But here the Chald. explaineth it of their " lifting up their voice with song." Ver. 4. — Wondrous strong,] Excellent, or, magnificent billows. This phrase is taken from Exod. xv. 10. See also this word, Ps. viii. 2. The high place,] Or, height, that is, heaven. So Ps. Ixxi. 19. Ver. o. — Faithful.] Or, ynade sure, constant. See the note on Ps. xix. 8. To length of days,] That is, for ever. See Ps. xxi. 5 ; xxiii. 6, 604 PSALMS. PSALM XCIV. The prophet calling for justice, complaineth of tyranny and impiety > 8. He teacheth God's providence. 1 2. He sJioweth the blessedness of chastisement. 1 6. God is the defender of the afflicted. * O God of vengeance, Jehovah ; O God of vengeance, shine thou clearly. ^ Be thou lifted up, O Judge of the earth ; render a reward unto the proud. ^ How long shall the wicked, O Jehovali ; how long shall tlie wicked show gladness ? ^ Sliall they utter, shall they speak a hard word ; shall they boast tliemselves, all that work iniquity ? ^ Thy people, Jehovah, tliey bruise in pieces, and afflict tliine heritage, ^ They slay the widow and the stranger, and murder the fatlierless. ' And say, Jah sliall not see, nor Jacob's God understand. * Understand, ye brutisli among the people ; and unconstant fools, when will ye be prudent ? * He that planted the ear, shall not he hear ? or he tliat formed the eye, shall not he see ? '"He that cliastiseth tlie heathen, shall not he rebuke? he that teacheth man knowledge ? " Jehovah knoweth the thoughts of man, that they are vanity. '^ O blessed is the man, he whom thou chastenest, O Jah, and teachest him out of thy law. '^ To give him quietness from the days of evil, until a pit of corruption be digged for the wicked. " For Jehovah will not leave his people, and will not forsake his inheritance. '^ But judgment shall return Ver. 1. — God of vengeance,] To whom Ver. 11. — The thoughts of men,] The vengeance belongeth, as Deut. xxxii. 35, and inward decepiations and reasonings of all which punishest evils. So elsewhere he is Tnen, even the wisest. This sentence Paul called ' the God of recompenses,' Jei. li. 56. allegeth against the wisdom of the world, 1 Shine clear,] To our comfort, and our foes' Cor. iii. 20, and as an expositor, instead of terror. See Ps. 1. 2; Ixxx. 2. men, he putteth the wise. Ver. 2, — Be lifted up,] On thy throne, Ver. 12. — The man,] Heb. geler, the and in thy just judgment. So Ps. vii. 7, 8. mighty. Chastenest,] Or, nurturest, in- Ver. 4. — Utter,] Or, talk lavishly, well structest, as this word is Englished, Deut. iv. out as a fountain. See Ps. xix. 3 ; James 36, which this place seemeth to have refer- iil. 11. A HAV.n WQKV>,~\ Hard things, diir- ence unto. Y or chastisement or restraint is able reproaches. See Ps. xxxi. 19. Boast,] by word or deed. And here the doctrine of Or.c.valt themselves with speaking and apply- God's law is opposed to all wise men's cogi- iiig things to their own praise. This word tations. is used in the good part, Is. Ixi. 6. Ver. 14. — Not leave his people,] Nut Vrr. 9. — That planted the ear,] That give them over, or reject them, as the Gr. turn- is, made and set it in the body. So in Is. eth it, to wit, those whom he hath foreknown li. 16, lie is said ' to plant the heavens.' and chosen,' because it hath pleased the Lord Ver. 10.. — Man knowledge,] Here is to to make them his people,' as 1 Sam. xii. 22; be understood, shall not he know? Such Rom. xi. 1, 2, &c imperfect speeches, through passion of mind, Ver. 15. — Judgment shall return to are often in Scripture, Ps. vi. 4 ; 2 Sam. v. justice,] That is, severity to mercy; the S ; supplied in 1 Chron. xi. 6. The Chald. rigour of the law changed to the clemency of rr.aketh this paraphrase, " Is it possible that the gospel. So judgment is often used for he hath given the law to his people, and they sentence of 'punishment, as Jer. Hi. 9, and not be rebuked when they sin? Did not God justice ior grace and mercy. See Ps. xxiv. teach the first man knowledge ? " 5. Or, judgment, which, in the affliction of PSALM XCV. 605 unto justice ; and after it, all the upright in heart. '* Wlio will rise up for me against evil doers ? who will stand up for me against the workers of iniquity ? ^'' Unless Jehovah had been an helpful- ness unto me, my soul had almost dwelt in silence. " When I said. My foot is moved, thy mercy, Jehovah, stayed me up. '^ When many were my cogitations within me, thy consolations delighted my soul. ^° Shall the throne of woful evils have fellowship with thee, which frameth molestation by a decree ? ^' They run by troops against tlie soul of the just, and condemn as wicked the innocent blood. ^^ But Jehovah is to me for an high refuge ; and my God, for the rock of my safe hope. '"*' And he will return upon them their iniquity, and in their malice he will suppress them : Jehovah our God wiU suppress them. God's people, and the prosperity of the branches of a tree, (for so the word properly wicked, seemeth to be parted from Justice, sigiiifieth), therefore the Gr. tumeth it "sor- shall return unto it, when the godly are deli- rows." So Ps. cxxxix. 23. vered, and the wicked punished. After it,] Veh. 20. — Of woful evils,] Or, ofmis- So the Gr. turneth it ; or, after Mm, mean- chiefs, the mischievous tyrannical throne of iug God. the unrighteous judge, shall it have fellow- Ver. 16. — Who will rise dp,] Or, who ship (or be joined) with thee (O God), mean- standeth up, namely, to assist me? meaning, ing, it shall not, as, ' Shalt thou build?' 2 no man doth. Sam. vii. 5, is, ' Thou shalt not build,' 1 Veb. 17.— An helpfulness,] That is, a Chron. xvii. 4. See also Ps. v. 5. Which full help. See Ps. xliv. 17. In silence,] The fr.-vmeth,] Or, he that frameth, or formeth. place of stillness and silence, that is, the Bv a d-ecre^,'] Or, for a statute, a law. grave, as the Gr. explaineth it. So Ps. cxv. Ver. 21. — Run by troops,] Combine and 17. See also Ps. xlix. 13. gathered together as banded to fight. In Gr. Ver. 18. — Is moved,] Or, slippeth. See thet/ hunt for. Ps. xxxviii. 17. Veb. 23. — Will TVR^,']lleh. hath turned, Veb. 19. — My cogitations,] My care- that is, will assuredly turn. In their mal- ful troubled thoughts, perplexed as the ice,] Or, for their evil. PSALM XCV. An exhortation to praise God, 3 for Ms greatness, 6 and for Ms good- ness. 8. A roaming not to harden the heart against God's word, as Israel had done, who therefore entered not into his rest. ' Come, let us shout joyfully to Jehovah, let us shout triumph- antly to the Rock of our salvation. ^ Let us prevent his face with confession, with psalms let us sliout triumphantly to him, ^ For Jehovah is a great God, and a great King above all gods. * In Ver. 1. — Come.J Or, go to. The holy Veb. 2.— Prevent,] Come first, and Spirit by David thus exhorteth Israel to laud speedily. the Lord, and obey his voice. For he Ver. 3. — Great Gi.)n,] Or, great poten- penned this psalm, Hel). iii. 7 ; iv. 7. The fate, Ml. So Christ is also entitled, Tit. ii. Rock,] Meaning CAm^, as the apostle show.. 13. All gods,'\ Angels, princes, ot false eth, Heb. iii. 6, 7. The Gr. translateth it, gods, Ps. viii. 6; Ixxxii. 6 ; xcvi. 4, 5. '• God our Savioui." Ver. 4. — Deep places,] Or, deep closets. 006 PSALMS. whose hands are the deep places of the earth, and the strong heights of tlie mountains are his. ^ Whose tlie sea is, for he made it, and the dry land liis hands have formed. " Come, let us bow down ourselves, and bend : let us kneel before Jehovah our maker. 'For he is our God, and we are tlie people of his pasture, and sheep of his hand, to-day if ye will hear his voice : ® Harden not your heart, as in Meribah, as in the day of Massah in the wilderness. " Where your fathers tempted me, proved me, also saw my work. ^^ Forty years I was grieved with that generation, and said, they are a people erring in heart, and they know not my ways. " So that I sware in mine anger, if they shall enter into my rest. rieb. "searchings," that is, deep secret places for which search is made, Job xxviii. 1, 2, &c., and which cannot by man's search be found, Job xxxviii. 4, 5, 6, IS. Strong HEIGHTS,] Or, u-earisome heigtds, high mounts which weary men to climb them ; but the word hath also a signification of strong, and not being wearied, Num. xxiii. 22. Ver. 7. — Of his hand,] That is, of his guidance, Ps. Ixxvii. 21; see also Ps. c. 3. To-DAT,] Hereby is meant the whole time wherein Christ speaketh by his gospel, Heb. iii. 7, 13, 15; iv. 7, 8. Ver. 8.— In Meribah,] That is, in the contention, {or provocation, as the Gr. turn- eth it.) The name of a place in the wilder- ness, where Israel ' contended with Moses, and tempted the Lord saying. Is the Lord among us or no ? because there was no water for the people to drink. Therefore he called the place Massah (temptation) and Meribah (contention),' Ex. xvii. 1, 2 — 7. Also an- other place, where again ' they contended with Moses, and with the Lord,' Num. xx. 1, 3, 13. Day of Massah,] That is, of temp- tation ; by day again we may understand the tuhole space wherein they tempted God ten times, as is said. Num. xiv. 22. So the ' flay of salvation,' 2 Cor. vi. 2, is the time theieof. Yet there was a special day and place of temptation named ' Massah,' Ex. xvii. 2, 7, whereupon Moses warned the people, ' Ye shall not tempt the Lord your God, as ye tempted him in Massah,' Deut.vi. 16. Ver. 9. — Tempted me,] Hereupon the apostle saith, ' they tempted Christ,' 1 Cor. X. 9. My work,] That is, zuorks, Heb. iii. 9, both in miraculous mercies giving them bread from heaven, and waters out of the rock, &c., Ps. Ixxviii. 15 ; xxiii. &c., and in punishments for their rebellions, Ps. Ixxviii. 31, 33, &c.; Heb. iii. 17. For works sometimes signifieth reward, Ps. cix. 20; Job vii. 2; Lev. xix. 13. Ver. 11, — If they shall enter,] That is, they shall not enter, Heb. iii. 11, 18, a part of the oath is not uttered; see Ps. Ixxxix. 36. This oath was made at Kadesh, where the people through unbelief refused to enter the promised land, Num. xiv. 21, 22, 23,30, 32; Heb. iii. 17, 19. My rest,] The land of Canaan, Deut. xii. 9 ; 1 Chron. xxiii. 25, a figure of a better rest which we that have believed the word do enter into, Heb. iv. 3 ; for if that land (wherein now they were) had been their rest, David would not have spoken of another. ' There remaineth therefore a rest for the people of God ;' let us study to enter into it,' Heb. iv. 8, 9, 11. PSALM XCVL An exhortation to praise God for his greatness. 5. The vanity of idols. 8. God only is to be served. 9. His re'ign and judgment is to he showed to the Gentiles. ^ SiNG ye to Jehovah a new song, sing ye to Jehovah all the earth, ^ Sing ye to Jehovah, bless ye his name, preach the good Ver.I. — Anew song,&c.] SeePs 3. This Psalm is a part of that song xxxiii. where- with God was celebrated when the ark of his covenant was brought with joy into David's PSALM XCVI. 607 tidings of his salvation from day to day. ^ Tell among the nations his glory, among all people his marvellous works. * For great is Jehovah, and praised vehemently, fearful he is above all gods. * For all the gods of the people are vain idols, but Jehovah made the heavens. ® Glorious majesty and comely lionour are before liim, strength and beauteous glory in his sanctuary. ' Give to Jeliovah, ye kindreds of the people, give to Jehovah glory and strength. " Give to Jehovah the glory of his name ; take up an oblation, and come into his courts. ^ Bow down yourselves to Jehovah in the comely honour of the sanctuary, tremble ye at liis feet all the eartli. " Say ye among the nations, Jehovali reigneth, the world also shall be stablished, it shall not be moved, he will judge the people with righteousnesses. " Let the heavens rejoice, and the earth be glad : roar let the sea, and the plenty thereof. ^^ Let the fields show gladness, and all that therein is : tlien let all the trees of the wood shout joyfully. '^ Before Jehovah, for he Cometh, or he cometh to judge the earth : lie will judge the world with justice, and the people with his faithfulness. city from Obed-edom's house, 1 Chron. xvi. 23, &c. And it containeth a prophecy of Christ's kingdom, and of the calling of the Gentiles from idols to serve and praise the living God. Ver. 2. — Preach the good tidings,] Or, evayigelize • see Ps. xl. 10. Veb. 4. — Praised,] And praiseworthy ; see Ps. xviii. 4. Ver. 5. — Vain idols,] Or, things of nought, as the apostle openeth this word, say- ing, ' we know that an idol is nothing in the world,' 1 Cor. viii. 4. Elim and Elohim, in Heb. are Gods. Of strength,] Elilim, idols ; as being Al-Etim not gods, without strength. So elsewhere they are plainly called Lo-Elohim, no gods, 2 Chron. xiii. 9, U7iable to do good or evil, and unprofitable, Jer. X. 5 ; Is. xliv. 9, 10. And as the name of God is joined with things to show their excellency, Ps. xxxvi. 7; so is this con- trariwise, to show their vanity ; as of ' phy- sicians,' Job xiii. 4; of 'shepherds,' Zach. xi. 17 ; of false doctrine,' Jer. xiv. 14. The Or. here turneth it daimonia, devils, by which name idols are railed, I Cor. x. 19,20; Rev. ix. 20; 2 Chron. xi. 15. Ver. 6. — Beauteous glory.] For this in 1 Chro. xvi. 27 is written Joyfulness. Ver. 7.— Give, &c.,] Compare Ps. xxix. 1, 2. The Chald. expoundeth it. " Bring a new song to God." Ver. S. — To his courts,] To his face, or presence, as 1 Chron. xvi. 29. Ver. 9. — Of the sanctuary,] Or, of sanctity; see Ps. xxix. 2. Tremble,] Or, be pained, as in travail of child-birth. Ver. 10. — With righteousnesses,] That is, most righteously. Ver. 11. — Let rejoice,] Or, shall rejoice ; and so the rest. So Ps. xcviii. 7, S, 9. The Chald. paraphraseth, " Let the hosts of heaven rejoice, and the just of the earth be glad." Ver. 13. — With justice,] Ot, in justice, that is, justly : so Rev. xix. 11 ; Acts xvii. 31 ; Ps. xcix. 608 PSALMS. PSALM XCVIL The % judgments ness. of God's kingdom. 7. The Church rejoiceth at Gods idolaters. 10. An exhortation to godliness and glad- ' Jehovah reigneth, let the earth be glad, let the many isles rejoice. ^ Cloud and gloomy darkness are round about him, justice and judgment are the stable-place of his throne. ^ Fire goeth before him, and flameth round about his distressers. ^ His light- nings illuminate the world, the earth seeth and trembleth. * The mountains like wax melt at the presence of Jehovah, at the pre- sence of the Lord of all the earth. ^ The heavens declare his jus- tice, and all people see his glory. ^ Abashed be all tliey that serve a graven thing, that gloriously boast themselves in vain idols ; bow down yourselves to him all ye gods. ^ Zion heareth and rejoiceth, • and glad are the daughters of Judah, because of thy judgments, Jehovah. " For thou Jehovah art higli above all the earth, vehe- mently art thou exalted above all gods. '° Ye lovers of Jeho- vah, hate evil ; he keepeth the souls of liis gracious saints, he will deliver them from the hand of the wicked. " Light is Ver. 1. — Jehovah,] That is, Christ, called 'Jehovah our justice,' Jer. xxiii, 6, 6. Of him and his reign is this Psalm, as verse 7 manifesteth. The many isles,] That is, nations or Gentiles A\ye\\\ng in the isles; as, ' the isles shall wait for his law,' Is. xlii. 4, which is expounded thus, 'the Gentiles shall trust in his name,' Mat. xii. 21 : so Is. Ix. 9. Ver. 2. — Gloomy darkness,] See Ps. xviii. 10. Tliis iioteth the terror of his doc- trine and administration, Mai. iii. 2 ; Mat. iii. 12; as at the law giving, Deut. iv. II. The Chald. saith, "A cloud of glory and gloomy darkness." Stable- place,] Establishment, or base ; see Ps. Ixxxix. 15. Ver, 3. — Fire,] Severe judgments for Christ's enemies, as Is. xlii. 25 ; Ixvi. 15, 16 ; Ps. 1. 3. Ver. 4, — Illuminate,] Or, have illum,- ined; as at the giving of the law there were 'thunders, lightnings, voices, earthquakes,' Sec, Ex. xix., so the like proceed from the throne of Christ, Rev. iv. 5. Trem- bleth,] Or, is pained ; see Ps. Ixxvii. 17. Ver. 5. — At the presence,] Or, from the face. Ver. 6. — The heavens,] Heavenly crea- tures, as thunder, lightning, tempest, &c., or " the angels," as the Chald. interpreteth. See Ps. 1. 6. Ver. 7. — Vain idols.] See Ps. xcvi. 5. All ye gods,] That i^, as the Gr. saith, " all ye his angels ;" see Ps. viii. 6. Unto this the apostle seemeth to have reference, saying, ' When he bringeth in his first begot- ten into the world, he saith. And let all the angels of God worship him,' Heb. i. 6. Al- though the very words of the apostle are found in the version of Deut. xxxii. 43, but the Heb. there hath none such. See the fulfilling of this, Luke ii. 13, 14 ; Mark i. 13 ; Rev. v. 11, 12, Ver, 8. — Daughters,] That is cities of Judah, the Christian churches ; see Ps. xlviii. 12, Ver. 11. — Light is sown,] That is, com- fort and joy is reserved after trouble, as Esth viii. 16, but hidden for the present, as seed in the ground ; for ' we are dead, and our lives are hid with Christ in God,' Col. iii. PSALM X evil I. 609 sown for tlie just, and joy for the right of licart. ''^ Rejoice, ye just, in Jehovali, and confess to the remembrance of his holi- ness. 3,4, and 'it doth not yet appear what we Ver. 12. — Confess to,] Tl.at is, cole- shall be,' 1 John iii. 2. bratc it. See Ps. xxx. 5. PSALM XCVIIL The psalmist exliorteth the Jews, 4 The Gentiles, 7 and all creatures to praise God for his salvation by Christ. A Psalm. ^ Sing ye to Jehovah a new song, for lie hath done marvellous things : his right hand hath saved him, and tlie arm of his lioliness. ^Jehovah hath made known his salvation, to tlie cities of the nations lie hath revealed his justice. ^ He hath remembered his mercy, and his faithfulness to the house of Israel ; all the ends of the earth have seen the salvation of our God. * Shout triumphantly to Jehovah, all tlie earth shout cheerfully, and shout joyfully, and sing psalms. ' Sing psalms to Jehovah with harp, witli harp and voice of a psalm. ^ With trumpets, and voice of the cornet, shout triumphantly before the King Jehovah. ' Let the sea roar, and the plenty thereof, tlie world, and they that sit therein. ^ Let the rivers clap the hands together, let the mountains shout joyfully, * Before Jehovah, for he is come to judge the earth ; he will judge the world in justice, and the people in righteousness. Ver. 1 — A new song,] See Ps. xxxiii. Ver. 6. — Voice of the cornet,] Or, 3. Saved HIM,'] Or, got hifn salvation, znd sound of the tntmpet : for here are two victory over all his enemies : see Is. lis. 16; several words for trumpets, some of which Ixiii. 6. were made of metal, as silver, &c., Num. x. Ver. 2. — His salvation,] The redetnp- 2; some of horns, Jos. vi. 4 : and thes^were Hon by Clirist, %s Luke ii. 30, 31, 32, so used both in wars and in the worship of God ; ' iiis justice is that which is by faith in see Ps. Ixxxi. Christ,' Rom. x. 3, 4, 6, 10. Ver. 8. — Clap the hands,] Or, clap Ver. 3. — Remembered,] And conse- palms, a sign of joy j as Is. iv. 12 ; Ps. ({M^nWy performed his mercy , &c. ; so Luke xlvii. 2. i. 54, 55, 72 — 74. All the ends,] That Ver. 9.— In justice,] That is, justly; is, the dwellers in the ends of the earth; so Ps. xcvi. 13. In righteousness,] That so Is. iii. 10. is, most righteously ; so Ps. ix. 9. Vol. II 610 PSALMS. PSALM XCIX. The prophet setting forth the kingdom of God in Zion, 5 Exhorteth all by the example of forefathers, to worship God at his holy moun- tain. 'Jehovah reigneth, the people are stirred: he sitteth on the cherubim, the earth is moved. ^ Jeliovah is great in Zion, and high he is above all the people. ^ Let them confess tliy name, great and fearful, holy it is. * And the strengtli of the Kingloveth judgment : tliou liast established righteousness, tliou hast done in Jacob judgment and justice. ^ Exalt ye Jehovali our (Tod, and bow down yourselves at the footstool of his feet, holy he is. ® Moses and Aaron, witli his priests, and Samuel, witli tliem tliat call on Ids name : they called upon Jehovah, and he answered them. ^ In tlie pillar of a cloud he spake unto themj they kept Jiis testimonies and the decree lie gave them. * Jeliovali our God, thou answeredst them, a God forgiving thou wast unto them, and taking vengeance on tlieir practices. ^ Exalt ye Jeliovah our God, and bow down' yourselves at the mountain of his holiness, for Jehovah our God is holy. Ver. 1. — Are stirred,] Or, though they be stirred, to wit, with, anger, as the Gr. traiislateth, ' be angry.' See Ps. iv. 5. This is opened in Rev. xi. 17, 18, ' Thou (Lord) reigiiest, and the nations are angry.' Thus the wicked are affected, but the godly do rejoice, Ps. xcvii. i. He sitteth,] Or, even he that sitteth on the cheruUm, reigneth ; see Ps. Ixxx. 2. Is moved,] With indigna- tion, stirred up to resist, as Ads xvii. 13. Ver. 4 The strength,] This is joined with God's wrath, Ezr. viii. 22, and here seemeth to have like meaning, that God is strong to punish in judgment the rebellious, and defend his people. Ver. 5. — At the footstool,] Or, toward it, meaning the sanctuary and ark there, Is. Ixvi. 13; 1 Chron. xxviii. 2 ; Lam. ii. 1 ; Ps. cxxxii. 7 ; Ez. xliii. 7. He is,] As is expressed, ver. 8, or it (the temple) is holy. Ver. 6 With his priests,] Or, among his principal officers ; see the like phrase in Ps. liv. G. The Heb. Cohen, which we call a priest or sacrificer, is the name of the king's chief officer, as in 2 Sam. viii. 18. David's sons were Cohens, {chief rulers, aularchai, as the Gr. termeth them), which is expounded in 1 Chron. xviii. 17, to be ' the first (or chief) at the king's hand.' It liath the name of ' ministration,' Is. Ixi. 6, 10, and was a title specially given to Aaron and his sons, that ministered unto God in the sanctuary, Ex. xxviii. 3,4,41. C.-^lleu,] Or, were callitiy, that is, prayed for the people, as Ex. xxxii. 11, etc.; Num. xii. 17, 19; xvi. 22, 46 ; I Sam. vii. 9; xii. 19, 23. Hereupon Moses and Samuel were noted for chief intercessors with God, Jer. XV. 1. So the Chald. here expounds it, " His priests which gave their lives for the Lord's people ; and Samuel prayed to the Lord for them, as the fathers of old, which prayed in his name. Ver. 7. — Of a cloud,] As Ex. xxxiii. 9; Num. xvi. 42, and this noteth God's favour, but with some obscurity ; and so is inferior to the mediation of Christ, who hath without clouds or shadows obtained eternal redemp- tion for us, that we may go boldly to the throne of grace, for to receive mercy and find grace to help in time of need, Heb. iv. 14, 16; vii. 25 ; ix. 11, 12. Ver. 8. — A god forgiving,] yl mighty God that pardonest or tookest away, to wit, the punishment of their sin ; see Ps. xxv. IS. And t.^king,] Or, though thou tookest ven- geance. On their i>r.^ctices,] Theirs, that is, the people's, for whom Moses prayed, as Num. xiv. 20, 21, 23 ; Ex. xxxii. 14, 34, 35 ; or theirs, that is, Moses and Aaron's sins, which God punished, and would not be intreated, as Num. xx. 12 ; Deut. iii. 23 —26. PSALMS C, Cr. 611 PSALM C. An exiwrtation to praise God cheerfully for his grace, goodness, and fidelity. ' A Psalm for confession. Shout ye triumphantly to Jeliovali, all the earth. ^ Serve ye Jehovah with gladness, come before him with singing joy. ^ Know ye tliat Jehovah he is God, he made us, and not we, his people, and sheep of his pasture. I Enter ye his gates with confession, his courts with praise ; confess ye to him, bless ye his name. ^ For Jehovah is good, his mercy is for ever, and his faith unto genera- tion and generation. Ver. 1 — For confession,] For the ii. 10. And not we,] Or, and his tve are, public praise of God, with thanks for his as the Heb. in the margin reideth it. Both mercies. All the earth,] That is, as senses are good, and the Chald. keepetli this the Chald. translateth '-all inhabitants of the latter, his we are. Sheep,] Or, Flock, earth." which he feedeth. See Ezek. xxxiv. 30, 31 ; Ver. 2 — Singing,] Or, shrilling, shout- Ps. xcv. 7. ing mirth. Ver. 4. — Confession,] The sacrifice of Ver. 3. — Made ns,] This word is used thanks was thus named ; 2 Chron. xxix. 31 ; both for our first creation in nature,Gen. i.26, Jer. xvii. 26. and for the making of us high and excellent Ver. 5. — Faith,] Or, Faithfulness; truth with graces and blessings, as 1 Sam. xii. 6; in performing his promises. Deut. xxxii. 6 ; Is. xlii. 7; xxix. 23 ; Eph. PSALM CL David maJceth a profession of godliness touching his own person, his house, and the city of God, in cherishing the good, and suppressing the wicked. A Psalm of David. ^ Mercy and judgment I will sing to thee, Jehovah, will I sing psalms. * I will do wisely in the perfect way, wlieii wilt thou come unto me ? I will walk in the perfection of mine heart, in tlie midst Ver. 1.— Mercy and judgment,] This Ver. 2. — Do wisely,] Behave myself may be understood to refer to David's own prudently, as David is said to do, 1 Sam. administration; howbeit the Chald. un- xviii.l4. When wilt thou cohie,] Namely, derstandeth it of God's, saying, " If thou when wilt thou come to assist me in the per- dealest mercifully with me, if thou dost formance hereof ; or, tvhen thou shalt come, judgment with me, for all, I will sing namely, to call me unto an account of my praise." life, &c. 612 PSALMS. of mine house. ' I will not set before mine eyes any word of Belial: I hate the doing of them that turn aside, it shall not cleave unto me. *A froward heart shall depart from me, I will know none evil. ' He that in secret hurteth with tongue liis fellow friend, him will I suppress : the hauglity of eyes, and large of heart, him I cannot suffer. ^ Mine eyes shall be on the faithful of the land, for to sit with me ; he tliat walketh in the perfect way, he shall minister to me. ' He shall not sit within my house tliat doth deceit, he that speaketh lies shall not be established , before mine eyes. ^ In the mornings I will suppress all the wicked of the land, for to cut off from the city of Jehovah all the workers of ini- quity. Ver. 3. — Of BELIAL,] That is, mischiev- receiver of his tale whom he corrupteth. ous (or wicked) word or thing. See Ps. Hereupon is that saying of Ben Syrach, ' A xli. 9. third tongue hath disquieted many,' Ecchs. Ver. 4. — Know,] Or, acknowledge, that xxviii. 15, and 'a third tongue hath cast out is, regard or approve. So Ps. i. 6. virtuous women,' Eccl. xxviii. 15, meaning Ver. 5. — Hdrteth with tongue,] That the backbiter or tale-bearer. See the Annot. traduceth, or (as the Heb. phrase is) be- on Lev. xix. 16. Large,] Ov, wide, hro&A tongueth. Hereupon a man of tongue, is for a of heart, meaning proud, as Prov. xxi. 4. So prattler or calumniator, Ps. cxl. 12. The large of soul, Prov xxviii. 25, is proud in' Chald. paraphiaseth, " He that speaketh with mind. I cannot,] Here the word hear or a third (or threefold) tongue against his neigh- sw^r, is to be understood, as is expressed, hour ;" meaning a backbiter or calumniator, Prov. xxx. 21 ; so John xxxi. 23 ; and in which is said of the Heb. doctors to have a Gr. 1 Cor. iii. 2. threefold tongue, because he hurteth three VeR.8. — In THEMORNiNG,]That is,every herewith ; both himself by his sin, and his morning, or early in the morning. See Ps. neighbour whom he backbiteth, and the Ixxiii. 14. PSALM CIL The prophet in his prayer complaineth of his miseries. 1 3. He tdketh comfort in the eternity and mercy of God, 19. The record hereof is for posterity. 24. He sustaineth his iveaTiness by the unchangeableness of Christ. ^ A prayer for the poor afflicted, when he shall be overwhelmed, and shall pour forth his meditation before Jehovah. * Jehovah, hear my prayer, and let my cry come unto thee. ' Hide not thy face from me in the day of distress upon me, incline thine ear unto me ; in the day I call, make haste, answer me, * For my days are consumed as smoke, and my bones are burnt as Ver. 1. — For the poor,] Agi-eeing in Ver. 4. — As&N0K-E,']Or, ivith the smoke, his estate; or, o//A(?/>oor. Overwhelmed,] vanishing in the air; so Ps. xxxvii. 20. The With fears, cares, sorrows, &c. See Ps- Heb. beth, with, and caph, as, are one like Ixi. 3. another, and sometimes put one for another. PSALM CIT. 613 an hearth. ^ Mine heart is smitten as grass and withered, tliat I for- get to eat my bread. s For the voice of my groaning, my bone cleaveth to my flesli. ^ I am like a pelican of the wilderness ; I am as an ov/1 of the deserts. * I watch and am as a sparrow, soli- tary upon tlie house roof. ^ All the days muie enemies do reproach me ; tliey tliat rage against me, have sworn against me. '" For I eat ashes as bread, and mingle my drink with weeping. " Because of thine angry threat, and tiiy fervent wrath, for thou hast heaved me up, and cast me down. '" My days are as a sliadow declined, and I am withered as grass. '^ And thou Jeliovah sittest for ever, and thy memorial to generation and generation. '* Tliou wilt arise, wilt have tender mercy upon Sion, for the time to be gracious unto it, for the appointed time is come. '^ For thy servants delight in the stones thereof, and do pity the dust thereof. " And the liea- thens shall fear tlie name of Jehovali, and all the kings of the earth thy glory. '^ When Jeliovali shall build up Sion, shall appear in liis glory. "* Shall turn unto the prayer of tlie lowly, and not despise their prayer. '^ Tliis shall be written for the generation after, and the people created shall praise Jah. ^^ For he hath as 2 Sam. v. 24, with 1 Chron. xiv. 15. An HEARTH,] The place whereon fire bunieth. Compare Job xxx. 30. Ver. 5. — As GRASS,] Or, as the herbs, smitten with hlastiiig, Amos iv. 9. To eat wr BREAD,] The Cliald. applieth this to the bread of the soul, " the law of God." Ver. G. — To my flesh,] That is, my skin, as Job xix. 20, so elsewhere skin is \>\x\. ior flesh, Job xviii. 13 ; see also Lara, iv. 8. Ver. 7. — A pelican,] A bird living in wild and desolate places, Zeph. ii. 14 ; Is. xxxiv. 11. It seemeth to have the name in Heb. of " votniting," and to be that fowl which we call the shovelard, which svvallow- eth shell-fishes, and after vomiteth them to get the fish. It was a bird unclean by the law, Lev. xi. 13. Some think it to be the bittern, which maketh a loud and doleful noise. Compare Job xxx. 29. Ver. 9. — Rage against me,] Or, vaunt against ; or, "would make a fuol of me." The Gr. saith, "that praise me," meaning feignedly. The word sigiiifieth, ' to lift up with praise and glory ;' and also insloriously to vaunt, rage, or be mad. See Ps. v. C ; Ixxv. 5. The word ' against ' is iiere to be understood, as in Prov. viii. 35, 'he that sinneth against me.' An example of such rag- ing madness, see against Christ, Luke vi. II. Veil 12. — Declined,] Or, stretched out, as the shadow of the sun, when it is near down, which, though it seems longer, yet soon passeth away. So Ps. cix. 23 ; cxliv. 4. Ver. 13. — Sittest,] That is, continuest, as the Gr. explaineth it, for sitting and standing (as after in ver. 27) are often used for ' sure and settled abiding.' The Chald. addeth, " sittest for ever in heaven." Thy Memorial,] Or, remembrance of thee ; so Ps. cxxxv. 13 ; Ex. iii. 15. Ver. 14. — The appointed time,] Pro- mised for restoration of the Church, as Dan. ix. 2, 24, 25, &c.; Jer. xxix. 10. Ver. 15. — Delight,] Or, do favour the stones, though ruinous, as Neh. ii. 13, &c.; iv. 2 ; Zach. i. 12. Ver. 18. — The lowlv,] So the Gr. here turnetli it, which elsewhere we call ' heath,' that groweth in the wilderness, Jer. xvii. G; xlviii. 6. By the name in Heb. it seemeth to be some " naked shrub," and so a fit resemblance of God's afflicted people, made low, naked, and desolate by their enemies. Or we may turn it, ' the broken down,' or ' ruined,' from Jer. Ii. 58. Ver. 19. — This shall be,] Or, Let this be ivrittcn, to wit, for remembrance to ages after, as Ex. xvii. 14 ; Deut. xxxi. 19, 21. This showeth these to be prophecies for our times. Created,] Tliat is, restored and made anew, as Ps. civ. 30 ; Is. Ixv. 18 ; ' created in Christ Jesus unto good works,' Eph. ii. 10. So, ' a people born,' Ps. xxii. 32. Ver. 20. — The height of his holiness,] That is, his holy high place, or his high sanctuary, meaning 'heaven.' This is taken from Deut. xxvi. 15. 614 PSALMS. looked down from the height of liis holiness, Jehovah tiom me lieavens did behold tlie earth, '■*' To hear the groaning of tlie pri- soner, to loose the sons of death. ^^ To tell in Sion tlie name of Jeliovah, and his praise in Jerusalem. ^^ WJien tlie people shall be gatliered together, and tlie kingdoms to serve Jehovah. ^^ He hath afflicted my strength in the way, he hath shortened my days. ^ I said, O my God, take me not away in tlie midst of my days, tliy years are through generation of generations. ^^ Kiox^-time thou liast fomided the earth, and the heavens are the work of thine liands. ^^ They shall perish, but thou slialt stand ; and they all shall wax old as a garment, as a vesture shalt thou change them, and they shall be changed. ^* But thou art tJie same, and thy years shall not be ended. ^^ The sons of thy servants shall dwell, and their seed shall be established before thee. Ver. 21. — Groaning,] Or, mournfully Ver.27. — Shalt stand,] That is, e?u/«re, cry I so Ps. Ixxix. 11. Sons of death,] or continue, as the Gr. expresseth it, Heb. Appointed to die, as Ps. Ixxix. 11. i. 11. Change them,] By folding them up, Ver. 24 — In the way,] hi the course as the Gr. explaineth, Heb. i. 12, for the of my life. SeePs. ii. 12. ' He respecteth heavens, when they are changed, 'shall be tlie affliction of Israel, 'in the waythatGod led folded like a book,' Is. xxxiv. 4. them through the wilderness, Deut.viii. 2, 3. Ver. 2S. — Art the same,] Or, art he, Ver. 25. — Take me not away,] Or, that is, unchangeable, Mai. iii. 6 ; James make me not ascend. See John xii. 32. i. 17. The Chald. addeth, " Take me not away out Ver. 29. — Shall dwell,] To wit, in of this world, bring me unto the world that Zion, ver. 14, 22, as is also expressed, Ps. is to come." Ixix. 36, 37. Before thee,] That is, so Ver. 26. — Afore time,] That is, at the long as thou dost dure, meaning " for ever," beginning, Heb. i. 10, where these things as the Gr. well explaineth it. So, ' before spoken to God are applied to Christ, to prove the moon and sun,' Ps. Ixxii. 5, 17, is so his Godhead. long as the moon and sun endure. PSALM CIIL David stirreth tip Ms soul to bless God for Ms mercies. 6. He remem- Tjcreth God's former actions to his people. 8. His pity, 9 patience, 10 clemencij, 15 man's frailty, 17 God^s constancy in his graces, for which all are to bless him. ^ A Psalm of David. My soul, bless thou Jehovah, and all my inward parts the name of his holiness. " My soul, bless thou Jehovah, and forget not all his rewards. ^ That mercifully pardoneth all thine iniquities, that Ver. 2. — All his rewards,] That is, and punishments in soul or body, (and spi- any of his benefits. All is often used for ritually sitis) are meant by the word <■ sick- atiy, Ps. cxlvii. 20 : 1 Kings x. 20 ; and nesses,' Ex. xv. 26 ; Deut. xxviii. 59, 61 ; ' rewards for benefits.' See Ps. xiii. 6. Is. xxxiii. 24. See also Psalm xli. 5 j Ver.o. — Sicknesses,] All diseases, griefs, cxlvii. 3. PSx\LM CIII. G15 liealeth all thy sicknesses. * Tliat redeemeth thy life from the pit of corruption, that crovvneth thee with mercies and tender pities. * That satiateth thy month with good things, thy youth is renewed as an eagle's. « Jehovah doth justices and judgment to all oppressed. ' He made known his ways to Moses, his actions to the sons of Israel. "Jehovah ^■5 pitiful and gracious, long suffering, and full of mercy. ^ He will not contend to continually, neither keep (Jiis aiigef) for ever. " He hath not done to us according to our sins, nor rewarded us according to our iniquities. " But as is the height of the heavens above the earth, so strong is his mercy over them that fear him. '^ As far remote as the east is from the west, so far hath he removed our trespasses from us. " As a father hath pity on his sons, Jeliovah hath pity on them that fear him. " For he knoweth our forming, remembering that we are dust, ^^ Sorry-man, his days are as grass, as a flower of the field so flourisheth he. "^ For a wind passeth over it, and it is not, and tlie place thereof shall not know it any more. " But the mercy of Jehovah endureth from eternity, and unto eternity, upon them that fear him, and his justice to the children's children. "^ To them that keep his cove- nant, and that remember liis precepts for to do them. " Jehovah Ver. 4. — Pit of corruption.] Death and the grave. The Chald. saith, 'from geheiina (or hell),* whither men hasten by their sins, till God by chastisement bringeth them to repentance, and then spareth them. See this at large handled, Job xxxiii. 19, 23, 24, 27, 28, SO. Ver. 5. — Good things,] Heb. the good tilings. See the Notes on Ps. Ixv. 5. Is RENEWED,] Or, thou renewest thyself as an eagle, as ' thy youth ;' thy flesh being ' fresher than in childhood;' thou returning 'to the days of thy youth,' as is said, Job xxxiii. 25. Tills change is 'by the renewing of the mind,' Rom. xii. 2, wrought by the Holy Spirit, Titus iii. 5. The Chald. applieth it to " renewing in the world to come." As an e.igle's,] Which casteth her feathers yearly, and new grow up, whereby she seemetli fresh and young, fleeth high, and liveth long. Compare Is. xl. 31. Ver. 6. — Justices,] That is, all manner of justice, and that which is chiefest. Things are often spoken of plurally for their excel- lency. So ' ivisdoms,' Prov. ix. 1. Ver. 7 — His ways,] Wherein men ought to walk, as Ex. xviii. 20 ; Ps. xxv. 4, 5 ; or, wherein himself walketh, his administra- tion, his works, as Ps. Ixxvii. 20 ; Job xl. 14. This latter seemeth most meant here by comparing it with Ex. xxxiii. 13; xxxiv. 6, 7. Ver. 8. — Long-suffering,] Or, slow to anger. See Ps. Ixxxvi. 15. Ver. 9. — Contend,] Or, chide. Com- pare Is. Ivii. 16. Keep,] Understand liis anger, as both Gr. and Chald. do explain it; sometimes the Heb. itself manifesteth the defect, as 'he set,' 1 Chron, xviii. C ; that is, 'he set garrisons,* 2 Sam. viii. 6. This phrase is taken from the law. Lev. xix. IS. So Jer. iii. 5; Nah. i. 2; see also Ps. cix.21. Ver. 13. — Jehovah hath pity,] The Chald. expounds it, "The word of the Lord hath pity." So in ver. 19, for « Jehovah is the word of the Lord.' Ver. 14. — Our forming,] That is, our formed nature and condition, our matter and form, the original word properly is ' a formed vessel ' of earth, applied to our frail estate, Rom. ix. 20, 21. Sometimes this is spoken of our ' fictions and sinful imaginations, Gen. vi. 5 ; Dent. xxxi. 21 ; and so the Chald. interpreteth it here," Our evil concupiscence which carrieth us into error." Ver. 15-— As the grass, &c.] That is, few and transitory, though making a fair show. Compare Ps. xc. 5, 6 ; Job xiv. 1, 2: James i. 10, 11; 1 Pet. i. 24. Ver. 16. — Not know it,] Or, knoiv hint, that is, he shall have no more place here; so Job vii. 10. Ver. 18. — To do them,] This noteth the outward practice and operation of the law, whereas ' keeping ' or ' observing ' is with the heart and spirit of man, Prov. iii. 1,3 ; iv, 4, 21 ; Ps. Ixxviii. S. Ver. 19.— Prepared his, throne,] Oi, 616 PSALMS. hath firmly prepared his throne in the heavens, and his kingdom ruleth over all. ^^ Bless Jehovah, ye his angels ; mighty of strength doing his word, hearkening to the voice of his word. ^' Bless Jehovah, all ye his hosts, his ministers, doing his pleasure. "^ Bless Jeliovah, all ye his works, in all places of his domination, my soul, bless thou Jeliovah. established it, a sign of dominion and govern- inent to be administered in heaven, whereby ' the Church ' is figured, Rev. iv. 1, 2. See also Ps. ix. 5, 8, 9; xi. 4. Ver. 20. — Hearkening,] Or, to hear- ken, to obey, arid tliis noteth a willing and ready mind in the angels ; and our Lord teacheth us to pray for the like, Matt. vi. 10. The Heb. phrase 'to obey,' may be Englished 'obeying,' as the like in Ps. civ. 15, 21 ; cv. 11. See also Ps. xlix. 15 ; Ixv. 11. Ver. 21. — His hosts,] Or, armies, the thrones, principalities, poivers, &C. that are iti the heavenly places, Eph. iii. 10 ; Col. i. 16 ; for they are ' his hosts,' 1 Kings xxii. 19 ; Gen. xxxii. 2 ; and generally all crea- tures are 'his hosts.' See Ps. xxiv. 10. Ministers,] Theangels which minister unto him, Ps. civ. 4 ; Dan. vii. 10. The same title is given also to men, as will be seen in Is. Ld. 6. PSALMCIV. A meditation upon God's powerful morhs, and wonderful providence, in creating and governing the world and creatures therein. 31. God's glory is eternal. 33. The prophet voweth p)erpetically to praise him. ^ My soul, bless thou Jehovah; Jehovah, my God, thou art vehemently great : thou arrayest thyself with majesty and comely honour. '^ Decking himself yvith. light as with a garment, stretching out the heavens as a curtain. ^ Planchering his lofts in the waters, making the clouds his chariot, walking upon the wings of the wind. * Making his angels spirits, his ministers a flaming fire. He hath Ver. 1. — And comely honour,] That IS, showest thyself by all thy works to be God over all, to whom glory and honour is due. Therefore God challengeth Job, (and so ail men) to do thus if they can, and they shall be celebrated of him, Job xl. 4, 5 — 9. Of these words, see Ps. viii. 2 — 6. Ver. 2. — Decking,] Or, clothing, or he clotheth, to wit, 'himself with light, dwell- ing in the light that none can attain unto,' 1 Tim. vi. 16, and at first commanding ' the light to shine out of darkness,' wherewith he decked the world. Gen. i. 3 ; 2 Cor. iv. G. As A CURTAIN',] That is, as a canopy, or tent. Song i. 6 ; Jer. xlix. 29 ; when he spread out the firmament by himself alone, Gen. i. 6; Is. xliv. 24; li. 13 ; Job xxxvii. 18. Veb. 3. — Planchering,] He plucketh or plancherefh his lots, for upper chambers) that is, the clouds aloft or upper regions of the air, as after in ver. 13. In the waters,] Among them, or with waters, which are above in the firmament. Gen. i. 7, where 'God bindeth the waters in the clouds, and the cloud is not broken under them,' Job xxvi. S. Making,] Or, putting, that is, disposing them his chariot to sit and ride on, as Is. xix. 1 Rev, xiv. 14. Compare Ps. xviii. 11. Ver. 4. — Spirits,] That is, spiritual sub- stances, so differing from Christ, who is no made or created spirit, but the maker of all things, Ps. cii. 26, and from men made of flesh and blood, Luke xxiv. 39. The origi- nal word also signifieth winds, and angels by interpretation are messengers : whereupon some translate, " he maketh the winds his messengers ;" but the Holy Spirit in Heb. i. 7, showeth this to be spoken of angels pre PSALM CI V. 017 founded the earth npon her bases, it shall not be moved for ever and aye. ^ Thou coveredst it with the deep as with a raiment, the waters stood above the mountains. ' At thy rebuke they fled, at the voice of thy tlmnder they hasted away. ® The mountains tiiey went up, tlie valleys they went down to the place whicli thou foundest for tliem. ^ Thou didst set a bound, they shall not pass, they shall not return to cover the earth. '" Tliat sendeth well- springs in the valleys, they walk between the mountains. '' Tliey give drink to all the wild beasts of tlie field, the wild asses break their thirst. '" By them the fowl of tlie heaven dwelleth, from between the branches they give the voice. '^ Tliat watcreth tlie mountains from his lofts, the earth is filled witli the fruit of thy works. " That maketh grass to grow for the cattle, and the herb for the use of man, bringing forth bread out of tlie earth. '^ And wine that rejoiccth the heart of sorry man, making the face cheer- fnl with oil ; and bread that upholdeth the heart of sorry man. ^*^ Filled are the trees of Jehovah, the cedars of Lebanon whicli he planted, '' That there the birds may make their nest ; the stork, the fir-trees are her house. '* The hiuh mountains for the wild perly, who are named also ' miiiisteiinn; spirits,' Heb. i. 14, Flaming fire,] Eliiictual ill tl.eir administration, the angels therefore have appeared ' like horses and chariots of fire,' 2 Kings vi. 17; ii. 11, Ver. 5. — Bases,] Firm and established. See Ps. xxiv, 2 ; Ixxviii. 69 ; Job xxxviii. 46. Vkr. 6. — The deep,] Or, depth of waters, which hid all the earth till God separated them, Gen. i. 2, 9. Ver. S. — They went up,] That is, the mounts showed themselves on high, when tlie waters of the deep were gathered into the channels of the sea, Gen. i. 9 ; viii. 5, &c. Or, they (that is, the waters) went up the mount and down the dales, when they were parted from the dry land, as if that thing were affected by thunder, wind, and tempest, called here God's ' rebuke driving the waters,' ver. 7. See Ps, xviii 16. Ver. 9. — A bound,] Or, limit, shutting up the sea with doors and bars, saying, ' Hitherto shall thou come, but no further, and here shall it stay thy proud waves,' as Job xxxviii. S, 10, 11 ; so Ps. cxlviii. 6. Ver. 10. — That sendeth,] Or, He sendeth, so after. Well springs,] Or, fountains, meaning rivers finwing from such, as the next words show. Thev walk,] That is, run. So Ps. cv. 41. Ver, 11. — Break,] That is, Slahe, or quench their thirst. So we may say, " to break one's fast." Ver. is.— Give the voice,] The Chald. Vol. II. addeth, " The voice of singing," that is, sing loud and cheerfully. See Ps. Ixviii. 34. Ver. 13. — His lofts,] Or, his high chambers, the skies that give rain. The fruit,] That is, the rain which God only giveth, Jer, xiv, 22 ; x. 13 ; and conse- quently the corn and herbs that grow after rain. Compare Job xxxviii. 26 — 28 ; Deut. xi. 14, 15. Ver. 14. — Tms.vs^,'] Or, service. Bring- ing,] Or, to bring, but this is referred still to God ; so after, to make, that is, making faces, &c. See Ps. ciii. 20. Bread,] That is, bread corn. See Is. xxviii. 28 ; xxx. 23 ; Job xxviii. 5 ; Eccl. xi. 1. Ver. 15. — Cheerful,] Or, merry; so tbe Gr. turneth it, so also the Heb. signi- fieth, as Est. viii. 15, or, to shine. With OIL.] Wlierewith they used to anoint them, Ps. xxiii. 5, or, more than oil, that is, wine makes the face seem more cheerful than if it were anointed. Upholdeth,] That is, com- fortcth. So Gen. xviii. 5. Ver. 16. — Trees of Jehovah,] That is after expounded, ivhich he planted. So the Chald. expoundeth, " Trees which the Lord created." Ver. 17. — The stork,] A bird somewhat like a crane, named in Heb. chasidnh, of mercy or kindness, wliich is said to be in this fowl, that the young will nourish their dams when they are old. Ver. is. — Wild goats,] Or, roc*, named of climbing rocks, for they haunt high hills and rocks, where they are safe from dogs that 4T 618 PSALMS. goats, the rocks a shelter for the conies. '^ He made the moon for appointed times, tlie sun knoweth his going down. ^^ Thou puttest darkness and it is night, in it do creep forth all wild beasts of the wood. ^' The lurking lions roaring for the prey, and seeking their meat of God. ^'' The sun riseth, they gather them away, and couch down in their dens. ^^ Out goeth man unto liis work, and to his labour till evening, ^* How many are thy works, Jehovah ! all of them hast thou done in wisdom, the earth is full of thy riches. ^* Tliis sea great and wide of spaces, there are creeping things even innumerable, small wild beasts with great. ^^ Tliere go the ships, leviathan whom thou hast formed to play thereii They all look attentively unto thee, to give them their food in his time. ** Tliou givest it to them, tliey gather it, thou openest thine hand, they are filled with good. ^^ Thou hidcst thy face, they are sud- denly troubled ; thou gatherest their spirit, tliey breathe out the ghost, and return unto their dust. ^" Thou sendest forth tliy Spirit, they are created, and thou renewest the face of the earth. ^' The glory of Jehovah be for ever, rejoice let Jehovah in his deeds. ^^ He looketli upon the eartli and it trembleth, lie toucheth the mountains and they smoke. " I will sing to Jehovali in myself ; I will sing psalms to my God while I am. ^* Sweet shall my medi- tation be of liim ; I will rejoice in Jehovali. ^' Consumed be sin- hunt them, 1 Sam. xxiv. 3 ■ Job xxxix. 4. Conies,] Commended for wisdom, ' that being a people not mighty, they make their houses in the rock,' Piov. xxx, 24, 26. Ver. 19. — Appointed times,] Seasons of the year, as the Chald. paraphraseth, " For times to be counted by it," or, " certain times," ioY that tlie moon is not always seen. Knoweth,] To wit, by God's com- mandment the time and place to sit and rise. See Job xxxviii. 12. Ver. 21.' — For the prey,] Or, a^ «V. See Is. xxxi. 4 ; Job iv. 11 ; xxxix. I, 2. Ver. 23. — Labour,] Or, his tilth service, husbandry, as Gen. ii. 5. Ver. 24. — Riches,] Or, possessions. Ver. 25.— Wide of spaces,] Or, of hands, that is, broad and spacious, reaching out his arms on every side, Job xi. 9. A like phrase is of other spacious things. Gen. xxxiv. 21 ; Neh. vii. 4; Is. xxxiii. 21. Ver. 26. — Leviathan,] Or, the whale, or the sea dragon. See Ps. Ixxiv. 14 ; Job xl. 20, &c. To play,] Or, playing in it, as ' Behemoth and the beasts are said to play on the mountains,' Job xl. 15, which word is also used for conflict or fight, 2 Sam. ii. 14. Ver. 27. — Look attentively,] Or, ti;«2< ivith hope, so Ps. cxlv. 15. In his time,] That is, in due season. See Ps. 1. 3. Ver. 28 — Openest, &c.] That it, givest freely, as Deut. xv. 11. Vek. 29. — Gatherest,] That is, takest away. See Ps. xxx. 9. To their dust,] Their earth whereof they were made, Gen. 1. 24 ; iii. 19 ; Ps. cxlvi. 4. This is taken from Job xxxiv. 14, 15. Ver. 30. — Renewest,] By causing new creatures to come in place of the old, Eccl. i. 4, and restoring the estate of things decayed, Ezek. xxxvii. Ver. 31. — Be,] Or, shall he Jor ever. Rejoice,] In beholding the holy order and obedience of his creatures, and not repent or be sorry for the work of his hands, and destroy them. Is. Ixv. 19 ; Gen. vi. 5, 6. Ver. 32.— They smoke,] A sign of fear, Ex. xix. 18. So Ps. cxliv. 5. Ver. 33. — In mt life,] So long as I live. So Ps. Ixiii. 5; cxlvi. 2. Vep. 34.. — Sweet shall be,] That is, delightful to vie, or, be it sweet, that is, acceptable to God. Ver. 35. — Consumed be sinners,] Or, they shall be consumed ; by sinners meaning men given to sin. See Ps. i. 1. Hallelu- jah,] That is, praise ye Jah, an Heb. phrase kept in the Gr., Rev. xix. 3, 6, and in other languages set sometimes in the beginning, someti mes in the end of psalms, but first used in this place ; where consuming of PSALM CV. 619 ners out of the earth, and wicked men he they no more ; my soul, bless thou Jehovah, Hallelujah. sinners is mentioned, as in the New Testa- destruction of Autidnist, the man of sin, is meat, it is first usod in Rev.xix., where the foretold. PSALM CV. An exhortalion to praise God, and to i,eek out his worAs. 7. The story of God's providence over Abraham ; l6. Over Joseph ; 23. Over Jacob in Egypt ; 26. Over Moses delivering the Israelites ; 37. Over the Israelites brought out of Egypt, fed in the wilderness, and planted in Canaan. ^ Confess ye to Jehovah, call on his name, make known his actions among the people. ^ Sing ye to him, sing psalms to him, discourse of all his marvellous works. ^ Glory ye in the name of liis holiness, let tlie heart pf them that seek Jehovah rejoice. ^ Seek Jehovah and his strength, seek ye his face continually. * Remem- ber ye his marvellous works that he hath done, his wonders, and the judgments of his mouth. ® Seed of Abraham his servant, sons of Jacob his chosen ones. '^ He is Jehovah our God, his judgments are in all the earth. ^ He remembereth his covenant for ever, the word that lie commanded to the thousandth generation. ^ Which he struck with Abraham, and his oath unto Isaac. '° And stab- lished it to Jacob for a decree, to Israel ^r a covenant of eternity. " Saying, To thee will I give the land of Canaan, the line of your Ver. 1. — Call on his name,] Or, fro- claim, that is, preach his name. The first part of this Ps. is part of that which David appointed to laud the Lord with, when his ark was seated in Jerusalem, 1 Cluon. xvi. 7, 8—22. Veh. 'I. — Discourse,] Or, talk, meditate. Ver. 3. — Glort,] Or, praise yourselves; see Ps. xxxiv. 3. Ver. 4. — His strength,] That is, his ar/&, from whence God gave his oracles, Num. vii.89; see Ps. Ixxviii. 61. The Chald. para- phraseth thus, " Seek ye the doctrine of the Lord and his law." His face,] His counsel and oracle. See the notes on Ps. xxvii. 8. Ver. 6. — Of Abraham,] In 1 Chron. xvi. ]3, it is 'of Israel.' His servant,] This is meant of the seed as well as of Abraham, as the next words show ; therefore the Gr. tnrneth it, "servants." Ver. 8. — He bemembereth,] Therefore also remember ye, as it is written, 1 Chron. xvi. 15. The word,] Or, the matter, the conditions of the covenant, and so the pro- mises which for the more certainty are said to be 'commanded,' as in Ps. cxxxiii. 3. Ver. 11. — Land of Canaan,] The son of Cham, the son of Noah, who was cursed by his grandfather, and made a servant to his brethren, Gen. ix. 18, 22, 25. This Canaan had eleven sons, heads of their families, Gen. X. 15, 20, they seated in the lesser Asia in a goodly country, having the great sea west- ward, the river Jordan, Syria, and Arabia, eastward, the wilderness on the south, and the mounts of Lebanon on the north. It was the pleasantest of all lands, and flowed with milk and honey, Ezek. xx. 6. It had store of rivers and fountains, of corn, and wine, and oil, and mines ; of mountains and valleys, watered with the rain of heaven, and cared for of God continually, Deut. viii. 7, 8, 9 ; xi. 10 — 12. This land God promised Abraham to give unto his seed, Gen. xii. 6, 7 ; xiii. 15, 17. See also the Notes on Ps. XXV. 13. The line,] That is, the portion of your patrimony measured as by line. See Ps. xvi. 6. 620 PSALMS. inlieritance. '^ When they were men (^few) of number, very few, and strangers in it. '^ And walked about from nation to nation, from one kingdom to another people. " He suffered not any man to do them wrong, but reproved kings for them. '^ Touch not mine anointed, and to my prophets do no evil. '^ And he called a famine upon the land, he brake all the staff of bread. " He sent before them a man, Joseph was sold for a servant. ^^ They afflic- ted liis feet with fetters, liis soul entered tlie iron. ^^ Until the time liis word came, the saying of Jehovah tried him. ^° The king sent and loosed him, the ruler of the people, and released him. ^' He put him lord of his house, and ruler of all his possession. " To bind his princes to his soul, and make wise his elders. ^^ And Israel came into Egypt, and Jacob sojourned in the land of Cham. ^* And he increased liis people greatly, and made them stronger tlian their distressers. '^^ He turned their heart to hate Iiis people. Ver. 12. — When they were,] [n 1 Chron. xvi. 19 it is, v-hen ye were. Men OF NUMBER,] Tliat is, u few men, soon num- bered ; so Gen. xxxiv. 30; Deut. iv. 27. Tlie contrary is, without number, or innu- merable, Ps. cxlvii. 5. Ver. 13. — From nation to nation,] Up and down in tlie land of Canaan, where were seven mighty nations, Deut. vii. 1. How there the patriarchs walked as strangers, see Gen. xii. 8 — 10; xiii. 18; xx. I; xxiii. 4: xxvi. 1,23 ; xxxiii. 19; xxxv. 1, &c. Ileb. xi. 9, 13. Ver. 14. — Wrong,] Or, to oppress them. Reproved kings,] Plaguing Pharoah, Gen. xii. 17, threatening Abimelech, Gen. xx. 3. Ver. 15. — Anointed,] Men consecrated to me by the oil of the Spirit. See 1 John ii. 20, 27. Prophets,] So Abraham is called, Gen. xx. 7. See Ps. Ixxiv. 9. Ver. 16. — Called famine,] That is, eflectually brought it; so 2 Kings viii. 1. The contrary hereof is, ' to call for corn,' Ezek. xxxvi. 29. The land,] Of Canaan, Egypt, and other countries, Gen xii. 54, &c. Staff,] Or, stay, stabiliment, so bread is called, Lev. xxvi. 26; Ezek. iv. IG; for ' it upholdeth man's heart,' Ps. civ. 15. Ver. 17. — A man,] Heb. Isk.a nobleman. See Ps. xlix. 3. The Chald. saith, " a wise man." For a servant,] For a slave, by his brethren to the Ishmaelites, and by them to the Egyptians, Gen. xxxvii. 28, 36. Ver. is. — His soul entered,] Or, as the Gr. saith, passed through the iron, that is, he (his body) was laid in irons when he was cast into prison most unjustly, Gen. xxxix. 20, and there he was in peril of his life. Of soul,] See Ps. xvi. 10. Veb. 19. — Hi3 WORD came,] That is, the word spoken of him was fulfilled, which God had showed Joseph in a dream touching his advancement. Gen. xxxvi. 5 — 10 ; xlii, 9. So coining is ior fulfilling , Jer. xvii. 15; 1 Sam. ix. 6 ; Job vi. 8. Tried,] Or, fined him, by trying as in fire his laith and patience in afflictions, as 1 Pet. i. 7. See Ps. xii. 7. Ver. 20. — The king,] Pharaoh (for that Joseph interpreted his dreams) set him out of prison, a ruler over the land. See Gen. xii. 14, &c. ; xlv. 8. Ver. 22. — To bind,] That is, inform and govern as subjects. See Ps. ii. 3. To his soul,] To his will or pleasure, see Vs. xxvii. 12, so as without him ' no man shall lift up his hand or his foot (that is, attempt to do any thing) in all the land of Egypt,' Gen. xii. 40, 44. Or, "with his soul," that is, "with himself," as the Gr. expoundeth it, " to nurture his princes as himself," which may mean to inform them in virtue, wisdom, &c., wherein himself excelled, Gen. xii. 38, 39. IFith is sometimes used for as, Ps. cii. 4, and the soul for one's self. See Ps. xvi. 10. The words following seem to favour this exposition. His elders,] Or, sewa^or*, the king's nobles and counsellors, Gen. 1. 7. Ver. 23. — Came into Egypt,] Being sent for bv Pharanh, and encouraged thereto by God himself, Gen. xlv. 17—20 ; xlvi. 3, 4. Of Cham,] The father of Mizraim or Egypt, See Ps. Ixxviii. 61. Ver. 24. — Increased,] Made them fruc- tify, that the land was soon full of them, Ex. i. 7, 9. Ver. 25. — To deal craftily,] Or, con- spire guilefidly for their destruction, as Gen. xxxvii. 18. Pharaoh and his people fretting at Israel's prosperity, thought to work wisely PSALM C V. 621 to deal craftily with his servants. '^ He sent Moses his servant, Aaron whom he liad chosen. ^' They put among them tlie words of his signs and wonders in the land of Cham. ^^ He sent dark- ness and made it dark, and they turned not rebellious against his word. ^^ He turned tlieir waters to blood, and slew their fish. ^° Their land abundantly brouglit forth frogs, in the privy cham- bers of their kings. ^^ He said, and tliere came a mixed' swarm, lice in all their border. ^^ He gave their showers to be hail, fire of flames in their land. ^' And smote their vine and tlieir fig-tree, and brake the trees of their border. ^^ He said, and the grass- hopper came, and the caterpillar, even without number. ^* And did eat up all tlie herbs in tlieir land, and did cat up the fruit of their ground. ^^ And he smote all the first-born in tlieir land, the beginning of all tlieir strength. '^ And he brought forth them with silver and gold, and none among their tribes ivas feeble. ^^ Egypt rejoiced when they went out, for the dread of them had-fallen upon tliem. ^^ He spread a cloud for a covering, and a fire to enlighten the night. ^° TJiey asked, and he brought the quail, and with the bread of lieaven lie satisfied them. *' He opened the rock, and the waters flowed out, tliey went in dry places like a river. ^^ For lie remembered the word of his holiness to Abraham his servant. " And brought forth his people with joy, his chosen with shouting with them when th y plot'td their ruiu, Ex. i. 9—12, &c. Ver. 26. — Had chosen,] To be Moses' moiitli to the people, and prophet to Pharaoh, Ex. iv. 12, 14, 16; vii. 1, 2, &c. Ver. 27. — Words of his signs,] The signs which he spake and commanded, toge- ther with the doctrine and use of them for letting of Israel go. See Ex. vii. 1 — 3, &c. Or, words of signs, as words of song, Ps. cxxxvii. 3, are signs and songs; so Ps.cxlv.5. Vee. 2S. — Darkness,] The ninth plague of Egypt, where was blaciv darkness in all tiie land for ' three days, that no man baw ano- ther, nor rose from the place where he was, Ex. X. 22,23. Turned not REBELLions,] Or, they disobeyed not, (see Ps. v. ] I ) that is, his words (or word) were not disobeyed or changed, but effected as God had spoken. See a like phrase noted on Ps. xlix. 15. Or, they may be referred to Moses and Aaron, who performed the things commanded them, though with danger to them Ver. 29.— To blood,] The first of the ten plagues, Ex. vii. See Ps. ixxviii. 44. Ver. 30. — Frogs,] The second plague, Ex. viii. 3, 6; Ps. Ixxviii. '45. Kings,] Pharaoh and his piinces ; so Is. xix. 2 Ver. 31. — Swarm,] Of flies or beasts. See Ps. Ixxviii. 45. This was the fourth plague, Ex. viii. 24. Lice,] The third plague. ' All the dust of the land was lice, and went upon man and beast,' Ex. viii. 17. Ver. 32. — Showers,] Of rain, instead whereof they had hail, tlie seventh plague, Ex. ix. See Ps. Ixxviii. 47. Of flames,] That is, sorely flaming and blasting; never was the like there seen, Ex. ix. 24. Ver. 33. — Tree,] For trees, so after ver. 34, 40, and often. See Ps. xxxiv. 8, Ver. 34. — Grasshopper,] Or, locust, the eighth plague, Ex. x. See Ps. Ixxviii. 4(5. Ver. 36. — The first born,] The tenth plague, whereof see Ps. Ixxviii. 51. Ver. 37 — Feeble,] Jieady to fall through weakness, there being an army of six hundred thousand men, Ex. xii. 37; xiii. IS. A like promise is made to the Church, Is. xxxiii. 24. Ver. 38. — Dread of them,] That is, of death for their sakes, so that they forced them out, and gave them treasures, Ex. xii. 33, 35. See the like speech, Esth. viii, 17; ix. 2. Ver. 39. — A fire,] That they might tra- vel night and day towards the promised land, Ex. xiii. 21; Ps. Ixxviii. 14. Ver. 40. — Quail,] That is, quails which for their lust he gave them. Num. xi. Com- pare Ps. Ixxviii. 27, 2>i. Bread,] 3Ianna, whereof see Ps. Ixxviii. 24, 25 ; Ex. xvi. Ver. 41.— The Rock,] At Rephidim, 622 PSALMS. joy. " And gave to them the lands of the heathen, and they pos- sessed the labour of the people. *' That they might observe his statutes and keep his laws, Hallelu-jah. Ex. xvii., and at Kadesh, Num. xx. A RIVER.] So that ' the people and their beasts drank,' Num. xx. 11 ; and for this the wild beasts, dragons, ostriches, honoured God, Is. xliii. 20. This mercy is applied to other times, Is. xlviii. 21. Ver. 44. — Heathen,] The seven nations, whereof see Ps. Ixxviii. 55. Ver, 45. — Keep his laws,] The end of all God's mercies was, that he might be glo- rified in his people's obedience. See Ex, xix. 4 — G; Deut. xli. 40; vi, 21 — 25. PSALM CVI. The psalmist exhorteth to praise God. 4. He prayeth for pardon of sin, as God did with the fathers. 7. The story of the people's rebellion, and God's mercies. 47. He concludeth with prayer and praise. ' Hallelu-jah ; coiifess ye to Jehovah, for he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever. ^ Who can express the powers of Jeho- vah, can cause to hear all his praise ? ^ O blessed are they tliat keep judgment, is he that doth justice in all time. * Remember me, Jehovah, with the favourable acceptation of thy people ; visit me witli thy salvation, ' To see the good of thy chosen, to rejoice with the joy of thy nation, to glory with thy inheritance, ^ We have sinned with our fatliers, we have done crookedly, we have done wickedly. ' Our fathers in Egypt did not prudently mind tliy marvellous works; they remembered not the multitude of thy mercies, but turned rebellious at the sea, at the Red sea. ^ Yet he saved them for his name's sake, to make known his power. ^ And he rebuked the Red sea, and it was dried up ; and he led them in the deeps Ver. 2.— The powers,] That is, the powerful works, such as after follow, ver. 8, &c. Thus also were Christ's miracles named, Matt. xi. 20,21. Sd after, jorawe i'or praise - worthy acts. Cause to hear,] That is, sound forth, or display, so as it may be heard, so Ps. xxvi. 7. Ver. 4. — Visit me,] That is, come and bestow thy salvation, (help or deliverance) upon me. See Ps. viii. 5, and compare herewith Luke i. G8, 69. Ver. 5. — To see,] That I may see or enjoy. See the Notes on Ps. xxvii. 4. To glory,] Or, boast joyfully. See Ps. xxxiv, 3. Thy inheritance,] That is, the people whom thou inheiitest. See Ps. xxviii. 9. Ver. 6. — Sinned with our fathers,] This confession agreeth with the law, Lev. xxvi, 40, and with the practices of other godly, Jer. iii. 25 ; Dan. ix. 5. Ver, 7. — Turned rebellious,] The Gr, sai th, ^rouo*e(^ to bitterness. See Ps. v. 11. By the Red sea the Israelites distrusted God, and murmured against Moses, Ex. xiv. 11, 12, yet there he saved them, ver. 15, 16, &c. The Red sea,] So the New Testament calleth it in Gr., Heb. xi. 29 ; but the Heb- rew is the " sea sulph," that is, " the sea of sedge," or " sea weeds," which grew therein. Ver. 9. — He rebuked,] That is, power- fully repressed the waves, &o. See the like, Nah. i. 4 ; Is. 1. 2 ; Matt, viii. 26 ; Ps. xviii. 16. In the deeps,] Israel went in the bottom of the Red sea on dry ground, the deep waters being as walls on each hand of PSALM CVI. G2^ as in the wilderness. ^^ And lie saved them from the hand of tlie liater, and redeemed them from the hand of the enemy. " And the waters covered their distressers, one of them was not left. '^ And they believed in his words, they sang his praise. '* They made haste, they forgat his works, they waited not for his counsel. " But lusted with lust in the wilderness, and tempted God in the desert. '* And he gave to them tlieir request, and sent leanness into their soul. '^ And they envied at Moses in the camp, at Aaron tlie holy one of Jehovah. " The earth opened and swallowed up Dathan, and covered over the congregation of Abiram. '" And a fire burned in their congregation, aflame burnt up the wicked. " They made a calf in Horeb, and bowed themselves to a molten idol. ^^ And turned their glory into the form of an ox that eateth grass. ^' They forgat God tlieir Saviour, tliat did great things in Egypt. ^^ Marvellous works in the land of Cliam, fearful things by tlie Red sea. ^^ And he said to abolish them ; had not Moses, his chosen, stood in the breach before him, to turn his wrathful heat from destroying them. '^' And they contemptuously refused the land of desire, they believed not his word. ^^ But murmured in their tents, they heard not tlie voice of Jehovah. ^ And he lifted up his hand to them. them, Ex. xiv. 21, 22, 29. See also Is. Ixjii. 11—13. Ver. 10. — The hater,] Pharaoh and his host that pursued them, Ex. xiv. 23, 24, 30. Ver. 12. — They sang,] As is expressed, Ex. XV. Ver. 14. — With ldst,] That is, greedily, even weeping lor desire of flesh to eat, and loathing manna, Num. xi. 4, 6. Ver. 15. — Leanness,] A sudden plague, whereby the souls or lives of the fattest of them were taken away. See Ps. Ixxviii. 30, 31 ; also Is. x. IC. Vee. 16. — The holy one,] Sanctified of the Lord to the worlt of the priesthood, Ex. xxix. 44 ; Lev. viii. 12, &c., which Korah with other Levites envied, opposing their own holiness, Num. xvi. ], 3, 5. Ver.17. — Dathan ] And Abiram, princes, with their families and all their goods went down alive into hell, Num. xvi. 32, 33. Ver. 18. — The wicked,] Two hundred and fifty men that would burn incense to the Lord, were burnt with fire from the Lord, Num. xvi. 35. Korah was the chief of them. Ver. 19. — In Horeb,] A mount in the wilderness called • the mountain of God,' Ex. iii. 1 ; 1 Kings xix. 8 ; for there God gave his law, and made a covenant with them, Deut. iv. 10 ; v. 2 ; but while Moses was with God in the mount, they made them- selves *a god of gold,' Deut. ix. 8, 9 — 12 ; Ex. xxxii. 1, 4, 31. It was called also 'Sinai,' Ps. Ixviii. 9, of bushes that there grew, and Horeb of the dryness, for it was a waterless desert, Deut. viii, 15. Ver. 20. — Their glory,] That is, their God. Su Jer. ii. U. Thus did they like the heathens, Rom. i.23. Form] Pattern, structure, or type, as the apostle calletli it in Gr., Heb. viii. 5, from Ex. xxv. 40. Ver. 23. — To abolish,] Or, that he would destroy them, and put out their name from under heaven, as is expressed, Deut. ix. 13, 14. In the breach,] In the gap \yh'ich their sin had opened for God as an enemy to enter and destroy them. A similitude taken from war, when by a breach in the wall, the enemy entereth the city. So Ezek. xiii. 5; xxii. 30. But Moses' earnest prayer stopped this breach, Ex. xxxii. 11 — 14. Destroying,] Heb. corrupting, that is, con- suming tJiem. See Ps. Ivii. 1. Ver. 24. — Land of desirk,] The pleas- atit land of Canaan, which was to be desired for the pleasures and profits of it above all other countries, Ezek. xx. 6 ; Deut. xi. 1 1, 22. Tins land they through unbelief refused to take possession of. Num. xiv. 1, 2, 3, &r. ; Heb. iii. 19. So ' meat of desire ' is ' dainty meat,' Job xxxiii. 20. Ver. 26. — His hand,] That vi,sware, (as the Chald. explaineth) for so 'lifting up the 624 PSALMS. to fell them in tne wilderness. ^^ And to fell their seed among the heathen, and to fan them in the land. ^^ And they were joined to Bal-pehor, and did eat the sacrifices of the dead. '^^ And moved indignation by their actions, and the plague brake in upon them. ^^ And Phineas stood and executed judgment, and the plague was restrained. ^' And it was counted to liim for justice to generation and generation for ever. ^^ And tliey caused fervent wrath at tlie waters of Meribah, and evil was to Moses for their sake. ^' For they bitterly provoked his Spirit, and he pronounced it with his lips. ^* They abolished not the people which Jehovah had said unto them. ^^ But mixed themselves among the heathen, and learned their works. ^^ And served their idols, and tliey were to them for a snare. ^^ And they sacrificed their sons and their daughters to devils. ^^ And shed innocent blood, the blood of their sons and of their daughters, whom they sacrificed to the idols of Canaan ; and the land was hand ' often signifieth,as Gen. xiv. 22 ; Rev. X. 5, 6 ; Deut. xxxii. 40 ; Neh. ix. 15. How God snare against this people, see Num. xiv. 21, 23; Ps. xcv. 11. Ver. 27. — To FAN,] Tliat is, scatter. See Ps. xliv. 12 ; Ezek. xx. 2:i Ver. 28. — Were joined,] Or, coupled, yoked unequally with infidels, which the apostle forhiddeth, 2 Cor. vi. 14. Baal- PEHOR,] The God of Moab and Madian, to whom by Balaam's counsel Israel joined, Num. XXV. 3; xxxi. 16; Rev. ii. 14. Baal signifieth a lord, master, husband, or patron. Pelior was the name of a mountain where this god was worshipped, and had a temple named Beth-pehor, Num. xxiii. 28 ; Deut. iii. 29. Baal was a common name whereby the heathens called their gods, 2 Kings i. 2; Judges viii. 33 ; and so Israel also called the true God, Hos. ii. 16 ; but for the shameful abuse of God's worship, the scriptures turn Baal, a lord, into bosheth, a shame, as Jerub- bosheth, 2 Sam. xi. 21, for Jerub-baal, (or Gedeon) Judges viii. 35 ; ix. 1. Ish-bosh- ETH,] 2 Sam. ii. 10, or Esh-baal, 1 Chron. viii. 33. Mephi-bosheth,] 2 Sam. ix. 10, or Merib-baal, 1 Chron. viii. 34. So the Gr. in 1 Kings xviii. 25, for Baal hath aischunes, that is, shame. Hereupon the prophet saith, ' they went to Baal-pehor, and separated themselves unto that shame (bosh- eth),' Hos. ix. 10; and so Jeremiah calleth the idols ' shame,' or ' confusion,' Jer. iii. 24; xi. 13. The dead,] Idols that have no life or breath, and so are opposed to the living God, Jer. x. 5, ID ; 1 Thess. i. 9. Ver. 29. — Brake in,] With violence killing 24,000 men. Num. xxv. 9. Ver. 30. — Phineas,] Nephew of Aaron the priest, he being zealous for the Lord, thrust through with a spear Zimri and Cozbi, that wrought abomination. Num. xxv. 7, 8, &c. Ver. 31. — For justice,] For a just action, though done without ordinary authority, and God rewarded him for it, Num. xxv. II, 12, 13. Ver. 32. — Meribah,] That is, contention, where ' they strove with the Lord,' Num. xx. 13. See Ps. xcv. 8. Evil was,] God's displeasure towards Moses, who uttering his anger, was for it deprived of coming into the land of Canaan, Num. xx. 12 ; Deut. iii. 25. 26. Ver. 34. — The peoples,] The heathen in Canaan, as is noted. Judges i. 21, 27, 29, — 31, 33, though God commanded them, Ex. xxiii. 32, 33. Ver. 36. — Idols,] Or, images, named in Heb. of the curious labour spent in fram- ing and serving them, Jer. x. 9 ; Is. xliv. 9, 12, 13, 15, or of sorrows that they bring to such as worship them, Ps. xvi. 4. Some- times they are called gods, 2 Sam. v. 21, compared with 1 Chron. xiv. 12. A snare,] A scandal, (as the Gr. saith) whereby they fe into miseries, Judges ii. 12 — 15; Ex. xxiii. 33. Ver. 37. — Devils,] The idols fore-men- tioned, whereby devils are worshipped and not God, as 1 Cor. x. 19, 20 ; Rev. ix. 20; 2 Chron. xi. 15 ; Deut. xxxii. 17 ; Lev. xvii. 7. Devils here are called shedim, wasters, in opposition to Shaddai, God Al- mighty, Ps. Ixviii. 15. Ver. 38. — With bloods,] That is, with bloodshed as the Chald. expounds it, «' with sin of murder." PSALM CVII. 625 impiously distained witli blood. ^^ And they defiled themselves by tlieir works, and whored by their practices. ^° And the anger of Jehovah was kindled against his people, and he abhorred his inheri- tance. *' And he gave them into tlie liand of the heathens, and their haters ruled over them. ^'^ And their enemies oppressed them, and they were humbled under their hand. ^^Many times did he deliver them, and they bitterly provoked by their counsel ; and were brought down by their iniquity. ^* Yet he saw when distress was on them, when he heard their cry. ^'And he remembered toward them his covenant, and repented according to the multitude of his mercies. *'' And gave them tender mercies, before all that led them captives. ■*' Save thou us, Jehovah our God, and gather us from tlie heathen, for to confess unto the name of thine holiness, to glory in thy praise. ^^ Blessed be Jehovah, God of Israel, from eternity and unto eternity ; and let all the people say. Amen, Hallelu-jah. Ver. o9. — Whored,] Committed spiritual their counsel.] That is, purposely and whoredom, that is, idolatry. See Ps. Ixxiii. advisedly, as I Chron. xii. 19. 27; Judges ii. 17; Ezek. xxiii. 7, 37. Ver. 46.— Gave them,] That is, pro- Ver. 42. — Their h.^ters,] The heathen cured mercy (or favour) towards them, round about, as was prophesied, Lev. xxvi. Ver. 47. — From the he.wens,] Among 17, and fulfilled, Judges iii. 8, 14; iv. 2 ; whom diverse Israelites were scattered by vi. 1 ; X. 7 — 9 ; xiii. 1. reason of their often troubles at home. So I Ver.43.— Many times,] By Ehud, Barak, Chron. xvi. 35, 36. To glory,] That we Gideon, Jephtah, Samson, &c. Judges iii. ; may glory or commend ourselves. iv.; vii.; xi.; xv.; Neh. ix. 28, 30. By THE FIFTH BOOK. PSALM CVII. The psalmist exhorteth the redeemed, in praising God, to observe his manifold 'providence, 4 over travellers, 10 over captives, 17 over sick men, 23 over seamen, 33 and in divers varieties of life. ^ Confess ye to Jehovah, for he is good ; for hi?, vacx cy endureth for ever. ^ Let the redeemed of Jehovah say it, wliom he hath redeemed from the hand of the distresser, ^ And gathered them out of the lands, from east and from west, from north and from the The fifth book,] See Ps. xlii.l. where the Red sea was situated from Judea, Ver. 2. — Whom he hath,] Or, that he (as the Chald. explaiiieth it, "the southern hath redeemed them. Of the distresser,] sea,") for the main sea was westward, Jos. Or, of distress. xxiii. 4, and so is often used for the west. Ver. 3 — The sea,] That is, the south. Vol. II. 4 K 626 PSALMS. sea. * They wandered in the wilderness, in the desert without way; they found not a dwelling city. ^ Hungry and also thirsty, their soul was overwhelmed in them. * And they cried unto Jehovah in their distress ; he rid them free out of their anguish. ^ And he led them in a right way, for to come unto a dwelling city. ^ Let them confess to Jehovah his mercy, and his marvellous works to the sons of Adam. ^ For he hath satisfied the thirsty soul, and filled the hungry soul with good. '" They tliat sit in darkness and the shadow of death, bound in affliction and iron. " Because they turned rebellious against the words of God, and despised the counsel of the Most High. '^ And he humbled their heart with molestation ; they stumbled down, and there was no helper. '^ And they cried unto Jehovali in their dis- tress ; lie saved them out of their anguish. '* He brought them forth from darkness, and shadow of death, and brake their bands. " Let them confess to Jehovah his mercy, and his marvellous works to the sons of Adam. '^ For lie hath broken the doors of brass, and liewed asunder the bars of iron. ''' Fools, for the way of their trespass, and for their iniquities are afflicted. '^ Their soul abhorreth all meat, and they approach to the gates of death. '" And they cry unto Jehovah in their dis- tress ; he saveth them out of their anguish. ^" He sendeth his word and liealeth them, and delivereth from their corruptions. ^' Let tliem confess to Jehovah his mercy, and his marvellous works to the sons of Adam. ^^ And let them sacrifice the sacrifices of confession, and tell his works with shouting. ^^ They that go down to the sea in ships, that do their labour in Ver. 4 Desert way] Heb. desert of Ver. 16 — Bars,] That is, all the most tvay, meaning, wAere no wai/ was, &s ver. strong hindrances. So Is. xlv. 2. 40. See also Isa. xliii. 19. This estate Ver. 17.— Fools,] Evil disposed persons, figureth out men's dispersion among the peo- so named of their unadvised rashness. See pie of the world, Ezek. xx. 35, :^6, when men Ps. xxxviii. 6. Are afflicted,] Or, brincf are without the law, Rom. ii. 14. Dwelling affliction on themselves. ciTr,] Hah. city of habitation or seating, so Ver. 18 — Sodl,] That is, appetite. See ver. 7, 36, that is, no harbour or place of the like in Job xxxiii. 20, and the contrary refreshing, for wild and venomous beasts only in Ps. Ixxviii. 18. Gates,] That is, immi- haunted there, Jer. ii. 6; Deut. viii. 15. nent peril of death. See Ps. ix. 14; Job Compare also Eccl. x. 15 ; Gen. xxi. 14 — Ifi. xxxiii. 22. Ver. 5.— Overwhelmed,] Fainted. See Ver. 20. — Healeth them,] Example in Ps. Ixi. 3. Hezekiah, 2 Kings xx. i. 4, 5, 7, and the Ver. 7 — City,] This the Chald. expound- contrary in Asa, 2 Chron. xvi. 12, J 3, for eth of " Jerusalem." God ' woundeth and healeth,' Deut. xxii. 39; Ver. 9. — With good,] Or, good things, Hos. vi. 1 ; Job xxxiii. 19, 24. Corrup- as the Gr. explaineth it. .See Ps. Ixv. 5 ; ■noii?,,']'\:\\i.y i-i, corrupting diseases, or cor- Luke i. 53. rupting graves, whereinto they are ready to Ver, 10. — Shadow of death,] That is, come. See Ps. vii. 16 ; Job xxxiii. 28, terrible darkness, meaning hereby sore afflic- 30. tions in body and soul. See Ps. xxiii. 4 ; Ver. 22. — Of confession,] That is. Is. xlix. 9 ; ix. 2 ; Matt. iv. 15 ; Luke i. thank-off'erings. See Ps. 1. 14. 79. Affliction.] As with cords and fet- Ver.* 23.— Do labour,] That is, occupy ters. See Job xxxvi. 8, 9, &c. or get their living. So Rev. xviii. 17. PSALM CVII. 627 the many waters ; '' TJiey do see the works of Jehovah, and his marvellous acts in the deep. ^ For he saith, and raiseth lap the stormy wind ; and it lifteth up the waves thereof. " They mount up to the heavens, they go down to the deeps ; their soul in evil meltetli away. ^' They reel and stagger like a drunken man, and all their wisdom is swallowed up. ^^ And tliey cry unto Jehovah in their distress, and he bringeth them out from their anguish. ^^ He setteth the storm to a silent calm, and the waves thereof are quiet. ™ And they rejoice because they are stilled, and he leads them into the haven of their desire. ^^ Let them confess to Jeho- vah his mercy, and his marvellous works to the sons of Adam. ^^ And let them exalt him in the church of the people, and praise liim in the sitting of the elders. ^^ He putteth rivers to a wilder- ness, and issues of waters to a thirstiness. " A land of fruit to salt- ness, for the evil of them tliat dwell therein. ^^ He putteth the wilderness to a pool of waters, and the land of drought to issues of waters. ^^ And seatetli there the Imngry, and they firmly prepare a dwelling city, " And sow the fields, and plant vineyards ; and they yield fruitful revenue. ^^ And he blesseth them, and they are multiplied greatly ; and their cattle he diminisheth not. ^' And tliey are diminished and bowed down, by restraint, evil, and sor- row. *° He poureth contempt on bounteous princes, and maketh them err in deformed wilderness without way. " And raiseth up Ver. 25. — Raiseth up,] Or, inaketh stand, which noteth also the oontiiiuance of the storm. See an example, Jon. i. 4. Ver. 29.— He setteth,] Or, restoreth firm. See Matt. viii. 26 ; John i. 15. Ver. 30. — Because they,] Or, when they, that is, the loaves. Ver. 32. — The sitting,] Or, the assize, (session) of the elders or senators, the govei- nors of the people, whom the Chald. calleth ' wise men.' And from this psalm, and this verse of it, the Heb. have this canon, " Four must confess," (unto God) ; " the sick when he is healed, the prisoner when he is released out of bonds ; they that go down to sea, when they are come up (to land) ; and wayfaring men. when they are come to the inhabited land. And they must make confession before ten men, and two of them wise men, (Ps. cvii. 32.) And the manner of confessing and blessing is thus : He standeth among them, and blesseth the Lord, the King eternal, that bounteously rewardeth good things unto sin- ners," &c. Maimony in Misneh, Treat, of Blessings, chap. x. sect. 8. Ver. 33. — He pdtteth rivers,] That is, he tuineth watery fruitful places to a dry barren desert. Rivers here (as waters in Is. xxxii. 20 ; Eccl. xi. 1) are put for most fer- tile grounds, as wilderness for a dry barren ground, Deut. viii. 15. Issues,] That is, places where water-springs are. Thirsti- ness,] That is, a thirsty dry land. Ver. 34. — Saltness,] That is, a salt bar- ren land. So Jer. xvii. 6 ; Job xxxix. (j ; for salt causeth barrenness, Deut. xxix. 23 ; Judges ix. 45. The Chald. paraphraseth, " The fruitful land of Israel he layeth waste like Sodom, which was overthrown for the evil of them that dwelt therein. Ver. 35.. — Land of drought,] That is, a dry barren land. Compare Is. xli. 18. Ver. 37. — Yield fruitful revente,] Heb. make fruit of revenue, or increase. See Ps. i. 3. Ver. 39. — And they are,] That is, and again, when he curseth them, they are min- ished, &c. The contrary to the former, bless- eth. is to be understood, as in the law, Deut. xxviii. 4, 18. Or, as the Chald. expoundt- th it, " And when they sin, they are dimin- ished." Restraint,] Either of liberty by imprisonment, as Is. liii. 8, or of any blessing. Ver. 40. — Contempt,] A base contemp- table estate. So Job xii. 21. Deformed wilderness,] Or, wild ground, unordered. So Job xii. 24. Ver. 41. — Raiseth up,] Or, setteth in a high place safely. So 1 Sam. ii. 8; Ps. cxiii. 7, 8. 628 PSALMS. the needy from afflicting poverty, andputteth his families as a flock. ^' The righteous shall see and rejoice, and all injurious evil stop lier mouth. " Who is wise and will observe these things ; and they shall understand the mercies of Jeliovah. Ver. 42. — All injuriocs evil,] That how few there be that mark these things, and is, all evil persons that deny God's providence, an intimation that every wise man will ob- or blame his administration, shall have their serve them. So Hos. xiv. 10; Jer. ix. 12. mouths stopped. So Job v. 16 ; and so pride And they shall,] Or, as before, who will is ior proud persons, Ps. xxxvi. 12. understand. Ver. 43. — Who is wise .?] A complaint PSALM CVIIL David cncourageth himself to praise God. 6. He prayeth for God's assistance according to his promise. 1 1 . His confidence in God's help. ' A song, a psalm of David. ^ O God, mine heart is firmly prepared ; I will sing and sing psalms, yea, with my glory. ^ Raise up psaltery and harp ; I will raise up at the day dawning. * I will confess thee among the peo- ple, O Jehovali, and will sing psalms to thee among the nations. ^ That thy mercy is great above the heavens, and thy trutli unto the skies. ^ Be tliou exalted over the heavens, O God, and over all the earth thy glory. ' Tliat thy beloved may be delivered ; save thou with thy riglit hand, and answer me. ^ God spake by his holiness, I will be glad ; I shall divide Shechem, and measure the valley of Succoth. ^ Gilead shall be mine, Manasseh mine, and Ephraim the strength of mine head ; Judah shall be my law-giver. '" Moab my washing-pot, over Edora I shall cast my shoe, over Palestina I will shout. " Who will lead me along to the city of strong defence ? who will conduct me into Edom ? '- Wilt not thou, O God, which hadst cast us away ; and wouldst not go forth, O God, in our hosts? '^ O give tliou us help from distress, for false vanity is tlie salvation of man. " Tlirough God we shall do valiant- ness ; and lie will tread doNvn our distressers. Ver. 2.— Yea, with my glory,] That is, Ver. 7. — Answer .me,] Or, us. See Ps. ivith my soul and tongue, (as Ps. xvi. 9) or, Ix. 7, &c. yea, my glory to wit, shall sing. This psalm Ver. 14. — Valiantness,] That is, vali- is composed of the fifty-seventh psalm, from antly, and so prevail, as Balaam prophesied, the eighth verse to the end, and of the six- Num. xxiv. IS. tieth psalm, from the seventh verse to the end. See the Annot. there. PSALM CIX. 629 PSALM CIX. iJavid, complaining of his slanderous enemies, under the person of Judas, devoteth them. 16. He showeth their sin. 21. Complaming of his own misery, he prayethfor help. 29. He promiseth thankfulness. ' To tlie master of the music, a Psalm of David. O God of my praise, cease not as deaf. '^ For the mouth of the wicked one, and the mouth of deceit are opened against me ; they have spoken with me with a tongue of falsehood. ^ And with words of hatred have they compassed me about, and warred against me without cause. ^ For my love they are adversaries to me, and I (jcjive myself to') prayer. ^ And they put npon me evil for good, and hatred for my love. ^ Set in office over him the wicked one, and let the adversary stand at his right hand. "' When lie shall be judged, let him go forth wicked, and his prayer be to sin. ^ Let liis days be few, his office let another take. ^ Let his sons be fatherless, and his wife a widow. ^^ And let his sons wander- ing wander and beg, and seek out of their desolate places. " Let the creditor insnare all tliat he hath, and let strangers make spoil of his labour. '^ Let there be none extending mercy to him, and let there be none shewing favour to his fatherless children. '^ Let his posterity be (appointed') to cutting off: in the generation next after let his name be wiped out. " Let the iniquity of liis fathers be remembered of Jehovah, and the sin of his mother be not wiped out. '^ Let them be before Jehovah continually, and he cut Ver. 1. — Of MY PRAISE,] That is, wA/c/i Ver. 7. — Wicked.] That is, (as the are praised of me, as Ps. xxii. 4, or, which Gr. saith) condemned. See the Notes on piaisest and justifiest me against the calum- Ps. i. 1. To sin,] That is, turned to nies of mine enemies, 2 Cor. X. 18; Rom. ii. sin, and so abominable, Prov. xxviii. 9; 29 : Num. xii. 7, 8. Ce.^se not,] Or, be xv. 8. not silent. See Ps. xxviii. 1. Of deceit,] Ver. 8. — His office,] Or, charge, visi- That is, the deceitful men, as the Gr. tation, bishopric, (Episcopee) ; and this is explaineth it. So pride for proud person, applied to Judas, whose office was given to Ps. XXX vi. 12. Are,] Or, have opened, to Matthias, Acts i. 16, 20, 20. A bishop and wit, themselves. bishop's charge (so called of visitation) is a Ver. 4. — A.\d I prayer,]To wit, /»iaf/e common name to all overseers and offices, ov gave myself to prayer, (as the Gr. and Num. iv. 16; xxxi. 14; Ezek. xliv. 11 ; 2 Chald. saith) " I prayed," or, " I am a man Kings xi. 15 ; 2 Chron. xxxiv. 12, 17 ; Neh. of prayer." So '1 peace,' Ps. cxx. 7. xi. 9. Ver. G. — Set in oFFiCE,] Or, make Ver. 9. — Fatherless,] Or, orphans, visiter, or overseer. See ver. 8. The and this is a curse of the law, Ex. xxii. 24 ; wicked one] The devil, as 1 John ii. 13, Jer. xviii. 21. 14; iii. 12; v. 18; or, generally, wicked Ver. 10. — Wander,] Rogue about as rulers. The adversary,] In Heb. Satan; vagabonds. Gen. iv. 12. in Gr. the Devil, who is an adversary to Ver. 11. — The creditor,] He to whom mankind, 1 Pet. v. 8; Rev. xii. 9. At his he is indebted, or, the extortioner, let him right hand,] To resist and overcome him, seize on all his goods. His labour,] Goods Zach. iii. 1, and this is spoken of all his fues gotten by his labour. as of one man, or of some one special, as Doeg Ver. 13. — Posterity,] Or, his last end. enemy to David, I Sam. xxii. 9, &r. Judas See Ps. xxxvii. 37. To cutting off,] Or, to Christ, John xiii. 2. But God is at the appointed to be cut oti; to perdition or to right hand of the poor, ver. 31 ; Ps. xvi. 8 destruction, as the Gr. explaineth. The verb 630 PSALMS. off the memory of them from the earth. '® Because that he remembered not to do mercy, but persecuted the poor afflicted and needy man, and the smitten in heart, to slay him. "And he loved cursing, and let it come unto him ; and lie delighted not in bless- ing, and let it be far from him. '^ And he clothed himself with cursing as his raiment, and let it enter as waters into his inward part, and as oil into liis bones. '^ Let it be to him as a garment wherewith lie may cover himself, and for a girdle wheiQwith he may gird Amse//" continually. ^" This be the work of mine adversaries from Jeliovah, and of them that speak evil against my soul. ^' And thou, Jehovah, Lord, do with me for thy name sake, for good is tliy mercy, deliver thou me. ^''' For I am poor afflicted and needy, and mine heart is wounded within me, ^* As a shadow when it declineth I am gone away, I am tossed as the grasshopper. ** My knees are feeble through fasting, and my flesh is lean for fatness. ^'^ And I was a reproach to them; they saw me, they shaked their head. '® Help thou me Jehovah, my God ; save me according to tliy mercy. ^' And let them know that this is thine hand, thou Jehovah hast done it. ^^ Let them curse, and do thou bless ; risQ they up and be abashed, and let thy servant rejoice. ^^ Let mine adversaries be clothed with ignominy, and let them cover them- selves with tlieir shame as with a cloak. ^'^ I will confess Jehovah vehemently with my mouth, and in the midst of many will I praise liim. ^' For he will stand at the right hand of the needy, to save him from them that judge his soul. active is of passive signification, as Ps. xxxii. y : xxxvi. y. Ver. 15.— Memory,] Or, memorial, Ps. xxxiv. 17 ; Job xviii. 17. Ver. 16.— Smitten,] With grief, that is, sorrowful, or as the Gr. saith, " pricked in heart." So ver. 22; see Ps. cii. 5 ; xxxiv. 19. Ver. 17. — Let it come,] Or, it shall come, and so after. Ver. 18. — His raiment,] Or, a mantle. Let :t enter,] Or, it entered. It may be understood of his delight in cursing, which pleased him as water and oil, or of the efll- cacy of the curse that should pierce his own bowels and bones, as Num. v. 22. Ver. 20. — The work,] That is, the umge or reward due for his wor/cs. So Lev. xix. 13 ; Is. xlix. 4 ; Job vii. 2; Ezek. xxix. 20. Ver. 21. — Jehovah,] The name of God. See Ps. Ixviii. 21. Do,] To wit, mercy, as the next words show, and is expressed, Ps. xviii. 51. See also Ps. ciii. 9, where the word anger is omitted. Ver. 23. — I am gone,] Or, am made to go, (or depart), namely, towards my grave, as Ps. Iviii. 9. See also Ps. cii. 12; 1 Chron. xvii. 11. Tossed as the grasshopper,] Or, shaken off as the locust, which hath no nest or biding place, but is driven to and fro, being a fearful creature, Nah. iii. 17 ; Job xxxix. 23 ; or which is carried away with the wind, Ex. x. 19. Ver. 24 Feeble,] Or, loosened, so that I am ready to stumble and fall. So Paul calleth them ' loose,' or ' feeble knees,' Heb. xii. 12, from Is. xxxv. 4. FoR fatness,] Or, for oil, that U, for want of fat or oil ; as 'for the fruit?,' is 'for want of the fruits,' Lam. iv. 9. ' For five,' is ' for want of five,' Gen. xviii. 28. ' For fornication,' 1 Cor. vii. 2, is, ' for to avoid fornication.' Or, we may turn it, ' without fat,' for the Heb. min, sometimes signifieth without. Job xxi. 9. Ver. 25. — Shared,] Or, wagged, a sign of scorn, Ps xxii. 8. Ver. 27. — Thine hand,] That is, thy handy work. Ver. 28. — Rise they up,] To wit, against me, (as the Gr. explaineth it), and be they abashed, as disappointed of their purpose. Ver. 30.— Of many,] Or, of the migMies, of great men, as the Chald. saith, "of wise men ;" but the Gr. translateth it," of many." Ver. 31. — At the right hand,] To assist, PSALM ex. 631 PSALM ex. David prophesieth of Christ' i conquest^ 7 and his kingdom, 4 his eternal priesthood, 5 his ^ A Psalm of David. Jehovah assuredly said unto my Lord, Sit thou at my right hand until I put thine enemies the footstool of thy feet. ^ Jehovah will send out of Zion the rod of thy strength ; rule thou in the midst of thine enemies. ^ Thy people shall be voluntaries in the day of contrary to Satan, ver. 6. That judge,] That is, condemn and persecute him to death. Vkr. 1. — Jehovah,] That is, God the Father. Assuredly said,] See Ps. xxxvi. 2. To MY Lord,] That is, (o Christ, whom David here calieth his Lord, though he was also his son according to the flesh, Matt. xxii. 42, 45 ; Rom. i. 3 ; Acts ii. 34. So the Chald., " The Lord said unto his Word," meaning Christ, John i. 1. Sit at my right hand,] Sitting noteth reigning with contin- uance, 1 Cor. XV. 25 ; Hei). x. 12, 13. So sitting on his throne, 1 Kings iii. 6, is ex- pounded, ' reigning in his stead,' 2 Chron. i. 8. God's right hand meaneth his power and majesty in the heavens, Luke xxii. 69; Mark xvi. 19 ; Heb. i. 3 ; viii. 1 ; and this above all angels, Heb. i. 13. Think ene- mies,] Even all of them, the last whereof is death, 1 Cor. xv, 25, 26. Of this place the apostle giveth this exposition, ' Every priest standeth daily ministering, and ofttimes oflering the same sacrifices, which can never take away sins : but this man having offered one sacrifice for sin, sitteth for ever at God's right hand, henceforth expecting till his ene- mies be put the footstool of his feet,' Heb. x. 11—13. Ver. 2. — The rod,] Or, staff, {sceptre) of thy strength ; thy strong staff', (O Christ), that is, the powerful word of thy kingdom, Is. xi. 4 ; Matt. xiii. 19 ; which was to come out of Zion and Jerusalem, Is, ii. 3 ; Luke xxiv. 49 ; Acts i. 4 ; ii. 1, 2, &c. For iu Zion Christ reigneth, Ps. ii. 6 ; Rev. xiv. 1. Rule thoo,] That is, thou shalt surely rule or have dominion. See the Notes on Ps. xxxvii. 3. Ver. 3. — Voluntaries,] A people of voluntarinesses, or of liberalities, (as Ps. Ixviii. 10) that is, shall most freely, willingly, and liberally present themselves and their obla- tions to thee, as Judges v. 9 ; Acts ii. 41 ; Ex. XXV. 2 ; Rom. xii. 1 ; Ps. xlvii. 10 ; cxix. 108; Song vi. 11. Of thy power,] Or, army, (as Ps. xxxiii. 16) that is, when tliou sendest forth thy powerful gospel and preach- ers of the same to conquer the world, Rom. i. 16 ; 2 Cor. x, 4, 5 ; Rev. vi. 2 ; Ps. xlv. 4 6. In the beauties of holiness,] Or, in the comely hotiotirs of the sanctuary: meaning either the comely (or honourable) places of holiness (or of the sanctuary), as Ps. xxix. 2, that is, the church ; or rather, in the beautiful ornaments of holiness, that is, holy graces and virtues, wherewith Christ and his people are adorned, as the priests and Levites of old, with Urim, Thummim, and holy garments, Ex. xxviii. 2, 40 ; Is. Hi. 1. So, the warriors in heaven are clothed with fine linen, white and pure, the righteousness of the saints, Rev. xix. 8, 14. Of the womb, &c.] This place is difficult, and may divei-sely be understood either of Christ himself, or of his people ; and again, if of Christ, either in respect of his Godhead or of his manhood. Of his Godhead, that the Father saith unto him, of the womb, (that is, of mine own essence) before the early morning, (that is, before the world was), to thee was (or thou hadst) the dew of thy youth, (or birth) ; so noting the eternal generation of Christ before all worlds, as is showed, Prov. viii. 22 — 25. And this sense the seventy Greek interpreters seem to follow, translating, " Of the womb before the morning star begat I thee." If it be meant of Christ's manhood, we may take it thus, ' Of the womb of the dark morning (or of the obscure womb of the virgin) thou hadst the dew of thy birth.' If of Christ's people before mentioned, it may thus be read, ' Of the womb of the morning to thee shall be (or shall come) the dew of thy youth,' that is, thy youth (thy young or new born people) shall be to thee as the morning dew, which falleth secretly from heaven, and abundantly covereth the earth ; for so the dew is sometimes used, 2 Sam. xvii. 12, and unto rain, dew, ice, &c., the scripture applieth the names of womb and begetting, Job xxxviii. 28, 29, and the increase of the Church is by this figure described as, ' The 032 PSALMS. thy power ; in the beauty of lioliness, of the womb of the early morning ; to thee the dew of thy youth. * Jehovah sware, and will not repent, thou art a priest for ever, according to the order of Melchisedek. ^ The Lord at tliy right hand, he liath wounded kings in the day of his wrath. ^ He shall jndge among the heathen ; he hath filled with corpses, he hath wounded the head over a great land. ' Of the brook in the way shall he drink, there- fore he shall lift up the liead. remnant of Jacob shall be among many peo- ple,' as ' a dew from the Lord, as flowers upon the grass, that waiteth not for man,' &c'. Micah V. 7. This last sense accordeth best with the beginning of the verse. Of the woMB,]Or,/ro/n the womb of the morning. Of THE EARLY MORNING,] Or, before the dawn- ing ; the morning, or day dawning, in Heb. Mishchar, is named of the blackness or dark- ness, which also the scripture showeth, John XX. 1; and the letter M is either a preposi- tion signifyingyro;« or before, as Is. \liii. 13, or but a part of the word, here meaning of. To THEE,] Understand was, or shall be, that is, thou hast,orshalt have. Dew of thy youth,] Or, of thy birth, that is, thy youth, which like the dew. Youth or nativity may either be taken properly for young age, as Eccl. xi. 9, or figuratively, for young persons, meaning the regenerate, which are ' as new born babe?,' John i. 13 ; iii. 3 ; I Pet. ii. 2. Ver. 4.— Sware,] Forasmuch (saith the apostle) as it is not without an oath, &c., by so much is Jesus made surety of a better testament, Heb. vii. 20, 22. A priest,] Or, sacrijicer. SeePs.xcix.G. For ever,] Among the Levites, ' many were made priests, be- cause they were not sutTered to endure by reason of death : but this man, because he endureth ever, hath an everlasting priesthood. Wherefore he is able also perfectly to save them tliut come unto God by him, seeing he ever liveth to make intercession for them,' Heb. vii. 23 — 25. To the order,] Or, according to my speech. Both these inter- pretations are good, the one from the apostle's authority, Heb. vii. 17, the other from the Heb. propriety dibrathi, as Job v. 8, meaning the manner and order of Melchisedek, as God speaketh of him in the history, where he is brought in ' without father, mother, kindred, beginning of days, or end of life, continuing a priest for ever,' as the apostle gathereth, Heb. vii. 1, 3, from the narration. Gen. xiv. 18, &c. Of Melchisedek,] ' The King of Salem, and priest of the most high God,' whose name and office is opened, Heb. vii, 1, 2, &c.,from which he inferreth, ' If perfec- tion had been by the priesthood of the Levites, &c., what needed it that another priest should rise after the order of Melchisedek, and not to be called after the order of Aaron ?' Heb. vii. 11. Ver. 5. — The Lord,] Christ, as in ver. 1, which the Chald. calleth Shechinah, (the divine presence) of the Lord. At thy right hand,] This may be spoken to God the Father, at whose right hand Christ sitteth, as ver. 1, or to the people of God, at whoso right hand he standeth,as Ps. cix. 31. Hath wonNDED,] Or, shall wound, or im.brue in blood, as Ps. Ixviii. 22, 24, a prophecy spoken as of a thing done. So usually in the prophets. Is. ix. 6; liii. 4, 5, &c. See this fulfilled. Rev. xix. 18. Ver. 6 — Hath filled,] Or, shall fill, to wit, all places with dead bodies, slain and unburied, as Jer. xvi. 4. So the Chald. paraphraseth, " He hath filled the land with carcases of the wicked which are slain." The head,] Antichrist, the man of sin, whom the Lord shall consume with the spirit of his mouth, 2 Thess. ii. 3, 8, or head for heads, and la7id for lands, that is, all wicked gover- nors wheresoever. Ver. 7. — Of the brook,] Or, stream, to wit, of afflictions, as waters usually signify, Ps. xviii. 5. Christ was to drink, that is, to sufler, and so to enter into his glory. Matt. xxvi. 39, 42 ; Luke xxiv. 26 ; 1 Pet. i. 11; Phil. ii. 8, 9. Or, drinking of the brook in the way, maymean a short refreshing of him- self, and then a hot pursuit of his enemies without delay, till he hath got a full conquest of them. Compare herewith the history of Gideon's soldiers. Judges vii. 4 — 6, &c. As waters sometimes signify doctrine, so the Chald. here expoundeth it, " From the mouth of the prophet he shall receive doctrine in the way." PSALM CXI. G33 PSALMCXI. The praises of God for his glorious and gracious n-orks. ' Hallelu-jah. I WILL confess Jehovah, with all the heart : in tlie secret of the righteous, and assembly. ^ Great are the actions of Jehovah, souglit out of all that delight in them. ^ Glorious majesty, and comely honour is his work, and his jus- tice standeth to perpetual aye. * He hath made a memorial of his marvellous works ; gracious and pitiful is Jehovah, ' He hath given a prey to them that fear him -. lie will remember liis covenant for ever. ® He hath showed to his people the able power of his actions, in giving to them the inheritance of the heathen. ' The actions of liis hands are truth and judgment ; faithful are all his precepts. * Stablished they are for aye for ever, done in truth and riglite ousness. ^ He sent redemption to his people, he hath commanded his covenant for ever ; holy and fearful is his name. '" The beginning of wisdom is the fear of Jehovah ; good pru- dency have all they that do them ; his praise standeth to per- petual aye. Ver. 1. — Hallelu-jah,] Praise ye Jah. meat, or food, a^ the Gr. and Chald. explain This psalm setteth forth the praises of God, it So Piov. xxxi. 15 ; Mai. iii. 10. and is composed after the order of the Heb. Ver. 6. — In giving,] Or, to give unto alphabet, every sentence beginning with a thein. several letter. So also the psalm following. Ver. 7. — Faithful,] Or, sure, constant. See Ps. XXV. 1. The secret,] Or, counsel. See Ps. six. 8. See Ps. Ixiv. 3 ; Ixxxix. 8. Ver. 9. — Redemption,] Or, deliverance, Ver. 2, — Sought out,] That is, regarded which meaneth both a riddance from the evils and cared for. So Is. Ixii. 12. 'A city wherein they have been, Deut. vii. 8 ; xv. sought out,' that is, cared for, as Deut. xi. 15 ; Ps. xxv. 22; cxxx. 8 ; and a preserva- 12. Or, sought out, that is, found or mani- tiou from the evils whereinto the wicked fall, fested unto, as Is. Ixv. 1, compared with Rom. Ex. viii. 23 ; Ps. xlix. 7, 16; cxix. 134. X. 20. Or, sought, that is, worthy to be Ver. 10. — Beginning,] The first, chief, sought, as praised, Ps. xviii. 4, for praise- and principal either in time or dignity. So, worthy. Of all that delight,] Or, /or the first, Alark xii. 28, for the great com- all their delights, that is, the delights and mandment, Matt. xxii. 36. Prudency,] pUasures of God's works are such, as they Understanding, or success a.nd iK\\c\iy,\y\nch are worthy to be sought into. The original commonly foUuweth prudenry, Prov. iii. 4. may bear either sense. Have all,] Or, shall be to all. Do the.m,] Ver. 3. — Majesty,] That is, most majes- The precepts mentioned, ver. 7 ; or, these tical and honourable. Standeth,] That is, things generally. The Gr. saith, " do it, contintteth, or abideth firm, as 1 Sam. xvi. meaning the covenant, ver. 9. His,] That 22; Ps. cii. 27; xxxiii. 11 ; 2 Cor. ix. 9 ; is, God's praise, of whom this p;alm is com- from Ps. cxii. 9. posed, ver. 1, &c. Standeth,] That is, Ver. 5. — A prey,] That is, a portion jf abideth or continucth, as ver. 3. Vol. II. 4 L 634 PSALMS. PSALM CXII. The praises of the godly man, who hath the promises of this life, and of that which is to come. His prosperity sh II be an eye-sore to the wicked. Hallelu-jah. ' O BLESSED is the man that feareth Jeliovah ,• that delighteth greatly in his commandments. ^ His seed shall be miglity in tlie earth : the generation of the righteous shall be blessed, ^ Wealthy store and riches shall be in his house : and his justice standeth to perpetual aye. ^ Unto the righteous light ariseth in darkness ; gracious, and pitiful, and just, * A good man doth graciously and lendeth : he will moderate liis words in judgment. * Surely he shall not be moved for ever ; the just man shall be to everlasting memory, ^ He will not fear for evil hearsay : his heart is fixed, trusting in Jehovah. His heart is stablished, he will not fear ; until he see, upon his distresses. Ver. 1. — Hallelu-jah,] Or, Praise ye the Lord. This psalm setteth forth the praises of the godly man, and is composed after the order of the Heb. alphabet, even as the former, Ps. cxi., with which in many things it is to be compared. Ver. 2.— His seed,] His children, as Ps. xxi. 11 ; Lev. xxi. 17. So the Chald. saith, " His sons shall be miglity in the law." The generation,] Their progeny, as Deut. xxix, 22 ; Job xlii. 16 ; or, ' the nation (the mul- titude) of righteous men.' See Psalm xii. 8 ; xiv. 5. Ver. 3. — Wealth,] Or, store of riches, sufficiency of wealth gathered with labour and industry. The Heb. ho7i signifieth also suf- ficiency, Prov, XXX. 15. Standeth, J That is, continueth, abideth, as Ps. cxi. 3, where the very same is spoken of God. So after, ver. 9. Ver. 4. — Light ariseth.] Or, springeth ttp, properly as the sun riseth, Mai. iv. 2, Light signifieth comfort, peace, joy, &c,, as darkness, affliction. Job xxx. 26 ; Esth. viii. 16; Ps. cvii. 10 ; Lam. iii. 2. And so in religion. Acts xxvi. 18,23; Rom. ii. 19; 2 Cor. iv. 6. Compare this sentence with Is. Iviii. 10; Ex, x. 23 ; and the contrary, Job xxxviii. 15. Gracious,] This may be understood of God, thus, * from him that is gracious,' &c., as Ps, cxi. 4 ; or of the godly man, 'that he is gracious,' &c., as the next verse showeth ; or of the light, that 'it is gracious,' "&r., meaning it of God, who is our light, as Ps. xxvii. 7. Ver. 5. — Will moderate,] Or, measure out, or carry and dispense them, as the Gr, explaineth it, by the similitude of a steward. His WORDS,] Or, affairs, matters. In judg- ment,] Or, with discretion, as is fit and right, or requisite, Ps. xxv. 9; Ezek. xxxiv. 16. Ver. 6. — Surely,] Or, for. Compare Ps. XV. 5. Ver. 7. — Hearsay,] Or, hearing, that is, tidings, fame, rumoui-, or report, which he heareth, as the word signifieth, Rom. x. 16, 17. So that which one evangelist calleth akoe, hearing, Mark i, 28, another calleth echos, a sound, or echo, Luke iv. 37, both meaning fame or rumour. See the contrary to this in the wicked, Jer. xlix. 23. Fixed,] Or, firmly prepared, not to be moved with ill tidings. Ver. 8, — He see,] To wit, God's woik or reward. See Ps. liv. 9. The Chald. other- wise, thus, "till he see redemption in dis- tress." PSALM CXIII. 635 " He hath scattered abroad, he hath given to the poor; Jiis jus- tice standeth to perpetual aye : his horn shall be exalted with honour. " Tlie wicked shall see, and be angry ; he shall gnasli witli his teeth, and melt away : the desire of the wicked sliall perish. Vee. 9.— Scattered,] To wit, his riches, (as the Chald. explaineth it), that is, given and lent it freely, without looking for any thing thereof, as Luke vi. 35 ; though thereby he is more increased, Prov. xi. 24 ; see 2 Cor. ix. 9. Justice,] This generally is all righteousness, sometimes alms. See Ps. xxiv. 5, His horn,] That is, power and glory. So the Chald. saith, " his strength." See Ps. Ixxv. 5, 11 ; xcii. 11 ; Ixxxix. 18, 25; 1 Sam. ii. 1. Ver. 10.— The desire,] That is, the thing that he desireth shall not be granted him. Compare Prov, x. 24, 28; xiii. 12. PSALM CXIII. An exhortation to praise God for his excellency, 6 for his mere?/. ^ Hallelu-jah. Praise ye servants of Jehovah : praise ye the name of Jehovah. ^ Blessed be the name of Jehovah, from this time, and for ever. ^ From tlie rising of tlie sun, unto the going in of the same : praised be the name of Jehovah. * Jehovah is high, above all nations : his glory is above tlie lieavens. * Who is like Jeliovah our God, tliat lifteth himself high, to sit? ® That debaseth himself low to see, in tlie heavens, and in the earth. ^ He raiseth the poor from the dust : he lifteth up the needy from the dunghill. * To set hiiu witli boun- teous princes, with the bounteous princes of Jiis people. ^ He mak- eth the barren of house to dwell, a joyful mother of children ; Hal- lelu-jah. Veu. 2. — From this time,] Or, from now, henceforth. So Ps. cxv. J8; cxxi. 8; cxxxi. 3. Ver. 3. — Rising,] That is, the east part of the world, as Ps. eiii. 12. Going in,] Or, going down, that is, the west, where the sun is said to go in, as when it riseth to come out, Gen. xix. 23 ; meaning by east and west, all the world over. So Mai. i. 11. Ver. 5. — Lifteth high to sit,] Or, to dwell, that is, (as the Gr. explaineth it), " dwelleth on high." And so after, " seeth the things below." Ver. 7. — From the dust,] That is, from base estate, as 1 Kings xvi. 2. So after, ' from dunghill,' as Lam. iv. 5. This speech is taken from 1 Sam. ii. 8. Ver. 9. — The barren of house,] That is, the woman which never had children ; as, on the contrary, fruitful women are said to build their husband's houses, Ruth iv. 11. So house is used for children or posterity, Ps. cxv. 10, 12 ; Ex. i. 21 ; see also Ps. Ixviii. 7. The scriptures apply this to the Church of the Gentiles; as, ' Rejoice, O barren, that didst not bear, break forth into singing, and cry aloud,' &c., Isaiah liv. 1 ; Gal. iv. 26, 27. 636 PSALMS. PSALM CXIV. The deliverance of Israel out of Bgijpi affected the dumb creatures : all the earth are thereupon exhorted to fear God. ^ When Israel went out from Egypt, the house of Jacob from the people of a barbarous speech ; ^ Judah was for his sanctuary, Israel liis dominions. ^ The sea saw, and fled : the Jordan turned about backward. * The mountains leaped like rams : the hOls like younglings of the flock. * Wliat ailed thee, O sea, that thou fled- dest ; O Jordan, that thou tnrnedst about backward? " O moun- tains, that ye leaped like rams : ye hills like younglings of the flock ? '' lA the presence of the Lord tremble thou earth ; at tlie presence of the God of Jacob. ^ That turneth the rock to a lake of waters, the flint to a fountain of waters. Ver. 1. — BABBARons SPEECH,] Ot, Speak- ing barbarously, of a strange., rude, uncouth language. Tliis word is here only used, and meaneth all speech that was not understood of God's people, which he that speaketh, is callea of the apostle ' a barbarian,' that is, a stranger, 1 Cor. xiv. 11, even as here also the Cliald. tmiieth it. Spiritually it mean- eth such as speak against the faith, ' the lan- guage of Canaan,' Is. xix. IS. Ver. 2 — Judah,] That is, the congrega- tion of that tribe, which was principal. Num. ii. 3 ; vii. 12 ; x. 14. Was,] Or, became: and it is of the feminine gender, to signify ' the congregation,' usually named ' a daugh- ter,' as Ps. ix. 15. His san'ctuarv,] Sanc- tity or sanctification, which God had sanctified to dwell among them. Lev. xix. 2 ; xx. 7, 26 ; xxvi. 11, 12 ; 2 Cor. vi. 16. The Chald. explaineth it thus, «' The church of the house of Judah was united to his holiness; Israel to his dominions. Dominions,] Or, dominations, (seignoiies), ruling over the tribes by his laws and spiiit. Ver. 3. — The sea,] The Red sea,\.\\ro\x^\ which Israel passed, Ex. xiv. 21 ; Ps. Ixxvii. 17; Ixxviii. 13; Ixvi. 6; cxxxvi. 13. The Jordan,] Tlio g eat and celebrated river h) the land of Canaan, Jos. iii. ; Psalm Ixvi. 6. Ver. 4. — The mountains,] Sinai, Horeb, and other hills in the wilderness quaked, Ex. xix. 18; Hab. iii. 6, 10; Ps. Ixviii. 9. Sj leaping is used also in Ps. xxix. 6. The Chald. paraphraseth, " When he gave hi; law to his people, the mountains leaped," &c. Younglings,] Heb. sons, meaning lambs. So ver. 6. Ver. 5. — What ailed thee,] Or, %chat was to thee ? Ver. 7. — At the presence,] Or, at the face, or before the Lord. For these phrases are used indifllrently ; as, Milliphnei, at the presence, 1 Chron. xvi. 33, is Liphnei, he- fore, Vs.. xcvi. 13. So Milliphnei, before, or from the face, 1 Chron. xix. 18, fur which in 2 Sam. x. 18, is Miphnei, before. Tremble THOU,] With pain, as a woman in travail. See Ps. xxix. 8. It is an answer to the former question, and therefore may also be turned, ' The earth trembled,' (as the like is observed in Ps. xxii. 9), and so the Gr. here translateth, " The earth was shaken." Ver. S.— The flint] That is, hard flinty rock, as is explained, Deut. viii. 15. Com. pare Is. xli. 18. PSALM ex V. 637 PSALM CXV. Because God is truly glorious, and idols are vanity, 9 he exhort- eth to confidence in God, who is to he blessed for his blessings. 1 Not unto us, Jehovah, not unto us, but unto thy name give the glory, for thy mercy, for thy truth. * Wherefore should the hea- thens say. Where is now their God ? ^ And our God is in the heavens : whatsoever pleaseth him, he dotli. * Their idols are silver and gold, the work of men's hands. * A mouth they have, and speak not ; eyes they have, and see not. ® Ears they have, and liear not ; a nose they have, and smell not. ' Hands they have, and feel not : feet they have, and walk not : they make no sound with their throat. ^ Like them be they that make them : every one that trusteth in them. " O Israel, trust thou in Jehovah : lie is their help and their shield. '° O house of Aaron, trust ye in Jehovah : he is their help and their shield. ^' Ye that fear Jeho- vah, trust in Jeliovah : lie is their help and their shield. '^ Jehovah hath remembered us, he will bless us : he will bless the house of Israel, he will bless the house of Aaron. " He will bless them that fear Jehovah ; tlie small with the great. " Jehovah will add unto you : unto you, and unto youi* sons. ^' Blessed shall you be of Jehovah, which made the heavens and earth. " The heavens are Jehovah's ; and tlie earth he hath given to the sons of Adam. '' Not the dead shall praise Jah ; Ver. 1. — Not to us,] Or, for us. The help,] To wit, which trust in him. Or, it Chaldaddeth,"not for our desert." This psalm may be, for your help. One person put for the Gr. joineth with the former, and maketh another, as often is. See Ps. lix. 7, 10, 65; it a part of Ps. cxiv. See the Notes on Ps. Ixxx. 7. X. 1. Ver. 10. — Hotjse,] That is, children or Ver. 2. — Now,] Or, I pray. A word of posterity. See Ps. cxiii. 9 entreating, but used here in mockery. See Ver. 12.— Hath remembered,] The Ps. Ixxix. 10. Chald. explaineth it, " The word of the Lord Ver. 3. — And,] Or, hit our God. It is hath remembered us for good." Will bless,] a sinn of indignation, as Ps. ii. 6. To wit, us; as the Gr. tuineth it, "being Ver. 5 They have.] Heh. is to them. mindful of us, hath blessed us." See the like Speak not,] Or, cannot speak, as Ps. Ixxvii. want, in Ps. lix. 14 ; Ixix. 2 ; xlv. 4. 5, and so the rest. Compare herewith Jer. Ver. 13. — Small,] Or, little, in age rr X. 3—5, 9, &c. Deut. iv. 28. degree. So Rev. xi. 18. Ver. 7.— Sound,] Or, 7wz<«er, meditate. Ver. 14.— Will add unto,] Or, add See Ps. i. 2. upon you, that is, increase you, as Deut. i. Ver. 9.— Israel,] The Church is here 11 ; Is. xxvi. 15; or, add his blessings, distinguished into three parts : — 1. Israel, or Ver. 15.— Shall you be of,] Or, are the body of the commonwealth. 2. Aaron's you to Jehovah, that is, by him. See the house, the ministers. And, 3. The fearers like phrase, Gen. xiv. 19; i Sam. ii. 5. of Jehovah, that is, strangers, converts of all Ver. Ifi. — He hath given,] Or under- nations. Acts ii. 5; x. 35. So after in verses stand, which he hath given ; for the earth also 12, 13 ; Ps. cxviii. 2 — 4. Trust thou,] is his, Ps. xxiv. 1, though heaven properly is The Gr. saith, hath trusted, md so the rest. his dwelling-place, yet not able to contain See the Notes on Ps. xxii. 9; cxiv. 7. TnE':{ him, 1 Kings viii. 27, 30 638 PSALMS. neither any that go down to silence, this time, and for ever ; Hallelu-jah. But we will bless Jah, from Ver. 17. — To SILENCE.] The grave, the pouiidetli it, place of silence and quietness, as Job iii. 17, earth." 18 ; see Ps. xciv. 17. So the Chald. ex- The place of burial in the PSALM CXVI. The psalmist prof esseth his love and duty to God for his deliverance. 12. He studieth to he thankful. ^ I LOVE, because Jehovah heareth my voice, my supplications. ^ Because he bowed his ear unto me, and in my days I will call. ^ The pangs of death compassed me, and the binding afflictions of hell found me : I found distress and sorrow. * And 1 called on the name of Jehovah ; O Jehovah, deliver my soul. ^ Gracious is Jehovah, and just : and our God is merciful. ^ Jehovah keepeth' the simple ; I was brought low, and he saved me. ' Return, O my soul, unto thy rest, for Jehovah liath bounteously rewarded unto thee. * Because thou hast released my soul from deatli, mine eye from tears, my foot from sliding. ^ I will walk on before Jehovah, in the lands of the living. " I believed, therefore did I speak ; I was afflicted vehemently. ^^ I did say in my hastening away, every Ver. 1 . — 1 LOVE,] To wit, the Lord, or, I am lovingly aflected, and well pleased. The Gr. here beginneth Ps. cxiv. See the Note on Ps. X. 1, and after ver. 10. Hear- eth,] Or, V ill hear, to wit, continually. Ver. 2. — And,] That is, therefore will I call, or, when I did call. Mr dais,] That is, whiles I live, or days of affliction, as Job XXX. IC. See also Psalm cxix. 84 ; xxxvii. 12. Ver. 3. Pangs,] Or, pains. Compare Ps. xviii. 5, &c. Hell,] The state of death, or grave. See Ps. xvi. 10. Found,] That is, came upon me. So 1 Chi on. x. 3 ; Neh. ix. 32 ; Esth. viii. 6 ; Ps. cxix. 143. Ver, 5, — Oh,] Or, / beseech thee, O noiv ! The Heb. Jlnna and Na, are words of en- treating ; as the Gr. Nai, Phil. i. 20 ; Rev. i. 7. Ver. 6. — Brought low,^ Drawn dry, ti^eakened, and afflicted. See Ps. xli. 2 ; Ixxix. 8. Ver. 7. — Thy rest,] Tliy quiet comfort- able estate in God, without trouble of con- science. This Christ giveth. Matt. xi. 29 ; but sin taketh away, Ueut. xxxviii. (J5. Re- warded,] Or, as the Gr. saith, " been bene- ficial." The Chald. explaineth it, " The word of the Lord hath rewarded good unto thee." See Ps. xiii. 6. Ver. 8.— Sliding,] Or, ^/»-w5<,/a//. See Ps. Ivi. 14-, 1 Sam. ii. 9. Ver. 9. — Walk on,] To wit, pleasingly, as the Gr. explaineth, or, pleasingly admin- ister. So 1 Sam. ii. 30, 35 ; Ps. Ixxxvi. 14. The living,] In this world. See Ps. xxvii. 13. Ver. 10.— Therefore,] The Gr. Ki, for, is here used for therefore, as the Gr. translateth, and the apostle alloweth, 2 Cor. iv. 13. So may it also be taken, 1 Sam. ii. 21 ; so the Gr. hoti ; as Luke vii. 47. For she loved, that is, therefore she loved much. Ht-re the Gr. version beginneth Ps. cxv. Ver. 11. — My hastening,] Through fear. In Gr. "my ecstacy,"(or drawee.) See Ps. xxxi. 23. Hereto is opposed his quiet- ness, Ps. xxx. 7. Every man,] Even the prophets, which have promised me the king- dom, &c., and thus it might be David's in- firmity ; or, indeed, every man, in respect of God, is a liar, and unable to help in time PSALM CXVII. 639 man is a liar. ^^ What shall I render to Jehovali,^r all his bowi- tiful rewards unto me ? '^ I will take up the cup of salvation, and will call on the name of Jehovah. '' My vows to Jehovali I will pay, in the presence now of all his people. ^* Precious in tlie eyes of Jehovah is the death of his gracious saints. '" O Jehovah, surely I am thy servant, I am thy servant, the son of tliine hand- maid ; tliou hast unloosed my bands. " To thee will I sacrifice a sacrifice of confession, and will call on the name of Jehovah. '^ My vows to Jehovah will I pay, in the presence now of all his people. " In the courts of the house of Jehovah; in the midst of thee, O Jerusalem ; Hallelu-jah. of need; Num. xxiii. 19; Rom. iii. 4; Ps. xxxiii. 17. Ver. 12. — For all,] So the Gr. supplieth the word /or; and by rewards, he meaneth benefits, as ver. 7. Compare 1 Thess. iii. 9; 2 Chron. xxxii. 25. Ver. 13. — The cup of salvation,] Or, of health, that is, of thanksgiving for God's KHving health and deliverance for me. For mercies received, the Israelites used to ofier peace or thank-oflerings ; whereof they did eat, and rejoice before the Lord ; and at their banquets took up the cup of wine in their hands, and blessed God : called thereupon ' the cup of blessing,' 1 Cor. x. 16. So our Lord at the feast of the passover, ' took the cup, and gave thanks,' Luke xxii. 17. Call ON,] That is, prayand praise God, or, call in, that is, proclaim and preach God's mercies. So ver. 17. Ver. 15. — Precious, &c.] That is, God will not easily sufler his saints to be slain. See Ps. Ixxii. 14. So the soul is said to be precious, when the life is spared, 1 Sam. xxvi. 31 ; 2 Kings i. 13. Ver. 16. — Handmaid,] Born thy servant in thy house. See Ps. Ixxxvi. 16. Bands.] That is, hast set me at liberty,as Job xxxix. 8, from afflictions, Is. xxviii. 22 ; a simili- tude taken from captives, Is. Hi. 2. Ver. 17. — Confession,] That is, a thank- offering. See Ps. 1. 14. PSALM CXVIL The Gentiles are exhorted to praise God for his mercy and truth. 1 Praise Jehovah, all ye Gentiles ; laud him, all ye people. ^ For his mercy is mighty towards us ; and the faithfulness of Jehovah endureth for ever ; Hallelu-jah. Ver. 1.— Gentiles,] Or, nations ; all us into the glory of God ;| as the apostle which are exhorted to glorify God, for ob- showeth from this scripture,' Rom. xv. 7— taining mercy by Christ, who ' hatli received 11. 640 PSALMS. PSALM CXVIIL An exhortation to praise God for his mercy. 5. The psalmist, hj h.'s experience, shometh Iwrv good it is to trust in God. 1 9. Under the type of the psalmist, the coming of Christ in his kingdom is expressed. ^ Confess ye to Jehovah, for he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever. ^ Let Israel now say, that his mercy endureth for ever, ^ Let the house of Aaron now say, that his mercy endureth for ever. * Let them that fear Jehovah now say, that his mercy endureth for ever. * Out of strait affliction I called on Jah ; Jah answered me with a large room. ^ Jehovali is for me, I will not fear what man can do unto me. ' Jeliovah is for me witli them that lielp me, and I shall see on them that hate me. * It is better to hope for safety in Jehovah, than to trust in man. ^ It is better to hope for safety in Jehovah, than to trust in bounteous princes. '"All nations compassed me, but in the name of Jehovah I cut them off. ^' They compassed me, yea, they compassed me, but in tlie name of Jehovah I cut them off. '^ They compassed me as bees, they were quenched as a fire of thorns ; but in the name of Jehovah I cut them off. " Thrusting thou thrustedst me to fall, and Jehovah holp me. " Jah is my strength and song, and he hath been to me for a salvation. '^ A voice of shout- ing and of salvation is in the tents of the just ; the riglit hand of Jehovah doth valiantness. '^The riffht hand of Jehovah is exalted ; Ver. 1. — For He,] Or, thai he is good. So verse 29. Ver. 4 That fear,] Strangers of all nations, as before he mentioned the church and ministers. See Ps. cxv. 9. Ver. 5. — With a large room,] That is, by bringing me into it, as is expressed, P.-!. xviii. 20; iv. 2. Ver. 6. — For me,] To wit, an helper, a^ the Gr. explaineth ; which the apostle f(illoweth, Heb. xiii. 6. So the Chald. saith, " The word of tlie Lord is for mine help." So in ver. 7. See also Ps. Ivi. 5, 12. Ver. 7. — With them that help me,] Instead of all helpers . See a lilie phrase. Ps. liv. G. The Gr. saith, "mine helper." See on them,] To vi\\,,their retvard,oi- ven- geance, as the Chald. explaineth. See Ps. liv. 9; xci. 8. Ver. 10. — But in, &c.] Or, in the name of Jehovah, (I trust) that I shall cut them off. The Gr. agreeth with the formt;r ; the Chald. with this latter ; and so in the verses following. Ver. 12. — Were quenched,] Or, (on the contrary) were kindled, as both the Gr. and Chald. do translate it. Sundry words signify contraries, a? barac to bless., and to curse, 1 Kings xxi. 13. The fire of thorns is both soon kindled and soon quenched. So Chi isl's enemies. For,] Or, but in the name. Sic. Ver. 13. — TnRUSTiiNG, &c.] That is, thou didst sorely thrust, speaking to the enemy. T.ie Chald. explaineth it, " My sins thrust me to fall." Thrusting thrust is an Hebraism often used; as after, ver. 18. So ' cutting shall be cut off,' Num. xv. 30 ; that is, ' shall die without mercy,' Heb. x. 28. Ver. 14. — Song,] Or, melody, that is, whom I sing laud unto. This is taken from Ex. x V. 2 ; so Is. xii. 2. For a salvation,] Oi-, a salvation, that is, hath saved or rescued me against mine enemies, as 2 Sam. x. 11, where the like phrase is used ; so after, ver. 21, the word for may be omitted, as some- times in the Htb. itself, 2 Chron. xviii. 21, compared with 1 Kings xxii. 22. Ver. 15. — Salvation,] That is, victory, as Ps. xcviii. 1 : or, thanks for salvation, as Ps. cxvi. 13. See Rev. xix. 1. Tents,] That is, dwelling-places ; but spoken of as in wars, or for short continuance, as Heb. xi. 9. PSALM CXVIII. Gil the right hand of Jehovah doth valiantness. " I shall not die but live, and shall tell the works of Jah. Jah chastising chastised me, and gave me not to the death. '* Open ye unto me the gates of justice, that I may enter into them, may confess Jah. -" Tiiis gate of Jehovali, into which the just shall enter. ^* I will confess thee because thou hast answered me, and hast been to me for a salvation. " The stone which the builders refused, is become for head of the corner. ^^ This was of Jehovah ; it is marvellous in our eyes. ** Tliis is the day Jeliovah made, let us be glad and rejoice in it. ^^ O Jehovah, save now ; O Jehovah, prosper now. *'' Blessed he he that cometh in the name of Jehovah ; we bless you out of the house of Jehovah. *' God is Jehovah, and hath given light unto us ; bind ye the ieast-offerings with cords, unto the horns of the altar. ^^ Tliou art my God, and I will confess thee ; my God, I will exalt thee. ^^ Confess ye to Jehovah, for he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever. So ' tents of the saints,' Rev. xx. 9. See also 2 Chron. xxxi. 2. Ver. 18.— Gave,] Or, delivered. So Ezek. xxxi. 14. Ver. 19. — Gates of jcstice,] That is, of God's sanctuary, the gates whereof were to be opened by the piiests and Levites, for men to come and serve the Lord, 1 Sam. iii. 15 ; called gates of justice, because only the just and cltau might enter into them, as ver. 20; Is. xxvi. 2; 2Chron.xxiii. 19; Rev.xxi. 27. Ver. 20. — Gate of .Tehovah,] This the Chald. expoundeth, " The gate of the sanc- tuary of the Lord." Ver. 22. — The stone, &c.] By this stone is meant David himself, and his son Christ ; by the builders are meant the chief men of Israel, that lefused David and Christ to -.reign over them. Mat. xxi. 42 ; Acts iv. II. Of David, the Chald. expoundeth it, " The builders despised the young man, which among the sons of Jesse was wortliy to be made king and ruler." For head,] That is, the chief corner stone, which cou- pleth and fasteneth the building. See also Is. xxviii. 16 ; 1 Pet. ii. 6—8 ; Eph. ii. 20, 21. Ver. 24. — Made,] That is, preferred in honour above others ; so making sometimes signifieth, as 1 Sam. xii. 6 ; and the making of a day, is the sanctifying and observing of it, Deut. V. 15 ; Ex. xxxiv. 21. Also day is the whole time of grace in Christ, 2 Cor. vi. 2. Ver. 25. — Save now,] Or, I beseech thee save. In Heb. Hoshiah-na, or Hosanna, as it is sounded in Or., Mat. xxi. 9, 15 ; where the people and children welcome Christ into Jerusalem, singing, ' Hosanna the son of David,' that is, praying God most high to save the king (Christ), who then ' came in the name of the Lord.' Ver. 26. — He that cometh,] That is, the king (Christ) that cometh in the name (power and authority) of the Lord, Luke xix. 38. We bless you,] These seem to be the priests' words, whose office was to bless God's people in his house, Num. vi. 23 ; Deut. x. 8; 1 Chron. xxiii. 13. Ver. 27. — The feast-offerings,] Or, festivity. This word is often used for a fes- tival day, as Ps. Ixxxi. 4 ; is sometimes figuratively used for the sacrifices offered at those feasts, as Ex. xxiii. 18; Is. xxix. 1 ; and so the Chald. explaineth it here. Thus Christ is called oicr passover, 1 Cor. v. 7 ; that is, our paschal lamb. \Vith cords,] This word is sometimes used for thick twisted cords, Judges xv. 13 ; sometimes for thick branches of trees used at some feasts, Ezek. xix. 11; Lev. xxiii. 40. Hereupon this sentence may two ways be read ; ' bind the feast with thick branches,' or ' bind the sacri- fices with cords ;' both mean one thing, that men should keep the festivity with joy and thanks to God, as Israel used at their solem- nities. Unto the horns,] That is, all the court over, until you come even to the horns of the altar; intending herel)y many sacri- fices or boughs. The Chald. interpreteth it, " Till he have offered him, and poured the blood at the horns of the altar." Vol. II. 4M 642 PSALMS. PSALM CXIX, This psalm containeih manifold praises of the lam of God, and effects of the same ; with sundry prayers, and professions of obedience. ' O BLESSED are they that are perfect in way, they that walk in the law of Jehovah. ^ O blessed are they that keep his testimonies, they that seek him with all the heart. ' Also, they that work not iniquity, hut walk in his ways. * Thou hast commanded thy pre- cepts to be observed vehemently. ^ Oh that my ways were directed to observe thy statutes. ^ Then shall I not be ashamed, when I have respect unto all thy commandments. ' I will confess thee with righteousness of heart, wlien I shall learn the judgments of thy justice. ® I will observe tliy statutes, forsake thou me not very much. ^ Where witli shall a young man cleanse his way ? by taking heed, according to thy word. ^°With all my heart have I sought thee, let me not wander from thy commandments. '' In mine heart have I hid thy sayings, tliat I might not sin against thee. ^''Blessed' art thou, Jehovah, learn me thy statutes. " With my lips have I told all the judgments of thy mouth, " In the way of thy testi- monies have I joyed, as above all store of riches. '* In thy pre- cepts will I meditate, and will have respect unto tliy ways. " In thy statutes will I delight myself, I will not forget tliy words. " Bounteously reward unto thy servant, that I may live and observe thy word. ^* Uncover mine eyes, that I may see the mar- vellous things of thy law. " A stranger I am in the eartli, liide not thou from me tliy commandments. '''" My soul is broken small with desire unto thy judgments in all time. ^' Thou hast rebuked the proud accursed, that wander from thy commandments. ^' Turn Veb. 1 . — Perfect in way,] Entire, (or prayer is against God's anger, Is. Ixiv. 9. Or unblemished) in their state or conversation. it may here have reference to the former, See Ezek. xxviii. 15 ; Ps. i. 1. "I will keep thy statutes with vehemency, if Ver. 2. — Seek him,] With hope and thou forsake me not." trust, as the word also importeth, Is. xi. 10 ; Ver. 10. — Let me not wander,] Or, with Rom. XV. 12. See also Deut. iv. 29; make me not to err. In Gr., "repel me Jer. xxix. 13 ; 2 Chron. xv. 15. The Chald. not." translateth, " seek his doctrine." Ver. 14. — As above,] As that which is Ver. 3 Also they, &c.] The Gr.turn- superior to all riches ; or, as for all abundant eth it thus, " For, not they that work ini- wealth. quity, do walk in his ways." Ver. 16.— Delight,] Or, solace, recre- Ver. 4. — To BE observed,] Or, for men ate myself. to observe. See the Notes on Psalm Ver. IS. — Uncover,] Or, unveil. That xxxvl. 3. I may,] Or, and I shall. So after in this and Ver. 5. — O that,] Or, my wishes are other psalms often. See Ps. xliii. 4. that, &c. The Chald. expounds it, " It is Ver. 19. — In the earth,] Or, in the good for me that I have directed my ways." land. See Ps. xxxix. 13. Ver, 8. — Very much,] Or, unto vehe- Ver. 20. For desire,] Or, with desir- mency, vehemently, that is, utterly. A like ing, or, to desirt, as the Gr, saith, "My PSALM ex IX. 643 thou from me reproach and contempt, for I have kept thy testi- monies. ^^ Princes also did sit, they spake against me, thy servant meditateth in thy statutes, "* Also tliy testimonies are my deliglits; the men of my counsel. '" My soul cleaveth to the dust, quicken thou me according to tJiy word. ^^ I told my ways, and tliou answeredst me ; teach me tliy statutes. ^' Make me to understand the way of thy precepts, and I will meditate on tliy marvellous works. '''^ My soul droppeth for lieaviness ; raise thou me up, according to thy word, " Take away from me the way of falsehood, and graciously give me tliy law. ^° The way of faithfulness I have chosen, thy judgments I have proposed. '^ I have cleaved to thy testimonies; Jeliovah, let me not be abashed. '^ I will run the way of thy commandments, when thou shalt enlarge mine heart. ^' Teach me, O Jehovali, the way of thy statutes, that I may keep it unto the end. '* Make me to understand, that I may keep thy law, and observe it with all the heart. ^^ Make me to tread in the path of thy commandments, for in it I take pleasure. ^•^ Incline mine heart unto thy testimonies, and not unto covetous- ness. '' Turn away mine eyes from seeing false vanity j quicken me in thy ways. ^^ Confirm to thy servant thy saying, which is given to the fear of thee. ^' Turn away my reproach, wliich I am afraid of, for thy judgments are good. ^"Lo, I have a desire to thy precepts ; in thy justice quicken thou me. ^' And let thy mercies come to me, O Jehovah; thy salvation, according to thy saying. ^^ And I shall answer hira that reproach - soul coveteth to desire." A like form of the ix. 4), or with comfort, as Is. Ix. 5 ; or love, Heb. word is in Jer xxxi. 12. as 2 Cor. vi. 11. Ver. 23.— Spake,] Or, talked of me ; Ver. 33.— To the end,] Gr. continu- spake largely and freely. See the word in ally ; some turn it, for rewards, as after the this form, Ezek. xxxiii. 30. Gr. doth, ver. 112. The Heb. properly is Ver. 24. — Men of my counsel,] That the heel or foot-sole, figuratively the end, and is, my counsellors, they with whom I con- sometimes reward. See Ps. xix. 12. That s\ilt. So in Is. xl. 13, man of his counsel, I may,] Or, a7id, I shall keep, &c. So ver. is turned in Gr, su77tboulos, Rom. xi. 34 ; 34. that is, counsellor. Ver. 37.— Torn away,] Or, jnake pass, Ver. 25. — Quicken me,] Or, spare my transfer. So ver. 39. From seeing,] Or, life, as Jos. ix. 15. tkat they see not, Ps. Ixix. 24 ; Ixvi. 18. Ver. 26. Answeredst me,] Which the Ver. 38.— Confirm,] Or, raise up, that Chald. expoundeth, " acceptedst my prayer." is, perform and do it, as 2 Sam. vii. 25, and Ver. 27. And I will,"" Or, <Aa< / jwa^; that continually, as Deut. xxvii. 26, with as verses 18 and .S3. Gal. iii. 10. So, 'to confirm words,' 2 Kings Ver 28. Droppeth,] To wit, tears, xxiii. 3, is ' to do them,' 2 Chron. xxxiv. 31. that is, weep'eth, as Job xvi. 20. Raise up,] Which,] That is, which servant is given (or Or, co7ifirm, stablish, as verses 38 and 106. addicted) to thy fear, or which word is given Ver. 30— Of faithfulness,] Or, faith, for the fear of thee, that thou mayest be that is, a sure and faithful way. Proposed,] feared. To wit, before i7ie, as Ps. xvi. 8. VeR. 41 .-Come,] That is, be perfo7-77ied, Ver. 32.— Enlarge,] That is, amplify as Judg. xiii. 12. :nd increase with wisdom, as 1 Kings iv. 29, Ver. 42.— Answer,] Heb. answer him (as to want an heart, is to be foolish, Prov. %vord, that is, return him answer, as this 644 PSALMS. eth me, because I have trusted in thy word. ^^ And pull not thou out of my mouth the word of truth very mucli, because I have liopefully waited for thy judgments. " And I will observe thy law continually, for ever and perpetual aye. " And I shall walk in a large room, because I have sought thy precepts. '"' And I will speak of thy testimonies in the presence of kings, and not be ashamed. *' And I will delight myself in tliy commandments, which I have loved. ^'^ And I will lift up my hands to tliy commandments which I have loved, and will meditate on thy statutes. ■" Remember the word of thy servant, for which thou hast made me hopefully to wait. ^^ This is my comfort in mine affliction, that thy saying quickeneth me. " The proud have scorned me very greatly ; from tliy law I have not declined. ^^ I remembered thy judgments of old, O Jehovah, and comforted myself. ^' A burn- ing horror hath taken hold on me for the wicked, the forsakers of tliy law. ^* Thy statutes have been songs to me in the house of my pilgrimage. " I remembered in the night thy name, O Jehovah, and observed thy law, *^ This was to me, because I kept thy precepts. " My portion, Jehovah, I have said, to observe thy words. ^^ I have earnestly besought thy face with all the heart ; be gracious to me according to thy saying. ^^ I thought upon my ways, and turned my feet unto thy testimonies. ^^ I made haste, and delayed not, to observe thy commandments. " Bands of the wicked have robbed me; thy law I have not forgotten. ^'^ At midnight will I rise to confess unto thee, for the judgments of thy justice. "^^I am a companion to all that fear thee, and that observe thy precepts. " The earth is full of thy mercy, Jehovah ; learn me thy statutes. phrase importeth, 2 Sam. xxiv. 13; I Kings XX. 9 ; xii. 16. So Prov. xxvii. 11. Or, answer him the matter. Ver. 43. — Vehy much,] Or, unto vehe- mency, vehemently, as ver. 8 ; aiid it may be referred to the word, vehemently true ; or, to the former, pxdl not utterly. Ver. 45. — In a large room,] Or, in ifideness, that is, at liberty, cheerfully, free from fears, distresses, &c., Ps. iv. 2; xviii. 22 ; cxviii. 5. Ver. 48. — Lift my hands,] That is, put my hands to the practice of thy law with earnestness. Ver. 53. — A burning horror,] A storm of terror and dismay, as the Gr. saith, " swooning," or "fainting."' See Ps. xi. 6. For,] Or, from the wicked i a storm of trouble raised by them. Ver. 54. — Songs,] Themes, or arguments of singing. The house,] The earthly house of this tabernacle, where man sojourneth in his body ; as 2 Cor. v. 1, &e.; in Gr. "the place," that is, wheresoever I sojourn. Veb. 56. — This was,] Thus ordered I the course of my life; or, this variety of estate, persecution, consolation, &c., befel me. Ver. 57 Mt portion,] That is, as the Gr. explaineth, "O Lord, thou art my por- tion," as Ps. cxlii. 6; xvi. 5; Jer. x. 16; or, " My portion, O Lord, shall be to keep thy words." Ver. 5S. — 'Besovg^t ,~\0y ,intreated. See Ps. xlv. 13. Ver. 59. — Thought upon,] Considered upon and counted; the Cbald. saith, "I thought to make good my ways." Ver. 60. — Delayed not,] Or, distracted not myself, to wit, with worldly cares, fears, pleasures, &e. Ver. 61.— Bands,] Or, cords, as the Gr. also turneth it, or "companies," as the Chald. explaineth it; so ' a band of prophets, 'for a company of tliem, I Sam. x. 10. PSALM CXIX, 645 ** Thou hast done good witli tliy servant, Jehovah, according to thy word. ^^ Learn me goodness of reason and knowledge, for I have beheved in thy commandments. " Before I was afflicted, I was astray ; but now I observe thy saying. ^ Good art thou, and doest good ; learn me thy statutes. ^* The proud have forged against me falsehood ; I, with all the heart, do keep thy precepts. ^^ Their heart is gross as fat ; I in tliy law have delighted myself. '^ It is good for me that I was afflicted, that I may learn thy sta- tutes. '^ The law of thy mouth is better to me than thousands of gold aud silver. " Thine hands have made me, and fasJiioned me ; make me to understand, that I may learn thy commandments. ''* They tliat fear thee, shall see me and rejoice, because I liave hopefully waited for thy word, ^^ I know, Jehovah, that thy judgments are justice, and with faithfulness thou hast afflicted me. " O let thy mercy be to comfort me, according to thy saying unto thy servant. " Let thy tender mercies come to me, that I may live, for thy law is my delights. " Let the proud be abashed, for with falsehood they have depraved me : I do meditate in thy precepts. " Let those turn to me that fear thee, and that know thy testimonies. ^° Let my lieart le perfect in thy statutes, that I be not abashed. " My soul fainteth for thy salvation, I hopefully wait for thy word. *^ Mine eyes fail for thy word, saying, When wilt tliou comfort me ? ®^ Though I am like a bottle in the smoke, I have not forgotten thy statutes. ^^ How many are the days of thy ser- vant? When wilt thou do judgment on my persecutors ? ^' The proud have digged for me pits of corruption, which are not accor- ding to thy law. ®' All thy commandments are faithfulness ; with falsehood do they persecute me ; help thou me. *' Almost they had consumed me in the eartli, but I have not forsaken thy precepts. Ver. 66 — Reason,] Or, behaviour. Heb. Ver.TS. — 'D¥.vnAVEVi,]Perverted,wronged " taste," or " savour." See Ps. xxxiv. 1. tne, dealt perversely with me; or, would per- Ver. 67. — Afflicted,] Or, answered, vert me from the right way. cried, to wit, for my affliction. Ver. 79. — Turn to me,] InChald. "turn V^ER. 69.— Forged,] Or, composed, ad- to my doctrine." joined. So Job xiii. 4. Ver. SO. — Perfect,] Sincere. In Gr., V^ER. 70. — Gross,] Congealed, and so " without spot, uiil)leniislied," as ver. 1. made hard and senseless. In Gr. "curdled Ver. 81. — Fainteth,] Faileth, or is con- as milk." Compare Acts xxviii. 27 ; Eph. sumed, to wit, with desire. So Ps. Ixxxiv. iv. 18. 2. Fail,] Or, are constimed, as before, and Ver. 72.— Thousands,] To wit, of pieces, ver. 123. See Ps. Ixix. 4 ; 1 Sam. ii. 33. as is expressed, Ps. Ixviii. 31. The Chald. Ver. 83. — In the smoke,] That is, dry expoundeth it, "of talents." and wrinkled. Compare Ps. xx\ii. 4; cii. 4. Ver. 73. — Fashio.ved.] Or, fitted, com- Ver. 84. — Days,] To wit, of affliction, posed. Compare Job x. 8. See Ps. xxxvii. 12 ; cxvi. 2. Ver. 75 With faithfulness,] Or, m Ver. 83. — Digged pits,] To take away faith, or truth. God is faithful, which will my life, Ps. xxxv. 7. The Gr. saith, " told not suffer us to be tempted above that we are me tales, to entrap me with erroi-s." able, but will give the issue with the tempta- Ver. S6. — Faithfulness,] Or, faith, tion, &c., 1 Cor. x. 13. that is, faithful, true. 646 P SA L M S. ^ x\ccording to thy mercy quicken tliou me, and I will observe the testimony of thy moutli. *^ For ever, O Jehovah, thy word is stedfast in the heavens. '" Thy faitlifulness is to generation and generation ; thou liast sta- blislied the earth, and it shall stand, '" To thy judgments they stand this day, for they all are thy servants. ^^ Unless thy law had been my delights, then had I perished in mine affliction. ®' For ever I will not forget thy precepts, for by them thou hast quickened me. ^^ I atn thine, save thou me, for I have sought thy precepts. "'^ The wicked have waited for me to destroy me : I consider thy testimonies. ^^ Of all perfection I have seen an end ; large is thy commandment vehemently. '' O how I love thy law ! all the day it is my meditation. °^ Thou makest me wiser than mine enemies, by thy commandments ; for, for ever it is witli me. *^ I am more prudent than all my teachers, for thy testimonies are my meditation. '°° I am of more under- standing tlian the elders, because I have kept thy precepts. "' I have restrained my feet from every evil way, that I may observe thy word. '°^ I have not departed from thy judgments, for thou hast tauglit me. '°^ How sweet are thy sayings to my palate ! more than honey to my mouth. '"* By thy precepts have I gotten un- derstanding, tlierefore I hate every path of falsehood. '°^ Thy word is a lamp to my foot, and a light to my path. ""^ I liave sworn, and will ratify it, to observe the judgments of thy justice. '" 1 am afflicted very vehemently ; Jehovah quicken thou me according to thy word. '°* Tlie iree-offerings of my mouth, favourably accept thou, oh Jehovah; and learn me tliy judgments. lua My soul is in my hand continually, and thy law I have not for- gotten. ''" The wicked have laid a snare for me, and from thy precepts I have not strayed. '" I possess for heritage thy testi- monies for ever, for they are the joy of mine heart. "^ I have inclined mine lieart to do tliy statutes, for ever to the end. Ver. 89. — Is STEDFAST,] Or, standeth Ver. 103. — My palate,] That is, my fast, abideth. Compare Is. xl. S. taste. Ver. 90.. — Stablished,] Or, fitly settled. Ver. 105. — A lamp,] Or, a candle, lan- See Ectl. i. 4. tern. So Prov. vi. 23 ; compare Job xix. 8. Ver. 91. — To thy,] That is, according to Ver. 106. — Sworn,] Making covenant to thy ordinations ; or, for thy judgments; in walk in tliy law, Neh. x. 29. Ratify,] Fer- tile manner and to the ends that thou form or stablish. appointedst them, they stand and continue, Ver. IDS. — Free-offerings,] Or, voluti- ns Ps. xxxiii. 9. taries. See Ps. liv. 8. Ver. 96. — Of all perfection,] Or, Ver. 109. — In my hand,] Or, ;?a//w, that consummation, that is, of every most perfect is, I go in danger of my life. See the like thing. Large,] Or, broad, wide, meaning phrase, Judges xii. 3 ; 1 Sam. xix. 5 ; xxviii. infinite. 21. Su the Chald. explaineth it, " My soul Ver. 9S.. — Tnon makest,] Or, it maketh. is in danger, as if it were upon my hand " It is with me,] Or, it is mine, that is, thy Ver 112. — To the end,] As verse 33. law (or every one of thy commandmeuts) are Here the Gr. turneth it, " for reward," re mine. spectin ^ the end and reward of faith and obe- PSALM ex IX. G47 ^'^ I hate vai7i tlioiiglits, and I love thy law, "* Tliou art my secret place, and my shield, I liopefully wait for thy word. "* De- part from me, ye evil doers, that I may keep the commandments of my God. "^ Uphold me according to thy saying, that I may live ; and let me not be abashed for my hope. '" Sustain me, and 1 shall be saved, and I will delight in thy statutes continually. "^ Tliou liast trodden down all them that stray from thy statutes, for their deceit is falsehood. ''^ Like dross thou makest cease all the wicked of the earth, therefore I love thy testimonies. '^" My flesh feeleth horror for dread of thee, and I fear for thy judgments. ^^' I have done judgment and justice, leave me not to mine oppressors. '^^ Be surety for thy servant, for good ; let not tlie proud oppress me. '"Mine eyes fail for thj salvation, and for the sayings of thy justice. ^^* Do with thy servant according to tliy mercy, and learn me ihy statutes. '^^ I m tliy servant, give me understanding, that I may know thy testimonies. '^® It is time for Jehovah to do, they liave made frustrate thy law. '-'' Therefore I love thy commandments above gold, and above fine gold. '^^ Therefore, all thy precepts of every thing I hold righteous ; I hate every way of falsehood. '^' Marvellous are thy testimonies, therefore doth my soul keep them. "" The opening of thy words giveth light, giving under- btanding to tlie simple. '^^ I opened wide my mouth and panted , for I longed for thy commandments. ^^^ Turn the face unto me, and be gracious to me, according to the judgment towards those tliat love thy name. *^^ Firmly direct my steps in thy saying, and let not any iniquity have dominion over me. '^* Redeem me from the oppression of men, and I will observe thy precepts. '^^ Make thy face to shine upon thy servant, and learn me thy statutes. dience, as Ps. xix. 12; Heb. xi. 26 ; 1 Pet. Ver. 121. — Be sdrety,] Answering for, i. 8, 9. and defending him. Or, give sweetness (or Ver. 1J3. — Vain thoughts,] Or, ?^j«f- delight) unto him. ering cogitations, or vain thiniters, as the Ver. 126. — To do,] Or, work, showing Chald. explaineth it ; the Gr. also turning it, his power. The Chald. otherwise, " It is " transgressors of law." It hath the name of time to do the will of the Lord." Made top branches of trees, figuratively applied to frustkate,] Of none effect, or dissipated. the thoughts or opinions of the mind, waver- See Ps. xxxiii. 10. ing and uncertain, as 1 Kings xviii. 21 ; or, Ver. 128. — Hold RiGHTEoas,] Or, make persons distracted with their own cogitations. righteous, that is, do esteem and defend to Ver. 117. — Delight,] Or, have respect, be most right, and do rightly use them, or contemplate, meditate delightfully. Ver. 130.. — The opening,] Or, door, that Ver. 119. — Like dross,] Consumed with is, the declaration (as the Gr. interpreteth it); the fire of thy wrath. See Ezek. xxii. 18 — or, the first entrance into them. 22 ; Prov. xxv. 4, 5. Makest CEASE,]That Ver. 132.. — According to the judg- is, removest, or takest aivay. ment,] That is, as is right and meet, and Ver. 120. — Feeleth horror,] As when behoveth ; or, after the manner, wont, and the hair stands up for fear, and by flesh may custom that thou usest. ^o judgment is for be meant the hair of his flesh, as is expressed, mannerox custom, Gen. xl. 13 ; Jos. vi. 15; Job ir. 15. 1 Sam. ii. 13; xxvii. 11, 648 PSALMS. "® Rivers of waters run down mine eyes, because tliey observe not thy law. ^" Just art tliou, Jeliovali, and righteous thy judgments. "^ Thou hast commanded the justice of thy testimonies, and faithfulness vehemently. "® My zeal suppresseth me, because my distressers liave forgotten thy words. "" Thy saying is fined vehemently, and thy servant loveth it. '" I am small and despised, thy precepts I have not forgotten. "^ Thy justice is a justice for ever, and thy law is the truth. "^ Distress and anguish have found me, thy commandments are my delights. "* The justice of thy testimonies is for ever ; make me to understand, that I may live. "' I have called with the whole heart : answer me, Jehovah ; I will keep thy statutes. '''^ I have called upon thee, save thou me, and I will observe thy testimonies. '^'^ I have prevented in the twilight, and cried ; I liopefuUy waited for thy word. '^^ Mine eyes have prevented the n?^A^- watches, to meditate in thy saying. "^ Hear my voice, according to thy mercy, Jehovah ; according to thy judgment quicken thou me. '^'' They draw near that follow after a mischievous purpose, they are far off from thy law. '*' Near art thou, Jehovah, and all thy commandments are truth. '^^ Of old I Jiave known of thy testimonies, that thou hast founded them for ever. "^ See mine affliction, and release me, for I have not forgotten thy law. '" Plead my plea and redeem me, according to thy say- ing quicken thou me. '" Salvation is far from the wicked, because they seek not tliy statutes. ^^^ Thy tender mercies are many, O Jehovah ; according to tliy judgments quicken thou me. '" Many are my persecutors, and my distressers ; from thy testimonies I have not declined. '^^ I saw unfaithful transgressors, and was grieved yor that they observed not my saying. '** See, that I love thy precepts : Jehovah, according to thy mercy quicken thou me. "° The beginning of thy word is truth, and for ever is every judg- ment of thy justice. Ver. 136 They,] Men in general, or Ver. 143. — Found,] That is, come upon the wicked ; as after, ver. 15S. me, as Ps. cxvi. 3. Ver. 137. — Righteous,] To wit, is every Ver. 144.— Justice of, &c.,] Or, thy of thy judgments; or, upright art thou iu thy testimonies are just, &c judgments. Ver. 147. — Prevented,] To wit, thee, Ver. 13S. — Justice of thy testimonies,] with prayer, as Ps. Ixxxviii. 14; xcv. 2. That is, tliy just and very faithful testimo- Twilight,] The dawning of the morning, as nies ; or, justice, thy testimonies and faith. the Chald. explaineth it, and the Heb. soine- Ver. J 39. — Suppresseth,] Or, cutteth times signifieth, Job vii. 4. off, that is, consumeth. Compare Ps. Ixix. Ver. 148.— Watches,] See Ps. Ixiii. 6 ; 10. xc. 4. The Chald. saith, " The morning Ver. 140. — Fined,] Purified as in fire, and evening watches." fs. xii. 7. Ver. 149. — Judgment,] Equity, or cus- Ver. 142. — For ever,] That is, weWa*^- tom, as ver. 132. ing. So ver. 144. Ver. 160. — The beginning,] Or, the PSALM ex X. 649 '^' Princes have persecuted me without cause, and for thy word mine heart doth stand in awe. "^' I am joyful for tliy saying, as one that findeth much spoil. ^^ Falsehood I hate, and I abhor ; thy law I do love. ^" Jr-'even times in a day do I praise thee, for tlie judgments of thy justice, ^^^ Much peace is to them that love tliy law, and to them is no stumbling-block. "^ I have hoped for thy salvation, Jehovah, and have done thy commandments. "^ My soul hath observed thy testimonies, and I love them vehemently, '^^ I have observed thy precepts and thy testimonies, for all my ways are before tliee. ^^^ Let my shouting cry come near before thee, Jehovah ; accor- ding to thy word give thou me understanding, ''" Let my suppli- cation for grace come before thee ; according to tliy saying, deliver thou me, '^' My lips shall utter praise, when thou hast learned me thy statutes. *" My tongue shall resound thy saying, for all thy com- mandments are justice, ''^ Let thine hand be to help me, for I have chosen tliy precepts, '" I have longed for thy salvation, Jehovah, and thy law is my delights. '" Let my soul live, that it may praise thee ; and let thy judgments help me. ''^ I have strayed like a lost sheep ; seek thou thy servant, for I have not forgotten thy commandments, head, but the Gr. and Chald, do explain it, is no scandal in him.' He walks without fear " From the beginning thy word is truth;" of falling. and so for ever. Or, taking head for excel- Ver. 172.— Resound,] Or, sing. Heb. lency, thy most excellent word is truth. ' answer, Ver. 164,— Seven times.] That is, often; Ver. 175.— Let Mr soul live,] That is, for seven is used for many, as Lev. xxvi. let me wholly live ; as, on the contrary, ' let 18 ; Prov. xxiv, 16 ; xxvi. 25 ; 1 Sam. my soul die," Judg. xvi. .30. ji. 5. Ver. 176. — A lost sheep,] A sheep of Ver. 165.— Is no stumbling block,] Or, perdition, or perishing, that is, ready to per- they have no offence (or scandal). So in 1 ish. ' All we like sheep have gone astray,' John ii, 10, ' he that loveth his brother, there Is, liii, 6, PSALM CXX. The prophet prayeth against, and reproveth the evil tongue ; 5. and complaineth of his necessary conversation with the wicTced. ' A song of degrees. Unto Jehovah, in my distressedness, I cried, and he answered me, "^ Jehovah, deliver thou my soul from the lip of falsehood, Ver. 1.— Of degrees,] Or, of ascensions, voice on high,' (Heb. le mah-lah), 2 Chron. ofheiohts. Heb. kam-mahaloth, that is, a xx. 19. Or, this title noteth the excellency psalm to be sung with an high voice ; as the of the song, for short, grave, and pithy sen- Levites are said to praise God ' with a great tences; as Adam ham-mahalah, is a 7nan of Vol. II. 4 N 650 PSALMS. from the tongue of deceit. ^ What shall it give thee, and wiiac shall it add to thee, tongue of deceit. * Sharp arrows of a mighty- one, with coals of juniper. * VVo is me that I sojourn with Meshec, dwell with the tents of Kedar. ^ My soul it hatli much dwelt witli him that hateth peace. ' I am for peace, and when I speak, they are for war. eminence, or of high degree, 1 Chron. xvii. J 7. Sundry other ways is this title under- stood as of the stairs that went up to the house of the Lord, whereon the fingers should stand; and this the Chald. favoureth. Also of the coming up from Babylon, (called maha-lah, an ascension, Ezr. vii. 9), &e. Fifteen psalms together have this title prefixed. DisTRESSEDNBss,] That is, sore distress. The Heb. addetli a letter to increase the sig- nification; so, helpfulness for full help, Vs. xliv. 27. Cried,] In Chald., " prayed, and he received my prayer." Ver. 3. — What shall it give,] Or, as the Gr. hath, xvhat shall be given, that is, what good or profit shalt thou get? meaning, none at all. The verb active is often used passively. See Ps. xxxii. 9; xxxvi. 3. Or, what shall he (meaning God, or any one) give to thee, O deceitful tongue ? It add,] Or, be added, to wit, as good or advantage. So Ps. cxv. 14. ToxGUE,] This may also be read, what shall the tongue of deceit give to thee, that is, profit thee, speaking to the cal- umniator. Ver. 4 — Arrows, &c.,] This may note out the hurt of a guileful tongue, whose evil words are like arrows, Ps. Ixiv. 4 ; Prov. XXV. IS ; or, the reward which God will give the deceitful tongue, his plagues. ' Like arrows,' Ps. xliv. (3 ; Deut. xxxii. 23 ; Ezek. V. 16. Coals of juniper,] Which wood in burning smelleth sweet, but the coals thereof burn extremely, and last long ; so that under the ashes the glowing coals may be kept (as some write) a year long. So it fitly noteth the long lasting infamy of an evil tongue. Or, if we refer it to God's judgments, they are severe and durable, as Deut. xxviii. 59; Ps. xviii. 9; cxl. 11. Ver. 5. — Sojourn,] Or, am a pilgrim, a stranger. With Meshec,] That is, with a profane and barbarous people, like the poste- rity of Meshec and Kedar, mentioned in Gen. X. 2; xxi. 13. Meshac signifieth length or protraction, and so may here be taken for no proper name, but I sojourn so long ; and thiu the Gr. turneth it," My peregrination is pro- longed." Tents of Kedar,] The son of Ishmael, Gen. xxv. 13, whose children dweH in Arabia, Is. xxi. 13 — 17; therefore the Chald. here turneth it, " Arabians." They dwelt in tents or cottages in the wilderness, as shepherds. See also Is. xlii. 11; Jer. xlix. 28, 29 ; Ezek. xxvii. 21. Ver. 6. — It hath much,] Or, to itself (in its own seeming) hath long dwelt. So Ps. cxxiii. 4. Ver. 7. — For peace,] Or, to peace, as after_/br or to war, that is, addicted thereto; or understand, a man of peace, that is, peace- ful, as the Gr. expoundeth it. So Job v. 24; xxi. 9 ; 2 Sam. xvii. 3. See the like phrase, Ps. cix. 4. Also in Ob. 7, thy bread, for men of thy bread. PSALM CXXL The great safety of those tlmt trust in God's protection. ' A song of degrees. I lift up mine eyes unto the mountains, from whence shall come mine help. * Mine help cometh from Jehovah, which made heavens Ver. 1. — Of degrees,] Or, for degrees, or, ascensions. See the first Note on the former psalm. The mountains,] Zion and Morijah, where was the sanctuary of God, who had his foundations in the holy mountains, Ps. Ixxxvii. 1, which was a figure of the heavens, Heb. ix. 24 ; and sometimes moun- tains and heavens are used for the same, as Ps. xviii. 8, with 2 Sam. xxii. 8. So the meaning is, that when he looked up to God PSALM CXXII. 651 and earth. ^ Let him not give thy foot to be moved, let liim not slumber that keepeth thee. * Lo, he will not slumber nor sleep, that keepeth Israel. * Jehovah is thy keeper, Jehovah thy shadow upon thy right hand. ^' The sun shall not smite thee by day, nor the moon by night. ' Jehovah will keep thee from all evil : he will keep tliy soul. ® Jehovah will keep thy going out and thy coming in, from this time and for ever. for help, he received it. Or, we may read it thus, ' Shall I lift up mine eyes to the moun- tains ?' that is, to the place where idols are worshipped, Deut. xii. 2, as if he should say, Far be it from me. ' For in vain is help ex- petted from the hills, or the multitude of the mountains ; but in Jehovah our God is the salvation of Israel," Jer. iii. 23. The lifting up of the eyes singifieth hope and expecta- tion, Ezek. xviii. 6 ; so Ps. cxxiii. 1. Ver. 3. — To BE MOVED,] O)', to sHde, or, to commotion, which meaneth a fallitig into evil. See Ps. xxxviii. 17. Not slomber,] That is, not neglect any care or diligence for thy good, Ps. exxxii. 4 ; Prov. vi. 4; Is. v. 27. Ver. 5.— Shadow,] That is, protection, roml'iirt, and refreshing from heat, Is. xxv. 4 ; iv. C; Num. xiv. 9; see also Ps. cix. 31. Ver. C. — The sun,] Which annoyeth with heat, as the moon doth with cold va- pours, John iv. 8 ; Gen. xxxi. 40. And the sun and moon being rulers of day and uight, Ps. cxxxvi. 8, 9, imply all other things what- soever. But this hath reference to God's protection of Israel in the wilderness, Ex. xiii. 21 ; Is. iv. 5. Ver. 8. — Thy going out and coming in,] That is, all thy administiation, aliairs, and actions. See the like phrase, Deut. xxviii. 6 ; 2 Chron. i. 10 ; 2 Sam. iii. 25 j Acts i. 21 : ix. 28. PSALM CXXIL David's joy for the church, and prayer for the peace thereof ' A song of degrees, of David. I REJOICED in them that said imto me. We will go into tlie house of Jehovah. ^ Our feet have been standing in thy gates, O Jeru- salem, ^ Jerusalem builded as a city that is joined to itself toge- ther. * Whither the tribes go up, the tribes of Jah, to the testi- mony of Israel, to confess unto the name of Jehovah. ^ For there are set thrones for judgment, thrones for the house of David. ° Ask ye the peace of Jerusalem ; safe quietness have they tliat Ver. 1. — In them,] Or, /or them. Gr., " For the things that were said." We will,] Or, let us go, exhorting one another, as Deut. xxxiii. 19. House,] Which ihe Chald. ex- poundeth " House of the sanctuary of the Lord." Ver. 3. — Joined itself,] Compact, fitly framed and builded together for an habitation of God through the Spirit, Eph. ii. 21, 22. So the curtains of the tabernacle were con- joined, Ex. xxvi. 3. Ver. 4. — To the testimony,] That is, the ark, wherein were the tables of testimony, and from whence God testified his presence by oracle, Ex. xxv. 21, 22. Or, by the tes- timony to Israel, that is, according to the charge given foi their coming thither, Deut. xvi. 16, 17. Ver. 5. — Are set,] Or, set thrones, that is, they stand, or remain still, or are set, active for passive, as Ps. xxxvi. 3. Of the house,] Or, for the house, that is, the pos- terity, as Ps. cxv. 10. The Chald. saith, •' For the kings of the house of David." Ver. 6.— Ask,] That is, desire, or pray for the peace. In Gr., " The things that belong to the peace." See the like speech, Luke xix. 42 ; Jcr. xv. 5. Safe quiet (552 PSALMS. love thee. ' Peace be in thy fort, safe quietness in thy palaces. ^ Because of my brethren and my neighbours, I will speak, O peace be in thee. '* Because of the Iiouse of Jehovah our God, I will seek good for thee. NESS HAVE,] Or, they shall have safe ease, or, tranquillity, prosperity. The word mean- eth both quietness from troubles, and abun- dance of welfare. So Ps. xxx. 7; Ixxiii. 12. Ver. 7. — Fort,] Or, rampart, frontiers, whereof he speaketh in Lam. ii. 8. Ver. 9. — Good for thee,] Or, thy good. See Neh. ii. 10. PSALM CXXIIL A profession of patient confidence in God, and prayer to he deli- vered from contempt. * A song of degrees. Unto thee lift I vip mine eyes, O thou that sittest in the hea- vens. ^ Lo, as the eyes of servants are unto the hand of their masters ; as the eyes of a maiden unto the hand of her mistress ;, so our eyes unto Jehovah our God, until that he be gracious to us. ^ Be gracious to us Jehovah, be gracious to us ; for we are very much filled with contempt. ^ Our soul it is very much filled with the scorning of those that are at ease, the contempt of the proud. Ver. 1. — Sittest,] That is, reignest, governest, judgest ; lor heaven is God's ihrone. Is. Ixvi. J. Ver. 2. — That he be gracious,] Or, show mercy. This noteth continual prayer without fainting, as Luke xviii. 1 — 7. Ver. 4. — It is,] Or, to itself, as Ps. cxx. 6. Of the proud,] Or, be to the proud; as a prayer that the evil may turn upon them- selves. PSALM CXXIV. David teacheth Israel to bless God for their delicerance. ' A song of degrees, of David. Except Jehovah, he had been" for us, now let Israel say : ^ Ex- cept Jehovah had been for us, wlien men rose up against us : ^Then they had swallowed us up alive, when their anger was kindled against us. * Tlien the waters had overflowed us, the stream had passed over our soul. ^ Tlien the proud waters had passed over our Ver. 1. — Except Jehoyah,] Or, but for Jehovah who was. The Chald. saith, " Ex- cept the word of the Lord," &c. Ver. 2.— Men,] la Chaldee, "sinful men."' Ver. 4. — ^Waters,] That is, a sinful peo- ple, as Is. lix. 19; Rev. xvii. 15. Ver. 5. — Proud waters,] The Chald. exponndeth it, " The King whose camp is like the high waters of the sea." ' PSALMS CXXV., CXXVI. 653 soul. ^ Blessed be Jehovah, who hath not given us/or a prey unto their teeth. ' Our soul, as a bird, is escaped out of tlie snare of the fowlers ; the snare is broken, and we are escaped. *Our help is in the name of Jehovah, the maker of heavens and earth. PSALM CXXV. The safety of such as trust in God. 4. A prayer for the godly ^ and against the tvicked. ' A song of degrees. They that trust in Jehovah, shall be as Mount Zion, which is not moved, but remaineth for ever. ^ Jerusalem, the mountains are round about it, and Jehovah is round about his people, from this time and for ever. ' For the rod of wickedness shall not rest upon the lot of the just ; that the just put not forth their hands unto any injurious evil. * Do good, O Jehovah, unto the good, and to the righteous in their hearts. ^ But tliey that turn aside to tlicir crookednesses, Jehovah will lead them away with the workers of painful iniquity : Peace shall be upon Israel. Ver. 1. — ^They that tkust,] The Chald. explaineth it, " The just which trust in the word of the Lord." Ver. 2. — And Jehovah,] That is, and so Jehovah, which the Chald. expoundeth, " The divine presence (or majesty) of the Lord." Ver. 3. — Of wickedness,] That is, of the wicked, h.s pride, for proud men, Ps. xxxvi. 12 ; and their rod meaneth their dominion or poioer, as Ps. ii. 9. Lot,] That is, in- heritance, as is expressed in Jos. xviii. 11 ; 1 Pet. V. 3. Ver. 5. — Crookednesses,] Crooked vays or vices. Lead them away,] Or, make them go away, that is, to die, as 1 Chion. xvii. 11, compared with 2 Sam. vii. 12. So the Chald. paraphraseth, "Will lead them to hell, and their part shall be with the workers of iniquity." PSALM CXXVI. The church, celebrating her incredible return out of captivity, pray ethfor, and prophesieth the good success thereof ^ A song of degrees. When Jehovah returned the captivity of Zion, we were like Ver. 1 . — ^The cAPxrviTY,] Or, the rever- sion, that is, the multitude of captives return- ing from bondage. See Ps. xiv. 7 ; Ixviii. 19; Deut. xxx. 3. The return from Babel's bondage figured our redemption by Christ, Is. X. 21, 22; Rom. ix. 27. And to return the captivity, sometimes is to restore all that was lost. Job xlii. 10. That dream,] That felt jiiy and comfort incredible, which we doubted whether it were true or not ; as did the apostle Peter, Acts xii. 9 ; see also Is. xxix. 7, 8. The Chald. expoundeth it, " Like sleepers which wake from their dreams." 654 PSALMS. tliern that dream. * Then was our mouth filled with laughter, and our tongue with joyful shouting ; then said they among the hea- then, Jehovah hath done very great things with them. ^ Jehovah hath done very great things with us, we are joyful. * Turn thou, O Jehovah, our captivity, as the streams in the south. * They that sow with tears, shall reap with joyful shouting. *• He going goeth, and weepeth, bearing the sowing seed : he coming cometh with joyful shouting, bearing his sheaves. Ver. 2. — JoYFaL SHOUT,] Or, song, or shrill singing. So ver. 5, 6. Compare Job viii. 21. Done very great things,] Or, done magnificently, or magnified his doings, as tlie Gr. traiislateth this phrase, in Joel ii. 20, the Heb. being, "He hath magnified to do," like that in 2 Chron. xxxiii. 6, ' Man- a?seh multiplied to do,' that is, did much evil. With them,] Or, tvith these men. Ver. 4. — Our captivity,] That is, the rest of the captives which remain yet behind, bring them also. So captivity is for captives, Ezek. xi. 24, 25. In the south,] That is, in tJie dry ground; for so the Heb. word signifieth, and so south lands were waterless, Judg. i. 15. Here we may understand, ' This shall be to us as rivers in the south.' The Chald. paraphraseth, "As the land is turned when water-springs break forth into it, in time of drought." Ver. 5. — Shall reap.] Or, let them reap, as continuing the former piayer, so after. Ver. 6. — He going goeth, ]That is, wer_y sower, forementioned ; therefore the Gr.saith, " They did going go," which phrase meaneth a continual and diligent going. The sowing seed,] The seed to be soivn. Heb., " The drawing of the seed," that is, the seed of drawing, or, of sowing, as this phrase mean- eth, Amos ix. 13 ; or, the dray of seed, that is, the seed basket. Sometimes drawing is purchasing, as Job xxviii. 18, which may also be minded here, the purchased, (that is, precious) seed. PSALM CXXVIL The virtue of God's lless'mgs 'm all estates. 3. God's children are his gift. ' A song of degrees for Solomon. If Jeliovah build not the house, in vain do the builders thereof labour tJierein -, if Jehovah keep not the city, in vain doth the keeper wake. ^ It is vain for you to rise up early, to sit up late, to eat tlie bread of sorrows ; so he will give liis beloved sleep. ^ Lo, sons are an heritage of Jeliovah ; the fruit of the womb. Ver. 1 — For Solomon,] As Ps. Ixxii. 1, or, of Solomon. The City,] In Chald., " The city Jerusalem." Ver. 2. — To rise uPEARLY,]Or, ^oiecar/y in rising, to he late in sitting, eating, &c. Of sorrows,] That is, gotten with much sorrower pains; as bread of wickedness, Prov. iv. 17, is that which is wickedly gotten ; or bread of sorrows may mean coarse meat, as bread of pleasures, Dan. x. 3, is dainty fine meat. So,] By building, keeping, and bless- ing their labours without sorrow ; or, surely he will give. His beloved)] Or, darling; the Heb. Jedid hath reference to Solomon's name Jedidjah, 2 Sam. xii. 25, that is, beloved of . /ah ; but the Gr. turneth it plu- rally, " His beloved ones." Sleep,] Quiet rest without carking care and sorrow. There- fore also the Heb. word shenais written with S a quiet dumb letter, (otherwise than usual) to denote the more quietness. Ver. 3. — An heritage,] That is, a reward or blessing given of the Lord. So Job XX. 29; Is. liv. 17; Ps. Ixi. 6. Wages,] Or, reward, which sometimes is of debt for service, Num. xviii. 31 ; Gen. xxx. 28. PSALM CXXVIII. G55 lis wages. * As arrows in tlie hand of a mighty man, so are sons of the youth. * O blessed is the man that hath filled his quiver with them ; they shall not be abashed, wlien they shall speak witli tlie enemies in the gate. Sometimes of favour, Rom. iv, 4, as God's rewards to his servants, Gen. xv. 1 ; Is. Ixii. 11. Ver, 4. — Sons of youth,] That is, young men, who are a help to their parents against the enemy, as arrows in the battle. Com- pare 1 John ii. 14 ; Prov. xx. 29. Ver. 5. — His quiver with them,] That is, his hotise fiill of children. When they SHALL SPEAK,] That is, plead in judgment, which was at the city gates. See the con- trary. Job V. 4. It may also be read, ' But they shall subdue the enemies in the gate.' The Gr. giveth the first interpretation. The Chald.saith, " When they contend with their adversaries in the gate of the judgment hall.'' PSaLM CXXVIII. The sundry blessings which follow them that fear God. ^ A song of degrees. O HAPPY is every one that feareth Jehovah, that walketh in his ways. ^ When thou slialt eat the labour of tliy liands, O happy thou, and good shall it he imto thee. ^ Thy wife shall be as a fruitful vine by the sides of thine house, thy sons as olive plants round about thy table. * Lo surely thus shall the man be blessed that feareth Jehovah. ^ Bless thee will Jehovah out of Zion, and see tliou the good of Jerusalem, all the days of thy life. ® And see thou thy son's sons ; peace upon Israel. Ver. 1. — O HAPPY,] Or, blessed, as Ps. i. 1. Ver. 2. — When thou,] Or, For (surely) thou shall eat. The labour,] That is, things got with labour, according to the law. Gen. iii. 19 ; and this is of God's hand, Eccl. ii. 24 ; the contrary whereof is a curse, Deut. xxviii. 30, 31, 33. Good,] Profitable and pleasing, as Deut. xxiii. 1(5. The Chald. explaineth it, " Happy thou in this world, and good (shall it be) unto thee in the world to come." Ver. 3. — Fruitful,] Or, fructifying. See also this similitude, Ezek. xix. 10: Gen. xlix. 22. Olive plants,] Always green, Ps. Hi. 10, and legitimate, as the olive ad- mitteth no other grass. Ver. 5 Will Jehovah,] Or, prayer- wise, (as the Gr. hath it) Jehovah bless thee. See thou,] Or, thori shalt see, that is, enjoy. Look the Notes on Ps. xxvii. 4 ; xxxvii. 3. The good,] That is, the good things, as the Gr. hath it. See Ps. Ixv. 5. Ver. 6.— Thy son's sons,] Or, sons to (or of) thy sons. See this fulfilled in Jol) xlii. 16, where Job * saw his sons, and his son's sons, even four generations." 656 PSALMS. PSALM CXXIX. Many are the offlictioyis of Israel, hut God delivereth them. 5. Their haters are cursed. ' A song of degrees. Often have they afflicted me from my youth, may Israel now say. * Often have they afflicted me from my youtli, yet have they not prevailed against me. ^ The ploughers ploughed upon my back, they made long their furrow. * Jehovah just, he hatli cut asunder the cord of the wicked. * Let them be abashed and turned back, all that liate Zion. ^ Let tliem be as the grass of the house tops, which afore one pulleth it off, is witliered. "' Wherewith he that moweth, filleth not his hand ; or he that bindeth sheaves, his bosom. ^ Neither do tliey that pass by say. The blessing of Jeho- vah be upon you, we bless you in the name of Jehovah, Ver. !.■ — Oytk^,'] Or, much, vehemently. Ver. 5. — Let them,] Or, they shall le From my youth,] My first constitution in abashed. Egypt, Ezek. xxiii. 3. Not prevailed,] Ver. 6. — Pulleth it off,] Or, pw/Ze^A // In Chald., " They could not do me evil." out, namely, the book to cut it. The Chald. Ver. 3. — Ploughers,] That plough ini- explains it, " Which before it flourisheth, an . quity, Job iv. 8. The Gr. saith, "sinners." east wind cometh and bloweth on it, and it Furrow,] A.r\dfurrows, that is,every of them, withereth." (for the Heb. hath both readings), meaning Vkr. 7. — His bosom,] His arms, as Is. tlieir injuries, or iniquity, as the Gr. turn- xlix. 22 ; or, lap. eth it. Ver. 8.— We bless you,] The Chald. Ver. 4. — Cord,] For corrfs or ro;Bes ; one addeth, " And they answer them not, we put for many. See Ps. viii. 9 ; by cords, bless you," &c., taking this latter branch to meaning counsels and enterprises, wherewith be the harvestmen's answer, as in Ruth they drew the plough of their iniquity. Is. v. ii. 4. 18. PSALM CXXX. The psalmist praying out of deep afflictions, professeih his hope and patience, and exhorteth Israel to the like. ^ A song of degrees, ■ Out of the deeps do I call unto tliee, Jehovah. ^ Lord, hear my voice, let thine ears be attentive to the voice of my supplica- tions for grace. ^ If thou shouldest observe iniquities, O Jali, Lord, who shall stand ? * But with thee is forgiveness, that thou may est be feared. * I earnestly expect Jehovah, my soul earnestly expect- eth, and for his word do I hopefully wait. ® My soul for the Ver. 1 — Deeps,] Or, low places, ih&i \s, Ver. 3. — Shall stand,] Or, can s b- great calamities, Ps, Ixix. 3, 15, with hearty sist, meaning, that no man, under such cir- deep afl'ections, and lowliness of mind. oumstances, can. PSALMS CXXXI., CXXXII. 657 Lord, tnore than watchmen for tlie morning, watclimen for the morning. '^ Let Israel hopefully wait for Jehovah, for with Jeliovah there is mercy, and witli him is much redemption. ^ And he will redeem Israel from all his iniquities. Vee. 6. — Watchmen,] Or, warders, keepers. Which the Chald. explaineth tlms, •• More than they which observe the morning watch, which they observe that they may ofl'er the morning sacrifice. For,] Or, to the morning. Ver. 8.— His,] Or, their iniquities. See the Note on Ps. xxv. 22. PSALM CXXXL David professeth his humility, and exhorteth Israel to hope in God. ' A song of degrees of David. Jehovah, mine heart is not haughty, neither are mine eyes lofty, neither walk I in great matters, and too marvellous for me. '^ If I have not composed and stilled my soul, as a weaned child with his mother ; as a weaned child with me is my soul. ^ Let Israel hopefully wait for Jehovah, from this time and for ever. Ver. 1. — Haughty,] Or, lifted up, with pride. See Deut. xvii. 20 ; Prov. xvi. 5 ; 2 Chron. xxxii. 25, 26 ; Ps, ci. 5. Mar- vellous,] That is, too hard for me, high and above my reach, as Ps. cxxxix. 6. Ver. 2. — If I have not,] That is, surely I have ; an oath, whereof part is concealed. See Ps. xcv. II, Jer. xlix. 20. Composed,] Or, put fit and in order. The Chald. ex- poundeth it, " If I have not put my hand on my mouth, and silenced my soul, till it might hear the words of the law, as a weaned child on his mother's breast," &p. Stilled,] Or, made silent, refraining it from noisome lusts. As a weaned child,] That is, meek, mo- dest, humble, submissive, simple, &c. See Matt, xviii. 1—4. PSALM CXXXII. David's care to bring home the ark of God. 8. His prayer at the removing thereof. 11. The Lord's oath and promises to David and to the church. ' A song of degrees, Jehovah, remember unto David all his affliction. How he Ver. 1. — Unto David,] Or, for him, that is, for good unto him ; or, David with all his afflictions. So Ps. cxxxvii. 7. Af- fliction,] Or, humiliation, afflicting care, for to have the ark brought home unto him, 1 Chron. xiii. 1, 2, 3, 12 ; xv. 1, 2, &c. ; or, to build God an house, 2 Sam. vii. I, 2. Vol. II. 4 Ver. 2. — The Mighty One,] In Gr, the God of Jacob, so called first by Jacob him- self, Gen, xlix. 24. This title is also given to other things, as Ps. Ixxviii. 25 ; xxii. 13. Ver. 3. — If I enter,] That is, surely J will not enter. See Ps. xcv. 11; Ixxxix. 36. Compare this care of David with the 658 PSALMS. sware unto Jehovali, vowed unto tlie Mighty One of Jacob. ^ If I enter into the tent of mine house ; if I go up upon the pallet of my beds. * If I give sleep to mine eyes, slumber to mine eye-lids. ^ Until I find a place for Jehovah, dwelling -jo/aces for the Mighty One of Jacob. * Lo, we heard it was in Ephrathali, we found it in the fields of the woods. ^ We will go into his dwelling-places ; we will bow down ourselves at the footstool of his feet. *Arise, Jehovah, to thy rest, thou, and the ark of thy strength. ' Let thy priests be clothed witli justice, and let thy gracious saints joyfully shout. '" For thy servant David's sake, turn not away the face of thine anointed. " Jehovah sware unto David truth ; he will not turn from it ; of the fruit of thy womb will I set upon thy throne. '^ If tliy sons keep my covenant, and my testimony that I shall teach them, also their sons even to perpetuity, shall sit upon thy throne. " For Jehovah hath chosen Zion, liath desired it for his seat. " This is my rest even to perpetuity, here will I sit, for I have desii'ed it. '^ Her victuals I will blessing bless, her poor I will satisfy with bread. '^ And her priests I will clothe with salva- contraiy negligence of the people, Hag. i. 4 ; 2 Sam. vii. 1, 2. Mine hodsk,] Mentioned, 1 Chion. XV. 1. Ver. 5. — Find,] That is, prepare or build; so Acts vii. 46 ; also in Ps. xxxvi. 3. Find- ing is accomplishing. For Jehovah,] That h, for his ark to rest in, which the Chald. explaineth, " A place for the house of the Lord's sanctuary." Dwelling-places,] Or, habitacles. See Ps. xliii. 3. Ver. 6.- It,] God's ark, ver. S. Eph- RATHAH,] The country of Ephraim, the city Shiioh, nliere God's house and ark had long continued, Judg. xviii.31 ; xxi. 19 ; 1 Sam. i. 3. Therefore an Ephraimite is called an Ephrathite, Judg. xii. 5. The fields of THE WOOD,] In the city of Kirjalh-jearim, that is, the city of the woods, where the ark was twenty ve^rs, afier it came home from the Philistines, 1 Sam. vi. 21 ; vii. 1, 2. It was also called Baal (the plains) of Judah, 2 Sam. vi. 2. Ver. 7. At the footstool,] Or, towards it, meaning the sanctuary, See Ps. xcix. 5. Ver. 8. Thy best,] The sanctuary buildyd for thy name, as I Chrou. xxviii. 2; 2 Chron. vi. 41. Ark,] Or, chest, coffer, which was made of shittim or cedar wood, overlaid with plates of gold, whose cover, called the mercy-seat, was also of pure gold, on which were two glorious cherubs of gold, from whence God gave his oracle, Ex. xxxvii. 1 — 7 ; Num. vii. 89. In this ark were the two tables of the law or testimony, written with the finger of God, Deut. x. 3—5. This ark is called God's strength and glory, Ps. Ixxviii. 61. For 'ark of thy strength,' the Chald. saith, " The ark wherein thy law is." Ver. 9. — Clothed with justice,] That is, let them justly and holily administer their priest's office. So Job, speaking of his just administration, saith, ' I put on justice, and it clothed me, my judgment was as a robe and crown," Jub xxix. 14. Therefore the priests had holy garments to minister in, Ex. xxviii. 2, 3. In 2 Chron. vi. 41, and after here in ver. 16, ' the priests are clothed with salvation." So Christ and his people., Is. Ixi. 10 ; Rev. i. 13 ; xix. 8. Thy saints,] The people of Israel, 1 Chron. xv. 28, and specially the Levites which were singers in God's sanctuary. So the Chald. paraphras- eth, "Let thy priests be clothed with the garments of justice, and let the Levites, thy saints, say praises for the oblations." Ver. 10. — David's sake,] For the pro- mises made to David ; or, for Christ's sake, called often David. See Ps. xviii. 51. Turn not away thy face,] That is, deny not the request, as 1 Kings ii. 16, 17, 20. Ver. 11. — Truth,] That is, a true oath, a faithful promise. Fruit of thy woiMB,] Or, belly, that is, thy children. See 2 Sam. vii. 12. And this prophecy respecteth Christ, Acts ii. 30. Ver. 13. — His seat,] Or, dwelling-place, See Ps. Ixviii. 17. Ver. 15. — Victuals,] Or, meat. See Ps. Ixxviii. 25. Blessing bless,] This not- eth certainty and abundance of blessing. Ver. 16. — With salvation,] The min- PSALM CXXXIII. 659 tion, and her gracious saints shall shouting shout jot/fully. "There will I make the horn of David to bud ; I have ordained a lamp for mine anointed. '^ His enemies will I clothe with shame, and on liim his crown shall flourish. istration of the word, whereby they save them- selves and those that hear tliem,l)eut. xxxiii. 10; 1 Tim. iv. 16. So God's ministers are called saviours, Obad. 21. See before, ver. 9. The Chald. translateth, " VVitli garments of salvation," or of redemption. Ver. 17. The horn to bod,] Or, fogrow, that is, the kingdom and power to increase, as the Chald. saith, "I will make a glorious king to bud in the house of David." See Ps. Ixxv. 5 ; Ixxxix. 18, 25. So Christ is called the horn of salvation, Luke i. 69. Ordained A LAMP,] Or, prepared a candle, the bright glory of the kingdom by a successor, as 1 Kings xi. 36 ; xv. 4 ; 2 Kings viii. 19; see Ps. xviii. V9. Ver. is. — Clothe with shame,] The Chald. saith, " With garments of shame." He meaneth they shall be disappointed and confounded in all their enterprises. So Ps. xxxv. 26 ; cix. 29. Crown,] Or, diadem, a sign of government and sanctity. There- fore the Gr. turueth it, " sanctification." See Ps. Ixxxix. 40. PSALM CXXXIIL The benefit of the communion of saints. ' A song of degrees of David. Behold how good and how pleasant it is, for brethren to dwell even together. ^ Like the good oil upon the head, which went down upon the beard, the beard of Aaron, which went down upon the collar of his garments. ^ Like the dew of Hermon Avhich descendeth upon tlie mountains of Zion ; for there Jehovali hath commanded the blessing, life unto eternity. Ver. 1. — Together,] In unity and con- cord. The Chald. paraphraseth, "To dwell in Zion and Jerusalem, like two brethren together." Ver. 2. — The good oil,] The balsam, or oil of holy ointment, made of the principal spices, for the Lord's tabernacle and minis- ters. See Ex. xxx. 23, 25, 26—30. The collar,] Heb., the mouth, that is, the edge, the upper hole or border which was bound about that it should not rent, Exod. xxix. 23. Ver. 3. — Hermon,] An high and fertile mount without Jordan, watered with the dew of heaven. It was called also Shirion. See Ps. xxix. 6. Which descendeth,] Understand here again, 'and as the dew that descended,' for Hermon and Zion were far asunder. There,] Where brethren dwell in unity. Commanded,] Appointed, sent effectually. 660 PSALMS. PSALM CXXXIV. An exhortation to lless God. ^ A song of degrees. Behold, bless ye Jehovah, all ye servants of Jehovah, that stand in the house of Jehovah in the nights. " Lift up youi* hands in the sanctuary, and bless Jehovah. ^ Jehovah bless thee out of Zion : he that made heavens and earth. Ver. 1. — That stand,] That is, serve or minister, as, which stood before the king, Jer. li. 12, for which is written, in 2 Kings XXV. 8, ' servant of the king.' Here is meant chiefly the priests and Levites, whose office was to stand and minister, Deut. x. 8; xvii. 12; Ezek. xliv. 11, 15. So Neh. xii. 44, the priests and Levites that stood, that is, served. See also Ps. xiii. 5. The Chald. expoundeth it, ' That stand in the watches of the house of the sanctuary of the Lord, and do praise in the night.' In the night,] Keeping the watch of the Lord. See Lev. viii. 35; 1 Chron. ix. 33. Ver. 2. — In the sanctuaky,] Or, to- zvards the holiness, that is, the most holy p!ace, where God dwelt between the cheru- bims; or, in holiness, that is, holily. Vbr. 3. — Bless,] Or, will bless thee, speaking to God's people. Compare Numb. vi. 24 ; Ps. cxxviii. 5 ; and the promise, Ex. XX. 24, ' In all places wheie I put the memory of my name, I will come unto thee, and bless thee.' PSALM CXXXV. God's servants are exhorted to praise him for his mercies to Israel. 5. His porcer. 8. His Judgments on their enemies. 15. The vanity of idols. ]9. An exhortation to bless God. ' Hallelujah. Praise ye the name of Jehovah, praise him, O ye servants of Jehovah. '^ That stand in the house of Jehovah, in the courts of the house of our God. ^ Praise ye Jah, for Jehovah is good ; sing psalms to his name, for it is pleasant. * For Jah hath chosen to him-5e{/" Jacob, Israel for his peculiar treasure. * For I do know tliat Jehovah is great, and our Lord is above all gods. ^ All that pleaseth Jehovah he doth, in the heavens, and in the earth, in the seas, and all deep /(/aces. ^ He causeth vapours to ascend from the Ver. 1. — HALLELUjAn,] That is, praise or glorify ye Jah. It is a word of joyful exhortation to sing praises to the Lord for his mercies, and in the end of psalms is added as Amen, for a cheerful acclamation. See Ps. civ. 35; cvi. 48; also Rev. xix. 1, 3, C. Ver. 4. — Peculiar treasure,] Or, precious and singular possession, property. So Deut. vii. 6. This was promised by the law, Ex. xix. 5, but performed by Christ, his redeeming and purifying of his people. Tit. ii. 14; 1 Pet. ii. 9. Ver. 7. — Vapours,] Or, elevations. In Or., " clouds;" for by vapours clouds drawn from the end of the earth or sea, cometh rain, as it is said, ' He calleth for the waters of the sea, and poureth them out on the face of the earth,' Amos v. 8 ; so Jer. x. 13; li. 16. With the rain ] Or, to the rain; so fire and water are mixed in one cloud, Treasuries^] Or, coffers, store-houses. PSALM CXXXVI. 661 end of the eartli ; he maketh lightnings with the rain ; he bringeth forth the wind out of his treasuries. ® Who smote the first-born of Egypt, from man unto beast. ^ Sent signs and wonders in midst of thee, O Egypt, on Pharaoh, and on all his servants. " Who smote many nations, and slew mighty kings. " Sihon, king of the Amor- ites, and Og, king of Bashan, and all the kingdoms of Canaan. " And gave their land ^or a possession, a possession to Israel his people. '^ Jehovah, thy name is for ever; Jehovah, thy memory is to generation and generation. " For Jehovah will judge his people, and for his servants he will repent himself. '^ The idols of the heathens are silver and gold, the work of the hands of men. *^ A mouth they have and speak not, eyes they have and see not. " Ears they have, and hear not, also there is no breath in their mouth. '® Like them be they that make them, every one that trusteth in them. '^ O house of Israel, bless ye Jehovah j O liouse of xAaron, bless ye Jehovah. ^° O house of Levi, bless ye Jehovah; ye that fear Jehovah, bless Jehovah. ^' Blessed be Jehovah out of Zion, which dwelleth in Jerusalem ; Hallelujah. Ver. 8. — From man, &c.] That is, both men and beasts. See Ps. Ixxviii. 50, 51 ; Ex. xii. 12, 29. Vkr. 9. — Pharaoh,] The king who was plagued first in Egypt, and after drowned in the Red st-a, Ex. vii.; viii.; ix, ; x. ; xiv. Ver. 10. — Many,] Or, ample, great nations, the Amorites, Canaanites, &c. Ver. 11. — Og,] A giant whose bedstead was of iron, nine cubits long, and four broad. See Numb. xxi. 23 — 35; Deut. iii. 11. Kingdoms,] Tliirty and one, as is reckoned, Jos. xii. 9—24. Ver. 12. — A possession,] Or, heritage, See Ps. Ixxviii. 55. Ver. 14. — For,] Or, concerning his ser- Tants ; that is taken from Deut. xxxii. 30. Ver. 15. — Idols,] Compare this that fol- loweth with Ps. cxv. 4, &c. Ver. 19. — House of Israel,] That is, the posterity of Israel, so after. Of Aaron,] To whom the priesthood was committed, Ex. xxviii. 1. Ver. 20. — Of Levi,] Which were taken from among the sons of Israel, and given and joined with the priests to minister unto them, Numb, xviii. 2, 6. Ye that fear,] All strangers, converts, proseljftes, Acts ii. 5; X. 35. PSALM CXXXVL ' An exhortation to confess GocTs goodness, power, and wisdom, showed in the creation of the world, the deliverance of Israel out of Egypt, and many other mercies. ' Confess ye to Jehovah, for he is good, for his mercy endureth for ever. ^ Confess ye to the God of gods, for his mercy endureth Ver. 1 . — Mercy,] The Heb. chesed signi- fieth a sacred afFection of mercy, piety, grace, benignity, and bountiful good will towards any without respect of merit. In man sometimes it is the pious benign afTection wherewith he doeth good ; sometimes the mercy or bounty which he receiveth ; as in Is. xl. 6, it is the glorious grace which man hath from God, called by the Holy Ghost in Gr. dojua, glory, 1 Pet. i. 24 ; usually the Gr. version hath for it cleos, mercy, which the New Testament alloweth. Mat. ix. 13, from Hos. vi. 6. 662 PSALMS. for ever. ^ Confess ye to the Lord of lords, for liis mercy endur- eth ever. * To him that doth wondrous great things himself alone, for his mercy endureth for ever. * To him that made the heavens with prudency, for his mercy endureth for ever. ® To him that spread out the earth above the waters, for his mercy endureth for ever. ' To him tliat made the great lights, for his mercy endureth for ever. ^ The sun for dominion by day, for his mercy endureth for ever. ' The moon and stars for the dominions by night, for his mercy endureth for ever. '° To him that smote Egypt in their first-born, for his mercy endureth for ever. '' And brought forth Israel from midst of them, for his mercy endureth for ever. '^ With a strong hand, and with a stretched out arm, for his mercy endur- eth for ever. '^ To him that parted the Red sea into parts, for liis mercy endureth for ever. " And made Israel to pass through the midst of it, for his mercy endureth for ever. ^^ And shook off PJiaraoli and his power into the Red sea, for his mercy endureth for ever. '" To liim which led liis people in the wilderness, for his mercy endureth for ever. '^ To him which smote great kings, for his mercy endureth for ever. '^ And killed magnificent kings, for liis mercy endureth for ever.. " Sihon, king of the Amorites, for his mercy endureth for ever. '"' And Og, tlie king of Bashan, for his mercy endureth for ever. ^' And gave their land for a posses- sion, for his mercy endureth for ever, '^"^ A possession to Israel his servant, for his mercy endureth for ever. '^ Which remembered us in our base estate, for his mercy endureth for ever. ^* And liath redeemed us from our distressers, for his mercy endureth for ever, " Which giveth bread to all flesh, for his mercy endureth for ever. '^ Confess ye to the God of heaven, for his mercy endureth for ever. Hereof a godly man is called chasid, gia- Ver. 18. — Magnificent,] Mighty and cious, or merciful. See Ps. iv. 4. excellent, mentioned after ; and Ps. cxxxv. Vek. 8. — Dominion,] Or, rule, sover- 10 — 12. eignty. See Gen, i. 16. Ver. 24. — Redeemed] Or, delivered, Ver. 10. — Egypt,] Or, the Egyptians. broken off and pulled away, as by violence ; See Ps. Ixxviii. 43 — 51. for so also the word signifieth, Ps. vii. 3. Ver. 13. — Parts,] Or, divisions. By Ver. 25 Bread,] That is, /oorf. Bread the Jews' tradition, the Red sea was parted is used for all meats ; so in the Gr., " to buy into twelve several parts, for ty&ry one of the bread," Mark vi. 36, is, ' to buy meat,' (or twelve tribes to go through. victuals). Mat. xiv. 15. Therefore this Ver. 15. — Shook off,] That is, over- word is used also for beasts' food, Psalra threii'i Ex. xiv. 27. cxlvii. 9. PSALM CXXXVII. 663 PSALM CXXXVIL The Jews' tears in the captivity of Bahel. Their constancy in God, and love to Jerusalem. 7. A curse on Edotn and Babel. ^ By the rivers of Babel there we sat, yea, we wept, when we remembered Zion. ^ Upon the willows in the midst thereof, we hanged our harps. ^ For there they that led us captive asked of us the words of a song ; and they that threw us on heaps, mirtli ; sing unto us of the song of Zion. * How sliall we slug Jehovah's song, in the land of a stranger ? ^ If I forget thee, O Jerusalem, let my right hand forget. ® Let my tongue cleave to my palate, if I do not remember thee, if I prefer not Jerusalem above the head of my joy. ' Remember Jeliovah unto the sons of Edom, the day of Jerusalem; who said. Rase, rase, even to the foundation thereof. * Daughter of Babel wasted, O blessed shall he be that repay eth unto thee thy reward which thou hast rewarded unto us. ^ O blessed shall he be, that taketh and dasheth in pieces thy babes, against the rock. Ver. 1. — Babel,] Or, Babylon, the chief city in Clialdea or land of Shiuar, where Nimrod, that mighty hunter, (the son of Ciish, the son of fJam), began his reign, called therefore his land, Gen. x. 9, 10 ; Mieah v. 6. There in a plain the peo- ple were building a city and tower, whose top might reach to heaven ; but God con- founded their language, so the building ceased, ^^ hereupon it was called Babel, that is, confusion. See Gen. xi. 1, 2, 4, 8, 9. Afterwards when Nebuchadnezzar reigned there, it was the chief city in the world for luxury, cruelty, idolatry, and other sins, (so that Shinar is noted for the land and seat of wickedness, Zach. v. S, 11; and Babylon is a type of the city and seat of Antichrist, Rev. xvii. 1 — 5.) In this city and country were the Jews captive seventy years, Jer. xxv. 11, 12, Jerusalem and the temple being burned, 2 Kings xxv. 8 — 1 1. In that cap- tivity they lamented, as in the psalm is showed. Ver. 3. — Words of song,] That is, songs. So ' words of marvels,' Ps. cxlv. 5. Mirth,] Understand again, ' they asked of us mirth,' or, words of merriment. Ver. 4. — Land of a stranger,] Or, land of alienation, that i?, a strange laud ; or, of a strange god or people. Ver. 5. — Hand forget,] To wit, her cunning. Some such word is often under- stood in defective passionate speeches. See Ps. ciii. 9. Ver. 6 To my palate,] Or, to the roof of my mouth, that is, let me be speechless, as Ezek. iii. 26 ; Job xxix. 10. Prefer,] Or, make to ascend. The head,] That is, the chiefest. Ver. 7. — Unto the Sons of ED0M,]That is, against the Edoinites. See the like speech in a contrary sense, Ps. cxxxii. 1. Of Edom, see Ps. Ix. 10; Ixxxiii. 7. The day,] That is, the calamitous time. See the Notes on Ps. xxxvii. 13. So the Chald. expoundeth it, " The day wherein they destroyed Jeru- salem." Rase,] Or, pour out empty, as the Gr. also turneth it, that is, destroy and leave it bare. See this word, Ps. cxli. 8. The Edomites being always enemies to their bro- ther Israel, rejoiced at his ruin, and helped forward his destruction, for which they are menaced by the prophet Obad. i. 12 — 14, &c. Ver. 8. — Daughter, ) That is, congre- gation, or commonrveulth. See Ps. ix. 15. Wasted,] Tliat i=, worthy to be wasted ; as praised, Ps. wiii. 4, is praise-worthy. Or, that shall be wasted ; a«, is horn, I^. ix. 6, for, shall be born, because God had so cer- tainly promised, Jer. 1. li. ; oi', the waster, to wit, of others. Tht reward.] Thy evil deed. See Ps. xiii. 6, where it is con- trarily used for a good deed. Compare here- with, Jer. 1. 29 : Rev. xviii. e,. Ver, 9. — The rock,] That is, rock or stone; so the rock, Luke viii. 6, is, rocky or stony places, Mat, xiii, 3. Compare Is. xiii. 16. 664 PSALMS. PSALM CXXXVIII. David praiseth God for the truth of his word. 4. He prophesieth that the kings of the earth shall praise God. 7. He professeth his con- fidence in God. ' A psalm of David. I WILL confess thee with all my heart, before the gods will I sing psalms unto thee. ^ I will bow me down towards the palace of thine holiness, and confess thy name, for thy mercy and for thy truth ; for thou hast magnified above all tliy name thy word. ^ In the day that I cried, then thou answeredst me, thou hast made me courageous in my soul with strength. * All the kings of tlie earth shall confess thee, Jehovah, when they hear the words of thy mouth. ^ And they shall sing in the ways of Jehovali, for great is the glory of Jehovah. ^ For Jehovah is high, yet he seeth the lowly, and tlie haughty he knoweth afar off. ' If I walk in the midst of distress, thou revivest me ; against the anger of mine enemies thou sendest forth thine hand, and thy right hand saveth me; * Jehovah will perfectly accomplish for me ; Jehovah, thy mercy is for ever, slack not the works of thine hands. Ver. 1. — The gods,] The kings and princes of tiie earth, as ver. 4, called gods, Ps. Ixxxii. 1, 6. Before such David used to confess the Lord, Ps. cxix. 6. The Gr. here for gods saith atigels, as Ps. viii. 6, which also behold God's holy things in his church, 1 Cor. xi. 10 ; 1 Pet. i. 12 ; Eph. iii. 10 ; but the Chald. translateth, " Before the judges." Ver. 2. — Thy word,] Or, thr/ saying, thy promise in Christ concerning thy people, is greater than all other things whereby thou hast made thyself known. Ver. 3. — With strength,] Which I have from thee ; as the Gr. saith, " With thy might, strengthened by God's Spirit in the inner man," as Ejih. iii. 16, 20. Ver. 5. — In the ways,] Or, of the ways, whereof see Ps. ciii. 7. Ver. 6.— For,] Or, though. The HAUGHTY,] The proud person. In Gr."The high things." The Chald. paraphraseth, " The proud from the heavens far ofT he will depress." Afar off,] Or, aloof, not near, or familiarly, but in wrath to punish them. Ver. 7. — Revivest,] Or, wilt revive and keep me alive ; so after. Against the ANGER,] To repress it, or, on the nose (the face) to smite it with thy hand. The Heb. signifieth both aiirjer and nose, Ps. ii. 5; but the Gr. saith, " anger." Ver. 8. — Perfectly accomplish,] Or, perform, to wit, his work begun against my foes, and his mercy concerning me. So the Gr. turneth it, " He vvill recompense for me ;" and the Chald. " He will recompense them evil for me." See Ps. Ivii. 3. Slack not,] Or, leave not off. It is properly to leave oft work by unloosing the hand, Neli. vi. 3. So David prayeth, that God which had begun a good work for him, would not give it over, but perform it unto the day of Jesus Christ, as Phil. ii. 6. PSALM CXXXIX. GG.5 PSALM CXXXIX. David praiseth God for his all-seeing providence, 17, and for his infi- nite mercies. 19- He defi^th the wicked, 23, and pray eth for sincerity. ^ To the master of the music, David's psalm. Jehovah, thou hast searched me and known. ^Thou knowest my sitting and my rising, tliou understandest my familiar thought afar off. ^ Thou tannest my path and my lying down, and art accustomed to all my ways, ■* VVlien tlie speech is not yet in my tongue, lo, Jehovali, thou knowest it all. * Thou dost beset me beliind and before, and puttest tliy hand upon me. ® A knowledge too marvellous for me ; it is liigh, I cannot attain to it. ' Whitlier shall I go from thy Spirit ? and whither shall I flee from tliy pre- sence? ^ If I ascend up the heavens, thou art there; and if I make my bed in hell, lo, thou art there. ^ Take I the wings of the morning, dwell I in tlie uttermost part of the sea. '" There also thy liand will lead me, and thy right hand hold me. " And if I say. But surely the darkness shall shroud me, then the night is liglit about me. "^ Yea, darkness darkeneth not from thee, but night givetli light as the day ; as is tlie darkness, so is the light. " For thou hast possessed my reins, liast covered me in my mother's womb. '^ I will confess thee, for that fearfully, marvellously made am I ; marvellous are tliy works, and my soul knoweth it very Ver. 1 . — David's psalm,] See the Notes on Ps. xl. 1. Ver. 2 My familiar thoitght,] In Cir. " My reasoning (or disputing) thouglits." In Cliald. " My fellowship in the church." The Heb. hath the signification of friendship and familiarity, used here and in ver. 17, for thoughts or cogitations. Ver. 3 — Fannest,] Or, loinnowesi, or compassest, that is, discussest and triest out to the utmost, even tracing tlie footsteps, as the Gr. sigiiifieth. Compare Job xxxi. 4. Accustomed to,] And so acquainted with. The Gr. saith " foreseest." Ver. 4. — When the speech, Ac] Or, for there is not a word in my tongue, hut lo, &c., which the Chald. expouudeth, " A lying word in my tongue." Ver. 5. — Beset,] Straitly besiege and inclose, holdest straight, or hast formed me. '1'hy hand,] Or, palm, that I cannot break away. The like phrase is in Job xl. 27. The Chald. interpreteth it, " The stroke of thine hands." Ver. 6. — A knowledge,] Or, this know- ledge, namely, " of thee," as the Gr. addeth. It is high,] Or, set on a high place, as Ps. Vol. II. 4 P lix. 2. Attain to it,'] Or, prevail against it, as Ps. cxxix. 2. Ver. 7. — Thy presence,] Or, thy face. Ver. 8. — Make mt bed,] Or, spread my couch. In Gi. " descend." Compare Amos ix. 2. Ver. 9. — Wings of the morning,] Or, day-dawning, which is said to have wings, for tliat it speedily flieth over all the air. Of the sea,] Meaning the furtherest parts of the world, for so the sea often signifieth, Ps. Ixv. 6 ; Ixxii. 8 ; Is. xxiv. 14. Ver. II.— Shrodd,] Overdim me, as with the dark twilight; or, shall bruise, shall CI ush me down, as Gen. iii. 15. So the Gr. " Shall tread me down." Ver. 12.— Darkeneth,] That is, hideth. Compare Job xxxiv. 22; Jer. xxiii.24. As IS, &c.] Oi-, like darkness, like light, that is, they are equal, as that which in Mat. xxii. 3(1, is like, in Luke xx. 36, is equal. Ver. 13.— Covered,] That is, safely kept and protected, as theGr. saith, " Hplpeii me," or, covered me with skin and flesh, &c. as Job X. 11. Ver. 14. — Fearfully,] Or, in fearful sorts, lo wit, I am made ; or, these are fear 666 P S A L M S. well. '* My bone was not hid from thee, when I was made in a secret place, was embroidered in the netlier places of the earth. ^® Mine unformed substance tliine eyes did see, and in thy book all of tliem were written, in the days they were formed, and when not one of tliem was. " And to me how precious are thy thoughts, O God, how mightily increased are the sums of them? '* Would I tell them, tliey will be more tlian the sand ; I awake, and still I am witli thee. ^^ If thou wouldst slay the wicked, O God ; and men of bloods, depart ye from me, ^° Which speak of thee to a ful things. The Chald. saith, " Thou hast done fearful things. Marvellodslt made,] Or, excellently made ; elsewhere this word is u^ed iar separating from, s.i\A excelling others, S. e Ps. iv. 4. Ver. 15. My BONE,] That is, bones, any of tliem ; or, my sub>tance or strength ; for thereof the bone is named. Embrhdered,] That is, cunningly wrought, with nerves, sinews, veins, and variety of limbs. A simi- litude taken from broidered work, Ps. xlv. 15. Nether places of the earth,] So he calleth his mother's womb, because of God's Secret and unknown making of men there, Ecd. xi. 5 ; and thus may the like phrase, Eph. iv. 9, be understood of Christ's incar- nation. Ver. 16. — Mv unformed substance,] Or, mine embryo, which is the body in the wciinb be'bre it hath peifect shape, or, " un- "■rought up," as the Gr. here traiislateth it. The Heb. name is of wrapping or winding up like a bottom," My wound-up mass or body." All of them,] All my members wound up in that my embryo or unperfected substance. Or generally, all men. The Chald. saith, " All my days were written in the book of thy memorial," Were written,] Heb. "Shall be written,'' which meaneth a con- tinual act. See Ps. ii. 1. So after, shall be formed. In the days they avere forked,] Or, ivhat days they should be formed, mean- ing, that all his members, in the days that they were in fashioning in his mother's womb, were written down of God ; or, that the days of their forming were written. The Chald. saith, " In the day when the world was created,'' &c. And when not one,] Heb., and not one of them, or in them. Meaning that God had written down all parts of his body, not only when they were in forming, hut long before. So commending his provi- dence, ' Who calleth things which be not as thouoh they were,' Rom. iv. 17, Ver. 17.— How precious are,] That is, how rare are thy thoughts to me, how few of them can I speak of, how incomprehensible are thy cogitations ! The words following show this to be the meaning. Compare Job XX vi. 14. And a thing is said to be precious which cannot be attained unto or efl'ected. SeePs. xlix.9. Otherwise we may take it thus, thy thoughts, that is, the thoughts that I have of thee, how precious, of how much esteem and worth are they to me ? So precious is u^ed, Ps. xxxvi. 8. The Chald. expoundeth it, " How honourable are they that love thee, 0 God, and how are their princes fortified." Mightily increased,] Many and strong. See Ps. xl. 5. The sums,] Heb., headsi used for sums, and so the Gr. 'archee,' Num. i. 2 ; xxvi. 6. I awake and,] Or, tvhen I awake, I am still with thee, tliat is, still meditating of thee. The Chald. referreth this to the last resurrection, thus, " I shall rise again in the world to come, and shall be still with thee." See Ps. xvii. 15. Ver. 19. — If thod wodldst,] Or, Othat thou wouldst, for it seemeth here to be a wish, as also in the Gr. of the New Testament, Luke xii. 49 ; ' What will I, if it were (that is, O that it were) already kindled.' So in 1 Chron. iv. 10, ' If thou wilt bless me,* that is, O that thou wouldst bless. Or, surely thou wilt slay, &c. And men, &c.] This may also be referred to God thus, and wouldst say, ' Ye bloody men, depart from me ; or, to David, who saith, ' Depart ye from me,' The Chald. expoundeth it, " And let the men addicted to the judgment of death depart from me." V^er. 20 — Speak of thee,] Or, against thee, as the like Hebraism meaneth, 1 Kings xxi. 13, ' Witnessed of (or against) him.* See the Notes on P^. v, 5. Or, say thee, that is, mention or speak of, as Ps. xl. 1 1 ; 2 Sam, vi. 22. The Chald, understands it of swearing, " Which swear in thy name de- ceitfully." To A mischievous purpose,] Or, with a crafty intent, that is, craFiily, wickedly. See Ps. x. 2. Lift up do tht foes, &c.] Or, thy foes take up thy name to vanity. This sense the Chald. paraphrase giveth, and the phrase is taken from Ex. xx. 7, the word name being understood, (as in Lev. xxiv. 11, the word Lord is undeistood); PSALM CXL. 667 mischievous purpose ; lift up do thy foes unto false vanity. ^' Do not I hate them, O Jehovah, that hate thee j and am not I grieved for those that rise up against thee ? ^^ With perfection of hatred do I hate them, they are to me for enemies. ^ Search me, O God, and know my heart ; prove me, and know my cogitations. " And see if the way of sorrow be in me, and lead me in the way of eternity. or, 'thy foes lift up their head,' as is expressed, Ps. Ixxxiii. 2 ; in vain, that is, they are vainly proud and insolent. Often limes words wanting are to be supplied. See the Notes on Ps. ciii. 9. Or, ' they lift up thy foes in vain,' that is. the wicked (which speak evil of thee) do vainly extol thine enemies. To FALSE VANixr,] Or, in vain. See Ps. xii. 3; xxiv. 4. Ver. 21. — Am not I grieved,] Or, grieve (irk) myself. So Ps. cxix. 15S. Cunijiare also 2 Chron. xix. 2 ; Prov. xxix. 27. Ver. 23. — Prove,] Or, try me. Com- pare Ps. xxvi. 2. Ver. 24. — Way of sorrow,] Or, of grief, that is, wicked way, purposes, or ac- tions, which are grievous to God and men ; and in special, the way of idolatry, for of this word idols have their name. See Ps. xvi. 4. So ' a word of grief,' Prov. xv. 1, is that which grieveth him to whom it is spoken. Wat of ETERNrxv,] Or, of antiquity, the old way, as Jer. vi. 16, meaning, the way of faith and godliness, which God taught from the beginning, and which continneth for ever, contrary to the way of the wicked, which perisheth, Ps. i. 6. PSALM CXL. D(w'id prayeth for deliverance from the wicked. 9- B^e prayeth against them. 13 He comforteth himself by confidence in God. ' To the master of the music, a psalm of David. ^ Release me, O Jehovah, from the evil man; from the man of violent wrongs preserve thou me. ^ Which think evil things in heart ; every day tliey gatlier wars. ■* They sharpen their tongue like a serpent ; the hot poison of the asp is under their lips. Selah. * Keep me, O Jehovah, from tlie hands of the wicked ; from the man of violent wrongs preserve thou me, which think to thrust away my feet. ^ The proud liave hid a snare for me, and cords ; they have spread a net by the path's side, they have set gins for me. Selah. ' I said to Jehovah, Tliou art my God ; hear. O Jehovah, the voice of my supplications for grace. * Jehovah, Lord, the strength Ver. 3. — They gather wars,] Or, are gathered to wars, getting themselves and others together. The active is often used passively, Ps. xxxii. 9; cix. 13. Ver. 4. — Of the asp,] Or, viper. Gr. "of asps." So Rom. iii. 13 ; compare Ps. Iviii. 5. Ver. 5. — To thrust away my feet,] Or, to overthrow my footsteps. Ver. 6 — By the path's side,] Or, fast ly my path. Heb., "at the hand of the path." Compare Ps. cxlii. 4 ; Jer. xviii. 22 ; Prov. xxix. 5. Ver. 8.— Jehovah,] Or, God. See Ps. Ixviii. 21. Of arms,] Or, of armour, that is, of battle, as the Gr. translateth it, when men harness themselves. This is that hel- met, salvation, Eph. vi. 17. 668 PSALM S. of my salvation, thou Jiast covered my head in the day of arms. ^ Grant not, O Jehovah, the desires of the wicked ; further not his crafty device, lest they exalt themselves. Selah. '" The head of those that compass me about, the molestation of their lips shall cover them. " TJiey shall bring upon them coals ; he shall fell them into the fire, into deep pits, that they rise not up. '^ An ill tongued man shall not be established in the earth ; a man of violent wrong, evil shall hunt him to a sudden overthrow. " I know that Jehovah will do the judgment of the poor afflicted ; the doom of the needy. " Surely the just shall confess to thy name, the righteous shall sit before thy face. Veb. 9. — Further not,] Or, britig not to pass. Lest they,] Or, they will exalt themselves, that is, he proud or lofty. Com- paie Deut. xxxii. 27. Ver. 10. — The head,] That is, as for the head, the chief of those, &c. An liead sometimes signifieth a company of chief men, 1 Chron. iv. 42, though here perhaps some one man is meant, as the Chald. nameth " Ahi- tophel." It is also used for a band of men, as Job i. 17. Sometimes the Heb. word signifieth gall, as Ps. Ixix. 22, which sense also is not amiss here. Shall cover,] Or, prayer-wise, let it cover them and him, as Ps. ii. 3, that is, every of them. Ver, U. — They shall brlng ] Oy,7nake move, as Ps. Iv. 4, upon themselves ; or coals shall be moved, that is, thrown, upon them. The Heb. hath a double reading, yielding both these senses; their judgments to be from God, but procured by themselves. He,] That is, God shall fell them, or inde- finitely, they shall be felled, or cast. Deep PITS,] Or, sudden sorrows. The Gr. saith, "calamities." The Chald. "The fire of Gehenna." Ver. 12.— An ill tongued man,] Heb. a man of tongue, that is, a prattler, or evil speaker, tbat hath tongue at will to use and abuse at his lust, and to smite therewith, as Jer. xviii. 18. So a man of lips. Job xi. g, is one talkative ; a man of words, Ex. iv. 10, is one eloquent ; a man of arm, Job xxii. 8, is one mighty ; and sundry the like. To a SUDDEN overthrow,] Or, his utter ruin and misery. Heb. " To (or with) thrusting, down." The Chald. paraphraseth, " The angel of deatli shall hunt him, and thrust him down into hell." Ver. 14. — Sit before thy face,] Or, dwell with thy face, that is, in thy presence. See Ps. xvi. 11 : Ixi. 8. PSALM CXLL David pray eth that his suit may he acceptable, his conscience sincere, and his life safe from snares. ' A psalm of David. Jehovah, T call upon thee, make liaste unto me, give ear to my voice when I call unto thee. ^ Let my prayer be firmly directed Vek. 2. — Kk firmly directed,] Oi', prepared; and so acceplable. As incense,] Or, pe»/M7«e, which was a confection of sweet spices, made after the art of the apothecary, pure and holy, and was by the priests burned upon the golden altar every morning before the Lord, Ex. xxx. 34 — 38 ; a figure of the prayers of the saints, acceptable to God through Christ's mediation, as this place shcweth, compared with Rev. viii. 3. My hands,] Or, palms, lifted up in prayer. See Ps. Ixiii. 5. Evening oblation.] The Minchah propeily was the meat-oliering, (which was fine flour mingled with oil), otlered together with the lamb every evening before the Lord continually, as Ex. xxix. 39 — 42; Num. xxviii. 2, 3 — 8. Here it is taken for the whole oblation, at the time of the oflering PSALM CXLI. GG9 as incense before thee ; the lifting up of my liands as the eveiniii: oblation. ^ Set thou, Jehovah, a watch before my mouth, keep the door of my lips. * Incline not my heart to an evil thing ; to pre- tend pretences in wickedness, with men tliat work painful iniquity ; and let me not eat their dainties. ^ Let the just man smite me, it shall be a kindness, and let him reprove me ; the head oil, let it not break mine head ; for yet my prayer also shall be in their evils. ^ Their judges are thrown down by the rock sides ; and they shall hear my sayings, for they are pleasant. ' As when one cutteth and cleaveth on the eartli, our bones are scattered at tlie mouth of hell. "But mine eyes are unto thee, Jehovah Lord; in thee I hope for safety : pour not out my soul. ^ Keep me from hands of the whereof the godly used to pray, Ex. ix. 5 ; Dan. ix. 21 ; it was at the ninth hour of the day, (about three of the clock in the after- noon) called ' the hour of prayer,' Ads iii. 1. Ver. 3. — A WATCH,] Or, a ward, custody, to keep me from speaking amiss. Keep,] Or, observe thou, or, an observation, befure the door. The door,] Or, gate of my lips, by which my words pass out as at a door ; so ' the doors of the womb,' Job iii. 10. The original, dal, is contracted for deleth, a door, though this be rare ; yet the Heb. text some- times doth the like, as chaji, 2 Sam. xxiii. 23, for chajil, 1 Chron. xi. 22. Ver. 4 Incline not,] To wit, by Satan or mine own coriuption ; for God properly tempteth no man to evil, but the devil, and man's own concupiscence, James i. 13, 14 ; ] Cor. vii. 5 ; and by Satan God moveth men's minds, as appeareth, I Chron. xxi. 1 ; with 2 Sam. xxiv. 1. So Mat. vi. 13. Fail THING,] Or, wij7-d. See Ps. vii. 1. To PRETEND pretences,] Or,excuscs ; thus the Gr. turneth it ; the Heb. also signifieth " oc- casions pretended,'' as Dent. xxii. 14, 17. Or, we may read it, " to practise practices in wickedness." With men that work,] Or, with men wor/cers, that is, such as stoutly, boldly, and manfully work ininuily. Their DAINT1E<,] The CIihUI. expoundeth it, " Of their songs at banquets." Ver. 5. — S.mite,] Or, beat me ; the word propeily signifieth, ' beating with a hammer,' Ps. Ixxiv, C ; Judg. v. 2(), applied to sharp rebukes. So Prov. xxiii. 35. Compare also Prov. ix. 8; xxv. 12 ; xxviii. 23; Zach. xiii. 6. It shall be a kindness,] ^ mercy, or, with kindness, that is, let him smite me kindly, and reprove me. The head oil,] That is, the chief ov precious oil, (as head spices are chief and principal, Ex. xxx. 23); or, oil of the head, which is to anoint the head with. Or, by head, understand the chiefest of his adversaries, as before Ps. cxl. 10; for this seemeth to be an opposition to the former, thus ; ' let the just smite me, but let not the precious oil (or the oil of the head) of the wicked break mine head ; and this the Gr. favoureth, saying, " Rut let not the oil of the sinner supple mine head." By oil, meaning flattering words, as Ps. Iv. 22. Otherwise we may refer it to the former just man's reproof; ' it shall be a precious oil, lit him not make it fail my head.' Tlie Chald. otherwise expoundeth it, " And let the priest reprove me, anointing me with the anointing oil of the sanctuary ; but let him not take thu crown of the kingdom from mine head." I.,et it not break wy head,] Not distract or dazzle my wits, not overcome me. The Heb. signifieth breaking and bringing to nought, Ps.xxxiii. 10, and is applied to the breaking of the heart by discouragement. Numb, xxxii. 7, and here to the breaking of the head, or bringing to nought of counsels, purposes, &c. by flattery. Or, if it be understood of the just, we may read it, ' let him not make it fail mine head,' that is, let the oil of his reproof not be wanting upon mine head. In their evils,] Or, against their evils, which may be applied to the evil deeds of the wicked, or calamities of the just ; and here understand, is or shall be in their evils ; vr, as the Chald. explaineth it, " Is ordeied against their evil." Ver. 8. — Their judges,] The princes of mine adversaries. Are thrown down.] Or, throiv down themselves, tliat is, secretly pursue and beset me in the rocks and n.oun- taiiis whither I am forced to flee, 1 Sam. xxiv. 3 ; xxiii. 20. The word may also bear their throwing down to destruction, as 1 Chron. xxv. \2. By the rock sides,] Or, in rocky places. 1Kb., "In the hands of the rock," as I's. cxl. 6. And they shall, hear,] Or, though they have heard. Ver. 7. — Cotteth and cleaveth,] To wit, wood, or the giound with the plough. Ov Hv.hi.,'] 0\; the grave. Compare Ezek. xxvii. I, 11, 12. Jehovah,] Or, Corf. See 670 PSALMS. snare, which they liave laid for me, and the gins of them that work painful iniquity. '° Let the wicked fall into his net, whiles I altogetlier pass over. Ps. Ixviii, 21. Pour not out my soul,] To wit, unto death, as Is. liii. 12 ; that is, kill me not, or, make not my soul bare, that is, leave it not destitute and helpless. Ver. 10. — Let the wicked fall,] Or, they shall fall. Into his net,] That is, every one of them into his own net or Jlue. Together.] Namely, with their fall, or toge- ther with them that are with me ; or, alto- gether (wholly) pass over, and escape. The Gr. saith, "Alone I am, until I pass over." See this word, Ps. xxxiii. 15. PSALM CXLIL David showeih that in his troubles, when his own heart, and all otiier lielp failed him, all his comfort was in faith and prayer unto God. ^ An instructing psalm of David : a prayer when he was in the cave. ^ With my voice unto Jehovah did I cry, with my voice unto Jehovah did I supplicate for grace. ' I poured out before him my meditation, my distress I did shew before him. * When my spirit was overwhelmed within me, then tliou knewest my path : in the way that I walked they privily laid a snare for me. ^ I did look on the right liand and see, and no man acknowledged me ; refuge is perished from me, no man seeketh for my soul. ^ I cried unto thee, Jehovah ; I said, thou art my hope for safety, my portion in the land of the living. ' Attend unto my shouting, for I am brought very low ; deliver me from my persecutors, for they are stronger than I. * Bring forth my soul out of the close prison, to confess tliy name ; the just shall environ me about, for thou wilt hounteo2isly reward me. Ver. 1. — In the cave,] Fled thither from the persecution of Saul, 1 Sam. xxiv. 4, &c. Ver. 4. — Was overwhelmed,] Or, swooned, fainted. See Ps. Ixxvii. 4. Then thou,] Heb. and thou. So, 'And he saith,' Mark xiv. 34, is expounded,' Then he saith,' Mat. xxvi. 38. Ver. 5. — I did look,] Or, look thou, &c., continuing his complaint to God. But the Gr. tuineth it, " I considered ;" and the Heb. " Look thou," or, to look, is often re- solved by other definite persons. See the Notes on Ps. xxii. 9 ; xlix. 15 ; Ixv. 11 ; Ixxvii. 2; eiii. 20. And see,] Or, a7id behold, to wit, on the left hand. Refuge,] Ov, flight. Is perished from me, J That is, faileth me ; I have no place to fly unto and escape. So Job xi. 20 ; Amos ii. 14. Seeketh,] That is, careth for. So Prov. xxix. 10, usually to seek the soul, is in the ill part to destroy it. See Ps. xxxv. 4. Ver, 7. — Brought low,] Or, weakened. See cxvi. 6. Ver. 8. — The prison,] The cave wherein I am shut up close. Environ,] Compass, as Ps. xxii. 13. Or, expect, as Job xxxvi. 2 ; and so the Gr. translateth, " The just shall wait for me, until thou reward me." See Ps. xiii. 6. The Chald. saith, " For my sake the just shall make thee a crown of praise, because thou wilt render a good reward to me." PSALM CXLIIL 671 PSALM CXLIIL David prayeth for favour in judgment. 3. He complaineth of his griefs. 5. He strengtheneth his faith by meditation and prayer. 7. He prayeth for grace, 9, for deliverance, 10, for sanctification, 12, for destruction of his enemies. ' A psalm of David. Jehovah, hear my prayer, give ear to my supplications for grace ; in thy faithfulness answer me in tliy justice. * And enter not into judgment with thy servant, for before thee sliall not any living be justified. ^ For the enemy persecuteth my soul, smiteth down my life to the earth, maketh me sit in darknesses, as the dead for ever. * And my spirit is overwhelmed in me, in midst of me my heart is wondrously amazed. ^ I remember the days of old, I meditate on all thy work, I muse on the action of thy hands. ® I spread out my hands unto thee ; my soul, as a weary land, thirsteth for thee, Selah. ' Make speed, answer me Jehovah, my spirit fail- eth ; hide not thy face from me, for I shall be made like to them that go down the pit. ^ Cause me to liear thy mercy in the morn- ing, for in thee do I trust ; cause me to know the way that I should walk, for unto thee do I lift up my soul. ' Deliver me from mine enemies, O Jehovah ; unto thee I fly for covert. *" Learn me to do thine acceptable will, for thou art my God, thy good Spirit shall lead me in the land of righteousness. " For thy name's sake, Jehovali, thou wilt quicken me, in thy justice wilt bring forth my Ver. 2. — And enter not into judg- Ver. 5. — Of old,] Or, of antiquity. So MENT,] Or, but go not to law with me ; by Ps. Ixxvii. 6. the ti«eds whereof no flesh sliall be justified in Ver. 6. — Spread out,] That is, pray ; thy sight, Rom. iii. 20 ; so Jub xxii. 4 ; xiv. as the Chald. saith, " Spread out my liands 3 ; Is. iii. 14. In Chald., " Go not into the in prayer." See Ps. xliv. 21. Weary,] That judgment hall," namely, to judge with seve- is, dry a.nd thirsty. In Gr., waterless. See rity. Not anv,] Or, tiot all, that is, none Ps. Ixiii. 2. living. So Mat. xxiv. 22, «»<«//, that is, no Ver. 7 — For 1,] Or, lest I. Heb., and flesh, 1 John ii. 21 ; every lie is not, that is, /, which may be supplied thus, * Lest I per- no lie is of the truth. So 2 Pet. i. 20 ; Ps. ish, and be made like,' &c. See Ps. xxviii. Ixxvi. 6. 1. Ver. 3. — My life,] Or, my co?npany. Ver. 8. — In the morning,] Speedily. The Heb. signifieth both, Job xxxiii. 18, 2Ji; So Ps. xc. 14. Ps.lxviii. 11. DARKyK-sFA,'\Or, dark places. Ver. 9. — I fly for covert,] Or, I cover Su Ps. Ixxxviii. 7, 19; Ixxiv. 20. For (I hide) myself, flying unto thee ; or, to thee I EVER.] Or, of eternity, of old, meaning dead covertly fly, secretly disclosing to thee tliat long since, and fur ever after. The word which I would hide from others. So the Gr. respecteth time past, and to come. So Lam. "I fly to thee." The Chald. expoundeth it, iii. 6. " I have made thy word my redeemer.'' Ver. 4 — Overwhelmed,] Fainteth, or, Ver. 10. — Thy good Spirit shall lead is perplexed. See Ps. Ixxvii. 4. VVon- me,] So the Gr. translateth this, and the rest, DROCSLY K'i\\z%\i^ Astonished, QX desolate. as assured. We may also read it prayer-wise, Gr. troubled. See this word, Is. lix. 16 ; 'let tay good Spirit lead me;'or, ' thy Spirit is ^iii. 5 ; Dan. viii. 27; Ps. \1. 16. good, let it lead me,' &c. ; and so the rest- 672 PSALMS. soul out of distress. "' And in thy mercy wilt suppress mine ene- mies, and destroy all them that afflict my soul, for I am tliy ser- vant. Compare Neh. ix. 20. In the land,] Or, even) ground. See Ps. xxvi. 12 ; Is. xxvi into the land of rigliteousiiess ; in a plain (or 10. PSALM CXLIV. David hlesseth God for his mere?/ in helping him in his rvars. 3- He confesseth man's misery arid unworthiness . 5. Prayeth that God mould IwiverfuUy deliver him from his enetnies. 9. He promise th to ^^raise God. 11. He shorceth the vanity of worldly felicity ; 15, arid happi- ness of God's people. ' A psalm of David. Blessed he Jeliovah, my rock, which learneth my hands to the battle, my fingers to the war. ^ My mercy and my fortress, my high tower, and my deliverer for me ; my shield, and lie in whom I hope for safety, that subjecteth my people under me. ^ Jehovah; what is earthly man, that thou takest knowledge of liim ; the son of wretched man, that thou makest account of him ? * Earthly man is like to vanity, his days are as a shadow that passeth away. * Jeliovah, bow thy heavens and come down, touch the mountains and they shall smoke. ^ Lighten the lightning, and scatter them asunder ; send thine arrows and disturb them, ' Send thy liands from the high place; release me, and deliver me from the many waters, from the liand of the sons of the stranger. ® Whose mouth speaketh false vanity, and their right hand is a right hand of false- hood. ^ O God, I will sing unto thee a new song ; with psaltery and ten -stringed instrument I will sing psalms to thee. '" That giveth salvation unto kings, that releaseth David his servant from the evil sword. " Release me and deliver me from tlie hand of the sons of the stranger, whose mouth speaketh false vanity, Ver. 1. — My rock,] In Gr. my God. See word also orcurs in Ex. xix. 24 ; xxiii. Ps. xviii. 3. 27. Vkr. 3 Takest knowledge,] Or, ac- Ver. 7. — The high place,] That is, the knowledgest, carest for. Compare Ps. viii. heaven. Compare Ps. xviii. 17. Many 5 ; i. G ; xxxi. 8. Makest account,] Or, waters,] Which the Chald. expoundeth, ihiiikest on liim. " Armies, like to many waters." Sons of Ver. 4 Passeth avvat,] Or, vanisketh. the stranger,] Of a strange god or people. Compare Ps. cii. 12 ; Eccl. vii. 2. as Ps. cxxxvii. 4 ; born aliens. See Psalm Ver. 5. — Come down^] For my help, and xviii. 45. my foes' ruin. See P.-. xviii. 10. And Ver. 9. — New song,] Of triumph. See thev shall,] Or, that they may smoke. the Notes on Ps. xxxiii. 2, 3. See Ps. civ. 32. Ver.10. — That giveth,] Understand, 'O Ver. 6.— Lighten,] That is, cast forth. he that giveth,' that is, O thou that givest, Compare Ps. xviii. 15. Distorb,] Or, &c. See the like phrase in Ps. lii. 10 ; Ixv. iro?<J/e, that is, discomfit and destroy. This 7. Or, ♦ it is he that giveth.' PSALM C XL V. 678 and their right hand is a right hand of falsehood. '* That our sons as plants grown great in their youth, our daughters as cor- ner-stones, cut after the similitude of a palace. " Our garners full, affording from meat to meat ; our flocks bringing forth thou- sands, increased by ten thousands in our streets. '* Our oxen laden, no breaking in, and none going out, and no out-cry in our streets. '^ O blessed is the people whose state is such ; O blessed is the peo- ple whose God is Jehovah. Ver. 12. — As PLANTS,] Understand, 'are Ver. 13. — Garners,] Or, corners, chatn- as plants;' for this seemeth to be an imitation hers, cellars^ places of store and provision, or expressing of the vain words of the wicked made usually in nooks and corners of fore-mentioned, which say, ' our sons are as houses. From meat to meat,] Or, from, plants/ &c. whose boasting continiieth till the sort to sort, that is, all sorts and store of vie- last clause, which is opposed to all their tuals. worldly felicity. The Gr,, to make this Ver. 14. — Laden,] That is, fat and plainer, changeth person, and translateth, fleshly, or able to bear loads ; or, big with " Whose sons (or, of whom their sons) are as young. No breach,] In the walls, for the new plants," &c. So elsewhere the Gr. enemy to enter the town. None going out,] useth the like change of person, as in Gen. No cattle driven away by the enemy. xxvi. 7. Or, understanding it of the godly, Ver. 15. — Whose state is such,] As is supply, 'may be as plants,' &c., and so it hath before mentioned. The Gr. turneth it, respect to the outward blessings of the law, " They count that people blessed which hath Deut. xxviii. 4, &c. In this latter sense the these things." Whose God,] This sentence Chald. taketh it. Cot,] That is, hewn, is opposed to all the other worldly wealth. carved, polished. PSALM CXLV. David praiseth God for his greatness, power, glory, and fearful acts. 7. Hhi goodnes :, justice, mercy. 11. His kingdom and gracious provi- dence unto all, 18. His special mercies to those that call upon him, that fear and love him. ' A hymn of David. I WILL extol thee my God, O King, and bless thy name for ever and aye. '^ In every day will I bless thee, and praise thy name for ever and aye. ' Great is Jehovah, and praised vehemently, and of his greatness there is no search. ^ Generation to generation sliall laud thy works, and they shall shew thy powers. Ver. 1.— An hymn,] Or, praise, and Ver. 3. — Praised,] See Ps. xviii. 4. No hereof the whole book in Heb. is called the search,] That is, it is past finding out. Of book of hymns. This hymn is composed greatness. See Ps. cl. 2. after the order of the Heb. alphabet, only one Ver. 4. — Powers,] That is, powerful letter wanting. See Ps. xxv. 1. AyE,] Or, (or mighty) acts. So ver. xii ; Mat. xiii. perpetually. See Ps. ix. 6. 58. Vol. II. 4 Q 614= PSALMS. * The comely honour of the glory of thy majesty, and tlie words of thy marvels will I talk of. ® And the strength of thy fearful acts they shall speak of, .aid thy greatness, it will I declare. ^ The memory of the multitude of thy goodness they shall utter, and thy justice they shall shout. " Gracious and pitiful is Jehovah ; long suffering, and great in mercy. ^ God is Jehovah unto all : and his tender mercies are over all his works. ^'' All thy works shall confess thee, Jehovah, and thy gracious saints bless thee. " They shall tell the glory of thy kingdom, and speak of thy power. '^ To make known to the sons of Adam his powers, and the glory of the comely honour of his kingdom. " Thy kingdom is a kingdom of all eternities, and thy dominion in every generation and generation. "Jehovah upholdeth all that fall, and upright setteth all that are crooked. ^* The eyes of all look attentively unto thee, and thou givest to them their meat in his time. "^ Openest thine hand, and satisfiest the desire of every living thing. " Just is Jehovah in all his ways, and merciful in all his works. '* Near is Jehovah to all that call upon him, to all that call upon him in truth. ^^ He will do the desire of them that fear him j and will hear their cry, and will save them. ■'"'Jehovah preservetli all them that love him, and all the wicked he will abolish. Ver. 5. — Honour of the glory,] Or, Ver. 15. — In his time,] That is, in due glorious honour, or comeliness. Words of season, or at the time appointed. See Ps. i. THY MARVELS,] That is, thtf miracles, thy 3 ; civ. 27. marvellous words or things. So, ' words of Veb. 16.— The desire,] Or, pleasure, or song,' Ps. cxxxvii. 3. Talk,] Discourse of, with contentment, contentedly, acceptably ; or meditate. with that which seemeth good to tliee, and Ver. 8. — Pitiful,] Or, compassionate, pleaseth (or contenteth) them. Compare Ps. ciii. 8 ; Ex. xxxiv. 6. Long- Ver. 18. — In truth,] This word impH- suffering,] Or, slow to anger. See Ps. eth faith, sincerity, earnestness, and con- Ixxxvi. 15. stancy. Compare Deut. iv. 7; John iv. Ver. 10. — Shall confess,] Or, let them 24. confess, &c. Ver. 19. — The desire,] Or, the will, the Ver. II. — Tell,] Talk of, or preach. pleasure, and contentment, as ver. 16. We Heb. say. are to desire that God's will may be done, Ver. 14. — Upright setteth,] Lj/i'e^/ing'A^ Mat. vi. 10. Here he doth his servant's wp.ormaketh straight all that are bended down will ; so he honoureth them that honour him, or bowed together. So Ps. cxlvi. 8. 1 Sara. ii. 30. PSALM CXLVI. 675 '" My mouth shall speak the praise of Jehovah, and let all flesh bless the name of his holiness, for ever and aye. Ver. 21. — Shall speak,] Or, let my people, all classes and condition of men. See mouth speak. All flesh,] All sorts of Ps. Ixv. 3. PSALM CXLVI. Th£ psalmist voweth perpetual praises to God. 3. He exhorteth not to trust in man. 5. God, for his power, justice, mercy, and kingdom, is only worthy to be trusted in, and celebrated. ' Hallelu-jah. My soul, praise thou Jehovah. " I will praise Jehovah in my life, I will sing psalms to my God while I am. ^ Trust not ye in bounteous princes ; in son of Adam, with whom is no salvation. ' His spirit goeth forth, he returneth to his earth, in that day his thouglits perish. * O blessed is he, in whose help the God of Jacob is ; whose hope is in Jeliovali his God. ^ Which made heavens and earth, the sea, and all that in them is ; whicli keepeth truth for ever. ^ Which doth judgment to the oppressed, giveth bread to the hungry ; Jehovah looseth the bound. ® Jehovali openetli the eyes of the blind j Jehovah upright setteth the crooked ; Jeliovah loveth the just. ^ Jehovah keepeth tlie stranger, setteth upright the fatherless and the widow, and overthroweth the way of the wicked. '" Jehovah shall reign for ever ; thy God, O Sion, to generation and generation. Hallelu-jah. Ver. 1.' — Hallelu-jah,] That is, praise ye Jah. See Ps. exxxv. 1. Ver. 2. — In my life,] So long as I live. So Ps. civ. 33. Ver. 4. — His spirit,] Man's ghost. So the soul is said to go forth, Gen. xxxv. 18. To HIS EARTH,] Whereof he was made; earth is in Heb. adamah. Hereof man was called Adam, earthly. Compare Gen. ii. 7 ; iii. 19; Ps. civ. 29. His thoughts,] Or, purposes, the most excellent etlects of the mind or spirit of man. Ver. 7. — The bound,] Or, prisoners; but here it may be meant more largely ; for sick- nesses also are Satan's bonds, which our Lord Christ loosed, Luke xiii. 16. See also Is. Ixi. 1. Ver. 8. — Openeth the eyes,] Or, giv- eth sight to. Compare Mat. ix. 29, 30 ; John ix. 6, 7, 32. Upright setteth,] Or, maketh straight, as Ps. cxlv. 14. See this fulfilled, Luke xiii. 13. Ver. 9. — Setteth upright,] Maketh to continue sure. So Ps. xx. 9 ; cxlvii. 6, Compare Deut. x. 18 ; xxvii. 19 ; Exod. xxii. 22 — 24; Ps. Ixviii. 6. Overthrow- eth,] Or, turneth upside down. So Job xix. C ; see also Ps. i. 6. 676 PSALMS. PSALM CXLVII. The prophet exhorteih to praise God for his care of the church, rois- dom, power, mercy, and providence unto all. 12. To praise him for his blessings upon the kingdom. 15. For his works in nature. 19- And for his gracious word and ordinances given to his people. ' Praise ye Jali, for it is good to sing psalms to our God, tor it is pleasant, praise is comely. ^ Jehovah buildeth Jerusalem, ga- thereth together the outcasts of Israel. ^ He healeth up the broken in heart, and bindetli up tlieir griefs. * Counteth the number of the stars, calleth them all by names. ^ Great is our Lord, and much in able might ; of his understanding the7'e is no number. ® Jehovah setteth upright tlie meek, debaseth the wicked unto the earth. ' Sing ye to Jehovah with confession, sing psalms to our God with tlie harp. ^ That covereth the heavens with clouds, that prepareth rain for the earth, that maketh the mountains to bud forth grass. * That giveth to the beast his food, to the young ravens whicli cry. " He delighteth not in the strength of tlie horse, he taketh not pleasure in the legs of man. " Jehovah taketh pleasure in them that fear him, that patiently hope for his mercy. '^ Laud Jehovah, O Jerusalem ; praise thy God, O Sion. " For he strengtheneth the bars of thy gates, he blesseth thy sons within thee, ''' He putteth in thy border peace : he satisfieth thee with the fat of wheat. '^ He sendeth his edict upon earth, his word run- neth very swiftly. " He giveth snow like wool, the hoar frost he Ver. 2. — Outcasts,] Or, driven out / in Gr. "the dispersions," (that is, the dispersed) which word the apostle useth, 1 Pet. i. 1 ; James i. 1. Compare Deut. xxx. 4 ; Is. xi. 12; Ivi. 8 ; John xi. 52. Ver. 3. — Bindeth up their griefs,] That is, healeth their ivounds, as Luke iv. IS ; with Is. Ixi. 1. Compare also Ezek. XXMV. 16. Ver. 4. — Counteth,] Or, telleth, num- bereth, which to man is impossible. See Gen. XV. 6; Jer. xxxiii. 22; Is xl. 26. ViR. 5. — No NUMBER,] Nor searching out. Is. xl. 28. Ver. 6. — Setteth upright,] Conserveth, to continue yet. See Ps. cxlvi. 9. Ver. 7. — Sing,] Or, a?istver, that is, sing by turns, one aftir another, as Ex. xv. 21. Ver. 8. — With clouds,] As in Elias' time, I Kings xviii. 45. The mountains,] And deserts wliere no man is, as Job xxxviii. 26, 27 ; Ps. civ. 14, Ver. 9. — Food,] Heb. bread, that is, the beasts their food, as the Gr. hath it. Young ravens,] Heb. sons (that is, younglings) of the ravens. So in Job xxxix. 3, ' Who pre- pareth for the raven his meat, when his young ones call unto God, wandering for lack of meat ?' Ver. 13. — Strengtheneth,] Or, hath made strong, a sign of God's favour and Zion's safety. See the contrary. Lam. ii. 9; Jer. li. 30 ; Amos i. 5 ; Ps. cvii. 16 ; Is. xlv. 2. These graces are to be referred unto the church under the gospel, called the hea- venly Jerusalem, Rev. xxi. 2, and which is above, Gal. iv. 26. So the Heb. doctors say, " It is written, Laud the Lord, O Jeru- salem, and the scripture speaketh of the Jeru- salem that is above." R. Menachem on Gen. iii. Ver. 14 — Putteth in,] Ot, putteth thy border, &c., that is, maketh peace in thy holders. Compare Is. Ix. 17, 18 ; Jer. xii. 12 ; XV. 13; xvii. 3. Fat,] That is, fine flour. So Ps. Ixxxi. 17. Ver. 15. — His edict,] Or, saying, that is, commandment. PSALM CXLVIII. 677 Bcattereth abroad like ashes. " He casteth forth his ice like mor- sels ; who can stand before his cold ? "* He sendeth his word and melteth them, he causeth his wind to blow, the waters flow. " He sheweth his words imto Jacob, his statutes and his judgments unto Israel. ^^ He hath not dealt so with any nation, and judgments they have not known them. Hallelu-jah. Ver. 17.' — Ice,] Or, frost, the frozen hail-stones. Can stand,] That is, endure it. See the same word in Prov. xxvii. 4 ; Neh. i. 6. Ver. 19. — His words,] The ten com- mandments, or moral law, Ex. xx. 1, called the ten words, Deut. x. 4 ; statutes, decrees, and constitutions of God's worship. See the Note on Ps. ii. 7. Judgment,] The judicial laws for punishing offenders, Ex. xxi. 1 ; Ps. xix. 10. Ver. 20. — Any,] Or, every; but in Heb, all is often used for any. See Ps. ciii. 2 ; cxliii. 2. Judgments,] The Gr. saith, '' His judgments he hath not manifested to them ;" which sense the Heb. also may bear, "He hath not made known to them." as the Chald. also interpreteth it. PSALM CXLVIIL The psalmist exliorteth all the heavenly^ 7, the earthly, 11, and tlie reasonable creatures to praise God. ' Hallelu-jah. Praise ye Jehovah from the heavens, praise ye him in the high places. ^ Praise ye him all his angels, praise ye him all his hosts. " Praise ye him sun and moon, praise ye him all stars of light. * Praise ye liim heavens of heavens, and the waters that be above the heavens. * Let them praise the name of Jehovah, for he com- manded, and they were created. * And he stablished them for aye for ever ; a statute he gave, and it shall not pass. ^ Praise ye Jehovah from the earth, dragons and all deeps, ^ Fire and hail. Ver. 1. — From the heavens,] Ye hea- venly creatures ; as the Chald., " Ye holy creatures of heaven." So after, from the earth, ver. 7, is earthly creatures. Compare Rev. V. 13. In the high places,] Which the Chald. expoundeth, "High angels." Ver. 3. — Stars of light.] Bright shining stars, which praised God together. Job xxxviii. 7. Ver. 4. — Above the heavens,]. In the clouds of the air. Gen. i. 7 ; Job xxvi. 8 ; xxxvii. 11. Ver. 6. — Stablished,] Or, jnade them stand, Ps. cxix. 91. A statute,] That is, statutes or decrees, rules, ordinances, whereby every creature is bounded to his set time and place, as Job xiv. 5, 13 j xxvi. 10, where- upon mention is made of the statutes or ordi- nances of heaven, of the moon and stars, &c. Job xxxviii. 33 ; Jer. xxxi. 35 ; xxxiii. 25. It shall not pass,] That is, not any of the things fore-mentioned shall pass the statute (or bound) set of God ; or it, the statute, shall not pass away or fail, or not be altered, as Esth. i. 19; ix. 27, 28. Ver. 7. — Dragons,] Or, whale-fisnes. Ver. 8. — Vapour,] Or, smoke, exhala- tion, damp. As these and all other creatures are here stirred up to praise the Lord, so, for our sakes are these things written, that we should learn by them to praise the Creator. And it is a rule in the Heb. canons, " That for winds when they blow tempestuously, and for lightuing and thunder, &c., for lights in 678 PSALMS. snow and vapour, stormy wind, doing his word. ^ Mountains and all hills ; fruitful trees and all cedars. '" The wild beast and all cattle, creeping thing and feathered fowl. ^^ Kings of tlie earth and all people, princes and all judges of the earth. '^ Young men and also maidens, old men with children. '^ Let them praise the name of Jehovah, for high advanced is his name, even his alone ; his glorious majesty is above earth and lieavens. " And lie hath exalted the horn of his people, the praise of all his gracious saints^ the sons of Israel, a people near him. Hallelu-jah. the air which seem to be stars that fall, or run from place to place, or blazing stars, comets, &c. ; when a man seeth any of these, he is to bless God who hath filled the world with his power and might. Also, he that seeth the beautiful creatures, as going out into the fields or gardens in the spring time, seeth the trees sprouting and blossoming, he is to bless God, who hath not let his world lack anything, but hath created in it goodly creatures and fair trees, &c. for the use of the sons of Adam. So, for mountains and hills, seas and deserts, rivers, &c., if he see any of them from three days to three days, he is to bless the Creator of the world." Maimony in Misneh, in Beracoth,chap. x. sect. 13 — 15. Ver. 10. — Feathered fowl,] Or, winged bird. Heb. " Bird of wing." Ver. 13. — High advanced,] Or, set on high. So Is. xii. 4. It is a strong tower, into which the righteous runneth, and is also set on high in safety, Prov. xviii. 10. Ver. 14 The horn,] The power and glory, as the Chald. saith ; the glory of the kingdom of his people. See Ps. Ixxv. 10. This is accomplished in Christ, the horn of salvation, Luke i. 69. The praise,] Un- derstand, which is the praise of his saints, that is, their glory, or an argument of praise to them. Near him,] God's people are said to be near unto him, in respect of his cove- nant with them in Christ, Eph. ii. 13; their service of him, Lev. x. 3 ; and spiritual alli- ance in Christ, John xx. 17 ; 1 John iii. 1. For this word nigh is used for kindred, Lev. xxi. 3. Christ diaweth near unto God for them, Jer, xxx. 21, and they by him, Heb. X. 19, 22. PSALM CXLIX. God is piiblicly to he praised for his graces to his church, and power given to her. ' Hallelu-jah. Sing ye to Jehovah a new song, his praise in the Church of gracious saints. "'' Let Israel rejoice in his Makers, let the sons of Zion be glad in their King. ^ Let them praise his name with flute ; with timbrel and harp, let them sing psalms unto him. * For Je- Ver. 2.— His Makers,] The Father, the Word, and the Holy Spirit, which three are one, 1 John v. 7. The mystery of the Trinity is in the Heb. phrase ; and so in many others, as, ' let us make man in our image,' Gen. i. 26. * Where is God my makers T Job xxxv. 10. 'Thy makers is thine husbands,' Is. liv. 5. " Remember thy Creators,' Eccl. xii. 1; and sundry the like. God also is our Maker both in nature and grace. See Ps.c. 3. Their King,] Christ, as Mat. xxi. 5; Song xiv. Ver. 3. — With flute,] As Ps. cl. 4; or, in a dance, as Jer. xxxi. 4j 13; Ps. xxx. 12. One name is given both to the dance and the pipe whereto they danced. Vkr. 4. — Beautify.] Or, adorn, make glorioles. So Is. Ix. 7, 9, 13. The Greek saith, exalt. PSALM CL. 679 liovali taketli pleasure in his people, he will beautify the meek wit]i salvation. ' The gracious saints shall be gladsome in glory, shall shout Joyfully upon their beds. ® The exaltations of God in their throat, and a two-edged sword in their hand. ' To do ven- geance on the heathens, reproof's in the nations. * To bind their kings in chains, and their nobles in fetters of iron. ^ To do on them the judgments written, this comely honour is to all his gra- cious saints. Hallelu-jah. Ver. 6.— The exaltations,] That is, exalting songs, high acts, high praises, or lifting up of the voice, preachings. In their THROAT,] That is, aloud spoken of, and pro- claimed. So Is. Iviii. 1,'cry with the throat,* is, ' cry aloud.' Two-edged,] Heb., a sword of mouths, that is, of two mouths, as is ex- pressed, Judg. iii. 16; in Gr., two mouthed, that is, two-edged, biting or cutting two ways. This sword is God's word, and Com- eth out of Christ's mouth, Eph. vi. 6, 17 ; Heb. iv. 12 ; Rev. i. 16. V^ER. 7. — On the heathens,] By preach- ing against their idolatries. Acts xiv. 15 ; xvii. 16, 17, 22, &c. Compare 2 Cor. iv. 5, 6 ; Is. xli. 15. Reproofs,] For sin, as John xvi. 8, &c. Ver. 8. — To bind their kings,] Re- straining their vices, and bringing them under the bonds and subjection of the gospel. See Ps. ii. 3 ; Mark vi. 20 ; Acts xxiv. 26 ; Rev. xxi. 24; Is. xlv. 14; a figure of captivity, Nah. iii. 10; 2 Cor. x. 4 — 6; Mat. xvi. 19. Nobles,] Or, honourable. Veb. 9. — Written,] In the book of God. See 1 Cor. iv. 6; Rev. xxii. 18. So the Chald. paraphraseth, " Written in the law." And this may have reference to that law, Deut. vii. 1, 2, &c. Honour is,] Or, this shall be the honour of all his saints. PSALM CL. ^n exiiortation to praise God's holiness, power, and goodness, with all kifids of instruments, and all breath. Hallelu-jah. ' Praise ye God in his sanctity, praise him in the firmament of his strength. ^ Praise him in his powers, praise him according to the multitude of his greatness. ^ Praise him with the sound of the trumpet, praise him with the psaltery and harp. * Praise him with Ver. 1 — In his sanctity,] Or, for his holiness, his most holy being, Is. vi. 3. ; the first argument of praise from God's holy essence in himself ; or, in his sanctity (his sanctity) his holy place, meaning heaven. In the firmament of his strength,] That is, for his strong firmament, (called heaven. Gen. i. 8), the second argument of praise, from the frame of the world, whereof heaven is chiefest. See Ps. xix. 2. Or, for the out- spreading of his strength, that is, for his strength spread out as the firmament. Ver, 2. — In his powers,] Or, for his potoerful acts, as Ps. cxlv. 4 ; the third argu- ment of praise from God's mighty adminis- tration of all things since the creation. Of his greatness,] Or, majesty, in special mercy towards his own people, and against their enemies, which is the fourth argument of his praise. Compare Deut. iii. 24 ; ix. 26; xxxii. 3; Ex. xv. 16; 1 Chron. xvii. 19; Luke i. 46,49,58; Acts ii. 11 ; Ps. Ixxix. 11 ; cxlv. 3, 6. Majesty hath the name of greatness, and is applied to the greatest state of policies or commonwealths, which is to be minded here. Ver. 4 — Flute,] Or, dance, Ps. cxlix. 3. Virginals,] Or, stringed instruments. This 680 PSALMS. the timbrel and flute, praise him witli virginals and organ. * Praise him with well-sounding cymbals, praise him with loud-sounding cymbals. * Let all breath praise Jah. Hallelu-jah. word is not elsewhere in scripture. Organ,] Or, the organon, as the Gr. translateth it. The Heb. name signifieth " a lovely or de- lightful instrument." It is one of the ancient- est of the world, invented by Jubal, Gen. iv. 21, and an instrument of joy. Job xxi. 12 ; XXX. 31. Well-sounding cymbals,] Heb. cymbals of hearing, that is, easy or delightful to be heard, which the Gr. trans- lateth tvell-sounding. The cymbals were of metal, as bells, and have their name of their shrill tinkling sound. Loud-sounding,] Or, joyfully sounding , or tinkling, as 1 Cor. xiii. 1. Heb., cymbals of shouting sound. Ver. C. — All breath,] Or, every breath, that is, every thing that hath breath. This word is used for the breath that God inspired into man, Gen. ii. 7; and for the man's mind or immortal soul, Is. Ivii. 16 ; and usually is applied to man, and to the breath of God, Ps. xviii. 16 ; but in Gen. vii. 22, it seemeth to be spoken of all living things. Compare Rev. V. l.S, where ' Every creature which is in heaven, and on the earth, and under the earth, and such as are in the sea, and all that are in them, were heard, saying. Unto him that sitteth upon the throne, and unto the Lamb, be blessing, and honour, and glory, and power, for ever and ever. Amen.' SONG OF SONGS. CHAPTER I. ' The Song of Songs, which is Solomon's. Let him kiss me with the kisses of his mouth, for tliy loves are Ver. 1. — ^The song of songs,] Songs and psalms are for the most part arguments of joy and gladness in thera that sing, and of their praises, whom the songs concern, James v. 13 ; Eph. V. 19 ; Ex. xv. ; Judg. v.; Is. xxvi. i 2 Sam. xxii. ; Ps. Ixvi. 1 — 3, &c. So this book, treating of man's reconciliation unto God, and peace by Jesus Christ, with joy in the Holy Spirit, is called a Song : which, therefore, the faithful should learn to sing with understanding, making melody in their hearts to the Lord, when they feel them- selves made partakers of his joy. And it is entitled the Song of Songs, that is, the chief- est and most excellent song; asChrist, whom it concerneth, is called the King of Kings, and Lord of Lords, Rev. xix. 16; xvii. 14; that is, the most high and mighty king, and supreme Lord of all. Solomon made a thou- sand songs and five, 1 Kings iv. 32, of all which this was most excellent; yea, and of all the songs in the scriptures; for this celebrat- eth the mysteries of Christ and his Church, and the communion between them, more amply and excellently than any other. Which IS Solomon's,] ' It is better to hear the rebuke of the w ise, than for a man to hear the song of fools,' Eccl. vii. 5; but Solomon, who made this song in praise of Christ, and of his Church, 'surpassed all the kings of the earth in riches and wisdom," 2 Chron. ix. 22. 'He was wiser than all men ; for God gave him wisdom and understanding exceeding much, and largeness of heart, even as the sand that is on the sea shore,' 1 Kings iv. 29, 31, 'and all the earth sought the face of Solomon, to hear his wisdom, which God had put in his heart,' 1 Kings x. 24. 'There was none like him before him, neither after him shall any arise like unto him,' 1 Kings iii. 12. It may also be interpreted, which belongeth to (or concernetli) Solomon ; understanding hereby Christ himself, whom Solomon prefigured in Vol. II. 4 his kingdom, wisdom, and glory. And Solomon (called in Heb. Shelomoh, but after the Gr., Solomon, Mat. i. 6), had his name of peace, because he was a man of rest ; and God said of him, ' Solomon shall be his name, and I will give {salom, that is) peace and quietness unto Israel in his days,' 1 Chron. xxii. 9, 10. So, ' he had peace on all sides round about him,' 1 Kings iv. 24. Now Christ is our peace, Eph. ii. 14, even the Prince of peace. Is. ix. 6; and he is called Solomon in this song, chap. iii. 1 1 ; and David, prophesying of Christ's kingdom, entitled his psalm, ' For Solomon,' Ps. Ixxii. Thus the penman of this book, being the wisest of all the prophets, and Christ whom it concerneth, being the very wisdom of God, 1 Cor. i. 24, and greater than Solomon, Mat. xii. 42, this song is com- mended unto us by the Holy Spirit in the highest degree of excellency. The Chald. paraphraseth on this title thus, " Songs and hymns, which Solomon the prophet, the king of Israel, uttered by the spirit of prophfcy, before the Lord, the Lord of all the world." Ver. 2.— Let him kiss me,] As the scrip- ture mentioneth the bride, the bridegroom, and the friends of ihem both, the children of the bride chamber, John iii. 29; Mat. ix. 15 ; so in this song all these, (especially the two former) are biouglit in as speakers, every one of, and unto another, so declaring their mu- tual desires, loves, and aflections. The bride is the church espoused to Christ, and calltd 'the wife of the Lamb,' Rev. xxi. 9, to whom she is to be presented ' a chaste virgin,' 2 Cor. xi. 2 ; and this church ' Chiist loved, and gave himself for it, that he might sanctify and cleanse it with the washing of water, by the Word ; that he might present it to himself a glorious church, not having spot or wrinkle, or any such thing; but that it should be holy, and without blemish,' Eph. v. 25 — 27. How beit before Christ came in our humanity, th. 682 SONG OF SONGS. Church (according to the economical dispen- sation of God) was as a child in her non-age, ' under tutors and governors, until the time appointed of the father,' Gal. iv. 1, 2 ; 'kept under the law, shut up unto the faith, which should afterwards be revealed ; which law was a schoolmaster imto Christ,' Gal. iii. 23, 24. In this estate she continued till faith came, and then, she being dead to the law by the body of Christ, was to be married unto another, ' even to him who is raised from the dead, that she might bring forth fiuit unto Gcd,' Rom. vii. 1 — 4. So, though our godly forefathers in the days of the prophets, saw the promises afar off, and were persuaded of them, and embraced them, and did all obtain testi- mony (and were glorious) through faith ; yet they 'received not the promise, God having provided some better thing for us, that they without us should not be perfected,' Heb. xi. 13, 39, 40. Now, in Solomon's days, the church before Christ's coming had greatest glory, having the temple builded, living under that most wise, rich, and peaceable king; the ' Israelites being many, as the sand which is by the sea in multitude ; eating and drink- ing, and making merry; and dwelling safely, e\ery man under his vine, and under his fig tree,' 1 Kings iv. 20, 25. Notwithstanding Solomon being a prophet, foresaw the ruin of his house and kingdom, and in his book of Ecelesiastes proclaimed all things under the sun to be vanity ; and in this song prophe- sieth of the church and kingdom of Christ. And as he, with many other prophets, and kings, and righteous men, desired to see Christ, and to hear his words, but did not, Luke X. 24 ; Mat. xiii. 17 ; so here he ma- nifesteth the desire of himself, and of all the faithful, to enjoy the blessings and graces of Christ, saying, ' Let him kiss me.' Whereby the church desireth to have Christ manifested in the flesh, and to have the loving and com- fortable doctrines of his gospel applied unto her conscience ; that she might not be always under the schoolmaster of the law, (which worketh wrath, Rom. iv. 15), but might be prevented with the grace of Christ, be recon- ciled unto God, united unto Christ, and have the feeling of his love towards her. For, kissing is a token of love, 1 Pet. v. 14 ; Luke vii. 45 ; was used at the meeting and salu- tation of friends, Ex. iv. 27 ; xviii. 7 ; I Thess. v. 26 ; and David kissed Absalom in sign of favour and reconciliation, 2 Sam. xiv. 33. And as we are willed ' to kiss the Son,' Ps. ii. 12, that is, lovingly and gladly to sub- mit unto and obey his 'commandments ; so the church here prayeth first, that the Son would kiss her, that is, in love and kindness teach and apply unto her the grace of his gospel. For, ' Herein is love, not that we loved God, but that he loved us, and sent his Son to be the propitiation for our sins,' IJohn iv. 10. Afterward, 'We love him, because he first loved us,' 1 John iv. 19 ; and ' We kiss him,' Song viii. I. The Heb. exposi- tors, as the Chald. paraphrast and others do for the most part, apply these things to the giving of the law by Moses : " For they being ignorant of the righteousness of God, have gone about to establish their own righteous- ness," Rom. X. 3. Howbeit, some of them in ancient time saw better, as appeareth by their Midrash, (an Heb. commentary on this book) which here saith, '-Moses taught them the law, and whatsoever they learned, they forgat again. Then they said unto Moses, O that God would show himself again, and kiss us with the kisses of his mouth, that his doc- trines might be fastened in our hearts. Moses said unto them, This cannot be done now, but it shall be in the days of Christ ; as it is said, I will put my law in their inward parts, and write it in their hearts," Jer. xxxi. 33. Kisses of his mouth,] His own lovely and gracious doctrines, as in Prov. xxvii. C, the wounds of a friend signify sharp reproofs, and are opposed to the deceitful kisses, that is, the flattering speeches of an enemy; so here the kisses desired of this friend, are the com- fortable words of the doctrine of salvation ; opposed to the severe rebukes which the law giveth fur our sins, condemning and cursing ' every one that cor\tinueth not in all things which are written in the book of the law to do them,' Gal. iii. 10. But Christ, (into whose lips grace is poured, Ps. xlv. 3) open- eth his mouth, and uttereth blessings, Mat. v. 2, 3, &c. For thy loves,] She turneth her speech unto Christ, and showeth a reason of her former desire. By loves are meant graces, and the fruits of them, liere first from Christ to his church, afterward from her unto Christ; which he acknowledgeth, saying, 'How much better are thy loves than wine !' Song iv. 10. These she perceiveth from Christ, by the works of adoption, redemption, justification, and sanctification through Christ and his Spirit, as in 1 John iii. 1, 16; iv. 9, 10 ; John XV. 13; Rom. v. 1, 5; Eph. v. 25— 27. So, in the contrary. Antichrist's allurements to communion with his impiety, are with these words, ' Come, let us take our fill of loves until the morning,' Prov. vii. IS ; and Israel's communiim with Babylon's idolatry is Ihus showed, ' The sons of Babylon came to her into the bed of loves,' Ezek. xxiii. 17. Better than wine, J Or, good more than wine. The word good is of large use, for profitable, pleasing, sweet, comfortable, joyful, &c., as is noted on Gen. i. 4. Wine is one of the most comfortable creatures, rejoicing the heart of man, Ps. civ. 16, and wine maketh CHAPTER I. 683 better than wiiie, ^ For the savour of thy good ointments ; thy name is an ointment poured forth -. therefore the virgins love thee. the life (or living) joyful, Eccl. x. 19 ; it causeth to forget affliction, poverty, misery, Prov. xxxi. 6, 7. It was also used in the legal sacrifices and service of God, Num. xv. 5 ; Hos. ix. 4. But the graces of Christ, arid comfort of his Spirit, (wherewith the saints are to be filled, Eph. v. 18), do far excel all worldly pleasure, and do cause such as drink of them to forget their bitterness, poverty, sorrows, which by the terrors of the law, and guilt of conscience for sin, did be- fore afflict them, Rom. vii. 10, 15, 18, 24, 25 ; viii. 2. And the service of God now in spirit and truth, John iv. 23, 24, and con- solatioR which aboundeth by Christ, 2 Cor. i. 5, is much more comfortable than were all the ordinances of divine service in the worldly sanctuary, which ' could not make him that did the service perfect, as pertaining to the conscience,' Heb. ix. 1 — 9 ; x. 1 — 4. Vkr. 3. — For the savour,] Or, for thy odour {smell) of thy good ointments. By savour or smell is meant knowledge, under- standing, sense, or feeling, as the apostle ex- poundeth it, 'the savour of his knowledge,' 2 Cor. ii. 14. So a tree is said to bud through the smell or scent of water. Job xiv. 9 ; and tow is broken * when it smelleth the fire,' that is, feeleth it, Judg. xvi. 9. Good ointments, or good oils, are precious and sweet ointments, wherewith special persons were anointed of old, as the holy anointing oil made of principal spices, Ex. XXX. 23, 25, is called the good ointment, Ps. cxxxiii. 2 ; and of the precious things which king Hezekiah showed to the ambassadors of the king of Babylon, the good ointment was one, 2 Kings xx. 13; and with such they were wont to be anointed at feasts; Amos vi. 6 ; Luke vii. 36, 46 ; and it was a sign of joy and cheerfulness, Eccl, ix. 7, 8, for sweet odours revive and comfort the spirits in man, when they are dulled with sorrow or much meditation ; wherefore it is said, ' Ointment and perfume rejoice the heart,' Prov. xxvii. 9. But in fasting or mourning, they used not to anoint themselves, Dan. x. 3; 2 Sam. xiv. 2. By this similitude the church here commendeth the graces of Christ, which he had, being full of the Holy Spirit, for his God had * anointed him with the oil of glad- ness above his fellows,' Heb. i. 9 ; and of him it is said, ' The Spirit of the Lord is upon me, because he hath anointed me to preach the gospel,' &c., Luke iv. 18; Is. Ixi. 1. And the odour of these graces is smelt, when the gospel preached is by sense or judgment perceived, Phil. i. 9 ; Luke ix. 45 ; Heb. v. 14. Thy name 15 an ointment poDRED FORTH,] As Messias and Christ is by interpretation anoi7ited, and he is called the oil or ointment in Is. x. 27 ; so by his name is meant his law, the doctrine of grace, or law of faith, Rom. iii. 27, as it is written, ' The isles shall wait for his law,' Is. xlii. 4, which is expounded, 'The Gentiles shall trust in his name,' Mat. xii. 21 ; and the preaching of that grace is called the bearing of Christ's name before the Gentiles, Acts ix. 15; and as a good name is better than a good oint- ment, Eccl. vii. ], so the name and doctrine of Christ excelleth all other, that ' at the name of Jesus every knee should bow,' Phil, ii. 10. This name is as a precious ointment poured forth by the preaching of the gospel, and by the miracles confirming the same ; accomplished not only by Chiist himself, (a man approved of God among the Israelites bjr miracles, wonders, and signs, which God did by him. Acts ii. 22 ; so that ' there went out a fame of him through all the region round about, and he taught in their synagogues, being glorified of all,' Luke iv. 14, 15); but also by his apostles, who were to preach on the house tops that which they heard in the ear, Mat. x. 27, which also they performed, Rom. XV. 19; xvi. 25, 26; and therein rejoiced, and said, 'Now thanks be unto God, which always causeth us to triumph in Christ, and maketh manifest the favour of his knowledge by us, in every place. For we are unto God a sweet savour in Chiist, in them that are saved, and in them that perish : to the one the savour of death unto death; and to the other, the savour of life unto life,' 2 Cor. ii. 2, 14—16. And as the box of ointment, when it was broken and poured forth on Christ's head, the house was filled with the savour of it, Mark xiv. 3; John xii. 3 ; so when his name and gospel is preached abroad, it giveth the odour thereof into all Christian hearts ; so that by the preaching of faith they also receive the Spirit, Gal. iii. 2,5, and are anointed of God, 2 Cor. i. 21, and have an unction from the holy One, and know all things, 1 John ii. 20; that whereas before they mourned from their sins and miseries, they now are comforted, and have the oil of joy given unto them, Is. Ixi. 3. The virgins love thee,] These are the fellow-friends of the spouse, Ps. xiv. 15. By virgins are meant all such as are chosen and called of God, and faithful, (whether whole churches, as 2 Cor. xi. 2, or particular per- sons), who with chaste and pure minds serve the Lord only, and worship him in spirit and truth, and stand with Christ on the mount Zion, ' having his father's name written in their foreheads ;' of whom it is said, 'These 684 SONG OF SONGS. * Draw me, we will run after thee : the king hath brought me into his chambers, we will be glad, and rejoice in thee, we will remem- ber thy loves more than wine ; the upright love thee. are they which were not defiled with women, for they are virgins ; these are they which follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth: these were bought from among men, being the first fruits unto God and to the Lamb ; and in their mouth was found no guile, for they are without fault before the throne of God,' Rev, xiv. 1, 4, 3. And these love the Lord for the odour of his good ointments, which they perceive by his Word and Spirit, though they see him not, 1 Pet. i. 8 ; they love him, because he first loved them, 1 John iv. 19; and hath shed abroad his love in their hearts, by the Holy Spirit which is given unto them, Rom. v. 5 ; and this is love, that they walk after his commandments, and keep them, 2 John V. 6; John xiv. 15. Ver. 4. — Draw me,] A second request of the Spouse unto Christ, that he would not only call her outwardly, by the voice of his gospel, but (forasmuch as the word preached profiteth not, if it be not mixed with faith iu them that hear it, Heb. iv. 2; and faith is not of ourselves, it is the gift of God, Eph. ii. 8, who vvorUeth in us both to will and to do of his good pleasure, Phil. ii. 13), that he would also open her heart. Acts xvi. 14, effectually work in her by his Spirit, and con- tinue and increase his grace towards her. For d>awi?ig implieth power in him that drawelh ; as, ' He draweth the mighty with his power,' Job xxiv. 22 ; and when it is unto good, it argueth grace and good will ; as, ' I drew them with cords of a man, with bands of love,' Hos. xi. 4, and continu- ance of grace ; as ' O draw (that is, continue) thy loving-kindness to them that know thee,' Ps. XXX vi. 10; and in them that are drawn it is a sign of infirmity ; as, ' No man can come unto me, except the Father which hath sent me draw him,' John vi. 44. And this is a fruit and efiect of Christ's death, as him- self saith, ' And I, if I be lifted up (or taken away) from the earth, will draw all men unto me,' John xii. 32. This drawing is by being effectually taught of God, as again he saith, • It is written in the prophets. And they shall be all taught of God : every man therefore that hath heard and hath learned of the Fa- ther, Cometh to me/ John vi. 45 ; and is a sign of God's everlasting love towards such, as it was said unto Israel, 'Yea, I have loved thee with an everlasting love, therefore with loving-kindness have 1 drawn thee,'Jer. xxxi. 3. We will run,] /, and the virgins fore- mentioned, will run after thee ; for they 'follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth,' Rev. xiv. 4. Christ is our fore-runner, gone before us into heaven, Heb. vi. 20. Our Christian conversation is called a running, Gal. ii. 2 ; V. 7 ; and our life is likened to a course (or race), which is run, as ' John ful- filled his course,' (or race). Acts xiii. 25; and Paul saith, 'I have finished my course,' 2 Tim. iv. 7. Running signifieth readiness of afiec- tion, and speedy performance in action, Hag. i. 9 ; 1 Kings xix. 19, 20; Ps. cxlvii. 15; it argueth also strength in the runner, Dan. viii. 6, all which are here implied as an eflect of Christ's grace drawing her, according to the prophecy ; * Behold, thou shalt call a nation that thou knewest not, and nations that knew not thee shall run unto thee,' &c.. Is. Iv. 5. And again, ' They that wait on the Lord shall renew strength, &c., they shall run and not be weary, they shall walk and not faint,' Is. xl. 31. Now the way which we are to run, is his commandments, of which David saith, ' I will run the way of thy com- mandments, when thou shalt enlarge my heart,' Ps. cxix. 32. Under this promise of the church, is contained also the constant suffering of afflictions, for and with Christ ; who being our fore-runner, and being conse- crated through sufferings, aiid so entering into his glory, Heb. ii. 9, 10 ; Luke xxiv. 26 ; hath herein left us an example, that we should follow his steps, 1 Pet. ii. 21, and hath said, ' If any man will come after me, let him deny himself, and take up his cross daily and follow me,' Luke ix. 23. Therefore it is written, ' Let us lay aside every weight, and the sin which doth so easily beset us; and let us run with patience the race that is set be- fore us ; looking unto Jesus, the author and finisher of our faith,' Heb. xii. 1, 2. Into HIS CHAMBERS,] This showeth the benefits which they find that follow Christ ; they are brought not only into the king's palace, as in Ps. xiv. IG, but into his privy chambers, the most secret, safe, and quiet rooms of his pal- ace. Chambers are places of great secrecy, 2 Kings vi. 12 ; Luke xii. 3 ; Mat. vi. 6 ; and of most safety. Dent, xxxii. 25 ; Ezek. xxi. 14 ; and in such the bridegroom and bride used to rejoice together, Joel Ixvi. 2 ; Judg. XV. 1. Hereby is signified the reve- lation of the mystery of the gospel, the secret of the Lord, which is revealed to them that fear him, Ps. xxv. 14 ; and the spiritual comforts which they reap thereby ; for, ' Eye hath not seen, nor ear heard, neither have entered into the heart of man, the things which God hath prepared for them that love CHAPTER I. 685 him ; but God hath levealed them unto us by his Spirit : for the Spirit searchethall things, yea the deep things of God;' and thus, ' We have the mind of Christ,' 1 Cor.ii.9, 10, 16; and are brouglit into such chambers, as ' By knowledge are filled with all precious and pleasant riches,' Proi'. xxiv. 4. Into them Paul (as a friend of ihe bridegroom) endea- voured with great strife to bring the church; that their ' hearts might be comforted, being knit together in love, and unto all riches of the fulness of understanding ; to the acknow- ledgment of the mystery of God, aud of the Father, and of Christ ; in whom are hid all the treasures of wisdom and knowledge,' Col. ii. 1 — 3. In these chambers, also, the saints are kept safe from evil, Ps. xxvii.5, delivered from the wrath and judgments of God due for their sins, and comforted by the words of Christ against the persecution of men ; that in him they may have peace, though in the woild they have tribulation, John xvi. 33. Therefore unto them he saith, ' Come my people, enter thou into thy chambers, and shut thy doors about thee ; hide thyself for a very little moment, until the iudignatiou be overpast,' Is. xxvi. 20. Be glad and re- joice,] Be glad inwardly, and rejoice out- wardly ; these comforts they find in the king's chambers, whose kingdom is not meat and drink, but righteousness, and peace, and joy in the Holy Spirit, Rom. xiv. 17. Where- fore they say, ' I will greatly rejoice in the Lord, my soul shall be joyful in my God ; for he hath clothed me with the garments of sal- vation, he hath covered me with the robe of righteousness ; as a bridegroom decketh him- self with ornaments, and as a bride adorneth herself with jewels,' Is, Ixi. 10; and thus ' they rejoice with joy unspeakable, and full of glory,' receiving the end of their faith, even the salvation of their souls,' 1 Pet. i. 8, 9. Will remember thy loves,] Or, tvill re- cord, rehearse, make mention of thy loves, more than wine ; or, which are better than wine, as in ver. 2. The foresaid joy of the saints redourideih to the praise and glory of Christ, whose loves, manifested by his suffer- ings, death, resurrection, ascension, and the graces and benefits flowing from them to his church, are remembered inwardly, recorded aud mentioned outwardly. For they who with joy, draw water out of the wel.'s of salva- tion, do say in that day, ' Praise the Lord, call upon his name, declare his doings among the people ; make mention, that liis name is exalted,' Is. xii. 3, 4. ' I will mention the loving-kindnesses of the Lord, the praises of the Lord, according to all that the Lord hath bestowed on us ; and the great goodness towards the house of Israel, which he bath bestowed on them, according to his mercies, and according to the multitude of his loving, kindnesses,' Is. Ixiii. 7. ' I will make men- tion of thy righteousness, even of thine only,' Ps. Ixxi. 16. ' I will make thy name to be remembered in every generation and genera- tion : therefore peoples shall confess thee, for ever and aye,' Ps. xlv. 18. The upright love THEE,] Heb. uprightnesses (or rigkfeous- 7iesses) love thee; whereby righteous orupright persons are meant (the virgins forementioned in ver. 3) who have upright hearts, and righteous conversation ; as jsWrfe, in Jer. 1.31, is for a proud person ; */w, in Prov. xiii. 6, is for a sinner ; thanksgivings, in Neh. xii. 31, for companies of thanksgivers ; and many the like. So this fruit cometh by remembering and mentioning Christ's loves, that the righte- ous are confirmed and increasedin lovetowards him more and more ; as the apostle wrote to them that believed on the name of the son of God, that they might believe on the name of the Son of God ; that is, might be confirmed, continued, and increased in their belief, 1 John V. 13. The Hebrews, ignorant of Christ, have applied these things unto God's ancient mercies towards them in the giving of his law, as the Chald. paraphrast saith, " When the people of the house of Israel was come out of Egypt, the divine presence of the Lord of the world was their guide, by the pillar of a cloud by day, and by the pillar of fire by night. The just men of that generation said ; O Lord of all the world, draw us after thee, and we will run after the way of thy good- ness ; and bring us near to the bottom of tlie mount Sinai, and give us thy law out of thy treasure house which is in the firmament; and we will be glad and rejoice in the twenty-two letters with which it is written : and we will remember them, and will love thy Godhead, and will depart from after the idols of the people ; and all just men who do that which is right before thee, shall fear thee, and love thy commandments." But the law, being the ministration of death, though it was glori- ous, hath no glory in respect of the ministra. tion of the Spirit, and of righteousness, which exceedeth in glory, 2 Cor. iii. 7 — 10. There- fore tlie New Testament being now confirmed in Christ, those former things, which were figures and shadows, are no more remembered, as was prophesied in Jer. iii. 16. Ver. 5. — I am black,] Hitherto hath been the church's first speech unto Christ, testify- ing her faith and love ; now follow her words to tlie daughters of Jerusalem, against tiie scandals and offences that might arise for the church's afflictions and infirmities which appear in this life. Blackness signifieth tri- bulation, as Job complaineth ; ' My skin is bltck upon me, and my bones are burnt with liei-t,' Job XXX. 30; and Jeremiah lamei.teth SONG OF SONGS. * I am black and comely, O ye daughters of Jerusalem : as the tents of Kedar, as the curtains of Solomon. ® Look not upon me, because I am blackish; because the sun hath looked down upon instructed in the way of the Lord ; as may be gathered by Song v. 8, 9; vi. 1. As the villages belonging to a city are usually called the daughters of that city, 1 Chroii. vii. 28 ; Num.xxi. 25; so Jerusalem, which is above, is ' the mother of us all,' Gal. iv. 26; whose daughters are the particular churches and Christians called virgins, 2 Cor. xi. 2 ; Rev. xjv. 4. And Sodom and Samaria are pro- phesied of, that they should be given to Jer- usalem for daughters, Ezek. xvi. 61. And thus in Ps. xlv. 13, 14, the king's daughter (the church) is brought unto the king in rai- ment of needle-work ; and virgins her friends after her. Such are here comforted against the scandal of the cross, and infirmities which accompany the church in this world. Tents \ OF Kedar,] Kedar was the second son of Ish- \ niael. Gen. xxv. 13. His posterity (which were still called by his name) dwelt in tents in the deserts of Arabia ; fed cattle, and were given to their bow, and wars. See Is. xxi. ' 13—17; xlii. 11 ; Ezek. xxvii. 21. And the psalmist laraenteth his state, that he dwelt ' with the tents of Kedar;' which he after ex- plaineth, ' with him that hateth peace,' Ps. cxx. 5, 6. And Kedar by interpretation signifielh black; and the Kedarens that dwelt in tents had thereof their name Scenites, (as if we should say Tentaries), and their tents were of hair- cloth, made of goats' hair, and in them they dwelt, ' and had no other house,' as is reported by Pliny, lib. vi. cap. 28 ; and Solinus Polyhist, in cap. 36. Here therefore the church, (which is called ' the tents of Jacob,' Jer. xxx. IS ; and 'the tents of Ju- dah,' Zach. xii. 7), is for her affliction?, per- secutions, pilgrimages, and many infirmities; in outward view of the world, like to the black and hairy tents of Kedar, or such as dwelt in them. Curtains of Soi-omon,] These are to set forth her comeliness, as Kedar's tents did her blackness. And though curtains sometimes signify tents, as the ark of the Lord remained under curtains,! Chron. xvii. 1 ; and ' Enlarge the place of thy tents, and let them stretch forth thy curtains,' Is. liv. 8; yet Solomon's curtains here seem rather to mean the goodly hangings that were in his house, and about his bed. For Solomon dwelt not in tents, but having riches, and wealth, and honour, such as no kings had, 2 Chron. i. 12, builded him house?, Eccl. ii. 4, and one which was thirteen years in building, 1 Kings vii. 1 ; and for his queen, Pharaoh's daugh- ter, he builded an house, 1 Kings ix. 24. So though the church be outwardly black like the blackness of the Nazarites' visage. Lam. iv. 8. And here, in the following verse, the church showeth her blackness to be because the sun had looked down upon her ; and the scorching of the sun is by our Saviour ex- pounded tribulation or persecution arising because of the word. Matt. xiii. 6, 20, 21. It may also imply her blackness by sin, in respect of her own negligence, which she acknowledgeth in the end of ver. 6; and in respect of both, her blackness by sorrow and mourning for her present miseries ; as black colour was the habit of mourners : ' For the hurt of the daughter of my people am I hurt ; I am black : astonishment hath taken hold on me,' Jer. viii. 21. Thus the church is par- taker of the afflictions of Christ, at whom many were astonished, ' his visage was so marred more than any man ; and his form more than the sons of men,' Is. lii. 14. And COMELY,] Or, but comely ; and is here by way of opposition : though I am black, yet am I comely also. The Heb, navah, signifieth ••omely, beautiful, amiable, and to be desired. The Gr. here translateth it, goodly or /air, and in ver. \0, beautiful. So the apostle, in Rom. X. 15, expoundeth it beautiful, from Is. lii. 7. This comeliness of the spouse is afterwards showed to be both in her sight or countenance, Song ii, 14, and in her speech, Song iv. 3. And as blackness is in the co- lour and skin ; so comeliness is in the parts, features, and proportion of the body, which the church hath by her creation or new birth, as she is the workmanship of God, ' created in Christ Jesus unto good works,' Eph. ii. 10. Thus was she black in herself, but comely in Christ ; for God's ' strength is made perf. ct in weakness ;' therefore the apostle said, ' Most gladly will I rather glory in my infirmities, that the power of Christ may rest upon me, (or dwell in me) ; therefore I take pleasure in infirmities, in reproaches, in necessities, in persecutions, in distresses forChrist's sake, for when I am. weak, then am I strong,' 2 Cor. xii. 9, 10. And again, ' We are troubled on every side, yet not distressed ; perplexed, but not id despair; persecuted, but not forsaken; cast down, but not destroyed ; always bearing about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus, that the life also of the Lord Jesus mi'^ht be made manifest in our body,' 2 Cor. iv. 8 — 10. Daughters of Jerusa- lem,] To these she speaketh again in chap, ii. 7 ; iii. 5, 10 ; v. 8, 16 ; viii. 4. So they were the friends of Christ and his church, the elect of God, though not yet perfectly CHAPTER I. 687 me : the sons of my mother have been angry with me ; they made me the keeper of the vmeyards, my vineyard which is mine, I have not kept. Kedar's tents, yet is she inwardly beautiful as Solomon's curtains ; for, ' The king's daughter is all glorious within,' Ps. xlv. 14. The Chald. paraphraseth on this verse thus ; • When the house of Israel made the calf, (Ex. xxxii.) their faces were black, like the sons of Cash (the Ethiopians) which remain in the tabernacles of Kedar ; and when they turned by repentance, and were forgiven, the bright- ness of the glory of their faces was increased, like the angels; for that they made the cur- ' tains for the tabernacle, and the divine ma- jesty dwelt among them ; and Moses their master went up to the firmament, and made peace between them and their king." Ver. 6. — Look not upon me, J Or, Be- hold me not, to wit, with contempt for my blackness ; that is, despise me not, as in Job xli. 34. ' He beholdeth all high things,' that is, despiseth them. Or, look not upon 7ne, with delight and gladness for my affliction ; as in Obad. v. 12, * Thou shouldst not have looked on the day of thy brother.' Or, look not upon me with astonishment, as the apos- tle teacheth, ' That no man should be moved for these afflictions ; for yourselves know that we are appointed thereunto,' 1 Thess. iii. 3. Blackish,] Or, somewhat black ; in Gr., " made black." The old Latin version trans- lateth it, " brown." The form of the Heb. word here differing from the former, seemeth to diminish the signification ; as in Lev. xiii. 19, a word in the like form meaneth, some- what reddish. By this she would teach not to judge of her estate by her skin, by the out- ward appearance, where afflictions and infir- mities only are to be seen. The sun hath LOOKED DOWN,] Hereby afflictions and per- secutions are meant, as that in the parable, ' When the sun was up, they were scorched ;' is expounded, ' When tribulation or persecu- tion ariseth, because of the word, they are offended,' Matt. xiii. 6, 21. Soshe signifieth that this her black hue was not her proper colour, who is fair in Christ her beloved, Song i. 8, 15, but by accident ; God from heaven thus chastising her sins, and exercis- ing her faith and patience; Lam. i. 6, 13, 14, &c. The sons of my mother,] That is, either the children of the church, false breth- ren, false prophets, and deceivers ; or, inor- dinate lusts, and sins which dwelt in her, and were conceived within her in the womb ; for with both these is the spouse of Christ afflicted. Of the first, David complaineth, ' I am become a stranger unto my brethren, and an alien unto my mother's sons,*Ps.lxix. 9. And the apostle saith, 'Of your own selves shall men arise, speaking perverse things, to draw away disciples after them,' Acts xx. 30. ' Such are called by the name of Israel, and are come forth out of the waters of Judah, which sware by the name of the Lord, and make mention of the God of Israel, but not in truth, nor in righteousness, for they call themselves of the holy city,' Is. xlviii. 1, 2, Such might be called the children of her mo- ther (though not of her father), false brethren, among whom the saints are often in peril. Gal. ii. 4 ; 2 Cor. xi. 26 ; who, pretending faith and godliness, do dangerously oppose the same ; as the true church, prophets, Christ himself, and his disciples, have found in all ages. Of the second, the apostles tell us of ' lusts that war in our members,' Jam. iv. 1, • of fleshly lusts, which war against the soul,' 1 Pet. ii. 11; and these may be called our mo- ther's children, because in sin and in iniquity we have been conceived and brouglit forth, Ps. Ii. 7 ; which sin reviveth in us when the commandment of God cometb, deceiveth us, and slayeth us, and under it we are sold ; so that the good which we would, that do we not ; but the evil which we would not, that do we, Rom. vii. 9, 11, 14, 19. Angry with me,] Or, incensed against me, or, inflamed in me, to wit, with wrath ; to resist, fight, and war in me and against me, as the Gr. version saith, " fought in me," or against me. So this phrase is used in Is. xli. 11:' All they that were incensed against thee shall be ashamed,' &c.; and in Is. xlv. 24, ' All that are incensed against the Lord shall be ashamed ;' which being spoken there of out- ward enemies, may also be applied to our in- ward lusts, as in Jam. iv. 1; 1 Pet. ii. 11. They made me,] Or, set, put, assigned me. The keeper of the vineyards,] Where the sua hath burnt me; as in Mat. xx. 1,12, they that labour in the vineyards do complain how ' they have borne the burden and heat of the day.' So, in the captivity of Babylon, the poor of the land of Israel were left to be vine dressers and husbandmen, 2 Kings xxv. 12. And spiritually it is said unto the church, ' The sons of the aliens shall be your plough- men and your vine dressers, Is. Ixi. 5 ; and the kingdom of God committed into the hands of the Jews, is like unto a vineyard let out unto husbandmen, Mark xxi. 33, 34 ; and ia Song viii. 11; 'Solomon let out the vine- yard unto keepers.' But here the vineyard, opposed to her own vineyard, seems to mean false churches, and in them the corruption of 688 SONG OF SONGS. ^ Tell me, 0 thou, whom my soul loveth, where tliou feedest, where thou makest to rest at noon : for why sliould I be as one that turneth aside unto the flocks of thy companions ? religion, whereunto her mother's son sought to draw her; setting her to observe the ordi- uaiices and traditions of men, or otherwise to undergo their cruelty and wrath. Thus the Pharisees made the word of God of none eflect through their tradition which they de- livered, Mark vii. 13; and bound 'heavy burdens, and grievous to be borne, and laid them on men's shoulders,' Mat. xxiii. 4 ; and so did false teachers in the Christian churches. Acts xv. 1, 10 ; Gal. vi. 12, 13 ; Col. ii. 20 — 23. Myvinevard which is JUNE,] Or, jvhich appertaineth to me : the keeping whereof is committed to me of God. This phrase is again used in Song viii. 12, ' My vineyard, which is mine, is before me.' Spiritually the vineyard is the church, as in Is. V. 7, ' The vineyard of the Lord of hosts, is the house of Israel, and the men of Judah his pleasant plant ;' the keeping of, or labour- ing in this vineyard, is the performing of the charge and duty which God hath laid upon every one therein ; that so they may yield unto him the fruits of his own graces. Mat. xxi. 33, 34 ; Is. v. 2, 7. I HaVE not kept,] Either through her own infirmity or negli- gence, or other's tyranny, or both. For, as the apostle complaineth, that he did not what he would, but what he hated ; and found not how ' to perform that which is good,' Rom. vii. 15, IS. So of the slothful man, Solomon showeth, how he went 'by the vine- yards of the man void of understanding, and lo it was all grown over with thorns, nettles had covered the face thereof,' &c. Prov. xxiv. 30, 31. And by outward violence and per- secution, the church maybe scattered abroad, Acts viii. 1 ; and when Judah was carried captive, ' the solemn feasts and sabbaths were forgotten in Zion,' &c., Lam. ii. G, &c. And oftentimes for the sins of his peopleGod sendeth persecution and afflictions upon them. Is. v. 2, 5, 6 ; Lam. i. 14, 18, 22. The Chald. paraphrase expoundeth this verse thus: " The congregation of Israel said before the peoples. Despise me not because I am blacker than you, because I have done works like yours, and have worshipped the sun and moon ; for false prophets they have been the cause that the fierce wrath of the Lord hath come down upon me ; and they learned me to serve your idols, and to walk in your sta- tutes ; but the Lord of the world, who is my God, him have I not served, nor walked in his statutes, neither have I kept his precepts and his law." Ver. 7 — Tell ME,]Or, shotv, declare unto me. A third request which the church maketh unto Christ, for instruction in the administra- tion of his kingdom here on earth ; that as he had formerly made her partakerof his heavenly calling, so he would direct her further into the place where, and maimer how, he feedeth his flock, in his public assembly the church, (whereunto the Lord addeth daily such as shall be saved, Acts ii. 47); that there she may be under his government, enjoy his ordinances, increase in knowledge, faith, and all other graces ; may be strengthened against temptations and afflictions. So men are commanded, ' Seek the Lord and his strength; seek his face continiially,' Ps. cv. 4 ; and ' Unto the place which the Lord your God shall choose out of all your tribes, to put his name there ; even unto his habitation shall ye seek, and thither thou shalt come,' &c., Deut. xii. 5. That place is not always easy to be discerned ; for many will falsely say, ' Lo here is Christ, or lo he is there,' Mark xiii. 21, 22; and sometimes Christ, for men's sins, withdraweth himself, chap. v. 6. God hideth his face, Deut. xxxii. 20, and saith, ' I will not feed you,' Zach. xi. 9. Some- times the woman is forced ' to fly into the wilderness,' where she is nourished of God many days. Rev. xii. 14; and sometimes the state of the church is such, as that it doth not enjoy for the present the pastors that should feed and guide thesame,Actsxiv.21 — 23; Tit. i. 5. My SOUL loveth,] This signifleth un-- feigned and fervent love, with a longing de- sire to enjoy the fellowship of her beloved ; therefore she useth this phrase again, when in the absence of Christ, she earnestly seek- eth for him in chap. iii. 1 — 4. Like it is the affecting or longing of the soul, in Gen. xxxiv. 8 ; the knitting of the soul, 1 Sam. xviii. 1 ; the delighting of the soul, Is. xlii. 1 ; and sundry the like. Where thou feed- est,] Or, how thou feedest ; hoxu thou mttk- est to rest, Feedest,] Heb , wilt feed, that is, art wont to feed, or usually and con- tinually feedest, to wit, thy flock ; which word (as being easy to be understood) is often omitted, as in Gen. xxxvii. 16 ; xxix. 7. Feeding implieth all the duties of a pastor or herder, as to lead in and out, to give pasture and water to govern with the rod and staff, &c., Ps. xxiii. Wherefore kings are said to feed as pastors, Ps. Ixxviii. 70 — 72. So Christ, as king and great pastor of the sheep, Heb. xiii. 20, doth by his ministry, with his Spirit, word, seals, censures, &c., feed his people ; for whom he laid down his life ; he CHAPTER I. 689 ^ If thou know not, 0 thou fairest among women : go thy way forth by the footsteps of the flock, and feed thy kids beside thy calleth them by name, leadeth them out, go- eth before them, saveth them from wolves that would devour, giveth tliem eternal life, and tliey shall never perish, John x. Of him it is prophesied, ' He shall feed his flock like a shepherd ; he shall gather the lambs with his arm, and carry them in his bosom ; he shall gently lead those that are with young,' Is. xl. 11. Therefore she desireth to be under his guidance, and in his fold, tliat lie feeding her she may not lack ; or desireth to know the manner how Christ feedeth, that she likewise may so feed her kids, as ver. 8. Makest to rest,] Or, t)iakeii to lie doivn, and so givest rest to thy flock. Both these works of grace God promiseth to his people, with other the like, saying, ' I will both search my sheep, and seek them out ; I will feed them in a good pasture ; I will feed my flock, and I will cause them to lie down, saith the Lord God ; I will seek that which was lost, and bring again that which was driven away, and will bind up that which was broken, and will strengthen that which was sick ; but I will destroy the fat and the strong, and will feed them with judgment,' Ezek. xxxiv. 11, 14 — 16. At noon,] la the heat of the day ; signifying the heat of persecution, tribulation, temptation ; and whatsoever may cause the disquiet and grief of his flock. In the midst whereof Christ giveth safe repose unto his sheep, which have peace in him, though in the world they have affliction, for he hath overcome the world, John xvi. 33. ' They shall not hunger nor thirst, neither shall the heat nor sun smite them , for he that hath mercy on them, shall lead them, even by the springs of water shall he guide them,' Is. xlix. 10. That turn- ETH ASIDE,] Or, as one that iynvrappeth, ov, that covereth herself, or, that is covered or veiled. This latter sense the Gr. version giveth, according to the usual signification of the Heb. word. And this covering either is a sign of sorrow and shame, as mourners used to cover their faces, Ezek. xxiv. 17 ; or, of lightness and dishonesty, as Thamar was thought * to be an harlot, because she had covered her face,' Gen. xxxviii. 14, 15. So here the spouse desireth to ki\ow where Christ feedeth, lest she should wander about and seek him with sorrow, and be by others re- puted an harlot, for she would eschew all appearance of evil. Or, by saying, ' as one that turneth aside,' she intimateth her peril, lest through want of him whom she loveth, she fall into the hands of others, which boast to be Christ's compaaious, and so in her faith Vol. II. 4 and manners be corrupted ; as were the churches of Galatia, Gal. i. 6, 7. For when men have not their abiding in the Lord's in- heritance, they are in danger to be drawn unto the service of other gods, as David acknowledgeth in 1 Sam. xxvi. 19. Flocks OF Tiiy COMPANIONS,] Or, herds of thy fel- lows, iov gneder is both n fiock and an herd, Joel i. IS. It seemeth here to mean the congregations of false Chrisls, and false pro- phets, which come in his name, 'saying, I am Christ, and do deceive many,' Mat. xxiv. 5, 24; 2 Pet. ii. 1, 2. But Christ's sheep ' follow him, for they know his voice, and a stranger they will not follow, but will flee from him, for they know not the voice of strangers,' John x. 4, 5 ; but they all have one shepherd, Ezek. xxxvii. 24. And as other shepherds are not to be followed, so neither other flocks or herds ; for God's elect shall inherit his mountain, and his servants shall dwell there. Is. Ixv. 9. In Jer. vi. 2, 3, ' the daughter of Zion is likened to a comely and delicate woman:' her enemies are likened to ' shepherds with their flocks.' Of the Hebs., Solomon Jarchi expoundeth this passage thus, " Tell me, O thou whom my soul loveth; now the Holy Spirit turneth and likeneth her to a flock, lovingly affected unto the pastor. The congregation of Israel saith before him, as a woman to her husband, Tell me, O thou whom my soul loveth, wheie thou feedest thy flock, among these wolves amidst whom theyare ; and where thou makest them to rest at noon, in this captivity, which is a time of tribulation unto them, as tlie noon-tide which is a time of tribulation unto the flock. And if thou sayest, Why art thou so careful ? This is not for thine honour, that I should be like a mourner, covering the lip, weeping for my flock, by the flocks of other shepherds, whicli feed their flocks as thou dost; as if she should say, Among the troops of the people that are joined to othergods, and have kingsaiid princes that manage or govern them." The Chald. paraphrast explaineth it thus : " When the time was come, that Moses the prophet should he dissolved out of the world, he said before the Lord, I know that this people will sin, and shall go into captivity ; now show thou unto me, how they shall be governed, and dwell among the people, whose decrees are grievous, as the heat and scorching of the sun at noon in the midst of summer. And why shall they wander up and down among the flocks of the sons of Esau and Ishmael, which do associate unto thee their errors (their idols) for companions ?" S 690 SONG OF SONGS. Ver. 8. — If thou know not,] Tliat is, forasmuch as, or seeing that thou knowest not ; as in Num. xxii. 20, if the men he come to call thee, that is, forasmuch as they are come. Here Christ beginnetii to speak unto his people with words of comfort and instruction ; and alter proeeedeth to show the power and glory of the church adorned with j* I his graces. Solomon Jarchi saith, " This is < jthe answer of the pastor." Thou k\ow not,] Or, thou thyself knowest not. Heb., " If thou know not to thee; ''or, for thyself; which latter words are thought to be redundant, and are therefore omitted in most translations, though here it may have a commodious sense, to signify the ignorance which she hath ia herself, upon acknowledgment whereof Christ informeth her. Solomon Jarclii expoundeth it, " If thou know not whether thou shouldst go to feed thy flock, thou fairest among wo- men, because the pastor he hath ceased to \ govern or manage them." Fairest,] Heb., fair or beautiful among iromen, whereby is meant, more fair than other women, or fair- est of woman kind, as the mother of our Lord is called, ' Blessed among women,' Luke i. 28, 42 ; that is, most blessed, or more blessed than other women. So the lion is said to be strong among beasts, that is, strongest, Piov. xxx. 30. The Ucb.Japhah, signifieth/azVor beautiful, not only in colour, but in comely proportion and elegance, such as draweth love and liking; for the same word is attributed sometimes to cattle, Gen. xli. 2; to trees, Jer. xi. 16; and to every thing that God made, Eccl. ii. 11. And the church is here called by Christ, (and after by her friends, Song V. 9; vi. 1), 'the fairest among wo- men, by reason oJ the graces, the spiritual beauty of faith, hope, love, patience, &c. , wherewith God in Christ hath beautified her, who by nature was deformed and loathesome, as is showed in Ezek. xvi., where her nati- vity was of the land of Canaan, of Amorites and Hittites, ver. 3 ; she was cast out to the loathing of her person, in the day that she was born, ver. 5 ; she was polluted in her own blood, ver. 6, till God gave her life, and excellent ornaments, ver. 7, covered her nakedness, ver. S, washed away her bloods, ver. 9, clothed, girded, decked her with orna- ments, chains, jewels, &c. ; and so she became exceeding beautiful, verses 10, 13. She being privy to her own infirmities, called her- self black, ver. 5 ; but Christ here calleth her fair, and magnifieth her beauty in ver. 15, and often in this song ; because he hath sanctified and cleansed her, 'with the washing of water by the word, that he might present her to himself a glorious church, not having spot or wrinkle, or any such thing,' but that she should be 'holy and without blemish,' Eph. V. 26, 27. Thus, if we will condemn ' ourselves, God will justify us ; and when we are weak, then are we strong, 2 Cor. xii. 10. ] And as we increase in obedience and sane- : tification, so doth the love of Christ increase 1 towards us, Ps xlv. II, 12. Go thy way ' roRTH,]Ov, yet thee out, go forth thou. Heb. ' go out for thee, or go forth for thyself. As God said to Abram, yo thou, or for thyself. Gen. xii. 1 ; so here Christ calleth forth his ' church from sitting still in her mournful estate, that she should not only wish and desire, but endeavour and put forth herself to do the works of her calling, to feed her kids, and to go out to meet the bridegroom. Mat. XXV. 6. ' For, not every one that saith unto Christ, Lord, Lord, shall enter into the kingdom of heaven ; but he that doth the will of his Father which is in heaven,' Mat. vii. 21. By the footsteps of the flock,] Or, in the footsteps of the sheep, that is, go in those ways, and do those works, which the sheep or flock of Christ have gone in and done before thee. Footsteps are the print of j the feet in the way that is trodden before us ; I and as Christ himself hath left us an example, | in his doings and sufferings, ' that we should j follow his footsteps,' 1 Pet. ii. 21 ; and we are to be imitators or follower$ of God, Eph. v. 1, ' so should we be of the flock of God, and of j godly pastors, in ihat faith and order which they have walked in before us ; as it is said, ] ' Be ye imitators of me, even as I also am of Christ,' 1 Cor. xi. 1 ; and ' Remember your guides, who have spoken unto you the word of God : whose faith, imitate ye ; considering | the issue of their conversation,' Heb. xiii. 7. So likewise of the flock of Christ, as it is said, ' Ye brethren became imitators of the churches of God,' &c., 1 Thess. ii. 14 ; and \ ' we desire, &c., that ye be not slothful, but I imitators of them who through faith and pa- j tience inherit the promises,' Heb. vi.ll, 12. j The flock here spoken of, seemeth to be ' opposed unto the flocks or herds in ver. 7, as j Christ is to his companions or fellows there ' mentioned ; who, as he is the one great pas- tor, so hath he generally one fold and flock, John X. 16 ; Ezek. xxxiv. 22, 23 ; which is his church, as he saith, 'And ye my flock, | the flock of my pasture, are men,' Ezek. xxxiv. 31. Their footsteps are their faith and works set forth in the scriptures ; as wt are , taught to ' walk in the footsteps of the faith j of our father Abraham,' Rom. iv. 12 ; and so ; of all other our godly predecessors, Heb. xi. 1, 2 — 40 ; xii. 1 ; after whom we should walk ' in the same spirit, in the same footsteps,* 2 Cor. xii. IS. And thus the Heb. also under- ] stand this place, as Jarchi explaineth it ; ' " Consider the ways of thy first fathers, which i received my law, and kept my charge, and CHAPTER T. 691 shepherd's tents. ^ I have compared thee, O my love, to the com- pany of horses in the cliariots of Pharaoh. '" Thy checks are my commandments ; and walk thou in their j ways." Likewise the Chald. paraphrast ! saith, " The congregation which is like to a i fair damsel, and whom my soul loveth, let ! her walk in the ways of the just men, and J order her prayer by tlie mouth of her gover- I nors, and Jet lier lead her posterity, and learn i her children which are like to tlie kids of the ': goats, to go unto the synagogue, and unto the school," &c. Feed thy kids,] The flock in scripture usually comprehendeth both siieep and goats, as in Lev. i. 10; and though goats sometimes being opposed to sheep, sig- nify the wicked reprobates, Mat.xxv. 32,33, &c., yet usually they figured, in the law. Christian? given up as sacrifices to God ; and Christ himself was figured by goats and kids, by the apostle's exposition, Heb. ix. 12 — 14; 1 Cor. V. 7, compared with Ex. xii. 5. So here the kids signify young and tender Chris- tians, which are to be fed with the sincere milk of the word, that they may grow there- by, 1 Pet. ii. 2. And soChrist giveth charge, ' Feed my lambs, feed my sheep,' John xxi. 15, 16. And this is the end why the fairest among women is willed to go out, that she may find pasture for her kids, following herein the example of Christ, who leadeth out his sheep, and putteth them forth, that they may find pasture, John x. 3, 4, 9. Besides the TENTS,] Or, bi/ the tabernacles {the diveUmg- places) of the shepherds. By which those companions of Clnist, ver. 7, seem here to be meant, such as are 'transformed like the min- isters of righteousness,' 2 Cor. xi. 15 : and their flock like the flock of Christ ; beside their tents, (or, as may be translated, above them), are the kids of Christ to be fed, whom he graciously preserveth even in the midst of wolves. Thus Solomon Jarchi expoundeth i it, " By other peoples." Otherwise it may ' be understood (as the former sentence) of the good shepherd's tents, which of old fed the flock of God in faith and love, as their footsteps are left recorded in the scriptures, Ps. Ixxvii. 21 : Ixxviii. 70—72; Is. Ixiii. 1 ; Heb. xiii. 7. Ver. 9. — I have compared,] Or, I have li/ce?ied, thought thee to be like. The order of the words in the Heb. is thus : "To the company of horses in the cliariots of Pharaoh I have compared thee, O my love." My LOVE,] Or, my fellow friend , my companion, familiar. So named of feeding and convers- ing together, and so partaking each of others good or evil. In Gr. my neighbotir or next. This title Christ giveth to his spouse, often in this Song, as after in ver. 15 ; chap. ii. 2, 10 13; iv. 1, 7; V. 2; vi. 4; and showeth the reason on both parties to his disciples, sayingi ' I have called you friends, (not servants) for all things that I have heard of my Father, I have made known unto you.' And, ' Ye are my friends, if ye do whatsoever I command you,' John xv. 14, 15. Sometimes a husband is called by this name friend, as in Jer. iii. 20; Hos. iii. 1. To the company of HORSES,] Or, to 7ny company of horses. Tlie woid *?<«a/j, which being the feminine oi sus, a horse, may in propriety signify a mare ; is here usually taken of Chi istian interpreters, and of the Hebs., to signify a company, or troop of horses; and so the Gr. ('whidi also is tee hippo in the feminine gender) is some- times used in Gr. authors for a cornpany of horses. And in the scripture phrase, tlie names of beasts, birds, &c., are often used collectively, as in Ex. xv. 1, ' the horse and his rider,' for 'the horses and their riders.' The Heb. letter yod, which usually signifieth mine, is sometimes added in tlie end of words without signification, as in Lam. i. 1. How- beit the Gr. version here translateth it, " My company of horses ;" and it may have good use. The horse is a warlike beast, as God describeth him in Job xxxix. 19 — 25 ; and Solomon saith, 'The horse is prepared against the day of battle,' Prov. xxi. 31. In the CHARIOTS OF Pharaoh,] Pharaoh's horses and chariots were of most request, as the scrip- tures often showeth ; and therefore were sought after by Solomon in his trading with Egypt, 2 Chron. i. 16, 17. And the prophet saith, ' Wo to them that go down to Egypt for help, and stay on horses, and trust in chariots because they are many,'&c.,Is. xxxi. 1 ; and in Ezek. xvii. 15, the king of Judah ' sent his ambassadors into Egypt, that they might give him horses, and much people." For the meaning of this speech, it seemeth to be this : the church being sent forth by Christ into the footsteps of the flock to feed her kids besides the tents ordwellings of the shepherds; was presently to look for troubles in itself. Acts XX. 29, 30 ; and opposition at the hands of those companions, forementioned in ver. 7, and their flocks ; as the scripture often speak- eth of contention among shepherds, about the feeding and watering of their flock?. Gen. xiii. 6, 7; xxvi. 14, 15,20,21; Ex. ii. 16, 17; and when God threateneth wars against the daughter of Zion, he saith, ' The shep- herds with their flocks shall come unto her, they shall pitch their tents against her round about,' &c., Jer. vi. 2 — 4. To comfort her, therefore, against such troubles, the Lord compareth her to the troop of horses in Pha- 692 SONG OF SONGS. raoh's chariots, under this similitude promis- ing her victory; as in Zech x. 3, he saith, by a like simile, * Mine anger was kindled against the shepherds, and I punished the goats; for the Lord of hosts hath visited his flock the house of Judah, and hath made them as his goodly horse in the battle, &c. And they shall be as mighty men, which tread down (their enemies)in the mire of the streets in the battle ; and they shall fight, because the Lord is with them,' &c., ver. 5, And if we read it, ' my company of horses,' it accord- eth with Zech. x. 30, where the Lord lik- eneth them to ' his goodly horse , and of the /Hebs. Solomon Jarchi compareth it with the / history in Ex. xiv., where God by his power, \ as with horses, gave Israel the victory over Pharaoh's liorses and chariots ; as the pro- phet, speaking of that, saith unto God, 'Thou didst walk through the sea with thine horses, through the deep of great waters, Hab. iii. 15. See also Rev. xix. 11, 14, where in the war against antichrist, Christ, the Word of God, ' sitteth on a white horse, and the armies in heaven, (his church, whose conversation is heavenly) followed him upon white horses.' Ver. 10. — Thy cheeks are comely,] Or, are desirable, gracious, beautiful. The Gr. traiislateth, " How beautiful are tliy cheeks !" Tliese words are continued unto the bride or church, from Christ, showing how she is decked with his ordinances and graces ; as his cheeks are afterwards likened to a bed of spices, Song v. 13. But wliether she be still compared hereby to ' a company of horses,' as in ver. 9, or to a woman, (as she was a shepherdess, in ver. 8), is doubtful, for both similitudes do agree to the things here spoken of. Tlie word cheeks is used some- times for the cheeks or jaws of beasts, and of horses, whose bridles are often adorned with rows, especially in king's chariots, as in Is. XXX. 28, there shall be ' a bridle in the jaws or cheeks of the people.' Also the next words, ' thy neck with chains,' may have like reference ; for the kings of Midian, when they Went to war, had ' chains about their camels' necks,' Judg. viii. 26. Taking it thus, the church compared to the Lord's 'company of horses,' is said to have her cheeks comely, with rows of jewels, or orna- ments upon her bridle, wherewith the Lord manageth and guideth her, as his ' goodly horse in the battle,' Zech. x. 3. Or, retain- ing the similitude of a woman, it is meant of ear-rings and jewels which hang down and adorn the face and cheeks, as it is written, ' I decked thee with ornaments, and I put bracelets upon thine hands, and a chain on thy neck, and I put a jewel on thy forehead, and ear-rings in thine ears, and a beautiful crown upon thine liead ; thus wast thou decked with gold and silver, Ezek, xvi. II — 13. The spiritual signification, according to either similitude, is one and the same, as after shall be showed. Rows,] Li Heb. tor- im : Mhich being of the singular <or, signi- fieth a disposition, row, or orderly course of things ; and hath affinity with toruh, which hath the name of the law, in Heb. ; and tlie one is put as ao explanation of the other, ss David said, ' Is this the law of man, O Lor^l God ?' 2 Sam. vii. 19; which another prophe' relateth thus, 'Thou hast regarded me, accor ding to the order (disposition or estate) of a man of high degree, O Lord God,' 1 Chron, xvii. 17. And indeed, the law of God, in his ordinance, or orderly disposition of his precepts, the rules and canons of our life. The same word tor, is also used for a turtle- dove, and torim are turtles, as in the law of sacrifices, Lev. xii. ; which some therefore take here to be jewels, or ornaments that had the figures of turtle doves. And so the Gr. version here translateth, " How beautiful are thy cheeks, as of a turtle dove." But in the verse following, where the same word is again used, the Gr. translateth, " We will make for thee similitudes of gold." Chains,] In Heb. charuzim, a word not found but in this one place ; translated in Greek collars or chains ; and is interpreted by the Heb. doc- tors chains or jewels hanged on a string like chains to put about the neck. These rows and chains signify the laws and ordinances of God, wherewith he adorneth the face and neck of his church, that in her profession, practice, and obedience, she may be comely and gra- cious in the sight of God and his people; and being guided by them, may vanquish her enemies. Thus Solomon elsewhere saith, ' There is gold and a multitude of rubies; but the lips of knowledge are a precious jewel,' Prov. XX. 15 ; and again, ' My sor, hear the instruction of thy father, and forsake not the law of thy mother ; for they shall be an orna- ment of grace unto thine head, and cliains about thy neck,' Prov. i. 8, 9. They mean also the gracious effects which the law and doctrine of God worketh in his people, of humility, reverence, and other virtues, as on the contrary, pride, and other like vices, are said to compass evil men about as a chain, and violence to cover them as a garment, Ps. Ixxiii. 6. Likewise holy persons, that teach, instruct, reprove ; and such as receive doc- trine and repioof, Prov. xxv. 12 ; and re- proofs themselves are pearls, Mat. vii. Thus also the ILbs. understood this scripture, as theClialtl. paraphrase here saith, "When (the Israelites) went forth into the wilderness, the Lord said unto Moses, How fair is this peo- ple, that the woids of the law should be given/ unto them, that they may be as bridles in| CHAPTER I. 693 comely with rows, thy neck with chains. " We will make for thee rows of gold, with specks of silver. *^ While the king siiteth at his round table, my spikenard giveth ( , Iheii- jaws, that they depart not out of the good I ' way; as a horse g' eth not aside that hath a i'' bridle in his jaws ; and how fair is their neck to bear the yoke of my precepts ; that they may be upon them as a yoke on the neck of \ a bullock that plougheth in the field, and feedeth both itself and the master thereof." Ver. U. — We will make for thee,] A promise of increase of graces to the church; by tve is understood the mystery of the Trin- ity, :.s in Gen. i. 26, ' Let us make man.' So in Rev. i. 4, 5, grace and peace is wished from the Father, Son, and Holy Spirit ; and in 1 Cor. xii. 4 — (i, the diversities of gifts are noted to be of the Spirit ; the diversities of ministeries, whereby those gifts are admin- istered to he of the Lord Christ ; and the diversities of operations, efl'ecled by the gifts and ministries, to be of God the Father. The t Hebs. also, as Solomon Jarchi here interprets j it, " I and my judgment-hall." By which phrase the Trinity of old was implied, though now the faithless deny the same. For a judgment-hall in Israel consisted of three at the least, which in their close manner of speech they applied unto God ; but their pos- terity understood it not. Christ here teach- eth his church, that every grace and good gift is from God, as also the increase thereof, Jam. i. 17 ; Eph. iii. 16 ; that the spiritual orna- ments are of his making, who * worketh in ns both to will and to do of his good pleasure,* Phil. ii. 13. Also that to him that hath shall be given, and he shall have more abundance. Mat. xiii. 12. As in our bodies we come naked into this world, without clothes or or- naments, 80 is the estate of our souls by nature, naked and bare, Ezek. xvi. 4, 7, till Christ of his grace, by his Spirit, clotheth and adorneth us. Rev. iii. IS. Rows of GOLD,] He spake before of rows simply, now he addeth, of gold, either to signify more excellent ordinances and graces under the gospel than \nider the law, as he promiseth, ' For brass I will bring gold, and for iron I will bring silver,' &c.. Is. Ix. 17; that should proceed from faith and love, and not from fear, as when she was under the bridle of the law ; for we should not be like horse and mule, whose jaw must be bound with bit and bridle, Ps. xxxii. 9, and yield obedience by constraint ; or, it meaneth a new supply of graces, so that we are changed into the image of God, ' from glory to gloiy, even as by the Spirit of the Lord,' 2 Cor. iii. 18. These promises may respect both the rules, ordi- nances, gifts, and graces bestowed on his people, Prov. xx. 15 ; and the persons them- selves that are furnished with those graces ; as the < precious sons of Zion ' are said to be 'comparable to fine gold,' Lam. iv. 1. Specks OF SILVER.] In Gr. marks of silver ; which word marks (^stigmata) Paul useth in Gal. vi. 17, speaking of ' the marks of the Lord Jesus,' by suflering for his gospel. Here it meaneth variety of graces, in the comra\inion of the saints, for their mutual help, comfort, and delight; as is opened in Prov. xxv. 11, 12, 'A word fitly spoken is like apples of gold, with pictures of silver. As an ear-ring of gold, and an ornament of fine gold ; so is a wise reprover upon an obedient ear.' Where we are taught, that both instructions and re- proofs are the ornaments of the saints; when they are prudently uttered, and obediently received. Neither of which can be, without the special grace of God, who both maketh these ornaments for us, and maketh us fit to receive and put them on ; for, ' The hearing ear, and the seeing eye, the Lord hath made even both of them,' Prov. xx. 12- The Chald. paraphrast expoundeth this verse, of the law which God gave unto Israel on the two tables, by the hand of Moses. But though the ordinances of the law were likened to gold and silver, wherewith the church then was decked, as God telleth them in Ezek. xvi. 13 ; and the law of his mouth was better to his people 'than thousands of gold and silver,' Ps. cxix. 72 ; yet the doctrine of faith, and ordinances of the gospel, with the graces accompanying them, (here promised) are much more excellent and lorious,' 2 Cor. iii. 7—11. Ver. 12. — While the king,] Here the church speaketh of the fruits and efl'ects of Christ's former graces ; how in her, and from her, so adorned by her beloved, the odour of the Spirit of God in her, flowed forth and spread abroad to the delight of herself and others. By the king is meant Christ, as in ver. 4, by his round table, (which the Gr. translateth, 'his sitting down,' which was wont to be in a round, or, as in a ring, 1 Sam, xvi. 11), may he understood the spiritual banquet of Christ with his church, feeding her with his word and graces ; as ' the table of the Lord,' in Mai. i. 12; 1 Cor. x. 21 ; signifies the communion between him and his people, as doth also the supping one with another. Rev. iii. 20. The spikenard is one of the pleasant fruits in the garden of the church. Song iv. 13, 14 ; but here it seemeth to be the oil or ointment made of spikenard, which 694 SONG OF SONGS. forth the smell thereof. " A bundle of myrrh is my well-beloved unto me : he shall lie all night betwixt my breasts. " A cluster of cypress is my well-beloved unto me, in the vineyards of Engedi. is very precious, which they used to pour out, and anoint men with ; such as Mary anointed our Lord Jesus with, as ' he sat at table with his friends, and the house was filled with the fragrance (or odour) of the ointment,' John xii. 1 — 3. Spiritually it signifieth the sweet- smelling fruits of repentance, faith, love, prayer, thanksgiving, &c., which the church showeth forth by the communion of Christ with her; and in special of mortification, and communion with Christ's death, burial, and resurrection, Rom. vi. 3 — 5, &c. ; as that which Mary did unto Christ, was to anoint his body to the burying, Mark xiv. 8 ; John xii. 7. Ver. 13. — A BUNDLE,] Or, ^ bag of myrrh. By myrrh is meant the sweet gum that issueth from the myrrh tree, which is gathered and bound up in bags. It was the first of the chief spices, whereof the holy anointing oil in the sanctuary was made, Ex. XXX. 23 ; and that holy ointment figured the graces of the Spirit, poured out upon Christ, and by him upon his church, Is. Ixi, 1 ; Ps, xlv. 8 ; 1 John ii. 20. See the Notes on Ex. XXX. 26. With myrrh and aloes, the dead body of our Lord Jesus was embalmed, John xix. 39 ; and with it the wise men hon- oured him at his birth, Mat. ii. Hereby the church professeth her spiritual comfort which she had in Christ, taking our huma- nity, filled with the Spirit of God without measure, dying for her sins, and rising again for her justification ; the feeling whereof is as a sweet odour unto the believing heart. ^1 kindle or bag is for to keep safe things that are of worth ; as, ' The soul of my Lord shall be bound in the bundle of life with Je- hovah thy God,' 1 Sam. xxv. 29. So by this bag of myrrh, she signifieth her care to enjoy and possess the benefits of Christ, and of his death, to the remission of her sins, which for his sake are all cast ' into the depths of the sea,' Micah vii. 19, which otherwise without him should be ' sealed up in a bag,' and reserved against her for punishment, Job xiv. 17. My well-beloved,] That is, Christ ; whom she thus calleth, not because she loved him, but he loved her, and gave himself to be the propitiation for her sins ; whereupon she again loveth him, because he loved her first, 1 John iv. 10, 19. So she glorieth not in her own righteousness, but in that which her beloved is unto her ; who of God is made unto her ' wisdom and righte- ousness, and sanctification, and ndemption,' 1 Cor. i. 30. Well-beloved,] In Ileb., Dod, is written with the same letters as David, whose name also signified beloved. He was a figure of Christ, and his father after the flesh, Rom. i. 3 ; and Christ is often called David, as in Jer. xxx. 9 ; Ezek. xxxiv. 23; xxxvii. 24 ; Hos. iii. 6. Unto me,] A speech of faith, applying the promises and graces of Christ unto her own soul, as the apostle also teacheth by his own example, Gal. ii. 19, 20. He shall lie all night,] Or, he shall lodge, shall abide. The night usu- ally signifieth llie time of darkness and afflic- tion ; wherefore she meaneth that Christ with his consolations should be her continual joy and comfort, whom she would hold fast by faith, against all temptations and troubles o'' this present life, and solace herself in him. Bethixt my breasts,] Dwelling in my heart by faith, Eph. iii. 17. The breasts signify also the ministry of the church, feed- ing the saints with the sincere milk of t}ie word, that they may grow thereby, 1 Pet. ii. 2; whereupon the prophet saith, ' Rejoice ye with Jerusalem, &c. , that ye may suck and be satisfied with the breasts of her consola- tions, that ye may milk out, and be delighted with the abundance of her glory,' Is. Ixvi. 10, Ver. 14. — A cluster of cypress,] Or, of camphire ; which is a sweet gum ; but cypress is a tree whose fruit groweth in clus- teis, and is also sweet. The Heb. name copher (from which caphura or camphire, as also the cypress tree, seemeth to be derived) usually signifieth atonement, propitiation, or redemption; according to which interpreta- tion, the Holy Spirit here may have reference to the work and fruit of Christ's death, whereby he became ' a cluster of redemption ' unto his church, being ' a propitiation for the sins of the whole world,' 1 John ii. 2 ; the sweetness whereof is resembled by a cluster, (which is of many berries compact together), of the sweet cypress, for that ' his blood cleanseth us from all sin,' 1 John i. 7 ; and is accompanied with all other graces. En- gedi,] The name of a place in the land of Canaan, which fell to the tribe of Judah ; and being near the sea, and watered with springs, was a fruitful soil for gardens and vineyards. Josh. V. 62 ; Ezek. xlvii. 10; it was called also Hazazon Tamar, 2 Chron. xx. 2, where the enemies coming against Jehoshaphat, he prayed unto God, and was delivered. Which victory may also be respected heie as a figure of the victories which the church obtaineth by faith in Christ. CHAPTER I. 695 '^ Behold thou art fair, my love ; behold thnu art fair, tJiine eyes are as doves. '^ Behold thou art fair, my beloved, yea pleasant j also oar bed Ver. 15. — Thou art fair,] Christ here speaketh to his church, commending her beauty, which she hath by his sanctification and cleansing, ' w th the washing of the water by the word,' Eph. v. 26, 27 ; as also by her constitution and order, as mount Zion was ' beautiful for situation,' Ps. xlviii. 2. Of Tyrus, a city of merchandise, it is said, ' Thy builders have perfected thy beauty,' Ezek. xxvii. 4 ; and of her ancients, wise men, mariners, merchants, men of war, &c., it is likewise said, ' They have made thy beauty perfect,' Ezek. xxvii. 9 — 1 1 ; and in Ezek. xxviii. 7, lie mentioneth the 'beauty of wisdom.' So the city and church of God, being builded by the doctrine of the gospel, furnished with mea of gifts and graces, artd endued with wisdom from on high, is truly fair and beautiful in the eyes of Christ; and when she oheyeth the voice of God, and forgetteth and forsaketh her own natural cor- ruption=, he taketh delight in her beauty, as it is said, ' Hearken, O daughter, and con- sider, and incline thine ear; forget also thine own people, and thy father's house , so shall the king greatly desire thy beauty,' &c., Ps. xlv. 10, 11. Thus is the prophecy fulfilled, ' With the joy of the bridegroom over the bride, thy God will rejoice over thee,' Is. Ixii. 5. Doves,] So in chap. iv. 1. These doves' eyes whei ewith the spouse is beautified, do set forth the simplicity, sincerity, humi- lity, meekness, but especially the spiritual chastity of the church ; whose eyes are unto Christ alone, looking unto him for life and salvation, Mat. x. IG ; Ps. cxxiii. ; Phil. iii. 7— 10 ; Is. xvii. 7, 8 ; Ezek. xviii. 6 ; xx. 7; observing his ways, Prov. xxiii. 26; not be- holding evil, nor looking on iniquity, Hab. i. 13. Contrary to which are the lofty eyes, Prov. XXX. 13 ; eyes after idols, Ezek. xx. 24; eyes full of adultery, 2 Pet. ii. 14; eyes beholding strange women, Prov. xxiii. 33 ; and the like. Ver. 16. — Thou art fair,] The spouse returneth the praise of beauty unto her be- loved, who is 'much fairer than the sons of Adam,' Ps. xlv. 2, 3, from whom all her fairness is derived ; so that the praise thereof belongeth not to her, but unto him, Ps. cxv. 1 ; as the apostle saith, ' I live ; yet not I, but Christ liveth in me ; and the life which I now live in the flesh, I live by the faith of the Son of God, who loved me, and gave him- self for me,' Gal. ii. 20. Howbeit, though Christ be raost fair, and beauty itself, yet such was his baseness and sufferings in the flesh, ' As his visage was marred more than any man, and his form more than the sons of men,' Is. Iii. 14; liii. 2, 3; and such he often appeareth unto the world, to be in the church partaker of his afflictions. But the eye of faith beholdeth his spiritual beauty tlu'ough all tribulations, and glorieth therein, Rom. viii. 35—39 ; 1 Pet. i. 5, 6 ; iv. 12 — 14 ; and when the mysteries of the gospel are opened, and the ordinances of Christ faithfully taught and practised, then doth the spouse behold ' the king in his beauty,' I-. xxxiii. 17. ' And of his fulness we have all received, and grace for grace,' John i. 16. Yea pleasant,] Or, also pleasant, amiable, delightful, beautiful. This is an addition unto the beauty of Christ, in respect of his pleasant and gracious administration of his covenant, doctrines, reproofs, &c. For the Lord's staff called beauty or pleasantnesn, sigiiifieth his covenant made with the people, Zech. xi. 10; and David desired to remain in the Lord's house all the days of his life, that he might 'behold the pleasantness (or beauty) of the Lord,' Ps. xxvii. 4 ; and Moses desir- eth that the pleasantness of the Lord might be iipon them, in the performance of his cove- nant and promises, Ps. xc. 17. And Solo- mon showeth that pleasantness shall be unto them that rebuke the wicked, Prov. xxiv. 24, 25. All which, and the like, have their accomplishment in Christ, teaching, admon- ishing, reproving, comforting his people, with words of grace, whose ' pleasant words are as an honey comb, sweet to the soul, and health to the hones,' Prov. xvi. 24. Our bed,] Or, our bed-stead. Beds were used either to rest and sleep upon, as Ps. cxxii. 3, 4, or to sit upon when they did eat and banquet, as we do at tables, Esth. i. 5, 6 ; Amos vi. 4; Ezek. xxiii. 41. And figuratively the place of oflijring sacrifices is called a bed. Is. Ivii. 7. Green,] Or, flourishing and fruitful ; for it is not meant so much of colour, as of flour- ishing growth, and increase. This word applied unto men, meaneth prosperous and flourishing estate, as Nebuchadnezzar said, ' I was at rest in my house, and green (or flour- ishing) in my palace,' Dan. iv. 4. And David likeneth himself to 'a green (or flourishing) olive tree in the house of God,' Ps. Iii. 10; where the Gr. translateth it, ''a fruitful olive." Hereby then the church signifieth, that by her communion with Christ, (whether by the similitude of bed or board) she became flour- ishing and fruitful, as it is said of them that are planted in the Lord's house, ' They shall 698 SONG OF SONGS. is green. Tlie beams of our houses are cedars ; our galleries of brutine^ree. still bring foitli fiuit in hoary age, they shall be fat and green,' Ps. xcii. 13, J 4. And this is the nature of the gospel, where it is received by faith, that it ' bringeth forth fruit,' and maketh men ' fruitful in every good work, and inrreasing in the knowledge of God,' Col. i. (3, 10. It may here also sig- nify the increase of the children of the church, which are begotten by the immortal seed of the word, through the power of Christ, giving a blessing to the ministry of the same. The Chald. paraphrast expouiideth this speech thus : " The congregation of Israel answered before the Lord of the world, How fair is the majesty of thy holiness ; in the time that thou dwellest amongst us, and in favourable acceptation receivest our prayers ; and in the time that thou dwellest in our beloved bed, and our children are multiplied on the earth; and we do grow and multiply like a tree that is planted by a spring of waters, whose leaf is fair, and whose fruit is abundant." Ver. 17. — The beams,] Or, the rafters. It meaneth the timber whereof beams or rafters are made, which are called l)y this name, when they are cut down in the wood, as in 2 Kings vi. 2, 5. Houses,] Or, edi- fices ; so named of building, Such figured the churches of Christ, as in 1 Tim. iii. 15 ; ' the house of God ' is expounded ' the church of the living God ;' and the faithful Hebs. were ' the house of Christ,' Heb. iii. 6. Cedars,] Trees, strong, tall, and durable, the timber whereof is of sweet smell, and it rotteth not. To such cedars the saints of God are compared, Ps. xcii. 13; and 'the tabernacles of Israel,' are by Balaam likened unto such for gocdliness. Num. xxiv. 5, C. This wood was used in Solomon's temple, 1 Kings vi. 9, 36 ; vii. 12 ; and he made it common in Israel : ' He made cedars like the sycamore trees which are in the vale, for abundance,' 1 Kings x. 27; prefiguring the graces which should abound under Christ. Galleries,] Walking places, named of run- ning, because they run along by the house sides. Elsewhere the word is used for gut- ters wherein waters run, Gen. xxx. 33, 41 ; Ex. ii. 16 ; which may also have use here, to signify the pipi s and conduits of God's graces, through which the waters of his Spirit are conveyed into their hearts. But because she spake of houses, this may rather be un- derstood of galleries, signifying the means of conversing with Christ, in the communion of his graces. See the Notes on chap, vii. 5. Brutine trees,] Or, Boratine trees. The Heb. 'brothim,' is found only in this place, and seemeth to he that which in Latin is called ' brute,' which is a tree like cypress, and of a pleasant smell like cedar, as Pliny showeth, in Nat. Hist. lib. 12, chap. 17. Hereupon the Gr. translateth it, " cypress- trees;" but Aquilla, an exact Gr. translator, turneth it, "boratine," as being of the tree named in Gr. " boraton," which hath also affinity with the Heb. name, and is a tree growing in Arabia, Diodor. Sicul. Biblioth. lib. 2. These cedar and brutine trees may be applied both to the persons of men, as is foreshowed, and to the doctrines wherewith the church is builded upon the foundation, Christ, 1 Cor. iii. 9—12. All which, set forth by these similitudes, are strong and firm, and of sweet odour unto the comfort of the saints, and glory of Chiist. So the holy persons and graces wherewith the church should be adorned, are by the prophets likened to goodly trees, in Is. xli. 19; Iv. 13 ; Ix. 13. The Chald. paraphraseth on this verse thus: " Solomon the prophet said, How fair is the house of the sanctuary of the Lord, which is builded by mine hands, of cedar wood ; but fairer shall be the house of the sanctuary which shall be builded in the days of the king Christ, the beams whereof shall be of the cedars of the garden of Eden, (or, of paradise), and the galleries thereof shall be of brutine trees," &c. CHAPTER II. * I AM the rose of Sharon ; the lily of the valleys. ^ As the lily among the thorns ; so is my love among daughters. the Ver. 1. — I,] This is thought by some to be the speech of Christ ; of others, to be spoken by the church ; which seemeth most pro- bable, and is so expounded by the Chald. CHAPTER II. 697 " As the apple tree among the trees of the wood ; so is my be- loved among the sons ; in his shadow I desired, and sat down ; and paraphrast. If we understand it of Christ, it signifieth tlie excellency of graces in him- self, which he readily communicateth with his people ; if of the chiircii, it showeth her graces received from Christ, whereby she is lovely and delightful, for sweet odour and beauty, Hos. xiv. 7. The rose of Sharon,] In Gr. " the flower of the field ;" but Sharon is the name of a place or plain, which was very fruitful, wherein king David's herd of caltle were fed, 1 Chron. xxvii. 29 ; and the prophet mentioneth ' the excellency of Car- mel and Sharon,' Is. xxxv. 2 : and when he threatenetli desolation, he saith, ' Sharon is like a wilderness,' Is. xxxiii. 9 ; hut, pro- mising mercy to his people, he saith, ' Sharon shall be a like a fold of flocks,' Is. Ixv. 10. The rose is the queen of flowers, most com- mendable for sweetness and beauty ; so the lily, after mentioned, is glorious and amiable, ' even Solomon in all his glory, was not arrayed like one of these,' Mat. vi. 29. "The lily is next in nobility to the rose," saith Pliny; Hist. lib. 21, chap. 5. Op the v.-^l- LEYS, ] Or, of the low (or deep) places. These also were fruitful places, where the king's herds were fed, 1 Chron. xxvii. 29. And, as roses and lilies, growing in Sharon and these valleys, had more moisture than those that grew on hills and mountains ; so hereby it sigiiified the blessed estate of the church in Christ, by whose grace it is in low and base estate made sweet and amiable like the rose and lily, as the prophet saith, ' The wilder- ness and the dry place shall be glad for them ; and the desert shall rejoice and blossom as the rose,' Is. xxxv. 1. And the Lord saith, ' I will be as the dew unto Israel ; he shall blossom as the lily, and strike forth his roots as Lebanon,' Hos. xiv. 5. But as here is mentioned the plain of Sharon, and the valleys, which were open places where cattle fed, and not inclosed gardens ; so by it may be signi- fied how the church is exposed to persecu- tion, to be plucked of all that pass by the way, and trodden down, and eaten of beasts. And this the words following do more con- firm. The Chald. openeth these words thu'!: " The congregation of Israel said. When the ruler of the world causeth his divine majesty to dwell in the midst of me. I am like to a moist (or green) lily out of the garden of Eden ; and my woiks are fair as the rose, which is in the plain of the garden of Eden." Ver. 2. — Among the thorns,] These are the words of Christ concerning his love to the church, where he coufirmeth and am- plifieth the former speech ; preferring her Vol. II. 4 T above other people, as the lily is above thorns and thistles : and withal signifying how she is afllicted and pricked with them as with thorns. This similitude the scripture often useth, as, ' If ye will not drive out the inhabi- tants, &c., those which ye let remain of them, shall be pricks in your eyes, and thorns in your sides, and shall vex you in the land wherein ye dwell,' Num. xxxiii. 55. And again, ' There shall be no more a pricking briar unto the house of Israel, nor any grieving thorn, of all that are round about them, that despised them,' Ezek. xxviii. 24. This similitude showeth also what the church ought to be, harmless as lilies among thorns ; innocent as sheep among wolves; as doves among raven- ous birds, Mat. x. 16. ' The lily among thorns,' may also in special be understood of that which we call the ivood-bine, which groweth and flourisheth in hedges and thorns. Mv love,] Oi-, my fellow -friend, my com- panion ; as in chap. i. 9. The daughters,] The congregations of people ; as the scriptures mention, ' the daughter of Babylon,' Ps. cxxxvii ,■ * the daughter of Tyrus,' Ps. xiv. ; and many the like. Ver. 3. — The apple tree,] The church setteth forth the excellency of Christ by the similitude of an apple tree, which the scrip- ture commendeth for three things, comfort- able shadow, pleasant fruit, (both noted in this place), and sweet smell, Song vii. 8. And as the apple tree hath more variety of fruits, than any other tree that groweth ; (that it is not easy to reckon up the many sorts of apples of different taste); so Christ excelleth in va- riety of graces, which he bestoweth on his church. The Chald. paraphrast expoundetli 1 this of the " pomecitron-tree ;" but for the ! cause aforesaid, I would not restrain it to any one kind, that the fulness of grace and truth which was in Christ might here be observed; of whose ' fulness, all we have received, and grace for grace,' John i. 14, 16. Of the wood,] Or, of the forest or grove ; which are wild trees, and without culture, bearing either none, or sour, bitter, and unsavoury fruits. Such is the state of all the sons of men by nature, Rom. xi. 24, whom Christ far excelleth in beauty, fruit, and comfort, .. Ps. xiv. 3 ; Johnxv. l,&c. Mv beloved,] That is, Christ ; in Heb. Dad, the same in signification with David. See the Notes on chap. i. 13. The sons,] Of Adam, all whom Christ far exceirefri, Ps. xiv. 3. The Cliald. expoundetli it of "angels," which the sons of God, John i. 6. But though it be true that Christ excelleth them also, Heb. all 698 SONG OF SONGS. his fruit was sweet to my palate. ^ He brought me in the house of wine, and his banner over me was love. ^ Stay me with flagons : i. ; yet tYie former similitude of ' the trees ot the wood,' leadeth us rather to understand it here of earthly creatures, as the kings and potentates, and wise men of the world, called sons in comparison with their people, before called daughters, in ver. 2. So in Rev. i. 5, Christ is 'the prince of the kings of the earth.' In Ezek. xxxi. 3, 6, the king of Assyria is likened to 'a cedar in Lebanon,' under whose 'shadow dwelt all great nations.' In Dan. iv. 20 — 22, Nebuchadnezzar is likened to a tree, strong and high, under whirli the beasts of the field dwelt, &c. ; and Josias, king of Judah, under whose shadow the Jews hoped to live. Lam. iv. 20, and others. In his SHADOW,] That is, in his protection and de- fence. The tree shadoweth from the heat of the sun, and Christ from the heat of the wrath of God, and from the persecutions of the world; as it is written, ' There shall be a tabernacle for a shadow in the day time from the heat,' &c., Is. iv. 6; and, 'Thou (Lord) hast been a strength to the poor, a strength to the needy in his distress ; a refuge from the storm, a shadow from the heat ; when the blast of the terrible ones is as a storm against the wall,' Is. xxv. 4. So 'the shadow of Egypt,' Is. XXX. 2; ' the shadow of Heshbon,' Jer. xlviii. 45, signify the defence wherein men trusted ; while the faithful repose in God and Christ alone, as in Ps. xxxvi. 8; Ivii. 2; xvii. 8 ; Ixili. 8; xc. 1. And they that trust in him shall be safe from evil ; as, < Jehovah is thy shadow upon thy right hand ; the sun shall not smite thee by day, nor the moon by night ; Jehovah will keep thee from all evil,' Ps. CXXi. 5 7. I DESIRED AND SAT,] Or, / much desired that I might sit. The form of the Heb. word incieaseth the signification, as noting ' a continual and fervent desire,' of that which is pleasing, delightful, or profit- able ; and by sitting is meant abiding and resting, as in Ps. xci. 1. The church there, fore being by sin under wrath revealed by the law; and being maligned by the world, 'as a lily among thorns,' acknowledgeth her faith, hope, love, and delight, to be in Christ Jesus, ' who hath delivered us from the wrath to come," 1 Thess. i. 10 ; through whom ' we have peace with God,* Rom. v. 1 ; and peace in him, though in the world we have tribu- lation, 1 John xvi. 33. His fkuit,] Another benefit which the church reapeth by Christ, that she is not only delivered from evil, but made partaker of his goodness ; in that the works of his prophecy, priesthood, and king- dom,— his death, resurrection, and all fruits of them, are communicated unto her by the gospel, which she feedeth upon by faith, to the refreshing and life of her soul. Fruits signify graces and good works, which Eie to the benefit of ourselves and others. Mat. iii. 8, 10 ; Gal. v. 22, &c. ; and is also applied to the doctrine of the gospel, John xv. IC; and signifieth a comfortable reward, Ps. Iviii. 12; Prov. xxvii. 18. The Hebs. referthese things to the law, which should better be applied to the gospel ; for the Chald. para- phrast here saith, " As the pomecitron tree is fair and commendable among the unfruit- ful trees, and all the world knoweth it ; so the Lord of the world was fair and commendable among the angels, when he was revealed upon mount Sinai, at the time that he gave the law unto his people : at that time I desired to sit in tlie shadow of his divine majesty, and the words of his law were sweet to my palate, and the reward of his precepts is reserved for me, in the world that is to come." Ver. 4. — The house of wine,] That is, either the wine cellar, the place where wiiie is kept ; or rather the banquetting house, where wine is drunk. For cellars are called the treasuries or store-houses of ivine, in 1 Cluon. xxvii. 27. Wine, besides that it slaketh thirst, cheereth aho the heart of man, Ps. civ. 15 ; causeth him to forget his sor- row and misery, Prov. xxxi. C, 7; comfoit- eth the sick, by cherishing and augmenting the vital spirits. By this the church signi- fieth increase of grace from Christ, as the fruit of the vine excelleth the fruit of the apple-tree, and is more comfortable unto the heart. And as her troubles and temptations were increased, so was his grace towards her, for spiritual consolations; 'for as the suffer- ings of Christ abound in us, so our consola- tion also aboundeth by Christ, 2 Cor. i. 5. This house of wine, is like that in Prov. ix. 1 — 5, where wisdom having ' builded her house,' &c., inviteth the simple to come and eat of her bread, and drink of the wine which she hath mingled. Of the Heb., Jarchi ' expoundeth this wine-house to be " the taber- ■ nacle of the congiegation, where the inter- pretation and explanation of the law is given:" answerable to which now, is the assembly of the saints, though it may also be understood of God's book or scripture, the true wine- cellar that affordeth spiritual comforts. His banner,] Or, his standard, a flag or ensign spread abroad, a warlike sign, as in chap, vi. 4, 10, the church is said to be ' terrible as an army with banners.' And the banner lifted up, is a sign of fighting with joy and victory, as in Ps. xx, 6, ' We will shout CHAPTER II. 699 joyfully in thy salvation, and in the name of our God, we will set up the banner.' So Christ's banner over her, signified his defence and the victory which he giveth over all her enemies, sin, Satan, and the world : also tlie sign, that as all soldiers do camp under their own standards, Num. ii. 2, so she under the gospel, the ensign of Christ's love towards her. Love,] That wherewith Christ has loved us, 1 John iv. 10; wherefore some read it thus, ' his standard was love toward me.' By love the church is redeemed, Eph. V. 25 ; by it, ' everlasting consolation is given us, and good hope through grace,' 2 Thess. ii. 16. ' And hope maketh not ashamed, because the love of God is shed abroad in our hearts, by the Holy Spirit which is given unto us,' Rom. v. 6. Ver. 5. — Stay,] Or, sustain, strengthen, uphold ye me. The church in her soul- sickness speaketh to her friends, (the minis- ters of Christ, and other Christians) that they, with the comfortable doctrines and pro- mises of the go'pel applied unto her con- science, would stay and uphold her ready to fall as into a swoon, through trouble of mind, because of her own infirmities, and want of feeling of Christ's grace and blessing. Thus in figure, when Isaac had blessed Jacob, he saith, ' With corn and wine I have sustained him,' Gen. xxvii. 37. Spiritually we are sustained and strengthened by the words and promises of Christ, which comfoit the heart, quicken the spirit, and strengthen faith when it is weak; as it is said, 'Be ye also patient, stablish, (or strengthen) your hearts; for the coming of the Lord draweth nigh,' Jam. v. 8; and, ' I long to see you, that I may impart unto you some spiritual gift, to the end you may be established,' Rom. i. 11. An example may be seen in Judah, when Heze- kiah spake unto their heart, and said, ' Be strong and courageous, &c., for there be more with us than with him: with him is an arm of flesh, but with us is Jehovah our God to help us, and to fight our battles. And the people stayed (or rested) themselves upon the words of Hezekiah king of Judah,' 2 Chron. xxxii. G — 8. Likewise in the apostles, who preaching the gospel, confirmed (or stablished) the souls of the disciples. Acts xiv. 21, 22; xviii. 23. With FLAGONS,] To wit, of wine, which at ban- qiiets was wont to be distributed by flagons. M'hen David had brought the ark of God into his place, and had oU'ered burnt- offerings and peace-offerings, and blessed the people, • He dealt to every one of Israel, both man and woman, to every one a loaf of bread, and a good piece of flesh, and a flagon,' 1 Chron. xvi. 1—3, meaning a flagon (or pot) of wine; as 'flagons of grapes' (that is, of wine made of grapes) are mentioned in Hos. iii. 1. So here, with flagons of the wine of grace and consolation, which God's people have distributed among them in the spiritual banquet of the gospel, doth the church desire to be sustained. Flagons are named for the wine in thern, as the ciip for the wine therein, Luke xxii. 20. The Hebs. after their wonted manner, apply tliis to the doc- trine of the law; as the Chaldee paraphrast , heie saith, " Receive ye (O Moses and i Aaron) the voice of the words of the Lord, } out of the midst of the fire, and bring me I into the house of doctrine, and sustain me | with the words of the law, wherewith the [ world is delighted." But it is the law which ' causeth the sickness of the soul, as the apos- tle showeth in Rom. vii., and the gospel of Christ lualeth it, Luke iv. 18. Strow me A BED,] Or, spread me, make me a couch, holster me up. The original, Raphad, sig- nitleth properly to spread abroad, as a bed to lie on, Job xvii. 13; and so it is translated by the Gr. Sloibasate, which is to strew a bed, as they were wont, with herbs ; or to stufl and bolster up. Thus it is of like meaning with the former word, for they used beds and couches at banquets, Amos vi. 4; Esth. i. 5, 6; or it further signifieth her falling down as into a swoon ; and as one not able to stand, is to lie down on her couch which she desireth may be made and bolstered with 'the apples,' the comfortable doctrines and fruits of Chiist, forementioned in ver. 3, which the \ Chald. explaineth, " The interpretation of the holy words, which are sweet like the apples of the gaiden of Eden." Sick of LOVE,] In languishing with desire to enjoy the comforts of my beloved. The Gr. tians- lateth it, " wounded of love." The original word signifieth also weakness, as in Judg. xvi. 7, 11. This speech implieth a want of feeling and enjoying the presence and com- forts of Christ, as by her after speech is mani- fest, when she saith, ' I adjure you, O daugh- ters of Jerusalem, if ye find my beloved, that ye tell him that I am sick of love,' chap. v. 8. And that such is the church's estate sometimes, appeareth by chap. iii. 1, 2, &c. ; v. 6. And as love is one of the strongest affections, chap. viii. 6, 7, so the sickness which Cometh of it doth sore afflict and weaken the person; as may be seen in that evil example of Amnon, sick of love for his sister Tamar, 2 Sam. xiii. J, 2, 4. This sickness ariseth in the heart, by feeling the wrath of God due to us for sin, and curse of his law, Ps. xc 8; xxxviii. 3, 5, 7; Dan. ix. 11 ; Rom. vii. 24 ; (whereupon it is said, ' The inhabitant shall not say I am sick ; the people that dwell therein shall be forgiven their iniquity,' Is. xxxiii. 24;) and afHic- 700 SONG OF SONGS. stiow me a bed with apples: for I am sick of love. * His left hand under mine head; and his right hand embrace me. ' I adjure tious laid upon us for our humiliation, Mic. vi. 13; Job vii. 18; xxx. 15, 1 ; x. 6; Lam. iii. 17, 18; Amos vi. 6; in which Christ sometimes, as it were, hideth himself from us, Job xiii. 24; Ps. Ixxvii. 6 — S; Ixxx. 3, 7, 19. The church feeling and acknowledg- ing herself sick, seeking for the physician, and is in the way to health: for 'they that are whole need not a physician, but they that are sick,' Mat. ix. 12. And such as feel not their death in sin, will not come unto Christ, that they may have life, John v. 40, who healeth all our sicknesses, Ps. ciii. 3, as he himself was ' a man of sorrows, and acquainted with sickness,' Is. liii. 3. Ver. 6. — His left hand,] Understand, is under my head: or prayerwise, let it be under mine head. The church by faith beholdeth the help of Christ himself, in the ministry of his word and Spirit sustaining her, outwardly and inwardly, as with the left and right hand ; upholding her head, folding about and comforting her heart, as a loving husband doth his wife in her sorrow and sick- ness; as the apostle saith, the Lord doth ' nourish and cherish' his church, Eph. v. 29. The like speech is repeated in chap. viii. 3. Under my head,] As a pillow to rest upon. By sins and afflictions, ' the whole head is sick, and the whole heart faint,' Is. i. 5. By the righteousness of Christ, and consolations of his Spirit, our sins are forgiven, and our consciences comfoited, 1 John ii. 12; iii. 24; Rom. xiv. 17. This grace is felt, when by the ministration of the word, the fiagons and apples forementioned (in ver. 5.) are applied to the repentant believing sinner : who saith, when his flesh and his heart is consumed and faileth, 'The Rock of my heart, and my portion, is God for ever,' Ps. Ixxiii. 26. His RIGHT HAND,] Which teacheth him fearful things, Ps. xlv. 5, so both his hands, even all that Chriht is, his Godhead and manhood, his life, death, resurrection, ascension; his weak- ness, power, and glory, are employed for the comfort and salvation of his church. Doth EMBRACE ME,] Or, let embrace me, or, will embrace me : it is a speech of faith, or prayer, (as in chap. i. 2, ' Let him kiss me,') con- cerning the fruition of Christ's love and graces. For to embrace or fold the arms about one, is (as kissing) a sign of love. Gen. xxix. 13; xlviii. 10. In this sense we are counselled to embrace the wisdom of God, Piov. iv. 7, 8. This commendeth the love of Christ, that leaveth not his church in her sickness, sins, and infirmities; but cometh to her, comforteth and sustaineth her with his own hands, in manifestation of all love. compassion, and kindness; and joyeth in her, as ' the bridegroom rejoiceth over the bride,' Is. Ixii. 6, and keepeth her safe from evil. It setteth foith also the church's faith and thankfulness, which seeth Chri>t pi-esent in his doctrine and ordinances, and his minis- try, as if he were crucified before her. Gal. iii. 1, and rejoiceth before others for his love and help, 2 Cor. i. 3—5, &c. Ver. 7. — I adjure von,] That is, / earnestly charge you with an oath, for which if you break it, you shall be guilty of punish- ment. This seemeth to be the speech of the church here, as it is also after in chap. iii. 5; viii. 4, to the daughters of Jerusalem, her friends, of whom see chap. i. 5. An adjura- tion, and a curse, are much of like nature, and one is sometimes put for another; see Gen. xxiv. 8, 41; Josh. vi. 26; 1 Sam. xiv. 24, 27, 28. So it showeth the weightiness of this speech. By the roes,] Here may be tinderstood, ye that are by the roes : ye which feed your flocks al)road iu the fields, where the roes and hinds run; or, abide with the roes, or with the hinds of the field. Some take it as if the oath were by them ; which cannot be but improper and figurative, seeing oaths and adjurations are by the name of God only, Deut. vi. 13; Gen. xxiv. 3. The roes and hinds are wild beasts of the field, and have the notation of their names, of armies and powers; and by wild beasts, the nations of the world are often signified, which were not of the Lord's fold, among his sheep: so that the daughters of Jerusalem (God's elect) being with and among them, are charged (and it may be figuratively by them, as the instruments by whom Gud would punish them if they kept not this charge) to beware that they troubled not her love. Moreover, the me and the hind are set forth in scripture for examples of swift- ness of foot, as in 2 Sam. ii. IS; xxii. 34, which being referred to the punishment for breaking this adjuration, may signify the swiftness of God'? judgments on them that should so do. These creatures are also men- tioned when speech is of love between man and wife, as in Prov. v. 19, ' Let her be as the hiving hind, and as the pleasant roe,'&c, that as the males and females of these beasts do dearly love one another, so is the unfeigned love between man and wife, and between Christ and his church. And here- unto this speech may have respect : the rather for that after in ver. 9, she likeneth Christ to ' a roe, or a young hart.' And as the heavens, earth, stones, &c. are called to witness against men if they sin, Deut. xxx. CHAPTER II. 701 you, O daughters of Jerusalem, by the roes; or by the hinds of the field : if ye stir, and if ye stir up the love, until it please. ** Tile voice of my beloved! behold he cometh : leaping upon 19; Josh. xxiv. 27, so the roes and hinds shall rise up and condemn such as breait their faith and love unto Christ. If ye stir, and IF YE STIR UP,] Or, if ye atvake, and if ye wake up: they are both words of one sig- nification, save that they diti'er in form; and being both referred to the love after men- tioned, they mean a stirring up or disquiet- ing much or little. But the former may have reference to the daughters of Jerusalem, that they themselves stir not in this peace and quietness of Christ and his church : the lat- ter, if ye stir up, is referred to the love, that it be not disquieted. And the word if, used in oaths and adjuratiun?, is a prohibition upon penalty, ' see that ye stir not,' as in Gen. xxi. 23, ' swear unto me here by Gud, if thou shalt lie unto me; that is, that thou wilt not lie: and in Mark viii. 12, ' if a sign be given : which is explained in Mat. xvi. 4, 'a sign shall not be given. Stirring, is opposed unto quietness or sitting still, and unto sleep and rest, Ps. Ixxx. 3; xxxv. 23; Dan. xi. 25; Zach. ii. 13; iv. 1; and the Lord is said then to siir up, or awake, when he delivereth his church out of trouble, Ps. Ixxviii. C5, 66, and the church then stirreth up the Lord, when it earnestly prayeth for , such deliverance, Ps. xliv. 24, 25. The \ Chald. paraphrast and other Hebs. under- j stand it so here; but apply it to the deliver- I ance of Israel out of Egypt, which might not \ be until the time appointed of God: and if we take it in this sense, the daughters of Jerusalem are charged to suffer affliction, for and with Christ, in faith and patience, unto the coming of the Lord, Jam. v. 7 ; 1 Pet. V. 6, 7, and not to provoke him by murmur- ing, or otherwise, through fear and unbelief: a figure whereof may be seen in Christ's sleeping in the storm, and the disciples waking him, Mark iv. 37 — 40. But it may be applied unto the stirring and provoking of Christ by sin, for which he often departeth from his people, and chasteneth their trans- gressions, Ex. xxiii. 20, 21 ; Is. lix. 2; Ixiii. 10, that they should by no means grieve the Holy Spirit of God, Eph. iv. 30. The LOVE,] Understand my love, meaning Ciirist her beloved ; who is called love, for excel- lency sake (as in chap. i. 4, ' righteousnesses" were righteous persons :) because ' God is love,' 1 John iv. 8, most worthy to be loved, and loving his most dearly. So ' loves ' for ' lovers,' in Hos. viii. 9. Afterward the spouse herself is called by this name love, in chap. vii. 6. Until it plkase,] Or, U7itil he please, speaking of Christ; and being understood of stirring or provoking him by sin, it meaneth never; for so the word imtil often sigtiifieth: as Michal had no child ' until the day of her death,' 2 Sam. vi. 23 ; that is, she never had any: and this iniquity shall not be purged from you, 'till ye die,' Is. xxii. 1 4, and, I will not leave thee, • until I have done that which I have spoken unto thee,' Gen. xxviii. 15; and sundry the like. Ver. 8. — The voice,] Here the spouse breaketh out and rejoicelh to hear the bride- groom's voice, and signifieth to her friends the comforts that she had thereby ; as it was her soul's sickness and grief when he with- drew himself, and kept silence. By ' the voice,' is meant the word of his grace, the preaching of the gosjiel ; which she knowetli to be his, and receiveth with jo)', as Christ's sheep are said to hear and to know the voice of the shepherd, and not a stranger, John x. 3, 4, &c. In this sense, he said before Pil- ate, ' Every one that is of the truth, hearelh my voice,' John xviii. 37 ; and they knew not ' the voices of the prophets,' Acts xiii. 27, that is, their doctrines ; and ' To-day, if ye shall hear his voice, harden not your hearts,' &c., Heb. iii. 7. This voice is heard before his coming, to prepare the hearers to receive him ; as John the Baptist, who prepared the way before Christ, is called ' the voice of a crier,' &c., Mark i. 2, 3. Behold, He COMETH,] A further degree of grace from him, and comfort in her, that she not only heareth his voice, but seeth him coming to save her, as is promised in Is. xxxv. 4. By the preaching of the gospel, received witli faith, Christ himself cometh, and is preserl with his people, John xiii. 20 ; Gal. iii. 1. And as the church was ' sick of love,' ver. 5, so Christ here answereth to her desire, ful. filling that which he promised, ' If a man love me, he will keep my words ; and my Father will love him; and we will come unto him, and make our abode with him,' John xiv. 23. Leaping,] A similitude taken from the roes and harts, (whereunto Christ is likened in ver. 9), which are swift iu run- ning, and skip upon mounts, hills, and rocks, as in Is. xxxv. 6; 'the lame man shall leap as an hart.' Hereby therefore Christ's speed and readiness to help is signified. Upon the MOUNTAINS,] That is, openly and apparently to the eye ol faith, as in Nah. i. 15, ' Behold ujion the mountains, the feet of him that bringeth good tidings,' &c. Spiritually by the mountains and hills may be meant the 702 SONG OF SONGS. the mountains ; skipping upon the hills. ® My beloved is like a roe, or a fawn of the hinds : behold he is standing behind our wall, looking forth througli the windows, flourishing through the lattices. kingdoms and nations of the woild, su'idued unto Christ by the preaching of the gospel, Rev. xi. 15. Or, it may be translated, 'over the mountains, and over the hills;' passing over all impediments which might seem to hinder him; as the sins of his people, the opposition of the world, and the like. So the adversaries of the church are likened to a mountain, in Zach. iv. 7, ' Who art thou, O great mountain ? before Zerubbabel thou shall become a plain.' And by the preach- ing of the gospel, ' every mountain and hill shall be made low,' Is. xl. 4. See also Is. xli. 15; xlii. 15 : Hab. iii. 6. Ver. 9. — Like a roe,] For swiftness, 2 Sam. ii. 18 ; and for pleasantness, Prov. v. 19. The same is meant by the next simili- tude of the fawn or young hart, 2 Sam. xxii. 34 ; Prov. V. 19. Fawn of the hinds,] Or, oft/ie hart, (for the original word implieth both males and females), and she speaketh in the plural number, either because the fawn is engendered of both male and female, which delight each in other; or, for excellency, as Solomon Jarchi expoundeth it, "The fawn of a choice hind," or hart. Here the church showeth the readiness of Christ to help her ; as in ver. 8, she saw him come leaping and skipping, so by these two creatures, most swift of foot, she signifieth the speed he mak- eth, as in chap. viii. 14 ; and the mutual love and delight between them, according to Prov. V. 19. Behind our wall,] This signifieth a more near communion with Christ, than when he was farther off, leaping on the mountains ; and yet not so near, but there was still a wall between her and him, which parted them; so the degrees of graces are here meant, whereby Christ manifesteth his love to his church, not wholly at once, but as he seeth good for us ; that by beholding and delighting in his good, ness, we may be drawn to loUovv him, calling us after him, ver. 10. His 'standing behind our wall,' if it be referred to Clnist himself, may be understood of his incarnation, when he dwelt in our house of clay, (as it is called in Job iv. 19), and in our flesh, appeared, pieached, suffered, &c., to draw us after him into the kingdom of his Father, as John i. 14, 'The word was made flesh, and dwelt amongst 11-;, and we beheld his glory, the glory as of the only begotten of the Father, full of grace and truth.' If it be referred to the wall which God hath made for his church, it may mean his holy ordinances, (which, in the time of the law, were ' a middle wall of partition,' as Paul uameth them, Eph. ii. 24), behind whicli Christ standeth, speaketh, and show- i eth himself, though more obscurely. But we ! may best apply it to our own wall, meaning of the heart, (as the prophet speaketh of ' the j walls of his heart,' Jer. iv. 19, which the Or. here translateth, "the senses of his heart,") ' and it agreeth with that saying, ' Behold, I > stand at the door and knock,' &c.. Rev. iii. , 20. For the natural senses and understand- ing of our hearts are as a wall to hinder us from Christ, till they be pulled down, and reformed according to the knowledge of God. And so it is prophesied of Christ, that he should ' unwall (or cast down the walls of) all the sons of Seth,' Num. xxiv. 17; that is, (as the apostle openeth) should by the preach- ing of the gospel, ' pull down strong-holds, cast down imaginations, and every high thing that exalteth itself against the knowledge of God ; and bring into captivity every thought to the obedience of Christ,' 2 Cor. x. 4, 5. Looking through,] Or, looking in at the windows. This word, used only here, and in Ps. xxxiii. 14 ; Is. xiv. IG ; signifieth a looking narrowly, and an attentive observa- tion of that which is done or suffered by I others. So it noteth Christ's providence and 1 care of his church, and all her ways ; to see I how she would accept of him and his word. Flourishing,] Or, blossoming, that is, show- | ing himself as a flower, sweet, pleasant, ami- able ; to teach that Christ cometh not unto his, without profit and comfort to their souls. For as he is all gracious, so he profferetli grace to his church. The Gr. translateth it, " looking in ;" agreeable to the former word. Lattices,] A word not elsewhere used in j the Heb. ; but the Chald. useth it for windows, 1 as in Jos. ii. 21. And as windows and lat- | tices do both serve to let in light into the j house ; so, according to the former interpre- | tation, they may here be applied to Christ, i through whom grace shined in his human nature ; or to his ordinances, through which the light of grace shineth unto us, as by his word, seals of the covenant, &c., or to the hearts of his people, into which he conveyeth heavenly light. But his looking in to his ; spouse through these, betokeneth also his j secret observation of her, and all her doings ; I for things which one doth secretly unspied, j are said to be by looking out at the window, j as in Prov. vii. 6, &c.; Gen. xxvi. 8. And I as for her she seeth him not plainly, but as through windows and lattices ; for in this life we know but in part ; and ' now we see j through a glass darkly,' 1 Cor. xiii. 12. The I CHAPTER II. 703 '" My beloved answered, and said unto me, Rise up thou, my love, my fair one, and come thou away. " For lo, the winter is past ; tlie rain is over, it is gone away. ^^ The flowers appear on tlic earth, the time of the singing (of birds) is come : and the voice of Chald. referreth this speech to God's respect of his people, when they kept the passover in Egypt, Ex. xii., which was a figure of 'Christ our passover sacrificed for ns,' 1 Cor. v. 7. Ver. 10. — Answered, I Or, spake. She telleth here the end and fruit of Christ's swift coming, to call her by his Word and Spirit, from her present estate and place of afHiction unto a better ; or from that sloth or security wherein she lay, to follow him in the faith and love of his gospel ; for when we with open face behold as in a glass the glory of the Lord, we have also this grace added, that 'we are changed into the same image, from glory to gloi'y, even as by the Spirit of the Lord,' 2 Cor. iii. 18. Rise up thou,] Or, rise up for thyself, and for thy good. So after, coine away for thyself. Sitting or lying still, fltt- eth not with a Christian in this life, who is called to run the way of God's command- ments, Ps. cxix. 32 ; and to follow the Lamb whithersoever he goeth. Rev. \iv. 4. By our own default and negligence, we want the comfoits of Christ and his communion ; but this our sin is reproved and made manifest by the light. ' Wherefore he saith, Awake thou that sleepest, and arise from the dead ; and Christ shall give thee light,' Eph. v. 13, 14. Hereunto Ciirist calleth us, with words of love and kindness. Coime thou away,] Or, go thou, or, get thou away. Such words God used to Abraham, «hen he called him out of his country. Gen. xii. Ver. 1 1 — Winter,] A time of cold, hard- ness, stoim, and tempest ; wherein flowers and fruits are consumed, travel is difficult ; for then God ' casteth forth his ice like mor- sels ; who can stand before his cold ? ' Ps. cxlvii. 17. Therefore Christ saith, 'Pray that your flight be not in the winter,' Mat. xxiv. 20. Rain is over,] Or, is changed, that is, past away, and fair weather come in the place. Rain in winter is a hindrance of travel or going abroad, as appeareth also by Ezra X. 9, 13. These things maybe applied to outward tro\ibles and grievances in this life, by the malice of the world ; as when Israel was in the bondage of Egypt, and of Babylon, and after were released. Likewise to the spiritual winter, rain and rage of Anti- christ, after which the graces and fruits of the gospel began to flourish again. May also signify the afflictions of soul, wherein fears and sorrows are stirred up like tempests, by the wrath of God, caused by sin, discovered and stirred up by the law, Rom. iii. 20 ; iv. 15 ; vii. 5, 8, 23,24. All which byChiisfs coming are done away, Rom. vii. 25. For that man is ' an hiding place from the wind, and a coveit from the tempest,' Is. xxxii. 2; and through him, ' we being justified by faith, have peace with God,' Rom. v. 1. ; and his tabernacle is ' for a place of refuge, and for a covert from storm and from rain,' Is. iv. 6. The same thing is elsewhere signified by the scorching heatof the summer, Rev. vii. 16, 17. Ver. 12. — The flowers,] Or, the flour, ishing thitigs (or flowerings) appear. A description of a pleasant and fruitful spring, after a doleful winter; signifying Christ's gracious and comfortable gifts, for the delight and benefit of his church, after the removal of the former evils. These flowers may be understood both of the saints themselves, who now begin to hold up their heads ; and of the graces of the Spirit wherewith they are adorned, for their mutual comfort; whiles the joyful tidings of the gospel are discovered unto the consciences of afflicted sinners, to assure them of the favour of God. Thus, unto Pha- raoh's butler in prison was signified his re- storing to his former good estate, by a dream of vine branches that budded, blossomed, and brought forth grapes, Gen. xl. 9, 10 — 13. And when God promiseth grace to his people, he saith, ' Israel shall blossom and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit,' Is. xxvii. 6 ; and ' they of the city shall flourish like grass of the earth, 'Ps. Ixxii. 16. The earth,] Which being naturally dry and barren, (and cursed for man's sin, Gen. iii), is by the blessing of God, and by means of the rain and dew of heaven, made fruitful ; and this is applied unto our sinful barren nature, made fruitful by the blessing and gospel of Christ, Heb. vi. !• — 9. So God promising to heal the backsliding of his people, and to love them freely, after his anger is turned away, saith, ' I will be as the dew unto Israel, he shall grow as the lily, and cast forth his roots as Lebanon ; his branches shall spread, and his beauty shall be as the olive tree,' &c., Hos. xiv. 4 — 6. The Chald. paraphrast ap- plieth these flowers to Moses and Aaron, "who were like unto palm-tree branches, and ap- peared to- do miracles in the land of Egypt." Singing,] To wit, of birds, as after in spe- cial he nameth the turtle dove. This is both a sign and an effect of the spring time, which cheereth all creatures, and causeth them in 704 SONG OF SONGS. the turtle is heard in our land. '^ The fig-tree putteth forth her green figs ; and the vines with tlie tender grape give a smell. Rise lip tlion, my love, my fair one, and come thou away. " My dove, thai art in the clefts of the rock, in the secret place of the stairs ; their kind to sing praises untoGod ; and these birds and turtles signify tlie saints, who feel- ing the comfoits of God's Word and Spirit, do sing his piaise ; and with psalms, and hymns, and spiritual songs, do sing and make melody in their hearts to the Lord, Eph. v. 19. As it is written, 'They shall lilt up their voice, they shall sing for the majesty of the Lord, &c. From the utmost part of the earth have we heard songs, Glory to the righteous,' Is. xxiv. 14, 16. Of the turtle,] The church itself is sometimes meant by the turtle, Ps. Ixxiv. 19: and the dove, chap. il. 14; V, 2; sometimes the Holy Spirit with his graces is resembled by a dove, as at our I Lord's baptism. Mat. iii. 16; and thus the . Chald. expoundeth it here, "The voice of the Holy Spirit." So it signifieth the voice of the Spirit, in the people of Christ mutually comforting one another, and jointly praising God with and for his graces. The turtle dove, casting her feathers, is said to hide her- self in winter in holes of trees, her voice therefore being now heard, signifieth that sum- mer was come. Ver. 13. — Her green figs,] Or, her un- ripe Jigs ; such as the fig-tree thrusteth out instead of flowers which appear on other trees. A sign not only of the spring, but of a fruit- ful year. Our Saviour saith, ' Learn a par- able of the fig-tree. When her branch is yet tender and putteth forth leaves, ye know that summer is nigh,' Mat. xxiv. 32. And the blessing of God upon his church, is hereby signified, as, on the contrary, when he threat- eneth to consume the same, he sailh, there shall be ' no grapes on the vine, nor figs on the fig-tree,' &c., Jer. viii. 13. Tender GRAPE,] Or, young smalt grape, called in Heb. smadar, a word used only in this Song here, and in ver. 15, and chap. vii. ver. 12. By this variety of fruits is figured the variety of graces, the good work and sweet odour of them, which appear in the saints after they are reconciled to God by Jesus Christ; who is ' the true vine,' the faithful ' are the branches,' who, when they bear much fruit, the Father is glorified, John xv. 1, 5, 8. The people of God themselves are also likened tograpes and figs, as, ' I found Israel like grapes in the wilderness ; I saw your fathers, as the first ripe in the fig-tree,' &c., Hos. ix. 10. Rise UP THOU,] Or, rise up for thyself, as in ver. 10, which exhortation is here again repeated. Ver. 14.— Mr dove,] So Christ calleth here his church. The dove is mournful, sociable, harmless, chaste, fearful, &c., as, ' I did mourn as a dove,' Is. xxxviii. 14 ; and 'we mourn sore like doves,' Is. lix. 11. Again, who are these that fly ' as the doves to their windows,' or lockers, Is. Ix. 8 ; and in Ezek. vii. 16, 'They that escape of them, shall escape, and shall be on the mountains like doves of the valleys, all of them mourn- ing every one for his iniquity.' And in Hos. xi. 11, ' They shall tremble as a dove, out of the land of Assyria ;' Mat. x. 16, ' be harm- less as doves.' All which properties agree with the church in this her estate; especially fearfulness and mourning for her iniquities, whereby she became sick of love, ver. 5. The CLEFTS OF THE ROCK,] Hidden there for fear of enemies, as it is written, ' O ye that dwell in Moab, leave the cities, and dwell in the rock ; and he like the dove, that maktth her nest in the sides of the holes' mouth,' Jer. xlviii. 28. The rock whither this dove, the church, was now fled, seemeth most properly to mean faith in Christ, as Mat. xvi. 18 ; wherein she hid herself, for fear of God's wrath for her sin, and yet durst not show her- self; or, the election of God, which, as a sure and rocky foundation, abideth for ever. Herewith compare Ex. xxxii. 22, where Moses was put in a clift of the rock, and covered with God's hand, while he passed by. Secret place,] Or, hiding place. Thus, David often calleth God his secret or hiding place, as in Ps. xxxii. 7, ' Thou art a secret place to me, from distress thou wilt preserve me,' &c. See also Ps. Ixi. 5; xci. 1. Stairs,] Heb. stair, or steep place. This, as the rock aforesaid, may signify Christ ; by faith in him, we ascend unto God by degrees, as by stairs, he being the ladder which Jacob saw in a vision, upon whom the angels of God ascended and descended. Gen. xxviii. 12 : John i. 51. Let me see thy counten- ance,] Or, cause me to see thy personage, thy visage, thy form, fashion, siylit, shape, or- appearance. See chap, v, 15 ; that is, stir up thy faith, and hold up thy face with comfort, come unto me, walk before me, and be upright, as Gen. xvii. I. Piesent thy body as a living sacrifice, holy, &c., Rom. xii. 1. So the Chald. expoundeth it, "Shew me thy countenance, and thy righteous works." Hear thy voice,] "That is, thy prayers, praises, songs, thanksgivings, &c., Ps. V. 3 ; xxvi. 7; xxviii. 2; xlii. 6 ; call CHAPTER II. 705 let me see thy countenance, let me hear thy voice : for thy voice is sweet, and thy countenance is comely. '^ Take ye for us the foxes, the little foxes, that corrupt the vineyards ; for our vine- yards have tender grapes. upon me in all thy fears and troubles, as in Ps. 1. 15, ' Call on me in the day of distress,' &c. By these words Cluist both showeth her the cause of her soul's sickness, to be her own infirmities, and negligence in prayer, and other holy duties, as also comforteth her against her fears, and the consciL-nce of her infirmities. Thus the Chald. also explaineth it, " Let me hear thy voice, for thy voice is sweet in prayer, in the house of the little sanctuary, and thy countenance fair in good works." Is SWEET,] That is, pleasing and acceptable, being uttered in faith, and accor- ding to the will of God, as it is written, ' Then shall the offerings of Judah and Jeru- salem he sweet (that is, pleasing) unto the Loid,' Mai. iii. 4 ; but unto the transgressors he saith, * Your burnt-oti'erings are not accep- table, nor your sacrifices sweet unto me,' Jer. vi. 20. Comely,] Or, to be desired, beau- tiful, as in chap. i. 4. These praises of the church are spiritual, and according to the esteem of God, not of men. For even Christ himself, in respect of worldly reputation, had his visage and form so marred, ihat many were astonished at him. He had no form nor comeliness, Is. lii. 14; liii. 2. Ver. 15. — T.\ke ye for us the foxes,] It is uncertain whether these U'ords be spoken by Christ, or by tlie church, or both; but they seem rather to he Christ's words, directed chiefly to the watchmen and ministers of the church. By foxes are meant false prophets and heretics, as in Ezek. xiii. 4, ' O Israel, thy prophets are like the foxes in the deserts.' Such are by Christ likened to wolves. Mat. vii. 12. And the apostle to the elders of Ephesus giveth warning of such, Acts xx. 28, 29, &c. ; and all Christians are to mark and espy such, Horn. xvi. 17. The taking, or apprehending and holding fast, of these foxes, is the discovering and refuting of their errors, the judging, censm-ing, and casting them cut of the church, 1 Tim. i. 3, 18—20; or avoiding them, if they be none of the church, 2 John 10. And because the vine- keepers knowing the malignity of foxes, would destroy them, but by reason of their subtilty, they often escape, and are not taken ; there- fore he saith,' take ;' meaning by consequence the rooting of them out. And as the fox is fam- ous for his craft and subtilty; so are false teach- ers called therefore ' deceitful workers, trans- forming themselves into the apostles of Christ,' 2 Cor. xi. 13. And not thev only, but crafty Vol. II. 4 tyrants, and other like enemies, may be meant by I'oxes ; as Christ called Herod a fox, Luke xiii. 32 ; also sins of all sorts, may by reason of their deceitfulness (Heb. iii. 13) be here implied under the name of foxes, whose pro- perty is to have holes in the earth, Mat. viii. 10, as sins are hidden in the fraudulent hearts of men. The little foxes,] The lesser sort of sins, enors, false teachers, &c., even in their beginning and first bud, when they may seem to be less hurtful, as is said of Babylon, ' Happy shall he be that taketh and dasheth thy little ones against the rock,' Ps. cxxxvii. 9. Corrupt the vineyards,] By devouring the grapes, the foxes corrupt, mar, and destioy vines and vineyards ; so sins, sinners, and heretics, destroy the faith, doc- trine, and churches ; making 'shipwreck of faith,' 1 Tim. 1. 19; their word 'eatetb as doth a canker,' 2 Tim. ii. 17 ; they are ' vain talkers, and deceivers of minds ; who subvert whole houses,' Tit. i. 10, 11 ; they ' privily bring in heresies of perdition, being as natural brute beasts, made to be taken and destroyed,' 2 Pet. ii. 1, 12. Of such, the Lord complaineth, 'Many pastors have cor- rupted my vineyard,' Jer. xii. 10, For,] Heb. and ; which word is often used instead of/or, as in Ps. Ix. 13; Is. Ixiv. 7 ; Gen. xii. 19. H.-iVE TENDER grapes,] Or, bring forth the tender grape. This reason show- eth the love and care of God towards his church and people that are fruitful. If they bear wild grapes instead of wholesome fruit, he will ' take away the hedge of his vine- yard, and it shall be eaten up,' Is. v. 4, 5. Every branch in Christ that beareth not fruit, his Father, the husbandman, taketh it away ; and every branch that beareth fruit, he purg- eth it, that it may biing forth more fruit, John XV. 1,2; and when the fruit is young and tender, he hath care to preserve and cherish the same. Ver. 1G. — Is mine,] Here the spouse prc- fesseth the joyful communion between Christ and her, which she now feeleth renewed after her soul sickness. Christ is ours, when by faith we apply him and all his graces, his death, resurrection, ascension, intercession, <fec. unto ourselves, as our own. ' Because we thus judge, that if one died for all, then are all dead,' 1 Cor. v. 14. 'I am cruci- fied with Christ. Nevertheless I live, yet not I, but Christ liveth in me, &c. Gal. ii. 20. ' And we have known and believed the 706 SONG OF SONGS. "^ My beloved is mine, and I am his; he feedeth among the lilies. " Until the day dawn, and the shadows flee away: turn about, and be thou like, O my beloved, to a roe; or to a fawn of the liinds, upon the mountains of Bether. love that God hath to us,' I John iv. 16. And I HIS,] By the covenant of his grace : as it is written, * I entered into covenant with thee, saith the Lord God, and thou becamest mine,' Ezek. xvi. 8. Or, as the former branch signified her faith to justifica- tion, so this latter, her sanctification; while by holiness of life, she giveth herself to Christ in all obedience to do his will, Rom. vi. And, ' hereby we know that we dwell in him, and he in us, because he hath given us of his Spirit,' 1 John iv. 13. Feedeth AMONG THE LILIES,] This signifieth the con- tinuance and increase of grace ; for that faith and holiness might be increased daily, Christ by his Spirit, and by the ministry of his word, feedeth his flock among the fair, sweet, and comfortable lilies of the scriptures ; and in the communion of the saints, which are like ' lilies among thorns,' ver. 2. Ver. 17. — Until the day dawn,] Or, until the day blow, or breathe forth, to wit, light : as appeareth by that which followeth, the fleeing of shadows. Although it may have reference to the blowing of the wind at the break of the day. The like speech is used again in chap. iv. 6. The shadows fly,] That is, the darkness of the night flee: as on the contrary, when ' the day goeth away, the shadows of the evening ' are said to be ' stretched out,' Jer. vi. 4. Torn abodt,] To wit, unto me, have respect unto, and care of me ; it is a request of comfort from Christ, as David saith, 'Thou didst much increase my greatness, and didst turn about and com- fort me/ Ps. Ixxi. 21. The spouse here in the night and darkness of her tribulation and temptation, desireth Christ to lie ready at hand for her help, by the comfort of his word and Spirit. The night and shadows thereof do signify either the darkness of ignorance and sill, when the truth and way of God is not known, Eph. v. 8; 1 John i. 6; Mic. iii. 6; or the time of trouble and persecution. Lam. iii. 1,2; the day is the time of know- ledge, holiness, comfort, peace, and joy, 1 Thess. v. 5, Rom. xiii. 12, 13; Esth. viii. 16. The dawning or break of this day, is the sense and feeling of inward joy and com- fort by the word and Spirit; as the apostle exhorteth us to take heed unto the sure word of prophecy, as unto a light that shineth in a dark place, ' until the day dawn, and the day-star arise in our hearts,' 2 Pet. i. 19; the fleeing of the shadows is the removing away of blindness, ignorance, sinfulness, misery, and trouble, which God beginneth to his people in this life, and conlinueth to the end, when ' the day of the Lord,' and ' the day of Christ' shall appear, 1 Thess. v. 2; 2 Thess. ii. 2, when there shall be eternity of light, and joy to the faithful. To a roe,] For swiftness to help me, and pleasantness to delight me : see the notes on ver. 9. Fawn OF THE HINDS,] Or, of the harts, that is, a young hart: see ver. 9. Of Bether,] Or, (by interpretation) of division, of partition. This seemeth to be the place called also Bithron, which was on the outside of Jordan, 2 Sam. ii. 29 ; called partition, because it was parted by the river Jordan from the land of Judea. And on those mountains (as by this scripture appeareth) harts and roes used to run, from which the similitude is taken. CHAPTER III. ' Upon my bed, in the night, I sought him whom my soul loveth : I sought him, but I found him not. ^ I will rise now. Ver. 1. — Upon my bed,] The church now showeth greater afflictions into which she fell, through want of feeling the presence and comforts of Christ. While she thought her- self sure of her beloved, and laid her down as on the bed of ease, supposing him to be with her, she misseth his company, and seeking him by solitary meditation, found him not. Thus may we understand this place, compar- ing it with chap. v. 2, 3, &c. The bed sometime signifieth tribulation, as in Rev. ii. 22, which may be also implied here; that the church sought and waited for the Lord, in the way of his judgments, as in Is. xxvi. 8. The night,] The time of solitary and earnest meditation, as also of affliction, are CHAPTER III. 707 and go about in the city, in the streets, and in the broad places, I will seek him whom my soul loveth : I sought him, but I found him not. ^ The watchmen that go about in the city found me: Saw ye him whom my soul lovetli ? * It icas but a little that I liad passed from them, but I found him whom my soul loveth : I signified by 'the night:' as in Ps. Ixiii. 7; cxix. 55; Ixxvii. 3, 4, 7, &c. So in Is. xxvi. 9, ' With my soul have I desired thee in the night; yea, with my spirit within me, will I seek thee early.' I sought,] By prayer, study, meditation; upon repentance of sins and negligences, in faith of God's promises, &c. See Mat. vii. 7, 8; Hos. iii. 5; V. 15; Jer. 1. 4; Zeph. ii. 3; Deut. iv. 29. My sotJL LOVETH,] Christ, whom before she called her beloved, is here the love of her soul ; for by withdrawing the light of his face, and afflicting the conscience, the love, zeal, and affections of the Christian heart are kindled and increased, ' When he slew them, then they sought him; and returned and sought God early,' &c. Ps. Ixxviii. 34, 35. I found him not,] To wit, presently, till afterward, ver. 4. For neglect of taking hold on grace when it is offered, or not keeping it when it is received, God often withdraweth the light of his countenance, to stir up zeal and fervency in his children, Prov. i. 24, 28 ; Mic. iii. 4 ; Jer. xi. 10, 1 1. Ver. 2 I will rise now,] Or, Let me rise now. This signifieth a stirring up of grace in her, an increase of faith, love, zeal, and fervency in spirit, Neh. ii. 12, 18; Lam. ii. 19; Ps. Ivii. 6. Thus afflictions are profitable, that we may learn God's statutes, Ps. cxix. 17. Go about in the city,] A sign of earnest desire to obtain that which one seeketh, whether it be for evil, as in Ps. Iv. 11; lix. 7, 15; or for good, as in this place. See also Is. xxiii. 16. By 'the city,' understand Jerusalem the holy city, where Christ dwelt amongst men, and had seated his temple, and the practice of his- ordinances, whither all Israel repaired thrice every year; which was a figure of the church, Eccl. x. 15 ; Is. xxvi. 1. So amongst the people of God, in his word and ordinances, she sought Christ for the comfort of her soul. Streets and BROAD places,] Or, narrow streets, and broad streets, for both words are used for streets of a city; and the latter, for such broad places as oftentimes people met together in, as in 2 Chron. xxxii. 6; Neh. viii. 1, 3, 16; Job xxix. 7. So this noteth an exqui. site search, as in another case it is said, ' Run ye to and fro through the streets of Jerusalem, and see now and know, and seek in the broad places thereof, if ye can find a man, if there be any that execute th judg- ment,* &c. Jer. V. 1. And she thereforo seeketh him in the streets, because there 'wisdom uttereth her voice,' Prov. i. 20, 21, there Christ teacheth, Luke xiii. 26, yet now in them she cannot find him. Ver. 3. — The watchman,] Or, the keep- ers, warders. These signify the officers or ministers of the church and city of God : for/; the priests and levites kept of old the watcl^/ or charge of the Lord, Num. iii. 7, 8. So iijf Is. Ixii. 6, it is said, '/ have set watchmet^ upon thy walls, O Jerusalem, which shalt< never hold their peace, day nor night,' &c. ) Found me] It is not said she sought them, but they found her; which phrase signifieth diligence rather on their part, and a thing unlocked for on hers. So God is said to find his people in the wilderness, Deut. xxxii. 10, and afflictions do find men, as Ps. cxvi. 3, 18. And this accordeth with the watchmen's duty, to find out such as wander about the city in the nights. After she speaketh of the like and more, that the watchmen found her, and smote her, &c. chap. v. 7. Saw ye him,] She inquireth of them for Christ, but here is no mention of any thing they said to her before ; nor of any answer they gave to her demand after. It is probable by this their silence, and her words following, that they told her no tidings of her beloved. Whether the fault were in them, that they were such as are spoken of in Is. Ivi. 10, ' blind watch- men,' and 'dumb dogs' that could not bark : or in herself, that could not by the doctrine of the ministers, apprehend and apply Christ unto her conscience and comfort. Ver. 4. — But a little,] Or, a very little : meaning either time, or distance of place. Passed from them,] So she stayed not with them because her beloved was not among them : but continued seeking else- where. For neither the society of brethren, or church, or ministers, can comfort the afflicted conscience, unless Christ himself be apprehended by faith. But I found,] Or, imtil I found: here, after much seeking, without fainting or discouragement, when means fail, she findeth Christ to the comfort of her conscience. Thus the promise is ful- filled, • Seek and ye shall find,' Mat. vii. 7. Not let him go,] Or, not leave him; show- ing herein Jacob's faith when he wrestled with the angel, Gen. xxxii. 26. ' I will not let thee go, except thou bless me.' This is "08 SONG OF SONGS. lield him, and would not let liim go, until I had brought him into my mother's liouse, and into the chamber of her that conceived me. * I adjare you, O daughters of Jerusalem, by the roes, or by the hinds of the field -. if ye stir, and if ye stir up my love, until he please. ^ Wlio is this that cometli up out of the wilderness like pillars done, when the doctrines and promises of the gospel are by faith retained ; as it is said, ' Take fast hold of instruction, let her not go,' Prov. iv. 13. My mother's house,] Hereby, any chief city, polity, or solemn place of assembly is signified, 2 Sam. xx. 19; Is. 1. 1, Jer. 1. 12; Eztk. xix. 10. The mother is Jerusalem which is above, the mother of us all; which is figured by Sarah the free- woman, and signifieth the New Testament or covenant of grace. Gal. iv. 24 — 26. The house and chamber wherein she conceiveth us by the preaching of the gospel, is outwardly the church, 1 Tim. iii. 5 ; inwardly, the heart and conscience, where faith dwelleth, Rom. x.lO; Gal. iv. 19. Thus by the Spirit, she getteth unto herself more constant assu- rance of her election and salvation by Christ, and by his presence through his word and oidinances, her state and church polity is set up and stablislied. So after in cliap. viii. 2. Vkr. 6 — I ADJURE YOu,&c.] She having obtained Christ again, with constant purpose of heart to retain him, reneweth her contes- tation and ciiarge of sanctificalion of life, such as bucometh the gospel ; and of patient suf- fering adversity for his name: that Christ be not provoked by sin to leave his people. For, as Moses said unto Israel, 'If ye turn away from after him, he will yet again leave them in the wilderness, and ye shall destioy all this people,' Num. xxxii. 15. See the Annot. on chap. ii. 7, where this charge was first given in these same words. Ver. 6 — Who is this,] This woman, speaking of the church, by the example of Israel, who went up from the wilderness to Canaan the promised inheritance. Num. x. 33, &c. This seemeth to imply a new com- pany or state of a church rising up in the world : or it is the speech of strangers, admir- ing the glory of the spouse of Christ, who was seen before of Christ by her fuiih, and is now beholden of others by her order, (the two things most respected in the church of God, Col. ii. 5;) in which she marchelh through the wilderness of this world, towards her hea- venly rest. So when Christ came riding into ' Jerusalem, all the city was moved, saying. Who is this?' Mat. xxi. 10. Cometh up,] Or, ascendeth, as the going into Egypt, is called a descending, or going down, Gen. xlii. 2; xlvi. 3, 4; so the going out from thence, is called ascending, or going up, Ex. xiii. IS; xxxiii. 3; Deut. ix. 23. 'The way of life is above to the wise, that he may depart from hell beneath,' Prov. xv. 24. From the wilderness,] The wilderness of the land of Egypt was a figure of the world ; as the projjhet teacheth us when he mention- eth 'the wilderness of people,' Ezek. xx. 35, 36. So Christians are ' not of the world,' but he hath chosen them ' out of the world,' John xv. 19. Pillars of smoke,] Or, vapours of smoke, as the Holy Spirit trans- latetb it in Gr., Acts ii. 19, from Joel ii. 30. In Heb. it hath the name of palm-trees, (such as the stature of the church is likened unto in chap. vii. 7,) which are upright and tall like pillars; and smoky vapours mounting, upright, are so called by similitude. The spouse of Christ is here likened to ' pillars of smoke,' because her journey tendeth right upward to heaven, moved by the fire of God's Spirit. And whereas in Joel ii. SO, and Acts ii. 19, blood, and fire, and pillars of smoke, are signs of God's wrath against the contemners of his word and church, (and smoke in the scriptures is usually a sign of anger,) here also the like may be implied. Again, as smoke is dark and hindereth from seeing, and the cloudy pillar was dark to the Egyptians, Ex. xiv. 20, so is the church and gloiy thereof, obscure unto the world, by reason of her afllictions in this life, which were resembled unto Abraham by a 'smoking oven,' Gei\. xv. 17. But chiefly this seemeth to denote the sanctification of the churdi, who as a spiritual sacrifice, ascendeth up to God, on the altar Chri-t, by the fire of the Spirit, resolving the earthly matter to ashes remaining beneath, and the other unto smoke mounting up unto God. Perfumed,] Or, becensed uith myrrh', the chuich is per- fumed and made of sweet odour by Christ (the bag of myrrh that lodgeth between her breasts, chap. i. 11 ), whose death was like myrrh, bitter in taste, but of sweet smell : with this she was perfumed by knoiving 'him, and the power of his resurrection, and the fellowship of his suiTerings, being made con- formable unto his death,' Phil. iii. 10. And with the cdour of this incense she is com- forted; according to the proverb, 'Ointment and perfume rejoice the heart,' Prov. xxvii. 9. And frankincense,] Myrrh was used CHAPTER III. 709 of smoke, perfumed with myrrli, and frankincense, with all powder of the merchant ? ' Beliold, his bed which is Solomon's; threescore miglity ones are about it, of the miglity ones of Israel. * They all hold the sword; being expert in war, every man hath liis sword upon his tliigh, because of fear in the night. in the holy anointing oil, and frankincense in the sweet perfume, Ex. xxx. ; which per- fume figured the mediation of Christ, the angel which oflereth much incense with the prayers of all saints, Rev. viii. 3. So through his death and intercession, the church hath her sweet smell, and all her garments are mynh, aloes, and ca'ssia, Ps. xlv. With all powder,] Or, above all potvder (that is, powders or spices) of the merchant. That is, with all other graces that Christ hath bestowed upon her by the preaching of his gospel. Or, those forenamed mynh and frankincense wliich she hath from Christ, are above all other graces and gifts which can be attained to in this worki. Of THE MERCHANT,] Or, of the spice merchant, as the word is Englished in 1 Kings x. 15. But the Gr. interpreteth it " apothecary," or " ointment-maker." Such were of the priests under the law, which ' made the oint- ment of the spices,' 1 Chron. ix. 30; and such now are the ministers of the gospel, uttering the word and graces of the Spirit. Ver. 7. — Behold his bed, which is Solomon's,] An Heb. manner of speech, explained thus in Gr., " Behold the bed of Solomon." Some understand here, his bed like that which Wds Solomon's: others, above (or better than) that which tvas Solomon's. The Spirit here calleth us to behold the guard which was about Solomon's bed, for his safety and security from fear. Solomon in his name, kingly office, wisdom, and royalty, was a figure of Christ, (who is greater than Solomon, Mat. xii. 42); and his bed is above Solomon's. Christ's bed here seemeth to mean the hearts of the elect, (as in chap. i. 13, the spouse said, he should lodge betwixt her breasts,) in whose hearts Christ dwelleth 'by faith,' Eph. iii. 17, and there taketh his repose and icst. And this habitation or lodging was figured by the tabernacle and temple of Solomon, 1 Cor. vi. 19. Therefore the Chal.l. j^araphrast (who saw not Christ but in shadows) apply this bed to the temple which Solomon built. SiXTv MIGHTY ONE^,] Or, sio^ti/ vallunts, strong men. Solomon's bed was guarded with sixty of the valiants, or mighty men of Israel, that he might be safe from peril, figuring the safe guarding and keeping of the hearts and minus of God's elect, both by their own diligent watch over their hearts and ways; (as it is written, ' Above all observation keep thy heart : for out of it are the issues of life,* Prov. iv. 23; wherein while they keep sound wisdom and discretion, when they lie down they shall not be afraid ; yea, tliey lie down, and their sleep is sweet, Prov. iii. 21, 24;) as also by the safe keeping and protection of God, by whose power the saints are guarded (or kept) through faith unto salvation, 1 Pet. i. 5; so that they are not afraid for 'the terror of tlie night, or for the arrow that flieth by day,' Ps. xci. 1,5; and the peace of God, which passeth all understanding, doth keep (or guard) their hearts and minds through Christ Jesus, Phil. iv. 7. And in special, this is done by the ministers of Christ, that watch and wake for the souls of his people, Heb. xiii. 17; Acts xx. 28—31; as his servants of old did * stand in the hotise of the Lord in the nights,' Ps. cxxxiv. 1. Mightv ONES OF Israel,] AVhat mighty valiants were in Israel, appeareth by David's wor- thies, which helped him in his wars, and are mentioned in 1 Chron. xi. 10 — 47; xii. 1 — 38. They figured such strong men as have the word of God abiding in them, and do overcome the wicked one, 1 John ii. 14. Ver. S. — Hold the sword,] Or, holden {apprehended) of the sivord, that is, girded therewith ' Tiie word of God is the sword of the Spirit,* Eph. vi. 17; which men do then hold when they hold forth ' the word of life,' Phil, ii* 16; and therewith resist Satan and all enemies, and by faith do overcome, 1 John ii. 14; v. 4. Expert,] O)', learned, tauffht, (as the Gr. translateth it,) being taught of God, who teacheth the hands of his people to war, 2 Sam. xxii. 35 ; so that they fight the good fight of faith, 1 Tim. vi. 12; and by long custom are inured and skilful iji the Loid's battles, and ' have their senses exercised to disiern good and evil,' Heb. v. 14. Such in figure were the sons of Reuben, Gad, and Manasses, 1 Chron. v. 18. His SWORD on his thigh,] By his side prepared, and ready to fight, as Kx. xxxii. 27. So unto Christ it is said, ' Gird thy swoid upon thy thigh, 0 mighty One,' Ps. xlv. 4. Fear IN the night,] Or, dread (terror) in the night, the dreadful evils that are secret and unseen, and every night do endanger. For thefts, murders, treasons, and other mischiefs. 710 SONG OF SONGS. 3 King Solomon made himself a chariot of the wood of Leba- non. '" He made the pillars thereof of silver ; the bottom thereof c/gold ; tlie covering tliereof o/" purple : the midst thereof 6eiw^ are often done in the night; as experience and the scriptures testify, Job xxiv. 14; Jer. vi. 5; Neh. vi. JO; Dan. v. 30; 1 Cor. xi. 23; Mat. xiii. 25; Prov. vii. 9, 22; and then it i^ needful to wat^ch, and stand ready armed, Neh. iv. 22; Mat. xxiv. 43; xxvi. 31, 41. So CJiristians which are to wrestle against manifold temptations, and ' against the rulers of the darkness of this world, against spiritual wickedness in high places ;' are willed to take unto them 'the whole armour of God :' and to stand, having their ' loins girded,' &c., Eph. vi. 12—14. Veh. 9. — A CHARIOT,] The Heb. apirjon is not found but in this one place, translated in the Gr. lihoreion, which is a thing to carry upon, as a chariot, litter, or the like; but after the Heb. it hath the name of fair- ness or gloriousness, and of fiuitfulness. Some take it to be a throne, some a palace, some a bed. Sol. Jarchi expounds it " a secret chamber for honour," to wit, such as is made for the bride and bridegroom. The 1 Chald. expoundeth this of the temple which I Solomon made of the wood of Lebanon, but that temple was a figure of Christ and of his church: to which we may better refer it. Of Christ, it may be meant, in respect of his human nature, which was all glorious, with- out spot of sin : which humam'ty he made and assumed to himself with all the glorious graces of the Spirit, for tlie salvation of his elect, the daughters of Jerusalem. Of the ministers of Christ, or the church (his mysti- cal body) it may (as I think) rather here be spoken ; which by the preaching, profession, and practice of the gnspel, carrieth Christ as a chariot, holding forth the word of truth, and of salvation, in the midst whereof Christ sitteth, teaching, governing, and triumphing. So the former similitude of the bed, signifieth the more secret state of the church in times of danger ; this of the chariot butokeneth the more open glory of the same by the publish- ing and practising of the gospel. M'ooD,] Or, trees of Lebanon, that is, of cedar wood that grew on Lebanon, figuring the saints, liiiened to cidars in Lebanon, Ps. xcii. 12, 13; of which, as of the matter, Christ maketh his church, Rom. i. 7; 1 Cor. i. 2. Ver. 10.— The pillars,] This, if it be referred to persons, meaneth the ministers, who by the doctrine of the gospel sustained the church; 'as Jame;^, Cephas, and John seemed to be pillars,' Gal. ii. 9. If unto other things, it may be understood of the words of God, (likened unto fined silver in Ps. xii.) with whose oracles, as with pillars, the chariot of the church is sustained. So Prov. ix. Wisdom builded her house, and hewed out her ' seven pillars.' A pillar sig- nifieth constancy and stability, Rev. iii. 12. The bottom,] Or, the seat on which Solo- mon sitteth, resteth, or lieth in his chariot : so the Gr. translateth it anacliton, that which one sitteth or lieth down upon. This bottom or seat of gold seemeth to have refer- ence to the golden mercy-seat over the ark in the temple, on which God is said to 'sit,' Ps. Ixxx. 3. And it signifieth the covenant of grace, apprehended by faith, (which is nnich more precious than gold that perisheth, 1 Pet. i. 7;) and the doctrines of the law by faith, which are better than thousands of gold and silver, Ps. cxix. 72. The covering,] The top and hangings, which have the name here of riding, because it seemed as it were! to ride upon the chariot : so the Gr. calleth it epibasis, of ascending. It seemeth to signify the outward conversation and clothing of the church, which being purple, is not only a princely colour, denoting heavenly life, but hath special reference to the blood and death of Christ, whereof the church is made partaker, both for justification and sanctification, Rev. i. 5, 6; vii. 14; Rom. vi. 3, 4. And so the hope of heavenly glory is here also applied, and protection from Christ, till we come unto his glory. The MIDST,] Or, the inmoit thereof, being paved with love : or he made a pavement of love. This, in respect of Christ, signifieth his inmost and fervent love towards us, even givnig his life for us, and liaving us as it were written in his heart : in respect of his people, it signifieth the sense and feeling of Christ's love towards them, as also their love unto Christ, and one to another. So the seat, the covering, and the pavement, are answerable to those three graces, faith, hope, and love, spoken of in 1 Cor. xiii. Of the DAUGHTERS OF Jerusalem,] These are the elect of Gud, the children of Jerusalem ('the mother oi us all,' Gal. iv. 26), which being loved of Christ, are ' graven on the palms of his hands,' Is. xlix. 16; yea, carried upon his heart, as the high-priest bare 'the names of the children of Israel, in the breast-plate of judgment, upon his heart,' Ex. xxviii. 29. And so of his ministers, as it is said, * Ye are our epistle written in our hearts,* 2 Cor, iii. 2: and 'you are in our heaits, to die CHAPTER IV. li paved with love, of the daughters of Jerusalem. " Go foitli, O ye daughters of Zioii, and see King Solomon with the crown wherewith liis mother crowned liim in tlie day of his espousals, and in the day of the gladness of liis heart. . and live with you,' 2 Cor. vii. 3. Such, therefore, as the love of Christ, are the pave- ment of his coach. Ver. 11. — Daughters of Zion,] Zion was a mount in Jerusalem, and as that was called ' the holy city,' Is. lii. 1, so Zion is called the Lord's ' holy mountain,' Joel iii. 17, because of his temple there. The daugh- ters of Zion were the women dwelling therein, or belonging thereto. Is. iii. 16, 17; iv. 4. But under the name daughters, all the inha- bitants, men and women, are comprised ; and all towns and cities of Israel which were daughters (in scripture phrase) to the mother Zion: and so the Chald. here expoundeth it, " Inhabitants of the provinces of the land of Israel." This mount Zion figured the Chris- tian church, Heb. xii. 22; the daughters figured Christians, either persons or churches, Is. xlix. 14, 22, which are therefore said to be virgins- and to follow the Lamb Christ, who standeth upon ' mount Zion,' Rev. xiv. 1, 4. These are called forth by the preach- ing of the gospel, to behold Christ (the true Solomon) with his crown. So in Ps, cxlix. 2, ' Let the sons of Zion be glad in their King:' and in Mat. xxi. 5, 'Tell ye the daughter of Zion, behold thy King comelh,' &c. See' King Solomon,] The faithful are called out of their former state, to a further degree of knowledge, to see Christ (whom Solomon figured in his kingdom) crowned with glory and honour in his church. So unto John it was said, ' Come and see,' Rev. vi. 1, 3, 5, 7. His mother crowned him,] By the mother, seemeth to be meant the con- gregation of the faithful, (as also the Chald. here expoundeth it, " the people of the house of Israel,") called ' his mother,' because by the doctrine of faith, they spiritually do con- ceive and bring forth Christ, Gal. iv. 19; and doing the will of his Father they are esteemed and loved of him, as his ' sister and mother,' Mat. xii. 50. The crown is a sign of king- dom, dominion, and victoiy, Ps. xxi. ; and Christ warring against his enemies, and over- coming, hath ' on his head many crowns (or diadems),' Rev. xix. 11, 12, &c. ; vi. 2. And the kingdoms of this world, after the tyranny of antichrist, do become the kingdoms ' of our Lord, and of his Christ,' Rev. xi. 15. When Christ therefore ruleth in his church by the sceptre of his word, and his people submit unto his law and government, then set they the crown upon his head, acknow- ledging his sovereignty. Dat of his espousals,] When he was espoused unto his bride the church ; this is the day of the cove- nant made between Christ and his people, Ezek. xvi. 8, &c. ; as he saith to Jerusalem, ' I remember thee, the kindness of thy youth, the love of thine espousals, when thou went- est after me in the wilderness,' &c. Jer. ii. 2. For when a people are by the gospel won unto the faith, and settled in the order of Christ, they are ' espoused ' unto him as to a 'husband,' 2 Cor. xi. 2. And this is after called ' the day of the gladness of his heart,' because ' as the bridegroom rejoiceth over the bride,' so God rejoiceth over his people. Is. Ixii. 5. CHAPTER IV. ^ Behold, thou art fair, my love, behold thou art fair : thine eyes (are as) doves within thy locks; thy hair is as a flock of Ver. 1. — Thou ART fair,] As the church be- fore set forth the glory of Christ, by the simili- tudes of the guard about Solomon's bed, his cha- riot and his crown : so here Christ setteth forth the graces of his church, not by her ornaments only (as before in chap. i. 10.) but by the parts and features of her body. And first he commendelh in general her spiritual beauty (which she had from him, Ezek. x. 1 4.) through her perfect constitution, faith, and holiness; see the Notes on chap. i. 15. Eyes,] He mentioneth seven particulars, the eyes, hair, teeth, lips, temples, 7ieck and breasts: that as seven is often the number of perfection, (Christ himself being likened to ' a Lamb with seven horns, and seven eyes, which are the seven spirits of God,' Rev. v. 6.) so by these, the manifold graces bestowed on the church, might be signified; 'that in every thing she is enriched by him, and cometh behind in no gift:' as 1 Cor. i. 5, 7. As doves,] The word as, is after supplied. 712 SONG OF SONGS. goats ; that appear, from mount Gilead, ^ Thy teetli, are like a llock {of sheep) even (shorn) which come up from tlie washing : which all of them bear twins, and none among them is bereaved of the young. Thy lips, are like a thread of scarlet, and thy speech in chap. v. 12. and it meaneth, as doves' eyes, that is, fair, full, clear, chaste; to see by faith 'him who is iuvisible,' Heb. xi. 27. and having • the eyes of her understanding enlightened, to know what is the hope of his calling,' Eph. i. 18. so that 'she lifteth not up her eyes unto idols,' Ezek. xviii. 6. but to 'the Holy One of Israel,' Isa. xvii. 7. and ' her eyes observe his ways,' Prov. xxiii. 26. See the Notes on chap. i. 15; vii. 4. where her eyes are like pools. Within thy locks,] Or, from within (or through) thy locks; whicti are named in the original of binding or restraining; because a woman's locks are modestly and seemly tied up and covered : so that it was a sign of sorrow, misery, and cap- tivity, to have such locks uncovered, Isa. xlvii. 2. But the spouse of Christ, freed by him from Satan's bondage, isde(^ently dressed and covered, in sign of her subjection (as 1 Cor. xi.) and of her chaste affection to him. So after in ver. 3. chap. vi. 7. Hair,] This is the ornament and covering of the head, proceeding from moisture and strength of nature; likened here to the hair of a flock of goats, fed in pasture, as on mount Gilead; whose hair is long, rank, and smooth: figur- ing the thoughts, purposes, devices, &c. which are ordered and composed aright, according unto God (as thoughts on the bed, and visions of the head are mentioned in Dan. iv 5; vii. 15; Job iv. 13.) or if we apply this unto persons, by hair may be meant the multitude of believers, (as by the hair, the people of Israel was signified, Ezek. v. 1, 2, 12,) and by the eyes, the guides of the church, as in Num. x. 31. 'Thou mayest be to us instead of eyes.' And thus the Chaid. paraphraseth here, by the eyes, under- standeth the princes and wise men of Israel ; and by ih&hair, the other people of the land. Other Hebs. expound the eyes to mean the prophets, called seers, (1 Sam. ix. 9,) and the hair the Nazarites, which were to let their hair grow, Num. vi. 5. That; APPEAR,] Or, ' that appear smooth,' that] : 'glister;' as the hair of fat cattle is smooth^ and shining. The Heb. word Galash is not used but in this place, and again (in like sense) in chap. vi. 4. The Gr. here trans- lateth it, "are revealed" or *' appear," but there, do come-up. Gilead,] A mountain which bare good pasture for cattle, as appear- eth by Num. xxxii. 1; Jer. xxii. 6; 1. 19. Ver. 2. — Of (sheep) even shorn,] Or, of sheep) made even, or equal, of the same size. The word sheep (or ewes) is after expiessed in chap. vi. 6, and is to be imder- stood here. This is the first praise of tlie j teeth of the church, that they are cut of equal lieiglit; not one longer than another, which \ w onld both be unseemly.and an hinderance to the well eating and chewing of her spiritual food. From the washing,] Tiie second praise of her teeth, that they are white and clean, as washed sheep : which seemeth to respect (besides comeliness) the purity of the spiritual meat wherewith she is fed; as it is a part of i Judah's blessing, that ' his teeth should be • 1 white with milk,' Gen. xlix. 12. Bear' i TWINS,] As fruitful ewes bring forth twins of equal bigness, so the teeth are set in double ranks, one answerable to another: which is the third property for which they are praised. Bereaved of the young,] Or, robbed of the young, by miscarrying, or any other acci- dent. Barren is that which beareth not, j Isa. liv. 1, but tlie woid here used, signifieth j either miscarrying in the birth, or loss of that which is brought forth, by robbery, death, or j the like: so this denoteth the stedl'astness of j every tooth in his place, alter it is brought | forth, against the inconveniences fore-men- tioned. These teeth of the church, which j chiefly serve to eat with, may here mean her courage and strength against her enemies, as \ is prophesied of ' Israel he shall eat up the nations his enemii s,' Num. xxiv. 8, or rather, her judging, discerning, esteeming, and applying of the word of God and seals of his covenant, the comfort and nourishing of her ! soul; so chewing the cud, and feeding by i faith upon the promises of God ; which are ' often made under the similitude of eating j and drinking; as in Ps. xxii. 26 ; Prov. ix. j 5; Isa. lxv.~13; John vi. 41, 60, 51. Some ! referring this to persons, understand by the teeth the ministers of the word, that break, and as it were, chew the bread of life unto and for the people. So the Chald. expoun-^ ^ delh these teeth, to be the priests and levites, that did offer and eat the sacrifices ia Israel. Ver. 3. — A thread,] Or, a lace, a line, j (a ribband) of scarlet: that is, thin in sub- j stance, red of colour, as scarlet double-dyed: ' which two things are the grace of the lips. ; Here by the lips of the church are commen- ded, her doctrines, reproofs, prayers, praises, , &c. For the lips are the instruments where- | with words are uttered, whether in prayer, \ as Zeph. iii. 9; Ps. xxi. 2, or praise and ' CHAPTER IV. 713 is comely : thy temples are like a piece of a pomegranate, within thy locks. * Thy neck, is like the tower of David, builded for an armoury : a thousand bucklers hang thereon; all, shields of mighty men. * Thy two breasts, are like two fawns, twins of the roe; her warfare, which are not carnal but mighty for God,' 2 Cor. x. 4, she staiideth, and with- standeth in the evil day, taking ' the shield of faith, the sword of the Spirit, which is the word of God,' and other like armour, where- with she defendeth herself, and discomfiteth all her enemies, Eph. vi. 11, 17, so that her neck is like the horse's clothed with thunder (and terror) Job xxxix. 19. The contrary state of the church was figured by the capti- vity of Babylon, when her neck was under persecution, and her transgressions (as a yoke) were wreathed, and come up upon her neck, Lam. v. 5; i. 14. See after, in chap, vii. 4. The Hebs. in their Chald. para- \ phrase, expound this neck to mean the chief' of the session (or great council) in Israel. 1 For an armoury,] To hang swords on, and other like weapons of war. The Heb. word talpijoth (used only in this place) is by the Gr. left uninterpreted ^/ia/j9«o</i: and seemelli to be derived of thalah to hang, and pijuth two-edged swords; meaning all instruments to oflend or wound the enemy : as the buck- lers and shields after mentioned, were to defend herself. Bdcklers hang,] Or, are hanged: a buckler hath the name in the ori- ginal of protection or defence : the word fol- lowing, shields (which seemeth to be bor- rowed from the Ueb. shiltei) hath the signi- fication of power or dominion, as being used of great and mighty men. Such bucklers and shields of David, were sometimes kept in the house of God, 2 Chron. xxiii. 9, ai\d as the taking away of shields from the enemy was a sign of victory, 2 Sam. viii. 7, so the hang- ing of them up on walls was a sign of glory, Ez. xxvii. 11. Of mighty men,] This hath reference to David's worthies or mighty men, ' who held strongly with him in his kingdom, and with all Israel, to make him king,' whose names and heroic deeds are recorded in 1 Chron. xi. 10, 47. Their shields hanged up in David's tower for monu- ments are here taken for figures and exam- ples of all the mighty men of God, which by the shield of faith (in God and Christ the shield of his people) have done many great and mighty works ; as the apostle bringeth a cloud of witnesses, in Heb. xi. with all which the spouse of Christ is adorned, whiles with courage and comfort she foUoweth the foot- steps of their faith and works; and abideth constant, sustained by the promises of God. Ver. 5.i — Thy two breasts,] These are both for ornament and for use, as experience X thanks, as Ps. Ixvi. 3; Heb. xiii. 15, or vows, as Ps. Ixvi. l.'i, 14, or doctrine, Mai. ii. 6, 7; Ps. cxix. 13, or pleading, as Job xiii. 6, or comfort, as Job xvi. 5, or any other speech. All these she uttereth not with swelling words of vanity, or taught by human wisdom hut by the Spirit of God, (who hath poured grace into her lips) and by faith in the blood of Christ, wherein her doc- trines, prayers, comforts are all dyed and coloured, 1 Cor. ii. 4, 12, 13; i. 17, 18. Or these things applied to persons, signify the ministers of the word and prayer: as the Chald. paraphrast applieth it (o the high priest in Israel, and his prayers for the recon- ciliation of the church on atonement-day. Lev. xvi. Other of the Jews expound it of the singers in Israel. Comely,] Gracious, and to be desired: see the Notes on cliap. i. 5. So our praises of God are said to be pleasant, and comely; Ps. cxivii. 1, and we are commanded that our 'speech be alway with grace,' Col. iv. 6. Thy temples,] Heb. thy temple, that is, each of the tem- ples of thine head : here by the cheeks also may be meant (as the Gr. version here hath it) which are adjoined to the temples, whose red colour (like a piece of pomegranate when it is cut) are a part of the beauty of the face, and a sign of modesty and shamefacedness. So here in the church it betokeneth her reve- rend and modest countenance ; as fearing and taking heed lest she should speak or do amiss; or blushing if she had failed. Some do explain this to signify the governors of the church, and the similitude of the pomegran- ate to denote the fruit and benefit that cometh by such. The Chald. also expoundeth it of the " king in Israel, and the locks" (after mentioned) of the governors urder him. Ver. 4. — Like the tower of david,] Whereof mention is made in Neh. iii. 19, 25, or the fort of Zion, which David took, and builded, 2 Sam. v. 7, 9. Hereby is meant that her neck was upright, high and strong: for the neck is named in Heb. Tsavvaar, of firmness and strength; a tower (migdal) is a building great and high, Isa. ii. 15. This signifieth the magnanimity, and cour- age, the sure hope, the bold and comfortable carriage of the church, while she being by faith united unto Christ her head, doth no longer bow down her neck to bear the yoke of her enemies, to serve Satan and sin any more, or to be a servant unto men, Rom. vi. 17, 18; 1 Cor. vii. 23, but by 'the weapons of VoL.ir. 4 714 SONG OF SOxNG which feed among the lilies. * Until the day dawn, and the sha dows flee away ; I will get me to the mountain of myrrh, and to tlie hill of frankincense. ' Thou art all fair, my love ; and there is no blemish in thee. ® Come with me from Lebanon, my spouse, with me from Lebanon -. look from tlie top of Amanah, from tlie iu nature, and the scriptures show ; for God saith to his church, ' thou art come to excel- lent ornament; thy breasts are fashioned, &c.' Ezek. xvi. 7, and showeth the use of them, that her children and lovers ' may suck and be satisfied with the breasts of her consola- tions,' &c. Isa. Ixvi. 11. So here the breasts of Christ's spouse, are likened to roes for pleasantness, to fawns, or young roes, for smallness, to ttvins for equalizing; and to roes feeding among lilies, as in fat and sweet pasture. Hereby is signified how the church is fruitful in good works, and comfortable words, and communication of all God's bles- sings: so that by her loving afTection, whole- some doctrines, sweet consolations, and gra- cious beneficence; her children are delighted; and sucking 'the sincere milk of the word do grow thereby,' Isa. Ixvi. 11; 1 Pet. ii. 2. Feed among the lilies,] In fat, sweet, and wholesome pasture. Hereby is signified, that the breasts of the church, (that is, her doctrines, exhortations, and consolations wherewith she nourisheth her children,) are fed and filled not with human traditions, but with the doctrine of Christ; whose lips are likened unto 'lilies, dropping sweet-smelling myrrh;' chap. v. 13. So when the soul of the priests is satiate with fatness ; the Lord's people are satisfied with goodness; as he pro- mised, Jer. xxxi. 14. Ver. 6.— Until the d.\y dawn,] Or blow: see before on chap. ii. 17. Shadows,] That is, darkness; meaning ignorance, infir- mities, troubles, miseries, &e. as chap. ii. 17. I WILL get me,] Or, / tvill go for viyself. It is not evident, whether these be the words of Christ, withdrawing himself for a time, or of his spouse, betaking herself to the mountain. Compariug this place with the former, chap. ii. 17. I understand it of the latter: that as the spouse there requested speedy help of Christ in the time of her sor- row; so here, in like temptation, she fleeth for refuge to the mount of myrrh, and hill of frankincense, where she hopeth for comfort. The speech hath reference to mount Moriah, whereon the temple wasbuilded, 2 Chron. iii. 1, in which temple was the holy anointing oil made of pure myrrh and other chief spices; as also the incense made of pure frankincense and other sweet spices; which were to anoint and sanctify the holy things and persons ; and to bum upon the golden altar daily ; Exod. XXX. 23, 34 ; 1 Chron. ix. 29, 30. On which . mount, Abraham long before, did olier his ] son Isaac for a sacrifice; and upon experience of God's grace and providence, this proverb was used, ' in the mountain of Jehovah, it shall be seen:' Gen. xxii. 2 — 14. To the kingdom of Christ, figured by this mountain, people should flow; for God's law and word was to proceed from it, Mic. iv. 1, 2. The church therefore in the darkness of her temp- tations, fleeth to the Lord's mountain by faith in Christ, meditation in his promises, consolation by his graces, prayer, reading of the scriptures, and other like spiritual exer- cises, confirming by faith and hope, and wait- ing with patience, till the day should dawn, and the day-star arise in her heart, as the apostle speaketh, 2 Pet. i. 19. So Christ himself, in the days of his flesh, used to go up into mountains to pray, and spent the whole night in prayer to God, Luke vi. 12; ix. 28, and preached the gospel in such places. Mat. v. 1, 2. &c. Ver. 7. — All fair,] The spouse was chWedfair before in ver. 1, and chap. i. 15; now Christ saith, she is all fair, whereby he comforteth her against her fears and infirmi- ties, that in him she hath perfect beauty; for he loved her, and gave himself for her, that he might sanctify and cleanse her, ' with the washing of water by the word ; that he might present her to himself ' glorious, a church not having spot or wrinkle, or any such thing,' but that she should be 'holy and without blemish,' Eph. v. 25 — 27. No blemish,] Or, no spot, no fault, no blameworthy thing ; called in Heb. mum, and thereof in Gr. momos, which meaneth first any blemish in the body, as blind, lame, or deformed in any limb or part. Lev. xxi. 18—21 ; Deut. xv. 21; xvii. ] ; so is applied to blemishes in the soul, that is, to sins and vices, from which Christ purgeth his people, that being recon- ciled unto God, ' in the body of his Hesh, through death,' he might present them 'holy, and without blemish, and unreproveable in his sight,' Col. i. 21. 22. Tlius the hun- dred and forty-four thousand that stand with the Lamb on mount Zion, &c., are said to be ' without blemish before the throne of God,' Rev. xiv. 1 — 5. Ver. 8. — Come with me,] Or, Thou shalt come tvith me. Here Christ (having cleansed his spouse by his death) calleth her CHAPTER IV. 715 top of Shenir and Hermon ; from the dens of the lions, from tlie mountains of the leopards. ' Thou hast ravished my heart, my sister, my spouse-, thou hast ravished my heart with one of tliine eyes, with one cham of thy neck. '" How fair are thy loves, my to follow him, from the mountains of wild beasts, from the false churches and societies of wicked people ; that forsaking all corrup- tion in herself and others, she may walk with him in newness and holiness of life, behold- ing and acknowledging God's mercy iu her deliverance, Rom. vi. 6, 13, 22; 1 Pet. ii. 21—24; iv. 1—3; 2 Pet. i. 3, 4. Leba- non,] In Gr. Libanus, a mountain in the north part of tlie land of Canaan, possessed of old by the Hivites, Judg. iii. 3; afterward by the Israelites : on it grew many cedar trees, chap. iii. 9; but in comparison with other places it was a forest or wilderness, Is. xxix. 17; and so the haunt of wild beasts, 2 Kings xiv. 9; which is respected here, as the end of the verse manifesteth. Sometimes in respect of the largeness of the mount, and goodly trees thereon, it is used to signify glorious things, as in chap. v. 15; iii. 9; Deut. iii. 25. Mv spouse,] Or, my bride; named in Heb. callah, (of the perfection of her attire, ornaments, and beauty, Jer. ii. 32,) in Gr. nymphee, which name the Holy Spirit giveth to the church, calling her ' the nymph, (or bride,) the Lamb's wife;' who is * prepared as a bride adorned for her hus- band,' Rev. xxi. 9, 2. Christ before had called her his 'love* or 'friend;' now when she is ' all fair,' and without blemish, he calleth her • spouse ; ' and in ver. 9. both 'sister' and 'spouse.* Look,] Or, thou Shalt look, shalt see, mark and observe. Top OF Amanah,] Or, head of Amanah, which was a mountain in Syria, the valley and river in it was also called Amanah and Abanah, in 2 Kings V. 12; and so the Chald. here expoundeth it, "the heads," that is, "the princes of the people that dwell by the river of Amanah, shall offer a gift unto thee." Human writers testify that Amanus was "a mountain forcibly possessed by many tyrants," &c;, Strabo, 1. 14. So the Holy Spirit here calleth these places 'dens of lions,' and ' mountains of leopards.' Shenir and Her- mon,] This Hermon was a goodly mountain possessed of old by Og king of Bashan, taken from him by the Israelites : and the Amor- ites called it Shenir, the Sidonians Shirion, as Moses telleth in Deut. iii. 9. Uens of LIONS,] This openeth the former, and sliow- eth the danger wherein Christ's spouse was, dwelling as among lions and leopards, that is, among savage, beastly, and idolatrous peo- ple, (as David coniplainethj ' my soul is among lions,' Ps. Ivii. 4,) from which estate Christ calleth and delivereth his chosen : who being delivered do see and observe tlie perils wherein they were, and safe estate whereiuto the Lord had brought them. So the apostle writing to the converted Gentiles saith, * Such were some of you ; but ye are washed, but ye are sanctified, but ye are jus- tified in the name of the Lord Jesus, and by the Spirit of our God,' 1 Cor. vi. 9—11. Ver. 9. — Hast ravished mine heart,] Or, hast taken away, or hast pierced {hast wounded) my heart : the original is but one word, and used only in this place twice; and meaneth the ravishing or drawing of the heart with love and delight. The Chald. | expoundeth it, " Thy love is fixed in the table ; of mine heart." Christ speaketh here to his • spouse, as a man overcome with love : as it , is said, 'With the joy of the bridegroom over | the bride, thy God will rejoice over thee,' Is. | Ixii. 5. Mv sister,] So he calleth her out of his love, in respect of her adoption and regeneration (being born of God) and of her sanctifications; as it is written, 'Both he that sanctifieth, and they that are sanctified, are all of, one; for which cause he is not ashamed to call them brethren,' Heb. ii. 11. And, ♦ whosoever shall do the will of my Father which is in heaven : the same is my brother, and sister, and mother,' Mat. xii. 50. One of thine eyes,] Or, one look from thine eyes; which eyes were in ver. 1, likened to doves, simple, chaste, pure : and mean here her faith, and the fruits thereof, as prayer, &c., wherewith Christ is greatly affected and delighted. Chain of tht neck,] Heb. of thy necks; that is, which hangeth on both sides of thy neck. The eye is a natural part of the body; the chain is an adjoint and ornament of the body, figuring God's laws and ordinances, Prov. x. 9, as also the graces of his Spirit in his people. See the Notes on chap. i. 10. Ver. 10. — How fair,] Or, how beauti- ful: and consequently, hotv gracious, how lovely and delightful are thy loves! By loves are meant not only the affections, but the actions also and fruits of love, which the church manifesteth towards Christ, by her ' work of faith, and labour of love, and patience of hope;' and by keeping ' his com- mandments,' 1 Thess i. 3; 1 John v. 3; and these are fair and goodly in the eyes of Christ, causing him to covet her 'beauty,' Ps. 716 SONG OF SONGS. sister, my spouse! how much better are thy loves than wine, and the savour of thine ointments than all spices. " Thy lips drop the honey-comb, O spouse-, lioney and milk are under thy tongue; and the savour of thy garments is as the savour of Lebanon. *^ A garden locked, my sister, my spouse-, a spring locked, a fountain Xlv. 11, 12. How MUCH BETTER,] Or, how good are thy loves, better than wine: the meaning of this speech is opened in chap. i. 2 ; there the church preferreth Christ's love above wine; here, he doth the like of her loves towards him, signifying how pleasant and acceptable the fruit of his own graces are in his church; so that the Lord her God 'delighteth' in her, and 'rejoiceth' over her. Is. Ixii. 4, 5. Savour of thine ointments,] That is, of the graces of the Spirit wherewith thou art anointed : see the Aniiot. on chap. ii. 3, where the church extoUeth the savour of Christ's ointments, as here he doth hers. Spices,] Sweet odours, or sweet-smelling spices : for of such the holy anointing oil was made, Ex. xxx. 23; and with such some- times women were purified, Esth. ii. 12; and the dead embalmed, 2 Chron. xvi. 14 ; they were a present for a king, 2 Chron. ix. 1, 9. Ver. 11.. — Drop the honey-comb,] That is, utter sweet words: hereby the doc- trines and prayers of the church are com- mended as sweet and pleasant to the hearers, like honey to the taste. By this similitude the words of God are praised in Ps. cxix. 10, 103. As 'grace is poured' into the lips of Christ, Ps. xlv. 2, so by communication of his grace, the speech of his people is ' with grace,' Col. iv. 6. Honey and milk under thy tongue,] Honey and milk, both of them mean the sweet, easy, comfortable, and nour- ishing words of faith, love, holiness, &c.; ' the sincere milk of the word,' whereby the babes in Christ may grow, 1 Pet. ii. 2. And plenty of grace is promised in Emmanuel's days, under the similitude of ' abundance of milk,' so that everyone should 'eat butter and honey,' Is. vii. 22. 'By tinder the ton giie, seemeth to be meant the secret and inward parts, as the heart and mind, (as David exalted God under his tongue, Ps. Ixvi. 17;) to show her sincerity and difference hereby from the lewd woman, whose ' lips also drop the honey-comb, but her end is bitter as wormwood,' Prov. v. 3, 4. For some, 'by good words and fair speeches, deceive tiie hearts of the simple,' Rom. xvi. 18; the words of her mouth are ' smoother than but- ter, but war is in her heart,' Ps. Iv. 21 ; and ' adders' poison is under their lips, Ps. cxl. 3. The savour,] Or, the smell, (the odour) of thy garments : tliese are * the beautiful gar- ments of Zion,' Is. Hi. 1; the ' fine linen. clean and bright, the righteousness of the saints,' Rev. xix. 8; who have 'put on the Lord Jesus Christ,' Rom. xiii. 14; Gal. iii, 27; and in their faith, doctrine, conversation, and administration, are holy, just, and righteous, and clothed with salvation, Ps. cxxxii. 9, 16; so that the savour, the fame and good report hereof, is sweet, like the smell of Lebanon, where pleasant and odori- ferous trees, herbs and spices, grew in abun- dance. God ' maketh manifest the savour of his knowledge by them in every place ; ' for they are ' unto God a sweet savour in Christ,' 2 Cor. ii. 14, 15. Thus God promised unto Israel, that 'smell ' should be 'as Lebanon,* through the dew of his grace, Hos. xiv. 5 — 7; as when he first received the blessing, the smell of his garments was such, that his father compared the smell of his son to ' the smell of a field ' which the Lord had blessed, Gen. xxvii. 27. Ver. 12. — A garden,] Understand from the verses before and after. Thou art a gar- den; which is (by signification) a place closed and fenced, and is sown and planted with herbs and trees for use and pleasure. So in Is. v., the church of Israel is likened to a fenced vineyard. Locked,] Or, barred: that is, close shut; as the Gr. translatelh it shut: which is for safety and defence, that no evil should come thereon, no enemies should enter. For walls, doors, locks, bars, &c. are means to preserve, secure, and save; so in figure, when the walls of Jerusalem were repaired, they were fortified with 'doors, locks, and bars,' Neh. iii. 3, 13. But when such fences are wanting, or broken down, all things lie open to the spoil. Is. v. 5 ; Ps. Ixxx. 12. Hereby is signified on God's part, the protection of his church, for he is unto ' Jerusalem a wall of fire round about,' Zech. ii. 5; and streiigthenelh 'the bars of her gates,' Ps. cxlvii. 13; he keepeth his vine- yard, and watereth it every moment, ' lest any hurt it,' he keepeth it 'night and day,' Is. xxvii. 3. Again, on the church's part it signifieth her care to keep herself and all her plants and fruits holy, chaste, and pure unto her beloved only ; opening the gates, ' that the righteous nation which keepeth the truths may enter in,' Is. xxvi. 2; but keeping watch lest the enemies should invade, lest the unclean or any thing that defileth should enter thcreintOi_2 Chron. xxiii. 19; Rev, CHAPTER IV. 717 sealed. " Thy plants are an orchard of pomegranates; with fruit of precious things : cypress with spikenard. " Spikenard, and saf- fron, calamus and cinnamon; with all trees of frankincense : myrrli and aloes, with all tlie chief spices. '' Fountain of gardens, well of living waters : and streammg xxi. 27. As, on the cootrary, secure and careless people are said to dwell without walls, bars, or gates, Ezek. xxxviii. 11 ; Jer. xlix. 31. A SPRING,] To wit, a water- spring, in Heb. gal, so named of the rolling and waving of the waters that flow therefrom. This is to signify that the garden of Christ's church is watered with his graces, and so made fruitful and joyful, Ezek. xxxi. 4, 5; John vii. 3S, 39; Is. xliv. 3, 4 ; as it is pro- mised, the Lord 'will satisfy thy soul in droughts, and make fat thy bones, and thou shalt be like a watered garden, and like a spring of water, whose waters fail not,' Is. Iviii. II. Locked,] Or, barred, that is, kept close from enemies, that the waters of grace may be thine only. This signifielh (as before) God's special favour and protection for his church, and her care to keep herself and hers pure to the Lord. Wherefore Solo- mon to teach spiritual chastity, uscth this parable, ' Drink water out of thine own cis- tern, and running waters out of thine own well. Let thy fountains be dispersed abroad, and rivers of waters in the streets. Let them be only thiue own, and not strangers with thee. Let thy fountain be blessed, and rejoice with the wife of thy youth,' &c., Prov. V. 15 — 18. Sealed,] Hereby is figured the confirmation of grace to Christ's people, as sealing meaneth in Jer. xxxii. 20; John iii. 33; 2 Cor. i. 22; Eph. i. 13; and the reserving of this grace to them only, as that which is sealed is rot communicated with others, nor known unto them. Is. xxix. 11; Dan. xiii. 4, 9; and so it is said, ' Bind up the testimony, seal the law, among my dis- ciples,' Is. viii. 16. Ver. 13. — Thy plants,] Or, thy shoots : the Heb. and Gr. woids have both of them the name of " sending forth," that is, of shooting or growing, and so of bringing forth leaves, flowers, and fruits. Hereby the members of the church are meant, planted and made fruitful by Christ : and here the garden of the church, is like the garden of Eden : out of which ground, the Lord God made to grow every thing pleasant to sight, and good for food. Gen. ii. 8, 9. And this is the second blessing of the church, that it is replenished with wholesome, sweet, and precious plants. An orchard,] Or, a para- dise, so called of the Heb. pardes, and Gr. paradoisos : a place set with trees, as ap- peareth by Eccl. ii. 5. and is therefore some- times used for a park, or forest, Neh. ii. 8. Pomegranates,] Or, Pomegranate-trees, granat-apples, so named because they are full of granes or kernals : hereupon the Chald. paraphraseth, " The young men are filled with thy precepts," (or as Jarchi explaineth . it," full of good works") " like pomegranates." j Precious things,] Or, dainties, pleasant things : with store of these, the land of Jo- seph was blessed, Deut. xxxiii. 13 — 16. The Holy Spirit seemeth to have respect unto this name in Rev. xviii. 14. fruits (or apples, in Gr. opord) that thy soul lustedafter. C ypress,] Cypress clusters, (for the word is of the plural number) or caviphire fruits : see the Notes on chap. i. 14. Spikenard,] This is also in the form plural spikenards, or jiards ; which is framed of the Heb. name nerd, whence the Gr. nardos, and Latin nardus is also borrowed. And it is here used plurally (whereas in the next verse it is singular) either to imply all sorts of nard, (for there be divers kinds) or, the ears and leaves of nard, both which are in use for sweet smell. The herb which we call lavender, is wimeA pseudo- nard, as being a base kind of nard, but nothing so sweet or precious as the true : see the Notes on chap. i. 12 Ver. 14 — Saffron,] In Heb. carcom : we call it safl'ron, of the Arabic tsaphran (or zafran) so named of the yellow colour : it is not mentioned in scripture, but in this one place. Cal.\mus,] Or, siveet cane, or sweet reed : this with the cinnavion following, were used in the composition ot the holy anointing oil, Ex. XXX. 23. see the Annot. there. Frankincense,] This uas used iu the holy incense; as the myrrh (following) was in the anointing oil ; see Ex.. xxx. 34, 23. Aloes,] Or, Lign. aloes: it was used also to perfume with, for the sweet smell thereof : see Num. xxiv. 6 ; Ps. xlv. 9; Prov. vii. 17. Chief spices,] Or, heads of spices : see Ex. xxx. 23. By these fruits are signified the manifold graces in Christians, which are precious and sweet before God and all good people : such are the fruits of the Spirit, mentioned in Gal. v. 22, 23. Contrary to these, are the roots of bitterness, that bear gall and wormwood ; which are diligently to be looked unto, lest they spring up, and so trouble and defile the garden of the church; Heb. xii. 15; Deut. xxix. 18. 718 SONG OF SONGS. from Lebanon. ^* Stir up, thou nortli wind, and come thou south, blow upon my garden, that the spices thereof may flow out: let my beloved come into his garden, and eat the fruit of his precious things. Ver. 15. — Fountain of the gardens,] This seemeth to be the speech of the spouse unto Christ, 'O thou the Fountain,' &c. where- by she acknowledgeth a third blessing to make herfruilful, abundance of water, and that all the former graces which he so praised her for, do proceed from him who is the fountain that watereth all the gardens (His churches) as in Jer. ii. 13. God calleth himself 'the foun- tain of living waters.' From the fountain, rivers do run, (as in Ps. civ. 10.) which water the gardens and plants in them, so making them green and fruitful, as in Ezek. xxxi. 4, 5. 'The waters made him great; the deep set him up on high, with her rivers running about his plants,' &c. But when the desolation of the church is threatened, it is likened to a garden that hath no water. Is. i. 80. Here Christ by his doctrine and spirit- ual graces, refresheth his churches, and all their plaints, satisfieth their soul in drought, and maketh fat their bones ; that their soul is ' like a watered garden, and they shall not sorrow any more at all,' Jer. xxxi. 12 ; Isa. Iviii. 11. Living WATERS,] That is, spring- ing and running waters, which dry not up with heat, nor putrify: but are always whole- some, and give life. So Christ giveth living water, of which whosoever drinketh, it shall be ' in him a well of water, springing up into everlasting life,' John iv. 10 — 14. and saith, ' Htj tliat believeth on me, &c. out of his belly shall flow rivers of living water,' speaking 'of the Spirit, which they that believe on him should receive,' John vii. 3S, 39. Stream- I ING,] Running, flowing ' or, streams from Lebanon. It hath reference to the stream of < Jordan, which river began at the foot of 1 mount Lebanon, and ran along through the i holy land, watering the same. This simili- I tude is amplified in Ezek. xlvii. 6 — 10. where I waters issuing out of the sanctuary (which : was built of the cedars of Lebanon) ran along Galilee, and to the plain, and into the sea, &c. and every living thing that moveth whithei-soever the rivers come, shall live, &c. and ' evtry thing shall live, whither the river cometh,' so in Rev. xxii. 1 , ' out of the throne of God, and of the Lamb ' (Christ) ' a pure river of water of life ' proceedeth. Ver. 16. — Stir up,] Or, raise up (thy- self) thou jiorth ivind, A fourth blessing upon the garden of Christ's church, that it is blown up by the winds, to refresh it, to cleanse the air of it, and to make it more fruitful. And though the north and south winds be of con- trary qualities, as cold and hot, moist and dry, yet are they both fitting for her estate, which sometimes needeth sharp reproof and some- times calm and gentle consolation. But he mentioneth not the east wind ; because that is often used in sign of wrath, to blast, burn, and destroy the fruits; as Ezek.xvii. 10 ; xix. 12. Hos. xiii. 15 ; Gen. xli. 6. Blow upon MV GARDEN,] The garden being Christ's (as the words following manifest) the Lord, who ' bringeth forth the wind out of his treasures; ' Ps. xiii. 5. 7, speaketh unto it to blow: sig- nifying hereby the ministration of his word and Spirit bestowed on his people for their fur- ther good, that they have not only the waters of holy Scripture, but the lively graces also of God's Spirit to quicken them. So in Ezek. xxxvii. 9. the prophet was enjoined to 'pro- phesy unto the wind ' and say thereunto, ' Come from the four wind?, O wind, and blow upon these slain, that they may live.' And the efficacy of the Spirit of God is re- sembled by the wind, in John iii. 8. and doc- trines are winds, in Eph. iv. 14, and the re- straint of God's graces by wholesome doctrine, is signified by four angels holding the fc\n- winds of the earth, ' that the wind should not blow on the earth, nor on the sea, nor on any tree,' Rev. vii. 1. Spices thereof may FLOW,] That is, the fruits may ripen, and be abundant: for by the giacious gifts of the Spirit, breathing upon the church, corruption is purged away, the souls are refreshed, quickened, comforted, and all graces do increase, 1 Cor. ii. Come into his garden AND EAT,] The faithful acknowledging both themselves and theirs to be Christ's, do desire that he would come and accept the fruits and graces of his own Spirit ; with which, and for which he is to be honoured. So the oHer- ings unto God, are called his ' bread;' Num. xxviii. 2. the good works of Christians are called ' friiits,' John xv. ; his acceptation of those fruits, and communication of further grace, is signified by mutual supping together. Rev. iii. 20, and thus the Lord rejoiceth ' in his works,' Ps. civ. 31. Fruit of his pre- cious THINGS,] That is, the fruit of his pre- cious graces ; or, his precious fruits : so that now the church is not like Israel of old, ' an empty vine,' which brought forth ' fruit unto himself,' Hos. x. 1. or l)are 'wild grapes,' even ' grapes of gall, and bitter clusters,' Isa. v. 2; Deut.xxxii. 32. but is 'filled with the CHAPTER V 719 fruits of righteousness,' Phil. 1. 11, and walketh •worthy of the Lord unto all pleasing, heiiig fruitful in eveiy good work,' Col. i. 10, and hath her ' fruit unto holiness, and tlie end everlasiing life,' Rom. vi. 22. The Chald. paraphrast applieth this to the service of God under the law, saying: "Let the beloved God come into the house of the sanctuary, and accept with favour the oblations of his people." CHAPTER V. ' I AM come to my garden, my sister, my spouse : I have gathered my myrrh with my spice, I have eaten my honei/-comh with my honey, I have drunk my wine with my milk: eat, O friends, drink, and drink abundantly, O beloved. * I sleep, and my heart waketh : it is the voice of my beloved Ver. 1. — I AM COME,] Or, / have come: but the time passed is often used for the present. Here Christ answereth to the prayer of the spouse, being ready to ' fulfil the desire of them that fear him,' Ps. cxiv. 19. God is said to 'come' unto men when he manifesteth his presence by his works, either of mercy or judgment, Ex. iii. 7, 8j Gen. ii. 5, 7. Here he cometh to the gar- den of his church with grace, acceptation, comfort, and blessing, to keep a spiritual banquet there: as he promised, 'In every place where I shall make the memorial of my name, I will come unto thee, and I will bless thee,' Ex. xx. 24. My sister, spouse,] See the Notes on ver. 8, 9; chap. i. 4. Myrrh WITH MY SPICE,] That is, with my other spices or aromatic fruits : for myrrh was one of the chief spices used in composition of sweet ointments, Ex. xxx. 23; with such ointments they anointed them and their friends at feasts; see the Anuot. on chap. i. 3. I HAVE EATBN,] Or, / do eat, for the words following show this to be spoken as at 5 a banquet. My honey-comb,] As the word {and doctrine of Christ is likened to 'honey' and the 'honey-comb,' to 'wine and milk,' yPs. xix. 11; cxix. 103; Is, Iv. 1; 1 Pet.ii. 2, because it is sweet, comfortable, and whole- some, to nourish the soul as these things do the body: so here the manifold fruits and graces which that word, by the Spirit, bring- eth forth in Christians, are likened also to such things ; whereof Christ is said to eat, that is, graciously to accept and delight in them. On the contrary, the evil fruits of sinners are likened to ' grapes of gall,' and their wine to the ' poison of dragons,' Deut. xxxii. 32, 33. Eat, O friends,] Or, O neighbours. Christ speaketh as at a feast, cheering up his friends, as partakers with him of his graces, and comforts aforesaid. They that do his commandments are his ■ ' friends,' John xv. 14, (as Abraham is called | the friend of God, Is. xli. S; Jam, ii. 23;) ( and these desire and delight to be partakers of the fruits of the saints, and rejoice in their obedience, Phil. i. 9—11; xli. 17,18; 2 John 4; o John 3, 4. The angels also are made joyful at the conversion, sanctity, and salvation of sinners by Christ, Luke xv. 7, 10; ii. 13, 14. The Chald. expoundeth this of God's acceptation of his church's ser. j vice under the law : thus, " The holy and j blessed (God) said to his people the house of Israel, I am come to the house of my sanc- tuary, which thou huildest for me, my sister, 0 congregation of Israel, which art likened to an honest spouse, and have caused my divine presence to dwell in the midst of thee: 1 accept thy incense of spices, which thou madest for my name : I have sent fire from heaven, and it hath eaten the burnt-ofl'erings, and sacrifice of peace-oflerings : accepted with favour before me is the drink-oifering of red wine and of white wine which the priests have poured out upon mine altar. Now come ye priests that love my precepts, eat that which is left of the oblations, and delight yourselves in the good that is prepared for you.'' Drink abundantly, O beloved,] Or, be drunken, (that is, be plenteously filled) with loves. By beloved, he meaneth his friends aforesaid ; or, by loves (for so the word may be interpreted) he meaneth the fruits of love which his spouse had brought forth unto him, which loves, he said, were much 'better than wine,' chap. iv. 10. In Is. xxv. 6, it is prophesied how the Lord of hosts would make (in the mountain of his church) unto all people, a feast of fat things, a feast of wine on the lees, &c. Ver. 2 — I sleep,] Or, / sleeping, and my heart tuaking. The spouse of Christ \ \ 720 SONG OF SONGS. that knocketh: open to me, my sister, my love, my dove, my per- fect one : for my head is filled with dew, my locks with the drops of the night. liere telleth of a new and greater trouble that befell her through her own negligence, and how she got out thereof. In chap, iii., she had a much like temptation, but not so heavy as this: for there she slept not, but upon her bed in the night sought her beloved ; here she slei'peth, her beloved seeketh her, knock- eth, provoketh, but she maketh excuses for a while. There the watchmen, though they tell lier no tidings of her beloved, yet they do her no farther harm: here they smite, wound, and unveil her. There she soon findeth him after she was past the watchmen: here she findeth him not so soon, but lan- guisheth with love, and complaineth to her friends, who (upon report of his praises) do help to seek him with her. Sleep is the rest or ceasing of the creature from use of the outward senses and from action; it is caused by vapour in the head, that arise from meat, drink, &c., which stop the passages of the spirits, and bind the senses. This sleep, as it is a refreshing, is sometimes used in a good sense, for the repose and rest that the faithful have in God, Ps. iii. 5; iv. 8 ; Prov. iii. 24. But oftener it is applied to the neglect of holy duties, and a sinful kind of life. Is. Ivi. 10; Rom. xiii. II; 1 Thess. v. 6, 7; and this sleep is caused sometimes through sorrow, Luke xxii. 45 ; sometimes through weariness, Is. v. 27; sometimes through 'slothfulness,' and then it causeth spiritual beggary, Prov. xix. 15; xx. 13. The spouse here, having eaten and drank largely of the blessings of Christ, beginneth to remit lier zeal, and neglect the works of faith and love, wanting the presence of her beloved, and being pressed with the remnants of the flesh, so she gave place to carnal ease and security. Occasioned further hereunto by the time, the night; and by the weather, which was rainy: that is, by ignorance and error prevailing, and by the opposition and persecution of enemies. And my heart WAKETH,] Or, but my heart watcheth, or is aivake. The heart meaneth the inner man, the spirit, or man as he is regenerate, opposed to the flesh or outward man, Rom. ii. 28, 29; and the 'flesh and spirit' (even in God's children) do lust one against another, that we cannot do the things that we would, Gal. v. 17 ; and when ' the spirit is willing (to watch, pray, &c.) the flesh is weak,' Mat. xxvi. 41. Whereas therefore her heart waked while she slept, it signified that she gave not herself wholly to this negligence ; but as the wise virgins had their lamps burning while all slumbered and slept, when the lamps of the foolish were gone out. Mat. xxv. 4, 5, 8, so she now had given herself to fleshly ease, but had her heart and spirit otherwise disposed. For when the whole man addicted itself to any thing, the heart also is adjoined ; as Solomon saith, ' I compassed about, I and my heart, to search and to seik out wisdom,' Eccl. vii. 25. That knocketh,] Or, that beateth, to wit, at the door. She telleth the love and care of her beloved, who would not let her rest in the bed of worldly ease, but exciteth her to holy duties by receiving him and the spirit of his grace. Christ's voice is uttered by preaching his go-pel, calling to repentance, faith, and obedience, Heb. iii. 7, 8, 15; iv. 2. His knocking signifieth a more earnest provocation and desire to be let in. Mat. vii. 7; Luke xiii. 25; and it may imply his chastisements also whereby he would call her to repentance ; as he saith to the church in Laodicea, (when it was fallen to be neither cold nor hot,) 'As many as I love I rebuke and chasten, be zealous, therefore, and repent. Behold, I stand at the door and knock,' Rev. iii. 19, 20. Open TO ME,] God • openeth doors' to us when he bestoweth his blessings on us, Ps. Ixxviii. 23, 24; Is. xlv. 1 — 3; and spiritually, when giveth grace to utter his word, and to believe the same, Col. iv. 3; Acts xiv. 27. So we open the door unto him when we give him entrance into our hearts, he calling upon us by his word and works; when we repent, believe, and accept Christ with his graces, j &c., Rev. iii. 20. My sister, mv love, I &c.] These titles given unto the church, even ! in her infirmity, show what aflection he bare I unto her, and how he esteemed her, iiotwith- j standing her sins; which he imputeth not, ' but luoketh upon her graces wliich he had i endued her with, as if she were perfect and j undefiled. Filled with dew,] Or, full of deiv. This head of Christ (which in ver. 11, is likened to ' most fine gold,') here ' filled with dew,' seemeth to mean his manifold troubles which he suffered for her sake, not only in his own person while he was on earth, but in his servants and ministers, who are j often ' troubled on every side, perplexed, i persecuted, cast down, always bearing about in the body the dying of the Lord Jesus, &c., 2 Cor. iv. 8 — 10. Thus Christ cometh in j the dark night of affliction to awake her, and to communicate himself and his graces with j her. For a man to be ' wet with the dew^^j of heaven ' is a sign of misery, Dan. iv. 25;^/f • he } 23, I he I CHAPTER V r21 ^ I have put off my coat, how shall I put it on ? I luive washed my feet, how shall I defile them ? * My beloved put in his hand by the hole (of the door;^ and my so is 'rain' where there is no covert, Is. iv. 6; and 'drops' (or droppings) lii<e\vise sig- nify troubles, Amos vi. 11. But 'dew and rain' upon the land maketh it fruitful: so is Christ by his doctrine to his church, Ps. Ixxii. 6; Hos. xiv. 5; Deut. xxxii. 2. And in this sense some take it here, as if Chiist ■ came unto her full of the dew of blessings to enrich her. The Chald. paraphrast applieth this verse to the Jews' captivity, and God's calling them to repentance: thus, "After all these words, the people of the house of Israel sinned, and he delivered them into the hand of Nebuchadnezzar king of Babylon, who led them into captivity: and in the captivity they were like to a man asleep, that cannot wake out of his sleep. And the voice of the Holy Spirit admonished them by the hand of the prophets, and stirred them up from the sleep of their heart. The Lord of all the world spake, and thus he said. Turn by repentance, open thy mouth and make request, and laud me, my sister, my love, the congre- gation of Israel, which art like a dove in per- fection of thy works: for the hair of my head is filled with thy tears, as a man whose hair of his head is wet with the dew of heaven ; and my hairy locks are filled with the drops of thine eyes, as a mail whose hairy locks are full with the diops of lain that descend in the night." Ver. 3. — How shall I pot it on?] That is, / cannot put it on without trouble ■ and reluctation of my flesh. The like phrase '' God used in Hos. xi. 8. ' How shall I give j thee up, Ephraim,' &c. ' how shall 1 make ;' thee as Admah? ' &c. that is, I cannot utterly / destroy thee, as I did those cities, such is my compassion towards thee. The spouse here telleth her answer to Christ, how she made excuses and delays, and that she could not presently admit him : as the friend answereth (in Luke xi. 7.) ' Trouble me not, the door is now shut, and my children are with me in bed : I cannot rise and give thee.' The keeping on of clothes is a sign of care and watchfulness, Neh. iv. 23. so she now (in the absenceof her Lord) should have had her 'loins girded about,' her 'light burning,' herself waiting for his return ; that when he came and knocked, she might ' open to him im- mediately," Luke xii. 35, 36. But she had not only ungirded, but put ofl" her coat, and washed her feet, so composing herself to a set- tled rest in her bed ; and instead of watching, sleepeth ; instead of opening the door, driveth him away through her neglect and skitli. Vol. 11. 4 Washed my feet,] Another sign that she had betaken herself to rest: for in those hot countries(where usually they went bare-footed) they washed their feet from soil and sweat after travel : which she now having done, could not (as she pretended) without soiling them again, open to her beloved. Such worthless excuses doth our flesh allege ; the time is unseasonable, the night is cold and damp, the weather wet, we cannot rise to entertain Christ, without trouble and detri- ment. So the people that dwelt in their 'ceiled houses,' said, 'the time is' not come 'that the Lord's house should be built,' Hag. i, 4, 2. ' The slothful saith, A lion is in the way, a lion is in the streets,' Prov. xxvi. 3. and ' The sluggard will not plow, by reason of the cold,' Prov. XX. 4. The Chald. here para- phraseth thus, " The congregation of Israel answered before the prophets, Lo now I have put ofl from me the yoke of his precepts, and liave served the erroneous idols of the peoples: and how can I have the face to turn again unto him ? The Lord of the world answered them by the hand of the prophets; and I also, lo now ] have taken away my divine-presence from midst of thee ; and how shall I return ? And thou hast done evil works, and I have sanctified my feet from thy uncleanness ; and how shall I defile them in the midst of thee, by thy evil works ? " Ver. 4. — Putin,] Heb. sent his hand, or, put it forth. By the holes,] Or, from the hole, to wit, of the door, where he knocked, which some understand to be a withdrawing of the hand as purposing to leave ofT his call- ing of her: but the Gr. translateth "by the hole ;" and the putting forth the hand usually meaneth the enterprising of a work, rather than the leaving of it ofl', as in Gen. iii. 22 ; xxii. 10—12 ; xlviii. 14; Ex. iii. 20; I Chron. xiii. 9. and the effects following, that her 'bowels' were 'moved,' that she 'rose up,' &c. seem to confirm this. And an hole is a mean either to look in, or to put in the hand, or to make a wider entrance, Ezek. viii. 7, 8, 9. The spouse of Chi ist here signifieth, that though the door was shut against him, that her beloved could not enter; and though his voice (by the outward ministry of his word, could not cause her to arise ; yet he put forth his hand (by the inward working of his Spirit) and wrought more eflectually in her. For, as 'the finger of God' (in Luke xi. 20,) meaneth ' the Sjiirit of God,' Mat. xii. 28, so doth his 'hand.' Wherefore the disciples outwardly ' preaching the word ; ' it is said. 722 SONG OF SONGS. bowels made a troubled noise for him. ' I rose up, to open to mj beloved: and my hands dropped myrrh, and my fingers passing- myrrh, upon the handles of the lock. ^ I opened to my beloved, and my beloved had withdrawn himself, was passed away ; my soul went forth because of his speech. I sought liim, and I found him * the hand of the Lord was with them, and a great number believed, and turned to the Lord,' Acts xi. 19 — 21. My bowels wade A TRODBLED NOISE,] Or, my hoicels sounded, rumbled. Hereby she signifieth her dis- quietness, hearty sorrow, and repentance, for her beloved, who had suffered so many things for her sake, and whom she had so neglected and put from her, when he desired to come in. So the prophet (to show his sorrow for Moab's calamity) saith, ' My bowels shall sound ' (or make a noise) Mike an harp for Moab,' Isa. xvi. 11, and for the Jews another saith, 'My bowels, my bowels, I am pained at my very heart ; my heart maketh a noise ' (or a troubled sound) 'I cannot hold my peace,' Jer. iv. 19. Yea God himself, in commiseration of Eph- raim's misery, saith, 'My bowels sound' (or make a troubled noise) ' for him, I will surrly have mercy on him, saith the Lord,' Jer. xxxi. 20. So here the spouse, by the sounding of her bowels, showeth the grief of her heart, which is one (and the chiefest) of the bowels, as is after noted on ver. 14. Ver. 5. — I ROSE UP,] Or, I my self rose up. Unto her inward grief, she addeth outward acts of amendment, (fruits meet for repentance) rising,opening,seeking, calling for her beloved, now departed from her door, 'through her former negligence. Dropped myrrh,] That is, oil of myrrh. Passing myrrh,] That is, pure myrrh, which isof bitter taste, and sweet-smell- ing savour : or current myrrh, such as passeth from one to another, vendible to merchants, because it is good : a.s passing money \scurrent ♦wowe^ with merchants. Gen. xxiii. 16. 'Pass- ing myrrh 'dropping from Christ's lips, (chap. V. 13.) signifieth thesweet odourof his doctrine; so the like here dropping from the hands and fingers of his spouse, seemeth to denote the sweet odour of herworks; that her godly sorrow, with faith and love unfeigned, might be acceptable to her beloved, and of sweet smell in his nostrils. In those countries, women (before they were brought to kings) were purified with •oil of myrrh,' and 'sweet odors,' Esth. ii. 12. and the ' garments ' of Christ's spouse do smell of ' myrrh,' &c. Ps. xlv. 9. Here her hands, that is, her actions, are anointed with oil of myrrh, that is, the grace of God's Spirit, as the holy oil in the sanctuary (figuring grace) was made of ' pure myrrh,' and other chief spices, Ex. XXX. 23, &c. Otherwise we may understand it of the grace of Christ, which he left behind him as a sweet odour to allure her, when he put in his hand at the hole of the door; which he perceived now when she was risen from her bed of carnal pecurifj'. Handles of the lock,] These handles (nr hands) of the lock, were those that kept out Christ from entering ; which now she anoint- eth with oil of myrrh, that her heart being anointed and supplied with grace, all bars and lets being removed, he might freely enter to reap the fruit of his own grace in her. Ver. 6. — I opened,] Or, I myself opened: this noteth a further degree of grace in her, who after she had risen, openeth the dours, (putting away all excuses, delays, hinderances, admitting the word and work of Christ into her heart,) that the King of glory might come in. Withdrawn himself,] Or, turned- atvay. Was passed away,] This doubling of the complaint for his departure, showeth her passion and grief, in that she enjoyed not his presence and favour, as in time past. But the narration telleth how even ' the righteous are ' (for their sins) ' recompensed in the earth,' and scarcely saved ; ' Prov. xi. 31 ; 1 Pet. iv. 18, if we refuse the grace of God proffered, he will hide his face from us, Mic. iii. 4 ; Hos. v. 5. My soul went FORTH,] Or, tvas gone, departed; that is, failed, fainted. I was even a dead woman, through fear and grief : for death is the de- parting of the soul from the body, Gen. xxxv. 18, and as the heart is said to go forth when men are astonished with fear, or the like passions, Gen. xlii. 28, so here the soul is said to ' go forth ' for like cause. Because OF his speech,] For his words, which he had used, when so lovingly he intreateth me, in ver. 2. The word spoken does not always presently take efTect in the hearers, but after, when they fall into temptation, the Spirit of God often bringelh things to their remem- brance, that they do better understand and make use of that they heard, John xiv. 26 ; Mat. xxvi. 75. He answered me not,J This is one of the greatest temptations, that God seemeth not to hear the prayers of his people, though they call day and night, Ps. xxii. 3. ' He shutteth out their prayer,' Lam. iii. 8. But here the spouse hath measure for measure; because lie called and she would not obey, she also calleth and hath no answer. Howbeit ' his ear is not heavy, that it cannot hear: ' but (as it is written) ' Y uur CHAPTER V. 723 not; I called him, and he answered me not. ' Tlie watchman that went about tlie city, found me, they smote me, they wounded me : the watchman of the walls took my veil from on me. ^ I adjure you, O daughters of Jerusalem: if ye find my beloved, wliat shall ye tell him V that I am sick of love. ^ W]lat^■s thy beloved more than another beloved, O thou fairest iniquities have separated between you and your God ; and your sins have hid his face from you, that he will not hear ;' Isa. lix. 1, 2. The Hebs. (in their Chald. paraphrase) apply the affliction here prophesied of, to the sins and captivity of Israel, mentioned in 1 Chron. v. 25, 2t) ; 2 Kings xvii. 6 ; at what lime though the priests (as they say) offered I oblations and burnt incense, yet were they not ' accepted. Ver. 7. — The watchmen,] Or, keepers that keep watch and ward in the city by night: meaning the officers of the church ; see before on chap. iii. 3. Found me,] By this it ap- peareth, that she went not only to the door of lier house to seek Christ, but did ' go about the the city, in the streets, &c. as before in chap, ii. 3. They smote me,] Smiting is not only with the hand, or other like Instrument, but with the ' tongue,' as in Jer. xviii. 18. 'Come and let us smite him with the tongue : ' and generally to ' smite,' is to afflict by what means soever, Isa. liii. 4; Ps. Ixix. 27. Here llie watchmen are more injurious than before in chap. iii. neither inquireth she of these for htr beloved ; but being by them found out of the common course, is smitten and wounded as an evil doer, judged as a dishonest woman, whose feet would not abide in her house, no not by night, is rebuked, censured, &c. WoDNDED me,] Drew blood of me, for it is a further degree of hurl than smiting, I Kings XX. 37 ; Ex. xxi. 25. So the husbandmen wounded the lord's servants, Luke xx. 17. Watchmen of the walls,] Watchmen in the city are to see that order and peace be kept of those that are within ; watchmen on the walls, are to look to enemies without, that they break not in, and to warn tlie city if foes approach: so these were other than the former, from whom she escaping with stripes and wounds passeth from the streets to the walls to seek Christ, but is there as evil entreated. These are in name the ministers of Christ, supplying the place of such as are mentioned in Is. Ixii. 6. but of another kind, not making mention of the Lord but persecuting those that seek him. Took my veil,] Or, wy scarf; it hath the name in the original, of sjireadhig, as being spread over her head to cover her : such veils were worn of women, partly for ornament, as appeared by Isa. iii. 23. partly for modesty, and in sign of subjec- tion to men, especially their husbands, 1 Cor. xi. 6 — 10. and an liusband to the wife ' a covering of the eyes,' Gen. xx. 16. The taking away therefore of her veil, seemeth to be a note of infamy ; disloyalty or dishonesty imputed unto her: as of idolatry, heresy, schism, and the like; so she was spoiled of her good name and reputation ; and counted among the light and lewd women. For it appeareth by Ezek. xxiii. 25, 26, that they used to entreat dishonest women so; disfigur- ing their faces, stripping them out of tlieir clothes, and taking away their fair jewels. Ver. 8. — I adjure vou,] I charge youby oath ; here the spouse (having with much ado escaped from the watchmen) meeteth with her friends the ' daughters of Jerusalem; 'of whom, see the Notes on chap. ii. 7; i. 5. where also she adjured them upon other weightycause. What shall ye tell him ?] This is an earnest and passionate kind of speech, showing her great afl'ectiou ; and stirring up their care and diligence; that if they who had not for the present the know- ledge of Christ by his graces clearly manifested unto them, (as appeareth by their answer in ver. 9; chap. vi. 1.) should find him by being made partakers of his mercy through the reve- lation of his gospel, (as in Rom. x. 20.) tiien they should tell (or show) unto him in their prayers, the state of this his afflicted spouse. Sick of love,] In Gr. wounded with love: languishing with desire of his mercy, of the forgiveness of my sins, of reconciliation, &c. See the Notes on chap. ii. 5. Ver. 9. — More than another be- loved,] When God and Christ is preached, the wicked take occasion to mention and magnify other false gods, and erroneous ser- vices, Isa. xxxvi. 18, 20; Acts xix. 26, 28, but they that belong to the heavenly Jerusa- lem desire to be informed further in the truth, and to know the difference betweeu true and false Christs, worship, ordinances, &c. as these here, and so in Acts xvii. 18, 19, 34, &c. ; xxviii. 22—24. Fairest AMONG women,] See chap. i. 8. Here the spouse of Christ, though in her sorrows and miseries, though persecuted and abused by wicked watchmen, though in the dark night of tribulation, is notwithstanding discerned 724 SONG OF SONGS. among women ? What is thy beloved more tlian another beloved, that thou dost so adjure us? '" My beloved is white and ruddy ; having the banner above ten- thousand. " His head, tlie fine gold, the solid gold: liis locks and professed to be fair and glorious; by such as belong unto Christ, Heb. xi. 24—26 ; 1 Thes. i. 5, 6. Ver. 10. — White and ruddy,] She duscribeth Christ unto them in his beauty, to stir up both her own and their afVections, and to draw them after him. For as the out- ward show of idolaters, allureth the unwise to aHect and follow them, Ezek. xxiii. 5, 6, 12, 14 — 16, so the true knowledge of Christ with his graces draweth the elect to seek and embrace him, Acts ii. 22, 37, 41; iii. 12, 13, &c.; iv. 4; xvii. 11, 12, and by the gospel preached, Christ with his sufferings is evidently set forth, Gal. iii. 1. Here as a goodly young man, he is as in an image ponrtrayed by his visible qualities, his col- ours, and by the parts of his body. White and red, as they show the best temperature of man, so here they may signify in Christ ; first, his Godhead and manhood ; for God in vision hath appeared all ' white as snow, and as pure wool,' Dan. vii. 9, and Christ in his glory had ' his face shining as the sun, and liis raiment white as the light,' Mat. xvii. 2, and ' in him dwelleth all the fulness of the Godhead bodily,' Col. ii. 9. Man had his name Adam, of Adamah, the red mould of the eai th out of which he was taken, Gen. ii, 7, and Christ (who here \s Adorn, red,) is * the last Adam,' 1 Cor. xv. 45, and ' was partaker with his children of flesh and blood,' Heb. ii. 14. Secondly, white denoteth his innocence in himself, without spot of sin: red, his sinful case by imputation, for ' God made him, who knew no sin, to be sin for us, that we might be made the righteousness of God in him,' 2 Cor. v. 21, and so these two colours are used to signify sinfulness and innocence, Isa. i. 18. And consequently red betokeneth his sufferings to the shedding of his blood, as white doth his victory, peace, joy and comfort in God, Rev. vii. 9, 13 — 17; Eccl. ix. 8. And in respect of his administration, white setteth forth his grace and mercy to repenting and believing sin- ners, whom he justifieth, sanctifieth, and will bring into glory ; who therefore are said to be clothed in ' linen white and clean, which is the righteousness of the saints,' Rev. xix. 8, 14, and red, his justice in punishing and doing vengeance oa his enemies, in token whereof his garments are said to ' be red, dyed and dipt in blood;' Isa. Ixiii. 1 — 3; Rev. xix. 13. Having thk banner, ABOVE TEN THOUSAND,] Or, having banners, of ten-thousand : Heb. bannered, above (or of, or with) ten thousand. Meaning either that he was the chief, most valiant and most excellent of all ; or, that he had many ban- ners and companies of warriors with him. In the first sense the Gr. interpreteth it, the chosen (or choicest) of ten thousands : in the latter, theChald. paraphraseth, and other Heb. expositors, apply it to the ten thousands of angels that minister before him, (as in Dan. vii. 10.) The banner (or standard) is a warlike sign; and he that beareth it, is of the chiefest ; and by it, other warriors do encamp, as appeareth in the armies of Israel, Num. ii. And there Judah was chief stand- ard-bearer, and had mider his banner the greatest number of warriors : so here Christ (' the lion of the tribe of Judah,' Rev. v. 5.) , is chief among many, yea above all; for he standeth ' for an ensign of the people,' Isa. xi. 10, (that is, ' ruleth over the Gentiles,' Rom. XV. 12.) and unto him both the angels do minister, and worship him. Mat. iv. 11; Heb. i. 6, and many ten thousands of peo-' pie do believe in him, Acts xxi. 20; Rev. vii. 9, and (in his wars against his enemies) ' the armies in heaven do follow him,' Rev. xix. 11, 14. Ver. 11. — The fine gold, the solid GOLD,] Understand fine gold and solid gold, for this word and is sometime not expressed in the Heb. though it be meant ; as is noted on Ex. xxii. 30; Deut. xxiv. 17. Two names of the best gold are here joined, Cethem, and Paz (or Phaz ;) the first is fine, notable and shining ; the latter, solid, strong, and fast gold, or Fesse gold : (accord- ing to the Heb. name.) Fine gold is in Arabic called Fes; and the land of Fess seemeth to be so named of such gold there. Both these together, set forth the glory of Christ's head here : which being taken either properly, or figuratively for the crown or ornament of the head ; (as by the feet are implied the ' shoes on the feet,' Deut. viii. 4; xxix. 5,) seemeth to denote his headship, dignity, or regiment; that his kingdom is most glorious (like fine or splendent gold) because it is spiritual and heavenly ; and most firm and durable (like pure solid gold) because it is eternal : John xviii. 36, 37 ; Luke xvii. 20, 21 ; Dan. vii. 13, 14. For the spouse calleth her beloved king, in chap, i. 4, and David piais'ng GoJ, saith, ' tliou CHAPTER V. 725 curled, black as a raven. '^ His eyes as doves, by the streams of water : washing in milk, sitting in fulness. '^ His clieeks, as a bed of spice, flowers of sweet-odours : his lips lilies ; dropping pass- hast set on his head, a crown of fine gold,' Ps. xxi. 4. And as Christ is here described, so is he in the administration and govern- ment of his church: that when his kingdom is powerful and glorious, and of large extent, it is like a golden head, as in Dan. ii. 37, 38, and when it is administered according to his laws and judgments, (which 'are more to be desired than much fine solid gold,' Ps. xix. 11.) then is ' the street of Jerusalem' (the law wherein men walk) 'pure gold,' as in Rev. xxi. 21. Hereby also his rich grace, and bountifulness unto men, may be implied. His locks,] His hairy-locks, of which before he complaineth in verse 2, that they were filled with drops of the night. Curled,] Or, heaps, that is, are like heaps, curled and bushy. Black,] In Rev. i. 14, Christ appeareth as an ancient, with his ' hair white as wool;' here he is described as a goodly young man, with curled locks, black as a raven : that white colour showed him to be the ' ancient of days,' Dan. vii. 9, full of gi-avity, wisdom, justice, &c. but black and curled locks, as they are signs of heat and strength in nature, so here they seem to denote strength and vigour spiritual, as also the hidden mystery of his counsels, thoughts, and purposes unsearchable. According to the variety of times, causes, and administra- tions, so things are spoken diversely of God and of Christ : as in 1 Tim. vi. 16, he 'dwelleth in the light vvhich none can approach unto;' in 2 Chron. vi. 1, he ' dwell- eth in the thick darkness:' his administra- tion of mercy by the preaching of the gospel is signified by ' a white horse,' his judgments by ' a black horse,' Rev. vi. 2, 5. And if we refer this here to Christ's administration, it may denote both his counsels unsearchable, and in special his judgments decreed for his enemies. Ver. 12. — As DOVES,] In Rev. i. 14, ' his eyes are as a flame of fire,' and in Dan. X. 6, as ' lamps of fire ;' to search and try all men's vvays, and to set men's secret sins to the light of his countenance, Jer. xvi. 17; Ps. xc. 8; xi. 4. Here, he hath doves' eyes, to show that he is ' of purer eyes than to behold evil, and cannot look on iniquity,' Hab. i. 13, that he graciously beholdeth his people with mercy, and commiseration of tlieir misery, Deut. xi. 12; Ps. xxxiv. 16; xxxiii. 18, 19, and that he faithfully looketh to his covenant with his people ; as the spouse for her faith and loyalty is said also to have doi.es' eyeSiCh&^A. 15; iv. 1. By streams,] Or, by currents (rivers) of water that run violently: such waters are pure and clear, where doves delight to be. Washing,] To wet themselves ; which the Gr. translateth, " washed in milk.'' As doves washing tliem- selves in milk-white water are cleansed from dust and soil: so the eyes of Christ are pure and clean, beholding his people in grace. Sitting in fulness,] If the similitude of waters be continued, then it meaneth full channels of water, by which doves delight to sit: or, if of the doves, it may be understood of sitting in their lockers, and so applied to the eyes in the holes of the head with fit and due proportion, neither sunk in, nor starting out; but as the precious filling stones, Ex. xxv. 7, were embossed and fitly set in the hollow places of the golden ephod : so were these pure and gracious eyes in the head of Christ. Ver. 13. — Bed of spice,] Meaning a garden-bed, wherein spice aromatic is set; as after in chap. vi. 2. Flowers,] Or, grown plants, so named of being grown great: the word also may be translated towers , y/\nc\\ have their names of greatness. The cheeks (which are both sides of the face) are likened here to a garden-bed of sweet spice; not barren or faded, but sprout- ing and grown up to blade and flower of sweet odours ; whereby the beard also that groweth out of the cheeks or jaws, Isa. 1. 6,) may be meant. These cheeks of Christ thus adorned, signify his manliness and comeliness to all that by faith behold him, and the sweetness of the graces that flow from his heavenly countenance ; while being as a man grown up to years of discretion, he administereth all things discreetly, justly, and comfortably to his people. The Hebs. in the ChaUl. paraphrase on this book, under- stand the head, the law of God, which is to be desired more than gold : by the locks of hair, the interpretation of the words therein heaped together, which are black to those that keep them not : by the eyes, his provi- dence to behold and bless his people, by means of counsellors, teachers, judges, &c. by the cheeks, the two tables of stone, written with lines as with rows of a garden of spices ; and yielding acute and sweet senses. Passing MYRRH,] That is, oil of myrrh of sweet favour, which passeth current and is vendible among merchants (as before in ver. 5.) This signifieth that grace, (or words of grace, Luke iv. 22.) which was poured out in the lips of Christ, Ps. xlv. 3, which set forth by 726 SONG OF SONGS. ing myrrh. " His hands rings of gold, filled with the chrysolite; liis bowels, bright ivory, overlaid with sapphires. '^ His legs pillars of marble, founded upon sockets of solid gold : his countenance as Lebanon, choice as the cedars. '® His palate, sweetness; and he is similitude of the pleasant lily and sweet myrrh- oil do denote the comfort and sweet- ness of the gospel, in the hearts of them that believe. Ver. 14 The chrysolite,] In Heb. tharshish; it is a precious stone of a golden sea-green ciilour : see Exod. xxviii. 20. These hands of Christ, likened unto, or adorned with gold rings, whose hollow place or foil is set and filled with the chrysolite, signify his precious, piu-e, and religious woriis ; acceptable and honourable before God and men. His bowels,] That is, his breast and bell^, for in them the bowels are contained, as the heart, liver, &c. but he nameth borv- els, to denote his inward affections outwardly manifested. So the heart is said to be among the bowels, in Ps. xxii. 15, and the liver is joined therewith in Lam. ii. 11, where also the bowels are in Gr. translated the heart. See bei'oie on verse 4. Bright IVORY,] Heb. brightness of ivory ; meaning, most bright, polished, fair, and glorious. Overlaid,] Or, which is covered, and so adorned 7/;«//i sapphires : for in Gen. xxxviii. 14, this word is used for covered, where the Gr. and Chald. expound it "adorned." These bowels of Christ, like burnished ivory decked with sapphires (which are precious stones of a sea blue, or heavenly colour), sig- nify his hearty and heavenly afTections, love, mercy, commiseration, &c. towards God, his law, and his people; as he saith (in Ps. xl. 9,) thy law is within my bowels; and bow- els are inward aflections in 2 Cor. vii. 15, and joined with mercies in Phil. ii. 1, and used for tender-mercy in Luke i. 78, and Paul's great longing after the saints, is said to be ' in the bowels of Jesus Christ,' Phil. i. 8. The Chald. paraphrast applieth these to the body of the church of Israel, the twelve tribes, who shined (as he saith) like lamps, were polished in their works like ele- phants' tooth (or ivory) and shone like sapphires. Ver. 15. — His legs pillars of marble,] Under the name legs, the thighs also are comprehended, and all down to the feet: which are the instruments to bear, sustain, and remove the body from place to place : so the legs of a man and the strength of an horse are mentioned (iu Ps. cxlvii. 10,) to signify man's might and swiftness. And as iron legs denoted a strong kingdom, Dan. ii. 33, 40, so the strength of Christ in his ways and government, is resembled by marble pil- lars, and the uprightness and purity thereof, | by the colour of white marble, or alabaster. ' Founded,] Or, grounded, set fast as on a ' foundation. Sockets of solid gold,] That is, Christ's feet, on which his legs are set, (as pillars on their sockets to sustain and stay them up) are of solid gold ; firm and stable, j pure and glorious: so that his ' way is perfect' i 'hisancles slip not,' 2 Sam. xxii. 33, 37 ; his \ ' foot standeth in righteousness,' Ps. xxvi. i 12; 'he walketh safely in his way, and his 1 foot stumbleth not,' Prov. iii. 23 ; with these \ feet in justice he treadeth down his enemies, j Ps. ex. 1 ; Isa. xxvi. 6 ; 2 Sam. xxii. 39, 43; j but ' bringeth good tidings of peace to his ; people,' Nah. i. 15, that ' all they are blessed ; which trust in him,' Ps. ii. 12; whereas 'con- fidence in an unfaithful man in the day of trouble is like a foot out of joint,' Prov, xxv. ■ j 19. His countenance.] Or, his sight, j appearance, fonn; that is, his personage: for ] this word mianeth not his face only, hut his i whole person : for behold he is like Lebanon, j goodly, great, high, glorious. So in 2 Sam. ] xxiii. 21, 'a man of countenance,' (that is, a i goodly personable man) is by another prophet called 'a man of measure,' (that is, of great and goodly stature) 1 Chron. xi. 23. Leba- I NON,J A goodly mountain in the north part of the land of Canaan, see chap. iv. 8. As \ Christ's largfi, glorious, and everlasting king- dom was signified by a stone, that 'became a | great mountain and filled the whole earth,' ! Dan. ii. 35, 44, and other kingdoms also are figured by mountains, Jer. Ii. 25, so the large- ness, eminence, and glory of Christ in his ; kingdom, is here figured by moiuit Lebanon. Choice,] That is, goodly, excellent, for ; things that excel are chosen before others : and these words, choice and good (or goodly) ; are joined together in the praise of men (as j in 1 Sam. ix. 2,) or of trees, Ezek. xxxi. 16, j and choice cedars are mentioned in Jer. xxii. j 7, so here Christ is choice as the cedars, i meaning goodly, excellent, flourishing, and j continuing in vigour: 'the just man groweth ' as a cedar in Lebanon,' Ps. xcii. 13. 1 Ver. 16.— His palate,] Or, the roof of ^ his mouth, which, as the tongue and lips, is ; the instrument of speaking ; and so figura- i tively used for speech or words, Prov. v. 3. j Sweetnesses,] Or, sweets, sweet things, ] ivhich properly is meant of sweet meats and drinks, as in Neh. viii. 10; Prov. xxiv. 13; l CHAPTER VI. 727 altogether desires. This is my beloved, and this is my friend, O daughters of Jerusalem. but applied to the words of God, which are sweet to the soul, as honey, or other sweets, to tlie taste, Ps. xix. 10 ; cxix. 103. Here the palate or mouth of Christ being likened to sweet things, signified his words, doctrines, promises, comforts, proceeding from his Spirit, and being plainly and powerfully uttered, to be pleasant, wholesome, comfort- able to the souls of such as do discern and believe them ; as the spouse before said, 'His fruit was sweet unto her palate,' or taste, chap. ii. 3. So the wisdom of God saith in Prov. viii. 7, ' My palate (that is, my mouth) shall speak the truth.' And the Chald. here paraphraseth, " The words of his palate are sweet as honey." He is altogether,] Or, all {every whit) of him is desires ; that is, much to be desired, he is wholly amiable : which the Chald. expoundeth, "All his com- mandments are to be desired." Thus Christ is both generally and in particulars com- mended and magnified by the tongue of his spouse, unto the daughters of Jerusalem, as by the tongue of Paul he was crucified among the Galatians, Gal. iii. 1, when his sufferings were declared. But as he is ' the power of God, and the wisdom of God, unto them which are called,' when to others he is ' a stumbling block and foolishness,' 1 Cor. i. 23, 24. So here he is to the spouse and her friend glori- ous and beautiful ; but to the world he is base and ignominious ; ' a worm, and not a man, the reproach of men, and contemned of the people,' Ps. xxii. 7 ; ' his visage marred more than any man, and his form more than the sons of men ; growing up as a root out of a dry ground ; having no form nor comeliness ; no beauty that we should desire him,' h. Iii. 14; liii. 2. CHAPTER VI. ' Whither is thy beloved gone, O thou fairest among women : whither is thy beloved turned aside, that we may seek him with thee ? ^ My beloved is gone down to his garden to the beds of spice ; Ver. 1. ^Turned aside,] Or, hath he turned his face, to -.vit, from thee to others ; or, to another place. That we may seek,] Or, and we will seek him. The daughters of Jerusalem (God's elect) having heard from his spouse the praises of Christ, are moved earnestly to inquire after him, and promise (if they knew where) to seek him with her, that they might be made partakers of his grace and blessings. Such is the effect of the preaching of the gospel in the hearts of the chosen. Acts ii. 37; iv. 4; xi. 20, 21. But the watchmen forementioned, (chap. iii. 3 ; V. 7), had no such affection ; that in them the saying was fulfilled, ' The pastors are become brutish, and have not sought the Lord ; therefore they shall not prosper^ Jer. X. 21. Ver. 2. — Is gone down to his garden,] The garden ofChrist is his church, as in chap, iv. 16 ; v. 1. The spouse which before missed and sought him, hath now intelligence, and iaformeth others where he is : so that this respecteth another time and state, and the promise is fulfilled, ' Seek, and ye shall find,' Mat. vii. 7. ' If from thence thou shalt seek the Lord thy God, thou shalt find him ; if thou seek him with all thine heart, and with all thy soul,' Deut. iv. 29. Bed of spice,] Ranks, rows, or beds, wherein spices were sown ; which seemeth to mean companies of believers, in whose hearts, as in good earth, the sweet and precious word of the gospel was sown. Mat. xiii. 8, 23. For these beds are by Aquilla, a Greek interpreter, translated prassai, which word is used in Mark vi. 40, for ranks of people sitting down to be fed of Christ. To feed,] To associate himself, aisd communicate with the graces of his peojjle, eating his pleasant fruits, as in chap. iv. i6 ; as also to feed his friends, and impart unto them the graces of his Spirit in the gardens, his particular churches, as in chap. v. 1. To gather lilies,] To accept the sweet-smell- ing fruits of his own graces growing in his churches ; or to gather unto him his faithful 728 SONG OF SONGS. to feed in the gardens, and to gather lilies, ^ I am my beloved's, and my beloved is mine : he feedeth among the lilies. * Thou art fair, O my love, as Tirzah, comely as Jerusalem -. terrible as armies with banners. * Turn about tliine eyes over against me : for they liave lifted me up : thy hair is as a flock of goats that appear from Gilead. ^ Thy teeth are as a flock of sheep, wliich come up from the washing : which all of them bear twins, and none among them is bereaved of their young. ' As a piece ( f a pomegranate are tliy temples, within thy locks. ' There are people, which are as lilies among thorn?, chap. ii. 2. The Hebs. in their Chald. para- phrase, apply this to God's returning of liis people from the captivity of Babylon by Cy- rus, Ezra, Nehemiah, Zorobabel, &c., and the restoring of his worship in the temple, re-edi- fied, and accepting their service, and nour- ishing them with dainties; 'and as a man that gathereth lilies out of the valleys, so gathereth he them out of Babylon.' Ver. 3. — I AM MY beloved's,] The spouse here glorieth in the peace renewed between Christ and her, and their mutual commum'on by his Spirit and her faith, notwithstanding her former infirmities and afflictions. The same word, but in other order, she used be- fore, in chap. ii. 1(5. See the Notes there. Ver. 4 Tho0 art fair,] The spouse having found, and being reconciled toClirist, is here commended by him for her manifold graces wherewith she was beautified. Com- pare these her graces w ith the former, in chap, iv. 1, &c. As Tirzah,] This was a city in Canaan, not far from Samaria, wherein one of the tiiirty-one kings whom Joshua con- quered did dwell. Josh. xii. 24. Afterwards the kings of Israel kept their courts in it, I Kings xiv. 17; xv. 21, 33; xvi. 6, 8, 23. By interpretation Tirzah signifieth grateful, well-pleasing, or acceptable, and so the Gr. here trauslateth it, good pleasure, or favour- able acceptatioti, wliich showeth it to be a goodly pleasant place, such as kings delight to dwell in. A like beauty is here ascribed to the spouse being made fair and acceptable by Clirist her bi-loved, as Eph. i. 6 ; v. 27. Jerusalem,] A city renowned for glory, especially because God himself chose to dwell in it, having his temple built there on mount Zion. It was 'fair in situation, the jny of all the earth, the city of the great king,' Ps. xlviii. 2, 3, &c. Hereupon the church under the gospel, the spouse and wife of the Lamb Christ, is called Jerusalem, holy and heavenly, whose glory from God, and excellent orna- ments, are described at large, in Rev. xxi. 2, 9 — 11, &c. Jerusalem by interpretation is the sight of peace. As armies with BANNERS,] Oi-, as bannered hosts ; as armies ordered under their banners and ensigns, wliicii are terrible to their enemies. So again in ver. 10. This showeth tlie peace of the spouse to be in Christ, but from the world she is to look for affliction, and is to fight the good fight of faith, in the order appointed her of God. Thus when Israel abode 'in his tents, according to their tribes,' encamping in the wilderness, his tents were goodly, his strength was as an unicorn's, he couched as a courage- ous lion, whom none durst stir up, Num. xxiv. 2, 5, S, 9. Ver. 5 — Torn about thine eyes,] This' word is used sometimes for turnittg towards, as in 1 Chron. xii. 23 ; sometimes for turn- ing aivay, as in Ezek. vii. 22. Here it seemeth to be meant in the first sense, that the eyes of the spouse, which were like doves, chap. iv. 1, should now, in her beloved's ab- sence, be turned to him by faith, that he thereby might be encouraged and cheered in her love. Over against me,] Towards me, though afar ofT. So the word is used sundry times, as is noted on Num. ii. 2. It may also be Englished from me, or from before me. For they have lifted me up,] Or, that they may lift me up, to wit, with cour- age, strength, comfort, &c., as in Psalm . cxxxviii. 3, thou hast encouraged (or lifted up, strengthened) me. In this sense the Gr. here trauslateth figuratively, " For they have lifted me up on wing," or, have made me fly; that is, encouraged, cheered me. The Hebs. y also, in their Chald. paraphrase, apply this to the restoring of the high council or senate in Jerusalem, after their return from Babylon. Thy hair,] Thy thoughts, counsels, purposes, &c., are orderly composed, like the hair of fat goats. See the Notes on chap. iv. 1. Ver. 6. — Teeth,] Wherewith she eateth the spiritual food of the word, &c., or devour- eth her eni^mies. See chap. iv. 2. Fro.m the washing,] And so are white and clean. Ver. 7. — Temples,] Signifying her mo- desty, shamefacedness, &c. See chap. iv. 3. Ver. 8. — There are threescore queens,] Heb. sixty, they queens, and eighty concubines, which may be understood eitiier affirmatively, " There are sixty," as the Gr CHAPTER Vr. 729 tlireescore queens, and fourscore concubines : and virgins with- out number. My dove, my perfect one, she is one, she is tiie ou/i/ one of her mother ; she is the choice one of her that bare her. The daugliters saw her, and they blessed her; the queens and the concu- bines, and praised her. "* Who is she that looketh forth as (he also translateth, or by supposition, be (here sixty queens, that is, tliough there were sixty, &c., yet one is my dove. And for the numbers threescore &\\d fourscore, it is un- certain whether the allusion be to Solomon's wives and concubines which he took at first, before he increased them to seven hundred wive'', and tliree hundred concul)ines, 1 Kings xi. 3, (as before we heard of threescore valiant men about Solomon's bed.chap. iii. 7), or, as the Hebs. conjecture, to the sons of Noah, Ahraliam, Esau,&c. ; or rather whether a certain number be not put for an uncertain ; meaning many queens, more concubines, and innumerable damsels, as, 'seven shepherds and eight princes,' in Micah v. 5, signify many, and no definite number. So 'six troubles and seven,' in Job v. 19, and others the like. Concubines,] These were secondary wives, taken for propagation of children, but they bare no rule in the family as wives, neither had their children such right to inherit as had the others, but were sent away with gifts, as Abraham's practice showeth. Gen. xxv. 1, 5, 6. See the Notes on Gen. xxii. 24. Virgins,] Or, maideris, damsels. Such as are nut married at all, but accompany and attend upon queens, and other great women, as in Ps. xlv. 15 ; Esth. ii. 9. Ver. 9.— She is one,] Or, there is (but) one, my dove, &c. So this one only is opposed to the many queens, concubines, &c. forementioned. Here the spouse of Christ, which is hut one, (as there is ' one body, and one Spirit, one hope, one Lord, one faith,' &c., Eph. iv. 45), is preferred before the multitude of others, which, in their own and the world's esteem, are queens, ladies, &c.. Rev. xviii. 7 ; Is. xlvii. 7. Thus was it said of Israel, 'And who is like thy people, like Israel ; one nation in the earth, whom God went to redeem for a people to himself,' &c., 2 Sam. vii. 23. And when God entered \vXo covenant with them, he said, ' If ye will obey my voice indeed, and keep my cove- nant ; then ye shall be a peculiar treasure unto me above all peoples : for all the earth is mine,' Ex. xix. 5. The only one of HER mother,] Or, one she is to her mother, meaning by mother, Jerusalem, ' which is above, which is the mother of us all,' Gal. iv. 26 ; which was prefigured by Sarah the free- woman, the only wife of Abraham, of whom he had his only son Isaac, the child of pro- VoL. II. 4 mise, though he had by Agar and Keturah, his concubines, other children also, to whom ' he gave gifts, and sent them away ; but gave all that he had unto Isaac,' Gen. xxv. 5, C, And Sarah was a type of the New Testament, and Isaac, in whom Ahiaham's seed was called, of the children of promise, which by faith in Christ are made heirs of salvation, Rom. ix. 7 — 9; Gal. iv. 22, 31. But here the holy seed is likened to a daugh- ter, espoused unto Christ, belonging to the heavenly Jerusalem, the mother of the faith. ful only. The choice one,] Or, the clear {the pure) one, as after i[i ver. 10, 'clear as the sun.' The Heb. burah signifieth pure and clean from filthiness, purged, polished, severed and select from others ; and so the Gr. here expoundeth it elect or chosen ; and the word is used for choice, in 1 Chron. vii. 40; Neh. v. 18, and elsewhere; as also for purged by trials and afflictions, Dan. xi. 35; xii. 10; which signification hath use in this place. The daughter,] Tlie virgins or damsels forementioned in ver, 8, and such as were spoken of in cha|). ii. 2. They blessed her,] Or, they called her blessed, they counted her happy, as in Jam. v. 11. 'We count them happy which endure.' Praised her,] The spouse here, as Israel of old, is praised and counted happy for the great bless- ings of God upon her, whom he hath made 'high above all nations which he hath made, in praise and in name and in honour,' Dent, xxvi. 19. So Moses said, ' This is yourwis- dom and your understanding, in the eyes of the people ; which shall hear all these sta- tutes, and say. Surely this great nation is a wise and understanding people,' Deut. iv. 6. So the people magnified Christians, Acts v. 13. Ver 10. — Who is she,] Or, who is this, that i, what manner of one is this, as tis, who in Mark iv. 41, is potapos, what man- ner of man, iu Mat. viii. 27. So, whose S071, that is, what manner of marCs son is this youth? I Sam. xvii. 55. Here the praises already spoken of are set forth most most gloriously, or a new state of the church is described. As the morning,] That is, lightsome, bright, cheerful ; as the morning after the dark night, so the spouse after the darkness of affliction, error, ignorance, aris- eth to her own and others' comfort. Thus it is said to the church, ' Arise, shine, for thy 730 SONG OF SONGS. morning ; fair as the moon, clear as the sun, terrible as armies with banners ? " I went down to the nut garden, to see the fruits of the valley: to see whether the vine flourished, whether the pomegranates blos- somed. '^ I knew not ; my soul put me, the cliariots of my willing people. light i-; come, and the glory of the Lord is risen upon thee; and the Gentiles shall come to thy light, and kings to the brightness of thy rising,' Is. Ix. 1, 3. And to such as amend their ways, he promiseth, ' Then shall thy light break forth as the morning,' &n., Is. Iviii. 8. Fair as the moon,] Which is called in Heb. lebanah of her whiteness and bright shining. When glory and prosperity is promised, God saith, ' Thy sun shall no more go down, neither shall thy moon with- draw itself,' Is. Ix. 20 ; < The light of the moon shall be as the light of the sun ; and the light of the sun shall be sevenfold,' Is. xxx. 26 ; but when affliction is threatened, he saith, * The sun and the moon shall be dark- ened,' &c,, Joel iii. 15 ; Ezek. xxxii. 7, 8. Here therefore the glorious state of the spouse is signified, to the admiration of others, as it is said, ' Thy renown went forth among the heathen for thy beauty ; for it was perfect through my comeliness which I had put upon thee, saith the Lord God,' Ezek. xvi. 14. Clear as the sun,] Or, pure. In Gr. choice as ike sun, as ver. ix. Christ himself is the Sttn of righteonsne^s, Mai. iv. 2 ; the ivo- man [his spouse) is clothed with the sun, llev. xii. I, because by faith she hath put on Christ, Gal. iii, 27; by whose righteousness imputed, she is purged from all sin, and so is made glorious. Here also we may observe in her the degrees of grace, her first light being like the morning or day dawning ; her second beauty like the moon ; her third degree like the sun itself in brightness. And so it is said, ' The path of the just is as the shin- ing light; that shineth more and more unto the perfect day,' Prov. iv. 18. Terrible,] To the enemies with whom she is to fight under the banner of Christ's gospel and love, chap. ii. 4 ; having the weapons of her war- fare, ' not carnal but mighty through God to the pulling down of strongholds,' &c.,2 Cor. X. 4. So Israel was ' a people saved by the Lord, the shield of their help, and who was the sword of their excellency,' Deut. xxxiii. 29. God did put the dread of them, and the fear of them upon the nations, under the whole heaven, who heard the report of them, and trembled, Deut. ii. 25. The peoples heard, and were afraid ; sorrow took hold on the MihabitaDts of Palestina; the dukes of Edom were amazed, the mighty men of Moab trembling took hold upon them ; all the in- habitants of Canaan melted away ; fear and dread fell upon them, &c., Exod. xv. 14 — 16 -. Ps. xlviii. 5, 6. See before on ver. 4. Ver. 11. — I went down,] The words of Christ, showing how he went to visit the garden of his church. Not garden.] The original word egoz is not found lint in this one place. The Gr. translateth it the nut, and most interpreters. The Arabic also agreeth, in which tongue nuts are called geuz. It meaneth aromatical trees and fruits, such as Christ's gardens are planted with, chap. iv. 12 — 14 ; and so is to be understood of that fruit which we call nutmegs, and the , like. The Chald. paraphrast applieth this \ \ nut-garden to the second temple, builded by { \ Cyrus' commandment, and the state of the I i church then ; but these prophecies seem ' lather to mean the times under the gospel, as before is showed. The fruits of the valley,] Fruits here properly mean the new, green, or first ripe fruits, such as are tidy and forward in the beginning of the year. So, alter the winter of tribulation and wrath, Cometh the cheerful spring of grace in the garden of the church, situate low and base as in a valley or bourne, where it is watered with God's word and Spirit, and made fruit- ful. The Gr. translateth it, "fruits of the bourne," or stream. In hot countries, gar- dens and orchards were wont to be planted near bournes, streams, and pools of water, to make them fruitful, Eccl. ii. 6 ; Ezek. xxxi. 4, 5, 7. The pomegranates,] Or, po7ne- granate trees. By these and the former vines are meant the people called of God, and planted in the garden of his church, which, when they flourish in a good profession, do after bring forth the fruits of good works, to the glory of Christ. The Chald. expoundeth these of the wise men of Israel, likened to a vine, and their plenty of good works, as the pomegranate is full of juice and kernels. So in chap. vii. 12. Ver. 12. — I know not,] These words seem to be the continued speech of Christ, (though some think them spoken by his spouse), and by saying, ' I know not,' he meaneth experimental knowledge or perceiv- ing ; for things are spoken of God after the CHAPTER VI. 731 " Return, return, O Shulammitess ; return^ return, that we may look upon thee. What shall we see in the Shulammitess ? As the company of two armies. manner of men, as in Gen. xviii. 21, ' I will go down now and see whether they have done altogether according to the cry of it, which is come unto me ; and if not, (that) I may know.' See also Exod. xxxiii. 5; Gen. xxii. 12. Now that which Christ here knew not may be understood of the former things, that he perceived not the vines to flourish, or the pomegranate to blossom, and therefore calleth upon the Shulammitess (in ver. 13) to return ; or, that he knew not, neither was aware of the frowardness of his people, which was beyond man's expectation ; and there- fore he furthered them as with chariots, to help and hasten them forward ; For, ' Who- soever hath, to him shall be given ; and he shall have more abundance,' Mat. xiii. 12. My soul put me,] That is, / put myself ; but the manner of s-peech noteth an earnest desire and hearty afiectiou; as, * my soul seek- eth,' Eccl. vii. 28 ; ' my soul loveth,' chap, i. 7 ; ' my soul is troubled,' Ps. vi. 4 ; ' my soul hateth,' Is. i. 14 ; ' my soul is joyful/ Is. Ixi. 10 ; and many the like. The cha- riots OF MV WILLING PEOPLE,] Or, of my princely (or noble) people. In Heb. ammi- nadab, that is, my voluntary, free, botmteous, or noble people. The Gr. pulteth both words in one, make it a proper name, " The cha- riots of Aminadab." It rather denoteth the people of Christ, which are voluntaries in the day of his power, Ps. ex. 3 ; sustained with a free or princely spirit, Ps. li. 14 ; and re- ceiving the word with all readiness or willing- ness of mind, as Acts xvii. II ; ii. 41. To such Christ is as chariots, by the ministry of the word, to help and hasten them forward in grace, and to defend them from theirenemies. For chariots were used in wars, Jos. xi. 4 ; 1 Sam. xiii. 5 ; and when God threateneth vengeance unto the wicked, he saith, ' He will come with his chariots like a whirlwind, to render his anger,' <fec., Is. Ixvi. 15. And as the prophets of old were the chariots and horsemen of Israel, 2 Kings ii. 12 ; xiii. 14; and people's conversion unto Christ is called a bringing of them ' upon horses and in chariots, for an offering to the Lord,' Is. Ixvi. 20. So the ministers of the New Testament did so minister the gospel of God, 'that the oflering up of the Gentiles might be acceptable,' Rom. XV. 16 ; in which sen?e Christ here is by his servants, as chariots, for his voluntaiy and free people to be brought as an oblation to the Lord. The Chald. paraphraseth on these words thus : « I consulted with my soul to do them good, and to put them high in the cha- riots of kings," &c. Ver. l."^. — O Shul.^mmitess,] As Solo- mon (named in Heb. Shelomoh) had his name of 'peace,' I Chron. xxii. 9; and Jerusalem was also called 'Shalem' (or Salem), Ps. Ixxvi. 3, which signifieth peace, Heb. vii. 2; so here the church or people called upon to return is named ' Shulammitess,' (in Heb. Shulamith,) of her peace and perfection with God in Christ; and so in one Gr. version it is interpreted eirenevousa, as being at peace. It may also have reference to Jerusalem, as being a daughter to that mother of us aU. And this name hath occasioned some proba- bly to apply this unto the recalling of the Jews, as was foretold, Rom. xi. 25, &c., which is yet to be fulfilled. Return, RETURN,] This doubling of the word, and that twice, showeth the earnest desire of her conversion with the certainty thereof. That we may look upon THEE,] Or, let us see (or vieiu) thee, and properly it meaneth a looking upon with delight. This seemeth to be spoken by her friends, desirous to see the graces in this Shulammitess returned. For even 'the angels desire to look into' the things that are imparted to the church by the gospel, 1 Pet. i. 12; and it was David's one request that he might ' view the pleasantness of the Lord' in his house or temple, Ps. xxvii. 4. And the prophet foretold how the watchmen should sing with a high voice, for that they should ' see eye to eye when the Lord returned Zion,' Is. lii. 8. The Chald. paraphrast explaineth the words thus, "Re- turn unto me, O congregation of Israel ; return unto Jerusalem ; return unto the house of the doctrine of my law; return to receive prophecy from my prophets, which prophesy in the name of the word of the Lord." What SHALL TE SEE IN THE ShuLAMMITKSS ?] Of, Why look ye (or ii-ould ye look) upon the Sulammitess ? The question (which seem- eth to be demanded by Christ) is to stir up attention and affection in the hearers. As THE COMPANY,] Or, OS the dance; that is, a company of dancers that rejoice together, as they were wont after victories, Ex. xv. 20. And prophesying of the spiritual joy at the restoring of his people, God saith, ' O virgin of Israel, &c. thou shalt go forth in the dances of them that make merry:' and, 'Then shall the virgin rejoice in the dance,' Jer. xxxi. 4, 13. And at the return of the prodigal son there were 'music and dances' in his 732 SONG OF SONGS. father's house, Luke xv. 25. This answer seemeth to be made by Christ liimself that asked them, or it may be the question con. tinued : thus, ' what look ye upon the Shu- lammitess, wliich is like the company (or dance) of two armies ? ' Of T\ro armies,] Or, of two camps (tivo hosts), in Heb. Ma- chanaim: by which name the place was called where an host (or troop) of angels met Jacob with his troop at his return out of ser- vitude, Gen. xxxi). 1, 2. Hereby is signi- fied both the deliverance of the Shulammitess out of her miseries, and the joy of men and angels for her victory. For ' there is joy also in the presence of the angels of God over one sinner that repenteth,' Luke xv. 10; and they pitch their camps about them that fear the Lord for to deliver them, Ps. CHAPTER VI I. ' How beautiful are thy feet with shoes, O bounteous prince's daughter ! the joints of tliy thighs are like jewels, the work of tlie hands of an artificer. ^ Thy navel is like a round goblet ; let VeR. 1.1 How BEAUTIFUL ARE,] The Shulammitess or spouse of Christ is liere admired and praised for her graces where- with God had furnished her, and adorned her whole body : the particulars whereof are described in other order than before in chap. iv. vi., for here her feet are first mentioned, and then other parts upward unto lier head. This description seemeth to be made by her friends, that called upon her to ' return,' chap. vi. 13. For Solomon (or Christ) is spoken of as another or third person after in ver. 5, 9. Feet with shoes,] Or, steps {going) i?i shoes: hereby is mtant her obe- dient walking in the faith and gospel of Christ, whereby she, being freed from the misery and bondage of sin, made free by the truth (as John viii. 32,) stood fast, and walked steadily in the liberty and grace of Christ, Gal. v. 1 ; not going barefooted, as was the manner of captives and others in misery. Is. xx. 4; 2 Sam. xv. 30; but as God rehearsing his blessings upon his cburch, saith, ' I shod thee with Tachash skin/ Ezek. xvi. 10, so here the feet of his spouse are ' shod with the preparation (or stability) of the gospel of peace,' Eph. vi. 15; with the knowledge, profession, and obedience whereof she being firmly settled and defenced, her feet and steps were now beautiful, as the feet also ' of them that preach the gospel of peace ' are said to be beautiful, Rom. x. 15. Boun- teous prince's DAUGHTER,] Heb. hath Nadib, that is, daughter of the bountiful, (or vf the prince, the noble,') for princes were styled ' bountiful or benefactors,* Luke xxii. 25, as being free, liberal, and willing to do good unto others: hereby is signified that she was of noble race and ingenuous disposition, ready and willing to serve the Lord, and pro- pagate the grace of his gospel unto others ; as before Chri!^t calieth them his ' willing (or noble) people, cliap. vi. 12. And as ' a son or daughter of Belial' meanethone of wicked disposition, Deut. xiii. 13; 1 Sam. i. 16; and for a king to be the ' son of nobles,' Ecd. X. 17, is to be of an ingenuous and noble dis- position; so to be a 'daughter of Nadib,' is to be nobly and bounteously affected. This title belongeth to such only as believe in Christ, 'which are bom not of blood, nor of the will of the flesh, nor of the will of man, but of God,' John i. 13. Wherefore when Christ was promised to ' reign in ju-tice,' it was said that then Nabal (the fool or vile person) should no more be called (Nadib) liberal, noble, or bountiful. Is. xxxii. 1, 5. Joints,] The original word, used only in this place, hath the signification of turning or going about, and seemeth to mean the bones that turn and move in the hollow of the thighs: these are likened to 'jewels or orna- ments, signifying the firm, upright, goodly, and glorious stature, gesture, walking, and conversation of this prince's daughter, well beseeming the gospel which she professeth: being in fit, orderly, and due proportion, as the Gr. version also implieth. Artificer,] Or, faithful craftsman, in Heb. a man of fidelity and skilfulness in his workmanship: meaning here God or Christ, for he is the artificer in heavenly things, Heb. xi. 10; and the church with her gracious blessings is ' the work of his hands,' Is. Ix. 21. Ver. 2. — A round goblet,] Or, a goblet (or cup) of roundiiess. The spouse being praised before fur her ready receiving of, and iioly, stedfast walking in the gospel of Christ, is now fuither commended for her propagat- ing the truth unto others ; likened to a mother conceiving and nrurishing herchildien. Foi Zion or Jerusalem (named here the Slra- CHAPTER VIT. 733 there not want mixture : thy belly is like an heap of wheat set about with lilies. ^ Thy two breasts are like two fawns, twins of the roe. * Thy neck is like a tower of ivory ; thine eyes like the lammitess, chap. vi. ]3,) likened to a woman with child, travailing, bringing forth children (or a man-child), and after nursing them with the lireasts of her consolation. Is. Ixvi. 7 — 11. So here first the navel (by which the child is nourished in the womb) is com- mended for the form, 'round as a goblet;' and for the nourishment, which is as mixed liquor without scarcity, wherewith the goblet is full; and after her breasts (with which the child is nourished after it is brought forth) are praised in ver. 3. Thus Paul preaching the gospel to the churches is likened some- times to a father that begetteth, sometimes to a mother travailing in childbirth, some- times to a nurse cherishing her children, 1 Cor. iv. 15; Gal. iv. 19; 1 Thess. ii. 7. Let there not want,] Or, there wantefh not, or shall not want: but the former is more pathetical, as wishing a continual sup- ply of grace for nourishment of the children of Cln-ist, though a promise also is hei-ewith implied. Mixture,] That is, liquor mixed and tempered, and so made fit to refi eih and nourish. For they used to temper and mix their wine, either with water or milk, to allay the heat; or with spices to make it more comfortable. So the wisdom of God is said to have ' mingled her wine,' Prov. ix. 2; Christ drank his wine with his milk, chap. V. 1; and after here is mentioned 'spiced wine,' chap. viii. '2; and ' mixture' (or mixed wine) was sought for of drunkards, Prov. xxiii. 29, 30; Is. v. 22. The navel there- fore, not wanting mixture, signifieth the juice of grace abundantly supplied of God for the nourishing and cherishing of his young children in the body of his church, so that both mother and infant are in health and good plight, not destitute of any good : even as to them that remember and keep God's law it is promised that health shall be to their navel, and marrow (or moistening) to their bones, Prov. iv. 1, S. An heap of wheat,] Tiie supply and growth of grace is here fur- ther commended by likening her 'belly to an heap of wheat;' for in their harvest they gathered their corn into floors, where it was stacked upon heaps, and after threshed, Ruth iii. 7; Hag. ii. 16. To such a stack or heap is her belly resembled ; signifying that her spiritual harvest being come, she was ready to bring forth store of good issue, es wheat fit for the Lord's granary. Set about with lilies,] As the corn-floors in Israel, being in the open fields, were hedged about for safe defence ; so the belly of Christ's spouse, big and ready to bring forth fruit unto him, is beset as with an hedge of lilies for her fuither comfort and glory. So that her way was not hedged up with thorns as was the harlot's, Hos. ii. 5, 6, but set about with lilies, denoting the graces wherewith the spouse herself and those about her are environed. The Jews applying these things to their church estate in their Chald. para- phrase, understand by the ' navel ' the chief i of their synedrion or high council, governing \ all as the child is nourished by the navel in j the mother's womb; the 'round goblet' to \ signify his clear doctrine of the law as the ; round moon : so that the words of the law are j not wanting from his mouth, as the waters ( of the great river running out of Eden do not [ fail; by the 'belly' they understand the ? seventy wise men or councillors that sat about \ liim as a round floor, whose cellars are full \ of tithes, sanctified things, &c.; and by ' ' lilies' the men of the great congregation, as ' Ezra, Zerubbabel, Neheniiah, Joshua, and the ,; like, who had their employment in the law ■ day and night. Ver. 3.— Breasts,] That minister sweet consolations to the children, sucking out of them the sincere milk of the word. Is. Ixvi. 11; 1 Pet. ii. 2. See the Notes on chap, iv. 5, where this resemblance was formerly used Ver. 4. — Tower of ivory,] Fair, strong, and upright. In chap. iv. 4, the neck of the spouse was likened to ' the towers of David builded for an armory:' here it is likened to ' a tower of ivory ' (or of elephant's tooth), which the Chald. paraphrast expound- eth " the ivory tower that king Solomon made." But we read of no such tower made by him, unless it be meant of that ' great throne of ivory' which he made, 2 Chron. ix. 17, and that may well be called a tower ; even as the pulpit uliich was made for Ezra and others to stand upon when they read and expounded the law unto the people is called in Heb. ' a tower,' Neh. viii. 4. Thus the neck of the Shulammitess, likened to Solo- mon's ivory throne, deiioteth the power and glory of the church in her clear doctrine and upright judgments, whereby her children are guided and governed peaceably ; freed from the servitude of men, of sin, Satan, and all enemies, 1 Cor. vii. 23; Rom. vi. 6; Heb, ii. 14, 15; so that now, Jerusalem is loosed from the bauds of her neck, as was promised 734 SONG OF SONGS. pools in Heshbon, by the gate of Bath-rabbim ; thy nose is like the tower of Lebanon, looking toward Damascus. * Thine head in Is. lii. 2, and is made to ' inherit the throne of glory,' I Sam. ii. 8. See the Notes on chap. iv. 4. The Chald. also by the neck here understandeth the judge of Israel. The vooi.s IN Heshbon,] Or Cheshbon; in Gr. the lakes in Essebon. As before iier eyes were like ' doves,' chap. iv. 1, so here they are like water pools, char to see the truth, and to look unto the ways and actions of her- self and others. It also may intend her watery eyes, weejjing for her former sins; as Jeremiah lamenting the sins of his people, wishing that hiseyes were 'a fountain of tears,' Jer. ix. 1 ; and prophesying their conver- sion, he saith ' they shall come with weeping,' &c., Jer. xxxi. 9. Heshbon was a city where king Sihon sometimes dwelt, Num. xxi. 26; it was situated in a goodly fertile country, which the Reubenites possessed. Num. xxxii. 34, 37; so it seemeth to have in it fair and clear pools or ponds of water, which beautified it as eyes do the body. The Heb. expositors understand by these eyes the prophets, or (as the Chald. para- phrast saith) scribes, lleshbon by interpre- tation signifieth a count, computation, or artificial device; and thus some expound it here, pools artificially made: and pools have their name of blessing, either because tliey were esteemed great blessings in those hot and dry countries, Judg. i. 15, or because they were filled with rain the blessing of God, Ezek. xxxiv. 26. Bath rabbim,] Or, (as the Gr. interpreteth it) daughter of many: so that it was a gate frequented of many, and it may be a gate where the judges sat ; for public judgments and assemblies were at the gates, Ruth iv. 1; 2 Sam. xix. 8; Lam. v. 14 ; wherefore if Heshbon be not the proper name of a city, these pools may be thought to be at some gate of Jerusalem where many people assembled, as in Neh. viii. 3. The Chald. applieth it to the governors that sat "in the gate of the house of the great coun- cil.'' Thy nose ] This is a principal orna- ment of the face, the instrument of smelling and of drawing breath; sometimes it is used for the whole face, and oftentimes for anger, which appeared by the face and breath. Here it seemetli to denote her spiritual cour- age and bold carriage against her enemies, because her nose is likened to the ' tower of Lebanon,' which was high and lofty. For as in speech of the wicked, the 'loftiness of liis nose,' (or countenance,) in Ps. x. 4, signifieth his lofty, stout, and proud carriage : so here, contrariwise, it being spoken for praise in the godly, her nose like an high tower, noteth her courage and magnanimity for the truth, manifested in her countenance and behaviour, so that she discomfiteth all her enemies. On the contrary, when God threateneth the over- throw of Jerusalem for her adulteries, he saith that her lovers (turned to be her ene- mies) should ' take away her nose, and her ears,' &c., Ezek. xxiii. 25. Tower of Lebanon,] Or, of Libanus, which was a mountain in the north paits of the land. It may here be understood of the tower of the house, called ' the house of the forest of Lebanon,' which Solomon built very stately, 1 Kings vii. 2, in which he put ' two hun- dred targets and three hundred shields made of beaten gold,' 1 Kings x. 17. Looking TOWARDS Damascus,] Or, espying, watch- ing, beholding the face of Damascus } which was the chief city in Syria, Is. vii. 8; called in Heb. Dammesek, sometimes Darmesek, as in 1 Chron. xviii. 5; and Dummesek, as 2 Kings xvi. 10; in the Gr. and in the New Testament Damascus, Acts ix. 2 ; it lay northward from mount Lebanon aforesaid, was a goodly city 'of praise and of joy,' Jer. xlix. 24, 25. The inhabitants were cora- monly enemies to Israel, and often wars were between God's people and Ihem, as the story of scripture showeth, 1 Chron. xviii. 5, 6, I Kings xi. 24, 25; Is. vii. 5, 8; Amos i. 3. Wherefore ' the tower of Lebanon, look- ing (or espying, watching) towards Damascus, may intimate here, besides the courage, the care also of the spouse, for the safeguard of herself and lier children against the enemy. For in times of danger, they set on towers and high places watchmen or spies to give warning of what they saw. Is. xxi. 6, 9; Ezek. xxxiii. 2, 6; 2 Sam. xviii. 24, 25. Ver. 5 Thine head upon thee,] This may be understood properly of her head itself, likened to mount Carmel, or of the ornament upon her head. Like Carmel] Or, like crimson; but both the Gr. and Chald. para- phrase expound it Carmel, the name of a mountain where Elias killed the Baalists and prayed for rain, 1 Kings xviii. 19 — 42. Carmel also was a place inhabited by Nabal, 1 Sam. XXV. 2, 5. It seemeth to have been very fertile, Nah. i. 4 ; for a fruitful place is called Carmel, opposed to a barren wilder- ness. Is. xxxii. 15; xxix. 17; xxxiii. 9; Jer. iv. 2G. Thus her head likened to Car- mel, may signify her mind filled with the knowledge of God, and fruitful in giace: so God promising the restoration of his church, saith, ' Israel shall feed on Carmel and Bashan,' &c., Jer. 1. 19; and foretelling the CHAPTER VII. 735 upon thee is like Carmel, and the liair of thine liead like purple : the king is bound in the galleries. ' How fair art thou, and how pleasant art thou, O love, for delights ! This thy stature is like glory of Christ's kingdom, saitli, * the glory of Lebanon shall be given unto it, the excel- lency of Carmel and Sharon,' &c., I^. xxxv. 2. The Heb. Carmil is also used for crim- son or scarlet colour, 2 Chron. iii. 14; which may also be meant here, seeing after her hair is likened to purple: and these were colours worn of princes and great personages, and so meet for this 'prince's daughter," (ver. 1,) and for the attire of her head, on which she weareth ' the hope of salvation (through the blood of Christ, which these colours also pre- figured) for an helmet,' 1 Thess. v. 8. Hair,] The original word dallath is no where used for hair but in this one place, as the Gr. also interpreteth it: properly it signifieth slender- ness or tenuity, and so meaneth small and slender hair. Some take it for a small lace or head band wherewith the attire of the head was tied. This her ' hair like purple,' denoteth her cogitations and purposes to be holy, heavenly, and as dyed in the blood of Christ. The Chald. paraphrase applieth the head here spoken of to the king, the chief governor in Israel; and the 'slender hair,' to the 'poor of the people,' which should be clad in purple, as was Daniel, Mordecai, &c. See the Notes on chap. iv. 1, where the spouse's hair was likened to ' a flock of goats:' that description diflering from this seemeth to imply a variety of estate, for God's peo- ple are not always of like condition in this world, though ever glorious in his eyes. The king is bound in the galleries,] By the kitig in this song is meant Solomon, that is, Christ. Rehatim, which the Gr. here likewise translateth galleries, is in Gen. xxx. 38, 41; Ex. ii. 16, gutters wherein waters run for the flock to drink, ujito which some think this place hath reference: but in chap. i. 17, rahitim are galleries that run along the house sides, and so it seemeth to mean here. To be ' bound in the galleries ' is to have a fixed habitation in the house of his church, vrhere the king is retained, and as it were tied with the bands of love towards his spouse so excellent in all her parts; that now is ful- filled that which is elsewhere said unto her, • The king will covet thy beauty,' Ps. xlv. 12; and that which is spoken of the lewd woman, 'her hands are as bands,' Eccl. vii. 26, may have use here of the chaste woman, that her graces are such as do not only delight the king, but hold him fast bound unto her in the bands of spiritual wedlock, no more to leave her, but to abide with her for ever. For so he hath promised, ' I will betroth thee unto me for ever,' Hos. ii. 19 ; ' the Lord delighteth in thee, and thy land shall be married,' Is. Ixii. 4; ' my servant David shall be their prince forever; and I will set my sanctuary in the midst of them for evermore : and the name of the city from that day shall be, The Lord is there,' Ezek. xxxvii. 25, 26; xlviii. 33. ' The throne of God and of the Lamb shall be in it, and his servants shall serve him: and they shall reign for ever and ever,' Rev. xxii. 3, 5. Ver. 6. — And how pleasant,] This admiration of her beauty and pleasantness, in all her parts, carriage and administration, showeth the reason of the former speech, why 'the king was bound in the galleries;' for that he was delighted, and as it were ravished with her heavenly graces; as before in chap, iv. 9, 10. And as she admired Christ for his fairness and pleasantness; so now she is magnified for the like: see the Notes on chap. i. 15, 16. O love,] That is, O thou that art dearly loved : thus they call her, to signify Christ's great aflection towards her: for it is another and more forcible word thau was used before in chap. i. 9, 15; ii. 2; iv. 1, 7; V. 2; vi. 4, that, betokening loving society and outward friendship; this, signify- ing inward charity and loving afTection, which is strong and fervent, chap. viii. 6, 7. For delights,] Or, delicacies, or, with plea- sures; meaning full delight, all manner of pleasure : so that all that love her may rejoice with her, and delight themselves in the brightness of her glory, as Isa. Ixvi. 10, 11. Ver. 7. — Thy statutes,] Or, thy height: in Gr, thy greatness. A palm-tree,] Or, a date tree, called in Heb. thamar^ in Gr. phcenix; it is of tall and upright stature, always green and flourishing, bearing pleasant fruit. Wherefore the just man's state is lik- ened to this tree, Ps. xcii. 13, and figures of palm-trees (signifying heavenly graces) were made in the temple, 1 Kings vi. 29; vii. 36; and foretold to be also in the spiritual temple under the gospel, Ezek. xli. 18, 19, and palm- branches carried in the hand, or on the head, were signs of victory: wherefore the saints (that by faith overcome the world) appeared with palm-branches in their hands; Rev. vii. 9. And the palm-tree is said to be of such a nature, that it will not bow downward or grow crooked, though heavy weights be laid upon it, but groweth still upright. So this stature of the spouse likened to a palm-tree. 736 SONG OF SONG to a palm-tree ; and thy breasts to clusters. ® I said, I will go up to the palm-tree, I will take hold of the boughs thereof: and now let thy breasts be as clusters of the vine : and the smell of thy nose like apples. ' And thy palate like the good wine, tliat goetli showeth her spiritual growth in the faith (notwithstanding all her tribulations) tend- ing always upward towards heaven, till she attain unto 'the measure of the stature of the fulness of Christ,' Eph. iv. 13. For God hath now broken the staves of her yoke, and made her go upright; Lev. xxvi. 13. So the kingdom of Israel (while it flourished) is likened to a tree, whose ' stature was exalted among the thick branches,' &c. Ezek. xix. 11. Clusters,] To wit, of the vine, as in ver. 8, signifying hereby that her breasts were not only fashioned, as in Ezek. xvi. 7, but full of milk to nourish her children, and of the wine of heavenly consolations, which they that love her, may 'suck and be satisfied,' as Isa. Ixvi. 11. So that now the state of the church is not as when complaint was made, there is ' no cluster to eat,' Mic. vii. 1, but as when ' new wine was found in the clus- ter :' and he said, ' destroy it not, for a bless- ing is in it,' Isa. Ixv. 8. Ver. S. — I WILL go dp to,] Or, I will climb up on the palm-tree, meaning to gather the fruit tliereof. This purpose and promise, if it be spoken in the person of Christ, impli- eth his acceptation of the fruits of the Spirit in his spouse, as is noted on chap. v. 1. But it seemeth (by that which followeth) to be the speech of her friends already noted speaking collectively as one person, to mark their unity and joint consent to communicate with her graces, as in Isa. Ixvi. 15, 11. For things of this sort, are spoken both of God, and of his people. Isa. Ixii. 5. The boughs THEREOF,] Or, the branches of it: the Heb. sansinnim is no where used but in this place: the Gr. translateth it " the heights thereof," meaning the branches which are on high, and which bear the fruit for the palm-tree though it be very tall, hath no boughs growing out by the sides of the body, as other trees ; but ou the very top, the leaves (which are long like swords) spread abroad pleasant to behold ; and the fruit groweth not among the leaves, but on the top of the branches ; as historians do record, Pliny, 50. 13 ; chap. 5. So Christ (if it be understood of him) going up and taking hold of the boughs, both signifieth it to be his own possession, and showeth his care and love to look unto it, and to purge the branches that they may bear more fruit, (as the Father doth the fruitful branches of the vine, John xv. 1, 2,) and likewise to enjiy and accept of the gracious fruits of his spouse, with whom he will now continue. Or, taking it (as before) for the speech of the faithful company, it meaneth their purpose and endeavour to partake of the heavenly fruits which this church bringeth forth. Be AS CLUSTERS,] Or. shall be as clusters; and thus it is an assurance or promise of blessing to her from the Lord, filling her with the juice of grace, that she shall ' neither be idle nor unfruitful in the knowledge of Christ,* 2 Pet. i. 8, but as is promised, ' he will cause them that come out ot Jacob, to take root; Israel shall blossom and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit,' Isa. xxvii. 6. But it may be taken also as a wish, 'and let thy breasts, I pray thee, be as clusters of the vine ;' that is, have not thou ' a miscarrying womb, and dry breasts' (as Hos. ix. 14,) ' but grow ill grace and in knowledge; be not an empty vine, as Israel was of old, Hos. x. I. Leave ■ not thy wine, 'which cheereth God and man,' Judg. xiii. 'but be filled with the Spirit ;' that we may ' suck and be satisfied with the breasts of thy consolations,' Isa. Ixvi. 11. The SMELL OF THY NOSE, LIKE APPLES,] Her 7iose, commended for the form, in ver. 4, denoted her good carriage, and courage for the truth. The smell, odour, or scent thereof, meaneth the good report and fame thereof spread abroad: which is comfortable as a sweet odour. Or, by the smell of hev nose, may be understood the breath coming out of her nos- tril, that it should be sweet. And so not only her outward behaviour should be com- mendable, but the hidden man of the heart, uncorrupted : that the breath or spirit pro- ceeding from within, be pure; and God may ' manifest the smell (or savour) of his know- ledge by her in every place,' 2 Cor. ii. 14, as the favour of life unto life; and like the favour of apples, which refresh those that languish and are sick of the love of Christ; as chap. ii. 5. Ver. 9. — Thy palate,] Or, the roof of thy mouth: in Gr. thy throat. The palate for one's own tise is to taste and discern, as iu Job xxxiv. 3, ' the palate tasteth meat ;' but for others it is the instrument of speech, as in Prov. viii. 7, ' my palate shall speak truth.' This latter use seemeth here to be meant, that her palate, to wit, her speech and doctrine, should be like good wine, to comfort and revive bitter and heavy hearts, Prov. xxxi. 6. The good wine,] That is, the best, most excellent, sweet and wholesome wine; as 'the CHAPTER VII. 737 to my beloved, to righteousness ; causing to speak the lips of those tliat are asleep. '" I am my beloved's; and his desire is towards me. *' Come my good oil,' (Ps. cxxxiii. 2,) is the best, sweet- est, and most precious oil. The comfoi table doctrines of the gospel are likened to wine, Isa. Iv. 1 — 3; Prov. ix. 2, 5. See the Notes on chap. 1, 2. That goeth to my be- loved,] A commendation of the good wine, from the ell'ects: that it is pleasing unto God, and profitable unto men. For by the beloved, usually ill this chap, is meant Christ : by going to righteousness (or according to right- eousness) that is, going aright, straightly or directly, is signified the nature of pure wine, manifesting the goodness by the moving and springing in the cup, whereby it is discerned to be the right and natural wine, and is pleas- ing to them that drink it. The like phrase Solomon used in Prov. xxiii.31. ' Look not on the wine when it is red, when it giveth liis colour in the cup, when it goeth (or walkeih, that is, moveth itself) in righteous- ness:' as there, the nature of the most pure and generous wine is described, whereby men are allured to drink thereof; so here the right wine, the pure and wholesome doctrine out of the moutli of the spouse, is declared by the company of believers, to be pleasing and right in the eyes of Christ their beloved. It may also intimate, how the spouse (filled with the Spirit, rather than with wine, Eph. v. 18,) her speeches should tend to lead all unto Christ, and unto righteousness: that is, faith ill him, and righteous works which he requir- eth us to walk in. Causing to speak,] That maketh to speak, or giveth utterance, to the lips of those that are asleep : or speak- ing in the lips, &c. This is the other effect of the Spirit, that as wine maketh men talk- ative, Prov. xxiii. 29, so the Spirit maketh men to utter the mysteries of God : as the disciples (when some thought they were ' full of new wine') prophesied and spake with other tongues, the great works of God, * as the Spirit gave them utterance,' Acts ii. 4, 11, 13, &c. By sleepers here are meant sinners, awaked and quickened by the word preached, as it is said, 'awake thou that sleepest, and arise from the dead ; and Christ shall give thee light,' Eph. v. 14. And so it was promised, ' thy dead men shall live, my dead bodies shall arise: awake and sing, ye that dwell in dust,' Isa. xxvi. 19. And Ezekiel, by prophesying, raised to life the dead t ' bones of the house of Israel, Ezek. xxxvii. I I which also the Chald. paraphrast allegeth in I opening this place. And not only dead men, (which are said to be asleep, Dan. xii. 2,) Vol. II S but others also that live, and through negli- gence or security fall asleep (as the spouse acknowledgeth of herself, in chap. v. 2,) are enabled by this spiritual wine to speak : for having drunk thereof, they forget their poverty, and remember their misery no more, as Prov. xxxi. 6, 7. So God promising to restore comforts unto Israel, and to his mour- ners, saith that he createth ' the fruit of the lips, peace, peace,' Isa. Ivii. 18, 19. Ver. 10. — I AM MY beloved's,] Here the spouse, as full of the wine of grace and con- solation from the Lord, testifieth her assur- ance by faith that she is Christ's, and so an heir to salvation by ' promise ;' Gal. iii. 29 ; see before in chap. ii. 16; vi. 3. His desire,] His desirous affection, the Gr. interpreteth it, '• his conversion" (or turning) is " towards me." This manner of speech was used before, when God chastening the woman for her sin, said ' thy desire shall be unto thy husband,' Gen. iii. 16. but now this woman being renewed by grace, and espoused unto Christ, as to an husband, 2 Cor. xi. 2. rejoiceth that 'his desire is unto her." And this appeareth by the whole scope of this Song, and especially by those words in chap. ii. 14 ; iv. 9, 10; vii. 5. So contrary each to other are our natural sinful state, and our estate by grace in Christ. Ver. 11. — Into the field,] Or, into tfie country, a place of corn, vines, fig-trees, pomegranate -trees, &c. as Joel xi. 12. In THE villages,] Or, by the cypress-trees ; for the Heb. " Cepharim " may signify both : but the Gr. also interpreteth it " villages," and such country villages, are distinguished from ' fenced cities,' 1 Sam. vi. 18 ; 1 Chron. xxvji. 25. The spouse here desireth of Christ, that they may go together into the field and villages, to look unto their husbandry, how it prospered, and whether the trees there planted did flourish and fructify, as the next words manifest. Hereby their desire and care is signified, for the increase and propagation of the gospel abroad in the world, (for the field in the parable is ' the world,' Mat. xiii. 38.) And as Christ himself in the days of his flesh 'wentabout all the cities and villages,' preach- ing the gospel, Mat ix. 35; Mark vi. 6. and his disciples went abroad to ' teach all nations,' Mat. xxviii, 19. so afterward both he in spirit walked among the golden candlesticks of his churches, looking to their ways, Rev. ii. iii. and his apostles went again to visit their brethren in every city where they had preach- A 738 SONG OF SONGS. Beloved, let us go forth into the field ; let us lodge in the villages. '^ Let us get up early to the vineyards ; let us see whether the vine flourish, the tender grape open itself, whether the pomegran- ates blossom : there will I give my loves to thee. '^ The man- drakes give a smell, and at our doors are all precious things, new and old : O my beloved, I have laid them up for thee. ed the word of the Lord, and to see how they did, Acts XV. 36. such a care is here inti- mated, that the Lord's field might be visited, where he had (like a wise husbandman) pre- pared and fitted his work, Prov. xxiv. 27. Ver. 12. — Let us get up early,] Or, Let us rise betimes in the viorning ; another act of diligence and care, Ps. cxxvii. 2. such as God performed to Israel of old, when he rose up early and sent his prophets unto them, because he had compassion on them: and the prophets rose early and spake unto them, 2 Chron. xxxvi. 15: Jer. xxv. 3, 4. To the VINEYARDS.] That IS, the churches, or places where the gospel had been planted : so the house of Israel, was the Lord's ' vineyard,' Isa. V. 7. The Chald. also expoundeth this of the house (or place) of assembly, for learn- ing God's law. The tender grape,] The first small-grape; of this see chap. ii. 13, 15. Open itself,] That is, appear and so give a sweet smell ; the Gr. interpreteth it, "flourish :" it meaiieth the first appearance of fruit before the grapes be anything near ripe, a token that the spring is come, and that summer is nigh, as chap. ii. 12, 13. The Chald. paraphrast applieth it to the time of Israel's redemption. Pomegranates,] Or, pomegranate. trees, such do signify the par- ticular persons in the churches, full of grace and good works: see chap. iv. 13. There WILL I GIVE MY LOVES,] Thespouse promiseth to give unto Christ the fruition of her graces and fruits of her faith, confession, thanks, good works, &c. 'there' in the vineyards of the churches, in the society of the saints : for the Lord keepeth his vineyard and watereth it every moment; he ' causeth them that come of Jacob to take root, Israel shall blossom and bud, and fill the face of the world with fruit,' Isa. xxvii. 3, 6. 'And I will bring forth (saith the Lord) a seed out of Jacob, and out of Judah an inheritor of my mountains; and mine elect shall inherit it, and my servants shall dwell there. There shall the house of Israel all of them in the land serve me ; there will I accept them, and there will I require your offerings, and the first-fruits of your ob- lations, with all your holy things, I will accept you with your sweet savour,' &c. Isa. Ixv. 9 ; Ezek. XX. 40, 41. Ver. 13. — The mandrakes,] Dudaim, (wln'ch the Gr. also called " Mandragoraes '' or " Mandrakes ") have allusion in name to Bodim, loves, already mentioned : and Dod, that is, ' beloved,' as she after calleth Christ. Mandrakes grew in the field, and were found ' in the days of wheat harvest,' as the history showeth in Gen. xxx. 14, &c. It appeareth by Rachel's desire there of them, and by the smell that here they are said to give, that they were very lovely and pleasant, (differing from the mandrakes that grow in these parts.) The Chald. paraphrast calleth it " Balsemon, Balsam." Give a smell,] Or, an odour, that is, are fragrant and yield a pleasant savour: so the vines as said before 'to give a smell,' chap. ii. 13. and the ' spikenard' of the spouse, chap. i. 12. At our doors,] Or, by our doors : which seemeth to be op- posed unto the fields where mandrakes grew (as after new fruits are opposed unto the old ;) signifying that both at home and abroad, near and far, the fame and odour of graces in God's people spread itself. For a tiling is said to be ' at the doors,' when it is nigh at hand, Mat. xxiv. S3. Precious things,] Or, dainties, pleasafit fruits, and delightful graces, see Notes on chap. iv. 13 — 16. New and old,] Signifying hereby, variety and plenty, Lev. xxvi. 10; and old fruits are oft-times better than new, as Luke v. 39. So now the state of the church (instructed unto the kingdom of heaven) is like the householder ' which bringeth forth out of his treasure things new and old,' Mat. xiii. 62. Laid them up,] Or, hidden, treasured, stored up, to be reserved and safely kept. The Chald. paraphraseth thus, " Now rise, (O King Christ,) receive the kingdom which I have laid up for thee." As the goodness of God is great which he hath laid up for them that fear him, Ps. xxxi. 20, so all the goodness and fruits of grace that flow from his people are unto his honour and praise, con.^ecrated unto him. ' For of him, and through him and to him are all things: to him be glory for ever. Amen,' Rom. xi. 36 CHAPTER VIII. 739 CHAPTER VIII. ' Who will give thee as a brother to me, sucking the breasts of my mother : I would find thee without, I would kiss thee ; also Ver. 1. — Who will give thee,] That is, O if some would give thee ; or, 0 that thou tvert: a form of wishing often used in the scripture; see Deut. v. 29; Ps. xiv. 7. The faithful here desire the brotherhood, love, and communion of Cluist for their further com- fort, and that they might manifest their love and obedience unto him. As a brother,] Loving, affected, conjoined, familiar, and conversant with me. Brotherhood signifieth near conjunction and consociation, whether by bond of nature, or otherwise by agreement sad covenant, Zech. xi. 14. Wherefore things without life, coupled together, are called ' man and his brother,' or * woman and her sister,' Ex. xxv. 20; xxvi. 3; and they that are companions in like estate (though dif- fering in nature) are brethren, as Job was a * brother to dragons, and a companion to owls,' XXX. 29; and a man in quality, condition, or action, like another, is called his brother, Prov. xviii. 9; Gen. xlix. 5; and when Solomon persuadeth his son to affect, love, and associate himself unto wisdom, he biddeth him say unto her, ' Thou art my sister,' Prov. vii. 4. Although therefoi-e Christ in his humanity was the brother of his people, taking part of the same flesh and blood with them, Heb. ii. 14, yet is he chiefly called our brother, because we are all of one Father by the Spirit of sanctification, Heb. ii. 11, 12; Mat. xii. 50. And this seemeth to be the desire of the godly here, that Christ would vouchsafe to enter into covenant with them by his word and Spirit, and to accom- pany them with his grace for their mutual comfort and fruition each of other's love; that he would show himself as a brother, lovingly-aflectioned, merciful, and compas- sionate in their troubles and miseiies; as 'a brother is born for adversity,' Prov. xvii. 13. Sucking,] Or that sucked the breasts of my mother, that is, every way most nearly con- joined, as having both one father and one mother, for so the band or kindred is more near than if they had one father only, as Abraham said, ' She is the daughter of my father, but not the daughter of my mother,' Gen. XX. 12. Wherefore the child followed the mother ; if she were a free or a bond- woman, the child was likewise, Ex. xxi. 4; Gal. iv. 22, ,30. And between brethren of the same mother the aflections and love are most vehement, as Joseph's carriage towards Benjamin manifesteth, Gen. xliii. 29, 30, 34. The mother here is Jerusalem which is ' above, which is the mother of us all,' and signifieth the New Testament or covenant of grace and freedom. Gal. iv. 26, 24. To ' suck the breasts ' of this mother is to par- ticipate of her grace and consolations, Is. Ixvi. 10, II; Ix. 16; and Christ is then said to suck these breasts when the covenant or tes- tament is by him confirmed and stablished to and with his people, openly professed, and the communion of graces mutually doth grow. Which communion is figuratively signified by eating, drinking, sucking, sup- ping together, and the like, chap. v. 1; Luke xxii. 15, 16; John vi. 51; Rev. iii. 20. The Hebs. in their Chald. paraphrase give this exposition, " In that time the king Christ shall be revealed unto the congregation of Israel; and the sons of Israel shall say unto him, Come, be thou with us for a brother, and let us go up to Jerusalem, and we will s\ick with thee the senses (or mean- ings) of the law, as a sucking child sucketh the breasts of his mother." It may also be observed, that things are sometimes said to be done unto Christ, which are done unto his people, Mat. xxv. 35, 40; Acts ix. 4, 6; Col. i. 24. As therefore Christians, when they are begotten or converted unto Christ by the gospel, have 'Christ formed' in them. Gal. iv. 19, so when such are nourished with ' the sincere milk of the word,' (as 1 Pet. ii. 2,) it may be said that Christ himself is nourished in them ; for he and his people are one body, and mystically called Christ, I Cor. xii. 12. Thus the things here spoken of, as to be done unto Christ, may be fulfilled by the begetting, nourishing, and cherishing of the elect, when the covenant of life and peace is made, continued, and confirmed among them. I WOULD find thee without,] Her fervent love and desire of Christ's com- munion and brotherly grace is here accom- panied with a promise of all careful and loving duty, acceptation, and obedience oil her part. For to find him without (or in the street) where the wisdom of God crieth and teacheth, Prov. i. 20; Luke xiii. 26, signi- fieth her ready mind to go forth to meet him (as the virgins should to the bridegroom, Mat. xxv. 6,) and both lovingly and boldly to entertain and welcome him by receiving and obeying his gospel, as the sequel show- eth. See also chap. iii. 2, 4. Would kiss thee,] A sign of love, honour, and of obu- 740 SONG OF SONGS. tliey should not despise me. ^ I would lead thee, I would bring thee into my mother's house, thou shouldest instruct me : I would cause thee to drink of spiced wine, of the juice of my pome- granate. ^ His left hand under mine head, and liis right hand embrace me. * I adjure you, O daughters of Jerusalem, why should ye stir, and why should ye stir up my love, until it please 2 dience; as all are exhorted to ' kiss the Son,' Ps. ii. 12. See chap. i. 2. Thet should NOT DESPISE ME,] That is, men should not, or, I should not be despised; for so this man- ner of speech often importeth, as is noted on Gen. xvi. 4. Persons are despised or con- temned, when either they do, or are thought to do, that which is not honest or comely, Gen. xxxviii. 23; 2 Sam. vi. 16; or wheii they miss of their purpose, and are laughed to scorn with contempt, Is. xxxvii. 22. Neither of these should befall her, doing but her duty in seemly and modest sort, and obtaining Christ whom her soul desired. What the state of a people is without Christ, and how subject they are to shame and reproach, the Lord himself showeth in Is. liv. 1, 4, 6. But them that honour God he will honour, and they that despise him shall be lightly esteemed, 1 Sam. ii. 30; and if any man serve Christ, him will the Father honour, John xii. 26. VeR. 2. 1 WOULD LEAD THEE,] To wit, with honour and solemnity, with joy and gladness: for kings and great personages are said to be led and brought along, Is. Ix. 11; Ps. xlv. 15, 16. Here that which the faith- ful desire and receive of God and of Christ, to be led and to be brought to his holy moun- tain, Ps. xliii. 3, they promise to do unto Christ: but the Lord doth it by the light of his word and Spirit, Is. Ixiii. 14; Ps. cxliii. 10; they do it unto him by earnest prayers, stirring up themselves to take hold on him, Is. Ixiv. 1, 7. My mother's house,] The state of ecclesiastical policy and public assem- bly, figured by the house or temple of God in Jerusalem of old, (unto which the Chald. paraphrase here referreth it,) but is fulfilled in Christian churches, which are God's house and temple now, Heb. iii. 6; 2 Cor. vi. 16; especially in that Jerusalem, which is ' the mother of us all,' Gal. iv. 26. See chap, iii. 4. Thoo should instruct me,] Or, shalt teach, shalt learn mc, speaking to Christ, whose instruction she would gladly receive. Thus also the Gr. iiiterpreteth it, '• thou shalt teach me;" and the Ciiald., ''thou shalt teach me to fear before the Lord." It may also be referred to the mother aforesaid, she that instructeth her ; but the former seemeth most agreeable, and showeth both her desire and the end of bringing Christ unto her home, that she might be further taught and builded up by the doctrine of his gospel. And thus it is prophesied how in the last days many people should say, 'Come and let us go up to the house of the God of Jacob; and he will teach us of his ways, and we will walk in his paths,' &c., Is. ii. 2, 3; Mic. iv. 1, 2. Of spiced wine,] Wine sweetened with a mixture or confection of spices; such (in the law) were put info the holy incense and oil, Ex. xxx. 34, 35, 23, 25 ; such were also used at the burial of the dead, 2 Chron. xvi. 14, and for hanquetting, as this place showeth. The juice,] Or, the neiv liquor, the sweet wine, which hath the name of treading or pressing out of the pome- granates or grapes. Hereby she signifieth that the word should not be fruitless in her, but that she would honour Christ with her graces, and render unto him such fruits of faith as should he sweetened and spiced with his own Spirit in her, and wrung out of her by the same while she hath fellowship in his afflictions. For when Christ administcreth the comforts of his word and Spirit, he giveth us wine to diink, Prov. ix. 1, 5; Is. Iv. 1,3; and when we bring forth the fruits of his Spirit, and with them do glorify him and edify our brethren, he counteth himself refreshed as with wine, and taketh pleasure in his people; see chap. iv. 10; v. 1. This juice and wine, spiced with the truth, faith, grace, and Spirit of the Lord, is contrary to that cup in the woman's hand 'full of abomi- nations and filthiness of her fornication,' the heresies, idolatries, and other fruits of the flesh, with which wine the inhabitants of the earth, were made drunk. Rev. xvii. 2, 4. Ver. 3. — Under mine head,] Understand it prayerwise as before, let it be under; or, should be under my head. The spouse, piivy to her own infirmities, and desirous of strength and comfort from CInist, prayeth that she may be sustained by him, and find rest to her soul in the feeling of his love, whose ' grace is sufficient ' for her, whose ' strength is made perfect in weakness,' 2 Cor. xii. 9. See before in chap. ii. 6, where the like words are used. CHAPTER VIII. 741 ^ Wlio is this tliat cometh up out of tlie Avilderness, that leanetli upon her beloved ? Under the apple-tree I stirred up ; there thy motlier painfully brought thee fortli, tliere she painfully brouglit forth that bare thee. ^ Set me as a seal upon thme heart, as a Ver. 4. — I ADJURE YOU,] Or, / charge you by an oath. The spouse here enjoying Christ, desireth the continuance of his grace, and chargeth her friends that they should by no means disquiet, provoke, or grieve him; as she had adjured them twice before, chap, ii. 7; iii. 5. See the Annot. there. Why SHOULD YE STIR,] That is, do not stir, for it will not be for your profit: before it was said, if ye stir, in the like sense, and there in chap. ii. 7; iii. 5, 'the i-oes,' and 'hinds of the field' were mentioned which are not here. Ver. 5. — Who is this,] This woman. This either implieth the springing up of a new church, conducted by Christ through the wilderness of this world : or, if it be understood of the formei", it showeth the admiration of the daughters of Jerusalem at her increase, strong faith, patience, holy order, &c., while she followeth and relieth npon Christ. So before in chap. iii. 6. The wilderness,] The people of this world, out of which the people of God are chosen and called, Ezek. xx. 35; John xv. 19. It sig- nifieth also her former misery, under perse- cution, or under the bondage of sin and Satan, from which she escapeth by Christ; for the wilderness was a dry and thirsty land, a land of drought and of the shadow of death, Ezek. xix. 13; Jer. ii. 6. That leaneth,] Or, leaning, cleaving to, adjoining, associating herself: it is a word not elsewhere used in scripture, and is borrowed from the Arabian language; the Gr. translateth it confirming or strengthening herself. It signifieth her weakness in herself, unable to sustain her steps; but her strength in Christ her beloved, on whom she leaneth by faith, is confirmed against all doubts, fears, dangers, difficulties, temptations, and by her union with him is made partaker of all grace and comfort; for ' he that is joined to the Lord is one spirit,' 1 Cor. vi. 17; and is by him made perfect, stablished, strengthened, settled, as 1 Pet. v. 10. This grace is foretold by the prophet, according to God's first dealing with Israel, when he 'put his Holy Spirit' within his people, and ' led tliem through the deep as an iiorse in the wilderness; they stumbled not. As a beast goeth down into the valley, the Spirit of the Lord quietly led him: so didst tnou lead thy people to make thyself a glori- ous name,' Is. Ixiii. 11, 13, 14, I stirred THEE UP,] Or, / raised thee up. They by the words of the spouse speaking again to her beloved, whom she stirred or raised up as out of sleep by her earnest prayers, as in Ps. xliv. 24, ' Stir up, why sleepest thou. Lord?' And they that give themselves to prayer are said also to 'stir up' themselves, Is. Ixiv. 7. Tills raising up was ' under the apple-tree,' the tree of life and grace, whose shadow and fruit had been delightful and sweet unto her; and to which tree Christ himself was likened, chap. ii. 3. So she by faith taking hold on the covenant of grace and promises of like in Christ, called on his name in her sorrows, and stirred him up for her help and comfort. There,] Under the apple-tree, the faith and hope of salvation and life. Thy mother,] The faithful company, or the primitive church, who brought forth Christ into the world by preaching, professing, practising, and sufTer- ing for his gospel. Painfully brought thee forth,] Travailed of thee with sorrow. The bringing forth of Christ into the world by the preaching and witnessing of the gos- pel, (that the child might be ' born unto us,' Is. ix. 6,) is set forth by the similitude of a woman in her painful travail. Rev. xii. 1, 2; Gal. iv. 19. For as child-birth is accom- panied with many pangs and sorrows, like bands that constrain forcibly ; so is the bring- ing forth of Christ iuto the hearts and minds of men that they may believe in him, per- formed with much labour, sorrow, and diffi- culty ; 'In much patience, in afflictions, in necessities, in distresses, in stripes, in impri- sonments, in tossings to and fro, in labours, in watchings, in fastings,' &c., 2 Cor. vi. 4, 5; iv. 8, 11. Wherefore the church signi- fying her sorrows for the deliverance and sal- vation of her children, saith, ' Like as a woman with child, that draweth near the time of her delivery, is in pain, crieth out .in her pangs; so have we been in thy sight, O Lord. We have been with child, we have been in pain, we have as it were brought forth wind ; we iiave not wrought any deliv- erance in the earth,' &c.. Is. xxvi. 17, 18. Ver. 6. — Set me,] Or, put me as a seal upon thine heart. The spouse desireth of Christ assurance and confirmation of his love towards her, that she may be graven as the engraving of a seal or signet upon his heart. This hath reference to the high priest of old, who having the names of the twelve tiibes of Isiael graven upon twelve precious stones, like the engravings of a signet or seal, is said 742 SONG OF SONGS. seal upon thine arm : for love is strong as death ; zeal is hard as hell : the coals thereof are coals of fire, the flame of Jah. ^ Many waters cannot quench love, neither can the floods drown it : if a man would give all the substance of his house for love ; contemn- ing they would contemn it. to ' bear the names of the sons of Israel, in the breast-plate of judgment upon his heart, for a memorial before the Lord continually,' Ex. xxviii. 21, 29. So she desireth Christ to be her ' merciful and faithful high priest, in things pertaining to God,* Heb. ii. 17; that he would have a continual care of her salvation, mindful of her liimself, and mak- ing a memorial of her before God his Father; and that this affection of love might not vanish away, but be as a deep impression on his heart for ever. For a seal is used for a ratifying and confirming that which is spoken, that it may not be disannulled, Neh. ix. 38 ; Rom. iv. 11. And this God signified to Zenibbabel, saying, ' I will set thee as a seal ; for I liave chosen thee,' Hag. ii. 23 ; and again it is said, 'The foundatioa of God standeth sure, having this seal ; the Lord knoweth them that are his,' 2 Tim. ii. 19. A SEAL CPON THINE ARM,] The high priest bare the names of the tribes not only upon his heart, but tlie same names he also bare engraven like a seal upon his shoulders before the Lord for a memorial, Ex. xxviii. 11,12. And the Lord promising the daughter of Zion, that he would not forget her to have compassion on her, saith, ' Behold, I have graven thee upon the palms of my hands; thy walls are continually before me,' Is. xlix. 15, 16. But as the heart signifieth inward love, so the arm of Christ signifieth his outward manifestation of love, by helping, bearing, and supporting her in all her infirmities, through his power ; wherefore it is said, ' Thou redeemest thy people with the arm.'Ps.Ixxvii. 16; and 'thou hast scattered thine enemies with the arm of thy strength,' Ps. Ixxxix. 11; and unto Jerusalem he saith, ' Behold the Lord will come with strong hand, and his arm shall rule for him : he will feed his flock like a shepherd, he will gather the lambs with his arms, and carry them in his bosom,' Is. xl. 10, 11. Love is strong as death,] As death is strong, and overcometh the strongest man, Ps. Ixxxix. 48, so the love which I bear towards thee, desiring to be united unto thee, is a strong affection which cannot be subdued in me by any trouble or temptation. Zeal,] Or, jealous zeal, is love inflamed and fer- vent, and is used sometimes in good part, as John ii. 17 ; sometimes in the evil, called bitter zeal or envying. Jam. iii. 14 ; so is jealousy, 2 Cor. xi. 2. Here it seemeth to be meant of godly zeal or jealousy, wherewith her heart was also affected towards Christ. Hard as hell,] Cruel, fierce, and inexor- able as is hell itself, that is, the grave or state of death, whereof see the Notes on Gen. xxxvii. 35 ; that as death and the grave de- voureth all, so love and jealous zeal consum- eth and eateth up, not sparing ; for ' the love of Christ constraineth,' 2 Cor. v. 14 ; and the zeal for his glory eateth up the godly, Ps Ixix. 9. The coals,] The fiery coals, arrows, or Jiery darts ; properly the word signifieth that which flieth and burneth ; and is applied sometimes to plagues and judgments, Deut. xxxii. 24 ; sometimes to arrows, Ps. Ixxvi. 3 ; here to burning coals or darts of love, that pierce and inflame tlie heart, and cannot be quenched. Flame of Jah,] The consum- ing flame of God. Shalhebeth-jah noteth a vehement or consuming flame of Jah, the Lord, as the piercing and devouring light- ning ; but meaneth the fire of his Spirit, which is compared unto fire, Mat. iii. 11 ; for the power and efficacy thereof in the hearts of the children of God. Ver. 7. — Many waters,] By waters and floods are often meant afflictions, troubles, wars, persecutions, temptations, wherewith the faith, love, and patience of Christ's peo- ple are exercised and tried, Ps. Ixix. 2 ; Is. viii. 7. 8; lix. 19; Dan. ix. 26; xi. 12. So here is signified that the love of Christ wherewith the minds of his people are in- flamed, is such as cannot be quenclied with any calamities. And thus it is said, ' Who shall separate us from the love of Christ? shall tribulation, or distress, or persecution, or famine, or nakedness, or peril, or sword ? (as it is written, for tliy sake we are killed all the day long, we are accounted as sbieep of slaughter :) nay, in all these things we are more than conquerors through him thatl ved us. For I am persuaded that neither d ath, nor life, nor angels, nor principalities, nor powers, nor things present, nor things to come, nor height, nor depth, nor any other creature, shall be able to separate us from the love of God, which is in Christ Jesus our Lord,' Rom. viii. 35, 39. All the substa ce,] Oi', all the riches, wealth, as silver, gold &c. that is iu his house. Contemning they WOULD contemn it,] That is, it would utterly or altogether be contemned ; or, he would wholly be contemned. As tl.e love CHAPTER VIII. 743 * We have a little sister, and she hath no breasts : what shall we do for our sister, in the day when she shall be spoken of? ''If she be a wall, we will build upon her a palace of silver : and if she be a door, we will enclose her with boards of cedar. '" I am a wall, and my breasts as towers : then was I in his eyes as one that find- eth peace. between Christ and his church cannot be separated, being united by the Holy Spirit ; so neither can love, nor other graces of God be bought for money, but is the free gift of God bestowed on whom he pleaseth, Acts viii. 18—20; Rom. ix. 11—16. So wisdom cannot be gotten for gold, neither shall silver be weighed for the price thereof, &c., John xxviii. 15, 19; Prov. viii. 11, 19. Veb. 8. — We have a little sister,] The godly here consult about a new church arising, whom they call a sister, in respect of the unity of faith ; little or small, as being young, newly converted, and nothing popu- lous ; without breasts, as having yet no esta- blished ministry, (for such is the state of the churches in their beginning, as appeareth by Acts xiv. 23 ; Tit. i. 5) ; so that her chil- dren could not suck out the sincere milk of the word, and be satisfied with the breasts of her consolations, 1 Pet. ii. 2; Is. Ixvi. 11; for she was not yet come to the estate of Israel, whose breasts were fashioned, and the Lord eutered into covenant with her, and she became his, Ezek. xvi. 7, 8. When she SHALL BE SPOKEN OF,] Or, lohevein speech shall be of her ; when the fame of her call- ing and conversion shall come abroad, what furtherance shall we yield, to increase, settle, stablish her in the truth. This showeth the duty of love from one church to another, in communicating their graces one to another, and praying one for another. See an ex- ample in Acts xi. 19 — 23. This Heb. phrase of speech to be had of her, or in her, may be be understood two ways,ybr or against her ; for her, when treaty shall be of her espousals unto Christ ; thus ' David sent and spake of (or with) Abigail, to take her to him to wife, 1 Sam. XXV. 39 ; against her, as 'the people spake against God, and against Moses,' Num. xxi. 5 ; and ' princes spake against me,' Ps. cxix. 23. For no sooner do a people turn to the Lord, but the v/icked do oppose in word and work. And thus the Hebs. in their Chald. paraphrase expound it here, " What shall we do for our sister, in the day when the nations shall speak to go up against her unto war ?" Ver. 9. — If she be a wall,] The answer to the thing proposed, made (as some think) by Christ, to which the Chald. paraphrast agreeth, saying, " Michael the prince of Israel will say." Or, by other her sister chuithes, desirous to procure her good. A WALL,] That is, strong and well grounded in the truth, and so become a city, which is often described by walls, gates, bars, &c., 2 Chron. viii. 5 ; xiv. 7 ; Rev. xxi. 12. Spiritually it meaneth her faith and hope of salvation in Christ, grounded on the doctrine of the twelve tribes of Israel, and twelve apostles of Christ, Rev. xxi. 14, 19 ; as, ' Thou shalt call thy walls salvation,' Is. Ixvi. 18 ; and ' we have a strong city, salvation will God appoint for wall and bulwarks,' Is. >.xvi. 1. Moreover, when God signified the strength and courage of his prophet against their enemies, he saith, ' I will make thee unto this people a fenced brazen wall ; and they shall fight against thee, but shall not prevail,' Jer. xv. 20. We will build,] Here by we, may be implied the Trinity in the Godhead, as Gen. i. 26 ; Song i. 11 ; or, we may mean Christ inwardly and effectually by his grace, and his people (her sister) out- wardly and ministerially by the word of the gospel. A PALACE,] Or, a castle, a tower, a fair and orderly building; such as were wont oft-times to be set on strong walls of cities ; and this being of silver, noteth the purity, excellency, and durableness of this palace, adorned with the graces of God's word and Spirit, that so she might be builded 'for an habitation of God through the Spirit,' Eph. ii. 22 ; and be able to resist the forces of her enemies. And if she be a door,] If she go forward in the faith and practice of the gospel, that she be not only built up as a wall, but as a gate and door, fully edified ; as at the repairing of Jerusalem, when they sanctified the gates, and set up the doors of it, Nell. iii. ; which gates, doors, bars, &c., were for the safeguard of the inhabitants, and showed their care to resist and keep out the enemies, (as appeareth by the contrary in Jer. xlix. 31); as also to 'open, that the righte- ous nation which keepeth the truth may enter in,' Is. xxvi. 2; Ps. cxviii. 20. Therefore angels are at the gates of the heavenly city, to conduct God's people into it, Rev. xxi. 12, 27 : xxii. 14. We will inclose her,] Or, we ivill fence her about with hoards of cedar, which is fair, strong, durable, and of sweet savour. Of such the temple was builded, 1 Kings vi. 15, 18. Ver. 10. — I AM A wall,] Or, / became 744 SONG OF SONGS. " Solomon had a vineyard in Baalhamon; lie gave the vineyard to keepers, every man shall bring for tlie fruit tliereof, a thousand (shekels) of silver. '- My vineyard which is mine, is before me : the thousands to thee, O Solomon ; and two livnidred to those that keep the fruits thereof. a wall; that is, I grew up and waxed strong in the faith and love of Christ. The little sister showeth her readiness to receive and increase in the doctrine of the gospel. My BREASTS AS TOWERS,] My breasts are fashion- ed, Ezek. xvi. 7 ; the ministry of the word established in me, to nourish upchildren unto Clnist. The similitude of towers noteth also the strength, power, and glory of the admin- istration of the gospel ; and the open preach- ing of it out of pulpits or high places, that all may hear. For migdal, a lower, is used for a pulpit, in Neh. viii. 4. In his eyes,] In Christ's sight. Findeth peace,] We all in our natural corruption are enemies to God, Rom. V. 10; but, 'being justified by faith, we have peace with God through our Lord Jesus Christ,' Rom. v. 1 ; for ' the work of righteousness is peace, and the effect of righteousness, quietness and assurance for ever,' Is. xxxii. 17; and this peace is enjoyed by the Holy Spirit, Rom. viii. 6, 9; and it is opposed to all the troubles, temptations, persecutions, and afflictions in this life and world, John xvi. .33 ; and is that which guardeth 'our hearts and minds, through Christ Jesus,' Phil. iv. 7. Ver. 11 Solomon had a vineyard, &c.] These words maybe understood as spoken by Christ, or by his spouse. If by Christ, then it is a comparison between Solomon with his vineyard, and Christ with his. That Solomon (as his father David, 1 Chron. xxvii. 27) could not himself look to his vineyards, but appointed officers to look unto them, who yielded him a yearly tribute, and had them- selves a part of the profit for their labours ; but Christ (who is always with his church, Mat. xxviil. 20, and ' walketh in the midst of the seveii golden candlesticks," Rev. ii. 1) looketh to his vineyard himself, that unto him all the fruitand benefit thereof alonebelongeth. If it be spoken by his spouse, which I rather incline to, then it showeth a greater care and diligence in her now than in former times, when she confessed that she kept not the vineyard which was hers; that is, which was committed to her custody, chap. i. 6. So by Solmnon she meaneth Christ ; by the vine- yard, his church in general ; for the house of Israel was the Lord's vineyard. Is. v. 7. Baalhamon,] That is, by interpretation, the master or oivner of a multitude; mean- ing hereby, either the world, among the mul- titudes whereof Christ hath his church ; or, in respect of the much fruit which it yielded unto God, or should yield, being situate in a fertile place, which he had blessed with his grace. Such as in Is. v. 1, is called 'the horn of the son of oil,' that is, a very fruitful hill. He gave the vineyard,] That is, he let it out i>i/arm ; as it is said, ' There was a certain houstholder, which planted a vine- yard, &c., and let it out to husbandmen, and went into a far country,' Mat. xxi. 33. Thus the apostle saith to tiie church of Corinth, ' We are labourers together to God ; ye are God's husbandry,' 1 Cor. iii. 9. A thou- sand SHEKELS OF SILVER,] Or, « thousand silverlings, meaning silver shekels; signify- ing hereby the great fei tility of this vineyard, that afl"orded so much to the owner, besides the labourers' reward. So in Is. vii. 23,' threatening to make the most fruitful place desolate, he saith,' Where there were a thou- sand vines, at a thousand silverlings (or silver shekels), it shall be for briars and thorns.' Ver. 12. — My vineyard which is mine,] That is, understanding it to be spoken by the spouse, as in chap. i. 0, which is committed to my care and keeping. Is before me,] That is, I always look unto it, caie for it, and am diligent to manure and dress it. As, ' all his judgments were before me, and his statutes I departed not from them,' 2 Sam. xxii. 23. To thee, O Solomon,] That is, thou shalt have thy full due for the fruit of thy vineyard, which is one thousand silver- lings, ver. 1 1. See Mat. xxi. 41. Two hundred to those that keep the fruit,] That is, thy labourers shall receive also according to the agreement, every one for his works. See Mat. xx. 1, 2, &c. So the apostle saith, ' Every man shall receive his own reward, according to his own labour,' 1 Cor. iii. 8. Ver. 13. — Thou that dwellest,] Or, 0 inhabitress. Christ speaketh to his spouse dwelling in the gardens, that is, in the churches ; teaching her continual duty, both to her neighbours, in constant witnessing of the truth; and to himself, in prayer and thanksgiving. The companions attend- ing,] Or, do attend to thy voice. By com- panions, he seemeth to mean her fellow Christians, partakers of the same faith, and Spirit, and grace, 2 Pet. i. 1. By voice, he understandeth the doctrine of the church, CHAPTER VIII. 745 '^Thou that dwellest in the gardens, the companions attending to thy voice cause thou me to hear. '*Flee my beloved, and be thou like to a roe, or to a fawn of the harts, upon tlie mountains of spices. whereunto all ought to attend. Cause thou ME TO HEAR,] To wit, thy voice; as he ex- pressed before, in chap. ii. 14, ' Let me hear thy voice;' that is, thy prayers, praises, and thanksgivings ; teaching her to call upon and to serve him continually. Or, cause to hear me, that is, preach me to thy companions that attend to thy voice ; let thy doctrines be my gospel, not men's traditions. These are the two main and permanent duties of all God's churches ; that their doctrine be the true and incorrupt word of Christ ; and their prayers and service be directed to him alone, who is ready to hear and help in all time of need. To these two, prayer and the ministry of the word, the apostles gave themselves continu- ally, Acts vi. 4. Ver. 14.' — Flee my beloved,] The prayer of the spouse unto Christ, desiring the end of his kingdom in this world, where he with his people are persecuted and afflicted ; and the translating thereof into the highest heavens. For Christ now reigneth in the midst of his enemies, Ps. ex. 2, and so must reign, till he hath put all his enemies under his feet ; and at the end he shall deliver up the kingdom to God, even the Father, 1 Cor. XV. 24, 25. Then the dead in Christ arising first, they also that live and remain, shall be caught up together with them in the clouds, to meet the Lord in the air; and so shall we ever be with the Lord, 1 Thess. iv. 16, 17. This day she desireth with speed ; for though it be usually called the day of Christ's com- ing or appearing, yet because he shall not come here to remain, but to carry his elect away out of this world, she useth the word 9 flee, or depai't away. The Htbs. in their / Chald. paraphrast, tliough they apply not this i to the end of the world, yet so speak as be- I lieving that Christ should ascend into heaven, » and from thence succour his church on earth. saying, " At that time shall the elders of the congregation of Israel say, Flee thou, O my beloved, the Lord of the world, from this unclean earth, and let thy Majesty dwell in the highest heavens ; and in time of tribula- tion when we shall pray before thee, be like a roe, &c., or like a fawn of the harts, whicli when it fleeth looketh behind it ; so look thou upon us, and have respect to our tribulation and our affliction from the highest heavens, until the time that thou shalt take pleasure in us, and redeem us, and bring us unto the mountain of Jerusalem ; and there the priests shall burn before thee the incense of sweet spices." Be thou like,] Or, liken {resem- ble) thyself to a roe ; that is, be swift and make haste to flee away. See the Notes on chap. ii. 9, 17. Fawn of the harts,] That is, a young hart. On the mountains of spices,] This referred to the roe or hart, showeth that they used to flee for their suc- cour to mountains where spices grew ; as in chap. ii. 17, she mentioned ' the mountains of Bether. Or, referring it to Christ himself, it may mean the very heavens, called moun- tains of spices for the height and pleasures which are there at the right hand of God for ever. And it may be interpreted, ' O thou that art on the mountains of spices,' that is, in heaven ; as, ' Hosanna in the highest,' Mat. xxi. 9 ; that is, thou which art in the highest heavens. Thus as tliis Song began with desire of Christ's first coming to kiss her with ' the kisses of his mouth,' by preach- ing his gospel ; so it endeth with desire of his second coming, to remove his church out of all misery into the place of endless and incomprehensible glory: 'And the Spirit and the bride say. Come ; and let him that hear eth, say. Come ; and Christ himself saith. Surely I come quickly. Amen. Even so, Come, Lord Jesus,* Rev. xxii. 17, 20. Vol. IL GI-AsUUW ; W. G. BLACKIE AND CO., PRINTERS. NEW WORKS AND NEW EDITIONS PUBLISHED BY GLASGOW, EDINBURGH, AND LONDON. To be completed in about Twenty-slv Farts, ^s. Gd. each. THE IMPERIAL DICTIONARY, ENGLISH, TECHNOlOGICAl, AND SCIENTIFIC. Adapted to the Present State of Literatiire, Science, and Art, on the Basis of Webster's Enqlisii Dictionary ; with tlie addition of many Tliousand AVords and Phrases from the other Standard Dictionaries and Encyclopedias, and from numerous other sources ; comprising all "Wouds pusely English, and the principal and most generally used Technical and Scientific Terms, together with their Etymologies, and their Pronunciation, according to the best authorities. Illnstratclr fia about ffiiDo Cfjoussntr iSngrabings on SSSIootr. For a nuinher of years past, a great revolution has been going on in the English Language. The rapid strides made in numerous departments of inquiry, the more extensive application of science to the various branches of industry, the popularization of knowledge, and its diffusion among the masses of tlie people, have all contributed to bring about tliis result, by adding new significations tofamihar words, and by introducing into our language a host of terms newly called into existence. Besides the introduction of new words, the extensive applications of science have ^ven rise to the familiar use, in ordinary literary and non-scientific works, of many words which were formerly only to be met with in works of a purely scientific character. The ordinary reader must remain in utter ignorance of the meaning of many of these terms, imless he be possessed of a library of Dictionaries of llie various departments of human knowledge, and even with that advantage he will be frequently at fault, there being many terms hitherto uncatalogued. Tliis revolution which is taking place in the language, led to the projection of " The Imperial Dictionary," which is intended to supply a desideratum at present much felt by the reading community, namely, a Word-Boox, coutainiug all the terms commonly in use. Generally speaking, "The Imperial Dictionary" aims at containing allpurely English words, and all words not Eng- lish in ordinary use, together with the principal technical and scientific terms, and such as ai-e to be met with in works not purely scientific. It •niU thus contain many thousand words not usually found in Dictionaries, including many Foreign Terms fi-equently met with in the works of EngUsh authors. The Scientific Terms have been revised by mdi\'iduals of liigh standing in various departments of science and ait, and where a sufficiently clear explanation of a term could not be conveyed in words, an illustrative diagram or wood-cut has been given. *^* See Literary and other opinions of this Work in Part I. Complete in Tioenty Farts, \s. each. IllusfrattU toftf) fTtocntu i3ortrafts. THE POPES OF ROME, THEIR CnURCn A^D STATE IN THE SIXTEENTH AND SEVENTEENTH CENTURIES. By LEOPOLD KANKE, Professor Extraordinary of History in the University of Berlin. Translated from the last German edition ; with numerous Notes, by D. D. Scott, Esq.; and an Introductory Essay, by the Ker. J. H. Merle D'Aubigne, D.D. Ti'anslations of the Author's Notes, and the whole of the Original Documents appended to the work, are given in this edition. One of the most valuable contributions that have been made to history within the current century.— .VonWZy Mag. Small Seo. Price ^s. Cd. THE RISE & PROGRESS OF LITERATURE, ANCIENT AND MODERN. By sir DANIEL K. SANDFORD, D.C.L., Professor of Greek in the University of Glasgow. This fonns one of the series of Essays on Literature, Science, and Art, prefixed to the Popular Encyclopedia. WORKS PUBLISHED BY In one Magmficeyit Voluvie, Morocco embossed, pnce £6 10^. ; or in Thirty-eight Parts, 2*. &d. each, THE IMPERIAL FAMILY BIBLE; Containing the Old and New Testaments, according to the most eoiTect copies of the Authorized Version. With many thousand Critical, Explanatoiy, and Practical Notes. Also, Eeferences, Read- ings, Clironological Tables, and Indexes. ILLUSTRATED BY ^ SUPERB SERIES OF ENGRAVmCS, FROM THE OLD MASTERS, AND FROM ORIGINAL DESIGNS, BY JOHN MARTIN, K.L. A noble and beautiful edition of the Sacred Volume. No copy has ever been placed before us diBtinguished by 60 many excellencies.—^ rt Union. Two Vohimes, 8i-o, Zos. ; or in Twenty-for.r Parts, \s. each, HISTORY OF THE REFORMATION ra THE SIXTEENTH CENTURY. Ti-anslated from the French with Notes, by David Dundas Scott, Esq. Elliistralrli h)tt5 iiuiucroitc 19oitrait6. Tlie FOURTH VOLUME of the Original, from the Authorized Translation (forming the Third Volume of this edition), witli numerous important Notes, and Five Portraits, is now pubhshing in Parts, Is. each. ALSO, THE SAME WORK, THE ElVfERALD EDITION. THE FOUR VOLS. COMPLETE, SEWED, 6s.; BOUND IN CLOTH, 6s. To he completed in Twenty Parts, 'is. Gd. each, ITALY, CLASSICAL, HISTORICAL, AND PICTURESQUE. ILLUSTRATED IN A SERIES OF VIEWS FROM DRAWINGS By Stanfield, R.A.. Roberts, R.A., Harding, Prout, LEiTcn, Brockbdon, Barnard, kr. &c With DESCRirTiONS of the Scenes. Preceded by an Introductort Es.sat, developing the Recent History and Present Condition of Italy and the Itanaus. By Camillo Mai'EI, D.D., formerly Canon of the Cathedral of Penne, and Graduate of the College San Apollinare in Rome. To he completed in ahonl Twenfy-s'x Parts, imperial 4lo, Zs. Gd. each, THE ENGINEER & MACHINISTS ASSISTANT. BEING A Series of Plans, Sections, and Elevations of Steam Engines, Spinning Macliines, Mills for Grinding, Tools, &c., taken fi-om Machines of the most approved constiiiction at present in operation ; -nith Descrip- tions and Instructions for Drawing Machinery. Also, Essays on various departments of Macliinery. %* This Work has been already jMtronised by a large number of the most eminent Engineers and Ma- chinists of Great Britain, and loill befonnd very valuable to all classes engaged in the Mechanical Arts Complete in 14 Half Vols. lis. each, or 28 Divisions, Zs. each. THE POPULAR ENCYCLOPEDIA, Or, CONYEESATIONS LEXICON. Being a General Dictionary of Ai'ts, Sciences, Literatiu-e, Biography, History, Ethics, and Political Economy; ^vith Dissertations on the Progress of Science, Literature, and the Fine Ai'ts, by Thomas Thomson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., Regius Professor of Chemistry, University of Glasgow; Sir Daniel K. Sandfobd, D.C.L,, Professor of Greek, University of Glasgow; and Allan Cunningham, Esq. autlior of-" Lives of British Painters," &c. ILLUSTRATED BY MANY HUNDRED PLANS AND DIAGRAMS. This celebrated work is one of the best Encyclopedi: For a book of reference, we know of none equal to i This work has solid, lasting merit. — TaWs Magazin BLACKIE AND SON, GLASGOW. Aikman. — History of Scotland; From the Earliest Period, to the Regency of the Earl of Moray. By George Bu- chanan. With Notes, and a Continuation to 1792, by James Airman, Esq. With 26 Portrait and Landscape lilustratious. 6 Vols. 8vo, £2 14s.; or in 51 Parts, Is. each. This is the only work embracing the entire range of Scottish history from the earliest times to the end of last century. Ainsworth. — Annotations on the Pentateuch, Or the FIVE BOOKS of MOSES; the PSALMS of DAVID; and SONG of SOLO- MON. By Henry Ainsworth. In 22 Parts, Is. each. f ciir Puritan fathers have bequeathed U9, and is not sup- leclio Jieview. Andrew. — Cyclopedia of Domestic Medicine and SURGERY; being an Alphabetical Account of the various Diseases incident to the Human Frame; with Durections for their Treatment, and for performing the more simple Operations of Surgery; also, Instructions for Administering the various Substances used ia Medicine ; for the Regulation of Diet and Regimen ; and the Management of the Diseases of Women and Children. By Thomas Andrew, M.D. Illustrated with En- gravings on Wood and Steel. In 17 Parts, Is. each. Of much utility as a ready and simple guide in medical practice.— Zi'ecrpooZ Courier. We strongly recommend this work to all who are entrusted with the management of a taxnWj.— Bristol Times. Baird. — Religion in the United States of America; Or, An Account of the Origin, Progress, Relations to the State, and Present Condition of the Evangelical Churches in the United States; with Notices of the Unevangelical Denominations. By the Rev. Robert Baird, D.D. With Maps. In 10 Parts, Is. each. He has laboured to produce a volume of permanent value to the Christian Church ; and we are happy to say that hid success has been equal to his wishes. — Evangelical Matiazine. The publicatiou is at this moment peculiarly seasonable. —Baptist Magazine. Barnes. — Notes on the New Testament. Illustrated and Jnnotated Edition. Matthkw to Hkbrkws. With numerous additional Notes, Maps, and beautiful EngTavuigs of Scenery identified wth Scripture, fi'om Origiual Drawings by W. L. Leitcii. Post 8vo, cloth, 9 Vols., 3s. each ; or in 25 Parts, Is. each. Barnes. — Notes on the Old Testament. Job, with Prefatoi-y Introduction by the Eilitor of the Notes on the Epistles, in 3 Vols. Illus- trated with Eu^raviags. Price 63. Isaiah, in 2 Vols., Re\dsed and LUustrated, in the Press. This Edition of Barnes' Notes is recommeuded as superior to all others by the follo\ving among other Ministers :- Rev. Jamks Hamilton, London. Rev. Dr. Pim S-mith. Homerton Collei Rev. RoBT.PHiLip.Dalston, nearLondon Rev. Dr. Thos.Beoivn, Glasgow Prof. N. JI'MiCHAEL, Dunfermline. Rev. Dr. HcTHERiNOTON, St. Andrews. Rev. Wii.i.iAM BnocK, Norwich. Rev. Dr. HE.vDERSox,Highbury,London, Barnes. — Questions on the New Testament. Designed for Bible Classes and Sunday Schools. Part I. Matthew— Mark. Pai-t II. Luke— John. Part III. Acts. Price 9d. each. Komans, 6d. Or in one Vol. Cloth, 3s. This \y\X\ be found an admirable manual for Sunday School Teachers and Heads of Families. Baxter. — The Select Practical Works of Richard BAXTER, including the whole of his Treatises on Conversion; The Divine Life; Dying Thoughts; and the Saints' Everlasting Rest. Carefully Revised, and preceded by a Memoir of the Author, and Portrait. In 12 Parts, 2s. each. Mr. Wilberforce, bearing testimony to the excellence of Mr. Baxter's writings, says— "With liis controversial writ- ings, I am little acquainted; but his practical writings are a treasury of Christian wisdom. It would be a most valuable service to manUind, to revise them, to render them suitable to the taste of modern readers." Baxter. — The Saints' Everlasting Rest; The Divine Life ; and Dying Thoughts ; a Call to the Unconverted; and Now or Never. By Richard Baxter. Carefully revised, and preceded by a Memoir of the Author, 21 Nos., 6d. each. Bible. — Brown's Self-Interpreting Bible. To this Edition are annexed. Two Thousand Critical and Explanatory Notes, numerous References and Readings ; also, a Memoir of the Author, by his Grandson ; and a com- plete Index and concise Dictionary, by the Rev. John Barr, Glasgow. With Historical and Landscape Illustrations, Family Register, &c. Complete in 32 Parts, Is. each. gible. See HAWEIS. Bible. — The Imperial Family Bible ; see page 2. WORKS PUBLISHED BY Bible. — Brown's Self-Interpreting Bible (Cooke's). With an Introduction, copious Marginal References, and Notes Explanatory and Practical With several thousand additional Notes, explaining difficult texts, and reconciling seeming contradictions, by the Rev. Henry Cooke, D.D., LL.D., Belfast. Illustrated with Engravings. Complete in 22 Parts, royal 4to, 2s. each. Dr. C. in hi3 preface says, " As the chief means adopted by those who ' lie in wait to deceive,' is the allegation of inex- plicable difficulties and irreconcilable contradictions, so, in tho following Notes, I have chi^-fly laboured to resolve the alleged difficulties, and reconcile the apparent contradictions of the Divine Word. That, in this attempt, I have always been successful, I do not mean to insinuate ; but I can say with all sincerity, that, so far as my purpose was, and n-s memory serves, I am not aware that I have passed over any thin^ that appeared a real diiKculty, or had ever been alleged as a serious contradiction, without, at least, atteraptinj? the solution of the one, or the reconciliation of the other. Th.it instances of both may have been overlooked, I can scarcely doubt; but wherever sueii oversight may have occurred, 1 can truly say it was not intentional." Bible.— The Illustrated Pocket Bible ; containing the Old and New Testaments, according to the authorized version. With nearly 9000 Critical and Explanatory Notes, and 80,000 References and Readings. Embellished by 25 exquisite Engravings, from the Ancient and Modern Masters, ami 5 Maps, including the recent discoveries and corrections of Robinson and others. Com- plete in 26 Nos. 6d. each. For Companion Volume see COMilON PRA.YER. Book of Scottish Song ; A Collection of the Best and most Approved Songs of Scotland, Ancient and Modern ; with Critical and Historical Notices regarding them and their authors, and an Essay on Scottish Song. With Engraved Frontispiece and Title. In 16 Nos. 6d. each ; or hand- somely bound in cloth, gdt edges, 9s. Morocco elegant, lis. The work is quite a pQTn.—Fifeshire Journal. Laden with the choicest productions of the Scottish lyrical writers in ancient and modern times.— Ca!. Here. For variety, elegance, and choice of select and original pieces, it has no equal.— ifcimSHrsrft ^doertisor. Book of Scottish Ballads ; A Comprehensive Collection of the Ballads of Scotland, with Numerous Illustrative Notes, by the Editor of " The Book of Scottish Song." With Engraved Frontispiece and Title. In 15 Nos. 6d. each ; or handsomely bound in cloth, 93. Morocco elegant, lis. •The Book of Scottish Ballads" embraces the whole of Scott's Minstrelsy of the Scottish Border, the whole of Jamieson's Northern Ballads, the most of Motherwell's Ballads, and many others within its absorbing pages ; it also embraces the best modern imitations of the olden ballad. i wanted to maUe the former national work (Book of Scotti<h Song) Brown's Dictionary of the Bible, (Pictorial Edition), corrected and improved according to the advanced state of knowledge at the present day. By the Rev. James Smith, A.M. With Illustrative Notes, by the Rev. H. Cooke, D.D., LL.D. Illustrated by several hundred Engravings on Wood and Steel, in about 20 Parts, Is. each. Burns. — Works of Robert Burns ; Complete Illustrated Edition, Literary and Pictorial, consisting of a Complete Collection of his Poems, Songs, and Correspondence ; arranged Chronologically, and accompanied by numerous Notes and Annotations. Tlie whole preceded by Professor Wilson's Celebrated Essay "On the Genius and Character of Burns," and Dr. Currie's Memoir of the Poet. Embellished by Eighty-Two Portrait and Landscape Illustrations. In 2 Vols., elegantly bound in cloth, 46s. ; or 21 Parts, royal 8vo, 2s. each. Burns. — Land of Burns; A Series of LANDSCAPES rendered Classical by the Writings of the Scottish Poet, froni Paintings made expressly for the Work, by D. O. Hill, R.S.A. Also, PORTRAITS of the Poet, his Friends, and Subjects of his Muse; with Descriptions of the Scenes, and Biographical Notices, by Robert Chambers, Esq.; and an Essay on the Genius and Character of Burns, by Professor Wilson, of Edinburgh. In 23 Parts, 23 each. A few copies of this work on Imperial 4to, with India proof impressions of the plates, are still on hand, price £5. Bunyan's Pilgrim's Progress ; With Mason's Explanatory Notes, The World to Come, Heart's Ease, and Divine Em- blems. With Illustrations, 13s. cloth ; or in 24 Nos. 6d. each. Casquet of Literary Gems. Edited by A. Whitelaw. 'This work contains upwards of Seven Hundred Extracts in Poetry and Prose, exhibiting specimens of nearly Three Hundred different Authors, and is Illustrated by Twenty-live Illustrative Engravings, from Orisrinal Drawings, chiefly by Members of the Royal Scottish Academy. In 24 Parts, Is. each. BLACKIE AND SON, GLASGOW. Chambers. — Lives of Illustrious and Distinguished SCOTSMEN, forming a complete Scottish Biographical Dictionary. By Robert CiiAjr- BERS, author of " The Picture of Scotland," editor of " Chambers' Journal," &c. "\\ith 72 Portraits, iu 8 Half Vols., 83. 6cl. each. Christian's Daily Companion ; Presenting an Entire View of Divine Truth, iu a Series of Meditations, or Short Practical Discourses for every JMorning and Evening throughout the Year. Eor Family and Pri- vate Reading. By Thirty-One Cleruymen of the Church of Scotland. In 10 Parts, 2s. each, or in 40 Nos. Gd. each. Common Prayer. — The Illustrated Pocket Prayer- BOOK. The Book of Common Prayer, according to the use of the United Clnirch of England and Ireland ; together with the Psalter or Psalms of David. With Notes, compiled from the Writings of the most eminent Commentators. Illustrated by 19 Engravings, chiefly from the Old Masters. In Morocco embossed, 12s. Gd.; gilt. 13s. 6d. ; Morocco super-extra flexible, 15s. ; or in 18 Nos. 6d. each. D'Aubigne. — History of the Reformation in the Six- teenth CENTURY. Translated from the French, with Notes, by David Dundas Scott, Esq. Illustrated with numerous Portraits. In 24 Parts, Is. each. The FOUR,TH VOLUME of the original, from the authorized translation (forming the Third Volume of this edition,) with numerous important Notes, and Five Portraits, is now publishing in Parts, Is. each. D'Aubigne. — History of the Reformation. Emerald Edition. The Four Volumes complete, sewed, Ss. 6d. ; bound in cloth, Gs. Tliis, the cheapest and the most unique of the small reprints, is embellished with full-length PORTRAIT of LUTHER in his STUDY, and a VIEW of the FOR- TRESS of WARTBURG, iu which Luther was confined, and where he completed his translation of the New Testament. Dictionary. — The Imperial Dictionary, see page i. D wight. — A System of Theology; Or COMPLETE BODY OF DIVINITY ; in a Series of Sermons, containing a System of Doctrines ; a System of Duties ; and a System of Dispensations, consequent on tlie State of Probation. By Timothy Dwight, D.D. To which is prefixed. An Essay on the Inspiration of the Holy Scriptures. In 10 Parts, 2s. each. Engineer and Machinist's Assistant ; Being a Series of Plans, Sections, and Elevations of Steam Engines, Spinning Machines, Mills for Grinding Tools, &c., taken from Machines of the most approved construction at present in operation ; with Descriptions and Instructions for Drawing Machinery. Also, Essays on various Departments of Machinery. To be completed in about 26 Parts, imperial 4to, 2s. Gd. each. Encyclopedia. — The Popular Encyclopedia ; Or CONVERSATIONS LEXICON ; being a General Dictionary of Arts, Sciences, Literature, Biography, History, Ethics, and Political Economy; with Dissertations on the Progress of Science, Literature, and the Fine Arts. By Thomas Thomson, M.D., F.R.S., &c., Regius Professor of Chemistry, University of Glasgow; Sir Daniel K. Sandford, D.C.L., Professor of Greek, University of Glasgow; and Allan Cunning- ham, Esq., author of " Lives of British Painters," &e. Illustrated by nianv Hundred Plates and Diagrams. In 14 Half Vols., lis.; 28 Divisions, .5s.; or 56 Parts, 23. 6d. Erskine. — Beauties of Ebenezer Ersldne ; AVith copious Notes from other eminent Authors. 1 Vol. 10s. 6d.; or iu 20 Nos. Gd. each. Family Worship. A Series of Prayers, with Doctrinal and Practical Remavks ou Passages of Sacred Scrip- ture, for every Morning and Evening throughout the Year; adapted to the Services of Domestic Worship. By 180 Clergymen of the Church of Scotland. In 10 Parts, 2s. each. A Volume produced by the collective talent of the modern divines of Scotland. Fleetwood. — Life of our Lord and Saviour Jesus CHRIST; with the Lives of the Apostles and Evangelists. By the Rev. John Fleet- wood, D.D. Also, the Lives of the most Eminent Fathers and Martyrs, and the His- tory of Primitive Christianity. By William Cave, D.D. With an Essay on the Evi- dences of Christianity, and numerous Notes not to be found in any other edition. To v.hich is subjoined, a Concise History of the Christian Church. By the Rev. Thomas Sims, M.A. Beautifully Illustrated; or in I65 Parts, Is. each. WORKS PUBLISHED BY Foxe. — Book of Martyrs. By John Foxe. With an Introductory Essay and Notes, by the Rev. John Kennedy, Aberdeen. With Plates. Complete in 20^ Parts, Is. each. Gazetteer. — The Compreheiisive Gazetteer of Scot- LAND; being a Complete Geographical, Historical, and Statistical Account of the Coun- ties, Parishes, Cities, Mountains, Rivers, Lakes, Islands, Tables of the Pojjulation, &c. &c., from the Latest and most Authentic Sources. With a Map, and Fifteen Illustra- tions of the Picturesque Scenery of Scotland. In 14 Parts, Is. each. Gibson. — The Inability of Man, both Natural and Moral, to receive the Testimony of God; with its relation to Gospel Doctrine and Moral Responsibility. By the Rev. J. Gibson, A.M., Glasgow. Cloth, 5s. Goldsmith. — A History of the Earth and Animated NATURE. By Oliver Goldsmith. With Numerous Notes from the Works of the most distinguished British and Foreign Naturalists, imbodying the latest discoveries in Natural History. Illustrated by nearly 2,000 Figures, from Drawings by Harvey, Stewart, and Capt. Thomas Brown, F.L.S., &c. In 16^ Parts, 2s. each; or 33 Parts at is. Goldsmith.— Miscellaneous Works of Oliver Goldsmith, Comprising Citizen of the World, Vicar of Wakefield, Poetical Works, Comedies, Miscel- laneous Essays, &c. With 37 exquisite Engravings on Wood, by Branston, Wright, Orrin Smith, and W. Linton; from Designs by W. Harvey and W. B. Scott. 10 Parts at Is. Grier's Mechanic's Calculator ; Comprehending Principles, Rules, and Tables, in the Various departments of Mathe- matics and Mechanics, useful to Students, Engineers, and Artisans in general; and Grier's Mechanic's Pocket Dictionary; being a complete Note Book of Technical Terms, Rules, and Tables, useful in the Me- chanical Arts. Illustrated by Engravings of Machinery, and nearly 200 Cuts and Diagrams. In cloth. Calculator, 5s. 6d.; Dictionary, 93.; or in 27 Nos. 6d. each. Hall's Contemplations On the Historical Passages of the Old and New Testaments. With Essay by the Rev. Ralph Wakdlaw, D.D. and Portrait of the author. In 3-1 Nos. 6d. each. Halyburton. — Works of Thomas Halyburton, Professor of Diviiuty in the University of St. Andrews. With an Essay on his Life and Writings, by Dr. Burns of Toronto. In 30 Nos. 6d. each. Haweis. — The Family Exjjositor ; Or, a Commentary on the Holy Bible. With Brown's Introduction, Marginal Refer- ences, and Readings, and a Complete Index and concise Dictionary, by the Rev. John Barr, Glasgow. With Maps, Plans, aud other Engravings. In 65 Parts, at Is. each. Haweis. — Commentary on the New Testament. Complete with Plates, in 40 Nos. 6d., or 10 Parts, 2s. each. HojTfg. — The Ettrick Shepherd's Works. With Illustrations by D. O. Hill, Esq., R.S.A. POETICAL WORKS, wth Autobio- graphy, and Reminiscences of his Contemporaries. 5 Vols, small 8vo, 5s. each. TALES and SKETCHES, including several Pieces not before published. 6 vols, small 8vo. 5s. each. Italy, Classical, Historical, and Picturesque ; Illustrated in a Series of Views from Drawings by Stanfield, R A., Roberts, R.A., Harding, Prout, Leitch, Brockedon, Barnard, &c. &c. With Descriptions of the Scenes. Preceded by an Introductory Essay, developing the Recent History and Present Condition of Italy and the Italians. By Camillo Mapei, D.D., formerly Canon of the Cathedral of Penne.— To be completed "in 20 Parts, 2s. 6d. each. Josephus. — The Works of Flavins Josephus. With Maps and other Illustrations. In 22* Parts, Is. each. Knox. — The History of the Reformation in Scotland. By John Knox. With a Historical Introduction and Notes. By Wm. M'Gavin, Esq., author of " The Protestant." Portraits. 1 Vol. cloth, 12s. To the present edition have been added. The First Book of Discipline ; Quentin Kennedy, Abbot of Crossraguel's Oration in favour of the Mass, and against Knox and the Reformation ; the Disputation betwixt Knox and the Abbot of Crossraguel, at Maybole, 1562. These scarce tracts alone have hitherto cost more than is now charged for the entire work. BLACKIE AND SON, GLASGOW. Murphy. — A Treatise on the Art of Weaving, Illustrated by nearly 260 Figures, \\itli Warp, Weft, and Yaru Tables. Tor the Use of Manufacturers. By John Murpiiy. Third edition. Li 16 Nos. Is. each. M' Gavin. — The Protestant ; A Series of Essays on the Characteristic Features, the Errors and Superstitions of the Church of Rome. By Wm. M'Gavin. In 16^ Parts, Is. each. Napoleon Bonaparte and His Times. Illustrated with Portrait, aud Plans of the various Campai^s. 10s. 6d. cloth. Peddie's Practical Measurer ; Or, Tradesman and Wood-Merchant's Assistant. With Plates. Bound in roan, 6s. 6d. ; or in 12 Nos. 6d. each. Ranke.^ — ^The Popes of Rome ; Their Church and State in the Sixteenth and Seventeenth Centuries. By Leopold Ranke, Professor Extraordinary of History in the University of Berlin. Translated from the last German edition ; with numerous Notes, by D. D. Scott, Esq. ; and an Introductory Essay, by the Rev. J. H. Merle D'Aubigne, D.D. Illustrated with 20 Portraits. To be completed in 20 Parts, Is. each. Translations of the Author's Notes, and the whole of the Original Documents appended to the work, are given in this edition. Reid. — Treatise on Clock and Watch-making; Theoretical and Practical. By Thomas Reid, Ediubiirgh. Illustrated with 20 Folding Plates, and a Vignette Title-Pagc. In 10 parts, 23. each. Republic of Letters, A Selection in Poetry and Prose, from the Works of the most Eminent Writer3, with many Original Pieces. By the Editor of the "Casquet of Literary Gems." With 25 Illustrations, after the most admired Artists. In 24 Parts, Is. each. Rhind. — A History of the Vegetable Kingdom; Embracing the Physiology, Classification, and Culture of Plants; with their various uses to Man and the Lower Animals; and their application in the Arts, Manufactures, and Domestic Economy. Illustrated with 550 Engravings on Wood and Steel. In 9 Parts, 2s. each; or in 18 Parts at Is. each. RoUin's Ancient History. With Extensive Notes, Geographical, Topographical, Historical, and Critical, and a Life of the author. By James Bell, Esq., author of " A System of Geography," &c. With Numerous Illustrations. In 24 Parts, Is. each. ROLLIN. — Arts and Sciences of the Ancients, with numerous Notes and Supplements, by Jas. Bell, Esq., forming the Third Volume of the Ancient History. In 10 Parts, Is. each. This ia the only complete and re-ei3ited edition of Eollin now before the public Scots Worthies ; Originally compiled by John Howie, of Lochgoin; including their Testimonies, which are appended to each Life. Revised and corrected by James Howie, A.M. With an Historical Introduction, by the Rev. Robert Buchanan, D.D., Glasgow; with nume- rous Engravings on Steel and Wood. Complete in 17 Parts, Is. each. Stackhouse's History of the Bible, From the Beginning of the World to the Establishment of Christianity ; and a Connec- tion of Profane with Sacred History. Also, numerous Notes, explaining Difficult Texts, rectifying Mistranslations, and reconciling seeming Contradictions. To which are now added, an Introduction, copious Additional Notes from recent Commentators, Critics, and Eastern Travellers, Dissertations, and Complete Indexes. Illustrated with 17 highly- finished Engravings, principally after tlie Old Masters. Tn 16 Parts, 2s. each. Watson's Body of Practical Divinity, In a Series of Sermons on the Shorter Catechism of the Westminster Assembly. To which is appended. Select Sermons on Various subjects, together with the Art of Divine Con- tentment, and Christ's Various Fulness. The whole revised and corrected, with numerous Notes from approved authors. In 29 Nos. 6d. each. WilliSOn'S Practical Works; with an Essay on his Life and Times, By the Rev. W. M. Hetherington, LL.D., St. Andrews. In 10 Parts, 2s. each, Wodrow's History of the Sufferings of the Church of SCOTLAND, edited by the Rev. K Burns, D.D.,F. AS. E. Portraits. In 3.3 Parts at Is. WORKS PUBLISHED BY BLACKIE AND SON, GLASGOW. CLASS BOOKS AND OTHER WORKS. -Handbook for Popular Use in By the Kev. John Adam's Roman Antiquities. Eiiiteii by Jambs Botd, LL.D., one of the Musters of the Hi^h School, Edinburgh. 100 Illustrations. Price 63. 6(i. in cloth; or with Questions, 79. cloth. The Questions separately. Is. cd. Allan.- Testins the Doctrines of Unitarif\' Allan, Aberdeen. Cloth,3s.6d. Barnes. — Questions on the New Tes- tament. Designed for Bible Classes and Sundny Schools. Pari I. Matthew-MarU. Part II. I>ulte— John. Price 9d. ench. P.irt III. Acts, 91. Part IV. Komans, fid. Tne Four Parts in one vol., cloth, 3s. Barr. — Catechetical Instructions on Infant Baptism ; with An Address to Young Parents. 13th Edition. Price 6d. BaiT. — Cateclietical Instructions for Young Communicants, designed to Assist them in form- ing Scriptural Views of the Lord's Supper; with an Ad- dress to Young Persons not yet Communicants. £3d Edition. Price 6d. Barr. — Help to Professing Christians in Judging their Spiritual State and Growth in Grace. 2d Edition, smull 8vo,3s. cloth. Barr. — Scripture Student's Assistant. Being a complete Index and concise Dictionary of the Bible. Bth Edition, fcap. 8vo, 3s. 6d. BcU.— Life of Henry BeU. T!ie Practie.-il Introducer of the Steam Boat into Great Britain and Irelan I. By EnwAnn Morris. With Por- trait and Vignette Title. Cloth, 2s. fi.i. Bro\VTi's Concordance to the Bible. Small 18mo, Is. fid. cloth, gilt edges. Commercial Hand-Book ; I for tl^ Trader, D'Aubigne. — ^Luther and Calvin ; Or, The True Spirit of the Reformed Church. Price 6d. stitched. D'xVubigne. — Banke's History of the Popes in tlie lOth and 17th Centuries. With an Intro- ductorv Essay, by the Rev. J. H. Merle D'Aubione, D.D. To he completed in 20 Parts at Is. Illustrated with £0 Portraits. Davidson. — A Treatise on Diet ; comprising the Natural History, Properties, Composi- tion, Adulteration, and Uses, of the Vegetables, Animals, Fishes, Birds, &c. used as Food. By Wm. Davidson, jr.D., M.R.S.E. Price 4s., cloth. Ferguson's Interest Tables, 'rom a Quarter to Six pel 1 and Brokerage. Ro.an,5s Hartley's Oratorical Class Book. Cth Edition, bound, 35. Lam-ie. — ^Mercantile Arithmetic. Adapted to the Imperial Weights and Measures, with a Brief View of the Nature, Use, and Negotiation of Bills of Exchange. By Gavi.v Lawbu'- 2d Edition. In Two Parts, bound in roan, with Key, 3s. : or Parts I. and II. in cloth. Is. Sd. each. Key, separately. Is. Lays and Laments for Israel ; Poems on the Present State and Future Prospects of the Jews. Original and St'lected. With an Introductory Essav, by the Rev. John A-vd'^rpon, Helensburgh. Eleg.antiy bound in cloth, gilt, with Frontispiece. Price 3s. Maver.— Johnson's English Dictionary, With the addition of several Thousand Words, and ths Pronunciation on the basis of Walkerj a concise Heathen Mythology ; Mosheim.- Ancie M'CuUoeh. -An Ecclesiastical History, and Modern, from the Birth of Christ to the Be- of the Eighteenth Century. By John Lawrence J, D.D. 1 Vol. Bvo. 10s. cloth. -The Land Measui'er's Ready Reckoner ; being Tables for ascertaining atsigiit the Contents nf any Field or Piece of Land. By Neil M'CuLLOOH. 3d Edition, 2s. bound. New Testament in French. Beautifully printed in demy 48tno. Frontispiece nn;l Potter's Antiquities of Greece ; With numerous Notes and enlarged Indices. By James Boyd, LL.D., one of the Masters of the High School, Edinburgh, and Editor of "Adam's Roman Antiquities," &c. Willi a Sketch of the Literature of Greece, by Sir D. K. SiNDEORD ; and 150 Illustrations, 73. Cd. cloth. Psalms of David In Metre, with Notes and an Introduction, containing an Account of the Scottish Version. Eoan, embossed, gilt edges, 8d. Silver. — A Practical Treatise on the Chimneys. By Groncir. Sims. — Christian Records ; Or a Short and Plain History of the Church of Christ, con. the Sufferings of the Martyrs, and " r the Rev. Thomas Si.119, Smith's Essay on the Construction of ■ Specifications, Details, and Estimates, uiotn, M. Smith. — Treatise on the Management and Cultivation of Forest Trees. By John Smith, Gar- dinner and Forester to tiie Most Noble the Marquis of Bute, &c. &c. Cloth, 5s. Stow. — The Training System, Established in the Glasgow Noj-mal Seminary and its Model Schools. By David Stow, Esq., Honorary Secretary to the Glasgow Educational Society, author of "Moral Training," &c. New Edition.'illustrated by Plates, Plana lof Schools, &e. Cloth, 63. Stow. — Bible Training for Sabbath Schools and WeeU-Day Schools. With Illustrations. By David Stow, Esq. 8th Edition, cloth, enlarged, 2p. Wafer's Dictionary and Key, With a Portrait of the Author. Small Sv'o, roan, 5s. fi.l. The Key to the Pronunciation of Proper Names, sepa- rately ifid. Webb's Farmer's Guide ; A Treatise on the Diseases of Horses .and Blaclt Cattle ; with Instructions for the Manasement of Breeding Blares and Cows. Cloth, 33. Cd. WUlison's Afflicted Man's Companion. Boards, L's. Wodrow. — The Past History and Future Destiny of Israel, as unfolded in the Rth and succeeding Chapters of the Book of Daniel. By the lata Robert Wodrow, Esq. With an Introduction by the Rev. J. 6. LoRiMEE. Small 8vo, 3s. Cd. cloth. All the Works in tliis Catalogue viinj he Glasgow, 38, Queen Street; Aberdken, 40, Broad Street; Belfast, 28, Arthur Street; Birmingham,... 85, Great Hampton Strcvt; Bristol, 78, Stokes Croft; Carlisle, 8, Chapel Street; Dublin, Ci, Marlljorongli Street. Dundee, 7, Cricliton Street; Edinburgh, 5, Soutli College Street; Iml at the Warehouses of the Publishers: IN^T,nNESs, 25, Gilbert Street; Lk.eds, 5, Bond Place, Infirmary St LrvERPooL, 115, Richmond Row; London, 11, Warwick Square: Londonderry,.. 41, WiUiam Street; Newcastle, Els\vick Coiu't; Norwich, 48, Upper St. Giles Slrect ; Nottingham, ... Mansfield Road; Plymouth, 54, York Street. BS1225 .A297 1846 v.2 Annotations on the Pentateuch or the Princeton Theological Seminary-Speer Library 1012 00038 9199 DATE DUE GAYLORD #3523PI Printed in USA